: Me MryA WN net ps ae Ya
t 4h BE eik te gh TN atl teton that
ie Pe ots om ears ora aed Fahad aa Y be eg 8 4 oy iM RD
o Sy Vypesth hae VOR TET Cy ge tome Sete ny ey wt
Sa Ae ee ca y oe elias %
Aah Sia Ses eee, Wn 4 areas ries hatch bead tas Brean eh os an
* Lye a VAR UL AS a & { sap See.
irene caries
es Le olla bedankt ng tt
“f ita WES pY sid ay) all WAHT Sea chs Y
Fe eb aeo aate ie iat oe 8 ee at, a
fen NEPAL ENA Sy AES ST piisraes ease suet ale at
aN aa ee, Agar eae “aie eye ae
aayd ait
ici vireo Precis aoe
Ved cok alfa gay Tea Tet a
eae oF gh A A a8 ht
Sv ea AU SE aa ant a
Ms ay aig ae GREE dy
LEW eR ds Hi ah Mee
Hh de MP YOR § lt Via Wa Ore:
Vorosiy ters ay
Shak sf
iy
ahaa #78 .
Lge sd ay at ale
PEA BF fae at VE aH nae
ae pbs
Seo} diag
asguen yg Paar hes
DRTTeaeerant tae ai eat asp
eS astegiatcy thet a :
vats! See tN a
enue ee VG sits wt aE ae Mgt SIME
pa od Oa wiyNek aby cas bins ray MP ete!
seg ci ab ant Or LE SUEUEE AN Prete as Aah aie af ait Date ve Sr ost
6 Paes ad 47%
shaw Yeat 3
2 aia ey Se et caah ca oak sigan at Wass
rat ak svat aite abe eta whey
Nk a aaa wet a xi wiaG ate yee
Tea Ta Grae
cee SEAT FF rine ALS oh as
RH Siar sitar sealants Shatin cath ae Ses
Mig tal arate tt
gist GP aT SE Hye araay
i 1 gh ae RAE gee retro! XI
Be eg oor NMI ut achat oy DART
ciel ni arail he ae y Seed y ag atvanh
neath aie
ait “i a avd
sie np Mie
ay ys mig aE OF: pee
‘Rie sat
Vaya sMar
Eh ta hat a WV a>
Reet
Piet at ov ss tee
Vera
abot, PP AVANeRe Gs wy
Gh it ets nae as uo at
Z ae Tet
SUM digs ar enaryaiiy sere
CMM ah TEER AN LEE
vag Gee hye es y
ain EM aye toyed she
CNTR TT
i ; i Erne nit) Moy tee eye
ora
ba Pa bay ate
ye ayn SPR
Pera sap vay et eters
eget
Nahays
ponte ahs
Keak
ie eee + ah sion ira
MPs EY
wading hint
wee
frat.
vasa dy a
Geese
yee Haart
yeayavarat
watiait ates si ain
Pe ees
Sata oa
vig gee
Paeee tics
era tala
Sevetsisa ee Soe coe
pig OER IG EEE yaa
Sacer
aye nt
crate te dbap arate ArGh eras
aaa,
Bea sh A AIST =
hers, Pere ces
6 tal
ere vad WE nr eenhey
vat ghey ey,
iis Brae ihr as
6 fea ae were Pine dat =
ese er
2 RA WORN wh Ob
ag tsboniatat ake
eee
yavathed a
2b ghegira sag oo) ae
ahs
aa aS Vee
Meta INGA
ahetay unt al
a
eae es
cbt Pie a a
ig hyde Nei
vp yaad terleane BVAHE waits pias
eae Deby Heater ay fab atid ay sear pntak
op ys ee
BEY AVES yeas
ryt
chageh GRE Sein FACT
CURA!
bari sthear
ft wh GRE A ao oe
Hare kemet at
at ANE ihe an au Vera ath ot att
se ere ars
gue cairns xe fy akash ad Sta we ras
fla ae) Pea Ae Ct ra See wise
eg ee ohare Ce) ars EAS
eieety Fae sses
a eT ore aa
4
alfa ale ded
Lee
eer
eh HAE S
et eieihe ss
vay seat aie als OE 8 aie
Sp eanis i eats
“Hew Te tee
atts
Senta
wie oxtionre)
Prey nt ae
pahae wae reite
Serer ea eee Ce
: . pea aims ar coset A
wera beater ays es
Lavy “ rae: ‘ A ated
LV EIN Soa
aie site y,
; — : 5 Rita e vera Wael Beat
4 + 2 ee * 3 hay ECA
: Jali race eae
bp) SE FEIT
Sone ty Sek
: ie
Pr ee ee od
FONT re ee tbody
eee yes reat’
- : Hanh ies ; ANE aba 8s
Ane seats
fey id ee Ge
Peete ar toes
gpk oARSA te:
sem pea ae
z pereacsti ‘
cater g ba
ae Bat sts
com lnost ga a Tet
aaetes st
Pre os aT
Seater eae SOT
fee bese
Spee ee OF
SDSL. bs agree cng Teale PANS Crit eee
fe — : > ae od sree f.
1 SSeS aes a oe ei fa ie Tein
prigeltirs ct his Nema ben ere = ‘ 3
‘Goma - > na aah dt ae Mad EoD este TUE Palin ah
i , f Pte 4
. ea raat hark eR e
Sa “og - ine a eee Vien cee
ie , kp reste pt one : pS ctintelind! Sonn
- ‘ . % e ad -
f
a
%
a
ab
eee eo
Ph ‘eo
Bh,’ L
it ae
~
pe
W
z . ‘
ei eet
a’
ie,
sh
Ray
ag
i
“hy wilene
CHA
Cina
A :
.
r H ¥ \ a
{ Me ae n
Dae ie
Rene | AY
Das is eat
‘¥ f
By et 4)
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIE
/
AVON 2013 a
User "
INDI CONSERVING | Cone a ae is ! ! we
} NATURE SINCE 1883 3 ! | | ie : : Ee iE ge
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
Executive Epitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Epitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PrRopuctTion Epitor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M. Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Editorial Board
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D. Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
__ National Centre for Biological Sciences, Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
C.R. Babu, Ph. D. GS. Rawat, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management Wildlife Institute of India,
of Degraded Ecosystems, University of Delhi, Dehradun, Uttarakhand
New Delhi
J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
Chennai, Tamil Nadu
J.S. Singh, Ph. D..
Professor, Banaras Hindu University
Indraneil Das, D. Phil. Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak,
Malaysia
Y.V. Jhala, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc.
The Rhino Foundation for Nature,
Guwahati, Assam
S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
T.C. Narendran, Ph. D., FASc.
Professor, Department of Zoology,
University of Calicut, Kerala.
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
Consultant Editors
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
T.J. Roberts, Ph. D.
World Wildlife Fund, Pakistan
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2013
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
PET T OOPRUA LL «6g 8 ee ore Mrs atten wire IR AR drench een sean sacar man eam nasee eee estanbann rasan se eee
VOLUME 110(1): APRIL 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
BU Mave lelare re tes lalmete (pol Wie ce =t2 nF PST ( a) «MRA oR ae ORL en ate a ere aio ee cae ene a a ee ee
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF THE GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD ARDEOTIS NIGRICEPS (VIGORS 1831)
Pramod Patil, Asad R. Rahmani and Sara Hallager
CONTENTS
EMITHSONTAe
FEB 20 2014
1B R ARIES: sages acide Siew hac
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG DISTRICT, ARUNACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
OM atTal) WANES WIA 270 sco. ez ean cuca a reteeh eh ewe id REM IN HC ey Sra cota alg etal atta galactica ata radaabered cals
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) OF PURVANCHAL REGION,
UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
Lizina Patiand Wich arniU Sia coiled ee ee ce ee ean eek, errs cn cat yen alla eh hes Be ne det elma om hetae. ce ned Aer eee es te.
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF THE KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA, INDIA
Megha Rawat, H.B. Vasistha, R.K. Manhas and Mridula Negi
NEW DESCRIPTION
A NEW SPECIES OF NOTASPIDIELLA BOUCEK (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE) WITH A KEY TO SPECIES AND
NOTES ON KNOWN SPECIES
T.C. Narendran, Abhilash Peter, K. Nikhil and Minu Mohan
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS
ily:
First photographic record of the Indian Mouse Deer
Moschiola indica in Kanha Tiger Reserve, confirming its
occurrence in Central India
Ujjwal Kumar, Neha Awasthi, Anup Pradhan,
Gamat Qureshiand: YN; UMalerit hates eselcalerleeasnurg:
2. Status of Irrawaddy Dolphin Orcaella brevirostris Gray,
1866 and Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica
Roxburgh, 1801 in the water channels of Sundarban Tiger
Reserve, India
Manas P. Manjrekar and Charles Leo Prabu.................
BIRDS 3
3. Nesting of the White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis
_ in Orchha Wildlife Sanctuary, Madhya Pradesh, India
Aditya Moy and Kartik Shaswis. ict. 2. Gee dees
4. Record of the Bridled Tern Sterna anaethetus in
Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India
TSS STRANI NEY 2 ccics erst ah Soaivaasslieagias camtaanen naan vateiaelt aia
5. Record of Sooty Tern Sterna fuscata in Pune,
Maharashtra, India
RATAN OLGA 85 i anay prvanhoneieqsesesaent pene uot exueieyae ee
6. First record of the Blue-and-White Flycatcher Cyanoptila
cyanomelana in India
Perea AGH Gea cM ee See ke rere cae lces ivixatiagetasvenresietees
7. Sighting of Jerdon’s Bushchat Saxicola jerdoniin Pilibhit,
Uttar Pradesh, India
Kea aD SO GUNA csc adernisaanaeeaiiarivay ures
8. Second record of the Tricolored Munia Lonchura malacca
from southern Rajasthan, India
Chhaya Bhatnagar, Deependra Singh Shekhawat and
SITE OUTS Co | a an i ee eee Pe
AMPHIBIANS
9. Catalogue of Salamander and Newt (Amphibia: Urodela/
Caudata) specimens in the collection of the Zoological
Survey of India |
Kaushik Deutl and P.G'S. Sey ...-.cisc.cnstccsceeseasseucsessaess
wl
72
74
15
73
es)
76
as
78
_ FISH
10.
Sexual dimorphism in Hypselobarbus kurali
(Pisces: Cyprinidae)
E. Sherly Williams, J. Jean Jose, P.V. Vijayalakshmi,
L. Razeena Karim and M.S. Vishnu Nair ............::00
OTHER INVERTEBRATES
11.
12.
Observation on a collection of Tawny Coster Acraea
terpsicore (Pieridae: Lepidoptera) in the web of the
Social Spider Stegodyphus sarasinorum (Eresidae:
Araneae)
INN eNEe OIPONUEE iis hatsolest ss daqstaten! «tenscaeaeabectassaubeaee ea pet at
Heteropoda fischeri Jager, 2005: A Huntsman spider
hunting on fellow cavernicoles in the caves of
Meghalaya, India
Jayant Biswas and Siddharth Biswas ...................0:06
BOTANY
13.
14.
15.
TS.
A step further to the correct identification of Ceropegia
bulbosa Roxb. in Kachchh, Gujarat, India
A.R. Badheka, M.J. Parmar and Y.T. Jasrai .................
An annual flowering population of Neelakurinji
Strobilanthes kunthianus (Nees) T. Anders. — A plietesial
species from the Nilgiri sholas, India
Prankiin Charles JOSS... sa... Cae ieicctivibedsvceacetere
Rediscovery of Cinnamomum travancoricum Gamble
(Lauraceae) from the Southern Western Ghats,
India
M.P. Geetha Kumary, A.G. Pandurangan and
Ems Santos eureka hele erasers. Leas eat
Two new records of mosses for the Indian mainland from
the Agasthyamalai Biosphere Reserve in the Western
Ghats, India
AED. Daniets: and: bk. Mapel sc cto ae kiohGcesdiansd:
Cover Photograph: Lion Panthera leo
By Y.V. Jhala
22
50
3/7
65
82
83
84
85
87
89
90
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
GOVT. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
Editorial
Our neglected sanctuaries
mong the 645 odd protected areas of India, only a few are well-known and regularly highlighted,
namely those that have large mega-vertebrates and/or high profile visitors. Even amongst them, tiger
eserves receive most of the funding. The rest remain in neglect and oblivion, except perhaps those that
are locally known. These neglected Protected Areas (PAs) are generally resented by politicians, administrators,
and villagers due to the restrictions placed on extraction of natural resources from them. They are also under-
staffed and under-funded. They come to the attention of the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of
India, and the National Board for Wildlife, dominated by the tiger lobby, only when a forest village road has to be
repaired or a pipeline has to be laid! The media pays attention only when a villager is killed by a predator, or
poachers are caught.
India has signed the Convention of Biological Diversity and we have the Indian Wildlife Protection Act, but
we forget that biological diversity/wildlife also resides beyond the few well-known tiger reserves and national
parks, and even outside PAs. Sometimes higher biodiversity is found outside PAs. There are numerous examples
from all over India, but I will restrict this editorial to PAs that I happen to visit.
In Uttar Pradesh, Dudhwa National Park is well-known and regularly highlighted by the government and
media. Not many know that there is an equally, or possibly, a more ecologically diverse sanctuary called Katerniaghat
that was once connected with the Dudhwa forest — a tenuous nocturnal corridor still exists for some animals.
Katerniaghat has all the habitat types that Dudhwa has, and the large, meandering Girwa river which hosts the
Gangetic Dolphin, Gharial, and river-island breeding birds that Dudhwa does not have. With the addition of a
10 sq. km former seed farm, Katerniaghat can now boast of a large grassland that is a potential habitat for the
critically endangered Bengal Florican. Its Swamp Deer population is reviving, thanks to good protection in recent
years. As far as birdlife is concerned, Katerniaghat perhaps has more bird species than Dudhwa. The same can be
said of reptile, fish, amphibian, and plant taxa. Similarly, the adjoining Suhelwa Wildlife Sanctuary on the Indo-
Nepal border perhaps represents the best bhabhar forest left in Uttar Pradesh. This 80 km long and 4 to 7 km wide
sanctuary is even more neglected than Katerniaghat. One reason: absence of the glamorous big cat! If given
enough administrative attention and funds, Suhelwa can be revived and can become a major tourist attraction in
this poor part of the state. Its colonial era rest houses, nestled amongst thick forests, can also revive one’s nerves,
which are battered by living in over-crowded, polluted cities.
In Assam, most people do not think beyond Kaziranga and Manas. Most tourist brochures of the Assam
government mention only Kaziranga, it is as if the natural world does not exist beyond this World Heritage Site.
No doubt, Kaziranga is marvellous; thanks to good protection for the last 100 years, but Assam has other magnificent
sanctuaries. For instance, Dibru-Saikhowa National Park is perhaps as good as Kaziranga and at one time had all
the animals that Kaziranga can boast of. But Dibru-Saikhowa is a neglected national park, ravaged by ever-
increasing human encroachment and it has a pathetically under-staffed forest force. Dibru-Saikhowa lost its rhinos
decades ago, and now the Bengal Florican is on verge of local extinction. The White-winged Duck survives in a
few undisturbed forest pools, while the Black-breasted Parrotbill barely exists in the Park as its grassland habitat
is almost gone. The most unfortunate part is that the floodplain grasslands that have some of the most threatened
bird species of India are overlooked even by the forest authorities. The famous Amarpur grassland of Dibru-
Saikhowa is now dotted by cattle herders, leaving very little habitat for grassland-dependent species.
Laokhowa and Bura Chapori sanctuaries of Assam face a similar fate as Dibru-Saikhowa. Laokhowa Wildlife
Sanctuary (7,011 ha), located in Nagaon district, was declared as a game reserve way back in 1907 because of its
population of Indian One-horned Rhinoceros. Bura Chapori Wildlife Sanctuary (4,406 ha) is contiguous with
Laokhowa, and is located on the southern bank of the Brahmaputra. During summer, Bura Chapori virtually
becomes an island. Both Laokhowa and Bura Chapori are on the floodplains of the Brahmaputra. In Bura Chapori,
about 20% is forest, 65% grassland, and the rest waterbodies and scrub forest. Laokhowa is similar to Kaziranga
in terrain and situated further downstream on the southern bank of the Brahmaputra. Roughly 35% of Laokhowa
is grassland, 30% comprise of wetlands, and the remaining area is under natural forest or plantations of Bombax
ceiba, Dalbergia sissoo, and Albizzia procera. Marasuti, a tributary of the Brahmaputra, flows along the north-
western part of the Sanctuary. : |
The Laokhowa-Bura Chapori complex was recognised as an Important Bird Area in 2004 by BNHS and BirdLife
International due to the presence of 16 globally threatened bird species. Laokhowa-Bura Chapori continues to be
one of the important potential habitats of the Indian One-horned Rhinoceros. Laokhowa had about 60 rhinos
before they were killed in the 1970s, and finally exterminated during the political upheaval in the 1980s. Even
now, rhinos appear occasionally after the rains, but they become victims of poachers. Nevertheless, the situation
can be improved with strict management, and rhinos can be reintroduced as the habitat is still extant. Elephants are
still found here, resulting in human-animal conflict as a large number of villages surround the forests and grasslands.
The Wild Buffalo population is cross-bred with domestic buffalo thanks to numerous khuties (cattle sheds) scattered
in the Sanctuary. These sanctuaries have great potential to become excellent habitats for the fauna of the Brahmaputra
floodplain grasslands, much like the famous Kaziranga. The only step required is to follow the Wildlife Protection
Act, under which these two sanctuaries were declared. There is urgent need to clear all encroachments and stop
illegal activities. | | |
Similar examples can be given for Rajasthan (and all other states of India). When we think of wildlife of
Rajasthan, automatically the wetland birds of Keoladeo National Park, the tigers of Ranthambhore and Sariska
come to mind. These over-crowded and over-rated PAs are in every brochure and tourist advertisement. Numerous
articles and many books have been written on them. How many people know that Rajasthan wildlife goes beyond
Ranthambhore and Keoladeo. The magnificent Desert National Park, home to the largest number of critically
endangered Great Indian Bustard, the State Bird of Rajasthan, has been neglected since the establishment of the
Park in the 1980s. It does not have sufficient staff to look after this sprawling 3,162 sq. km area. In the ancient
Aravalli mountains, Kumbhalgarh, Sitamata, and Phulwari-ki-Naal sanctuaries are waiting for attention. They
perhaps represent the best forest types that are now left on these geologically important mountains, but who cares
when you do not have large glamorous felines!
Incidentally, we talk of biodiversity conservation ad nauseum, and have made a strong National Biodiversity
Act to protect India’s natural biological wealth, but when it comes to protecting neglected sanctuaries, neglected
ecosystems (e.g. grasslands and mudflats), and neglected species, funds suddenly become a problem. More than
lack of funds, it is administrative neglect that is killing these biodiversity hotspots. The earlier we come out of this
attitude, the better it would be for all biodiversity, all habitats, and all ecosystems.
Asad R. Rahmani
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
3-21
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
DIVYABHANUSINH! AND M.K. RANIITSINH?
‘President, WWF-India, 172-B, Lodhi Estate, New Delhi 110 003, India. Email: sawaj_cheetah @rediffmail.com
*Former Director, Wildlife Preservation, Govt. of India, 5 Tiger Lane (W6-C lane), Sainik Farms, New Delhi 110 062, India.
Email: mkranjitsinh @ gmail.com
The book propounds a theory that both the lion and the cheetah were exotic aliens on the Indian subcontinent, as they
were imported by humans from Africa in the historical past. The book, however, makes assumptions but fails to
provide any valid proof for the theory, which palpably panders to the authors’ preconceived notions. This critique
challenges this theory on the basis of paleontological finds of lion and cheetah remains and cave paintings of the
chalcolithic/neolithic period. Subsequent historical records and current genetic studies of Asiatic lions establish that
they are nearer to North African lions than to those of East Africa, from where they were purported to have been
imported, and that the cheetah of Iran are a distinct subspecies from those of Africa, but closest to the North African
cline of cheetah, which also conclusively proves the surmise of import and introduction of these species by humans to
be baseless, and confirms that the lion and cheetah did move out of Africa on the Africa—West Asia land bridge and
then into India, like so many other mammals.
Key words: Lion, cheetah, exotic, alien, impostor, mongrel, “khichdi”
The authors of this paper have been asked to comment
on an interesting theory propounded in a recently published
book that the lion and the cheetah are “exotic aliens’ in India.
The said publication is Exotic Aliens: The Lion and The
Cheetah in India, Aleph, New Delhi, 2013, pp. 304, Rs. 595.
Its authors are Valmik Thapar, known for his numerous
publications on the tiger, Professor Romila Thapar, a doyenne
amongst Indian historians, and Yusuf Ansari, also a historian.
At the outset, it would be imperative to examine the
implications of the words ‘exotic’ and ‘alien’. The word
‘exotic’ according to The Shorter Oxford Dictionary and The
New Webster’s Dictionary means, “Alien; introduced from
abroad... a plant or animal of foreign extraction...’; ‘not fully
naturalized or acclimatized’. The word ‘alien’ implies, inter
alia, ‘Foreign in nature, character or origin...’; ‘Not a citizen
or entitled to the privileges of a citizen’. The two words are,
therefore, somewhat interchangeable and the use of both in
tandem is apparently to give emphasis to the alleged foreign
origin of the two cats in question: the lion and the cheetah.
Valmik Thapar also calls the lion an ‘imposter’ in the land of
the tiger. The Shorter Oxford Dictionary defines the word
‘Impostor’ as ‘one who imposes on others, a deceiver, a
swindler, cheat... one who passes himself as someone other
than he is’.
It is an accepted fact in both history and natural history
that many of the more than 500 mammalian species found in
India, including humans, have come from outside of the Indian
subcontinent. The lion, the cheetah, the oryx, the ostrich, and
a host of others came into Asia from Africa; the tiger, the
gaur, the serow Capricornis sumatrensis and numerous others
moved into India from other parts of Asia itself. The title and
the theme of the book under review raises two pertinent
questions. Firstly, does an alien/exotic species always remain
alien/exotic, or does it ever ‘get naturalized/become
indigenous’ and if so, what would be the criteria/period of
residence in India for the species to be deemed Indian and
non-alien/non-exotic? Secondly, does the title exotic and alien
have derogatory or priority implications, and if so, does a
species which has come to India earlier have a precedence or
priority over another which came later? If that be the case,
then species which, indeed, did evolve in the Indian
subcontinent such as the nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus, the
blackbuck Antilope cervicapra, and the unique four-horned
antelope Tetracerus quadricornis, should take precedence
over both the tiger and the lion, and if it can be proved that
the lion came into India prior to the tiger, would it be less
exotic/alien than the latter and hence more important? Are
we to reduce natural history to a parochial farce?
The tiger too evolved in northern Asia and came to
India. Does that make it an alien? Why is the book silent on
the evolution and arrival of the tiger in India?
As the eminent palaeontologist Dr. GL. Badam says,
‘*’..most of the larger animals migrated from Egypt, Arabia,
Central Asia and North America on routes across Alaska,
Siberia and Mongolia... Between India and Africa the
interchange of faunas took place more easily. There is
sufficient evidence for the existence of a land bridge across
the straits at the entrance to the Persian Gulf. A corresponding
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
bridge across the Red Sea would have provided a ready means
of communication between India and Africa through Arabia.”
(Badam pers. comm. 2013) Both the lion and the cheetah
evolved in southern Africa, and considerable time elapsed by
the time they reached northern Africa. This is proven by the
genetic differences between the lion and cheetah of southern
and northern Africa, as will be mentioned later. The animals
then moved out of the land bridge of the Sinai Peninsula and
occupied Mesopotamia and neighbouring lands, including
Iran, from where they moved westwards into the Indian
subcontinent and elsewhere. The ecological and chronological
separation has resulted, therefore, in both the Asiatic lion and
the Asiatic cheetah being morphologically closer to their North
African counterparts than their southern and East African
ones.. Both the lion and the cheetah are the inhabitants of
grasslands and open forests, which were prevalent in western,
north-western and central India and which, being suitable
habitats of these two species, were occupied by them
when they moved into the Indian subcontinent on their
westward march from Iran. According to the noted scientist
Dr. Y.V. Jhala, species normally achieve their highest densities
in the central portion of their distribution range. The Indian
subcontinent being at the extreme distributional end of their
faunal range that originated from Africa, it is likely that the
cheetah and the lion did not attain a high degree of abundance
in India (SJhala pers. comm. 2013).
The earliest civilizations that practiced agriculture —
Harappan and the Vedic — occupied and cultivated the same
short grasslands and open forest areas of western and north-
western portions of the Subcontinent, shrinking the habitat
of the cheetah and of the lion, and their prey. With the spread
of civilization and its attendant increase of agriculture and
demographic pressures, especially after the establishment of
the Mughal Empire from the 16th century onwards and the
relative peace that ensued, together with considerably
increased hunting pressure, both these predators and their prey
suffered a drastic decline. Lions were a threat to man and
livestock and living in relatively open countryside, both the
lion and the cheetah could be easily seen and pursued, unlike
the leopard and the tiger. By the time the British hunters came
to record their exploits in the early decades of the 19th century,
the distribution of both the cheetah and lion had been reduced
to a handful of isolated enclaves and their numbers were
perilously low.
The lion occurred in Iran (Persia) till the middle of the
last century and the cheetah still survives in that country. It
has never been suggested, not even by the authors of the book
in question, that the lion and the cheetah were introduced
there by some bygone monarch. These species obviously
emanated from Africa. The earliest known hunting record, of
the great Egyptian Pharaoh Ahmenhotep III (1406-1370 sce),
mentions his having killed a hundred lions in the first ten
years of his reign, between the Nile and the Euphrates
(Guggisberg 1962, p.159). The Arabian Oryx Oryx leucoryx,
recently rendered extinct in the wild, was reintroduced into
the Arabian Peninsula from captive populations. The Arabian
Ostrich Struthio camelus syriacus made extinct in the last
century, had its counterpart in India, as is proved by the
prehistoric paintings in the Adamgarh rock shelter near
Hoshangabad in Madhya Pradesh and by the discovery of |
ostrich egg shells in over 30 sites in India (Chakravarty 1984,
pp. 266-67). On the other hand, the wild equids for which
Africa is so famous, evolved in North America and crossed
over not only into north-eastern Asia, but eventually also into
Africa over the same land bridge of the Sinai (Denzau and
Denzau 1999, p. 12). The Arabian Tahr Arabitragus jayakari,
a totally montane species, has its nearest relatives, the Aoudad
Ammotragus lervia occurring in the mountains of North Africa
and the Himalayan Tahr Hemitragus jemlahicus of the
Himalaya, living thousands of kilometres away. If we can
accept the natural occurrence of the lion and the cheetah in
western Iran and indeed, the reports of cheetah occurring
in Baluchistan in recent times (Divyabhanusinh 2006,
pp. 195-197), and the fact that a single species of a small
nocturnal mammal like the Ratel Mellivora capensis can live
all the way from South Africa to South India, should there be
a mental embargo on the acceptance of the natural ‘invasion’
of the far more free-ranging lion and of the cheetah into India,
when there is so much empirical evidence to support it? Even
the authors of the book do not suggest that the lion and the
cheetah which they claim became feral in India, then spread
to Iran and westwards.
It would be appropriate for the reader to see some of
the excerpts of the text in support of the theme of the book,
followed by our comments. In the Prologue of the book,
commenting on Dunbar Brander’s statement that only three
cheetahs were procured in the last 20 years in Central India
and that the animal had almost entirely disappeared from the
province, Valmik Thapar says, “It is likely that what Brander
referred to must have been three trained cheetahs imported
from Africa.” Is there any basis of proof or is it just a mere
guess? He goes on to state, “Be that as it may, I believe the
cheetah in India has been imported from other countries.”
Which countries and when? For the lion, he says, “What
I believe ... is that lions from Persia and Africa were being
imported into the country [India] 2,500 years ago [and then
on] to meet the demand of Indian royals, and being bred and
propagated as court symbols and for hunting; this imported
animal was erroneously called the Asiatic lion. The story of
the cheetah is much the same but its inability to breed in
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
captivity meant that many more had to be imported. Both the
species in India were genetic mixtures of animals brought in
from elsewhere, and their own inbreeding. Their genetic
makeup can be best described as a khichdi of genes.” On
what evidence is this assumption of import and captive
breeding made? The author rightly admits that cheetahs are
very poor breeders in captivity and therefore suggests that a
much larger number had to be imported. But not an iota of
evidence of import is ever cited. Jahangir mentions that Akbar
had 1,000 cheetahs in captivity at one time. As it would be
difficult to say without any proof that 1,000 cheetahs could
be imported in Akbar’s era, the book resorts to claiming that
Akbar’s chroniclers and Jahangir were liars. Valmik Thapar
goes on to say in the Prologue: “I believe that the lion came
to India just before or with Alexander’s invasion of India
around the third or fourth century BcE. It was from this time
onwards that lions were bred, either in designated hunting
parks or royal zoos, just like the Gir lion was bred in the late
nineteenth century.” Which contemporary chronicler or even
a later one mentions Alexander bringing over the lion from
Persia to India, let alone releasing them in this country? The
erudite book Alexander the Great and the Logistics of the
Macedonian Army states that ‘... the Macedonian army [was]
the fastest, lightest and most mobile force in existence ... Even
when the size of his army increased, Alexander took great
pains to retain its lightness and mobility by destroying wagons
and excess baggage and by eliminating followers. Only
horses, mules, and camels were used in Alexander’s baggage
train because they have greater speed and endurance than
oxen or donkeys.’ (Engels 1978, p. 23) Would such a lean
and peripatetic army transport lions? Since Alexander was
not carrying wagons, lions could not have come in cages.
Did they arrive on horseback?
Which original source mentions that imported lions
were bred in captivity by the monarchs of India prior to the
19th century? As for the statement that the Gir lion was bred
in captivity in the 19th century, it is another assumption
without the citing of any evidence whatsoever. We are familiar
with the conservation and captive breeding of the Gir lion
from the 19th century onwards and can categorically state
that though the Gir lion was bred in the Sakkarbaug Zoo in
Junagadh and elsewhere for zoological purposes, not a single
captive-bred lion was introduced into the wild, nor is there
any record of a lion escaping from captivity and establishing
itself in the wild.
Valmik Thapar quotes Laszlo Bartosiewicz that
“Craniological traits of the now extinct North African Barbary
lion (Panthera leo leo Linnaeus, 1758) and Asiatic lon
(Panthera leo persica Meyer, 1826) are very similar. There
must have been a contiguous population inhabiting North
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Africa and Asia.” Of course there was such a contiguous
population linking the North African lion with the Asian one,
as mentioned earlier. Are we to presume that the lion
colonization westwards stopped on the borders of Iran, despite
all the evidence there is to the contrary, because some of us
wish it that way?
Valmik Thapar goes on to say “I think it is extremely
unlikely that a genetically distinctive subspecies could have
existed in the subcontinent... I believe there was never an
“Asiatic” cheetah... that the Indian (or Asiatic) lion and the
Indian (or Asiatic) cheetah are not distinctive subspecies but
are exotic aliens that live (or lived) in the land of the tiger...
Till the end of the nineteenth century, there were more lions
seen in royal menageries than in the wild and hundreds (if not
thousands) of cheetahs on leashes were recorded as being
readied for coursing on bullock carts, but not even a handful
were encountered in the wild... I believe that, in the absence
of wild populations, hundreds of cheetahs were brought to India
as gifts and tributes from visiting dignitaries (1590—1600).”
Except for the critical first decade of the 20th century, there
were always more Indian lions in the wild than in captivity,
which applies for the present as well, and today, there are more
tigers in captivity the world over than in the wild. But what
does all this prove — that the captive animals have been
imported? As for the hundreds (if not thousands) of captive
cheetahs being prepared for the hunt, this is during the Mughal
period and ‘not even a handful — encountered in the wild’ refers
to the British era two centuries later. If the tiger could suffer a
100% decline in one century, cannot the cheetah and the lion
suffer a larger decline in four? Besides, if Valmik Thapar admits
that there were, indeed, thousands of cheetah in captivity and
that they are poor breeders in captivity, were they imported in
thousands without a single record of import being found prior
to 1918? As for the ‘visiting dignitaries’ that are purported to
have given gifts and tributes of cheetahs to Akbar during 1590
and 1600, it could only have been the Portuguese and Oriental
dignitaries, as the East India Company was founded only in
1599 and its representatives and the French came later. Is there
a single mention of any imported cheetah given as a gift or
tribute mentioned in the chronicles of the meticulous Abul Fazl
or in any other contemporary source? Neither history nor natural
history can be founded upon surmises based upon wishful
thinking.
Before considering the possibility of imported lion and
cheetah escaping captivity and establishing sizeable
populations over a large range in India, which is the theme of
the book, it would be appropriate to consider certain basic
issues. If the lion was brought into India first with or before
the invasion of Alexander the Great in the 4th century BCE as
is purported by the authors of the book, they would have
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
become highly domesticated over the long period of over-
land travel and entirely dependent on their captors for their
food. Could they have survived an existence in the wild after
becoming free and able to hunt wild prey on their own? We
are all familiar with the difficulties in establishing captive
carnivores in the wild and the fatalities that they suffer in the
process. The expertise that man has developed in this regard
was not known then. Furthermore, even if some escapee lion
and cheetah survived recapture and were able to capture wild
prey, could they have survived the competition that they would
have had to face from the large populations of large carnivores
already in occupation of the country’s wild lands, and then to
have multiplied to the numbers that are recorded in history
and to have spread so widely? The only record that exists of
imported animals being released in the wild in India, in this
case African lions introduced in the early part of the last
century by Maharaja Madho Rao Scindia of Gwalior, met
with failure. The predicament of the cheetah would have been
much worse, as it is a much smaller and a far more timid
predator. Besides, cheetahs are notoriously poor breeders in
captivity, a fact which is highlighted by Emperor Jahangir
himself in his memoirs and is admitted by Valmik Thapar,
who circumvents this factor by conjecturing that these cheetah
must, therefore, have been imported into India in their
hundreds (if not thousands).
The only other record of imports that exist are of a few
African lions being imported as exhibits in zoos and there is
no record of any of these escaping into the wild.
Divyabhanusinh makes a generous estimate that less than
200 cheetahs were imported between 1918 and 1950 by Indian
princes for the sport of coursing blackbuck (Divyabhanusinh
2006, p. 155). However, Valmik Thapar ventures that “my
research shows that at least 1,200—1,500 cheetahs could have
been imported into India in the 20th century.” No evidence
cited. Our extensive research over three decades has not
thrown up a single record of either of the two cats escaping
their handlers to go feral and proliferate in the wild.
The first chapter of the book “The Lion: From Pride to
Metaphor’ by Professor Thapar is a fine exposition of the
lion’s position in Indian culture and tradition. She begins with
the disarming statement that “I am not a specialist in the
history of wildlife in India let alone the lion’, and that her
“intention is not to prove or disprove India being the natural
habitat of the lion or the cheetah, but rather to consider when
their presence came to be recorded and how they were
perceived.” Yet she goes on to question whether the Indian
subcontinent was a natural habitat of the lion, in ‘contrast
with the tiger whose indigenous habitat being India, apart
from elsewhere in the East, cannot be questioned.’ Any layman
naturalist would agree that the lion habitats of southern and
eastern Africa are very similar to the present and past habitats
of the lion in India. As for the tiger having its ‘indigenous
habitat’ in India, does Professor Thapar claim that the tiger
evolved in India, a premise that even Valmik Thapar does not
assert? We presume not, and therefore, do not put forth for
the present the voluminous and incontrovertible evidence that
proves beyond doubt that the tiger evolved in northern and
north-eastern Asia and is an entrant into the Indian
subcontinent, like the lion and the cheetah.
Professor Thapar mentions the lack of depiction of the
lion on Harappan seals and in the rock art of Central India,
including Bhimbetka. However, the lion has been depicted
in the rock art of Bhimbetka (Badam and Sathe 1992, p. 190).
In an exhaustive study of the cave paintings of Bhimbetka,
Yashodhar Mathpal has reported three lions from there, the
one in shelter C-21 executed in transparent vermilion and
two in shelter C-50 painted in opaque colour. One of these
three paintings he assigns to the pre-historic period and the
other two to the historical period. He also identifies a painting
in shelter C-9 as a cheetah in the historical period (Mathpal
1984, pp. 103, 104, 206, 210). Lions are also depicted in cave
paintings in the districts of Bhilwada, Bundi, and Tonk in
Rajasthan.
Professor Thapar points out further that the lion is
conspicuous by its absence, unlike the tiger, on the seals,
pottery, etc. found in Harappan cities, including in areas of
Gujarat where the Harappans had settled and where lions are
still to be found. The Harappan script has defied interpretation.
We do not know why depictions of some animals have so far
not been found and we have no answer yet as to why a
mythical animal, the unicorn, is so commonly shown. We
also do not know, for example, why the ubiquitous leopard
and gazelle are also absent. Are we, therefore, to conclude
that these animals too, did not exist in India at that time, like
the lion? After all, the absence of an animal in the pictorial or
sculptural record is not proof that it never existed. Such
artifacts are about cognition and perception, as much as about
real life presence. Professor Thapar also states that lions were
imported in recent times in Gujarat where they thrived. There
is no record of such imports resulting in feral populations of
lions and she gives no evidence of any imports actually having
been carried out.
Though the lion is not depicted in the exquisite seals of
the Harappan period (c. 2600-1700 BcE), it makes its
appearance in Indian art in the form of terracotta figurines a
little later. A coin dating from 2nd century BCE recovered from
Taxila, Pakistan, also illustrates a lion (Gorakshkar 1979,
p. 12). They are also carved in terracotta bricks and figurines
of the 5th century ce, found both in Sindh, Pakistan and in
Mathura of the Gupta period (Gorakshkar 1979, pp. 7-11). It
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
is indeed significant that when the great warrior king Samudra
Gupta (c. 335-376 cE) conquered the Gangetic valley, the
abode of the tiger, he issued his tiger-slayer coins and when
his successor Chandra Gupta II (c. 376-415 ce) conquered
Malwa and Saurashtra where the lion lived, he commemorated
his victory by striking his lion-slayer coins (Iyer 1977,
p. 63). Are we to presume that all these lions were the progeny
of lions imported in ancient India?
It is contended that the lion makes its appearance in
ancient art forms only with the Mauryan pillars. This is only
partly true, as discussed above. Besides, prior to the Maurya-
Satvahana period the medium of artistic expression was wood,
which has not survived. Sculptures on stone appear during
this period and it would be incorrect to say that the lion is
only confined to Mauryan sculptures. The animal is
commonly depicted on the gateways of the stupas of Bharhut
and Sanchi. Indeed, the lion occurs far more frequently than
the tiger in ancient Indian plastic art, but that is not a proof
that there were no tigers or that they were far fewer than the
lion. Rather, the lion with its mane showed more impressively
than the tiger in such art forms.
Professor Thapar and her co-authors have largely based
their theory of the lion and the cheetah being aliens and
‘imported impostors’ on the grounds of lack of their depiction
in art and of mention in literature. When the lion does appear
in sculpture and otherwise, it is labeled as stylized and
unnatural and possibly adopted from Achaemenid Iran and
Assyria. Professor Thapar does say that the Rig Veda, the
earliest Aryan (Vedic) text dating from their first settlements
in the land of the five rivers (Punjab) in India, prior to the
last millennia BCE, mentions the lion but not the tiger, which
is first referred to in the subsequent Vedas when the Aryans
moved eastwards into the valley of the Ganga and the abode
of the tiger. But significantly, the lion is also mentioned in
these later Vedas, together with the tiger. Professor Thapar
tries to explain the mention of the lion in the Rig Veda, perhaps
because it would be ridiculous to claim that the Rig Vedic
lions could be imported escapees, by suggesting that the lion
could have been a memory of the Aryans from their Iranian
past, while they were settled in the Punjab when the Rig Veda
was written. And she postulates that the memory of the
franian lion perhaps still persisted with the Aryans when they
moved into the lower Ganga valley, millennia later! She goes
on to mention that the historian Arrian, writing in the 2nd
century cE but describing Alexander’s campaign in India in
the 4th century BcE, does not mention a lion hunt, but
Alexander is mentioned hunting lions in the trans Oxus area
of Balkh. She presumes, therefore, that lions could have been
imported from Balkh and Bactria, which were in close contact
with north-western India. How? Were they captured and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
brought over high passes of the Wakhan Pamirs, the Himalaya
and the Hindu Kush, and released/escaped in India? Were
these the lions which were the progenitors of the lions which
Professor Thapar mentions are cited in the chronicles of Pliny
and Aelian writing in the early years of the Christian era?
Professor Thapar does not venture to clarify. Where did these
lions found in Balkh and northern Afghanistan originally come
from? Obviously from Iran, Turkmenistan, and Afghanistan.
Could not lions from the same Iranian population cross into
India through Baluchistan on their own, this being far nearer
and easier than the arduous trek that the lions themselves
admittedly undertook to reach Balkh from Iran? Do lions have
to be captured and carried over some of the most rugged and
high terrain in the world, in the 4th century BcE, under some
ostensible lion introduction programme, to be found in India?
As for the cheetah, Professor Thapar rightly points
out that references to it are rare. She refers to the work of
Erwin Neumayer on prehistoric rock art in India and says
that it does not depict this animal, nor the lion. She however,
omits mention of what was a pioneering and seminal work
on rock art by V.S. Wakankar and R.R.R. Brooks, which
clearly shows a Neolithic/Chalcolithic (2500—2300 BcE)
painting at Kharvai, east of Bhopal in Raisen district, Madhya
Pradesh, identified by the authors as that of the cheetah
(Wakankar and Brooks 1976, p. 45). Though the painting
(Fig. 1) is somewhat stylized and the depth of the body is
enhanced to show the large spotted cartouche within it, it is
obviously that of a cheetah and not of a leopard, which has
been depicted in other rock shelters in the Satpura National
Park and elsewhere in the neighbourhood, showing the head,
heavy thighs, and other features characteristic of the leopard
(Fig. 2). In the Kharvai painting, the thin, hound-like legs,
the small bullet-shaped drooping head with a short neck, the
tell-tale arched withers, and the concave spine whose elasticity
gives the cheetah its speed, are unmistakable. In the Karad
(Karabad) rock shelter west of Bhopal, a small and a large
cheetah trailing it (a cub and its mother?) are painted in a
style almost identical with the Kharvai cheetah and belong to
the same Chalcolithic/Neolithic period of c. 2500—2300 BcE
(Fig. 3). A spotted felid greatly resembling a cheetah, about
to be shot by a hunter with a bow and arrow, has been found
in the rock shelter at Chaturbhujnath in the Chambal valley.
There is another slightly crude painting but clearly that of a
cheetah, in the nearby rock shelter at Silajit, also in Raisen
district. Incidentally, paintings of leopard and tiger in these
profusely illustrated numerous rock shelters of this region,
are relatively rare. But that does not imply that these two
carnivores were rare in these forests, which even today hold
some of the highest populations of the tiger and of the leopard
in India.
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
Fig. 1: Cheetah painting from rock shelter at Kharvai, Raisen district, Madhya Pradesh. Chalcolithic/Neolithic period, c. 2500-2300 sce.
The characteristic small drooping head, short neck, arched withers, concave spine, and thin, hound-like legs are unmistakable
Fig. 2: Leopard painting from rock shelter at Baghbani, Raisen district, Madhya Pradesh. Chalcolithic/Neolithic period, c. 2500-2300 Bce.
Note the difference in physical configuration compared to the Cheetah above, especially the heavier limbs and head shape
8 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
Fig. 3: A pair of Cheetah, perhaps mother and cub;
Chalcolithic/Neolithic period, c. 2500—2300 sce.
Karad (Karabad) rock shelters near Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh
Equally significant are the archaeological bones of the
cheetah of the Mature Harappan Period (c. 3000-2500 Bce),
discovered at Kanmer, Gujarat (Goyal and Joglekar 2012) and
again at Raja Nal ka Tila, Uttar Pradesh, dated 700-200 BcE
(Joglekar, unpubl.). Are we to assume that cheetahs were
imported into India in the Harappan era?
Professor Thapar examines the Manasollasa which is
a 12th century compilation by Someshwara III, the Chalukya
king of western Deccan, which describes various methods of
hunting deer, one of them being vyaghraja. The description
here is that of a chitraka, a cheetah, also referred to as vyala
vyaghra, trained to hunt krishnasara (blackbuck) or harina
or mriga. Though there is multiplicity of names for both the
hunter and the hunted, the description of the process leaves
no doubt as to the identity of both (Divyabhanusinh 2006,
p. 27). She points out that the Chalukyas could well have
learnt this art from Arab contacts on the western coast. Once
again what evidence do we have of this?
Professor Thapar goes on to add “Unfortunately, the
texts that speak of trade between various parts of India and
places to the west and the north do not mention the coming
and going of large animals... However, animals such as the
one-horned rhinoceros and tiger, together with peacock and
parrot, are mentioned as common to the Deccan. These
animals find their way to the Mediterranean... If such large
animals could be transported, then so could the lion. But there
are no references to lions, neither coming to India nor being
sent out of India in these times.” The emphasis (italics) above
is added, but is a clear admission of the absence of evidence
for the core thesis of the book.
Yusuf Ansari states at the beginning of the chapter
‘Animals of the Chase’ that Persian, Greek, and Assyrian
accounts suggest that lions were exported or found their way
through trade into new ranges and this could be how the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Asiatic lion came to India. He does not cite the authorities on
which this statement is based and goes on to state that this
holds more water than theories of Indus drying up and
allowing the lions to come from Persia. Lion dispersal through
Asia as a natural process is part of a much larger process of
mammalian migration over millennia. If this dictum has to
be challenged it cannot be done by propounding a theory
without any evidence to support it.
Yusuf Ansari, like his co-authors, expostulates that as
the lion was kept in game parks and hunting reserves
throughout its former range “Where the animal was enclosed,
bred and stocked to be hunted and as material for diplomatic
tribute and spectacle... This could be how the Asiatic lion
(Panthera leo persica) arrived in India”. Again this is an
assumption. Yusuf Ansari is a historian like Professor Thapar.
Yet neither cite concrete proof nor sources for their surmises.
In his second chapter in the book, Ansari states that “The few
instances in the Akbarnama which describe Akbar’s personal
capture of cheetahs occurred in or near imperial hunting
grounds, suggesting that the “captured” cheetahs were either
escapees or feral animals.” Firstly, hunting reserves and game
parks which are repeatedly mentioned by all three authors,
were reserves of the Mughals or other Indian royalty which
were strictly protected for hunting by the kings and their
family and guests. They were not stockades into which exotic
animals were introduced. If there was an encirclement of these
reserves, it was a temporary one with nets or barriers to
facilitate hunting for a given period, during the Mughal period.
If there was any captive breeding, it was only of lions, it
occurred only in cages, and there is no record and none cited
by the authors that lions were bred in large, stockaded game
reserves, or that any captive-bred lion was ever released into
any game park or reserve. Even assuming the surmise of the
authors that the lions were bred in captivity, where did the
parent stocks come from — imported and for which there is
no record? And for the cheetah which admittedly could not
be bred in captivity, where were they imported from in
thousands? The Asiatic cheetah is closer genetically to the
North African counterpart, as mentioned earlier. By the time
of the Mughals, there were few cheetahs left in North Africa
and the trade, such as it was, was with eastern Africa, from
where the celebrated Burchell’s zebra was imported to the
court of Jahangir. The Asiatic lion too is similar to the North
African animal, as discussed earlier. Is it claimed that the
Indian lion and the Indian cheetah in thousands were imported
from northern Africa? Were there any organized capture
undertakings prevalent in this region to enable such a mass
capture and translocation programme and transport over the
Indian Ocean thereafter? Is it purported that the lion and the
cheetah were captured in the Maghreb area of North Africa,
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
transported over land to Egypt and then shipped out through
the Red Sea? A theory must have some proof and practicality.
Ansari quotes Nizami that Qutb-ud-din Mubarak
(1316-1320) had two to three thousand deer-hunting panthers.
This he claims to be an exaggeration by Nizami to glorify
the king and his reign. But such an exaggeration would surely
be based on large royal menageries of cheetahs. Nizami’s
description is complemented by Shams Siraj Afif’s description
of Firoz Shah Tugluq’s menageries, which had so many
cheetahs that one could not count them. Is this too intended
to flatter the king? The statement could not have been made
if the royal court did not have a large number of these animals
for the chase in the first instance. Ansari goes on to assert
that the acquisition of lions appears to “astonish even the
court chronicler... In any case, the narrative undermines the
notion that lions commonly ranged all over north India in the
fourteenth century, and states the actual rarity of the animal.”
Let us examine Afif’s other statement, which Ansari
surprisingly does not quote: “Indeed, during his reign, by the
inspiration of the Lord God, Sultan Firoz Shah acquired a
number of lions (shir). And baz, turumti, bahri, shahin,
simtans and the like there came to be so many that it cannot
be brought within the grasp of human comprehension or
imagination.” (Hussain 1891, pp. 326-327; Divyabhanusinh
2006, p. 22). Clearly, the invocation of God and/or
astonishment is with reference to the entire menagerie, rather
than to the lions alone. Where did these lions and cheetahs
come from? Were they imported?
Ansari quotes A.L. Basham that the practice of hunting
with cheetahs may have been learnt from the Muslims. This
is no more than a suggestion and is in line with Professor
Thapar’s statement in the earlier chapter. One must then ask
as to how the Indians were taming pardalis and panthera
2000 years ago, as noted by Strabo the geographer and Aelian
the chronicler of animals?
As to the parks for hunting which Firoz Shah
maintained like many of his predecessors and successor, he
reserved areas including ‘wastelands’ for hunting, which he
improved by supplying water to increase the prey species.
But where is the evidence of the lion’s and the cheetah’s
imports and release into these hunting reserves?
In his chapter “Shahanshah’s Shikar’, Ansari points out
that Babar does not give any details of the lion or cheetah in
his memoirs (Beveridge 1979, pp. 488-92). This is correct.
But does Babar mention the lion in Afghanistan, where the
authors of the book themselves admit the presence of lion and
where Babar spent far more time than his four years in India?
If not, would the absence of the mention of the lion in Babar’s
memoirs prove that the lion did not exist either in India or in
Afghanistan?
10
Abul Fazl’s description of cheetahs and their
management in his Ain-i Akbari, is a part of the description
of the Empire and its administration. This work clearly
mentions the large numbers of cheetahs at court. Abul Fazl
does not mention the import of any lion or cheetah.
Ansari points out that the record of 1,000 cheetahs of
Emperor Akbar has always been doubted and needs
‘conclusive burial’. Jahangir writes in his autobiography
that during his reign in 1613, a cheetah from his menagerie
mated with a female of its own accord and two and a half
months later three cubs were born and grew up. “This has
been recorded because it is strange’. The point he was
making was that though his father Akbar had 1000 captive
cheetahs at one time and he tried mating them, reproduction
did not happen (Rogers and Beveridge 1978, p. 240).
Jahangir was recording a very unusual event and it was in
this context that he records that his father had 1,000 cheetahs.
It was, therefore, not a statement boasting of his father’s
vast collection of cheetahs and must, therefore, be taken at
face value.
Ansari cites Raghu Chundawat, who gives an estimation
of the number of blackbuck required to sustain 1,000 and
9,000 cheetahs — the latter being the figure Akbar collected
in his reign of half a century.
It is worth noting that around 1600 cg, not more than
one fourth of the land mass was under permanent cultivation
and the density of the population at 35 to a square kilometre,
was half that of 1881 (Guha 2001, p. 60). In the late 19th
century, Rangarajan shows that the number of tigers killed
each year was 1600, leopards 2000 (Rangarajan 2001b,
p. 32). We are today reluctant to accept the incredible numbers
of ungulates and their predators that once roamed this country.
The authors of this paper were privileged to have witnessed
in their youth numbers which would appear fictitious to most,
and yet this was at the very end of the era of plenty. The
earlier hunting records of the princes and of the British speak
of much larger numbers and the hunting records of the
Mughals mention Qamargahs in which thousands of animals
were encircled and slaughtered. There is a mention of
one such Qamargah in 1567 near Lahore in which over
15,000 animals were killed (Ranjitsinh 1989, p. 2). So why
should we doubt the numbers of prey and predator species
that are quoted to us in medieval records?
Ansari quotes an instance of Raja Bir Singh Deo of
Orchha shooting one of Akbar’s cheetahs which had escaped
from captivity. However, the Raja was soon caught by the
people who were looking for the cheetah. This is not indicative
of cheetahs escaping in large numbers to found a wild
population. The point is: it took a strict, long, and painstaking
regimen to train a cheetah to hunt for man. It was an expensive
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
proposition. An escaped animal would be immediately
followed and brought back, as was the attempt in the instant
case. While there is no evidence of cheetahs being imported
during this time, an imported animal would have been even
more costly — too costly to let it roam free!
Mirat-i Ahmadi of Ali Muhammad Khan, a treatise on
administration during Aurangzeb’s time, states that cheetahs
found in north Gujarat ‘were better and superior’ in relation
to those from elsewhere and, therefore, the empire maintained
a special department in Gujarat ‘to catch, train and tame them’.
The treatise goes on to describe the organization of the
department in detail. Among several others there were
20 cheetah catchers in this department who were paid
Rs. 80 each (Ali 1930, p. 187). Jean de Thevenot visited
Ahmedabad about this time and he records that the governor
of the Suba does not allow anyone else to catch cheetahs
from jungles surrounding Ahmedabad (Sen 1949, p. 16).
Muhib Ali Khan Khass Mohalli, Akbar’s governor of
the Delhi Suba wrote a remarkable Baznama in which there
is a chapter on cheetahs. He writes: “It should be understood
that just as colour of hawks varies, so the colour of the cheetah
varies too. There are desert (rigi) cheetahs and mountain
cheetahs. Mountain cheetahs are ash grey (ramadi?) and some
of them red too. A true desert cheetah which has not... is not
very red in colour. (They are?) powerful and strongly built...
The mountain cheetah favours the shade and runs little. It
favours the shade because it always hunts in the shade. It
runs little because in the midst of the mountain jungle it takes
the gazelle unawares and catches it easily. But the desert
cheetah is not lazy when it is hot, but runs well. It knows
running well” (Mohalli). If Akbar’s cheetahs had indeed been
imported, such differentiation would never have been there.
There is a manuscript of the incomplete Baznama from
Tonk, Rajasthan, which is a 19th century copy of an earlier
document according to Professor Muzaffar Alam (pers. comm,
1994). According to this source, the cheetah is ‘found
everywhere and specially at five places: Multan (Punjab), Lakhi
Jungle (Sindh), Ajmer (Rajasthan), Gujarat, and Deccan. The
Yuz found in Multan and the forest of Lakhi is short and swift,
those found in Gujarat, are tall in height, while they are of
medium height in the Deccan.’ (Anon. undated)
James Forbes, the British traveller and chronicler of
the early 19th century, also records that the cheetahs of
‘Gujarat are the most esteemed’ though they are found all
over India (Forbes 1813, Vol. I, pp. 272-77).
Ansari refers to the Mughal scholar Annemarie
Schimmel, who makes an ‘intriguing assertion that cheetahs
had become thoroughly “acclimatized’’, especially in Gujarat’,
which could well imply their getting accustomed to captivity
while being trained, Gujarat being a well established source
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
of capture and training of cheetah. What Ansari does not quote,
from the same passage, is that the cheetahs ‘were caught in
the jungle, usually in pits, and then transported blindfolded,
in wicker covered carts to the stable for training’ (Schimmel
2005, p. 220). Is this another instance of selective referencing
where only convenient passages are quoted from a source?
The eminent historian Irfan Habib has meticulously
examined Mughal period records and has identified several
areas from where cheetahs were caught for the imperial court.
They were the environs of Pattan, Bhatnair, Bhatinda, and
Hissar in the Punjab and Haryana; Jodhpur, Nagaur, Merta,
Jhunjhunu, Amarsar, and Dholpur in Rajasthan; Jamnagar and
Sidhpur in Gujarat; and Alapur and Gwalior in Central India
(Habib 1986 sheets 4B, 6B, 7B, and 8B). If cheetahs were
indeed imported in huge numbers as alleged by the authors,
where was the need to resort to such extensive and expert
capture operations?
The only conclusion one can draw from the foregoing
is that cheetahs were in India for thousands of years to have
been found all over the Mughal Empire and to have acquired
sufficiently noticeable morphological and behavioural
differences, to enable the Mughals to identify them from
different regions and select the best for coursing blackbuck.
It is pertinent to record that the cheetahs had become a
nuisance to humans, like the lion, tiger, leopard, wolf, and
others, even as late as the British period. They too carried a
bounty on their heads and between 1872 and 1903, bounty
hunters accounted for 77 cheetah from various parts of India
(Rangarajan 1998).
Valmik Thapar has authored all the subsequent chapters.
In the chapter ‘In the Court of the Emperors’, he asserts that
the behaviour of Gir lions resembled large dogs. He describes
the calls of the forest department staff which attract them. He
neglects to note that owing to a large cattle population of the
Gir, lions prey on them, and they account for a substantial
part of their diet. Maldharis’ calls to their cattle naturally
attract lions, which the wildlife guards mimic. The behaviour
of lions in the Gir away from Sasan is not so tolerant of
humans. We remember photographing wary lions at dusk from
hides in the 1950s and early 1960s. Lion behaviour has
changed, as that of the tigers in Ranthambhore, and elsewhere.
Protection, and constant, close contact with humans have
made tigers diurnal and we and Valmik Thapar as well have
spent hours with tigers sitting (dog-like) in water and out of
it. The lions of the Gir are very tolerant of human presence
for various reasons. However, a recent study by a field
zoologist and a well-known lion expert who has studied
human-lion conflict for years, has found that lions attacked
humans 21.8 times (annual average) between 2000 and 2005
each year, and these attacks increased to 30.25 annually
11
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
between 2006 and 2010. In the latter period, there were
13 attacks (annual average) in the Gir West (Venkatraman
2012), which is the tourist epicentre. Lion behaviour has
undergone changes in times. There are also the well-known
works of Saberwal et al. (1994) of the late 1980s and early
1990s period and Rangarajan (2001a) for the 1899-1901
epoch, the latter referred to by contemporaries as a time of a
“reign of terror” by lions that hunted humans. To refer to
these large cats as mongrels, or dogs of mixed pedigree, is
indicative of a prejudice and bias and does not behove any
nature lover.
Valmik Thapar argues that since the nilgai was not the
lion’s natural prey, India did not have ‘the millions of
blackbuck that would have been needed for the “indigenous”
lions and cheetahs to feed on’. Firstly, India did have millions
of blackbuck, at least in the Mughal times. The eminent
scientist, C.P. Groves, estimated that the Indian subcontinent
had as many as four million blackbuck (Ranjitsinh 1989,
p. 44). T.C. Jerdon speaks of 10,000 blackbuck at a
government cattle farm at Hissar, Haryana (Jerdon 1874,
p. 277) where Ranjitsinh has also seen a thousand in 1956.
Jahangir records that in a 12 day hunt with cheetahs ‘within
the limits of Palam’ where Delhi’s airport is now situated,
426 antelope were caught (Rogers and Beveridge 1978,
p. 109). Ranjitsinh who has done his doctorate on the
blackbuck, has reason to believe that the Saurashtra Peninsula
alone had over 80,000 blackbuck as late as 1947 (Ranjitsinh
1989, p. 44) and Rajasthan had even more. He has seen over
3000 in one morning and records over 1000 in the Bhal area,
where the Velavadar National Park in Gujarat is situated
(Ranjitsinh 1997, p. 169). Secondly, cheetahs did not live on
blackbuck alone but also preyed on gazelle, pig, young nilgai,
primates, hare, peafowl, cheetal, and four-horned antelope
which were far more widespread than they are today. The
blackbuck was no prey of the lion, and it is absurd to say that
they were dependent on this antelope and the nilgai. Wild
pig, sambar, and cheetal were also their prey then as they are
now. Valmik Thapar mentions that there are very few records
of encounters with prides of lion in India, whilst in Africa a
pride of lions can have as many as 30 beasts. Apparently, the
author is not very familiar with the Indian lion. We have seen
a pride of 26 members and several with over 10.
Valmik Thapar asserts that “it is inconceivable that lions
could have swum across the Indus (unlike tigers, they hate
water).” Recent radio telemetry on Gir lions has revealed that
lions often swim across large stretches of water. A pride of
eight lions was recorded swimming across a 2 km stretch of
deep water on several occasions and this pride was observed
to make use of deep water to make a kill by driving the prey
into the water and killing it there. Thus, the proposition that
12
Indus would have been a formidable barrier for lions to cross
and that it needed to dry up for lions to cross it naturally, is
not an acceptable theory (Jhala pers. comm. 2013) Anyone
who has watched the National Geographic documentary
‘Swamp Lions’ of the Okavango in Africa, where lions live
almost an amphibious existence for a part of the year, would
not believe that lions ‘hate’ water. Valmik Thapar cites that
there is no proof of the occurrence of lions in Afghanistan
and Baluchistan, and hence, how could they have migrated
into India. But the lion need not and perhaps did not cross
into India over the Hindu Kush from Afghanistan, as the more
obvious route would have been from Iran through southern
Baluchistan and the Mekran coast. This inhospitable and arid
tract is not conducive to the preservation of any evidence
and has no record of the passage of any animal movement of
the past, including that of the ostrich and others. The Sinai
Peninsula also does not record the passage of the lion and
others, but that does not imply that the Sinai and the Mekran
coast/southern Baluchistan were not land bridges of animal
migrations. It would be pertinent to mention that cheetahs
which must have also used the Mekran-Baluchistan passage
into India, were reported in that area till as late as 1997
(Divyabhanusinh 2006, pp. 194-197). Thapar goes on to say
that lions were trafficked, especially to Rome from about the
3rd century BCE to about the 5th century ce. This export was
from the Barbary coast of North Africa, which was already a
part of the Roman Empire and ships regularly plied the
Mediterranean. Bringing the lions to India from the North
African coast would have meant a trans-shipment to the Red
Sea, as there was no Suez Canal then. Is there any report of
this anywhere?
Valmik Thapar then goes on to say that in the 20th
century when the Indian lion had almost become extinct, ““The
Nawab of Junagarh decided to manage the population in Gir
(his then designated hunting ground) through intensive
artificial feeding and protection. Did the Mughal emperors
do the same in their time? Was the “Royal Lion House” a
breeding and holding station to train lions for the court and
release them into the stage-managed hunting grounds of the
emperors?” The Nawabs of Junagarh fed lions in only the
Sasan area of Gir and that too only when they had to shoot or
show lions to their guests. Valmik Thapar, however,
conclusively claims “Whatever might be the truth about
Ashoka’s lion pillar, one fact is certain... the lion in it did not
come from lions in the natural landscape of India but from
connections across the seas.” Again he asserts “Whichever
way you look at it, exotic animals were brought in from across
the seas, be it from Mombassa, Zanzibar or Mozambique and
all of them were dropped off on the western coast,” and “as
far as am concerned cheetah in India came into the country
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
as gifts or tributes and were imported by land and sea from
Africa and Persia’. The absence of proof and the dogmatic
assertions continue.
Valmik Thapar quotes Guggisburg to assert that there
were no lions in Afghanistan. This is contrary to Professor
Thapar’s assertion that this was the Rig Vedic land and it
held lions. Joslin reports that there were lion reports from
Afghanistan till 1888, from Sindh up to 1847 and from Iran
up to 1942 (Joslin 1973). Baluchistan was a difficult place
then as it continues to be today, and no one has recorded
lions there in the 19th and 20th centuries, apart from one
probable instance from Las Bela in 1920. Further, Valmik
Thapar comments that the Nawab of Junagadh decided to
‘manage’ the lion population. What does he mean? They
protected them certainly, but there is no record of breeding
them for releasing them in the wild. He goes on to state
that because of royal privilege, anything to do with lions
“was always kept secret and that is one of the reasons why
there are so many missing links in our understanding of
this species”. This is not a responsible claim or statement
and such conjectural assertions cannot be accepted as
fact.
Again we have Guggisburg being quoted: He ‘thinks’
Indian princes may occasionally have trained lions for the
chase. No authority has been cited either by Guggisburg or
by Valmik Thapar. The latter writes “while others have
described lions at Jahangir’s court, it is odd that the emperor’s
own memotr do not mention a single lion... the reason Jahangir
does not dwell on lions or lion hunts is because the animal
was so rare...”. If anyone reads the Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri, he
will be impressed at Jahangir’s description of his lion hunts.
He records shooting of two lions which were making a
nuisance of themselves between Panipat and Karnal in 1608;
the Anup Rai incident of 1610; demonstrating his skill to
Prince Karan of Mewar at Ajmer in 1615; the famous Noor
Jahan’s shikar of 1617 near Mandu, when she shot four lions,
when he gave her a fabulous gift, and there are other such
instances. In fact, two of these incidents have been
immortalized in two remarkable paintings. Jahangir goes on
to record that in a span of 39 years he had shot 86 lions. In
1610, he records having shot seven lions near Rupbas in a
hunt of 56 days, when he also shot 70 nilgai, 51 blackbuck,
and 82 other animals (Thackston 1999, pp. 108, 216). Valmik
Thapar quotes Tavernier to illustrate how lions were tamed
and made safe for display at court. But where did the lions
come from?
Valmik Thapar mentions that the inveterate Arab
traveller Ibn Batuta, who traversed India between 1324 and
1354, never mentions the lion. But does he mention the tiger
and if he does not mention either the tiger or the lion, are we
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
to presume that neither existed in India in his time? Valmik
Thapar states that Jahangir does not mention the lion, because
this animal was so rare. But then what happened to the
numerous lions which Valmik Thapar and his co-authors claim
were in royal menageries and were regularly released in royal
hunting reserves? More of this later.
Both the translators, Rogers and Beveridge, of the
Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri and others including Valmik Thapar have
been misled by the confusion over the words Shir and Babr.
The Persian word shir means a lion, whereas the word babr
means a tiger (Humphrys and Kahrom 1995, pp. 75, 77;
Firouz, 2005, pp. 65, 66). In popular Hindi or Urdu parlance,
just the opposite is the case. Emperor Jahangir wrote his
memoirs in Persian and in his own hand. He knew what he
was observing and writing. The confusion is ours. Mughal
miniature paintings are full of lions. The tiger on the other
hand is prominent by its near total absence during the reign
of the Great Mughals.
Valmik Thapar repeatedly mentions the flourishing
trade in exotic animals, especially lions. But quotes no record
of any imports of lion and cheetah in India in the medieval
period, nor during the existence of the East India Company.
Neither of us, both being students of history, have ever come
across any such record either. As the entire thesis that the
lion and the cheetah are exotic imports 1n India is based upon
the paucity of mention in ancient records and of portrayal in
prehistoric art, should not the total absence of mention of
this purported import in medieval and modern records also
indicate that such imports never occurred?
Valmik Thapar quotes F.G. Careri, who mentions
countless tigers near Diu on the coast of Saurashtra, to claim
how domesticated and ‘dog-like’ the captive lions were in
India and therefore “appear to have been bred in hunting
grounds as they seem tame enough to be jumped on and beaten
to death.” The relevant quote from Careri states that when
the African slaves of the Portuguese saw a lion astray in the
woods, one slave would distract the lion while the next Black
(slave) “very dexterously takes the Beast by the Testicles and
then they beat him to death”. Does Valmik Thapar really
believe that even a most decrepit tame lion, let alone a wild
one, would allow anyone to catch it by its testicles and then
to beat it to death?
Careri also describes a lion hunt which he confesses
he had not seen, but “was generally told to me by the
Portuguese: The Reader may believe what he pleases”. On
this basis Valmik Thapar chooses to believe and conclude
that the lions appear to have been bred in hunting grounds
“as they seem tame enough to be jumped on or beaten to
death”.
Valmik Thapar goes on to rely on the same Francis
13
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
Gemeldi Careri, who records a lion brought to Goa from
Mozambique, which was being sent to the king of China.
Careri asserts that there were very few lions on the coast of
Gujarat or Goa. But, there were never any lions near Goa in
recent times. Its coastline indeed held tigers as indeed did the
coast of present day Gujarat near Daman. But at Diu, which
is close to Gir, Careri claims he saw tigers. Are we expected
to give credence to this? The Saurashtra Peninsula has never
had tigers. The occurrence of tigers in Daman on the south
coast of Gujarat does not imply that lions should also have
been there as the lion habitat in Saurashtra is not far away, as
Valmik Thapar claims. A look at an atlas would show that a
wide stretch of the Gulf of Cambay lies between Daman and
the Saurashtra coast. Valmik Thapar goes on to say that there
were Dutch, British, and Portuguese vessels, and the Mughal
fleet which carried lions and cheetahs along with zebras and
giraffes. He, however, as usual does not give the source of
his information.
Valmik Thapar quotes R.G. Burton to show that 19 lions
were shot between 1847 and 1872 in Gwalior and Guna, the
territories of the Scindia rulers of Gwalior, which boasted
not only large menageries ‘but also restocked their forests
with African lions’. But African lions were only imported in
Gwalior in the 20th century and there is no record whatsoever
of any captive lions having been released by Gwalior in the
Wer
i |
i
1
oy
ie
19th century. So, where did the 19 lions shot between 1847
and 1872 come from? The portrayal of lions in the Kotah
School of Art is explained by “There were probably large
animal menageries in Kotah, and Bundi, and it is likely that
lions were released into the forests of that kingdom as a result
of the numerous battles between the British and Indian rulers
at the time.” But there were no battles between the rulers of
Kotah, Bundi, and neighbouring princes with the British. If
there is no evidence of existence of lion or cheetah, it is
presumed that they never existed. If they are in evidence, then
it is presumed that that was ‘probably’ because of breeding in
menageries! There could possibly never have been non-feral
non-escapee lions and cheetahs in India, is the gist of the
argument. To support the repeated contention that lions were
in stockades and bred in captivity, Valmik Thapar mentions
in the caption below the illustration of a lion hunt in Kotah,
opposite p. 11 of the book, a ‘thick wooden fence in the
foreground and background’. A cursory look would show that
these so-called wooden fences are in fact lines of trees painted
in a stylized fashion. Is this an attempt to deliberately mislead
the gullible?
Valmik Thapar again avers that the lion ‘had always
been rare, which in turn can only mean it was never an
indigenous species that had established itself in this country.’
How much time does a species require to be regarded as
Fig. 4: “Lion at a water hole.” Attributed to Emperor Jahangir’s painter Nanha, c. 1618
(courtesy Maharaja Sawai Mansingh Il Museum, Jaipur). The young lion’s moderate mane growth over its head exposes its ears
and it has a prominent black tassel on its tail. These are noticeable morphological characteristics of the Asiatic subspecies
14
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
established in the country or indigenous? Certain species such
as the caracal, which possibly also came from Africa like the
lion and the cheetah, were always rare and had very restricted
distribution in the country. But that does not make them non-
indigenous.
Valmik Thapar goes on to say that the last decades of
the 19th century were “a time when there were endless
rumours that African lions were being brought on dhows from
Africa to facilitate hunting, especially by princes who took it
as arite of passage.” Can he quote the source of the rumours?
Is the belief that Indian lions were imported from Africa even
as late as the end of the 19th century, be based on mere
rumours?
Then, there are statements by Valmik Thapar which are
untrue. He claims that Maharaja Ganga Singh of Bikaner shot
3,300 sandgrouse in one shoot in 1925. This was the bag of
the entire hunting party and not of one individual. No single
person has ever shot on record 3000 birds in a single shoot.
Thapar goes on to say that palaces like the one in Dungarpur
in Rajasthan “had wall paintings that depicted numerous
African animals, mostly boasting their presence in their private
forests”. Being closely related to the erstwhile ruler of
Dungarpur and having therefore lived in the Palace there,
Ranjitsinh can firmly assert that there are no such paintings
in the Palace in Dungarpur. Further, Valmik Thapar, quoting
from Kailash Sankhala and V.D. Sharma, says that “Among
the princely states of Saurashtra (now Gujarat) Bhavnagar
and Wankaner were equally famous for organizing the hunting
of blackbucks by using cheetahs. Bhavnagar had its agent in
Mombassa, Kenya, who regularly supplied the menageries
with African cheetahs. The same is true of Wankaner.” Valmik
Thapar goes on to add that the Kutch and Jamnagar princely
states also ‘Had royal menageries overflowing with cheetahs”.
The State of Bhavnagar did have cheetah imported from Africa
in the first half of the 20th century. However, since one of the
authors of this paper belongs to the erstwhile princely family
of Wankaner and the other is closely related to it, we can
positively affirm that the State of Wankaner never possessed
cheetah for purposes of blackbuck hunting or otherwise, and
never imported any cheetah from anywhere. They can also
affirm that neither Kutch nor Jamnagar kept any captive
cheetahs for coursing at any time, and the statement of Valmik
Thapar in this regard is also false.
Valmik Thapar says he has examined several paintings
and it struck him “that the painters were unfamiliar with the
animal depicting it in all manner of strange shapes and
sizes...” However, he himself has reproduced accurate
renderings such as on pages 121 and 122 and there are scores
more, such as Mansur’s in the St Petersburg Muraqqa
(album); a painting which came in the public domain recently
titled ‘Landscape with Lions and Figures’. There is a lioness
in it sitting by the remnants of a human skeleton while a
male lion is killing a nilgai; one entitled “Jahangir showing
his hunting skill”; “Lion at a water hole” (Fig. 4;
Divyabhanusinh 2008, pp. 96, 103, 106, 247) and many
more. One has to allow some leeway to the painters who
were rendering the animals in a particular style, but there
are precise studies such as the one in St. Petersburg
Muragqga, where the lion’s rendering is as realistic as any
by a modern day artist.
Quoting Bernier, Valmik Thapar says that “Except in
Kathiawar, lions are now never met with in any part of India”
in the mid-17th century. We are indeed most surprised to read
this. We have checked Travels in the Mughal Empire AD 1656-
1668 by Francois Bernier, translated by Archibald Constable
and revised by Vincent A. Smith, published by Oxford
University Press, p. 378. The quoted sentence is a footnote
by Vincent Smith or Archibald Constable, dated c. 1934 and
not by Bernier himself!
Valmik Thapar quotes Professor Helen Basu: “In fact
when the Nawab brought African lions to the Gir forest he
also settled some sidis to take care of them.” Sidis (Indians
of African origin) are spread over in Saurashtra peninsula
and elsewhere in Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Karnataka. When
did the Nawab import lions and which Nawab of Junagadh
did so from Africa to stock the Gir? What is the source of her
assertion? Divyabhanusinh has made an extensive search in
the Junagadh State records, but he has not come across any
document pertaining to imports of African lions to stock the
Gir or of the arrival of Sidis to take care of them.
It must be borne in mind that state records of the
Junagadh state are available and the state affairs of the
Sultanate and Mughal periods of medieval Indian history have
been recorded by chroniclers of the likes of Abul Fazl and
scores of others, in some detail. When the ruler in question
was interested in hunting, as in the case of Firoz Shah Tughlaq,
Akbar, Jahangir, and others, details pertaining to the hunt are
more in evidence in the various Jarikhs and Namas. Only a
prince keenly interested in hunting could have ‘imported’ lions
or cheetahs for sport. Would such an event of importance in
what was a passion or a prime pastime of the ruler not be
recorded in his chronicles, especially when one considers that
the import of exotic specimens such as the zebra, dodo, and
the Barbary falcon not only find special mention, but were
recorded in specially commissioned paintings?
The chapter ‘The Last Lions’ opens with a quote from
Capt. Thomas Williamson’s Oriental Field Sports and from
its page 130 ‘As for lions there are none in Hindustan...’
And only lion seen was the one from Ghod in 1781, presented
to Governor-General Warren Hastings. The work was
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
iD
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
published in 1807 by Edward Orme. The reference says,
“(New York printed for Edward Orme) P. 130”. The
bibliography on the other hand simply says, ‘Edward Orme,
1807’. On checking the latter’s facsimile reprint of 1987 by
Anthony Atha Publishers Ltd., it was found that the said page
deals with ‘Plate XXXVI Killing Game at the Inundation of
An Island’. The referred quote does not find place on it. The
word lion does not appear in the index either. Thus, we are
unable to check the context of the statement. It is hoped that
this is not another attempt to mislead the reader. Incidentally,
Valmik Thapar states in the epilogue of the book that
Williamson did not come across any cheetahs and lions while
out pig-sticking in Bengal. He was not likely to, as the two
cats preferred a different kind of landscape and did not exist
in Bengal during that period. Valmik Thapar, however, does
not point out the fact that Williamson also gives a fairly long
account of hunting with cheetah and caracal in the same work
(Williamson 1807, p. 144). Atwo volume edition of the same
book was published the next year, 1808, in which a drawing
of a pair of cheetahs by Samuel Howett appeared as the
frontispiece of the second volume (reproduced in
Divyabhanusinh 2006, p. 82).
Valmik Thapar quotes Thomas Pennant who says that
the environs of Rohtas and Gur (Gir?) have numerous lions.
Pennant does not deny the existence of lions but refers to
those who deny their existence and says that “here was a royal
menagerie, and that the breed was propagated from the beasts,
which had escaped’. Who were these persons in denial?
Referring to Ain-i Akbari which “is silent whether they had
or had not been aborigines of Hindustan’, Valmik Thapar
thereby once more casts serious doubts about lions being
‘aborigines’ of Hindustan. The question: would Abul Fazl
have neglected to record imports of lions? His work is a
detailed description of the administration under Emperor
Akbar and the Mughal Empire would have had to spend
considerable sums to import them on a regular basis.
Sir Charles D’Oyly, the renowned Company School
artist, painted a two volume album of shikar indulged in by
the British, in what is now Bihar, Jharkhand, and West Bengal.
It contained 63 water colour paintings, which had among
others nine paintings of hog hunting, seven of tiger shooting,
six of lion shooting, three of leopard shooting, and one of
hunting with cheetahs (D’Oyly 1810-15). Valmik Thapar
omits mention of this source, though his work is
contemporaneous of Williamson.
Valmik Thapar quotes James Forbes’s description of a
lion shoot in 1781, which took place on the banks of Sabarmati,
fifteen ‘coss’ from Cambay (Khambhat) in Gujarat. Yet, in his
very next paragraph Valmik Thapar says, Forbes was convinced
that lions existed only on the borders of Persia!
16
Valmik Thapar and Yusuf Ansari do not even surmise
as to when they believe the imported cheetahs and lions
escaped, as they claim, from captivity in ancient India, or if
in the mediaeval period, whether during the Delhi Sultanate
or the Mughal era. If Akbar did have the thousands of cheetahs
in captivity as the records show and had they indeed been the
progeny of feral animals, they must have become feral
millennia ago to have bred in such large numbers to have
become so widespread by the Mughal period. So were the
lion and cheetah imported in ancient India and if so, in
approximately what period and from where? This would also
raise the question of trade and communication between India
and Africa and the efficacy of vessels to transport large and
dangerous carnivores such as the lion and cheetah, in that
ancient era. Professor Thapar states categorically that there
is no record of lions being traded in the ancient period. The
same goes for the cheetah. We have also found no such record
in the later periods as well, as noted earlier.
There is no doubt that in comparison with the tiger or
the leopard whose numbers go into thousands being shot, the
number of lions being killed is small. However, between 1820
and 1860, one can account for 494 lions killed for sport outside
of Saurashtra (Kathiawar). These are the shikar records of
Frazer, Smith, and in Bundi and Kotah (Divyabhanusinh 2008,
p. 123). Joslin’s figure of lions shot outside Kathiawar
between 1863 and 1888, is another 37. There is no argument
on this score, though there would have been several more
lions killed and other encounters which would have gone
unrecorded. But does this low number mean that the lions
were non-existent or imported?
Valmik Thapar goes on to take the case of a “Colonel
A. Smith’. Presumably, he means Colonel George Ackland
Smith. He says that he claims to have shot between 50 and
300 lions around 1857-58 around Delhi and Haryana. As
usual, there is no reference to where the information came
from. Actually, the story is somewhat different. Norman B.
Kinnear, who was curator of the Bombay Natural History
Society, wrote an authoritative paper in the Society’s Journal
in which he says, “Central India in these early days [early
19th century] was one of the strongholds of the lion and to
give an idea of its numbers we may mention that Lydekker
was informed that during the Mutiny [1857-58], Colonel
George Ackland Smith killed upwards of 300 Indian lions
and out of this number 50 were accounted for in the Delhi
District” (Kinnear 1920).
Anyone is free to challenge this figure with proper
research, but Valmik Thapar goes on to say that “during this
period of unrest, many menageries were looted and scores of
lions fled and that Smith may have succeeded in killing most
of this tame and captive population. Some may have been
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
Fig. 5: A pair of mature black maned lions in the Gir, refutes the belief that Indian lion had only a sparse, light-coloured mane.
Photograph: Divyabhanusinh. Reproduced from The Story of Asia’s Lions, Marg Publications, Mumbai,
revised and enlarged edition, 2008
killed in the private hunting parks of the local kings. There
was a definite link between the bloody conflict and the death
of lions”. Again there is no mention of the source for this
Sweeping statment, or the grounds of his surmise.
Valmik Thapar also refers to animal traders like
Hagenbeck (though the book of Rothenfeld from which he
refers to Hagenbeck, is on the beginnings of modern zoos).
The enormity of the trade in wild animals is mentioned, but
there is no mention of supply of lions to the menageries of
the princes in India, which were then allegedly used for release
and shikar. He goes on to say “I believe Indian Royalty
continued to import, tame and release lions into their game
parks.” No evidence is cited again.
Further on, Valmik Thapar says that few considered
lion as an important part of India’s natural world. This he
says in spite of all natural history works of Jerdon, Blanford,
Stuart-Baker, Sterndale, Finn, Lydekker, Pocock, Prater, and
others, which include the lion as a natural habitant of India!
Valmik Thapar goes on to state that when Prince Albert
Victor, the Duke of Clarence went to Gir to shoot a lion in
1890, he was offered East African lions which would be made
available and two lions were said to have come from Junagadh,
sent by the Diwan of Junagadh, but the offer was declined.
We are at a loss to find the source of this information.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Col. L.L. Fenton, who was present during this shoot simply
records that the Diwan Haridas Viharidas of Junagadh
suggested that the two lions sent from Junagadh during the
night, may be shot. In the event, the offer was refused. There
is no mention of these animals being from East Africa (Fenton
c. 1924, pp. 21-22).
The chapter ends with the statement that “At this point
the 15—20 lions that were left in the Gir were intensively
managed and reared by the Nawab of Junagadh in his private
hunting grounds. As a result of this, their population slowly
rose.” To start with, the figure of 12 to 20 was misleading
and has been challenged by the official historians of Junagadh
State. In fact, Nawab Rasulkhanji himself contradicted the
rumours (Edwards and Fraser 1907, p. 173; Divyabhanusinh
2008, pp. 178-179). L.L. Fenton who was in the Gir and in
Kathiawar (Saurashtra) in 1899 during the great famine,
expressed no such alarm except to say that the lions were by
then found only in the Gir (Fenton c. 1924, pp. 1-30). There
is no evidence whatsoever of the Nawab ‘rearing’ lions. In
view of the intense pressure on the Junagadh Darbar to issue
lion shooting permits to British and princely hunters who
wanted lion trophies, Junagadh usually pronounced
exaggerated lowly numbers of the lion to turn down the
requests (Divyabhanusinh 2008, pp. 180-181).
i?
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
The chapter ‘The Age of Slaughter’ deals at length with
the depredation of the British and the Princes. There is,
however, a detailed account of Maharaja Madho Rao Scindia’s
failed attempts to introduce African lions in the wilds of
Gwalior state. This is the only such attempt known in India,
yet the author insists that it was “like many others had
probably done before him’! Further, he goes on to say that
Gwalior was not interested in Junagadh’s “leftovers” but
wanted the black maned lions from Africa. This 1s false.
Actually, Maharaja Madho Rao Scindia caused the British
Political Agent at Gwalior to write to the Political Agent in
Kathiawar for help in obtaining lions from Junagadh. The
latter made the request to Rasulkhanji. The Nawab personally
wrote back to the Political Agent to say that “the number of
the noble animals which was never very large has been so
much reduced of late...” because of various reasons including
the great famine of 1899-1900, illegal shooting, etc., he was
not in a position to spare his lions for Gwalior. It was only
after this rejection that Gwalior brought African lions
(Divvyabhanusinh 2008, pp. 190-191). Besides, Gir lions also
have spectacular black manes (Fig. 5). In the footnote to
Valmik Thapar’s reference on page 255 of the book for page
169, on which the Gwalior account appears, he says, “I believe
the regions between Agra and Gwalior are areas in which
lions have been bred since the Mughal era’. What is the basis
of this belief? The point to be noted is that Gwalior was one
of the largest states in India with an area of over 26,000 square
miles. Yet, it failed to introduce African lions in spite of its
vast forests and resources. Were the other princes, almost all
of whom were smaller and less resourceful, likely to succeed
where Scindia failed?
Further on, Valmik Thapar refers to Jean de Thevenot
and says that he is very clear that cheetahs were trained in
Gujarat, etc. This has been examined earlier, along with
Mirat-i Ahmadi. Then he goes on to say “J am sure they were
unloaded, at the harbor, acclimatized [Schimmel’s word
examined earlier] and trained there.” The question is where
is the Mughal period record of the cheetah trade for the court,
with the animals landing at a harbour in Gujarat or elsewhere?
Of course, cheetahs were caught from the wild in Gujarat,
trained and sent to court at Delhi. There were sufficient
cheetahs in the wild in India for a profession to develop for
catching them and selling them for purposes of hunting. The
Pardhi tribe took to it. These tribal people were known by
their trade and divided into professional groups. For example,
‘shikar pardhis’ were ones who used firearms to hunt; ‘phase
pardhis’ or ‘hiranshikaris’ were hunters of antelopes; ‘tilwale
pardhis’ were ones who sold crocodile oil; ‘cheetawale
pardhis’ were ones who trapped cheetahs in the wild, to supply
them to royalty and, therefore were also known as ‘raj pardhis’
18
(Kennedy 1908, pp. 133-134; Russell and Lal 1916, pp. 360,
366-367). The question to be asked is how many cheetahs
were in the wild and how long and how many generations of
the pardhi profession it took, to evolve into these specific
profesional groups?
Valmik Thapar refers to the cheetah book of
Divyabhanusinh, which states that Tipu Sultan’s cheetahs
could have been imported but was unlikely. He quotes the
same book further to state that trained cheetahs along with
caracals, lynxes, falcons, and hawks may definitely have
reached the menageries of Muslim invaders from Central Asia
or Persia. The emphasis is on the word ‘may’. It is a conjecture
and there is no evidence to support it.
It would be important to consider some other evidence.
A recent paper by Manamendra—Arachchi et al. (2005) has
reported new fossil evidence. To quote from the abstract of the
paper: ‘Tigers appear to have arrived in Sri Lanka during a
pluvial period during which sea levels were depressed,
evidently prior to the last glacial maximum c. 20,000 years
ago. The lion appears to have become extinct in Sri Lanka prior
to the arrival of culturally modern humans, c. 37,000 ybp’
(Manamendra et al. 2005). Another source too has recorded a
single fossil lion tooth in Sri Lanka (Sunquist and Sunquist
2002, p. 286; Deraniyagala 1958). A fossil broken mandibular
ramus containing a molar and the fourth premolar of a lion
(Panthera cf. leo), together with the fossil remains of the spotted
hyena (Crocuta cf. sivalensis), have been found in the oldest
alluvial Pleistocene deposits (c. two million years old), near
Susunia, Bankura district, West Bengal (Dutta 1976).
A study of the evolutionary dynamic of the lion
concludes that by the Mid Pleistocene, lions had already
occupied Europe, having proliferated from Africa and by the
Late Pleistocene (c. 130,000—10,000 years ago), lions had
the greatest intercontinental distribution for a large mammal
(excluding man), ranging from Africa into Eurasia and the
Americas (Antunes 2008). It is essential to look at the climatic
conditions and aridity of Sindh and Punjab during this period,
before concluding that the Indus was a barrier to lion dispersal.
This brings us to the cheetah. A recent study by
Charruau et al. (2011) has concluded that the genetic variation
in the current global cheetah population is more than
previously described. It goes on to state “The total nuclear
(microsatellite) diversity (H,,-0.766) is comparable with that
of other out bred felid species... The lower H,0.397 observed
in the Iranian cheetahs might be the consequence of ancestral
population divergence or a recent effective population size
reduction in this population... Remarkably, the North Eastern
African cheetahs were highly differentiated (nuclear
F.=0.170) from the Southern African individuals and
clustered independently and monophyletic’. From this, the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
study concludes that “Iranian cheetah are an autochthonous
monophyletic population and the last representatives of the
Asiatic subspecies” (Charruau et al. 2011). Ignoring this study,
Valmik Thapar states, as we have noted earlier, that it would
be ‘facile’ to consider Asiatic cheetah to be indigenous to
Iran. How is it that the book does not take into account and
challenge these and other such studies on the two large cats,
but ignores them to reach what, apparently, are preconceived
conclusions?
Regarding the genetic evolution of the Asiatic cheetah,
the remarks of Dr. Y.V. Jhala are very pertinent: “The authors
of Exotic Aliens thankfully do not doubt the indigenous nature
of India’s endemic antelope, the blackbuck. The blackbuck is
the fastest land mammal on the Indian soil and this speed is
believed to have co-evolved to keep pace with predation
pressure from a faster predator, the Asiatic Cheetah. A similar
coevolution occurred between the Pronghorn and the North
American Cheetah (which became extinct about 15,000 years
ago), the pronghorn evolved its high speed under predation
pressure from the cheetah. With the extinction of the cheetah
in North America and India, the blackbuck and the pronghorn
do not have any predators that can match them in speed. Such
coevolution takes place over millennia where natural selection
shapes such traits in species.” It is unlikely that coursing by
captive tame imported cheetah was responsible for evolving
the speed of blackbuck over the few hundred years!
Considering the evolution and range expansion pattern of
cheetah based on latest genetic research (Charruau et al. 2011),
the Iranian and Indian cheetah form a monophyletic clade
along with cheetah from the Arabian peninsula and
Egypt that separated from their African cousins some
10-35 thousand years ago. Thus, the Asiatic cheetah has
distinct mitochondrial and nuclear DNA signature closer to
cheetah from North Africa but distinct from lineages in the
rest of Africa. The North African and Asiatic cheetah were
similar both for nuclear and mitochondrial markers and seem
to have been derived directly from the ancestral populations
in southern Africa. The East African cheetah form a cluster
distinct from the North African and Asiatic cheetah (Charruau
et al. 2011). If cheetah were imported into India from Africa
by sea as proposed by the authors of Exotic Aliens, their DNA
would align them with the East African lineage and not with
the Asian lineage. Thus, molecular taxonomy identifies the
Indian cheetah to have originated from the Asiatic lineage.
“Understanding of biogeography, ecology and genetics
suggests that a) Ethiopian fauna and flora including leopards,
lions, cheetahs, striped hyenas, honey badger, caracal, acacias,
and antelopes came into India from Africa through Persia,
b) distances between Persia and India could easily be traversed
by highly mobile species like the lion and cheetah. A Gir lion
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
tracked by satellite telemetry covered over 150 km in 3 days.
Dispersing individual cheetah from Iran have been recorded well
into the western border of Afghanistan and into Pakistan until
recently. There are no physical barriers to dispersal for these
species into India, as even plant communities and antelopes came
into India via this route” (Jhala pers. comm. 2013).
Valmik Thapar calls Asiatic lions a ‘khichdi’. We all
know it means a mixture. Actually, all the phylogenetic and
geographical evidence suggests that the Asiatic lion is a
distinct sub-species, reflecting an ecological separation of
many millennia, which also shows some features of
inbreeding, according to Stephen O’ Brien. So how are they a
‘khichdi’? Let us look at O’ Brien’s statement which finds no
place in Valmik Thapar’s book: »
‘Around twenty-five hundred years ago the Gir
[Saurashtra] peninsula was actually an island surrounded by
rising waters. The ancestral founders of the Gir lion population
were isolated from the larger mainland lion population, and
due to small numbers they suffered inbreeding over several
generations. Hunting and habitat occupation by human
developments had effectively extirpated the larger lion
populations over this period, leaving only Gir lions to occupy
once the peninsular water receded’ (O’Brien 2003, p. 51).
Apart from the lions not being ‘khichdi’, they were part of a
larger population twenty-five hundred years ago, in the
Saurashtra peninsula.
The question arises that if the lion in India was indeed
imported as is claimed, there should be no genetic difference
between the African and Indian lion, which today are
classified zoologically as Panthera leo leo (nominate African
subspecies) and Panthera leo persica, the Asian lion. If this
genetic difference is accepted, that would be a death-knell to
the whole contention that the lions were imported, because
even if the postulation of lion import from the era of Alexander
the Great is accepted, genetic changes that would warrant
the evolution of a new subspecies are not possible in a span
of 2000 years. So Valmik Thapar circumvents this obstacle
by stating that “The superficial differences between the Asiatic
or Indian lion and the North African lion are probably an
adaptation to the Indian climate, environment and inbreeding;
there is little possibility of it qualifying as a distinct
subspecies.’
In this regard, the observation of Dr. Y.V. Jhala is
significant: ‘The Indian lion differs in its skeletal (Skull) and
body morphology from its African counterpart (O’Brien
et al. 1987). Such differences occur in nature when
populations are separated for several thousands of years.
Occasional mixing of the populations resulting in exchange
of genetic material between populations does not permit such
traits to diverge between populations. Studies on lions show
19
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
that modern lions evolved from East and southern Africa about
200,000 years ago and spread to the north in two separate
waves, about 100,000 and 10,000 years ago. During the first
wave of dispersal, the lions crossed the current Sahara barrier
(which was then forested) to Northern Africa and into Persia
and then onto India, some 28,000 to 100,000 years ago. This
theory is supported by data from allozyme electrophoresis
(O’Brien et al. 1987) and mitochondrial and nuclear genes
of lions (Antunes et al. 2008; Barnett et al. 2006). There is
no evidence of genetic mixing between the North African-
Asian Lineages with those found in other parts of Africa
(Antunes et al. 2008). The authors of Exotic Aliens postulate
that lions were brought into India as human imports that
went feral and that such events occurred on several occasions
in historical times, resulting in a “khichdi” or a “mongrel”
breed of Indian lions. If that were the case, then Indian lions
should either have East African genetic lineage or be a
mixture of North African-Persian and East African lineages.
However, all Indian lions analyzed till date form a distinct
genetic cluster with their closest living relatives being the
lions from the Atlas Mountains and Morocco, the only living
relicts of the North African clade. They are distinct from East
African lineages and nor do they have a mixed lineage. Also,
the Indian lions have unique mitochondrial haplotypes that
have been derived from African lions but differ by several
mutational steps. The mutation rate of mitochondrial markers
is considered to be about one in 7000 years and this
molecular clock puts the time of divergence of Indian lions
from their African cousins to be between 70 to 130 thousand
years ago. This data clearly shows that Indian lions are relics
of a natural colonization event that occurred much before
human imports of lions could have started and that they
represent a unique evolutionary trajectory of lion lineage that
is ancient and merits serious conservation efforts. The genetic
data also rules out the proposed hypothesis that imported lions
from Africa became feral and interbred, as the current Gir
lions are a pure and distinct lineage and not a “khichdi” as
proposed by Exotic Aliens. Though closely related to the North
African lion, they do form a distinct and unique clade by
themselves.’ (Jhala, pers. comm. 2013).
It is evident that the authors of the book have not studied
in any detail the biogeography of the Indian subcontinent,
nor do they put forth compelling evidence or cite irrefutable
original sources to support their contentions. Merely stating
‘I believe...’, ‘Iam sure...’, ‘as far as 1am concerned...’ and
such like without adequate proof to support their surmises, is
neither scientific nor adequate, especially if the authors wish
to establish their theory in the face of empirical evidence to
the contrary, including fossil and archaeological bone data.
Besides, giving demeaning titles like ‘mongrels’, ‘“khichdi’,
‘impostor’, ‘facile’ and others to the purported ‘exotic aliens’
can give no credit either to the book or to its authors.
Denigrating a species in comparison with another does not
elevate the status of the preferred species and no species, let
alone the magnificent tiger, requires such contrived one-
upmanship. Propounding a theory merely on the basis of
surmises repeated ad nauseum, unsupported by any valid
proof, cannot be deemed to be a treatise on natural history,
let alone a scientific document.
After careful perusal of the book Exotic Aliens: The
Lion and the Cheetah in India we have come to the conclusion
that it has been written to support a preconceived notion and
to buttress the image of one iconic species. Raising a
controversy is a good way of ensuring success of a publication
and of garnering publicity. With the evidence placed forth in
this paper, the question would arise as to who is the ‘imposter’,
the book Exotic Aliens or the lion or the cheetah in India? Let
the reader decide.
¢
i
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are very grateful to all who have helped in
the writing of this critique, especially Dr. GL. Badam,
Dr. R. Mohanty, Dr. Y.V. Jhala, Smt. Chandra Chari,
Dr. Mahesh Rangarajan, Dr. P.P. Joglekar, Shri Ravi Singh,
and Shri Sundar Kanwal.
REFERENCES
Aut, SAYED NAwaB (Ep.) (1930): Mirat-i Ahmadi of Ali Muhammad
Khan. Oriental Institute, Baroda.
ANON. (UNDATED): Baznama. Manuscript from Oriental Institute, Tonk.
AGOSTINHO ANTUNES, JENNIFER L. TROYER, MELODY E. ROELKE, JILL PECON-
SLATTERY, CRAIG PACKER, CHRISTIAAN WINTERBACH, HANLIE
WINTERBACH, GRAHAM HEMSON, LAURENCE FRANK, PHILIP STANDER,
Lupwic SIEFERT, MARGARET DRICIRU, PAUL J. FUNSTON, KATHY A.
ALEXANDER, KATHERINE C. PRAGER, GUS MILLs, DAviIpD WILDT, MitTcH
Bus, STEPHEN J. O’ BRIEN, WARREN E. JOHNSON (2008): The
Evolutionary Dynamics of the Lion Panthera leo Revealed by
Host and Viral Population Genomics. PLoS Genetics 4(11).
BapaAM, G.L. & V.G. SaTHE (1992): Animal depictions in rock art and
palaeoecology: case study at Bhimbetka, Madhya Pradesh, India.
Pp. 196-208. Jn: Pager, S.A., B.K. Swartz Jr. and A.R. Willcox
(Eds): Proceedings of Rock Art: the way ahead. International
Conference on Rock Art conservation, Natal, South Africa.
BarNeTT, R., N. YAMAGUCHI & I. BARNES (2006): Lost populations
and preserving genetic diversity in the lion Panthera leo:
Implications for its ex situ conservation. Conservation Genetics
7(4): 507-514.
BEVERIDGE, ANNETTE SUSANNAH (TR.) (1979): Babur-Nama (Memoirs of
Babur), Vols I & II. Oriental Reprints, New Delhi.
CHAKRAVARTY, K.K. (Ep.) (1984): Rock-Art of India: paintings and
engravings. Arnold Heinemann, India.
CHARRUAU, P., C. FERNANDES, P. OROZCO-TERWENGEL, J. PETERS,
L. Hunter, H. Zrate, A. JoURABCHIAN, H. Jowkar, G. SCHALLER,
20
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
S. Ostrowski, P. VERCAMMEN, T. GRANGE, C. SCHLOTTERER,
A. Kotze, E-M GEgIcL, C. WALZER & P.A. BurGeR (2011):
Phylogeography, Genetic Structure and Population Divergence
Time of Cheetahs in Africa and Asia: Evidence for Long-term
Geographic Isolates. Molecular Ecology 20(4): 706-724.
DENZAU, GERTRUD & HELMUT DENZAU (1999): Wildessel. Jan Thorbecke
Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany.
DERANIYAGALA, P.E.P. (1958): The Pleistocene of Ceylon. Ceylon
National Museum, Columbo.
DIVYABHANUSINH (1987): Record of Two Unique Observations of the
Indian Cheetah in Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
84(2): 264-274.
DIVYABHANUSINH (2006): The End of a Trail: The Cheetah in India.
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
DIVYABHANUSINH (2008): The Story of Asia’s Lions. Marg Publications,
Mumbai.
D’ Oy ty, Sir CHARLES (1810-15): Indian Sports. Vols I & II. British
Library, 010C Acc. No. WD 4405 & WD 4406.
Dutta, ARUN Kumar (1976): Occurrence of Fossil Lion and Spotted
Hyaena from Pleistocene Deposits of Susunia, Bankura District,
West Bengal. Journal of the Geological Survey of India 17(3):
386-391.
Epwarps, S.M. & L.G. Fraser (1907): Ruling Princes of India, Junagadh
State. Times of India Press, Bombay.
ENGELS, D.W. (1978): Alexander the Great and the Logistics of the
Macedonian Army. University of California Press, Berkeley, USA.
FENTON, Cot. L.L. (c. 1924): The Rifle in India. W. Thacker & Co.,
London.
Frrouz, ESKANDAR (2005): The Complete Fauna of Iran. I.B. Taurus,
London.
ForseEs, JAMES (1813): Oriental Memoirs. White, Cochran & Co.,
London.
GORAKSHKAR, SADASHIV (ED.) (1979): Animals in Indian Art. Prince of
Wales Museum, Bombay.
GoyAL, P. & P.P. JoGLEKAR (2012): Archaeozoological Remains from
the Site of Kanmer. Pp. 767-794. In: Kharakwal, J.S.,
Y.S. Rawat and T. Osada (Eds): Excavation at Kanmer
2005—06-2008-09. Research Institute for Humanity and Nature,
Kyoto, Japan.
Groves, C.P. (1972): Blackbuck. Encyclopaedia of the Animal World
B 22a:
GuGaisBurG, C.A.W. (1962): Simba. Baily Bros. & Swinfen, London.
Guna, Sumit (2001): Health and Population in South Asia. Permanent
Black, New Delhi.
HaABI, IRFAN (1986): An Atlas of Mughal India. Oxford University Press,
Delhi.
Humpureys, P.N. & E. KAnrom (1995): The Lion and the Gazelle:
The Mammals and Birds of Iran. Comma International
Biological Systems, Lower Coed Morgan, Nr. Abergavenny,
Gwent, UK.
Hussain, Mautvi Vitayat (1891): Shams Siraj Afif, Tarik-i Firoz Shahi.
The Asiatic Society, Calcutta.
Iyer, K. BHARATHA (1977): Animals in Indian Sculpture.
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay.
JERDON, T.C. (1874): The Mammals of India. John Wheldon, London, UK.
JOGLEKAR, P.P. (UNPUBL.): Faunal Remains from Raja Nal ka Tila,
Uttar Pradesh.
JosLin, PAUL (1973): The Asiatic Lion: A Study of Ecology & Behaviour.
Ph.D. thesis. University of Edinburgh.
KELUM MANAMENDRA-ARACHCHI, ROHAN PETHIYAGODA, RAJITH
DISSANAYAKE & MADHAVA MEEGASKUMBURA (2005): A Second
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Extinct Cat from the Late Quaternary of Sri Lanka. The Raffles
Bulletin of Zoology 12: 423-434.
KENNEDY, M. (comp.) (1908): Notes on Criminal Classes in Bombay
Presidency. Government Central Press, Bombay.
KINNEAR, N.B. (1920): The Past and Present Distribution of the Lion in
South Eastern Asia. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 27(1): 34-39.
MANAMENDRA—ARACHCHI, K., ROHAN PETHIYAGODA, RAJITH DISSANAYAKE
& MADHAVA MEEGASKUMBURA (2005): A Second Extinct Cat from
the Late Quaternary of Sri Lanka. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology
12: 423-434.
MATHPAL, YASHODHAR (1984): Pre-historic Rock Paintings of Bhimbetka,
Central India. Abhinav Publications, New Delhi.
MOodaALLi, Munip ALI KHAN KHAss (UNDATED): Baznama. MS. Egerton
1013, British Library, London, UK.
O’ BRIEN, STEPHEN J. (2003): Tears of the Cheetah. Thomas Dunn Books/
St. Martin’s Press, New York.
O’BrIEN, STEPHEN J., JANICE S. MARTENSON, CRAIG PACKER, LAWRENCE
HERBST, VALERIUS DE Vos, PAUL JOSLIN, JANIS OTT-JOSLIN, DAVID
E. Witpt & MiTcHELL BusH (1987): Biochemical genetic variation
in geographic isolates of African and Asiatic lions. National
Geographic Research 3: 114-124.
RANGARAJAN, MAHESH (1998): The Role of Administration in
Extermination of the Cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus) in India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 95(2): 328-332.
RANGARAJAN, MAHESH (2001a): From Princely Symbol to Conservation
Icon: A Political History of the Lion in India. Pp. 399-442.
In: Mushirul Hassan and Nariaki Nakazato (Eds): The Unfinished
Agenda: Nation Building in South Asia. Manohar Publishers
and Distributors, New Delhi.
RANGARAJAN, MAHESH (2001b): India’s Wildlife History. Permanent
Black, New Delhi.
RANIJITSINH, M.K. (1989): The Indian Blackbuck. Natraj Publishers,
Dehradun.
RANJITSINH, M.K. (1997): Beyond the Tiger: Portraits of Asian Wildlife.
Brijbasi Printers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
RoGERS, ALEXANDER & HENRY BEVERIDGE (1978): Tuzuk-i Jahangiri.
Munshiram Manoharlal Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
RUSSELL, R.V. & RAI BAHADUR Hira LAL (1916): The Tribes and Castes
of Central Provinces of India. Vol. [1V. Macmillan & Co. London.
SABERWAL, V ASANT K., JAMES P. Gipps, RAVI CHELLAM & A.J.T. JOHNSINGH
(1994): Lion-Human Conflict in the Gir Forest, India.
Conservation Biology 8(2): 501-507.
SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE (2005): The Empire of the Great Mughals. Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
SEN, SURENDRANATH (ED.) (1949): Indian Travels of Thevenot and Careri.
National Archives of India, New Delhi.
SuNnquIst, MEL & FIONA SuNQUIST (2002): Wildcats of the World. The
University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
THACKSTON, WHEELER M. (1999): The Jahangirnama: Memoirs of
Jahangir, Emperor of India. Freer Gallery of Art/Arthur M.
Sackler Gallery, Washington DC and Oxford University Press,
New York.
VENKATRAMAN, MEENA (2012): Managing Success: Asiatic Lion
Conservation, Interface Issues and Attitudes of Local
Communities in Greater Gir Landscape. Report submitted to
Rufford Small Grants Foundation for Nature Conservation
(RSGs), UK.
WAKANKAR, VISHNU S. & ROBERT R.R. Brooks (1976): Stone Age.
Painting in India. D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., Bombay.
WILLIAMSON, Capt. THOMAS (1807): Oriental Field Sports. Edward Orme
London.
21
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF THE GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
ARDEOTIS NIGRICEPS (VIGORS 1831) —
PrAmop Patit!*, ASAD R. RAHMAN? AND SARA HALLAGER?
‘Department of Physiology, Bharati Vidyapeeth Deemed University Medical College, Pune 411 043, Maharashtra, India.
* Address for correspondence: P|. No. 26, Padma Housing Society, Near old N.C.C. Office, Mangalwar Peth, B-Ward, Datta Colony,
Kolhapur 416 012, Maharashtra, India. Email: gibpramod @ gmail.com
*Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, S.B. Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
Email: rahmani.asad @ gmail.com
*Department of Animal Care Sciences, Smithsonian National Zoological Park, Washington, D.C., USA. Email: HallagerS @si.edu
The Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps, a large ground-dwelling bird of India and Pakistan, is declining throughout
its entire range. Little has been published in detail on the behaviour of this species. This work presents an ethogram of
the species describing 63 individual behaviours grouped under 11 broad categories: alert, resting, comfort and
maintenance, locomotion, ingestive and excretory, antagonistic, interspecific response, sexual, maternal, vocalizations,
and reflexes.
National and site-specific recovery action plans for Great Indian Bustard are in process and ex situ conservation is one
of the proposed measures. A better understanding of Great Indian Bustard behaviour is essential for both ex situ and
in situ conservation. Precise descriptions of behaviours presented here provide a standard that can be used for systematic
and quantitative study of behaviours of the species and which could be of significance in ex situ breeding.
Key words: Great Indian Bustard, ethogram, in situ conservation, conservation breeding, ex situ conservation,
22-34
behaviours, captive breeding
INTRODUCTION
The Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Ardeotis nigriceps is
endemic to the Indian subcontinent, distributed in India and
Pakistan (Ali and Ripley 1980; Rahmani 1989). The species
typically inhabits arid and semiarid landscapes dominated by
open grasslands interspersed with short shrub and extensive
agriculture. Sexual dimorphism in size is very evident in the
GIB, with adult males standing up to 1.1 m. The female is
smaller at 0.9-0.92 m. It is a polygynous species. It breeds
principally between March and September, differing regionally,
based on rainfall (Ali and Ripley 1980; Rahmani 1989).
Breeding males establish territories using an exploded lek
mating system (Ali and Ripley 1980; Dutta et al. 2010; Morales
et al. 2001; Rahmani 1989). The GIB was subjected to an in-
depth, long-term study by the BNHS in the 1980s, which
provided information on the population, distribution, and
ecology of the species and its conservation issues (Rahmani
1989). However, over the years, its population has been
dwindling rapidly, with a decline approaching 75% within three
generations (Dutta et al. 2010). With a current population of
not more than 300 birds, the predicted extinction probability is
very high within the next three generations (Dutta et al. 2010).
Additionally, the low diversity of mitochondrial DNA across
the Indian population suggests a strong population bottleneck
event in the past (Ishtiaq et al. 2011).
For the above reasons, the International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) and BirdLife International
uplisted the status of GIB to Critically Endangered (CR)
category (BirdLife International 2012). The various identified
threats to GIB survival are habitat loss, mismanagement of
habitat, agricultural changes, overgrazing, hunting, failure of
breeding because of increased disturbance (BirdLife
International 2012; Dutta et al. 2010; IUCN 2008; Rahmani
1989, 1996, 2006), and heavy poaching in Pakistan (Khan
et al. 2008). Even though the GIB has been the subject of
intensive studies, little has been published on the behaviour
of the species. To fill this lacuna, we present a description of
various behaviours of GIB with the use of ethograms. A
greater understanding of behaviour is important in the
development of effective in situ and ex situ conservation
strategies for the GIB and will be invaluable for any captive
breeding programme. Ethograms help in the comparison of
various behaviours between related species (Xiao and Wang
2005). The need to interpret the evolution of adaptive life
history strategies and reproductive systems within the
framework of phylogenetic history (Pitra et al. 2002) can be
fulfilled by comparing various ethograms.
METHODS
The behaviours described in this paper are based on
published sources (Bhushan and Rahmani 1992; Manakadan
and Rahmani 1990; Rahmani and Manakadan 1987, 1988;
Rahmani 1989, 1996; Vyas et al. 1983) and from incidental
observations on behaviour carried out by the first author at
Nannaj, Maharashtra, totalling 1,400 ha, from 2004 to 2010.
Observations were made from 06:00 to 19:30 hrs throughout
the daylight period. The focal individual was observed with
binoculars for durations of five minutes, and during the
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
intervals, the behaviour seen was documented in detail with
the help of sketches. Information from literature was used to
supplement descriptions. Courtship calls of male GIB were
recorded with a microphone ME 62 and Telinga universal
parabolic dish. Marantz PMD 222 cassette recorder and
Maxell type II cassette were also used.
RESULTS
We describe 63 individual behaviours, grouped under
11 broad categories: alert, resting, comfort and maintenance,
locomotion, ingestive and excretory, antagonistic, interspecific
response, sexual, maternal, vocalizations, and reflexes.
1. ALERT BEHAVIOUR
GIB in alert mode remains stationary, either sitting or
standing with eyes open and neck extended (Fig. 1). On rare
occasions, one foot is raised slightly off the ground.
ge ;
HHH Lib!
Fig. 1: Alert
2. RESTING BEHAVIOUR
Four types of resting behaviour were observed:
i. Resting: The bird either sits on the ground or stands,
with eyes closed. The neck may be tucked into the back or just
lowered (Fig. 2). Resting is done during the hotter part of the
day under the shade of bushes (Ziziphus sp. or Carissa sp.),
small trees (Acacia sp.), or in isolated clumps of tall grass.
Fig. 2: Resting
AKG (re,
ii. Roosting: The bird squats with its tarsi and belly on
the ground. The neck is raised initially and then tucked into
the back. Roosting was seen on the ground in comparatively
bare areas.
iii. Hock-sitting: The bird sits with its tarsi and feet on
the ground, tibio-tarsal joint flexed and tibiae vertical. The belly
is raised above the ground (Fig. 3). Birds usually hock-sit while
drinking (see Drinking) and when sitting amidst tall grass.
Fig. 3: Hock-sitting
iv. Sheltering during rain/bad weather: During
periods of moderate to heavy rain, birds stand still with neck
partially lowered or tucked into the back. During stormy
weather, birds often stand under a bush.
3. COMFORT AND MAINTENANCE BEHAVIOUR
This includes behaviour related to personal maintenance
and comfort. Comfort behaviour can be divided into
15 categories.
i. Scratching: While standing on one leg, the upper neck
and head areas are rubbed using a toe with three to five rapid
strokes, at one instance. Neck and head are lowered to bring
them close to the toe (Fig. 4). When scratching, the eyes are
often closed and there is partial erection of head and neck
feathers.
:
<\ My" Wh . C080 evel gohe!
Fig. 4: Scratching
ii. Wing and leg stretching: The wing and leg on the
same side of the body are extended together in a downward
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
23
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
direction (Fig. 5). Stretching was often observed after a
prolonged rest, or after incubation in females (see Incubation).
ay Behe , ey MOE epee”
Fig. 5: Wing and leg stretching
- iii. Bow stretching: Both wings and neck are stretched
together, the neck is extended horizontally forward, the body
and tail are slightly lowered and the wings are raised above
the body (Fig. 6).
Fig. 6: Bow stretching
iv. Jump stretching: The bird leaps slightly into the
air, extending and flapping its wings at the same time.
v. Body fluffing: The feathers on the crest, neck, wings,
and back are erected and then smoothed down (Fig. 7). Body
fluffing lasts only for two to three seconds, and is often
followed by a gentle ruffling of the feathers (see Ruffling).
Fig. 7: Body fluffing
24
vi. Ruffling: With a wave-like movement passing from
head to tail, the bird shakes its body with simultaneous fanning
of tail feathers. ) ,
vii. Wing flapping: The bird extends its wings and
flutters them several times. The neck is stretched vertically,
along with erection of crest and neck feathers (Fig. 8).
award head Wotden
Fig. 8: Wing flapping
viii. Preening: It grooms the feathers on the neck,
breast, belly, back, tail, legs, and wings, using a closed bill
and moving down through the feathers, sometimes with short
and rapid biting movements (Fig. 9). The eyes are usually
closed during preening. Eyes are opened as soon as the bill
is taken out of the feathers. Preening is often done during
resting.
are aa eo be gee: AT pf be
Fig. 9: Preening
ix. Toe cleaning: While standing on one leg, the bird
pecks at a toe or nail of the other leg using its bill (Fig. 10).
CUE ELL, a4
Fig. 10: Toe cleaning
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
x. Dust bathing: The bird rubs its belly, neck, and
wings, and ruffles feathers in a dry dusty area (Fig. 11).
Fig. 11: Dust bathing
xi. Wing-spread sunning: The bird sits in short grass
clumps in the sun with both wings horizontal to the ground
(Fig. 12). This appears to have a thermoregulatory function
as it was observed only after ambient temperature had risen.
Wing-spread sunning is sometimes accompanied by panting
(see Panting). It is often followed by preening.
Fig. 12: Wing-spread sunning
xii. Bill gaping: The mouth is briefly opened wide as
if the bird is yawning.
xiii. Bill open: The bill is held partially open for several
seconds, the function of which is unclear.
xiv. Panting: The bill is slightly open, while the gular
skin moves back and forth (also known as gular flutter) (Fig.
13). Panting is mostly observed in resting birds during hot
weather. It is a thermoregulatory behaviour.
Fig. 13: mavicin
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
xv. Drying: Drying happens soon after the rains stop.
The tail is raised vertically and is accompanied with fanning
of the tail feathers. Both wings are drooped (Fig. 14). Body
feathers are ruffled yee (see Ruffling).
fe Auth e,
Fig. 14: Drying
4. LOCOMOTION
Locomotion can be divided into five categories:
i. Walking: The bird strides about at an easy pace while
moving about (Fig. 15). Walking is the primary mode of
locomotion in the GIB.
ull
Figo 15: Walking
ii. Brisk walking: GIB moves away quickly from a
perceived threat, e.g., humans, cattle, or stray dogs. The head
is raised in order to observe the intruder constantly while
walking. Brisk walking continues until the bird no longer
perceives a threat.
iii. Running: The bird moves at a faster pace than brisk
walking. Its head may be held high and extended. The wings
may be extended or held close to the body (Fig. 16). The run
is short and if the threat persists, it takes to flight.
an)
Fig. 16: Running
25
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
iv. Flying: Flying occurs following a short runora the beak is submerged to draw the water. The head is then
jump. Usually a short run consists of four to five steps, raised to gulp down the water (Fig. 19).
followed by the opening of wings and stretching of neck.
The body is lifted into the air with strong rapid wing
movements. Once in the air, GIB is a strong flyer. While
flying, the neck is fully extended and the legs are held
extended in line with the body. GIB flies with constant
and steady wingbeats. No soaring, hovering or gliding was
observed (Fig. 17). Though GIB is a strong flyer, it prefers
to walk and flies only when disturbed.
% 8 4, Fig. 19: Drinking
ii. Foraging and feeding: GIB searches for food while
walking, looking down at the ground (Fig. 20).
Fig. 17: Flying
v. Jumping and flying: Jumping followed by flying
with rapid wingbeats occurs when the bird takes to the air
Fig. 20: Foraging and feeding
(Fig. 18) to escape terrestrial predators, e.g., Wolf Canis lupus, While walking, various types of insects are flushed from
Golden Jackal Canis aureus, and village dogs encountered at — the ground. Once detected, the bird pecks at the food within
close distance. reach. Jumping, running, or flying prey is chased and grabbed
with the bill (Fig. 21).
Fig. 21: Foraging and feeding
ili. Eating grit: GIB eats gravel and small pebbles to
Wav Ain WME vaya He aid digestion, pecking at and then swallowing the stones.
Fig. 18: Jumping and flying iv. Bill wiping: GIB rubs the sides of its bill along a
stone or a boulder, removing any food attached to the bill.
5. INGESTIVE AND EXCRETORY BEHAVIOUR Bill wiping is seen more frequently during the rainy season
Ingestive and excretory behaviours are dividedintofive as the bill is more often soiled with mud during this time.
types: Bill wiping was never seen against the bark of a tree or bush.
v. Defecation: Faecal matter is excreted throughout the
i. Drinking: The GIB drinks while hock-sitting, using day. Birds defecate mainly while walking, pausing slightly
a sucking method. Keeping the neck parallel to the water level, —_as the faeces are egested.
26 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
6. ANTAGONISTIC BEHAVIOUR
Four types of antagonistic behaviours were recorded:
i. Aggressive displacement: Aggressive displacement
involves one bird chasing the other. It starts with the aggressor
stretching its neck, raising its crest, erecting the neck feathers,
lifting its tail with a slight ruffling of body feathers, and
running towards the other bird (Fig. 22). Both sexes show
aggressive displacement. Aggressive displacement was often
observed when birds congregate for feeding or drinking.
Females do not chase adult males.
Neary ath, RO
Fig. 22: Aggressive displacement
ii. Non-aggressive displacement: In non-aggressive
displacement, a bird walks towards another, causing the
second bird to leave its position and to move elsewhere.
iii. Tail fanning: The tail is lifted perpendicular to the
back, the feathers are fanned out and the tail is lowered
(Fig. 23). This may be repeated many times. It is performed
while standing as well as sitting. Tail lifting is an alert reaction
and may be accompanied by erection of the crest feathers
(see Crest up). Females may tail-lift when approached by a
male or a female. Tail fanning was never observed in adult
males, when approached by a female.
iv. Tail cocking: During tail cocking, the tail lies
completely on the back. In adult individuals, the tail may
touch the back of the neck. Tail cocking is seen only in males
(Fig. 24). Isolated tail cocking is done during aggressive
displacement, or as an alarm reaction to a perceived threat.
Jes dy iy yi pest
Fig. 24: Tail cocking
7. INTERSPECIFIC RESPONSE
Many species coexist in the same habitat as the GIB,
and in its interaction with various species, the GIB shows
fear of some, antagonism to others, and a neutral attitude to
some (Rahmani and Manakadan 1987). GIB exhibits the
following behaviours in response to perceived predation of
self, egg, or young.
i. Threat display: Threat display is performed in a
standing position with tail up and fanned, wings spread and
outstretched, along with ruffled plumage and head extended
forward or lowered. Simultaneous erection of crest feathers
along with vigorous shaking of wings and tail may be seen
(Fig. 25).
Fig. 23: Tail fanning
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Fig. 25: Threat display
27
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
ii. Skyward looking: An alert bird extends its head v. Freezing: While sitting motionless on the ground,
upwards, and tilts the head sideways, thus only oneeye faces _ the neck is tucked against the back and the head is sunk
skyward (Fig. 26). between the shoulders (Fig. 29). Freezing is more commonly
seen in juveniles and females.
Fig. 29: Freezing
8. SEXUAL BEHAVIOUR
Sexual behaviour has been subdivided into male
Fig. 26: Skyward looking territorial, male courtship, and copulation behaviours.
iii. Crest erection: The crest feathers of the head are
erected as a response to a potential threat (Fig. 27). Crest
erection is often preceded by neck fluffing.
i. Male territorial behaviour: During the breeding
season, two adult males sometimes interact with each other at
one of the bird’s territory. Initially, the males perform what
may be termed as the ‘territorial march’. With tails fully cocked,
gular pouch inflated, crown feathers erected, wings pointed
downward, males aggressively walk parallel to each other with
their inflated gular pouches swinging sideways (Fig. 30).
Fig. 27: Crest erection
iv. Neck fluffing: The neck and body are stretched
vertically, the head is raised and the neck feathers are erected hnesaitans
(Fig. 28). Neck fluffing is done in response to predators or other Fig. 30: Male territorial behaviour
objects of concern. Neck fluffing can last for several minutes.
Territory owner chases the intruder male in cocked up
posture with erection of crest feathers (Fig. 31) what may be
termed as the ‘territorial chase’.
he
Fig. 28: Neck fluffing Fig. 31: Territorial chase
28 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
If the dispute is not resolved through the territorial
march, a fight occurs. Fighting posture is similar to courtship
display, with the addition of the erection of crest and crown
feathers (Fig. 32a). While facing each other, both ‘males
simultaneously jump towards each other, bumping their chests
and kicking at each other. Once they land, both hold onto
each other by locking their necks and grasping beaks
(Fig. 32b), and may peck at each other (Fig. 32c). Females
have not been reported to engage in such physical combat.
a
MAA Vt) PL eg Ne, tte ax ‘ta Fl ida;
ef Wf ara
Fig. 32: Territorial fight
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
ii. Male courtship behaviour: Courtship display is
performed to attract females and keep away rival males from a
cock’s territory. An adult cock selects a secluded but prominent
area for display, and often uses traditional display areas. The
female appears to be uninterested in displaying males and often
deliberately avoids their advances, except when she is ready
to mate. Male courtship behaviours consist of:
a. Complete courtship display: At the beginning of the
display, the male holds its head high, stretching the neck
vertically. Initially, it puffs its chin feathers. After repeatedly
gulping air, the gular pouch starts inflating, becoming
pendulous until it hangs like a balloon in front of the legs.
Inflation of the gular pouch coincides with cocking of the
tail (Fig. 33). In this complete courtship display posture, the
male starts producing booming calls (see Vocalization) and
turns in all directions to advertise itself. This helps to deliver
visual as well auditory signals in all directions. If the hens
are >100 m away, the male faces them, showing his white
pouch. When a hen nears <10 m, the male turns his back
towards her, revealing his cloaca by spreading out the feathers
around the cloaca.
Fig. 33: Complete courtship display
b. Partial courtship display: During partial courtship
display, the tail is cocked but the gular pouch is not inflated
or may be slightly inflated (Fig. 34). This position precedes
or follows a complete courtship display.
Fig. 34: Partial courtship display
29
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
c. Hanging pouch display: During the hanging pouch iii. Copulation behaviour: Copulation behaviour
display, the gular pouch is fully inflated (sometimes touching consists of the following phases:
the ground), but there is no cocking of the tail (Fig. 35). |
— a. Initiation to copulation: Copulation occurs with a
receptive female during the peak courtship display, and on
the display grounds. If the female is receptive, she sits down
near the displaying male (Fig. 38), indicating that she is ready
for mating.
Fig. 35: Hanging pouch display
d. Female chasing: The male chases a female with
erected crest and cocked tail. The gular pouch may or may w
not be hanging (Fig. 36). Unreceptive females show no interest ie Maaltal one
and move away from the approaching male. Fig. 38: Initiation to copulation
Me
b. Head nibbling: Moving on both sides of the female,
the male pecks at the back of the female’s head (Fig. 39).
This is repeated several times. The female remains seated
throughout the entire bout of head pecking, recoiling each
time the male pecks her. Nibbling can be rough, causing
bleeding in some cases, and even death in captive birds in the
case of the Australian Bustard Ardeotis australis.
acs NR cee 0s Be x phcccgun te Re
| ee ae ef”
Fig. 36: Female chasing
e. Walking with inflated gular pouch: The male walks
with gular pouch inflated and hanging in front without lifting
the tail (Fig. 37). This posture is often seen intermittently
between courtship display or when disturbed. If the male needs
to fly, he deflates the pouch. |
Fig. 39: Head nibbling
c. Bill clasping: The male grabs the female’s beak with
its bill (Fig. 40). This occurs intermittently during nibbling.
Fig. 37: Walking with inflated gular pouch : Fig. 40: Bill clasping
30 | J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
d. Mounting: The male mounts the female from behind, ili. Egg turning: While standing over the nest, the
spreading his wings for balance while bringing his cloacato female rotates the egg with her bill several times throughout
the female’s cloaca (Fig. 41) to copulate. the day (Fig. 44).
f. €.. ¢
ike “tthes, 4 . re
¢
ae €
Fig. 44: Egg turning
iv. Debris tossing: While incubating, the female
occasionally picks up small stones and throws them onto her
Fig. 41: Mounting back or from one place to other. Similar behaviour in Kori
e. Post-copulation feather shaking: After copulation, Bustard Ardeotis kori has been proposed as displacement
the male dismounts. Both birds rise and vigorously shake
their feathers. The female runs or walks briskly away from
behaviour for the absence of nest building activity or as a
strategy to improve the female’s camouflage and make her
less visible to predators (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006).
the male, while the male remains in his territory, and may ; “4:
Debris tossing could be displacement behaviour, arising out
start displaying again.
of boredom or on seeing some disturbance.
9. MATERNAL BEHAVIOUR v. Tarsal walking: A nesting female moves towards the
Maternal behaviour includes the following: nest in hock-sitting position by walking on her tarsi. Tarsal
walking is seen in incubating hens in response to a perceived
i. Egg straddling: Just before sitting for incubation, threat or a predator at a close distance from the nest. It makes
the female sits on her tarsi, and moves her body to adjust her
position (Fig. 42).
the female less conspicuous in the surroundings, in order to
not reveal the nest location.
vi. Distraction display: A nesting female or female with
a chick sometimes feigns injury by flying low with outstretched
wings and dangling its legs as if wounded (Fig. 45).
Fig. 42: Egg straddling
é
€ eee
oe Ae ¢ ye
fgese f Qt ol cs
ii. Incubation: The posture commonly adopted by
incubating females is shown in Fig. 43.
vii. Predator chasing and pecking attack: Small to
medium-sized predators of eggs and chicks, e.g., Indian Fox
Vulpes bengalensis, Golden Jackal Canis aureus, House Crow
Corvus splendens, and Monitor Lizard Varanus bengalensis
that come close to the nest or juvenile are chased away by the
female. The female uses her bill to strike at a perceived predator
of her egg and chick. Females have been seen pecking at House
Fig. 43: Incubation Crow, Indian Fox, and Monitor Lizard (Rahmani 1989).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013 St
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
viii. Bill to bill feeding: The female picks up food and
bending her head and neck down, presents it to the chick,
while holding it in her bill (Fig. 46). Large insects are broken
into a size suitable for feeding the chick.
‘ af ‘ rs 1 Vale atte (fe; * te
F ye M Ms teh “* £ :
. #&%
*
Fig. 46: Bill to bill feeding
10. VOCALIZATIONS
Adult GIB vocalizations include:
i. Barking: Barking calls are given by both sexes
(Neginhal 1983; Vyas et al. 1983) and have been reported in
incubating females (Neginhal 1983) and females with a chick.
Barking serves as a form of communication, and is often done
along with a threat display, probably as an alarm call.
ii. Growling: This vocalization consists of a soft rrrrrr
sound, similar to a cat’s growl. It is seen in response to a
predator or perceived threat.
iii. Male courtship vocalization: During the courtship
display, three distinct calls are produced in sequence by the
male.
a. Chuck: During the initial states of inflation of the
gular pouch, a low feeble clicking sound is produced when
the bill is opened to gulp air.
b. Boom: Males emit a low-pitched booming call during
the breeding season. It is produced only at peak display. The
booming call can be heard up to a kilometre or more away,
depending on the direction of wind (Rahmani 1989). The
booming call is likely produced by the forcible ejection of air
from the gular pouch, rather than from any syringeal
apparatus, as in other large bustard species (Collar 1996).
The frequency of booming calls was from 100-200 Hz, with
an average duration of 0.9 sec, and an average pause of
14 sec between two calls.
c. Burr: Aslow, long, murmuring call after the booming
call, it is produced only after the initial 10-15 booming calls,
and probably occurs when the air is expelled from the pouch
(Rahmani 1989).
11. REFLEXES
i. Sneezing: This is as implied. Sneezing is a protective
reflex against nasal irritation.
ii. Coughing: This is as implied. Coughing is a
protective reflex against respiratory irritation.
DISCUSSION
This first published ethogram on the GIB provides an
important foundation for further quantitative study of GIB
behaviour. Behavioural research can directly contribute to
various conservation programmes such as captive breeding
(Angeloni et al. 2008; Curio 1996; Swaisgood 2010).
Ethographic studies of juveniles can be used to assess health,
growth patterns, and to predict chances of survival in the
wild, as well as to assess different chick rearing practices
(van Heezik and Seddon 1998). Captive rearing and
documentation of the growth and behaviour of a GIB till about
one year old was done by Manakadan and Rahmani (1996).
This ethogram provides standard definitions of various
common behaviours that could be valuable for captive
breeding programmes of the GIB.
Various behavioural patterns are distinctly related with
specific habitat needs, e.g., open short grass plains and open
scrublands are preferred for nesting, display, foraging, and
roosting (Rahmani 1989; Rahmani and Manakadan 1988).
Hence, studying various behaviours with respect to habitat
utilisation could be of importance for habitat management of
GIB.
Comparison of behaviour of GIB with that of other
species can emphasise traits potentially shared by specific
groups of bustards. Many of the behaviours described for GIB
are also reported for other bustard species. Resting behaviour
appears similar in Kori Bustard Ardeotis kori (Lichtenberg
and Hallager 2006), Houbara Bustard Chlamydotis undulata
(Launay and Paillat 1990), Great Bustard Otis tarda (Hellmich
1987), and Australian Bustard Ardeotis australis (Ziembicki
2010). Dust bathing is seen in Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and
Hallager 2006), Houbara Bustard (Hinz and Heiss 1989), and
Australian Bustard (Ziembicki 2009). Bill open behaviour is
also seen in Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006).
Drinking is similar in Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager
2006), Australian Bustard (Fisher et al. 1972), and Buff-crested
Bustard Eupodotis ruficrista (Hallager 1994). Head jerking
behaviour which was seen in Houbara Bustard (Launay and
Paillat 1990) and Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006)
was not seen in GIB. Head jerking has been proposed to serve
a social function for Houbara Bustard (Launay and Paillat
1990). Tail lifting has been seen in Little Bustard Tetrax tetrax
(Schulz 1986), Houbara Bustard (Launay and Paillat 1990),
and Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006).
Threat display is seen in Great Bustard (Hellmich
1987), Houbara Bustard (Launay and Paillat 1990), Kori
32
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006), and Australian
Bustard (White 2012). Predator defence display is similar in
Houbara Bustard (Launay and Paillat 1990), Kori Bustard
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006), and Australian Bustard
(White 2012). Debris tossing has also been observed in White-
bellied Bustard Eupodotis senegalensis, Buff-crested Bustard
and Houbara Bustard (F. Launay pers. comm.), and Kori
Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006). Tail up posture is
seen in Great Bustard (Hidalgo de Trucios and Carranza 1991)
and Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006).
Partial courtship display is also seen in Great Bustard
(Hidalgo de Trucios and Carranza 1991) and Kori Bustard
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006). Balloon display is seen in
Great Bustard, Denham’s Bustard Neotis denhami and
Australian Bustard (Osborne 1984), and Kori Bustard
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006). Booming call is seen in
Australian Bustard (Ziembicki 2010) and Kori Bustard
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006). Chasing females is seen in
Little Bustard (Schulz 1986), Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and
Hallager 2006), and Australian Bustard (Ziembicki 2009).
Head nibbling is similar in Kori Bustard (Hallager
2003) and Australian Bustard (White 2012). Territorial march
and territorial chase are reported in Australian Bustard
(Ziembicki 2010). Skyward looking is reported in Kori
Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006). It has been
suggested that it increases the field of vision and bustards in
this posture are probably more attentive to their surroundings
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006).
Maternal behaviours seen in GIB — predator chase,
threat display, distraction display, and bill to bill feeding —
are similar in Australian Bustard (White 2012; Ziembicki
2010). Freezing in response is seen in Australian Bustard
(White 2012), and serves to camouflage the bird against a
perceived threat.
The duration of the male courtship display increases in
the presence of hens, in the peak breeding season, and in
cloudy weather (Rahmani 1989). In GIB, the longest duration
of continuous display was reported at 240 minutes (Rahmani
1989). Male courtship displays are variable among different
bustard species. Larger bustard species such as Kori Bustard
(Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006), Australian Bustard
(Ziembicki 2010), and GIB (Rahmani 1989) have ground
displays. Males of smaller species, such as Lesser Florican
Sypheotides indicus (Ali and Ripley 1980), Little Bustard
(Schulz 1986), and Black Korhaan Eupodotis afraoides
(de Swardt 1992) perform aerial displays. According to
Sankaran (1997), there is a direct correlation between body
size and display type in bustards. Wingspread sunning is
similar in Kori Bustard (Lichtenberg and Hallager 2006) and
Houbara Bustard (Launay and Paillat 1990).
The categories of behaviour discussed in this paper are
the ones most commonly exhibited by GIB in the wild.
Additional detailed studies on age-specific behaviour and
interspecific behaviour are needed. Better understanding of
behaviour is the necessary first step towards improving the
husbandry and management of future captive populations.
Understanding GIB behaviour will also help in designing
conservation strategies. Precise descriptions of behaviours
and the ethograms presented here provide a standard that can
be used for systematic and quantitative study of behaviour of
this Critically Endangered species.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to the Pune Forest Department
(Wildlife Division), Mr. Bhagwat Maske, and staff of
Nannaj Range Forest Office for their support during field
work.
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. RipLey (1980): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. Vol. 2. Megapodes to Crab-plover (2nd Edition). Oxford
University Press, Bombay. Pp. 188-198.
ANGELONI, L., M.A. SCHLAEPFER, J.J. LAWLER & K.R. Crooks (2008): A
reassessment of the interface between conservation and
behavior. Anim. Behav. 75: 731-737.
BuusHan, B. & A.R. RAHMANI (1992): Food and feeding behaviour of
the Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps (Vigors). J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 89(1): 27-A0.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2012): Species factsheet: Ardeotis nigriceps.
http://www. birdlife.org/datazone/speciesfactsheet.php?id=2767.
Accessed on 22 July 2012.
Coar, N.J. (1996): Otididae (Bustards). Pp. 240-275. Jn: del Hoyo,
J., A. Elliott and J. Sargatal (Eds): Handbook of Birds of the
World. Hoatzin to Auks. Lynx Edicions, Barcelona.
Curio, E. (1996): Conservation needs ethology. Trends Ecol. Evol. 22:
260-263.
DE SwarptT, D.H. (1992): A behaviour study of the Black Korhaan
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Eupodotis afraoides. Navors. nas. Mus., Bloemfontein 8:
237-258.
Dutta, S., A.R. RAHMANI & Y.V. JHALA (2010): Running out of time?
The Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps — status, viability,
and conservation strategies. Eur J. Wild. Res. 57: 615-625.
FIsHER, C.D., E. LINDGREN & W.R. DAwson (1972): Drinking patterns
and behavior of Australian desert birds in relation to their ecology
and abundance. Condor 74: 111-136.
HALLaGer, S. (1994): Drinking methods in two species of Bustards.
Wilson Bulletin 106(4): 763-764.
HALLAGER, S. (2003): A description of copulation in the Kori Bustard
Ardeotis kori struthiunculus. Bulletin British Ornithologist’s Club
123: 125-129.
HELLMICH, J. (1987): A step towards an ethogram of the Great Bustard.
Poster, First Congress on Estepatic Birds, Le‘on.
HIDALGO DE TRucios, S.J. & J. CARRANZA (1991): Timing, structure and
function of courtship display in male Great Bustard. Ornis Scand.
22: 360-366.
33
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD
Hinz, C. & E.M. Heiss (1989): The activity patterns of Houbara
bustards: aspects of a field study in the Canary Islands. Bustard
Studies 4.
IsHTIAQ, F., S. Dutra, B. YUMNAM & V.Y. JHALA (2011): Low genetic
diversity in the endangered Great Indian Bustard (Ardeotis
nigriceps) across India and implications for conservation.
Conserv. Genet. 12: 857-863.
IUCN (2008): IUCN Red List of threatened species. IUCN, Gland.
Available at http://www.redlist.org. Accessed 24 Nov. 2008.
Kuan, A.A., I. KHAtio, M.J.I. CHoupury, A. FARoog & N. HUSSAIN
(2008): Status, threats and conservation of the Great Indian
Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps (Vigors) in Pakistan. Curr Sci. 95:
1079-1082.
Launay, F. & P. PamLiat (1990): A behavioural repertoire of the adult
Houbara bustard (Chlamydotis undulata macqueenii). Rev. Ecol.
45: 65-87.
LICHTENBERG, E.M. & S. HALLAGER (2006): A description of commonly
observed behaviors for the Kori Bustard (Ardeotis kori). J. Ethol.
26: 17-34.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (1990): Growth and development of
a captive Great Indian Bustard chick. Avicultural Magazine 96:
133-140.
Mora.es, M.B., F. Jicuer & B. Arroyo (2001): Exploded leks: What
bustard can teach us. Ardeola 48: 85-98.
NEGINHAL, S.G. (1983): Ecology and behavior of the Great Indian Bustard
(Choriotis nigriceps). Pp. 155-163. In: Goriup, P.D. and
H. Vardhan (Eds): Bustards in Decline. Tourism and Wildlife
Society of India, Jaipur, India.
OspBorne, P. (1984): Bustards. Dubai Wildlife Research Centre. Pp. 31.
Pitra, C., D. LIECKFELDT, S. FRAHNERT & J. FICKEL (2002): Phylogenetic
relationships and ancestral areas of the bustards (Gruiformes:
Otididae), inferred from mitochondrial DNA and nuclear intron
sequences. Mol. Phylogenet. Evol. 23: 63-74.
RAHMANT, A.R. (1989): The Great Indian Bustard. Final Report. Bombay
Natural History Society, Mumbai, India. Pp. 26-138.
RAHMANI, A.R. (1996): Strategies for long-term conservation of the Great
Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps in India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
34
Soc. 93(3): 442-458.
RAHMANI, A.R. (2006): Need to start Project Bustards. Bombay Natural
History Society, Mumbai. Pp. 20.
RAHMANTI, A.R. & R. MANAKADAN (1987): Interspecific behaviour of the
Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps (Vigors). J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 84(2): 317-331.
RAHMANT, A.R. & R. MANAKADAN (1988): Bustard Sanctuaries of India.
Strategies for their conservation and management. Bombay
Natural History Society and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
Mumbai. Pp. 40.
SANKARAN, R. (1997): The relation between bustard body size and display
type. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 94(2): 403-406.
ScHuLz, H. (1986): Agonistic behavior, territorial behavior and courtship
display of the Little Bustard (Tetrax tetrax). J. Ornithol. 127:
125-204.
Swaiscoop, R. (2010): Conservation and Animal Behavior.
Pp. 359-365. In: Breed, M.D. and J. Moore (Eds): Encyclopedia
of Animal Behavior. Elsevier Ltd.
VAN HEEZIK, Y. & P.J. SEDDON (1998): Ontogeny of Behavior of Hand-
reared and Hen-reared Captive Houbara Bustards. Zoo Biol. 17:
245-255.
Vyas, D.K., K.M. Matruur & D. Jacos (1983): Some aspects of the
ecology, behaviour and breeding biology of the Great Indian
Bustard. Pp. 184-192. Jn: Goriup, P.D. and H. Vardhan (Eds):
Bustards in Decline. Tourism and Wildlife Society of India,
Jaipur, India,
Wuite, D. (2012): The Australian Bustard Ardeotis australis, breeding
and management in captivity plus notes on the bustards of the
“Big Desert” in north western Victoria. Pp. 22-80.
X1A0, J.Q. & D. WANG (2005): Construction of ethogram of the captive
Yangtze finless porpoises, Neophocaena phocaenoides
asiaeorientalis. Acta. Hydrobiol. Sin. 29: 253-258.
ZIEMBICKI, M. (2009): Ecology and Movement of the Australian Bustard
in a dynamic landscape. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Adelaide,
Adelaide, Australia. Pp. 168-194.
ZIEMBICKI, M. (2010): Australian bustard. CSIRO Publishing,
Collingwood, Australia. Pp. 45-58.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
35-49
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG DISTRICT, ARUNACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
GoPINATHAN MAHESWARAN!
‘Zoological Survey of India, Arunachal Pradesh Regional Centre (APRC), Senki valley, Itanagar 791 113,
Arunachal Pradesh, India.
Present address: Zoological Survey of India, M-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata 700 053, West Bengal, India.
Email: gmaheswaran @ yahoo.com
Arunachal Pradesh is known for its rich biodiversity, including avifauna. However, some areas in Arunachal Pradesh
still need to be surveyed to document its biodiversity and avian diversity. In order to document the avian diversity in
high altitude areas, especially in the north-western region bordering Myanmar and southern China, I carried out
surveys in Tawang district, an important eco-region selected for the proposed Biosphere Reserve, which has similarity
in bird assemblages with those of neighbouring Bhutan and southern China. Studies were carried out in four phases
from November 2007 to March 2012, with more than three surveys of 14 days durations covering 24 localities of
Tawang district. The main aim of the surveys was to document the seasonal bird diversity of Zimmithang-Nelya, an
Important Bird Area (IBA) in the Eastern Himalaya. The surveys recorded 113 species of birds, including 25 migrant
species. Significant records include the Snow Partridge Lerwa lerwa, Eurasian Woodcock Scolopax rusticola, and
Broad-billed Warbler Tickellia hodgsoni.
Key words: Arunachal Pradesh, bird surveys, endemics, Tawang district, IBA
INTRODUCTION
Arunachal Pradesh (26° 28'—29° 30' N; 91° 30'-97°
30' E) covers a geographical area of 83,743 sq. km. It is the
largest of the seven states comprising the north-eastern region
of India. It is flanked by China in the north and north-east
(1,080 km) and separated by the McMahon Line; by Bhutan
(9,160 km) in the west; by Myanmar (440 km) in the east;
and by the Indian states of Assam and Nagaland in the south.
Arunachal Pradesh, one of the world’s toughest mountainous
terrains (encompassing c. 83,500 of the state’s 83,743 sq. km
area), rises in mighty convulsions of ridges and spurs from
the foothills across the north bank of the Brahmaputra, also
known as Sri Lohit in ancient literature. The heights gained
by the mountain peaks along the crestline from the extreme
western end to the easternmost corner show great variation,
ranging from 1,829 to 6,400 m. The main ridges and spurs of
what has sometimes been described as the Sub-Himalayas
fan out to the plains mostly in transverse directions, 1.e., in
the north-south direction, rather than parallel to each other,
except possibly in the present West Kameng and Tawang
districts, where the prominent ridges run more or less parallel
to each other from west to east. Arunachal Pradesh is ranked
second among the states and union territories in terms of area
under forest cover (Ministry of Environment and Forests
2001). According to the Forest Survey of India (2003), the
forest cover area is 68,019 sq. km, constituting 61.5% of the
total geographical area of the state and 6.7% of India. The
state has broadly six forest types: tropical wet evergreen (rain
forest), subtropical broadleaf, subtropical conifer, temperate
broadleaf, temperate conifer, and subalpine forests/alpine
scrub. Small savanna grassland patches occur along the major
rivers.
Recently, the State and Central governments have
decided to create another Biosphere Reserve (Tsangyang
Gyatso) in the western part of the State, particularly in the
Tawang district. Tawang district is located at the north-west
extremity of Arunachal Pradesh, encompassing an area of
2,172 sq. km, and is in the tri-junction of south-eastern Bhutan,
southern China and northern Assam -— all these three regions
are known for their rich avian diversity. Elevations range from
1,714 to 6,280 m, and the inhabitants occupy lower altitudes,
where they enjoy a cool temperate climate. The vegetation of
Tawang district is primarily tropical evergreen, subtropical
evergreen, temperate forest, subalpine fir vegetation, alpine
vegetation, and secondary scrub. The secondary scrub
vegetation is dominated by Erythrina arborescens and
Elaeagnus parvifolia. Tawang district was a part of the large
Balipara Frontier Tract of Assam along with the present day
West Kameng, East Kameng, Upper Subansiri, Lower
Subansiri, and Papum Pare districts of Arunachal Pradesh.
Tawang district was carved out of West Kameng district,
which adjoins it to the south, and Bhutan lies to the east.
Zimmithang valley, which is part of Zimmithang-Nelya (27°
42' N; 92° 23' E) Important Bird Area of the Eastern Himalaya
(Islam and Rahmani 2004), is also located in the district.
As a part of the Endemic Bird Areas (EBA) of the
Eastern Himalaya identified by BirdLife International, the
region boasts of a rich array of Restricted Range species.
Arunachal Pradesh has five Critically Endangered species,
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
namely Oriental White-backed Vulture Gyps bengalensis,
Slender-billed Vulture Gyps tenuirostris, Long-billed Vulture
Gyps indicus, White-bellied Heron Ardea insignis, and Bengal
Florican Houbaropsis bengalensis, besides the Endangered
White-winged Duck Cairina scutulata. Arunachal Pradesh
is one of the topmost birding areas in the world. However,
this region, especially the Tawang-Chu valley of western
Arunachal Pradesh, still needs to be explored in order to
document its faunal wealth (Kumar 2008).
A total of 215 bird species were recorded from eastern
Arunachal Pradesh by Katti et al. (1992), largely from four
protected areas. According to Choudhury (2006), more than
700 species of birds are reported from Arunachal. It is one of
the few areas in India where new avian species may still be
discovered. For instance, in 1998, a new taxon of monal
pheasant (Lophophorus sp.) was discovered (Kumar and
Singh 2004) from western Arunachal Pradesh. In 2006,
Athreya (2006) described a new species Liocichla bugunorum,
family Timaliidae, from Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary. Kumar
(2008) recorded 81 species of birds from Tawang district,
including the Rusty-tailed Flycatcher Muscicapa ruficauda,
probably a new record for the state. Sangha and Naoroji (2007)
conducted surveys in Tawang district in December 2005 and
obtained many significant records.
Faunal surveys are being undertaken throughout
Arunachal Pradesh as part of Zoological Survey of India’s
(ZST) Annual Research Plan funded by the Ministry of
Environment & Forests, Government of India. As a part of
these surveys, I surveyed the birds of Tawang district,
especially the Important Bird Area of Zimmithang-Nelya. As
the study area is adjacent to south and south-eastern Bhutan
and southern China, the sightings were compared with bird
records in the literature from these regions (Ali et al. 1996;
Ludlow 1937; Ludlow and Kinnear 1944; Shing et al. 2006).
The special reference on the birds of Bhutan was Ali et al.
(1996), which was based on surveys/collections of birds
between February 1966 and December 1973. The reference
on the birds of southern China was Shing et al. (2006) who
conducted rapid biodiversity surveys in 54 forest areas in the
provinces of Guangdong, Guangxi, and Hainan and recorded
372 species of birds between 1997 and 2004.
METHODS
The surveys were mostly carried out between November
2007 and March 2012 in the Tawang-Chu valley, especially
around Tawang, Lumla, and Zimmithang, besides the other
areas mentioned in Appendix 1. Four surveys covering all
the seasons were carried out, an average of 14 days being
spent on each survey. The areas surveyed varied in altitude
36
from 1,194 m (Thonglanlong) to 4,328 m (Klemthang).
Observations were made using 10 x 50 binoculars, and efforts
were made to photograph all the species encountered. Field
trips were conducted during early mornings immediately after
the onset of daylight, which is much earlier in the north-
eastern states than in the rest of India. Observations were
usually terminated at around 08:30 hrs and resumed after
15:00 hrs, to continue till dusk. The areas and the distances
covered in each locality varied, but each site was surveyed
twice to record birds in the morning and evening. The bird
nomenclature used in this paper follows Rasmussen and
Anderton (2012).
RESULTS
A total of 113 bird species were recorded during the
surveys of Tawang district (Appendix 1). The majority of the
species recorded were insectivores, followed by some raptors.
Few frugivores were recorded, obviously due to the scarcity
of fruiting trees at these relatively high altitudes. Discussed
below are some significant records. Some bird species
common to Arunachal Pradesh also figure in the discussion,
as little literature is available on their distribution and
population in western Arunachal Pradesh.
Indian Spotted Eagle Clanga hastata
On October 13, 2009, an individual was seen soaring
near Zimmithang Tourist Lodge. The Indian Spotted Eagle
has been reported as common in the woodlands of Kaziranga
National Park (Barua and Sharma 1999). The last nest
recorded was in Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur, in 1986.
Prior to that, there were only three records of nesting more
than 80 years ago. However, it is now believed to have a
separate population in Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, and Andhra
Pradesh; recent reports with photographic evidence have
come from other states, namely Gujarat, Maharashtra, and
West Bengal (Rahmani 2012).
Mountain Hawk-Eagle Nisaetus nipalensis
On October 9, 2009, one bird was recorded near
Zimmithang. Singh (1994) had recorded the species in Seijosa
(Pakke Tiger Reserve), Arunachal Pradesh. According to Ali
et al. (1996), several hawk-eagles, either Mountain or Crested
Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus cirrhatus) were recorded on several
occasions in Bhutan, especially at Mangdechu, Babase, and
Gedu in 1967 and 1968. It has also been recorded in Eaglenest
and Sessa Orchid Wildlife Sanctuaries of Arunachal Pradesh
at c. 2,700 m (Choudhury 2003). The species is recorded
occasionally as a migrant in Kaziranga National Park, Assam,
mostly in woodlands (Barua and Sharma 1999), and is rare
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
or occasional in secondary forests of Nameri National Park,
Assam (Barua and Sharma 2005). It was listed as rare in
northern Myanmar during ornithological expeditions in 1998
and 1999, mostly at c. 980—2,400 m (King et al. 2001). It
was recorded in 11 different localities in southern China by
Shing et al. (2006).
‘Steppe’ Buzzard Buteo buteo
I sighted two birds soaring over a big patch of disturbed
shrub forest opposite the Lumla Circuit House during
February 2009. Singh (1994) recorded the species at
Hotspring and at Talley valley from c. 2,500—3,600 m. Ali
et al. (1996) had recorded the species, mostly singly on bare
branches of trees, and collected specimens at Rongthung
(c. 1,740 m), Kanglung, Balfai, and Gomchu in eastern Bhutan
in March 1966 and April 1973. In Kaziranga National Park,
Assam, it was recorded in deciduous and woodland forests,
mostly as a migrant. It was reported as uncommon in northern
Myanmar from 850-—2,900 m during ornithological
expeditions in 1999 by King et al. (2001).
Upland Buzzard Buteo hemilasius
On October 6, 2009, on the way to Bumla, I saw a bird
perched on an electric pole near Klemtang (27° 41' 08.2" N;
91° 52' 21.4" E) at 4,328 m in alpine scrub forest. The Upland
Buzzard is a winter visitor to the Himalaya, with confirmed
(specimen) records only from E. Kashmir, Nepal, Sikkim,
and Darjeeling, and sight records from Himachal Pradesh,
Punjab, and Delhi (Rasmussen and Anderton 2012). This is
the first record for the species in Arunachal Pradesh.
Oriental Honey-Buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus
On October 10, 2009, on the way to Y-Junction from
Zimmithang, I recorded an Oriental Honey-Buzzard soaring
above a patch of evergreen forest. Singh (1994) had recorded
the species at Khari (Pakke Tiger Reserve) in Arunachal
Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) sighted a single bird at Gaylegphug
(c. 250 m) on April 27, 1967, in Bhutan. It has been recorded
as common and resident in Kaziranga National Park, Assam,
by Barua and Sharma (1999), inhabiting grasslands and
woodlands. Barua and Sharma (2005) had recorded it in
Nameri National Park, Assam, as a common and widespread
resident in secondary forest, grasslands, and deciduous forests.
It was recorded as rare and uncommon in northern Myanmar
by King et al. (2001) during ornithological surveys in 1999.
It was recorded in seven different sites in southern China
mostly in Guangxi province (Shing et al. 2006).
Himalayan Vulture Gyps himalayensis
Two birds were sighted flying near Ptiso lake near
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Tawang on October 6, 2009. Singh (1994) had recorded the
Himalayan Griffon at Thingbu (c. 3,300 m). Ali et al. (1996)
recorded a bird soaring over a ridge at c. 2,896 m above
Kha Ling in eastern Bhutan in March 1966. It has been
recorded above c. 2,800 m in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid
Wildlife Sanctuaries, Arunachal Pradesh (Choudhury 2003).
It is listed as an uncommon migrant in Kaziranga National
Park, Assam (Barua and Sharma 1999) and Nagaland
(Choudhury 2001).
Snow Partridge Lerwa lerwa
A flock of Snow Partridge (8—10 birds) was recorded
on the route (3,342 m; 27° 29' 5.7" N; 92° 06' 29.4" E) to
Sela Top (3,914 m) from Dirang on February 22, 2009. No
snowfall had occurred at that time in most of Tawang (except
Sela Top area) in 2009. However, the next day (February
23, 2009), belated snowfall started in the entire region and
continued for more than 10 days. From this, it appears that
the partridges spend their summer at much lower elevations,
and as the snowfall occurs, they start ascending the
mountains. The area used by the birds before the onset of
snowfall in such lower altitudes needs to be ascertained.
The only protected area from where the species has been
reported from Arunachal Pradesh is Dibang Wildlife
Sanctuary; however, its status is uncertain (Choudhury
2006). Singh (1994) had not recorded it in Tawang district,
but from Tipi and also once from Mehao Wildlife Sanctuary
in Upper Siang district of Arunachal Pradesh. Ali et al.
(1996) mentioned it as ‘scarce’ in Bhutan and collected one
specimen from Juitang (c. 4,300 m) in central Bhutan in
October 23, 1973. Ludlow (1937) found it common on Me
La (c. 4,572 m) in eastern Bhutan, from where he collected
four specimens.
Common Hill-Partridge Arborophila torqueola
On October 9, 2009, around 10:00 hrs, I saw two
partridges, probably a male and a female on a secluded road
(27° 41' 33.2" N; 91° 43' 18.1" E) going to Y-Junction from
Zimmithang. This area was a thick evergreen forest patch
with a valley on one side and high mountain on the other.
Choudhury (2003) had observed a bird on December 12, 1999,
near Lama Camp of Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary, Arunachal
Pradesh at c. 2,500 m. Singh (1994) recorded the species from
Chakoo road, Talley valley, and Mayodia in Arunachal
Pradesh, from c. 2,000—2,800 m. Ali et al. (1996) mentioned
it as “not uncommon’ in Bhutan, but very shy and seen in
coveys of three to six birds in dense undergrowth. Ludlow
(1937) had often seen, and more often heard it, at various
places in eastern Bhutan, especially Yonpu La (c. 1,829-—
3,048 m) during July, September, and November.
37
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
Eurasian Woodcock Scolopax rusticola
On October 10, 2009, I recorded an individual in a
primary wet evergreen forest patch on the way to Y-Junction
from Zimmithang. Singh (1994) recorded the species only at
Orak (c. 1,100 m) in Arunachal Pradesh. According to Ali
et al. (1996), a bird was caught on March 5, 1969, while
foraging in a small swampy glade at Gedu (c. 1,829 m) in
western Bhutan. Ludlow (1937) found a nest with four eggs
at Sharithang in west Bhutan; there are no reported sightings
of the species from eastern Bhutan. In Nagaland, it was
recorded by Godwin-Austen in 1876 as a winter visitor. Also
recorded in Nameri National Park of Assam as a rare winter
visitor and mostly observed in Assam between December and
April (Barua and Sharma 2005). It was reported from two
localities in southern China by Shing et al. (2006) during
their ornithological expedition.
Ashy-headed Green-Pigeon Treron phayrei
I had seen a flock of 8-10 birds once c. 7 km from
Lumla on Zimmithang road on October 3, 2009. It is probably
rare at such heights due to the lack of fruiting trees. Singh
(1994) recorded it only at Khari (Pakke Tiger Reserve),
Arunachal Pradesh. It is reported at c. 2,700 m elevation in
Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid Wildlife Sanctuaries, Arunachal
Pradesh (Choudhury 2003). Since it is a local migrant, it has
been recorded occasionally in woodlands of Kaziranga
National Park (Barua and Sharma 1999). Barua and Sharma
(2005) reported that it was rarely recorded from November
to March in Nameri National Park, though it is a resident
species in the Park. It is also reported from Mouling National
Park, Arunachal Pradesh, and Palak lake in south-west
Mizoram (Birand and Pawar 2004).
Wedge-tailed Green-Pigeon Treron sphenurus
I recorded the Wedge-tailed Green-Pigeon on many
occasions between Nelya and Zimmithang areas, especially
in a primary broadleaf forest. Singh (1994) recorded it from
Talley valley and Jengging area of Arunachal Pradesh.
According to Ali et al. (1996), it was fairly common and
recorded in flocks of about 12 to 20 birds in suitable patches
of forest from c. 610—2,100 m throughout Bhutan. Ludlow
(1937) found it fairly plentiful in eastern Bhutan. It is also
reported below 1,800 m in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid
Wildlife Sanctuaries, Arunachal Pradesh (Choudhury 2003).
It is an uncommon resident species in Kaziranga National
Park, Assam, in secondary and woodland forests (Barua and
Sharma 1999), and is ‘locally common’ in Nagaland
(Choudhury 2001). According to Barua and Sharma (2005),
it is a rare species, probably a winter visitor, to Nameri
National Park, Assam. In Meghalaya, it has been recorded
38
only from Balpakram National Park in the Garo Hills (Birand
and Pawar 2004). It was listed as uncommon in northern
Myanmar at 800—1,135 m during an ornithological expedition
by King et al. (2001). The species was not recorded in southern
China by Shing et al. (2006).
Asian Barred Owlet Glaucidium cuculoides
I recorded only one individual at Loudung village
between Sherbang and Zimmithang around 12:30 hrs on
October 4, 2009. Singh (1994) recorded it at Upper Dikroi,
Itanagar, Yachuli, and Deban in Arunachal Pradesh. Ali et al.
(1996) mentioned that Holmes found it to be fairly common
in West Bhutan, and also in East Bhutan, especially at
Rongthung (c. 1,830 m) during March 1966. According to
Abdulali (1972), Bhutan appears to be the meeting ground of
cuculoides, rufescens, austerum, and whitely races of the
species. It was recorded by Allen (2002) from Dibru-
Saikhowa Biosphere Reserve, Assam. There are also a few
sightings from Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS, Arunachal
Pradesh, but below 2,500 m (Choudhury 2003). Recorded as
common from various habitats inside Kaziranga National Park
(Barua and Sharma 1999), itis one of the most common owlets
in nine protected areas of north-east India (Birand and Pawar
2004). It is reported to be an uncommon, resident species in
northern Myanmar below 1,200 m (King et al. 2001).
Golden-throated Barbet Megalaima franklinii
My only record of the Golden-throated Barbet was along
the roadside near Zimmithang on October 13, 2009. Singh
(1994) had recorded it at Chakoo road, Limeking, Sessa, and
Ramsingh areas of Arunachal Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) recorded
it commonly in small feeding parties of 6—8 birds in eastern
Bhutan, especially Gomchu (c. 2,286 m) and Langsaran
(c. 1,250 m). It has been recorded in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid
WLS, Arunachal Pradesh, at c. 1,800 m, and in Nagaland as a
common resident (Choudhury 2001). However, Birand and
Pawar (2004) did not record it during their extensive surveys
in north-east India in 2001 and 2002. King et al. (2001) found
it ‘uncommon’ at c. 980—2,000 m during their expedition in
North Myanmar in 1998 and 1999. It is reported in four different
localities in southern China (Shing et al. 2006).
Grey-faced Woodpecker Picus canus
On February 26, 2009, I recorded a male Grey-faced
Woodpecker gleaning food material on the floor of the
secondary forest between Lumla and Shakti in Tawang
district. Singh (1994) had recorded it at Khellong, Khari,
Itanagar, and a few other sites in Arunachal Pradesh, mostly
from 150—1,500 m. Ali et al. (1996) mentioned that it is
common in pairs in forests between the foothills and up to
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
2,286 m, especially from Rongthung, Kanglung, and Gomchu
areas of eastern Bhutan. Choudhury (2003) recorded it at
Eaglenest WLS, Arunachal Pradesh, below 1,900 m. Barua
and Sharma (1999) recorded it as a common species in
secondary forests in Kaziranga National Park. Choudhury
(2001) also recorded it in Nagaland during his surveys in
1990s. Barua and Sharma (2005) saw it sometimes in
association with Greater Necklaced Laughingthrush
(Garrulax pectoralis) and Lesser Necklaced Laughingthrush
(Leucodioptron monileger) in Nameri National Park. It has
also been recorded in Namdapha Tiger Reserve (Arunachal
Pradesh), and in Balpakram National Park and Barail Reserve
Forest in Mizoram (Birand and Pawar 2004).
Bay Woodpecker Blythipicus pyrrhotis
A lone bird was observed on October 3, 2009, between
Lumla and Zimmithang. Singh (1994) had recorded the Bay
Woodpecker from Pange and Deban-Hornbill of Namdapha
Tiger Reserve, mostly from 160—1,500 m in Arunachal
Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) occasionally recorded pairs in forests
from 380—2,240 m in Gomchu area of eastern Bhutan. It has
also been recorded in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS of
Arunachal Pradesh from c. 350—2,400 m (Choudhury 2003).
It is resident in Kaziranga National Park, sighted occasionally
and mostly in secondary forests (Barua and Sharma 2005). It
has also been reported in northern Myanmar (King et al. 2001)
and in 22 sites in three provinces (Guangdong, Guangxi, and
Hainan) of southern China (Shing et al. 2006).
Rufous-breasted Accentor Prunella strophiata
On February 26, 2009, I recorded two individuals on
the roadside between Lumla and Bomdir foraging on a grassy
slope; this was the only record for the species during the
surveys. Singh (1994) found it to be common in Tenga-Bomdi
La road, Chiri La (Sela Pass in Tawang district), and Talley
valley from 1,850—3,800 m. Ali et al. (1996) saw it frequently
in pairs or small parties in bushes, fallow fields, and scrub.
Ludlow (1937) reported it to be common in summer,
especially in Rongthung, Gomchu, Wamrong, and Narphung
in eastern Bhutan during February and March, 1966.
Choudhury (2003) recorded it from Eaglenest and Sessa
Orchid WLS, Arunachal Pradesh, from c. 2,500—2,800 m.
Alpine Accentor Prunella collaris
On March 3, 2009, I recorded two individuals along with
Russet Sparrow Passer rutilans near Lumla Circuit House. Singh
(1994) had recorded it only from Mayodia (near Sange) at
c. 2,400 m, but could not ascertain its abundance there. Ludlow
(1937) found it to be common at high altitudes, collecting one
each at c. 4,572 m at Me La and Kang La in eastern Bhutan.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Long-billed Ground-Thrush Zoothera monticola
On October 2, 2009, while returning from Loudung
village, I recorded and photographed two birds foraging on a
roadside stream in a moist forest patch, which is the typical
habitat for this elusive species. Singh (1994) had recorded it
in Eaglenest WLS and Dujbun in Arunachal Pradesh.
According to Ali et al. (1996), the species was scarce in
Bhutan and observed singly in damp, dark, narrow, wooded
ravines; it was not recorded in eastern Bhutan. Newton (2002)
recorded an individual foraging in vegetable gardens and
hillside streams at Mankota in Siang River valley of Arunachal
Pradesh. We also caught an individual near Firmbase in
evergreen forest above the River Namdapha in Namdapha
Tiger Reserve, Arunachal Pradesh, on October 11, 2009.
Small-billed Scaly Thrush Zoothera dauma
I saw the Small-billed Scaly Thrush foraging in a
roadside forest patch between Lumla and Zimmithang. on
October 9, 2009. Singh (1994) recorded the species in Anini,
Wakro, Suchung, Mayodia, and Namdapha National Park,
mostly from c. 300—2,700 m. According to Ali et al. (1996),
itis ‘moderately common’ in Bhutan, and usually seen singly
hopping about on the forest floor. Ludlow (1937) encountered
it from 2,438—3,353 m in Bhutan, especially at Donga Pemi
(c. 3,200 m) and Wamrong (3,386 m) in eastern Bhutan, where
Ali et al. (1996) had collected a few specimens. Barua and
Sharma (1999) recorded it mostly in woodlands in Kaziranga
as uncommon and migratory. In Nagaland, it has been
observed to be migratory (Choudhury 2001). It is reported to
be an uncommon winter visitor to Nameri National Park
(Barua and Sharma 2005). In southern China, the species was
found to be not widespread in the survey regions during the
warm and wet seasons, and was recorded only in three of the
54 sites surveyed in Jiangxi, Hainan, and Guangxi provinces
(Shing et al. 2006).
Grey-winged Blackbird Turdus boulboul
I recorded the Grey-winged Blackbird on two occasions
around Zimmithang in October 2009. Singh (1994) reported
it from Jang (near Tawang) in temperate broadleaf forests
from 120—2,450 m, and also in Seijosa, Pakke Tiger Reserve.
I also recorded two birds on February 12, 2010, near the north
bank (Seijosa) of Pakke Tiger Reserve, Arunachal Pradesh.
According to Ali et al. (1996), it was not uncommon in Bhutan
and seen singly or in pairs in thick forest feeding on the
ground. Ludlow (1937) had recorded it throughout Bhutan
from 1,829-—2,743 m. Choudhury (2003) saw an individual
on May 14, 2000, at Alubari (c. 1,900 m) during his surveys
in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS, Arunachal Pradesh.
Bishop (1996) recorded a bird in March 1996 inside Kaziranga
39
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
National Park. Interestingly, Birand and Pawar (2004) and
Barua and Sharma (2005) did not record the species from
many states of north-eastern India, including Nameri National
Park (adjacent to Pakke Tiger Reserve). King et al. (2001)
recorded it as ‘uncommon’ in northern Myanmar in 1999.
Shing et al. (2006) sighted this species only once in southern
China’s Guangxi province, but confirmed it breeding there.
Little Forktail Enicurus scouleri
I recorded only one bird near a stream along the roadside
between Bomdir and Zimmithang during the survey, unlike
Singh (1994), who recorded it in many localities in Arunachal
Pradesh, finding it fairly common at c. 400-3,500 m. Ali
et al. (1996) occasionally saw it singly or in pairs, along
torrential rocky hill-streams in eastern Bhutan’s Gomchu
(2,286 m) in March 1968. Choudhury (2003) recorded it in
Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS at 1,900—2,500 m. Barua
and Sharma (2005) sighted it during winter in Nameri National
Park, especially in Nameri river and along the Chotai nala.
Birand and Pawar (2004) found it in Namdapha National Park,
Arunachal Pradesh. Shing et al. (2006) recorded it from eight
out of 54 sites surveyed in southern China.
Rufous-chinned Laughingthrush Janthocincla rufogularis
On October 1, 2009, I recorded four birds near Gispu
village foraging probably on berries near a crop field. In
Arunachal, the species has been recorded at Hayliang (Singh
1994) and Eaglenest WLS (Choudhury 2003). Ali et al. (1996)
mentioned that Ludlow (1937) recorded it in summer
throughout Bhutan from c. 2,134—3,353 m, more commonly
in bushes and shrubs than trees.
Rufous-winged Fulvetta Pseudominla castaneceps
I recorded this species only once on the way to
Y-Junction from Zimmithang on October 9, 2009. Singh
(1994) recorded it as common in many areas of Arunachal
Pradesh, including Bomdi La and Namdapha National Park.
During ZSI’s expedition in Namdapha Tiger Reserve, I
recorded it in many places, including Hornbill Camp and
Firmbase. Ali et al. (1996) saw flocks of one to three dozen
birds in the forest from c. 500—3,200 m. Choudhury (2003)
recorded it from 2,400—2,500 m in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid
WLS, Arunachal Pradesh. King et al. (2001) found it to be
common in 1998 and 1999 during surveys in northern
Myanmar at c. 760—2,400 m. It had been reported from only
one site (Cenwanglaoshan Nature Reserve, c. 110—1,800 m)
in Guangxi province, southern China.
Blue-winged Minla Siva cyanouroptera
On October 10, 2009, I recorded five to seven
40
individuals perched on a tree along with a Red-tailed Minla
near Zimmithang Tourist Lodge. Singh (1994) frequently
recorded this species from Pange, Upper Dikroi (Pakke Tiger
Reserve), Miao-Deban (Namdapha Tiger Reserve), Arunachal
Pradesh. According to Ali et al. (1996), it is common in flocks
of about 6-12 birds, usually in mixed feeding parties with
other small babblers from the foothills to about 2,300 m in
the whole of Bhutan. However, Ludlow (1937) found it to be
scarce and obtained specimens during November and
February from c. 610—1,219 m in eastern Bhutan. Choudhury
(2003) recorded it from c. 2,200—2,500 m in Eaglenest and
Sessa Orchid WLS, Arunachal Pradesh. Recorded as a winter
visitor to Nagaland (Choudhury 2001), and an uncommon
winter visitor to Nameri National Park, Assam; often seen
singly and sometimes in mixed hunting parties (Barua and
Sharma 2005). It is an uncommon resident in northern
Myanmar from c. 460—1,100 m (King et al. 2001).
Himalayan Aberrant Bush-Warbler
Horornis flavolivaceus
On September 29 and 30, 2009, I recorded this species
between Lumla and Sherbang villages in Tawang district near
roadside vegetation at c. 2,333 m, and this was the only record
of the species during the survey. Singh (1994) recorded it in
Talley valley, Arunachal Pradesh, but did not give information
on its abundance. Ali et al. (1996) recorded it in western
Bhutan, especially Gasa but not in eastern Bhutan, but Ludlow
(1937) found it to be common in long grass and thick scrub
in eastern Bhutan at c. 3,600 m. It was reported as an
‘uncommon winter visitor’ to Nagaland (Choudhury 2001).
Humes’s Leaf-Warbler Phylloscopus humei
I recorded this species only once in February 2009. Ali
et al. (1996) had captured an individual at Samchi (305 m),
western Bhutan, and Ripley (1952) had collected an individual
from Naga hills during his surveys in the 1950s.
Grey-hooded Warbler Phylloscopus xanthoschistos
I recorded this species once in February 2009. Singh
(1994) recorded it from four localities (c. 150—2,000 m),
especially in Khari (Pakke Tiger Reserve), Chakoo Road,
Pange, and Anini in Arunachal Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) found
it to be common, frequenting taller shrubs and small trees,
singly or in pairs, in spring and winter, in mixed hunting
parties in eastern Bhutan’s Tashiyangche, Chasam, Tashigang.
Allen (2002) recorded it in Amarpur area of Assam during
March 1998. Choudhury (2003) recorded it at c. 2,700 m in
Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS, Arunachal Pradesh. Barua
and Sharma (1999) recorded it occasionally in secondary
forests and woodlands during winter in Kaziranga National
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
Park, Assam. Choudhury (2001) reported it from Nagaland.
Barua and Sharma (2005) recorded it as rare in Nameri
National Park, Assam. Birand and Pawar (2004) recorded it
from Namdapha and Mouling National Parks, Arunachal
Pradesh.
Broad-billed Warbler Tickellia hodgsoni
I recorded the species only once on October 4, 2009,
between Lumla and Zimmithang in Tawang district. Singh et
al. (1994) recorded it from Talley valley (c. 2,400 m).
According to Ali et al. (1996), Holmes observed it only a
few times in western Bhutan in November 1968 and 1969.
Choudhury (2003) recorded it at c. 2,800 m in Eaglenest and
Sessa Orchid WLS, Arunachal Pradesh. However, this species
is rare and localised in NE India, and its status is poorly known
(del Hoyo et al. 2006). In northern Myanmar, King et al.
(2001) recorded it rarely from c. 1,050—1,800 m. Shing et al.
(2006) recorded it four times in Cenwanglaoshan Nature
Reserve (c. 1,320-1,550 m), north-west Guangxi on July 31,
1999, and May 23, 2002.
Dark-sided Flycatcher Muscicapa sibirica
In October 2009, I recorded this species around
Zimmithang. Singh (1994) had recorded it from various sites
in Arunachal Pradesh, including Bomdi La, Sessa, and Talley
valley at 600—2,700 m. According to Ali et al. (1996), it was
not common in Bhutan and was seen singly or in loose parties
of three to four birds, especially in spring. Ludlow (1937)
found it breeding at 2,438—3,300 m in forested areas of
Bhutan, and common in east and west Bhutan, including
Naningphu and Deothang. Choudhury (2003) recorded it in
Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS below 1,900 m. It is an
uncommon winter visitor to Kaziranga National Park, Assam,
and seen mostly in woodlands of the Park (Barua and Sharma
1999).
Fire-capped Tit Cephalopyrus flammiceps
I sighted the species in February 2009, in Lumla and
surrounding areas. I recorded it again there during my survey
in September 2009, and also near the Lumla Circuit House
and Zimmithang. Singh (1994) found it to be ‘abundant’ in
Bomdi La (c. 2,500 m). Ali et al. (1996) mentioned it as
‘scarce’ in Bhutan, recording only two males from Gomchu
(2,286 m) in eastern Bhutan on March 7 and 9, 1966.
Coal Tit Periparus ater aemodius
On October 9, 2009, I recorded the Coal Tit (probably
a male and a female) on shrubs near the shores of Madhuri
lake near Zimmithang. Singh (1994) recorded this species
from Talley valley and Redding-Taksing areas in Arunachal
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) did not record it from eastern Bhutan,
but obtained records from central and western Bhutan in 1973.
King et al. (2001) recorded it to be quite common in northern
Myanmar in 1999, from c. 2,800—3,100 m.
Spotted Nutcracker Nucifraga caryocatactes
Only one individual was sighted near Bomdir (Tawang
district) in February 2009. Singh (1994) had recorded it along
the Sela-Jang road of Tawang district in Arunachal Pradesh
from c. 1,800—3,100 m. Ali et al. (1996) record it as common,
occurring in parties of four to six birds or in pairs in coniferous
forests from 1,500—3,200 m. Ludlow (1937) reported that it
was common throughout Bhutan from 1,830 m, and the tree-
line in eastern Bhutan, especially at Donga Pemi, where Ali
et al. (1996) had collected six specimens in November 1973.
Choudhury (2003) recorded it in Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid
WLS in West Kameng district, Arunachal Pradesh, from
1,800—3,200 m. It is reported as an uncommon resident in
northern Myanmar, north-west of Putao at c. 2,600—3,100 m
(King et al. 2001).
Wallcreeper Tichodroma muraria
On October 3, 2009, an individual was found emerging
from a crevice in a wall stacked with boulders at Lumla Circuit
House. Singh (1994) recorded it from Anini, Kibitho, and
Mayodia in Arunachal Pradesh. Ali et al. (1996) had observed
it singly, especially in newly built road-cuttings, usually at
c. 1,000 m and above. Ali et al. (1996) had observed it on
March 6, 1966, at Kha Ling (2,134 m), eastern Bhutan. It
was also recorded in Ramalingam area of Eaglenest and Sessa
Orchid WLS in West Kameng district, Arunachal Pradesh, at
c. 1,600 m. According to Barua and Sharma (1999), it has
been recorded during winter in Kaziranga National Park,
Assam, where the individuals recorded could be stragglers.
Himalayan Beautiful Rosefinch Carpodacus pulcherrimus
In February 2009, I recorded five birds at the outskirts
of Tawang city, perched on tall shrubs on the roadside, calling
constantly. Singh (1994) found it to be common at Churna
(near Sela Pass in Tawang district) at c. 3,700 m.
Scarlet Finch Haematospiza sipahi
On October 10, 2009, on the way to Y-Junction from
Zimmithang, I recorded a male perched on the top of a tall
tree and calling constantly.This was our only record of the
species during the surveys. Singh (1994) had rare sightings
from Broksar-Jang and Glao Lake track (Tawang district) from
600—2,300 m. Ali et al. (1996) recorded it as generally
uncommon throughout Bhutan, but very common in loose
parties in some localities, or singly feeding on berries
41
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
especially at Mathangarh (c. 1,524 m) and Deohang
(c. 823 m) in eastern Bhutan. However, Ludlow (1937) found
it to be uncommon, occurring in open forest. Choudhury
(2003) recorded it in June 2001 at Eaglenest Wildlife
Sanctuary of Arunachal Pradesh. Choudhury (2001) found it
uncommon and noticed its local movement pattern in
Nagaland. Birand and Pawar (2004) recorded it in Mouling
National Park, Arunachal Pradesh. King et al. (2001) recorded
an individual at c. 1,160 m in northern Myanmar, and stated
that it was uncommon and rare throughout.
Eurasian Jay Garrulus glandarius
In February 2009, I came across the species near
Sherbang village between Lumla and Zimmithang. Similarly,
on October 9, 2009, while going to Bumla from Zimmithang
via Tawang, I recorded it between Y-Junction and Tawang.
Singh (1994) recorded it from Anini, and Helmet Top from
c. 2,000-2,550 m. According to Ali et al. (1996), it was not
uncommon, occuring in pairs or small parties of four to six
birds at 1,200—3,658 m, sometimes in mixed feeding parties
with treepies and Spotted Nutcracker. Ludlow (1937) had
reported it to be moderately common and widely distributed in
open and dense forest. Specimens were collected from eastern
Bhutan, at Younpu La, Gomchu, and Narphung. Choudhury
(2003) recorded it from Eaglenest and Sessa Orchid WLS
at 2,000—2,600 m. It is rare in northern Myanmar from
c. 2,400 m and c. 2,700 m (King et al. 2001). It has been
recorded from only one locality (Dawuling Nature Reserve
(1,000—1,700 m) in southern China (Shing et al. 2006).
DISCUSSION
Despite the work of many birders (Athreya et al. 1997;
Birand and Pawar 2004; Choudhury 2003; Datta 2001; Datta
et al. 1998; King and Donahue 2006; Kumar and Singh 1999;
Newton 2002; Sangha and Naoroji 2005; Sangha et al. 2007;
Singh 1994, 1999; Kumar 2008) on the avifauna of Arunachal
Pradesh, a complete list of birds of the state is lacking because
of its remoteness and difficult accessibility (Sangha and
Naoroji 2007). According to Srinivasan et al. (2010),
Arunachal Pradesh is poorly surveyed and the avifauna of
many areas remains inadequately documented. Due to these
reasons, there are possibilities of recording new bird species
and species not earlier recorded in the state.
In Zimmithang valley (a part of Zimmithang-Nelya IBA
of the Eastern Himalaya), which was covered during this
42
study, no avian surveys have been undertaken except by
Kumar (2008). Thus, this survey of Tawang district, during
which a total of 113 species of birds was recorded, helps fill
the gaps in our knowledge of the avifauna of the state.
However, I was not able to reach many high altitude areas
due to logistic problems, and may have missed birds like the
pheasants and the Black-necked Crane Grus nigricollis,
besides some migratory storks and ducks, as the area is a
stopover or passage site for many species which migrate from
southern China and Mongolia to the plains of India. Hence,
there is further need to survey the district, especially the higher
reaches, where species which are common with Bhutan and
southern China may occur.
The bird surveys revealed that the predominantly
temperate forests of Tawang district (from 1,800 to 3,500 m)
support relatively fewer species (113), compared to the rest
of Arunachal Pradesh (>680 species). The bird diversity is
lower in the subalpine fir and alpine vegetation found at
altitudes of c. 3,500—4,500 m and c. 4,500-—5,500 m
respectively, and only 117 species were recorded in these two
vegetation types during four visits, each of 15—20 days. Katti
et al. (1992) recorded only 30 odd species above 2,700 m
in the Arunachal Pradesh hills, compared to a much higher
diversity of 174 species in the forests situated from
200—1,000 m. Kumar (2008) had recorded 81 bird species
between December 2005 and November 2007 from Tawang
district, including some of the areas surveyed by me.
The high altitude forests in the district are affected by
various agricultural practices that could impact the bird
diversity. Though more than 80% of the areas in the district
are too remote for locals to cultivate, some of them have the
active presence of the Indian Army. Fortunately, the entire
district is dominated by the Buddhist community, so hunting
is not prevalent as it is in the rest of the State.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the Director, Zoological Survey of India,
for encouragement and permission to conduct the
surveys. I also thank my fellow staff at ZSI, Itanagar,
especially Mr. D.B. Tamang, Mr. P.K. Chakraborty, and
Mr. D. Bhowmick who assisted me in various ways. My
sincere thanks are also due to the Arunachal Pradesh Forest
Department for support, and to the local officials posted at
various places in Tawang district, for extending cooperation
and support during the surveys.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
REFERENCES
ABDULALI, H. (1972): A catalogue of the birds in the collection of the
Bombay Natural History Society-11. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
69(1): 102-109.
ALI, S., B. Biswas & S.D. RipLey (1996): Birds of Bhutan. Rec. zool.
Surv. India. Occ. Paper 136: 1-207.
ALLEN, D. (2002): A bird survey of the Amarpur area of the Dibru-
Saikhowa Biosphere Reserve, Assam, India. Forktail 18:
87-91.
ATHREYA, R. (2006): A new species of Liocichla (Aves: Timaliidae)
from Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary, Arunachal Pradesh, India.
Indian Birds 2(4): 82-94.
ATHREYA, R., A. CAPTAIN & V. ATHREYA (1997): A faunal survey of
Namdapha Tiger Reserve, Arunachal Pradesh, India: notes on
some of the more interesting species. Unpublished Report
submitted to the Arunachal Pradesh Forest Department.
Barua, M. & P. SHARMA (1999): Birds of Kaziranga National Park,
India. Forktail 15: 47-60.
Barua, M. & P. SHARMA (2005): The birds of Nameri National Park,
Assam, India. Forktail 21: 15-26.
BiRAND, A. & S. Pawar (2004): An ornithological survey in north-east
India. Forktail 20: 15-24.
BisHop, K.D. (1996): Victor Emanuel Nature Tours. Unpublished trip
report. March 14—20.
Cuoupuury, A.U. (2001): Some bird records from Nagaland, north-
east India. Forktail 17: 91-103.
CuoupuHury, A.U. (2003): Birds of Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary and
Sessa Orchid Sanctuary, Arunachal Pradesh, India. Forktail 19:
1-13.
CuoupuHury, A.U. (2006): A Pocket guide to the Birds of Arunachal
Pradesh. Gibbon Books and The Nature in the NE India,
Guwahati. 109 pp.
Datta, A. (2001): An ecological study of sympatric hornbills and fruiting
patterns in a tropical forest in Arunachal Pradesh. Ph.D. thesis,
Saurashtra University, Rajkot.
Datta, A., P. SINGH, R.M. ATHREYA & S. KARTHIKEYAN (1998): Birds of
Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary in western Arunachal Pradesh.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 38: 91-96.
DEL Hoyo., A. ELLior & D.A. Curistre (2006): Handbook of the Birds
of the World. Vol. 11. Old World Flycatchers to Old World
Warblers. Lynx Edicions, Barcelona. 798 pp.
ForEST SURVEY OF INDIA (2003): State of forest report 2003. Forest Survey
of India, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Dehradun.
IsLAM, M.Z. & A.R. RAHMANI (2004): Important Bird Areas in India:
Priority sites for Conservation. Indian Bird Conservation
Network: Bombay Natural History Society and BirdLife
International (UK). xviii + 1133 pp.
KartTI, M., P. SINGH, N. MANJREKAR, D. SHARMA & S. MUKHERJEE (1992):
An ornithological survey in eastern Arunachal Pradesh. Forktail
7: 715-89.
KING, B. & J.P. DONAHUE (2006): The rediscovery and song of Rusty-
throated Wren-Babbler Spelaeornis badeigularis. Forktail 22:
113-115.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Kina, B., H. Buck, R. Fercuson, T. FisHer, C. Gosiet, H. NICKEL &
W. SUTER (2001): Birds recorded during two expeditions to North
Myanmar (Burma). Forktail 17: 29-40.
Kumar, A. (2008): Observations on the avifauna of Tawang Chu valley,
Arunachal Pradesh along with a new record Muscicapa ruficauda
(Rusty-tailed Flycatcher) for Arunachal Pradesh. Bulletin of
Arunachal Forest Research 24(]1 &2): 54-62.
Kumar, S. & P. SincH (1999): A study on pheasant distribution in
Arunachal Pradesh, Eastern Himalaya, India. Wildlife Institute
of India, Dehradun.
Kumar, S.R. & P. SINGH (2004): A new subspecies of Sclater’s Monal
Lophophorus sclateri from western Arunachal Pradesh, India.
Bull. Brit. Orn. Club 124: 16-28.
Lup.ow, F. (1937): The birds of Bhutan and adjacent territories of Sikkim
and Tibet. [bis 14(1): 146, 249-293, 467-504.
Lup_Low, F. & N.B. KINNEAR (1944): The birds of south-eastern Tibet.
Ibis 86: 43-86, 176-208, 348-389.
MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND Forests (2001): State of the Forest Report
2001. Forest Survey of India, Dehradun. Pp. 159.
Newton, P.N. (2002): Bird records from the Siang River valley,
Arunachal Pradesh, India. Forktail 18: 156—157.
RAHMANI, A.R. (2012): Threatened Birds of India — Their Conservation
Requirements. Bombay Natural History Society, Indian Bird
Conservation Network, Royal Society for the Protection of
Birds, Birdlife International and Oxford University Press.
861 pp.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vols. 1 and 2. Second edition. National Museum
of Natural History — Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State
University and Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan and
Barcelona. 684 pp.
Rey, S.D. (1952): A collection of birds from the Naga Hills. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 50(3): 475-514.
SANGHA, H.S. & R. Naorom (2005): Slender-billed Babbler Turdoides
longirostris in Arunachal Pradesh. Mistnet 6: 12.
SANGHA, H.S. & R. Naorost (2007): New and significant records of
birds in Arunachal Pradesh, north-east India. Forktail 23:
179-181.
SANGHA, H.S., R. NAorosl & M. SHARMA (2007): The Crested Titbabbler
Leptopoecile elegans in north-west Arunachal Pradesh: an
addition to the Indian avifauna. Indian Birds 3(1): 23-25.
SuinGc, L.K., M.W. Lau., J.R. Fettowes & C.B.P. Lok (2006): Forest
bird fauna of South China: notes on current distribution and
status. Forktail 22: 23-38.
SINGH, P. (1994): Recent bird records from Arunachal Pradesh. Forktail
10: 65-104. Published 1995.
Sincu, P. (1999): Bird surveys in selected localities of Arunachal Pradesh,
India. Wildlife Institute of India, Unpublished report.
SRINIVASAN, U., S. DALviI, R. NANIWADEKAR, M.O. ANAND & A. Datta
(2010): The birds of Namdapha National Park and surrounding
areas: recent significant records and a checklist of the species.
Forktail 26: 108-132.
43
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
Vo €¢
CG
Le
0c
61
Sl
ZI
QI
Gl
vl
el
ol
LL
Ol
6
8
LZ
g
G
4
C
L
snieis
sdodsa edndn
9s0doopH (ueiseing) uowWWwoy
‘ds sn6jnwudey
JehyBin peynuepiuy
saplojnono wnipione|5
18|MCO peweg ueisy
si]Su] snaeydooiuaeyd
BYOB P9l|!Q-USSJE)
sninuayds Uuosed
uoebig-udsa/5 payie}-s6pa,
laiAeyd uosed
uoebig-usel5 pepeseu-Ayusy
si/e]UauO eIjadojdaljs
8A0QG-8|UN | Je}USUO
eBjouogne| Bquinjoy
uoebig MOUS
PjOollsn Xedojooas
yOoopoo;A ueiseing
souejawoona einydo7
jueseaud lasjey
Pjoenbio] ejiydoloqiy
ebpuyed-||IH UOWWOD
PMI9] PMIAT
ebpuued MOUS
sisueXejewiy sdA5
anna UeAReWIH
snjnounuulj o2/e4
|O41S8y UOWWOD
snyouAysojiyd Siulad
piezzng-AsuoH Je}UsuO
snisejimey oajng piezzng pueda
oajng oaing piezzng ,eddajs,
sisuajediu snjaesin
9/6e4-ymeH urelunoy|
Blejsey ebue/D
9|6e3 peyods uelpu|
sisueAejew SNjJaeuljo]
ejbeq yorlg
sai0eds
seseujuased ul xipueddy Jo pus au} 7e UBAIH SI peASAINS O}IS YORE Jo (SeuJEWW Ul) BPNII\y ‘~Papsooe saideds Jo jsI| aU} PUe JOUN}SID Hueme| Ul PeAS/UNS So}Is Jo s]le}9q ‘|, xIPUeddy
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
Puinep BIaYyJOOZ
= 5 : i - ; . = : - ? : ate : = ; 7 s . = . Y ysniy | Ajeog paj|iq-|fews
| BJODNUOW BIBYJOOZ
- - - - - - - - - - - : - - - - - + - - - - - Y yusniy]-PuNoIy payjig-buo07
| | SUJUBAINI BJOD]UOW]
2 2) eee st Oe eee tee Be Se ee a ee ae eee YSMy |-490Y pai|jaq-jnujseyo
snajniaeo snuoydosyp
- - - + - - . - - - ~ . - + - - ~ : - - : + - 9 usniy | -Buisiu,A anig
SUeBI[OO e/JaUNId
= - - - - - - - - - - + . - - - - - - - - - - WN ‘O Jo|Uusd0Y SUId|V
| BeIYdos ejauUNd
- - - + - - - - - . - ~ ; : - : : : - - - . - 6 Jo\Us.0Y pejseaig-snojny
snjouo/yde] sniuez
os SY i eS ee ee ee Si ee ee oe ee 5 ayUUS peyoeg-AeH
JOJOOL yoeyos sniuez
a. De ee ee ye SS oy sr ee Oe So OD = SUS palle}-Buo7 pepeey-4e|g,
sAuaboonea] snjououdhy
- « - - - - - - - - + - : ; + - - - + - - + - 9 Inqing ueAeyewiy
snjeydas0ana| sajedisdAH
- - - - ” + - - + - - + - - ~ : - : + - - + - 9 Inging yoelg ueAReWIH
sajeo snjououdkg
- - - - - - - - + - - + - - + - - - + - - ~ - a) INgINg pe]UsA-peYy
SLUBIOS SN]ODOIOUBd
- - - - - - - - - - - ; - - - - - - - . - + - 9 JOAIUIP POUUIYO-AdJ5)
SLIISOMABIG SNJODOIOLAG
- . F ; = : = 5 = . 5 P $ + Ss 2 = a = - : a JOAIUII PSI |!G-HOUS
snsolgeds SNjODI0ILag
: . : z : : , : : g ae 2 Sa oe - : - — : : fe) JOAIUIY 19[L29S
snoyLAd snoidiyjAjg
sig Seas Le a SO : Soe a ee a Oe a a lg O | sayoedpoom Aeg
snueo snaid
- - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - 5) Jayoedpoo; peder}-Aal5
Bjeaul) ewiejebay
= + : - - - - - - - - - - - + - - : - : - ~ - 9 jequeg peyeeulq
Nulpyuel euleyebayy
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - ; : - - - - - O jequeg peyeoiu}-uspjoyH
SUaJIA eUejebayy
- - - : 3 ° - - - - - + - af ae - - - - - - + - 9 jequeg }ealyH
a 2 F ; x = ‘ = : + y : 5 5 x + ; + A Oo sjuye sndy YIMS eT
So oc lc OC 6+ St LE Qt St Ft Sk «eb Ek OF G 8 Z 9 G Gy G L Snyeys sal9eds
(joJU0) seseujuesed ul UBAIB si paASAINS aIS YOO JO (SOujJOW Ul) BPN ‘Psps0091 SaIdeds Jo jsI| BU} PUe JOLNJSID BueMe| UI PaAS/UNS SOLIS JO Sjle}]9q :L xipueddy
45
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
vo €6 co Ie Oc 61
O
snyeis
BajN| XUYJO!IOT]
XUYJOI9] PS |!q-P9y
sijooyns snuiysojewodebayy
Ja|Qqeg-JeWWIDS pa}Sealg-yxealIS
sKuebosyj/Ala snuiyslojewogd
1a|Qqeg-JeYWWIDS pexseyo-Ajsny
BIBLIS B/NdoJeUWeID
ysmuujburyGne7 payeuys
winjeaul| Uo1a]dojeyool]
yusniubuiubne7 peyeeais
eulye UoJa]dojeyool]
ysniujbuiyhne7 peorj-yorlg
sueinboge xejnuey
ysn:yjburyhne7 peyeoiyj-ay1yM
sueinbojns Bjouls0yjue|]
yusniuyGulyhne7 peuuiyo-snojny
winjeydesoiyyAua uosajdojeyool|
usniujbuiubne7 pepesy-pey
Pallay B/IYAOPOYY
yeyousng Aal5
snineul BjOIIXeS
JEYDSUOIS UBLAQIS
uajnoos sninoiuz
Epos 9aiH]
snjejnoew sninoiuz
|fepyio4 peyods
S//2]UOd SRINDIUBOYd
Ue\SPSy PsjuolJ-9n|q
snaeshiyo sabisse]
UuIqoy-ysng Usp|Of)
snjeydas0ana| snuinaiueoyd
JEUD-JOAIY peddeo-ayiy
SOJNIYIO SNINDIUBOY
Uespsy 4oe/q
snsoulbijnj snindIuaoyd
UeISpeY JayeAA SNOSquuN|d
luos6poy sninoiuaoyd
ueispey s,uoshpoy
/noginog snpinL
puiqyoer|g pebuim-Aal5
saldeds
(‘p]JuOD) seseujuesed ul UBAIB si peAesuNs ays YORS Jo (SeijeW Ul) BPN ‘Paps0des salads jo jsI| 94} PUe JOLN|SID HuemeL Ul peAs/UNS Seis JO sjiejeq ‘| xIpueddy
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
46
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
+b
2)
JOJOD] BINDEII4
sayoyeoA|4 anig-Aye|S
snuissejey] seiAWINF
JaYoedA| 4 JAUPJOA
JUUBLU9]SaM BINPIII-+4
JayoyeoA|4 Pal a/7
juosbhpoy BI//A¥OLL
JB|QIEM Psl|ig-peoig
Ssnuojns SNWOJOYUC
PIIQUO}Ie| UOWWLUOD
sojsiyosoyjuex sndoosoyj|Ayd
Ja|qie\\ pepoou-Aal5
lawiny sndoosojjAYq
JajqueM-yee] S,sewny
SNBICAIJOAR]J SIUJOJOH
Ja|qQieny usng jueUEgy ueAR|ewWIH
snsoigaajed sdoiajsoz
3ha-a}14M |e}USUO
SUeIIOIBANS PIU
BIUUd IIH
JOJODIUN SILIOXOpele
IqVoe 4 UMOIG
snjeisideo seioejeyy
BIQIS snyny
sdaaiuerjseo epiydejs
BUIYNA PS}ELIS
SIJJODIAB|J BUIYNA
BUIUNA PSlBySIUM
SITBUAINIO BUIUNA
BUIUN,A Pe}]UsA-SNojny
sdadeuejseo ejulwopnasY
eyaain4 pebulm-snojny
BIajdosnoueAd BAIS
elu pebuim-enjg
BIOUIOUB) BUI
BUI] P9l!e]-Poy
pinbujs ejulmosfiyy)
BUI) Peyeoiy}-1eg
47
ve to co te Oc GE St Zt SE St ve etl ck TE OL 6 § LZ 9 S yo G | snyeys saldeds
(jpjuoo) seseujuesed ul UBAIB si peASAINS SIs YOR Jo (SOJ}JeW Ul) BPN “Pepsooe. Saldeds jo }sI| 94} pue JOL\sIP Bueme_ ul peAsAINs Seis jo sjlejoq :, xIpueddy
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
snaeydoona sniyjopz
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - + - 9) o6uoig Ausy
eyjuexodhy xuAyopijayD
z E " ” : = 3 . : B 3 = : sf - ? 3 . #) |FEJUBS PSl||OQ-MO]|BA
eubew elayj]OUyIely
- - - - - - : - - - - - - - + - - - - - - + - 9 Ja}UNWEpIds peyeajs
sisuajediu ebAdoyjey
+ - - “ - - - - - - - - - : - - - - - - - - ; 9 PJIQUNS pesyle}-usaIH
epneoiubi ebAdoyjey
5 See Sa to A ab] a St BS Be es le paiqung peiie}-9114
ewbijsouobiu] wineesiq
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + : - - - - - - - WY JayoedsaMo| paljjaq-abuesO
PUBINW BWOJPOYI! |
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - O Jaedaainjeny
JOJOISIP BIYLVAD
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - O Jed90J990I] WIYXIS
SISUBAB/CWUIY BLS
Ae am ne es a ie ee ee Te me eS oe ee 3. YOJEYINN Pallel-SUUM
- - - - - - - + . - - - : - - - - - - - - - - O snipoweer Jaye snieduagd WI jeod
snosyolp saueydoydo7
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ” + - - - - - - - - 5 HL peysaso-Ag5
sdesimwey snixdojeyday
- - - - - : - - - - - - - : - - - - - - - + - IN ‘O i peddeo-aii4
snuulouod sojeyjyibey
i A 5 z 3 i + 2 7 t . 7 te 5 : ‘ ; : - + 7 D, WH] peyeosy}-yoe|q
snjooljuow snied
- - - . - - - - “ - - - : - + : . - : ; - - - S HL peyoeg-usel5
BIJEPUNS PABIJIN
_ Se Ce te fe res 3 tee SS eee oe > BAP}IIN Pallieq-snoyny
BOUIGIS Edeoiosnyy
- " ; ; - - - - - - ; - - = + - ~ ” - - = - - W‘O JayoyeoA|4 popis-yeq
snjeoid sndiwey
es Sf Se Sh oe Te OS a a a ae a ie nS Se > OMUYS-9YOeOA| 4 PAld
sisuauUojA9ao edeainljing
: : - - - - - - - - - - - - + ; - - : - + - - ) Jayoyeod|4-Areued pepeey-Ael5
sueiiosdns ejnpedl4
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - ; - - - ; - W‘O JayoyeoA|4 SULeWeY)
te co te O06 6 St ZL OF SEL PL. EL ct tt OL & 8 Z 9g 5 F & G SS) salseds
(jp]U0D) seseujuaed ul UdAIB Ss} peAd/UNS 9}IS YOR JO (SOujOW Ul) APN Peps0de. sa!deds Jo jsI| 9y} PUe JOLNISID Bueme| Ul peAe/UNs sels JO s]le]}9q :, xIpueddy
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
48
BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG, ARUNACHAL PRADESH
‘skeains au} Buunp papsooes sem Saldeds 3y} BJBYM Se}IS 9]OUeP +
AyoyesBi-\ ‘uey-Y ‘JeEUOISC0ND-CO ‘UOWWOD-9D :snjye]S
‘(WzZ19'e) Bydwod {| “72 :(W
yes‘Z) 4Ipwog “eg ‘(Ww Zpp'z) Nou ‘zz +(w Eos‘) Bue Lz ‘(WLLL ‘y) eiInBen ‘og ‘(wi ze7‘y) uoHOUNP-A 6} :(W 6Or‘'Z) FEYONW “g} -(W pEg‘z) OduiN7 *Z} ‘(WwW L69°E) exe7 Nnypeyy
‘Q| ‘(WW 20'S) ansyesNy “G} ‘(WW 120‘Z) Buequeys “pI ‘(Ww 6Z2‘z) NdsId “e} ‘(WW 9ZO'Z) HHeUS “ZL “(WOLO'L) MLA LE -(W 6Sz‘e) CAION “OL -(W O6L‘Z) BueYyWWIZ “6 ‘(WU 9E6‘e)
exe] OSNd ‘(Wi gze‘y) Buewey ‘2 ‘(Ww peg‘L) Bunpno7 ‘9 ‘(w 6zo‘Z) NdsI5 *g ‘(Ww y6}‘}) BuojbueGuoyL “y -(w Eee’z) Buequeyus ‘e :(wW Z/¢E'Z) B]wNT “Zz ‘(W OLL‘y) dol Bag *}
snoiuodel [soyouAylosoeul] SNAIOD
+ - - - - - - - a - - - - - : - + - + : : + : 9) MOJID pajjiq-ebie7
sajoRjec0hied ebeyIONN
a 2 : “ ; b “ a 3 3 A r 2 : ws 2 “ 4 : “ ‘ - - fe) JeyOeJOINN peyods
snuepue|b snjinued
. J x F : + ri : : r 4 a : . < ‘ : : 2 : “ - - a) Aer ueiseing
BPSOUUOY PLIDOJPUIG
r “ F 5 r r Hu “ : Z 2 2 é & = —. = : “= + - - + - 9 aideel| Ae
SLIJSOIIACY. CSSIDOIN
—y 8 : . . P 3 3 s é . + iG - = . - - = - - ny aidbeyy enjg pal|iq-Mojje,
snjeasol snyjuy
BF fe ws c s z % . : : : : = = =m Be - - ~ ae - - 9 dig AsoYy
BQ/? B//l9BjO
- - - : : - + + - - - ~ + «= = ae - Sl Tape . W‘O eye SWUM
BAJAUIO BI/IOBJO/
: c & : ‘ - 2 7 : : + - - - - - ; : ~ - + + ~ - W‘D weyBena Aoi
SUBIINI JASSCd
wai & ‘ “ : x : . : 2 4 — o a is . - - — - - 9 Modeds UOWeUUID
SNUBJUOW JASSCd
a & A 5 u : 2 : es as 5 a : + x - : - - 7 - - - : 9 MOJJeds 8ea1] ueIseINy
sisuajediu sijanpledold
- - - - + - - - - - - - ; ; - - - - - - - - : WN ‘O UYOUIaSOY pejseaig-yWeg
lyedis ezidsojewaey
- - - - - + - - - “ - - - = . ca 5 % F . . ; ic z W ‘O YOUly JOeYBIS
snuiueygind snoepodied
oe < : x 2 : H ws . : : ‘ine ce a ~ & : : : - - - - N‘O YOUNSSOY |nyiyneseg ueAPyeWIH
asua/ediu UuoYyoIjag
: , 5 3 4 : . 2 2 d a e R + = : : : : - - - 9 UIUeY-9SNoH jeden
snaia901NeW Ssnijopyz
- + - + - - - + - - + - - - - - - - - - - - + . , ofuolq 49eIg
Vo €6 Go lé iC: -6t -St Zk Bk ¢Sir SP seievrer “fie Or GA 8 Z 9 G vy S r L Snyeys seldeds
(jo]JU0D) seseujuesed ul UBAIB si paAsAUNs 91S YORS JO (SOJ}EWW Ul) BPNI|\V Pepso0de saldeds Jo jsI| 9y} pue JOLN\SID HBueme] Ul PeASAINs Solis Jo sjlejoq :}, xipueddy
49
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
50-56
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) OF
PURVANCHAL REGION, UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
UzMA Rart** AND Moub Kamit UsMant!?
‘Section of Entomology, Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh 202 002 Uttar Pradesh, India.
*Email: rafiuzma@ gmail.com
-Email: usmanikamil94 @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Acridids were collected from 17 districts of Purvanchal region, eastern Uttar Pradesh, from 2010 to 2012. A total of
975 specimens belonging to 38 species representing 21 genera of 10 subfamilies were collected from crop fields, and
natural habitat. The maximum number of species was recorded from Mau district and the least from Gorakhpur
district. Observations made on the hosts and habitats of the 38 species is discussed.
Key words: Acrididae, pests, distribution, Purvanchal region, Uttar Pradesh
INTRODUCTION
The family Acrididae (Orthoptera) includes most of the
economically important species of grasshoppers and locusts.
They constitute an important group of pests and pose a
constant threat to agriculture like cereal crops, pulses,
vegetables, orchards, and also to grasslands and forest
plantations all over the world. Locusts are the main pests in
countries bordering deserts, and the devastation caused by
migratory swarms of locusts is well-known. They are also an
important component of the biodiversity in grassland
ecosystems and food for many bird species. Most grasshoppers
are oligophagous and exhibit definite host preferences, while
some are polyphagous and have a wide range of food
preference (Joern 1979; Mulkern 1967). Accordingly
grasshoppers are classified as grass-feeders (graminivorous),
forb-feeders (forbivorous) or a mix of the two (ambivorous
or mixed feeders). Some grasshopper species have been
reported to cause significant damage to tree seedlings (Joshi
et al. 1999).
Uttar Pradesh (U.P.) is one of the largest states of India,
presenting a very suitable climatic zone for the diversity
of Acridids. Geographically, Uttar Pradesh includes eight
sub-regions, namely Upper Doab, Middle Doab, Lower Doab,
Rohilkhand, Bundelkhand, Baghelkhand, Awadh, and
Purvanchal. Purvanchal is at the eastern end of Uttar Pradesh
state, bounded by Nepal to the north, Bihar to the
east, Baghelkhand region of Madhya Pradesh to the south, the
Awadh region of Uttar Pradesh to the west, and Lower
Doab (at Allahabad) in Uttar Pradesh to its southwest. It lies
in the Indo-Gangetic Plains, one of the most fertile belts of
the world, and most of the countryside is under
intensive agriculture. In summer, temperature rises up to’
40 —45° C, while in winter temperature drops down to 6—7° C or
sometimes below that. The annual rainfall is about 1,025 mm.
The major rivers of this region are Ganga, Ghagra, Rapti,
and Son. Wheat and rice are the main crops. Besides these,
sugarcane, chick pea, pigeon pea, mustard, lentil, urad, and
moong are also grown. It includes 17 districts: Basti, Siddharth
Nagar, Sant Kabir Nagar, Maharajganj, Jaunpur, Azamgarh,
Gorakhpur, Deoria, Kushinagar, Sant Ravidas Nagar
(Bhadohi), Mirzapur, Varanasi, Ghazipur, Mau, Chandauli,
Sonbhadra, and Ballia.
A number of studies have been conducted on acridids
in different states or regions of India. Tandon and Shishodia
(1969) worked at Nagarjuna Sagar dam in Andhra Pradesh,
Tandon and Khera (1978) in Arunachal Pradesh and Julka
et al. (1982) in Solan, Himachal Pradesh. Mondal et al. (1999)
described 19 species of acridids infesting various field and
vegetable crops of West Bengal, and discussed some
ecological aspects. They made detailed notes on the nymphal
taxonomy of five important species, Acrida exaltata,
Spathosternum prasiniferum prasiniferum, Aiolopus
thalassinus tamulus, Phlaeoba infumata, and Atractomorpha
crenulata. Other studies were carried out by Chitra et al.
(2000) from rice fields of Coimbatore; Ingrisch (2002) from
Bhutan, Nepal and North India; Kandiben et al. (2004) from
rice ecosystem in Madurai; while Dey and Hazra (2003)
described the diversity, distribution, and ecology of
grasshoppers of Greater Kolkata. Mayya et al. (2005) reported
24 species from Dakshina Kannada district of Karnataka.
Saini and Mehta (2007) reported 73 species of Acrididae
from Himachal Pradesh. Ananthasevi et al. (2009) reported
25 species from agricultural ecosystems in some districts of
Tamil Nadu. Chandra and Gupta (2009) reported from
Veerangana Durgavati Wildlife Sanctuary, Madhya Pradesh.
Paulraj et al. (2009) recorded 21 species of Acrididae and
observed their distribution on different host plants and habitats
in two districts of Tamil Nadu. Senthilkumar (2010) surveyed
the Acrididae of Kaziranga National Park, Assam, reporting
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
elled
eipeyquos
+ +
\INepueYD
new
indizeyy
ISBUBIE/,
Indezil,
+ - - = = + — = - -
ote + - = ae — + - + -
. re aE a io S ws is - is
= = Sf = - a + = + -
- ~ Su + ~ = + = - =
My . fe = . + - = “ n
¢ Pi =e - rs 7 ‘ a é .
: “ 3 “ me - “ - . .
z = = 2 = = = = ne pl
_ = a = + a r= “ = :
‘ + a ~ + s * o - ‘.
of = a - = + - = = 3
= = = “ < = = ote = ss
= = as “4 = as 4 ait = =
c; = 2 = = - = a a0 33
= of = 2 = * = - + =
a — + + a3 S + + <P ss
= ae =a 7 - = an - 5 =
a op)
=D ZZ CJ 2) > D = = ” w
> 2 c - fe) N = ry) = Q 4
Sa~ ES a = 2 ® ©
= © Pe Oo feb)
pe) jab) Oo sab) = 2. a pan
<. © S = Ke} i 2
o © = al © =
re) & a | ray) =
(dp) — Oo =
x ©
5
‘dN Jo uoiBay jeyouening Jo sjouisip peAsvuns au} Ul Salads jo UOHINqUISIG :} sIqeL
BIBUIAING BLISU]
aeuljodopidouy :Ajiweyqns
SIJIGOU SUDCIAJOY
suoee suoeje simiaus0daidAZ
SIUJODUBA SnipidojojA
aeuipimeud0daidAQ :Ajiwmeyqns
eoueje] suseyjueIeUAD
aeuIploeUuUeDeLAY :Ajimejqns
snjsngos sno0pec/oyy
SUISNI|I sNI0pedIOYD
sijiqejouul sinbuld sdojuejeoojogeiq
[Ausey sdojueje20ua xX
aeuidojuejey :Ajimeyqns
smoaizhio snydA/bosaly
siusooljnuue snydsjbosai}y
Jojoouo2 snydAjboiaipy
snjajdaiosbiu snydAjbosaiy
ueiueg snydA/bosaipy
SPUIPLOBIWdH :Ajiweyqns
wnaiuisesd
winaiuiseid winusajsoyjeds
aeulusajsoujeds :Ajimeyqns
SISUAUIYD PAXO
XO/AA PAXO
sipuel6 PAxO
eoiuodel eoiuodel eAxo
Bjeoujul ejAy CAXO
PjAy ejAy ePAxO
PIEYIAOOSNY PAXO
aeulAxo :Ajiweyqns
saideds piopuoy
rN Oo yw oO bs
ON’S
51
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
r ¥ . ‘ p - c + , z 2 Z : ~ - essolb e1ogaojy) fers
. s + + - - ; - - - - - - euojeibiw evojeibiw e]sno07 Ze
: Es : #£ = 2 2 = - + - - - - - snueoye snbiewijsey 9¢
A : + : : + : - : - + - : - : eJe|UIW Bpodipad Ge
3 = E r : ¢ 2 : = + - - - - - sisuajebauas snajepac ve
+ + + - - - - - - - + - - - - snjdnuge snajepao ee
+ » Z f ‘ a : - - = + + -- “ snjnwe] snuissejey)] sndojoiy Ze
’ = : iS : = 2 + - - + - - + - snulssejey] snulsse/ey] sndojoiy Le
2 : “ + + - + + + + + + + + + XLIJBINUIS XUJe|NWIS sndojoly oe
f z : z : : . : : + . : - - - Bjajdas elpiydoji1) 62
+ + + + + + - - - + + - + - + ejejnuue eIpiyaojis) 8c
SeUIPOUIP|aGC :AjlWeyqnSs
P £ : i = + “ 3 : : - - - - - Sadiajn| sadiajn| sniyjogooejny te
SPULIBDOYdWIOY :AjIWeyqns
3 : * = : - - - - = - : - - : ajued eqoaejyd 92
= - + + + + - - - + + = : : BJBWN{UI EQOVE/Yd STA
c - Bs _ : : + + + + - + - + + eajuebib epuoy v2
" a : : = - + + - + + = -- + + B]e/exa POLIO €Z
aeulploYy :Ajiwmeyqns
(ep) oO ) <= = zo x O Q > q s (ap) w
eee es ee eee Me ee = ® 6 N 2 = 2. «f fs saioads plopuoy —«ONS
7 ee Se. ae SSS ee Teo cet Se be re PE Gas Be Le
> rol 3S © 3) =—i) | ~ x oO e = = oy
D o = O. = a my 2 © = 2, 2 .
Q eS = = < © 2 Ss ol 5 =
pe) =) pa)
” =: Oo pad)
2 33
(p1U0D) ‘df Jo UOIBaY jeyoUeAUN, JO S}OLIISID peAe/UNS OU} Ul SElDeds JO UOIINGLISIG :, BIQeL
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
52
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
19 species. Shishodia and Gupta (2009) listed 81 species ina
checklist of Acrididae of Himachal Pradesh. Nayeem and
Usmani (2011, 2012) reported 31 species of superfamily
Acridoidea, including family Acrididae, from southern and
southwestern Bihar, and 41 species from Jharkhand.
From Uttar Pradesh, Usmani et al. (2012a) discussed
the diversity, distribution, and taxonomy of 29 species of
Acridoidea of Aligarh Fort, Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh. Usmani
et al. (2012b) studied the diversity and taxonomy of Acridoid
pests of pulses from Uttar Pradesh. Akhtar et al. (2012)
reported the species diversity and abundance of grasshoppers
in rice ecosystem of Uttar Pradesh. However, there has been
no specific study of the Acrididae of Purvanchal region, and
this paper is the first such report.
METHODOLOGY
Grasshopper specimens were collected from all the
districts of Purvanchal region, Uttar Pradesh, during 2010-
2012, from various agricultural and non-agricultural areas.
Specimens were collected by net sweeping and hand picking
methods and killed in a bottle with ethyl acetate. The
grasshoppers were identified through their morphological and
genitalic characters, using stereo-microscope.
Table 2: Species richness of grasshoppers in the districts of
Purvanchal region of Uttar Pradesh
S.No. Districts No. of No. of No. of
genera subfamilies species
1 Basti 5 4 8
2 Siddharth Nagar 5 5 11
3 Sant Kabir Nagar 4 Sg 9
4 Maharajganj 5 5 10
5 Jaunpur 9 5 11
6 Azamgarh 10 6 16
7 Gorakhpur 4 4 6
8 Deoria 8 8 14
<) Kushinagar 5 5
10 Sant Ravidas Nagar 8 6
(Bhadohi)
11 Mirzapur ye 5 7
12 Varanasi 13 9 ee
13 Ghazipur ? 5 10
14 Mau 13 8 17
15 Chandauli 6 11
16 Sonbhadra 7 10
17 Ballia 4 a
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
RESULTS
A total of 975 specimens of grasshoppers (Acrididae)
were collected from 17 districts of Purvanchal region
representing 38 species, 21 genera, and 10 subfamilies of
Acrididae (Table 1). The maximum numbers of species were
recorded from Mau district (17) followed by Azamgarh (16),
Varanasi (15) and Deoria (14), while the minimum number
(6) was from Gorakhpur district (Table 2).
DISCUSSION
The diversity and distribution of the species greatly
depends on abiotic as well as biotic factors. Abiotic factors
like temperature, humidity, and rainfall affect the population
of acridids in nature. Population of grasshoppers may also
depend on the vegetation of the cultivated and uncultivated
areas. In this study, 16 species were collected only from
agricultural (cultivated) areas, 9 only from natural habitats,
and 13 species were recorded in both cultivated and natural
habitats.
District Mau represents the maximum diversity and
species richness (17) of acridids, followed by Azamgarh (16),
while the minimum number of species (6) was recorded in
Gorakhpur district (Table 2).
Among the species recorded, maximum numbers belong
to subfamily Oedipodinae (29%) followed by Oxyinae (18%),
Hemiacridinae (13%), Acridinae, Catanopinae (10% each),
and Eyprepocnemidinae (8%) while the minimum numbers
of species belong to Cyrtacanthacridinae, Gomphocerinae,
Spathosterninae, and Tropidopolinae (3% each) (Table 3).
Spathosternum prasiniferum is the most dominant species in
this area, followed by Acrida exaltata and Oxya hyla hyla
(Table 3). Out of these three species, Oxya hyla hyla is a
common and destructive pest of paddy, while the other two
species are polyphagous and can cause harm to many crops
like paddy, wheat, maize, jowar, bajra, oilseed plants, and
many vegetable and pulse crops, thus it is found in both
cultivated and uncultivated areas (Table 4).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We extend our gratitude to the Council of Science and
Technology, U.P., for providing financial assistance during
the tenure of a major research project carried out on “Ecology
and Distribution of Acridoid Pests (Orthoptera: Acridoidea)
with observations on their natural enemies in Uttar Pradesh”’.
Thanks are also due to Prof. Irfan Ahmad, Chairman,
Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh,
for providing the necessary facilities.
53
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
Table 3: List of species recorded in the Purvanchal region of Uttar Pradesh .
S. No. Species No. of No.of No.of Total S. No. Species No. of No.of No.of Total
males females Nymphs males females Nymphs
Subfamily: Oxyinae Subfamily: Eyprepocnemidinae
i Oxya fuscovittata 13 oo - 50 19. Tylotropidius varicornis - 1 - 1
2. Oxya hyla hyla 40 80 - 120 20. Eyprepocnemis alacris 10 10 - 20
3. Oxya hyla intricata 2 4 - 6 21. Heteracris nobilis 7 12 - 19
4. Oxya japonica japonica 4 8 - 12
ea ee Subfamily: Tropidopolinae
5. Oxya grandis 1 1 - 2 ‘-_
22. Tristria pulvinata 6 6 - 12
6. Oxya velox 1 4 - 5
7. Oxya chinensis - 1 - 1 Subfamily: Acridinae
' ; 23. Acrida exaltata 56 42 53 151
Subfamily: Spathosterninae '
24. Acrida gigantea 25 20 28 73
8. Spathosternum 67 73 46 186
7 tae 20: Phlaeoba infumata 11 15 - 26
prasiniferum prasiniferum
26. Phlaeoba panteli 5 7 - 12
Subfamily: Hemiacridinae |
wer j Subfamily: Gomphocerinae
9. Hieroglyphus banian 11 31 - 42
ie ar. Aulacobothrus 3 Za - 5
10. Hieroglyphus 5 4 - 9
luteipes luteipes
nigrorepletus
He Hieroglyphus 1 1 “ 2 Subfamily: Oedipodinae
concolor 28. Trilophidia annulata 19 23 32 74
12. Hieroglyphus - 1 - 1 29. Trilophidia repleta 1 1 3 5
annulicornis 30. Aiolopus simulatrix 24 23 - 47
13. Hieroglyphus 1 - - 1 or Aiolopus thalassinus 5 3) - 10
oryzivorus thalassinus
32. Aiolopus thalassinus 9 9 - 18
Subfamily: Catantopinae ee re
14. Xenocatantops karnyi 1 2 - 3
oo: Oedaleus abruptus 7 12 : 19
15. Diabolocatantops 4 5 - 9
iho oie - 34. Oedaleus senegalensis - 2 - 2
pinguis innotabilis , or
35. Oedipoda miniata 6 2 - 8
16. Choroedocus illustris 2 1 - 3 36 ee ee 3 6
174 Choroedocus robustus 4 3 - 7 3 @
37. Locusta migratoria 5 - = 5
Subfamily: Cyrtacanthacridinae migratoria
18. Cyrtacanthacris tatarica 1 1 - 2 38. Chloebora grossa - 1 - 1
Total 360 453 162 975
Table 4: Distribution of grasshopper species in different habitats
S. No. Species Host Plant — Habitat S.No. Species Host Plant —_— Habitat
Subfamily: Oxyinae Subfamily: Hemiacridinae
9. Hieroglyphus banian Paddy/Grass Agriculture field
ip Oxya fuscovittata Paddy Agriculture fields 10 6: ii en eraak pea ee
i
2. Oxya hyla hyla Paddy Agriculture fields af ome : :
e Oxya hyla intricata Paddy Agriculture fields © o
ria 11. Hieroglyphus concolor Paddy/Grass_ Agriculture fields
4. Oxya japonica japonica Paddy Agriculture fields ; en © ;
' 12, Hieroglyphus annulicornis Paddy/Grass_ Agriculture fields
fab Slabs a rao POE SME TNS 13 Hieroglyphus oryzivorus Paddy/Grass_ Agriculture fields
U. icu i
6. Oxya velox Paddy Agriculture fields pe ” ¢ a
i Oxya chinensis Padd Agriculture fields
‘ y 3 Subfamily: Catantopinae
Subfamily: Spathosterninae 14. Xenocatantops karnyi Grass/bushes Non-agricultural
8. Spathosternum Grass Both (agricultural area
prasiniferum and non-agricultural 15. Diabolocatantops Grass/bushes Non-agricultural
prasiniferum areas) pinguis innotabilis area
54 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
Table 4: Distribution of grasshopper species in different habitats (contd.)
S. No. Species Host Plant Habitat
16. Choroedocus illustris | Bushes Non-agricultural
area
17. Choroedocus robustus Bushes Non-agricultural
area
Subfamily: Cyrtacanthacridinae
18. Cyrtacanthacris tatarica Bushes Non-agricultural
area
Subfamily: Eyprepocnemidinae
19. Tylotropidius varicornis Grass Agriculture fields
20. Eyprepocnemis alacris Bushes Non-agricultural
area
21. Heteracris nobilis Grass Agriculture fields
Subfamily: Tropidopolinae
22. Tristria pulvinata Grass Agriculture fields
Subfamily: Acridinae
23: Acrida exaltata Grass Both
24. Acrida gigantea Grass Both
25. Phlaeoba infumata Grass Both
26. Phlaeoba panteli Grass Both
S.No. Species Host Plant Habitat
Subfamily: Gomphocerinae
27. Aulacobothrus Grass Agriculture fields
luteipes luteipes
Subfamily: Oedipodinae
28. Trilophidia annulata Grass Both
29. Trilophidia repleta Grass Both
30. Aiolopus simulatrix Grass Both
oir Aiolopus thalassinus Grass Both
thalassinus |
32. Aiolopus thalassinus Grass Both
tamulus
Grass/Bushes Both
Grass/Bushes Both
3a: Oedaleus abruptus
34. Oedaleus
senegalensis
35: Oedipoda miniata Grass/Bushes Both
36. Gastrimargus africanus Grass/Bushes Non-agricultural
area
37. Locusta migratoria Grass/Bushes Non-agricultural
migratoria area
38. Chloebora grossa Grass Non-agricultural
area
REFERENCES
AKHTAR, M.H., M.K. UsMANI, M.R. NAYEEM & H. Kumar (2012): Species
diversity and abundance of grasshopper fauna (Orthoptera) in
rice ecosystem. Annals of Biological Research 3(5): 2190-2193.
ANANTHASEVI, R., P. SURESH, S. JANARTHANAN, K.A.M. KARTHIKEYAN &
I. VUAYAKUMAR (2009): Acridid (Orthoptera) fauna of agricultural
ecosystems in some southern districts of Tamil Nadu, India. JoTT
1(9): 491-492.
CHANDRA, K. & S.K. Gupta (2009): On a collection of orthopteran fauna
from Veerangana Durgavati Wildlife Sanctuary, Madhya Pradesh,
India. Biological Forum — An International Journal 1(1):
69-74.
CHITRA, N., R.P. SAUNDARARAJAN & K. GUNATHILAGARAJ (2000):
Orthoptera in rice fields of Coimbatore. Zoos’ Print Journal
15(8): 309-311.
Dey, A. & A.K. HAzra (2003): Diversity and distribution of grasshopper
fauna of Greater Kolkata with notes on their ecology. Memoirs
of the Zoological Survey of India 19(3): 1-118.
INGRISCH, S. (2002): Orthoptera from Bhutan, Nepal, and North India in
the Natural History Museum Basel. Entomologica Basiliensia.
24: 123-159.
JOERN, A. (1979): Feeding patterns in grasshoppers (Orthoptera:
Acrididae): Factors influencing diet specialization. Oecologia
38(3): 325-347.
Josui, P.C., J.A. Lockwoop, N. VASHISHTH & A. SINGH (1999):
Grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) community dynamics in
a moist deciduous forest in India. Journal of Orthoptera Research
8: 17-23. :
JULKA, J.M., S.K. TANDON, P. HALDER & M.S. SuisHopia (1982): Ecological
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
observation on grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) at Solan,
Himachal Pradesh, India. Oriental Insects 16(1): 63-75.
KANDIBEN, M., S. RAGURAMAN, N. GANAPATHY & K. GUNTHILAGARAJ
(2004): Diversity and relative abundance of Orthoptera in an
irrigated rice ecosystem in Madurai, India. Zoos’ Print Journal
19(10): 1663-1664.
Mayya, S., K.S. SREEPADA & M. JAYARAMA HEGDE (2005): Survey of
Short Horned Grasshoppers (Acrididae) from Dakshina Kannada
District, Karnataka. Zoos’ Print Journal 20(9): 1977-1979.
MULKERN, G.B. (1967): Food selection by grasshoppers. Annual Review
of Entomology 12: 59-78.
Monpat, S.K., A.K. Hazra & S.K. TANDON (1999): Studies on taxonomy,
biology & ecology grasshoppers infesting field crops and
vegetables with notes on nymphal taxonomy of some species in
West Bengal. Rec. Zool Surv. India, Occ. paper no.173: 1-178.
NAYEEM, M.R. & M.K. UsMani (2011): Diversity of Acridoidea
(Orthoptera) from southern and southwestern region of Bihar,
India. Folia Heyrovskyana, series A 19(1—4): 5-12.
NAYEEM, M.R. & M.K. Usmant (2012): Taxonomy and field observations
of grasshoppers and locusts fauna (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) of
Jharkhand, India. Munis Entomology and Zoology 7(1):
391-417.
PauLrAJ, M.G, V. ANBALAGAN & S. IGNACIMUTHU (2009): Distribution
of Grasshoppers (Insecta: Orthoptera) among different host plants
and habitats in two districts of Tamil Nadu, India. JOTT 1(4):
230-233.
SAINI, K. & H.S. Menta (2007): An Inventory of the Orthopteran Insect
of Himachal Pradesh. Bionotes 9(3): 76-78.
oD
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS OF PURVANCHAL REGION
SENTHILKUMAR, N. (2010): Orthopteroids in Kaziranga National Park,
Assam, India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 2(10): 1227-1231.
SuisHopiA, M.S. & S.K. Gupta (2009): Checklist of Orthoptera (Insecta)
of Himachal Pradesh, India. JoTT 1(11): 569-572.
TANDON, S.K. & P. KHerRA (1978): Ecology and distribution of
grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) in Arunachal Pradesh,
India and impact of human activities on their ecology and
distribution. Memoirs of the School of Entomology Agra 6:
73-92.
TANDON, S.K. & M.S. SHIsHopIA (1969): On a Collection of Acridoidea
(Orthoptera) from Nagarjuna Sagar Dam Area. Oriental Insects
3(3): 265-267.
Usmanl, M.K., M.H. AKHTAR & M.R. Nayeem (2012a): Diversity,
Distribution and Taxonomic studies of Acridoid fauna
(Orthoptera) of Aligarh Fort, Uttar Pradesh, India. Advances in
Life Sciences 1: 34-38.
Usmanl, M.K., M.H. AKHTAR & M.R. NAYEEM (2012b): Diversity and
taxonomic studies of Acridoid Pests (Acridoidea: Orthoptera)
of Pulses from Uttar Pradesh, India. Munis Entomology and
Zoology 7(2): 837-846.
56
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
57-64
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF THE KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE,
GARHWAL HIMALAYA, INDIA
MEGHA Rawat!:*, H.B. VASISTHA!*, R.K. MANHAS? AND MripuLa Negcr?
‘Forest Ecology and Environment Division, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun 248 006, Uttarakhand, India.
*Department of Botany, Sri Pratap College, Srinagar 190 001, Jammu & Kashmir, India. Email: manhasrk @rediffmail.com
7Email: megha.fri@ gmail.com
‘Email: vasisthahb @icfre.org
"Email: mridula @icfre.org
*Corresponding author
The floristic diversity of the Kunjapuri sacred grove in Garhwal Himalaya was studied from 2006 to 2007. A total of
239 plant species belonging to 78 families and 207 genera were recorded. The representation of dicotyledons, monocots,
and gymnosperms was 84.62%, 14.10%, and 1.28%, respectively. Asteraceae was the most dominant family with
23 genera and 24 species, followed by Poaceae (20 genera and 22 species), Lamiaceae (13 genera and 16 species), and
Acanthaceae and Fabaceae (9 genera and 11 species each). In recent years, due to increasing pressures on natural
resources there has been a weakening of religious beliefs, affecting the survival of sacred groves. Sacred groves,
which were maintained in the form of untouched ecosystems, dedicated to a deity, are nowadays being looked upon as
important sources of natural resources or revenue. Hence, they cannot survive on the basis of spiritual beliefs, unlike
in the past, and there is an urgent need to implement rural participatory management practices with the help of the
village community, temple authorities, and forest committees to conserve them.
Key words: Kunjapuri, sacred forest, floristic diversity, Garhwal Himalaya
INTRODUCTION
India is a land of diversity of natural resources and
traditions. Since time immemorial, conservation of natural
resources has been part of the religious traditions of several
Indian communities. One such significant tradition of nature
conservation is that of sacred forest or groves. A sacred grove
is a patch of forest protected by the local people, surrounding
a temple or dedicated to some deity, and being virgin forests,
generally harbouring rich biodiversity. Besides being centres
of high species richness (Dash and Chauhan 2002; Jamir and
Pandey 2002, 2003; Upadhaya et al. 2003), these act as gene
pools and provide refuge to a large number of endemic,
endangered, and threatened species (Dash and Chauhan 2002;
Jamir and Pandey 2002, 2003), and render ecological services,
such as being a source of perennial water, maintaining local
micro-environmental conditions, and helping in
biogeochemical cycles (Upadhaya 2002).
Set amidst a mosaic of landscape elements like shifting
cultivation, fields and fallows, permanent agricultural areas,
savannah and secondary forests, sacred forests protected
several valuable food plants and scores of medicinal plants.
Despite rising human pressures, sacred groves shelter many
elements of the biota, which may have vanished elsewhere
in the local landscape (Chandran et al. 1998). Their role in
the conservation of biodiversity has been recognised by
several workers (Chandrakanth et al. 2004; Chandrakanth
and Romm 1991; Dash 2005; Dash and Chauhan 2002; Gadgil
and Vartak 1976; Haridasan and Rao 1985; Khan et al. 1997;
Kosambi 1962; Sukumaran and Jeeva 2008; Sukumaran
et al. 2008).
In the past few years, the demands on natural resources
have resulted in a weakening of religious beliefs. There has
been an increase in the number of reports of degradation
activities, affecting the institutional foundations of sacred
forests in India. This is due to several reasons like fading
institutional identity of these traditional forests with the advent
of national forest policies (Chandrakanth and Romm 1991),
commercial agriculture, changing demographics, and weak
property rights (Chandrakanth et al. 2004).
Garhwal Himalaya is referred to as Land of the Gods
due to the numerous important religious shrines located here,
besides the confluence of five tributaries of the sacred river
Ganga. Although, biological diversity of the Himalaya is rich,
little is known about the sacred forests of this region (Anthwal
et al. 2006). To know about these sacred forests there is an
urgent need for extensive research studies on the diversity
and conservation status of their precious plant wealth. This
will help in developing appropriate strategy for the
conservation of sacred groves. Keeping these things in view,
the present study was conducted in the Kunjapuri sacred grove
to document its floristic diversity.
STUDY AREA
The study was carried out in the Narendra Nagar Forest
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Division (30° 10'-30° 52" N; 78° 8' 15"—79° 2' 45" E) of Tehri
district in the Garhwal region of Himalaya. The total area of
the forest division is 62,023.26 ha having three distinct forest
ranges, (i) Maniknath Forest Range, (11) Saklana Forest Range,
and (111) Shivpuri Forest Range. The study site — Kunjapuri
(30° 10'—-30° 52" N; 78° 8' 15"—79° 2' 45" E) — falls in the
Shivpuri Forest Range. The total area of this range is
c. 19,427.56 ha. The entire forest division is mountainous hilly
with precipitous slopes. Kunjapuri is situated at an altitude of
1,645 m above msl and is located at about 35 km from Rishikesh
on the Rishikesh-Gangotri road (Rawat et al. 2011).
Kunjapuri is one of the 52 Siddhapeeths of India,
dedicated to goddess Kunjapuri Devi, and the Kunjapuri
temple is situated on the highest peak of the region. It lies in
the temperate region encompassing three major ecosystems,
forest, grassland, and hill terrace. It lends a panoramic view
of the snow-clad Himalayan range in the north (Chaukhamba
ranges) and an exhilarating view of the rivers Ganga,
Rishikesh, Haridwar, Doon Valley, and Shiwalik hills in the
south. About 150—200 pilgrims and 10—25 foreign tourists
visit the temple every day (Rawat et al. 2011).
METHODS
The entire Kunjapuri forest was surveyed at monthly
intervals during 2006—2007. Plant specimens collected were
processed following Jain and Rao (1977) and were identified
at the Systematic Botany Discipline of Forest Research
Institute (FRI), Dehradun and Wildlife Institute of India
(WII), Dehradun. Identified plants were mounted on
herbarium sheets and deposited at the Forest Ecology and
Environment Division, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun.
All the identified species were arranged according to Bentham
and Hooker’s system of classification (Bentham and Hooker
1862-1883).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A total of 239 plant species belonging to 78 families
and 207 genera were recorded (Table 1). Of these, 66 families
(84.62%) are dicotyledonous and 11 families (14.10%) are
monocotyledonous. Gymnosperms contributed only 1.28%
(one family) to the total families and 0.84% (two species) to
the total species of the area. Only 43 monocotyledonous
species (17.99%) from 37 genera (17.87%) were reported
as compared to 194 (81.17%) dicotyledonous species from
168 genera (81.16%).
Species richness of the present study site is within the
range of 80 and 388 plant species reported for various sacred
forests of India (Bhakat 2009; Bhakat et al. 2008; Dash and
58
Table 1: Floristic features of the study area
Components Family Genus Species
ANGIOSPERMS
Dicotyledons 66 168 194
Percent Contribution 84.62 81.16 81.17
Monocotyledons 11 37 43
Percent Contribution 14.10 17.87 17.99
GYMNOSPERMS 1 2 2
Percent Contribution 1.28 0.97 0.84
Total 78 207 239
Chauhan 2002; Laloo et al. 2006; Sukumaran and Jeeva 2008;
Sukumaran et al. 2008). Contribution of monocots (17.87%) |
in the present study is slightly higher than these studies, which
averages c. 11.23%. The reason for this may be that all these
studies are from tropical forests and Kunjapuri is a temperate
forest having more harsh environmental conditions, which is
not favourable for tree growth as snowfall prevents the growth
and establishment of tree saplings.
Asteraceae was the most dominant family with
23 genera and 24 species followed by Poaceae (20 genera
and 22 species), Lamiaceae (13 genera and 16 species), and
Acanthaceae and Fabaceae (9 genera and 11 species each).
Other important contributing families were Euphorbiaceae,
Rosaceae, Rubiaceae, Verbenaceae, and Urticaceae (Table 2).
Clematis of the family Ranunculaceae was the most dominant
genus (5 species), followed by Rhamnus (4 species) of
Rhamnaceae, Rubus (3 species) of Rosaceae, and Plectranthus
(3 species) of Lamiaceae. Gadgil et al. (1996) and Sukumaran
et al. (2008) reported Fabaceae as the most dominant family
and Ficus the most common genus (as no species of Ficus is
traditionally felled) in the sacred groves. But, being a
temperate forest Ficus is not common in Kunjapuri forest.
Further, the dominance of Asteraceae and Poaceae shows that
the study site is highly disturbed.
The majority of the plants recorded from the Kunjapuri
forest are economically important. The medicinal plants
ranked first with 130 species; 64 species were used as fodder
and 11 species were used as fuel-wood species. Some species
are multi-use. Quercus leucotrichophora (Oak), a worshipped
multi-use tree, was the most dominant tree of the study site.
It is an important component of the mountain forest ecosystem
due to its use as fodder, fuel-wood, and wood-charcoal.
Itis also used for thatching. Ecologically, Q. leucotrichophora
helps in improving the soil fertility through efficient nutrient
cycling, and conserving soil moisture through humus build-
up in the soil and partly through a deeply placed root system
(Anthwal et al. 2006). Other 40 species, regarded as multi-
use species, includes timber, non-timber forest produce,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Table 2: Species reported from the Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth as per Bentham and Hooker Classification
Family Species Habit Local names; Uses
ANGIOSPERMS
Dicotyledons
Ranunculaceae Anemone vitifolia Buch.-Ham. ex DC. H Mudeela; M, Fd
Clematis grata Wall. C Laguli; Fd
Clematis barbellata Edgew. C Kanrya; Fd
Clematis montana Buch.-Ham. ex DC. C Kujju; Mu
Clematis roylei Rehder C Konia; Mu
Clematis buchananiana DC. C Kanguli; M
Delphinium denudatum Wall. ex Hook. f. & Th. H Nirbisi; M
Thallictrum foliosum DC. H Mamira; M
Menispermaceae Cissampelos pariera L. C Parha; M
Cocculus laurifolius DC. ST. Tilfada; Fw
Stephania glabra (Roxb.) Miers C Gindaru; M
Berberidaceae Berberis asiatica Roxb. ex DC. S Kilmora; M, Fw
Brassicaceae Brassica campestris L. H Laiya, Mu
Flacourtiaceae Flacourtia indica (Burm. f.) Merrill S Kandai; M, Fd
Violaceae Viola serpens Wall. H Kauru; M
Polygalaceae Polygala abyssinica R. Br. ex Fresen H Fd
Caryophyllaceae Stellaria media (L.) Villars H Bandyalu; Fd, M
Hypericaceae Hypericum uralum Buch.-Ham ex D. Don S Bhatla; M
Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L.* S Gudhal; M
Sida cordifolia L. H Balu; M, Mu
Tiliaceae Grewia optiva Drumm ex Burret ii Bhimal; Fw, Fd
Linaceae Reinwaratia trigyna Planch. S Phiunli; Mu
Geraniaceae Geranium nepalense Sweet H Phori; M
Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata L. H Bhilmori; M
Balsaminaceae Impatiens balsamina L. H Phyaktuli; Mu
Impatiens scabrida DC. H Ban-til; Mu
Rutaceae Boenninghausenia albiflora (Hook.) Reichb. ex Meisn. H Pissumar, Upniyaghas; M
Murraya koenigii Spreng. S Gandela; M, Mu
Zanthoxylum alatum Roxb. S/ST Timru; M, Mu
Meliaceae Toona serrata M. Roem. Wi Tun; Fw, Mu, M
Rhamnaceae Berchemia edgeworthii Lawson S Angari; M
Helinus lanceolatus Brandis S Kukriya; Fd
Rhamnus persica Boiss. S$ Chirla; Fd
Rhamnus procumbens Edgew. S$ Dadmiya; Mu
Rhamnus triquetra (Wall.) Lawson ST Ghauta; Fw, Mu
Rhamnus virgatus Roxb. ST Chentuli; Fw, M
Sageretia filiformis (Roth. ex Schult) G Don ST Gonta; Mu
Vitaceae Cissus repanda Vahl C Bhel chapru; Fd, M
Parthenocissus semicordata Planch. C Bhunera; Fd
Sapindaceae Dodonaea viscosa Jacq.* S Sinatha; Fw, M
Hippocastanaceae Aesculus indica (Colebr. ex Camb.) Hook.* T Pangar; Fd, M
Aceraceae Acer oblongum Wall. ex DC. F Kirmoli; Mu
Anacardiaceae Rhus parviflora Roxb. S Tungla; M
Fabaceae Astragalus leucocephalus Graham H Rudravanti; Fd
Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. Tw Bandal; Fd
Crotalaria albida B. Heyne ex Roth H Chunchni; M
Desmodium tiliaefolium G. Don S) Chamlai; M
Indigofera heterantha Wall. S Kathi; Fd, M
Indigofera tinctoria L. S Sakina; Fd
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
59
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Table 2: Species reported from the Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth as per Bentham and Hooker Classification (conid.)
Family
Caesalpiniaceae
Mimosaceae
Rosaceae
Saxifragaceae
Melanostomaceae
Lythraceae
Onagraceae
Begoniaceae
Apiaceae
(Umbelliferae)
Caprifoliaceae
Rubiaceae
Valerianaceae
Dipsacaceae
Asteraceae
60
Species
Lespedeza sericea (Thunb.) Mig.
Lespedeza gerardiana Graham
Shuteria involucrata Wight & Arn.
Tephrosia candida DC.
Uraria lagopus DC.
Bauhinia variegata L.
Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb.
Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw.
Mimosa himalayana Gamble
Mimosa pudica L.
Duchesnea indica (Andrews) Focke
Prunus cerasoides D. Don
Prunus persica (L.) Batsch*
Spiraea canescens D. Don
Pyrus communis L.*
Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don
Rubus ellipticus Sm.
Rubus paniculatus Sm.
Rubus niveus Thunb.
Fragaria indica Andrews
Bergenia ciliata (Haw.) Sternb
Osbeckia stellata Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don
Lagerstroemia indica L.
Woodfordia fruticosa Kurz
Oenothera rosea Aiton
Begonia picta Sm.
Bupleurum falcatum L.
Centella asiatica (L.) Urb.
' Pimpinella diversifolia DC.
Selinum tenuifolium Wall.
Selinum vaginatum C.B. Clarke
Abelia grandiflora (Andre) Rehd.*
Galium rotundifoliumL.
Leptodermis lanceolata Wall.
Hamiltonia suaveolens Roxb.
Randia tetrasperma Benth. & Hook. f. ex Brand.
Randia uliginosa Poir.
Rubia cordifolia L.
Valeriana jatamansi Jones
Dipsacus inermis Wall.
Ainsliaea aptera DC.
Ageratum conyzoides L.
Anaphalis cinnamomea C.B. Clarke
Anaphalis contorta Hook. f.
Artemisia vulgaris L.
Bidens biternata (Lour.) Merr. & Sherff
Blumea aromatica DC.
Cirsium argyracanthum DC.
Conyza stricta Willd.
Dichrocephala latifolia DC.
Erigeron acuminatus (Wall.) Wall. ex Nees
Habit Local names; Uses
US Khunju
US Khunya; M
C Fd
S Ban-tor; Fd
US Pithari; M
Guiral; Fd
Karvaunj; M, Fd
Golutora; M
Kingrei; M, Fd
Chui-mui; M
Bhium-kaphal; M
Payan; Mu, Fd
Aaru; M, Mu
Jhair-mairala; Fd, Mu
Nashpati; Mu
Mehul; Fd, M
Hinssar; Mu
Kala hinssar; M
Anchu; Mu
Kaphal; M
Sipara; M
Kuktia-makuri; M
Gulbahar; M, Fd
Dhaula; M, Fd
Patharchatta; M
Lito nNoOrt Ee Oe Oo aa no] ea OOD @ a
Jangli-jeera; M
Brahmi; M
Teroi; M
Moor; M
Bhulkeshi; M
Kamera; Fd
Kuri; M
Padera; Fd, M
Padar; M, Fd
Ghara; Fw, M
Pindru; M, Fd
Lichkuru; M
Balchhari; M
Phulee; M
Kauru; M
Gundrya; M
Bugliya; M
Bugla; M
Kunjoa; M
Kuria; M
Kardra; M
i ae a B. St Be eG) Sl O OO OS ta es =
=
op)
a 2h. 2S
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Table 2: Species reported from the Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth as per Bentham and Hooker Classification (contd.)
Family
Ericaceae
Myrsinaceae
Oleaceae
Apocynaceae
Gentianaceae
Boraginaceae
Cuscutaceae
Convovulaceae
Solanaceae
Scrophulariacee
Gesneriaceae
Acanthaceae
Verbenaceae
Lamiaceae
Species
Galinsoga ciliata S.F. Blake
Gerbera lanuginosa Sch. Bip.
Echinops echinatus Roxb.
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng
Inula cuspidata C.B. Clarke
Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Ramayya & Rajagopal
Myriactis wallichii Less.
Parthenium hysterophorus L.
Saussurea heteromalla (D. Don) Hand.-Mazz.
Senecio nudicaulis Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don
Sonchus asper (L.) Hill
Tridax procumbens L.
Xanthium strumarium L.
Lyonia ovalifolia (Wall.) Drude
Myrsine africana L.
Jasminum humile L.
Fraxinus micrantha Lingelsh.
Olea glandulifera Desf.
Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R. Br.
Nerium odorum Soland.*
Thevetia neriifolia Juss. ex Steud.*
Plumeria rubra L.*
Tabernaemontana divaricata R. Br. ex Roem. & Schult*
Swertia chirayita (Roxb. ex Fleming) Karsten
Cynoglossum zeylanicum Thunb. ex Lehm.
Cuscuta reflexa Roxb.
|pomoea purpurea (L.) Roth
Solanum nigrum L. .
Nicandra physalodes Scop.
Lindenbergia urticifolia Lehm.
Lindernia crustacea (L.) F. Muell.
Striga asiatica (L.) Kuntze
Rhynchoglossum obliquum Blume
Aechmanthera gossypina Nees
Barleria cristata L.
Dicliptera roxburghiana Nees
Hemigraphis rupestris T. Anderson
Justicia adhatoda L.
Lepidagathis incurva Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don
Lepidagathis cuspidata Nees
Rungia pectinata (L.) Nees
Strobilanthes atropurpurea Nees
Strobilanthes dalhousieana C.B. Clarke
Thunbergia erecta T. Anders.*
Caryopteris grata Benth. & Hook.f.
Caryopteris wallichiana Schauer
Holmskioldia sanguinea Retz.*
Lantana camara L.
Verbena officinalis L.
Vitex negundo L.
Calamintha umbrosa Fisch. & C.A. Mey.
Colebrookea oppositifolia Smith
J.. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
OA. =. © ao OO. 2a he toh hee ROO. eR Es
Habit
CO 2 Ze = eo oO = Be 2 Bez = BD eS
op) op) op)
ozo too @ Ww
Local names; Uses
Fd
Kapasi; M
Gandela; M
Jhuri; M
Gajar-ghas;
M
Neelkanthi; M
Pili dudhi; M
Kumra; M
Kurou
Aanyar; Fw, M
Chupra; M
Surmarhi; M
Angu; M
Gaid; Fd, M, Mu
Kali Dudhi; M
Kaner; M
Pili kaner; Mu
Parijat; Mu
Chandni; M
Chirayita; M
Andhahuli; M
Aakash laguli; M
Kaphjlagla; Fd, M
Kirmoi; M
Tamburkya; M
Makria ghas; M
M
Agia; M
Jaundela; Mu
Saundi; M
Kuthhi; Fd, M
Mu
Basingu; M
Kalela; M
Fd
Kangdai
Mu
Karwi; Fd, M
Fd, M
Fd, M
Ramkatori; M
Kuri, Fw
Samalu; M, Mu
Birchee; M
Bindu; M
61
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Table 2: Species reported from the Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth as per Bentham and Hooker Classification (contd.)
Family
Amaranthaceae
Chenopodiaceae
Polygonaceae
Lauraceae
Proteaceae
Santalaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Urticaceae
Myricaceae
Ulmaceae
Cannabaceae
Moraceae
Corylaceae
Fagaceae
Monocotyledons
Orchidaceae
Zingiberaceae
Haemodoraceae
Amaryllidaceae
Agavaceae
62
Species
Craniotome versicolor Reich.
Coleus forskohlii Briq.
Coleus barbatus (Andr.) Benth.
Leucas /anata Benth.
Mentha piperita L.
Micromeria biflora Benth.
Nepeta discolor Royle ex Benth.
Ocimum sanctum L.
Plectranthus coetsa Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don
Plectranthus gerardianus Benth.
Plectranthus rugosus Wall.
Salvia officinalis L.
Scutellaria linearis Benth.
Teucrium royleanum Wall. ex Benth.
Achyranthes aspera L.
Chenopodium ambrosiodes L.
Rumex hastatus D. Don
Fagopyrum esculentum Moench
Cinnamomum tamala (Buch.-Ham.) T. Nees ex C.H. Eberm.*
Machilus odoratissima Nees
Grevillea robusta A. Cunn.
Osyris arborea Wall.
Andrachne cordifolia Muell.-Arg.
Bridelia retusa Spreng
Jatropha curcas L.* —
Ricinus communis L.
Euphorbia helioscopia L.
Emblica officinalis Gaertn.
Flueggea microcarpa BI.
Boehmeria platyphylla D. Don
Debregeasia hypoleuca (Steud.) Wedd.
Girardinia heterophylla Decne
Pilea scripta (Buch.-Ham. ex D. Don) Wedd.
Urtica dioica L.
Myrica nagi Thunb.*
Celtis australis L.
Cannabis sativa L.
Ficus roxburghii Wall. ex Steud.
Ficus rumphil Bl.*
Morus alba L.*
Carpinus viminea Wall. ex Lindl.
Quercus leucotrichophora A. Camus
Goodyera procera Hook.
Habenaria pectinata D. Don
Nervilia aragoana Gaud.
Zingiber officinale Roscoe
Ophiopogon intermedius D. Don.
Allium cepa L.
Allium sativum L.
Agave cantula Roxb.
Habit
an OO SS Sl =! 2 ae a Se a a Me WM a Se Be ee ee ee ae ee Se
NnnoArTNAD
=
ep}
=o
HHAAATAATrIC
Ome es 2 LS ek |
Local names; Uses
M
M
Gumma; M
Pudina; M
Ban-ajwain; M
Tulsi; M
Latjiri, Lichkuri; M
Kilmora; M
Kotu; Mu
Dalchini, Tejpat; M
Kaula; Fd
Gwiral; Mu
Bakroliya; M
Bhatla; M
Gauli; Fd, M
Pahari arand; M, Fw
Arand; M
Dudhya; M
Aonla; M, Mu
Khagsa; M, Fd
Syanru; Fd, M
Jhir Kandali, M
Chailu
Kandali; M
Kafal; Mu
Kharik; Fd, M, Mu
Bhangla; M
Timla; Fd
Kobar; Fd
Tutri; Fd, Fw
Putli; Fd, Mu
Banj; Fd, Fw
M
Adrak; M
Paiz; M, Mu
Lehsun; M, Mu
Rambans
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
Table 2: Species reported from the Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth as per Bentham and Hooker Classification (contd.)
Family Species Habit Local names; Uses
Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea belophylla Voigt C Tairu, Tarur; M, Fd
Liliaceae Asparagus racemosus Willd. S Jhiran, Satawar; M
Smilacaceae Smilax glaucophylla Klotzsch C Kukurdara; Fd, M
Araceae Arisaema flavum Schott H Meen; M
Colocasia esculenta Schott H Pindalu; Mu
Sauromatum guttatum Schott H Bhasmakhand; M
Cyperaceae Carex setigera D. Don Sg -
Carex filicina Nees Sg -
Carex wallichiana Presc. Sg -
Cyperus iria L. Sg -
Cyperus niveus Retz. Sg Murya-ghas
Eriophorum comosum Nees Sg | Babula
Kobresia sp. Willd. Sg -
Gramineae
(Poaceae) Apluda mutica L. G Tashila; Fd
Arthraxon lancifolius Hochst. G Kangulya; Fd
Arthraxon prionodes (Steud.) Dandy G Fd
Arundinella nepalensis Trin. G fae
Arundinaria falcata Nees G Ringal; Mu
Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake G Fd
Capillipedium parviflorum (R. Br.) Stapf G Nigalia ghas; Fd
Chrysopogon serrulatus Trin. G Golda; Fd
Cymbopogon distans (Nees ex Steud.) Will. Watson G Dubda; Fd
Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. G Dubla; M
Digitaria setigera Roth G Fd
Dendrocalamus strictus Nees G Bans; Mu
Erianthus filifolius Nees ex Steud. G -
Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.) C.E. Hubb. G Sabai ghas; Fd, Mu
Heteropogon melanocarpus Benth. G -
Neyraudia arundinacea (L.) Henrard G Bichhroo; Fd
Oplismenus compositus (L.) P. Beauv. G Gharia ghas; Fd
Paspalidium flavidum (Retz.) A. Camus G Fd
Pennisetum orientale Rich. G Fd
Setaria glauca P. Beauv. G Ban kauni; Fd
Setaria homonyma Chiov. G -
Sporobolus diander P. Beauv. G Sitya; Fd, Mu
GYMNOSPERMS
Cupressaceae Cupressus torulosa D. Don* ia Surayi, Luiri; Mu
Thuja orientalis L.* il Morpankhi; Mu
*Planted Species
Abbreviations used are H = Herb; S = Shrub; US = Under Shrub; C = Climber; T = Tree; ST = Small Tree; G = Graminoid; Sg = Sedge;
P = Parasite; Fw = Fuel-wood; Fd = Fodder; Tm = Timber; M = Medicinal and Mu = Multi-use
household and agricultural purposes. Uses of 32 species were
not known.
CONCLUSION
The sacred forest of Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth is rich in
plant diversity. The role of sacred groves in the maintenance
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
of biodiversity is significant, as discussed earlier. However,
the area under sacred forest is depleting due to the interplay
of an array of factors. Sacred forests were originally
maintained in the form of untouched ecosystems dedicated
to a deity, but are in recent years, looked up on as an important
source of revenue, and hence, they cannot be expected to
survive on the basis of spiritual beliefs. Therefore, there is
63
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA
an urgent need to implement rural participatory management
practices with the help of the village community, temple
authorities, and forest committees to conserve such forest
patches. The area adjacent to the grove could be developed
as a supply reserve forest to cater the needs of the locals, to
reduce pressures on the sacred grove. Generation of awareness
and participatory management are the key aspects for
conservation of sacred groves, which are the repositories of
biological diversity of the region.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are highly thankful to GB. Pant Institute of
Himalayan Environment & Development, Kosi-Katarmal,
Almora (Uttarakhand), for funding the research project
no. GBPI/IERP/03-04/07/17. We are also grateful to
the two anonymous reviewers who have made a
significant contribution to the improvement of this
manuscript.
REFERENCES
ANTHWAL, A., R.C. SHARMA & A. SHARMA (2006): Sacred Groves:
Traditional Way of Conserving Plant Diversity in Garhwal
Himalaya, Uttaranchal. The Journal of American Science 2(2):
35-43.
BENTHAM, G. & J.D. Hooker (1862-1883): Genera Plantarum. Vol. I-III.
Weldon and Wesley, Ltd. and Verlag Von J. Gramer, New York.
Pp. 644.
BuHaKAT, R.K. (2009): Chilkigarh Kanak Durga Sacred Grove,
West Bengal. Current Science 96: 185.
Buakat, R.K., U.K. SEN & P.K. PAnopir (2008): Role of a sacred grove
in conservation of plants. Indian Forester 134: 866-874.
CHANDRAKANTH, M.G. & J. Romm (1991): Sacred forests, secular forest
policies and people’s actions. Natural Resources Journal 31(4):
741-756.
CHANDRAKANTH, M.G., M.G. Boat & M.S. Accavva (2004): Socio-
economic changes and sacred groves in south India: Protecting
a community based resource management institution. Natural
Resources Forum 28(2): 102-111.
CHANDRAN, M.D.S., M. Gapom & J.D. HuGues (1998): Sacred groves
of the Western Ghats of India. Pp. 211-231. Jn: Ramakrishnan,
P.S., K.G. Saxena and U.M. Chandrashekhara (Eds): Conserving
the Sacred for Biodiversity Management. Oxford and IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
Dash, S.S. (2005): Kabi sacred grove of North Sikkim. Current Science
89: 427-429.
Dasu, S.S. & A.S. CHAUHAN (2002): Kabi Sacred Grove in Sikkim —
relevance to conservation. Pp. 713-731. In: Das, A.P. (Ed.):
Perspectives of Plant Biodiversity. Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal
Singh, Dehradun.
GapoiL, M. & V.D. VARTAK (1976): Sacred groves in Western Ghats in
India. Economic Botany 30: 152-160.
GapaiL, M., G UTKARSH & P. PRAmop (1996): Genus Ficus — Trees of
Life. The Hindu Sur Env. 13: 171-175.
HARIDASAN, K. & P.R. RAo (1985): Forest Flora of Meghalaya. Vols 1 &
2. Bishen Singh and Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun. 937 pp.
64
JAIN, S.K. & R.R. Rao (1977): A Handbook of Field and Herbarium
Methods. Today and Tomorrow’s Printers and Publishers,
New Delhi. 157 pp.
Jamir, S.A. & H.N. PANDEY (2002): Status of biodiversity in the sacred
groves of Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya. The Indian Forester 59(5):
738-744.
JAMIR, S.A. & H.N. PANDEY (2003): Vascular plant diversity in the sacred
groves of Jaintia Hills in northeast India. Biodiversity and
Conservation 12(7): 1497-1510.
KHAN, L.M., S. MENon & K.S. Bawa (1997): Effectiveness of the
protected area network in biodiversity conservation: A case-study
of Meghalaya state. Biodiversity and Conservation 6: 853-868.
KosamsI, D.D. (1962): Myth and Reality. Popular Press, Bombay.
Pp. 72)
LaLoo, R.C., L. KHARLUKHI, S. JEEVA & B.P. Misura (2006): Sacred
forests of Meghalaya as a treasure house of medicinal plants:
Effect of disturbance on population structure and natural
regeneration of important species. Current Science 90(2):
225-2372.
Rawat, MEGHA, H.B. VASISTHA, R.K. MANHAS & M. Neci (2011): Sacred
forest of Kunjapuri Siddhapeeth, Uttarakhand, India. Tropical
Ecology 52(2): 219-221.
SUKUMARAN, S. & S. JEEvA (2008): A floristic study on miniature sacred
forests at Agastheeshwaram, southern peninsular India. Eur Asia
J. Bio Sci. 2: 66-72.
SUKUMARAN, S., S. JEEVA, A.D.S. Rar & D. KANNAN (2008): Floristic
diversity, conservation status and economic value of miniature
sacred groves in Kanyakumari district, Tamil Nadu, southern
Peninsular India. Turk J. Bot. 32: 185-199.
Upapnaya, K. (2002): Study on plant diversity and ecosystem function
in sacred groves of Meghalaya. Ph. D. Thesis, NEHU, Shillong,
India.
Upapuaya, K., H.N. PANbDEy, P.S. LAw & R.S. Tripatut (2003): Tree
diversity in sacred groves of Jaintia hills in Meghalaya, north-
east India. Biodiversity and Conservation 12: 583-597.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
65-70
NEW DESCRIPTION
A NEW SPECIES OF NOTASPIDIELLA BOUCEK (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE)
WITH A KEY TO SPECIES AND NOTES ON KNOWN SPECIES
*
T.C. NARENDRAN!*”, ABHILASH PeTer!*, K. Nikuit!* AND Minu Mouan!”
!All India Coordinated Project on Taxonomy & Capacity Building (AICOPTAX); Western Ghats Regional Centre, Zoological Survey
of India, Kozhikode 673 006, Kerala, India.
*Email: drtcnrendran @ yahoo.com
3Email: abhilashpeter@ gmail.com
‘Email: kizhakayilnikhil @ gmail.com
-Email: minumohan86 @rediffmail.com
“Corresponding author
The genus Notaspidiella Bouéek (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) is briefly reviewed with description of a new species
N. shyamagatra Narendran sp. nov. from India. A key to species of Notaspidiella is also provided. The genus
Neoirichohalticella Narendran is downgraded as a subgenus of Notaspidiella Bouéek.
Key words: Notaspidiella, Chalcidoidea, Hymenoptera, Key, new species, review
INTRODUCTION
The genus Notaspidiella was erected by Bouéek (1988)
based on the type species Irichohalticella tirathabae Ferriére.
The genus consists of three species, namely N. tirathabae
(Ferriere) (1933) from Java, N. frater (Masi 1917) from
Seychelles, and N. clavata Narendran and Konishi (2004)
from Thailand. In this paper, a new species N. shyamagatra
Narendran is described and the species Neoirichohalticella
sringeriensis Narendran (Narendran et al. 2006) is transferred
to Notaspidiella Bouéek (comb. nov.). Diagnoses of all the
known species and a key to species are provided. Bouéek
(1988) stated that the genus Notaspidiella is known from
Seychelles, Mauritius, Sarawak, and east Malaysia. The
holotype of the new species described in this paper is deposited
in the Regional Centre of Zoological Survey of India,
Kozhikode (ZSIK).
Abbreviations used: AOL = distance between anterior
ocellus and a posterior ocellus; F1 to F7 = funicular segments
1 to 7; L= length; MS = Malar space; MV= Marginal vein;
OOL = minimum distance between eye and posterior ocellus;
POL = minimum distance between posterior ocelli; T1 to T6
= tergites of gaster 1 to 6; W= width.
Acronyms of depositories: BMNH = The Natural
History Museum, London; ZSIC = Zoological Survey of India,
Kolkata; ZSIK = The Western Ghats Regional Centre of
Zoological Survey of India, Kozhikode.
Notaspidiella Bouéek
Notaspidiella Bouéek, 1988: 56. Type species
Trichohalticella tirathabae Ferriére (1933: 87).
Neoirichohalticella Narendran 2006 (Narendran et al.
2006). (Type species Neoirichohalticella sringeriensis
Narendran). Downgraded here to subgenus: syn. nov. and stat.
nov.
Diagnosis: Head with antennae inserted close to
mouth; clypeus usually turned down ventrally (Fig. 4)
[in N. sringeriensis produced forward (Fig. 22)]; scutellum
dorsally almost flat, its apex distinctly produced posteriorly
(Figs 11 and 12) jutting over propodeum; propodeum
horizontal; gaster broadly sessile; T1 and T2 fused in nominal
subgenus Notaspidiella and not fused in subgenus
Neoirichohalticella Narendran (stat. nov.). T1 with anterior
cross carina and behind it with at least 2 submedian carinae
and 2 sublateral carinae or with several carinae or occasionally
with additional striae; apex of gaster in female acuminate; in
male T6 with strong dorsal tooth or tubercle (Boucek 1988).
Hosts: N. tirathabae is parasitic on Tirathaba rufivena
Walker (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in Java (Ferriére 1933).
N. clavata is recorded from Sitophilus sp. (Coleoptera) from
Thailand (Konishi et al. 2004).
Distribution: Seychelles, Thailand, Mauritius,
Malaysia (Boucek 1988; Konishi et al. 2004), India (present
record).
Remarks: As a result of discovery of more variation in
the characters of Notaspidiella, the genus Neoirichohalticella
Narendran must be considered as a subgenus of Notaspidiella
Bouéek. Hence, the genus Neoirichohalticella Narendran
(Narendran et al. 2006) is hereby downgraded (stat. nov.) as a
subgenus of Notaspidiella Boucéek.
The genus Notaspidiella comes very close to
Trichohalticella Cameron (1912) in having T1 with anterior
cross carina and behind it with at least 2-4, or rarely more
longitudinal carinae. However, it differs from Jrichohalticella
NEW DESCRIPTION
in having apex of scutellum angulate and produced over the
propodeum, whereas in /richohalticella the scutellum has a
rounded apex. It is also close to Notaspidium (Dalla Torre
1897), but differs in having hind femur with long comb of
teeth starting from a subbasal tooth, whereas in Notaspidium
the comb of teeth starts from the middle with larger tooth.
It resembles Nearretocera Girault (1913) in having the
comb of hind femur long, beginning from proximal tooth
situated in about basal third of ventral edge but differs from
Nearretocera in having: MV short and situated away from
anterior margin (Figs 8, 12), in Nearretocera MV long
[Fig. 52 of Boucek (1988)] and virtually on the margin. Besides
this, the forewing is without infuscate band (in Nearretocera
forewing with double bands); and apex of scutellum produced
over the propodeum as a horn (in Nearretocera apex of
scutellum is not produced over propodeum as a horn or
projection).
It resembles Nipponochalcidia Habu (1976) in having
T1 anteriorly with raised cross-carina and behind it
longitudinal carinae or striae, but Nipponochalcidia differs
from Notaspidiella in having apex of scutellum not produced
over propodeum and MV almost close to anterior margin of
wing, almost touching it; and propodeum with distinct
submedian and sublateral carinae.
Key TO SPECIES OF NOTASPIDIELLA BOUCEK
(Based on females)
ik T1 distinctly delimited or separately marked (Figs 9, 21),
(iguliform), not reaching middle of gaster. Subgenus
Neoirichohalticella Narendran (stat. NOV.) .............s00000000 2
— TI fused with T2 (Fig. 19) (not liguliform). Nominal
subgenus: NOtaspidielld BOUCEK q. gesi.i.csccsussnomscnecobaelens A.
iz: Clypeus and mandibles produced forward (Fig. 22); antenna
reddish-yellow with median part of funicle pale blackish (Fig.
21); width of lower margin of head 0.51x width of head in
anterior view. India ....... ee N. sringeriensis (Narendran)
— Clypeus and mandibles not produced forward; antenna
(Fig. 4) black with base and apex of scape and clava dark
brown with reddish tinge; width of lower margin of head
narrower than in alternate (Figs 2, 14). India................... 3
Be T1 with dense striae besides longitudinal carinae (Figs 9,
10); T2 sparsely pitted (Figs 9, 10); propodeum without
longitudinal carinae; antenna (Fig. 4) black with base and
apex of scape and clava dark brown with reddish tinge. India
ae euinish sauce Sue sas neEa N. shyamagatra Narendran, sp. nov.
— TI with 8 to 10 longitudinal carinae, but not densely striate
as above; T2 with large close pits (Fig. 20); propodeum with
submedian and sublateral carinae; antenna mostly blackish
with scape and pedicel reddish-yellow. Seychelles............
BU cateere meee eg tpiat 2s pitas seed dul gu ule eae Res N. frater (Masi)
4. Antennal clava undivided; MS almost as long as eye height;
metapleuron strongly reticulate; metasoma as long as
mesosoma; projected apex of scutellum 0.2x remaining
length of scutellum. Java, Sri Lanka, Philippines, Sumatra
Me Satin Mee R By Rie: 2 DARN CRE AD N. tirathabae (Ferriére).
— Clava distinctly three segmented; MS (Fig. 12) shorter than
height of eye (7:11); metapleuron densely pitted and not
reticulate; metasoma longer than mesosoma; projected part
of scutellum 0.31x remaining length of scutellum. Thailand
ati said aici dae ee cencee ts N. clavata Narendran & Konishi
1. Notaspidiella (Neoirichohalticella) shyamagatra
Narendran, sp. nov. (Figs 1-11)
Female (holotype): Length 4.08 mm. Body black
except as follows: base and apex of scape and clava dark
brown with reddish tinge; fore and mid trochanters, apices of
fore and mid femora, bases and apices of fore and mid tibiae
reddish brown; all tarsi brown; wings hyaline with yellowish
tinge, veins brown; pubescence of wings brown; pubescence
of body silvery.
Head: Head width (Fig. 2), in anterior view, 1.21x its
height (104:86); head width (Fig. 3) in dorsal view, 2.3x its
length (103:45); MS 0.7x eye height in profile (28:39); eye
length equal to MS (28:28); POL 1.93x OOL (27:14); AOL
shorter than OOL (12:14); with close umbilicate pits,
interstices carinate; scrobe reaching anterior ocellus, with
17-21 cross carinae; interantennal projection protruding
anteriorly (Fig. 4); preorbital carina reaching vertex but not
curving behind anterior ocellus. Antennal formula 11173;
inserted far below lower ocular line (Fig. 4); length between
apex of clava and apex of scape longer than head width in
dorsal view (113: 103); relative L:W of antennal segments:
scape = S7-1l; pedicel = 18-9: anellus = 7:9 Fl-= 540:
F2=CG1P Po HO Foe Lae FS Sal 12: POS Fri
FY = 1d? clayva = 26212,
Mesosoma: Mesosoma (Fig. 5) 3.5x as long as wide
(185:53); pronotum 1.73x as wide as its length (104:60), with
close umbilicate pits, interstices carinate; mesoscutum with
similar sculpture to pronotum, but interstices ecarinate and
rugulose in posterior median part and in middle area of
scapula; scutellum 1.1x as long as wide, with close umbilicate
pits, interstices ecarinate, space between pits shorter than half
diameter of a pit; apex of scutellum projecting over
propodeum (Fig. 11); tegula densely pubescent; propodeum
horizontal, coarsely and irregularly pitted (Fig. 6); width of
propodeum 1.93x its length (77:40); mesepisternum concave
with pits and striae; mesepimeron (Fig. 1) closely pitted with
interstices carinate. Forewing (Fig. 8) 2.7x as long as wide
(250:92), pilose which becomes sparse basally, with two white
streaks (Fig. 8); MV distinctly removed from anterior wing
66
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
NEW DESCRIPTION
Figs 1-11: Notaspidiella shyamagatra Narendran sp. nov. Female: 1. Body profile; 2. Head anterior view; 3. Head and pronotum dorsal view;
4. Antenna and head side view; 5. Mesosoma dorsal view; 6. Propodeum; 7. Hind leg; 8. Forewing; 9. Gaster dorsal view;
10. T1 and part of T2 dorsal view; 11. Scutellum side view
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013 67
NEW DESCRIPTION
margin. Hind coxa 2.5x as long as width (42:17), dorsal side
smooth, remaining part with micropits and pubescence; hind
femur length 2.2x its width (107:48), with dense minute pits
(Fig. 7), interstices smooth and shiny, lower edge with
subbasal sharp tooth behind which dense comb of teeth
slightly curves before ascending on subapical lobe; length of
subbasal large tooth 0.33x width of hind tibia. Hind tibia 5.4x
as long as wide (98:18), apex with 2 spurs, each spur as long
as hind metatarsus. Hind metatarsus equal in size to second
tarsal segment, third tarsal segment shorter than second but
equal to fourth; fifth tarsal segment 1.9x as long as fourth;
each claw shorter than fourth tarsal segment (8:9).
Metasoma: Gaster broadly sessile (Fig. 9); T1 not fused
to T2, with dense longitudinal striae and carinae (Figs 9, 10),
length of striated area 0.84x length of T1 (52:62). T2 longer
than TI (112:62). Relative L:W of ‘tergites : Tl = 62:85;
T= Pas ts = eee. 14 = 12:54, 15 =] 1041.
T6 = 14:32; epipygium = 13:18; ovipositor sheath = 17:9.
Male: Unknown.
Host: Unknown.
Distribution: INp1A: Kerala.
Material examined: Holotype, female: INp1a: Kerala,
Kannur district, Aralam Wildlife Sanctuary [11° 54'-11° 9'N
and 75° 47'-75° 57' E], 12.x.2012, malaise trap set by Abilash,
Nikhil, and Minu (ZSIK).
Etymology: The species name ‘shyamagatra’ is taken
from Sanskrit meaning black body.
Remarks: This is a unique species with T1 delimited
and with strong striae and carinae (Figs 9, 10) by which this
species can be separated from all other known species of
Notaspidiella. Irichohalticella pilosella Cameron (1912), the
type (Male: No.5.300 B.M.) of which one of us (TCN)
examined in 1980 at BMNH, shows close resemblance to this
species in having similar type of striae and carinae on base of
gaster but differs from N. shyamagatra in having T1 fused
with T2 (in N. shyamagatra T1 not fused); apex of scutellum
rounded and not jutting out over propodeum (generic
difference) (in N. shyamagatra apex of scutellum produced
posteriorly and jutting over propodeum (generic difference).
2. Notaspidiella (Notaspidiella) clavata Narendran &
Konishi (Figs 12-18)
Notaspidiella clavata Narendran & Konishi, in Konishi
et al., 2004: 34. Holotype Female, Thailand (ZSIC)
(examined).
Diagnosis: Female: Length 2.65—3.1mm. Black except
the following: base and apex of scape brown; all trochanters,
bases and apices of fore and mid femora and tibiae, apical
dorso-lateral part of hind tibia dark yellowish-brown with a
slight reddish tinge; apical part of hypopygium yellowish
brown; all tarsi yellowish brown. Scrobe (Fig. 14) cross
reticulate; POL 3-4x OOL (Fig. 15); MS 0.5—6x eye height
in profile (Fig. 12). Pedicel 2.25x as long as Fl. Mesosoma
(Fig. 17) with distinct close setigerous pits, interstices smooth
Figs 12-18: Notaspidiella clavata Narendran & Lambert: Female: 12. Body profile; 13. Dorsal view of body; 14. Head anterior view;
15. Head and pronotum dorsal view; 16. Hind leg; 17. Scutellum and propodeum dorsal view; 18. Fused T1 and T2 dorsal view
68
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
NEW DESCRIPTION
and shiny except an anterior marginal area of mesoscutum,
where pits are relatively smaller (Fig. 13) and interstices
rugulose; apex of scutellum narrow and acuminate, projecting
over propodeum (Figs 13, 17); propodeum (Fig. 18) with
submedian and sublateral carinae; Metasoma broadly sessile,
approximately 1.1x length of mesosoma; Tl and T2 fused
(Fig. 18), with 2 submedian and 2 lateral carinae; all carinae
separated from each other with deep depression at base;
hypopygium exceeding well beyond middle of Metasoma.
Male: Length 2.05 mm. Similar to female. T6 with
strong dorsal tooth directed posteriorly.
Host: Collected from Sitophilus sp. in rice storage.
Probably secondary parasite (Konishi et al. 2004).
Distribution: Thailand.
Remarks: This species approaches N. tirathabae
(Ferriére) in general appearance but differs from N. tirathabae
in having: 1. clava distinctly 3-segmented (clava undivided
in N. tirathabae); 11. MS 0.5—0.6x height of eye in profile
(an N. tirathabae MS almost as long as eye height);
11. metapleuron closely pitted (Fig. 13) (in N. tirathabae
metapleuron strongly reticulate); and iv. metasoma distinctly
longer than mesosoma (in WN. tirathabae metasoma as long as
mesosoma).
3. Notaspidiella (Notaspidiella) tirathabae (Ferriére)
Irichohalticella tirathabae Ferriére, 1933: 87.
Holotype Female (BMNH No.5-301) Java (examined)
Notaspidiella tirathabae (Ferriére). Bouéek, 1988: 87.
Diagnosis: Female: Length 2.6—2.8 mm. Black except
the following: apex of fore femur, apices of all tibiae, all tarsi,
brownish; remaining parts of legs blackish brown. MS almost
as long as eye height; OOL shorter than diameter of a posterior
ocellus; pedicel 1.75x as long as F1; F2 a little longer than
F2 (4:3.5). F4, F5, F6, and F7 of equal length; Fl to F7
gradually widening; clava 3x as long as F7 and longer than
combined length of F6 and F7 (12:8). Mesosoma 1.6x as long
as its width; mesoscutum length 0.71x length of scutellum;
scutellum length including apical projection 1.14x its width,
apical projection length 0.2x of remaining length of scutellum;
apical projection of scutellum jutting over metanotum and
slightly over base of propodeum; propodeum with submedian
and sublateral carinae, horizontal with weak cross carinae;
propleuron and mesopleuron rugulose; metapleuron strongly
reticulate. Metasoma as long as mesosoma, 2.4x as long as
its width; Tl fused with T2, with 2 submedian and 2 lateral
carinae, all carinae separated by depressions at base; length
of a submedian carina 0.46x length of fused Tland T2; one
cercal seta longer than next longer seta on each side.
Male: Length 2.2 mm. Similar to female except pedicel
not longer than its width; clava as long as F6 and F7 combined.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Host: Recorded breeding on cocoons of Apanteles
tirathabae Walker (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), from pupa
of Tirathaba rufivena Walker (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).
Distribution: Sri Lanka, Philippines, and Sumatra
(Boucek 1988; Ferriere 1933; Noyes 2013).
Remarks: This species comes near N. clavata in general
appearance but differs from it in having: i. Clava unsegmented
(in N. clavata clava 3 segmented); 11. MS almost as long as
eye height in profile (in NV. clavata MS distinctly shorter (7:11)
than height of eye; i11. Metasoma as long as mesosoma
(in NV. clavata metasoma longer than mesosoma); iv. projected
apex of scutellum 0.2x remaining length of scutellum
(in N. clavata projected part of scutellum 0.31x remaining
length of scutellum).
4. Notaspidiella (Neoirichohalticella) frater (Masi),
comb. nov. (Figs 19, 20)
Hybothorax frater Masi, 1917, 1917: 134. Holotype
Female, Seychelles (BMNH) (examined) Notaspidiella frater
(Masi): Boucek, 1988: 57.
Diagnosis: Female: Length 2.6 mm. Black except for
the following: eyes chestnut brown (Masi 1917), scape,
pedicel, fore and mid legs (except coxae), base and apex of
femora, apex of hind tibia and entire tarsi reddish yellow.
Head not wider than mesosoma (19:20) (excluding tegula);
scrobe cross striate with upper part minutely strigulose;
occiput with tibia. Metasoma as long as mesosoma; T1
distinctly delimited with 10 longitudinal carinae; T2 distinctly
pitted with large close pits (Figs 19, 20).
Host: Unknown
Distribution: Seychelles.
Figs 19-20: Notaspidiella frater (Masi) Female:
19. Body dorsal view; 20. Scutellum, T1 and T2.
69
NEW DESCRIPTION
Remarks: This species comes close to Notaspidiella
shyamagatra Narendran, sp. nov. in having T1 delimited, apex
of scutellum similar, and sculpture on mesoscutum similar.
However, N. frater differs from N. shyamagatra in having:
i. T1 not striate but carinate with 10 longitudinal carinae
(in N. shyamagatra T1 striate and carinate); 11. T2 with
large close pits (Figs 20, 21) (in N. shyamagatra T2 weakly
and sparsely pitted as in Fig. 9), and iii. length of large
subbasal tooth of hind femur 0.6x width of hind tibia
(in N. shyamagatra subbasal tooth of hind femur 0.33x width
of hind tibia).
5. Notaspidiella (Neoirichohalticella) sringeriensis
(Narendran) comb. nov., stat. nov. (Figs 21, 22)
Neoirichohalticella sringeriensis Narendran 2006 (in
Narendran et al. 2006), Holotype female, India (ZSIK)
(examined).
Diagnosis: Length 4 mm. Body black except as follows:
Clava pale brownish yellow; pedicel pale reddish brown;
scape reddish brown with base and apex pale brownish yellow;
radicula pale brownish yellow; fore and mid trochanters,
Figs 21-22: Notaspidiella sringeriensis (Narendran) Female:
21. Head side view; 22. Head anterior view
apices of fore and mid femora, bases and apices of fore and
mid tibiae brownish yellow; apex of hind tibia pale brown;
all tarsi yellow. Head width in anterior view 1.12x its height
(84:75); head width in dorsal view 2x its length (8:4); POL
2x OOL (20:10); AOL 2.5x OOL (25:10); MS 0.7x eye height
(27:41); eye length 0.96x eye height (27:28); clypeus and
mandibles projecting forward (Fig. 21); antenna as in Fig.
21. Mesosoma tegula pubescent; sculpture on mesoscutum,
and scutellum projecting over propodeum; propodeum with
irregular pits; plicae and submedian carinae weakly distinct.
T1 with dense distinct longitudinal carinae (not striate).
Male: Unknown.
Host: Unknown.
Distribution: tNp1IA: Karnataka (Sringeri).
Material examined: Holotype.
Remarks: This species resembles N. shyamagatra
in general appearance but differs from it in having:
i. Clypeus and mandibles projecting forward (Fig. 22)
(in N. shyamagatra clypeus and mandibles hidden beneath
and not projecting; 11. Tl more carinate and not striate
(in N. shyamagatra T1 more striate than carinate).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to the Ministry of Environment and
Forests, Government of India, New Delhi, for a grant under
AICOPTAX. We thank the Director, Zoological Survey of
India and Officer in Charge of the Western Ghats Regional
Centre of ZSIK for facilities to work. We thank Dr. Natalie
Dale-Skey Papilloud (BMNH, London) and Dr. S. Sheela
(ZSIC, Kolkata) for sending photographs of N. frater and
N. clavata respectively. We thank Prof. M. Hayat (Aligarh)
for critically going through the paper .
REFERENCES
Boucexk, Z. (1988): Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). A
biosystematic revision of genera of fourteen families, with a
reclassification of species. CAB International, Wallingford,
Oxon, U.K.; Cambrian News Ltd, Aberystwyth, Wales. 832 pp.
CAMERON, P. (1912): On a collection of parasitic Hymenoptera (chiefly
bred) made by Mr. Walter W. Froggatt F.L.S., in New South
Wales, with descriptions of new genera and species. Part ii.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 36: 637.
Da.iLA Torre, K.W. van (1897): Zur Nomenclatur der Chalcididen-
Genera. Wiener Entomologische Zeitung 16: 87.
FERRIERE, C. (1933): Chalcidoid and proctotrupoid parasites of pests of
the coconut palm. Stylops 2(4): 86-96.
GiRAULT, A.A. (1913): Some chalcidoid Hymenoptera from north
Queensland. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte (A) 79(6): 84.
70
Hau, A. (1976): A new species of Euchalcidia from the Ogasawaras,
Japan, with the description of a new genus (Hymenoptera,
Chalcididae). Mushi 49(2): 22-23.
KonlisHI, K., T.C. NARENDRAN, T. IMAMURA & P. VISARATHANONTH (2004):
Chalcididae (Hymenoptera) from rice stores in Thailand, with
description of two new species. Entomological Science 7(1):
34-36.
Mas, L. (1917): Chalcididae of the Seychelles Islands. (With an
appendix by J.J. Kieffer) Novitates Zoologicae 24: 121-230.
NARENDRAN, T.C., K. SUDHEER, P.A. SINU & D. PRIYADARSHAN (2006): A
new genus of Chalcididae (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) from
Karnataka, India. Journal of Ecobiology 18(2): 157-159.
Noyes, J.S. (2013): Universal Chalcidoidea Database. World Wide Web
electronic publication. http://www.nhm.ac.uk/chalcidoids.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
71-92
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. FIRST PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD OF THE INDIAN MOUSE DEER MOSCHIOLA INDICA
IN KANHA TIGER RESERVE, CONFIRMING ITS OCCURRENCE IN CENTRAL INDIA
UsswaL Kumar!**, Nena Awastut!?, ANUP PRADHAN!*, QAMAR QurRESHI’? AND Y.V. JHALA’®
‘Wildlife Institute of India, P.O. Box # 18, Chandrabani, Dehradun 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
7Email: ujjwal @ wii.gov.in, ujjwalsinha00 @ gmail.com
7Email: neha @ wii.gov.in
‘Email: anup @ wii.gov.in
-Email: qnq@ wii.gov.in
°Email: jhalay @ wii.gov.in
*Corresponding author
Mouse deer are poorly known ungulates due to their
nocturnal, rare, and elusive nature. They are taxonomically
classified under Family Tragulidae, an ancient group of
primitive ruminants, with history dating back to the Miocene
(Gentry and Hooker 1988; Groves and Meijaard 2005; Webb
and Taylor 1980). There are two extant genera, Moschiola
and Tragulus, which occur in the South and Southeast Asian
region (Meijaard and Groves 2004). Recent taxonomic
revision by Groves and Meijaard (2005) has separated the
Indian species of mouse deer as Moschiola indica. Based on
phylogenetic species concept, it has been segregated from
Moschiola memina, which is now restricted to parts of
Sri Lanka.
The Indian Mouse Deer Moschiola indica 1s one of the
smallest ungulate species. It is found in tropical moist
deciduous and evergreen forests of peninsular India. Its
distribution is still uncertain due to poor sighting records.
The present distribution, based largely on anecdotal
@ Mouse Deer Capture
* Camera Trap Locations
[| Kanha National Park
[__] Ranges(Kanha Tiger Reserve ) FOR AT ei
20 Kilometers
J
Fig. 1: Camera trap locations at study site
observations by authors, or through interaction with forest
officials, is said to be Tamil Nadu and Kerala in the south,
and north to at least 24° N, i.e., southernmost parts of
Rajasthan, central Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand, and Odisha
(formerly Orissa) (Prater 1971). Champion (1929) strongly
doubted its occurrence in northern India and Nepal, and
originated a common view on its northern limit being at about
24° N. However, Mitchell and Punzo (1976) later recorded
its occurrence in Nepal by direct observation of a live
specimen in a Sal Shorea robusta patch in Banke district,
and obtained a partial skeleton from a hunter. However, this
record was overlooked by Groves and Meijaard (2005) in
their paper on the species.
Recent reliable information to confirm its presence in
central India is lacking, where it has not been photographed
for the last 100 years. The last record and photograph of the
species was taken by Brook (1906) in January 1905 in Raipur
district of the Central Provinces, which now lies in
Chhattisgarh state. However, Champion (1929) and
Krishnan (1972) had confirmed its presence in Mandla
district, Madhya Pradesh — through information generated
by interaction with the locals and forest guards. Ghose and
Bhattacharya (1995) made an inventory of fauna of Kanha
Tiger Reserve, but gave the status of Indian Mouse Deer as
unknown, with no evidence recorded. During a survey in
Kanha, in 2010, we gathered that forest and other locals
had never seen the Indian Mouse Deer Moschiola indica in
and around Kanha Tiger Reserve. However, subsequently
on camera-trapping from 2010 to 2013 we obtained four
photographs of the species in four ranges of Kanha Tiger
Reserve.
We used 140 camera traps with an average trap distance
of 1.8 km in the Tiger Reserve, covering all the ranges, a
total of 700 sq. km (Fig. 1). The first photograph (ed.:
photographic evidence provided) was obtained in the
Dhawajhandi, Kisli range (22° 14' 3.8" N; 80° 34' 57.4" EB),
on June 29, 2010, but the photograph was not clear. After
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 2: Moschiola indica photographed on March 12, 2012,
in Deotalai, Kanha range
that, we got clear photographs on March 12, 2012, (Fig. 2) in
Deotalai, Kanha range (22° 17' 58.0" N; 80° 42' 21.4" E), and
again on January 19, 2012 (ed.: photographic evidence
provided) in Pongapani, Bhaisanghat range (22° 8'51.14" N;
80° 45' 22.17" E). These records confirm the presence of the
Indian Mouse Deer in Kanha Tiger Reserve, and suggest the
potential of the moist deciduous forest of Central India as a
stronghold for the species and its habitat if there is good
protection.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to acknowledge National Tiger
Conservation Authority for providing funding support.
Shri H.S. Negi and Shri J.S. Chauhan, Field Directors,
Dr. Rakesh Shukla, Research Officer, Kanha Tiger Reserve,
for providing logistic support. Director of Wildlife Institute
of India is acknowledged for providing permission to carry
out the study.
REFERENCES
Brook, FE. (1906): The Indian Chevrotain or Mouse Deer (7ragulus
meminna). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 16(4): 739.
CHAMPION, S.W. (1929): The distribution of the mouse-deer (Moschiola
meminna). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 33(4): 985-986.
GENTRY, A.W. & J.J. HOOKER (1988): The phylogeny of the Artiodactyla.
Pp. 235-272, Chapter 9. In: Benton, J. (Ed.): The phylogeny
and classification of the tetrapods, Volume 2. Systematics
Association special volume 35B. Clarendon Press, Broadbridge.
GuosE, R.K. & T.P. BHATTACHARYA (1995): Fauna of Kanha tiger reserve,
Madhya Pradesh. Pp. 93-117. In: Ghose, A.K. (Ed.): Fauna of
conservation area No. 7. ZSI, Calcutta.
Groves, C.P. & E. MEWAARD (2005): Interspecific variation in Moschiola,
the Indian Chevrotain. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 12: 413-442.
KRISHNAN, M. (1972): An ecological survey of the larger mammals of
peninsular India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 322-349.
MEIAARD, E. & C.P. Groves (2004): A taxonomic revision of the
Tragulus mouse-deer (Artiodactyla). Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 140:
63-102.
MITCHELL, R. & F. Punzo (1976): New mammal records from Nepal.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 73(1): 54-58.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn. Bombay
Natural History Society and Oxford University Press, Bombay,
India. Pp. 296.
Wess, S.D. & B.E. TayLor (1980): The phylogeny of hornless ruminants
and a description of the cranium of Archaeomeryx. Bull.
American Mus. Nat. Hist. 167:121—154.
2. STATUS OF IRRAWADDY DOLPHIN ORCAELLA BREVIROSTRIS GRAY, 1866 AND
GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN PLATANISTA GANGETICA ROXBURGH, 1801
IN THE WATER CHANNELS OF SUNDARBAN TIGER RESERVE, INDIA
MAnas P. MANIJREKAR!’* AND CHARLES LEO PRABU!?
‘Wildlife Institute of India, PO. Box No. 18, Chandrabani, Dehradun, 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
"Email: charlesleo.prabu @ gmail.com
*Address for correspondence: 303, B-wing, Manorama Apt, Gurumandir Road, Dombivli (East) 421 201, District Thane,
Maharashtra, India. Email: manas.manas86@ gmail.com
The Sundarbans are the world’s largest mangrove forest
situated in the delta of the Ganga-Brahmaputra-Meghna river
systems (Chakrabarti 1992). They comprise innumerable
islands with a huge network of small rivers and channels.
Around 38% of the area of Sundarbans lies in India and the
rest in Bangladesh (Mitra 2000). There are historical reports
of the presence of Ganges River Dolphin (Platanista
te
gangetica Roxburgh, 1801) and Irrawaddy Dolphin (Orcaella
brevirostris Gray, 1866) in the water channels of the Indian
Sundarbans (Anderson 1879; Jones 1982), but for the Indian
Sundarbans, there has been no detailed study on the status,
distribution or abundance of these cetaceans. The situation is
somewhat different for Bangladesh Sundarbans, as the
distributional patterns and abundance estimates for these two
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
cetacean species are available for the entire delta (Smith et
al. 2006).
In February 2010, a study was initiated in the Sundarban
Tiger Reserve (STR) of India to estimate its tiger population.
As a part of this exercise, boat transects were carried out to
estimate the animal sign encounter rates along the banks of
the forested islands from February to mid-May 2010.
Sundarban Tiger Reserve is divided into a buffer zone and
core zone. The buffer zone comprises two ranges, namely the
Sajnekhali Wildlife Sanctuary and the Bashirhat Range. The
core zone comprises the National Park, which also consists
of two ranges, namely National Park West and National Park
East. Together the Sajnekhali range and the National Park
West range comprise the western part of STR. Surveys were
carried out only in the western part of STR due to logistic
constraints. During the transect surveys, dolphin sightings
were also recorded. The boat transects were conducted during
the early morning, late afternoon, and evening hours, during
which the speed of the mechanised boat was maintained at
around 4.5 km/hr, and at any time there were two observers
looking out for signs. A total of 237.8 km of boat transects
were done: 117.3 km in Sajnekhali Wildlife Sanctuary and
120.5 km in National Park West range.
During the surveys, eight groups of Irrawaddy Dolphin
totalling 14 individuals were sighted and there was only one
sighting of the Ganges River Dolphin, a single individual.
Among the Irrawaddy Dolphin groups sighted, three were
sighted in Sajnekhali Range (Dattar beat) and five in National
Park West range (four in Netidhopani beat and one in Haldibari
beat). The single sighting of a lone Ganges River Dolphin
was in the Matla river area that adjoins Netidhopani beat.
During the survey, a group of three dolphins was also sighted
which could not be identified. For the Irrawaddy Dolphin,
the mean group size was 1.75 (SE = 0.25, range = 1-3)
and the encounter rate was 0.06 dolphins/linear kilometre
(SE = 0.02). Since these transects were concerned with tiger
signs (Signs of Tiger and its prey species) on the mud banks
of the islands and were not specifically designed for a cetacean
survey, it is possible that some of the cetacean surfacing was
not recorded. Hence, the encounter rates estimated are likely
to be negatively biased.
Apart from the survey, while passing through the
National Park East range (eastern part of STR) two groups of
Irrawaddy Dolphin were sighted; one sighting of three animals
in Chamta, and two in Baghmara. There was also a single
sighting of the Indo-Pacific Hump-backed Dolphin (Sousa
chinensis Osbeck, 1765) in the water channels of the National
Park West range (Haldibari beat).
In the past few decades, the freshwater inflow in the
western parts of Sundarbans has declined considerably due
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
to the silting-up of the sources of all the rivers that flow
into this region of the delta (Gopal and Chauhan 2006). The
Farakka Barrage, built in 1974 on the River Ganga in India,
has significantly contributed to this problem (Rahman 1986),
and the increased salinity of the river waters in the
Sundarbans has decreased the habitat for the Ganges River
Dolphin (Reeves et al. 1993). A study conducted in the
Bangladesh Sundarbans reported that Irrawaddy Dolphins
occur in the western, high-salinity part of Bangladesh
Sundarbans, while the Ganges River Dolphin occurs in the
eastern low-salinity part, mostly in the upstream regions
which received freshwater inflows (Smith et al. 2006). A
study in STR (Mallick 2011) reported the occurrence of the
Ganges River Dolphin in the upper reaches of the River
Raimangal (eastern part of Indian Sundarbans) and that the
animals descend to the lower portions of the river during
the monsoon, as the salinity decreased. The presence of
Irrawaddy Dolphin has been recorded in River Raimangal,
Jhilla, and Amlamati, which comprise the north-eastern part
of the Indian Sundarbans (Chakraborty and De 2007;
Mallick 2011). Chakraborty and De (2007) reported the
absence of Irrawaddy Dolphin from the northern part of the
Indian Sundarbans in the monsoon season and attributed
this to the decrease in salinity in the river waters. Over the
past few decades, the changes in the salinity regimes of the
Indian Sundarbans has most likely affected the distribution
pattern of both Irrawaddy and Ganges River Dolphin. The
data collected during this study suggests that the Irrawaddy
Dolphin has a wide distribution in the waterways of the
western portion of Sundarban Tiger Reserve, and that the
presence of Ganges River Dolphin seems to be very low in
this part of the Sundarban delta. It may also be pointed out
that the single sighting of the Ganges River Dolphin was
recorded in late May in this region, when the rains had
started. It is possible that the distribution of Ganges River
Dolphin in this part of Sundarbans is influenced by the rainy
season since the salinity of the water channels 1s low during
this season. But the data collected during this survey is not
enough to draw a concrete conclusion about the status and
distribution of these cetaceans. Hence, there is an urgent
need to carry out an extensive status survey of these two
cetaceans in the waters of the Indian Sundarbans.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to acknowledge Field Director,
Sundarban Tiger Reserve, for granting us permission to carry
out the study, Director and Dean of Wildlife Institute of India
for their support, our colleagues Manjari Roy and Dipanjan
Naha and our field assistants.
73
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
ANDERSON, J. (1879): Anatomical and zoological researches: Comprising
an account of zoological results of the two expeditions to western
Yunnan in 1868 and 1875; and a monograph of the two cetacean
genera, Platanista and Orcaella. Bernard Quaritch. London,
Vol. I & II.
CHAKRABARTI, K. (1992): Man-eating Tigers. Darbari Prokashan,
Calcutta. 142 pp.
CHAKRABORTY, R. & J.K. DE (2007): Irrawaddy Dolphin in northern
Sunderban. Zoological Survey of India, West Bengal. October
& November 2007.
GoPAL, B. & M. CHAUHAN (2006): Biodiversity and its conservation in
the Sundarban mangrove ecosystem. Aquatic Sciences —
Research across boundaries 68(3): 338-354.
JONES, S. (1982): The present status of the Gangetic susu Platanista
gangetica (Roxburgh), with comments on the Indus susu
P. minor Owen. FAO Adivsory Committee on Marine Resources
Research Working Party on Marine Mammals. FAO Fish Ser.
4: 97-115.
MALLIck, J.K. (2011): Status of the mammal fauna in Sundarban Tiger
Reserve, West Bengal, India. Taprobanica 3(2): 52-68.
Mirra, A. (2000): The northwest coast of the Bay of Bengal and deltaic
Sundarbans. Pp. 145-160. Jn: Sheppard, C.R.C. (Ed.): Seas at
the millennium: An environmental evaluation (A Report): 2.
Regional chapters: The Indian Ocean to the Pacific. Pergamon
Press, Amsterdam. XXI, 920 pp.
RAHMAN, M.G. (1986): Reducing the flow of the Ganges: The
consequences for agriculture in Bangladesh. Pp. 267-275.
In: Goldsmith. E. and N. Hilyard (Eds): The Social and
Environmental Effects of Large Dams. Wadebridge Ecological
Centre, Cornwall, UK.
REEVES, R.R., S. LEATHERWOOD & R.S.L. MOHAN (1993): A Future for
Asian River dolphins (Report from a seminar on the conservation
of river dolphins in the Indian subcontinent). Whale and Dolphin
Conservation Society, Bath, UK.
SMITH, B.D., G. BRAULIK, S. STRINDBERG, B. AHMED & R. MANsurR (2006):
Abundance of Irrawaddy dolphins (Orcaella brevirostris) and
Ganges river dolphins (Platanista gangetica gangetica) estimated
using concurrent counts made by independent teams in
waterways of the Sundarbans mangrove forest in Bangladesh.
Marine Mammal Science 22(3): 527-547.
3. NESTING OF THE WHITE-RUMPED VULTURE GYPS BENGALENSIS
IN ORCHHA WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, MADHYA PRADESH, INDIA
ApIryA Roy!*AND KARTIK SHASTRI
'2/B Haritej Society, Opposite AMA/ATIRA, Dr. V.S. Road, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad 380 015, Gujarat, India.
Email: feathered.bipeds @ gmail.com
*Ashokwadi, Panchwati, Ahmedabad 380 006, Gujarat, India. Email: kartikgyps @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Orchha Wildlife Sanctuary (46 sq. km; 25.35° N;
78.64° E) lies in Tikamgarh district of Madhya Pradesh, and
is drained by the Betwa river. Orchha is a known nesting site
for the Long-billed or Indian Vulture Gyps indicus. Unlike
this species, there is lack of information on the breeding of
the White-rumped or White-backed Vulture Gyps bengalensis
in and around the Sanctuary in the past 10 years, according
to the Forest Department and Dr. Munir Virani of the Peregrine
Fund who has been monitoring the area for the last few years.
During a vulture census in Orchha Wildlife Sanctuary
organised by the Forest Department from December 17-19,
2012, we sighted around 35 White-rumped Vultures and
15 active nests in trees on the banks of the River Betwa, which
had a low density of trees, near the Orchha Wildlife Sanctuary,
i.e., the Koti Gulena area. All the nests were on Arjuna
Terminalia arjuna trees. The average height of the nests was
ta
15.9 m (10-23 m range) and there were one to three nests per
tree. All the eggs were in the incubation stage and there were
two adults at each nest. With this observation, it is established
that the White-rumped Vulture also breeds in Orchha Wildlife
Sanctuary, and that the sanctuary is an important site for the
breeding of two Critically Endangered vulture species.
We also recorded five other White-rumped Vultures,
besides four Long-billed Vultures and two Indian Griffon
Gyps fulvus, during the census.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Mr. Vikas Yadav, Mr. Singhal (Conservator of
Forests, Orchha), Dr. J. Rawat (Game Range Officer, Orchha),
Dr. Amita Kanaujiya (Lucknow University), and Ms Sonika
Kushwaha for inviting us for the workshop and census.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
4. RECORD OF THE BRIDLED TERN STERNA ANAETHETUS IN AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT, INDIA
YASSER RAFIQUE!
‘GYAN Manzil, 5/A Prabhupark, Near NID, Paldi, Ahmedabad 380 007, Gujarat, India. Email: yasserafique @ yahoo.com
On Friday, August 3, 2012, while returning from the
airport, I saw a tern lying on the road near Nehru Bridge (72°
34' 70" N; 23° 37' 75" E). I picked up the bird and drove
home. I was skeptical if it would survive, but offered live
guppies and was surprised to see it eat three of them on its
own. However, it died the next day.
Referring to field guides of Indian birds, I checked
images of terns which had black wings, a white belly, and
forked tail. I first felt that it was a Sooty Tern Sterna fuscata,
but it lacked the long white supercilium. However, on
checking Grimmett et al. (1999), I saw that the tern resembled
the Bridled Tern S. anaethetus. The Bridled Tern is generally
seen on sea coasts. This is probably the first record of the
species inland, i.e., Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The bird could
probably have come here by following the River Sabarmati
from the Gulf of Khambat (as suggested by Ketan Tatu of
Geer Foundation, Gandhinagar), or it got caught in strong
winds and was blown inland.
REFERENCES
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1999): Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Christopher Helm, London.
5. RECORD OF SOOTY TERN STERNA FUSCATA IN PUNE, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
VIKRAM POTDAR!
'Sigma One, Near Swapnapurti Hall, Off Paud Road, Kothrud 411 038, Pune, Maharashtra, India. Email: vikram.potdar @ gmail.com
On August 1, 2012, at around 16:00 hrs, I received a
call from my neighbour that a few crows were trying to attack
a bird near our housing society in Kothrud, Pune. I asked
him to protect the bird, and on rushing to the spot, saw that it
was not a bird seen in Pune area. I took some pictures of the
bird and mailed them to friends; the bird was identified as a
juvenile Sooty Tern Sterna fuscata by experts Kishor
Gumaste, Asad R. Rahmani, and Rahul Rao.
The Sooty Tern is a pelagic species that is known to
breed in Lakshadweep, Vengurla Rocks (southern
Maharashtra), and probably Maldives, Andamans, and west
and south Sri Lanka (Manakadan et al. 2011). It has been
reported to stray inland to Tamil Nadu, Bihar, and Assam
(Manakadan et al. 2011), but this is probably the first record
of the species from Pune, which is about 200 km off the
Maharashtra coast. I took the bird to the Katraj Animal
Orphanage in Pune, but it died next morning. The specimen
was handed over to the Zoological Survey of India, Pune.
REFERENCES
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & NIKHIL BHOPALE (2011): Field Guide to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Bombay Natural History Society,
Mumbai and Oxford University Press, Delhi. 409 pp.
6. FIRST RECORD OF THE BLUE-AND-WHITE FLYCATCHER CYANOPTILA CYANOMELANA IN INDIA
PRAVIN KAWALE!
"Vrindavan C.H. Society, Raiwadi Complex, Chendhare, At-Post-Tal: Alibag 402 201, Maharashtra, India. Email: kawale.pravin@ gmail.com
On the morning of March 10, 2012, while birding on
the western slopes of the Siddheshwar Hill, about six
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
kilometres north-west of Alibag, Raigad district, Maharashtra,
I saw a bird sitting on the branch of a Bombax ceiba tree. The
to
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
bird was bright blue with white underparts, resembling some
of the blue flycatchers (Cyornis spp.) found in Maharashtra.
As I was not able to identify it, I took some photographs, and
posted them on the internet. The bird was sighted at a location
18° 39' 37.13" N and 72° 56' 09.25" E, and the elevation was
about 118.8 m above msl. I got many replies, including those
of well-known ornithologists Krys Kazmierczak, Craig
Robson, and Pamela Rasmussen, who identified it as the Blue-
and-White Flycatcher Cyanoptila cyanomelana. This is the
first record of the species in India (ed.: photographic evidence
provided), as it has not been previously reported from the
Indian subcontinent (see Ali and Ripley 1983; Grimmett
et al. 2011; Rasmussen and Anderton 2012).
The Blue-and-White Flycatcher breeds in Japan, Korea,
parts of China and Russia, and winters in Southeast Asia
(Vietnam, Cambodia, Thailand, Sumatra, and Borneo). It inhabits
wooded areas in lowlands and submontane forests, wooded
slopes, and gullies up to 1,200 m. It can also be found in scrub,
bushes, and plantations. During migration or in wintering areas,
it can be found in coastal woodlands, parks, and gardens. It may
winter at high altitudes in Borneo, up to 2,000 m.
The adult male Blue-and-White Flycatcher has most
of its upperparts cobalt blue, including upper wing-coverts,
flight feather edges, and tail. The head, crown, and nape
are shiny cobalt blue. The lower part of the forehead
and face are black. The primaries are black. Secondary
feathers show black inner webs. The outer tail feathers are
white at the base, only visible in flight. The chin, throat,
breast, and flanks are black, whereas the belly and vent are
white. Eyes dark brown; bill black, and legs and feet are
dusky.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank Dr. Vaibhav Deshmukh from Alibag who
accompanied me. Sincere thanks to Mr. Krys Kazmierczak,
Craig Robson, and Dr. Pamela Rasmussen for help in
identification of the species, besides other birdwatchers who
indicated that the species was different from the other blue
flycatchers. Thanks to Dr. Asad R. Rahmani, Director, BNHS,
and Dr. Raju Kasambe for encouraging me to write a scientific
note on this finding in JBNHS. |
REFERENCES
Aul, S. & S.D. RipLey (1983): Handbook of the birds of India and
Pakistan. Compact Edition. Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
GRIMMETT, R., C. Inskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Second Edition. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi. 528 pp.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vols. 1 and 2. Second Edition. National Museum
of Natural History — Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State
University and Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan and
Barcelona.
7. SIGHTING OF JERDON’S BUSHCHAT SAXICOLA JERDONI
IN PILIBHIT, UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
KAAJAL DASGUPTA!
'SA, Narayan Awas, Delapeer, Bareilly 243 122, Uttar Pradesh, India.
Email: aquarius 14 @rediffmail.com
Jerdon’s Bushchat Saxicola jerdoni is an uncommon
resident bird of tall grasslands of the sub-Himalayan plains
from east Bihar and west Bengal to north-east India in the
Brahmaputra watershed, lower parts of south Assam hills
and north-east Bangladesh (Rasmussen and Anderton 2005).
Although it has been reported as far west as the Uttar Pradesh
and western Nepal border, there have been no recent records
from the Terai of Uttar Pradesh. Javed and Rahmani (1998)
during their study of birds in Dudhwa National Park from
1991 to 1994 did not record the species.
On the morning of April 28, 2013, while surveying and
photographing the birds of Haripur Forest Range, 60 km from
Pilibhit, Uttar Pradesh, I sighted two adult Jerdon’s Bushchat
76
in tall open dry grassland in a forest clearing. They were
calling loudly, which drew my attention. They had white
underparts and were completely black above. I managed to
take a few photographs before they flew away. The birds were
seen with Blue-tailed Bee-eater Merops philippinus, Black
Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus, and Grey Bushchat Saxicola
ferreus, another uncommon bird.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I am grateful to Dr. Asad R. Rahmani, Director, for
confirming the identity and also for comments on the original
manuscript.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
JAVED, S. & A.R. RAHMANI (1998): Conservation of the avifauna of Dudwa National Park, India. Forktail 14: 55-64.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2005): Birds of South Asia: The Ripley Guide. 2 vols, Smithsonian Institution and Lynx Edicions, Washington,
D.C. and Barcelona. .
8. SECOND RECORD OF THE TRICOLORED MUNIA LONCHURA MALACCA
FROM SOUTHERN RAJASTHAN, INDIA
CHHAYA BHATNAGAR!”, DEEPENDRA SINGH SHEKHAWAT!*** AND ViJAY KUMAR Ko.Li#
‘Aquatic Toxicology and Wildlife Research Laboratory, Department of Zoology, University College of Science,
Mohanlal Sukhadia University, Udaipur 313 001, Rajasthan, India.
*Email: bhatnagarchhaya@ yahoo.co.in
3Email: sdeependrasingh @ yahoo.com
‘Email: vijaykoli87 @ yahoo.in
*Corresponding author
The Chestnut Munia Lonchura malacca consists of two
subspecies, namely malacca which has a white belly, and
atricapilla which has a chestnut belly. The white-bellied race
is now largely considered as a separate species, 1.e., Tricolored
Munia Lonchura malacca (see Rasmussen and Anderton
2012). The Tricolored Munia is endemic to the Indian
subcontinent, and is distributed in the Peninsula roughly south
of Gujarat and southern Orissa, and in Sri Lanka (Ali and
Ripley 1987; Grimmett et al. 1999; Manakadan et al. 2011;
Rasmussen and Anderton 2012).
On August 30, 2012, while birding in the morning at
Menar pond, Udaipur (24° 35' 16" N; 74° 06' 43" E; 1,563 m
above sea level), we noticed a bird in the thicket of Prosopis
juliflora near an agricultural field, and photographed it. It
had a black head, throat, and nape, while the rest of the
upperparts were rufous-chestnut. The ventral surface was
white. The bird was identified as the Tricolored Munia with
the help of field guides. The area of sighting of the bird was
characterised by agricultural fields surrounded by the local
vegetation, the common species being Acacia senegal, Grewia
tenax, Grewia flavescens, Cassia auriculata, Prosopis
Juliflora, Diospyros montana, Heteropogon contortus, Sehima
nervosum, Lannia grandis, and Euphorbia caducifolia.
August is the monsoon season in southern Rajasthan,
and the heavy rainfall creates a lush green environment.
According to Ali and Ripley (1987), May to November is the
breeding season of this species.
Studies on the avifauna in Rajasthan (Abudulali and
Panday 1978; Shahabuddin et al. 2006), including southern
region (Chhangani 2002; Koli et al. 2011; Sangha and
Devarshi 2006; Saxena 2003; Sharma 1998; Sharma and
Tehsin 1994), did not report the presence of this species in
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
southern Rajasthan. The only other report of the species in
Rajasthan was by Sharma (1999), who had seen a flock of
seven birds in November 1998 in the same district as our
sighting. Our observation was in August 2012 at the peak of
the monsoon, but Sharma (1999) recorded it towards the end
of the monsoon season. The rainy season generally starts in
July and ends in October; the peak is from July to September.
Other munias like Scaly-breasted Munia Lonchura punctulata
and Red Avadvat Amandava amandava are also seen from
July to October.
The Tricolored Munia has been reported from Jasdan,
Gujarat (Ali and Ripley 1987), which is about 450 km from
the site recorded in Udaipur. It appears that the recent
occurrence of the Tricolored Munia in southern Rajasthan
is not a result of escapees, but a case of range extension
(from Gujarat). Munias are neither sold nor kept as cage
birds in southern Rajasthan and adjoining areas of
Banaskantha and Sabarkantha districts of northern Gujarat.
Additionally, southern Rajasthan has suitable habitat for
munia species as it has a variety of grasslands and now
sugarcane is also grown, especially in the Jhadol, Kotra,
Gogunda, Sayra, and Kumbhalgarh areas. Additionally,
paddy is cultivated in the low-lying areas during the rainy
season, which also attracts munias. These changes must
have attracted munia species, including the Tricolored
Munia, to inhabit the area.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We thank Dr. Satish Kumar Sharma, Assistant
Conservator of Forests, Udaipur, for his valuable comments
on the manuscript.
77
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
ABUDULALI, H. & J.D. PANDAy (1978): Checklist of the Birds of Delhi,
Agra and Bharatpur. Popular Press, Bombay.
Aut, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan
and Sri Lanka. 2nd Edn. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
CHHANGANT, A.K. (2002): Avifauna of Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary,
in the Aravalli hills of Rajasthan. Zoos’ Print Journal 17(4):
764-768.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1999): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
Kou, V.K., C. BHATNAGAR & M. YASEEN (2011): Urban birds of Udaipur
city (Rajasthan) and their conservation problems. Cheetal 49(2):
33-38.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & NIKHIL BHOPALE (2011): Field Guide to
the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Bombay Natural History
Society, Mumbai and Oxford University Press, Delhi.
RASMUSSEN, P. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The Ripley
Guide. Vols. 1 and 2. Second Edition. National Museum of Natural
History — Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State University and
Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
SANGHA, H.S. & D. DeEvarsui (2006): Birds of Mount Abu Wildlife
Sanctuary, Rajasthan, India. Indian Birds 2(2): 26-32.
SAXENA, M.M. (2003): Birds of tribal and hilly district of Dungarpur.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 43(4): 54-55.
SHAHABUDDIN, G, R. Kumar & A. VERMA (2006): Annotated checklist
of the birds of Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan. Indian Birds 2(3):
71-76.
SHARMA, S.K. (1998): Avian fauna of Sajjangarh Wildlife Sanctuary.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 38(2): 25-27.
SHARMA, S.K. (1999): Range extension of southern Black-headed Munia
Lonchura malacca malacca. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 38(2):
25-27.
SHARMA, S.K. & R. TEHSIN (1994): Birds of southern Rajasthan.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 34(5): 109-113.
9. CATALOGUE OF SALAMANDER AND NEWT
(AMPHIBIA: URODELA/CAUDATA) SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA
KAUSHIK Deutt!"* AND P.G.S. SeTuy!”
‘Zoological Survey of India, Amphibia Section, Herpetology Division, FPS Building, Indian Museum Complex,
27 Jawaharlal Nehru Road, Kolkata 700 016, West Bengal, India.
*Email: kaushikdeuti @ gmail.com
7Email: priyadassi @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Salamanders and newts, belonging to the amphibian
Order Urodela/Caudata, are characterised by the presence of
a tail in the adult stage. Most salamanders have four equal
sized limbs, and those with aquatic swimming larvae have
external gills and limbs from an early stage. However, in some,
metamorphosis is delayed and the larvae become sexually
mature (neotenous and paedomorphic) (Duellman and Trueb
1986). There are 619 species in nine recognised families
worldwide, most living in North America, Europe, and
northern Asia (Frost 2011). Only one species — Tylototriton
verrucosus — is known from India (Deuti and Hegde 2007).
Over the years, a substantial collection of Urodelan
specimens from all over the world have accumulated in the
Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), which were either handed
over from the old British era collections of the Asiatic Society
of Bengal to the Indian Museum, and subsequently to the
ZSI when it was established in 1916, or by exchange with
other museums. The Indian species was obtained during
collection surveys by ZSI and from donations received from
two individuals from Manipur and Nepal.
The collections of 206 Urodelan specimens belonging
to 23 species, 18 genera, and 7 families existing in the
Zoological Survey of India Collection as on March 31, 2012,
are catalogued in Table 1.
Table 1: Catalogue of 206 Urodelan specimens belonging to 23 species, 18 genera, and 7 families,
in the collection of Zoological Survey of India as on March 31, 2012
Labelled name Current Registration Locality Collector and Remarks
Nomenclature Number Date of Collection
Family: Ambystomatidae
Ambystoma jeffersonianum Ambystoma jeffersonianum 12305 Huron Lake, J.H. Garnier 4 specimens
(Green, 1827) (Green, 1827) 12306 USA and Canada
12307
12308
78
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Table 1: Catalogue of 206 Urodelan specimens belonging to 23 species, 18 genera, and 7 families,
Labelled name
Ambystoma mavortium
Baird, 1850
Axolotl larvae
Ambystoma punctatum Hay,
1892
Family: Cryptobranchidae
Megalobatrachus maximus
Boulenger, 1882
Cryptobranchus
alleghaniensis
(Daudin, 1803)
Family: Sirenidae
Siren lacertina
Linnaeus, 1766
Family: Hynobiidae
Hynobius nebulosus
(Temminck & Schlegel, 1838)
Onychodactylus japonicus
(Houttuyn, 1782)
Family: Plethodontidae
Batrachoseps attenuatus
(Eschscholtz, 1833)
Batrachoseps major Camp,
1915
Desmognathus niger Baird,
1850
Plethodon cinereus
(Green, 1818)
Family: Proteidae
Proteus anguinus
Laurenti, 1768
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
in the collection of Zoological Survey of India as on March 31, 2012 (contd.)
Current
Nomenclature
Ambystoma mavortium
Baird, 1850
Ambystoma mexicanum
(Shaw and Nodder, 1798)
Ambystoma maculatum
(Shaw, 1802)
Andrias japonicus
(Temminck, 1836)
Cryptobranchus
alleghaniensis
(Daudin, 1803)
Siren lacertina
Linnaeus, 1766
Hynobius nebulosus
(Temminck & Schlegel, 1838)
Onychodactylus japonicus
(Houttuyn, 1782)
Batrachoseps attenuatus
(Eschscholtz, 1833)
Batrachoseps major Camp,
1915
Desmognathus
quadramaculatus
(Holbrook, 1840)
Plethodon cinereus
(Green, 1818)
Proteus anguinus
Laurenti, 1768
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Registration
Number
12195
A 11366
12309
20484
11377
11378
11472
11474
12765
12295
12296
12984
12985
12986
12987
12988
12989
12994
12992
A 4055
A 4056
10400
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
10423
Locality
Kansas, USA
Not mentioned
Lake Erie, USA
Japan
Pennsylavania,
USA
South Carolina,
USA
Lousiana, USA
Yezo, Japan
Hukona, Japan
Pasadena County,
California, USA
Pasadena County,
California, USA
North Carolina, USA
Ontario, Canada
Not mentioned
Collector and
Date of Collection
1850
Maria Jordan,
Polish Academy,
Poland
J.H. Garnier
W. Reetledge
Schneider
Schneider,
J.H. Garnier
John Anderson
John Anderson
S.B. Emerson,
November 1970
S.B. Emerson,
November 1970
F. Fitzgerald
J.H. Garnier
Not mentioned
Remarks
1 specimen
3 specimens by
exchange
1 specimen
1 specimen
3 specimens
were presented
1 specimen
were presented
1 specimen by
exchange
2 specimens
8 specimens
3 specimens
2 specimens
1 specimen
6 specimens
1 specimen
79
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Catalogue of 206 Urodelan specimens belonging to 23 species, 18 genera, and 7 families,
in the collection of Zoological Survey of India as on March 31, 2012 (contd)
Labelled name Current Registration Locality Collector and Remarks
Nomenclature Number Date of Collection
Family: Salamandridae
Diemictylus pyrrhogaster Cynops pyrrhogaster 12969 Lake Biwa, Japan John Anderson 14 specimens
Stejneger, 1907 (Boie, 1826) 12970
12973
12974
12975
12976
12977
12978
12979
12980
12981
12982 Hanchow, China Shanghai Museum
18059 Kyoto, Japan
18215 Nelson Annandale
Molge rusconii Euproctus platycephalus 13378 Sardinia, Italy Prof. Giglioli 2 specimens by
Boulenger, 1882 (Gravenhorst, 1829) 13379 (Florence Museum) exchange
Molge wolterstorffi Hypselotriton wolterstorffi 15752 Yunnan fu, China G.A. Boulenger 1 specimen by
Boulenger, 1905 (Boulenger, 1905) exchange
Molge palmata Merrem, 1820 Lissotriton helveticus 10418 Brussels, Belgium GA. Boulenger 13 specimens
(Razoumovsky, 1789) 10419
10420
10421
13046
13047
13048
13049
13373 Corsica, France Prof. Giglioli
13374 (Florence Museum)
13375
13376
13377
Diemictylus viridescens Notopthalmus viridescens 12289 Ontario, Canada J.H. Garnier 4 specimens
Gill, 1907 (Rafinesque, 1820) 12290
12291
12292
Salamandra maculosa Salamandra salamandra 10391 France Malherbe, 3 specimens
Laurenti, 1768 (Linnaeus, 1758) 10407 Lake Como, Italy Prof. Cornalia
10408
Molge cristata Triturus cristatus 10403 Lombardy, France _ Prof. Cornalia 2 specimens
Boulenger, 1882 (Laurenti, 1768 10405
Molge marmorata Triturus marmoratus 13038 Bordeaux, France GA. Boulenger 3 specimens by
Boulenger, 1882 (Latreille, 1800) 13039 exchange
13040
80 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Table 1: Catalogue of 206 Urodelan specimens belonging to 23 species, 18 genera, and 7 families,
Labelled name
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
in the collection of Zoological Survey of India as on March 31, 2012 (contd.)
Current
Nomenclature
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
Tylototriton verrucosus
Anderson, 1871
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
Registration
Number
10366
10368
10374
10375
10377
10378
10970
10971
10972
10380
10381
A 1883
A 1884
A 1885
A 4269
A 11367
A 11368
A 11369
A 11370
A 11371
A 11372
A 11459
A 11460
A 11461
A 11462
Locality
Momein, Yunnan
(China)
Ponsee,
Kakhyen hills,
Myanmar
Dingla Pokhari,
Bhojpur district,
Nepal
Tihun, Lohit district,
Arunachal Pradesh
Manipur, India
Tibetan Nayabasti,
Sonada
(alt. 1,965 m),
Darjeeling district,
West Bengal
Pacheng, Sonada
(alt. 1,815 m),
Darjeeling district,
West Bengal
Mirik, Darjeeling
district,
West Bengal
Hima falls, 2 km
north of
Ghum Bhanjan,
Darjeeling district,
West Bengal
Sonada
(alt. 1,815 m),
Darjeeling district,
West Bengal
Lake inside
Margaret Hope
Tea Estate
(alt. 1,610 m),
Darjeeling district,
West Bengal
Collector and
Date of Collection
John Anderson
Dambar
Bahadur
Pradhan
21.v.1965
J.M. Julka
14.xii.1969
Ekendra Singh,
November 1976
A.R. Bhaumik
7.V.1971
A.R. Bhaumik
9.v.1971
M.R. Mansukhani
24.v.1972
M.R. Mansukhani
26.V.1972
A.K. Sarkar
K. Deuti &
V.D. Hegde
18.vii.2006
Remarks
11 syntypes
of the species
3 specimens
donated
1 specimen
4 specimens
donated
17 specimens
81 specimens
4 specimens
1 specimen
1 specimen
4 specimens
81
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to Dr. K. Venkataraman, Director, Zoological Survey of India, for laboratory facilities and for
permission to publish the paper.
REFERENCES
DUELLMAN, W.E. & L. TRuEB (1986): Biology of Amphibians. McGraw
Hill Book Company, New York. 670 pp.
Deut, K. & V.D. HEGDE (2007): Handbook on Himalayan Salamander.
Nature Books India, Dehradun. 43 pp.
Frost, D.R. (2011): Amphibian species of the World: an Online
Reference. Version 5.5. Electronic Database accessible at http:/
/research.amnh.org/vz/herpetology/amphibia American Museum
of Natural History, New York, USA.
10. SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN HYPSELOBARBUS KURALI (PISCES: CYPRINIDAE)
E. SHERLY WILLIAMS!*, J. JEAN Jose!3, P.V. VIJAYALAKSHMI'*, L. RAZEENA KaArim!? AND M.S. Visunu Nair!°
‘Environmental Sciences, Aquaculture and Fish Biotechnology Laboratory, Department of Zoology, Fatima Mata National College,
Kollam 691 001, Kerala, India.
*Email: sherlyrobin @rediffmail.com
*Email: jeanlincy @ gmail.com
‘Email: vichubio @ gmail.com
"Email: razeenashibili @rediffmail.com
°Email: msvishnunair @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Hypselobarbus kuraliis distributed in the south-western
rivers of peninsular India, and the species is protected in the
Kulathupuzha Temple Sanctuary, Kollam, Kerala.
Hypselobarbus kurali was described by Menon and Rema
Devi (1995) on the basis of the following characteristics: four
barbels, a weak articulated last undivided ray with nine
branched rays in the dorsal fin, 41-43 scales along the lateral
line, 32 to 4% rows of scales between the lateral line and
pelvic origin; silvery with somewhat greyish black body, a
deep black bar behind the gill opening, and caudal tipped
black.
While examining the monthly fish collections during
2012 (January to December) from Kulathupuzha hill streams,
an obvious sexual dimorphism in the length of the anal fin in
specimens of H. kurali was observed throughout the year,
besides the nuptial tubercles noted in males during the
post-monsoon season extending from October to December.
The females have greater anal fin length (ranging from
23.40—28.00%) than males (14.04—-16.80%), calculated as a
percentage of the standard length of fish from the detailed
examinations and dissections carried out on 200 specimens
consisting of 113 females and 87 males. In females, the anal
fin extends the whole length of the caudal peduncle and ends
subsequent to the caudal fin base. However, in males it extends
almost to the middle of the caudal peduncle (Fig. 1).
Morphological differences in fish families reporting
sexual dimorphism are with regard to body size, coloration,
fin length, nuptial tubercles, and intromittent organs (Scott and
82
Crossman 1973), and according to them, the most common
sexual dimorphic characters for Cyprinids are the coloration
and presence of nuptial tubercles. Various studies have been
carried out on sexual dimorphism in fish giving importance to
fin length such as in Rhinichthys osculus, Gilia bicolor, Relictus
Fig. 1: a. Hypselobarbus kurali, 6. Sexual dimorphism in H. kurali
(Scale bar = 1.5 cm)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
solitarius (Hubbs et al. 1974; Sigler and Sigler 1987), Notropis
hubbsi (Bailey and Robinson 1978), and Hybognathus placitus
(Kenneth et al. 2001). In H. kurali, we found that those with
longer anal fin were females in the case of specimens ranging
from 15-26 cm. The collections mainly depend on the mesh
size of the fishing gear. The one used by us was the Sardine
Gill Net (mesh size 3.5 cm), which is commonly used in the
midstreams of the Kulathupuzha region. On the basis of these
collections, it was concluded that sexual dimorphism is present
in H. kurali having a size >15 cm (and up to 26 cm) — the
species grows up to a length of 31 cm (which was the maximum
length caught till date in the present study). This is the first
information on fin length related sexual dimorphism in a
Hypselobarbus species which is distributed along the Western
Ghats region of India. The voucher specimens of H. kurali
were deposited in the Bombay Natural History Society’s
Collections and the details are as follows:
Hypselobarbus kurali: 3.1.2013, 1 ex. Female, 224 mm
SL, Kulathupuzha, BNHS FWF 11
Hypselobarbus kurali: 3.1.2013, 1 ex. Female, 198 mm
SL, Kulathupuzha, BNHS FWF 12
Hypselobarbus kurali: 3.1.2013, 1 ex. Male, 177 mm
SL, Kulathupuzha, BNHS FWF 13
Hypselobarbus kurali: 3.1.2013, 1 ex. Male, 186 mm
SL, Kulathupuzha, BNHS FWF 14
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the University Grants Commission (UGC),
New Delhi, for financial support in the form of a sponsored
project. The authors also thank Sr. Dr. Soosamma
Kavumpurath (Principal) and Rev. Fr. Anil Jose (Manager),
Fatima Mata National College, Kollam, Kerala, for
facilities.
REFERENCES
BalLey, R.M. & H.W. Rosinson (1978): Notropis hubbsi, anew cyprinid
fish from the Mississippi River Basin. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool.
Univ. Mich 683: 1-21.
Husss, C.L., R.R. MILLER & L.C. Husss (1974): Hydrographic history
and relict fishes of the North Central Great Basin. California
Academy of Sciences of San Francisco. 460 pp.
KENNETH, G.O., G.R. WILDE, R.E. Strauss & R.R. Youn (2001): Sexual
Dimorphism in Plains Minnow, Hybognathus placitus. Copeia
2: 563-565.
Menon, A.G.K. & K. Rema Devi (1995): Hypselobarbus kurali
(Pisces: Cyprinidae) a new large barb from the southwestern
rivers of Peninsular India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 92(3):
389-393.
Scott, W.B. & E.J. CrossMaAN (1973): Freshwater fishes of Canada.
Bull. 184. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.
966 pp.
SIGLER, W.F. & J.W. SIGLER (1987): Fishes of the Great Basin: A Natural
History. University of Nevada Press, Reno. 424 pp.
11. OBSERVATION ON A COLLECTION OF TAWNY COSTER ACRAEA TERPSICORE
(PIERIDAE: LEPIDOPTERA) IN THE WEB OF THE SOCIAL SPIDER
STEGODYPHUS SARASINORUM (ERESIDAE: ARANEAE)
NryatTi S. PATEL!
'B-445, Kribhco Nagar, Hazira Road, Surat 394 515, Gujarat, India. Email: niyu.145 @ gmail.com
Social spiders live in communal webs where there are
no individually defended territories (D’ Andrea 1987). They
cooperate in capturing prey which is then shared by
individuals of the group, even by those that did not participate
in the actual prey capture (Bradoo 1980). This way they can
handle larger prey than most similar sized solitary spiders.
Most social spiders feed on whatever is captured in their webs,
especially insects such as grasshoppers, butterflies, wasps,
moths, flies, and beetles (Sebastian and Peter 2009).
During a morning birding visit, on January 29, 2011, to
a lake at Gavier village (21° 07' 36.45" N; 72° 44' 10.53" BE),
near Surat, Gujarat, I had an unusual sighting of a large
number of butterflies in a spider web. The web was an
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
irregular ball, situated at the tip of a Ziziphus jujuba tree about
6-8 feet (above the ground). On close inspection, I found
that there were around 20—25 butterflies (ed.: photographic
evidence provided), and interestingly, all of them were Tawny
Coster (Acraea terpsicore, Pieridae: Lepidoptera). Along with
them were some beetles and dragonflies and three or four
dead individuals of Stegodyphus sp. spiders. I was able to
photograph the two species of spiders seen on the web, which
were later identified as Stegodyphus sarasinorum (Family
Eresidae) and Drassodes sp. (Family Gnaphosidae). I also
found three Tawny Coster butterflies in a similar smaller web
on a branch adjacent to the first.
The web structure and presence of the species confirmed
83
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
that both the webs belonged to S. sarasinorum (Sebastian and
Peter 2009). S. sarasinorum is one of three permanently
cooperative species of the genus Stegodyphus, and is
distributed in India, Sri Lanka, Nepal, and Myanmar (Platnick
2013). It is frequently accompanied by spiders belonging to
Salticidae, Arenidae, and Gnaphosidae families (G. Vankhede
pers. comm.). The Tawny Costers were probably present in
large numbers at the site due to the abundance of flowers of
Passiflora foetida, one of their favoured host plants. Other
than the Tawny Coster, Small Salmon Arab Colotis amata,
Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe, Plain Tiger Danaus
chrysippus, Striped Tiger Danaus genutia, and Common Gull
Cepora nerissa were also found in abundance at the site.
Although butterflies form a considerable part of the
diet of genus Stegodyphus (Bradoo 1980; Willey and Jackson
1993), such unusual incidents of capture and collection of
individuals belonging to a single species is rare, and thus is
worth recording. The possible reason why only this species
of butterfly, among the others seen in the area, was caught in
the web is interesting and also puzzling.
REFERENCES
Brapoo, B.L. (1980): Feeding behaviour and recruitment display in
the social spider Stegodyphus sarasinorum Karsch (Araneae:
,Eresidae). Tijdschr. Entomol. 123: 89-104.
D’ AnpREA, M. (1987): Social behaviour in spiders (Arachnida: Araneae).
Monit. Zool. Ital. Monogr. 3: 1-156.
PLATNICK, N.I. (2013): The world spider catalog, version 14.0. American
Museum of Natural History, online at http://research.amnh.org/
entomology/spiders/catalog/index.html DOI: 10.5531/
db.iz.0001.
SEBASTIAN, P.A. & K.V. PETER (2009): Spiders of India. Universities
Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad. 614 pp.
WILLey, M.B. & R.R. JAcKson (1993): Predatory behavior of a social
spider, Stegodyphus sarasinorum (Araneae: Eresidae): Why
attack first? Can. J. Zool. 71(11): 2220-2223.
12. HETEROPODA FISCHERI JAGER, 2005: AHUNTSMAN SPIDER HUNTING ON FELLOW
CAVERNICOLES IN THE CAVES OF MEGHALAYA, INDIA
JAYANT Biswas!”* AND SIDDHARTH Biswas!
‘Central Laboratory, National Cave Research and Protection Organization, Raipur 492 001, Chhattisgarh, India.
"Email: jayant @cave-biology.org
7Email: sid @caves.res.in
*Corresponding author
Huntsman spiders, members of the family Sparassidae,
are carnivorous, feeding mostly on insects and other
invertebrates (Harries et al. 2008; Nyffeler and Symondson
2001; Wise 1993); they hunt by pouncing on the prey and
killing it with the venom injected. It seems a natural transition
for such a group of small predators to gravitate toward
subterranean habitats where they have access to easily
available prey (Biswas 2010).
Heteropoda fischeri, a species of huntsman spider, was
first identified from the caves of Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya
(Jager 2005), and later from other caves of the region (Biswas
and Harries 2011; Harries et al. 2008). Early reports document
H. fischeri preying upon brown Rhaphidophorid cave crickets
in the Jaintia Hills (Harries et al. 2008) and other caves in
Meghalaya. Predator-prey relationships
Rhaphidophorid crickets and huntsman spiders were later also
reported from other areas (Biswas and Shrotriya 2011; Culver
and White 2005; Gunn 2004).
Meghalaya has vast tracts of limestone deposits up to a
depth of 500 m. The combination of significant limestone
deposits and high rainfall have produced several water carved
subterranean caves of notable length and depth here, though
between
84
only a fraction of these have been explored and mapped. Even
among the caves explored, biospeleological surveys have been
limited (Biswas 2009; Biswas and Harries 2011; Disney 2009;
Harries et al. 2008; Kottelat et al. 2007). As part of International
Cave Expedition — 2011, organised by Meghalaya Adventurers’
Association, India, we explored a few caves in the Pala range
of Jaintia Hills district, Meghalaya. Most of these caves were
river caves and reflect the same biotic components which have
been previously reported by Harries er al. (2008). We found
the initial shallow corridors of almost all the caves to be
occupied by some species of Pulmonata (snails and slugs),
besides other cavernicolous organisms such as crickets, spiders,
and harvestmen. During the trip to the Hostage Cave, we
witnessed an interesting predator-prey relationship involving
a huntsman spider and slug, which is discussed in this note.
Hostage: Cavex(25" 25 (2216) (Ns 92°35) 05.7" BE) sis
small subterranean cave that opens through a narrow and
twisted opening. The twilight and transitional zones of this
cave are quite shallow in nature, whereas the inner passageway
is more of a substantial river conduit. The water-swept side-
walls of the cave suggest that most parts of the cave associated
with the river remain submerged during the rains. During one
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
of our visits to the cave, we saw an unidentified pulmonate
slug moving on the wall of the cave that was being targeted by
the huntsman spider Heteropoda fischeri. The spider grabbed
the slug, and on this, the slug tried to escape by expanding and
contracting its body, but it was apparent that the spider’s venom
was paralyzing the slug. Finally the prey was rendered
paralyzed, and the spider started masticating at a slime-free
part of its body.
Slugs have been reported as prey of several invertebrate
species, including beetles, centipedes and harvestmen (Breure
2011; Symondson 2004). A recent review by Nyffeler and
Symondson (2001) reported 12 Araneae families to be among
the 53 reported predators of snails and slugs. However, ours
is the first report of predation by a spider on a pulmonate
slug in a hypogean ecosystem.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The team members of the International Cave Expedition
are thanked for their cooperation during the survey. Thanks
are due to the Meghalaya Adventurers’ Association for
organising the expedition.
REFERENCES
Biswas, J. (2009): The biodiversity of Krem Mawkhyrdop of
Meghalaya, India, on the verge of extinction. Current Science
96(7): 904-910.
Biswas, J. (2010): Kotumsar Cave Biodiversity: a review of cavernicoles
and their troglobiotic traits. Biodiversity and Conservation 19(1):
275-289.
Biswas, J. & D.B. Harries (2011): Krem Bylliat: The Harbour of
Precedent Cavernicolous Representatives from the Jaintia Hills,
Meghalaya, India. Journal of Biological Sciences I1(7): 459-465.
Biswas, J. & S. SHrotriyA (2011): Dandak: a mammalian dominated
cave ecosystem of India. Subterranean Biology 8: 1-7.
Brevure, A.S.H. (2011): Dangling shells and dangerous spiders:
malacophagy and mimicry in terrestrial gastropods.
Folia conchyliologica 7: 7-13.
CuLver, D.C. & W.B. WuiTE (2005): Encyclopedia of Caves. Elsevier
Academic Press, Burlington/California USA, London UK.
661 pp.
Disney, R.H.L. (2009): Scuttle flies (Diptera: Phoridae) from caves in
Meghalaya, India. Journal of Cave and Karst Studies 71(1):
81-85.
Gunn, J. (2004): Encyclopedia of Caves and Karst Science. Fitzroy
Dearborn, An imprint of the Taylor and Francis Group, New York
London. 1940 pp.
Harries, D.B., EJ. WaArz, C.W. Fiscuer, J. Biswas & B.D. KHARPRAN-
Da ty (2008): A review of the biospeleology of Meghalaya, India.
Journal of Cave and Karst Studies 70: 163-176.
JAGR, P. (2005): New large-sized cave-dwelling Heteropoda species
from Asia, with notes on their relationships (Araneae: Sparassidae:
Heteropodinae). Revue Suisse de Zoologie 112: 87-114.
KoTTELAT, M., D.R. Harries & GS. PROUDLOVE (2007): Schistura
papulifera, a new species of cave loach from Meghalaya, India
(Teleostei: Balitoridae). Zootaxa 1393: 35-44.
NYFFELER, M. & W.O.C. SYMoNDSON (2001): Spiders and harvestmen
as gastropod predators. Ecological Entomology 26: 617-628.
Symonpson, W.O.C. (2004): Coleoptera (Carabidae, Staphylinidae,
Lampyridae, Drilidae and Silphidae) as predators of terrestrial
gastropods. Pp. 37-84. Jn: Barker, G.M. (Ed.): Natural Enemies
of Terrestrial Molluscs. CABI Publishing.
Wis, D.H. (1993): Spiders in Ecological Webs. Cambridge University
Press, London. 342 pp.
13. A STEP FURTHER TO THE CORRECT IDENTIFICATION
OF CEROPEGIA BULBOSA ROXB. IN KACHCHH, GUJARAT, INDIA
A.R. BADHEKA!~*, M.J. PARMAR!? AND Y.T. JASRAr'4
‘Department of Botany, University School of Science, Gujarat University, Anmedabad 380 009, Gujarat, India.
*Email: amibadheka@ yahoo.com
3Email: munjalsinh @ gmail.com
‘Email: yjasrai@ yahoo.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
Ceropegia Linn. is one of the most fascinating genera
in the milkweed family (Asclepiadaceae) and has variable
and highly unusual flowers. Ceropegia is derived from ‘keros’
meaning wax, and “‘pege’ meaning fountain, as the flowers
are said to look like a fountain of wax. They are twining,
rarely erect herbs, glabrous, rarely pubescent, with tubers.
Leaves membranous or fleshy, at times reduced. Flowers
sessile or pedunculate, solitary to many-flowered in
sub-umbellate cyme, and seeds comose (Jagtap and Singh
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
1999). Asclepiadaceae is characterised by bicarpellary,
syncarpous, superior ovary (Santapau and Irani 1960) and its
specialised corolla (Jagtap et al. 2004). The family is well-
known for endemism — the most elaborate and complicated
flower among all dicots — and for contrivances for pollination
(Kamble and Yadav 2004).
Intensive survey of Ceropegia spp. was done for three
years in Kachchh — the northernmost district of Gujarat. In
past studies from Gujarat, Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. was
classified up to species level. The present manuscript deals
85
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: a. Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. var. bulbosa Hook f.;
b. Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. var. lushii (Grah) Hook f.;
c. Leaf of Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. var. bulbosa Hook f.;
d. Leaf of Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. var. /ushii (Grah) Hook f.
with its detailed key characters for further identification, and
gives an account of two different varieties in the State.
Observations
On the basis of floral characters, the collected plants
were identified as Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. in the field
survey. It was noticed that the leaf characters of two plants
among the specimens collected were different from each other,
Table 1: Length and width of Ceropegia leaves and petiole in the
field (average of at least 100 specimens)
Plant Leaves (cm) (Petiole cm)
(Mean + S.E.) (Mean + S.E.)
Length Width
Ceropegia 4.05+0.16 1.92 + 0.07 1.06 + 0.05
bulbosa
Roxb. var. bulbosa
Ceropegia 10.09+0.04 0.64+0.05 0.45 + 0.03
bulbosa
Roxb. var. /ushii
86
though their flowers were the same. Both plants (Figs La, b)
were found growing together in natural conditions in
association with Euphorbia neriifolia L. and/or Salvadora
oleoides Decne. Leaves of one of the specimens are orbicular
and elliptic-oblong (Fig. 1c), while those of the other
(Fig. 1d) are narrowly linear (Table 1). According to the
FLORA OF GUJARAT STATE (Shah 1978), three species of
genus Ceropegia are found in Gujarat: C. bulbosa Roxb.,
C. candelabrum L., and C. odorata Hook f. The floral
characters of the collected specimen match the species
Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb., except leaf characters.
The specimens were sent for further opinion to
Professor S.R. Yadav (Shivaji University, Kolhapur). Based
on the characteristics and his expert opinion, the specimens
were assigned to the same genus and species Ceropegia
bulbosa Roxb., but two different varieties. Therefore, the
correct identification of these two specimens is Ceropegia
bulbosa Roxb. var. bulbosa Hook f. (Fig. 1a ) and Ceropegia
bulbosa Roxb. var. lushii (Grah) Hook f. (Fig. 1b). The key
to the two varieties is given (Yadav and Sardesai 2002):
I. Climbing herbs, Stem twining. Leaves fleshy ...........
AT LOR EI HEE Re MN 2: 1 C. bulbosa
— Leaves exceeding one inch long, never wanting . 2, 3
Dee Leaves subsessile to petiolate, the lowest almost
orbicular, upper ones elliptic oblong or obovate, usually
BG, Ee a a C. bulbosa var bulbosa
ey Leaves petiolate, narrowly linear-lanceolate .............
Boose a sap binauandoent, Soe hase mae ga C. bulbosa var lushii
Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb P1. Corom. 1; 11.t.7.1795 var.
bulbosa Hook f. Fl. Brit. India 4:67.1883; Cooke, FI. Pres.
Bombay 2: 240. 1958 (Repr.); Jagtap & Das Das in Singh
et al., Fi. Maharashtra St. Dicot. 2: 349. 2001.
Tuberous twining herbs. Leaves subsessile to petiolate,
glabrous, the lowest almost orbicular, the upper ones elliptic-
oblong or obovate, rarely elliptic-lanceolate, usually apiculate,
base rounded, truncate, subcordate or acute. Cymes shortly
pedunculate. Corolla greyish purple; inflated at the base,
narrowed in the middle, funnel-shaped above, glabrous
within; lobes hairy inside and on margins. Outer corona
Table 2: Occurrence of Ceropegia in Lakhpat district, Kachchh
Variety Place Longitude Latitude
Ceropegia bulbosa
Roxb. var. bulbosa Dayapar 23° 37'04.3"N 68° 53'22.5"E
Dayapar 23°37'06.0"N 68° 53'19.5"E
Virani 23° 39' 06.0" N.. 68° 50' 56.3" E
Virani 23° 39' 04.8" N. 68° 50' 58.1" E
Ceropegia bulbosa Dayapar 23°37'05.8"N 68° 53'19.4"E
Roxb. var. lushii Virani 23° 39'06.0"N 68° 50'56.3" E
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
saucer-shaped, entire or broadly shallow; inner sickle-shaped.
Fl. & Fr.: August-November.
Frequent amidst bushes in grasslands.
Ceropegia bulbosa Roxb. var. lushii (Grah) Hook f.
Fl. Brit. India 4: 68. 1883; Cooke, Fl. Pres. Bombay 2: 241.
1958 (Repr); Jagtap & Das Das in Singh et al., Fl. Maharashtra
St. Dicot. 2: 249. 2001.
Tuberous twining herbs. Leaves petiolate, fleshy,
narrowly linear-lanceolate, glabrous, acuminate. Corolla
greyish purple, inflated at the base, narrowed in the middle,
funnel-shaped above, glabrous within; lobes hairy inside and
on the margins. Outer corona saucer-shaped, entire or broadly
shallow; inner sickle-shaped.
Fl. & Fr.: August-November.
Rare, along with C. bulbosa var. bulbosa Hook f.,
amidst bushes in grasslands.
Discussion
The FLORA OF GUJARAT STATE (Shah 1978) is a broadly
accepted source describing the plant diversity of Gujarat State.
This FLorA reported the occurrence of three species of Ceropegia,
namely C. bulbosa from Kachchh (Table 2), Saurashtra, and
throughout in plains; C. candelabrum from Pavagadh hill; and
C. odorata from Pavagadh. Moreover, in the FLORA OF THE
PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY (Cooke 1958), C. bulbosa var. bulbosa
Hook f. was reported from Konkan: Malabar Hill and C. bulbosa
var. lushii (Grah) Hook f. was reported from Kanara: Kasersai
jungle, which was part of the Presidency of Bombay but has
never been part of Gujarat State. In the FLORA OF GUJARAT STATE,
C. bulbosa Roxb. is described till the species level and there is
no mention of its varieties. Kachhch, from where the authors
have collected Ceropegia, has never been part of Bombay
Presidency. The present compilation is thus the first report of
C. bulbosa vat. bulbosa Hook f. and C. bulbosa var. lushii (Grah)
Hook f. from Gujarat State.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank Professor S.R. Yadav, Shivaji
University, Kolhapur, for support in plant identification.
REFERENCES
Cooke, T. (1958): The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Botanical
Survey of India, Kolkata. Vol. 2. Pp. 238-243.
Jactap, A. & N.P. SINGH (1999): Fascicles of Flora of India 24. Botanical
Survey of India, Kolkata. Pp. 211-241.
Jactap, S., S. DEOKULE & A. WATVE (2004): Occurrence of threatened
fragrant Ceropegia in Toranmal forests, Maharashtra. Curr. Sci.
87: 253-254.
KAMBLE, M.Y. & S.R. YapDAv (2004): Asclepiadaceae of Maharashtra.
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 46: 34-49.
SANTAPAU, H. & N.A. IRANI (1960): The Asclepiadaceae and Periplocaceae
of Bombay. University of Bombay, Bombay. Pp. 1-35.
SHAH, GL. (1978): Flora of Gujarat State. Sardar Patel University,
Vallabh Vidhyanagar. Pp. 423-424.
SINGH, N.P., S. KARTHIKEYAN, P. LAKSHMINARASIMHAN & P.V. SHARMA
(2001): Flora of Maharashtra State. Botanical Survey of India,
Kolkata. Vol. 2. Pp. 239.
YADAV, S.R. & M.M. Sarpesali (2002): Flora of Kolhapur District. Shivaji
University, Kolhapur. 284 pp.
14. ANANNUAL FLOWERING POPULATION OF NEELAKURINJI STROBILANTHES KUNTHIANUS
(NEES) T. ANDERS. — A PLIETESIAL SPECIES FROM THE NILGIRI SHOLAS, INDIA
FRANKLIN CHARLES JosE!
‘Department of Botany, Government Arts College, Stone House Hill P.O., Udhagamandalam 643 002, Nilgiris, Tamil Nadu, India.
Email: fcjooty @ yahoo.com
Strobilanthes kunthianus (Nees) T. Anders. (Family
Acanthaceae) is an endemic undershrub that grows above
1,800 m in the sholas of the Western Ghats (Jomy 2008).
Plants that bloom at long intervals like Neelakurinji are called
plietesials. Bremekamp (1944) used the term plietesial in
reference to perennial monocarpic plants. Plietesial life history
includes: gregarious flowering, seed setting, and supra-annual
synchronized semelparity. Sharma et al. (2008) commenting
on reproductive ecology reported that this species is
semelparous or monocarpic, which means that it can flower
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
once in a life time and die.
The Indian subcontinent is home to nearly 150 species
of Strobilanthes of which 59 are seen in peninsular India,
and of these, 39 are endemic to the Peninsula (Venu 2006).
S. kunthianus is a small undershrub reaching a height of 30
to 60 cm; it can grow well beyond 180 cm under congenial
conditions. This plant is an important understorey component
of tropical evergreen forest (Bhat and Murali 2001).
Considerable variation in the life history and mass-flowering
of Strobilanthes has been reported (Wood 1994). Generally,
87
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Strobilanthes spp. take between 10—15 years (usually 12;
rarely 4-9 year cycles have also been seen) to flower
gregariously. Mass flowering (covering all individuals) is
extremely rare, and flowering of some plants in non-mass
flowering years is not uncommon.
The Nilgiris, which literally means Blue Mountains,
got its name from the purplish-blue flowers of Neelakurinji
that blossoms gregariously on the slopes. It is generally
believed that Neelakurinji blossoms only once in 12 years
(Anitha and Prasad 2007). The last mass flowering in the
Nilgiris was reported in 2005. In 2006, after a gap of 12 years,
Neelakurinji flowered in other parts of Tamil Nadu and Kerala
(Ian 2006). Neelakurinji once used to cover the Nilgiri hills
like a blue carpet during its flowering season. Large parts of
the Nilgiris are now occupied by tea plantations and dwellings
(Ranjit 2003).
This communication reports observations on annual
flowering of Neelakurinji in a shola forest (11° 24' 25.80" N,
76° 43' 18.34" E; 2,410 m) near Doddabetta peak in the Nilgiri
hills (Fig. 1). Eight flowering individuals of the fifteen in the
study area were studied for flowering phenology for three
years. It was found that the same plants blossomed in October
2009 and again in September 2010. Variations in flowering
phenology have been reported in other species of Strobilanthes
and allied genera (Daniel 2006). Wood (1994) observed that
S. wallichii flowers annually in eastern Himalaya and
plietesially in western Himalaya. Robinson (1935) noted a
12-year plietesial cycle for S. consanguineus, while Bowden
(1950) suggested that this species flowers every year.
In contrast to the cases discussed above, I recorded
both annual flowering and non-flowering populations in the
same area. Moreover, contrary to the general belief that the
igs
Fig. 1: Non-flowering and flowering plants of Neelakurinji
plant dies after flowering, I observed that not only the plant
but even the flowering branch does not die after flowering,
and flowering was observed on the same branch in the
subsequent year. These findings indicate that the life history
of plietesial taxa is not well understood. Janzen (1976)
suggested that timing of reproduction in plietesials is set by
an internal physiological calendar rather than by external
weather cues, which could explain the isolated cases of
flowering of Strobilanthes kunthianus recorded by me in
the Nilgiris. Or it is associated with the local climatic and
edaphic factors?
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study was made possible through a grant from the
UGC South Eastern Regional Office (SERO), Hyderabad,
India in the form of Minor Research Project (MRP-2659/08
(UGC-SERO) Link No.2659, 2008—2010) to the author.
REFERENCES
ANITHA, K. & S.N. PRASAD (2007): Mass flowering and pollinators of
Strobilanthes consanguinea in the Western Ghats, South India.
Curr. Sci. 92: 1680-1681.
Buat, D.M. & K.S. Murati (2001): Phenology of understorey species
of tropical moist forest of Western Ghats region of Uttara
Kannada district in South India. Curr. Sci. 81: 799-805.
Bownpen, E. (1950): The flowering of Strobilanthes. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 49(3): 576.
BREMEKAMP, C.E.B. (1944): Materials for a monograph of the
Strobilanthinae (Acanthaceae). Verhandelingen der
Nederlandsche Akademic van Wetenschappen, Afdeeling
Natuurkunde. Tweede Sectie. 41: 1-306.
DANIEL, T.F. (2006): Synchronous flowering and monocarpy suggest
plietesial life history for neotropical Stenostephanus chiapensis
(Acanthaceae). Proc. California Acad. Sci. 57: 1011-1018.
Ian, L. (2006): Kurinji crown. Frontline. September 8. Pp. 66—72.
JANZEN, D.H. (1976): Why bamboos wait so long to flower. Ann. Rev.
Ecol. Syst. 7: 347-391.
88
Jomy, A. (2008): Genus Strobilanthes in High Ranges of
Kerala: Diversity, Distribution and Endemism. Pp. 136-146.
In: Rawat, GS. (Ed.): Special Habitats and Threatened Plants of
India. ENVIS Bulletin: Wildlife and Protected Areas. Vol. 11(1).
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun.
Ranaut, D.R.J. (2003): Impact of tea cultivation on anurans in the Western
Ghats. Curr. Sci. 85(10): 1415-1422.
RoBINsON, M.E. (1935): The flowering of Strobilanthes in 1934.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 38(1): 117-122.
SHARMA, M.V., G KuriAKosE & K.R. SHIVANNA (2008): Reproductive
strategies of Strobilanthes kunthianus, an endemic, semelparous
species in southern Western Ghats, India. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 157:
155-163.
VENU, P. (2006): Strobilanthes Blume (Acanthaceae) in Peninsular India.
Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata.
Woop, J.R.I. (1994): Notes relating to the flora of Bhutan: XXIX.
Acanthaceae, with special reference to Strobilanthes. Edinb.
J. Bot. 51: 175-273.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
15. REDISCOVERY OF CINNAMOMUM TRAVANCORICUM GAMBLE
(LAURACEAE) FROM THE SOUTHERN WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
M.P. GEETHA Kumary!”*, A.G. PANDURANGAN!? AND E.S. SANTHOSH KUMAR!“
'Tropical Botanic Garden and Research Institute, Palode, Karimancode P.O., Thiruvananthapuram district, Kerala 695 562, India.
"Email: geethatbgt@ gmail.com
"Email: agpandurangan @ gmail.com
“Email: santhoshkumares @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
The genus Cinnamomum Schaeffer with about
250 species is distributed from Southeast Asia to Australia
(Mabberley 1990). Of the 16 species reported from southern
India, 14 are endemic to the region (Kostermans 1983; Manilal
and Shailaja 1986; Mohanan and Henry 1991; Santhosh
et al. 2003), one of these being Cinnamomum travancoricum.
The species was described by J.S. Gamble based on
T.F. Bourdillon’s collections from Chemunji (=Chemunjee)
near Ponmudi in the erstwhile Travancore state in 1895.
Chemunji hill (1,717 m) is the second highest peak in the
Agasthyamala Biosphere Reserve, next to Agastyarkoodam
(1,865 m), the type locality of this species is considered as
part of India’s biodiversity hotspots. Bourdillon had
commented that C. travancoricum is a small tree common at
higher elevations in the evergreen forests of Travancore.
However, repeated search by several flora workers in the type
locality proved futile, and hence the species was treated under
the Vulnerable category (Nayar 1996; Vajravelu and Daniel
1983). In this paper, we discuss and describe our collection,
obtained from the Munnar area of Idukki district, Kerala, after
a gap of 113 years. Perusal of literature reveals that
Bourdillon’s specimen was the only known collection of this
species and Chemunji near Ponmudi the only known locality
(Kostermans 1983). The present finding of this species from
Munnar, which is about 250 km north of the type locality, is
significant from both the phytogeographical and conservation
point of view.
Cinnamomum travancoricum Gamble in Kew Bull.
1925: 128. 1925 & in Fl. Pres. Madras 1224. 1925; Bor, Man.
Ind. For. Bot. 52, 1953; Kostermans, Bibl. Laur. 358. 1964 &
in Bull. Bot. Surv. India 119. 1983. (Fig. 1)
Tree, 5—6 m tall. Bark and leaves aromatic. Branchlets
slender, angular, densely appressed pilose when young.
Leaves opposite or sub-opposite, 7.5—12 x 3-6.5 cm, ovate
or broadly ovate, elliptic or subovate elliptic, acute or shortly
acuminate at apex, acute at base, thinly coriaceous, smooth,
glossy; 3- basal nerves are thin, reaching below the acumen
of leaves, prominulous in their basal part, impressed above,
densely sericeous hairy when young, glabrous at maturity,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
secondary nerves prominent, parallel; petioles slender, up to
1.5 cm long. Racemes axillary and pseudo terminal, 3—9 cm
long, light brown, sub-appressed pubescent, peduncles
slender, densely tomentose; pedicels thick, up to 1-2 mm long,
sub-obconical. Flowers 3—5 per raceme, rarely up to 12 by
the proliferation of peduncle. Perianth tube funnel-shaped,
1 mm long. Tepals up to 4 mm long, oblong, acute, densely
and sub-appressed brown pilose, appressed pilose within.
Stamens 2.2—3 mm long, elliptic; anthers 4-celled, the
filaments pilose; glands large, attached to the basal part of
the filament; staminodes up to 2 mm long, upper part sagittate,
stipe pilose. Ovary ovoid, 1.7 mm long, glabrous; style as
long as ovary; stigma large, peltate. Fruits not seen.
Flowering: November—March.
Distribution: Endemic to the southern Western Ghats.
Fig. 1: Cinnamomum travancoricum Gamble, a. Twig; b. Flower;
c. Outer perianth (outer view); d. Outer perianth (inner view);
e.—g. Stamens; h. Staminode; i. Pistil
89
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Habitat and Ecology: The species is found in the shola
forests of Munnar in Idukki district, Kerala at an altitude of
2,000 m. The associated species in the community are
Cryptocarya anamalayana, Phoebe wightii, Vernonia
arborea, and Symplocos laurina.
C. travancoricum is apparently similar to or even
confused with C. sulphuratum at a glance. This may be the
reason for workers to erroneously treat C. sulphuratum Nees
as C. travancoricum Gamble in their respective floras
(Mohanan and Henry 1994; Ramachandran and Nair 1988).
Mohanan and Sivadasan (2002) treated C. filipedicellatum
Kosterm. collected from Athirumala as C. travancoricum
Gamble by oversight. On close observation these species can
be differentiated by the differences in leaf shapes, ending of
lateral nerves to leaf apex, and inflorescence, and can be
distinguished by the following key.
la. Leaves ovate or linear lanceolate; lateral nerves not
reaching the apex of leaves, raceme axillary or
OSC MGIOLE MATA 9 a.) cchaee seaertae opraon were ae oa meee Z
lb. Leaves ovate-elliptic to lanceolate elliptic to elliptic;
the basal lateral nerves reaching the apex of the leaves;
panicle always in the axils of terminal leaves ............
Ps ROR at Ne io) ae ee C. sulphuratum
2a. Young leaves sericeous beneath; peduncle 3—7cm long,
Stout, 3—5 flowered ccs. xc. ...cccsess-5s C. travancoricum
2b. Young leaves glabrous beneath, peduncle 3—3.5 cm
long, slender, 3—9 flowered ........... C. filipedicellatum
Specimens Examined: Kerala: Idukki district, Munnar,
+2,000 m, 20.11.2006, fl., Geethakumary & A.G. Pandurangan
48491 (TBGT); Travancore, Chemunji near Ponmudi,
alt. 1,200 m. Apr., fl., Bourdillon 545 (TBGT).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Director, TBGRI, for
facilities and constant encouragement; the Joint Director,
Botanical Survey of India, Coimbatore, for permitting us to
consult the herbarium (MH); and to Mr. S. Sureshkumar,
Asst. Artist, TBGRI, for the illustration.
REFERENCES
GAMBLE, J.S. (1925): Flora of the Presidency of Madras. Adlard & Sons,
London. 1224 pp.
KosTERMANS, A.J.GH. (1983): The South Indian species of Cinnamomum
Schaeffer (Lauraceae). Bull. Bot. Surv. India 25: 90-133.
MABBERLEY, D.J. (1990): The Plant Book. (Ed. 2) Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, U.K. Pp. 126—127.
MANILAL, K.S. & M. SHAILAJA (1986): A new species of Cinnamomum
Schaeffer (Lauraceae) from Malabar. Bull. Bot. Surv. India
28(1-4): 111-113.
MouANnaN, M. & A.N. Henry (1991): Cinnamomum chemungianum
(Lauraceae) — a new species from Kerala, Southern India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 88(1): 97-98.
Mouanan, M. & A.N. Henry (1994): Flora of Thiruvananthapuram.
Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta. 392 pp.
Monanan, N. & M. StvapasaN (2002). Flora of Agasthyamala. Bishen
Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun, India. 568 pp.
Nayar, M.P. (1996): Hotspots of Endemic Plants of India, Nepal and
Bhutan. Tropical Botanic Garden & Research Institute, Palode.
189 pp.
RAMACHANDRAN, V.S. & V.J. Nair (1988): Flora of Cannanore. Botanical
Survey of India, Coimbatore. 393 pp.
SANTHOSH Kumar, E.S., M.P. GEETHA Kumary, A.G. PANDURANGAN &
T. SHasu (2003): Rediscovery of Cinnamomum heyneanum Nees
(Lauraceae) — a rare and endangered species from the Western
Ghats. Indian Journal of Forestry 26: 409-411.
VAJRAVELU, E. & P. DANtEL (1983): Materials for a catalogue of
Threatened Plants of India. Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata.
34 pp.
16. TWO NEW RECORDS OF MOSSES FOR THE INDIAN MAINLAND FROM
THE AGASTHYAMALAIT BIOSPHERE RESERVE IN THE WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
A.E.D. DANtIELS'’”* AND J.L. MABEL'”
'Bryology Laboratory, Botany Department & Research Centre, Scott Christian College (Autonomous), Nagercoil 629 003,
Tamil Nadu, India.
*Email: dulipdaniels @ yahoo.co.uk
7Email: jlenshamabel @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
Studies on the bryoflora of the Agasthyamalai Biosphere
Reserve were first initiated about a decade ago by the senior
author (Daniels 2003). Among the work done, Daniels and
Daniel (2004) added the liverwort Leptolejeunea balansae
to the Indian mainland, and subsequently, the mosses
Calymperes motleyi, Fissidens robinsonii, Leucophanes
90
glaucescens, and L. nicobaricum (Daniels and Daniel 2005).
In this paper, we report the occurrence of two mosses,
Taxithelium vernieri and Trichosteleum punctipapillosum,
earlier known to be distributed only in the Andaman and
Nicobar Islands in India, in the Indian mainland from the
Agasthyamalai region of the Western Ghats. Each of these
Species is provided with the correct name, basionym/
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
synonyms, if any, a detailed description, notes on the habitat
and distribution and an illustration. Specimens cited are
deposited at SCCN (Herbarium, Botany Department, Scott
Christian College, Nagercoil).
Taxithelium vernieri (Duby) Besch., Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 45: 123. 1898; Gangulee, Moss. E. India 8: 1922, f.
985. 1980; Vohra & Kar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 38: 58. 1996;
J. Lal, Checklist Indian Moss.: 130. 2005. Hypnum vernieri
Duby, Flora 58: 285. 1875. Type: Tahiti Isl., D. Vernier (PC?).
Trichosteleum lindbergii A. Jaeger, Ber. Thatigk. St.
Gallischen Naturwiss. Ges.: 412. 1878. T: vernieri (Duby) A.
Jaeger, Ber. Thatigk. St. Gallischen Naturwiss. Ges.: 414.
1878. Isopterygium lindbergii A. Jaeger, Ber. Thatigk. St.
Gallischen Naturwiss. Ges.: 433. 1878. Taxithelium lindbergii
(A. Jaeger) Renauld & Cardot, Rev. Bryol. 28: 111. 1901;
Bruehl, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 13(1): 107. 1931. (Fig. 1).
Plants corticolous, forming tufts, delicate, glossy, pale
green. Stem creeping, 2—6 cm long, pinnately branched.
Leaves spreading, concave, ovate-lanceolate, 1-1.3 x
0.2—0.4 mm, revolute on one side at base, toothed at margin
for 2/3 above, faintly deflexed and acute at apex, ecostate;
cells linear, papillate at tip, sometimes with a few, fine papillae
Fig. 1: Taxithelium vernieri (Duby) Besch.: a. Habit, b.—c. Leaves,
d.—e. Leaf apical cells, f. Leaf median cells, g. Leaf basal cells
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
in a row in lumen; apical cells 8-48 x 4-8 um; median ones
60-100 x 4—6 um; basal ones 12-40 x 4—8 um; alar cells
quadrate, 20-32 x 8—12 um, hyaline. Sporophyte not seen.
Habitat: Corticolous on Syzigium sp. and terricolous,
in evergreen forests, c. 820 m.
Distribution: Southeast Asia and India (Nicobar Islands
and W. Ghats of Tamil Nadu).
Specimens Examined: Western Ghats, Tamil Nadu,
Kanyakumari dist., Seafield, c. 820 m, 18.x1.2008,
A.E.D. Daniels & J.L. Mabel 86, 94.
Trichosteleum punctipapillosum Paris [Index Bryol.:
1314. 1898, nom. nud.] ex Gangulee, Moss. E. India 3(8):
1913, f. 980. 1980. J. Lal, Checklist Indian Moss.: 138. 2005.
Type: India, Andamans, Port Blair, 1892, Man s.n. Herb.
Levier. 483 (BM). Hypnum punctipapillosum Mill. Hal. in
Paris, Index Bryol.: 1314. 1898, nom. nud. (Fig. 2).
Plants monoecious, forming mats, glossy, yellow-green.
Stem creeping, 0.5—2 cm long; branches pinnate, 3-8 mm
high. Leaves imbricate, erectopatent, concave, 0.9-1.2 x
0.40.6 mm, ovate-lanceolate, crenulate at margin, acute and
faintly toothed at apex, ecostate; apical cells 28-42 x
4-6 mm, narrow, rhomboid, elongate, papillate on cell tip;
Fig. 2: Trichosteleum punctipapillosum Paris ex Gangulee: a. Habit,
b.—c. Leaves, d. Leaf apical cells, e. Leaf median cells, f. Leaf basal
cells, g. Capsule, h. Peristome teeth, i.—j. Spores
91
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
median ones 52-64 x 4-8 mm, rhomboid, elongate, with
papillae in centre and tip; alar region with 3, inflated, oblong,
54-68 x 16-32 mm hyaline cells, with a few smaller, 12-48
x 4-12 mm irregular ones above them. Sporophytes on main
stem. Setae c. | cm high, erect, slender, faintly papillose above.
Capsules horizontal to drooping, c. 0.65 x 0.4 mm, ovoid.
Peristome teeth 2-tiered, c. 240-320 x 40-48 mm; outer tier
horizontally striate, papillose towards apex; inner tier
membranous, segmented, faintly horizontally striolate,
papillose throughout. Spores 8—12 x 8-11 mm globose, faintly
papillose, pale brown.
Habitat: Corticolous on Elaeocarpus venustus Bedd.
in evergreen forests, c. 1,100 m.
Distribution: inp1A: Andaman Islands and W. Ghats of
Tamil Nadu.
Specimens Examined: Tamil Nadu, Kanyakumari dist.,
W. Ghats, Muthukuzhivayal, c. 1,100 m, 31.11.2009,
A.E.D. Daniels & J.L. Mabel 268.
Discussion
Taxithelium vernieri can be readily distinguished from
T. kerianum (Broth.) Broth. and T: nepalense (Schwagr.)
Broth. by the presence of unipapillate leaf cells against the
seriate-papillate ones present in the latter two. Taxithelium
laeviusculum Dixon, a closely allied species, differs from
T. vernieri in possessing a single papilla in the centre of the
leaf cells, whereas the latter has it at cell apex.
Trichosteleum punctipapillosum can be readily
distinguished from T: boschii (Dozy & Molk.) A. Jaeger,
T. glaucovirens (Mitt.) Broth., 7 hamatum (Dozy & Molk.)
A. Jaeger and T: luxurians (Dozy & Molk.) Broth. in the
absence of a row of oblong, tinted cells at leaf attachment
with a few cells at alar region inflated, whereas in
T. punctipapillosum, the alar region is differentiated by
3 inflated, oblong, hyaline cells. Trichosteleum
stereodentoides Broth. ex Gangulee, which has the same
feature, can be distinguished from the former by the presence
of pluripapillate cells at midleaf. Trichosteleum stissophyllum
(Hampe) A. Jaeger, a very closely allied species, differs from
T. punctipapillosum in having unipapillate leaf cells and only
2 inflated cells at the alar region which are tinted.
Trichosteleum luxurians and T. stissophyllum are now
Papillidiopsis luxurians (Dozy & Molk.) W.R. Buck &
B.C. Tan (vide Buck & Tan, 1990) and P. stissophylla (Hampe)
B.C. Tan & Y. Jia (vide Tan & Yu, 1999) respectively, and
Trichosteleum hamatum is Radulina hamata (Dozy & Molk.)
W.R. Buck & B.C. Tan (vide Buck & Tan, I.c.).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the Tamil Nadu Forest Department for
permission to explore the area and help in the field;
Dr. P. Daniel, formerly Joint Director, BSI, Coimbatore, for
going through the original manuscript; and Dr. S.C. Rose,
Principal, Scott Christian College, for encouragement. The
financial assistance from Ministry of Environment and Forests
(All India Coordinated Project on Taxonomy), Government
of India, New Delhi, is gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
BRUuEHL, P. (1931): A census of Indian mosses with analytical keys to
the genera. Rec. Bot. Surv. India 13(1): 1-135.
Buck, W.R. & B.C. TAN (1990): The Asiatic genera of Sematophyllaceae
associated with Trichosteleum. Acta Bryol. Asiat. 1: 5-19.
DanigELs, A.E.D. (2003): Studies on the Bryoflora of the Southern
Western Ghats, India. Ph.D. dissertation, Manonmaniam
Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli, India. (Unpublished).
DANIELS, A.E.D. & P. DANIEL (2004): Leptolejeunea balansae (Hepaticae:
Jungermanniales) — a new record to the bryoflora of the Indian
mainland. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 101(2): 333-334.
DANIELS, A.E.D. & P. DANIEL (2005): Additions to the moss flora of the
Indian mainland. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 47(1-4): 93— 100.
GANGULEE, H.C. (1969-1980): Mosses of Eastern India and Adjacent
Regions. Fasc. 1-8. Calcutta. 2142 pp.
LAL, J. (2005): A Checklist of Indian Mosses. Bishen Singh Mahendra
Pal Singh, Dehradun. India. 162 pp.
Tan, B.C. & J. Yu (1999): A preliminary revision of Chinese
Sematophyllaceae. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 86: 1-70.
VourA, J.N. & B.D. Kar (1996): On a collection of mosses from Great
Nicobar Island. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 38: 55-59.
Printed by Onlooker Press, 16, Sasoon Dock, Colaba, Mumbai 400 005 and published on December 19, 2013
by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
OZ
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(1), Jan-Apr 2013
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
A hard copy of manuscript (including illustrations), typewritten
in double space on one side of the paper and a copy of the MS
on a CD using MS Word, should be submitted to the Editor,
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001. Submission
of a manuscript to the Journal implies that it has not been
submitted for publication elsewhere.
A copy of the manuscript may also be emailed to us at
publications @ bnhs.org.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible. Pages should be numbered
consecutively, and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in
the following order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s),
Department(s) and Institution(s); Footnote containing address
of Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List
of Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from
the original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2
should contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the
following order: Introduction; Material and Methods or
Methodology; Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements;
References. Abstract, Key Words, Tables and Captions for
Figures should be typed separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references.
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of materials and the procedures should be clearly stated.
New methods should be described in detail, but if the methods
are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any modifications
made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study and
main conclusions emerging from the study should be included.
The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent sequence
for clarity and readability. The same data should not be presented
in both tables and figures, and such data as can be easily and
briefly stated in the text should not be depicted diagrammatically.
Only such tables and figures as are necessary should be given.
Tests of statistical significance should be identified and
references used should be cited. Statements about the statistical
significance of the results must be borne out by the level of
significance, preferably provided in the tables and legends. The
use of the word “significant” should be restricted to “statistically
significant”.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to the
minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data.
Line drawings should be either laser prints of computer
generated illustrations or manually prepared in Indian ink on
tracing paper, drawn to approximately twice the printed size.
The drawings are usually reduced to the page width or column
size, and care should be taken that the size of letters,
numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction.
Photographs: Photographs for reproduction must be clear, with
good contrast. Prints should be at least 9x12 cm and on glossy,
glazed paper.
Please note that illustrations and photographs need to be
submitted as image files (.jpeg or .tiff format at 300 dpi with
legible text).
Image files incorporated in MS Office will not be considered as
submissions.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references rests
with the author(s). Abstracts of papers presented at scientific
meetings may be cited. References to literature should be
alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with the abridged
titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles of books or
papers in Roman type, thus:
Aturi, Rau J.S. & C. SuBHa Repp! (1995): Ecology of the pollination
in two cat-mint species. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(1): 63-66.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai. pp. 35-48.
Species names should carry the Author’s name and subspecies
(trinomials) should only be used where identification has been
authentically established by comparison of specimens actually
collected.
For the standardised common and scientific names of the birds
of the Indian subcontinent refer to Buceros Vol. 6, No. 1 (2001).
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need not
follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is required,
but key words may be included and references must be cited as
in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to
publish a member’s contribution before that of a non-
member. The Editors also reserve the right to publish invited
papers on priority.
Registered with the Registrar of Newspapers under RN 598
MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIE
wid
EDITORIAL Petr EE hoe a eeal ay cmercahsdr tm adda ancl ara elec roe Pe mr atc an ees a eae clearence aa ces icine eae
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A CRITIQUE
EDiiay abst cara eataTe cata AWK, PRAIA TNA i oe aks es omnes Nee nd aanca shaved ees cvapsnnes anggnatvedsenesedanucasee
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF THE GREAT INDIAN BUSTARD ARDEOTIS NIGRICEPS (VIGORS 1831)
Pramod Patil, Asad R. Rahmani and Sara ANAQ OL eset eee ete steeeceeseeeennsentenseenenseaton ci eenetiesssensenenesnenes
- BIRD RECORDS FROM TAWANG DISTRICT, ARUNACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
Gopinathan GPrW eit a ee Oe eee ed i OR ee
DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ACRIDID PESTS (ORTHOPTERA: “ACRIDIDAE) OF PURVANCHAL
REGION, UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
[SAAS FRAN Ba VOWS AGIAN I GIVAANTT Soo cos wit arada pata caves cdc ccacancccevylenndyon sett lin cls Sesmotvalitues ivigabaReveauoaglesvesdashyusteeds
FLORISTIC DIVERSITY OF THE KUNJAPURI SACRED GROVE, GARHWAL HIMALAYA, INDIA
Megha Rawat, H. B. Vasistha, R.K. Manhas and Mridula Negi
CONTENTS
ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ey
NEW DESCRIPTION
A NEW SPECIES OF NOTASPIDIELLA BOUCEK i a WITH A KEY.
7 TO SPECIES AND NOTES ON KNOWN SPECIES |
— 7.C. Narendran, Abhilash Peter, K. Nikhil and Minu Mohan
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.............> on rr cme ie Sema ie oP iu leeee eae See ee eee
50
57
65
oe
Printed by Onlooker Press, 16, Sasoon Dock, Colaba, Mumbai 400 005 and published by Ms. Sumaira Abdilali
for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001.
_ Website: www. bnhs. org; Email: publications @ bnhs. org/publications, bnhs @ gmail.com
~ JOURNAL
ee OFTHE | 2
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
AUGUST 2013 | | VOL. 110 (2)
BNHS
TADIA ite since 1883
Bs
Le
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
ExecuTIveE Epbitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Epitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PropuctTIOoN Epitor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M. Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Editorial Board
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D. Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
National Centre for Biological Sciences, Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
C.R. Babu, Ph. D. GS. Rawat, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management Wildlife Institute of India,
of Degraded Ecosystems, University of Delhi, Dehradun, Uttarakhand
New Delhi
J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
Chennai, Tamil Nadu
J.S. Singh, Ph. D.
Professor, Banaras Hindu University
Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc.
The Rhino Foundation for Nature,
Guwahati, Assam
Indraneil Das, D. Phil.
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak,
~ "Malaysia |
YM. Jhala, Ph. Do
'. Wildlife Institute of India,
“Dehraduin;Uttarakhand-~
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
T.C. Narendran, Ph. D., FASc.
Professor, Department of Zoology,
University of Calicut, Kerala
Consultant Editors
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
T.J. Roberts, Ph. D.
World Wildlife Fund, Pakistan
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2013
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
VOLUME 110(2): AUGUST 2013
CONTENTS
EE) RG) 1 7.' Raa em Ree mete ean Pe Se SEAR oy IEE RESO, es retort On Se ee On hee ES 8 93
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM ROMILA THAPAR, YUSUF ANSARI, AND VALMIK THAPAR
Vaimik Thapar, Roradarisapar amd YUSUE ANSON sec.ccc on cccecs BBE Socece ces cceseceses nnsanreeeuine- BB RC, eee eee wee 95
EXOTIC ALIENS — LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A REJOINDER TO AUTHORS’ RESPONSE TO OUR REVIEW
MK. Raniitsinh and! DivgaRcaSiaig 00 eet eee See ak eae, Boyd eri iene eh Pal rete, and het cor Saererr iit, 105
THE “EXOTIC ALIENS” CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
Slepheni sO Brien 5 ee ae i Sy ah ie ee OR aindites 4 Teg oh attend 108
THE MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND, SOUTHERN INDIA, WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION,
AND DISTRIBUTION
Ranjit Manakadan, S. Sivakumar, Patrick David and B. Senthil Murugan ................:eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 114
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN THE SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE,
WESTERN INDIA
Shilpi Gupta, Krishnendu Mondal, K. Sankar and Qamar Qureshi ...............:::::ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees SE hee eae a eee 122
THE STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN PLATANISTA GANGETICA GANGETICA IN THE RIVER BARAK,
ASSAM, INDIA
Ta P. Singha: 6.1. Duge and: SP) Biswas este se as tet wares cl eo ah ee ere Be 129
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT, MANDI DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
alice dca: Farin t Ghai tO raKasy osccssccren och eta 8 ah ete Mears reac iP eee A RS eat oh pte ee Aare er Re eo 135
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH STROPHOCINCLA FAIRBANK! MERIDIONALIS
Vivek-CRandtan- A ane Praveen setae 8 2B. Vette he Ah Nie NLA Ss Beh oh rise Mes Bae niet an OE ee ons eae 142
REVIEWS EMITHSON/ 4
i, BIRDS OF CENTRAL ASIA JUN 0 4 2014
Reviewed by RanjitManakadan:: 265,52. ALA ea AA ee ee oe eae Deg BE oi 147
2. ELEPHANT — THE LADY BOSS: ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT LIBRARIES
Reviewed ty Fart Niatveaacain 1 7tsct ceccettoctn ster amt etree te oe ee eens ain ea gr ath cate i Ree 147
3. ROMANCING THE ELEPHANT — A STRATEGY TO MITIGATE HUMAN-ELEPHANT CONFLICT
Reviewed by Raniit ManakaGart: 1.0... eh alls oo Brees FN eel RR et ae, he eis 148
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS
1. | The Hoolock Gibbon Hoolock hoolock in Saiha, Mizoram,
India: Historical records, recent sightings, and conservation
issues
PRERREE SO WC seicasn ise dendycanatsiionds ayes Tass ber one eae ees ees
2. Records of the melanistic Leopard Panthera pardus
(Linnaeus) from Western Ghats area of Maharashtra and
Karnataka, India
Amit Sayyed, Saurabh Takalkar and Anil Mahabal ........
3. Lesser Dawn Bat Eonycteris spelaea: the first record for
Bangladesh
NI a ICRU a. secictes sich ve rngeimacnn iseevaewuane thea ate eee
4. Reappearance of the Wild Pig Sus scrofa cristatus in
Dachigam National Park, Kashmir, India
Khursheed Ahmad, Parag Nigam, Bilal Habib, M. Sadiq
Mir, Zaffar Rais, Mehraj-u-Din Shah and N.A. Malik ......
BIRDS
5. Record of the Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus
in Mysore, Karnataka, India
M.K. Sapthagirish and Honnavalli N. Kumara ...............
6. Sighting of Long-tailed Duck Clangula hyemalis in
Gharana wetland, Jammu & Kashmir, India
CEPTS 10 Ra nt, Sn, Sere ene a
149
151
152
153
154
REPTILES
7. Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus feeding on Common
Krait Bungarus caeruleus
PT DATA RNS oe avrg tevin sctienntn ir ip esi silent nie 155
FISH
8. Marine ornamental ichthyofauna of Thoothukudi coast,
Gulf of Mannar, India
P. Jawahar, G Brucelee and T. Umamaheswari ............ 156
AMPHIBIANS
9. Khare’s Stream Frog Pterorana khare —a new record for
Bangladesh
BRS A: a | Sr ae eee ne eee cee I eae 162
OTHER INVERTEBRATES
10. Onarecord of Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon, 1936
(Decapoda, Caridea, Rhynchocinetidae) in the Gulf of
Mannar, Tamil Nadu, India
Sanjeevi Prakash and
Thipramalai Thangappan Ajith Kumar .............. ee 163
BOTANY
11. Closterium tortitaenioides Coesel — an interesting new alga
to the Asian continent
Jose John end NES: FIOnGIS Ah ok aabsaiiiges 165
12:
13.
Bhesa robusta (Roxb.) Ding Hou, Celastraceae: a new 14. Range extension for critically endangered plant, Crinum
distributional record from Tripura, India woodrowii Baker
Koushik Majumdar, B.K. Datta and Uma Shankar ........ 166 Si SEAS AIC FAUTANE UNION | Pe cud testi abit uderte ben cd ade Hau digas
Dopatrium junceum (Roxb.) Buch.-Ham. ex Benth. — a
new record for the flora of Tripura, India Cover Photograph: Great Pied Hornbill Buceros bicornis
Somnath Bhowmik and B.K. Datta .......... eee eee 168 By Mohan Thomas
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
Govt. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
Editorial
Asiatic Lion: Reintroduction or Assisted Dispersal?
| Peds rnat has been recognised all over the world as one of the ultimate forms of conservation action as it involves a
large number of conservation steps. The International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN)
has a very active Reintroduction Specialist Group that advises and monitors reintroduction programmes. IUCN (www.iucn.org)
has prepared Reintroduction Guidelines that are regularly updated as conservation science develops. There are strict protocols
to be followed before, during, and after the reintroduction of a species.
Reintroduction, and in some cases introduction, is done when natural colonisation by a species 1s not possible, the factors
that exterminated the species from a particular area are effectively removed, and habitat has been restored to receive the
species. As reintroduction involves a long-term commitment, it is generally done by the government with the help of experts.
It also involves long-term planning and removal of all those factors that had originally exterminated the species from the
area. Reintroduction is one of the finest forms of human values — in that we want to rectify earlier mistakes and restore the
natural balance. |
Species are reintroduced to their earlier distribution range when it is not possible for them to colonise naturally due to
human-created barriers. If they can re-colonise the habitat on their own, reintroduction is not required — we just have to
restore the habitat and wait for re-colonisation to happen. This is possible when corridors are intact or the species is very
mobile, for example, birds. Even many birds have been reintroduced or introduced to similar habitat (in case the original
habitat is totally destroyed).
There are hundreds of examples in the world where locally exterminated species have been reintroduced successfully. I suggest
that readers visit Reintroduction Specialist Group website of IUCN (IUCN/SSC 2013). Arabian Oryx Oryx leucoryx became
extinct in 1973 due to excessive hunting. Oman was the first range country to ban its hunting and brought back this iconic animal
to its former habitat (Price 1989), followed by Saudi Arabia where the first reintroduction of Arabian Oryx was started in 1989 in
a fenced protected area called Mahazat as-Sayd Protected Area (2,400 sq. km) in central Saudi Arabia. In 1995, a number of
Arabian Oryx were reintroduced in Rub al Khali or Empty Quarter (without fence). Both the areas now have significant self-
sustaining breeding populations (Islam et al. 2011). Przewalski’s Horse Equus ferus przewalskii is another good example of
reintroduction of a large mammal. It was declared extinct in the wild in the 1960s, but fortunately some animals were present in
western zoos where they were bred meticulously. In the 1980s, 11 were transferred from western zoos to the Wild Horse Breeding
Centre (WHBC) in Xinjiang, China, where a captive population of more than 150 horses was eventually established. In 2001,
55 were reintroduced to the 1.7 million hectare Kalameili Nature Reserve. These are two examples of conservation breeding and
successful reintroduction. Closer to home, we have a good example of the reintroduction of Tiger in Sariska (Rajasthan) and Panna
(Madhya Pradesh). Tiger reintroduction in Panna is quite successful and in approximately six years, the tiger population has
increased to more than 25.
There are many examples of ‘wild to wild’ introduction: a species is still present in the wild, a small number are caught and
released in their former range which has been prepared in advance for receiving them, as the Government of India wants to do
for the Asiatic Lion in Kuno-Palpur Wildlife Sanctuary of Madhya Pradesh. The Asiatic Lion Panthera leo persica was once
widely distributed from the Middle East to Persia to India. Excessive hunting almost exterminated it, except for a small population
left in the Gir forest of Saurashtra, Gujarat that was meticulously protected by the Nawab of Junagadh (Divyabhanusinh 2005).
After Independence, the Government of Bombay Presidency and later the Government of Gujarat played a stellar role in
protecting the animals so much so that it has now become the ‘pride of Gujarat’, with very few cases of Lion poaching by locals.
From a small population of a few dozen individuals hiding in the 1,400 sq. km jungles of Gir, the Asiatic Lion has now spread
out to nearly 40,000 sq. km, some prides living in Prosopis thickets near villages: the last official count of 2010 shows that there
could be 411 lions, spread across Junagadh, Amreli, and Bhavnagar districts. They are now found in the coastal areas (Una,
Kodinar, Sutrapada, and Chhara) and Savarkundla, Liliya, and adjoining areas of Amreli and Bhavnagar districts. According to
the last census, about 64 Asiatic Lions are found in these areas. This natural spread is due to the fact that the Gir forest cannot
hold more lions, and secondly there was no barrier, physical or social, to prevent the dispersal of lions in Saurashtra. This is a
case of natural dispersal of a species to its former range.
During the last 20 years, the Madhya Pradesh government has prepared Kuno-Palpur Wildlife Sanctuary to receive Asiatic
Lion, so that a second home can be developed for this species. There are two major reasons: first, to reintroduce the species in
its former range, and secondly to act as a secure gene pool in the event of an epidemic spreading in the Gir region which could
wipe out most of the population It makes perfect conservation sense to spread the species widely and develop smaller populations
in the former range of the Asiatic Lion. But, we have a problem here.
a4
A few local conservationists have convinced the Gujarat government not to allow transfer of even a small pride of 8—10
Asiatic Lions living outside the Gir Forests to Kuno-Palpur (or anywhere outside Gujarat). Their argument is based on
emotions, not on science, but let us see what they say.
First, the people of Gujarat have been protecting the Asiatic Lion extremely well, so there is no need to transfer some of
them to an area where they may not remain protected. No doubt, the people and government of Gujarat have been protecting
the Asiatic Lion well, but this is not a strong argument to oppose taking a pride that is living on the fringe (please remember,
no Lion from the Gir forest will be taken) to reintroduce to Kuno-Palpur which has been very well protected by the Madhya
Pradesh Forest Department to receive the species. There is abundant prey and habitat for the Asiatic Lion in Kuno-Palpur.
Each Lion will be radio-tagged to follow its movement, so the chances of poaching will be reduced. All the Guidelines of
IUCN and Government of India have been and will be followed by the Madhya Pradesh government. Successful transfer of
One-horned Rhinoceros from Assam to Dudhwa National Park in 1984 is a classical case of reintroduction of a species in its
former range. The Uttar Pradesh Forest Department needs to be congratulated that not a single rhino has been poached from
Dudhwa till now. Why would it be different in Madhya Pradesh when such high stakes are involved?
The second argument is that the earlier reintroduction experiment of Asiatic Lion in Chandraprabha Wildlife Sanctuary
(96 sq. km) in 1959 failed, therefore, this experiment will also not succeed. India has a come a long way since the 1950s, and
conservation science is now well-developed, so the chances of failure in Kuno-Palpur are minimal. Moreover, one failure
_ does not mean that we should not try again. Science cannot develop if we stop experimenting and trying.
The third argument put forward by some local conservationists of Saurashtra is that Kuno-Palpur is a tiger habitat and lions
and tigers cannot live together. This argument has no scientific basis. Even a few hundred years ago, when Asiatic Lion and
Tiger were more widespread in India, there must have been many areas where both were living in the same forest, maybe in
different ecological niches. Animals have their own ways of spatial and temporal separation. Even three or four large carnivores
can live in the same area, maybe eating the same prey but avoiding each other through time and space. Serengeti in Africa is a
well-known example where the African Lion, African Cheetah, and Leopard can be found in the same area, but avoiding each
other. Two other major carnivores are also found there: Hyena and African Wild Dog. In the past, when large natural areas were
intact in India, the Asiatic Lion, Bengal Tiger, Asiatic Cheetah, Leopard, and Wild Dog or Dhole would have been sharing the
same landscape. |
In conclusion, we assert that there is no scientific basis for opposing the reintroduction of Asiatic Lion in Kuno-Palpur
Wildlife Sanctuary (or any other area which is made suitable to them), by transferring 8—10 animals initially, and a few later
if the need arises.
The Gujarat government and Gujarati people need to be praised for protection of Wild Ass, so much so that the species is
even attempting to colonise its former range in neighbouring Rajasthan (Sangha 2003). This re-colonisation is possible only
because the Wild Ass habitat and corridors are still intact, while in the case of Asiatic Lion there is no corridor left between
Saurashtra and Kuno-Palpur. Can we create this ‘corridor’ by lifting a few Asiatic Lions from Saurashtra and taking them to
Kuno-Palpur? I call this human-assisted dispersal. We have been doing this for many species, so why not for the Asiatic
Lion? Weren’t tigers reintroduced in the isolated Sariska Reserve where natural colonisation was not possible due to lack of
corridors? If we follow the argument that a species belongs to a state as it has protected it well, will the Government of
Gujarat stop the Wild Asses from recolonising their former range in Rajasthan? Actually it should be a pride of any state to
give its animals to other states so they can flourish in more areas. Giving is a part of our Indian culture, which some people
appear to have forgotten.
Asad R. Rahmani
REFERENCES
DIvVYABHANUSINH, C. (2005): The Story of Asia’s Lions. Pp. 260. Marg Publications, Mumbai.
IsLam, M.Z., K. IsMAEL& A. Bouc (2011): Restoration of the endangered Arabian Oryx Oryx leucoryx, Pallas 1766 in Saudi Arabia: lessons
learnt from the twenty years of reintroduction in arid fenced and unfenced protected areas. Pp. 125-140. Jn: Knight, M., D. Mallon
& P. Seddon (Eds): Biodiversity Conservation in the Arabian Peninsula. Zoology in the Middle East Supplementum 3. Pp. 212.
Germany.
IUCN/SSC (2013): Guidelines for Reintroductions and Other Conservation Translocations. Version 1.0. . Gland, Switzerland: IUCN Species
Survival Commission, viii + 57 pp.
Price, M.R.S. (1989): Animal Reintroductions: The Arabian Oryx in Oman. Cambridge Studies in Applied Ecology and Resource Management.
Cambridge University Press, UK. Pp. 316.
SANGHA, H. (2003): Sighting of the Indian wild ass Equus onager in Rajasthan: A northward range extension. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
100(2&3): 617-621.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
95-104
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM ROMILA THAPAR,
YUSUF ANSARI, AND VALMIK THAPAR
VALMIK THAPAR!**, ROMILA THAPAR? AND YUSUF ANSARI?
'19 Kautilya Marg, New Delhi 110 021, India. Email: valmikt@ gmail.com
*B-23, Maharani Bagh, New Delhi 110 065, India. Email: romilathapar@ gmail.com
>c/o Mr. Idris Ahmad, Leatherage, 79-103 Bansmandi, Kanpur 208 001, Uttar Pradesh, India.
*Corresponding author
This is a response to the review of EXOTIC ALIENS: THE LION AND THE CHEETAH IN INDIA, Carried in the Journal of the
Bombay Natural History Society, No. 110(1), dated January-April 2013. The book is written by Valmik Thapar
with chapters by Romila Thapar and Yusuf Ansari. The review under discussion here is by Divyabhanusinh and
M.K. Ranjitsinh. It is a long-winded review that will be responded to by each of the authors.
PROFESSOR ROMILA THAPAR
On the meaning of the title, the dictionary meaning of
exotic refers to that which is not indigenous and adds that it
is unusual and interesting; and alien refers to that which comes
from a different place. In neither case is the primary meaning
derogatory, nor does it reflect the unimportance of what is
described as exotic and alien. These latter meanings given by
the reviewers, change the focus of what is being argued in
the book.
In the criticism of Chapter One, may I say that even
though I wrote it in as simple a manner as possible, my
argument has been given an emphasis that is not there in the
original. Perhaps the reviewers are unaware that arguments
are not made only in black-and-white terms and that there
are large areas of grey in every field of knowledge. The
intention of the book was to raise questions about certain
species of animals being either indigenous or not so, to India.
Even though there was no definitive answer for all periods of
time, it was perhaps worthwhile to raise the questions.
My chapter was intended as a historical overview
of early periods and therefore I went step by step,
chronologically. But this review is historically unsystematic.
It jumps back and forth over a span of even thirty centuries
and makes historical comparisons that show little control over
the data. This is surprising coming from reviewers who
presumably understand the systematic procedures of research
in the natural sciences. Nevertheless I will go through it in
the order in which the arguments are made in the review.
Page 4
The reviewers state that because the Indian subcontinent
was at the extreme distributional end of their faunal range
that originated from Africa, it is likely that the cheetah and
the lion did not attain a high degree of abundance in India.
If this was so, its non-application to the western and southern
extremities of the faunal range needs an explanation. The
question asked in the chapter does not relate to the degree of
abundance in India but as to when the lion and cheetah became
a normal part of the Indian landscape.
The reviewers are incorrect in saying that the Harappan
and Vedic civilisations “occupied and cultivated the same
short grasslands and the open forest areas of western and
north-western portions of the subcontinent...” The northern-
most outpost of the Harappan culture was in the Pamirs, the
southernmost in northern Maharashtra, extending westwards
to Baluchistan and eastwards to the upper Doab, with
settlements in Oman in Arabia. Much of this area was
unknown to Vedic civilization. The extent of the Vedic
civilization is difficult to map since there are no definitive
archaeological equivalents of the culture. But drawing
information from the Rigveda, the earliest text of the Vedic
corpus, it extended from the north-western borderlands,
through Punjab and into the fringes of the Doab. From this
area it moved to the Ganges plain but not into western India.
Western India does not come onto the Vedic horizon until the
mid-first millennium Bce. Only some parts of the river valleys
of the north-west and of the Punjab would have had grasslands
and open forest under continuous cultivation. Given the
demography of the Harappan settlements, the pressure from
agriculture would hardly have resulted in the shrinking of
the habitat. If at all this happened, it was limited to a relatively
small area as compared to the area covered by the Harappa
culture, and which areas would have continued to host lions
and cheetahs had there been any. This would not have denuded
the lion and cheetah of their prey if they had lived in this
habitat.
Judging by the sources, the greater frequency of the
lion in Persia would have been the area to the north in the
Oxus plain. This is a more likely location for entry into
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
north-western India rather than the Makran coast, for which
there is also no evidence. The huge numbers of lions hunted
and killed, as I have mentioned, are recorded in Egypt and
Mesopotamia, where they were hunted partly in hunting parks
but also in the wild, as they were in the Oxus plain. The
location of lions, therefore, was not limited to Africa. The
“mental embargo” is obviously in the minds of those who
limit the source to only one place.
Page 5
The sarcasm in the question of whether Alexander’s
armies transported lions is misplaced. It suggests that the
reviewers are unfamiliar with the role of armies in earlier
times. As has been well-established by now, one of the results
of military campaigns was to strengthen connecting routes
between areas, and if need be to forge new ones. Alexander’s
army was no exception as is evident from the increase in the
volume of trade between northern India and west Asia,
subsequent to his campaign. These routes were used for
carrying items of trade or gifts for presentation. The armies
did not transport cargo but the resulting improvement in routes
assisted in the transportation of goods of various kinds. That
was the argument being made in the book.
Page 5
The Kautilya Arthashastra does not refer to lions being
imported but it does imply that they were bred in captivity.
The text — as I have quoted it — states that in certain parks the
teeth and claws of the animals have to be removed, and the
list of such animals includes the lion. This could only be done
if the lions were bred in captivity. The lions that may have
been imported would not have been let loose in the wild but
would certainly have inhabited the hunting parks and the areas
cordoned off for hunting. Their numbers would be nowhere
near those referred to in Egyptian and Mesopotamian sources,
as lions killed both in the wild and in hunting parks.
Page 6
The reviewers pose the question that by referring to
tigers having an indigenous habitat in India, am I maintaining
that India was where they evolved? Does it require a historian
to point out to naturalists that the two are not necessarily the
same?
The identification of the lion at Bhimbetka is not a
definitive identification and that is why it was omitted. There
is also a problem with dating rock paintings in India in the
absence of associated excavations, and dating methods for
rock art remain controversial. The absence of the lion on
Harappan seals has been skirted round by the reviewers in
their argument that lack of depiction on the seals does not
96
mean that the animal is absent. But the crucial point raised in
the chapter is not just the absence of the lion on the seals, but
more interestingly, that in the so-called “Gilgamesh scene”
there is a near identical representation on a Mesopotamian
and a Harappan seal, of a man grappling with two animals,
one on each side. In the Mesopotamian version the animals
are lions, but in the Harappan version they have been replaced
with tigers. The statement this makes is obvious.
The reviewers then proceed to refer to terracotta
figurines, coins, sculptures at stupa sites and so on, where
the lion has been depicted. This is merely a repetition of what
I have said in Chapter 1. But what the reviewers do not seem
to understand is the chronology of this evidence. I am arguing
that the lion arrived in India sometime just before the Mauryan
period. Obviously, subsequent to that, it would be depicted
in all kinds of ways. So what is the point of stating that it
occurs on post-Mauryan objects when that has already been
stated in the chapter, and stated in order to suggest that it is a
late arrival.
I have said in the chapter that the representation of the
lion on the Mauryan pillars is its earliest appearance (p. 40).
This does not mean that I am saying it is the only appearance
as the reviewers state. There is a big difference of meaning
between the two words. Once the lion becomes the symbol
of majesty — as it was in many parts of the ancient world —
then its depiction on monuments is to be expected. If one
wants to make a comparison with the depiction of the tiger,
then it is not just a matter of counting numbers, as one has to
consider the context of the object on which the animal is
depicted, as well as its authorship and purpose.
Page 7
Another chronological confusion occurs in the review
with reference to lions in the Rigveda. I am not linking these
references to Afghanistan but to the BMAC (Bactria Margiana
Archaeological Complex). Small-scale migration from north-
eastern Iran or from the BMAC to the Punjab and from there
to the Ganges plain, would have taken two or three centuries
and certainly not millennia. These are contiguous areas with
archaeological settlements. Memories would certainly be
handed down in such a short span of time.
With reference to lions in Persia, two well-established
references to hunting lions in the wild by Darius and later by
Alexander, which I have mentioned, both locate the lions in
the Oxus plain. If there were lions to be hunted further south
in Iran, it is unlikely that the royal hunt would have gone as
far north as Balkh. Alexander had to make a sizeable deviation
to take in this hunt. If one is looking at the migration of
animals, lions occurred in the wild in Upper Egypt around
the Nile delta. They were also found in the land between the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
Tigris and Euphrates in Mesopotamia. Was there a migration
from here to the Oxus plain or were the latter indigenous to
the area? If lions were needed as royal gifts, transportation to
north-west India would not have involved crossing high
mountains as the reviewers assert. There are multiple river
valleys in the region linked through relatively low-elevation
passes. This was what encouraged the movement of people
and goods over many centuries. Lion cubs would have made
very presentable gifts.
Turning to the cheetah, if it existed in the rock art of the
Neolithic-Chalcolithic of the third millennium BcE, it does seem
odd that there is no evidence of it in the intervening thirty-six
centuries to the early second millennium ce. Do species
disappear and resurface in such erratic ways after so many
centuries? and how should one explain the sudden resurfacing
of this animal? Rock paintings from Kharvai and Karad are
reproduced and are identified as cheetahs. These depict heavily
built animals, almost bovine. The reviewers list what they take
to be characteristic marks of the cheetah, but apart from the
spots there is little else to specifically recognize them as such.
The characteristic of rock art, on the other hand, is that only
the most familiar animals are so depicted as to be clearly
recognisable. There is a world of difference between the
so-called cheetah and the recognisable leopard in the
reproductions included with the review.
My reference to Arabs on the western coast of India is
questioned. But again, as all students of history know,
settlements of Arab traders all along the west coast of India
from the eighth-ninth centuries onwards, are well-attested.
Arabs working in the administration of the Rashtrakuta rulers
are referred to in royal inscriptions. Ships’ captains, seamen,
and traders from west Asia are present in the settlements all
along the west coast of India, handling the huge import of
horses into India, together with other kinds of commerce,
from the first millennium CE.
Taming animals to hunt is something that goes back to
the time when hunting was invented and a range of animals
were used. The point that is being made here is the use of a
specific animal, the cheetah. This is not referred to in early
times.
Page 12
The reviewers disallow trans-shipment from North
Africa to the Red Sea and ask disbelievingly if there is any
report of this anywhere. Here again there is overwhelming
evidence from Greek and Latin texts and from archaeology,
of a substantial trade — commonly referred to as the Indo-
Roman trade — during the period from the second century
BCE to the fifth century ce. Cargo of large dimensions travelled
from Alexandria down the Nile to Koptos, from where it was
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
trans-shipped across the desert to the ports of the Red Sea
such as Berenike, and then loaded onto ships that sailed with
the monsoon wind to the west coast of India, and to ports
such as Muziris in Kerala. Cargo from southern Egypt was
sent by ship up the Nile to Koptos also for trans-shipment
across the seas. This route continued to be used, as also the
more northerly route via the Gulf, into the late second
millennium ce. The southerly mid-ocean route from east
Africa was linked to the 12 degree Latitude, later continued
by the Portuguese. There was far more communication in the
ancient world than is dreamt of by people today.
I am quoted as having said that Afghanistan was the
land of the Rigveda. This is not correct (p. 37). However,
even if it was, it is utterly anachronistic to compare what is
said in two texts 2,500 years apart, the Rigveda and that of
Guggisburg. This is the kind of casual treatment of historical
evidence by non-historians that makes historians despair. Such
comparisons are chronologically and historically irrelevant.
Page 16
I am quoted as saying:
“Professor Thapar states categorically that there is no
record of lions being traded in the ancient period. The same
goes for the cheetah.”
A trade in items means a regular flow of a certain item
from a source to a commercial outlet. To this extent there
was no trade in lions and cheetahs being brought regularly to
commercial centres in India. But this does not preclude the
sending of lions, cheetahs, and other animals as gifts to those
able to look after them in their parks or menageries or
whatever. This was the way lions came to Rome, not as part
of trade. They were captured in the grasslands, transported to
the North African ports, shipped to Rome where they stayed
as part of the gladiatorial activity and in circuses. Transporting
them was no big deal. But they do not feature as part of
big-game hunting in Europe. And we know of them today
because there is mention of them in gladiatorial fights and
circuses. They could similarly have been transported to India
and kept in the hunting parks, as they are known to have
been. Their presence was marked although their numbers were
few — as in Rome. There being no record of trade, does not
mean that no lions could have been brought. Once again let
us not underestimate what came and went in times past.
Page 20
The final sentence of the review is a give away. It says,
“With the evidence placed forth in this paper, the question
would arise as to who is the “imposter”, the book ExoTIC
ALIENS: or the lion or the cheetah in India. Let the reader
decide.” Since a book cannot be an imposter, this remark can
97
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
YUSUF ANSARI
1. The analysis is based on a presumption that as an
historian it is my prejudiced intention to disprove the existence
of the lion as an ‘Indian species’. That is far from the objective
of my study. The aim in both my chapters has been to offer an
alternative to accepted schools of thought, which itself is based
on sketchy evidence and a misreading or weak translations
of historical texts, particularly Persian texts in the Mughal
period.
2. A significant premise for calculating the presence
of the lion in the Indo-Islamic narrative is the oft
misunderstood lack of distinction between the terms shir
and babr, an aspect I have devoted a considerable part of
my essays to, but which appears to have been ignored in
this critique. In the same vein, one of my earliest posers at
what stage does a species become ‘naturalised’? And
the consequent theme of the naturalisation of species
has also been totally cast away in this criticism posing as
critique.
3. My narrative, particularly on the gifts of tribute,
which included animals of the chase, has also been left aside
while a parallel droning for no evidence of imports is
sounded through the criticism.
4. Finally, nowhere in my narrative have I in a
single instance made any ‘denigrating’ remarks about a
particular species and I would be grateful to the critics of
this narrative to point out a single instance that buttresses
their charge of ‘contrived one-upmanship’, anywhere in my
piece.
In my mind, the aim of this work was and continues to
be an encouragement of debate around the subject of the
provenance of the lion and the cheetah. Contrary to the
assertions by the critics, at no point have I drawn definite
conclusions, only laid out historiographical posers, which
question the viability of the accepted view that both species
have been indigenous to India. While accusing me of ‘selective
referencing’, the selective analysis of my essays ignores a
fundamental thrust of my argument and that is the linguistic
confusion pertaining to the classification of big cat species.
Most notably the interchangeable use of sher for tigers and
lions in the Mughal narrative, as a result of which the lines
between the two, in historical accounts, have been blurred.
This in turn has led to an exaggerated estimate of lion numbers,
because more often than not the Mughal sher was in fact the
tiger, though it was translated to mean the lion.
Furthermore, as a big cat enthusiast with an abiding
passion for history there is no question of a disparaging or
condescending attitude towards a magnificent creature like a
lion or indeed a cheetah, both of which I have observed at
close quarters in the wild. The critics have ascribed a
prejudiced notion to my motive for being part of this book:
the preference for one species over another. I am surprised
by this and can only submit that this is not the case. My aim
has been to examine the historical record and stir a debate on
the subject to contribute to and inform existing perspectives
on the matter. From their response, I have the satisfaction of
knowing I have succeeded in some measure.
VALMIK THAPAR
As principal author of EXOTIC ALIENS, I am very surprised
to have seen a book review of nearly 20 pages devoted to a
critique of the abovementioned book. If such a critique is
thought to be significant, the normal procedure in serious
journals is to send it to the authors of the book for their
response, and then both the critique and response are
published together. Sadly not only was the review published
without our responses, but the Director, BNHS has circulated
this review, calling it a “paper” and “interesting and
scientific’. Since the language used in the review by its
authors Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh is in our opinion
rather unbecoming, and judgemental, and questions the very
premise of the book and the objectives of the authors in
following this premise, we would like to respond. There are
also serious errors and misinterpretations by the reviewers
in what has been published and circulated as an “interesting
and scientific paper” even though it is clearly a book review.
98
We hope our responses to this book review will be published
in the next issue of JBNHS.
1. On page 3 of this review, the authors ask the question
— Why is the book silent on the evolution and arrival of the
tiger in India? My answer is very simple. The book explores
what is called recent history, and therefore had never intended
to get into the evolutionary history of either lion or tiger in
India. This fact should be clear to anyone reading the second
author Romila Thapar’s section. It is also clearly stated by
me on page 14 of EXOTIC ALIENS: THE LION AND THE CHEETAH IN
INDIA where I ask the question “ Is there an evolutionary or
genetic basis to my thesis that goes beyond the historical
record?” The book is silent on this issue because it was never
our intention to examine that aspect.
2. From the last paragraph on page 4 of this review to
the second para on page 6, the authors make a persistent effort
to state that many of my statements are based on “wishful
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
thinking” and are not supported by evidence. They are
absolutely correct. If I had evidence of large bulk imports of
both lion and cheetah in the Mughal period then not only
would scores of history books have to be rewritten but we
would not even be having this discourse! I have stated very clearly
on page 12, last para and page 20, last para that the “premise” I
suggest should at least “stir debate” and “provoke research’.
My part of the book is speculative but based on a massive amount
of information that points to the premise that I believe in.
3. The authors of the review (pp. 4-6) therefore need
to see the information provided on page 21 of EXOTIC ALIENS,
where a miniature painting of the 16th century reveals two
Jesuit priests laden with gifts for a Mughal prince including
two cheetahs, which clearly establishes that the cheetah was
gifted as tributes to the kings! How many were gifted is a
question that will be answered when other scholars unearth
records that are hugely difficult to find.
4. Furthermore the authors of the review (pp. 4—6)
should look at the successes of hand reared cubs in
Ranthambhore in the last 12 years and the introduction of a
hand reared cub from Kanha into the wilds of Panna. In my
opinion, the time and expertise to conduct experiments in the
private hunting grounds of the royals in recent history was
not only greater than today, but was not governed by any
laws whatsoever, so anything and everything was possible.
5. As far as African lions are concerned, it was not just
the Maharaja of Gwalior trying to introduce them in the 20th
century but also the King of Nepal (see page 179 of Exoric
ALIENS). In 1938, on the Viceroy’s shoot in Chitwan, Nepal
there is a fascinating quote “Many reports had been coming
from the villages of damage and destruction to their herds of
cattle by two new and ferocious animals, which from the
descriptions given, were clearly the two African lions that had
been released in the valley a month before. His Highness
therefore decided to kill them, or they might turn into man-
eaters in the future.” (Page 115, BIG GAME SHOOTING IN NEPAL by
E.A. Smythies, 1942, Thacker Spink & Co., Calcutta). The
two lions were killed and I believe many Royals followed this
practice throughout history. Lions were introduced before a
ceremonial shoot and then killed, and as more people dig out
records it is likely that startling information will be revealed.
In fact this was the endeavour of the book and I hope it provokes
research into records that are closely guarded. For the moment,
the authors Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh should correct their
statement on page 6 of their review that “The only record that
exists of imported animals being released in the wild in India...”.
The African lions released in Gwalior’s forests were not the
only record. By the way, I understand that there were many
cases of imported Red Deer being introduced in India, but this
will be a subject of another paper!
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
6. On page 11 of the review, the reviewers
Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh cast aspersions on the
terminologies I use. I leave it to the readers to decide what
their experiences of the Gir lion have been and I have given
enough narratives of its tameness on pages 173-177 of EXOTIC
ALIENS. Early narratives are full of what appears to be “the
strange nature of the Gir lion”. Millions love dogs and
mongrels across the world. My use of these words is to
emphasize their domesticated nature from the time the
narratives about them started, and I will elaborate on this,
since unlike tigers in Ranthambhore and what changed them
(page 11, second paragraph of the review), the lion in history
(unlike the tiger) is described by some early travellers in its
true state. Francois Bernier provides one of the first
descriptions of how lions were hunted in the private hunting
grounds of the Mughal emperors, dating to the period between
1656 and 1668. “As a preliminary step, an ass is tied near the
spot where the gamekeepers have ascertained the lion retires.
The wretched animal is soon devoured, and after so ample a
meal the lion never seeks for other prey, but without molesting
either oxen, sheep or shepherds, goes in quest of water, and
after quenching his thirst, returns to his former place of
retirement”. For several days he is fed asses and when they
know that the king is coming they start to tie an ass “down
whose throat a large quantity of opium has been forced. This
last meal is of course intended to produce a soporific effect
upon the lion’. (TRAVELS IN THE MOGUL EMPIRE AD 1656—1668
Francois Bernier, an improved edition by Archibald
Constable, first published 1891, page 378.) He then goes on
to describe how this dazed, opium sodden lion is surrounded
by huge nets which are drawn closer and closer. The lion is
fully surrounded and then the king appears on an elephant
and fires at the lion through the net, etc! Bernier’s descriptions
are very valuable as unlike the chroniclers of those times there
is no bias. The lion is shown as doped and shot without any
risk and the process totally stage managed. The chroniclers
would narrate the same encounter describing “the ferocious
lion” and the story of “bravery and courage” of the great
emperor in its dispatch. They were like public relations
managers for the kings. This was written for the public in
order that they believe in the power of the king over the king
of the jungle. I leave it to Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh to
decide which version they want to believe. They seem to have
great faith in the descriptions associated with the chroniclers!
I do not. The tameness associated with the lion in India goes
back into history. That is not so with the tiger. Just the first
hand description by Bernier should cast doubts on the natural
presence of lions in India! Surely anyone with common sense
will ask the question — Was this a wild lion or one introduced
in an enclosure for the hunt?
99
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
7. On page 12, the reviewers contest my estimates of
Blackbuck in India. This has to be at best speculative. And
while speculating about what they consider that the thousands
of lions and cheetahs ate, they should not forget the tens of
thousands of wolves and hyenas, etc.
8. On page 12, the authors of the JBNHS review state
that they have seen prides of 26 lions in Gir. I do not doubt
that, as Ihave seen a pride of 18 there. If the authors had read
our book carefully they would have noted that my interest in
prides and their numbers concerned pre-1890 observations!
So this comment has nothing to do with our book.
9. On page 12, the reviewers discuss the issue of lions
crossing rivers. I have been fortunate to watch lions in Africa
including the Okavango for more than six months and still
am convinced that the lion could not have crossed the Indus.
But again all this is my opinion and the speculation by all of
us (including the reviewers) is without any scientific evidence!
10. In the last paragraph, page 12 and the first
paragraph, page 13, the authors claim that my conjectures on
what the Nawab of Junagadh did cannot be accepted as fact.
I have never asked anyone to accept it as fact. It is however
what all the information collected points to and is therefore a
credible conjecture. The chroniclers of the Mughals never
discussed the fact of opium sodden lions being killed by kings!
Should anyone investigating lion hunting believe solely in
the chroniclers’ “facts”? The narratives of the past all point
to a high degree of domestication of the lion in India,
especially after 1890 and in Junagadh. I have no reason to
doubt this even if the records of the Nawab of Junagadh state
it differently. Anyone who studies these issues must keep in
mind the bias of the chroniclers.
11. In the second paragraph, page 13, the reviewers
talk of Jahangir’s lion hunts. I have read Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri
and I am not impressed because the chroniclers’ accounts are
questionable. As far as Iam concerned, the reality of the lion
hunt is how Francois Bernier described it between 1656 and
1668, as stated in point 6 of this response. The authors further
mention the Anup Rai incident of 1610. This has been dealt
with in detail by Yusuf Ansari and shows how easily the
chroniclers interchanged lion for tiger and vice versa
(See text and ‘pictures on pp. 87, 88, and 96, 97; 98:
Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh state that “Jahangir goes on
to record that in a span of 39 years he had shot 86 lions.”
Archibald Constable is very clear in 1891 in his improved
edition of TRAVELS IN THE MOGUL EMPIRE by Francois Bernier
(page 379) that this record is of 86 tigers and not lions. Iam
more inclined to believe him. There are several scholars who
believe that it was tigers that were mainly shot, though much
confusion was caused by the chroniclers on this issue of lions
and tigers and I can understand the confusion of the authors
100
of this review. But it is clear that such records were not based
on fact and had different interpretations by different people.
Lions were also much more precious than tigers and this fact
is abundantly clear in early hunting narratives referred to in
the book.
12. On page 13, paragraph 4, the reviewers discuss the
words Shir and Babr and the confusion that results from this.
Yusuf Ansari has dealt with this issue in detail from pages
95-99.
13. On page 13 the reviewers discount all the amazing
information that Giovanni Francesco Gemeli Careri, the
Italian traveller provides and instead of enquiring into the
reasons for hand to hand combat with lions, or how many
lions entered Goa from Africa, the authors choose to ignore
and dismiss some fascinating nuggets of information from
the 17th century. I believe that any historical enquiry requires
an open mind in order to pursue information. How many lions
arrived from Africa on India’s coastline? Subsequent to the
publication of the book, I have found records of the 15th
century where the Chinese used Calicut as a transit point
where they even landed giraffes and lions! The Chinese
returned with “sundry unusual commodities, as well as
ostriches, lions, and yet another giraffe; such animals were
easily transported across the Red Sea from Ethiopia’. Could
any of these lions have been destined for India and not just in
transit to China? We know giraffes were found in the stone
sculpture of the Sun Temple in Konark.
14. On page 14, the reviewers state that my captions of
lions in a fenced area could be an attempt to “deliberately
mislead the gullible”. If Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh
believe that the painting on page 10 [of the review] with a
foreground and background of what appears to be a wooden
fence is actually stylized trees, then that is their choice. What
about the paintings on pages 122 and 129 [ExoTIc ALIENS]?
There are scores of miniature paintings of lion hunts in India
during the Mughal period where lions are killed in enclosures
and the authors of this review need to examine them in much
greater detail. The entire concept of the royal hunt in Mughal
India was stage managed to perfection and there are endless
visuals depicting this both in EXOTIC ALIENS and in scores of
other Mughal paintings.
15. On page 15, the reviewers claim that some of my |
statements are untrue, e.g., The Maharaja of Bikaner shot
3,300 sandgrouse in one shoot. This shoot is credited to him
even though it is obvious that other members participated. I
am not suggesting that the person singly killed 3,300
sandgrouse himself! In any case, this example is illustrated
to reveal the extent to which the royals stage-managed shoots.
In a way, they were massacres that took place in the guise of
sport and till the ban on hunting was enforced in 1970 this
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
royal tradition continued. The killing was done to acquire
records and compete with others. The same is true about
paintings of African animals that are found in palaces across
India — and not only paintings in places like Dungarpur but
stuffed animals from Africa are also found in many palaces.
Again the context of this is to reveal the connection that
existed between the continents and no one can deny either of
the above points. So these comments of the reviewers are
unnecessary.
16. On the second para of page 15, the reviewers discuss
the use of cheetahs. It is not my concern whether Wankaner
had or did not have cheetahs since I am quoting from
V.D. Sharma and K. Sankhala. I am given to understand that
Kutch and Jamnagar had coursing cheetahs in the 19th century,
as did endless other princely states. Is there any denying that
scores of states used hunting cheetahs and that it was an all
prevalent fashion at that time? Would the reviewers consider
this to be false or true? That is the question.
17. On page 15, it is Archibald Constable (1891), who
when discussing Bernier’s descriptions of lions and lion
hunting states categorically that “Except in Kathiawar lions
are very rarely met with in any part of India now.”
18. On page 15, the reviewers suggest that one of my
critical quotes from ORIENTAL FIELD SPORTS by Thomas
Williamson may not be true or could be an effort to mislead.
It shocks me that these two wildlife conservationists have
not read this book based on hunting in India in the late 18th
century. It would reveal to them what people who traversed
India thought about the presence of lions in that time. The
quote states “As to lions there are none in Hindoostan... the
only one ever seen in that country was that sent from Ghod in
1781, as a present to Mr. Hastings, then Governor General of
India. It was considered as a unique animal and has been
brought from the north of Persia, where it’s said to abound.”
It is surprising that the authors of the review have missed this
vital fact. Do they believe that Williamson’s statement of the
state of affairs is misleading or false? Not only is he categoric
that there are no lions in Hindoostan but goes on to say that it
was considered a unique animal and the only one imported in
1781 was from the north of Persia. He covers not just their
absence but also their import and this book was one of the
first epics to cover hunting across India in a span of 20 years
during the last part of the 18th century. And this at a moment
of time in the 18th century when the decimation of lions by
the British as many would like to believe had not even started!
So did the British hunt lions when they were none to hunt?
How could they be responsible for the near absence of lions
in the 19th century? Do the reviewers consider Williamson a
liar? Are they not at least suspicious that lions may have been
absent? I am not given to misleading people and any genuine
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
errors in my book will be corrected in the new edition and
more information added to my hypothesis. At the same time
that Williamson wrote this, Thomas Pennant referred to the
debate that raged in India about lions “Here was a royal
menagerie, and the breed had propagated from the beasts that
had escaped.” Pennant was a very well-known naturalist of
the 18th century. If Pennant, with others in the 18th century,
could reflect suspicions of the origins of wild lions and
whether they were escapees from a royal menagerie, surely
Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh can at least be suspicious
225 years later. After all, there has to be in all of us a sense of
historical enquiry which we pursue without bias, and no one
who claims to be a student of history could ignore or not read
what Williamson said. My hypothesis was not a figment of
my imagination. The very basis of it was being discussed in
the 18th century! I will spell out the quote for the reviewers.
This statement by Williamson is made in a chapter entitled
‘Jackals Rescuing a Hunted Brother’ and is on page 116,
paragraph 1 of the 1984 edition edited by Antony Atha
Publishers Ltd, of which 350 copies were printed. I have in
my possession copy 224. The book is a reprint of ORIENTAL
FIELD SPORTS: “being a complete, detailed, and accurate
description of the wild sports of the East and exhibiting in a
novel and interesting manner the natural history of the
elephant, the rhinoceros, the tiger, the leopard, the bear, the
deer, the buffalo, the wolf, the wild hog, the jackall, the wild
dog, the civet, and other undomesticated animals...’’. It goes
on to say on the title page “original, authentic, and curious
anecdotes” with a “FAITHFUL REPRESENTATION OF THAT
PICTURESQUE COUNTRY” by Williamson who in the 18th century
spent “upwards of 20 years” in India. Please note that the
lion is not mentioned in the list of animals on the title page,
and is relegated to oblivion in this narrative. At least
Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh should ask the question —
Why did Williamson say what he did on lions? This book is
based on Williamson’s first hand information of India’s wild
animals in the last three decades of the 18th century. This is
when if there were any numbers of wild lions in India they
would have figured in his narrative. Why were lions not a
part of his descriptions? Why do they not figure? The only
answer I have is that they did not exist and no one in the 18th
century talked of them! Can you just arbitrarily dismiss vital
clues and information like the above that come from the past?
Was Williamson a liar and falsifying information on India’s
wildlife? Anyone with a sense of enquiry into the natural
history of animals would be very suspicious of the presence
of lions in India after reading this book. I also have the
1819 edition of the book in which this quote appears on
paragraph 2, page 130, volume 1. I hope that the authors of
this “scientific paper’, as it has been portrayed, will find time
101
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
to read the vital para and I hope it triggers in them at least a
suspicion regarding the absence of the lion in India,
irrespective of Sir Charles D’Oyly’s paintings of lion hunts,
for which we have no evidence whether they took place in an
enclosure or elsewhere (paragraph 2, page 16 of the review).
19. A premise of the book is that such lion hunts as
took place were staged and when they were not, they surprised
the hunters who were expecting to kill tigers and not lions.
The appearance of the lion could shock locals and even the
hunter, who had not seen it before and therefore people like
James Forbes in 1781 believed that they existed on the borders
of Persia. Paragraph 3, page 16 of the review refer to pages
136-138 of ExoTic ALIENS. The authors of the review suggest
that my statements are contrary. They are not.
20. In paragraph 6 of page 16, the reviewers maintain
records of lions shot in Delhi and Haryana during the mutiny.
THE BOOK OF THE TIGER, with a Chapter on The Lion in India
by R.G. Burton, 1933, makes fascinating reading where he
states on pages 273 and 274 that “The Bengal Sporting
Magazine for 1833 contains a good account of a lion hunt in
Harriana...”. The lion hunt is then described. Burton goes on
to state “This hunt must have taken place before 1830 for in
the same magazine in 1831 Major Brown had written that the
lion was ‘once very numerous in Harriana but there is not
one to be found now; the whole of the most favoured tract for
them was travelled last year by a gentleman who did not hear
of one’.” Obviously there was much confusion about the lion’s
presence and Burton goes to the extent of discounting the
date of the hunt since the area was recorded as having no
lions in 1930! This would make anyone suspicious and as far
as I can see these hunts must have been preplanned and staged,
otherwise all these contradictions could not have taken place.
Burton goes on to state that “The naturalist Blyth, writing in
The India Sporting Review in 1856 says that a lion was killed
in Shekawat in 1834. A year later, he remarks that “It is curious
that not even a tradition remains of the former existence of
that grand and most prominently conspicuous animal in the
Harriana territory. The lapse of centuries will sufficiently
account for all remembrances of the Rhinoceros having long
ceased on the banks of the Indus, where the Mogul Emperor
Babar hunted it, and has left so clear a description of the
huge beast in his memoirs that there can be no doubt whatever
on the subject... It is indeed strange that the King of Beasts
should in so very few years have been utterly lost to
recollection of the native inhabitants of Harriana.” This is
the naturalist Blyth writing in 1856, and clearly saying that
not a tradition remains of its existence and it is utterly lost to
the recollection of the natives. Blyth finds this curious and
strange. He had the same seeds of suspicion that I have, and
in 1856, just before the so-called records of lions killed from
102
1857-1858 in Haryana and Delhi by Col. A. Smith. And then,
there is Major Brown who states that there is not one lion to
be found in Haryana in 1831. In fact those who travel these
tracts do not even hear of one. Burton only quoted Blyth and
Brown because it was strange and pointed to the lion’s absence
in areas where it should have flourished. Surely
Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh should at least have doubts
and suspicions about this issue when so many did in the 18th
and 19th centuries! I for one question the records of lions
killed by Col. A. Smith.
21. On page 17, the reviewers have published a picture
of two lions and make the comment “A pair of mature black
maned lion in the Gir, refutes the belief that Indian lion had
only a sparse, light coloured mane’. They should read what
Sir J. Fayrer K.C.S.1., M.D., F.R.S. stated in a paper entitled
“Destruction of Life by Wild Animals and Venomous Snakes
in India”. The paper was read at the Society of Arts on
February 1, 1878. Fayrer says of the lion in India “It seems to
belong now more to the African than the Asiatic fauna, and
probably attains a greater size in Africa. It is of various tints
of colour; in India it is of a pale tawny hue, wanting the dark
rufous tinge, and has a comparatively scanty mane, which is
not so dark in colour than the African variety, and has the
median line of hair on the abdomen less developed.” He goes
on to say “some of the male Indian lions are nearly devoid of
mane; the female is always maneless”. And further “Its range
in India is now very limited, and it would appear to gradually
becoming extinct.” J. Fayrer was not even able to ascertain
records of how many lions were killed by man or how many
men were killed by lions and only because of the tiny numbers
of lions that existed! For tigers and leopards, the figures are
in thousands. For lions, the figures for years on end cannot
be ascertained. Surely Divyabhanusinh and Ranjisinh should
be asking questions about the lion’s presence since so many
that ruled both forest and country in the 19th century were
talking about maneless lions, a paucity of records, and
near extinction! For me the whole matter is questionable and
it is information like this that builds the premise of what I
believe about lions and cheetahs in EXOTIC ALIENS. After all,
Sir J. Fayrer could not have been misleading his reading public
on the facts of those times!
22. On page 17, the reviewers speculate on the number
of lions left in Gir at the end of the century. I will not join this
speculation. I have quoted in EXOTIC ALIENS (pages 155-156)
an official record of the British Government from a book
entitled THE INDIAN EMPIRE, ITS PEOPLE, HISTORY, PRODUCTS, by
Sir William Wilson Hunter, which states clearly “In 1893
when the Durbar became alarmed at the extinction of lions, a
rough census was taken... there are now estimated to be only
20 lions remaining in Gir of which 8 are cubs.” I don’t think
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
anyone can be more specific. In 1869, Hunter was responsible
for a statistical survey of India and its dominions which were
later reduced and formed the volumes of The Imperial
Gazetteer of India. In the present volume Hunter distilled the
essence of all his work on India, and in an earlier edition of
THE INDIAN EMPIRE (1886) he states “The Lion is now confined
to Gir, or rocky hill-desert and forest of Kathiawar. A peculiar
variety is there found marked by the almost total absence of
a mane; but whether this variety deserves to be classed as a
distinct species, naturalist have not yet determined. The lion
has now almost entirely disappeared; and the official Gazetteer
of Kathiawar states that there are [1884] probably not more
than ten or a dozen lions and lionesses left in the whole Gir
forest tract.” (page 652). I cannot doubt Hunter. Can there be
a more credible person to listen to? Do Divyabhanusinh and
Ranjitsinh think that this statistician is misleading his readers
or falsifying facts? Would they like to correct him? He has
called the lion “peculiar” and “maneless”’!
23. On page 19, paragraph 4, the reviewers again have
got their facts wrong. O’ Brien’s statement is very much in the
book on page 18 of ExoTIC ALIENS. In fact, in paragraph 3 of the
said page, Professor Romila Thapar comments on this fact!
24. ADDITIONAL points (a) Divyabhanusinh and
Ranjitsinh seem convinced that lions were plenty and roamed
northern India and this irrespective of what others in those
times felt. Let us look at Francois Bernier’s first hand
description of a lion that escaped the enclosure in which he
was being hunted. Firstly the fact that “during the last hunt,
that the enraged animal leaped over the net, rushed upon a
trooper whose horse he killed and then effected his escape
for a time”. If there were plenty of lions why were they
escaping and to where? The word escape in a hunt can only
mean that there were so few that each one was looked after!
In this firsthand description, the lion is hunted within a netted
enclosure and there are no “stylized trees” as backdrops!
“Being pursued by the huntsmen he was at length found and
again enclosed in nets.” He goes on to add “The whole army
was on that occasion subjected to great inconveniences and
thrown into a considerable degree of confusion. We remained
three or four days patrolling in a country intersected with
torrents from the mountains, and covered with underwood,
and long grass that nearly concealed the camels.” Can you
imagine thousands of people chasing a single lion over a few
days and if lions were free ranging and plentiful could this
ever happen? Why was the army going out to catch the escapee
and net it again when hundreds of other lions were supposed
to roam in the area? Was it for the next hunt? Was it to return
it to the royal menagerie? Does it not reveal how precious
each lion was and how few they were? Bernier believed that
any escaped lion was a signal of a bad omen but his entire
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
description on pages 378 and 379 can only point to the very
few lions that existed in the 1660s! The reviewers need to
ask themselves whether Bernier was misleading the public,
lying, or falsifying what he saw with his very own eyes or...
[TRAVELS IN THE MOGUL EMPIRE by Francois Bernier.] As far as
escaped coursing cheetahs are concerned, it is clear that great
care was taken by the handlers to prevent their escape and
many must have escaped. See page 214 of EXOTIC ALIENS. The
authors of the review mention cheetah catchers and their role.
I have clearly shown on page 194 a painting of cheetah
catching in a fenced enclosure and this clearly is not of
‘stylized trees’! They were therefore caught regularly when
they managed to escape in these enormous hunting grounds
after a hunt. To me this is plain and simple common sense.
(b) If the reviewers had glanced at the fascinating paper
“A Lion’s Share of Attention: Archaeozoology and the
Historical Record” by L. Bartosiewicz (2009, Institute of
Archaeological Sciences, Budapest, Hungary) where the
author states “Craniological traits of the now extinct North
African Barbary Lion (Panthera leo leo Linnaeus) and Asiatic
Lions (Panthera leo persica Meyer, 1826) are very similar.
There must have been a contiguous population inhabiting
North Africa and Asia.” He then goes on to say “It is possible,
that the lion populations of Asia were not contiguous in recent
historical times, since no lions were reported either from
eastern Iran or Afghanistan”. I ask the question that could the
North African lion have been imported into India? Would
such imports explain the near absence of them and the lack
of numbers in their natural state? It might explain why
Afghanistan had none.
Let’s see what Bartosiewicz says about imports. He
states “Stocks of Barbary Lion, the largest of all subspecies,
had served as a steady supply to Europe throughout Antiquity:
for example Sulla staged 100 “maned” lions in Rome in the
2nd century Bc, a gift of King Bocchus of Mauretania. It was
certainly from Africa that Claudian believed that Stilicho
would obtain the “superb lions” (eximii leones) for display at
his consular games.” He goes on to say “In a number of
AD 3rd-4th century mosaics, mostly from North Africa, great
hunting parties are depicted, with animals being captured,
packed, and shipped to various destinations so that they could
be put on stage.” Is it so unbelievable to consider that one of
the destinations was also India where local rulers could boast
on a stage about their “royal” acquisitions? Throughout ExoTIc
ALIENS, both in text and visual, there is enough information to
suggest that from the 16th to 20th century, lions were kept in
royal menageries for use in the royal court and for possible
ceremonial hunts. Menageries were holding and breeding
stations for animals like lions and surely it is possible that
small numbers of lions were imported from time to time to
103
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM AUTHORS
replenish stocks. Should we not be open to this? Is it so
unbelievable when the trafficking in live lions was all
pervasive across the world? I believe in this premise. It only
makes for common sense!
Bartosiewicz also talks of supply from the reedy
marshlands around the Tigris and Euphrates “The area had a
long tradition of exporting lions. Those captured in Northern
Mesopotamia were sent to Constantinople (mid 4th century
CE) especially for the games organized by the emperor’. Why
is it so difficult to believe that some lions entered India because
of the same reasons? And even more fascinating is the
hijacking of lions in transit! Bartosiewicz states “Gaius
Cassius (?85 BCE-42 BCE) quaestor of Syria ordered the
shipment of live lions (presumably of local, Syrian origins)
to Italy but the transport was hijacked at the ancient city of
Megara in Attica (northern section of the Isthmus of Corinth)
on the way to Italy.” Live lions were moving all over the
world and anything was possible! Bartosiewicz goes on to
state “Following their extinction in Antiquity, therefore, lions
would have been very costly beasts in most places and the
expense members of the elite were willing to go through just
to put them on display illustrates the hypothetical kudos
attached to these animals”.
He goes on to discuss the confusion such imports can
create “Finally, in light of the copious historical record, one
must also reckon with encountering the skeletons of imported,
live lions during the later periods of Antiquity and beyond.
This is what makes the latest known lion finds identified at
Hellenistic colonies in the studied regions so difficult to
interpret. It is not really possible to tell, whether later [ron
Age finds are the last survivors of the East European
population, or the first imports by new settlers.” Frankly as
far as India is concerned such research should prove
fascinating! That imports of lions took place in recent history
I have no doubt. I hope that from all this information serious
observers at least approach this issue with an open mind.
Bartosiewicz goes on to state “To date, the medieval lion skulls
from the Tower provide the most unambiguous osteological
104
evidence for historic trafficking in lions.” All the information
I have collected points to the trafficking of live lions in India’s
recent history and I hope further investigation will add new
light to this premise.
25. The unsavoury remarks on page 20 of the review
on the content of the book and the fact that it was created as
part of a one-upmanship in the interest of the tiger in order to
“buttress the image of one iconic species” does not even deserve
a reply as it is so ridiculous. I am the first one to admit that I
am not an academic or that this book EXOTIC ALIENS was not put
together as a scholarly work (see first para on page 228 of
EXOTIC ALIENS). | am also clear that if my premise is proved
wrong I am happy to be corrected (page 20, last paragraph
EXOTIC ALIENS). I hope that such critiques which skip over the
facts and are without any sense of curiosity, enquiry, or even
suspicion of the past history of the lion and cheetah in India,
are not the basis of further research and debate. May I suggest
to Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh that they explore the
narratives of the past in much greater detail than they have
done, because staring them in the face are all the questions
about lions that have been raised by Linschoten, Careri, Bernier,
Williamson, Pennant, Major Brown, Blyth, and many others.
Could all of them have been misleading the public? Yes, it is
correct that we have no evidence of bulk imports of lions and
cheetahs. But we never claimed to have! If we did then the
issue would be a closed chapter. Our hope is that the future
unravels some more information from both the sense of
curiosity in others and an openness on these issues, unlike what
this so called critique claims it is doing. I know that over
hundreds of years some of these people mentioned above kept
open minds in order to question the presence of lions in India.
If Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh did the same, they would
agree that EXOTIC ALIENS may be seen as a starting point drawing
attention to an information base for further research and
investigation into the near absence of the lion and cheetah in
India’s recent natural history. That, in fact, was the very simple
objective of all three authors. We hope this book will be a
catalyst in that endeavour.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
EXOTIC ALIENS
105-107
TION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A REJOINDER
TO AUTHORS’ RESPONSE TO OUR REVIEW
M.K. RANoITSINH! AND DivYABHANUSINH2’*
'Former Director, Wildlife Preservation, Govt. of India, 5 Tiger Lane (W6-C lane), Sainik Farms, New Delhi 110 062, India.
Email: mkranjitsinh @ gmail.com
*President, WWF-India, 172-B, Lodhi Estate, New Delhi 110 003, India. Email: sawaj_cheetah @rediffmail.com
*Corresponding author
In response to our critique appearing in the Journal of
the Bombay Natural History Society 110(1): 3-21, Jan—Apr
2013, the authors of EXOTIC ALIENS: THE LION AND THE CHEETAH
IN INDIA have come forth with a response to be published in
the May—August 2013 issue. We have been asked to give our
rejoinder to the same.
At the outset, we do not wish to enter into a sparring
debate with the authors, especially since they have not brought
forth any additional proof, nor given any incontrovertible
evidence to support their contention that lions and cheetahs
were introduced into India by humans. However, since they
have given a lengthy rebuttal to our critique, it would be
appropriate to briefly discuss some of the salient issues raised.
Firstly, ours is not a review of the book in question, as
its authors contend, but a critique of the theory of lions and
cheetahs being introduced in India by man, which is the very
raison d’étre of the book and indeed, its main purport. We
will, therefore, mainly confine our rejoinder to this central
issue, rather than delve into semantics revolving around
conjectures and the veracity or the lack of it, of the various
authors quoted.
We have cited specific fossil evidence of lion in
Sri Lanka and in the Bankura district of West Bengal
(page 18), and of archaeological finds of bones of the cheetah
of the Mature Harappan Period (c. 3000-2500 Bcg), found in
Kanmer, Gujarat, and also in Uttar Pradesh of a later date
(page 7). All the three authors in their response have chosen to
simply avoid any mention of this incontrovertible proof. Is
this how evidence is to be treated, in either history or science?
In response to our mention of lion and cheetah being
painted in rock art during the Neolithic/Chalcolithic period
(2500-3000 sce), Professor Romila Thapar states that the
dating method of rock art remain controversial. Not entirely.
We would draw attention to the work done to analyze samples
of rock art from the Bhopal region, to determine their
mineralogical and chemical composition, 14C dating, micro-
erosion analysis, and optically stimulated luminescence
dating. Prof. Thapar further claims that lions were brought
into India just before the Mauryan period. Under no
circumstances are these rock paintings of a period as late as
that. Of the ostensible cheetah import, the authors do not
venture to offer a date. Are we to presume that cheetahs were
imported in the Sultanate/Mughal period when they came
into “fashion” and that these rock paintings of cheetah
therefore, belong to the medieval period of Indian history?
Prof. Thapar describes rock paintings of cheetah and
leopard depicted in figures 1 and 2 of our critique, as almost
bovine. Of course, the paintings are slightly stylized. But
whether the stilt-like legs of the cheetah and the paws and
tails depicted in both paintings are characteristics of bovids
or of felids, we would let the viewers decide. Prof. Thapar
goes on to say that “There is a world of difference between
the so-called cheetah and the recognizable leopard in the
reproductions.” That is precisely why the two paintings have
been reproduced in our critique — to show the world of
difference between the two spotted cats, between the cheetah
and the leopard depicted in the paintings.
We had mentioned in our critique that whilst the
lion and cheetah are labelled as exotic aliens in the book,
Prof. Thapar mentions India as the indigenous habitat of the
tiger. What does this imply — that the tiger is indigenous to
India and therefore has evolved here? Our query is deftly
circumvented by her statement “Am I maintaining that India
was where they (tigers) evolved?” Since the entire book EXxoTIC
ALIENS is dedicated to prove the exotic origin of the lion and
cheetah in India and the tiger is deemed to be indigenous, the
readers of the book as much as ourselves, would be eager to
know whether the authors of the book believe the
“indigenous” tiger to have evolved indigenously in India, or
to have come from outside of India and hence an exotic alien
like the lion and cheetah. This question remains evaded and
unanswered in the response of the three authors.
The authors, neither in the book ExoTIC ALIENS nor in
their rejoinder, mention as to how the cheetah came to Iran.
It must, therefore, be presumed that they accept that the animal
arrived in Iran on its own and where it continues to exist
even today. Indeed, the cheetah survived in Baluchistan in
Pakistan, at least till the last decade of the last century. If the
cheetah could still survive in the Saharan Desert and cross
all the way from southern Africa where it evolved, right
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A REJOINDER TO AUTHORS’ RESPONSE
through the length of Africa and the deserts of the Middle
East and Iran, could it not have travelled a few more miles
from arid Baluchistan to Sindh and the rest of India? Cheetah
were reported in Turbat (S.E. Baluchistan) in 1968, in Chagai
(N.E. Baluchistan) in 1997 and in Ormara right on the Mekran
coast of Baluchistan, some distance west of Karachi, also in
1997 (Divyabhanusinh 2006, page 197). Could the cheetah
not have emulated and followed the dispersal routes of the
spotted hyena, the gazelle, the lugubrious little pangolin, and
even the tiny ratel (honey badger) and the even smaller hares?
If these species could have crossed the deserts and the Indus,
could not the lion and the cheetah? Or did these smaller and
more water-averse species, according to the hypothesis of
the authors vis-a-vis the arrival of lions in India, all arrive in
India transported by man, from Balkh, Badakhshan,
Afghanistan or elsewhere? Or were they also brought in on
sea-faring vessels, as the cheetah has supposed to have come?
Or is it expostulated that the gazelles, pangolins, ratel,
and the rest went through Afghanistan and then crossed the
Indus upstream? If the waters of the lower Indus, according
to the authors, posed an insurmountable barrier, would not a
crossing upstream in upper Sindh and the Punjab where the
Indus flows much deeper and faster, be even more difficult?
Yet arrive in India they did, these species. So how? In the
past millennia, the Indus flowed much more eastwards than
it does now and was broader and shallower. Besides, the
climate of the world has been different in the past. Sahara
held giraffes even till historical times, as rock carvings in the
Niger Sahara and rock paintings in the Libyan Sahara, prove.
This implies the existence of tree flora, without which giraffes
could not have survived. This biota would have greatly
facilitated the lion and the cheetah to live in the Sahara and
to cross over into North Africa. Would not there have been
more vegetation then also in the Middle East and in
Baluchistan? On their long, long journey from southern
Africa, did the lion and cheetah not have to cross large rivers
other than the Indus? The authors of the book are perhaps
aware of these facts. But then the acceptance of them, and of
the natural passage of the lion and cheetah from Baluchistan
into Sindh and across the Indus into India like the gazelle,
pangolin, ratel, and the rest, would make the book ExoTICc
ALIENS redundant.
The book EXOTIC ALIENS does not give a single citation
of an import before the 20th century, or release or escape
from captivity of imported lion or cheetah, at any point of
time. Neither does the lengthy response from the authors of
the book. Indeed, they have admitted the lack of evidence in
this regard. At one point Valmik Thapar admits that his surmise
is based upon “a credible conjecture’. Are the readers to accept
a theory based upon “credible conjectures” without the
106
support of valid evidence and in contradiction of
incontrovertible evidence to the contrary? If the absence of
some species in Harappan seals or in some art forms, or the
lack of evidence of lions having occupied the Mekran coast
in Baluchistan in the past, is to be regarded as proof of the
absence of those species on Indian soil, should not by the
same token the absence of the mention of any import of lion
and cheetah into India, in any account, contemporary or
otherwise, even medieval or modern prior to the 20th century,
be accepted as proof that no such import was carried out? It
is surprising that a historian of the repute of Prof. Thapar
should choose to come to conclusions without the support of
historical evidence.
Prof. Thapar and Valmik Thapar state that it was never
their intention to refer to the cheetah and the lion in derogatory
terms, the latter going on to say that “Millions love dogs and
mongrels across the world”. Are we then to assume that
epithets such as dogs, mongrels, “khichdi’, imposters, etc.,
are terms of endearment, or are apt descriptions of lion,
cheetah, or for that matter of any wild animal, in writings
pertaining to history, science, or literature?
The authors repeatedly mention the gift of cheetahs to
Indian nobility. But there is no evidence of import of cheetahs
for gift. Valmik Thapar cites page 21 of the book on which
there is a reproduction of a painting of Jesuit priests
“presenting” cheetahs to Jahangir. The cheetahs in the picture
are being handled by Mughal retainers and could have
belonged to Emperor Jahangir himself, whose love for the
animal is well-known and the depiction of cheetahs at the
Mughal court is a common subject in numerous Mughal
paintings. Even if it be accepted that they were being brought
by the priests to court for presentation, could they not have
been acquired in India where the Mughals themselves and
others were capturing and taming cheetah in large numbers?
Where is the evidence of cheetah import? Thomas
Williamson’s statement that there are no lions in “Hindoostan”’
in the last decades of the 18th century, is regarded by Valmik
Thapar as the final verdict on the absence of the animal in
India. Did Williamson travel to Gujarat or to the Gwalior
region of Madhya Pradesh, in both of which areas lions were
still to be widely found in this very period, the proof of which
has been given in a book written by Divyabhanusinh?
Williamson’s entire work is a vignette of his shikar
experiences in Bengal only, which was not the habitat of the
lion or of the cheetah. Valmik Thapar also chooses to ignore
Sir Charles D’Oyley’s work, which is contemporaneous and
has in it lions, cheetahs, tigers, and others, all of which are
prominently portrayed in the work.
Mr. Valmik Thapar in his response says that the two of
us are correct in saying that many of his statements are not
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A REJOINDER TO AUTHORS’ RESPONSE
supported by evidence, are based upon wishful thinking and
that his desire was to stir a debate and to provoke research.
This standpoint is also endorsed by Prof. Yusuf Ansari, who
goes on to say that at no point has he drawn definite conclusions
and has only laid out “historiographical posers” and wanted to
stir a debate, and that from our response he has the satisfaction
of knowing that he has succeeded in some measure in this
regard. This, indeed, is a very refreshing approach. If the book
EXOTIC ALIENS had posed a hypothesis for consideration, it could
have given an impetus to research and to elucidation of available
evidence, historical and scientific. By that token, the authors
should have welcomed our response and accepted the
palaeontological and other evidence that we have put forth, or
given valid reasons for their non-acceptance.
Instead, the book comes to a definite conclusion on a
hypothesis based upon no credible evidence, to support a
preconceived notion, and when confronted with
incontrovertible proof, the authors, instead of addressing the
adduced evidence in an academic spirit, react angrily, indulge
in more obfuscations to further confuse the reader, and
continue to dogmatically adhere to an untenable surmise and
to defend an indefensible theory.
ERRATA
JBNHS 110(1) Jan-Apr 2013 pp. 3-21: ‘Lion and Cheetah in India: A Critique’
Page 4, left column 10th line from top:
For ... from where they moved westwards into the Indian subcontinent.
Read ... from where they moved eastwards into the Indian subcontinent.
Page 4, left column 20th line from top:
For... westward march from Iran.
Read ... eastward march from Iran.
Page 5, right column 4th line from top:
For ... colonization westwards stopped on the borders of Iran, ...
Read ... colonization eastwards stopped on the borders of Iran, .
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
ee
107
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
108-113
THE “EXOTIC ALIENS” CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
STEPHEN J. O’ BRIEN!
'Theodosius Dobzhansky Center for Genome Bioinformatics, St. Petersburg State University, St. Petersburg, Russia 199004.
Present Address: Oceanographic Center, Nova Southeastern University, Ft Lauderdale, Florida 33004, USA.
Email: lgdchief @ gmail.com
It seems that that the publication of EXOTIC ALIENS: THE
LION AND THE CHEETAH IN INDIA by noted historians and
chroniclers of natural history Valmik Thapar, Romila Thapar,
and Yusuf Ansari (henceforth referred to collectively as
Thapars and Ansari) last year has caused a bit of a stir, at
least in the conservation community in India. Thapars and
Ansari’s (2013) principal thesis reasons that there is now
compelling historical evidence to support the proposition that
both the wild lions and the now extinct cheetahs of India
derive from human assisted importation as far back as 2,000
to 3,000 years ago and subsequent release (or escape). Across
time, wildlife naturalists presumed they were native since
records of their introductions were scant and the species were
there. Today approximately 400 Asiatic Lions survive in the
Gir National Park in Gujarat State, while the last wild cheetah
record in India can be traced to 1968 (Divyabhanusinh 2006).
Thapars and Ansari have presented a learned, detailed,
and scholarly historical review of the amazing art, writings,
and science about the occurrence of the lion and cheetah in
India over recent years that was for myself delightful and
informative to read. They suggest that in contrast to tigers,
the paucity of reference to lions and cheetahs in literature
and art in historic times, since the printing press was invented,
raises the question of whether the two species were imported
from Africa by regal potentates as trophies or treasures. They
conclude that if that were true, it probably means there were
few if any wild populations of the two species in India, and
the myth of indigenous ancient Indian origins was propagated
by scribes simply restating conventional wisdom in their time.
EXOTIC ALIENS has been read and digested by many
wildlife lovers including experts of various perspectives. One
view published in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society by wildlife conservation experts Dr. Divyabhanusinh
and Dr. M.K. Ranjitsinh (2013), disputes the conclusions of
the book strenuously and takes some offence at what they
consider a polemic with little supporting evidence. They refer
to important monographs on both species, including ones
penned by Divyabhanusinh (2006, 2008), and lay out a
detailed rebuttal to the book’s evidence (or rather lack thereof)
and conclusions. In some spots they impugn motives of the
authors’ using of pejorative, even inflammatory label-
“...exotic aliens, dogs, mongrels, imposters, khichdi, etc.”,
as a not so veiled strategy to deflect limited conservation
resources from cheetahs and lions to the entitled indigenous
tigers of India.
Perhaps in some part because either side of the debate
has cited my own works including “Tears of the Cheetah”
(O’Brien 2003), the editors of the Journal of the Bombay
Natural History Society have solicited my views, hoping to
offer an outside disinterested opinion on the flap. My own
background comes from a rich career employing genetic data
in wildlife species, including interpreting genomic footprints
in modern species’ DNA sequences that descend from the
silence of prehistory. I admit that I am interested in the
question, having studied lions, cheetahs, and tigers with my
students and fellows for many years.
Thapars and Ansari write that they believe lions and
cheetahs arrived in India for the first time 2,500 to 3,000
years ago, just before or during Alexander’s invasion of India
at 326 BceE (Thapar et al. 2013). Divyabhanusinh and
Ranyjitsinh (2013) argue that the bulk of the data suggests
otherwise that cheetahs and lions were here much earlier and
that labeling them as exotic aliens is both inaccurate and
misleading. They mention that Thapars and Ansari fail to
produce a single citation (aka no evidence) of any cheetah or
lion imports before the 20th century, and that Thapars and
Ansari actually admit to that. Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh
(2013) resurrect the spirit of Carl Sagan’s timeless quotation:
“Absence of evidence in not evidence of absence!” Indeed,
they wonder how Thapars and Ansari can conclude that the
absence of historical records of cheetahs and lions indicates
they were not there, and at the same time ignore the absence
of documented evidence for cheetah or lion importation or
wild-release before the 20th century.
To resolve such a question boils down to reviewing
the substantiation offered for each side. To me, compelling
evidence can derive from three general areas: 1) Historical
records as those detailed by Thapars and Ansari;
2) Archaeological and palaeontological remains and their
dates; and 3) Molecular genetic inference based upon
molecular clock calibrated by fossil dates. Each of these
aspects is discussed in some detail by the provocateurs, so
how can they arrive at such polarized endpoints? The devil is
in the details. Every species comes from some place; this is
EXOTIC ALIENS CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
the lesson of evolutionary history. Two precise questions may
be stated: when did cheetahs and lions appear in India, and
was their origin anthropogenic? Because the relevant data or
evidences are somewhat different for lions and cheetahs, I
shall discuss each species separately.
Lions: Lions are a member of the family Felidae, genus
Panthera that includes the great roaring cats (tiger, leopard,
snow leopard, and jaguar). The origin of Panthera is traced
to Asia 5-7 MYBP (million years before the present) according
to molecular and palaeontological evidence (Johnson et al.
2006; O’ Brien and Johnson 2007; Werdelin et al. 2009). Lion
precursors made it to Africa where the palaeontological record
reveals the first lions approximately 2MYA in Olduvai
deposits. Approximately 300,000 YBP, lion remains begin to
appear in northern and eastern Asia. Shortly thereafter,
enabled by lower ocean depths, lion precursors traversed the
Bering Strait into North America, where they flourished until
the end of the last ice age (10-12,000 YBP).
Thapars and Ansari (2013) detail written studies and
art that demonstrate the paucity of reference to wild lions in
the face of abundant descriptions of wild tiger encounters in
historic times. They also argue that lions cannot swim across
the Indus, based on their observation of the swimming lions
of Botswana Okavango. Divyabhanusinh (2008) presents an
equally detailed and learned account of lion references during
these periods as well.
No one disputes that Indian rulers treasured and held
lions, and I for one would not be surprised if they had imported
African lions on a few or multiple occasions. But does
importation and release preclude the existence of relict ancient
indigenous populations? Probably not. There occur to me
other examples where presumed absent or extinct fauna were
rediscovered. Florida panthers, black-footed ferrets, northern
elephant seals all were presumed extinct and reappeared. A
glaring re-emergence was the African elephant genus
Loxodonta, which was virtually absent from Africa palaeo-
fauna during most of the Pleistocene, while Elephas, the Asian
elephant genus, was predominant in palaeontological remains
in African savannahs (Maglio 1973; Sanders et al. 2010).
During the lower Pleistocene, Elephas fossils abruptly
disappeared from Africa, to be replaced by relict populations
of Loxodonta africana - savannah and Loxodonta cyclotis -
forest elephants that survive today (Maglio 1973; Roca et al.
2001; Sanders et al. 2010).
The fossil record clearly shows lions in Asia during
the Pliocene and Pleistocene. Divyabhanusinh and Ranjitsinh
(2013) quote several references that describe lion specimens
in Sri Lanka, India, and West Bengal during the Pleistocene
(~2MYBP) (Deraniyagala 1958; Dutta 1976; Manavendra-
Arachchi et al. 2005; Sunquist and Sunquist 2002). I should
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
mention that these lion pronouncements in recent archaeology
may be dicey, since it is quite difficult to discriminate lion
from tiger skulls, skeletons, or teeth morphologically.
Today around 400 wild lions live in the Gir Forest in
India and have been studied for genetic, ecological, and
taxonomic considerations. Their molecular genetic diversity
is dramatically reduced due to extreme population bottleneck
or founder effect in their recent history (Driscoll et al. 2002;
Gilbert et al. 1991; O’Brien et al. 1987a; Wildt et al. 1987) .
The two groups cite and acknowledge our genetic-based
estimate of the timing of the founder event (i.e., when Gir
lion ancestors dropped to very low number) at approximately
2,100 years ago (Driscoll et al. 2002). Thapars and Ansari
(2013) take this dating as support to their reasoning that the
modern Gir lions got there by human provenance around the
time Alexander’s army invaded India in 326 BCE.
Though at this stage you might believe here there is a
stalemate, the last data bits are revealing. A comprehensive
analysis of lion subspecies molecular genetic distance led by
Agostinho Antunes (Antunes et al. 2008) made two interesting
peints. First, the mass of all lion DNA diversity today in
Africa and Asia points to an origin of lion populations at
250,000 years ago (169,000-324,000 YBP) in Africa. Second,
there exists an appreciable genetic distance between
modern Gir and African lion populations, indicating they have
been separate populations (no gene flow between them)
for approximately 100,000 years. This means that for
100,000 years the Gir lions have been isolated from African
populations completely. This genetic distance approaches the
genetic distance between African and Asian leopards (169,000
YBP) and is greater than the genetic distance separating tigers
subspecies (approximately 72,000 YBP), which no one
suggests were human assisted (Table 1). The simplest
explanation would be that the Gir lions’ progenitors reached
Asia 97,000 years before Alexander, but were out-competed
by tigers, relegating the lions to small refugia or states outside
Table 1: Times of separation estimated by molecular genetics*
Species/subspecies/groups Dates Citations
Clouded leopard species 1.4 MYA Buckley Beason et al.
2006
Orangutan species 1.1-1.7MYA Lu et al. 1996
Asia vs. Africa lions 100,000 yrs. Antunes et al. 2008
Asia vs. Africa leopard 169,000 yrs. Uphyrkina et a/. 2001
5 living tiger subspecies 72,000 yrs. Luo et al. 2004
Asia vs. Africa cheetahs 4500-6500 yrs. O’Brien et al. 2014
Asia vs. Africa people 70,000 yrs. Forest and Matsumer
2005
* There are multiple additional citations supporting these dates
109
EXOTIC ALIENS CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
of India that percolated until historic times. If something like
that did not separate Gir lion ancestors from Africa, I have no
explanation for the large genetic difference between African
and Asian lions living today.
Perhaps also of interest is the written science record
that consistently describes the range of the Asiatic lion
subspecies across Asia in prehistoric and historic times. Many
authors believed and wrote that lions had wide range in Asia
from northern Greece across south-west Asia to eastern India
(Guggisberg 1963; Joslin 1973; Neff 1983; Nowell and
Jackson 1996; Sunquist and Sunquist 2002; CSG-IUCN). I
am not sure if this qualifies as written evidence of sightings
or encounters, but these experts list explicit archaeological
evidence (see caveat above) and clearly believed the historic
range was occupied by lions for millennia before Alexander’s
adventures. Lastly, the prospect of Gir lions being “hybrids
or mongrels” would be easily revealed and apparent by genetic
inspection if it were so; but it was not. Gir lions are
homogeneous, genetically reduced, and a great genetic
distance from African cousins.
I should mention that the captive breeding programme
of Asiatic lions among world zoos in the 1980s was indeed
demonstrated to comprise subspecies hybrids, as two of seven
founder lions were shown to be of African origin (O’ Brien et
al. 1987b). This African “imposter” founder lion very likely
derived from captive zoo lions, since no African genetic
lineage was ever discovered among wild caught Gir lions
sampled in recent decades. This captive programme was
quickly halted by “pure subspecies” advocates, and that sordid
history may have been the source of the Thapars and Ansari’s
suggestion that Gir-Asian lions may be hybrids. Sorry for
that, but it did not impugn the ancestry of wild lions in the
Gir forest of Gujarat.
Cheetah: The fossil record is rather clear in
demonstrating that the cheetah genus Acinonyx developed in
North America during the Pliocene, 2-SMYBP (Neff 1983;
Johnson et al. 2006; O’ Brien and Johnson 2007; Werdelin et
al. 2009). Combined molecular, palaeontological, and
geological data imputed that the predecessors of American felid
species (puma, cheetah, and jaguarundi) traversed the Beringia
[now Bering] Straits from Asia to America in the late Miocene,
5—6.6 MYBP. Cheetah forbears appeared in Asia during the
Pleistocene, product of an earlier migration from North America
back across Alaska and Siberia to Central Asia, from which
they would migrate southward to colonise Africa in the late
Pleistocene (Johnson et al. 2006; O’ Brien and Johnson 2007;
Werdelin et al. 2009). The cheetah’s fossil record includes
specimens throughout Asia, plus the continued survival of
approximately 100 cheetahs in Iran parsed into seven or more
small isolated relict populations (National Conference on
110
Iranian Cheetah 2013; Nowell and Jackson1996). The last free-
ranging Indian cheetah died in 1948.
Cheetahs disappeared suddenly in the North American
Lower Pleistocene, part of the most extreme species extinction
in the 100 million years history of mammals. That cataclysmic
event eliminated 75 percent of large mammals from North
America, including mastodons, mammoths, giant ground
sloth, short-faced bears, saber-toothed tiger, American lions,
pumas, and cheetahs (Neff 1983). Modern cheetah species’
genetic depletion, debated, validated, and replicated on
multiple levels, was the consequence of a severe demographic
reduction, a population bottleneck, that occurred over time
and space within the past 10-20,000 years (Menotti-Raymond
and O’Brien 1993; O’Brien et al. 1983,1985, 1987c; O’ Brien
2003). We have suggested that the American extinction,
combined with the earlier geographic dispersal back to Asia
and Africa, likely precipitated demographic and genetic
reduction through behaviour reinforcement of large range
boundaries, leading to the derivative African cheetahs’
remarkable reduction in overall genic diversity. _
Thapars and Ansari present a detailed account of the
fascination that Indian Mughals, particularly Akbar, enjoyed
with captive menageries of cheetahs. Much of Thapars
and Ansari’s chapter on cheetahs is devoted to direct
quotations of recent writings describing cheetah occurrence.
Divyabhanusinh (2006) presented a learned account of these
historic periods as well. There can be no doubt that cheetahs
lived in India in historic times, that they were held in royal
compounds, and that they were trained to hunt in game
reserves. But were they African imports - imposters or native
indigenous species or perhaps both? In this case, the question
of evidence comes from two areas. First, archaeological and
palaeontological descriptions which suggest ample remains
that put cheetahs in Asia throughout the Pleistocene before
Alexander’s campaign (Guggisberg 1975; Nowell and
Jackson 1996; Sunquist and Sundquist 2002; Werdelin et al.
2009). Second is the molecular data, also informative but
requiring a bit of interpretation, which I shall attempt
(Charruau et al. 2011; O’Brien et al. in press).
With the existence of the Iranian cheetahs, there was a
nattering question even before EXOTIC ALIENS was published
that wondered, like Thapars and Ansari, whether the Iranian
cheetahs were an indigenous Asiatic population or possible
derivative of African imports. We knew that African cheetahs
were all descended from the putative population bottleneck
of the late Pleistocene,!0—20,000 YBP. But the Iranian
question was tricky because no one knew if the Iranian
animals descend from a pre-bottleneck cheetah ancestor or a
post-bottleneck cheetah ancestor. If it were pre-bottleneck,
i.c., they would show large genetic distances from African
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
EXOTIC ALIENS CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
populations, similar to leopards, tigers, major human ethnic
groups on the order of 100,000 years (Table 1). If post-
bottleneck Iranian cheetahs descend from the same population
bottleneck, we expect that modern Asian cheetah genetic
diversity would be nested within overall African diversity at
<10-12000 years. Also if it were the latter, how could we tell
whether the Iranian cheetah was a post-bottleneck indigenous
Asian cheetah or a post bottleneck import from Africa? One
answer came when the genomic data were examined.
We examined mtDNA sequences from 21 African and
Iranian-Asia cheetah specimens representing four genes
(ATPase, ND5,12s-RNA,16S-RNA; 1498 BP). DNA
sequences of these genes showed distinct phylogenetic
separation for cheetah specimens from East Africa, South
Africa, Somalia, and Iran (O’ Brien et al. in press). The Iranian
cheetahs did show clear divergence, meaning isolation for
some time interval; but for how long? The genetic measures
indicated that the Iranian cheetah genes were about the same
genetic distance from African cheetahs as were isolated
African cheetah populations from each other. The African
populations and Iranian populations were all rather close,
i.e., approximately 4,500 and 6,500 years (Table 1). An
independent group (Charruau et al. 2011) published a similar
study where they report the same patterns, good separation
of the Iranian and African populations, but equivalent distance
between African populations as for Iranian versus any African
population. This equivalence of inter-population genetic
distance means that the Iranian cheetah, like African groups,
derives from survivors of the 10,000+ years old population
bottleneck.
Charruau et al. (2011) make a strong argument for the
distinctiveness of the Iranian cheetah, e.g., meriting separate
subspecies status and unique unit of conservation, etc.
Nonetheless, their data are clearly near identical to our
findings, albeit with one important wrinkle. Charruau et al.
(2011) include one museum specimen of a purported “Indian
cheetah” from the Natural History Museum in London. That
individual very closely aligned with the Iranian cheetah
population. If this result is affirmed (and it should be), then it
means that the Iranian and Indian cheetah specimens share a
common ancestor somewhat more recently than either does
with Africa. To me, the simplest explanation here is that
Asiatic cheetahs in Iran and India were both founded around
the same time modern African cheetahs originated (10—20,000
YBP), but they remained behind in Asia (i.e, Iran, India, and
thereabouts) and split apart a few thousand years later, perhaps
in historic times. This indicates that the Indian and Iranian
cheetahs are indigenous and recently founded before
Alexander by the Asian cheetah survivors of the late
Pleistocene bottleneck.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Of course I wasn’t there at the time, and it is not
inconceivable that both Iran and Indian cheetah populations
could descend from an African Import, but that import would
have evolved some place in Africa undiscovered by the two
independent molecular studies (Charruau et al. 2011; O’ Brien
et al. in press). By molecular means alone, we cannot exclude
prehistoric imports of cheetahs to India (there probably were
some), but neither can we reject (I tend to accept) the
traditional view that Asian cheetahs, like African cheetah,
were founded 10—20,000 years earlier when the survivors of
the cheetah Pleistocene bottleneck passed through Asia and
into Africa. As for the paucity of sighting in India, this was
also true of very elusive cheetahs in Namibia or pumas in
North America which are seldom if ever encountered in bushy
habitat without a trap or trained dogs to sniff them out.
Conclusions and Implications
The provocative challenge of EXOTIC ALIENS to stimulate
a spirited debate and discussion around the prospect of
unacknowledged anthropogenic introductions of cheetahs and
lions during recent historic times has been accomplished.
Many in our field have read and reacted to the ideas and I
have had a chance to weigh in here. My own conclusions
remain tentative. However, the bulk of the credible evidence
would support the indigenous Asian origin for the lions that
live today in the Gir Forest. This does not, of course, preclude
the possible import, release, or escape of African lions, but in
our admittedly limited sample we see no genomic traces of
African lion in the Gir lions today.
The cheetah’s natural history is a bit less certain,
largely because discriminating between an import-release
3,000 years ago and a founder effect 10—12,000 years ago
is near impossible with molecular chronometers. That said,
since cheetahs clearly originated from a 10—20,000 founder
effect in Asia, and Asian cheetahs from India and Iran display
a genetic consanguinity, I cannot exclude the possibility that
distinctive Asiatic cheetahs descend from the recent founder
event for both continents and lingered in Asia while the
African cheetahs were radiating across Africa during the
recent millennium. This cautious speculation does not
preclude any historic importation of African cheetahs, yet
as for the lions, so far we see no relict genomic footprints
of African heritage in Asian animals tested to date. Finally,
although no one can say for certain that Asian cheetahs were
present in India 3—10,000 years ago, how important is the
answer? We know cheetahs arrived in Asia 3,00,000 years
ago and remained until the 10—12,000 YBP bottleneck and
then also from 3,000 years ago until 1968. If cheetahs were
present 293,000 years in Asia, missing the 7,000 years
according to Thapar et al. (2003), then they were occupying
111
EXOTIC ALIENS CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
Asian habitats for 98% of the last 300,000 years. To me,
that should be enough for native indigenous Indian
citizenship!
The conservation imperative for lions and cheetahs in
India seems a worthy and justifiable cause. Asian lions once
roamed across southern Asia in numbers and populations
limited by the advantaged tigers. Yet they survived in at least
one population that should in my view be restored to other
suitable habitats with sufficient prey to increase the hope of
sustaining the Asiatic lion for the future. The restoration of
cheetahs into Indian reserves selected recently would double
the continental range of this fragile and highly adapted species.
The close kinship of Asian to African cheetahs speaks
_ volumes, offering irrefutable evidence that there is no credible
genetic reason to preclude the use of modern African (Namibian
or South African) founders, as these two groups did surely
exchange genes very very recently (Table 1) .The squabble
among nature conservationists will continue, but action to
stabilize and maintain species like the cheetah to their former
habitat seems a wonderful goal that should be accomplished
very soon, as the genetic and natural history evidences clearly
point to the feasibility and urgency of such a cause.
REFERENCES
ANTUNES, A., J.L. TROYER, M.E. RoELKE, J. PECON-SLATTERY, C. PACKER,
‘C. WINTERBACH, H. WINTERBACH, G. HEMsOoN, L. FRANK, P. STANDER,
L. SIEFERT, M. Driciru, P.J. FUNston, K.A. ALEXANDER, K.C.
PRAGER, G Minis, D. Witpt, M. Busu, S.J. O’ BRIEN & W.E. JOHNSON
(2008): The evolutionary dynamics of the lion Panthera leo
revealed by host and viral population genomics. PLoS Genet. 4(11):
e1000251.
BUCKLEY-BEASON, V.A., W.E. JOHNSON, W.G. Nasu, R. STANYON,
J.C. MENNINGER, C.A. DRISCOLL, J. Howarp, M. Busu, J.E. PAGE,
M.E. ROoELKE, G. STONE, P.P. MARTELLI, C. Wen, L. LING,
R.K. DuralsIncaM, P.V. Lam & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2006): Molecular
Evidence for Species-Level Distinctions in Clouded Leopards.
Curr. Biol. 16: 2371-2376.
Cat SPECIALIST GRouP IUCN: http://www.catsg.org/catsgportal/cat-
website/20_cat-website/home/index_en.htm.
CHARRUAU, P., C. FERNANDES, P. OROZCO-TERWENGEL, J. PETERS,
L. Hunter, H. Zia, A. JOURABCHIAN, H. JowkKar, G SCHALLER,
S. OsTROWSKI, P. VERCAMMEN, T. GRANGE, C. SCHLOTTERER,
A. Korze, E.M. GgIGL, C. WALZER & P.A. BurGER (2011):
Phylogeography, genetic structure and population divergence
time of cheetahs in Africa and Asia: evidence for long-term
geographic isolates. Mol. Ecol. 20: 706-724.
DERANIYAGALA, P.E.P. (1958): The Pleistocene of Ceylon. Ceylon
National Museum, Columbo.
DIVYABHANUSINH (2006): The End of a Trail: The Cheetah in India.
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
DIVYABHANUSINH (2008): The Story of Asia’s Lions. Marg Publications,
Mumbai.
DIVYABHANUSINH & M.K. RANJITSINH (2013): Lion and Cheetah in India:
A Critique. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 110(1): 3-21.
Drisco.i, C.A., M. MENoTTI-RAYMoND & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2002): Genomic
microsatellites as evolutionary chronometers: A test in wild cats.
Genome Res. 12: 414-423.
Dutta, ARUN Kumar (1976): Occurrence of Fossil Lion and Spotted
Hyaena from Pleistocene Deposits of Susunia, Bankura District,
West Bengal. Journal of the Geological Survey of India 7(3):
386-391.
Forster, P. & S. Matsumura (2005): Did Early Humans Go North or
South? Science 308: 965-966.
GILBERT, D.A., C. PACKER, A.E. Pusey, J.C. STEPHENS & S.J. O’ BRIEN (1991):
Analytical DNA fingerprinting in lions: Parentage, genetic
diversity, and kinship. J. Hered. 82: 378-386.
GUGGISBERG, C.A. (1963): Simba: The Life of the Lion. Chilton Books.
Philadelphia
GUGGISBERG, C.A.W. (1975): Wild Cats of the World. Taplinger, New
York.
JOHNSON, W.E., E. Eizirik, W.J. MurpHy, J. PECON-SLATTERY, A. ANTUNES,
112
E. TEELING & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2006): The late Miocene radiation of
modern Felidae: A genetic assessment. Science 311: 73-77.
JOSLIN, PAUL (1973): The Asiatic Lion: A Study of Ecology & Behaviour.
Ph.D. thesis, University of Edinburgh.
Lu Zul, KArisH, W.B., D.N. JANCZEWSKI, H. FRAzIER-TAyLor, D. SAJUTHI,
F. GomsBek, M. ANbDAUu, J.S. MARTENSON & S.J. O’ BRIEN (1996):
Genomic differentiation among natural populations of orang-utan
(Pongo pygmaeus). Curr. Biol. 6: 1326-1336.
Luo, S.-J., J.-H. Kim, W.E. JoHNson, J. VAN DER WALT, J. MARTENSON,
N. Yuuki, D.G. MIQUELLE, O. UPHyRKINA, J.M. Goopricu,
H.B. QuIGLEY, R. TILSon, G Brapy, P. MARTELLI, V. SUBRAMANIAM,
C. McDouaa., S. HEAN, S.-Q. HUANG, W. PAN, U.K. KARANTH,
M. SunoulstT, J.L.D. Smity & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2004):Phylogeography
and genetic ancestory of tigers (Panthera tigris). PLoS Biology 2:
2277-2293.
Macuio, V.J. (1973): Origin and evolution of the Elephantidae. Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. Philad., New Series 63: 1-149.
MANAMENDRA-ARACHCHI, K., R. PETHIYAGODA, R. DISSANAYAKE &
M. MEEGASKUMBURA (2005): A Second Extinct Cat from the Late
Quaternary of Sri Lanka. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology
Supplement No. 12, pp. 423-434.
MEeEnotTti-RaymMonpb, M. & S.J. O’Brien (1993): Dating the genetic
bottleneck of the African cheetah. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:
3172-3176.
NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON IRANIAN CHEETAH (2013): http://
Wave oe Moc Gt aa .O; boo ad a) -O. ied eee
ICS_Conference_of_Iranian_Cheetah_October_2013.pdf.
Accessed on October 13, 2013.
Nerf, N. (1983): The Big Cats: The Paintings of Guy Coheleach. Publ.
57. Harry N. Abrams, New York.
Nowak, R.M. (1999): Walker’s Mammals of the World, Sixth Edition.
Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, Baltimore, MD.
NowELL, K. & P. Jackson (1996): Status Survey and Conservation Action
Plan, Wild Cats. Gland, Switzerland, International Union for
Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources.
O’Brien, S.J. (2003): Tears of the Cheetah and Other tales from the
genetic frontier, St Martin’s Press, New York.
O’ BRIEN, S.J., D.E. Witpt, D. GOLDMAN, C.R. Merrit & M. BusH (1983):
The cheetah is depauperate in genetic variation. Science 221]:
459-462.
O’Brien, S.J., M.E. ROELKE, L. MARKER, A. NEWMAN, C.A. WINKLER,
D. ME tzer, L. Cotty, J.R EVERMANN, M. BusH & D.E. Witpr
(1985): Genetic basis for species vulnerability in the cheetah.
Science 227: 1428-1434.
O’ BrRIEN, S.J., J.S. MARTENSON, C. PACKER, L. HERBST, V. DE Vos, P. Josuin,
J. Orr-JosLin,-D.E. Witpt & M. BusH (1987a): Biochemical genetic
variation in geographic isolates of African and Asiatic lions. Natl.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
EXOTIC ALIENS CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR
Geo. Res. 3: 114-124.
O’Brien, S.J., P. Jostin, GL. Smitu, II, R. Woire, N. SCHAFFER,
E. Heatu, J. Ott-Josiin, P.P. RAWAL, K.K. BHATTACHERJEE &
J.S. MARTENSON (1987b): Evidence for African origins of founders
of the Asiatic lion species survival plan. Zoo Biol. 6: 99-116.
O’Brign, S.J., D.E. Witpt, M. Busy, T.M. Caro, C. FitzGisson,
I. AGGUNDEY & R.E. LEAKEY (1987c): East African cheetahs:
Evidence for two population bottlenecks? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 84: 508-511.
O’BrRIEN, S.J. & W.E. JOHNSON (2007): The evolution of cats. Genomic
paw prints in the DNA of the world’s wild cats have clarified the
cat family tree and uncovered several remarkable migrations in
their past. Sci. Am. 297: 68-75.
OBRrIEN,S.J., W.E. JOHNSON, C.A. DRISCOLL, P. DOBRYNIN & L.L. MARKER:
(in press): A Role for Genetic Technologies in Species
Conservation- From the Cheetah to Beyond-2013. Proceedings
of the Beijing Forum-2013 The Harmony of Civilizations and
Prosperity for All — Retrospect and Prospec, Ed.: Academic
Committee of Beijing Forum, Peking University Press, Peking.
Roca, A.L., N. GeorGiapis, J. PECON-SLATTERY, & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2001):
Genetic evidence for two species of elephant in Africa. Science
293: 1473-1477.
SANDERS W.J., E. GHEERBRANT, J.M. Harris, H. SAEGUSA & C. DELMER
(2010): Proboscidea. In: (Eds: Werdelin, L. and W.J. Sanders):
Cenozoic mammals of Africa. University of California Press,
Berkeley.
SUNQUIST, MEL & FIONA SUNQUIST (2002): Wildcats of the World. The
University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
THAPAR, V ALMIK, ROMILA THAPAR & YUSUF ANSARI (2013): Exotic Aliens
- The Lion and Cheetah in India. Aleph, New Delhi. 304 pp.
UPHYRKINA, O., W. JoHNSON, H. QuiGLEy, D. MIQUELLE, L. MARKER,
M. Busu, & S.J. O’ BRIEN (2001): Phylogenetics, genome diversity
and the origin of modern leopard, Panthera pardus. Mol. Ecol. 10:
2617-2633.
WERDELIN, L., S.J. O’ BRIEN, W.E. JOHNSON & N. YAMAGUCHI (2009):
Phylogeny and evolution of cats (Felidae). Pp. 59-82.
In: (Eds: Macdonald, D. and A. Loverage): Biology and
Conservation of Wild Felids. Oxford University Press.
Wit, D.E., M. Busy, K.L. Gooprowe, C. PACKER, A.E. Pusey, J. BRown,
P. Jostin & S.J. O’BRIEN (1987): Reproductive and genetic
consequences of founding isolated lion populations. Nature 329:
328-331.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
113
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
THE MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND, SOUTHERN INDIA,
WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
RAnNtiT MANAKADAN!2*, S, STVAKUMAR!?, Patrick Davip!“, AND B. SENTHIL MuruGan!”
‘Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, S.B. Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
?Email: ransan5 @rediffmail.com
3Email: sivaprema3sep @ yahoo.com
‘Email: patdavid28 @ gmail.com
"Email: sentrogon @rediffmail.com
*Corresponding author
Inventory surveys, transect surveys (day), and roadside surveys (night) were carried out from November 2001 to
October 2007, to document the mammalian fauna of Sriharikota and assess their population and distribution in the
island. The surveys covered four habitat types, namely tropical dry evergreen forest (TDEF), open scrub, eucalyptus,
and casuarina plantations.
Twenty-eight species of mammals were recorded; most of which are common or widely distributed in India. The
records of the Rusty-spotted Cat Prionailurus rubiginosus and Grey Slender Loris Loris lydekkerianus in Sriharikota
are of conservation interest. The Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiata and the nocturnal Small Indian Civet Viverricula
indica were not recorded in plantations. The encounter rate of the Three-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum
was higher in forests than in plantations (Mann-Whitney U=1067, p<0.001), and within the natural habitat, it was
more in TDEF than in open scrub (Mann Whitney U=288.0, p<0.05). The encounter rates of the Golden Jackal Canis
aureus and Indian Hare Lepus (Indolagus) nigricollis were higher in natural habitat than in plantations (Mann-Whitney
U=1390, p<0.01 and U=1536, p<0.05, respectively).
The takeover of the Island by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and its high security status has overall
been a boon for the wildlife and their habitats. However, the issue of plantations, and expansion plans of the spaceport
that will involve loss of forests are threats that call for a long-term conservation plan.
Key words: Sriharikota, mammals, Loris lydekkerianus, Prionailurus rubiginosus, tropical dry evergreen forest, open
114-121
scrub, plantations, eucalyptus, casuarina
INTRODUCTION
Sriharikota Island, off the south-eastern coast of India,
is important from the biodiversity point of view as it has the
last remaining, largest, and best-preserved tract of coastal
Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest in India (Meher-Homyi 1974;
Suryanarayana et al. 1989, 1998). The Indian Space Research
Organisation (ISRO) took over the Island in 1969 to develop
it as India’s spaceport, and ISRO also made efforts to protect
the forests and its wildlife.
As part of a BNHS-ISRO project to document the
biodiversity of Sriharikota Island, we undertook an exercise
to document the mammals of the Island (Manakadan and
Sivakumar 2004). The objective of the study was to make a
checklist and assess the status and distribution of the mammals
on the Island. Additionally, we also estimated the encounter
rates in different habitat types, to investigate the impact of
plantations on the different species. The data obtained was
supplemented by information obtained on some of these
species during two other studies carried out from November
2004 to May 2008 (David et al. 2008; Sivakumar and
Manakadan 2008).
STUDY AREA
Sriharikota (13° 71' N; 80° 20' E) is a spindle-shaped
island (181 sq. km) situated in Nellore and Tiruvallur districts
of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu respectively (Fig. 1). The
island is bordered to the east by the Bay of Bengal and on the
north, south, and west by Pulicat Lake. The Island comprises
of low ridges of sand, marine and aeolian in origin, rising
4.5—6 m above msl and sloping from west to east. The water
table is at a depth of c. 2—5 m.
The rainfall is largely from the North-east monsoon
(October—December). Some rainfall is also received from the
South-west monsoon (June—September). The area is prone to
cyclones, usually in the early part of May and October, prior
to the onset of the two monsoons. The annual rainfall is
c. 1,200 mm. December to February is the winter season with
temperatures as low as 10° C; March to September is the
summer season with temperatures soaring over 40° C. Relative
humidity is lowest during May (18%), and maximum during
October (99%).
Prior to the takeover of the Island by the Indian Space
Research Organisation (ISRO) between 1969 and 1972, there
/
/
/
/
/
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
Moolthangal 7 |
\4 A He Karimanal
| an KU 9
To Chennai
Fig. 1: Sriharikota Island
were around 20 villages in the Island with a total population of
around 10,000 individuals. At present, besides the
establishments of the Satish Dhawan Space Centre (SDSC-
SHAR), there are colonies established by ISRO for the former
settlers and tribals of the Island, many of whom are employed
by ISRO. Access to and movements on the Island are restricted.
The SDSC-SHAR has a Conservation and Landscape Division
for the conservation and management of the forests.
Sriharikota Island is important from the biodiversity
point of view as it has the last remaining, largest and best-
preserved tracts of coastal Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest in
India. The forest has had a long history of systematic clear-
felling for fuel wood and timber, starting with the British Era.
Plantations of Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus spp.), Casuarina
(Casuarina equisetifolia), and Cashew (Anacardium
occidentale) have been raised over the years by the Forest
Department and settlers, now covering approximately more
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
than 20% of the landmass. After the establishment of the
SDSC-SHAR in 1969, its Conservation and Landscape
Division continued raising plantations for afforestation in bare
and degraded areas, creation of shelter belts, revenue, and for
work generation for the tribals. Acacia auriculiformis was
also introduced on a small scale in the 1970s. The invasive
Prosopis juliflora has proliferated in some areas, especially
along the western edge of the Island that borders Pulicat Lake
and towards the southern parts of the Island. Another invasive,
cane Calamus rotang, introduced during the late 19th century
by the British, has colonised the edges of freshwater bodies
and water courses. Patches of abandoned coconut, tamarind,
mango, and palmyra (now overgrown with native vegetation)
planted by the former settlers are seen, especially in the
southern tracts of the Island. Besides these, there are extensive
grasslands with scattered shrubs and trees in the southern part
of the Island, and remnants of mangrove and salt marsh
vegetation along the western edge of the Island. Due to the
varied ecological conditions, and past and present
anthropogenic factors, the structure of the vegetation is
diverse. Information on the four habitat/vegetation types
where the mammals were sampled is given below:
Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest: Tropical Dry
Evergreen Forests (TDEF) are largely found in the central
and northern part of the Island, stretching from south of
Urugayya lake till north of Beripeta, except in sandy tracts or
areas under plantations. The tree species include Syzygium
cumini, Pterospermum canescens, Manilkara hexandra,
Garcinia spicata, Strychnos nux-vomica, Pongamia pinnata,
Tamarindus indicus, and Cordia dichotoma. The shrub layer
includes Memecylon umbellatum, Glycosmis pentaphylla,
Eugenia bracteata, Grewia rhamnifolia, and Breynia vitis-
idaea. Climbers such as Abrus precatorius, Asparagus
racemosus, Cissus vitiginea, Jasminum spp., Carissa
spinarum, Olax scandens, Coccinia grandis, and Ziziphus
oenoplia make the forest dense and impenetrable. Herbs are
mainly restricted to the open patches in the forests. Along
streams and shallow basins, which are inundated during the
monsoon, Jerminalia arjuna, Barringtonia acutangula, and
Pongamia pinnata are dominant; T: arjuna occurs in pure
stands at some sites. Canebrakes line most of the waterways.
The overall mean canopy cover in TDEF is c. 69%, and the
shrub cover is c. 59% (Manakadan and Sivakumar 2004).
Open Scrub: Open scrub is largely present in the sandy
tracts of the Island, which occur in the northern, eastern, and
southern fringes of the Island. There is also a sandy tract in
the central part of the Island. The soil is sandy and much
exposed, with predominance of shrubs like Gmelina asiatica,
Diospyros ferrea, Securinega leucopyrus, Catunaregam
spinosa, Canthium parviflorum, Maytenus emarginatus,
115
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
Dodonea viscosa, Capparis spp., Carissa spinarum, Pavetta
indica, and Atalantia monophylla. Scattered trees of Syzygium
cumini, Sapindus emarginatus, Lannea coromandelica,
Ficus spp., Azadirachta indica, Albizzia amara, Walsura
trifolia, Pamburus missionis, and Ochna obtusata occur. The
overall mean canopy cover in open scrub is c. 1%, and the
shrub cover is c. 37% (Manakadan and Sivakumar 2004).
Eucalyptus Plantation: Eucalyptus plantations are
mainly seen from about Urugayya lake to the north of
Beripeta. Shrubby elements, such as Memecylon umbellatum,
Securinega leucopyrus, Catunaregam spinosa and Atalantia
monophylla, form the undergrowth. An understorey of
Strychnos nux-vomica, Garcinia spicata, and Ochna obtusata
has come up in some of the more open plantations. Eucalyptus
plantations have a high mix (80%) of native vegetation,
considering the density of both trees (middle storey) and
shrubs. This high proportion of native species in eucalyptus
is because the plantations in Sriharikota are primarily raised
as part of afforestation schemes and not for revenue
generation, and hence, are not strictly managed as in
commercial plantations. The overall mean canopy cover in
eucalyptus plantation is c. 55%, and the shrub cover is
c. 33% (Manakadan and Sivakumar 2004).
Casuarina Plantation: Casuarina plantations are
mostly seen as a narrow belt along the coast. Unlike
eucalyptus, casuarina plantations form dense, pure stands
without much mixture of native species. In open patches,
shrubs and trees like Securinega leucopyrus, Azadirachta
indica, Pavetta indica, Ochna obtusata, Calotropis gigantea,
Cassia auriculata, and Borassus flabellifer occur. Olax
scandens is acommon climber, while Dendrophthoe falcata
(=Loranthus longiflorus) is a common stem parasite on
casuarina trees. Remnants of groves of casuarina (planted by
the former settlers) are seen in some of the interior areas of
the Island and in the southern part from Tettipeta to Karimanal.
Unlike eucalyptus, casuarina occurs in almost pure stands
with low (35%) mix of native vegetation, these almost totally
constituting the shrub layer. The growth of native vegetation
is poor in casuarina plantations, as besides the lack of shade
due to dense planting, the litter of bristles forms a dense carpet
on the forest floor, restricting the growth of seedlings. The
overall mean canopy cover in casuarina is c. 80%, and the
shrub cover is c. 15% (Manakadan and Sivakumar 2004).
METHODS
Inventory Surveys: During the first three months
(November 2001 to January 2002) of the study, we carried
out extensive surveys throughout the Island on foot and
motorcycle during the day and night to make a checklist of
116
mammals, and record general information on species and their
habitats. The locals, especially the Yanadi tribals, were
interviewed, mainly to obtain information on the past status,
distribution, and populations of mammals in the Island.
Further to this, regular day and night sampling (discussed
below) was carried out in the northern and central areas of
the Island; the southern areas were subject to only occasional
surveys due to difficult logistics.
Diurnal Mammals: Transects were used for surveying
diurnal mammals. Sampling was carried out between 07:30-
08:30 hrs in 10 one km transects in each of the four habitat
types (namely tropical dry evergreen forest (TDEF), open
scrub, eucalyptus, and casuarina). All the 10 transects were
walked during the summer and winter/wet seasons of 2002-—
2003, and only five of these were covered during 2003—2004
seasons. Animals seen on either side of transects were recorded
and encounter rates (number/km) of species was calculated
for each habitat type.
Nocturnal Mammals: Surveys of nocturnal mammals
were carried by roadside counts along a 21.2 km stretch of
road covering TDEF (5.1 km), open scrub (3.9 km), eucalyptus
(3.6 km), casuarina (3.0 km), and also mixtures of some of
these, namely TDEF-open scrub (2.7 km) and TDEF-
eucalyptus (2.9 km). The extent of each vegetation type was
estimated using the kilometre reading in the motorcycle’s
speedometer. This stretch was sampled between 20:00 hrs
and 21:00 hrs once a fortnight from March 2003 to February
2004, thus sampling it 24 times. Only animals seen in the
headlights of the motorbike within a distance of 3 m on either
side of the road were recorded. The pillion rider carried a
4-cell torch for confirmation of the identity of the animal.
Encounter rates (number/km) of species was calculated for
each habitat type.
Statistical Analysis: We used the Mann-Whitney non-
parametric test (SPSS, Version 13) to determine the
significance of differences in encounter rates of common
species in the different habitat types, mostly pooled for natural
habitat and plantation. Due to low records for the other species,
statistical tests were not carried out and only their encounter
rates are given.
RESULTS
A total of 28 species of mammals were recorded in
Sriharikota through the inventory surveys, transect surveys,
and roadside surveys (Table 1). These consisted of 2 species
of primates, 3 species of cats, 1 species of canid, 2 species of
shrews, 7 species of bats, 8 species of rodents, and | species
each of mongoose, civet, deer, pig, and anteater. The record
of the anteater was based on reports of locals.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
Table 1: Checklist of the mammals of Sriharikota
S.No. Species
1c Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiata (Geoffroy)
2 Grey Slender Loris Loris lydekkerianus (Linn.)
3. Leopard Panthera pardus (Linn.)
4. Jungle Cat Felis chaus (Guldenstaedt)
5: Rusty-spotted Cat
Prionailurus rubiginosus (Geoffroy)
6. Small Indian Civet
Viverricula indica (Desmarest)
7. Common Indian Mongoose
Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy)
8. Golden Jackal Canis aureus (Linn.)
9. Asian House Shrew Suncus murinus (Linn.)
10. Etruscan Shrew
Suncus etruscus (Savi)
1. Indian Flying Fox
Pteropus giganteus (Brunnich)
az. Greater Short-nosed Fruit Bat
Cynopterus sphinx Vahl
ile Dusky Leaf-nosed Bat
Hipposideros ater (Templeton)
14. Schneider’s Leaf-nosed Bat
H. speoris (Schneider)
1. Greater False Vampire
Megaderma (Lyroderma) lyra (Geoffroy)
16. Greater Asiatic Yellow House Bat
Scotophilus heathii (Horsfield)
17, Little Pipistrelle
Pipistrellus (Pipistrellus) coromandra (Gray)
18. Indian Palm Squirrel
Funambulus (Funambulus) palmarum (Linn.)
19. Lesser Bandicoot Rat
Bandicota bengalensis (Gray & Hardwicke)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Remarks
Common in TDEF and abandoned village forest. Rare in eucalyptus and especially
Casuarina plantations, and in the southern grassland areas.
Not uncommon in TDEF and casuarina plantations. Very rare in open scrub and the
southern grassland areas.
Record based only on pugmarks recorded during April and May 2007. A dead animal
found in the adjoining Pulicat lake during June 2001 (Kannan and Manakadan 2004).
The species is otherwise not known to occur in the Island. These two animals probably
came from the Eastern Ghats forests.
Record based only on a road-kill in December 2002. Yanadi tribals report it to be much
less common than the Rusty-spotted Cat, and is said by locals to prey on domestic fowl.
Occasional. Five records. A road kill near the former Penubakkam Colony, a sighting
during night census in eucalyptus plantation during October 2002, two sightings of a
male on consecutive days at the same site in TDEF during October 2002, and sighting of
an immature in a casuarina plantation during night census in November 2002. Traditionally
hunted by Yanadis for the pot as in the case of the Small Indian Civet.
Common and traditionally hunted by Yanadis. About a dozen sightings spread almost
throughout the Island (except casuarina plantations) during night census. The only record
during the day was of an individual sleeping under low dense foliage of a cashew tree.
Common and recorded in all the habitat types; sightings more common in open habitat in
the southern areas of the Island. Species recorded during day and night census, indicating
it is both diurnal and nocturnal in habits.
The most commonly seen large mammal in Sriharikota, even wandering near residential
areas. Taken to scavenging canteen wastes of facilities after nightfall. Cubs were recorded
on a few occasions during summer. A major predator of sea turtle nests on the beach.
Not uncommon in residential areas; recorded thrice in forest areas.
Frequently caught in pitfall traps; more common in eucalyptus plantations. Not recorded
in residential areas.
Adecades old colony of about 400-500 bats recorded east of the bridge over the Malliplate
Wagu. The bats occasionally shift to nearby areas (including casuarina plantations on
the coast) when disturbed by the activities of fishermen. More than 3,000 counted and
another roost with 350—400 bats recorded in the central part of the Island Telemetry-|
during the second project, these are probably seasonal migrants to the Island.
Regularly recorded feeding on fruit trees in residential areas. Yanadis report it to roost in
small groups in palm trees in the forest.
Roosts (c. 25 animals) recorded at two culverts near Penubakkam.
Roosts (c. 200 animals) recorded in an abandoned temple on the road to Rayadurg and
in an underground cable junction box (20—30 animals) along the SRC road.
Roosts (c. 200 animals) along with the Schneider’s Leaf-nosed Bat in an abandoned temple
on the road to Rayadurg.
A dead specimen collected in the Phase-! residential area. Many individuals were seen
emerging in the evenings from the Phase-ll residential areas and foraging in adjoining
open areas.
Regularly observed flying and hawking for insects under floodlights of residential areas,
sometimes entering houses.
Common throughout the Island with high densities in TDEF and in trees in open scrub.
Also common in residential areas.
Yanadis, who traditionally hunt the species for food, say that it was much
more common earlier when crops were grown on the Island. A few burrows recorded
near the edges of the Penubakkam Badava.
v2
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
Table 1: Checklist of the mammals of Sriharikota (contd.)
S. No. Species
20.
Little Indian Field Mouse
Mus (Mus) booduga (Gray)
Remarks
Record based on a pair caught by a Yanadi near an abandoned irrigation pond on the
outskirts of the former Penubakkam Colony.
Nests recorded twice, once in the peeling bark of a eucalyptus tree and another inside
the half-peeled bark of a dead Acacia auriculiformis tree. Also frequents human dwellings.
Appears to be common judging by frequent records of road kills and sightings during
roadside census at night. Eaten by Yanadis.
Recorded twice in residential colonies; reported to have been common in the former
Common in residential areas and is also reported to occur in forest areas.
Recorded largely in open scrub habitats and is probably more abundant in the southern
Reported by locals to have entered the Island during the 1984 major cyclone. Population
estimated at >200 animals. Four sightings, the largest of a herd of more than a dozen
Widely distributed in all habitats, but partial to the edges of water bodies. It is a major
predator of sea turtle nests on the beach. The species was a favourite quarry of Yanadis
21. Indomalayan Vandeleuria
Vandeleuria oleracea (Bennett)
22. Indian Gerbil Tatera indica (Hardwicke)
22: Roof Rat Rattus rattus (Linn)
settlement colonies in the forest.
24. Greater Bandicoot Rat
Bandicota indica (Bechstein)
25. Indian Hare
Lepus (Indolagus) nigricollis F. Cuvier open grassland areas.
26. Chital Axis axis (Erxleben)
animals.
CL Wild Boar Sus scrofa (Linn)
and former settlers.
28. Indian Pangolin
Manis (Manis) crassicaudata Gray
Reported by locals to have entered the Island during the major cyclone of 1984. Only
two records: one killed by Yanadis immediately after the cyclone, the other a sighting
by an ISRO employee, of an animal crossing a forest road during the 1990s.
Mammals recorded from transect surveys during the
day: A total of nine species of mammals were recorded in the
four habitat types (Table 2). The Bonnet Macaque Macaca
radiata and Common Indian Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii
were recorded only in the natural habitat (TDEF and open scrub)
and not in plantations (eucalyptus and casuarina). The encounter
rate of the Indian Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum was
significantly higher in natural habitat than in plantations (Mann-
Whitney U=1067, p<0.001), and within the natural habitat, it
was significantly higher in TDEF than in open scrub (Mann-
Whitney U=288.0, p<0.05). There were a few records of the
other species, some of which were more frequently recorded
during the night surveys (Table 2).
Mammals recorded from roadside surveys at night:
A total of nine mammal species were recorded during roadside
surveys at night in the six habitat types (Table 3). The Indian
Hare were encountered more in open scrub than in the other
three habitat types (Table 3). The Small Indian Civet
Viverricula indica and Common Indian Mongoose were only
recorded in natural habitats. The encounter rates of the Golden
Jackal Canis aureus and Indian Hare Lepus Undolagus)
nigricollis were higher in natural habitat than in plantations
(Mann-Whitney U=1390, p<0.01 and U=1536, p<0.05,
respectively), but within the natural habitat, the Indian Hare
118
Table 2: Encounter rate (no./km) of mammal species in the
vegetation types recorded during transect surveys during the day
(n=30 transects/habitat type)
Species TDEF Open Eucalyptus Casuarina
Scrub
Bonnet 0.30 (0.08) 0.03 (0.03) : -
Macaque 9 1
Grey Slender - - - 0.03 (0.03)
Loris 1
Small Indian 0.03 (0.03) - - -
Civet 1
Common Indian 0.20 (0.10) 0.01 (0.07) - -
Mongoose 4 1
Golden Jackal 0.10 (0.07) 0.07 (0.07)
Z 1
Indian 2.0(0.33) 1.1(0.24) 0.43(0.12) 0.63 (0.13)
Palm Squirrel 24 16 9 9
Indian - 0.07 (0.05) 0.03 (0.03) -
Hare 2 1
Spotted Deer 0.06(0.05) 0.07 (0.05) -
3 S - -
Wild Boar 0.1 (0.06) 0.27 (0.23) 0.06 (0.05)
2 : 2 2
Values are encounter rates with standard error (in parenthesis),
followed by frequency of occurrence (n=30 transects/habitat type)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
Table 3: Encounter rate (no./km) of mammal species in the vegetation types during roadside surveys at night (n=24)
Habitat / Species TDEF TDEF-Open Scrub
Slender Loris 0.008 0.03
(0.008) (0.02)
Rusty-spotted Cat - -
Small Indian Civet 0:03)... 0.11
(0.01) ( 0.05)
Common Indian Mongoose - 0.02
(0.02)
Golden Jackal 0.19 Oa
(0.08) (0.10)
Indian Gerbil 0.07 0.62
(0.03) (0.16)
Indian Hare - 0.06
(0.04)
Wild Boar - 0.22
(0.16)
Values are the encounter rates with standard error (within parenthesis)
was not recorded in dense TDEF stands. There was no clear
trend in the encounter rates of Indian Gerbil between the natural
habitat and plantations (Mann-Whitney U=1697, p=0.86).
There were a few records of the other species (Table 3) — these
require specific sampling to obtain sufficient records for
meaningful analysis.
DISCUSSION
The surveys revealed the presence of 28 mammal
species in Sriharikota Island, almost all of which are common
and widely distributed in India. The study also revealed that
the Island has a good population of the Grey Slender Loris
Loris lydekkerianus. The Grey Slender Loris is endemic to
India and Sri Lanka; its distribution range in India is in the
peninsular region south of rivers Tapti in the west and
Godavari in the east (Groves 2001; Manakadan and
Sivakumar 2005; Roonwal and Mohnot 1977). The species
has been classified under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife
(Protection) Act 1972 and in the Vulnerable category by IUCN
(2000). The population of the species in Sriharikota was
estimated at 250-300 individuals (Sivakumar and Manakadan
2008). Another species of interest is the arboreal Rusty-spotted
Cat Prionailurus rubiginosus. Earlier considered to be
confined to south-western India, there have been sightings
from other areas, since the 1970s. Very little is known of its
ecology and habitat, which is reported to range from grassland,
scrub and forest, rocky outcrops, areas around human
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Open Scrub TDEF-Eucalyptus Eucalyptus Casuarina
0.02 “ 0.01 -
(0.01) (0.01)
- - 0.01 0.01
(0.01) (0.01)
0.02 - - -
(0.01) - -
0.01 - -
(0.01) - -
Oe 0.14 0.07 -
(0.06) (0.06) (0.03) -
0.47 0.47 0.30 0.36
(0.09) (0.18) (0.07) (0.08)
0.10 0.01 - .
(0.04) (0.01) - -
0.03 - - 0.23
(0.02) - (0.03)
habitation, and even in house attics (Jackson1998; Manakadan
and Sivakumar 2005; Mukherjee 1998).
Overall, the study revealed that the encounter rates of
mammals were higher in natural habitats than in plantations.
Mammalian species that seem to be directly affected by
replacement of TDEF with plantations are the Bonnet
Macaque and Indian Palm Squirrel, which mostly feed on
fruits, seeds, and shoots. TDEF and open scrub, due to the
diversity of herbs, shrub, climber and tree species, offer a
variety of food plants for these and other mammal (and bird)
species during different seasons (David et al. 2008). The
Bonnet Macaque was not recorded in plantations. Among the
nocturnal mammals, the encounter rates of most of the
relatively common nocturnal mammals (namely, Golden
Jackal, Common Mongoose, Small Indian Civet, and Indian
Hare) were higher in natural forest than in plantations. Though
the encounter rate for Grey Slender Loris was low in TDEF
during the road surveys at night, the maximum incidental
records obtained of the species during herpetofaunal sampling
at night was in TDEF (Manakadan and Sivakumar 2004).
This suggests that roadside surveys are not effective for
sampling of Grey Slender Loris, probably since it avoids
habitats near roads, perhaps due to the break in canopy
contiguity and human disturbance.
A number of studies (Evans 1992; Fogarty and Vilella
2003; Gandhi 1986; Singh et al. 1999) have shown that
plantations are detrimental to wildlife. However, the Grey
Slender Loris was recorded to inhabit mature casuarina
119
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
plantations in Sriharikota that had snags, fallen logs, and litter
— probably as these conditions provided rich habitat for its
prey species. The Grey Slender Loris is predominantly
insectivorous, with ants and termites constituting a
considerable proportion of its diet (Nekaris and Jayewardene
2004; Radhakrishna and Singh 2002a, b). Our studies on
herpetofauna (Sivakumar and Manakadan 2004) in Sriharikota
revealed significantly higher abundance of skinks and geckos
in mature casuarina plantations, suggesting a higher
abundance of insect fauna in them. Casuarina plantations also
have good canopy contiguity, which is vital for the survival
of this slow, arboreal species.
The Wild Boar Sus scrofa was recorded occasionally
venturing into and around casuarina plantations along the
coast to feed on crabs and sea turtle nests — as indicated by
their digging. The Golden Jackal also raids turtle nests and
scavenges on the shore, and probably got recorded in the
adjoining casuarina plantations primarily for this reason. There
was no clear trend in the encounter rate of the Indian Gerbil
between natural habitats and plantations. It was mostly
recorded at night along roads during the roadside surveys — it
also topped the numbers of road-kills for mammals in
Sriharikota (Sivakumar and Manakadan 2010). In casuarina
plantations, it was recorded only at sites which were bare and
had the cover of Ziziphus mauritiana shrubs. Otherwise, all
the above mentioned three species appeared to be scarce in
casuarina plantations.
A major reason for mammals occurring in the plantations
in Sriharikota is that these are not actively managed since they
were raised primarily for afforestation and shelter-belts. Thus,
the mature plantations have a mix of native species, especially
as the shrub and understorey layers. In many areas, eucalyptus
trees have declined in numbers (uprooted during cyclones) and
the gaps have been filled by native plants. Another factor that
may have contributed to higher than expected abundances of
mammal species in plantations is the impact of edge effects,
since plantations have contiguity with either TDEF or open
scrub. Plant and animal diversities are known to be higher at
the edges (compared to interiors) of remnant vegetation
(Angelstam 1992; Yahner 1988). Edge effects were greater in
casuarina as these plantations comprise a narrow strip (c. 300
m wide) along the seashore and are largely bordered by scrub
vegetation on the west.
Another reason for higher encounter rates in casuarina
plantations (and also in open scrub) than in TDEF (and to a
lesser extent in eucalyptus plantations) was the dense cover
in TDEF. Ideally, we should have carried out distance
sampling, which would have addressed the issue of variable
detection probability across habitat types, and arrived at
120
comparable abundance/density estimates (vs. encounter rates)
of species, but the project involved enumerating the faunal
diversity of taxa ranging from butterflies, fish, herpetofauna,
birds to mammals, and had manpower and time constraints
for undertaking this. As stated earlier, the objective of the
project was to make an inventory of the faunal diversity of
the Island and to provide basic information on their status,
population, and distribution.
CONCLUSION
Sriharikota, vy virtue of having one of the last
remaining, largest, and well-protected tract of tropical dry
evergreen forest in India, serves as an important biodiversity
conservation site for this forest type. Moreover, with India’s
rapid and alarming biodiversity loss in recent times, sites like
Sriharikota with limited human pressures could become
especialiy significant for biodiversity conservation in the
future. However, the general trend in India, and in Sriharikota
(till our studies), is that formations lacking in timber species
are as a rule considered useless and felled or replaced with
plantations, little realising that these have rich diversity and
are repositories of economic-medicinal plants and natural
habitat for wildlife (Meher-Homji 1997, 2001). Besides the
issue of plantations, the rapid expansion of the spaceport in
recent years, which has involved and will further involve the
cutting down of forests for construction of buildings and other
facilities, is a cause of concern. ISRO needs to take a judicious
view of future expansion and development of the spaceport
to ensure that the conservation of the forests of Sriharikota
and its wildlife are also addressed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the Indian Space Research Organisation for
funding two projects under the RESPOND scheme, and
especially late Prof. Satish Dhawan, former Chariman, ISRO,
whose love for the wilderness was instrumental in the
association of the BNHS with ISRO and Sriharikota. We also
thank ISRO authorities at the SDSC-SHAR Centre,
Sriharikota, for providing us the necessary permission and
other facilities for stay and to carry out field surveys. We
extend our thanks to Dr. M.S. Pradhan and S.S. Talmale,
Zoological Survey of India, Pune, for identification of bat
and rodents. We also thank M. Parandamaiah for assistance
during fieldwork. And lastly, we thank the anonymous referee
for the comments and exhaustive corrections on the earlier
drafts of this paper, which improved the quality of the paper
tremendously.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS, POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION
REFERENCES
ANGELSTAM, P. (1992): Conservation of communities — the fd me
of edges, surroundings and landscape mosaic structure.
Pp. 9-70. In: Hansson, L. (Ed.): Ecological Principles of Nature
Conservation. Elsevier Applied Science, London.
Davin, P., B. SENTHIL MuRUGAN & R. MANAKADAN (2008): Plant-animal
interrelationships with special reference to food plants of birds
and mammals. Pp. 6—52. Jn: Investigations into some ecological
aspects of Sriharikota Island. Final Report (2004—2007). Bombay
Natural History Society, Mumbai.
Evans, J. (1992): Plantation Forestry in the Tropics (Second Edition).
Clarendon Press, Oxford University Press, United Kingdom.
Focarty, J.H. & FJ. VILeELLA (2003): Use of native and eucalyptus
plantations by Eleutherodactylus frogs. J. Wildl. Manage. 67(1):
186-195.
GANDHI, T. (1986): A comparative study of birds in monoculture
plantations and natural scrub near Madras. M.Sc. Thesis.
University of Bombay, Bombay.
Groves, C.P. (2001): Primate Taxonomy. Smithsonian Institution Press,
Washington DC.
IUCN (2000): IUCN Red Data List of Threatened Species. Gland, IUCN
— The World Conservation Union.
JACKSON, P. (1998): Conserving the smaller cats, 1-4. ENVIS Newsletter
(Wildlife & Protected Areas): Vol.1, No.1. Wildlife Institute of
India, Dehradun.
KANNAN, V. & R. MANAKADAN (2004): A record of the leopard Panthera
pardus in Pulicat Lake. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 101(2): 304.
MANAKADAN, R. & S. SIVAKUMAR (2004): An ecological account of faunal
diversity of Sriharikota Island and its environs. Final Report:
Part I. Birds and Mammals. Bombay Natural History Society,
Mumbai.
MANAKADAN, R. & S. SIVAKUMAR (2005): Occurrence of the Rusty Spotted
Cat Prionailurus rubiginosus in Sriharikota, Nellore district,
Andhra Pradesh, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 102(3): 336.
MEHER-Homil, V.M. (1974): On the origin of the tropical dry evergreen
forest of South India. Int. J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 1: 19-39.
MeEHER-Homiui, V.M. (1997): Biodiversity conservation priorities. Indian
Journal of Forestry 20 (1): 1-7.
MeEHER-Homir, V.M. (2001): Conservation of Forests in Peninsular India.
Part I: Forest Cover. In: Meher-Homji, V.M. (Ed.):
Bioclimatology and Plant Geography of Peninsular India.
Scientific Publishers, Jodhpur.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MUKHERJEE, S. (1998): Cats: Some large, many small. Pp. 5—13. ENVIS
Newsletter (Wildlife & Protected Areas): Vol. 1, No. 1. Wildlife
Institute of India, Dehradun.
NEKaRIS, K.A.I. & J. JAYEWARDENE (2004): Survey of the Slender Loris
(Primates, Lorisidae Gray, 1821: Loris tardigradus Linnaeus,
1958 and Loris lydekkerianus Cabrera, 1908) in Sri Lanka.
J. Zool., Lond. 262: 327-338.
RADHAKRISHNA, S. & M. SINGH (2002a): Activity schedule and habitat
use of the Slender Loris Loris tardigradus lydekkerianus.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 99(3): 400-407.
RADHAKRISHNA, S. & M. SINGH (2002b): Home range and ranging pattern
in the Slender Loris Loris tardigradus lydekkerianus. Primates
43(3): 237-248.
RoonwaL, M.L. & S.M. Mounor (1977): Primates of South Asia:
Ecology, Sociobiology and Behaviour. Harvard University Press,
London.
SINGH, M., D.G. LinpBurG, A. UDHAYAN, M.A. Kumar & H.N. KUMARA
(1999): Status survey of Slender Loris Loris tardigradus
lydekkerianus in Dindigul, Tamil Nadu, India. Oryx 33(1):
31-37.
SIVAKUMAR, S. & R. MANAKADAN (2004): An ecological account of the
faunal diversity of Sriharikota Island and its environs. Final
Report: Part II — Herpetofauna. Bombay Natural History Society,
Mumbai.
SIVAKUMAR, S. & R. MANAKADAN (2008): Ecology of the Slender Loris
Loris lydekkerianus (Cabrera) with special reference to
vegetation types. Pp. 53-63. In: Investigations into some
ecological aspects of Sriharikota Island. Final Report (2004—
2007). Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai.
SIVAKUMAR, S. & R. MANAKADAN (2010): Wildlife mortality from
vehicular traffic in Sriharikota Island, southern India. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 107(1): 53-55.
SURYANARAYANA, B., A.S. Rao, A.M. Rao & V. VEERARAIU (1989):
Report on the flora of Sriharikota Island (2 Volumes). Visvodaya
Government College, Venkatagiri and SHAR Centre,
Sriharikota.
SURYANARAYANA, B., A.S. RAo, A.M. RAo & V. VEERARAJU (1998): Flora
of Sriharikota Island. Indian Space Research Organisation,
Bangalore.
YAHNER, R.H. (1988): Changes in wildlife communities near edges.
Conservation Biology 2(4): 333-339.
t2)
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
122-128
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN THE SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF
SARISKA TIGER RESERVE, WESTERN INDIA
Suitpi Gupta!”, KRISHNENDU MoNnDAL!?, K. SANKAR!*** AND QAMAR QurREsHI?
‘Wildlife Institute of India, PO. Box 18, Chandrabani, Dehradun 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
"Email: guptashilp @ gmail.com
3Email: krishtigris @ gmail.com
‘Email: sankark @ wii.gov.in
-Email: qng@ wii.gov.in
*Corresponding author
The diversity and abundance of rodents were estimated in Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan, from November 2007 to
June 2009. A total of 41 Sherman traps were deployed at twelve sites under different vegetation types for 10 days
during winter and summer, which amounted to a total effort of 4,920 trap nights and recorded eleven species of small
rodents. The diversity of rodents was found to be highest in open scrub in winter, and in summer it was highest in
Ziziphus mixed forest. Overall (combining both summer and winter), Mus platythrix was found to be most abundant
(6.26 individuals/ha), followed by Golunda ellioti (3.41 individuals/ha). The overall rodent density was 22.92 +4.65
(SE) animals/ha in winter, and 7.81 +2.25 (SE) animals/ha in summer.
Key words: Rodents, density, semi-arid landscape, Sariska Tiger Reserve, Web trapping design
INTRODUCTION
The rodents of the Indian subcontinent are represented by
46 genera and 128 species (Ellerman 1961; Roonwal 1987).
They are generally viewed as pests due to the economic losses
caused to agriculture and the prospect of their being carriers
of disease (Mukherjee et al. 2004). However, the importance
of rodents in the diet of many large and small carnivores has
been documented by various studies (Comman and Brunner
1972; Gupta 2006, 2011; Jones and Smith 1979; Kitchener
1991; Ludlow and Sunquist 1987; Moehlman 1986; Mondal
et al. 2011; Mukherjee 1998; Palmer and Fairall 1988; Pearson
1964; Sankar and Johnsingh 2002; Sankar et al. 2009; Sillero-
Zubiri and Gottelli 1995). In the recent past, many workers
have contributed to an understanding of the distribution
pattern of rodents in India. Chakraborty (1983) studied the
rodent distribution in Jammu & Kashmir region. Mahajan
and Mukherjee (1972, 1974) prepared a checklist of rodents
in Himachal Pradesh. Sood and Dilber (1977) documented
the rodent species of Punjab. Sheiker et al. (1983) and Jain
(1975) studied the rodents of Uttar Pradesh. The rodents of
the Thar Desert in Rajasthan was studied in detail by Agarwal
(1976), Biswas and Ghose (1968), Ghose (1976), and Prakash
(1959, 1963, 1972, 1974, and 1981). Hill (1958), Jain (1985),
and Khajuria and Ghosal (1981) documented the rodent fauna
of Madhya Pradesh. Pradhan (1975) provided an account of
the rodents of Maharashtra. Agarwal (1973) gave a detailed
account of the rodent species of the Goa region. Agarwal and
Bhattacharyya (1987) supplemented our knowledge of rodent
distribution in West Bengal. Agarwal and Bhattacharyya
(1977) and Roonwal (1949, 1950) made remarkable
contributions to the rodent distribution of North-east India.
A sum total of these efforts came out as compilations and
Ellerman and Morrison Scott (1966) published a checklist of
Indian rodents. But these were taxonomic studies and have
not assessed the ecological aspects of species assemblage,
co-existence, and diversity in the natural habitat.
Although numerous studies have investigated the
distribution, behaviour, ecology, and management of rodents
in agricultural fields (Advani and Mathur 1982; Alibhai 1985;
Chopra and Gupta 1987; Chopra et al. 1996; Davis 1953;
Prakash and Prakash 1985; Prakash and Mathur 1987; Rana
1992; Santra and Manna 2008; Spillett 1968; WHO 1974),
only a few studies had investigated population of rodents in
forested landscape in Rajasthan deserts (Prakash 1981, 1995).
In this paper, we discuss the diversity and abundance of
rodents in different vegetation types in the semi-arid landscape
of Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan, assessed by the web
trapping design method.
STUDY AREA
Sariska Tiger Reserve (STR), (25° 5'-27° 33' N; 74° 17'-
76° 34' E) is situated in the Aravalli Hills range and lies in
the semi-arid region of Rajasthan (Fig. 1). The Reserve is
spread over 881 sq. km, of which 274 sq. km is notified as a
national park. There are 30 villages in the Reserve and 10 in
the National Park. The vegetation is tropical dry deciduous
forest and tropical thorn forest (Champion and Seth 1968).
The climate is subtropical, characterised by a distinct winter
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
Individual trap location
Pe Trapping sites
aa Grids for rodent trapping
Sariska beat map
Kilometers
0 3 6 12 18 4
Fig. 1: Location of Sariska Tiger Reserve and the sampling
sites in Intensive Study Area
(October—February), summer (March—June), and monsoon
(July-September). The average annual rainfall is 700 mm,
mostly received during July-September. Large carnivores are
Tiger Panthera tigris, Leopard Panthera pardus, and Striped
Hyena Hyaena hyaena, while the small carnivores include
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Caracal Caracal caracal, Golden Jackal Canis aureus, Jungle
Cat Felis chaus, Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi,
Small Indian Mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus, Ruddy
Mongoose Herpestes smithi, Palm Civet Paradoxurus
hermaphroditus, Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica, Ratel
Mellivora capensis, and Desert Cat Felis silvestris.
METHODOLOGY
The study was conducted in an area of 120 sq. kmof the
National Park, divided into six blocks of 20 sq. km (Fig. 1).
The diversity and abundance of rodents was estimated using
the web trapping design (Anderson et al. 1983), which
requires rodent captures to be collected from the trapping
web, and treats the data (capture occasions and locations) as
distance measures from the centre of the web.
Two trap points were randomly selected in each block.
Thus, there was a total of 12 trapping sites for the six blocks.
Forty-one standard Sherman live traps (5 x 6.5 x 16.5 cm)
were placed at each trap points encompassing different
vegetation types. Each Sherman live trap ran for ten
consecutive trap nights (a trap night denoting the use of one
trap/night), and thus, the total sampling amounted to 4,920
trap nights/season. The traps were operated in 0.79 ha, having
concentric rings of 5 traps each at intervals of 10 m covering
50 m radius (Fig. 1). Traps were placed on the forest floor
and concealed with bushes and dry leaves. All traps were
painted brown, and placed near bushes, trees, rocks, fallen
logs, or any other possible runways of rats. All the traps were
baited with peanut butter, placed between 17:30—18:30 hrs,
and checked for animals between 5:30—7:30 hrs. Equal efforts
were made in all the blocks in both the seasons. Trapping
success was calculated from the number of rodents captured
divided by the number of trap nights.
The trapped rodents were photographed and identified,
weighed and measured for tail length and body to head length
(HBL). Rodents were identified up to species level using field
guides (Corbett and Hill 1992; Menon 2003; Prater 1980).
Sex was identified based on their genitalia; adults, subadults,
and pregnant females were not identified separately. The
animals were released at the spot where they had been trapped.
Simpson’s Index (d) was used to evaluate species richness
at the different trap sites. The Shannon Wiener diversity and
evenness indices were used to estimate the species diversity
across the trap sites (Shannon and Wiener 1963). The trapping
web design was used for estimation of abundance of different
rodent species (Burnham et al. 1980), while the program
DISTANCE 5.0 (Laake et al. 1994) was used for computations
of seasonal (summer and winter) densities in the different
sites. Each dataset was analysed by three different models
123
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
9 = (3)
(3) sseuuang
000'|
VIO}
GO8'€
8LL'C
000°S
L99°¢
LZS°¢
L99°¢
662’ |b
000°!
O€6'e
000°0
08¢'0
ool 0
Ov9'0
008°0
Gc9'0
LL9°0
Gc9'0
vvv'0
000°0
9720
(P/L)=xepul (p-|)=AysJaAIp
jeOO1dIN9 JO xepul
S,UOSACWIS S$ UOSGWIS
SSOUYOU SelDedS
JEWIWWNS
000°0
829°0
O09" |
GSO'l
969’ |.
OvO'L
LLO'L
OvO'l
9€9'0
000°0
8SV'l
6cZ'0
0260
Gl8°0
y8Z0
000'|
097°0
€€6 0
0¢8'0
v8Z'0
686°0
968°0
oG9'0
[9) tate CN OD OG Ee Ke Ge a So eS a=
(H-X9pUl JOUSI/A\
uouueYs)
AjIssAIp
S310eds
(S) seloeds 8 = (3)
S/H
joJequny | sseuuesAy
O8e'l
89E'E
VSL'9
EloV
000'|
€6E' |
LE9°?e
Selo
y8e'l
096'|
O€Z'S
L06°¢
(P/L)=xepul
jed01d199
S,UOSCUWIS
(p- ,)=AYSIaAIp
S,UOSACWIS
6c 0
€0Z°0
Ze8°0
€8Z'0
000°0
€8¢0
0¢9°0
Les‘0
8220
8670
9¢8°0
9S9°0
JO x9pul
SSOUUOL Sa1INedS
JO\UIM
600Z eunr—Z00Zg JequisAoN Huunp ssuesey sabi eYsUeS
Ul SOUS des} JUBIOYIP Ul SBIOeds JUBPOI Jo (xOpU| JBUBIAA UOUULYS) AjISJOAIP SBIOeds puke (xepU| S,UOSdWIS) SSeUYOI SBINedS :} aIqeL
}SO10} POX! =A ‘PUe|POOM =M ‘}Se104 =4
LLE0
c0e'l
€66 |
6821
000°0
019°0
O&0'l
L06°0
LSv'0
€89°0
ZE8'L
VIE |
(H-x@pu!
Jaual\\ UOUUeYS)
AUSJOAIP
S910edsS
Om ele SOUR Coy YOO. So OO" Gan oN oa GN
(S) seloeds
JO JOQUINN
AW snydiziz-eaing
AW B91ng
M Bl0eoy-puer|qnios
puerlqnios uedO
M snydiziz
AW snydiziz
dW snissobouy
NM snissebouy
AW Bey
M B0eoy
4 snydiziz7-sueAly
4 SUuLeATY
sols des
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
124
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
Table 2: Overall density estimates of rodent species during
November 2007—June 2009 in Sariska Tiger Reserve
Overall
S.No Species N Density’ SE Encounter SE
ha rate
1 Golunda ellioti 67 3.41 066 0.279 0.044
2 Vandeleuria oleracea 12 0.61 0.26 0.050 0.021
Mus booduga 24: - 1205 "O20" 0087" O22
4 Mus musculus 1 0:82 8827 ‘O:075 » 6:020
5 Mus platythrix 123 6.26 221707 (0580. O:665
6 Millardia gleadowi 11 052 019 0.045 #£40.014
4 Millardia meltada 4 0:20: » 6.10,,. 0.016 -,0:008
8 Rattus norvegicus 25 1.27 0.30 0.104 0.022
9 Rattus rattus 14 O71 °O23" 0058) GOs
10 Tatera indica 16° 0.81 ~ O27" * 0066+ G26
11 Gerbillus nanus indus 5 O25 eet 0.020 0.009
N = Total number of captures
(uniform, half-normal, and hazard) with three possible model
adjustments (cosine, polynomial, and hermite). Akaike’s
information criterion was used to select the model that best
fit the present dataset (Buckland et al. 1993). Z test was used
to check for any significant difference in the densities of
rodents between seasons (Zar 2004). Rodent biomass was
calculated by multiplying the mean species body weight by
estimated density of the species (Nichlos et al. 1975).
RESULTS
Species diversity and richness: The Shannon Wiener
diversity and Simpson richness indices indicated high rodent
species diversity in Open Scrubland, followed by Acacia
woodland and Riverine Forest in winter (Table 1). In summer,
the diversity and richness indices indicated high rodent species
diversity in Ziziphus mixed forest and Riverine forest (Table 1).
Species wise: Vandeleuria oleracea was captured only in
Anogessius dominant forest; three species of Mus were
recorded in open scrubland, Ziziphus woodland, and
Anogessius mixed forest; two species of gerbils were captured
in Ziziphus woodland and scrubland; Rattus rattus,
R. norvegicus, and Millardia meltada were found in Butea
mixed forest; Millardia gleadowi was captured only in Butea-
Ziziphus mixed forest; and Golunda ellioti was largely
captured in open scrubland.
Overall density: A total of 316 individuals belonging to
11 species of rodents were recorded during the study. The
overall weight of male and female, average HBL, and average
tail length of species is given in Table 3. The overall rodent
density was 16.15 +2.76 animals/ha, and their estimated total
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Table 3: Weight and body measurements of rodent species in
Sariska Tiger Reserve
Average weight Headtobody Tail length
(gm) length (cm) (cm)
Species Female Male Min. Max. Min. Max.
Golunda ellioti 41.7 S37 NG UV 12 OFS 1209
Vandeleuria oleracea 16.0 18.9 45 7.0 9.0 eee
Mus booduga 8.3 7:3, 4:3, 6.8... 50 8.5
Mus musculus 7.8 So! He 72-47 TS
Mus platythrix 15.3 137 43,726. 5.1 9.1
Millardia gleadowi 54.5 520 S82 11:5 65 15.5
Millardia meltada 66.8 6e:0° Fal 1715 “9B 17.0
108.8 12499.2 200 16.0 21.0
Rattus rattus 135.1 134.9 125 17.3 186 23.5
Tatera indica 54.3 562 s2 15.5 J02 205
Gerbillus nanus indus 23.5 145. £0 82-195 oo lSs
Rattus norvegicus
* Min. = minimum; Max. = maximum
biomass was 612.9 gm/ha. Global detection model was fitted
using the abundance of all species. Half normal detection
function with cosine adjustment of order two was the best
fitted model for all species. Mus platythrix was found to be
the most abundant species (6.26 individuals/ha) in the study
area, followed by Golunda ellioti (3.41 individuals/ha) and
Rattus norvegicus (1.27 individuals/ha) (Table 2).
Seasonal density: Least trap success was recorded in
summer (0.89%) and maximum trap success in winter (2.6%)
(Table 4). The species detection was explained by half normal
detection function with cosine adjustment of order two in
summer and uniform with cosine of order two in winter, based
on lowest Akaike information criterion. The overall rodent
density in winter was 22.92 +4.65 (SE) animals/ha, and
7.81 +2.25 (SE) animals/ha in summer. Z test revealed
significant difference in the densities of rodents between
seasons (Z=2.915, P=0.0039). Gerbillus nanus indus was
captured (n=5) only in summer, and Millardia meltada (n=5)
only in winter.
Of the 316 captures of 11 species, Mus platythrix (n=127)
was found to be the most abundant rodent species in both the
seasons followed by Golunda ellioti (5.56 individuals/ha) in
winter, Golunda ellioti (1.01 individuals/ha) and Rattus
norvegicus (0.92 individuals/ha) in summer (Table 4).
DISCUSSION
The overall density of rodents in Sariska Tiger Reserve (STR)
was low compared to those reported in some other tropical
125
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
Table 4: Density estimates of rodent species during winter and summer (2007-2009) in Sariska Tiger Reserve
Winter (Nov—Feb)
N Density/ha SE EDR
Golunda ellioti 56 5.56 1.2 0.466
Vandeleuria oleracea 11 1.09 0.5 0.091
Mus booduga 17 1.69 0.54 0.141
Mus musculus 12 1.29 0.45 0.108
Mus platythrix 91 9.04 MATA 0.758
Millardia gleadowi 5 0.49 0.22 0.041
Millardia meltada 4 0.39 0.2 0.033
Rattus norvegicus 13 1.49 0.47 0.125
Rattus rattus 7 0.69 0.33 0.058
Tatera indica 12 1.19 0.46 0.1
Gerbillus nanus indus — ae en -
EDR= Effective distance radius; N = Total number of captures
deciduous forest areas in India: Kerala in Western Ghats (Jayahari
2008); upper Nilgiris, southern India (Shanker 2000, 2001, 2003;
Shanker and Sukumar 1999). However, the trapping success of
murid rodents in this study was high (2.8%) compared to an
earlier study in Sariska (0.9%) by Mukherjee (1998).
There was a higher abundance of rodents in the study area
during winter (6.33 animals/ha) than in summer (2.32 animals/
ha), and this may be due to the congregation of rodents in the
areas due to availability of seasonal fruits like Ziziphus
mauritiana, Z. nummularia, and Balanites aegyptiaca that were
observed to be consumed by them during winter. Prakash (1995)
reported low abundance of rodents in summer in semi-arid areas
of the Thar Desert in Rajasthan, where gerbils switch over their
diet to insects when the vegetation is without water content.
Prakash (1995) recorded spectacular fluctuation in feeding on
various plant parts over the year (depending on their
availability) for some rodent species in the desert ecosystem.
Summer (Mar—June)
SE N Density/ha SE EDR SE
0.08 11 1.01 0.4 0.091 0.028
0.04 1 0.09 0.09 0.008 0.008
0.041 4 0:37 0.2 0.033 0.016
0.035 6 0.46 0.26 0.041 0.021
0.11 32 2.95 0.99 0.266 0.064
0.018 6 0.55 0.28 0.05 0.023
0.016 0 _ - - -
0.036 10 0.92 0.35 0.083 0.025
0.027 ul 0.64 0.31 0.058 0.024
0.036 4 0.36 0.24 0.033 0.02
- 5 0.46 0.23 0.042 0.018
Rodents were found to play an important role in the diet
of large, medium, and small-sized carnivores in STR,
contributing 4.4% in the diet of Golden Jackal and 34.3%
in Jungle Cat (Gupta 2011), and about 3—7% in the Leopard
(Mondal 2011). Along-term study using web trapping design
may give better understanding of rodent abundance in
different habitat types and seasons in the study area, and also
their contribution in small carnivores’ diet in different seasons.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the Rajasthan Forest Department for granting
permission to work in Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan, under
the research project ‘Ecology of Leopard’; the Director and
the Dean, FWS, Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun, for
their support and guidance; and our field assistants, Jairam,
Omi, and Ramesh for their help in field data collection.
REFERENCES
ADVANI, R. & R.P. MatHur (1982): Experimental reduction of rodent
damage to vegetable crops in Indian villages. Agro Ecosystems
8: 39-45.
AGARWAL, V.C. (1973): Notes on collection of mammals from Goa. Rec.
Zool. Surv. India 67: 261-280.
AGARWAL, V.C. (1976): New mammal records from Rajasthan. Journal
of Science and Technology 5: 342-344.
AGARWAL, V.C. & T.P. BHATTACHARYYA (1977): Reports on collection of
mammals from Tripura. Reports Zool. Surv. India. 73: 135-157.
AGARWAL, V.C. & T.P. BHATTACHARYYA (1987): New mammal records
from West Bengal. Bulletin Zool. Surv. India 8: 221-222.
ALIBHAI, S.K. (1985): Effect of diet on reproductive performance of the
bank vole (Clethrionomys glareolus). J. Zool. (Lond.) 205(3):
445-452.
126
ANDERSON, D.R., K.P. BURNHAM, G.C. WuitE & D.L. Oris (1983): Density
estimation of small-mammal populations using a trapping web
and distance sampling methods. Ecology 64: 674-680.
Biswas, B. & R.K. GHOSE (1968): New record of mammal from
Rajasthan, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 65(2): 481-482.
BUCKLAND, S.T., D.R. ANDERSON, K.P. BURNHAM & J.L. LAAKE (1993):
Distance sampling: estimating abundance of biological
populations. Chapman and Hall, London, UK. 446 pp.
BuRNHAM, K.P., D.R. ANDERSON & J.L. LAAKE (1980): Estimation of
density from line transect sampling of biological populations.
Wildlife Monographs 72: 1-202.
CHAKRABORTY, S. (1983): Contribution to the knowledge of mammalian
fauna of Jammu and Kashmir. Record Zool. Surv. India Occ.
« Pap: ISA 28.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
Cuampion, H.G. & S.K. SeTH (1968): A revised survey of forest types of
India. Manager of Publications, Government of India, New Delhi.
404 pp.
Cuopra, G. & R.C. Gupta (1987): Strategic use of single dose
anticoagulants for rodent control in paddy. Ninth International
Conference of Tropical Ecology. BHU, Varanasi, December.
CuHoprA, G., P. KAuR & S.S. GuRAYA (1996): Rodents: Ecology, Biology
and Control. R. Chand and Co., New Delhi. 202 pp.
ComMaNn, B.J. & H. BRUNNER (1972): Food habits of the feral house cat
in Victoria. J. Wildlife. Manage. 36: 848-853.
CorBETIT, G.B. & J.E. Hitt (1992): The Mammals of Indo-Malayan
Region. A Systematic Review. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
496 pp.
Davis, D.E. (1953): The characteristics of rat populations. Q. Rev. Biol.
28: 373-401.
ELLERMAN, J.R. & T.S.C. Morrison Scott (1966): Checklist of
Palaearctic and Indian Mammals, 1758-1946. British Museum
(Natural History), London. 810 pp.
ELLERMAN, J.R. (1961): The Fauna of India including Pakistan, Burma
and Ceylon. Mammalia. 2nd edn, Vol. 3 (Rodentia), Parts 1 & 2.
Manager of Publications, Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta.
884 pp.
GuosgE, R.K. (1976): Further new records of mammals from Rajasthan,
India. Journal Zool. Soc. India 26: 149-150.
GupTA, S. (2006): Prey abundance and feeding habits of jackal (Canis
aureus) in Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur, Rajasthan. M.Sc.
dissertation submitted to Department of Wildlife Sciences,
Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. 72 pp.
Gupta, S. (2011): Ecology of medium and small sized carnivores in
Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan. Ph.D. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, Rajkot, Gujarat. 192 pp.
Hit, J.E. (1958): Some observations on the fauna of Maldives Islands.
II. Mammals. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 55(1): 3-10.
Jain, A.P. (1975): Determination of bait preference of Rodents. Proc.
Summer Inst. Rodentol., Jodhpur, India. Pp. 81-87.
Jain, A.P. (1985): A note on the field rodents of Mandsaur District,
Madhya Pradesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 82(2): 397-407.
JAYAHARI, K.M. (2008): Ecology and behavior of small mammals in the
Western Ghats of Kerala, southern India with special reference
to rodents. Ph.D. Thesis, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun.
167 pp.
Jones, J.H. & N.S. Smit (1979): Bobcat density and prey selection in
Central Arizona. J. Wildlife. Manage. 43: 666-672.
KuasuriA, H. & D.K. GuHosaL (1981): Studies on Wildlife of Narbada
Valley, Part IV. Mammals. Rec. Zool. Surv. India 79: 235-257.
KITCHENER, A. (1991): The Natural History of the Wild Cats. Christopher
Helm Publishers, London. 70 pp.
LAAKE, J.L., S.T. BUCKLAND, D.R. ANDERSON & K.P. BURNHAM (1994):
DISTANCE User’s Guide. Colorado State University, Fort
Collins, CO. 84 pp.
LupLow, M.E. & M.E. Sunquist (1987): Ecology and behaviour of
ocelots in Venezuela. Nat. Geogr. Res. 3: 447-461.
ManaJAn, K.K. & R.N. MUKHERJEE (1972): Checklist of mammal of
Himachal Pradesh with a district wise distribution. Proc. 59th
Indian Sci. Congr. Pt. 3, Abstrs, Calcutta. Pp. 473-474.
ManaJAn, K.K. & R.N. MUKHERJEE (1974): A checklist of mammals
Himachal Pradesh with notes on distribution in the area.
Hippocampus, Chandigarh 5: 40-47.
Menon, V. (2003): A Field Guide to Indian Mammals. Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Limited. 200 pp.
MOokEHLMAN, P.D. (1986): Ecology of co-operation in Canids. Pp. 64-86.
In: Roubenstein, D.I. and R.W. Wrangham (Eds): Ecological
aspects of social evolution in birds and mammals. Princeton
University Press, Princeton.
Monpat, K. (2011): Ecology of leopard (Panthera pardus) in Sariska
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan. Ph.D., Thesis, Saurashtra University,
Gujarat, India. 233 pp.
Monbat, K., S. Gupta, Q. Qureshi & K. SANKAR (2011): Prey selection
and food habits of leopard (Panthera pardus) in Sariska Tiger
Reserve, Rajasthan. Mammalia 75: 201-205.
MUKHERJEE, S. (1998): Ecological separation of three sympatric
carnivores in Keoladeo Ghana National Park, Rajasthan, India.
M.Sc., Dissertation, Saurashtra University, Rajkot. 60 pp.
MUKHERJEE, S., S.P. GoyaL, A.J.T. Jonnsincu & L. Prrman (2004): The
importance of rodents in the diet of jungle cat (Felis chaus), caracal
(Caracal caracal) and the golden jackal (Canis aureus) in Sariska
Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan, India. J. Zool. (Lond.) 262: 405-411.
NicHLos, D.W., H.D. Smita & M.F BAKER (1975): Rodent population,
biomass and community relationship in Artemisia tridentata
Rush valley, Utah. Great Basin Naturalist 35: 191-202.
PALMER, R. & N. FairRALL (1988): Caracal and African wildcat diet in
the Karoo National Park and the implications thereafter for hyrax.
S. Afr. J. Wildl. Res. 18: 30-34.
PEarSON, O.P. (1964): Carnivore mouse predation: an example of its
intensity and bioenergetics. J. Mammal. 45: 177-188.
PRADHAN, M.S. (1975): Studies on Bombay Rats. Ph.D. Thesis, Bombay
University, Bombay. 180 pp.
PRAKASH, I. (1959): Food of some Indian desert mammals. J. Biol. Sci.
2: 100-109.
PRAKASH, I. (1963): Taxonomical and ecological account of mammals
in Rajasthan Desert, India. J. Mammal. 41: 386-389.
PRAKASH, I. (1972): Extension of the range of Suncus stoliczkanus in
the Rajasthan desert. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 69(3): 643-644.
PraKASH, I. (1974): The Ecology of vertebrates in Indian desert.
Pp. 369-420. In: Mani, M.S. (Ed.): Ecology and Biogeography
in India. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague, Netherlands.
PRAKASH, I. (1981): Ecology of Indian Gerbil (Meriones hurrianae).
Monograph. Central Arid Zone Res. Inst., Jodhpur 10: 1-87.
PRAKASH, I. (1995): Invasion of peninsular small mammals towards the
Aravalli ranges and the Thar Desert. Int. J. Ecol. Env. Sci. 21:
17-24.
PRAKASH, B.G. & K.S. PRAKASH (1985): Estimation of rodent damage in
a hybrid rice trial. Rodent Newsl. 9(2—4): 12-13.
PRAKASH, I. & R.P. MaTHurR (1987): Management of rodent pests. ICAR
Publ. 133 pp.
PraTER, S.H. (1980): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural
History Society and Oxford University Press, Bombay, India.
324 pp.
Rana, B.D. (1992): The soft-furred field rat, Rattus meltada. Pp. 127.
In: Prakash, I. and P.K. Ghosh (Eds): Rodents in Indian
Agriculture. Vol. 1, Chap. 10. Scientific Publishers, Jodhpur,
India.
RoonwaL, M.L. (1949): The geographical and geological aspects of
migration in animals. Bull. Natl. Geogr. Soc. India 11: 1-33.
Roonwa, M.L. (1950): Contributions to the fauna of Manipur State
Assam. Part III - Mammalia with special reference to the
family Muridae (Order Rodentia). Records of Indian Museum.
47: 1-64.
RoonwaL, M.L. (1987): Records of the Zoological Survey of India:
Recent Advances in Rodentology in India. Zoological Survey of
India, Calcutta, Miscellaneous Publication. 105: 126.
SANKAR, K. & A.J.T. JOHNSINGH (2002): Food habits of tiger (Panthera
tigris) and leopard (Panthera pardus) in Sariska Tiger Reserve,
Rajasthan, India, as shown by scat analysis. Mammalia 66:
285-289.
SANKAR, K., Q. QURESHI, K. MONDAL, D. WorAH, T. SRIVASTAVA, S. GUPTA
& S. Basu (2009): Ecological studies in Sariska Tiger Reserve.
Report submitted to National Tiger Conservation Authority, Govt.
of India, New Delhi, and Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun.
145 pp.
127
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER RESERVE
SANTRA, K.B. & C.K. MANNA (2008): Studies on some aspects of rodent
ecology in four districts of Gangetic plains of West Bengal, India.
Univ. J. Zool. Rajshahi Univ. 27: 85-90.
SHANKER, K. (2000): Small mammal trapping in tropical montane forests
of the Upper Nilgiris, southern India: an evaluation of Capture-
Recapture models in estimating population size. Journal of
Biosciences 25: 99-111.
SHANKER, K. (2001): The role of competition and habitat in structuring
small mammal communities in a tropical montane ecosystem in
southern India. J. Zool. (Lond.) 253: 15-24.
SHANKER, K. (2003): Small mammal communities in montane
ecosystems in the Nilgiris, southern India: their ecology and
natural history. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 100(1): 46-57.
SHANKER, K. & R. SuKUMAR (1999): Synchrony in small mammal
populations of montane forest patches in southern India. Journal
of Animal Ecology 68: 50-59.
SHANNON, C.E. & W. WIENER (1963): The Mathematical Theory of
128
Communication. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois.
11 pp.
SHEIKER, C., C.S: MALuI, N.S. RAwATH & R. SINGH (1983): Murids of
Garhwal Himalayas. Rodent Newsl. 7(4): 17.
SILLERO-ZuBIRI, C. & D. GoTTELLi (1995): Diet and feeding behavior
of Ethiopian wolves (Canis simensis). J. Mammal. 76:
531-541.
Soop, M.L. & D.S. DiLBER (1977): The composition and fluctuation of
population of sympatric Murid in PAU fields. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 74(3): 521-524.
SPILLETT, J.J. (1968): The ecology of the lesser bandicoot rat in Calcutta.
Unpubl. Sc.D. Dissertation, School of Hygiene and Public
Health, Johns Hopkins University. Pp. 23.
WHO (1974): Ecology and control of rodents of public health
importance. WHO Technical Report. Series No. 553: 1-2.
ZAR, J.H. (2004): Biostatistical analysis. Pearson Education, Inc.
Pp. 130.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
THE STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN
PLATANISTA GANGETICA GANGETICA IN THE RIVER BARAK, ASSAM, INDIA
Tu. P. Sincua!*, B.K. Dutta? AND S.P. Biswas?
‘Department of Chemistry, Cachar College, Silchar 788 001, District Cachar, Assam, India. Email: thpawlensingha @ gmail.com
*Department of Ecology and Environmental Science, Assam University, Silchar, Assam, India. Email: bimankdutta @rediffmail.com
’Department of Life Science, Dibrugarh University, Dibrugarh, Assam, India. Email: spbsdu@ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
The Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica gangetica, once common in the River Barak in southern Assam, is
now rarely sighted. Currently, the dolphins in winter (December—February) congregate in a 14 km stretch of the Barak
centring on two sites. During the rainy season (mainly June—August), they frequent tributaries and flooded paddy
fields. The population in the 135 km stretch of the Barak, before its bifurcation near the Indo-Bangladesh border, was
estimated at 14, 12, 10, 9, 9, 8, and 8 in 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively. About 60%, 31%,
and 9% of the population was made up of adults, subadults and calves respectively. Information on 29 dolphin mortalities
in the Barak comprised 28% adults, 34% subadults and 38% calves. Fishing activities were responsible for 90% of the
mortalities; 37% of deaths of calves were due to entanglement in gill-nets. Direct and indirect hunting, uses of dolphin
oil as fish attractant and medicine, habitat loss and degradation, depletion of prey fish, water development projects,
lack of people’s awareness, and poor law enforcement threaten the dolphins. Among others, notification of Barak
129-134
Dolphin Sanctuary and strict enforcement of laws are required to conserve the dolphins in the Barak.
Key words: Ganges River Dolphin, River Barak, population, mortality, habitat loss, conservation
INTRODUCTION
The Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica
gangetica and the Indus River Dolphin Platanista gangetica
minor are two subspecies of the River Dolphin Platanista
gangetica (Rice 1998). The Indus River Dolphin is found in
the rivers of the lower Indus basin in Pakistan (Smith and
Braulik 2008) and in the river Beas in Punjab, India (Behera
et al. 2008). The Ganges River Dolphin is distributed in the
Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna and Karnaphuli river systems
of India, Nepal, and Bangladesh (Anderson 1879; Kasuya
and Haque 1972; Jones 1982; Mohan 1989; Reeves and
Brownell 1989; Reeves et al. 1993; Singha et al. 2007;
Shrestha 1989; Wakid 2005). The Ganges River Dolphin is
categorised as Endangered in the IUCN Red List (version
2009.1), and placed in Appendix I of CITES and in Schedule
I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. A total of
about 1,200—1,800 animals is a reasonable estimate of the
lower range of its global population (Smith and Braulik 2008).
River Barak, the largest river of Manipur and southern
Assam and the second largest river of north-east India, is the
head stream of the Meghna and is, therefore, an integral part
of the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna (GBM) river system.
As in many other rivers of the GBM river system, the dolphin,
known to the people of Barak Valley (Cachar, Karimganj,
and Hailakandi districts of Assam) as Suins in Hindi, Foo
Maachh or Hoohn in the local dialect of Bengali, Susuma in
Dimasa, and Nasubi in Manipuri, was once common, but is
now rarely sighted in the Barak.
Published work on the dolphin in the Barak is scanty.
Biswas (1995) reported its absence from its past strongholds
in an 80 km length of the Barak. Choudhury (1997) mentioned
its occurrence in the Barak in the checklist of the mammals
of Assam. In November 1999, Singha (Anon. 1999) found
dolphins of the Barak to congregate at Lalmati Dahr. Singha
(2005) presented an overview of the dolphin and its
occurrence in the Barak. Singha and Biswas (2005) reported
on dwindling numbers of this dolphin in the rivers of southern
Assam. Singha et al. (2007) gave insights into the past,
present, and future survival of the species in the River Barak
in Assam.
For planning and adoption of conservation measures,
very few accounts on the whereabouts and population trend
of the dolphin in the Barak are available. Therefore,
population studies on the dolphins in the River Barak were
done from 1999 to 2008, which form the basis of this paper.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
The study covered a stretch of 135 km (12 km in hill
areas and 123 km in the plains) of the River Barak from Narain
Dahr (24° 43' N; 93° 04' E), near the Assam-Manipur border
to Tiganga (24° 52' N; 92° 29' E), the point of its bifurcation
near the Indo-Bangladesh border (Fig. 1). The River Barak,
STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN IN THE RIVER BARAK
( " KARIMGAN,
) bistRICT
| Longai f
( ery
| Dhaleswari
} River
: Hg % Barak River
. Other river
Dolphin congregation sites (past)
Dolphin congregation sites (present) |
Past congregation sites |
often visited by dolphins at present |
Fig. 1: Past and present distribution of the Ganges River Dolphin in the River Barak
after flowing for about 400 km in its hill course, starts its
course in the plains at Fulertal, and after flowing for about
123 km entirely within India on a serpentine route reaches
Tiganga in India. The important right-bank tributaries of the
river include the Makru and the Jiri in Manipur, and the Chiri,
Madhura, Jatinga, Dalu (a tributary of the Jatinga), and Larang
in Barak Valley of Assam. The major left-bank tributaries are
the Irang and the Tuivai (Tipai) in Manipur and Sonai, Rukni
130
(a tributary of the Sonai), Ghagra, Katakhal, Dhaleswari,
Singla, and Longai in Barak Valley. Banks and basin area of
the Barak river system are thickly populated and this leads to
enormous pressure on the land and water resources.
To locate dolphin localities in the Barak, information
of such possible sites were first collected from Biswas (1995),
Anon. (1999), and boatmen, fishermen, and other locals. With
this information, 1:50,000 toposheet maps of Survey of India
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN IN THE RIVER BARAK
and satellite images from the internet were referred to know
the accessibility to these sites. These sites were surveyed
regularly throughout the study period (1999-2008).
Unlike the Brahmaputra and the Ganges, the River
Barak, in the dry months, flows in a single channel of less
than 200 m width, and thus ‘rolling’ of dolphins can be easily
observed from a boat, shore, or bank. The surveys for the
assessment of population were carried out during November
to May, when the water levels were low and when dolphins
were expected to remain in the main river. For assessment of
population, two sets of surveys were carried out. The first
set (7 surveys) covered the whole study area. The second set
(6 surveys) covered the dolphin congregation area from
Niyairgram to Lalmati Dahr (Fig. 1). The first set of surveys
were carried out in 1999 (November), 2001 (December), 2003
(December), 2005 (December), 2006 (December), 2007
(December), and 2008 (April). The second set of surveys were
carried out in 2000 (May), 2001 (April), 2004 (March), 2004
(December), 2006 (April), and 2007 (April). Surveys during
and after 2001 were done following the method of Smith and
Reeves (2000). It involved three observers sitting on a high
platform in the extreme front of a country boat or a low-
sound emitting motorboat moving at a slow speed (<9 km
per hour), so that dolphins were not likely to be missed.
Among the observers, the one in the middle acted as secondary
observer and data recorder, while the others acted as primary
observers. At every potential dolphin site, about 15 minutes
were spent to look out for their presence. At known or
observed dolphin congregation centres, more time was
devoted. Measures to minimise both upward and downward
bias in dolphin counts were adopted. In this respect, the size,
colour, vicinity, and distance, and periodicity of rolling of
the dolphins were considered. As determination of sex at the
time of their surfacing from the water was extremely difficult,
only categorisation of animals in terms of their age groups
(adult, subadult, and calf) was done following Biswas and
Boruah (2000). Accordingly, a specimen slate-grey and of a
length of about 1.2 m or above was considered as adult; a
specimen blackish in colour with a length of about 0.7 m or
less was considered as calf; and a specimen of intermediate
colour and length between 0.7—1.2 m was considered as
subadult. The linear density (number of dolphins per km),
within the dolphin congregation area (14 km), outside the
congregation area (121 km), and the stretch of the River Barak
surveyed (135 km), was calculated by dividing the number
of dolphins encountered within the concerned area by 14,
121, and 135 — these being the length in kms of the river
stretches surveyed respectively.
To collect information on occasional sighting of
dolphins, their entanglement in fishing gear and their
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
mortality, a semi-quantitative and qualitative questionnaire
was prepared and people were interviewed. Information on
reported mortality of dolphins was cross-checked with more
than one source. Visits were also made on receiving specific
information from the locals.
RESULTS
During the period of low water levels in the river
(November—May), the dolphins were recorded to congregate
at Lalmati Dahr (24° 49' N; 92° 51' E) and Niyairgram Dahr
(24° 47' N; 92° 50' E), and forage there and in the 14 km
stretch between these two sites. Almost every year, after a
few pre-monsoon showers in March—May, newborn calves
were recorded in this Lalmati Dahr—Niyairgram Dahr section.
Calves were not seen in this stretch during January and
February.
In a year’s first flooding (May-June), individual
dolphins and mother-calf pairs were sighted moving upstream.
Dolphins coming from downstream (the Meghna, Kalni,
Kushiyara, and elsewhere) were also seen to visit various
parts of the Barak during this time. During the monsoon
(mainly June-August), one or two dolphins were observed
to visit and forage in the tributaries of the Barak: a subadult
was found dead in the River Katakhal (at Lalachhera-
Barnarpur near Lalaghat) in 1998; another adult drowned due
to entanglement in fishing gear in the River Longai near
Longai Ghat in 2005; a mother and calf were seen by the
local people moving upstream in the swelling waters of the
River Katakhal at Laishramkhun, Gaglachhera and
Leihoupokpi (Madhabpur) near Lala in Hailakandi district
in June, 2004. Dolphins still move out from the rivers to
adjoining water bodies, if the situation permits. During the
floods in 2007, three dolphins foraged for a whole day in an
inundated paddy field of Roypur, a village 5 km to the north-
west of Silchar town.
The surveys carried out to assess the dolphin population
gave counts of 14, 12, 10, 9, 9, 8, and 8 in 1999, 2001, 2003,
2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively (Table 1). The
population was made up of 59.32% adults, 31.36% subadults,
and 9.32% calves. Among the dolphins encountered within
the congregation area, 61.32%, 29.25%, and 9.43% were adults,
subadults, and calves respectively. Among those encountered
outside the congregation area, 41.66%, 50%, and 8.33% of the
population were adults, subadults, and calves respectively.
During the first set of surveys, 82% of the population
was encountered between Niyairgram Dahr and Lalmati Dahr.
The others were found moving and foraging solitarily within
a distance of 15 km from the congregation area. Out of a total
of 118 sightings of dolphins during the surveys, 11 sightings
131
STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN IN THE RIVER BARAK
were of calves. Of these 11 calves, 9 were observed in March—
May and 2 in November—December.
During 1999 to 2004, there were three cases of
mortalities in the Lalmati Dahr area: in February 1999, April
2000, and November 2000. Two of the dolphins were
juveniles. The dolphins were reported to be killed after getting
entangled in fishing gear. A fourth entanglement in 2005
resulted in the death of an adult in the Longai (a southern
tributary of the Kushiyara) at Longai Ghat near Karimganj
town.
A total of 29 mortalities of dolphins were recorded in
the Barak river system. Double-boat operated nets caused
27.59%, single-boat operated nets 17.24%, gill nets 17.24%,
hook and lines 17.24%. Opportunistic killing of dolphins that
entered creeks and shallow areas constituted 6.9%. Others
casualties were 3.45% by harpoon and spear, 3.45% by seine
net, and 3.45% fishing traps. Accidental piercing of the
forehead by the dorsal fin of the catfish Sperata seenghala,
while being caught and handled by the dolphins accounted
for 3.45% of the mortalities.
DISCUSSION
According to elderly locals and fishermen, the Lalmati
Dahr—Niyairgram Dahr dolphins have inhabited this stretch
for many generations; their presence and calving have also
been observed since the last ten years. During the surveys
covering the whole study area, 82% of the population was
encountered between Niyairgram Dahr and Lalmati Dahr. Of
the dolphins seen within Niyairgram Dahr and Lalmati Dahr,
41.50%, 8.49%, 0.94%, 4.7%, and 42.45% were encountered
at Niyairgram Dahr, Uttar Krishnapur Dahr, Badrimukh,
Bhagador, and Lalmati Dahr respectively. Uttar Krishnapur
Dahr, Badrimukh, and Bhagador lie between Niyairgram Dahr
and Lalmati Dahr. This shows that Niyairgram Dahr and
Lalmati Dahr are the primary congregation sites at present
for the dolphins of the River Barak.
Linear density was found to be 0.30 dolphins per km
in 113.0 km part in Kalni-Kushiyara river (Smith et al. 2001),
and 0.08 dolphins per km in the section of the River Kushiyara
located between the Bangladesh-India border and the
confluence of the River Korangi (Smith et al. 1998). The
density rose slightly on moving up the Barak (0.1 per km in
1999, 0.09 per km in 2001 (Table 1). But, in a span of ten
years (1999-2008) during our study, the overall population
and linear density of the dolphins in the Barak and within the
congregation area decreased by at least 40% (Fig. 2). The
adult population decreased till 2005, but has remained stable
for three years after that. Although new-born calves were
recorded in the Lalmati Dahr—Niyairgram Dahr section in
March—May of each year, neither the population of adults
nor of subadults were recorded to increase during the study
period. Rather, a decline was seen — the population of adults
reduced to 5 from 8, and subadults to 2 from 5. This indicates
Table 1: Population of the Ganges River Dolphin in the River Barak
Month Inside congregation area Outside congregation area
& Year (i) (ii)
Adult Subadult Calf Total Linear Adult Subadult Calf Total Linear Total Overall linear density:
density density —_ ((I) + (II) dolphins/km in Barak
dolphin/km dolphin/km river
Nov. 1999 F 4 1 12 0.86 1 0 2 0.017 14 0.1
May 2000 4 2 2 8 0.57 - - ~ -
Apr. 2001 6 4 2 12 0.86 - - - - ”
Dec. 2001 7 5 0 12 0.86 0 0 0.00 12 0.09
Dec. 2003 5 2 0 7 0.50 1 : 0.025 10 0.074
Mar. 2004 5) 1 2 8 0.57 - - -
Dec. 2004 6 2 0) 8 O57. - - -
Dec. 2005 4 2 0 6 0.49 1 0 6) 0.025 9 0.067
Apr. 2006 4 2 1 7 0.50 - - - -
Dec. 2006 5 2 0 PA 0.50 0 1 2 0.017 9 0.067
Apr. 2007 3 1 1 5 0.36 - - - - -
Dec. 2007 5 2 0 q 0.50 1 1 0.008 8 0.06
Apr. 2008 4 2 1 7 0.50 1 1 0.008 8 0.06
Total 65 31 10 106 - 5 1 12 118
132 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN IN THE RIVER BARAK
—- Sub-adult
—O— Total
—@— Outside congregation area
—e— Adult
—f— Calf
—*-— Within congregation area
oie
oOo
No.of dolphins
1
Nh Oo ho oa iay) OO
1999 2001 2003 2005 2006 2007 2008
Fig. 2: Dolphin population in the River Barak (1999-2008)
a current zero survival rate of calves in the River Barak.
According to Jefferson et al. (1993), calving of the Ganges
River Dolphin apparently can occur at any time of the year,
with peaks in December to January and March to May. In the
River Barak, the peak was found to be during March—May,
the months of pre-monsoon rains. The reason for not sighting
calves in the congregation area in January—February could
be that by January—February, the calves might have died or
been killed.
In contrast to the Ganges, Brahmaputra, and Meghna,
the width of the River Barak is much smaller (<200 m in dry
season), and therefore, dolphins are more likely to get
entangled in fishing gear and also more easily netted in the
River Barak. In general, meaningful quantitative data on the
magnitude of (river dolphin) catches, either deliberate or
incidental, are unavailable and unlikely to become available
in the absence of a well-organised, adequately funded, and
incorruptible fishery/wildlife management system (Smith et
al. 2008). However, riverside people in Barak Valley who
saw entanglement, catching, killing, and selling of dolphin
in their locality, were found to fairly well recollect such
incidents because of the unusual and exceptional nature of
the incidents. The data on mortality obtained from them
indicate that calves suffered maximum casualties (38%),
followed by subadults (34%) and adults (28%). Among the
casualties of calves, 37% were due to entanglement in gill
nets, 36% in single-boat operated fishing nets, 18% in double-
boat operated drag nets and 9% in seine nets. Except for one
or two cases of death that might have occurred due to
drowning after entanglement in gill nets or others, almost all
the other deaths were due to deliberate killing by fisherman
and other locals. In some parts of the River Barak, from a
little upstream of Katakhalmukh to the bifurcation point of
the Barak in general, and sites near Banaimolla Dahr, Padri
Ghat, Srigauri, and Malua Dahr (Fig. 1) in particular, some
fishermen go for community hunting of dolphins, especially
calves and subadults. They surround and chase the dolphins
using nets, forcing them to enter a creek to kill them.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
The consumption of dolphin meat by some locals,
and the use of its oil as a fish attractant, as medicine for a
variety of diseases (e.g., arthritis, rheumatism),
aphrodisiac, and ointment for humans and livestock
encourage the hunting of dolphins. The price of 100 ml of
dolphin oil (not sold openly) in the Barak Valley in 2008
was more than Rs. 100. Apart from killing of dolphins
during fishing as direct catch and by-catch, habitat
degradation in the form of loss of dahrs (pools) as a result
of change in river course and siltation of bed, depletion of
prey fish, loss of foraging grounds due to the erection of
embankments, dams, and sluice gates, and aquatic pollution
pose threats to dolphins in the River Barak.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Since 1999, the district and state level authorities have
been approached from time to time to adopt measures for the
conservation of dolphins and their habitat in the River Barak.
Some conservation measures have already been adopted, and
these include:
1. Exemption of the dolphin congregation area from
leasing out to public for fishery and earning of government
revenue;
2. Clamping of Section 144, Cr.P.C. at Lalmati Dahr
area to restrain any form of fishing there;
3. Submission of Feasibility Report of Dolphin
Sanctuary by the DFO, Cachar, to the Chief Conservator of
Forests, Assam;
4. Issue of order for demarcating the proposed area of
Dolphin Sanctuary.
To make people aware and involve them in
conservation, all forms of locally available media (audio,
video, print) were explored. Doordarshan Kendra, Silchar,
has produced documentaries, entitled ‘Endangered dolphins
of the Barak’, in Bengali and in English. These documentaries,
scripted by the present corresponding author, have already
been telecast more than 10 times since the first telecast in
2000. Talks, campaigns, meetings, workshops, and nature
camps have also been organised. These initiatives have
probably helped arrest the decline in the dolphin population
since 2007. However, unlawful fishing continues unabated
in various parts of the River Barak, its tributaries and other
water bodies throughout the Barak Valley and also at the
dolphin congregation sites jeopardising, directly or indirectly,
the life and security of the few surviving dolphins.
To conserve the dolphins of the Barak, the following
measures are suggested:
1. Notification of Lalmati Dahr—Niyairgram Dahr section
of the River Barak as Barak Dolphin Sanctuary. During
133
STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN IN THE RIVER BARAK
the interim period, prior to notification and proper
functioning of the Dolphin Sanctuary, promulgation and
strict enforcement of Section 144 Cr.P.C. to stop any form
of fishing in the dolphin congregation sites, removal of
any encumbrances in the dolphin foraging/congregation
area, and keeping a 24-hour vigil on congregating dolphins
and their movements at least during post-monsoon to
pre-monsoon period, are required.
2 Monitoring, maintenance, and enhancement of the
habitat at dolphin congregation sites, and establishment
of similar conditions at nearby river meanders for
habitat expansion and alternative congregation sites
3. Sensitisation of riverside people to act as local guardians
of the dolphins of their localities. Panchayats may be
involved in this aspect.
4. Engaging fishermen of Lalmati Dahr—Niyairgram Dahr
section in conservation and eco-tourism, and/or
providing them alternative livelihoods.
5. Inclusion of the safety and security of life and habitat
of dolphin in all assessment, reassessment, planning,
and execution of river development works.
6. Exploring the possibility of developing selected anuwas
(oxbow lakes) of the River Barak for ex situ
conservation, dolphin studies, and ecotourism.
7. Strict enforcement of fishery and wildlife protection
acts and rules throughout the Barak sub-basin.
REFERENCES
ANDERSON, J. (1879): Anatomical and Zoological Researches:
Comprising an Account of Zoological Results of the Two
Expeditions to Western Yunnan in 1868 and 1875; and a
Monograph of the Two Cetacean Genera, Platanista and
Orcella|sic]. Bernard Quaritch, London. Two volumes.
ANoNn. (1999): Baraker Hariye Jaowa Shishuk Khuje Paowa Gelo
Lalmati Dahare (the lost dolphins of the Barak River found at
Lalmati Dahr, in Bengali). Dainik Jugasangkha. December 2,
1999. Pp: 2.
BEHERA, S.K., A. NAwaB & B. RAJKUMAR (2008): Preliminary
investigations confirming the occurrence of Indus River Dolphin
Platanista gangetica minor in River Beas, Punjab, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 105(1): 90.
Biswas, S.P. (1995): Barak Noit Bartamaan Hihoor Sthiti (Present
condition of the river dolphin in the Barak River, in Assamese).
Endangered River Dolphin (Bipanna Hihoo, in Assamese).
Souvenir published on the occasion of Workshop on River Dolphin.
River Dolphin Protection Committee, Assam, 1995. Pp. 14-15.
Biswas, S.P. & S. BoruAH (2000): Ecology of river dolphin (Platanista
gangetica) in the upper Brahmaputra. Hydrobiologia 430:
97-111.
CuHoupuury, A.U. (1997): Platanista gangetica. Checklist of the
Mammals of Assam. Gibbon Books with ASTE Council.
Pp. 62-63.
JEFFERSON, T.A., S. LEATHERWOOD & M.A. WEBBER (1993): Marine
mammals of the world: FAO Species Identification Guide. United
Nations Environment Programme, Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome. 320 pp.
Jones, S. (1982): The present status of the Gangetic susu, Platanista
gangetica (Roxburgh), with comments on the Indus susu,
P. minor Owen. FAO Advisory Committee on Marine Resources
Research, Working Party on Marine Mammals. FAO Fisheries
Series 5(4): 97-115.
Kasuya, T. & A.K.M.A. HAQuE (1972): Some information on the
distribution and seasonal movement of the Ganges dolphin. Sci.
Rep. Whales Res. Inst. (Tokyo) 24: 109-115.
Mouan, R.S.L. (1989): Threatened Gangetic River Dolphin.
Whalewatcher 23: 6-8.
REEVES, R.R. & L. BROWNELL Jr. (1989): Susu Platanista gangetica
(Roxburgh, 1801) and Platanista minor (Owen, 1853).
Pp. 69-99. In: (Eds: Ridgway, S.H. and R. Harrison): Handbook
of marine mammals, River dolphins and the larger toothed whales
4. Academic Press, London, UK.
REEVES, R.R., S. LEATHERWOOD & R.S.L. MouHAn (1993): A Future for
Asian River Dolphins. Report from a Seminar on the
134
Conservation of River Dolphins of the Indian Subcontinent,
18-19 August, 1992, New Delhi, India. Whale and Dolphin
Conservation Society, Bath, Avon, England.
Rice, D.W. (1998): Marine mammals of the world: Systematics and
Distribution. Special Publications of the Society for Marine
Mammalogy, No. 4. Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas. USA. 231 pp.
SHRESTHA, T.K. (1989): Biology, status and conservation of the Ganges
River Dolphin, Platanista gangetica, in Nepal. Pp. 70-76.
In: (Eds: Perrin, W.F., R.L. Brownell Jr., Z. Kaiya and
L. Jiankang): Biology and Conservation of River Dolphins. [UCN
Species Survival Commission Occasional papers No. 3.
SINGHA, TH.P. (2005): The river dolphin (Platanista gangetica) in the
Barak River, Assam. Abstracts - UGC Sponsored National Level
Seminar on ‘Environment Management’. Abhayapuri College,
Abhayapuri, Assam. Pp. 21-22.
SINGHA, Tu.P. & S.P. Biswas (2005): A brief note on freshwater dolphin
(Platanista gangetica) in the Barak River, south Assam. Abstracts
— UGC Sponsored Seminar on Germplasm Conservation & —
Sustainable Development. Dept. of Life Sciences, Dibrugarh
University, Assam. Pp. 14.
SINGHA, TH.P., B.K. Dutta & S.P. Biswas (2007): Some observations on
the past, present and future of the river dolphin (Platanista
gangetica) in the Barak River, Assam. Pp. 52—58. In: (Eds: Dutta,
B.K., A.K. Das and P. Choudhury): Biodiversity Conservation:
The Post Rio Scenario in India. Assam University, Silchar, Assam.
SmiTH, B.D. & GT. BRAULIK (2008): Platanista gangetica. In: IUCN
2009. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2009.1.
<http://www.iucnredlist.org/>. Downloaded on September 23,
2009.
SmiTH, B.D. & R.R. Reeves (2000): Survey methods for population
assessment of Asian river dolphins. Pp. 97-115. In:
(Eds: Reeves, R.R., B.D. Smith and T. Kasuya): Biology and
Conservation of Freshwater Cetaceans in Asia. IUCN Species
Survival Commission Occasional Paper No. 23.
SmitH, B.D., A. HAqug, M.S. Hossain & A. KHAN (1998): River dolphins
in Bangladesh: conservation and the effects of water
development. Environ. Manage. 22: 323-335.
SMITH, B.D., A. BENAziR, A.M. EprisE & G. BRAULIK (2001): Status of
the Ganges River Dolphin or shushuk Platanista gangetica in
Kaptai Lake and the southern rivers of Bangladesh. Oryx 35(1):
61-72.
Wakip, A. (2005): Status and distribution of a newly documented
residential Gangetic Dolphin (Platanista gangetica gangetica
Roxburgh 1801) population in eastern Assam. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 102(2): 158-161.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
135-141
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT, MANDI DISTRICT,
HIMACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
ALKA KuMart)?, Bru LAL!** AND OM PaRKASH!*
‘Biodiversity Division, CSIR-Institute of Himalayan Bioresource Technology, Palampur 176 061, Himachal Pradesh, India.
*Email: kumarialkasanjay @rediffmail.com
3Email: [email protected], brijihbt@ yahoo.co.in
‘Email: parkash.om3 @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
This communication provides an inventory of the pteridophytes of Barot in the Uhl Valley of Mandi district, Himachal
Pradesh, based on extensive field surveys carried out during 2010-2011. Ninety species of pteridophytes (85 ferns and
5 fern-allies) belonging to 31 genera and 14 families were recorded, which represents about 95% of the pteridophytic
flora of Mandi district, and 35% of fern and fern-allies of Himachal Pradesh. Information on the species diversity,
habitat, and current status of the taxa based on the survey are provided in this paper. Besides collecting voucher
specimens of all the 90 species encountered for herbarium, live collections of 80 species of ferns and fern-allies were
collected and introduced in the fernery of the institute for conservation and multiplication purposes, and most have
been successfully established ex-situ. Strategies for bioprospection of selective species, and conservation of some rare
threatened species are also discussed.
Key words: Diversity, pteridophytes, ferns, Barot, Mandi district, Himachal Pradesh
INTRODUCTION
The Himalayan region is one of the most varied and
richest phytogeographical regions of India. The history of
exploration of pteridophytes in the western Indian Himalaya
goes back to the early 19th century, when John Forbes Royle,
Nathaniel Wallich, and various other plant collectors initiated
plant collection activities for the East India Company’s
herbarium, now known as the Central National Herbarium,
Kolkata (CAL). Extensive field studies carried out by various
workers in the recent past has revealed that the western
Himalaya is one of the richest regions for pteridophytes in
India (after east Indo-Himalaya and southern India),
harbouring around 385 species (Fraser-Jenkins 2010) and
representing nearly 40% of the pteridophytic flora of India.
Based on the collections of early British plant collectors,
ferns of this region were mentioned in the British fern floras
of India (Beddome 1883; Clarke 1880; Hope 1899-1904).
Subsequently, significant contributions were made by
Bir (1964, 1968); Dhir (1980); Dhir and Datta (1976, 1977a,b,
1979); Fraser-Jenkins (1992, 1997, 2008); Khullar (1994,
2000); Schelpe (1954); and Sharma and Khullar (2004).
Recent comprehensive accounts of the pteridophytes of
Kangra and Sirmaur districts of Himachal Pradesh (HP) have
been published by Khullar et al. (2008, 2009).
Himachal Pradesh, a part of western Himalaya, is a land
of deep valleys and lofty snow mountains with great altitudinal
variations from 300 m in the foothills to high snow covered
peaks of the greater Himalaya. Barot, in Mandi district of
HP, is situated in the Uhl river valley, which is covered by
thick forests of Cedar and Himalayan Oak. The hilly tract
of Barot rises from Jhatingri to Tikkan, and into Barot
tehsil. The thick forest cover is mainly composed of
78°0'0"E
machal Pradesh
76°0'6"E 78°0'O"E
Fig. 1: Map showing study area
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
"SWUeOIIS
9EE9l-dld OOZ‘I-009‘I paieyjeyus deep pure sjjeuayem Jeou sedojs daejs uo ‘auey ueyyl] pue uBuneur = soo “|. (“YOOH Xe “|;eA\) BIgeos eI)peR]SUUaGg We,
eeodel}perjsuuag ‘Ajiwe4
88E9l-d1d 008" | “ayAydoun|/eyAudide ‘erey joueg 0} UEMHLL AWeYUSAOH (|S81d *O) BSosod eIsouiAY ‘02
LVEIIL-d1id O00S‘L-OOL‘L “ayAydoyn|/eyAudide ‘uowwoo Ae, lueseyeys) Bulyd (uog “q) esojnac0y eIsoUAg ‘6h
Bulyo (Wayeg Xe ayeID “g’D)
L8E9l-d1d 008‘l-00Z'‘1 “aAydoup|/eyAydide ‘jeuoiseo09 joueg 0} UeyyIL —— BWIOZIYJOJIIW Sapo|podsjod 134
GLEQI-d1d 008° I “aAydoun/eiAydide ‘erey joueg OJ Ueyy1] = BUIYD (“YOOH xe |JeMA) SNdouyoe| sapolpodsjog oa:
Q98E9l-d1ld O0Z‘l-002' “ayAydoyn|/eyAydide ‘uowwos Ayres ueyyI] pue UBulyeur Bulyd (‘HE Xe “|;eM) BUBOWe sapolpodsjog ‘Ol
"S]EM "WI@S “Did
GGE9Il-d1d 009‘l-00S'1 pepeys ‘Yyol-snuuny uo eyAydoyp|/eyAydide ‘uowWooun UBuneur 0} lueseyey (eZUNY Xe “|/2M) Bqo/Axo suajdojewiAYd ‘Gk
"$90J1] UO ajAUdida se UsAP ‘sWe=dJ)S JO
G8E9l-d1d 009‘ | syueg Huoje Sy90J 18M UO SiNDDO ‘ayAydou}l| aseY ubuneur o} lueseyeyuy Bulud (uog ‘q) WinaseueIqWiaW WINJOSOIOIy eral
SUIMUSP-JOSEI 4
LGE9l-d1d 009'l-009‘1 “ayAydoyy|/eAydide uowwoo UBuneur 0} lueseyey (UIILUS “P) s7epedinbas snioside7 EL
VVEIL-d1d 008‘l-009'1 “ayAudoun|/eiAudide ‘arey -youeg 0} UeyyIL Bulyd snpnuopnasd sniosideT ice
LvE9l-dd 008" I “ayAydouy|/eyAydida ‘uowwoD joueg 0} UeyYIL Bulyd (400H) snpnu snoside7 “LL
OvE9l-d1d OOZ‘l-009'1 “ayAydouy|/eyAydide ‘uowwooun, UeyyLL "yueP-Jases4 ae/YaW sniosideT ‘OL
aevooripodAjog :Ajime-
P8E9l-d1ld 009‘l-00S‘L ‘JOQUIIID JUBPUBDS SB Sj[IUJOO} UO SUNDDO Ajyensfp “UOWWLUOD uBuneur oO} lueseyeyus "MS (‘qunuU |) Wnaiuodel winipobAT 6
6EEIl-d1ld O0Z‘L-009'1 "$99J} UO JOQUII|D ‘UOWWOOU/ UeyyLL "MS (77) wnsonxey WnipoBAT 8
aesoe!pobA :Ajime-
CVEII-d1ld OO08‘l-009‘l ‘sedojs ureyUnoW pure ‘s}jem ‘SyoO1 pepeUs ‘ISIOW UO “aJeY jOJeg O} UBYHIL “‘quny | eajuodel epunwiscC 2
"8AQ] C8 AQT “Y (PII X2 “112M)
EvE9l-dld 008‘I-009‘I ‘JOO|J JSO1O} BY} UO JO SMOPBOW Ul UOWWLUOD UBueur seen eJNISOA ‘dsqns | eueiuojAejo epuNWISEC ‘9
aeooepunwso :Ajiwe
LEEOL-dd 00S‘ l-OSZ ‘syueg aulAes Buojy }euoIsed90Q lueseyeyuds ‘Iseq Wnuwissisowes winjasinbZ ¢
ZcEII-dld 009‘l-O00S‘I "Se0R|d JOM JOUJO pue SWeALjs ‘s]jeyayem Huojye UOWWOD = uUbuleur pue UeYyI] ‘IUeSeTeUD uog ‘q wnsnyip winjasinbZ LD
eeooejesinbgz :Ajiwe
“Snuuny UI YOU |IOS
OLEQL-d1d 009‘ | UIIM SOO JO Sued Apeus ‘}sioW Ul UOWWWOD Al38/\ uBuneur oO} 1ueseyeyuy Buds eueydeipgns ejjaulbejas €
“SUUBOIIS JO
ZLEQIL-d1d 009‘l-00S‘I syueq pue sijjiy jo sedojs Apeus pure jsiow Uo UOWLUOD uBbuneur 0} 1ueseyeyuy Buuds soziyuosfiyo eyjauibejas oF
‘sous Apeus jsiow uo snjjeyy SSow YM Huoye Huimoib .
LLEQL-d1ld 009‘l-00S‘I puNno} Os] ‘Sedojs epispeo Huoye UOWWOD Al8/\ UBueur oj lueseyeyy BHuuds (‘Ad 9 “YOOH) sojnesosAiyo ejjauibejas +
eeaoR|jaulbeyjas :Ajiwe
ON ‘00
wunueqieH = (W) epniniy BOUdIINIDIO BUS UONDA|OD SOWPN seloeds 9 Ajlwe4 “ONS
YSEpeid JeEYOeWIPH ‘ease joueg Jo AeAins 9) HuuNnp pepi0o0es saljye-Us9} PUe Wd 7, BIqey
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
136
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
60E9l-d 1d
LGE9l-dl|d
8LEQL-d 1d
6ZE9l-d ld
VIEIL-dld
8SE9l-dld
6SE9l-d ld
6VEIl-d Id
8VE9l-d1d
c8t91l-d Id
V9IEIl-dl1d
OLE9L-d1d
GLE91l-d1d
GVEIl-d ld
c8E9l-d 1d
C9EYl-d Id
L9E9l-d1d
S9EIlL-d 1d
EGE9l-d1d
cGe9l-d Id
OSE9l-d1d
LVEIL-dl1d
8VE9l-d1d
S8E9l-d Id
COEIl-d1d
ON ‘00
wuNWeqieH
009'1
009"
0091
008' |
009° 1—-00S"|
009'1—00S'1
008'|
008"
009'1—00S' 1
008"
008"
008"
0081
008'1—00S'1
0081
009'1—00S' 1
008‘ 1-009"
008° 1-009"
008"
0081
009'1
00s'‘I
008'I
008‘1-00S'1
0021-009" |}
(Ww) epnyyy
‘SQDIAGIO-YOOI
JO Sadojs/s|jem JSIOW S}Hqeuyul ‘UOWWWOD AJe/\
‘sjods \siow ‘spequueass Ap ‘}Sos0j ul ‘UOWWOD Aye
“Sjfem UO ‘SaepispeosJ UBdO UO ‘UOWWWOD
"SWIB9I]S/]SOJO} OU} Ul
seorid dwep pepeus ‘sease piuuny Ajybiy ul ‘uowwWwooUA
“SOlledO| pepeus JO usdo UI
‘JOO}J JSOJO} YOU-SNuuNY UO ‘UOWLUOD fu9/\
‘sebpe jsaJo] ye ‘UOWWOD Al3/\
“SODIABIO-YOO ‘SAdojs/s|jem JSIOW Syiqeuu! ‘asey
‘JOO]} 1S91OJ YOU-SNuNyY UO ‘UOWWOD Arey
“seare UadO PUe ‘OO}J 1S8JO) YOU-SNuNy UO ‘UOWWWOD AjIe4
‘Sepispeos Huoye
Seale Pasodxs UI! SYOOJ J@M JO JSIOW UO ‘aIeY
“seaie Apeus ‘jSIOW Ul SijI4 jo Sedojs uO ‘UOWWOD
‘sease Apeus ‘jSIOW UI Sj||Iy JO Sedojs UO ‘UOWWOD
"SEpISPeOI JeOU ‘SIIIU JO Sedojs sioW UO ‘aJeY
“Sedojs |jIy DUS SYDOJ 18M UO ‘aJeY
"JSOJO} Ul S4OOJ UO ‘JUeNbal+
"SQDIAGJO-YOOI Ul
‘sjyem UO ‘sepispeos Huoye ‘sadojs uo ‘UOWWWOD ua),
"S8DPUNS YOOJ pue Sadojs }SaJOj UO ‘auey
‘JOO}} IS81OJ pue ‘spue|ssesb
‘Spjaly payeanjno ‘sedojs epispeos Huoye ‘uowWWOD
“sapnyye YUbiy ye sedojs
S910} PUL JOO}J ISOs} YOU-SNuUNY syiqeuyu ‘UOWWOOUN
‘sepa jsos0} Huoye pue JO0}} JSEs0} UO ‘UOWLWUOD
‘seose pepeyus
pue piluny ul ‘Sepispeol ‘suees1s Buoje ‘uoWWOo Aye
“sjyem ‘Saedojs uo
‘SQDINBJO-YOOI Ul ‘SapIspeos Huoye ‘UOWWOS ANa/\
“Sedojs S910} YOU-SNuny UO ‘pesi|eo07
‘Sedojs pue ‘sjeueod ‘sasinoo
JayeM ‘SyOOJ ‘SeoR|d 18M Ul ‘S]/eEM UO ‘UOWWWOS A3/\
“SWeOJIS
Jo sease pesodxe ul seuoyed ul uses ‘UOWWON AjIe4
VOUBIINIIO
"YOOH ae/snoyjep wniuejdsy ‘Or
evooviusajdsy :Ajime
uBuneur Oo} j1ueseyeyy
uBuneur 0} j1ueseyeyy ypseby ‘f BUBIYIII/EM SHA}q "GY
uBuneur o} lueseyeud "yuaer-JESeJ4 JOOWA “ASS 7] BJEYIA SUA] Sra
joleg O} UeyHI] ypreby f Xe |TEM SI/BUILIA] SUA} ‘EV
WBulyeyr pue ‘ueyy!) ‘lueseyeyd | BONBID SUAld A]
uBuiyeur pue ‘ueyy!] ‘lueseyeuy ypieby ‘f xe “|;eNA SIINeOUedSe SUAa]dq ‘LY
joleg 0} UeyyI] seyeg (OOH Xe *|/eM\A) B/NPIIU BAel//adq ‘OV
jOeg O}] ULI] ezuny (‘quny |) wnaiuodel wniyo{uQ "6E
UBuneur pue ueyyl] ‘iueseyeyuy ISUUD sepiowwelbojdso winiyohuQ nets)
joreg O} UeyyIL MJEPUN) (“||2M) BSAA SUa}dOUWAS ‘LE
IpJeYO] 0} JOIeG 994 (auN|g) Bejnues awwesboluoyD ‘OE
IpseUO] 0} OLeEG snwAuolealyH suaosagnd awwesboiu0y “Ge
SNWAUOJSIH P/PAUWajU!
IpseYyOo] 0} JOLeG JEA BIDBUE]UI awWwelboIuoD "pe
ueyyLL pue UBulyeur Bulyd (uog ‘q) Bnd suajdoyineay ‘ee
JOG O}] UCI] emebe| (eyeAeH) PUBPSOWWOY SLIaj]doynaly es
uBuneur pue ueyYyI] ‘lUeseyeyy ‘yuar-1esel4 (“"GxOY) JO/OIIg sUajdojuNnaly "Ee
ueyyl] ‘uBuneur iuesbiued (‘jue|gG) Sdaoue suajdojunajy OF
uBuiyeur pue ‘ueyy!) ‘IUeseyeys Bulyo (e41e|D “g’O) Byeu/Brewog/e siajdojyneayy ‘62
seyinyy (‘uuly “XA 8 BulyD) wnoyeqH
‘dsqns uog ‘gq WN]snudA winjueipy "82
uog ‘Gq WN}snuaA winjuelpy t2
joleg
joreg
WBuyeur 0} jueseyeys "7 asuadadljiyd winjueipy ‘92
lueseyeyd
Joueg 0} UeYHIL
"YSSIO4 WNsioul WNjuelpYy "Ge
“MOOH /yOMebpe Wnjuelpy Ve
1o1eg Jeddn 0} JaMo7 "7 suauan-snijideo winjueipy OZ
eesdeplial, :Ajime-
ueyyl] pue UBuleur ‘YOOH (ewnjg) sapioipodsjod sidajodAH ae
BIS UOI]DE}|OD SOWPN Saloeds 9 Ajlue4 “ON'|S
(pJUOD) YSEepeid |EYOeUWIH ‘eave youeg jo Aenins au} Buuinp pepsooel Saljje-Wi98} pue W984 :} ajqey
137
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
O6E91-d1d
VOEIL-d1d
LOE9L-d1d
ELEIIL-d1d
8EE9l-d1d
80€91-d1d
LOE91-d1d
VLEQL-d1d
LGE91-did
LEEIIL-d1d
9LE9l-d1d
C9EOL-d 1d
90E9l-di1d
8ZE9l-dl1d
VLEQL-d1d
69E9l-d1d
89E9l-di1d
68E91-dl1d
99E9l-d1d
G9E9lL-d1d
O9E9l-di1d
9GE9l-d1d
VSEIL-d1d
ON ‘00
winueqiaH
009‘ 1-00" I
008'I<
009° t—-00r't
008" |-009'1
009°1—00S't
008"
009° t—00S' 1
009° t—-00S"t
008"
008"
008" I<
008"
009‘
009"
008"
0091
009"
00s*t
OOZ't
0091
00S"
008"
008" I
(ww) epniiy
"|SOJ0} ul Osje ‘AjUa\d UI
SI JOJEM JOABJOUM ‘S]ejWead}s Hucye ‘UoWWOD Aye
‘JOO}J JSOJO} UO ‘BIeY
“sedojs apispeos uO ‘UOWWWWO4)
‘sjauueYo 19};eM Huoje JOO) }SE10} YOU-SNuuNyY syiqeuul ‘esey
“SQUIAC POPPUS-||OM
JO Speq pue syueq Buoye ‘seorjd yam ul ‘UOWWOD Ayes
‘sjajweeds Huoje seaie papeys ul ‘uoWWWOOU
‘sebpe jsol0j
‘ papeys BHuoye Yoo} }ses0} YOU-SnuuNny UO ‘UOWWOD Ayes
‘saebpe soso} usdo ye syeyiqey elsjSse19}
ul osje ‘ayAydouj/ayAudide ‘uoww0d Ale/\
“smopeew pue Se6J0b JeAU UsdO Ul UdAP ‘SIO
pepeyus dwep ‘syo0/ pajeA00-Ssow ‘Jam UO ‘aleY
“@peuUs UI ‘Ss|;ea}yem Huoye ‘jse10} dwiep ‘uoWWOoUp
“apnyye YUbiy ye ‘uowWwOd Aprey
"SyOO1
Buiddupfjsiow uo moj6 pue Huey spuoyy ‘usej areY
"SWIBOIIS JeOU ‘UOWWWOO Ayes
“sepispeos Huoje pue
‘SjajWWeaJ}S 1S8J0} Huoye seorjd jam suqeuul ‘aiey
“seoRid Yyou-Ssnuuny ul
‘SasINODETeM ‘Sweds}s Huoje ‘UOWLUOD
‘SesinodayeM/Syueg JBAU Huoye sured 3u} ul
PUNO} VEquuljo ‘us9J BpNyyye Mo] ‘UOWWWOD ANa/,
"SOUIABI JEOU ‘SapIspeOd ‘s]jeLayem BHuoye ‘uowWwoy
"SOY JSIOW Pue SE8suNnooJEyeEM BHuoye ‘UOWWOD AeA
‘Suead}s Buoye ‘UOWWOD AJa/\
“SOUP ISIOW pue
‘SO@SINODIE}JEM ‘SyuUe JOA Huoye ‘UOWLUOD ANa/,
“SOYOUP JSIOW
pue ‘sesunooeyem ‘syueg JOA Buoye ‘UOWLUOO A193),
“sedojs S810}
JSIOW JO BPBUS UI ‘SBDIABIO-YyOOI S}Iqeyu! ‘UOWWWOOUN
"Syund} 994} JO aseg ye UBAD
‘sebpe seo) ‘Syoo) papeus-j]siow UO ‘UOWWOOUN
90U81INDIO
uBuneur oO} lueseyeyd
jo1eg
jueseyeyy
ueyyLL 0} UBuNeur
uBuneyr 0} 1ueseyeyy
joleg
uBuneur o} lueseyeyy
wBuneur oO} lueseyey
joleg
ueyyLL
1O1eg
UeyylL
uBuneyr 0} lueseyeyd
uBuryeur
UeyyLL
jueseyeyuy
uBuryeur
lueseyey
uBunyeur
uBuneur 0} lueseyey
lueseyeuyy
IPAeYO] O} Joe
IpseYyO] 0} Joe
ONS UONDE}|OO
IUD *D (U0g ‘q) Wnuwixew wnizedig
oyey ‘W (PIIIM) BueAiog euedaq
o}ey Hluasiajad
‘dsqns ojey ‘"W (ezuny) luaesiajad euedag
oyey ‘W (Pppeg) saplolpojuele euiedeq
uowWjeS (8MO7] ‘f°4) Wnsoyibujs wnuAy)y
IUD ‘OD winayyes wnudyiy
994 x9 ‘Bnoy vadwiyos wnuAyjy
BIOOW “| CHOW XO “]eAA) WNjeuoed winuAyiy
‘yuer-JeSei4 Lunajdosoiw winuAyy
JOO “| X98 “YOOH (‘YOOH) wnjeuquiy wnuAyjy
ewoppeg /uosUje WNuAyy
JSUUD Wnajdosiue winuAyjy
aeaoRispoo;, :Ajiwie-
Bulyuy (ezuny) sapojA] suajdAjay
"syem| y (@dOH 9D) ojided suajdAjay
ezuny siyoeywoywdd suajdAjay |
PeeHY 4D (238y) Blayljoid suajdAjay |
Bulud (“YOOH Xa “|JeAA) SUBDSaeqrua sUaldAjay |
UYOL 1S ‘d‘y (“4SS104) BJe]Uap suajdAjey J
Bulyyd (Wayeg) Pues suajdAjay |
"syem| "Y (‘WS ‘f) Beinoune suajdAjay |
UOHOW AD (UOg ‘q) Bpue suajdAjayL
eeaoRepla}dAjauL :Ajiwe4
"7 SQUBWOYOL)] Winiue|dsy
uoqg ‘q wnjeluioey wniuajdsy
SowWweN saineds 9 Ajiue
(jpjJU0D) ysepeid JeyoeRWIP ‘ease youeg Jo AeAins ou) Huunp pepi00es saljje-Us9e) PU W984 :} BIqeL
‘69
"89
29
99
‘G9
‘v9
"€9
‘39
49
‘09
‘6S
"8S
s
Be oS)
‘SS
‘VS
"ES
‘6S
4S
‘0S
‘60
“87
LV
‘ON'IS
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
138
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
GCEIl-d1d
cOE9l-d1d
96E9l-d Id
L8E9l-d1d
Lc€9l-d1d
GOE9l-d Id
G6E9lL-dl1d
O€e9l-d Id
V6E9l-d1d
OcE9l-d ld
6cE9l-d1d
O8E9l-dld
€6E9l-d1d
c6E9l-d Id
SEE9lL-dld
SeE9l-d Id
c&E9l-d Id
Lct9l-di1d
LLEQl-d1d
L6E9lL-d ld
cLE9l-d ld
ON ‘00
wNWeqlioy
008'|
009}
008° 1-002"
00Z't—-009'
009'1
008"
009'1
009'1
0081
009"!
009'1
0081
008" 1
008" 1
009'1
O0Z'1
0091
009° l—-00S'}
008"
008"
009"
(Ww) spnyiy
"JSOJOJ UI pue
‘saepispeos Huoye ‘Ssaiyyedo] 39M Ul ‘UOWLUOD Aye 4
"SY9OJ/S|JEM PEPeUsS ]SIOW
‘Sseyoueig puke SyUNJ} 8eJ} UO ByAUdida ‘UOWWOD
‘alKudide ‘arey
"JSOJOJ Ul
SUN} 99} “SBDELNS YOO JOM POpeyYs UO ‘aJeY
“SjauUeYo
Ja}EM JESU S8DIABJO-YOOI UI PU SyOOI jsHUOWe ‘aleYy
‘SUueadIS Buoje SedRd JSIOW OO} JSe10} UO ‘UOWWOD
‘sebpe jsos0) Huoye “OO}} JSes0} UO ‘UOWWOD Al38/\
‘aBpe Jsas0j ye SedR|d JSIOW UI! ‘OO}} JSQ0J UO ‘UOWWWIOD
“SOODIAGIO-YOO Ul ‘Bley
“@PeUS UI SY9OJ JO Sedojs JsIOW yep UO ‘UOWWOD AJa/\
‘seoejd uado Jo sebpe ye Sowijawos
‘JOO}} JS91O} YOU-SNwNyY syiqeuyu! ‘UOWWOD Are 4
‘JOO|J JSOJO} UO ‘BIeY
‘JOO}} JSO1OJ UO ‘QueY
"Syoos jsHuOWe JOO}J JSQ1O} SUQeyuU! ‘quey
"JOO|J ISOJO] JO SeaJe YOU-SNuwNy Ul ‘UOWLUOD A198),
“seoejd Ayoos ul smos6 Ajurew ‘auey/uoWWwooUN
‘JOO|J ISOJO] UO ‘QueY
‘Sepispeol Huoje
pue “JOO 1S8J0} YOU-Snuuny ‘jsIOWW UO ‘UOWWOD Ale
“SUUBOIS/S|/ea}yem BHuoye
pue ‘sepispeos Huoye saijeo0] papeus dwep ul ‘arey
“SWUBOIIS PUR ‘S];eLIO}eEM
‘saepispeos Huoje saiijeoo) papeyus dwep ul ‘UOWWOD
“sedojs uo
‘SQDIAGJO-YOOJ UI SUOI}IDUOD pesodxe UI ‘UOWWWWOOUN
BOUSIINIIO
IPAeYO] O} Joe
ueyy!] pue WHulyeur
joreg pue UeyyI)
wHunyeur
uBuryeur
UeyyLL
lueseyeuyy
uBuryeur 0} lueseyeyy
jo1eg
wBuiyeur 0} lueseyey
wGuryeur
joleg
IpseYO] 0} Joleg
1o1eg
ueyy!| -UBuneur
ueyyLL
uBuryeur
uBuleur pue lueseyeuy
101eg
Ipreyor] O} Joreg
uBuiyeur
AUIS UON}DA1]OD
lEHeN (OUlyeW\) BIeWWabUN BIpseMpOO/
eeooeuUdsalg :Ajiwe
jedoy (uog ‘q) B/ygjnd elbajsoleiy
Bulyd Yexeg 8 ey1e/D “g’D Xe ‘ppeg)
IAeaejap eibajsoieiy
aeooejearg :Ajiwe
|SQ1d *D (4@YOOH) /YII//EM B/pUuea/C
aeooRipueao :Ajimey
IUD “OD (‘ABD 9 “OOH Xe *|/2/M)
PJBUNDBOD BLUIEJIA
ISUUD asueueUUNA Wnyodijshjog
998+ (U0g ‘q) Wnsouenbs winyoishjog
emebe| wnadeajedosaid winyoishjod
Je\INUY B “MUSeP-JEeSel4 ee/yewW LUNYONSAJ]Od
BIOOW ‘| (UOGg *q) WiNjua Wnyoishsjog
UIILUS “(UO *q) WNjasosip WNyoNssjOd
JapuejAyH (‘buesds) eueyaiyjem suajdosig
iuesHiued 9 Nseg "y’S BjBUuUIAdOJIepa/ sUajdoAIG
IUD “D (edOH *D) PSowe suajdohig
‘yuer-Jeses4 (“yuer-Jesel)
eaoevajedoibiu suajdohsig
ISUUD eBysodejxn! suajdoAig
JUD “OD (uoq ‘q Xe “WweH-"Yyong)
B]ea/YI09 SsUajdohig
‘yuer-JEsel4 Jadoy-ijoseo suajdoAig
ISQd "D (‘ABD BY “OOH XO “|/EM)
winapyoAued WINIWOLAD
‘yuer-Jesel4 (dayUus7Z) WnyjAYdowoue winiwiopAD
eesoepiiajdoAig :Ajiwe-
ueyoeq ¥ UUNY (“YSSIO4) WN}eUaJD
‘dsqns winjeua/o wnijewapodAH
SOWeN saioeds 9 Ajiwe
(jp]U0D) Ysepeid JeEYDeWIH ‘ease 1Oueg Jo AdAins 9y} HuLinp pepsooel saljje-Uie} pue Wd : 1, aIqeL
‘06
‘68
‘88
‘L8
‘98
‘G8
‘V8
‘€8
‘68
“L8
‘08
‘62
‘BL
7
Bo 7
"GL
vL
‘EL
‘OL
be
‘OL
‘ONS
139
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
Himalayan Cedar Cedrus deodara and Banj or Himalayan
Oak Quercus leucotrichophora. The natural and perennial
deep gorges, along with Uhl river, provide favourable
conditions for the growth of pteridophytes. Barot area, which
harbours a good number of pteridophytes, is largely
unexplored from the pteridophytic point of view, though
sketchy information is available (Beddome 1865-70, 1883;
Clarke 1880; Hope 1899-1904). In the recent past, a few
species of pteridophytes from Mandi district have been
reported (Chandra 2000; Khullar 1994, 2000). However, there
has been no comprehensive account on the fern flora of the
Mandi district in general and the Barot area in particular.
Hence, we carried out this work to document the fern and
fern-allies (pteridophytes) diversity of the Barot area, which
covered an area ranging from 30°22"—33°12" N and 75° 47"—
79° 40" E, with altitudes ranging between 1,500 and 1,820 m
(Fig. 1).
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Extensive field visits were made to different sites in
Barot during 2010—2011 to cover the study area thoroughly.
Voucher specimens of each species were collected along with
field notes for identification and documentation. All the
specimens collected were identified and processed following
standard herbarium techniques (Jain and Rao 1977). Later, all
the specimens were deposited in the herbarium of the CSIR-
Institute of Himalayan Bioresource Technology, Palampur
(PIEP).
In this paper, the recorded taxa are categorised into two
major groups, namely ferns and fern-allies. In each group,
enumeration is made family-wise as per the classification of
Fraser-Jenkins (2008, 2009). The genera within the family and
species within each genus are arranged in alphabetical order,
giving details of localities, collection number, and habitat.
RESULTS
Ninety species of pteridophytes (85 ferns and 5 fern-
allies) belonging to 31 genera and 14 families were recorded
(Table 1).
DISCUSSION
Our explorations revealed that the Barot area is rich in
fern diversity, harbouring c. 95% of the pteridophytic flora
of Mandi district, and 35% of Himachal Pradesh. Ninety
species were recorded (85 ferns and 5 fern allies), belonging
to 31 genera and 14 families. Of these, 25 species are
lithophytic and epiphytic in nature, growing luxuriantly on
140
the trunks of cedar, rhododendron, and oak, and on rocky
slopes. The rest (65 species) are terrestrial, mostly found
growing in moist, shady slopes in the forests. Two straggling
ferns, Lygodium flexuosum and L. japonicum were also
recorded. The dominant families are Pteridaceae (23 species),
Dryopteridaceae (16 species), Woodsiaceae (13 species),
Polypodiaceae (11 species), Thelypteridaceae (9 species), and
Aspleniaceae (3 species). Equisetaceae, Osmundaceae,
Lygodiaceae, Dennstaedtiaceae, and Davalliaceae are
represented by two species each. Oleandraceae and
Blechnaceae are represented by a single species each.
Coniogramme, Onychium, Polystichum, Pteris, and
Thelypteris were common and widespread, while Osmunda
japonica, Phymatopteris oxyloba, Oleandra wallichii,
Pyrrosia porosa, Pellaea nitidula, and Gymnopteris vestita
were rare or uncommon ferns in the area.
Ferns are well-known for their ornamental value and
find a place in gardens, conservatories, and ferneries. There
are also a number of species with therapeutic values. Genera
like Adiantum, Aleuritopteris, Asplenium, Diplazium,
Equisetum, Lepisorus, Oleandra, Onychium, Osmunda, and
Polystichum that occur in the Barot region are also known
for their food and medicinal value (Singh 2003). Diplazium
maximum is used by the locals as a seasonal vegetable and is
sold in the local markets.
Ferns are also important from the ecological point of
view. Keeping in view their economic and ecological
importance, propagatory material of 80 rare and uncommon
ferns was collected and planted in the fernery of the institute .
for conservation, cultivation, and for other studies. These
species include Diplazium maximum, Equisetum
ramosissimum, Onychium contiguum, Oleandra wallichii,
Osmunda claytoniana, O. japonica, Phymatopteris oxyloba,
Pyrrosia porosa, Pellaea nitidula, and Gymnopteris vestita,
which are now established in the fernery, and available for
biochemical and other investigations.
In Barot, certain localities harbour high populations of
Cyrtomium, Coniogramme, and Osmunda species, and these
should be protected as in-situ sites for the conservation of
these species. There is also a need for the cultivation/
propagation of some pteridophytes by applying modern tools
for potential sustainable use. Considering the rich fern
diversity, there is a need for more field explorations of
pteridophytes in and around Barot area to look for rare and
new taxa, and also to prepare a conservation plan for these
and other fern species.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors thank Dr. P.S. Ahuja, Director, CSIR-
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT
Institute of Himalayan Bioresource Technology, for providing
necessary facilities and encouragement. Thanks are also
due to Mr. C.R. Fraser-Jenkins, Kathmandu, for identifying
some critical ferns. Financial assistance from the Department
of Biotechnology, Ministry of Science & Technology,
Govt. of India, is duly acknowledged. The authors are also
grateful to their colleagues in the Biodiversity Division for
cooperation during field studies.
REFERENCES
BEDDOME, R.H. (1865-1870): The Ferns of British India. Gantz Bros,
Madras.
BEDDOME, R.H. (1883): Handbook to the ferns of British India, Ceylon
and the Malay Peninsula. Thacker Spink & Co., Calcutta.
Pp. 1-501.
Bir, S.S. (1964): Taxonomic notes on some Himalayan Ferns. J. Indian
Bot. Soc. 43: 556-570.
Bir, S.S. (1968): Pteridophytic flora of Shimla hills (North-western
Himalayas): Introduction and general account. Nova Hedwigia
16: 439-447.
CHANDRA, S. (2000): The Ferns of India (Enumeration, Synonyms and
Distribution). International Book Distributors, Dehradun. 459 pp.
CLARKE, C.B. (1880): A review of the ferns of Northern India. Trans.
Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2 Bot. 1: 425-611.
Duir, K.K. (1980): Ferns of the North-Western Himalayas.
In: Cramer, J. (Ed.): Biblio. Pteridologica I: 1-158. J. Cramer,
Vaduz.
Dur, K.K. & K.S. Dutra (1976): Ferns of Dharamshala Hills-2 (North-
western Himalayas). Families: Woodsiaceae, Aspidiaceae,
Athyriaceae. Nova Hedwigia 27: 393-424.
Duir, K.K. & K.S. Dutta (1977a): Ferns of Dharamshala Hills-1 (North-
western Himalayas). Ophioglossaceous [sic] and Schizaeceous
[sic], and Hymenophyllaceous series. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
74(3): 459-480.
Dur, K.K. & K.S. Dutta (1977b): Ferns of Dharamshala Hills-3 (North-
western Himalayas). Families: Thelypteridaceae, Aspleniaceae
and Blechnaceae. Nova Hedwigia 28: 137-154.
Duir, K.K. & K.S. Dutta (1979): Ferns of Dharamshala Hills-4 (North-
western Himalayas). Family: Polypodiaceae. Nova Hedwigia 29:
105-120.
FRASER-JENKINS, C.R. (1992): The ferns and allies of the far west
Himalaya — some additions and corrections. Bot. Helvetica
102(2): 143-157.
FRASER-JENKINS, C.R. (1997): New species syndrome in Indian
pteridology and the ferns of Nepal. International Book
Distributors, Dehradun. Pp. 1-403.
FRASER-JENKINS, C.R. (2008): Taxonomic revision of three hundred
Indian subcontinental pteridophytes with a revised census-list.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun. 685 pp.
FRASER-JENKINS, C.R. (2009): A brief comparison of modern pteridophyte
classifications (families and genera in India). Indian Fern J. 26:
107-127.
FRASER-JENKINS, C.R. (2010): Nepal’s little known pteridophytes, the
hidden work of David Don, and the geography and distribution
of Indo-Himalayan ferns. Website version. Dec. 1, 2010, updated
Oct. 04, 2011, on www. groups. yahoo.com/group/Indian-Ferns
and https://sites.google.com/site/efloraofindia/files
Hopes, C.W. (1899-1904): The ferns of North-Western India including
Afghanistan, the Trans-Indus protected states and Kashmir.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 12(2): 315-325 (1899); 12(3):
527-538 (1899); 12(4): 621-633 (1899); 13(1): 25-36 (1900);
13(2): 236-251 (1900); 13(3): 443-461 (1901); 13(4): 657-671
(1901); 14(1): 118-127 (1902); 14(2): 252-260 (1902); 14(3):
458-480 (1902); 14(4): 720-749 (1903); 15(7): 78-111 (1903);
15(3): 415-419 (1904).
Jain, S.K. & R.R. Rao (1977): A Handbook of Field and Herbarium
Methods. Today & Tomorrows Printers & Publishers, New Delhi.
Pp. 1-157.
KHUuLLaR, S.P. (1994): An illustrated fern flora of west Himalaya-1.
International Book Distributors, Dehradun. 506 pp.
KHULLAR, S.P. (2000): An illustrated fern flora of the west Himalaya-2.
International Book Distributors, Dehradun. 544 pp.
KHULLAR, S.P., S. SHARMA & I.B. PARASHER (2008): Diversity in the
Pteridophytes of Kangra districts (Himachal Pradesh). Proc. Nat.
Acad. Sci. India, sect. B 78(1): 1-36.
KHULLAR, S.P., J. CHADHA, A. BAGHLA & S.K. VERMA (2009): Annotated
inventory of the Pteridophytes of district Sirmour (Himachal
Pradesh), West Himalaya. Indian Fern J. 26: 79-106.
SCHELPE, EACLE (1954): Ecological observations on Pteridophyta in the
Kangra Himalaya Amer. Fern J. 44: 49-65.
SHARMA, S. & S.P. KHULLAR (2004): Fern hybrids from Kangra Himalaya.
J. Indian Bot. Soc. 83: 54-60.
SINGH, H.B. (2003): Economically viable pteridophytes of India.
Pp. 421-426. In: (Eds: Chandra, S. and M. Srivastava):
Pteridology in the New Millennium. Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, London.
141
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
142-146
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH STROPHOCINCLA FAIRBANKI MERIDIONALIS
VIVEK CHANDRAN, A.!* AND PRAVEEN, J.”
'T.C-36/473, Ayyappa Nagar, Punkunnam, Thrissur 680 002, Kerala, India. Email: avivekchandran @ gmail.com
7B303, Shriram Spurthi, ITPL Main Road, Brookefields, Bengaluru 560 037, Karnataka, India. Email: paintedstork @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
The Kerala Laughingthrush Strophocincla fairbanki is a Near Threatened, endemic species of the Western Ghats of
southern India, south of the Palakkad Gap (=Palghat Gap). Within its restricted range, it has two subspecies — the more
widespread nominate race found in the high ranges north of the Shencottah Gap; and meridionalis, occurring south of
the Gap. A study on territoriality was carried out on the latter at four study sites, namely Pandipath, Pandimotta,
Kodayar, and Mahendragiri, in the Agasthyamalai hills from January 2011 to March 2011 after a pilot study in December
2010. Territory size of 30 pairs was estimated by following them and marking their locations using a GPS unit. The
territories were found only in shola forests above 1,200 m above msl. Territories were not recorded in tea plantations,
grasslands, scrub dominated rocky areas, bare rocky areas, forest patches adjoining reservoirs, and in large swathes of
Ochlandra. The average territory size was estimated to be about 2 ha. No overlap of territories was observed and the
territories were separated by an average distance of 66.04 m. Pairs were formed and territories defended only in the
breeding season. Habitat loss and deterioration were identified as serious threats to the subspecies.
Key words: Kerala Laughingthrush, Strophocincla fairbanki, endemic, territory, Western Ghats, Ochlandra
INTRODUCTION
The Kerala Laughingthrush Strophocincla fairbanki
(Blanford 1869) and Black-chinned Laughingthrush
Strophocincla cachinnans are two species of montane
laughingthrushes found in the Western Ghats, which are
endemic to the high altitude habitats of the region above
c. 1,200 m, namely subtropical montane forests known locally
as sholas (Rasmussen and Anderton 2005; Sashikumar et al.
2011). The Black-chinned Laughingthrush is distributed in the
sholas north of the Palakkad Gap (=Palghat Gap), while the
Kerala Laughingthrush is restricted south of the Palakkad Gap.
The Kerala Laughingthrush has two subspecies, of
which S.f. meridionalis (Blanford’s or Travancore
Laughingthrush) has a disjunct and restricted distribution
confined to the Agasthyamalai (Ashambu) hills (Sashikumar
et al. 2011). It is separated from the more widely distributed
S.f. fairbanki by the Shencottah/Achenkovil Gap, a 7.5 km
gap at 9° N. The present taxonomic status of these two
allopatric forms as subspecies is in contention (Rasmussen
and Anderton 2005), and they have been proposed for full
species status (Praveen and Nameer 2011) subject to further
molecular and acoustic (vocalisation) studies. Work in the
‘sky-islands’ of the Western Ghats have found that some
subspecies that showed morphological differences also had a
genetic distance higher than the acceptable limits for a species
(Robin et al. 2010), and subsequently, these subspecies were
re-evaluated by Birdlife International and their IUCN Red
List status uplisted.
Despite being Near Threatened (BirdLife International
2010), the Kerala Laughingthrush, and especially the
population of S.f. meridionalis, has not received much
scientific attention and little is known about its ecology.
Strophocincla spp., in general, are known to occur in parties
of about a dozen individuals (Ali and Ripley 1987; del Hoyo
et al. 2007); but their flock composition during the breeding
season and the size of their breeding territories were not
known. However, our pilot surveys in December 2010
revealed that breeding birds occurred in pairs during the
breeding season, and collected nesting material and defended
territories aggressively by calling and patrolling.
Strophocincla spp. are known to have an association
with understorey plants of Rubus spp. (Ali and Ripley 1987)
of the Rosaceae family, but the influence of other plant species
on its distribution and habits is not known. S.f. meridionalis
was believed to preferentially inhabit Ochlandra travancorica
aggregations (Ali 1969), but recent observations suggest that
Ochlandra dominated habitats may have a negative effect on
its populations (Praveen et al. 2011; Sashikumar et al. 2011).
Ochlandra (reed bamboo), locally known as Eeta, is
represented by nine species in the Western Ghats (Sashidharan
2007). They are light-demanding species belonging to the
Poaceae family and occur in places where there are gaps in
the canopy (Adriel 1975), quickly colonising high-altitude
forests that are lost to clear felling or forest fires. While other
evergreen species and their saplings are damaged by fire,
Ochlandra overcomes the effect of fire with its underground
rhizomes and the forest evolves into Ochlandra brakes (Giriraj
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH
Fig. 1: Agasthyamalai (Ashambu) Hills of southern Western Ghats with samples sites
et al. 2008; Mohanan and Henry 1994). Ochlandra brakes
are one of the major habitats in Agasthyamalai hills, with
Ochlandra travancorica vat. hirsuta, the largest species of
Ochlandra in the Western Ghats, being dominant
(Sashidharan 2007). Though all the Ochlandra species that
occur in the Agasthyamalai hills are indigenous, it is unclear
how such large stretches of Ochlandra dominated hilltops
evolved in the region. Local enquiries indicate that this trend
is rather recent, and is probably a result of anthropogenic
disturbances during the last 50 years.
Climate change models have predicted a most-likely
reduction in the area of montane habitats in the southern
Western Ghats by 3.1% by 2020 and 7.3% by 2050 (Sukumar
et al. 1995). It has been predicted that extinction risk due to
climate change is higher for species with restricted elevation
range and small Extent of Occurrence (EOO) (Sekercioglu
et al. 2008) — both premises true for this subspecies of
Laughingthrush. Responses to climate change on endemic
birds of Western Ghats are largely unstudied, and
Strophocincla spp. with their very restricted range are
candidates for potential extinction in the future.
STUDY AREA
The Agasthyamalai (Ashambu) hills lie at the southern
end of the Western Ghats along the western coast of
peninsular India with its crest-line forming the boundary of
Kerala and Tamil Nadu (Fig. 1). The hills fall in the districts
of Kollam and Thiruvananthapuram in Kerala, and
Tirunelveli and Kanyakumari in Tamil Nadu. The highest
peak in this range is Agasthyarkoodam (1,868 m above msl).
These hills receive up to 2,000 mm rainfall annually from
both the south-west and north-east monsoons (Sashidharan
2012). The topography is rugged with many perennial hill
streams originating in the tropical rain forests on the upper
slopes, which merge to form several important rivers. The
Agasthyamalai hills have Tropical Wet Evergreen Forest in
the mid-elevation zone (700—1,400 m) and shola-grassland
complex above 1,400 m (Champion and Seth 1968). The
forests fall in the Kalakkad-Mundanthurai Tiger Reserve
(KMTR) and Kanyakumari Wildlife Sanctuary (WLS) of
Tamil Nadu, and Neyyar WLS, Peppara WLS, Shendurney
WLS, and Kulathupuzha Reserve Forest of Kerala. The
entire region has been designated as Agasthyamalai
Biosphere Reserve (ABR), with 1,828 sq. km in Kerala and
1,672 sq. km in Tamil Nadu, for the protection of its unique
flora and fauna (Tamil Nadu Forest Department 2007).
METHODOLOGY
Site Selection
Literature indicates that S. £ meridionalis does not occur
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
143
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH
2.50 —— Area in hectares (morning)
«@- Area in hectares evening}
2.00
1.50
1.00
Area in Hectares
G.50
0.00
5 40 15 20 25 30 35 40
No. of Observations
Fig. 2: Observation-area curve for a pair of
Strophocincla fairbanki meridionalis
below an altitude of 1,200 m (Ali and Ripley 1987;
Rasmussen and Anderton 2005; Sashikumar et al. 2011), and
pilot studies carried out on the species (as part of a survey on
the birds of high-altitude habitats of the region — Praveen et
al. 2011) also revealed that the subspecies S.f. meridionalis
does not frequent grasslands and rocky areas for breeding.
Hence, based on altitudinal and habitat preferences of this
subspecies, the focus of studies on territory were largely
confined to suitable habitats in the high altitude regions of
this range above the demarcating contours of 1,200 m, 1,400 m,
and 1,600 m, as discussed further on.
In December 2010, the entire crest line from Pandipath
(8° 40' N; 77° 11' E) in Peppara WLS till Varayattumudi
(8° 34' N; 77° 16' E) in the border of Neyyar WLS and
KMTR was walked by a 10-member team to survey S_f.
meridionalis. This was followed with another survey in
select areas to understand the ecology of the subspecies and
DS
Area in Hectares
£}
Py “
<
3g
Fig. 3: Average maximum territory-size of
S.f. meridionalis across the study sites
assess the suitability of different survey techniques to detect
it. Based on this survey and GIS information, four areas
with contiguous stretches of high-altitude zones with
altitudes over 1,200 m were identified. Four sites (Table 1)
were selected within these four areas for intensive studies
from January 2011 to March 2011, one of the main
considerations being easy accessibility to enable repeated
Visits. |
Thirty pairs, which could be followed on foot in
contiguous habitat, were selected for the study from the four
sites. As each pair showed fidelity towards a perch or its
immediate surroundings in its territory, from where they
called at dawn, individual identification of pairs was
apparently possible. Apart from the four sites and 30 pairs
observed, random surveys were carried out in other high-
altitudinal regions of the hills to record the taxon and
check if the sightings obtained from these sites adhered
to the known preferred altitude and vegetation type of
Sf. meridionalis.
Kstimation of Territory Size
Estimation of territory size was based on ‘maximum
territory-size’ (Odum and Kuenzler 1955), adapted from the
method of ‘Minimum Convex Polygon’ (Mohr 1947), which
is still in use for effectively estimating breeding territories of
Table 1: Details of the sampling sites
Altitude Range Habitat
Site - Forest Zone Coordinates
Pandimotta Shendurney WLS, Kerala 8° 49'N
Ar Ae
Pandipath Peppara WLS, Kerala 8° 40'N
V7 Ee
Kodayar KMTR, Tamil Nadu 8°31" N
11, 200
Mahendragiri Kanyakumari WLS, Tamil Nadu 8° 22'N
TPO 2O ts
144
1,300—1,585 m
1,300—1,550 m
1,350—1,600 m
1,200-1,755m_ Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, sholas, montane
grasslands with large congregations of Ochlanadra.
Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, sholas, montane
grasslands with some Ochlandra patches.
Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, sholas, montane
grasslands, some Ochlandra patches, tea plantations.
Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, sholas, montane
grasslands.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH
birds (Collister and Wilson 2007). Instead of carrying maps
to the field and marking locations of the pairs on the maps, as
has been practised, latitude-longitude readings of the locations _
were taken using a GPS to estimate territory size. The selected
pairs were followed during their peak activity period, inferred
from the pilot surveys as early morning (06:30—09:45 hrs)
and evening (15:00—18:15 hrs). GPS readings were taken at
five-minute intervals. To ensure that the pairs were followed
for sufficient time to arrive at their maximum territory-sizes,
‘observation-area’ curves were used (Dudley and Saab 2007;
Odum and Kuenzler 1955). After every 5 GPS points, the
outermost points were connected to form a polygon and its
area calculated. As the number of observations (GPS points)
increased, the area increased to a point where continued
observation resulted in no observed increase in area. A total
of 80 GPS points (40 in the morning and 40 in the evening)
were obtained per pair to estimate territory size. To calculate
the maximum territory-size of a pair, the extreme outermost
points of the separate polygons obtained from observations
in the mornings and evenings were joined to get the final
polygon and its area.
Analysis
The territory-size of each of the 30 pairs was calculated
using the software Google Earth Pro, and means and standard
deviations of territory-size were also computed. One-way
ANOVA was used to test if the territory-size showed
significant variations across different sites. Grubb’s test
(Extreme Studentized Deviate or ESD) was used to determine
if the most extreme estimated maximum territory-size value
is a significant outlier from the rest. Distance between the
closest GPS points of two adjacent territories was taken as
the distance (in m) between them.
RESULTS
The territories were located only in sholas above an
altitude of 1,200 m above sea level. Ochlandra patches were
concluded to be devoid of territories as birds were not detected
during searches at these sites. Territories were also not
recorded in tea plantations, but a few non-breeding individuals
were seen actively foraging at the fringes.
The average territory-size of Sf meridionalis was
2.16+0.68 ha (n=30). No overlap of territories was observed
for the 30 pairs tracked and the average distance between
adjacent territories was 66.04 m. Grubb’s test showed that
the maximum territory-size of a pair at Pandipath (0.4183 ha)
was furthest from the rest, but was not a significant outlier
(p<0.05). The estimated maximum territory-sizes did not vary
significantly across the study sites (p<0.07). The four sites
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
were characterised by similar habitat type, and hence little
difference in the territory-sizes across the four sites could be
expected.
DISCUSSION
The territorial behaviour of the Strophocincla
laughingthrushes has not been studied earlier. Though it is
well-known for its flocking behaviour in the non-breeding
season, this study revealed that Strophocincla fairbanki
meridionalis is highly territorial and forms pairs during the
breeding season. The territorial pairs had given up their
territories and were seen in flocks of 6—12 individuals when
the sites were revisited in May 2011. This observation leads
us to conclude that the taxon, which is otherwise known to
occur in flocks, forms pairs and establishes territories during
the breeding season that starts from December and continues
till April.
Though there has been sporadic work on the
nidification of Strophocincla spp. of southern India (Bates
1931; Islam 1994), their breeding territories had not been
documented. The average territory-size estimated for the
subspecies was 2.16 +0.68 ha during nest-building and
incubation stage. This probably varies during the nestling-
feeding stage, but could not be determined during the present
study. Though no study was undertaken, observations
indicate that the home ranges of the flocks were much larger
than the territories defended by pairs in the breeding
season.
The Agasthyamalai hills have an established network
of protected areas, including a tiger reserve and four wildlife
sanctuaries, and hence this subspecies of the Kerala
Laughingthrush and its habitat is legally well-protected.
Additionally, c. 275 sq. km, accounting for more than 90%
of the Extent of Occurrence (EOO) of the subspecies, falls
within the protected area network. This is a boon, as
conservation actions that could be taken for the species can
be routed through the management plans of these protected
areas. However, the habitat faces threats such as the spread
of Ochlandra, as discussed under Introduction. The
continuing impact of man-made fires in its range,
particularly areas around Agasthyarkoodam peak, besides
illegal felling of trees, will have an adverse impact on the
shola forests and pave the way for further proliferation of
Ochlandra brakes, resulting in adverse effects on the
Laughingthrush. Other threats, which have been detrimental
to other Strophocincla populations in southern India, like
the booming eco-tourism (Praveen and Nameer 2011)
and spread of tea plantations (Somasundaram and Vijayan
2007) have not been evaluated as major concerns in this
region.
145
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The first author would like to thank Dr. Priya Davidar
wholeheartedly for her guidance and advice throughout the
study. We are thankful to the forest departments of Kerala
and Tamil Nadu states for permission to carry out the study.
We would like to thank the many people who generously
provided assistance and advice in the field and during the
preparation of the manuscript: Dr. Shankar Raman,
Dr. P.O. Nameer, C. Sashikumar, E. Kunhikrishnan, Dr. Giby
Kuriakose, Dr. Robin Vijayan, C.K. Vishnudas, Dr. S. Kalesh,
Dr. Bindu Kaimal, Sindhu Kaimal, and Pratheesh Mammen.
The help rendered by Kiran M.C. at ATREE with GIS data
and analysis is gratefully acknowledged.
REFERENCES
ADRIEL, D. (1975): Working plan for Trivandrum forest division 1964—65
to 1973-74. Kerala Forest Department.
Au, S. (1969): Birds of Kerala. Oxford University Press, Madras, India.
Pp. 328-330.
Aul, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. Vol. 7 Laughingthrushes to the Mangrove Whistler.
Oxford University Press, Delhi, India. Pp. 40-44.
Bates, R.S.P. (1931): A note on the nidification and habits of the
Travancore Laughing-Thrush (Trochalopterum jerdoni fairbanki).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 35(1): 204-207.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2010): Species fact sheet: Kerala
Laughingthrush Strophocincla fairbanki http://www.birdlife.org/
datazone/speciesfactsheet.php?id=32500. Accessed on November
30, 2011:
CHAMPION, H.G. & S.K. SETH (1968): A Revised Survey of Forest types
of India. Manager of Publications, Government of India,
New Delhi. 404 pp.
CoLLisTER, D.M. & S. WiLson (2007): Territory size and foraging habitat
of Loggerhead Shrikes (Lanius ludovicianus) in south-eastern
Alberta. Journal of Raptor Research 41: 130-138.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELLiot, J. SARGATAL & D. CuristiE (2007): Handbook
of the Birds of the World. Vol. 12: Picathartes to Tits and
Chickadees. Lynx Edicions, Barcelona, Spain. Pp. 527-628.
Dub_ey, J.G & V.A. Saas (2007): Home range size of Black-backed
Woodpeckers in burned forests of south-western Idaho. West. North
Amer. Nat. 67: 593-600.
GirIRAJ, A., M. [IRFAN-ULLAH, M.S.R. Murtruy & C. BEIERKUHNLEIN
(2008): Modelling spatial and temporal forest cover change
patterns, 1973-2020: A case study from Southern Western Ghats,
India. Sensors 8: 6132-6153.
IsLaM, M.A. (1994): Breeding habits of the Nilgiri Laughing Thrush
Garrulax cachinnans (Jerdon). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(1):
16-28.
IUCN (2008): Redlist of Threatened Species. http://www.iucnredlist.org/
apps/redlist/static/categories_criteria_2_3. Accessed on November
SO 2014.
Mouanan, M. & A.N. Henry (1994): Flora of Thiruvananthapuram,
Kerala. Botanical Survey of India, Howrah.
Monrr, C.O. (1947): Table of equivalent populations of North American
small mammals. Amer Mid. Nat. 37: 223-249.
OpuM, E.P. & E.J. KUENZLER (1955): Measurement of territory and home-
range size in birds. The Auk 72: 128-137.
146
PRAVEEN, J. & P.O. NAMEER (2011): Strophocincla Laughingthrushes
of South India: A Case of Allopatric Speciation and Impact on
their Conservation. Pp. 301. In: Bhupathy, S., B.A.K. Prusty,
H.N. Kumara, R.S.C. Jayaraj, G Quadros, and P. Pramod (Eds):
Status of Indian Birds and their Conservation. Proceedings of the
First International Conference on Indian Ornithology. Salim Ali
Centre for Ornithology and Natural History.
PRAVEEN, J., P.O. NAMEER & M.B. RAmegsH (2011): Bird diversity of
Neyyar and Peppara Wildlife Sanctuaries. Report to Kerala Forest
Department. Thiruvananthapuram.
Ramesh, B.R., D. DE FRANCESCHI & J.P. PAscaL (1997): Forest Map of
South India, Thiruvanthapuram-Tirunelveli. In collaboration with
the Kerala and Tamil Nadu forest departments and the French
Institute, Pondicherry.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2005): Birds of South Asia: The
Ripley Guide. Smithsonian Institution and Lynx Edicions,
Washington DC and Barcelona. Pp. 414-415.
Rosin, V.V., A. SINHA & U. RAMAKRISHNAN (2010): Ancient Geographical
Gaps and Paleo-Climate Shape the Phylogeography of an Endemic
Bird in the Sky Islands of Southern India. PLoS ONE 5(10):
e1332U
SASHIDHARAN, N. (2007): Flowering plants of Kerala: an interactive CD
ROM, Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi, Kerala, India.
SASHIDHARAN, N. (2012): Working plan for Trivandrum forest division
2004-05 to 2013-14. Kerala Forest Department,
Thiruvananthapuram.
SASHIKUMAR, C., J. PRAVEEN, M.J. PALoT & P.O. NAMEER (2011): Birds
of Kerala — status and distribution. DC Books, Kottayam,
833 pp.
SEKERCIOGLU, C.H., S.H. SCHNEIDER, J.P. Fay & S.R. LOARIE (2008):
Climate change, elevational range shifts, and bird extinctions
Conservation Biology 22(1): 140-150.
SOMASUNDARAM, S. & L. VIJAYAN (2007): An assessment of the population
and habitat use of the Grey-breasted Laughingthrush. Annual
Report 2006—2007. Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and Natural
History, Coimbatore. Pp. 19-20. |
SUKUMAR, R., H.S. SuRESH & R. RAMESH (1995): Climate change and its
impact on tropical montane ecosystems in Southern India.
J. Biogeo. 22(2&3): 533-536.
TamiL Napu Forest DEPARTMENT (2007): Agasthyamalai Biosphere
Reserve http://www.forests.tn.nic.in/wildbiodiversity/
br_agasthiyar.html. Accessed on November 30, 2011.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
147-148
REVIEWS
1. BIRDS OF CENTRAL ASIA by Manuel Schweizer, Raffael Aye, and Tobias Roth. Published by
Christopher Helm, London. 2012. Size: 14.5 x 21.5 cm. Pages: 336 with 143 plates. Price: Not mentioned.
This is the first-ever field guide to the birds of Central
Asia, here referring to the countries of Kazakhstan,
Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, and
Afghanistan. The first five countries used to be collectively
referred to as Turkestan till this region was annexed to the
former Soviet Union. Afghanistan, though not part of Central
Asia, is included since a major part of its landscape and birds
are similar to those of Central Asia. With the fall of the Iron
Curtain that restricted access to ‘Turkestan’ and the influx of
foreign tourists, this book has come at the right time for birders
and naturalists touring the country.
The publication covers 618 species of birds, including
residents, migrants, and vagrants, all illustrated in 143 excellent
and well-designed plates. Two major plus points for the
publication are that the common names of species also figure
in the plate and that the text for each species faces the relevant
plate. These should be the norm for field guides, but may be a
bit difficult to follow in regions that have a high diversity of
species, as it would make the publication too bulky for the
field. The fact that the distribution of species is shown solely
by way of distribution maps (and not ideally also in text) make
details of these records unavailable for those wanting more
information. The status of the species (e.g., common,
uncommon, rare) provided for species does compensate for
this to some extent. Even in such cases, I feel it would have
been better if the status of a species is given at the beginning of
the text for one to know its status at the outset.
One thing that strikes a birder from the Indian
subcontinent (and this is relevant especially to those from
the tropics) on looking at the plates is the overall drabness of
the birdlife of the region, not surprising since these are mostly
inhabitants of desolate steppes, semi-desert, and stark
mountains. This is probably why an image of the lowly and
drab Saxaul Sparrow Passer ammodendriis used for the cover,
with a more drab background to match! It is only the pheasants
and some of the few other relatively more colourful species
that brighten up the plates. But then, there will always be
birders who are more fascinated by Plain Janes!
Besides birds, the publication has the introductory
chapters describing the coverage of the book, ‘how to use the
book’, a map of the region, notes on the region’s geography
and biogeography (with photographs), besides other essential
information. Overall, it is an attractive field guide and a must
buy for birders of the Central Asian region.
M@ RANJITMANAKADAN
2. ELEPHANT — THE LADY BOSS: ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT by C.H. Basappanavar.
Published by Vanasuma Prakashana, Bengaluru. 2012. Size: 18.5 x 25 cm. Pages: Ixxi + 243 + 52 colour
plates. Price: Rs. 1,450/-
The author (C.H. Basappanavar) is a retired Forest
Department official of the Karnataka Forest Department, and
judging by his writings, he must have been the typical forester
of the past generation who lived much more simple lives
than the officers of today, who are plagued by the alarming
loss of forests, people versus forest issues, belligerent and
no more docile villagers and tribals, and troublesome
politicians. Having been associated with such officers as a
wildlife biologist in the 1980s, it would not be wrong to say
that they lived the lives of small kings, especially those who
forsook the towns and cities and stayed in and around forest
areas. Dr. Basappanavar is one of these fortunate souls, plus
one of the rare ones who decided to put down his observations
and experiences in print.
ELEPHANT — THE LADY BOSS, is the second edition of the
book first published in 1998. The suffix ‘lady boss’ alludes to
the social organization of elephants that is matriarchal and
where granny is the boss. The loner adult bulls are allowed
into the herd only when one of her daughters/granddaughters
is ready to mate. This publication provides a wealth of
information on the Asian Elephant, its biology, ecology,
behaviour, food and feeding habits, breeding biology, and
management in captivity. There is also a chapter on myths,
legends, folklore, and other such beliefs that are associated
with the Asian Elephant. The book is replete with plates on
elephants, other wildlife, and habitats. There is also an
annexure containing checklists, tables, figures, and other data
concerning elephants, and on Bandipur National Park, where
REVIEWS
the author served as the Field Director for quite a few years.
The style of writing is a mix of scientific and popular, which
will appeal to both the naturalist and elephant biologist. The
author, in some passages, narrates his own field experiences
and observations of nature and elephants. He tends to go a bit
overboard when the issue of sex in elephants crops up, even to
the extent of ‘mind-reading’ the amorous thoughts of a cow
elephant during one sexual encounter he witnessed! Wish I
had this gift with humans, leave alone animals or elephants!
The book is overall quite informative and a good read.
@ RANJITMANAKADAN
3. ROMANCING THE ELEPHANT — A STRATEGY TO MITIGATE HUMAN-ELEPHANT CONFLICT
by C.H. Basappanavar. Published by Vanasuma Prakashana, Bengaluru. 2012. Size: 18.5 x 25 cm.
Pages: xli + 156 + 52 colour plates. Price: Rs. 1,250/-
ROMANCING THE ELEPHANT — A STRATEGY TO MITIGATE
HUMAN-ELEPHANT CONFLICT by Dr. Basappanavar, a retired
Forest Department official of the Karnataka Forest
Department, deals with the subject of human-elephant
conflict, which is becoming a major issue in elephant
conservation. This book is largely based on his work on
human-elephant conflict for his doctoral thesis in Nagarhole
and Bandipur National Parks. Because of this, the book largely
provides information on the elephants of these areas, and
particularly on human-elephant conflict. There is extensive
information and statistical data, in the form of tables and
figures, on the two parks and their wildlife, which could serve
as reference material for future researchers and foresters
working in these areas. Overall, the book is informative,
makes interesting reading, and will be of interest to elephant
148
biologists and foresters working in elephant areas, especially
in Bandipur, Nagarhole, and Karnataka.
Extremely bizarre was the full-page plate of a painting
of an ancient sculpture of Ganesha and Shakti in pre-conjugal |
ecstasy in this book on human-elephant conflict! It could have
been more suited for the author’s other publication ELEPHANT
— THE LADY BOSS: ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT, specifically in
the chapter on myths, legends and folklore of elephants.
However, even if here, it should figure as a much smaller
image ‘hidden’ among the other illustrations. Wonder why
this plate has not caught the eye of Hindu purists and
fundamentalists yet?
M@ RANJITMANAKADAN
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(2), May-Aug 2013
149-170
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. THE HOOLOCK GIBBON HOOLOCK HOOLOCK IN SAIHA, MIZORAM, INDIA:
HISTORICAL RECORDS, RECENT SIGHTINGS, AND CONSERVATION ISSUES
NIMESH VED!
‘Srinivas Nagar, Padma Rao Nagar, Secunderabad 500 061, Andhra Pradesh, India. Email: Nimesh.ved@ gmail.com
Introduction
The Hoolock Gibbon Hoolock hoolock occurs in the
westernmost extreme of the distribution range of the
16 gibbon species currently recognised (Geissmann 2007;
Kakati et al. 2009). Its range between the Brahmaputra and
Chindwin rivers encompasses three countries — Bangladesh,
India, and Myanmar (Groves 1967). It is the only ape
represented in the Indian subcontinent (Geissmann et al.
2009). The species has been on the list of the World’s
25 Most Endangered Primates since 2006 (Walker et al.
2007), with the global population estimated to be about 5,000
animals, of which 2,600 to 4,450 are in India (Choudhury
2006; Molur et al. 2005) and about 200 in Bangladesh
(Kakati et al. 2009; Molur et al. 2005). Zonunmawia and
Pradhan (2004) state its Mizo name as hauhuk, and Lorrain
(1951) mentions the Mara name as veitu; Mizo and Mara
are the two languages used in Saiha.
Mizoram (21,081 sq. km) is part of the north-eastern
hill states of India that include Meghalaya, Nagaland,
Manipur, and Tripura. Some of the best rainforests of north-
east India are found in southern Mizoram, covering parts of
Lawngtlai and Saiha districts (Choudhury 2006). The forests
of Mizoram are broadly classified as ‘Cachar Tropical
Evergreen (IB/C3)’ and ‘Cachar Semi-evergreen (2B/C2)’
(Champion and Seth 1968).
Saiha is one of the eight districts of Mizoram, situated
at its extreme south and covering an area of 1,965.81 sq.
km. Saiha’s forests are contiguous with the Blue Mountain
National Park (22° 39' N; 93° 02' E; 50 sq. km) of Lawngtlai
district (Mizoram) located close to the Myanmar border and
the Chin Hills.
Hoolock Gibbons in Saiha
Historical records: Lorrain (1912) provides the
earliest records of the occurrence of Hoolock Gibbon in
Saiha: “The Gibbon Ape is seen swinging from branch to
branch, calling out with its weird, hollow sound... The trees
were swarmed with long-tailed monkeys and Gibbon Apes,
the latter making no end of noise as the boats approached.
The cries of the Gibbon Apes were on every hand, and the
experience was indeed a pleasant one to those of an
adventurous mind.” Parry (1932) in his seminal work on
Saiha stated: “Where there is no moon, gibbons are said not
to call in the daytime, but as soon as the moon reappears
they start shouting again.” |
Recent records: Hoolock Gibbons occur in all the
districts of Mizoram, namely: Aizawl, Champhai, Kolasib,
Lawngtlai, Lunglei, Mamit, Saiha, and Serchhip. The main
populations, however, survive in the districts of Champhai,
Lawngtlai, Lunglei, Mamit, and Saiha (Choudhury 2006).
Gupta and Sharma (2005) recorded a total of 72 gibbon
groups in seven different populations in Mizoram, in an area
of about 298 sq. km. Their survey included all the existing
and proposed protected areas and reserve forests. Of the
72 groups recorded in the study, 37 (51.4%) were outside
protected areas or reserve forests. There are sizeable
populations in southern Saiha and Lawngtlai districts
(Choudhury 2006).
My records: During February and March 2009, I was
part of a team that undertook surveys towards the formation of
Tokalo Wildlife Sanctuary in the area south of Palak lake. In
the course of this survey, we recorded the gibbon at three
different locations. The call was heard at Lomasu village
(22° 6.172' N; 92° 50.859" E) on the banks of Kolodyne river
at 10:00 hrs on February 14. The landscape was a mosaic of
forest and orchards (primarily banana). The second location
(22° 3.048' N; 92°51.977' E) was adjacent to the Kumai river,
where the gibbons were sighted at 08:30 hrs on February 17.
The gibbons were calling in a dense forest with good canopy
cover. The third location (22° 1.307' N; 92° 52.391' E) was
near Rala river at 15:30 hrs, where a juvenile and its mother
were seen by colleagues in a dense forest with good canopy
cover on February 19. They may be part of a group that was
heard the subsequent morning about 200 m further south. Each
of these sightings was near a river — the survey was done along
these rivers as they would form the boundary of the then
proposed wildlife sanctuary.
In addition to the survey results, a juvenile gibbon was
seen at the residence of a villager in Saiha. The family had
been given the ape by a relative, who had reportedly captured
it in the forests of Saiha south of Palak lake.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Conservation Issues
In Mizoram, people believe that possessing a gibbon
tooth and a piece of bone will keep them safe from misfortune
(Gupta and Sharma 2005). Many Lakhers (Maras) wear
bracelets made of gibbon bones to prevent rheumatism, for
good health, and to ward off black magic. It is claimed that
there would be no smallpox where gibbons occur and that there
have never been cases of smallpox in Lakher country for this
reason (Parry 1932). Two more prevalent myths in Saiha make
the gibbon particularly vulnerable: 1) The forelimbs of the
gibbon are placed over a pregnant woman’s abdomen to lessen
her pains during child birth, and 11) Its blood is considered an
effective cure for blood pressure and malaria. These myths and
other beliefs in the Mara society exacerbate the pressures on
wildlife (Ved and Lalramnuna 2008).
Poaching of wildlife, including gibbons, for food and
trade is common among the hill tribes of north-east India
(Choudhury 2006; Kakati et al, 2009; Srivastava 2006).
Hunting is culturally sanctioned and widely practiced across
the landscape, and hunting pressure has increased with
increase in the use of guns and the growing human population.
The gibbon faces a higher threat on account of changes in
land use. Talks with people in Saiha revealed that the decrease
in numbers of large trees in recent years has lead to a decline
of the Hoolock Gibbon and hornbills in particular.
Most of the sites with gibbon populations (and other wildlife
species) in Mizoram are not under the direct control of the forest
authorities, which suggests that a participatory community-based
conservation approach, including conservation education, is of
utmost importance for wildlife conservation (Gupta and Sharma
2005). Regular programmes focusing on the need for conservation
of wildlife, especially charismatic species such as the Hoolock
Gibbon, in these remote forested lands is essential. These
programmes need to be sensitive to local cultural values and should
involve school students, youth associations, village council
members, and others that are an integral part of these societies
(Ved and Lalramnuna 2008).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am indebted to the Forest Department of Mara
Autonomous District Council for support and encouragement.
Acknowledgements are due to the entire survey team and
the local people for sharing their vast knowledge of the region
and its wildlife, and for help and cooperation during the
survey. Sincere gratitude is due to donors who supported
Samrakshan’s efforts in Mizoram: Rufford Small Grants,
Columbus Zoo, Kidendran Nature Conservation Fund, and
United States Fish and Wildlife Service. I thank Kashmira
Kakati for discussing gibbons and sharing literature, and
two anonymous reviewers for comments on the
manuscript.
REFERENCES
CHAMPION, H. & S.K. SETH (1968): A Revised Survey of the Forest Types
of India. Manager of Publications, Govt. of India, New Delhi.
404 pp.
CHoupuHury, A.U. (2006): The distribution and status of Hoolock Gibbon,
Hoolock hoolock in Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram and
Nagaland in north east India. Primate Conservation 20: 79-87.
GEISSMANN, T. (2007): Status reassessment of the gibbons: results of the
Asian Primate Red List Workshop. Gibbon Journal 3: 5-15.
GEISSMANN, T., M. GRINDLEY, F. Mompera, N. Lwin & S. Moses (2009):
Hoolock gibbon and biodiversity survey and training in southern
Rakhine Yoma, Myanmar. Gibbon Journal 5: 7-27.
Groves, C.P. (1967): Geographic variation in the hoolock or White-
browed Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock Harlan, 1834). Folia
Primatologica 7: 276-283.
GupTA, A.K. & N. SHARMA (2005): Conservation status of Hoolock
Gibbon in Mizoram. Jn: Conservation of Hoolock Gibbon
Bunopithecus hoolock in northeast India. ENVIS Bulletin:
Wildlife and Protected Areas. 8(/): 27-86.
KAKaTI, K., R. RAGHAVAN, R. CHELLAM, Q. QuRESHI & D.J. CHIVERS
(2009): Status of Western Hoolock Gibbon Hoolock hoolock
Populations in Fragmented Forests of Eastern Assam. Primate
Conservation 24: 127-137.
Lorrain, R. (1912): 5 Years in Unknown Jungles. Lakher Pioneer
Mission, London. Pp. 264.
150
Lorrain, R. (1951): Grammar and Dictionary of the Lakher or Mara
Language. Guwahati. Pp. 372.
Movvr, S., S. WALKER, A. ISLAM, P. MILLER, C. SRINIVASULU, P.O. NAMEER,
B.A. DANIEL & L. RAvikUMAR (Eds) (2005): Conservation of
Western Hoolock Gibbon Hoolock hoolock in India and
Bangladesh. Population and Habitat Viability Assessment
(P.H.V.A.) Workshop Report, Coimbatore, India.
Parry, N.E. (1932): The Lakhers. Firma KLM Private Limited, Calcutta.
Pp. 613.
SRIVASTAVA, A. (2006): Conservation of threatened primates of Northeast
India. Primate Conservation 20: 107-113.
Vep, N. & S. LALRAMNUNA (2008): Yellow-bellied Weasel Mustela
kathiah records from Mizoram, India. Small Carnivore
Conservation 39: 35-36.
WALKER, S., S. MoLur & W.Y. BROCKELMAN (2007): Western Hoolock
gibbon Hoolock hoolock In: (Eds: Mittermeier, R.A.,
J. Ratsimbazafy, A.B. Rylands, L. Williamson, J.F. Oats,
D. Mbroa, J.U. Gazhorn, E. Rodriguez-luna, E. Palacios,
E.W. Heymann, M. Cecilia, M. Kierulff, L. Yongcheng,
J. Supriatna, C. Roos, S. Walker and J.M. Aguiar) Primates in
peril; the world’s 25 most endangered primates, 2006-2008.
Pp. 18, 30. Primate Conservation 22: 1-40.
ZONUNMAWIA, A. & N. PRADHAN (2004): Mizoram and its wildlife. Center
for Environment Protection, Aizawl. Pp. 69.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
2. RECORDS OF THE MELANISTIC LEOPARD PANTHERA PARDUS (LINNAEUS)
FROM WESTERN GHATS AREA OF MAHARASHTRA AND KARNATAKA, INDIA
Amit SAYYED!*, SAURABH TAKALKAR? AND ANIL MAHABAL?
"Wildlife Protection and Research Society Satara, Satara 415 002, Maharashtra, India. Email: amitsayyedsatara @ gmail.com
*Sahakar Nagar, Parvati, Pune 411 044, Maharashtra, India. Email: saurabhtakalkar @ gmail.com
>Zoological Survey of India, W.R.C. Akurdi, Pune 411 044, Maharashtra, India. Email: mahabal.anil@ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
The Leopard Panthera pardus (Linnaeus) (Family
Felidae, Order Carnivora) is a sleek, short-haired animal, with
fulvous coat marked with small close-set black rosettes,
distributed all over the sides of body and tail (Prater 1971).
The body colour of the animal is highly variable (Prater 1971)
from pale yellow, warm grey, rich tawny, to bright rufous
fawn. In general, the variations in colour appear due to
different environmental conditions like temperature, dryness
or humidity, an increase or decrease of light, and/or
combinations of these with latitudinal differences from the
equator (Prater 1971). Rare occurrences of abnormally black-
coloured leopards are of melanistic individuals. A few such
instances of the melanistic leopards have been reported in
the Western Ghats area of Maharashtra and Karnataka states,
which are discussed in this note.
The first author (AS) and members of WLPRESS
(Wildlife Protection and Research Society, Satara) have been
undertaking systematic research on the reptiles and mammals
of Western Ghats of Satara and Kolhapur districts in
Maharashtra, since 2006. During these surveys, a “black leopard’
was sighted on three different occasions: December 8, 2010 at
18:30 hrs; March 21, 2012 at 19:00 hrs; and April 13, 2012 at
06:30 hrs. All these sightings were from the same locality — a
forested area of the Kaas Plateau (17° 06' N; 73° 08' E) of the
Western Ghats in Satara district, Maharashtra, which has been
declared as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO.
The fur of this leopard had a dense deposit of melanin
and the typical close-set black rosettes were present but hidden
beneath the black pigmentation. During the first two instances,
it was not possible to take photographs, however, on April
13, 2012, the first author (AS) managed to photograph it using
a night vision camera (ed.: photographic evidence provided).
We are not sure if the sighting on December 8, 2010, and
March 21, 2012, are of the same animal as the one sighted on
April 13, 2012.
Other than these records, there is a record of a melanistic
leopard in the hilly areas of Western Ghats near Manohar—
Mansantosh twin forts between Amboli and Padgaon,
Sindhudurg district, Maharashtra on June 3, 2009 (June 14,
2009, DNA newspaper, Pune edition). These sightings were
by Sachin Kandekar and Abhijit Yadav of Kolhapur. Further,
locals and Forest Department personnel had sighted
individuals in Chandoli National Park, Sangli district,
Maharashtra and in Amboli on a few occasions, but there are
no published records available.
In Karnataka, there is a recent sighting of a black leopard
in forest along the banks of Bhadra reservoir in Bhadra Tiger
Reserve, Chikmagalur district, Karnataka. This leopard was
spotted and photographed (ed.: photographic evidence
provided) in Bhadra Tiger Reserve by the second author (ST)
on February 22, 2012, along with a forest guide, Mr. Girish.
Later on, Girish informed ST that he saw the leopard in the
same area in April and May, 2012.
Melanism in the leopard is not an uncommon
phenomenon. It has been noticed in many animals including
mammals. A perusal of literature revealed that there have been
reports of melanistic leopards from various parts of India (Ali
1927; Bedi 1998; Pizey 1932; Sinha 1996).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Mr. Aman Adsul, Mr. Kiran Ahire, Mr. Kanhatya
Purohit, and Mr. Ohol Sir, members of Wildlife Protection
and Research Society Satara (WLPRESS), Maharashtra, for
participation in the fieldwork, and the Forest Department,
Satara for help and cooperation during the surveys. We thank
Dr. R.M. Sharma, Zoological Survey of India, W.R.C., Pune,
for his valuable suggestions on the manuscript.
REFERENCES
ALI, S. (1927): Black Leopards. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 31(4): 1027.
Bent, R. (1998): Kala Tendua — Durlabh Prani (in Hindi); Black Panther — Rare animal. Cheetal 37(1 & 2): 58-67.
Pizey, R.M. (1932): Black Leopards. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 36(1): 236-238.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd (revised) edn. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford University Press, India. 324 pp.
SINHA, KUMAR TARANAND (1996): Glimpses of Black Leopard. Cheetal 35(1 & 2): 19-21.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
151
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
3. LESSER DAWN BAT EONYCTERIS SPELAEA: THE FIRST RECORD FOR BANGLADESH
M. Monirut H. Kuan!
‘Department of Zoology, Jahangirnagar University, Savar, Dhaka 1342, Bangladesh. Email: mmhkhan @hotmail.com
Bangladesh harbours diverse species of wildlife in
different habitat types ranging from forested hills to low-lying
wetlands (Khan 2008; Khan 2010). Occasionally, first records
of species are added to the nation’s checklist. Recently a bat
species, i.e., Lesser Dawn Bat Eonycteris spelaea, was
recorded in the hilly area of south-eastern Bangladesh (Daily
Prothom Alo newspaper, August 30, 2012) (Fig. 1). There is
no previous report of its occurrence in Bangladesh (Ahmed
et al. 2009; Khan 2008; Khan 2010).
- The roost of around 100 bats was first recorded in a
cave called Kudum (21° 05.553' N; 92° 10.166' E; 78 m
above msl) in Teknaf Wildlife Sanctuary, Cox’s Bazar
district, on July 15, 2012. Cox’s Bazar is situated in the
extreme south-eastern hilly area of Bangladesh. The area
was previously covered by rich mixed evergreen forests,
which were mostly logged in the course of time, and today,
the hills are dominated by bush and plantations. The
existence of the bats in the cave was known to many people,
including me, for the last several years, but the species was
not correctly identified.
This medium-sized bat has an elongated muzzle, which is
a key character of the species. Presence of claw only on the
thumb (not on the second digit) in the forearm and absence of
pale ‘fingers’ (i.e. pale lines along the digits in dark wings) have
helped to differentiate it from similar species that occur in the
region, namely Fulvous Fruit Bat Rousettus leschenaulti and
Short-nosed Fruit Bat Cynopterus sphinx (Bates and Harrison
1997; Francis 2008; Menon 2003; Prater 1980). Other than Lesser
Dawn Bat, several Blyth’s Horseshoe Bat Rhinolophus lepidus
were seen in the cave. In July 2006, an Intermediate Roundleaf
Bat Hipposideros larvatus was seen roosting inside the cave.
The Lesser Dawn Bat occurs widely in neighbouring
India and Myanmar extending to most parts of Southeast
Fig. 1: Lesser Dawn Bat Eonycteris spelaea photographed on
July 15, 2012, in Kudum Cave, Cox’s Bazar,
south-eastern Bangladesh
Asia, so it was expected to occur in Bangladesh (Khan 2008).
Kudum Cave is close (7 km) to the Myanmar border, where
the species is known to occur. Based on the pattern of its
regional distribution, it is assumed that the species might
also occur in the north-eastern and northern areas of
Bangladesh, which need to be verified by field surveys.
The existence of Lesser Dawn Bat in Kudum Cave is
threatened due to rapid deforestation in the area, which
contributes to the decline of food resources since it feeds
on pollen and nectar (Francis 2008). Additionally, the
existence of the cave is threatened due to frequent landslides
during the monsoon. It was observed that the bat population
in the cave has declined to nearly half since June 2008
(when counts were done prior to its identity being
confirmed).
REFERENCES
AHMED, A.T.A., S.M.H. Kasir, M. Anmap, Z.U. Aumep, Z.N.T. BEGUM,
M.A. HAssan & M. KHONDKER (Eds) (2009): Encyclopedia of
Flora and Fauna of Bangladesh, Vol. 27: Mammals. Asiatic
Society of Bangladesh, Dhaka, Bangladesh. 264 pp.
Bates, P.J.J. & D.L. HARRISON (1997): Bats of the Indian Subcontinent.
Harrison Zoological Museum, Kent, U.K. 258 pp.
FRANCIS, C.M. (2008): A Field Guide to the Mammals of South-East
Asia. New Holland Publishers Ltd., London, U.K. 392 pp.
KHAN, M.M.H. (2008): Protected Areas of Bangladesh — A Guide to
152
Wildlife. Nishorgo Program, Bangladesh Forest Department,
Dhaka, Bangladesh. 304 pp.
Kuan, R. (2010): Wildlife of Bangladesh from Amphibia to
Mammalia — A Checklist. Shahitya Prakash, Dhaka, Bangladesh.
128 pp.
Menon, V. (2003): A Field Guide to Indian Mammals. Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Delhi. 200 pp.
Prater, S.H. (1980): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural
History Society and Oxford University Press, India. 324 pp.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
4. REAPPEARANCE OF THE WILD PIG SUS SCROFA CRISTATUS
IN DACHIGAM NATIONAL PARK, KASHMIR, INDIA
KHURSHEED AHMAD!**, PARAG NIGAM~®, BILAL HABIB~’, M. SADIQ Mir”, ZAFFAR Ratis”*®, MEHRAJ-U-DIN SHAH!”
AND N.A. MALIK?!®
‘Centre for Mountain Wildlife Science, Sher-e-Kashmir University of Agricultural Sciences & Technology of Kashmir (SKUAST-
Kashmir), Shuhama Campus, Shuhama, Alusteng 190 006, Post Box 135, GP.O. Srinagar, Jammu & Kashmir, India.
*Wildlife Institute of India, RO. Box. 18, Chandrabani, Dehradun 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
’Department of Wildlife Protection, Jammu & Kashmir Government, Srinagar 190 001, Jammu & Kashmir, India.
‘Email: khursheed47 @ gmail.com
>Email: mehrajruhaan @ gmail.com
SEmail: nigamp @ wii.gov.in
7Email: bh @wii.gov.in
SEmail: mirzaffar786 @ yahoo.co.in
"Email: mirsadiq786 @ gmail.com
10 mail: nazirmalik.1314@ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Dachigam National Park (34° 05'-34° 11' N; 74° 54'—
74° 09' E; 141 sq. km), is located 22 km from Srinagar and
lies in the Zanskar mountain range of the North-West
Himalayan Biogeographic Zone (2A) [Rodgers and Panwar
(1988): Planning a wildlife protected area network in India.
Wildlife Institute of India Press, Dehradun]. Dachigam
National Park (DNP) was established by the then Maharaja
of Jammu & Kashmir Hari Singh by evacuating ten villages
to serve exclusively as a hunting preserve for his guests. It
was declared as a Game Sanctuary in 1951 and notified as
National Park in 1981. DNP is significant as being home to
the last surviving population of the highly endangered and
endemic deer of Kashmir, the Kashmir Red Deer or Hangul.
The other major mammal species found in Dachigam are
Musk Deer Moschus chrysogaster, Serow Capricornis
sumatraensis, Himalayan Grey Langur Semnopithecus ajax,
Asiatic Black Bear Ursus thibetanus, Brown Bear Ursus
arctos, Leopard Panthera pardus, Red Fox Vulpes vulpes,
Jackal Canis aureus, Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica,
and Pine Marten Martes flavigula. The Snow Leopard
Panthera uncia is also reported.
According to Walter Lawrence (1895), in his book THE
VALLEY OF KASHMIR (p. 117), the Wild Pig was introduced in the
mountains of Kashmir and in Dachigam forests during the time
of the Dogra ruler of Jammu & Kashmir, Maharaja Gulab Singh
(1846-1857). After its introduction, it became very common
in the preserves and along the foothills of the mountains on the
eastern side of the valley [Lawrence (1895): “The Valley of
Kashmir’. London H. Frowde Publishers. 478 pp.]. After
independence in 1947, the people of Kashmir expressed concern
over the presence of the Wild Pig, especially in Dachigam
Sanctuary, and due to mass agitations by the locals steps were
taken to eradicate the alien species from the Kashmir forests.
The last population of Wild Boar is reported to have been wiped
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
out from Dachigam during the 1980s, and according to the
State Wildlife Department, it has never been reported from
Dachigam National Park or its adjoining forests since 1984.
On April 07, 2013, at 16:00 hrs, we came across a
sighting of the Wild Pig on the main road in the lower
Dachigam near Lelchamb at 1,750 m elevation during a survey
for Hangul. This sighting was recorded after an absence of
nearly 30 years. The animal was moving towards the woods
along the main Dachigam nullah. One of our team members,
Nazir Malik, the Wildlife Forest Guard, managed to
photograph the animal. On April 9, we again sighted probably
the same animal at 17:00 hrs in a riverine patch of Wasantpora
in Lower Dachigam. On May 30, 2013, at 04:39 hrs, we got
a picture of the species, probably a male, in a camera trap in
the riverine patch near the Rescue Centre, close to the Park
gate. Earlier last year, a solitary individual was sighted in the
forests of Ajas Conservation Reserve in Bandipora.
These sightings indicate that the Wild Pig is making a
comeback in Dachigam. However, like other introduced
species, its recurrence may have long-term ecological
implications, especially for endemic faunal species,
particularly the Kashmir Red Deer or Hangul, and hence the
species needs to be eradicated or its population controlled. It
will be interesting to find out where these individuals have
come from, and a study could be undertaken to monitor its
population and the impacts of its reappearance on the habitat
and local fauna.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Ministry of Environment
and Forests, Govt. of India, and Department of Science and
Technology, Govt. of India, New Delhi, for funding the
research projects on Kashmir Red Deer/Hangul and Common
Leopard, respectively, in Dachigam National Park.
153
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
5. RECORD OF THE GREAT WHITE PELICAN PELECANUS ONOCROTALUS
IN MYSORE, KARNATAKA, INDIA
M.K. SAPTHAGIRISH!* AND HONNAVALLI N. KUMARA?
'F/34, New Sayaji Rao Road, Fort Mohalla, Mysore 560 004, Karnataka, India. Email: sapthanature @ gmail.com
Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and Natural History, Anaikatti P.O., Coimbatore 641 108, Tamil Nadu, India.
Email: honnavallik @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
The Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus 1s
distributed through Eastern Europe, Middle East, Africa, and |
parts of Asia (BirdLife International 2014). In the Indian
subcontinent, it is recorded as a common winter visitor to
Pakistan and northern India (Punjab to Assam and Gujarat)
(Ali and Ripley 1987; Lahkar and Deka 2001; Talukdar et al.
1998; Tatu 1992; Urfi 1996; Varu and Khatri 1992; Varu and
Tiwari 1994). The species was once recorded breeding in the
Great Rann of Kachchh (Ali 1960).
There have been occasional sight records in Andhra
Pradesh (Law 1925; Nanjan and Vijayan 2009; Taher and
Mani 2008), Kerala (Jacob et al. 1994; Nair 1993), and Tamil
Nadu (MigrantWatch 2009). It is also been reported to breed
in parts of Gujarat (Ali 1960; Pandya and Vachhrajani 2010)
and Delhi (Urfi 1996). In Karnataka, the species been reported
from Udupi (Bhatt and Pushpalatha 2003). It is vagrant in
Sri Lanka (Harrison 2011).
During the course of our routine field visits for
birding, we came across a lone Great White Pelican in
Kukkarahalli tank in Mysore on February 04, 2012. We
could distinguish it from Spot-billed Pelican Pelecanus
philippensis, which is resident in the tank, by the
white plumage and black marginal feathers. The colour of
the pouch beneath its beak was yellow and the feet
were pinkish. We observed this bird for more than
15 minutes and managed to get some photographs too.
Kukkarahalli tank is a medium sized water body and
designated as an Important Bird Area, where about
207 species of birds have been recorded (MAN 1997).
Some of the important species include the Spot-billed
Pelican, Oriental Darter Anhinga melanogaster, Painted
Stork Mycteria leucocephala, and Oriental White Ibis
Threskiornis melanocephalus, all of which breed in the
tank.
REFERENCES
Aut, S. (1960): ‘Flamingo City’ re-visited: nesting of the Rosy Pelican
(Pelecanus onocrotalus Linnaeus) in the Rann of Kutch.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 57(2): 412-415.
Aut, S. & S.D. Riptey (1987): Compact handbook of the birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan
and Sri Lanka. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
Buart, G. & B. PUSHPALATHA (2003): Rare sighting of Great White Pelican
in Udupi district of Karnataka state. Newsletter for Birdwatchers
43(6): 92.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): Species factsheet: Pelecanus onocrotalus.
Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 26/02/2014.
Harrison, J. (2011): A Field Guide to the Birds of Sri Lanka. 2nd edn.
Oxford University Press.
Jacos, T.T., P. PRamop, K. GANGADHARAN & M. MAHESH (1994): First
record of the Rosy Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Linnaeus in
Kerala. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(3): 452.
LaHKAR, B.P. & B. DeKA (2001): Occurrence of Rosy Pelican in
Deepor Beel Bird Sanctuary, Assam. Newsletter for Birdwatchers
41(1): 12.
Law, S.C. (1925): Occurrence of Pelecanus roseus in the Vizagapatam
District, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 30(2): 483-484.
MAN (Mysore AMATEUR NATURALISTS) (1997): Checklist of the Birds
of Kukkarahalli Lake. Mysore Amateur Naturalists, Mysore.
MiIGRANTWatTcH (2009): Great White Pelican (Pelecanus
onocrotalus), Vedanthangal Bird Sanctuary, Tamil Nadu. http://
154
www.migrantwatch.in/sighting.php?id=3259. Downloaded on
June 07, 2013.
Nair, M.V. (1993): Rosy Pelican at Aakkulam. News/letter for
Birdwatchers 33(1): 7-8.
NANIAN, S. & L. VurAyan (2009): Record of the Great White Pelican
Pelecanus onocrotalus from Uppalapadu, Andhra Pradesh, India.
Indian Birds 5(1):17-18.
PanpyA, P.J. & K.D. VACHHRAJANI (2010): Birds of Mahi river estuary,
Gujarat, India. J. Threatened Taxa 2(6): 994-1000.
TAHER, H. & U. Mant (2008): Sighting of the Great White Pelican
Pelecanus onocrotalus at Kolleru Wildlife Sanctuary, Andhra
Pradesh, India. Indian Birds 4(1): 14.
Tatu, K.S. (1992): Rosy Pelican, White Stork and Black Tern at Thol
Wildlife Sanctuary, N. Gujarat. Newsletter for Birdwatchers
32: 17-18.
TALUKDAR, B.K., R. BARMAN & R.K. Das (1998): Records of Rosy
Pelican in Assam during summer. Newsletter for Birdwatchers
36(5): 87,
Urn, A.J. (1996): On some new breeding records of water birds from
the Delhi region. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 93(1): 94-95.
Varu, S.N. & M.B. KHatri (1992): Recovery of a Russian-ringed Rosy
(White) Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Linn. in Kutch, Gujarat.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 89(2): 246.
VARU, S.N. & J.K. Trwart (1994): The Great White Pelican in Kutch,
Gujarat. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 34(6): 133-134.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
6. SIGHTING OF LONG-TAILED DUCK CLANGULA HYEMALIS
IN GHARANA WETLAND, JAMMU & KASHMIR, INDIA
GuULDEV Ray!
'518/2, Narwal Pain (Ward No. 2), Satwari, Jammu 180 003, Jammu & Kashmir, India. Email: gvrx @rediffmail.com
Gharana Wetland, a winter refuge for migratory birds,
is important as a staging site and flyway route. It is a small
wetland, spread over 0.75 sq. km, just 28 km away from
Jammu City. Gharana Wetland got its name from Gharana
village which is very close to the Indo-Pak border at
Ranbirsinghpora tehsil in Jammu district in the state of Jammu
& Kashmir. Gharana Wetland has been declared as an
Important Bird Area (IBA), based on BirdLife criteria A411
(hosts more than 20,000 waterbirds). It is protected as a
Wetland Conservation Reserve (Rahmani et al. 2012).
A part of this wetland lies across the border in Pakistan.
During March 2013, Tufted Pochard Aythya fuligula was
reported in Gharana Wetland, close to the Indo-Pakistan
border in Ranbirsinghpora. To capture pictures of these birds,
I visited the wetland a number of times. During one such
trip, I spotted a small bird in the camera viewfinder (and
photographed it), which I had never seen there before. It had
white on the flanks and face, and the rest of the body was a
mixture of black, and brown. I spotted the bird again the next
day and took more photographs.
On my queries to BNHS for help in its identification, I
got a prompt reply that it was a female Long-tailed Duck
Clangula hyemalis in non-breeding plumage. This species is
listed as Vulnerable (IUCN 2013). I was also informed that
there were only four records of the species from the Indian
region, one each from Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh, Nepal, and
Arunachal, and so this would be another rare record of this
straggler for India and for Jammu & Kashmir.
REFERENCES
IUCN (2013): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2013.2.
<www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on 05 March, 2014.
RAHMANI, A.R., ZAFAR-UL ISLAM, KHURSHEED AHMAD, INTESAR SUHAIL,
PANKAJ CHANDAN & A.A. ZARRI (2012): Important Bird Areas of
Jammu & Kashmir. IBCN-BNHS, RSPB and BirdLife
International. OUP. Pp. xii +152.
7. BANDED KRAIT BUNGARUS FASCIATUS FEEDING ON
COMMON KRAIT BUNGARUS CAERULEUS
ARUN M.K. BHaros!
'B-101, Gayatrinagar, P.O. Shankar Nagar, Raipur, CG, 492 007, Chhattisgarh, India. Email: cwsraipur@ yahoo.co.in
The Dainik Bhaskar (a Hindi daily), Raipur edition,
dated September 04, 2012, published a news item with
photographs, describing a Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus
feeding on a Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus. This incident
was observed by villagers of Tapkara (22° 44' 52" N; 83° 57’
24" E), 45 km from Jashpurnagar, Chhattisgarh, and the
newspaper’s correspondent-videographer Shri Shashikant
Pandey at Jashpurnagar, who filmed it. The film showed
the c. 2 m long Banded Krait catching hold of the metre
long Common Krait near the head, subduing it, and
swallowing it completely within 25 minutes.
The diet of the Banded Krait in the accounts in
available literature are: “small mammals, lizards, snakes and
toads” (Gunther 1864); “mainly snakes and among those
taken are Rat Snake, Indo-chinese Rat Snake, Cat Snake,
Checkered Keelback, Buff-striped Keelback, also skinks,
eggs of snakes and occasionally fish” (Daniel 2002; Deoras
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
1981); “eats water snakes, rat snakes, pythons, and vine
snakes, besides lizards, frogs and fish” (Das 2002); “feed
on other snakes including venomous snakes, show
cannibalism as they can also devour other kraits under the
conditions of food scarcity, also feed on small lizards”
(Maurice 2009).
The video recording discussed in this note confirms
that the Banded Krait feeds on snakes as reported by other
workers, and also on other krait species, which is in this
reported case was the Common Krait.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am thankful to Mr. Mohan Tiwari, Sushil Mutha, and
Sadhna TV News Channel for making available the video
clip. My thanks are also due to Mr. Varad Giri and Mr. Eric
D’Cunha for encouragement.
155
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
GUNTHER, ALBERT C.L.G. (1864): The Reptiles of British India. Arment
Biological Press, Landisville PA. 404 pp.
DanrEL, J.C. (2002): The Book of Indian Reptiles & Amphibians.
Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford University Press,
India. 134 pp. |
Das, INDRANEIL (2002): A Photographic Guide to Snakes and other
Reptiles of India. Om Books International, New Delhi. Pp. 51.
Deoras, P.J. (1981): Snakes of India. National Book Trust, India.
124 pp.
Maurice, Navopita (2009): Kraits are more dangerous than Cobras,
(http://EnzineArticles.com/?expert=Navodita Maurice). 10th
May, 2009.
8. MARINE ORNAMENTAL ICHTHYOFAUNA OF THOOTHUKUDI COAST,
GULF OF MANNAR, INDIA
P. JAwAHAR!*, G, BRUCELEE!* AND T. UMAMAHESWARI'*
'Fisheries College and Research Institute, Thoothukudi 628 008, Tamil Nadu, India.
"Email: jawaharphd @ gmail.com
_ *Email: jaibruce @rediffmail.com
‘Email: t_umaselvam @ yahoo.co.in
*Corresponding author
Introduction
Coral ecosystems are one of the most important coastal
life support systems, and support a variety of economically
important marine organisms. With its 21 coral islands, the
Gulf of Mannar (GoM) has a heterogeneous assemblage of
fauna and flora. Nearly 3,600 species are reported from this
coral ecosystem (Ramadhas et al. 1999). Tuticorin coast, a
part of GoM, is bestowed with unique fishery resources, such
as Pearl Oyster Pinctada fucata and Sacred Chank Turbinella
pyrum. The Tuticorin coastal habitat consists of four coral
islands, seagrass beds, and mangroves. A large number of
colourful animals from all phyla are represented in this region,
including fish of vibrant and attractive colours, which have a
high demand in the international ornamental fish market.
In terms of commercial value, marine ornamental fish
are priced at US$ 1,000 per kg, which is nearly 330 times
higher than the price of food fish and ten times higher than
freshwater ornamental fish (Surtida 1999). Though the world
wholesale market value of live ornamental fish is estimated
as US$ 900 million (Bassleer 1994), only 10% volume comes
from marine ichthyofaunal collections. Organised fishing for
marine ornamental fish has recently started in some Southeast
Asian countries. Presently, marine ornamental fish represent
a small percentage of the ornamental fish trade in India.
However, their high market value makes it economically
attractive for creating sustainable livelihood resources for
coastal fisherman communities. With the increasing expansion
of the global marine ornamental fish trade, studies on these
resources are vital for optimally exploiting these under-
utilised resources and to preserve the biodiversity.
The fishery wealth of the coral reefs of Tuticorin has
been studied earlier by Bennet and Arumugam (1991), Kasim
et al. (1989), Mahadevan and Nayar (1967), Manikandavelu
156
(1996), and Mathew (1994). However, specific studies on
the ornamental fish fauna in Tuticorin waters are limited. With
levelling or decline in production from many capture fisheries
in this region, other ways of using the valuable aquatic
resources is the need of the hour. In this regard, a study was
initiated to document the ornamental marine ichthyofaunal
resources of Tuticorin.
Methods |
Colourful fish species recorded at different fish landing
centres of Tuticorin district were collected regularly from April
2000 to March 2001. The catches of both mechanised boats
and traditional crafts were examined, and the fish species were
categorised as rare, frequent, and abundant based on the fish
landings. The specimens were identified based on Fischer and
Bianchi (1984), Jones and Kumaran (1980), and Munro (1955).
Results
The collections consisted of 107 ornamental fish
species under 37 families (Table 1). Manikandavelu (1996)
had recorded 222 coral reef fishes from this region, 76 falling
under the marine ornamental fish category. Of the 138 species
of marine ornamental fishes reported by Murthy et al. (1989)
from the Lakshadweep region, 47 species occur in the
Tuticorin area. Of the 107 species recorded during our
collections, 53.3% were rare, 35.5% frequent, and 11.2% were
abundant. Twelve families are represented by single species
while nine families are represented by two species.
Acanthuridae was the most dominant family,
represented by 12 species. Of the five genera of Acanthurids
recorded from the region (Fischer and Bianchi 1984),
Acanthurus and Naso represented the ornamental fishes.
Acanthurus leucosternon, A. lineatus, and Naso lituratus are
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Table 1: Marine ornamental ichthyofauna found in Tuticorin Coast
SI. No. Scientific Name
1. F: Acanthuridae
oa mB UO grag NOT
Acanthurus blochii
Acanthurus gahhm
Acanthurus leucosternon
Acanthurus lineatus
Acanthurus mata
Acanthurus nigricaudus
Acanthurus nigrofuscus
Acanthurus tennenti
Acanthurus triostegus
Naso brevirostris
Naso lituratus
Naso unicornis
2. F: Ambassidae
Ambassis commersonii
3. F: Balistidae
Sa SN
Balistapus undulatus
Balistoides viridescens
Odonus niger
Pseudobalistes fuscus
Sufflamen chrysoptera
Sufflamen fraenatus
4. F: Canthigasteridae
2A
Canthigaster solandri
5. F: Carangidae
if
2.
Gnathanodon speciosus
Alectis indicus
6. F: Chaetodontidae
I. Se
Chaetodon auriga
Chaetodon collare
Chaetodon unimaculatus
Chaetodon vagabundus
Ctenochaetus strigosus
Heniochus acuminatus
7: F: Cichlidae
2.
Etroplus maculatus
Etroplus suratensis
8. F: Diodontidae
Diodon hystrix
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Common Name
Surgeonfishes
Tailring surgeonfish
Black surgeonfish
Powder-blue surgeonfish
Blue-banded surgeonfish
Elongate surgeonfish
Epaulette surgeonfish
Brown surgeonfish
Double band surgeonfish
Convict surgeonfish
Spotted unicornfish
Orange-spined unicornfish
Blue-spined unicornfish
Glassfishes
Glassy perchlet
Triggerfishes
Orange lined triggerfish
Titan triggerfish
Black triggerfish
Blue lined triggertfish
Halfmoon triggerfish
Masked triggerfish
Pufferfishes
Spotted sharp-nosed puffer or Toby
Travellies
Golden-toothed travelly
Indian threadfin travelly
Butterflyfishes
Threadfin butterflyfish
Red tail butterflyfish
One spot butterflyfish
Vagabond butterflyfish
Spotted surgeonfish
Pennant coral fish
Chromide
Orange chromide
Green chromide or pearlspot
Porcupinefishes
Spotted porcupinefish
Abundance
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
Frequent
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Abundant
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
157
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Marine ornamental ichthyofauna found in Tuticorin Coast (contd.)
SI. No. Scientific Name Common Name Abundance
9. F: Drepanidae Sicklefishes
1". Drepane punctata Spotted sicklefish Frequent
10. Ephippidae Spadefishes and batfishes
alt Ephippus orbis Orbfish Rare
la F: Gerreidae Mojarras
A Gerres erythrourus Deep bodied mojarra Frequent
2 Gerres filamentosus Whipfin silverbelly Frequent
Soe Gerres oyena Common silver-biddy Frequent
12. F: Haemulidae Grunts and Sweetlips
s Plectorhinchus flavomaculatus Lemon sweellips Rare
2. Plectorhinchus orientalis Oriental sweetlips Rare
3 Plectorhinchus polytaenia Ribboned sweetlips Rare
4. Diagramma pictum Painted sweetlips Abundant
be F: Holocentridae Squirrelfish
af Myripristis botche Black tip soldierfish Rare
2. Myripristis murdjan Pine cone soldierfish Rare
3. Sargocentron rubrum Red coat fish Frequent
14. F: Labridae Wrasses
i Pseudocheilinus hexataenia Pyjama wrasse Rare
2. Cheilinus chlorourus Floral wrasse Rare
3: Coris angula Clown coris Rare
4. Coris formosa Queen coris Frequent
B: Coris gaimard Yellowtail coris Rare
6. Iniistius pavo Peacock wrasse Frequent
15. F: Lutjanidae Snappers
ah Lutjanus fulviflammus Dory snapper Frequent
La Lutjanus fulvus Black tail snapper Abundant
3 Lutjanus kasmira Blue-striped snapper Frequent
4. Lutjanus sebae Red emperor Frequent
5. Macolor niger Black and white snapper Rare
16. F: Malacanthidae Blue whitting
1. Malacanthus latovittatus Blue whitting Rare
A, F: Menidae Moonfishes
1 Mene maculata Moonfish Frequent
158 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Table 1: List of marine ornamental ichthyofauna found in Tuticorin Coast (contd.)
SI. No. Scientific Name
18. F: Monocanthidae
1. Pervagor tomentosus
2. Cantherhines pardalis
19. F: Monodactylidae
als Monodactylus argenteus
20. F: Mullidae
is Upeneus tragula
z. Upeneus vittatus
3 Parupeneus indicus
21. F: Muraenidae
a Echidna nebulosa
2; Gymnothorax favagineus
22. F: Nemipteridae
1 Nemipterus bipunctatus
2 Nemipterus japonicus
3 Scolopsis bimaculatus
4 Scolopis vosmeri
23. F: Ostraciidae
1 Tetrosomus gibbosus
2 Lactaria cornuta
a. Lactoria fornasini
4 Ostracion cubicus
24. F: Platacidae
f.. Platax orbicularis
2. Platax teira
25. F: Pomacanthidae
1 Pomacanthus annularis
2 Pomacanthus imperator
3. Pomacanthus semicirculatus
4 Centropyge multispinis
26. F: Pomacentridae
Amphiprion clarkii
Amphiprion sebae
Amphiprion percula
Chromis caerulea
Dascyllus trimaculatus
Abudefduf saxfasciatus
>. et eee
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Common Name
Filefishes
Red-tailed filefish
Honeycomb filefish
Fingerfishes
Silver batfish or Ceylon angel
Goatfishes
Black-striped goatfish
Yellow-striped goatfish
Indian goatfish
Moray eels
Snow flake moray
Laced moray
Threadfin breams
Delagoa threadfin bream
Japanese threadfin bream
Thumbprint monocle bream
Whitecheek monocle bream
Boxfishes
Hump-backed turretfish
Longhorn cowfish
Throneback cowfish
Yellow boxfish
Batfishes
Orbicular batfish
Long-finned batfish
Angelfishes
Blue ring angelfish
Emperor angelfish
Semi circle angelfish or Koran angelfish
Dusky angelfish
Damselfishes
Yellow-tailed anemonefish
Sebae anemonefish
Orange clownfish
Blue green damselfish
Three spot damselfish
Scissortail sergeant major
Abundance
Rare
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
Frequent
Abundant
Rare
Rare
Abundant
Abundant
Abundant
Frequent
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Frequent
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
159
Table 1: Marine ornamental ichthyofauna found in Tuticorin Coast (contd.)
SI. No. Scientific Name
PAIS F: Scaridae
q: Scarus gibbosus
2. Scarus rivulatus
28. Scatophagidae
A! Scatophagus argus
29. F: Scorpaenidae
te Dendtrochirus zebra
2. Pterois volitans
Sie Pterois radiata
30 F: Serranidae
; Groupers
Epinephelus undulosus
1. Epinephelus flavocaeruleus
2. Epinephelus hexagonatus
S Epinephelus malabaricus
4. Epinephelus merra
5
o1., F: Siganidae
te Siganus canaliculatus
Z. Siganus javus
3. Siganus vermiculatus
o2: F: Syngnathidae
ils Hippocampus kuda
2. Corythoichthys flavofasciatus
33. F: Synodontidae
ite Synodus variegatus
34. F: Theraponidae
if Therapon buta
2. Therapon jarbua
35. F: Tetradontidae
i Arothron hispidus
2. Arothron nigropunctatus
36. F: Triacanthidae
i Triacanthus biaculeatus
OT; F: Zanclidae
1. Zanclus cornutus
160
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Common Name
Parrotfishes
Parrotfish
Rivulated parrotfish
Scats
Spotted scat
Scorpionfishes
Zebra turkeyfish
Red lionfish
Radial firefish
Blue and yellow reef-cod
Star-spotted grouper
Malabar reef-cod
Honeycomb grouper
Wavy-lined reef-cod
Rabbitfishes
White-spotted spinefoot
Streaked spinefoot
Vermiculated rabbitfish or Jigsaw puzzlefish
Sea Horses and Pipefishes
Spotted sea horse
Banded pipe fish
Lizardfish
Variegated lizardfish
Tiger perches
Small-scaled terapon
Target perch
Bufferfish
White-spotted bufferfish
Black-spotted bufferfish
Triplespines or Tripodfishes
Black-finned triplespine
Moorish Fishes
Moorish Idol
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Abundance
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Abundant
Abundant
Abundant
Rare
Frequent
Frequent
Abundant
Frequent
Frequent
Rare
Frequent
Abundant
Frequent
Frequent
Frequent
Rare
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
the most colourful species collected from this family.
Chaetodontidae, usually found in reef areas and renowned
for their multihued colour patterns (Allen and Steene 1987),
are represented by six species. This is the most important
group of ornamental fishes on the coast in terms of demand
for aquarium keeping, but they were found to be rare in the
Tuticorin waters. Other families recorded and represented by
six species each are Balistidae, Labridae, and Pomacentridae.
Among triggerfish, reasonable catches of Odonus niger were
reported from both trawl and traditional gear. Some of the
triggerfish species fetch as much as $200 for a live specimen.
Labridae is also fairly represented in this region. These
wrasses exhibit a range of colour patterns and are best suited
for aquariums. Of the estimated 120 species belonging to
27 genera found in the Indo-Pacific (Allen and Steene 2000),
six were recorded in the study area. Among the Pomacentrids,
the damselfishes are found in shallow seas, living in close
association with sea anemones, and are easily collected by
skin diving. There are six species represented from this family,
three belonging to genus Amphiprion and one each
representing genera Chromis, Abudefduf and Dascyllus. The
Pomacanthidae (marine angelfishes) were represented by four
species. The best-suited, easy maintenance marine aquarium
fish, the pygmy angelfishes of the genus Centropyge of this
family were rarely observed. Nearly 200 species of Lutjanids
are commonly kept in aquarium tanks and in public aquariums
(Burgees et al. 1990). Of the 22 Lutjanid species listed from
the coral reef regions of Tuticorin by Manikandavelu (1996),
only five species could be treated as marine ornamental fish
— all the 22 species were recorded during this study.
Goatfishes, the mullids, bearing two chin barbels were
represented by three species.
Turkeyfish or lionfish are very attractive, with long
filamentous extension to the dorsal and pectoral fin rays and
spines. Three species known for their hardiness were recorded,
but were rare. Among the eels, moray eels — particularly
Echidna nebulosa and Gymnothorax favagineus — were
recorded. Other eels like Congridae, Moringuidae, and
Ophichthidae were not recorded in the landings; this may be
due to the selective gear operated by the fishermen.
Gymnothorax undulatus and G. punctatus of Muraenidae,
though reported earlier by Mahadevan and Nayar (1967), were
not recorded during this study.
Of the 12 species of seahorses (Hippocampus) found
in the Indian Ocean (Allen and Steene 1987), only
Hippocampus kuda is fairly common in this region. They
can be easily collected and kept in aquariums. However, as
per the Ministry of Environment and Forests notification,
seahorses are listed under the Schedule I category and
collecting them from the wild is strictly prohibited. The
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
pipefish Corythoichthys falvofasciatus was another rare
species collected under family Syngnathidae, which includes
seahorse and pipefishes.
Most of the groupers (Serranidae) are favourite food
fish. Though most of them are colourful, only four can be
considered as ornamental due to their relatively small size;
all are hardy species of the genus Epinephelus. While juveniles
of grunts (Hemulids) show bright colours, the colour pattern
gradually fades with growth. Young specimens of batfish,
particularly Platax teira exhibit spectacularly elongated dorsal
and anal fins. With growth, these fins become proportionately
shorter. Relatively slow moving, the sluggish boxfishes
(Ostraciidae) are represented by four species. The
squirrelfishes (Holocentridae), represented by four species
are usually brightly coloured. They are carnivorous and
nocturnal in nature. Canthigasteridae, the bufferfishes, are
usually sluggish, and were represented by a single species
Canthigaster solandri. Zanculus (Zanclidae), a universally
favoured marine ornamental fish with highly contrasting
pattern and graceful shape, is also represented, but was
recorded to be rare.
Other than marine species, brackish-water species such
as Etroplus, Monodactylus, Scatophagus, Ambassis, and
Gerres, were reported to be collected from nearby brackish-
water areas and coastal areas by minor gears and sold for the
aquarium trade.
Discussion
Based on the collections made, it appears that nearly
107 species can be collected with the gear currently used by
the fishermen. Species living in crevices and caves, such as
Pseudochromidae, Plesiopidae, and Priacanthidae were not
recorded, which points to the need for specific gear to catch
such species, and if done so, the species diversity of
ornamental fishes from Tuticorin will be higher than recorded
during this study. However, most of the species of ornamental
fish species recorded (107 species) were found to be low in
numbers. At present a limited number of ornamental fish
species have been exploited from Gulf of Mannar region,
particularly the Chinna Ervadi, Keelakarai, and Thoothukudi.
The following measures are suggested to document and
conserve the ichthyofaunal diversity of the region:
® Encourage the fishermen to responsibly exploit the high
valued ornamental fishes from this region.
e Studies need to be taken up to assess the relative
abundance, distribution, habitat requirements, and
biology of the marine ornamental fishes.
® Fishing has to be regulated to ensure that the critical
viable stock level is maintained, with regulation of mesh
161
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
size of gill nets and hook size for long line to prevent
large scale capture of juvenile fish. The mesh size of
the entrance to traps should also be increased.
e Strengthening the existing Gulf of Mannar Marine Park
and Biosphere Reserve by expanding the ecologically
importance areas of marine ornamental fishery
resources.
e Strict implementation of WPA (1972) to protecting
coral, seagrass, and other important marine resources
and ecosystems.
e Rehabilitating fishermen who are engaged in unlawful
fishing methods to ecofriendly methods.
e Establishment of closed areas, especially to protect the
spawning aggregation sites of ornamental fishes.
e Creating awareness on the importance of conservation
of marine ornamental ichthyofauna among fishermen
and villagers living along the coast.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to acknowledge Dr. R. Santhanam,
former Dean and Dr. G. Sugumar, Dean I/C, Fisheries College
and Research Institute, Thoothukudi, India, for their constant
encouragement and constructive criticism.
REFERENCES
ALLEN, G.R. & R.C. STEENE (1987): Reef fishes of Indian Ocean.
A pictorial guide to the common reef fishes of the Indian Ocean.
T.F.H. Publications, Inc., New Jersey. 240 pp.
BASSLEER, G. (1994): The international trade in aquarium/ornamental
fish. Infofish International. Sept-Oct. 1994. Pp. 15-17.
BENNET, P.S. & G. ARUMUGAM (1991): The present status of small scale
traditional fishery at Tuticorin. Mar. Fish. Infor. Serv., T & E.
Ser, No. 113: 1-16.
BurGEES, W.E., H.R. AXEDLROD & R.E. HuNZIKER III (1990): Dr. Burgees
Atlas of marine aquarium fishes. T.F.H. Publications, Inc.,
New Jersey. 240 pp.
FIscHER, W. & G. BIaNcut (1984): FAO species identification sheets for
fishery purposes. Western Indian Ocean (Fishing area 51).
Vols I-VI, FAO, Rome.
Jones, S. & M. KuMARAN (1980): Fishes of the Laccadive Archipelago.
The Nature Conservation and Aquatic Science Service,
Trivandrum, India. 756 pp.
Kasim, H.M., K.M.S.A. Hamsa & P.S. BENNET (1989): Present status of
perch fishery resources in India and its prospects. National Symp.
Res & Dev. in Marine Fisheries, 1987. Mandapam. Bull. Cent.
Mar. Fish. Res. Inst. 44(1): 226-237.
MAHADEVAN, S. & K.N. Nayar (1967): Underwater ecological
observations in the Gulf of Mannar off Tuticorin VI. General
topography and ecology of rocky bottom. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India
9: 147-163.
MANIKANDAVELU, D. (1996): Biodiversity of coral reef fishery resources
of Tuticorin coastal waters. Ph.D. thesis. TANUVAS, Chennai,
India. 168 pp.
Matuew, G. (1994): On the perch fishery of Tuticorin during 1978-
1980. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India. 36(1/2): 28-33.
Munro, I.S.R. (1955): The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of Ceylon.
Soni Reprints, Delhi. 351 pp.
Mourtuy, V.S., M. KUMARAN & R.S. LALMOHAN (1989): Resources of
ornamental fishes. Jn: Marine Living Resources of the Union
Territory of Lakshadweep. An indicative survey with suggestions
for development. Bull. Cent. Mar. Fish. Res. Inst. 43: 46-64.
Ramapuas, V., R. SANTHANAM, V.K. VENKATARAMANI & V. SUNDARARAJ
(1999): Gulf of Mannar — A profile. Released on the occasion of
coastal pollution awareness meet. 27 Aug 1999. Fisheries College
and Research Institute, TANUVAS, Tuticorin 8. 92 pp.
SuRTIDA, P. (1999): The International Trade in Marine Ornamental Fish.
SEAFDEC, Asian Aquaculture XXI(2): 20-21.
9. KHARE’S STREAM FROG PTERORANA KHARE — A NEW RECORD FOR BANGLADESH
M. Monirut H. Kuan!
Department of Zoology, Jahangirnagar University, Savar, Dhaka 1342, Bangladesh. Email: [email protected]
On October 3, 2012, at 19:30 hrs, an individual of
Pterorana khare was found in a rocky hill stream at 580 m
altitude in Rumana (21° 57' 562" N; 92° 32' 853" E), Ruma,
Bandarban, situated in the south-eastern hill range of the
Chittagong Hill Tracts, close to the border of Mizoram state
of India. The area has a mosaic of patchy, mixed evergreen
forests and shifting cultivation. The specimen was collected
for study and was preserved as a permanent voucher specimen
(Registration No. JUHG-0337) in the Animal Museum of the
Department of Zoology, Jahangirnagar University, Dhaka.
162
The specimen revealed the unique skin flap on the
flanks, which is a unique character for the species. A skin
flap was also present along the inner border of the thighs. Its
snout-vent length was 68 mm. Tibio-tarsal articulation reached
to snout tip. A distinct tubercle was present at the angle of
jaws. Forelimbs were short and hind limbs were long. Fingers
were free and toes were fully webbed; each of the digits had
oblong disc at the terminal end. It had greenish-slaty
upperparts and white (anterior) to yellowish (posterior)
underparts. Dark tympanum was nearly half the diameter of
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Pterorana khare from Bandarban, south-eastern
Bangladesh, on October 3, 2012
eye. Iris was golden in colour and pupil was horizontal. Pale -
dorso-lateral line was present. Hind limbs had dark cross-
bands. The characteristics match the published characteristics
of Pterorana khare (Chanda 2002; Kiyasetuo and Khare
1986). The local Bawm tribesmen, who occasionally catch
frogs for meat, report that this species is rare in the area,
referring to it as ‘vun-dor’, which means ‘loose skin’,
indicating its unique skin flap.
Pterorana khare, listed as Vulnerable by the IUCN, is
known from a few localities in north-eastern India (Nagaland
and Assam) between 200—1,600 m altitude. Its distributional
range was presumed to be wider (IUCN 2012), which is now
proved by its occurrence in Bangladesh. A thorough survey
on its distribution and population status in the hilly areas of
south-eastern and north-eastern Bangladesh is required to
ascertain its status in the country.
REFERENCES
CHANDA, S.K. (2002): Handbook — Indian Amphibians. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. 335 pp.
IUCN (2012): The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. <www.iucnredlist.org>. Accessed on December 26, 2012.
Kryasetuo & M.K. KHareE (1986): A new genus of frog (Anura: Ranidae) from Nagaland at the north-eastern hills of India. Asian Journal of
Experimental Sciences I: 12-17.
10. ON A RECORD OF RHYNCHOCINETES DURBANENSIS GORDON, 1936 (DECAPODA,
CARIDEA, RHYNCHOCINETIDAE) IN THE GULF OF MANNAR, TAMIL NADU, INDIA
SANJEEVI PRAKASH!”* AND THIPRAMALAI THANGAPPAN AJITH KUMAR!
'Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Faculty of Marine Sciences, Annamalai University, Porto Novo 608 502, Tamil Nadu, India.
7Email: [email protected]
7Email: ttajith87 @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
The family Rhynchocinetidae consists of reclusive,
small, red and white shrimps that are often seen in large
associations, and characterised by their upward hinged
foldable rostrum. It comprises 25 species under two genera
Cinetorhynchus (11 species) and Rhynchocinetes (14 species)
(Ahyong et al. 2011; De Grave and Fransen 2011). The genus
Rhynchocinetes is easily recognisable by the movable rostrum,
which is jointed with the carapace by an articulation and by
its vivid red and white colour patterns. The male is easily
distinguishable by the presence of elongated maxillipeds
above the rostral tip and larger chela of first pereiopods
(Gordon 1936).
The family Rhynchocinetidae has not been much
reported from Indian waters. Kemp (1925) contributed to the
first occurrence of this taxa in Indian waters, namely
Rhynchocinetes hendersoni Kemp from the Gulf of Mannar,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Kemp 1925; Radhakrishnan
et al. 2012), which was recently re-designated as
Cinetorhynchus hendersoni (Kemp, 1925). After this, and a
gap of many decades, Dinesh and Zacharia (2007) and
Zacharia et al. (2008) reported the presence of another species,
namely R. durbanensis Gordon off the Karnataka coast.
A recent checklist on caridean shrimps of Indian waters
(Radhakrishnan et al. 2012) reports only single species from
both the genus Cinetorhynchus and Rhynchocinetes.
In this note, we provide details of specimens of
Rhynchocinetes durbanensis, based on five individuals,
collected by us from the coasts of Tuticorin. The shrimps
were collected around submerged rocks by hand nets at a
depth of 2-3 m while snorkelling. They were carefully
transferred to the laboratory without causing damage to the
body and pereiopods. The specimens were preserved in 5%
sea water formalin and deposited in the National Zoological
163
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon, 1936. Total length 6.6 cm, carapace length 1.5 cm, MBRC/ZSI M,-57.
(a) female, dorsal view; b) female, lateral view
Collections of Marine Biological Regional Centre (MBROC),
Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Chennai, Tamil Nadu.
Identification up to species level was done using
standard literature (Gordon 1936; Okuno and Takeda 1992).
Size is expressed as total length (tl in mm) from the tip of the
rostrum to the posterior margin of the telson, and carapace
length (cl in mm) from the posterior orbital margin to the
posterior margin of the carapace.
Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon, 1936 (Fig. 1)
(Order: Decapoda Latreille, 1802; Infra order: Caridea
Dana, 1852; Family: Rhynchocinetidae Ortmann, 1890;
Genus: Rhynchocinetes Milne Edwards, 1837)
Common names: Camel shrimp, Dancing shrimp,
Hinge-beak shrimp, Candy shrimp.
Five individuals (2 males and 3 females) (total length:
6.26.6 cm, carapace length: 1.1—1.5 cm) collected near the rocks
at a depth of 2-3 m, from Tuticorin coast, Tamil Nadu, 8° 50!
12.59" N; 78° 14' 08.85" E, 16.1.2013, MBRC/ZSI M,-57.
Body slender with humped abdomen. Rostrum with nine
teeth on the upper margin and 16 teeth on lower margin.
Carapace with Y-shaped white mark on each side on the dorsal
surface. Outer margin of antennular peduncle slightly rounded,
antennules with distal spine; third maxillipeds are elongated
in males with spines near apex of ultimate segment. Carapace
bearing two teeth in midline posterior to rostral juncture and
sharp supra-orbital spine present. Telson with three pairs of
dorsolateral as well as posterior spines. First pair of pere1opods
with larger chela and shorter dactylus with absence of setae,
appendix interna broad distally and longer than appendix
masculina. Colour of body covered with vivid red irregular
lines, white spots or lines in interspaces of each red line.
164
Distribution: This species has a circum-tropical
distribution throughout the Indo-Pacific, but has been
recorded only from South Africa, Ryukus, Philippines, and
Indonesia (Chace 1997). In India, it was reported from Netrani
Island, Karnataka coast (Dinesh Babu and Zacharia 2007;
Zacharia et al. 2008), and it has now been recorded by us
from Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu.
Rhynchocinetes durbanensis is readily separated
from the other species of the same group by having
three equidistant teeth on proximal to median parts of the
rostral upper margin (Okuno and Takeda 1992). Presence
of Y-shaped markings on the dorsal surface of the carapace
is distinct in R. durbanensis, compared to its similar
species R. uritai, R. durbanensis is also distinguished from
the other genus Cinetorhynchus hendersoni by the presence
of three teeth on carapace behind rostral articulation; no
supra-orbital spine; a tooth on either side of the fifth
abdominal somite above the posterior edge of pleuron.
Rostrum with two teeth on upper border and nine teeth on
the lower border; carapace and abdomen feebly striate
(Kemp 1925).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the local fishermen of
Tuticorin for the help rendered during the survey. They are
also grateful to the Dean, Faculty of Marine Sciences,
Annamalai University, for constant support and
encouragement, and the authorities of Annamalai University
for the facilities provided. SP also acknowledges Council of
Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi, for
granting a fellowship (SRF).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
AHYONG, S.T., J.K. Lowry, M. ALonso, R.N. BAmMBER, G.A. BOXSHALL,
P. Castro, S. GERKEN, G.S. KARAMAN, J.W. Goy, D.S. JONEs,
K. MELAND, D.C. Rocgrs, J. SVAVARSSON (2011): Subphylum
Crustacea Briinnich, 1772. In: Zhang, Z.-Q. (Ed.): Animal
biodiversity: An outline of higher-level classification and survey
of taxonomic richness. Zootaxa 3148: 1-237.
Cuace, F.A. Jr. (1997): The Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda)
of the Albatross Philippine expedition, 1907-1910, Part 7:
Families Atyidae, Eugonatonotidae, Rhynchocinetidae,
Bathypalaemonellidae, Processidae, and Hippolytidae.
Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 587: 1-106, figs 1-29.
DE GravVeE, S. & C.H.J.M. FRANSEN (2011): Carideorum Catalogus: The
Recent Species of the Dendrobranchiate, Stenopodidean,
Procarididean and Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda).
Zoologische Medelingen, Leiden 85(9): 195-589, figs 1-59.
DinesH Basu, A.P. & P.U. ZAcHARIA (2007): An assemblage of marine
ornamental shrimp Rhynchocinetes durbanensis off Karnataka
coast. Mar. Fish. Inform. Serv., T & E ser., No. 192.
Gorpon, I. (1936): On the macruran genus Rhynchocinetes with
the description of a new species. Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
75— 88, 7 figs.
Kemp, S. (1925): Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum
XVII. On various Caridea. Records of Indian Museum 27(4):
249-343, 24 figs.
Oxuno, J. & M. TAKEDA (1992): Distinction between Two Hinge-beak
Shrimps, Rhynchocinetes durbanensis Gordon and R. uritai
Kubo (Family Rhynchocinetidae). Revue fr. Aquariol. 19:
85-90.
RADHAKRISHNAN, E.V., V.D. DESHMUKH, G. MAHESWARUDU, JOSE JOSILEEN,
A.P. DINESHBABU, K.K. PHILIPOSE, P.T. SARADA, S. LAKSHMI PILLAI,
K.N. SALEELA, REKHADEVI, CHAKRABORTY, GYANARANJAN DASH,
C.K. SaseEV, P. THIRUMILU, B. SRIDHARA, Y. MUNIYAPPA,
A.D. SAWANT, NARAYAN G. VaipyA, R. DiAs JoHNy, J.B. VERMA,
PK. Bay, C. UNNIKRISHNAN, N.P. RAMACHANDRAN, A. V AIRAMANI,
A. PALANICHAMY, M. RADHAKRISHNAN & B. Raju (2012): Prawn
Fauna (Crustacea: Decapoda) of India — An Annotated Checklist
of the Penaeoid, Sergestoid, Stenopodid and Caridean Prawns.
J. Mar, Biol. Assoc. India 54(1): 50-72.
ZACHARIA, P.U., P.K. KRISHNAKUMAR, A.P. DINESHBABU,
K. VIUAYAKUMARAN, PRATHIBHA ROHIT, SUJITHA THOMAS, GEETHA
SASIKUMAR, P. KALADHARAN, R.N. DURGEKAR & K.S. MOHAMED
(2008): Species Assemblage in the Coral Reef Ecosystem of
Netrani Island off Karnataka along the Southwest Coast of India.
J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India 50(1): 87-97.
11. CLOSTERIUM TORTITAENIOIDES COESEL — AN INTERESTING NEW ALGA TO THE
ASIAN CONTINENT
Jose JoHN!* AND M.S. FRANCIS?
'Centre for Post Graduate Studies and Research, Department of Botany, Sacred Heart College, Thevara,
Kochi 682 013, Kerala, India. Email: jthuravackal @ hotmail.com
2Mannancheril, Maradu P.O., Pandothu Road, Kochi 682 304, Kerala, India. Email: msfrancisman @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
An extensive survey for algae of the Western Ghats
(biodiversity hotspot) region of Idukki district, Kerala, India,
was carried out from 2005 to 2010, during which a species
of Closterium, namely Closterium tortitaenioides Coesel was
recorded. It was recorded from a village pond (Collection
site No. 243) [09° 50' 46.32" N; 77° O1' 07.72" E; pH 8.1;
Temp. 22 °C]. This is the first report of the species from
India and Asia.
This taxon had been described by Coesel (2002) as
Tortitaenia closterioides. It was only recently described from
a series of moorland pools near Oisterwijk, Netherlands,
where it has been encountered abundantly in the last couple
of years (Coesel 2002). It was possibly, in former years,
erroneously treated as Closterium cornu or Closterium
navicula (Ruzicka 1977). But recently in 2007, Coesel
himself renamed it as Closterium tortitaenioides. In this
manuscript, we describe the species based on the specimens
collected during the survey.
Taxonomy: Cells singular, free, straight from centre
Figs 1-6: Closterium tortitaenioides Coesel. : 1-2 Vegetative cell,
3—4 Twisted chloroplast in the central region of the cell,
5-6 Orange-red coloration (carotenoid pigmentation) at either pole
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
165
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
to the ends gradually narrowed, at the ends bluntly
rounded. Cells 7—9 um wide, 65—80 um long (Figs 1 and 2).
Cell wall thin, hyaline, smooth. Chloroplast parietal, with a
characteristic prominent twisting at the central region
(Figs 3 and 4); chloroplast without pyrenoid, with
prominent orange-red coloration (carotenoid pigmentation)
at either poles (Figs 5 and 6); not reaching up to the ends of
the cells. Protoplast with frequent oil droplets, usually
prominent on either poles. Reproductive structures not
observed.
REFERENCES
CokgsEL, P.F.M. (2002): New intriguing desmid taxa from The Netherlands. — Algol. Studies 104: 69-79.
CoEsEL, P.M. (2007): Taxonomic notes on Dutch desmids IV. - Syst. Geogr. Pl. 77: 5—14.
Ruzicka, J. (1977): Die Desmidiaceen Mitteleuropas. Band 1, Lief. 2. — E.Schweizerbart, Stuttgart. Pp. 292.
12. BHESA ROBUSTA (ROXB.) DING HOU, CELASTRACEAE:
A NEW DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORD FROM TRIPURA, INDIA
Kousuik Masumpar!?, B.K. Dattra!** AND UMA SHANKAR?
‘Department of Botany, Tripura University, Suryamaninagar 799 022, Tripura, India.
"Department of Botany, North-Eastern Hill University, Shillong 793 022, Meghalaya, India. Email: arshuma@ yahoo.com
-Email: majumdark80@ gmail.com
*Email:dattabadal2008 @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
Celastraceae R. Br. with nearly 100 genera and 1,300
species (Mabberley 2009) is a diverse plant family in tropical
and temperate climatic zones. In India, the family is represented
by 10 genera and 84 species (Ramamurthy 2000). Only two
species of this family were known from Tripura: Celastrus
monospermus Roxb. and Maytenus hookeri Loes (Deb 1981),
till we recorded the occurrence of another species, Bhesa
robusta (Roxb.) Ding Hou, from Trishna Wildlife Sanctuary
(TWLS), Tripura. The APG III system of plant classification
places genus Bhesa Buch.-Ham. ex Arn.along with the only
other genus Centroplacus Pierre (formerly in Euphorbiaceae)
in a new family, Centroplacaceae Doweld & Reveal (Chase
and Reveal 2009). The genus Bhesa comprises seven accepted
species (WCSP 2011), namely B. archboldiana (Merr. & Perry)
Ding Hou, B. ceylanica (Arn. ex Thwaites) Ding Hou, B. indica
(Bedd.) Ding Hou, B. nitidissima Kosterm., B. paniculata Arn.,
B. robusta (Roxb.) Ding Hou, and B. sinica (H.T. Chang &
Liang) H.T. Chang & Liang.
Globally, Bhesa robusta is known to occur in
Bangladesh, Bhutan (uncertain), Borneo, Cambodia, India,
Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, Singapore,
Thailand, and Vietnam (Ding Hou 1958, 1962; Mu Shu et al.
2008; Sosef et al. 1998; WCMC 1998). In India, it is recorded
from the Andaman Islands, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, and
Meghalaya (WCMC 1998). A single tree of Bhesa robusta is
known to occur in Hepu, SE Guangxi, China (Mu Shu et al.
2008).
166
In north-eastern India, U. Kanjilal initially collected
B. robusta in 1913 from Nowgong and subsequently from
Lakhimpur, Sibsagar, Darrang, Goalpara, and Tura. A. Das
collected it from Cachar valley, Assam, and R.N. De from
Dawki forest, Meghalaya (Table 1). We recorded its
presence at two sites in Tripura: at the buffer zone of TWLS
(23° 16' 38.30" N; 91° 22' 45.4" E) and the adjoining
Golachiba (23° 22° 18.0" Ne? 91" 25° 27.9" FE). These
locations range between 35-62 m in altitude and experience
tropical climate. The annual rainfall is 2,109 mm, and mean
daily temperature ranges between 10.4 °C and 25.5 °C
(Majumdar et al. 2012).
We recorded a total of five individuals: two from TWLS
with a girth of 43 and 82 cm, and three from Golachiba with
a girth of 33, 88, and 206 cm. The height of these trees was
between 5—23 m. The identity of collected specimens was
determined by a critical isotype examination (Cachar, Assam,
10.x1.1932; A. Das 5636) at the Botanical Survey of India,
Shillong, and study of taxonomic descriptions in floras
(Brandis 1906; Hooker 1875; Kanjilal et al. 1936; Mu Shu et
al. 2008; Prain 1963; Ramamurthy 2000). The voucher
specimens (Trishna Wildlife Sanctuary, Tripura, 21.11.2010;
K. Majumdar 0879) were deposited in the herbarium of the
Department of Botany, Tripura University.
We have developed a detailed diagnostic description
of Bhesa robusta from the collected specimens and from
taxonomic literature (Brandis 1906; Hooker 1875; Kanyilal
et al. 1936) as below:
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Inventory of the specimens of Bhesa robusta collected by different workers from north-eastern India
Sl # BSI sheet number Collection Date
1 5634 31.xii.1913
2 5630 11.11.1914
3 5629 25.11.1914
4 5627 10.1.1915
5 5625 06.ii1.1915
6 5621 20.1.1919
7 5636 10.xi.1932
8 5647 28.vii.1939
9 5619 26.ix.1939
10 This study 21.ii. 2010
(Source: Botanical Survey of India, Shillong)
Bhesa robusta (Roxb.) Ding Hou in Blumea, Suppl. 4:
152. 1958; Fl. Jowai 1: 129. 1981. Celastrus robustus Roxb.
in Fl. Ind. 1: 626-627. 1824. Kurrimia calophylla Wall. in
Wall. Cat. 4335. 1828. Kurrimia paniculata Wall. in Wall.
Cat. 4336. 1828. Kurrimia pulcherrima Wall. in Wall. Cat.
4334. 1828; Lawson in FI. Brit. Ind. 1: 622. 1875; non. Wall.
in J. Bot. Suppl. 22. 1924; Lawson in FI. Ass. 1: 270. 1936.
B. moja Ham. ex Arn. in Ham. mss.; Ed. Phil. Jour. 16: 315.
1834. Nothocnestis sumatrana Miq. in Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 1:
531. 1861. Kurrimia robusta (Roxb.) Kurz. in J. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, Pt 2, Nat. Hist. 34(2): 73. 1870. K. maingayi
M.A. Lawson in FI. Brit. India 1: 622. 1875. K. sinica Hung
T. Chang & S. Ye Liang. in Acta Sci. Nat. Univ. Sunyatseni
1: 100. 1981. |
Large evergreen tree up to 30 m tall; crown oval; bark
smooth, brown inside and grey outside; petiole short, 1—2 cm;
leaves alternate, sometimes subopposite; leaf blade elliptic,
oblong-elliptic, narrowly ovate, 10—20 x 3-6 cm, glossy, base
rounded or broadly attenuate, margin repand, apex acuminate
or acute, lateral nerves 12—15 pairs, prominent abaxially;
inflorescence raceme, axillary, shorter than leaves, peduncle
rudimentary; flower small, red; calyx lobes broadly ovate to
subrotundate, 1 x 2 mm, acuminate at apex; petals obovate-
oblong, 2—3 x 1 mm, subrotund at apex; stamens 4, 2 mm
long, attached beneath the outer margin of the disc; anthers
deltoid, obtuse; ovary superior, subglobose, 2-celled with two
ovules in each cell, base surrounded by puberulous 5-lobed
nectary disc; style 2, filiform, free, basally with tufted
hairs; stigma small, headed, pubescent; fruit capsule, narrowly
ellipsoid to ovoid-oblong, 0.8-1.2 x 2.5-3.5 cm, with
2 vertical grooves, tapering to apex, beaked, glabrous,
1-celled, 2-valved, 1—2 seeded; seeds arillate, oblong, brown,
shiny; aril fleshy, bright yellow or orange.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
Collection number
Collector's name Locality
4323 U. Kanjilal Nowgong, Parokhowa
3389 U. Kanjilal Joypore RF, Lakhimpur
6825 U. Kanjilal Sibsagar
5367 U. Kanjilal Darrang, Cherduar RF
5247 U. Kanjilal Tura Forest, Garo Hills
7472 U. Kanjilal Goalpara
10584 A. Das Cachar
18442 R. N. De Dawki Forest
19038 R. N. De Dawki Forest
0879 K. Majumdar Tripura
Flowering: November—January.
Fruiting: February—April.
Discussion
The habitat of B. robusta was dominated by
Dipterocarpus turbinatus in association with Artocarpus
chama, Artocarpus lakoocha, Dillenia pentagyna, Careya
arborea, Carallia brachiata, Gardenia resinifera, Schima
wallichii, and Xantolis assamica. It is also found interspersed
in bamboo brakes (Bambusa tulda, Bambusa balcooa, and
Melocanna baccifera). These habitats encompass the
international border between the State of Tripura (India) and
Bangladesh, and experience human disturbance. A large number
of trees, including those of B. robusta, have been felled illicitly
for timber, fuel-wood, and house construction, underlining the
threat to the conservation of these habitats. Although B. robusta
has been included in IUCN Red List of threatened plants with
category LC (Least Concern), its local extinction is inevitable
in the face of unabated felling and habitat loss.
Remarks
B. robusta was found to be an important feeding and
nesting habitat for the Common Hill-Myna, Gracula religiosa
L. (Family Sturnidae). A pair was observed nesting and
feeding on its ripe fruits. We also observed it dispersing seeds
after consuming the fleshy aril. Hence, the interaction between
B. robusta and Hill-Myna is mutually beneficial. The ability
of the Hill-Myna to imitate speech makes it a favourite cage
bird. Hence, sizeable marketed quantities are taken from the
wild, depleting their populations greatly (Archawaranon
2003). Due to the heavy trade, Hill-Myna was included in
CITES Appendix II in 1992 and was subsequently included
in Appendix II in 1997 (UNEP-WCMC 2011).
167
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to Dr. K.N. Ganeshaiah, UAS,
Bengaluru, for encouragement. Financial support for this
work was received through grant #BT/PR7928/NDB/52/9/
2006 from the Department of Biotechnology, Government
of India, New Delhi. Thanks are due to the Wildlife Warden,
Tripura, for permission to undertake the survey in Trishna
Wildlife Sanctuary, the Botanical Survey of India (BSD),
Eastern Circle, Shillong, for access to their herbarium, and
to the Head, Department of Botany, Tripura University for
facilities.
REFERENCES
ARCHAWARANON, M. (2003): The impact of human interference on Hill
Mynahs Gracula religiosa breeding in Thailand. Bird Conserv.
Int. 13: 139-149.
Branpis, D. (1906): Indian Trees: an account of trees, shrubs, woody
climbers, bamboos and palms indigenous or commonly cultivated
in the British Indian Empire. Archibald Constable & Co. Ltd.
Pp. lo7.
CHASE, M.W. & J.L. REvEAL (2009): A phylogenetic classification of
__ the land plants to accompany APG III. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 161(2):
122-127.
Des, D.B. (1981): The Flora of Tripura State. Today and Tomorrows’
Printers and Publishers, New Delhi. Vol. 1. Pp. 394.
Dinc Hou (1958): Bhesa robusta (Roxburgh) Ding Hou. Blumea Suppl.
Vol. 4. Pp. 152.
Dinc Hou (1962): Celastraceae I. Pp. 227-291. In: Steenis, C.GG. (Ed.):
Flora Malesiana, series 1, Flora Malesiana Foundation, Leiden,
Netherlands. Vol. 6.
Hooker, J.D. (1875): The Flora of British India. L. Reeve & Co., London.
Volk ta Bps625:
KANIILAL, U.N., BC. KAnmLAL, A. Das, R.N. DE & N.L. Bor (1936):
Flora of Assam. Government Press, Shillong. Vol. 1. Pp. 284.
MaBBERLEY, D.J. (2009): Mabberleys Plant Book (3rd edn). Cambridge
University Press, New York. Pp. 163.
Masumpar, K., B.K. Datta & U. SHANKAR (2012): Ten new additions of
tree species to the Flora of Tripura state, North East India:
Distributional range extension and geographic map. NeBIO 3(1):
17-24.
Mu Suu, X.B., M. JINSHUANG & A.M. FuNSTON (2008): eFlora of China.
Vol. 11. Pp. 479. |
Prain, D. (1963): Bengal Plants. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Volk 2 -Pp, 330.
RAMAMURTHY, K. (2000): Celastraceae. Pp. 75 — 137. In: (Eds: Singh, N.P.,
J.N. Vohra, P.K. Hajra, and D.K. Singh): Flora of India. Botanical
Survey of India, Calcutta. Vol. 5.
SoseF, M.S.M., L.T. Hone & S. PRAwIROHATMODIO (1998): Plant
Resources of South-East Asia No. 5(3) Timber trees: Lesser-
known timbers. Backhuys Publishers, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Pp. 105-107.
UNEP-WCMC (2011): UNEP-WCMC Species Database: CITES-Listed
Species. On the World Wide Web: http://www.unep-wemc-
apps.org/isdb/CITES/ Taxonomy/tax-species-result.cfm/isdb/
CITES/Taxonomy/tax-species-result.cfm?
Genus=Gracula&Species=religiosa&source=animals&tabname=status.
WCMC (World Conservation Monitoring Centre) (1998): Bhesa robusta.
In: TUCN 2011. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version
2011.1. <www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on October 04,
2011.
WCSP (World Checklist of Selected Plant Families) (2011): Kew Royal
Botanic Gardens. http://www.apps.kew.org/wcsp. Accessed on
October 14, 2011.
13. DOPATRIUM JUNCEUM (ROXB.) BUCH.-HAM. EX BENTH. —
A NEW RECORD FOR THE FLORA OF TRIPURA, INDIA
SOMNATH BHowmMIK!”* AND B.K. Datta!?
'Plant Taxonomy and Biodiversity Laboratory, Department of Botany, Tripura University, Suryamaninagar 799 022, Tripura, India.
*Email: sombhowmik @ gmail.com
-Email: dattabadal2008 @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
The genus Dopatrium belongs to the tribe Gratioleae
of family Plantaginaceae. It is represented by 14 species in
the world, of which four occur in Asia, namely Dopatrium
junceum (Roxb.) Buch.-Ham.ex Benth., D. acutifolium
Bonati, D. nudicaule Benth., and D. lobeliodes Benth. (Fischer
1997). In India, it is represented by three species, namely
Dopatrium junceum (Roxb.) Buch.-Ham. ex Benth.,
D. nudicaule Benth., and D. lobeliodes Benth. (Cook 1996).
During field survey in different regions of Tripura, we
collected some specimens of this genus from the West district
of Tripura. On critical examination and consultation with a
herbarium (CAL), the specimens were identified as
168
Dopatrium junceum. A perusal of relevant literature
(Bhowmik et al. 2008; Cook 1996; Deb 1981-83; Prain 1996)
revealed that the species is not hitherto known from Tripura.
Dopatrium junceum (Roxb.) Buch.—Ham. ex Benth.
Gratiola juncea Roxburgh, Pl. Coromandel 2: 16. 1798.
Dopatrium junceum Ham. Benth., Scroph. Ind. 31.1846;
Hook.f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 4.274.1874; Dopatrium junceum Ham.
Prain Beng. Pl. 2. 765. 1903; Cook, C.D.K. Aquatic and
Wetland Plants of India. 342.1996.
Annual, slender, glabrous herb; Leaves few, opposite,
succulent, oblong-ovate or elliptic-ovate, lowest ones 2—3 cm
long, 0.3—0.6 cm wide, upper ones scale-like, 0.3—0.5 cm long,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
sessile; Flowers small axillary, solitary; Bracteoles absent;
Pedicels capillary, 10-25 mm long; Calyx campanulate, calyx
1-1.5 mm long; lobes 5, apex obtuse; Corolla pale purple,
3 mm long. lower lip lobes spreading, flat; upper lip erect,
short; Stamens glabrous, filament 0.5 mm, anthers equal,
0.5 m long, bearded; Staminodes 2, small, inserted on anterior
side; Style short, stigma 2-lamellate, ovary 2-loculed, ovules
numerous in each locules; Capsules globose to ovoid, 2-lobed,
2-3 mm long; Seeds ovoid, 0.2 mm long, numerous,
transversely and laterally ribbed.
Habitat: Paddy fields.
Local Occurrence: Occasionally reported from paddy
fields.
Specimens Examined: Bhowmik & Datta 256,
Anandanagar, 11.vi11.2008; Datta and Bhowmik, Nagichara,
458, 18.1x.2009.
Phenology: August-September.
Distribution: GLOBAL: Africa, Australia, China,
Hong Kong, India, Japan, Java, Korea, Nepal, Philippines,
Russia, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam.
INDIA: Andaman and Nicobar, Assam, Gujarat, Goa,
Jammu & Kashmir, Kerala, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh,
Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to Prof. A. Mukherjee, Department of
Botany, University of Burdwan, for kindly confirming the
identity of the specimens. We also thank Additional Director,
Central National Herbarium (CAL), Botanical Survey of
India, Howrah, for permission to consult the herbarium and
library.
REFERENCES
BENTHAM, G. (1846): Scrophulariaceae. Pp. 186—586. In: De Candolle, A.
(Ed.): Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis. Paris.
BHowmik, S., R. SAHA & B.K. Datta (2008): Aquatic and marshland
plants in West Tripura, India. Pleione 2(/): 3-11.
Cook, C.D.K. (1996): Aquatic and Wetland Plants of India. Oxford
University Press. Pp. 342.
Des, D.B. (1981-1983): Flora of Tripura State. Vols 1&2. Today and
Tomorrow Printers and Publishers, New Delhi.
FISCHER, E. (1997): A revision of the genus Dopatrium
(Scrophulariaceae-Gratioloideae). Nord. J. Bot. 17: 527-555.
Hooker, J.D. (1874): The Flora of British India. Vol IV. Reeve & Co.
Ltd. Ashford, Kent, London. Pp. 274.
Prain, D. (1996): Bengal Plants. Vol. 2. Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal
Singh, Dehradun. Pp. 765. Reprint Edn.
14. RANGE EXTENSION FOR CRITICALLY ENDANGERED PLANT,
CRINUM WOODROWI BAKER
Jui PeTue!’* AND AmIT TILLU?
'NAIP-ICAR Project, Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University, Nashik 422 222, Maharashtra, India.
Email: juipethe @ gmail.com
71, Shripad, Vakratund R.H., Opp. Rama Raman Apt, Vrindavan Nagar, Nashik 422 010, Maharashtra, India. Email: amittillu@ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Crinum woodrowii Baker, an IUCN red listed plant
species (Punekar et al. 2004) was presumed to be restricted
to the Mahabaleshwar region (Bachulkar 1993; Punekar
et al. 2001) of Maharashtra. We recorded the species in
June 2012 on the banks of Vaitarna river in Vihigaon, Thane
districty 19° 42’ 57” N; 73° 28’ 39” EF). alter the firstiew
showers of the monsoon. The plants (about 50 in number)
were recorded in the forest, growing in association with
Curculigo orchioides Gaertn., Chlorophytum tuberosum
Baker, Pancratium sp., Tectona grandis L.f., and
Terminalia tomentosa W.&A. This new location is the
second known locality for this critically endangered plant
species, other than Mahabaleshwar. However, this
population is in danger of being lost due to impacts from
the Middle Vaitarna Dam that is coming up in the area,
which will submerge the forest where these plants were
recorded.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
A detailed description of the species 1s given below for
its easy identification:
C. woodrowii Baker is a tall herb which grows from
globose bulbs. The bulbs are 8.6—16.2 cm in diameter,
globose-spheroidal, outer tunics brown, membranous. The
plant bears leaves and flowers at the same time, which is
typical phenomenon for bulbous and rhizomatous plants.
There are 8—17 sword-shaped hairless leaves, which are flat,
bright green, with a sharply-pointed apex and have a white
waxy texture. The leaves are 45.5—80 x 4.5—14 cm long. The
leaf sheaths form a pseudostem. A single scape (leafless flower
stalk), arising from the bulb outside the tuft of leaves, is stout
and 53.5-82.5 cm x 1-3 cm tall. The scape was faintly
channelled. Spathe valves (involucral bracts) two, opposite,
8.7-10 cm x 2.7—3.9 cm, deltoid, obtuse or acute at apex,
margin inflexed, often green, purple tinged, nervate,
coriaceous. 10—20 fragrant flowers are borne in an umbel.
169
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
BACHULKAR, M.P. (1993): Endangered endemic taxa of Satara District,
Maharashtra. Rayat Res. J. 1: 114.
Cooke, T. (1967): The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. 3. Taylor
& Francis, London. Pp. 750—751
DESHPANDE, S., B.D. SHARMA & M.P. Nayar (1993): Flora of
Mahabaleshwar and Adjoinings, Maharashtra, Vol. 2. Botanical
Survey of India, Calcutta. Pp. 591
Hooker, J.D. (1892): The Flora of British India. Vol. 6. L. Reeve &
Co., London. Pp. 280-284.
KARTHIKEYAN, S., S.K. JAIN, M.P. Nayar & M. SANsApPA (1989): Florae
Indicae Enumeratio: Monocotyledonae. Flora of India Series 4.
Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta. Pp. 4.
LAKSHMINARASIMHAN, P. (1996): Monocotyledons. Jn: (Eds: Sharma, B.D.,
S. Karthikeyan and N.P. Singh): Flora of Maharashtra State,
Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta. Pp. 97.
Misura, D.K. & N.P. SINGH (2001): Endemic and Threatened Flowering
Plants of Maharashtra. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Pp. 221-222.
PUNEKAR, S.A., M.N. Datar & P. LAKSHMINARASIMHAN (2001): Crinum
brachynema Herb, (Amaryllidaceae), an endemic species found
again in Mahabaleshwar, Maharashtra State. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot.
25: 629-630.
PUNEKAR, S.A., S.P. KAvVADE, M.N. Datar, P. LAKSHMINARASIMHAN &
P.S.N. Rao (2004): Crinum woodrowii Baker (Amaryllidaceae),
hitherto assumed to be extinct, rediscovered after a century from
Mahabaleshwar, India. Curr. Sci. 87: 1049-1051.
Printed by Onlooker Press, 16, Sasoon Dock, Colaba, Mumbai 400 005 and published on March 25, 2014
by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
170
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(2), May-Aug 2013
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
A hard copy of manuscript (including illustrations), typewritten
in double space on one side of the paper and a copy of the MS
on a CD using MS Word, should be submitted to the Editor,
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001. Submission
of a manuscript to the Journal implies that it has not been
submitted for publication elsewhere.
A copy of the manuscript may also be emailed to us at
publications @ bnhs.org.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible. Pages should be numbered
consecutively, and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in
the following order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s),
Department(s) and Institution(s); Footnote containing address
of Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List
of Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from
the original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2
should contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the
following order: Introduction; Material and Methods or
Methodology; Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements;
References. Abstract, Key Words, Tables and Captions for
Figures should be typed separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references.
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of materials and the procedures should be clearly stated.
New methods should be described in detail, but if the methods
are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any modifications
made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study and
main conclusions emerging from the study should be included.
The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent sequence
for clarity and readability. The same data should not be presented
in both tables and figures, and such data as can be easily and
briefly stated in the text should not be depicted diagrammatically.
Only such tables and figures as are necessary should be given.
Tests of statistical significance should be identified and
references used should be cited. Statements about the statistical
significance of the results must be borne out by the level of
significance, preferably provided in the tables and legends. The
use of the word “significant” should be restricted to “statistically
significant”.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to the
minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data.
Line drawings should be either laser prints of computer
generated illustrations or manually prepared in Indian ink on
tracing paper, drawn to approximately twice the printed size.
The drawings are usually reduced to the page width or column
size, and care should be taken that the size of letters,
numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction.
Photographs: Photographs for reproduction must be clear, with
good contrast. Prints should be at least 9x12 cm and on glossy,
glazed paper.
Please note that illustrations and photographs need to be
submitted as image files (.jpeg or .tiff format at 300 dpi with
legible text).
Image files incorporated in MS Office will not be considered as
submissions.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references resis
with the author(s). Abstracts of papers presented at scientific
meetings may be cited. References to literature should be
alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with the abridged
titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles of books or
papers in Roman type, thus:
Aturi, Rasu J.S. & C. SuBHA Reppi (1995): Ecology of the pollination
in two cat-mint species. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(1): 63-66.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai. pp. 35-48.
Species names should carry the Author’s name and subspecies
(trinomials) should only be used where identification has been
authentically established by comparison of specimens actually
collected.
For the standardised common and scientific names of the birds
of the Indian subcontinent refer to Buceros Vol. 6, No. 1 (2001).
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need not
follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is required,
but key words may be included and references must be cited as
in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to
publish a member’s contribution before that of a non-
member. The Editors also reserve the right to publish invited
papers on priority.
Registered with the Registrar of hewesapers under RN 5685/57 ISSN 0006- 6982
SMITHSONIAN INST:
| iN
Mil
CONTENTS
EDITGMIAL ce eae A OetIES Ne Corccat gs epeN ed San eer 93
RESPONSE TO THE REVIEW OF EXOTIC ALIENS FROM ROMILA THAPAR, YUSUF ANSARI, AND
VALMIK THAPAR | on |
Valmik Thapar, Romila Thapar and Yusuf Ansari A, ey ROHS SES es eo Sa eee nau Ne ed INO RIN ae Rok 95
EXOTIC ALIENS — LION AND CHEETAH IN INDIA: A REJOINDER TO AUTHORS’ RESPONSE TO OUR |
~ REVIEW | | : |
M.K. Ranjitsinh and Divyabhanusinh Piet te Ree fe ade oa See oI EGR he tee a NED epraigtearney 105 ©
THE “EXOTIC ALIENS” CONTROVERSY: A VIEW FROM AFAR | | |
Fea EDYMI IR Sc d> AO MIDIND IR 5 Eo srt a eatai fult ets ade Sinope Laon aaa i dorG nan teinny ese nr apme seats ataarnntrls bas Sa oquitiee - 108
THE MAMMALS OF SRIHARIKOTA ISLAND, SOUTHERN INDIA, WITH INSIGHTS INTO THEIR STATUS,
POPULATION, AND DISTRIBUTION :
Ranjit Manakadan, S. Sivakumar, Patrick David and B. Senthil Murugan ...............::ccccceeeeeeeeeenees aw 114
DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF RODENTS IN THE SEMI-ARID LANDSCAPE OF SARISKA TIGER
-~ RESERVE, WESTERN INDIA
Shilpi Gupta, Krishnendu Mondal, K. Sankar and Qamar Qureshi ..............:::c:eeeeeeees anode ee ada 122
| THE STATUS OF THE GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN PLATANISTA GANGE TICA GANGETICA INTHE RIVER
BARAK, ASSAM, INDIA | |
Th. Sinaia, Bs. Dilla aA SIG WaS ois ccvse ceeds ssecerge sen cadbasvedvageeng ras ivunseidesasegeerensiacseuesersereenenne ~ hee
PTERIDOPHYTIC DIVERSITY OF BAROT, MANDI DISTRICT, HIMACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
Pllc Waianae, eral Toa) rae a PPAR oie cece hoco sce ce caeeeetvcnes<aleudes teen veies cece bad dbeewdacore maces Meanentaaearners 125
TERRITORIALITY IN KERALA LAUGHINGTHRUSH STROPHOCINCLA FAIRBANKI MERIDIONALIS ;
WIEN RAPT IY, GNI RANT Nea colsigaircs Sao canditecuvidscnnzves ooup svn nants eccentohdandinens thane Soncdanenanstngteonsedens 142
nC ala Ra OO ao er Oa a ee eae een tel: tees Pe
- MISCELLANEOUS NOTES... .sscsesccsssesceee a en SUA enie Later to bate Sead Pec is 149
Printed by Onlooker Press, 16, Sasoon Dock, Colaba, Mumbai 400 005 and published by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali
for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Sélim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001.
Website: www.bnhs.org; Email: publications @ bnhs.org/publications.bnhs @ gmail.com ;
— $s an. E
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTOR
CONSERVING . a es me
NATURE SINCE 1883 . ;
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
Executive Epitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Epitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PrRopucTION Epitor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M. Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Editorial Board
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D. Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
National Centre for Biological Sciences, Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
C.R. Babu, Ph. D. GS. Rawat, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management Wildlife Institute of India,
of Degraded Ecosystems, University of Delhi, Dehradun, Uttarakhand
New Delhi
J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc. Chennai, Tamil Nadu
The Rhino Foundation for Nature,
J.S. Singh, Ph. D.
Guwahati, Assam
Professor, Banaras Hindu University
Indraneil Das, D. Phil. Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak,
Malaysia
Y.V. Jhala, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
T.C. Narendran, Ph. D., FASc.
Professor, Department of Zoology,
University of Calicut, Kerala
Consultant Editors
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2013
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
VOLUME 110(3): DECEMBER 2013
CONTENTS
FOR Ae ee ae ee See rene ae Ot SENN Nr Se SRM aah wth aa ag evans gad ol cee deside les auma te ee cu Meee eee meee eae ae Eee Meet 171
THE BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
V.B.. paljaperkar, VAs Bia cme ee.) ALUN pe 5 lee cre tiucp Bea tenn peapiet eek day cata n stile gee dles nan Si aliatniatnanich am enente caagaane rss ON 172
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER CHRYSOMMA ALTIROSTRE
SCINDICUM IN HARIKE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, PUNJAB, INDIA
Saurablt Sawantand Wy Suahiagar (ry. cx, toh, Sas. sche coe evo a seed os eet edit cee rat ene ence ay ab haa epbila Seete Pot uc{s7
A PRELIMINARY OVERVIEW OF THE SUBSPECIES OF RED FOX AND TIBETAN SAND FOX IN THE HIMALAYA,
INDIA
Aishwarya Maheshwari, Neha Midha, Ambica Paliwal, Basant Kumar Sharma, Partha Sarathi Ghose,
Priyadarshinee Shreshthacand Sirisha eae aes ora rc atosis weliec te ae athe Ss sa Guec sacs Ran sg atsegae ign ad oq eee eta n cag eager aie 193
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH BANANA PLANTATIONS IN PASCHIM MEDINIPUR
DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL, INDIA
Viswa Venkat Gantait, Amalendu Chatterjee and Tanmay Bhattacharya .......... 0c. cceececccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeees 197
SIGNIFICANCE OF PHALLIC COMPLEX IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE (ORTHOPTERA:
PYRGOMORPHOIDEA)
Hirdesh Kumar, Mohd. Kamil Usmani, Uzma Rafi and Reenu Kumar ................ cece eeeeeee eee e sees sees eeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 204
THE TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES IN INDIA
PS Giese tI 0c! 6 Se ann ot Monee MeL Se ER CL Lal? Oe. CSU cc, OM SMR, ecto meant tte dbaetariec en ee fa a> OMS eae 210
OBITUARY
7d) ROBERGS (192422043): x. Sc Fes cas oo Cero ices ha ak Sie ee ALA i, PR oe Ad Rok Ag ak Saat eee ge nage st 214
ZAFAR FUTBRALEY ED ZO-20 1S )cie sa hd .teckihe SRGRcnOA, abteed chan CemeNe be. SawnnasMQEES uehe tage eradelr ak Leia mee aes Mere ge ene 215
REVIEWS
a BUTTERFLIES OF THE GARO HILLS os
Reviewed by:Peter Siietacelen. 2 ieee tre treed es ceed mettre anntrates ftteeteees CED--2--P) Aerie Jpreesssensnsee 216
2. HIMALAYA: MOUNTAIN OF LIFE
Reviewed by Asad: Ri Rahwmanliss 526515 i084 cacti deat aeee Oo seeded} me LIBRARVE RO eee ot
3. | FAUNAL HERITAGE OF RAJASTHAN, INDIA Spies
Reviewed bi Paiait Mama Kaan jcc. cesta pati ces aera dea anata ae ac sus ok canis week Ce meneame a Spey oe 218
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS 6. Use of Red-rumped Swallow Cecropis daurica nest by
1. First record of melanistic Indian Wolf Canis lupus pallipes
from the Indian subcontinent
Amolkumar S. Lokhande and Sameer B. Bajaru ...........
BIRDS
2. First breeding record of the Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilus
javanicus (Horsfield, 1821) from Bokaro district, Jnarkhand,
India
Mithilesh Dutt Dwivedi, Satya Prakash, Anil Kumar Mishra,
Vibhu Prakash, Gurudutta Dwivedi and
PAGANS PIG ZIG CHING ia, sac anaclas giaersnsas voeacibate ean reeoes
3. First record of Lesser White-fronted Goose Anser
erythropus from Gujarat, India
aah E Te ARTEL 2 hie i hc ams PB a a ree a
4. — Sighting of Baillon’s Crake Porzana pusilla near Chennai,
India
GTO 8 SIO ois eke actrrarvakacnsaiatunt-aeh Qes ee arienetate
5. Photographic record of the Buff-breasted Sandpiper
Tryngites subruficollis in Kerala — fifth record from the
Indian subcontinent
P.C. Rajeevan and Jayan Thomas ...........cccccceeeeeeeeeees
220
222
224
224
Yellow-throated Sparrow Gymnoris xanthocollis
Satish Kumar Sharma and Vijay Kumar Koli ................. 226
7. Record of a Black-legged Kittiwake Aissa tridactyla in
south-eastern Rajasthan, India
ial ANA PG PDS cis vakinscckecsvcvg apenas OAS eek wana ts 227
FISH
8. | Pangasianodon hypophthalmus (Sauvage, 1878) —an alien
catfish in Muvattupuzha river, Kerala, India
K.V. Zeena and K.S. Jameela Beevi............cceeeeeeeeees ees 228
INSECTS
9. Ypthima kedarnathensis Singh — new synonym of Ypthima
sakra Moore (Nymphalidae: Satyrinae) from Garhwal
Himalaya, India
ETOP aT oan J sudhevinis taxa onsen 230
BOTANY
10. Cucumis dipsaceus Ehrenb. ex Spach (Cucurbitaceae):
a new record for Karnataka, India
Shrikant P. Sutar, Tushar M. Dixit, S.R. Yadav and
BR NA RBs, gcc e ate ate ncaa panne tea crs emanation wekease line
11. Spigelia anthelmia L. (Spigeliaceae): new record to the 13. Dipcadi montanum (Dalzell) Baker — an addition to the
flora of Gujarat state, India flora of Kerala, India
Rinku J. Desai and Vinay M. Raole ...................cc0ceeeeees 234 Sojan Jose, V. Suresh, R. Prakash Kumar and
12. Luisia trichorrhiza (Hook.) Blume — an addition to the Ec IMAGhuisSO@Ga tian ssc. heres ate ces rre cigheascsteerateclssanseons
Orchid flora of Maharashtra, India 14. Absence of Ulva reticulata Forsskal from the coast of Goa,
GD. Muratkar, R.S. Govekar and India
Mi SANGO Sia a sn Oi uetnndehaar Be oaacdacl sn abiuntea Rae 236 N. Pereira and M.R. Almeida ................::ccsseeceeeceeeeseeeeees
Cover Photograph: Cricket Schizodactylus monstrosus By Dnarmendra Khandal
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
GOVT. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
Editorial
he Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society was first published in 1886, three years after the
& dacconiiens of BNHS. The objective of this first publication of the Society was to collate and
disseminate information on natural history of the Indian subcontinent and beyond. The Journal has been
printed uninterrupted (with some delays during the World Wars due to paper shortage) since. In its
journey of over a century the JBNHS changed with changing times and achieved a number of milestones.
In today’s age of information shared worldwide, with speed appropriate to the information highway, it is
time for one more change.
We live in an era of digitization; the internet has changed our habits and also our expectations.
Today we want timely availability and easy access to information. JBNHS recently widened the scope
(political boundaries for papers published in the JBNHS are no longer limited to the Subcontinent) of its
publication; it now aims to increase its visibility. The first step in this direction is to go digital. Therefore,
from 2014, besides its print version JBNHS will also be available online.
The groundwork for this change has been initiated, but much more needs to be done. In the first
phase of this process, we shall make the peer review process of articles submitted to the JBNHS completely
online. The JBNHS website will have all operational tasks such as manuscript submission, peer review,
archiving, and indexing. Both authors and reviewers will now be able to track online their submissions
to the JBNHS.
All articles published in the JBNHS will now have a digital object identifier (DOD, i.e. a unique
digital identification code which will help identify an article. Simply put, the DOI for a document remains
fixed over the lifetime of the document, whereas its location and other metadata may change. Referring
to an online document by its DOI is simpler than referring to it by its URL, as the URL may change, but
the DOI will never.
What does not change? The JBNHS will remain a subscribed journal. However, subscribers will
now have a choice of buying either the print or online version, or both. Alternatively, there will also be
facility to purchase a single paper.
We hope that the online version of the JBNHS will expand the outreach of the journal and meet our
readers’ present and future needs.
Editors’
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 110(3) Sept-Dec 2013
172-186
THE BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
V.B. TULJAPURKAR!*, V.R. BHAGWAT? AND G.A. JATHAR?
'Shalmalee, Shivajinagar, Miraj 416 410, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
5a, Suyognagar, Wadi Bhokar Road, Devpur, Dhule 424 002, Maharashtra, India. Email: bhagwatvr @ gmail.com
3*Sunath’, 848/1, Plot No. 12, Vrindavan Park, Kalamba Road, Kolhapur 416 007, Maharashtra, India. Email: girishjathar @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Surveys were undertaken over a period of 20 years to document the birds of Sangli district, which included 430 field
visits from 1985. The surveys resulted in a checklist of 297 bird species for the district, which included 191 resident,
77 winter migrants, 9 local migrants, 4 breeding migrant, 3 vagrant bird species, 3 resident as well as migrant,
1 passage migrant and status of 9 could not be determined. There were 5 threatened and 19 endemic species amongst
all the avifauna. The information obtained on the birds of the district from this survey is compared with records of
Butler (1881).
Key words: Sangli district, birds, Deccan Plateau, Western Ghats
INTRODUCTION
Sangli is one of the southernmost districts of
Maharashtra in peninsular India. Though botanists and
birdwatchers have documented the flora and salient features
of the birdlife of the district, much of this data remains
unpublished or has not been summarised. In an endeavour to
fill in this lacuna, we bring out this paper on the birds of the
district, which is based on records maintained by us during
surveys and incidental field visits since the last two decades.
The records of species obtained are compared with old (Butler
1881) and recent records of birders from the area.
STUDY AREA
Location and Boundaries: Sangli district’ (16° 43'—
17° 38' N, 73° 41'-75° 41' E; 8,572 sq. km) shares the
boundaries of following districts in Maharashtra and
Karnataka: Satara in the north-west, Solapur in the north-
east, Kolhapur in the south-west, Belgaum in the south, and
Bijapur in the south-east. A part of the district includes a
section of the Sahyadri (Western Ghats) range in the west,
beyond which is Ratnagiri district of the Konkan. Till 1948,
part of the present Sangli district came under the former
princely states of Aundh, Jath, Sangli, Miraj, Kurundwad,
and Wadi. A segment of it was in the old Satara district. In
1949, the area was reorganised and named as South Satara
district with six talukas namely, Tasgaon, Khanapur, Shirala,
Walwa, and the erstwhile princely states of Miraj and Jath. In
1960, it was renamed as Sangli district, with Sangli city as
the district headquarters.
Terrain and Forests”: Sangli is bordered in the west
by the ranges of the Western Ghats that reach a height of
1,044 m. The western slopes receive heavy rainfall, and hence,
the forest is dense and covered with evergreens, which
includes the Chandoli National Park (318 sq. km). The eastern
slopes consist of a series of scattered hills, which has mixed
deciduous, and dry mixed deciduous forests (Champion and
Seth 1968). The forests in the central part of the district east
of River Krishna are scrub forests and bush covering small
hills. In the extreme east of the district, which falls under the
Deccan Plateau, the landscape is ‘barren’ with scattered trees.
Drainages and Wetlands: The main rivers that traverse
the district are Krishna, Warana, and Yerla. There are small
rivers such as Agrani, Manganga, Korda, Bor, and Patna that
join the main river systems of the district, but most of these
(and the other seasonal streams) dry up in summer. River
Warana originates in the Western Ghats near Prachitgad in
Patan taluka of Satara district and flows through Shirala taluka
to join River Krishna at Haripur near Sangli. A dam has
been constructed on River Warana at Chandoli, the backwaters
of which extend up to 30 km and form a huge lake called
Vasant Sagar with a waterspread of 45 sq. km. Rajewadi tank
(13.56 sq. km) was constructed in 1879 during the British
Raj, with part of it falling in Satara district. Besides these
waterbodies, there are others lakes at Banpuri, Lingnur, and
Bhose.
Climate: Except for April and May, the climate is
pleasant over the year with generally dry weather. The
southwest monsoon commences in June and ends in
September. There is a short spell of hot weather in October.
The cold weather begins in November, which is followed by
spring in February and March. Overall, the climate does not
have extremes of cold and hot weather. The rainfall shows
considerable discrepancy. In the west, the area of Chandoli
Dam receives around 3,500 mm; the crest of Western Ghats
gets even higher rainfall of 4,000—6,000 mm. As the
‘Gazetteer of Sangli district - 1969a: Climate
*Gazetteer of Sangli district - 1969b: Forests
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
clouds move eastwards, the rainfall gradually decreases.
While Shirala taluka and surrounding areas receive around
1,016 mm, it is around 508 mm in the Tasgaon and Khanapur
talukas. The twin cities of Sangli and Miraj receive around
457 mm; the Kavathemahankal and Jath talukas get even less
rainfall, ranging from 254 to 381 mm.
Land Use’: The human population of the district is
2,820,575 (District Socio-Economic Review of Sangli 2012),
an increase of 9% in ten years from 2,583,524 (District Socio-
Economic Review of Sangli 2012). The geographic area of
the district (8,572 sq. km) can be broadly divided into
cultivable land (5,950 sq. km), forests (450 sq. km), and barren
uncultivable land (380 sq. km), besides others. Sugarcane,
rice, pulses (moong, masoor, and cowpea), sorghum, pearl
millet, cotton, and tobacco are the major crops in the area.
Grapes and pomegranate are the important fruit crops grown
in the region. The livestock density in the district is 125.40/
sq. km, which includes cattle, sheep, and goats, and there is
hardly any control on grazing.
Historical records of the avifauna of the district
Capt. E.A. Butler published a paper “Birds of the Deccan
and South Mahratta Country’ in Stray Feathers (Butler 1881).
The region covered (16° to 19° N; 73° to 76° E) encompasses
the areas of Satara, Ahmednagar, Bombay (Mumbai), Poona
(Pune), Solapur, Ratnagiri, Sawantwadi, and Khandala of
present day Maharashtra, and some areas of Goa and northern
Karnataka. There is no mention of Sangli as such in his paper,
even though it was covered, as this district came into existence
in 1960. Hence, we treat Butler’s statement “occurs
throughout the region” for a species to denote that it also
occurs in Sangli district. Butler also states that some of the
districts were not covered, especially those in the Western
Ghats areas, and hence, there is a high possibility of him
having missed some of the species that we recorded in this
region due to less coverage.
METHODOLOGY
The data was collected by various birdwatchers, some
working singly and others in pairs or groups. The specific
sites surveyed and the field visits undertaken are described
below:
Eastern part of Sangli district: The eastern part of
Sangli district mainly comprises two talukas —
Kavathemahankal and Jath. The rainfall is scanty and
agricultural development is less compared to the western part
of the district. The tree cover is poor, and there are vast areas
of open scrub interspersed with grasslands. Tuljapurkar and
District Socio-Economic Review of Sangli (2012)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Bhagwat surveyed this area from 1984 to 2001. A range of
low elevations called Dandoba Hills Forest Preserve is located
about 20 km from Miraj on the road to Pandharpur. The tree
cover is fair on the slopes, but the top has only scattered
bushes. There is not much human movement and hence
disturbance is less. The vegetation surrounding the hills and
stretching further to Kavathemahankal and Jath talukas is
mainly open scrub with the exception of a few pockets of
cultivation. Tuljapurkar visited the areas up to Dandoba Hills
for studying and photographing ground-nesting birds from
1984 to 1996. Bhagwat also covered this area, and also visited
the nearby villages of Savali, Tanang, Siddhewadi, Bhose,
Alkud, and some others from 1991 to 2001. The barren
uncultivated land in Kavathemahankal and Jath talukas were
not covered.
River Krishna at Mhaisal village: Mhaisal is a village
on the banks of River Krishna, south of Miraj near the border
of Karnataka. There is a low level bund on the river which
supports a small reservoir of water all year round. Deepak
Shinde, a resident of Mhaisal, has been keeping records of
his observations and photographs of birds of this area (Shinde
2008a,b). The images posted on his blog have been of great
help in establishing the presence of certain bird species in
this area.
Waste Disposal Site, Miraj: Built in 1968, the Waste
Disposal Site (WDS) for Miraj town is located about 5 km
on the Arag road. It covers an area of 4.4 ha that includes
eight oxidation tanks of 0.4 ha each. A large section of the
site is used to dump solid waste. Two of the authors covered
this site from 1985 to 1995 (Tuljapurkar and Bhagwat 2007).
Sagareshwar Wildlife Sanctuary: Sagareshwar
Wildlife Sanctuary (10 sq. km; 900 m above msl) is situated
about 50 km north of Sangli. It consists of deciduous forest
and grasslands in an undulating terrain; the annual rainfall
averages 400 mm. In the early 1990s, one of the authors
(Tuljapurkar 1992) had visited the sanctuary frequently,
documenting the habitat, flora, birds, and mammals. Sharad
Apte made a more detailed study of the avifauna in the
sanctuary, visiting it on 50 occasions during three years from
August 1997—October 2000.
Dabhai Kuran: Atpadi is a small town situated about
100 km north of Miraj. At the outskirts of Atpadi (6 km),
there is a reservoir that serves as a source of water to the
town. The reservoir is surrounded by a large expanse of
grassland. The grasslands to the south-west of the wetland is
reserved grassland, Dabhai Kuran (11.43 sq. km), and is
protected by the Forest Department with restrictions on cattle
grazing. There are a few scattered bushes and trees, namely
Ziziphus, Acacia, Cassia, agave, and neem. The annual rainfall
is about 470 mm. Bhagwat visited the grassland on eight
E73
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
occasions over a five year period from March 1992 to mid
February 1997. Sharad Apte visited Dabhai Kuran on several
occasions from 1990 to 1994.
Chandoli National Park: Chandoli National Park is
situated in the western part of the district and includes part of
Sahyadri range. River Warana originates in the Chandoli area.
A dam was constructed on this river and the huge expanse of
the reservoir prohibits easy access to the Park, and hence,
disturbance to wildlife is minimal. People who earlier lived
in villages within the forests were later relocated out of the
sanctuary.
Members of Green Guards, an NGO from Kolhapur,
have visited Chandoli National Park on several occasions and
have documented the avifauna. From March 1995 to
November 2007, these birdwatchers visited the area on
35 occasions in groups, staying for various periods of time.
During these visits, the sightings of birds were recorded and
a comprehensive list was prepared — which has not been
published. A large part of the Park was covered, except for
sites that were difficult to access. The sites visited by Green
Guards (with the number of visits for each site given within
parenthesis) are: Lotiv (1), Rundiv (7), Gave (2), Nivale (8),
Nivale sada (1), Kandhar Doh (4), Zolambi (19), Zolambi
sada (2), Ram-nadee (4), Siddheshwar (4), Ambole (3),
Ghotane (4), Prachitgad (4), Kundi (1), Chandel (10), Dhakale
(10), Udgiri (1), Khundalapur (1), Khundalapur dara (1),
Bhogiv (5), Jinti (1), Jawali (4), Kotharwadi (4), Tanali (1),
Durgawadi (1), Takale (6), Karambali dara (6), Chandoli
khurd (3), Vetti (5), Valmik sada (1), Sonarli (1), Aloli (1),
Vagh-kada (1) and Pandhar pani (1).
Other information available on the birds of Chandoli
are from Jathar and Kulkarni (2005), who visited the Park in
March 2005 to photo-document the avifauna, and Gole
(1998), who visited the Park from December 1994 to April
1996. Prakash Gole’s birding was confined to the eastern part
of the hills, and he also commented on the inaccessibility of
some sites.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
This study reports the occurrence of 297 bird species
from Sangli district, comprising of 191 resident species,
77 winter migrants, 9 local migrants, 4 breeding migrants,
3 vagrants, 3 species that had populations that were resident
and local migrants, 1 passage migrant (Table 1). The status
of 9 bird species could not be determined. There is much
diversity in the avifauna due to the assemblage of various
habitats and transition zones. Sixty-seven species are
associated with wetlands, 44 with grasslands, 95 with forests,
and the rest (91 species) are habitat generalist. Other than
174
Table 1, which lists all the species found in the district, given
below are accounts of some species, which are threatened or/
and endemic species, and of the heronries and roosts recorded
in the area.
Threatened Species*
Five Threatened species were recorded, and of these,
three are Critically Endangered, and one each is Endangered
or Vulnerable. Seven Near Threatened species were also
recorded (Table 1).
Long-billed Vulture Gyps indicus: The Long-billed
Vulture was reported as “not uncommon in districts where
there are high cliffs to which it resorts to breed” (Butler 1881).
The species was recorded at Chandoli National Park, where
it was found on a western cliff till 1995, but sightings are
now rare. The Long-billed Vulture was sighted in flight near
Prachitgad area in 2005 and 2006 by Green Guards, and locals
reported the presence of nests in the 1990s.
White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis: The White-
rumped Vulture was once abundant in the district. Butler (1881)
recorded it as a commonly sighted permanent resident
throughout the area. The species was occasionally seen in Sangli
district two decades back; however in subsequent years its
numbers have declined rapidly and the sightings are now scarce.
Our observations are mainly around Miraj. Five birds were
seen at Miraj feeding on the carcass of a horse on the Miraj-
Sangli road on May 1, 1985. A flock of more than 25 birds was
seen feeding on a carcass on the Miraj-Jaysingpur road
(Bhagwat 2002). The sightings at WDS were more common.
About 50 vultures were observed in March 1994 (Tuljapurkar
and Bhagwat 2007); a pair was observed feeding on a carcass
on September 29, 1993, and a flock of more than 20 birds was
seen perched on coconut trees, all three sightings at WDS.
Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus: Butler
(1881) reported that the species was a common resident
throughout the region. The species was only recorded at
Chandoli National Park by Green Guards in 2007, however
they did not record the number of individuals observed.
Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps: Butler (1881)
mentioned that the Great Indian Bustard (GIB) was probably a
resident species and usually observed in the plains, and was
common around Miraj (Sangli district). He also mentions its
presence near Solapur, Ahmednagar, and Pune. We did not
obtain records of the species during our surveys. As the eastern
part of Sangli district appears to be suitable habitat for the GIB,
additional efforts were made to obtain information on the last
sightings of the species in the Jath area. Enquiries made at a
few places revealed that the species occurred in the past. An
octogenarian school teacher mentioned seeing birds near
‘BirdLife International (2014)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Sr. No
31.
Species
Little Grebe
Tachybaptus ruficollis
Little Cormorant
Phalacrocorax niger
Grey Heron
Ardea cinerea
Purple Heron
Ardea purpurea
Indian Pond Heron
Ardeola grayii
Eastern Cattle-Egret
Bubulcus coromandus
Great Egret
Egretta alba
Intermediate Egret
Egretta intermedia
Little Egret
Egretta garzetta
Western Reef-Heron
Egretta gularis
Black-crowned Night-Heron
Nycticorax nycticorax
Chestnut Bittern
Ixobrychus cinnamomeus
Painted Stork
Mycteria leucocephala
Asian Openbill
Anastomus oscitans
White-necked Stork
Ciconia episcopus
European White Stork
Ciconia ciconia
Black-headed Ibis
Threskiornis melanocephala
Indian Black Ibis
Pseudibis papillosa
Glossy Ibis
Plegadis falcinellus
Eurasian Spoonbill
Platalea leucorodia
Greater Flamingo
Phoenicopterus roseus
Bar-headed Goose
Anser indicus
Lesser Whistling-Duck
Dendrocygna javanica
Ruddy Shelduck
Tadorna ferruginea
Northern Pintail
Anas acuta
Common Teal
Anas crecca
Indian Spot-billed Duck
Anas poecilorhyncha
Eurasian Wigeon
Anas penelope
Garganey
Anas querquedula
Northern Shoveller
Anas clypeata
Common Pochard
Aythya ferina
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district
Status
= ee | ee
D
LM
LM
D
a aa a
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Status
IUCN
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Endemic Occurrence
to India
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Occasional
: Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Occasional
* Common
e Uncommon
: Common
- Rare
: Common
- Rare
= Occasional
ou Common
= Occasional
= Common
- Occasional
: Common
- Rare
: Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Occasional
- Common
Location
WDS, DK, CNP
DK, CNP, TR
WDS, DK, MHL, TR
SMK, CNP
WDS, DK, TR, CNP, MHL
WDS, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK,
DK, SMK, TR
_ WDS, DK
WDS, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
SMK
DK, SMK, CNP
CNP
DK
DK
DK, SMK, MHL
TR
WDS, DK, MHL, SMK
WDS, DK, MHL, SMK, TR
DK
DK, MHL, SMK, TR
DK, TR
DK
WDS, DK, TR
DK, TR
WDS, DK, TR
WDS, DK, SMK, TR
WDS, DK,MHL, SMK
DK
WDS, SMK
DK, SMK
DK
TR
175
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Sr.No Species Status Status Endemic Occurrence Location
IUCN to India
32: Tufted Duck : |
Aythya fuligula M LC - Rare DK
33: Comb Duck
Sarkidiornis melanotos M LC - Rare SMK, TR
34. Black-winged Kite
Elanus caeruleus R LC - Occasional WDS, SGW, DK, CNP
35. Oriental Honey-Buzzard
Pernis ptilorhynchus NK LC - Rare CNP
36. Black Kite
Milvus migrans R LC -. Common WDS, SMK, DK, CNP, MHL
37. Brahminy Kite
Haliastur indus R LC - Common CNP, MHL, SMK
38. Shikra |
Accipiter badius R LC - Common SGW, SMK, CNP
39. Crested Goshawk
' Accipiter trivirgatus NK LC - Rare CNP
AO. Eurasian Sparrowhawk
Accipiter nisus M LC - Occasional DK, CNP
41. Besra Sparrowhawk
Accipiter virgatus NK LC - Occasional CNP
42. White-eyed Buzzard
Butastur teesa R LC - _ Occasional SGW, CNP
43. Crested Hawk-Eagle
Spizaetus cirrhatus R LC - Uncommon CNP
44. Bonelli’s Eagle
Hieraaetus fasciatus R LC - Uncommon CNP
45. Booted Eagle }
Hieraaetus pennatus M LC - Rare Atpadi
A6. Tawny Eagle
Aguila rapax R LC - Common WDS, DK
47. Steppe Eagle
Aquila nipalensis M LC - Uncommon CNP
48. Black Eagle
Ictinaetus malayensis R LC - Common CNP
49. White-bellied Sea-Eagle :
Haliaeetus leucogaster V LC - Common CNP
50. Long-billed Vulture
Gyps indicus R CR - Rare CNP
Si. White-backed Vulture
Gyps bengalensis R CR - Rare WDS, SMK
D2. Egyptian Vulture
Neophron percnopterus R EN - Rare CNP
53. Pallid Harrier
Circus macrourus M LC - Occasional SGW, DK
54. Montagu’s Harrier
Circus pygargus M LC - Occasional SMK
5D. Western Marsh-Harrier
Circus aeruginosus M LC - Common WDS, DK, CNP, TR
56. Short-toed Snake-Eagle
Circaetus gallicus R LC - Uncommon CNP
BY, Crested Serpent-Eagle
Spilornis cheela — R LC : Common CNP
58. Osprey
Pandion haliaetus M LC - Rare SMK, CNP
59. Peregrine Falcon
Falco peregrinus R LC - Rare SGW, CNP
60. Red-headed Falcon
Falco chicquera R LC : Rare SMK, CNP
61. Lesser Kestrel
Falco naumanni M LC - Rare SMK
62. Common Kestrel
Falco tinnunculus M LC - Occasional SGW, CNP
176 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Sr. No
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
rer.
Ve:
ee
TA.
hey
76.
77.
78.
ipo:
80.
oul
82.
83.
84.
G5:
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
oT.
92.
93.
Species
Painted Francolin
Francolinus pictus
Grey Francolin
Francolinus pondicerianus
Rain Quail
Coturnix coromandelica
Blue-breasted Quail
Coturnix chinensis
Jungle Bush-Quail
Perdicula asiatica
Rock Bush-Quail
Perdicula argoondah
Painted Bush-Quail
Perdicula erythrorhyncha
Red Spurfowl
Galloperdix spadicea
Grey Junglefowl
Gallus sonneratii
Indian Peafowl
Pavo cristatus
Small Buttonquail
Turnix sylvaticus
Barred Buttonquail
Turnix suscitator
Demoiselle Crane
Grus virgo
White-breasted Waterhen
Amaurornis phoenicurus
Common Moorhen
Gallinula chloropus
Purple Swamphen
Porphyrio porphyrio
Eurasian Coot
Fulica atra
Great Indian Bustard
Ardeotis nigriceps
Pheasant-tailed Jacana
Hydrophasianus chirurgus
Greater Painted-Snipe
Rostratula benghalensis
Red-wattled Lapwing
Vanellus indicus
Yellow-wattled Lapwing
Vanellus malabaricus
Little Ringed Plover
Charadrius dubius
Kentish Plover
Charadrius alexandrinus
Black-tailed Godwit
Limosa limosa
Common Redshank
Tringa totanus
Marsh Sandpiper
Tringa stagnatilis
Common Greenshank
Tringa nebularia
Green Sandpiper
Tringa ochropus
Wood Sandpiper
Tringa glareola
Common Sandpiper
Actitis hypoleucos
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Status
NK
LM
D
oe eae See Se ee ee Se ee
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Status
IUCN
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
CR
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Endemic
to India
Endemic
Endemic
Endemic
Endemic
Occurrence
Common
Common
Common
Rare
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Rare
Rare
Common
Common
Common
Occasional
Common
Not seen
presently
Uncommon
Rare
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Location
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP
WDS, SGW, DK
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, SMK, CNP
WDS
DK, CNP
CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP, SMK, MHL
CNP
SGW, DK, SMK
DK
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
SGW, DK
DK, SMK
DK, MHL
Jath area
SMK, MHL
WDS, SMK
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
WDS, SMK, DK
WDS, DK, CNP, TR
WDS, DK
DK
WDS, DK, SMK
WDS, DK, CNP
WDS, DK
WDS, DK, CNP, TR
WDS, DK, TR, CNP
WDS, DK, CNP, TR
177
Sr. No
94.
95.
96.
oF,
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
~ 103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
pat
Tt.
113.
114.
115:
116.
117.
118.
1712.
120.
tea.
122.
123:
178
Species
Common Snipe
Gallinago gallinago
Little Stint
Calidris minuta
Ruff
Philomachus pugnax
Black-winged Stilt
Himantopus himantopus
Indian Stone-Curlew
Burhinus indicus
Great Thick-knee
Esacus recurvirostris
Indian Courser
Cursorius coromandelicus
.Brown-headed Gull
Larus brunnicephalus
Whiskered Tern
Chlidonias hybridus
Gull-billed Tern
Gelochelidon nilotica
River Tern
Sterna aurantia
Chestnut-bellied Sandgrouse
Pterocles exustus
Grey-fronted Green-Pigeon
Treron affinis
Yellow-footed Green-Pigeon
Treron phoenicopterus
Green Imperial-Pigeon
Ducula aenea
Rock Pigeon
Columba livia
Nilgiri Wood-Pigeon
Columba elphinstonii
Oriental Turtle-Dove
Streptopelia orientalis
Eurasian Collared-Dove
Streptopelia decaocto
Red Collared-Dove
Streptopelia tranquebarica
Spotted Dove
Streptopelia chinensis
Laughing Dove
Streptopelia senegalensis
Emerald Dove
Chalcophaps indica
Alexandrine Parakeet
Psittacula eupatria
Rose-ringed Parakeet
Psittacula krameri
Plum-headed Parakeet
Psittacula cyanocephala
Malabar Parakeet
Psittacula columboides
Vernal Hanging-Parrot
Loriculus vernalis
Jacobin Cuckoo
Clamator jacobinus
Common Hawk-Cuckoo
Hierococcyx varius
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Status
5. = SS
BR
BR
Status
IUCN
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
VU
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Endemic Occurrence
to India
- Common
- Common
- Common
- Common
ae Rare
a Rare
- Common
- Occasional
- Occasional
~ Occasional
= Common
: Common
Endemic Rare
3 Common
- Rare
- Common
Endemic Uncommon
- Common
= Common
- Common
: Common
: Common
. Common
“ Rare
- Common
. Common
Endemic . Uncommon
3 Common
- Common
- Common
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Location
WDS, SGW, DK
WDS, DK
WDS, SMK
WDS, DK, MHL, SMK
SGW, CNP, SMK
DK
SMK
CNP
DK
CNP
DK, MHL
DK
CNP
CNP
CNP
WDS, DK, CNP
CNP
CNP
SGW, DK
DK, SGW, CNP
DK, CNP, MHL
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL
CNP |
CNP
WDS, DK, CNP, MHL
SGW, CNP
CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
Sr. No
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
zo.
130.
seedle
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Species Status Status Endemic Occurrence
IUCN to India
Grey-bellied Cuckoo
Cacomantis passerinus BR LC : Common
Asian Koel
Eudynamys scolopaceus R LC - Common
Sirkeer Malkoha
Taccocua leschenaultii R LC - Uncommon
Greater Coucal
Centropus sinensis R LC - Common
Common Barn-Owl
Tyto alba R LC - Occasional
Oriental Scops-Owl
Otus sunia R LC - Common
Indian Scops-Owl
Otus bakkamoena R LC - Common
Indian Eagle-Owl
Bubo bengalensis R LC - Occasional
Dusky Eagle-Owl |
Bubo coromandus R LC - Rare
Brown Fish-Owl
Ketupa zeylonensis R LC - Common
Jungle Owlet
Glaucidium radiatum R LC - Common
Spotted Owlet
Athene brama R LC “ Common
Mottled Wood-Owl
Strix ocellata R LC Endemic Rare
Short-eared Owl
Asio flammeus M LC - Occasional
Ceylon Frogmouth
Batrachostomus moniliger R LC - Rare
Indian Jungle Nightjar
Caprimulgus indicus R LC < Uncommon
Indian Little Nightjar
Caprimulgus asiaticus R LC - Common
Savanna Nightjar
Caprimulgus affinis LM LC - Occasional
Alpine Swift
Tachymarptis melba R LC - Rare
House Swift
Apus affinis | R LC - Common
Asian Palm-Swift
Cypsiurus balasiensis R LC - Uncommon
Crested Tree-Swift
Hemiprocne coronata R LC - Common
Malabar Trogon
Harpactes fasciatus R LC - Uncommon
Pied Kingfisher
Ceryle rudis R LC - Common
Common Kingfisher
Alcedo atthis R LC - Common
Stork-billed Kingfisher
Pelargopsis capensis R LC - Rare
White-throated Kingfisher
Halcyon smyrnensis R LC - Common
Blue-tailed Bee-eater
Merops philippinus PM LC - Uncommon
Small Green Bee-eater
Merops orientalis R LC Common
Indian Roller
Coracias benghalensis R LC - Common
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Location
SGW, CNP
WDS, DK, CNP, MHL
SGW
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL
SMK
CNP, SMK
CNP
SGW
CNP
CNP
CNP
SMK
SMK, CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
SGW, CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
CNP
CNP
WDS, DK, CNP, MHL, TR
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
CNP
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
CNP
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
WDS, DK, CNP, SMK
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checkiist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Sr.No Species Status Status Endemic Occurrence Location
IUCN to India
154. Common Hoopoe
Upupa epops R LC - Common WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL
155. Indian Grey Hornbill
Ocyceros birostris R LC - Common WDS, DK, MHL, SMK
156. Malabar Grey Hornbill
Ocyceros griseus R LC Endemic Uncommon CNP
17. Malabar Pied Hornbill
Anthracoceros coronatus R NT - Common CNP
158. Great Pied Hornbill
Buceros bicornis R NT - Rare CNP
159. Brown-headed Barbet
Megalaima zeylonica R LC - Common CNP
160. White-cheeked Barbet
Megalaima viridis R LC Endemic Common CNP
161. ‘Coppersmith Barbet
Megalaima haemacephala R LC - Common DK, CNP, SMK
162. Eurasian Wryneck |
Jynx torquilla M LC - Rare SMK
163. Rufous Woodpecker
Celeus brachyurus R LC - Uncommon CNP
164. Black-rumped Flameback
Dinopium benghalense R LC - Common CNP
165. Yellow-fronted Pied Woodpecker
Dendrocopos mahrattensis R LC - Occasional SGW, DK, CNP
166. Indian Pygmy Woodpecker
Dendrocopos nanus R LC - Occasional CNP
167. White-naped Flameback
- Chrysocolaptes festivus R LC - Rare SMK
168. Greater Flameback
Chrysocolaptes guttacristatus R LC - Uncommon CNP
169. Indian Pitta |
Pitta brachyura BR LC - Common CNP
178: Singing Bushlark
Mirafra cantillans R EG - Common DK, SMK
rae Indian Bushlark
Mirafra erythroptera R LC ~ Common DK, SMK
172. Ashy-crowned Finch-Lark
Eremopterix griseus R LC - Common WDS, SMK, SGW, DK, CNP
173: Rufous-tailed Lark
Ammomanes phoenicurus R EC - Common WDS, DK, SGW, SMK
174. Malabar Lark
Galerida malabarica R LC Endemic Common CNP
75. Syke’s Lark
Galerida deva R LC Endemic Common DK, SMK
176. Oriental Skylark
Alauda gulgula R LC - Occasional DK, SMK
177. Grey-throated Sand Martin
Riparia chinensis M LC - Rare CNP
178. Eurasian Crag-Martin
Ptyonoprogne rupestris M LC - Rare SGW
179. Dusky Crag-Martin
Ptyonoprogne concolor R LC - Common SGW, DK, SMK, CNP
180. Barn Swallow
Hirundo rustica M LC - Common WDS, DK, CNP, SMK
181. Wire-tailed Swallow
Hirundo smithii R LC - Common WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
182. Streak-throated Swallow
Hirundo fluvicola R LC - Uncommon CNP
183. Red-rumped Swallow
Hirundo daurica R/M LC - Common WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, SMK
180 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Sr.No Species Status Status Endemic Occurrence
IUCN to India
184. Olive-backed Pipit
Anthus hodgsoni M LC - Common
185. Tree Pipit
Anthus trivialis M LC - Common
186. Paddyfield Pipit
Anthus rufulus R LC - Common
187. Tawny Pipit
Anthus campestris M LC - Occasional
188. Forest Wagtail
Dendronanthus indicus M LC - Rare
189. Western Yellow Wagtail
Motacilla flava M LC - Common
190. Black-headed Yellow Wagtail
Motacilla flava melanogrisea M LC - Occasional
191. Citrine Wagtail
Motacilla citreola M LC - Common
192. Grey Wagtail
Motacilla cinerea M EC - Common
193. White Wagtail
Motacilla alba M LC - Common
194. White-browed Wagtail
Motacilla maderaspatensis R LC - Common
195. Pied Flycatcher-Shrike
Hemipus picatus NK LC : Rare
196. Common Woodshrike
Tephrodornis pondicerianus R LC - Common
197. Large Cuckooshrike
Coracina macei NK LC - Uncommon
198. Black-headed Cuckooshrike
Coracina melanoptera R LC - Occasional
199. Scarlet Minivet
Pericrocotus flammeus R LC - Common
200. Small Minivet
Pericrocotus cinnamomeus R LC - Common
201. Red-whiskered Bulbul
Pycnonotus jocosus R LC - Common
202. Red-vented Bulbul
Pycnonotus cafer R LC - Common
203. White-browed Bulbul
Pycnonotus luteolus R LC - Occasional
204. Yellow-browed Bulbul
lole indica R LC - Common
205. Square-tailed Black Bulbul
Hypsipetes ganeesa R LC - Common
206. Common lora
Aegithina tiphia R LC - Common
207: Golden-fronted Leafbird
Chloropsis aurifrons R LC - Common
208. Asian Fairy Bluebird
Irena puella R LC - Rare
209. Southern Grey Shrike
Lanius meridionalis R LC - Common
210. Bay-backed Shrike
Lanius vittatus R LC - Common
211. Isabelline Shrike
Lanius isabellinus M LC ~ Rare
212. Long-tailed Shrike
_ Lanius schach R/M LC - Common
ea, Brown Shrike
Lanius cristatus M LC - Common
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Location
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP, SMK
WDS, DK, SMK
SGW, DK, SMK
CNP
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL
WDS, CNP, SMK
SMK, MHL
DK, SMK, CNP
WDS, DK, SMK, MHL
WDS, DK,CNP, SMK
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
SMK, CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, SMK
CNP
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
SMK, CNP
CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
CNP
SMK
WDS, SQW, DK, CNP, SMK
SGW
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL, SMK
CNP
181
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Sr.No Species Status Status Endemic Occurrence
IUCN to India
214. Bluethroat
Luscinia svecica M LC - Occasional
215. Indian Blue Robin
Luscinia brunnea M LC - Uncommon
216. Oriental Magpie-Robin
Copsychus saularis R LC - Common
217. White-rumped Shama
Copsychus malabaricus R LC - Rare
218. Black Redstart
Phoenicurus ochruros M LC - Common
219. Common Stonechat
Saxicola torquata M LC - Common
220. Pied Bushchat
Saxicola caprata R LC - Common
221. = Indian Black Robin
Saxicola fulicata R LC - Common
222. Blue-headed Rock-Thrush
Monticola cinclorhynchus M LC - Uncommon
223. Blue Rock-Thrush
Monticola solitarius M LC - Occasional
224. Malabar Whistling-Thrush
Myophonus horstfieldii R LC Endemic Common
Z2LS. Orange-headed Thrush
Zoothera citrina R LC - Common
226. Indian Blackbird
Turdus simillimus R LC - Common
CEA hp Puff-throated Babbler
Pellorneum ruficeps R LC - Common
220: Indian Scimitar Babbler
Pomatorhinus horstfieldii R LC Endemic Uncommon
229. Tawny-bellied Babbler
Dumetia hyperythra R LC - Common
230. Yellow-eyed Babbler
Chrysomma sinense R LC - Common
Zot: Common Babbler
Turdoides caudata R LC - Common
232. Large Grey Babbler
Turdoides malcolmi R LC - Uncommon
235: Indian Rufous Babbler
Turdoides subrufa R LC Endemic Rare
234. Jungle Babbler
Turdoides striata R Ee - Common
Zoo. Brown-cheeked Fulvetta
Alcippe poioicephala R LC - Uncommon
236. Asian Brown Flycatcher
Muscicapa Oaurica M LC - Occasional
237. Rusty-tailed Flycatcher
Muscicapa ruficauda M LC - Occasional
238. Red-throated Flycatcher
Ficedula parva M LC - Common
299. White-bellied Blue Flycatcher
Cyornis pallipes’ R LC - Rare
240. Tickell’s Blue Flycatcher
Cyornis tickelliae R LC - Occasional.
241. Verditer Flycatcher
Eumyias thalassina R LC - Occasional
242. White-browed Fantail
Rhipidura aureola R LC - Uncommon
243. White-throated Fantail
Rhipidura albicollis R LC Endemic Common
Location
SMK, WDS, CNP
CNP
WDS, DK, SGW, CNP, SMK
CNP
SGW, CNP
WDS, DK, CNP, SMK
WDS, DK, CNP, SMK
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, MHL
CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
CNP
DK, CNP
WDS, SMK, SGW, DK, CNP
WDS, SGW, DK
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
WDS, SMK
WDS
SGW, DK, CNP
CNP
SGW, CNP
CNP
CNP
WDS, SGW, DK, CNP, SMK
182 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Sr. No
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
Zou
252.
253.
254.
(eee
2056.
Zor.
258.
259.
260.
201.
262.
263.
264.
205,
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
261;
Fe,
273.
Species
Asian Paradise-Flycatcher
Terpsiphone paradisi
Black-naped Monarch
Hypothymis azurea
Zitting Cisticola
Cisticola juncidis
Grey-breasted Prinia
Prinia hodgsonii
Plain Prinia
Prinia inornata
Ashy Prinia
Prinia socialis
Jungle Prinia
Prinia sylvatica
Common Tailorbird
Orthotomus sutorius
Indian Reed-Warbler
Acrocephalus stentoreus
Blyth’s Reed-Warbler
Acrocephalus dumetorum
Booted Warbler
Hippolais caligata
Eastern Orphean Warbler
Sylvia hortensis
Lesser Whitethroat
Sylvia curruca halimodendri
Siberian Chiffchaff
Phylloscopus (collybita) tristis
Greenish Warbler
Phylloscopus trochiloides
Great Tit
Parus major
Indian Yellow Tit
Parus aplonotus
Indian Nuthatch
Sitta castanea
Velvet-fronted Nuthatch
Sitta frontalis
Thick-billed Flowerpecker
Dicaeum agile
Pale-billed Flowerpecker
Dicaeum erythrorhynchos
Nilgiri Flowerpecker
Dicaeum concolor
Purple-rumped Sunbird
Leptocoma zeylonica
Small Sunbird
Leptocoma minima
Loten’s Sunbird
Cinnyris lotensis
Purple Sunbird
Cinnyris asiatica
Vigors’s Sunbird
Aethopyga vigorsii
Oriental White-eye
Zosterops palpebrosa
Black-headed Bunting
Emberiza melanocephala
Grey-necked Bunting
Emberiza buchanani
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Status
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Status
IUCN
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LG
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Endemic
to India
Endemic
Endemic
Endemic
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Occurrence
Common
Uncommon
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Occasional
Occasional
Occasional
Common
Occasional
Common
Common
Occasional
Occasional
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Rare
Common
Rare
Common
Common
Uncommon
Location
CNP
CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
SGW, CNP
SGW, DK, SMK, CNP
WDS, DK, SMK, CNP
SGW, DK, CNP
SGW, DK, SMK, CNP
SGW, DK
CNP
CNP
WDS, DK
WDS, Saw. DK
WDS, SGW, CNP
CNP, SGW
SMK, SGW, CNP
CNP
CNP
CNP
CNP
CNP
CNP
SMK, MHL, SGW
CNP
CNP
CNP, SMK, WDS
CNP
CNP, WDS, SMK
SMK, SGW DK
SGW, CNP
183
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Table 1: Checklist of the birds of Sangli district (contd.)
Sr.No Species Status Status Endemic - Occurrence Location
IUCN to India
274. Crested Bunting
Melophus lathami R LC - Common CNP
275, Common Rosefinch
Carpodacus erythrinus M LC - Common SMK, MHL, CNP
276. Red Avadavat
Amandava amandava R LC - Uncommon WDS, CNP, MHL
277. Indian Silverbill
Lonchura malabarica R LC : Common DK, SMK, MHL
278. Scaly-breasted Munia
Lonchura punctulata R LC - Common SMK, SGW, DK, MHL
279. Tricoloured Munia
Lonchura malacca R EG - Rare SMK, WDS, CNP
280. House Sparrow
Passer domesticus R LC - Common SMK, SGW, WDS, MHL
281. Yellow-throated Sparrow
Petronia xanthocollis R te : Common CNP, SGW
282. Baya Weaver
Ploceus philippinus R LC - Common SMK, DK, MHL, SGW
283. Grey-headed Starling
Sturnus malabaricus LM LC - Rare CNP
284. Brahminy Starling
Sturnia pagodarum R LC - Common SMK, SGW, WDS
285. Rosy Starling
Sturnus roseus M LC - Common SMK, SGW’
286. Common Myna
Acridotheres tristis R LC - Common WDS, SMK, SGW
gor. Jungle Myna
Acridotheres fuscus R LC - Common CNP, SGW, SMK
288. Indian Golden Oriole
Oriolus kundoo R LC - Common CNP, SGW
289. Black-hooded Oriole
Oriolus xanthornus R LC - Common CNP
290. Black Drongo
Dicrurus macrocercus R LC - Common WDS, SMK, SGW
291. Ashy Drongo
Dicrurus leucophaeus R LC - Common CNP
292. Bronzed Drongo
Dicrurus aeneus NK LC - Rare CNP
293. Greater Racket-tailed Drongo
Dicrurus paradiseus R LC - Rare CNP
294. White-bellied Drongo
Dicrurus caerulescens R LC - Common CNP
295. House Crow
Corvus splendens R LC - Common WDS, SMK, SGW
296. Jungle Crow
Corvus macrorhynchos R LC - Common CNP, WDS, SMK, SGW
297. Rufous Treepie
Dendrocitia vagabunda R LC - Common CNP
LC — Least Concern, NT — Near Threatened, VU — Vulnerable, EN — Endangered, CR — Critically Endangered
R: Resident, M: Migrant, BR: Breeding Migrant, LM: Local Migrant, NK: Status Unknown, PM: Passage Migrant, V: Vagrant, R/M: Resident as
well as migrant
Common: Species observed repeatedly in suitable habitat, Uncommon: Species occurs on a regular basis, but not frequently in suitable
habitat, Occasional: Species that were recorded occasionally in suitable habitat, Rare: Species was sporadically/rarely sighted in suitable
habitat
WDS — Waste Disposal Site, SGW — Sagareshwar Sanctuary, DK—Dabhai Kuran, CNP — Chandoli National Park, SMK — Sangli, Miraj, Kupwad
city and nearby areas, MHL — Mhaisal, TR — Tanks and Reservoirs.
Note: The Municipal Corporation of Sangli includes three towns, namely Sangli, Miraj, and Kupwad which were separate municipalities earlier.
Observations recorded under the abbreviation SMK indicate the sightings of birds within the corporation limits, and in the villages and the hills
within a radius of approximately 20 km around Miraj.
184 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
Kumbhari village (13 km from Jath) until 1960, which was
corroborated by two of his colleagues.
Endemic Species°
Nineteen of the species that occur in the district are
endemic to India (Table 1), and the status and distribution of
some of these species are discussed below:
Nilgiri Wood-Pigeon Columba elphinstonii: The Nilgiri
Wood-Pigeon, endemic to the Western Ghats, was reported from
Chandoli National Park by Green Guards (Gole 1998). Being
nomadic, this species is irregularly seen in the Park.
Malabar Parakeet Psittacula columboides: The
Malabar Parakeet, endemic to the Western Ghats, was
recorded from Chandoli National Park by Green Guards
(Jathar and Kulkarni 2005; Kulkarni 2012). The species was
seen in flocks of 10-15 birds in March on trees such as
Bombax ceiba, Butea monosperma and Erythrina sp., feeding
on nectar and flowers (Jathar and Kulkarni 2005)
Malabar Trogon Harpactes fasciatus: The Malabar
Trogon was occasionally recorded in well-wooded areas along
the Sahyadri range by Butler (1881). It has been sighted in
Chandoli National Park by Green Guards.
Nilgiri Flowerpecker Dicaeum concolor: The Nilgiri
Flowerpecker is a common resident in Chandoli National Park
(Gole 1998), and was also reported by Green Guards. This
bird was often seen feeding on Loranthus when the plants
bloom (Jathar pers. comm.). The Nilgiri Flowerpecker is not
recognised as a separate species by BirdLife International,
but is lumped under Plain Flowerpecker D. concolor, which
also has populations in the Himalaya, northeastern India,
Northeastern Hill states, Bangladesh, and the Nicobars.
Vigors’s Sunbird Aethopyga vigorsii: Vigors’s Sunbird
is endemic to the northern parts of Western Ghats from
Mumbai to Goa. This bird has been reported from the western
seaward slopes of Chandoli National Park by Green Guards.
Vigor’s Sunbird is not recognised as a separate species by
BirdLife International, but is lumped under Crimson Sunbird
A. siparaja, which also has populations in the north-east India,
Bangladesh, and Myanmar.
Heronries and Roosts
Black-crowned Night-Heron Nycticorax nycticorax:
Butler (1881) stated that the Black-crowned Night-Heron
was not uncommon throughout the region. We found the
species to be acommon resident species in the district. Apte
(1995) reported it at Dabhai, where it is a resident and seen
occasionally. Green Guards reported it from Chandoli
National Park (Green Guards, unpublished data). Apte reports
a breeding colony in L.B. Shastri Udyan in Sangli city. The
°Endemic bird species of the district defined by following Jathar and Rahmani (2006)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
birds have been nesting at this site since 2007. The breeding
season is from April to September, and around 60 nests and
120-150 birds were recorded. After September, the birds use
the same trees for roosting (Sharad Apte pers. comm.).
Eastern Cattle-Egret Bubulcus coromandus: A small
roosting colony of the Eastern Cattle-Egret was reported from
Miraj by Bhagwat and Ramteerthkar (1991). The roosting is
heterospecific, with Little Egret Egretta garzetta, House Crow
Corvus splendens, and Common Myna Acridotheres tristis.
Cattle egrets dominate the roost and prefer the central Ficus
benghalensis tree, while the others use the surrounding trees
such as Cassia and Rain tree. An average count of 540 roosting
birds was reported (Bhagwat 1991). Several attempts by locals
to drive away the birds proved to be unsuccessful and the site
has been the roosting colony in the campus of Government
Medical College, Miraj for several years.
Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri: The Rose-
ringed Parakeet has a wide distribution in Sangli. It is a
common resident at the WDS area (Tuljapurkar and Bhagwat
2007). At Sagareshwar, it is a local migrant and not sighted
much (Apte, unpublished). It is a common, breeding resident
in the Dabhai area (Apte 1995; V.R. Bhagwat unpublished
data). Itis also seen in Chandoli National Park (Green Guards)
and Mhaisal (Deepak Shinde pers. comm.). Another major
site where thousands of birds congregate in peepul trees Ficus
religiosa is at Haripur, a small village near Sangli situated at
the confluence of Krishna and Warana rivers.
Rosy Starling Sturnus roseus: It is a common winter
migrant seen near cultivation through out Sangli district. The
earliest date of arrival recorded was December 22, and last
date of departure was March 27 (Bhagwat 2002). In the peak
season, more than 5000 birds were recorded (Bhagwat,
unpublished). It is often sighted at WDS (Tuljapurkar and
Bhagwat 2007) and Dabhai (Apte 1995). In early March, Rosy
Starlings are seen in Sangli city. There are two huge trees in
the heart of the town near the Municipal Corporation building.
Hundreds of birds congregate on these trees in the evening
and fly in large circles with loud calls before they settle down
to roost. Somewhere in the third week of March, they take
off en masse on their northward journey, after which the trees
are a roost site for crows and mynas till the starlings return
the following year.
CONSERVATION ISSUES
Based on our 20 odd years of birding in the district and
from other accounts, there appears to be an overall decline in
the birdlife of the area especially in the last decade. Species
such as Indian Courser Cursorius coromandelicus and Yellow-
wattled Lapwing Vanellus malabaricus, which were common
185
BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA
earlier, are disappearing. The White-eyed Buzzard Butastur
teesa Was a common species according to Butler (1881), but
now its sightings are rare. The House Sparrow Passer
domesticus also appears to have undergone a decline since
the past ten years. There are many factors responsible for the
decline of these and other bird species, the major cause being
changes in land use. However, a few species appear to have
increased in numbers. Butler (1881) reported that the Indian
Peafowl Pavo cristatus is essentially a jungle bird and people
killed it in large numbers, but it is now widely distributed in
Sangli district. Bhagwat (2002) reported an increased number
of Indian Cattle-Egret Bubulcus coromandus at WDS and at
the roosting site in Miraj, compared to his observations in
1991 (Bhagwat and Ramteerthkar 1991).
The western part of the district, which is dominated
by the hills of Western Ghats, faces different challenges,
the major challenge being clearance of forests for
agricultural expansion. Major chunks of forest belonging
to private land owners have been converted into sugar cane
fields. Another major threat is bauxite mining, which is
taking place in all the laterite plateaux that are the breeding
ground for the endemic Malabar Lark Galerida
malabarica. Commercial extraction of firewood from
private forests, forest fires, rampant cattle grazing, and
collection of medical plants are other threats. The industries
that have come up on the banks of River Krishna are
causing pollution, impacting waterbirds.
To save the forests and other habitats, a network of
protected and intact habitats of the region needs to be created.
Places such as Dabhai Kuran, Jath, Kavathe Mahankal
(grasslands), Banpuri and other tanks in Atpadi (wetlands),
and Dandoba hill (forests) needs special protection. These
are important sites for the biodiversity of the region, and can
play a significant role in conservation of the avifauna and
other wildlife.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to thank the following persons:
Members of Green Guards, Kolhapur for sharing their data of
Chandoli National Park, and especially to Farukh Mhetar,
Raman Kulkarni, Suhas Wayangankar, Dhananjay Jadhav,
and Parag Choudhari; the late Dr. Prakash Gole for providing
information and data of Chandoli National Park, and for
encouragement to write this paper; Sharad Apte for his
checklists of birds from Sagareshwar and Dabhai, and for
discussions; Deepak Shinde, an engineer by profession,
permitted us to use photographs from his blog and this was
an important record from Mhaisal, an area which we had
covered superficially; Amol Jadhav for data on some bird
species of Sangli city; Mr. Raste, Librarian, Willingdon College,
Sangli, for providing us with books and literature; the staff
at Irrigation Department for information about the lakes in
Sangli district.
REFERENCES
Apts, 8.D. (1995): Birdlife in Sagareshwar Sanctuary. Paper presented
in 15" Maharashtra Rajya Pakshi Mitra Sammelan, Miraj (15"
Maharashtra State Friends of Birds Meet, Miraj 1995).
Buacwat, V.R. & N.A. RAMTHEERTHKAR (1991): Roosting of Egrets.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 30(10, 11): 10.
Buacwat, V.R. (1991): Lapwings and snake. Newsletter for Birdwatchers
31(5-6): 10-11.
Buacwat, V.R. (2002): Status of avifauna around Miraj in Sangli District
of Maharashtra. Oral paper presented in 3rd National symposium
on “Avian Biodiversity — Issues and Conservation Strategies”
at ANGR Agriculture University, Hyderabad, 7-8 February,
2002.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): http://www.birdlife.org/datazone/
speciessearchresults.php?cty=99 &cri=CR+EN+VU &rec=N&
vag=N&hdnAction=ADV_SEARCH#. Downloaded in February
2014.
But er, E.A. (1881): A Tentative Catalogue of the Birds of the Deccan
and South Mahratta Country. Stray Feathers 9: 367-442.
CHAMPION, H.G. & S.K. SETH (1968): The Forest Types of India. Manager
Publications, Delhi.
District SociIo-ECONOMIC REVIEW OF SANGLI (2012): Economic &
Statistical Directorate, Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai.
GAZETTEER OF SANGLI District (1969a): Climate: https://
186
cultural.maharashtra.gov.in/english/gazetteer/Sangli/
gen_climate.html.
GAZETTEER OF SANGLI District (1969b): Forests: https://
cultural.maharashtra.gov.in/english/gazetteer/Sangli/
gen_forests.html.
Go eg, P. (1998): Birds of the Sahyadris. Jour. Eco. Society 11: 5-28.
JATHAR, G A. & R. KULKARNI (2005): Rush hour at Chandoli. Hornbill
(Jul-Sep): 12-15.
JATHAR, G. A. & A. R. RAHMANI (2006): Endemic Birds of India. Buceros
IT (2&3): 54.
KULKARNI, R. (2012): One tree, a Universe. Sanctuary Asia 32(2): 10-18.
SHINDE, D. (2008a): Mhaisal Birds: Retrieved from http://
mhaisalmusings.blogspot.com/2008/04/mhaisal-birds.html.
Accessed on November 21, 2012.
SHINDE, D. (2008b) Mhaisal Birds: Retrieved from http://
mhaisalmusings.blogspot.com/2008/05/mhaisal-birds-ii.html.
Accessed on November 21, 2012.
SHINDE, D. (2010): Mhaisal Birds: Retrieved from http://
mhaisalmusings.blogspot.com/2010/02/mhaisal-birds-iii.html.
Accessed on November 21, 2012.
TULJAPURKAR, V.B. (1992): Sagareshwar. Sanctuary Asia 12(1): 40-49.
TULJAPURKAR, V.B. & V.R. BHAGwat (2007): Avifauna of a Waste Disposal
Site. Indian Birds 3(3): 87-90.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
187-192
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF
SIND JERDON’S BABBLER CHRYSOMMA ALTIROSTRE SCINDICUM
IN HARIKE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, PUNJAB, INDIA
SAURABH SAWANT! AND M. SUDHAGAR (IFS)”
"B/103, New Haridas Park, Santoshi Mata Road, Dahisar (W), Mumbai 400 068, Maharashtra, India. Email: mastermind.neo @ gmail.com
*Malwal Road, Opposite Bhagat Singh Colony, Ferozepur City, Punjab, India. Email: drsudhagarifs @ gmail.com
Jerdon’s Babbler Chrysomma altirostre is native to India, Pakistan, and Myanmar, and is classified as Vulnerable by
IUCN. The western race of the species, namely scindicum, was known only from a few localities in the floodplains of
the Indus river and its tributaries in Pakistan, till it was recorded in Harike Wildlife Sanctuary, Punjab, India, in
October 2012. During a follow-up study in Harike in December 2012, 33 individuals were recorded, which suggested
that Harike wetland could have a significant population of this species and the subspecies scindicum in India. The
assemblage of tall, dense, long, and unbroken grass stands of Phragmites-Saccharum-Imperata were found to be
important for the species. This paper discusses the observations and localities where the birds were recorded, and the
sonograms of their calls and songs.
Key words: Jerdon’s Babbler, Chrysomma altirostre, Timaliidae, babblers, Harike
INTRODUCTION
Jerdon’s Babbler Chrysomma altirostre (Jerdon 1862)
is native to India, Pakistan, and Myanmar, inhabiting tall
grasslands and reed beds of river floodplains and marshes
(Ali and Ripley 1987). It has three subspecies, altirostre,
griseigularis, and scindicum, which show plumage
differences. C. a. griseigularis is reported from India in the
Brahmaputra and Gangetic floodplains (Terai). C. a. altirostre
is known from the Irrawaddy-Sittang plains of Myanmar.
C. a. scindicum was known only from its small populations
spread in a few localities across the Indus river and its
tributaries in Pakistan (Ali and Ripley 1987; Harington 1915;
Roberts 1992).
The known sites of scindicum in Pakistan are Dadu,
Khairpur, Larkana, and Shaheed Benazeerabad districts in
Sind; Dera Ghazi Khan, Dera Ismail Khan, Mianwali, and
Muzaffargarh districts between the southern part of the NW
Frontier and SW Punjab provinces. The type specimen is from
Mangrani, between Sukkur and Shikarpur in Sind province.
Old records are from near Bhamb (Mianwali district), Jampur
(Dera Ghazi Khan district) and Khanwah (Muzaffargarh
district). Recent records (more than a decade old) are from
the Dera Ismail Khan district, Dhap Shumali, Taunsa Barrage,
and Chashma Barrage, which is the northernmost known site
for this subspecies (Showler and Davidson 1999). Even in its
strongholds, the species is very rare and the overall population
trend is stated to be rapidly declining, primarily due to habitat
loss, and is therefore classified as Vulnerable (Vulnerable
A2c+3c+4c) by IUCN (BirdLife International 2012).
In October 2012, while birdwatching in Harike Wildlife
Sanctuary, Punjab, which is about 350 km from the nearest
known locality (Bhamb, Mianwali district, Pakistan), we
(Saurabh Sawant, Shashank Dalvi, and Gunjan Arora)
obtained sightings of C. a. scindicum. Our sighting is the
first record of this subspecies from India. Based on its earlier
known distribution and global status (Vulnerable), the sighting
is significant, and thus a study of this population was
undertaken in Harike from December 18-26, 2012.
The status and other aspects of the Sind Jerdon’s Babbler in
this newly discovered locality are discussed in this paper.
STUDY AREA
Harike Wildlife Sanctuary is situated in Kapurthala,
Ferozepur, and Amritsar districts of Punjab. It is a Ramsar
site and a very important habitat for a large number of
migratory waterfowl and many resident birds, and is
recognised as an Important Bird Area of India (Islam and
Rahmani 2004). Rich in aquatic flora and fauna, the wetland
used to have a spread of over 86 sq. km, with about 50% of
the area under submergence. However, over the years, the
waterspread has declined to about 8—10 sq. km due to siltation
and encroachment. The wetland is formed by the coalescence
of the rivers Satluj and Beas that originate from the Himalaya
before flowing towards the barrage.
Extensive growth of Typha elephantina and Phragmites
karka occurs along the margins of Harike lake, in surrounding
low-lying areas, and in the upstream area of Mand. Free
floating Azolla occurs in patches on the open water. The tall
grasses Saccharum spontaneum and S. bengalense are
common along the higher ground of the wetlands and on the
slopes and margins of the surrounding bunds and dykes.
Tamarix dicola is the only woody plant seen in the aquatic
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON'S BABBLER
Table 1: Sites where Jerdon’s Babbler was recorded during the survey
Site No. of points Seen Heard Total birds
Kiriyan-l 6 - 3 3
Kiriyan-ll 13 5 8 13
Riyasat 16 6 4 10
LMB 3 serait 2 2
Bhootiwala 10 2 3 5
Total 48 13 20 33
zone, the rest of the tree species occur at the borders of the
wetland (Chandigarh Bird Club (2010): Harike Wetland
Survey Report)
The climate is influenced by the Himalaya and has a
direct bearing on the ecosystem. The temperature varies from
43°C in June to 0.6°C in January. The annual rainfall is about
670 mm, 70% received from the Southwest Monsoon (Chopra
et al. 2001). Harike supports 7 species of turtle and 26 species
of fish, and the larger mammals include Smooth-coated Otter
Lutrogale perspicillata, Jungle Cat Felis chaus, Golden Jackal
Canis aureus, Wild Pig Sus scrofa, and Common Mongoose
Herpestes edwardsii. Harike attracts a large number of
migratory birds in winter (Chandigarh Bird Club (2010):
Harike Wetland Survey Report)
METHODS
The Sanctuary was surveyed prior to data collection
for potential habitat of the species. Google Earth map and a
boat map of Harike Wetland, obtained from WWF-India and
Punjab Forest Department, were used to select and visit
different locations in the Sanctuary. Through these, suitable
habitats were identified, namely Kiriyan-I, Riyasat,
Bhootiwala, LMB (Lower Marginal Bund), and Kiriyan-II,
and these sites were visited by rowboat or motorboat.
As Jerdon’s Babbler inhabits dense and marshy
grasslands, it is difficult to sight them, and hence, only point
counts were carried out at identified sites. The distances
between points were kept at a minimum of 100—150 m, taking
into account the farthest distance of response detection to
playback calls, which was from our earlier observations.
Though a great skulker, this species is very responsive to
playback calls, and detection was determined based on its
response to playback calls. A 26 sec. recording of C. a.
griseigularis, converted at 128 kbps was used for the
playbacks. It consisted of single bird singing at four intervals
spread over 26 seconds of the typical chi-chi-chi-chew-chew-
chew song. Complete recording was played for 26 sec.,
stopped for the next two minutes, and then played back again
for the same length of time if no response was obtained. This
188
procedure was not repeated more than twice for a site. On
response, the number of individuals heard or sighted was
counted and the GPS readings recorded. The birds were
observed with binoculars and observations of habits, activity,
and habitat were noted down. Photographs were taken and
calls were also recorded whenever possible.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Population and Distribution
Jerdon’s Babbler was detected at 20 of the 48 points
sampled, with 33 birds detected (Table 1). The majority of
the birds (23) were detected at the Kiriyan-II and Riyasat
areas, both located in the Sanctuarv with large islets having
extensive stands of tall and dense grasslands at the core. The
rest of the birds were detected in the Kiriyan-I, Lower
Marginal Bund and Bhootiwala areas. Bhootiwala has a good
expanse of suitable habitat, but is surrounded by fields on the
bank of Satluj. The other areas/regions of the Sanctuary,
namely Harike Marar, Churian, Makhu, and Kot Khaim Khan
appear to have unsuitable habitat for the species.
Habitat
Jerdon’s Babbler was observed to frequent tall and
dense grass stands of mainly Phragmites, Saccharum, and
Imperata on islets in the wetland. The species recorded were
Phragmites karka, Saccharum bengalense, Saccharum
spontaneum, and Imperata cylindrica. The bird was never
seen if these grasses occurred as small patches. Another
species of tall grass Arundo donax grows mostly on the
margins of the islands, but the bird was not recorded there. It
also appears to prefer marshier and wetter areas than relatively
dry, hard ground, perhaps due to the denser and extensive
reed beds occurring in the former (Fig. 1).
Habits
The babblers were mostly seen singly or in pairs, and
in small flocks, on a few occasions, consisting of 5—10 birds.
At one location, a flock of five was observed moving on one
side of a water channel and two birds were calling from the
other side of the channel, not wider than 90-120 cm. Birds in
the flocks are sparsely spread out. The babblers always
remained in the grass. As detection was based on playback
response, feeding habits could not be observed.
Plumage
The observed birds were paler on the upperparts
including crown and upper tail, matching the descriptions of
C. a. scindicum rather than C. a. griseigularis, which sports
much warmer, darker ferruginous tones on the upperparts.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER
Fig. 1: Habitat of Chrysomma altirostre scindicum
On the underparts, most birds were observed to be a little
paler than C. a. griseigularis. The chin and throat were paler
(whiter). The sides of the throat, which have a grey wash in
adult griseigularis, were also observed to be considerably
paler. Though the young birds of both species (identified by
their fleshy pink lower mandibles) have a whitish throat, it is
overall paler in scindicum than in griseigularis (Sawant 2012,
pers. obs. in Harike and Dibru Saikhowa, Assam) (Figs 2, 3)
Vocalization
Jerdon’s Babbler was found to be very responsive to
playback, but became uninterested and stopped responding
if the playback was repeated a number of times. Therefore,
Fig. 3: Chrysomma altirostre scindicum, Harike, Punjab,
India (2012)
Fig. 2: Chrysomma altirostre griseigularis from Dibru Saikhowa,
Assam
one must be careful while using playback for detailed
observations, and a strict protocol must be followed. C. a.
scindicum responded without any hesitation to the recordings
of C. a. griseigularis (see Sonogram s3). C. a. scindicum was
observed to sing in the early mornings and evenings. The call
was delivered while perching around 30 cm below the tip of
3—4 m tall reeds. Two types of calls were heard and recorded.
The first appears to be a contact or alarm call, consisting
of short notes of tsik-tsik-tsik-tsik and ts-tsik ts-tsik ts-tsik
continuously repeated. These notes are produced continuously
as the bird moves through the dense reeds, around a height of
1.5—2.5 m above the ground. It moves among the closely
placed strands by hopping and perching in a slanting or almost
Fig. 4: Rufous-vented Prinia Prinia burnesii, Harike, Punjab,
India (2012)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
189
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER
igo -aepapayRO: <8 >
seam oe BE, RE ee ob
BD RRR FRE ORE he BRR RI Be ie RRETRIE AR 8B. Ke
cad
=
a a ee
*
tot ee ee meee Sinan oe
2
&> ok BNA BE oo BR oon, 00c, e0e
2 et ee
oo
2 & Bie ae gs AX eg €
po eek eal 4 pile
ae . oa
phe
“a
= &
oO rg
e © E
Lf A y~
Bio St 5 i
8 ;
iS
: Pea Acedia satin: citdnianaa balea ae. dbl peat eps + = oe
2: Seer Aer. tS S aioe
we re
a :
— Ke
a ee
x &
= :
o as
S “. o
2 at
wa ‘e)
7p)
Poe
OS ~Bseaiiecommamane >
bs
7)
O
Semen
©)
O
Se
O
ep)
t2
oS
iva)
CN]
STEER RR: IPR BY
PORE OS RRR S| ‘
ee.
v8
2 BH
i] “ge x
> =
6 kHy
4AkHz
? kHy
0 kHz
6 kHz
4 kHz
2 kHz
0 kHz
20 sec
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
15 sec
10 sec
Sonogram s2: Chrysomma altirostre scindicum. Song
5 sec
Sec
0
190
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER
Sonogram s3: Chrysomma altirostre griseigularis: Song
perpendicular position. The brushing sound created by its
movements against the reeds is clearly heard even from a
distance, and is very helpful in locating the bird. Another
similar call consists of notes of tsk-tew..., tsk-tsk-tew...,
or tew-tew... with the long last note drawn out and low pitched
[see Sonogram sl]. This is mostly followed by a short
song described below. The overall tone is weaker and
slower than its congener Yellow-eyed Babbler Chrysomma
sinense.
The second is presumably a flock-territorial call. A |
short, weak song with a series of 6—8 notes tew-tew-tew-tew.-
tew. chew..., Starting with quick notes and slowing down
towards the end, with rapid six notes; the last two notes drawn
out and lasting the longest (see Sonogram s2). This song can
be heard best in the mornings and is delivered from the tops
of grasses in a vertical position with head extended a little
and held up. At this time, the bird can be observed for long as
it holds its position for at least some time.
CONCLUSION
The survey revealed that Harike Wildlife Sanctuary
supports a good population of the scindicum subspecies of
Jerdon’s Babbler. The assemblage of tall, dense, long and
unbroken grass stands of Phragmites-Saccharum-Imperata
and other associated species are important for this bird. The
same habitat is shared by the Near Threatened Rufous-vented
Prinia Prinia burnesii, which is quite common in Harike (Fig.
4). Other birds observed in this habitat were White-tailed
Stonechat Saxicola leucurus and the White-crowned
Penduline Tit Remiz coronatus. Jerdon’s Babbler and its
associated species face threats from grass cutting and burning,
grazing by livestock, fragmentation, and drying up of the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
wetland areas (BirdLife International 2001; Rahmani 2012).
As earlier studies suggest, the bird is probably a resident
of the region, and is most likely breeding in the Sanctuary.
There is a need to carry out a study throughout the year to
determine its seasonality and confirm its breeding status. Such
information would be important to assess the population and
global status of the species. Overall, Harike WLS being a
wetland of great importance and falling on the north-eastern
boundary for many rare wintering and vagrant species holds
a lot of potential and needs to be further explored and
documented.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work was. possible due to the full support of the
Punjab Forest Department. The authors are thankful to
all the senior officials of the Forest Department for generous
help and support. Thanks to all the range officers, guards,
and field staff of Harike Wildlife Sanctuary for providing all
help and information. The authors are grateful to Dr. Asad R.
Rahmani, Director, BNHS, without whom the project would
not have been initiated, for all support and encouragement.
The first author specially thanks all the boatmen for taking
him around in boats during the survey and assisting in field
work; he thanks Mr. Shahnawaz Khan and Ms. Geetanjali
Kanwar for their time, concern, and help throughout the
survey; the Chandigarh Bird Club, especially Mr. Narbir
Kahlon, Mr. Navjit Singh, and Mrs. Rima Dhillon for their
continuous support, help, and access to older survey
reports; Mr. Shashank Dalvi for his guidance all along. He
also thanks Dr. Raju Kasambe, Project Manager, Important
Bird Areas Programme and Indian Bird Conservation
Network, BNHS.
191
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER
REFERENCES
Aut, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. Compact edition. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2001): Threatened Birds of Asia. The BirdLife
International Red Data Book. 2 volumes. BirdLife International,
Cambridge, UK.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2012): Chrysomma altirostre. In: TUCN 2012.
IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2.
www.iucnredlist.org.
CHANDIGARH BirbD CLus (2010): Harike Wetland Survey Report submitted
to the Department of Forests, Punjab.
Cuopra, R., V.K. VERMA & P.K. SHARMA (2001): Mapping, monitoring
and conservation of Harike wetland ecosystem, Punjab, India,
through remote sensing. International Journal of Remote Sensing
22(1): 89-98.
HarIncTon, H.H. (1915): Notes on the Indian Timellides and their allies
192
(Laughing Thrushes, Babblers, &c.). Part III. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 23(3): 417-453.
IsLaM, M.Z. & A.R. RAHMaANI (2004): Important Bird Areas in India:
Priority sites for conservation. Indian Bird Conservation
Network: Bombay Natural History Society and BirdLife
International (UK).
RauMANT, A.R. (2012): Threatened Birds of India — Their Conservation
Requirements. IBCN, BNHS, BirdLife International and RSPB.
Oxford University Press, Mumbai.
Roserts, T.J. (1992): The Birds of Pakistan, 2. Karachi: Oxford
University Press.
SHOWLER, D.A. & P. Davipson (1999): Observations of Jerdon’s Babbler
Chrysomma altirostre and Rufous-vented Prinia Prinia burnesii
in Punjab and North-West Frontier Provinces, Pakistan. Forktail
15: 66-76.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
A PRELIMINARY OVERVIEW OF THE SUBSPECIES
OF RED FOX AND TIBETAN SAND FOX IN THE HIMALAYA, INDIA
AISHWARYA MAHESHWARI!>*, NEHA MIDHA”*, AMBICA PALIWAL”’, BASANT KUMAR SHARMA°?®,
PARTHA SARATHI GHOSE*”, PRIYADARSHINEE SHRESHTHA”!? AND SRUSHTI PARANJPE*
'TRAFFIC, 172-B, Lodi Estate, New Delhi 110 003, India.
*WWF-India, 172-B, Lodi Estate, New Delhi 110 003, India.
3WWFE-India, Khangchendzonga Landscape Programme, Deorali (Near Forest Secretariat), Gangtok 737 102, Sikkim, India.
‘Flat 6, Atharva Apts., Prabhat Road, Lane 11, Pune 411 004, Maharashtra, India. Email: srushti.1993 @ gmail.com
Email: amaheshwari @ wwfindia.net
Email: nmidha@ wwfindia.net
7Email: apaliwal @ wwfindia.net
’Email: sharmabasant1 @ gmail.com
*Email: ghose.ps1 @ gmail.com
'ORmail: pshrestha@ wwf.panda.org
*Corresponding author
We conducted extensive surveys for the Red Fox Vulpes vulpes and Tibetan Sand Fox V. ferrilata in the Greater and
Trans-Himalaya of north and north-east India between 2008 and 2013, with opportunistic camera trapping done in
Kargil, Jammu & Kashmir. In this paper, we provide an update on the distribution of V. v. griffithii in the Himalaya,
discuss our observations on V. v. montana, and support the claim of the occurrence of V. ferrilata in India. We also
discuss the distribution overlap of V. v. montana with V. v. griffithii in the Western Himalaya; V. v. montana with
V. ferrilata in the Eastern Himalaya; and V. v. montana with Indian Fox V. bengalensis in the foothills of the Himalaya.
193-196
Key words: Vulpes, Himalaya, Red Fox, Tibetan Sand Fox, Indian Fox, distribution
INTRODUCTION
Historically, four species of foxes were recognised from
the Indian subcontinent, namely Indian Fox Vulpes
bengalensis; Red Fox V. vulpes (with three subspecies:
V. v. montana, V. v. griffithii and V. v. pusilla); Tibetan Sand
Fox V. ferrilata; and Blanford’s Fox V. cana (Pocock 1936,
1941; Kumara and Singh 2012). Many of the accounts indicate
the occurrence of only two or three species. Prater (2005)
documented Indian Fox and all the three subspecies of Red
Fox in India. Gurung and Singh (1996) mentioned the
occurrence of only two species, namely Indian Fox and Red
Fox without any reference to the subspecies of the latter.
Menon (2014) listed three species: Indian Fox, Red Fox with
three subspecies (V. v. montana, V. v. griffithii, and
V. v. pusilla), and Blanford’s Fox. The IUCN Canid Action
Plan recognises the presence of Indian Fox, Red Fox (with a
single subspecies V. v. montana), and Tibetan Sand Fox in
India (Sillero-Zubiri et al. 2004). However, Alfred et al.
(2002) and recent documentation by Pradhan and Talmale
(2012) include all the four species, with two subspecies for
Red Fox excluding V. v. griffithii. The sighting of Tibetan Sand
Fox by Namgail et al. (2005) and Chanchani et al. (2010) in
Ladakh region, Jammu & Kashmir, and Sikkim areas of India
support the earlier views of its occurrence within Indian limits.
CITES places V. bengalensis, V. v. montana, V. v. griffithii
and V. v. pusilla in Appendix HI. IUCN listed them as species
of Least Concern in the Red List of Threatened Species.
In this paper, we update the distribution of V. v. griffithii in
India by providing evidence of its occurrence within Indian limits;
support the claim of Chanchani et al. (2010) of the presence of
V. ferrilata in India; and present data on V. v. montana. The
distribution maps of these species are also provided.
METHODS
The assertions in the present paper are based on surveys
and preliminary results of camera trapping. The surveys were
carried out as part of an ecological study on Snow Leopard
Panthera uncia, and the areas surveyed were the Great and Trans-
Himalaya of north and north-east India, which were covered
from 2008 to 2013. Owing to the topography and remoteness
of the area, fieldwork was done during camping expeditions in
the different areas for periods of 5—25 days each. More than
3,000 km was traversed on foot in five states of India, namely
Jammu & Kashmir (from 2009 to 2013), Himachal Pradesh
(2008), Uttarakhand (2008), Sikkim (2012 and 2013), and
Arunachal Pradesh (2011 and 2012) covering an altitudinal zone
of 2,100 to 5,200 m. Opportunistic camera trapping was done in
Kargil, Ladakh in Jammu & Kashmir from 2010 to 2012.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Red Fox V. v. griffithii
During the photo trapping sessions, V. v. griffithii was
camera trapped six times from an area in Kargil close to the
OVERVIEW OF FOX SPECIES IN THE HIMALAYA
border with Pakistan (Figs la, b). Additionally, it was sighted
on two occasions during the surveys in Kargil. The species
was not recorded in areas of the Himalaya of other states
covered during the survey. The distribution of V. v. griffithii
in Jammu & Kashmir, based on the surveys and camera
trapping, is given in Fig. 2.
2012-02-04 S353:50 AM
Figs 1a and b: Camera trap photographs of V. v. griffithii from Kargil,
Jammu & Kashmir in February 2012
Current range of Vv. oriffithil
Fig. 2: Distribution of V. v. griffithii
in Jammu & Kashmir, India (Himalaya)
184
Roberts (1997) describes V. v. griffithii in Pakistan to
be smaller than V. v. montana, with a thick and luxuriant winter
coat. The backs of ears are always jet black and the longer
hairs in the dorsal region are banded with white and rusty-
orange, giving the fur a very handsome appearance. The inside
of the ears are thickly fringed with white hair. The throat and
chest region varies from dark grey to black and the dorsal
part of the tail has an admixture of black guard hair. The
outer fur of the limbs is generally dark grey.
V. vy. montana
A total of 109 sightings of V. v. montana were obtained
during the surveys (Fig. 3). The distribution of V. v. montana
in the Himalaya, based on the surveys, is given in Fig. 4.
Menon (2014) states V. v. montana to be the common fox of
Ladakh and Himalaya, and describes it as foxy-red in colour,
with thick luxuriant under fur during the winters. Ears are
2010-11-08 7 730i Ah Zw
Fig. 3: Camera trap photograph of V. v. montana from Kargil,
Jammu & Kashmir, in October 2010
ae | States with V.v. montana presence
lott India states boundary
Current ae (1500-5000 m)
Fig. 4: Distribution of V. v. montana in the Himalaya
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
OVERVIEW OF FOX SPECIES IN THE HIMALAYA
Fig. 5: Tibetan Sand Fox V. ferrilata photographed in Tso Lhamo
Plateau, Sikkim, in August 2013
large and fringed with white hair. The chest, belly, muzzle,
and cheeks have white fur mixed with red.
As both the subspecies (V. v. montana and V. v. griffithii)
overlap and share the same habitats in Kargil,
misidentification is quite possible but there are some very
prominent characters to distinguish them, which was evident
from the camera trap images and sightings obtained of
the two species during our study. These are: the winter
coat of V. v. griffithii is paler than that of V. v. montana
(Figs la, 3); white patches from cheeks to throat are
quite prominent in V. v. montana compared to V. v. griffithii
(Figs la, 3); and tail is relatively thicker and more bushy in
V. v. montana than in V. v. griffithii (Figs 1b, 3).
Tibetan Sand Fox Vulpes ferrilata
We sighted the Tibetan Sand Fox on four occasions in
the Tso Lhamo Plateau, North Sikkim (Fig. 5). Chanchani et
al. (2010) reported it from the same area of Sikkim. Namgail
et al. (2005) reported it from Changthang, Ladakh, Jammu &
Kashmir. We recorded it excavating Pika (Ochotona) burrows,
as reported by Chanchani et al. (2010) in the Tso Lhamo
Plateau, and by Schaller and Ginsberg (2004) in the Tibetan
Plateau. The distribution of the Tibetan Sand Fox in the
Himalaya, based on the surveys, is given in Fig. 6.
Distribution Overlap
We recorded the distribution of V. v. montana to overlap
with V. v. griffithii in Kargil in the Western Himalaya. In the
Eastern Himalaya, we sighted V. ferrilata in North Sikkim
sharing the habitat with V. v. montana. Recently, V. v. montana
has been camera trapped from an elevation as low as 505 m
in the foothills of the Western Himalaya (WWE unpubl.),
which indicates overlap with the Indian Fox also.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
CHINA
(TIBET)
NEPAL
be India states boundary
ome Current range of V feriata
in Changthang, Ladakh >4,000 m; In North Sikkim >4,800 m}
a ee ey } fi
Fig. 6: Distribution of V. ferrilata in Jammu & Kashmir and Sikkim
Future Studies
The Red Fox is a well-studied species across the
world (Macdonald and Reynolds 2004), but information
regarding its distribution, ecology, and subspecies remains
rather limited in India. The species in India, which is
relatively better studied among the fox species, is the Indian
Fox (Home 2005; Johnsingh 1978; Kumara and Singh
2012; Manakadan and Rahmani 2002; Maurya et al. 2012;
Vanak 2005). There is, therefore, an urgent need to gather
baseline information on the status, distribution, and
ecology of the other fox species (and subspecies) in India,
which is crucial in developing conservation management
strategies.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The research was conducted at WWF-India with
funding support from Rufford Small Grant and USAID.
Thanks are due to Mr. Ravi Singh, Dr. Sejal Worah,
Dr. Dipankar Ghose, and Ms. Lak Tsheden Theengh from
WWF- India, and Dr. Shekhar Kumar Niraj from TRAFFIC
India for their encouragement and support. Our sincere
thanks are also due to Mr. Vivek Menon from Wildlife
Trust of India for mentoring the idea on subspecies of
Red Fox. Special thanks to Department of Wildlife
Protection, Government of Jammu & Kashmir, Forest
Departments of Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, and
Arunachal Pradesh, and Department of Forest,
Environment and Wildlife Management, Government of
Sikkim, for providing necessary permissions to conduct
surveys and logistic support. We thank Dr. Mark Statham,
Dr. Kamlesh K. Maurya, and anonymous reviewers, for
their help and valuable inputs on the manuscript.
195
OVERVIEW OF FOX SPECIES IN THE HIMALAYA
REFERENCES
ALFRED, J.R.B., N.K. SinnA & S. CHAKBRABORTY (2002): Checklist of
Mammals of India. Records of Zoological Survey of India, Occ.
Paper 199. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.
CHANCHANI, P., G. Rawat & S.P. Goya (2010): Unveiling a wildlife
heaven: status and distribution of four Trans-Himalayan
ungulates in Sikkim, India. Oryx 44: 366-375.
GuRUNG, K.K. & R. SINGH (1996): Mammals of the Indian Subcontinent.
Academic Press, San Diego. Pp. 15.
Home, C. (2005): Resource utilization by Indian Fox (Vulpes
bengalensis) in Kutch, Gujarat. M.Sc. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, Rajkot, Gujarat, India.
JOHNSINGH, A.J.T. (1978): Some aspects of the ecology and behaviour
of the Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
75(2): 397-405.
Kumara, H.N. & M. SINGH (2012): Distribution, den characteristics
and diet of the Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis (Mammalia:
Canidae) in Karnataka, India: preliminary observations. Journal
of Threatened Taxa 4: 3349-3354.
MacpbonaLp, D.W. & J.C. REYNoLps (2004): Red fox Vulpes vulpes
Linnaeus, 1758. Pp. 129-134. In: (Eds: Sillero-Zubiri, C.,
M. Hoffmann & D.W. Macdonald): Canids: Foxes, Wolves,
Jackals and Dogs. Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan.
IUCN/SSC Canid Specialist Group. Gland, Switzerland and
Cambridge, UK.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (2002): Population and ecology of
the Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis at Rollapadu Wildlife
Sanctuary, Andhra Pradesh, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
97(1): 3-14.
Maurya, K.K., I.P. BopANNA & Y.V. JHALA (2012): Estimating food intake
from scats in the omnivorous Indian Fox (Vulpes bengalensis).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 109(3): 177-181.
Menon, V. (2014): A Field Guide to Indian Mammals. Hachette Book
196
Publishing India Pvt. Ltd. Pp. 282-285.
NamGAltL, T., S. BaGcui & Y.V. BHATNAGAR (2005): Occurrence of the
Tibetan Sand Fox Vulpes ferrilata Hodgson in Ladakh: A new
record for the Indian Subcontinent. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
102(2): 217-220.
Pocock, R.I. (1936): The foxes of British India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 39(1): 36-57.
Pocock, R.I. (1941): Fauna of British India, including Ceylon
and Burma. Mammalia. Volume II. Carnivora (contd from
Volume I), Suborders Aeluroidea and Arctoidea. Taylor and
Francis, London.
PRADHAN, M.S & S.S. TALMALE (2012): Indian Mammals: Checklist
with Comments on Type Locality, Distribution, Conservation
Status and Taxonomy. Nature Books India. Kolkata.
Pp. 281-284.
Prater, S.H. (2005): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural
History Society, Bombay. Pp. 111-130.
Roberts, T.J. (1997): The Mammals of Pakistan. Oxford University
Press, Karachi. Pp. 143-152.
SCHALLER, G.B. & J.R. GinsBerG (2004): Tibetan sand fox Vulpes
ferrilata. Pp. 148-151. In: (Eds: Sillero-Zubiri, C., M. Hoffmann
& D.W. Macdonald): Canids: Foxes, Wolves, Jackals and Dogs.
Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan. IUCN/SSC Canid
Specialist Group. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
SILLERO-ZUBIRI, C., M.-HOFFMANN & D.W. MAcbDoNALbD (2004): Canids:
Foxes, Wolves, Jackals and Dogs. Status Survey and
Conservation Action Plan. IUCN/SSC Canid Specialist Group.
Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
VaANAK, A.T. (2005): Distribution and status of the Indian Fox (Vulpes
bengalensis) in southern India. Canid News 8.1 (Online) URL:
http://www.canids.org/canidnews/8/
Indian_fox_in_southern_India.pdf
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
197-203
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH BANANA PLANTATIONS
IN PASCHIM MEDINIPUR DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL, INDIA
Viswa VENKAT GANTAIT!**, AMALENDU CHATTERJEE!* AND TANMAY BHATTACHARYA?
'Nemathelminthes Section, Zoological Survey of India, M-Block, New Alipur, Kolkata 700 053, West Bengal, India.
"Department of Zoology, Vidyasagar University, Medinipur 721 102, Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal, India.
Email: tanmaybhattacharya@ yahoo.com
*Email: v.gantait @rediffmail.com
“Email: chatterjeeamalendu @rediffmail.com
*Corresponding author
We recorded 46 species of soil and plant parasitic nematodes belonging to the Orders Dorylaimida and Tylenchida
from rhizospheric soil and roots of banana plantations in Paschim Medinipur district, West Bengal from March 2004
to February 2006. Dorylaimida is represented by 29 species under 21 genera of 8 families; 8 species are new to
science. Tylenchida is represented by 17 species belonging to 11 genera under 7 families; 4 species are new to science.
Among the 46 species, 15 species (13 dorylaimids and 2 tylenchids) were reported for the first time from West Bengal
and 5 species (3 dorylaimids and 2 tylenchids) for the first time from India. Sixteen species (12 dorylaimids and
4 tylenchids) were recorded for the first time from the rhizosphere of banana.
Key words: Paschim Medinipur, banana, nematode, dorylaimids, tylenchids
INTRODUCTION
Banana Musa paradisiaca is an economically important
crop, which has been extensively cultivated in tropical and
subtropical regions of the world (Gowen and Queneherve
1990). It is one of the major fruit crops forming an important
item in the diet of millions across the globe (Harish and Nanje
Gowda 2001). India has emerged as the largest banana
producer in the world, with a total production of 23.2 million
tonnes per annum from 6.47 lakh ha, which is 32% of the
total fruit production of India (Singh 2009). Banana covers
25.73 thousand ha in West Bengal, with total production of
502.11 thousand tonnes per annum. Paschim Medinipur is
one of the major banana growing districts of West Bengal.
Nematodes constitute one of the major pests of banana.
Tylenchids — plant parasitic nematodes — are a major constraint
in banana production and yields losses (Sundararaju 2006).
Dorylaimids, besides causing direct root damage, act as causal
agents and vectors, transmitting various soil-borne bacterial,
fungal, and viral pathogens to this important crop. Thus,
members of the Orders Dorylaimida and Tylenchida have
direct or indirect impacts on this valuable fruit crop. In this
context, an investigation was carried out on the soil and plant
parasitic nematodes of the Orders Dorylaimida and Tylenchida
associated with banana in Paschim Medinipur district of West
Bengal, the findings of which could be useful in agriculture.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
The study was carried out in Paschim Medinipur district
(22° 40' 37". IN; 87° 38 72" E),. West Bengal (Fis. 1), from
March 2004 to February 2006. Soil and root samples were
collected randomly from banana fields cultivated with
Kanthali variety from all the 29 blocks of the district in two
seasons, namely wet season (July/August) and dry season
(December/January). During each season, four soil and root
samples were collected from four banana fields in each of
the 29 blocks. Thus, a total of 464 samples each of soil and
root were collected. Soil sample (250 gm) was taken with the
help of a scooping hand-shovel from the rhizosphere, up to a
depth of 20 cm, at a distance of 25 cm from the banana orchard.
» 28): Number of species = 1
486° 40’ E 87°\00" E
Fig.1: Map of Paschim Medinipur district, showing the species
richness of dorylaimid and tylenchid nematodes in banana
plantations in the 29 blocks of the district
SI. No.
20.
20:
ee.
23.
24.
25.
ZO:
7 i
28.
Zo.
30.
31.
32.
198
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
Table 1: Records of nematodes in the banana plantations of Paschim Medinipur district (March 2004—February 2006)
Species
Dorylaimus innovatus Jana and Bagri 1982
D. neominimus Gantait et a/. 2009a
Mesodorylaimus sushili Gantait et al. 2007a
Prodorylaimus jihuai Anmad and Ahmad 2001
P. sukuli Baksi and Bagri 1985
Laimydorus minutus Gantait et al. 2011a
L. siddiqii Bagri and Jana 1982
Thornenema garhwalicum Srivastava et al. 2000
Lagenonema thornei Gantait et al. 2010a
Aporcelaimellus conicaudatus (Altherr 1953) Monteiro 1970
A. heynsi Baqri and Jairajpuri 1968
A. subhasi Gantait et al. 2006
Makatinus siddigii Gantait et al. 2011b
Sectonema procta Jairajpuri and Bagri 1966
Labronema glandosum Rahaman et al. 1986
Crassolabium garhwalensis (Ahmad et al. 1986)
Pena-Santiago & Ciobanu 2008
Discolaimus dhanachandi Gantait et al. 2009b
Discolaimium parweiji Siddigi 2003
Discolaimoides teres Khan and Laha 1982
Oriverutus lobatus Siddiqi 1971
O. parangulatus Baaqri 1991
Paractinolaimus aruprus Khan et al. 1994
P. shamimi Gantait et al. 2006
Tylencholaimus (Tylencholaimus) obscurus Jairajpuri 1965
T. (Opisthotylencholaimus) pakistanensis Timm 1964
Promumtazium elongatum Ahmad and Jairajpuri 1984
Dorylaimoides (Longidorylaimoides) filicaudatus Jana
and Baqri 1991
Aquatides aquaticus (Thorne 1930) Thorne 1974
Laevides laevis (Thorne 1939) Thorne 1974
Polenchus shamimi Bagri 1991
Nothotylenchus hexaglyphus Khan & Siddiqi 1968
Hoplolaimus (Basirolaimus) indicus Sher 1963
Block
Daspur-2
Sankrail
Sabang
Debra
Jambani
Sabang
Daspur-1
Kharagpur-2
Sabang
Pingla
Gopiballavpur-2
Mohanpur
Garhbeta-3
Ghatal
_ Pingla
Daspur-1
Sabang
Sankrail
Keshpur
Gopiballavpur-1
Sabang
Jambani
Sabang
Dantan-1
Pingla
Debra
Kharagpur-1
Sabang
Dantan-2
Jhargram
Chandrakona-1
Sabang
Daspur-2
Garhbeta-1
Nayagram
.Garhbeta-2
Sabang
Binrur-2
Chandrakona-2
Ghatal
Kharagpur-2
Narayangarh
Ghatal
Salbani
Garhbeta-2
Keshiwari
Sabang
Jhargram
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Village
Kashimpur
Dumuria
Murarichak
Balichak
Alampur
Murarichak
Sagarpur, Uttarbarh
Amlichak
Murarichak
Maligram
Jahanpur
Borai
Damodarpur
Lakshmanpur
Jamna, Jalchak
Sitapurh
Murarichak
Dumuria
Mamudpur, Anandapur
Lutijhuri
Murarichak
Hijli
Laro
Sonkania
Bagnabarh
Loada
Narayanpur
Murarichak
Khandrui
Manikpara
Basulia
Murarichak
Rajnagar
Jamdova
Dokra
Gowaltorh
Murarichak
Dumuria
Raghunathpur
Gangadaspur
Madpur
Radhanagar, Ranipur
Gangadaspur
Pathardaha
Amlasuli
Danapur
Murarichak
Ghoradhara
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
Table 1: Records of nematodes in the banana plantations of Paschim Medinipur district (March 2004—February 2006) (contd.)
SI. No. Species Block Village
oo: Helicotylenchus crenacauda Sher 1966 Sabang Murarichak
Mohanpur Kusumda
Pingla Maligram, Jamna
Salbani Pathardaha
34. H. dihystera Sher 1961 Garhbeta-1 Amlasuli
35. H. hydrophilus Sher 1966 Keshpur Amalda
36. H. medinipurensis Gantait et al. 2007b Kesiwari Srirampur
Debra Satyapur
Se H. wasimi Gantait et al. 2010b Salbani Pathardaha
38. Rotylenchus (Rotylenchus) alii Maqbool and Shahina 1986 Gopiballavpur-2 Kajla
Nayagram Jugisol
39. Varotylus jairajourii Gantait et al. 2011c Kharagpur-2 Amlichak
AO. Rotylenchulus reniformis Linford and Oliveira 1940 Sabang Murarichak, Uchitpur
Dantan-2 Dhaneswarpur
41. Pratylenchus coffeae (Zimmermann 1898) Filipjev Sabang Murarichak
and Schuurmans Stekhoven 1941 Khargpur-2 Dhitpur
Garhbeta-3 Chandmura
42. Hirschmanniella gracilis (De man, 1880) Luc and Goodey 1964 Sabang Murarichak, Dubrajpur
; Daspur-1 Sagarpur, Kamalpur
43. H. mannai Gantait et al. 2007b Gopibalavpur-1 Balarampur
44. Meloidogyne incognita (Kofoid and White, 1919) Chitwood 1949 Sabang Murarichak
Ghatal Mandaria
45. Tylenchorhynchus coffeae Siddiqi and Basir 1959 Sabang Murarichak
Medinipur Depara
Sankrail Laudaha
46. T. mashhoodi Siddiqi and Basir 1959 Binpur-1 Shilda
Garhbeta-1 Amlagorh
Root sample (5 gm) was taken from the orchard. Nematodes
were extracted from the soil by Cobb’s sieving technique
(Cobb 1918) and from the root by Mechanical maceration
technique (Reddy 1983), decanting method by Modified
Baermann’s funnel technique (Christie and Perry 1951),
processed by Seinhorst’s slow dehydration method
(Seinhorst 1959). Dehydrated nematodes were mounted
permanently on glass slides and identified up to species level
following the keys of Jairaypuri and Ahmad (1992) for Order
Dorylaimida and Siddiqi (2000) for Order Tylenchida. All
the specimens were deposited in the National Zoological
Collections of the Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, West
Bengal, India.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A total of 46 species of soil and plant parasitic
nematodes belonging to 32 genera of 15 families under the
Orders Dorylaimida and Tylenchida were recorded from
different localities of Paschim Medinipur district, West
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Bengal, India. Of these, 29 species were of Order Dorylaimida
belonging to 21 genera of 8 families. Order Tylenchida was
represented by 17 species belonging to 11 genera under 7
families. Amongst these, 8 species of dorylaimids and 4
species of tylenchids were new to science and have already
been published (Gantait et al. 2006, 2007a,b, 2009 a,b, 2010
a,b, 2011a,b,c). Fifteen species (13 dorylaimids and 2
tylenchids) were reported for the first time from West Bengal
and 5 species (3 dorylaimids and 2 tylenchids) for the first
time from India. Sixteen species (12 dorylaimids and 4
tylenchids) were recorded for the first time from the
rhizosphere of banana. A systematic list of the species is given
below.
Systematic list of the nematode taxa
Class: Nematoda
Order: Dorylaimida Pearse, 1942
Suborder: Dorylaimina Pearse, 1936
Superfamily: Dorylaimoidea de Man, 1876
Family: Dorylaimidae de Man, 1876
199
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
Subfamily: Dorylaiminae de Man, 1876
1. *Dorylaimus innovatus Jana and Bagri, 1982
De $ D. neominimus Gantait, Bhattacharya and Chatterjee,
2009a
Subfamily: Laimydorinae Andrassy, 1969
3. $ Mesodorylaimus sushili Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 2007a
4. “#Prodorylaimus jihuai Ahmad and Ahmad, 2001
*P. sukuli Baksi and Bagri, 1985
6. $ Laimydorus minutus Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 201 1a
7. L. siddigii Bagri and Jana, 1982
a
Subfamily: Thornenematinae Siddiqi, 1969
8. “'Thornenema garhwalicum Srivastava, Rawat and
Ahmad, 2000
9. $ Lagenonema thornei Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 2010a
Family: Aporcelaimidae Heyns, 1965
Subfamily: Aporcelaiminae Heyns, 1965
10. “*Aporcelaimellus conicaudatus (Altherr, 1953)
Monteiro, 1970
11. A. heynsi Baqri and Jairajpuri, 1968
12. $A. subhasi Gantait, Bhattacharya and Chatterjee,
7 2006
13. $ Makatinus siddigii Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 2011b
Subfamily: Sectonematinae Siddiqi, 1969
14. “Sectonema procta Jairajpuri and Baqri, 1966
Family: Qudsianematidae Jairajpuri, 1965
Subfamily: Qudsianematinae Jairajpuri, 1965
15. “Labronema glandosum Rahman, Jairajpuri, Ahmad
and Ahmad, 1986
16. “Crassolabium garhwaliensis (Ahmad et al. 1986)
Pefia-Santiago & Ciobanu, 2008
Subfamily: Discolaiminae Siddiqi, 1969
17. $Discolaimus dhanachandi Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 2009b
18. “*Discolaimium parweizi Siddiqi, 2003
19. **Discolaimoides teres Khan and Laha, 1982
Family: Nordiidae Jairajpuri and Siddiqi, 1964
Subfamily: Actinolaimoidinae Jairajpuri and Ahmad, 1992
20. “Oriverutus lobatus Siddiqi, 1971
21. *O. parangulatus Bagqri, 1991
200
Superfamily: Actinolaimoidea Thorne, 1939
Family: Actinolaimidae Thorne, 1939
Subfamily: Paractinolaiminae Thorne, 1967
22. *Paractinolaimus aruprus Khan, Ahmad and Jairajpuri,
1994
23. $P. shamimi Gantait, Bhattacharya and Chatterjee,
2006
Superfamily: Tylencholaimoidea Filipjev, 1934
Family: Tylencholaimidae Filipjev, 1934
Subfamily: Tylencholaiminae Filipjev, 1934
24. *Tylencholaimus (Tylencholaimus) obscurus Jairajputi,
1965
25. *T: (Opisthotylencholaimus) pakistanensis Timm, 1964
Subfamily: Mumtaziinae Andrassy, 1976
26. *Promumtazium élongatum Ahmad and Jairajpuri,
1984
Family: Mydonomidae Thorne, 1964
Subfamily: Mydonominae Thorne, 1964
27. *Dorylaimoides (Longidorylaimoides) filicaudatus Jana
and Bagri, 1991
Suborder: Nygolymina Ahmad and Jairajpuri, 1979
Superfamily: Nygolaimoidea Thorne, 1935
Family: Nygolaimidae Thorne, 1935
Subfamily: Nygolaiminae Thorne, 1935
28. *Aquatides aquaticus (Thorne, 1930) Thorne, 1974
29. *Laevides laevis (Thorne, 1939) Thorne, 1974
Order: Tylenchida Thorne, 1949
Suborder: Tylenchina Chitwood in Chitwood and Chitwood,
1950
Superfamily: Tylenchoidea Orley, 1880
Family: Tylenchidae Orley, 1880
Subfamily: Tylenchinae Orley, 1880
30. **Polenchus shamimi Baaqri, 1991
Superfamily: Anguinoidea Nicoll, 1935
Family: Anguinidae Nicoll, 1935
Subfamily: Anguininae Nicoll, 1935
31. **Nothotylenchus hexaglyphus Khan and Siddiqi,
1968
Superfamily: Hoplolaimoidea (Filipjev, 1934) Paramonov,
1967
Family: Hoplolaimidae (Filipjev, 1934) Wieser, 1953
Subfamily: Hoplolaiminae Filipjev, 1934
32. Hoplolaimus (Basirolaimus) indicus Sher, 1963
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
Subfamily: Rotylenchoidinae Whitehead, 1958
33. Helicotylenchus crenacauda Sher, 1966
34. H. dihystera Sher, 1961
35. “*"H. hydrophilus Sher, 1966
36. $ H. medinipurensis Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 2007b
37. $H. wasimi Gantait, Bhattacharya and Chatterjee, 2010b
38. “*Rotylenchus (Rotylenchus) alii Magbool and Shahina,
1986 |
39. §$ Varotylus jairajpurii Gantait, Bhattacharya and
Chatterjee, 201 1c
1976
Subfamily: Rotylenchulinae Husain and Khan, 1967
40. Rotylenchulus reniformis Linford and Oliveira, 1940
Family: Pratylenchidae (Thorne, 1949) Siddiqi, 1963
Subfamily: Pratylenchinae Thorne, 1949
41. Pratylenchus coffeae (Zimmermann, 1898) Filipjev and
Sc Stekhoven, 1941
Subfamily: Hirschmanniellinae Fotedar and Handoo, 1978
42. Hirschmanniella gracilis (de man, 1880) Luc and
Goodey, 1964
43. $H.mannai Gantait, Bhattacharya and Chatterjee, 2007b
Family: Meloidogynidae (Skarbilovich, 1959) Wouts, 1973
Subfamily: Meloidogyninae Skarbilovich, 1959
44. Meloidogyne incognita (Kofoid and White, 1919)
Chitwood, 1949
Superfamily: Dolichodoroidea (Chitwood and Chitwood,
1950) Siddiqi, 1986 |
Family: Telotylenchidae Siddiqi, 1960
Subfamily: Telotylenchinae Siddiqi, 1960
45. Tylenchorhynchus coffeae Siddiqi and Basir, 1959
46. T. mashhoodi Siddiqi and Basir, 1959
$ = New to Science
* = First report from West Bengal
** = First report from India
# = First report from banana
Family: Rotylenchulidae (Husain and Khan, 1967) Husain,
The number of dorylaimid species (29) recorded were
relatively more than tylenchids. The lower species richness
in tylenchids is probably because they are typically plant
parasitic in nature, and hence cannot survive long when the
fields are bare. Conversely, dorylaimids are accustomed to
many life modes, and can survive even when the fields are
fallow (Ghosh and Manna 2008), which puts the dorylaimids
ahead of tylenchids in respect of survival capacity (Chatterjee
and Gantait 2000). Having various modes of life not only
ensures easier food supply but reduces intra-specific
competition significantly (Chatterjee and Sen 1998). Among
the 32 nematode genera and the 11 genera of tylenchids
recorded, the genus Helicotylenchus had the maximum
number of species. This may be due to its known wide range
of hosts (Taylor 1960, 1961) of more than 200 host plants
(Chatterjee and Gantait 2000). A parasitic genus having rigid
host specificity (viz., having one or very few host plants)
would get less chances to radiate in different phyletic lines to
ultimately produce a variety of species (i.e. speciation),
compared to a plant parasitic genus that is polyphagous in
nature (i.e. with a wide range of host species) (Siddiqi 1979).
Chatterjee and Sen (1998) revealed that polyphagous genera
tend to have higher number of species.
Most of the species recorded were represented by
females, males being relatively rare. Similar observations
have been made in some other lower invertebrate groups
like insects (Suomalainen 1940, Vandel 1931). This is
mainly due to the uncertainty of females encountering
males at the time of breeding, which compels them to adopt
parthenogenetic reproduction (Vandel 1931). This should
be more true for nematodes because they live in soil habitat
and have poor mobility through the soil granules and
particles, and hence are more uncertain to find mates
(Siddiqi 1983). This may have led them to adopt
parthenogenesis, resulting in an abundance of females
compared to males.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Director, Zoological
Survey of India, Kolkata and the Vice Chancellor, Vidyasagar
University, Paschim Medinipur, for providing laboratory and
other facilities.
REFERENCES
AHMAD, W. & A. AHMAD (2001): Two new and a known species of the
genus Prodorylaimus (Nematoda: Dorylaimida). International
Journal of Nematology 11(2): 247-252.
AHMAD, W. & M.S. JarrAspuRI (1984): Three new species of
Tylencholaimoidea (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) from India.
Nematologica 29: 367-374.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
AHMa~AD, W., R.P. NatH & M.G Hamer (1986): A new and a known
species of Thonus Thorne, 1974 (Aporcelaimidae: Dorylaimida)
from India. Indian Journal of Nematology 15(2): 152-154.
ALTHERR, E. (1953): Nématodes du sol du Jura vaudois et francais.
Bulletin de la Sociéte Vaudoise des Sciences naturelles 65:
429-460.
201
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
BaksI, R. & Q.H. BAgri (1985): Nematodes from West Bengal (India)
XVII. A new species of the genus Prodorylaimus Andrassy, 1959
(Dorylaimidae: Dorylaimida). Bull. Zool. Surv. India 7(2-3):
199-202.
Baari, Q.H. (1991): Contribution to the fauna of Sikkim: Nematodes
associated with citrus from Sikkim, India. Records of the
Zoological Survey of India, Occasional paper No. 128: 103 pp.
Baagrl, Q.H. & A. JANA (1982): Nematodes from West Bengal (India)
XIII. Four new species of Dorylaimidae, with a key to the species
of Laimydorus Siddiqi, 1969 (Dorylaimoidea). Nematologica
28: 192-205.
Bagri, Q.H. & M.S. Jarraspuri (1968): On six new species of
Dorylaimida (Nematoda). Journal of Helminthology XLII (3/4):
243-256.
CHATTERJEE, A. & D. SEN (1998): Polyphagy in plant-parasitic
nematodes: a favourable force for speciation and biodiversity.
Pp. 218-221. In: (Eds: Aditya, A.K. & P. Haldar): Proceedings
of National Symposium on Environmental Biology. Daya
Publishing House, New Delhi.
CHATTERJEE, A. & V.V. GantaiT (2000): Plant parasitic nematodes
(Tylenchida). Jn: Fauna of Tripura; State Fauna Series 7(4):
79-100. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.
Cuitwoop, B.G. (1949): “Root-knot nematodes’ Part I. A revision of
the genus Meloidogyne Goeldi, 1887. Proceedings of
Helminthological Society of Washington 16: 90-104.
Curistig, J.R. & V.G Perry (1951): Removing nematodes from soil.
Proceedings of Helminthological Society of Washington 18:
106-108.
Coss, N.A. (1893): Nematodes, mostly Australian and Fijian. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales, Macleay Memorial Volume. 59 pp.
Coss, N.A. (1918): Estimating the nema population of the soil. Pp. 1-48.
In: Agricultural Technology Circular I: Bureau of Plant Industry,
Department of Agriculture, United States.
Fiuipyev, I.N. & J.H. SCHUURMANS STEKHOVEN Jr. (1941): A manual
of Agricultural Helminthology. E.J. Brill, Leiden, Netherlands.
878 pp.
GantalT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2006): Two new
species of Dorylaims (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) associated with
banana from India. Nematologia Mediterranea 34: 129-134.
GANTAIT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2007a): A new species
of the genus Mesodorylaimus (Nematoda: Dorylaimida)
associated with banana from India. Proceedings of Zoological
Society, Calcutta 60(1): 27-30.
GantalT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2007b): Two new
species of plant parasitic nematodes associated with banana
plantations from West Bengal, India. Journal of Environment
and Sociobiology 4(2): 139-147.
Gantalr, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2009a): Dorylaimus
neominimus sp. n. (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) from West Bengal,
India. International Journal of Nematology 19(2): 173-176.
GANTAIT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2009b): A new species
of the genus Discolaimus Cobb, 1913 (Qudsianematidae:
Dorylaimida) from West Bengal, India with revised key to species
of the genus. Proceedings of Zoological Society 62(1): 67-73.
GANTAIT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2010a): A new species
of the genus Lagenonema Andrassy, 1987 (Nematoda:
Dorylaimidae) from West Bengal, India. Opuscula Zoologica
Budapestiensis 41(1): 77-81.
GanrtalT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2010b): One new
and three known species of the genus Helicotylenchus Steiner,
1945 associated with banana from West Bengal, India. Records
of Zoological Survey of India 110 (Part-3): 7-12.
GAnmTaIT, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (201 1a): Description of
Laimydorus minutus sp. n. (Nematoda: Dorylaimidae) from India
with revised key to species. Fragmenta Faunistica 54 (1): 1-9.
202
Ganrtalr, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2011b): Description
of Makatinus siddiqgii, new species (Dorylaimida:
Aporcelaimidae: Aporcelaiminae) from Paschim Medinipur,
West Bengal, India with key to its world species. Pakistan
Journal of Zoology 43(1): 171-174.
Ganrtalr, V.V., T. BHATTACHARYA & A. CHATTERJEE (2011c): Description
of Varotylus jairajpurii, new species (Tylenchida:
Hoplolaimidae: Hoplolaiminae) from Paschim Medinipur, West
Bengal, India with key to its world species. Pakistan Journal of
Zoology 43 (4): 789-792.
GuosH, S.C. & B. MAnna (2008): Studies on nematode parasites
associated with paddy crop of West Bengal, India. Records
of the Zoological Survey of India, Occasional Paper No. 287:
1-144.
Gowen, S.R. & P. QUENEHERVE (1990): Nematode parasites of bananas,
plantains and abaca. Pp. 431-460. Jn: (Eds: Luc, M., R.A. Sikora
& J. Bridge): Plant Parasitic Nematodes in Subtropical and
Tropical Agriculture. CABI Publishing, CAB International,
Wallingford, England.
Haris, M. & D. NANJE Gowpa (2001): Management of the burrowing
nematode, Radopholus similis (Cobb, 1893) Thorne, 1949
infesting banana. Indian Journal of Nematology 31(1): 23-25.
JAIRAJPURI, M.S. (1965): Three new species of the genus Tylencholaimus
de Man, 1876 (Nematoda: Dorylaimoidea) from India.
Nematologica 10: 512-518.
JAIRAJPURI, M.S. & Q.H. Bagri (1966): Sectonema procta n. sp. and
Pungentus angulatus n. sp., soil-inhabiting nematodes.
Nematologica 12: 396-402.
JAIRAJPURI, M.S. & W. AHMAD (1992): Dorylaimida: Free-living,
Predaceous and Plant Parasitic Nematodes. Oxford and IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, India. 458 pp.
JANA, A. & Q.H. Bagri (1982): Nematodes from West Bengal (India
XII). Dorylaimus innovatus sp. n., Thonus confusus sp. n. and
Indokochinema ekramullahi sp. n. (Dorylaimoidea). Indian
Journal of Nematology 12(2): 263-271.
JANA, A. & Q.H. BAgri (1991): Nematodes from West Bengal (India)
XI. Studies on the species of the superfamily Leptonchoidea
(Dorylaimida). Journal of Zoological Society, India 33(1 & 2):
1-24.
KHAN, A.M. & M.R. Sippiai (1968): Three new species of
Nothotylenchus (Nematoda: Neotylenchidae) from India.
Nematologica 14: 369-376.
KHAN, E. & S.K. LAHA (1982): Seven new Dorylaimid nematodes from
Indian Agricultural Research Institute Farm, Delhi, India. Indian
Journal of Nematology 12(2): 232-249.
KHAN, M.R. & M.A. HASAN (2010): Nematode diversity in banana
rhizosphere from West Bengal, India. Journal of Plant Protection
Research 50(3): 263-268.
KHAN, Z., W. AHMAD & M.S. JArRAsPURI (1994): Three new species of
actinolaim nematodes from India. Nematologica 40: 494-502.
KRISHNAPPA, K. & B.M.R. Reppy (1993): Integrated management of
nematode complex on banana. Indian Journal of Nematology
28h,
LINFoRD, M.B. & J.M. OLIverrA (1940): Rotylenchulus reniformis, nov.
gen., n. sp., a nematode parasite of roots. Proceedings of
Helminthological Society of Washington 7: 35-42.
Luc, M. & J.B. Goopey (1964): Hirschmanniella nom. nov. for
Hirschmannia. Nematologica 9: 471.
Magsoot, M.A. & F. SHAHINA (1986): Four new species of the family
Hoplolaimidae: (Nematoda) with notes on Rotylenchus
cypriensis Antoniou from Pakistan. Nematologia Mediterranea
14: 117-128.
Mon tErro, A.R. (1970): Dorylaimoidea de cafezais Paulistas (Nemata,
Dorylaimida). Thesis, Escola Superior de Agricultura “Luiz de
Queiroz”, Sao Paulo.137 pp.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES OF BANANA PLANTATIONS
MUKHERJEE, B. & M.K. DasGupta (1983): Community analysis of
nematodes associated with banana plantations in the Hooghly
District, West Bengal, India. Nematologia Mediterranea II:
43-48.
Mukuopapuyay, M.C. & M.S. HAQue (1974): Nematodes associated with
field crops, fruits and fodder crops in West Bengal. Indian
Journal of Nematology 4: 104—107.
RAHMAN, M.E., M.S. Jarraspurt, I. AHMAD & W. AHMAD (1986): Two
new species of Labronema Thorne, 1939 (Nematoda:
Dorylaimida) from India. Nematologica 32: 367-373.
Reppy, P.P. (1983): Plant Nematology. Agricole Publishing Academy,
New Delhi. 287 pp.
SARAH, J.L., J. PINOCHET & J. STANTON (1996). The burrowing nematode
of bananas, Radopholus similis Cobb. Musa pest fact sheet no.
I. Montpellier, France, INIBAP: 1.
SEINHORST, J.W. (1959): A rapid method for the transfer of nematodes
from fixative to anhydrous glycerin. Nematologica 4: 67-69.
SHER, S.A. (1961): Revision of the Hoplolaiminae (Nematoda). I.
Classification of nominal genera and nominal species.
Nematologica 6: 155-169.
SHER, S.A. (1963): Revision of the Hoplolaiminae (Nematoda). II.
Hoplolaimus Daddy, 1905 and Arolaimus n. gen. Nematologica
9: 267-295.
SHER, S.A. (1966): Revision of the Hoplolaiminae (Nematoda) VI.
Helicotylenchus Steiner, 1945. Nematologica 12: 1-56.
Sippiai, M.R. (1971): Oriverutus lobatus gen. n., sp. n. and Sicaguttur
sartum gen. n., sp. n. (Nematoda : Dorylaimoidea) from
cultivated soils in Africa. Nematologica 16: 483-491.
Sippiqi, M.R. (1979): The origin and phylogeny of the nematode order
Tylenchida. Nematropica 9: 109.
Sippial, M.R. (1983): Evolution of plant parasitism in nematodes.
Pp. 113-129. In: (Eds: Stone, A.R., H.M. Platt & L.F. Khalil):
Concepts in Nematode Systematics. Academic Press, London
& New York.
Sippiai, M.R. (2000): Tylenchida: Parasites of Plants and Insects. CABI
Publishing, CAB International, Wallingford, UK. 833 pp.
Sippiai, M.R. (2003): Four new species of Discolaimium Thorne
(Nematoda: Dorylaimida) from Houston, USA. International
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Journal of Nematology 13(1): 87-92.
Sippiql, M.R. & M.A. Basir (1959): Proceedings of 46th Indian Science
Congress: 35.
SINGH, H.P. (2009): Scenario of banana production, utilization and
trade. Souvenir. National Conference on Banana and Plantain,
held at Jalgaon, Maharashtra during 2—5 October, 2009.
Pp. 1-17.
SPEIER, P.R. & C. KasumBA (2000): Yield loss from plant parasitic
nematodes in East African highland banana (Musa spp.). Acta
Horticulturae 540: 453-459.
Srivastava, N., V.S. Rawat & M. Aumap (2000): Description of three
new species of dorylaims (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) associated
with Litchi fruit trees in Doon Valley (U.P.), India. Indian Journal
of Nematology 30(1): 46-52.
SUNDARARAJU, P. (2006): Community structure of plant parasitic
nematodes in banana plantations of Andhra Pradesh, India. Indian
Journal of Nematology 36(2): 226-229.
SUOMALAINEN, E. (1940): Polyploidy in parthenogenetic Curculionidae.
Hereditas 26: 51-04.
TayLor, D.P. (1960): Host range study of the spiral nematode,
Helicotylenchus microlobus. Pl. Dis. Reptr. 44: 747-750.
Tay or, D.P. (1961): Biology and host-parasitic relationship of the spiral
nematode Helicotylenchus microlobus. Proc. Helminthol. Soc.
Wash. 28: 60-66.
TuHorng, G. (1930): Predacious nemas of the genus Nygolaimus and a
new genus Sectonema. J. Agric. Res., USDA 41: 445-466.
THORNE, G. (1974): Nematodes of the Northern Great Plains. Part II.
Dorylaimoidea in part (Nematoda: Adenophorea). Tech. Bull.
Agric. Exp. Sta. South Dakota State Univ. 41: 120 pp.
Timm, R.W. (1964): Nematodes of the superfamily Dorylaimoidea from
East Pakistan. Proc. Helminth. Soc. Wash. 31: 144-153.
VANDEL, A. (1931): La parthenogenese, Paris. 412 pp.
WEHUNT, E.J. & D.I. Epwarp (1968): Radopholus similis and other
nematode species on banana. Pp. 1-19. In: (Eds: Smart, G.C. &
V.G. Perry): Tropical Nematology. University of Florida Press,
Gainesville, Florida.
ZIMMERMANN, A.W.P. (1898): De nematoden der koffiewortels. Deel I.
Mededeel. ‘s Lands Plantentuin (Buitenzorg) 27: 64 pp.
203
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013 204-209
SIGNIFICANCE OF PHALLIC COMPLEX IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF
INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE (ORTHOPTERA: PYRGOMORPHOIDEA)
HirpesH Kumar!?*, Moup. Kamit Usmant!?, Uzma Rart'* AND REENU KumMart'”
‘Section of Entomology, Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh 202 002, Uttar Pradesh, India.
*Email: entomologist1985 @ gmail.com
7Email: usmanikamil94 @ gmail.com
‘Email: rafiuzma@ gmail.com
"Email: rtomar28d @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
A study of phallic complex — internal genitalic structures in males — was undertaken in twelve species of grasshoppers,
representing six genera under four tribes of the family Pyrgomorphidae. The study revealed that the shape of epiphallus,
presence and absence of ancorae, direction of lophi, and comparative size of central membrane of cingulum are stable
characters in the identification, and are of significance at each and every taxonomic level. The species studied are
_ arranged under their respective tribes, along with Keys to their tribes and genera.
Key words: Pyrgomorphidae, phallic complex, epiphallus, classification
INTRODUCTION
Pyrgomorphidae is a family of grasshoppers of the order
Orthoptera and comes under the suborder Caelifera, commonly
known as gaudy grasshoppers. It is the only family in the
superfamily Pyrgomorphoidea. Pyrgomorphidae is closely
related to the family Acrididae, under which earlier workers had
placed it as subfamily Pyrgomorphinae. Later, its status was raised
to the family level (Pyrgomorphidae) under the superfamily
Acridoidea. Currently, it is treated as the only family under
Pyrgomorphoidea (Flook et al. 1999). Pyrgomorphidae are
represented in all the tropical and subtropical parts of the world
by a large number of genera. They are characterised by the
presence of acutely conical head, fastigial furrow, prosternal
process; elytra and wings fully developed, reduced or absent;
tympanum normally present; lower basal lobe of hind femur
normally longer than upper lobe; ectophallus differentiated;
cingulum capsule-like; valves of penis paired, undivided;
spermatophore sac in dorsal position; epiphallus bridge-shaped
with dorsolateral appendices; ancorae absent; lophi hook-like;
oval sclerites absent (Fig. 1).
The system of classifying grasshoppers by earlier
workers was mainly based on easily recognisable externally
visible characters. Another distinguishing character is the
internal genitalic structures in males, termed as phallic
complex. Epiphallus is a part of the phallic complex. It is a
strongly sclerotised and complex structure lying on the
cingulum. Roberts (1941) made a comparative study of phallic
complex in different subfamilies of Acrididae. Dirsh (1956)
made taxonomic studies on phallic complex in Acridoidea,
and a comparative study of epiphallus in various families and
subfamilies of Acridoidea. Ajaili and Usmani (1990) have
shown the taxonomic significance of epiphallus in some
Libyan species of Acridoidea. Kevan et al. (1972, 1974) made
extensive studies on phallic complex in all known genera of
Pyrgomorphidae in order to establish the relationship existing
between them. Recently Usmani et al. (2011) explained the
CM
get
B
AP
LP
LA
L
C D
Fig. 1: A. Dorsal view of Phallus, B. Lateral view of Phallus,
C. Bridge-shaped Epiphallus, D. Anchor-shaped Epiphallus
List of abbreviations: [Adopted from Dirsh terminology (1956)]
AC = apodemal plate of cingulum; AE = aedeagus; AP = anterior
projection; AV = aedeagal valve; B = bridge of epiphallus; BC = basal
thickening of cingulum; BE = basal emargination of cingulum;
CM = central membrane of ectophallus; CV = valve of cingulum;
DC = dorsal cleft of cingulum; L = lophus; LP = lateral plate of
epiphallus; LA = lateral appendices; SZ = suprazygomal plate of
cingulum; VP = ventral process of cingulum; Z = zygoma of cingulum
PHALLIC COMPLEX IN INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE
taxonomic significance of phallic complex in ten species of
Acridoidea.
In this paper, we discuss the phallic complex in twelve
species of Pyrgomorphidae collected from various localities
of different states of India, namely Punjab, Uttar Pradesh,
Rajasthan, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, and Jammu &
Kashmir during 2009 to 2012. These species were also studied
through conventional taxonomy.
METHODOLOGY
Adults of both sexes of twelve species of grasshoppers
were collected from different localities, and their general
taxonomy studied. In males, the terminal part of the abdomen
was cut off and boiled in 10% potassium hydroxide till the
material became transparent (usually about 10 minutes) to
remove unsclerotized and non-chitinous tissues. It was then
thoroughly washed under tap water for complete removal of
KOH and examined in 70 percent ethyl alcohol on a cavity
slide. Later, every specimen was dissected under a binocular
microscope with the help of fine needles to separate various
components of the phallic complex, namely the epiphallus
and phallus. The normal process of dehydration was adopted,
and clearing was done in clove oil. The genital structures
were mounted separately on cavity slides in Canada balsam.
The phallic complex was mounted in Canada balsam on a
cavity slide oriented to the required position without cover
glass. The slides were kept in a slide drier at a temperature of
c. 40°C for about a week to dry completely. These permanent
slides were examined under the microscope to study the
genital structures. Drawings were initially made with the help
of Camera Lucida. Details were filled in after studying the
slide under a conventional microscope.
RESULTS
TAXONOMIC ACCOUNT
Family Pyrgomorphidae Brunner Von Wattenwyl, 1882
Key TO TRIBES OF THE FAMILY PYRGOMORPHIDAE
BRUNNERVON WATTENWYL, 1882
i Body never depressed; prosternum without reflexed, collar-
We ate Or asAnOiy 57 oe 2501 oe, ocean ees Re eee 2
— Body depressed; pronotum with reflexed, collar-like anterior
margin; tegmina with small nodules on main veins; antennae
cylindrical; Epiphallus bridge-shaped with strongly curved
ICY) wl ee ene ol ebeee ene” SR eee es Som Chrotogonini Bolivar, 1904
Z. Body small, never large and heavy; tegmina and hind wing
ustialty Rullyedev epee 217 5s Phe atte & octave ee 3
— Body large and heavy; antennae filiform with basal segments
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
as long as wide; pronotum with metazoan convex, much
widened distad, posterior margin somewhat rounded; tegmina
and hind wing well-developed; Epiphallus bridge-shaped
with large hook-like lophi and anterior projection..............
PANO PASE E Leas A SEE SE ASE ree ge telat Poekilocerini Burmeister, 1840
a Tegmina if fully developed never tapered and pointed;
epiphallus bridge-shaped with excurved anterior margin and
lophi with curved hook ....... Pyrgomorphini Brunner, 1882
— Tegmina usually fully developed and usually very tapered
and pointed; epiphallus anchor-shaped, dorsolateral
appendices with small nodules on dise-=.....028.0e. nts
psnetes tease Senne pM amt eee eR Atractomorphini Bolivar, 1905
I. Tribe Chrotogonini I. Bolivar, 1904
Key TO GENERA OF THE TRIBE CHROTOGONINI I. BOLtvar, 1904
le Body strongly depressed; dorsum of pronotum strongly
tuberculate; middle femur short, much shorter than head and
pronotum together; hind femur with lower basal lobe longer
than upper lobe; hind tibial spurs shorter than basal tarsal
segment; arolium large; valve of cingulum narrow.............
ERD hE IEEE Fh, REL ED TSA ot Chrotogonus Serville, 1838
— Body slightly depressed; dorsum of pronotum never strongly
tuberculate; middle femur thin and strongly elongated, as
long as or longer than head and pronotum together; hind
femur with lower basal lobe shorter than upper lobe; hind
tibial spurs longer than basal tarsal segment; arolium large;
valve of cingulum broad.............. Tenuitarsus Bolivar, 1904
a. Genus Chrotogonus Serville, 1838
KEY TO SPECIES OF CHROTOGONUS SERVILLE, 1838
is Tegmina slightly reaching near apex of hind knee; wings
hyaline: shahtly shorter than tegmunaso..:... 2a ee 2
— Tegmina surpassing the apex of hind knee; wings dark, much
shorter than the length of tegmina; aedeagus broad with
selérites-and’ valves blunt apically i052). ek. ae
Pare Ack oe Ae Chrotogonus oxypterus (Blanchard, 1836)
ys Body yellowish-brown with metazoan of pronotum and mid
hind femur outer and upper surface white; aedeagus narrow
with sclerites: and valves Dblunt-amiealty vos cc. ern on eee
Pil ghactaashcal Or tase Chrotogonus armatus Steinmann, 1965
— Body uniformly yellowish-brown without white marking;
aedeagus very narrow with sclerites and valves pointed
apically ....... Chrotogonus trachypterus (Blanchard, 1836)
1. Chrotogonus oxypterus (Blanchard, 1836)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2A): Bridge-shaped, bridge
moderately slender, slightly wider and long; anterior
projection prominent with angular tip; lateral plates separated
205
PHALLIC COMPLEX IN INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE
medially, lophi with curved apices, apex acute; lateral
appendices rod-shaped and hooked at the end, apex pointed
and reaching the tip of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3A, 4A): Deep and concave basal
emargination with shallow basal thickening, suprazygomal
plate narrow, dorsal cleft broad and rounded at the base, valve
of cingulum short and rame narrow, ventral process long and
narrow, apodemal plates slightly wider; aedeagus broad with
sclerites and valves blunt apically in dorsal view and regularly
curved upward in lateral view.
2. Chrotogonus armatus Steinmann, 1965
Epiphallus (Fig. 2B): Bridge-shaped, bridge more
slender, slightly narrow and elongated; anterior projection less
prominent; lateral plates separated medially, lophi with curved
apices, apex acute; lateral appendices rod-shaped and hooked
at the end, apex expanded and crossing the tip of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3B, 4B): Deep and concave basal
emargination with light basal thickening, suprazygomal plate
wide, dorsal cleft wider and angular at the base, valve of
cingulum much longer, ventral process comparatively smaller.
and broad, rame narrow, narrow apodemal plates; aedeagus
narrow with sclerites and valves blunt apically in dorsal view
and regularly curved upward in lateral view.
3. Chrotogonus trachypterus trachypterus
(Blanchard, 1836)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2C): Bridge-shaped, bridge more
slender, wider and long; anterior projection prominent with
obtusely conical apex; lateral plates separated medially, lophi
with curved apices, apex acute; lateral appendices rod-shaped
and hooked at the end, apex slightly expanded and crossing
the tip of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3C, 4C): Deep and concaved basal
emargination with broad basal thickening, suprazygomal plate
narrow, dorsal cleft small and rounded at the base, valve of
cingulum long and narrow apically, ventral process small and
narrow, rame comparatively wider, very narrow apodemal plates,
aedeagus very narrow with sclerites and valves pointed apically
in dorsal view and slightly curved upward in lateral view.
b. Genus Tenuitarsus Bolivar, 1904
4. Tenuitarsus orientalis Kevan, 1959
Epiphallus (Fig. 2D): Bridge-shaped, bridge small and
slightly wider than long; anterior projection less prominent
with conical apex; lateral plates separated medially, lophi with
curved apices, apex obtusely conical; lateral appendices rod-
shaped and pointed at the apex and crossing the tip of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3D, 4D): Deep and concave basal
emargination with shallow basal thickening, suprazygomal
Fig. 2: Epiphallus: A. Chrotogonus oxypterus Blanchard, 1836,
B. Chrotogonus armatus Steinmann, 1965, C. Chrotogonus trachypterus
trachypterus Blanchard, 1836, D. Tenuitarsus orientalis Kevan, 1959,
E. Poekilocerus pictus (Fabricius, 1775), F. Pyrgomorpha conica
(Olivier, 1791), G. Zarytes squalinus brachycerus (Kirby, 1914),
H. Atractomorpha angusta Karsch, 1888, |. Atractomorpha burn Bolivar,
1905, J. Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabricius, 1793), K. Atractomorpha
psittacina psittacina (Haan, 1842), L. Atractomorpha sinensis sinensis
Bolivar, 1905
plate broad, dorsal cleft broad and flat at the base, valve of
cingulum long and broad, rounded apically, ventral process
small and narrow, rame narrow, apodemal plates slightly wider;
aedeagus broad and short with sclerites and valves pointed
apically in dorsal view and curved upward in lateral view.
II. Tribe Poekilocerini Burmeister, 1840
c. Genus Poekilocerus Serville, 1831
5. Poekilocerus pictus (Fabricius, 1775)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2E): Bridge-shaped, bridge long and
a ne neat e eSR T
206
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
PHALLIC COMPLEX IN INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE
Fig. 3: Dorsal view of Phallus: A. Chrotogonus oxypterus Blanchard,
1836, B. Chrotogonus armatus Steinmann, 1965, C. Chrotogonus
trachypterus trachypterus Blanchard, 1836, D. Tenuitarsus orientalis
Kevan, 1959, E. Poekilocerus pictus (Fabricius, 1775),
F. Pyrgomorpha conica (Olivier, 1791), G. Zarytes squalinus brachycerus
(Kirby, 1914), H. Atractomorpha angusta Karsch, 1888, |. Atractomoroha
burri Bolivar, 1905, J. Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabricius, 1798),
K. Atractomorpha psittacina psittacina (Haan, 1842), L. Atractomorpha
sinensis sinensis Bolivar, 1905
narrow, has a small median process on the posterior margin;
anterior projection prominent with conical apex; lateral plates
separated medially, lophi triangular; lateral appendices closely
applied to lateral plates, rod-shaped and expanded at the apex
and just reaching the tip of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3E, 4E): Pear-shaped, basal emargination
distinct and fairly deep with collar-like basal thickening,
suprazygomal plate large, broadly tongue-like, dorsal cleft
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
broad and rounded at the base, valve of cingulum distinct,
flat, narrow, ventral process triangular, rame wider, apodemal
plates wider and curved apically; aedeagus broad and short
with sclerites and valves pointed apically in dorsal view and
slightly curved upward in lateral view.
Ill. Tribe Pyrgomorphini Brunner, 1882
KEY TO GENERA OF PYRGOMORPHINI BRUNNER, 1882
“We Head abruptly convex dorsally in lateral view; frons strongly
concave; pronotum with lateral carinae irregular; lateral
pronotal lobes with posterior angles rounded or truncate;
tegmina completely developed or moderately shortened,
reaching the middle of the abdomen or still longer, sometimes
contiguous on the medio-dorsal line; wings not shorter or
hardly shorter than the tegmina; aedeagus straight, narrow,
short and stout with sclerites, and valves blunt apically in
dorsal view and slightly curved upward in lateral view .....
Bela Cet caaigcs a ROM cesieathe Pyrgomorpha Serville, 1838
— Head less abruptly convex dorsally in lateral view; frons less
strongly concave; pronotum with lateral carinae well-
developed and straight, lateral pronotal lobes with posterior
angles rectangular; aedeagus with broad sclerites and valves
short and upwardly curved in lateral view .................:0608
eta ceo apm tie ere cA UL be Nasa AY RD les Zarytes Bolivar, 1904
d. Genus Pyrgomorpha Serville, 1838
6. Pyrgomorpha conica (Olivier, 1791)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2F): Bridge-shaped, bridge narrow
and posteriorly concave; anterior projection not prominent
and straight; lateral plates separated medially, broader at basal
half, lophi hooked with pointed apex; lateral appendices rod-
shaped, much expanded at the apex, and just reaching the tip
of lophi. .
Phallus (Figs 3F, 4F): Basal emargination shallow
and concave in dorsal view with moderate basal thickening,
suprazygomal plate broad, dorsal cleft narrow and rounded
at the base, valve of cingulum short and distinct, ventral
process small and narrow, rame wider and pointed at apex,
apodemal plates wider; aedeagus straight, narrow, short and
stout with sclerites and valves blunt apically in dorsal view
and slightly curved upward in lateral view.
e. Genus Zarytes Bolivar, 1904
7. Zarytes squalinus brachycerus (Kirby, 1914)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2G): Bridge-shaped, bridge broader;
anterior projection not prominent; lateral plates separated
medially, broader at basal half, lophi hooked with pointed
apices; lateral appendices rod-shaped, slightly expanded at
the apex, and just reaching the tip of lophi.
207
PHALLIC COMPLEX IN INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE
Fig.4: Lateral view of Phallus: A. Chrotogonus oxypterus
Blanchard, 1836, B. Chrotogonus armatus Steinmann, 1965,
C. Chrotogonus trachypterus trachypterus Blanchard, 1836,
D. Tenuitarsus orientalis Kevan, 1959, E. Poekilocerus pictus
(Fabricius, 1775), F. Pyrgomorpha conica (Olivier, 1791),
G. Zarytes squalinus brachycerus (Kirby, 1914), H. Atractomorpha
angusta Karsch, 1888, |. Atractomorpha burri Bolivar, 1905,
J. Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabricius, 1793), K. Atractomorpha
psittacina psittacina (Haan, 1842), L. Atractomorpha sinensis sinensis
Bolivar, 1905
Phallus (Figs 3G, 4G): Basal emargination narrow and
concave in dorsal view with shallow basal thickening,
suprazygomal plate broad, dorsal cleft narrow, elongated and
obtusely conical at the base, valve of cingulum short and
distinct, ventral process small and narrow, rame narrow,
apodemal plates wider; aedeagus with broad sclerites and
valves short and upwardly curved in lateral view.
IV. Tribe Atractomorphini Bolivar, 1905
f. Genus Atractomorpha Saussure, 1862
Key TO SPECIES OF ATRACTOMORPHA SAUSSURE, 1862
1. Byes CloneaciOval ......i. 2. udontno as ee ys
pore: 1s Ee TOUMCHST OVAL OF OV OIG Hh einai Ae eds ess. 3}
Ze Build short and moderately stout; head and pronotum
relatively short; fastigium of vertex short; lateral pronotal
lobe fairly deep, without a membranous area in metazoan;
aedeagal valve long and slender, curved upwardly in lateral
SAC Senate Atractomorpha burri Bolivar, 1905
208
— Build very slender; head and pronotum relatively long;
fastigium of vertex narrower and longer; lateral pronotal lobe
shallower, sometimes with a small membranous area in the
metazoan; aedeagal valves longer and more strongly curved
5 Me Sele eee Atractomorpha psittacina (Haan, 1842)
5. Generally small; membranous area in metazoan of lateral
pronotal lobe usually very distinct in female and well-
indicated in male; hind wings normally tyrian pink to light
mallow purple or pale magenta at base, but quite often heavily
infumated; aedeagal valve small and shott............0..e ee
Petes eee Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabricius, 1793)
— Size range variable; membranous area in metazoan of lateral
pronotal lobe variably developed; hind wings pinkish to rose
red or rose at base, less frequently infumated .................. 4
4. Size as a rule a little smaller, body length often less than
20 mm in male or 30 mm in female; fastigium of vertex
generally narrower apically and less flat dorsally; hind wings
rose red, frequently infumated, at least basally; aedeagal
sclerites and aedeagal valves slightly shorter and less
PACA TY AACS el 15 Be. Richer hel We sak hoc doe MS -sbaed adhe ck obec
BE epee secs Wc rec eek Atractomorpha angusta Karsch, 1888
— Size generally a little larger, body length usually more than
20 mm in male or 30 mm in female; fastigium of vertex
usually broad and generally very flat dorsally; hind wings
rose red or rose, not frequently infumated; aedeagal sclerites
and aedeagal valves slightly longer and more gradually
tapered ws... cies. Atractomorpha sinensis Bolivar, 1905
8. Atractomorpha burri Bolivar, 1905
Epiphallus (Fig. 2H): Anchor-shaped, bridge small,
anterior projections not prominent; lateral plates broad and
fused medially, broader at the base, middle piece much wider,
lophi hooked with conical apex; lateral appendices rod-shaped,
slightly expanded at apex, reaching up to the apex of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3H, 4H): Capsule-shaped, basal
emargination concaved in dorsal view with shallow basal
thickening, supra zygomal plate slightly narrow, dorsal cleft
broad and rounded at the base, valve of cingulum longer,
ventral process long and narrow, rame broad, apodemal plates
narrow; aedeagal valve long and slender and curved upwardly
in lateral view.
9. Atractomorpha psittacina psittacina (Haan, 1842)
Epiphallus (Fig. 21): Anchor-shaped, bridge very
narrow; anterior projections not prominent, with rounded
apex; lateral plates fused medially, middle piece narrow, lophi
hooked with pointed apex; lateral appendices rod-shaped,
expanded at apex, slightly far from the apex of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 31, 41): Capsule-shaped, basal
emargination concave in dorsal view with shallow basal
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
PHALLIC COMPLEX IN INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE
thickening, suprazygomal plate slightly narrow, dorsal cleft
broad and dome-shaped at base, valve of cingulum moderate,
ventral process long and narrow, rame narrow, apodemal
plates narrow; aedeagal valves long and more strongly curved.
10. Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabricius, 1793)
Epiphallus (Fig. 2J): Anchor-shaped, bridge broadt,
anterior projections prominent with pointed apex, lateral
plates fused medially, middle piece with subparallel margins,
lophi hooked with pointed apex; lateral appendices rod-
shaped, slightly expanded at apex, slightly far from the apex
of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3J, 4J): Capsule-shaped, basal
emargination concave in dorsal view with shallow basal
thickening, suprazygomal plate narrow, dorsal cleft broad and
rounded at the base, valve of cingulum long, ventral process
long and narrow, rame narrow and rounded at the end,
apodemal plates broad; aedeagal valve small and short.
11. Atractomorpha angusta Karsch, 1888
Epiphallus (Fig. 2K): Anchor-shaped, bridge narrow;
anterior projections prominent with pointed apex; lateral
plates fused medially, broader at base, middle piece slightly
wider, lophi hooked with obtusely conical apex; lateral
appendices rod-shaped, expanded at apex, usually reaching
the apex of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3K, 4K): Capsule-shaped, basal
emargination concave in dorsal view with shallow basal
thickening, suprazygomal plate slightly wider, dorsal cleft
broad and rounded at the base, valve of cingulum short, ventral
process long and narrow, rame narrow and rounded at the
end, apodemal plates broad, aedeagal sclerites and aedeagal
valves slightly short and less gradually tapered.
12. Atractomorpha sinensis sinensis Bolivar, 1905
Epiphallus (Fig. 2L): Anchor-shaped, bridge wider,
anterior projections prominent with hook like apex; lateral
plates fused medially, broader at base, middle piece slightly
narrow, lophi hooked with obtusely conical apex; lateral
appendices rod-shaped, much expanded at apex, slightly far
from the apex of lophi.
Phallus (Figs 3L, 4L): Capsule-shaped, basal
emargination concave in dorsal view with shallow basal
thickening, suprazygomal plate form a triangular plate-like
structure, dorsal cleft broad and rounded at the base, valve of
cingulum short, ventral process long and narrow, rame narrow
and rounded at the end, apodemal plates less extensive,
aedeagal sclerites and aedeagal valves slightly long and more
gradually tapered.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We wish to extend our gratitude to the Department of
Science and Technology, New Delhi, for providing financial
assistance during the tenure of a major research project (Ref.
No. SR/SO/AS 32/2008), being carried out on Biosystematics
and Biodiversity of Acridoidea (Orthoptera) in North India.
Thanks are due to Prof. Irfan Ahmad, Chairman, Department
of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, for providing
necessary facilities.
REFERENCES
AJAILI, A.A. & M.K. UsManr (1990): Epiphallus in some Libyan
grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acridoidea). Annals Agric. Ain Shams
Uni. Cairo Sp. Issue: 511-519.
Dirsu, V.M. (1956): The phallic complex in Acridoidea (Orthoptera)
in relation to taxonomy. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 108:
223-356.
FLook, P.K., S. KLEE & C.H.F. RowELL (1999): Combined molecular
phylogenetic analysis of the Orthoptera (Arthropoda, Insecta)
and implications for their higher systematics. Syst. Biol. 48(2):
233-253.
Kevan, D.K. Mce., S.S. AKBAR & Y.C. CHANG (1972): The concealed
copulatory structures of Pyrgomorphidae (Orthoptera:
Acridoidea). Part IV. Tribes Desmoptrini, Monistriini,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Chlorizeinini, Poekilocerini and Phymateini. Eos, Madrid
47(1971): 137-234.
Kevan, D.K. Mce. & D.C. Eapes (1974): The phallic musculature of
Pyrgomorphidae, with particular reference to Atractomorpha
sinensis sinensis Bolivar, and notes on the Family Tristiridae
and the Subfamily Pyrgacridinae, nov. (Orthoptera: Acridoidea).
Extracts of Acrida 3: 247-265.
Roserts, H.R. (1941): A comparative study of the subfamilies of the
Acrididae (Orthoptera) primarily on the basis of their phallic
structure. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 93: 201-246.
Usman, M.K., H. Kumar & S.M. Narku (2011): Taxonomic significance
of phallic complex in some Indian species of Acridoidea
(Orthoptera). Biosystematica 5(1): 55-63.
209
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
210-213
THE TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES IN INDIA
ABRAR AHMED!
"TRAFFIC India, WWF-India Secretariat, 172-B, Lodi Estate, New Delhi 110 001, India. Email: abrar_bird @ hotmail.com
Slow Loris Nycticebus bengalensis and Slender Loris Loris lyddekerianus are much favoured species in the illegal live
mammal trade. Lorises are small sized furry primates, having large round eyes. They are easy to keep due to their
omnivorous diet and a solitary lifestyle. Lorises rank high on the cute-and-cuddly scale and are much sought after as
pets worldwide. This paper discusses the more or less covert trade, trapping and organised wildlife trafficking, and
utilisation of lorises in India.
Key words: Slow Loris, Nycticebus bengalensis, Slender Loris, Loris lyddekerianus, live mammal trade, primate, pet
trade
INTRODUCTION
Indian primates are totally protected under the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972 (WPA), but most are still illegally
exploited in one way or another. Primates are the most popular
group in the live mammal trade, and illegally traded, both
domestically and internationally, for the biomedical and
pharmaceutical markets, the entertainment and pet industries.
Primates are also much sought after by zoological parks and
private animal collections (Ahmed 2001; Malik et al. 1997;
Srivastava 1999). Until 1978, India was a leading exporter
of monkeys to various countries (Ahmed 2001). Primates are
also hunted by several forest tribes and their meat is relished
in certain regions. The body parts are used in traditional
medicine, sold as curios, or the skin is used as casing. On
rare occasions, primate parts are also used in black magic
and sorcery (Bhel 1998).
Among the Indian primates, lorises are much favoured
in the live mammal trade, and are often sold as pets in Indian
and international markets (Ahmed 2012; Menon and Kumar
1998). I have been monitoring bird markets across India
since 1992, and during the more than 300 field surveys
across all the Indian states, I have encountered the sale of
lorises in some animal markets, especially at village haats
in the distribution areas of the species. This manuscript
discusses the trade, trapping methods, and utilisation of
lorises in India.
Lorises of India, their distribution and legal status
India is home to two species of nocturnal prosimians
(lorises) belonging to the Suborder Strepsirrhini, namely Slow
Loris Nycticebus bengalensis (Boddaert) and Slender Loris
Loris lyddekerianus (Linnaeus). The Slow Loris can be
differentiated from the Slender Loris by its distinctive brown
stripe, marking the middle line of its back, and is
comparatively larger than the Slender Loris. The Slow Loris
is found in dense, moist deciduous, semi-evergreen, and
evergreen forests throughout north-east India, more
commonly south of the River Brahmaputra, while the Slender
Loris is distributed throughout southern India, south of the
Rivers Tapti and Godavari up to 800 m above msl (Menon
2003).
The Slow Loris is listed as Vulnerable in the IUCN
Red List of Threatened species due to loss of habitat and
severe hunting pressures, and in Appendix I of CITES
(Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
of Wild Fauna and Flora). The Slender Loris is listed by [UCN
as Near Threatened, and is listed in Appendix II of CITES.
Trade and utilisation of lorises
Lorises are furry, have large, round eyes, omnivorous
diet, a solitary lifestyle, and unique behaviour — they can hang
upside down. For these and other reasons, they rank high on
the cute-and-cuddly scale, and have been long in demand as
pets worldwide. Trade is considered a major threat to most
loris species, especially in Southeast Asian countries. The
Slow Loris remains a common sight in wildlife markets of
Indonesia, Thailand, and Singapore (TRAFFIC n.d.). In India,
main reasons for trade in lorises are the small size, silent
behaviour (they do not ‘cry’ in captivity), being easy to keep
due to their omnivorous diet, their easy availability, and less
difficulty faced by animal traders in transporting them
compared to other primates. Their exotic and “cute look’ make
them a favourite trade commodity, yielding high profits to
the organised wildlife traffickers who target farm owners and
animal enthusiasts interested in rare, exotic pets. In India,
lorises have been known to be captured for years. Prater
(2005) states “As with lemurs in all countries, a wealth of
superstitious beliefs centre around these animals. The eyes
are said to be a potent love charm, and are also used as a cure
for certain eye diseases. Hence, the capture and sale of these
animals, which are cruelly hawked about to the blinding glare
TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES
of sunlight, to which by nature they are so ill-accustomed.”
Lorises were exported worldwide from India along with
birds until the blanket ban in 1990—1991. Prior to the ban,
the Slender Loris, locally called Lajwanti in Hindi by animal
dealers, was brought to north India from Bengaluru (earlier
Bangalore) animal dealers. The Slow Loris, locally called
Sharmili billi in Hindi by animal dealers in north India, was
sourced from Patna for exporters in Uttar Pradesh. Until a
decade ago, the Slow Loris was regularly sold at the famous
Sonepur fair in Bihar, while the Slender Loris was a common
mammal for sale at the Shivaji bird market in Bengaluru
(Ahmed 2001). I recorded 28 Slow Loris during eighteen
surveys between 1994 and 2011 in 11 sites in four states, and
not less than 22 Slender Loris in six sites in four southern
Indian states between 1994 and 2002. These numbers may
not look significant, but these records were not from a specific
survey for these species, but incidental to one on documenting
the bird trade.
In India, lorises are utilised in various ways. The Slow
Loris is poached for food in Meghalaya (Radhakrishna et al.
2010) and Mizoram (Joydeep Bose pers. comm. 2012). They
are hunted in north-east India by the Angamis, Apatanis,
Nishis, and Mizos for bushmeat (Hilaluddin et al. 2005), and
also kept commonly as pets (Nandini et al. 2009). In southern
India, roadside astrologers use Slender Loris for picking up
fortune cards (Ahmed 2001). Tribals in Kerala claim that
keeping a Slender Loris can ward off evil spirits. Though
lorises are used in traditional medicine, they are more common
in the pet trade. Lorises are also sold to zoos and private
collections, and were formerly used as exhibits in travelling
ZOOS, a practice that is now almost over due to the ban on
travelling zoos.
The pet trade in lorises in India is done in a covert
manner, and it is not openly offered or displayed as in several
Asian countries. There is a growing demand for exotic pets
in India, and exotic birds are the major attraction in most
private collections, since there is no ban on the domestic trade
and possession of exotic birds. Many large collections also
have a number of small exotic mammals, such as Sugar
Gliders Petaurus breviceps, marmosets (Callitrichidae), and
bush babies (Galagidae), each of which may cost more than
Rs. 100,000 for a pair. On many occasions, new or ignorant
buyers are conned into buying Slow or Slender Loris and
Giant Squirrel (Ratufa indica) as exotic pets at exorbitant
prices. Unlike most Southeast Asian countries where the Slow
Loris has its teeth cut or extracted for the pet trade to avoid
being bitten, this is not practiced in India, and the animals
are invariably kept in cages. However, I was told that one
can get tame lorises with their teeth removed. The animal
traders also said that the lorises are not sold as ‘toy pets’ but
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
to serious animal collectors. Due to the strong odour emitted,
most of the buyers who are rich and finicky about keeping
such animals in their houses return them. To avoid the
problem due to foul odour of these species, traders offer them
instead as outdoor pets for which they can command high
prices.
There are tribes or village-level trappers who make
collection trips almost thrice a week in forests, who on
chance encounters with lorises often capture and covertly
sell them at the village level. Even if the animal dies (from
starvation mostly), the body is dried and parts sold for
traditional medicine. There is some international demand
for lorises, mainly in Thailand, and the lorises are
transported to Bangkok (via Dhaka) or to Karachi by animal
dealers. Earlier, Kathmandu was the main transit point, from
where the Slow Loris were smuggled to Thailand by
subdealers and middlemen, but due to increased vigilance,
the centre is now Dhaka. In India, the main collection centres
are Patna and Burdwan from where the lorises are routed to
these countries. Recent surveys in north-east India suggest
that these animals may also be routed to Myanmar via Moreh
(Manipur).
Loris Trappers and Traders
The organised countrywide trade is either carried by
Mirshikar traders from Patna or by certain tribals from
southern India, such as the Narikorava and Hakki pikki.
Mirshikars do not catch the Slow Loris on their own, but
obtain them from subdealers from the North-East, who buy
them from village-level trappers in Assam, Meghalaya, and
Nagaland, and bring them to the Mirshikar traders based in
Patna and Siliguri (collection centres). The tribals of north-
east India such as Garo, Nishi, and Karbi occasionally sell
Slow Loris in the village markets. The Mirshikar traders of
Patna or Burdwan send the Slow Loris to dealers and pet
keepers throughout India.
The Narikorava and Hakki pikki mostly live a nomadic
life and seasonally hunt wildlife at forest peripheries.
Pakshirajpuram (a tiny settlement of professional animal
trappers) near Hosur on the Nagarhole road used to be one of
the primary collection centres from where Slender Lorises
were sent to the Bengaluru and Chennai markets on demand.
Historically, the animal markets at Benson town in Bengaluru
and Moore Market in Chennai openly displayed and sold these
animals, a practice that has completely gone underground.
Now a few animals are delivered only through known
customers on request.
The organised trade of Slender Loris in Kerala takes
place through middlemen in Malayttur and Angamali, who
may send the animals to the Coimbatore, Alvaye, and Madurai
211
TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES
markets on specific demand. The collection is done by the
Kani tribe or city-based organised trappers. Some Slender
Lorises are collected near the Wayanad forest and the stock
is send to Thrissur and Kozhikode dealers. Slender Lorises
are also collected by travelling Narikoravas of Villipuram in
Tamil Nadu, who at times sell their catch in Chennai, and to
animal traders from southern India.
The Pardhi tribe of Central India, who hunt and deal
with many wildlife products, also sell the Slender Loris’s
body parts for their supposed medicinal value in Indian
Cities.
Collection Methods of Lorises
Lorises are slow and silent. Once disturbed, they
immediately freeze, and are docile. Their nocturnal habits,
and at times choice of sleeping sites on exposed branches,
make them easy targets for trappers. In the case of the Slender
Loris, trappers use powerful torches to immobilise them when
they come to feed on lower branches. Using poles with curved
knives, used for bringing down leafy branches for livestock,
the animals are caught by cutting off the branches. If the
branches are not reachable, a rope (with a stone) is used to
pull down the branch.
In north-east India, the Slow Loris is reported to be
collected in a similar fashion by bringing the branch down
or by felling the tree. However, my interviews with grassroots-
level trappers suggested that the majority of Slow Loris are
collected from tree cavities or crevices, when the trappers
search for chicks of mynas, parakeets, and hornbills. This
appears to be true as I recorded the loris mainly during my
surveys for trade in hornbills and mynas in north-east India.
Major Trade Routes and Trade Centres in India
Some collection centres for organised loris trade were
recorded during my surveys. Live Slow Lorises collected
from the north-eastern states are transported via Siliguri
either to Mirshikar-toli in Patna or the animal traders in
Burdwan, from where they are distributed to various
domestic and international animal markets, depending on
the demand from city-based retailers. The lorises are
transported in small iron cages measuring less than one
cubic foot. They are mainly fed munia birds and sometimes
infant food mixed with egg, banana, and sometimes rice.
The collection at the primary level is by the Karbi
people, who bring their catch for sale at the weekly haat
(village market) such as Balipathar and Silonijan on the
Assam-Nagaland highways, while the actual collection
takes place from peripheral forest areas. Some animals are
taken by subdealers from Dimapur and Kohima for local
sale. Stocks from Meghalaya reach Bijoynagar (or
212
Boko) from Adokgre and Dudpdara (east Garo Hills), which
is routed to Nepal via Jogbani or to Patna via Katihar.
Comparing my surveys in the early 1990s with the ones
in 2007 and 2011, it appears that most Slow Loris are now
sold locally near collection centres, rather than bulk animals
being transported to the organised markets due to fear of
seizures. The lorises are now transported hidden with domestic
animals, especially pigeons. To calm and make the animal
drowsy, crushed onions are reportedly kept in boxes, a practice
which needs verification.
Prices of Lorises
According to information based on a recent seizure
in Karnataka, the price quoted for each Slender Loris is
Rs. 35,000. Based on my surveys, I found the price of a
Slow Loris at village-level markets in Assam was between
Rs. 300-600. In the Nagaland food markets, the prices
ranged from Rs. 500—1,000, and in the villages it was about
Rs. 200-300 at the collection level. In Patna, the Slow Loris
can easily sell between Rs. 3,000—8,000 for a pair. In
southern India, near Bengaluru, a Pakshirajpuram dealer
quoted a price of Rs. 1,500 for a pair of Slender Loris in
1997, and in Bengaluru and Kozhikode markets, a pair at
retail level could cost up to Rs. 20,000. In tribal areas, the
same can be obtained for Rs. 200-300.
Conservation
The recent seizures of lorises from India are indicators
of their ongoing trade in India. In June 2012, a Slow Loris
kept as a pet in South Garo Hills, Shillong, was rescued (Anon.
2012). Two Slender Loris were seized in Goa on the way to
Karnataka in September 2011 (Wildlife Crime in India n.d.).
In March 2011, two Slow Loris were rescued in Karbi
Anglong from locals (Wildlife Trust of India n.d.). In July
1996, three Slender Loris skins were seized from Narikorava
tribals in Karnataka (Anon. 1996).
Hence, despite Indian lorises being included in
Schedule I of the WPA and in Appendices I and II of CITES,
both species are threatened by illegal trade and need greater
law enforcement at the grassroots level. Studies to determine
the impact and extent of such illegal activities affecting local
populations, and stringent enforcement of laws and
punishment for poachers need to be undertaken. There is also
a need for education and awareness programmes to highlight
the plight of lorises in the species distribution areas.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am thankful to TRAFFIC India/WWF-India for their
continued support for the bird-trade study. I owe special thanks
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES
to Mr. Ravi Singh, Secretary General and CEO, WWF-India,
and Dr. Shekhar Kumar Niraj, Head TRAFFIC India, for all
their help and support. I am grateful to Dr. Asad R. Rahmani,
Director, BNHS, for his guidance and support throughout my
studies, and Dr. Ranjit Manakadan for editorial help and useful
discussion on this article. I also thank Dr. Joydeep Bose,
WWE-India, for his suggestions. Lastly, I would like to
collectively thank all those who helped me in the field and
all indigenous bird trappers who shared their knowledge with
me during my surveys.
REFERENCES
Aumep, A. (2001): Illegal Trade, and Utilization of Primates in India.
Envis Bulletin: Wildlife and Protected Areas 1(1): 177-184.
AHMED, A. (2012): Future of Indian lorises hangs upside down. TRAFFIC
Post 15: 8-9. TRAFFIC India, New Delhi.
Anon. (1996): Summary of seizures poaching incident in India since
May—December 1996. Retrieved from http://scstsenvis.nic.in/
index4.aspx’?ssslid=556&subsubsublinkid=128&langid=1 &mid=1
ANOon. (2012): Endangered Bengal Slow Loris rescued. Retrieved from
http://www. business-standard.com/generalnews/news/
endangered-bengal-slow-loris-rescued/20248/.
BHEL, T. (1998): Tantrik-mantra Shastra. Randhir Prakashan, Haridwar.
Pp. 131.
HILALUDDIN, R. Kau & D. GHosE (2005): Conservation implications of
wild animal biomass extractions in Northeast India. Animal
Biodiversity and Conservation 28(2): 169-179.
Matutk, I., B.K. Gupta, B. RATHINASABAPATHY & P.B. Kumar (1997):
Plundering of Nilgiri Bioreserve Area. A Vatavaran report.
New Delhi. Pp. 30-33.
Menon, V. (2003): A Field Guide to Indian Mammals. Dorling Kindersley
(India) Pvt. Ltd. and Penguin Book India (P) Ltd. Pp. 28.
MeENon, V. & A. Kumar (1998): Wildlife Crime: an Enforcement Guide.
Wildlife Protection Society of India, New Delhi. Pp. 68-69.
NANDINI, R., K. Kakatr & N. VeEp (2009): Occurrence records of the
Bengal Slow Loris (Nycticebus bengalensis) in north-eastern
India. Asian Primates Journal 1(2): 12-18.
PRATER, S.H. (2005): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural
History Society and Oxford University Press, Mumbai.
Pp. 43-45.
RADHAKRISHNA, S., A. DaTTA-Roy, N. Swapna & A. SINHA (2010):
Population Survey of the Bengal Slow Loris Nycticebus
bengalensis in Meghalaya, Northeast India. Primate
Conservation 25: 105-11.
SRIVASTAVA, A. (1999): Primates of Northeast India. Mega Diversity
Press, Bikaner. 208 pp.
TRAFFIC (n.p.): Loris trade not so slow. Retrieved from http://
www.traffic.org/home/2012/4/3/loris-trade-not-so-slow.html
WILDLIFE CRIME IN INDIA (N.D.): Information on Wildlife Poaching and
illegal wildlife Trade/ Wildlife Trafficking in India. Retrieved
from http://wildlifecrimeinindia.blogspot.in/2011/09/Slender-
loris-seized-in-goa.html.
WILDLIFE TRUST OF INDIA (N.D.): Wild Rescues. Retrieved from http://
www.wti.org.in/oldsite/pages/wild-rescues-in-mar2011.html.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
213
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
214-215
OBITUARY
T.J. Roberts
(1924 — 2013)
Dr. Thomas Jones Roberts, popularly
known as Tom Roberts, was one of the finest _
amateur ornithologists and naturalists of the -
Indian subcontinent. Although he worked —
mainly in Pakistan for almost 30 years, his
knowledge of the Subcontinent’s fauna and _ a ee
flora was phenomenal, as reflected in his |
monumental books. Tom Roberts wrote 40 ©
research papers, numerous popular articles |
on nature, and seven books. His two-volume #
THE BIRDS OF PAKISTAN, based on his extensive 7
travels in the country for 28 years, covering
all 660 recorded species, came out in 1991-
92, and became an instant success. I had the
privilege to have a signed copy. I first met Tom and his lovely
wife Frances during the BNHS Centenary seminar in 1983.
Along with Dr. Salim Ali, Mr. Humayun Abdulali, and
Dr. B. Biswas, they made a formidable group — the stalwarts of
the ornithology of South Asia.
Tom Roberts was an accomplished artist — this is proved
from the wonderful illustrations in his books. During the
writing of his book, THE BIRDS OF PAKISTAN, he came twice to
India in the 1980s to consult the BNHS bird collection. Along
with his wife, he would come to BNHS at 08:30 a.m. sharp
and work till late evening, meticulously going from specimen
to specimen, making notes of plumage, beak, tarsus, and
illustrating when necessary. I was eager to help him in getting
specimens, but he politely refused my help as he wanted to
concentrate fully on the work that he had planned in his short
trip. Job done, we went to dinner one evening when he told
me about the birdlife of our neighbouring country. He also
promised to send me a signed copy of his book, which he did
when it came out in 1991-92.
Tom Roberts was a complete naturalist. In 1977, he wrote
and illustrated THE MAMMALS OF PAKISTAN. For his second
revised edition published by the Oxford University Press in
1999, he also used some mammal images sent by me from
India. His other books are HANDBOOK OF VERTEBRATE PEST
CONTROL IN PAKISTAN (1981), THE BUTTERFLIES OF PAKISTAN
(2001), FIELD GUIDE TO THE SMALL MAMMALS OF PAKISTAN (2005),
and FIELD GUIDE TO THE LARGE AND MEDIUM-SIZED MAMMALS OF
PAKISTAN (2005).
, Tom Roberts was born on September 2,
1924 in North Wales, UK. His father had a
business in Pakistan, which he visited in
1946 and fell in love with the Subcontinent.
He went to Canada as a young man to study
Agricultural Economics, then a new
subject, in the University of British
fF Columbia. He met Frances and soon
married her. In 1952, he returned to
Pakistan to join his father’s company
Roberts Cotton Associates Ltd. In 1966, he
took over as Managing Director of the
company and retired in 1984, shifting to
UK after some years.
For his pioneering work in Pakistan, in 1994 he was
awarded Sitara-e-Imtiaz by the Government of Pakistan. One
year before that, Queens’ College, Cambridge, awarded him
a doctorate. Later, he received many awards for his work on
birds, butterflies, insects, and mammals. Tom was also a
member of many societies and committees. He was the
founding father of WWF-Pakistan and a strong pillar of
International Council for Bird Preservation (renamed BirdLife
International in 1994). He was also a founding member of
the Oriental Bird Club, UK. Dr. Roberts served as a member
of the board of governors of World Wide Fund for Nature-
Pakistan from 1985 to 1991 and the organisation’s scientific
committee. Thrice he was awarded the WWF-International
Award for Conservation Merit.
Even at an advanced age, in his 80s, Roberts was active in
studying the local wildlife of his beloved Anglesey, North
Wales, where he had settled with Frances.
With the passing away of Dr. Thomas Jones Roberts, the
Indian subcontinent has lost one of the stalwarts of oriental
ornithology. His books will educate and delight us for many
more years. I hope the conservation message given in his
writings will stir our neighbour, not known for its
conservation record. If a societal change takes place there,
it will be the finest tribute to the great man who spent the
better part of his life documenting the fauna and flora of the
country.
M@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
OBITUARY
Zafar Futehally
(1920 — 2013)
Zafar Futehally was elected to the
Executive Committee of the Bombay
Natural History Society in 1962, and soon
thereafter took up the post of Vice President,
and perhaps held this post longer than
anyone else in the Society’s history.
His phenomenal capacity for work is well
illustrated by the fact that while steering the | -
affairs of the Society, he also co-edited the F
Society’s Journal for 10 years from April
1963.
Ata time when ‘conservation’ was a new
buzzword in India, Zafar started WWEF-
India, and was its Founder Trustee and Vice
President for over a decade. Zafar was also elected to the
Executive Board of the IUCN in 1966. He served as a member
of the National Committee for Environment Planning, and
along with M. Krishnan, was appointed as a ‘non official’
member of the Steering Committee of Project Tiger when it
was launched in 1973. He was also closely involved with the
International Ornithological Congress.
Zatar started the Newsletter for Birdwatchers with the
active encouragement of Dr. Salim Ali in 1959, with the aim
of promoting birdwatching and ornithology in India. The
Newsletter went on to become an important forum for amateur
and professional ornithologist to exchange notes and
information, with Zafar as its Editor for 45 years!
Tall in stature and slight of build, Zafar was an excellent
field person, though he came into his own as an effective
‘committee man’ with a penchant for striving to reach
consensus, and eliminate conflicts.
This, along with his integrity and a deep commitment to
the causes that he espoused for, not only stood the Society in
good stead during a difficult period, but also contributed
positively to the effective functioning of various national and
international organisations that he was associated with.
He was a part of the effort that organised the 10th General
Assembly and the 11th technical meeting of the [UCN that
took place at New Delhi from 24th November to 1st December
1969 — a memorable Assembly in many ways, particularly
for India, because it was the first instance when an IUCN
Conference had been convened in Asia.
Zatar’s report on this was published in the Society’s
Journal |Futehally, Zafar (1970): JBNHS 67(1): 30-39].
Among the many resolutions passed during the 10th GA,
the crisis enveloping the Tiger was finally recognised. “The
assembly was generally alarmed by the position of the tiger
in India, and generally in other countries. It decided quite
rightly that in view of the grave threat to the tiger populations
in the countries where the animal occurs, due to direct and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
indirect methods of destruction ... the
Governments of these countries (declare)
a moratorium on killing of this animal until
such time as censuses and ecological
studies ... reveal the correct position as
regards population trends”
Zafar Futehally wrote in the Society’s
Journal “Looking back on the Conference
in the light of the experience of those held in
other countries it must be acknowledged that
the organization by and the hospitality of
|) the Government of India left little to be
desired. The presence of the Prime Minister,
Dr. Karan Singh, the Minister of Tourism,
and the Chairman of the Indian Board for Wildlife, and other
senior Ministers and Members of the Planning Commission at
several Sessions, both formal and informal, left the delegates
with the quite justifiable impression that conservation will in
future form an important item in the deliberations of the
Government of India. It will, however, be left to institutions
like the BNHS, the Wildlife Preservation Society of India, the
World Wildlife Fund — Indian National Appeal and others, to
see to it that the resolutions which are passed and which
engaged the attention of the leading conservationists of the
world are implemented as quickly as possible.”
The JBNHS, Vol. 68, April 1971, proudly carried under
‘Notes & News’ the following:
“Padma Shri - The President of the Republic of India has
been pleased to award Padma Shri to Mr. Zafar Futehally,
for his services to the Conservation of Indian Wildlife.”
Zafar was presented with the Order of the Golden Ark by
Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands in 1981, and made
‘Member of Honour World Wildlife Fund’ in 1994. In 1997,
he was conferred with the Salim Ali International Award for
Nature Conservation in recognition of his efforts towards the
conservation of Karnala and Borivali, Mumbai.
All these achievements and awards sat lightly on the
shoulders of Zafar, with his only concern being to do his duty.
After moving to Bangalore in 1973, he did “his duty as a
responsible citizen’ to work for saving the trees and revitalising
the lakes. In recognition of his tireless efforts, the Government
of Karnataka presented him the Rajyotsava Award in 1983. He
believed that: “Conservation would become the Religion of the
Future because men can only survive on renewable natural
resources — air, water, soil, flora and fauna.”
Zafar Futehally’s sterling contribution to the Bombay
Natural History Society, and to the conservation of nature
and natural resources has set high standards for us to emulate
and live up to.
M@ ASHISH AND SHANTHI CHANDOLA
2D
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
216-219
REVIEWS
1. BUTTERFLIES OFTHE GARO HILLS By Sanjay Sondhi, Krushnamegh Kunte, Gaurav Agavekar, Rohan
Lovalekar, and Kedar Tokekar (2013). Published by Samrakshan Trust (New Delhi), Titli Trust (Dehradun),
and Indian Foundation for Butterflies (Bengaluru). Size: 13.5 cm x 21cm. 200 pp. Price: Rs. 500/-. Paperback.
Today, the study of butterflies has become a passion
for many. The availability of excellent digital cameras,
improved transportation and the increasing availability of
information has largely contributed to the spurt of interest in
the subject. This is a boon for biodiversity documentation, as
remote corners of our country have begun to be explored by
both professionals and amateurs.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GARO HILLS is a Welcome addition to
the growing literature on the subject, covering 320 species of
the 350 species recorded so far from the Garo Hills. It is aimed
specifically at an audience intending to visit the area. This
book is the result of years of man-days of fieldwork by the
authors, working together and separately; it has all the
attributes of a good field guide, that is, a handy size, resilient
binding, good paper, and clear illustrations.
The book opens with an encouraging Message and
Foreword by two senior officials of the Meghalaya Forest
Department — both hope that the book will help butterfly
tourism, research, and conservation in the area. There is a
small introduction to the Garo Hills, a section on conserving
butterflies, and “How to use this book’, explaining the sense
behind the format and the meaning of terms used. This section
contains a surprising assertion, in the ‘Description’ subsection:
“Each species description starts with the butterfly wingspan,
in millimetres measured as twice the forewing length from
apex to wing base at the point of attachment to the thorax.
The wingspans in the book are primarily from Evans (1932)
and Talbot (1939-1947). However, Evans (1932) had stated,
‘After the name of the butterfly there follows... the expanse
of the butterfly in millimetres, obtained by measuring from
the centre of the thorax (the pin) to the tip of the forewing
and doubling the result...” Clearly, Evans’ measurements
include the thorax, which in some species such as the Rajahs
(Charaxes), comprise a substantial proportion of the
measurement. It is also true that the forewing length is
nowadays often used in measuring butterflies. But anyone
who has the slightest familiarity with butterflies or moths
will know that ‘twice the forewing length’ is a meaningless
measurement.
This method used for measurement is all the more
astounding because the wingspan/forewing length is the only
measurement used in studying butterflies and moths. In fact, a
few months prior to the present publication, I had drawn the
attention of some of the authors to this matter, in a previous
book by one of the authors Krushnamegh Kunte BUTTERFLIES
OF PENINSULAR INDIA (2000).
The next section is ‘Identifying Butterflies’. It is
correctly stated that in the case of some genera and species
groups, one needs to hold the butterfly in the hand and
examine normally obscured features like brands, which are
situated between the fore and hind wings, in order to correctly
place the species. The next sentence baffled me. It reads, “It
is possible to catch butterflies using butterfly nets to observe
these features, and release the butterfly unharmed, but the
written permission of the State Forest Department is necessary
before this can be attempted, especially within protected
areas.” This factoid is reinforced in the next paragraph with
the assertion that “This requires collection of specimens
which, too, requires written permission of the Chief Wildlife
Warden of the State Forest Department.” While the State
Forest Departments are authorised to issue permission to
collect specimens within protected areas and it is necessary
to seek permission before using a net in such areas, written
permission of the State Forest Department is certainly not
required outside government forests and protected areas for
resident Indian citizens. The only permission the State Forest
Department can issue outside government forests and
protected areas regarding butterflies is permission to collect
species listed on Schedule 2 and 3 of the Wildlife (Protection }
Act 1972. For Schedule 1, Central Government permission
is required, but for species off the schedules, no permission
is required. To take a net outside protected areas and
government forest, catch butterflies, examine them, and
release them unharmed is perfectly legal under current laws.
Similarly, taking such specimens for scientific research within
the country also does not require permission from anyone,
unless the research is undertaken with the intent of
commercialisation, in which case the State Biodiversity Board
would need to receive prior intimation.
Proceeding to the systematic section, the families have
been arranged alphabetically, as a result of which Riodinidae
comes after Pieridae and far from Lycaenidae, which is not in
consonance with their commonly accepted relatedness. The
arrangement of species in the systematic section appears to
follow no particular pattern, and differs from the arrangement
in the section titled “Checklist of the Butterflies of the Garo
Hills” (pp. 181-186). The authors also appear to be uncertain
about the classification of Lycaenidae, as there is wrong
REVIEWS
placement of species in the subfamilies. The systematic
section recognises the subfamily Polyommatinae (p. 34) with
36 species, but this subfamily is not listed in the Checklist
(pp. 182-183), where these species are listed under the
subfamily Lycaeninae. Clearly, the book very democratically
incorporates divergent opinions, which unfortunately, leaves
readers puzzled.
Of interest is the section called “Similar Species”. This
is meant to help separate butterflies that look similar. I tried
using this section, but ran into a bit of trouble. For example,
if I had a dark brown Skipper to be identified, I might look
up Dark Velvet Bob K. butleri on page 7, where it would be
suggested that I check Chocolate Demon A. nigrita on page
11. However, if I had turned to the Chocolate Demon first, I
would not be referred back to the Dark Velvet Bob on page 6,
but to Watson’s Demon S. swinhoei, which, after due
diligence, I discovered is not included in the book (it has not
been recorded from the area so far).
Most species are represented by a single photograph,
which is often adequate to recognise the species in the case
of distinctive species. However, in the case of similar looking
species, like the Sergeants, the book is extremely unhelpful.
For example, on page 92, the females (not illustrated) of the
Staff Sergeant and the very similar Small Staff Sergeant have
been described in nearly identical terms. Beginners will find
it challenging to imagine what they look like and to distinguish
between the two.
For whatever reasons, some species that do not occur
in the Garo Hills and are also not described in the book figure
in the checklist. It would have been better if these had not
been included in the checklist or marked.
The lack of records of some common butterflies like
the Spotless Grass Yellow Eurema herla laeta, Small Grass
Yellow Eurema brigitta, Club Beak Libythea myrrha, and
Common Beak Libythea lepita in the Garo Hills is surprising.
Similarly, it seems unusual that only two members of the Rings
Ypthima sp. have been recorded from these hills. Clearly, much
more work needs to be done.
The systematic section is followed by “Butterfly
Hotspots in the Garo Hills’, which includes 7 useful maps of
the area. The Suggested Reading and Websites section is a
useful compilation of books and sites that would take one
beyond the scope of the present book. The Glossary and
Abbreviations might have been more profitably placed at the
beginning of the book, for the convenience of users. The
“Checklist of the Butterflies of the Garo Hills” is a list of all
butterflies recorded so far from the area. Finally, there are
the Common Name and the Scientific Name indices. The latter
should more appropriately have been called the Generic
Names Index (for that is what it is), for if one is searching for
a species name, it is not available. Given the irritating
frequency with which genera are re-assigned, the species
names index would have been extremely useful.
The inside of the back cover lists the organisations
represented by the authors and sponsors. Interestingly, there
is the Indian Foundation for Butterflies, which is described
as a group of professional butterfly biologists and amateur
naturalists who are involved in research on the natural
history, ecology, conservation needs, and other aspects of
the biology of Indian butterflies. Nowhere does it state that
the organization has anything to do with the Government
of India or state governments. If it is not a governmental or
at least quasi-governmental organization, I am curious to
know how the use of the name “Indian” was permitted.
Normally, private organizations are not permitted to use
“Indian” or “National” in their names, since this gives the
impression of official sanction to the activities of that
organisation.
In conclusion, the book is a useful addition to existing
literature and it is hoped that the authors will look into the
matters outlined above in the next edition of the book.
@ PETER SMETACEK
REFERENCES
Evans, W.H. (1932): The Identification of Indian butterflies. Bombay
Natural History Society, Bombay. x + 454 pp., 32 pl.
Kunte, K. (2000): Butterflies of Peninsular India. Universities Press,
Hyderabad. 254 pp.
TALBot, G. (1939-47): The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon
and Burma. Butterflies, Vols 1 & 2. Taylor & Francis, London.
2. HIMALAYA: MOUNTAIN OF LIFE by Kamal Bawa and Sandesh Kadur (2013). Ashoka
Trust for Research in Ecology and the Environment, Bangalore. Size: 30.5 cm x 27.5 cm. 308 pp.
Price not given. Hardback.
There are some areas in this world which will never
stop fascinating you, and there are some people who will
never stop impressing you with their knowledge, dedication,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
and single-minded pursuit of excellence. When the two come
together, the results are expectedly of high quality. The book
HIMALAYA: MOUNTAIN OF LIFE proves this on every page. Kamal
217
REVIEWS
Bawa is a distinguished Professor of Biology at the University
of Massachusetts-Boston and a Founder-President of the
Bengaluru-based Ashoka Trust for Research in Ecology and
the Environment (ATREE). He has published nearly 200
scientific papers and authored or edited 10 books and
monographs. Prof. Bawa’s primary interest is plant life. The
other author, the much younger Sandesh V. Kadur is an award-
winning wildlife photographer and cinematographer, with a
passion for outdoors, wildlife, and conservation.
This lavish coffee-table book starts with a picture of a
pensive-looking Golden Langur, one of the last large primates
to be discovered in the Indian subcontinent, and perhaps the
most beautiful species amongst its peers. The first 32 pages
introduce you to the landscape, people, plants, and animals,
not through any technical description but through wonderful
images by Sandesh. Although titled HiImALaya, the book mainly
focuses on the eastern portion of this 2,400 km chain of
mountains, considered to be the youngest mountain chain in
the world. The Himalaya is the result of slow-motion collision
of the Indian tectonic plate, part of the massive
Gondwanaland, with the southern coastal edge of the Asian
plate, resulting in the slow upward thrust of the land. This
happened nearly 70 million years ago — a short time in the
geological time frame. What it lacks in geological history is
compensated by its rich biological wealth. The book celebrates
the biological and cultural diversity of these majestic and
mysterious mountains. It covers the region from central Nepal
through Darjeeling Hills, Sikkim, Bhutan, and into the north-
eastern Indian states of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, and
Nagaland — a subset of the whole Himalaya.
The Eastern Himalaya, which the book mainly deals
with, is considered to be one of the 34 biodiversity hotspots
of the world. These hotspots are the cradle of evolution and
diversification of plant and animal life. Sadly, these hotspots
are also areas that have lost 90% or more of their original
habitats. Through large landscape images, this book
showcases the spectacular richness of life in these mountains,
and also points out to the destruction that is going on in the
area mainly through human-related activities. The area that
harboured and nurtured more than 200 distinct ethnic groups
now faces an extinction crisis on an unprecedented scale.
Thanks to large-scale cultural osmosis, many ethnic groups
with their own traditions, dress, food, and languages are
disappearing, and some are more threatened than the species
on the IUCN Red List!
The book not only has wonderful pictures of habitats,
species, people, landscapes, and rivers, it has superb maps
and illustrations to add value to the document. Each habitat
picture has an extended caption, full of scientific information
written in layman’s language. This book further proves that
the best of science is written in simple language. I would say
the images and captions complement each other, vastly
improving the appeal of the book.
The book covers almost all major taxa, from flowers to
fish, to birds and mammals. I am particularly delighted that
the book includes fish diversity. Out of over 14,000 species
of freshwater fishes of the world, more than 900 are recorded
here. Fish diversity is the highest in lowland rivers, with
species richness declining with increase in altitude.
Unfortunately, Himalayan fish diversity is under tremendous
biotic pressure from overfishing, pollution, and introduction
of invasive species. Strangely, the protection of local fish
heritage 1s an issue that does not come to the minds of decision
makers and conservationists, although the fish gene pool is
one of the most important components of our biological
wealth. It is a classic case of ‘out of sight, out of mind’.
As can be expected from two committed conservationists,
the book ends with a chapter Threats to Biodiversity. It makes
sad reading, but all is not lost yet. Given a chance, nature can
bounce back and heal some of the damage that we have inflicted
on the Himalaya. The question is: Will the decision makers
who think only of 10% GDP growth, allow this?
Although large in size, I think this book is a “must buy”
for anyone interested in the protection of this fragile corner
of the world. Composite pictures of the Mount Everest’s East
Rongbuk Glacier (pages 280-281) showing that between 1921
and 2008, the glacier has lost 380 vertical feet of snow, should
convince any decision maker that the Himalaya is crying out
for conservation attention. Books like this show that
emergency actions are required to save what is appropriately
called the Mountain of Life.
@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
| 3. FAUNAL HERITAGE OF RAJASTHAN, INDIA Edited by B.K. Sharma, Seema Kulshreshtha,
and Asad R. Rahmani (2013). Published by Springer. Volume 1: General Background and Ecology
of Vertebrates; Volume 2: Conservation and Management of Vertebrates. Size: 15.5 cm x 24.5 cm.
313 pp. Price: Rs. 1,450/-. Hardback.
The state of Rajasthan is fascinating due to its history,
culture, palaces of former kingdoms, and its peace-loving and
colourful people with the elaborate and multihued turbans of
218
the men and the catchy embroidery on the clothes of the
women. Likewise, the landscape is enchanting, especially of
the stark and beautiful Thar, the hills of the Aravallis, and the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
REVIEWS
ravines and forest areas along the course of the Chambal river,
some with unique flora and fauna. In spite of the arid and
semi-arid harsh landscape, the wildlife of the state has
managed to survive through the years due to the low human
population density and the proactive protection afforded by
certain communities, especially the Bishnois. However, since
the last three to four decades, the wilderness and the wildlife
have been facing increasing and severe threats, largely due
to the increase in human population, the growth of towns and
cities, mining, oil and gas exploration/extraction, and other
human-related factors. |
The publication under review is a document on the
faunal wealth of the state and the conservation issues of the
landscape and the wildlife — written by a number of authors,
and edited by three editors. The publication comprises two
volumes. The first is in four parts, the first of which gives a
general introduction to the state, its physical and climatic
features, biogeography, biodiversity (including fossil records),
and the history of past and present conservation ethos in the
state. The next three parts cover a range of taxa of the state,
ranging from fish to mammals. There are also species-specific
chapters, such as those on the Great Indian Bustard, Lesser
Florican, White-naped Tit, and the Tiger. The second volume
deals with the conservation and management issues of various
taxa and their habitats, the taxa/sites covered are the Tiger in
Sariska, small mammals of the hilly tracts, Aravalli Hills,
Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary, Thar Desert, the Gharial
and Ganges River Dolphin in the Chambal, the two Ramsar
sites of the state (Sambar Lake and Keoladeo National Park),
wetland birds, Demoiselle Crane, Sarus Crane, and Smooth-
coated Otter.
Though the purpose and quality of production is
overall good, there are serious errors and flaws in the book,
some being: a] the illustrations of all the fish species from
numbers 12 to 36 do not match the names given in Table
6.1 (Volume 1). The first two of the eleven are correct, but
I suspect there are mistakes in the rest from what I know of
fish with my amateur knowledge, b) Again, as far as my
knowledge of botany goes, the photographs in Figures 2.18
and 2.19 (Volume 1) have probably been interchanged, as
the one in the former is definitely not Commiphora wightii
(which has been wrongly spelt as weighttii), c) The
photograph in Figure 10.2 (Volume 1) is that of the Common
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Sand Boa and not the Indian Rock Python, d) Though not a
clear image, the image in Figure 2.94 (Volume 1) appears
to be the Dalmatian Pelican (as the ones above) and not the
Spot-billed, and e) the genus of Cassia fistula has been
wrongly written as Casia in Figure 2.24 (Volume 1).
Considering the errors detected from a casual perusal, and
since I largely scanned those that are familiar or interests
me, there is the possibility of more such errors.
When I picked up the publication to peruse it for review,
I expected it to be basically a treatise on the different faunal
groups of the state. Instead, in addition to some of this nature,
there are chapters with accounts of single species, as
mentioned earlier. Considering the title, I feel these should
not have been included, and instead, more authoritative and
extensive accounts of the different faunal groups could have
been written. As for layout, there is quite a bit of waste of
space by having larger than necessary figures and
photographs, and having those which are unnecessary. For
example, the 53 distribution maps for the raptors in Chapter
13 of Volume | occupy half a page each — these could instead
be thumb-sized images positioned at the side of the text for
each species as is the case in field guides. The need for having
profile images of raptors, and also the many images of birds
and other fauna in Chapter 2 is also questionable. A few
representative ones and those of high quality could have been
used, thus saving on paper and reducing the bulk of the book.
Even if the inclusion of profile images was felt necessary,
these could have been reduced to many small ones in each
page/plate. I also found many of the maps of the state too
gaudy for my liking (e.g., Fig. 1.1, in which the font sizes of
the districts differ). What was the need to repeat the Foreword
and Acknowledgments in the second volume? There is also
scope for cutting down on text (with better editing), and
images in Volume 2, for example the photos of the temples of
the state and the movie star being taken to court/jail.
In spite of the errors and drawbacks, the publication is
definitely an important contribution to the literature on the
wildlife of the state, and its value will be enhanced once the
errors and changes suggested in this review are addressed
through a revised reprint or at least ‘a reprint with
corrections’. With all these, there could also be scope to reduce
the two volumes into one compact volume.
M@ RANJITMANAKADAN
219
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
220-238
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. FIRST RECORD OF MELANISTIC INDIAN WOLF CANIS LUPUS PALLIPES
FROM THE INDIAN SUBCONTINENT
AMOLKUMAR S. LOKHANDE! AND SAMEER B. BAJARU”*
'Dept. of Zoology, Karmaveer Bhaurao Patil Mahavidyalaya, Pandharpur 413 304, Maharashtra, India.
Email: amolkumar4u @ gmail.com
Natural History Collection Department, Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, $.B.S. Road, Mumbai 400 001,
Maharashtra, India. Email: sameerbajaru @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Aberrant colorations among animals are not
uncommon. Two such most commonly recorded unusual
colour phenomena are melanism and albinism. Melanism, a
phenomenon of excessive synthesis of the melanin pigment,
results in melanistic (black or dark brown) morphs of the
animals, frequently observed in the wild (Anderson ef al.
2009; Delibes et al. 2012). On the contrary, partial or total
lack of the synthesis of melanin (leucism and albinism) is
rare among wild animals, but commonly observed in
domesticated or zoo animals. The white phenotypes lack
evolutionary adaptive significance in nature (except in snow
covered regions), and are therefore, usually eliminated from
the natural populations (Caro 2005).
Recent advances in molecular genetics have revealed
the evolutionary and ecological significance of colour
polymorphism. Certain colour polymorphism even sheds light
on the history of the lineages. For example, the gene
mutations, introduced by dogs in the natural populations of
Grey Wolf Canis lupus in North America resulted in evolution
of melanistic morphs in the population. These dark-coloured
wolves are common in boreal forests and extremely rare in
tundra — where light coat coloured wolves are common. It
seems to suggest the adaptive significance of dark coat colour
in concealment during predation in the forests or indirect
effect of some other important adaptations (Anderson et al.
2009).
The occurrence of melanistic phenotypes in mammals
of the Indian subcontinent has been regularly reported in
species such as Blackbuck Antilope cervicapra, Leopard
Panthera pardus, Woolly Flying Squirrel Eupetaurus
cinereus, Red Muntjac Muntiacus muntjak, Jungle Cat Felis
chaus, Asian Golden Cat Catopuma temminckii, and Dhole
Cuon alpinus (Bashir et al. 2011; Chakraborty and Agrawal
1977; Chakraborty et al. 1988; Hauxwell 1904; Inglis 1952;
Morris 1936; Smith 1906). Although melanism has been
frequently documented in canids, especially in Grey Wolves
in North America (Anderson et al. 2009), no record of
220
occurrence of melanistic C. Jupus has been reported from the
Indian subcontinent (Jhala 2013; Pocock 1941). Here, we give
the first record of melanistic Indian Wolf C. lupus pallipes
from the Indian subcontinent. |
On September 26, 2012, the first author (AL) observed
a black dog-like animal moving about 300 m from him in
agricultural fields located at c. 5 km south-east of
Mangalwedha (17° 30' N and 75° 26' E), Solapur district,
Maharashtra. After brief observation, he realised that the
behaviour of the animal was quite different from the usual
behaviour of dogs. This increased the curiosity of AL, and
he moved c. 40—50 m towards the animal, and crouched
behind a tree to observe the animal, which was resting in a
puddle. Except its black colour, with a white patch on the
upper jaw and on the lower part of the chest between the
forelimbs, the other features such as the longer snout in
proportion to its head, the large, blunt upright ears, and tail
almost straight with slight curvature at the middle to the
distal end indicated that it was a wolf. Eventually, the wolf
became aware of the presence of the author; it stood up and
started moving away from him. During this time, another
animal arrived at the scene — a wolf with normal coat colour.
Both the animals engaged themselves in chasing and
mounting, with the black wolf once attempted to mount
the other wolf. These observations made the author
more confident about his identification of the melanistic
wolf.
Subsequently, we visited the area on November 13
and 14, 2012, to collect additional information. The area
represents a typical Deccan plateau, where the terrain is flat
with deep black cotton soil. The landscape is a mosaic of
dryland and irrigated agriculture fields with scattered trees,
such as Neem Azadirachta indica and Babul Acacia nilotica
and thickets of Prosopis juliflora. Thickets of P. juliflora
provide ideal resting and denning sites for the wolves. We
interviewed three randomly selected shepherds and three
farmers by showing photographs of the black wolf taken
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: The melanistic Indian Wolf Canis lupus pallipes with a
normal coloured wolf in an agricultural field
Inset: a closer view of the black wolf
from the same area by the first author. They all agreed on
the rarity of the occurrence of the black wolf. One of the
shepherds, a very old man, said that this was the first time
he was seeing black wolves in his 65—70 years of experience
of shepherding in this region, and also mentioned the
presence of two individuals — a male and a female in this
area. The shepherds said that they had seen melanistic
wolves frequently hunting blackbuck along with normal
coloured wolves.
Anderson et al. (2009) have discussed in greater detail
the evolution and adaptive significance of melanism in the
North American Grey Wolf. They have revealed that the
mutation in K locus in dogs gave rise to dominant K® allele,
leading to inheritance of black coat colour. They also
postulated that this mutation might have arisen in Old World
wolves before domestication, and then was lost from that
gene pool and was again introduced in North American gray
wolves through native American dogs. However, the
occurrence of melanistic wolves in the Indian subcontinent,
which is the oldest lineage of wolves (Sharma et al. 2004),
challenges the hypothesis of complete disappearance of the
gene responsible for the black coat colour from the gene
pool of the Old World wolves. It may indicate the recent re-
introduction of the gene from dogs to Indian wolves through
hybridisation, or recurrence of an independent mutation in
Indian wolves.
This report of melanistic wolf in the Indian subcontinent
is of crucial scientific importance to reveal the mystery of
the origin of K® allele responsible for black coat colour in
wolves and it could also provide deeper insight into the
evolution of wolf-dog lineage.
REFERENCES
ANDERSON, T.M., B.M. VoNHo pt, S.I. CANpiILLe, M. MusiAnr, C. Greco,
D.R. STAHLER, D.W. SmitH, B. PADHUKASAHASRAM, E. RANDI,
J.A. LEONARD, C.D. BUSTAMANTE, E.A. OSTRANDER, H. TANG,
R.K. Wayne & GS. Barsu (2009): Molecular and evolutionary
history of melanism in North American Gray Wolves. Science
323: 1249-1390.
Basuir, T., T. BHATTACHARYA, K. PoupDyAL & S. SATHYAKUMAR (2011):
Notable observations on the melanistic Asiatic Golden Cat
(Pardofelis temminckii) of Sikkim, India. NeBIO 2(1): 2-4.
Caro, T. (2005): The adaptive significance of colouration in mammals.
BioScience 55: 125-136.
CHAKRABORTY, S. & V.C. AGRAWAL (1977): A melanistic example of
woolly flying squirrel, Eupetaurus cinereus Thomas (Rodentia-
Sciuridae). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 74(2): 346.
CHAKRABORTY, S., R. CHAKRABORTY, V.C. AGRAWAL & M. Mount (1988):
Melanism in the jungle cat, Felis chaus Guldenstaedt (Felidae -
Carnivora). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 85(1): 184.
Devipes, M., V. Mé&zAn-Muxart & J. CALZADA (2012): Albino and
melanistic genets (Genetta genetta) in Europe. Acta Theriol.
DOI 10.1007/s13364-012-0088-7. Accessed on December 16,
2012.
HAuXwELL, T.A. (1904): Melanism amongst panthers. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 15(4): 723.
INcIis, C.M. (1952): Melanism in the barking deer (Muntiacus muntjak).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 50(3): 648.
JHALA, Y.V. (2013): Indian Wolf. Pp. 377-391. In: (Eds: Johnsingh, A.J.T.
& N. Manjrekar): Mammals of South Asia. University Press,
Hyderabad, India.
Morris, R.C. (1936): Melanism in wild dogs. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 38(4): 813.
Pocock, R.I. (1941): The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and
Burma. Mammalia. Vol. II. Carnivora. Taylor and Francis Ltd.,
London. 503 pp.
SHARMA, D.K., J.E. MALDONADO, Y.V. JHALA & R.C. FLEISCHER (2004):
Ancient wolf lineages in India. P. Roy. Soc. Lond. B271 (Suppl.
3): S1-S4.
Smith, J.M. (1906): Melanism in black buck. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
FO(2)) SOT
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
221
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
2. FIRST BREEDING RECORD OF THE LESSER ADJUTANT LEPTOPTILUS JAVANICUS
(HORSFIELD, 1821) FROM BOKARO DISTRICT, JHARKHAND, INDIA
Miruicesu Dutr Dwrvept!., Satya PRAKASH!®*, ANIL KUMAR MISHRA’, VIBHU PRAKASH’,
GURUDUTTA Dwivepi’ AND MOHAMMAD RAZIUDDIN!”
‘University Department of Zoology, Vinoba Bhave University, Hazaribag 825 301, Jharkhand, India.
Palamu Tiger Reserve (Buffer Area), Medininagar, Daltonganj 822 101, Jharkhand, India. Email: anilkrmishral 1 @ gmail.com
3BNHS, Vulture Conservation Breeding Centre, B-3, Forest Complex, Pinjore 134 102, Haryana, India. Email: vibhu.mathur@ gmail.com
4XISS, Ranchi 834 001, Jharkhand, India. Email: guruduttadwivedi @ gmail.com
Email: dwivedi_biologist@ yahoo.co.in
SEmail: nhfsatya@ hotmail.com
7TEmail: mrazi.vbu @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
The Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilus javanicus is placed
in Vulnerable category of the IUCN Red List for Birds
(IUCN 2013). Its global population is decreasing rapidly,
mainly because of habitat loss, anthropogenic pressures,
decreasing wetland feeding areas, intensive fishing, and
increased use of pesticides (Rahmani 2012). Earlier estimate
of its global population was 5,000 (BirdLife International
2001; Hancock 1992), but based on extensive surveys it is
now estimated between 6,500—8,000 or possibly more
(BirdLife International 2013).
The Lesser Adjutant has an extensive distributional
range across South and Southeast Asia. It is now
presumed to be extinct in China (BirdLife International
2001, 2011). In India, it has been reported from many
areas (Rahmani 2012), but its largest population is in
Assam, West Bengal, and Bihar where it is found in fair
numbers (BirdLife International 2013; Chaudhury 2000;
Mishra et al. 2004).
In India, breeding of Lesser Adjutant has been
recorded from Assam, West Bengal, Bihar, Odisha, Tamil
Nadu, and Karnataka (Rahmani 2012). However, the
maximum reports of breeding are from Assam (Barua and
Sharma 2005; Choudhury 2000, 2006; Pawar and Birand
2002). A few (maximum of four in 2011) adult individuals
of this adjutant have been sighted at Udhuwa Lake Bird
Sanctuary in Sahibganj district, Jharkhand (Mishra 2004;
Prakash et al. 2012), but there are no records of its breeding
from the area. Other than these, there are only two sightings
of L. javanicus from Jharkhand: Lohardaga district in
western Jharkhand (Ball 1874) and a single individual in
2012 from Rangamatia, Saraikela-Kharsawan district (The
Telegraph, June 13, 2010). In recent years, breeding of the
species has been recorded from the states neighbouring
Jharkhand, namely Bihar (Kumar and Choudhary 2010;
Mishra et al. 2004), West Bengal (Jha 2006), and Odisha
(Gopi and Pandav 2007).
During a road survey of the birds of Bokaro district,
Jharkhand, between February 10-25, 2013, we recorded a
total of 15 adult Lesser Adjutants and five nestlings in
Ambadih Tola (23° 38' 54" N; 85° 53' 02" E) of Uttasara
village, 6 km north of the Peterwar block. A small breeding
Fig. 1: 1st and 2nd nest of Lesser Adjutant on
Ficus benghalensis in Uttasara village of Peterwar, Jnarkhand
222
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
colony of three pairs had constructed three massive platform
nests on the top of ac. 15 m tall Ficus benghalensis tree,
located very close to human habitations. Local villagers said
that nesting started in October 2012. Two nests had two
nestlings each (Fig. 1), and the third had one nestling (Eds:
photographic evidence provided). These nestlings were
approximately three months old. Fledging was observed on
February 20, 2013. There are bamboo plantations a few
hundred metres away from the nesting site and the River
Khajo flows about 5 km from the breeding site. There is
also a large waterbody, Tenughat dam (38.13 sq. km), to the
north of the nesting site with stretches of mudflats and
wetlands, which would provide suitable feeding grounds
for the species.
The species is known to the locals by the name
Khat-Khat. They say that there used to be about 50 nests
every year in the area prior to 1970, the birds mainly nesting
on Bombax ceiba, but all of them suddenly left the
place. About 20 individuals again started nesting in 2011,
mainly on Tamarind Tamarindus indicus. The nesting
site of the Lesser Adjutant needs to be protected, and also
the wetlands of the area, so that this area becomes an
important nesting and foraging site for the species in
Jharkhand.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Shri Hublal Mahato,
President, Village Forest Management and Protection
Committee, Shri Ganga Bhuiya, Shri Tulsi Mahato,
Shri Taleshwar Mahato, Shri Vinod Nayak, and other residents
of village Uttasara and Ambadih, Peterwar, Bokaro for
valuable help rendered during the survey and for sharing
their observations on the species. We are also indebted to
Dr. Manish Ranjan, Director, NRHM, Jharkhand, for support
and discussions.
REFERENCES
BaLL, V. (1874): Avifauna of Chuti (Chhota) Nagpur division, Sw.
frontier of Bengal. Stray Feathers 2: 355-440.
Barua, M. & P. SHARMA (2005): The Birds of Nameri National Park,
Assam, India. Forktail 21: 15-126.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2001): Threatened Birds of Asia: The
BirdLife International Red Data Book. BirdLife International,
Cambridge, UK.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2011): Species factsheet: Leptoptilos javanicus.
Downloaded from http://www. birdlife.org on 26.6.2010.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2013): Leptoptilos javanicus. The [UCN Red
List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.1.<http://
www.iucnredlist.org>.
CuoupuHury, A. (2000): The Birds of Assam. Gibbon Books and WWF-
India, Guwahati, India.
CuHoupHury, A. (2006): Birds of Dibru-Saikhowa National Park and
Biosphere Reserve, Assam, India. Indian Birds 2(4): 95-105.
Gort, GV. & B. PANpAv (2007): Observation on breeding biology of
three stork species in Bhitarkanika mangroves. Indian Birds
3(2): 45-50.
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA (1972): The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972,
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India, New Delhi.
Hancock, J.A., J.A. KUSHLAN & M.P. Kaui (1992): Storks, ibises and
spoonbills of the world. Academic Press, London & New York.
Pp. 301.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
IUCN (2013): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (ver. 2013.2).
Available at: http://www.iucnredlst.org/. (Accessed on
November 13, 2013).
JHA, S. (2006): Records of some rare birds from Farakka Barrage (West
Bengal, India). Indian Birds 2(4): 106.
Kumar, B.N. & S.K. CHoupuary (2010): Avifauna of Jagatpur wetland
near Bhagalpur (Bihar, India). Indian Birds 6(1): 15-17.
Misura, A., J.N. MANDAL & T.K. GHosH (2004): Breeding of Lesser
Adjutant from an unexplored area of Kosi region of
N. Bihar. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 44: 84.
Pawar, S. & A. BiraAnp (2002): A survey of amphibians, reptiles and
birds in north east India. OBC Bulletin 35: 11-13.
PRAKASH, S., A. MisHrA, M. Dwivepi, A.K. MisHra, M. RANJAN &
M. RazruppIn (2012): Avian diversity of Udhuwa Lake Bird
Sanctuary (IBA), Sahibganj, Jharkhand, India. Columban J. Life
Sci. 13(1&2): 57-71.
RAHMANTI, A.R. (2012): Threatened Birds of India — Their Conservation
Requirements. Indian Bird Conservation Network, Bombay
Natural History Society, Royal Society for the Protection of
Birds, BirdLife International and Oxford University Press.
Pp. 358-363.
THE TELEGRAPH (2010):Villager rescues stork. Jamshedpur, June 13.
http://www.telegraphindia.com/1100614/jsp/jharkhand/
story_12561650.jsp#
223
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
3. FIRST RECORD OF LESSER WHITE-FRONTED GOOSE ANSER ERYTHROPUS
FROM GUJARAT, INDIA
AsiF N. KHAN!
‘Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
Email: khanasif36 @ gmail.com
The Lesser White-fronted Goose Anser erythropus 1s
globally threatened (BirdLife International 2013); it breeds
in the Taiga and Tundra, and winters in Iraq and in the southern
and eastern lowlands of China. In India, it is a rare and vagrant
winter visitor with sporadic records from Kashmir, Uttar
Pradesh, West Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Rajasthan (Keoladeo
National Park), and Maharashtra (Rahmani 2012). More
recently, there have been single records from Maharashtra,
Odisha, and Andhra Pradesh (Manakadan et al. 2011). There
are no reports of the species from Gujarat (Rahmani 2012;
Sen 2008; Tiwari 2013).
During a BNHS camp to the Little Rann of Kutch in
December 2013, while exploring the north-eastern end of
Nawa Talaw area (23° 13.47' N; 071° 45.39' E), [saw a gaggle
of five geese at about 300 m distance that resembled Greylag
Goose Anser anser, but were smaller and darker. On viewing
through 10x42 binoculars and later spotting scopes (20x and
48x), it was identified to be Lesser White-fronted Goose based
on two (adult) individuals that had white coloration at the
margins of the bill. The birds were photographed (Eds:
photographic evidence provided). This species was separated
from the Greater White-fronted Goose based on the smaller
size, Shorter neck, smaller and shorter bill, the presence of a
clear yellow eye-ring, and white at the base of the bill
extending up to the forehead (see Grimmett et al. 2011;
Manakadan et al. 2001; Rasmussen and Anderton 2012).
REFERENCES
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2013): Species Factsheet. Anser erythropus.
http://www. birdlife.org/datazone/speciesfactsheet.php?id=377
Referred on December 16, 2013.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & NIKHIL BHOPALE (2011): Field Guide to
the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Bombay Natural History
Society and Oxford University Press. 409 pp.
RAHMANI, A.R. (2012): Threatened Birds of India — Their Conservation
Requirements. Indian Bird Conservation Network: Bombay Natural
History Society, Royal Society for the Protection of Birds and
BirdLife International, UK. Oxford University Press. Pp. 351-354.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia, The
Ripley Guide. Vols. 1 & 2. 2nd edn. National Museum of Natural
History - Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State University and
Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
SEN, SumiT K. (2008): Kutch, Gujarat Checklist of Birds. http://
www.kolkatabirds.com/gujarat/gujaratclist.htm. Referred on
December 16, 2013.
TIWARI, JUGAL KisHor (2013): Checklist of Birds of Kutch. http://
www.cedobirding.com/index_files/checklist.htm. Referred on
December 16, 2013.
4. SIGHTING OF BAILLON’S CRAKE PORZANA PUSILLA NEAR CHENNAI, INDIA
Jency SAMUEL!
'31/16, Tailors Estate II Street, Kodambakkam, Chennai 600 024, Tamil Nadu, India. Email: jencysamuel @ gmail.com
We have been visiting Thenneri lake, 60 km south-west
of Chennai, for the last six years. There is a small pond at
Ayimicheri, about a kilometre off Thenneri. Pheasant-tailed
Jacana Hydrophasianus chirurgus, White-breasted Waterhen
Amaurornis phoenicurus, Common Moorhen Gallinula
chloropus, Yellow Bittern Ixobrychus sinensis, Cinnamon
Bittern Ixobrychus cinnamomeus, Black Bittern Dupetor
flavicollis, and herons Butorides striatus and Ardeola grayii
are commonly seen at this pond that rarely dries up. Towards
the end of March 2012, we obtained a new record for the
224
area. It was a small brown bird with dark brown and white
spots on the upperparts, white bands on the rear underparts,
and red eyes. Photographs were taken, and on checking field
guides, it was identified as Baillon’s Crake Porzana pusilla.
Baillon’s Crake is mentioned as a scarce or occasional
winter visitor in the Field Guide by Kazmierczak (2006).
Baillon’s Crake Porzana pusilla (RM) Quail+ 19 cm.
Occurrence: Reed-beds and irrigated crops. Breeding: Gilgit
and Kashmir; breeding reports(?) from Simla, Uttar Pradesh,
Bihar, Nepal, and Kerala. Winter: Subcontinent; S. Andamans,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Sri Lanka. ID: Male like male Little Crake, but has white
paint-like smears above, barring on posterior underparts more
extensive and distinct, and lacks red base to bill. Female duller
(Manakadan et al. 2011).
REFERENCES
KAZMIERCZAK, K. (2006): A Field Guide to the Birds of India, Sri Lanka,
Pakistan, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh and the Maldives. Om Book
Service, New Delhi.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & NiIkHIL BHOPALE (2011): Birds of the
Indian Subcontinent — A Field Guide. Bombay Natural History
Society and Oxford University Press, Mumbai. 409 pp.
5. PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD OF THE BUFF-BREASTED SANDPIPER
TRYNGITES SUBRUFICOLLIS IN KERALA —
FIFTH RECORD FROM THE INDIAN SUBCONTINENT
P.C. RAJEEVAN! AND JAYAN THOMAS”*
'Pandanchira, Kizhuthally, Kannur 670 007, Kerala, India. Email: sandpiper99 1 @ yahoo.in
*Cannanore Eye Hospital, S.N. Park Road, Kannur 670 001, Kerala, India. Email: jayanthomas7080@ yahoo.in
*Corresponding author
The Buff-breasted Sandpiper Tryngites subruficollis
breeds in the Arctic region of Canada and Alaska, and migrates
to South America in winter. This species is a vagrant nearly
worldwide, and records in the United Kingdom are attributed
to windblown birds due to hurricanes in the West Atlantic
(Mike Prince, pers. comm. November 2011). The species has
been reported on four occasions from the Indian subcontinent:
a specimen collected from Kalametiya lagoon, near
Hambantota in Southern Province, Sri Lanka (Norris 1960);
sight record from Trincomalee, Sri Lanka, in November 1974
by J.C. Sinclair (Phillips 1978); exceptional spring sighting
from Harike, Punjab, India, in May 1996 (Robson 1996); and
sighting of a single bird by Paul Holt from Santa Cruz, Goa,
India, in November 2000 (Holt and Heil 2003).
The population of the Buff-breasted Sandpiper has
undergone a decline due to widespread conversion of natural
grasslands to agriculture. The Canadian Wildlife Service
estimates that there are only about 15,000 birds in the world,
and hence, it is classified as Near Threatened by the IUCN.
In this note, we report a record of the species from
Madayipara, Kannur district, Kerala, India. Madayipara (12°
01'46" N; 75° 15'29" E) is a laterite hillock, situated at Madayi
village near Payangadi town. To the north of Madayipara is
the Ezhimala Naval Academy, to the west is the Arabian Sea,
and to the south is a meandering river. Madayipara is a plateau,
almost dry with a few trees and shrubs, a few rock pools, and
two large ponds. It is known for its rich diversity of endemic
and endangered flora, and also for migratory birds, some of
which are known to overwinter.
While watching waders at Madayipara on October 30,
2011, we saw a small wader with yellow legs and pearly edged
wings (Fig. 1), along with c. 200 Lesser Sand Plover
Charadrius mongolus. The bird was smaller and slimmer than
the plovers, with a short, pointed, stint-like bill. It was feeding
along the side of some rock pools, not associating with the
plover, and bobbing its head occasionally. The bird was not
shy and we could approach it as close as 15 m, so we managed
to get a few decent pictures. We watched the bird for about
30 minutes on that day, and again spotted it from November
1-3, 2011. The bird was not seen after these dates, despite
several visits and intensive searches by us.
The bird resembled the Ruff Philomachus pugnax, but
was smaller and had a shorter neck. The dove-like plain
Fig. 1: Buff-breasted Sandpiper Tryngites subruficollis spotted
at Madayipara on October 30, 2011
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
225
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
unmarked face showed a pale eye-ring; it had spots on the
sides of the breast; and in flight, the underwing was white;
there was no hint of white on the upperwings, tail, or rump.
These features, in addition to the short and straight bill that
was almost equal to the length of the head, and the yellow
legs, were sufficient to shortlist it as the Buff-breasted
Sandpiper, which was later confirmed by Indian and foreign
expert birders to whom the photographs were circulated.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to thank Mr. J. Praveen, C. Sashikumar,
Aasheesh Pittie, Suhel, Dr. V. Santharam, Dr. Khaleel Chovva,
Mike Prince, Bill Harvey, Rex De Silva, and Krys
Kazmierczak who helped to identify the bird from the
photograph and provided information on prior records of the
species.
REFERENCES
Hott, Paut I. & Rick Hem (2003): A sight record of Buff-breasted
Sandpiper Tryngites subruficollis in Goa. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 100(1): 123-126.
Norris, C.E. (1960): The Buff-breasted Sandpiper: An addition to the
avifauna of India and Ceylon. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 57(2):
411-412.
Puitiies, W.W.A. (1978): Annotated checklist of the birds of Ceylon
(Sri Lanka) 1978. Revised edition. Wildlife and Nature Protection
Society of Ceylon & Ceylon Bird Club, Colombo. Pp. 1-xix,
1-93.
Rosson, C. (1996): From the field. India. Oriental Bird Club Bull.
23750.
6. USE OF RED-RUMPED SWALLOW CECROPIS DAURICA NEST
BY YELLOW-THROATED SPARROW GYMNORIS XANTHOCOLLIS
SATISH KUMAR SHARMA!* AND VIJAY KUMAR KoLr
‘Wildlife Sanctuary Jaisamand, Jaisamand P.O., Udaipur 313 905, Rajasthan, India. Email: sksharma56@ gmail.com
*Wildlife Research Laboratory, Department of Zoology, University College of Science, Mohanlal Sukhadia University,
Udaipur 313 001, Rajasthan, India. Email: vijaykoli87 @ yahoo.in
*Corresponding author
During summer, on May 30, 2009, while wandering
near Beda village (25° 00' 52.7" N; 73° 09' 45.11" E) close to
the southern end of Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary, Pali
district, Rajasthan, we observed a nest of the Red-rumped
Swallow Cecropis daurica occupied by a Yellow-throated
Sparrow Gymnoris xanthocollis on the underside of a large
rock in a hill. The nest was pitcher-shaped and sheltered
against rain and sunlight by the overhanging rock. The bird
was resting in the nest and remained inside for nearly five
minutes. When we approached closer, it flew off and perched
on a nearby leafless Butea monosperma tree. We observed it
through binoculars and found it had a conspicuous chestnut
patch on each shoulder. Since the yellow throat-patch was
missing, it was identified as a female. She came back to the
nest within ten minutes of our leaving and entered it with
some hesitation. We conducted a survey of the surrounding
area and recorded two more mud nests within a 10 ha area,
which were occupied by Yellow-throated Sparrows. In one
case, around 16:00 hrs, a female sparrow was noticed entering
a nest with an insect — an indication that the swallow’s nest
was being used by the sparrow to raise youngs.
‘The study area is a scrubby-woodland type habitat, with
Euphorbia caducifolia, Anogeissus pendula, Butea
monosperma, Azadirachta indica, Acacia leucophloea, and
Cassia auriculata being common. There is a scarcity of old
and large trees with cavities, which are the natural nesting
sites of the Yellow-throated Sparrow (Ali and Ripley 2007;
Ghose 1969). Probably for this reason, birds such as the
Yellow-throated Sparrow are compelled to use alternative sites
such as the nests of the Red-rumped Swallow for nesting.
The nest location on the lower surface of large rocks in hills
makes it difficult for snakes to approach the nests. The large
size of the rocks and shade probably provide insulation against
high temperatures.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are very grateful to the officials of
Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary for providing assistance
during the course of study.
REFERENCES
AI, S. & S.D. RipLey (2007): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press.
226
Guose, R.K. (1969): Behaviour of the Yellow-throated Sparrow Petronia
xanthocollis. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 9(7): 8.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
7. RECORD OF A BLACK-LEGGED KITTIWAKE
RISSA TRIDACTYLA IN SOUTH-EASTERN RAJASTHAN, INDIA
Jim LAWRENCE!
‘BirdLife International, Welbrook Court, Girton Road, Cambridge, CB3 ONA, UK. Email: Jim.Lawrence @ birdlife.org
On December 11, 2012, I (along with my wife and
two others) made an early morning visit to Soorwal dam,
7 km from Ranthambhore, Rajasthan. On arrival, we drove
along the dam scanning for waterbirds, and also looking
out for birds in the surrounding fields and those passing by.
Except for several River Tern Sterna aurantia, one adult
and one Ist winter Pallas’s Gull Larus icthyaetus, there
appeared to be no other waterbirds on this part of the lake.
At around 09:00 hrs, I noticed a small gull flying
towards us that had a distinctive black ‘W’ pattern across
the wings and a black tail tip indicating it was a Ist winter
bird. I immediately thought this bird was interesting and
merited close scrutiny. Of the smaller gulls that occur in the
Indian region, I knew that Ist winter Mew Larus canus,
Brown-headed L. brunnicephalus, Black-headed
L. ridibundus, and Slender-billed Gull L. genei all had a
very different upperwing pattern. Little Gull Larus minutus,
which also has a black “W’ pattern on the wings in I st winter
plumage was a possibility. However, as it lacks the black
nuchal collar, is a distinctly smaller bird, and has a very
different flight action, I quickly discounted it. I instinctively
felt the bird I was watching was a Black-legged Kittiwake,
a gull that I was quite familiar with from my experience in
the Western Palearctic. But it was strange that the bird was
in inland Rajasthan, since Black-legged Kittiwake is a
pelagic/maritime species. As the bird came closer, I was
able to take a few pictures as it flew past and before it flew
off from the area.
From the observations through binoculars and
telescope, and from reviewing the images captured on camera,
I noted the following features: a small and slender dark bill,
dark legs and feet, and a dark eye with a slight grey smudge
above it and a black crescent smudge behind it fading at the
top and bottom. The bird had a black collar and behind that
an all-light grey mantle which continued onto the base of the
wings, forming a grey triangle. Contrasting with the grey back,
the tail was white and slightly forked and tipped black. The
upperwing pattern was a white triangle formed from the inner
primaries and secondaries bordered on the leading edge by
black outer primaries, which narrowed from the black primary
tips to the carpal joint. Here the black of the leading edge of
the wing continued as a quite thick dark bar running
diagonally back towards the base of the trailing edge of the
inner secondaries. However, it stopped short of the trailing
edge of the secondaries, which was all white. The grey of the
mantle continued out to the leading edge of the wing and ran
back to the rump bordered by the black diagonal bar. The
secondary coverts running inside the black diagonal bar were
also the same tone of grey as the mantle. The underwing
appeared all white, apart from black primary tips.
On referring to Grimmett et al. (2011), I found that
none of the smaller gulls regularly recorded in India had this
suite of features, and also found that the Black-legged
Kittiwake was a vagrant coastal species to the Indian region.
Later, I was able to go online and confirm that my earlier
tentative identification was correct. On returning to UK,
I tried to find out how frequently vagrant Black-legged
Kittiwake were recorded in India, and my limited desk
research suggested they were very infrequent and almost
always coastal. Further enquiries led to the discovery that
there were two other recent sightings of the species in India
and several pictures of them were featured on the Oriental
Bird Club Images database (www.orientalbirdimages.org):
On November 25, 2012, a Ist winter bird was seen at
Alibag, Maharashtra, (http://orientalbirdimages.org/
search.php?Bird_ID=966&Bird_Image_ID=69327&p=12)
and on November 30, another was seen near Majuli
Island, Assam. (http://orientalbirdimages.org/
search.php?Bird_ID=966&Bird_Image_ID=68197&p=13).
In addition, I was later advised that Little Gull has also
been photographed in Goa — with the record featured in Ali
and Ripley (1987).
REFERENCES
ALI, S. & S.D. RipLtey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan
and Sri Lanka. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
GRIMMETT RICHARD, CAROL INsSkipp & TIM INskipp (2011): Birds of the
Indian Subcontinent. Helm Field Guides, Oxford University
Press, Oxford. 496 pp.
227
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
8. PANGASIANODON HYPOPHTHALMUS (SAUVAGE, 1878) —
AN ALIEN CATFISH IN MUVATTUPUZHA RIVER, KERALA, INDIA
K.V. ZEENA!** AND K.S. JAMEELA BEEvr!?
'P.G. and Research Centre, Department of Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulum, Kochi 682 011, Kerala, India.
*Email: zeenasalim @ gmail.com
3Email: jameelaks @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
While conducting surveys on fish diversity in
Muvattupuzha river, Kottayam district, Kerala, an exotic catfish
Pangasianodon hypophthalmus (Order Siluriformes, Family
Pangasiidae), was collected through cast net from
Brahmamangalam (9° 48' 58" N; 76° 25' 26" E) during June
2011. Catfishes of the genus Pangasianodon are abundant
in the natural waterbodies in Southeast Asia (Gustiano 2003;
Roberts and Vidthayanon 1991). The natural range of
P. hypophthalmus 1s limited to the lower Mekong Basin, which
includes Cambodia, Lao People’s Democratic Republic
(=Laos), Thailand, and Vietnam, and the Chao Praya river in
Thailand (Thuong 2008). It 1s commonly called ‘Tra’ in
Vietnam and Basa or Pangas catfish in the world market.
P. hypophthalmus is cultured and marketed as an economically
important food fish. Young fish are also kept in home aquaria
and known by the trade name of Iridescent Shark.
P. hypophthalmus has been introduced to different countries
like China, Philippines, Taiwan, Indonesia, Malaysia, Guam,
Bangladesh, and India for aquaculture (www.fao.org). It is an
omnivore, feeding on crustaceans, molluscs, plant debris, and
small fishes. It is well-adapted to low O, water and can survive
on a diet low in fish meal.
According to Lakra and Singh (2010), P. hypophthalmus
was introduced to India during 1997. West Bengal is the main
centre of P hypophthalmus seed production in India and a
bulk of it is being sent to Andhra Pradesh and the rest to
Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, Kerala; Karnataka, Bihar,
Rajasthan, and Uttar Pradesh for aquaculture and aquarium
trade. According to Lakra and Singh (2010), the culture and
hatchery sites of P. hypophthalmus in India have been found
to be close to open waters, and hence there exists a chance
of its escape. Escapee fish have been recorded from wetlands
of West Bengal, as well as Kolleru lake area of Andhra
Pradesh. Fish culture is spreading quickly in India, and it is
not restricted to Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal, but has
extended to other coastal areas, including hotspots of the
Western Ghats, and in the northern and north-eastern parts
of the country. P. hypophthalmus has the potential to mature
and breed naturally in the wild, and hence, escapee fish may
colonise and form feral populations in different agro-climatic
228
Scale: 1cm = 2.7 cm
Fig. 1: Pangasianodon hypophthalmus
conditions, impacting the ecosystem and in turn affecting
the biodiversity. Alien fish species have been brought into
India intentionally or otherwise for the purpose of
aquaculture, aquarium trade, therapeutic value, research, and
biological control. Oreochromis mossambicus, Clarias
gariepinus, Gambusia affinis, and Poecilia reticulata are
some of the introduced forms in Kerala. The spread of alien
fish is associated with habitat alterations, trophic alterations,
introduction of parasites, pathogens and diseases, genetic
deterioration, and a drop in local fish biodiversity (Benigno
2001; Lakra et al. 2008; Singh and Lakra 2006). According
to Casal (2006), very few reports emphasise the importance
of alien species in aquacultural production enhancement on
a sustainable basis, and most have highlighted irreparable
losses that can adversely impact fish production and food
security at large. In view of the above facts, there is an
urgent need to regulate the introduction of alien species into
our country.
Below, we provide the morphometrics of a single
specimen of Pangasianodon hypophthalmus collected from
the Muvattupuzha river in Kerala.
Description
Body elongated and compressed. Head relatively small.
Head Length (HL) 4 cm in Standard Length (SL). Mouth
subterminal. Eyes large, placed in anterior half of head, partly
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Biometrics of Pangasianodon hypophthalmus (Sauvage 1878)
SI. No. Morphometric Characters incm
1 Total Length 37.3
2 Standard Length 29.2
3 Body Depth 8.5
4, Head Length fae
5 Head Depth 5.9
6 Head Width 5a
F Snout Length 2.2
8 Eye Diameter 1.3
9 Inter Orbital Width 4.4
10 Pre Dorsal Length 12
11 Post Dorsal Length 176
12 Pre Pectoral Length 6.5
13 Pre Ventral Length ; 1333/
14 Pre Anal Length ar
1S Caudal Length 4.5
toy Caudal Depth 3.6
uP Dorsal Fin Length 6.1
18 Dorsal Fin Base zal
a Pectoral Fin Length 4.6
20 Pectoral Fin Base 1.4
21 Ventral Fin Length 4.2
22 Ventral Fin Base 1.4
23 Anal Fin Length 3.7
24 Anal Fin Base Grr
25 Caudal Fin Length Rel
26 Caudal Fin Base 3.6
Meristic Characters Numbers
Fin rays
1 Dorsal /7
2 Pectoral I/9
3 Ventral i/7
4 Anal 30
5 Caudal 19
on the lower surface of the head behind corner of mouth. Eye
Diameter (ED) 5.62 cm in HL and Inter Orbital Width TOW)
1.66 cm in HL. Snout bluntly pointed and its length 3.1 cm in
HL. Nostrils widely separated. Depth of body 3.44 cm in SL.
There are two pairs of barbels. Maxillary barbel nearly
1.6 times longer than mandibular and runs along lower margin
of eye, extending to operculum; black in colour. Mandibular
barbel smaller, extends to middle of eye. From anterior tip of
dorsal fin base, body is slightly arched. Operculum extends
to pectoral fin base.
Dorsal fin commencing slightly in front and opposite
to pelvic fin, with a serrated spine and 7 soft rays. First
dorsal ray longest. Adipose dorsal fin short, a little anterior
to caudal peduncle. Pectoral fin with strong serrated
spine and 9 rays. Pectoral spine stronger than dorsal
spine. Ventral fin has 8 rays, and its origin is opposite
the 3rd dorsal fin ray. Anal fin long with 30 rays, extending
up to caudal peduncle. Caudal fin forked, with 19 rays.
In specimens preserved in formalin, dorsal and lateral
sides of Pangasianodon hypophthalmus are grey. Belly
silvery. Dorsal fin grey. Base of pectoral, anal, and caudal
fins yellow. Anal fin rays dark.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Head, Department of
Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, for providing
necessary facilities to carry out the research. The authors
also express their heartfelt gratitude to Dr. Atul K. Singh,
Senior Scientist, NBFGR (Lucknow), and Dr. K. Rema
Devi, Scientist E & Officer-in-Charge of Zoological
Survey of India, Chennai, for confirmation of fish
identification. One of the authors, Zeena K.V., extends her
sincere gratitude to the UGC for granting her Teacher
Fellowship.
REFERENCES
BENIGNO, ELvira (2001): Identification of non-native freshwater fishes
established in Europe and assessment of their potential threats
to the biological diversity. Convention on the Conservation of
European Wildlife and Natural Habitats. Standing Committee.
21st Meeting. Strasbourg. November 26—30, 2001 [Bern\T-PVS
2001\ tvps06e_2001].
Casa, C.M.V. (Eb.) (2006): Global documentation of fish introductions:
the growing crisis and recommendations for action. Biological
Invasions 8: 3-11.
GUSTIANO, R. (2003): Taxonomy and Phylogeny of Pangasiidae catfishes
from Asia. Ph. D. thesis. Leuven University, Belgium. 296 pp.
JAYARAM, K.C. (1999): The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region.
Narendra Publishing House, Delhi. 551 pp.
LakRA, W.S. & A.K. SINGH (2010): Risk analysis and sudtainability of
Pangasianodon hypophthalmus culture in India. Aquaculture
Asia 15(1): 34-37.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
LakRA, W.S., A.K. SINGH & S. AYYAPPAN (Eps) (2008): Fish introduction
in India: Status, Potential and Challenges. Narendra Publishing
House, Delhi.
NELSON, J.S. (2006): Fishes of the World. 4th edition. John Wiley &
Sons Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey. 624 pp.
Roserts, T.R. & C. VIDTHAYANON (1991): Systematic revision of the
Asian catfish family Pangasiidae, with biological observation
and description of three new species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
143: 97-144.
SinGu, A.K. & W.S. LAKRA (2006): Impact of alien fish species in India:
emerging scenario. Journal of Ecophysiology and Occupational
Health 6 (3-4): 165-174.
THounNG, N.V. (2008): Classification of the Pangasianodon
hypophthalmus in the Mekong River. Scientific Journal of Can
Tho University, Specific issue on Aquaculture and Fisheries
2008(1): 84-89.
229
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
9. YPTHIMA KEDARNATHENSIS SINGH — NEW SYNONYM OF YPTHIMA SAKRA MOORE
(NYMPHALIDAE: SATYRINAE) FROM GARHWAL HIMALAYA, INDIA
NARENDER SHARMA!
‘Zoological Survey of India, Northern Regional Centre, 218 Kaulagarh Road, Dehradun 248 195, Uttarakhand, India.
Email: [email protected]
Introduction
The genus Ypthima Hubner 1s represented by about 100
species distributed in the Palaeotropical and East Palaearctic
regions. Most of the species of this genus are known to exist
in Western China, Burma (now Myanmar), Assam, Bhutan,
Sikkim, Nepal, and Taiwan, some are distributed in Africa,
including Madagascar, and a few extend to the South Pacific
Islands and Australia (Shirozu and Shima 1979). Marshall
and de Niceville (1883) separated the Indian species into two
groups on the basis of presence or absence of the male brand.
Besides male brand, Moore (1890, 1892) also took into
consideration the number of ocelli on the underside of the
hindwings and assigned various species in the genera
Thympia, Kolasa, Nadiria, Pandima, and Lohana. Elwes and
Edwards (1893) revised the genus Ypthima and gave an
account of the valva of male genitalia of 47 species. Evans
(1932) divided the genus Ypthima into four groups to
accommodate Indian species. His grouping was mainly based
on wing markings on the underside of the hindwings. Talbot
(1947) followed Evans for the grouping of Indian Ypthima.
Shirozu (1960) made an attempt to distinguish the natural
group of the Formosan Ypthima by taking into account the
structure of the male genitalia. Eliot (1967) published an
account of 14 species of the sakra section of this genus,
whereas Hiura (1969) discussed natural groups of Japanese,
Korean, and Formosan Ypthima based on the male genitalia.
Shirozu and Shima (1979) examined 73 species from Asia,
South Pacific Islands, and Australia, and studied the male
and female genitalia of 53 described species, besides the
morphological characters of all the 73 species.
Results and Discussion
Sharma (1998) studied 54 species of the Subfamily
Satyrinae (Nymphalidae) of north-west India, out of which
16 species belong to genus Ypthima Hibner. The 16 species,
represented by 560 examples, are referable to seven species
groups, namely philomela-group (lisandra Cramer, singala
Felder, marshalli Butler, baldus Fabricius, indecora Moore,
sarkaghatensis Rose & Sharma), sakra-group (nikaea Moore,
uemurai Rose & Sharma, hannyngtoni Eliot, sakra Moore),
huebneri-group (kasmira Moore, huebneri Kirby), obscura-
group (inica Hewitson), asterope-group (asterope Klug),
230
nareda-group (nareda Kollar), and newara-group (newara
Moore). Ypthima species are highly variable in wing
maculation, and the conspecificity of all the species is verified
on the basis of genitalic studies (Rose and Sharma 1998).
Elwes and Edwards (1893) pointed out that owing to a
lot of variations, different species of the genus Ypthima
Hiibner were difficult to identify/separate and the genus
remained for many years a stumbling block to lepidopterists.
Eliot (1992) has also recommended that the males admit of
ready identification from the characteristic forms of their
genitalia.
Singh (2007) mentioned that the three apical ocelli on
the underside of hindwing in Ypthima kedarnathensis Singh
have an intervening yellow band which is a common
characteristic of Ypthima nikaea Moore. However, Rose and
Sharma (1999) segregated 29 males and 2 females as Y. nikaea
Moore on the basis of distinct brown submarginal transverse
fascia and apical ocelli having intervening yellow band on
underside of the hindwings. The whole sample was collected
from Mussoorie where this species shares its habitat with a
closely allied species Y. sakra. Fujioka (1970) reported that
these two species fly together in Nepal. Besides female
genitalic differences, these two species can be separated on
the basis of androconia, and uncus and tegumen of the male
genitalia.
Singh (loc. cit.) described a new
Y. kedarnathensis from Kedarnath Musk Deer Reserve in
Species
Garhwal Himalaya and compared wing maculation of the
species with Y. sakra Moore and Y. nikaea Moore (Table 1),
on which I have remarked. Singh (loc. cit.) has found
additional ocellus in interspace 4 (M,) on the dorsal side of
the hindwing, and minute ocellus in interspace 4 (M.) attached
to the inner side of the ocellus in interspace 5 (M_) on the
ventral side of the hindwing. All the three apical ocelli in
interspaces 4 (M,), 5 (M,) and 6 (Rs) are attached and have
an intervening yellow band. Rose and Sharma (1999) have
also found such individuals having additional ocellus in
interspace 4 (M,) on the dorsal side of the hindwing and on
the ventral side a minute ocellus in interspace 4 (M,) attached
to the inner side of the ocellus in interspace 5 (M._ ). According
to Moore (1857), absence of a yellow intervening band
between the apical ocellus on the underside of the hindwings
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
‘paylidndiq
SN|J9OO |eUJO} ‘ajHue yeue
WOJJ SOU9S JesUl]| e Ul pebuee
IJ]200 € JOUA}SOd “I||J9D0 JOIN}SOd
9914} 9} JO SNjje90 appl se Hig
se pue ‘(peonpei aie YoIyM) 1];890
jedide OM) JOUJO 9} Ue) JebIe|
SNjJG00 jeoIde a|pPpILW AAeMOH
"I|J200 JOU9}SOd 99JU} JOYLO BU}
"Biyes “A JepUN ueY} JaH1e] 1\;900 jeoIde Badu} pay|idndiq snjjaoo ;euso}
pesiuiAuouAs eq Aew SISU@YJPUIePEy “A 9} JO SUON ‘Wey} UsEeMjeq ‘payjidndig ‘SeBpu JOUIISIP UUM ‘1]900 yeoIlde Z ou}
pue ‘adAjojoy Jo elyeyiueb ayew Jo siseq uO pueq Moja & aAey |||900 yeoIde ~ —s SN|jaD0 seu} ‘ajHue seue WO) Seles UUM UOJPBY9 U! ||]]200 € JOUA}SOg ‘(Wd
POWUIJUOD ‘UONBIA & SI (p BdedsJEqU!) “YJ 99/1} [|e ‘xede spyemo} pejoaip sedul| e Ul PeHuBeUe 1I]200 ¢ 1OLIE]SOd UsEMIeq Ppueg MO\|aA e BAeU
Ul SN|J99O peonpsl UIQ Pure G SI BpIs ;es]USA 9|bue saiBbap se} e WO] sjidnd "Wey}] UGEeMjeg pueq MO}|eA OU OP) Hull-mojjeA UOWWOD B® UI PejosIOUS
UO I||[990 JO JOquuNU jenjoR ‘xe|dwW00-B1yeSs U| Jay} Pue JUBSaJd 11]990 jeoIde ¢ eB aney pue ahue| 11/900 jeoide Z ‘oyeulwab ‘abse| 1\;a00 ;eolde-aud Z
adAjojoy jo eljeyueb ayew jo siseq
UO POLWUJUOD ‘UOIBUIBA & SI SISUBYJBLUCDAEY *A
Ul SN|JB9O SyNullW |eUOIPPY I||]890 9=|+g I]]990 G I[]990 G BulmpulH 42
jUeseld
Bull JO apis ;esuop oO} SI SN|J900 UBIPeW BiNOSgoO ‘Ja];ewWsS
peaiedwood se psuyap Ajdueus pue Japeoig ‘poauyap Ajdueus snjjaoo ‘peuyep Ajdueys snijeo00 §=yonw AlaA puodes & SAWIeWOS Japeolg
xe|dwoo-evyes ul Bull Moya HBulyjosuiouy yeoide-aid jo Huis MoyaA Bulosiouy jeoide-aid Jo Bull MOyJaA Buljoulouy =snjjeoo yeoide-aid Jo Buy Mo|JeA Buljosiouy Buimeso4 2
(8661 eels UMOIG
BUUPYUS) PaeyIU ‘A pue BIYeS ‘A Ul UMOIG ses UMOIG yep-yoys ‘asieAsued Aq payesou Ajyoiy, weed pue
USIMO]|9A YIM peTelys Ajesie0o SpisuspUur UOYUS SNOJOLWNU YUM YSIMO}]|9,, 9eLUIS UMOJG SNOJEWUNU UM Addy ‘UMOIG SNOBDEIYOO 0} MOJJ@A BpisuspUA, ~=—s INOJOO Huy “t
episapun S
‘ainuiw SsAemje juaseJd UBYM 1ng
(666 | BWUeUS 9 BSOY ‘g66} BuUUeYS) AjuO ‘peyew Ajjurel 10 JUesqe AjjJUeNbed (9A pue GA UsEeM\eq) G adeds [(QA pue SA UsemMjeq) s soeds
Selpnjs o1/ey1USH Jo siseq OY} UO PELUIJUOD 1||]200 JeEUJO] “(GA pUue PA UBEMjeq) UO SI jJUeSeid UBYM SNI|900 JeoIde-a/g UO SI JUeSaid UBYM SNnjj9a00 jeolde-31 4]
eq ued UO}eE;NoOeW Hulm ul SUOITEUeA v eoeds uo Juesaid sAemje = ‘aynuiww SAemje jUaseid USM jSe] 9U} ‘ainuiw sAemye jusseid UsUM jse|
BHuimoys sjenpiAipul Jo Ayoiioadsuoy “jsebue| ing peyew Ajdueys Jo Ajjurey ‘peyew Ajjurey Jo Juesqe Ajjuenbe.j ou} ‘peysew Ajjures 10 JUuesge AjjUenbey
@LND ul snjjeoo0 “(G WNnWIxewW) Jequinu —sn|ja00 jeolde-a1q ‘JUaSdJd 1|]290 —I|]900 JeUJO} pUe JedIde-aq ‘(QUO sey I|J200 JeUIO} pue jeolde-aud ‘jueseid
pue azis ul AJA I1]990 ‘x98|dWod-B1yes Ul pepunol payidndiun sejiwis ino4 Sewijewos syeU) 1/;a00 ;eue-qns OM] I|J200 pepunos peyjidndiun seyjiwis no4 BuImpuIH c
soioeds ewes du} pey|idndig jeAao ‘eyes ‘4 payjidndig jeAo ‘euyes “4 ul Ue} anbijqo Ajpyubijs Alaa
UIUJIM USAS OZIS UI SOUCA SNjja00 yealde-qnsS —_ ul UBY} Ja|;eWS SNjj900 jeoIde-qns Ja|JeWs Snjjeoo jeoide-qns = ‘pay|idndiq jeAo ‘abe] snjjao0 jeoide-qns Buimeso4 Z
(866} Buueys) JoyJep
PaeyIU ‘A Y BIYeS “A Ul UMOIG BpIsiBddA UMOIg yeG umMolg Weg Bum jo sulbsew jeulwu9} ‘uMoJg JequiA) = INOJOO Hui i
episieddy q
(8661) BUUeYS
(Se ‘£6c) Ww O'9g=ekeeyIU ‘A
(5 oe ‘PEZ) WW OG—-Bp=B1yeS “A Gy-vY cS-Gr GS-8P ueds Bul V
SWIBWUSY SJOUINY UBuIS sisuaYyJBUepey “4 BIOOW CABYIU ‘A BIOOW\| BLES “A Ja}yoeJeyD ‘ON 'S
ybuls sisuayjeuepey ‘A pue eaeyiU ‘A ‘elyes PWIIYJdA UBsEMjeg UJe}ed Bulm Ul Seunyea) BulysinBunsig 21 ajqey
231
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Male genitalia of Holotype of Y. kedarnathensis
is a test character of Y. sakra as has also been stated by
D’ Abrera (1985) and mentioned by Singh (loc. cit.). Rose
and Sharma (Joc. cit.) observed that geminated condition of
these apical ocelli on the underside of the hindwings is quite
variable, even in individuals collected from the same locality
(Mussoorie) on the same date. In 62 individuals, there is a
single outer ring, while these ocelli are split in the remaining
33 individuals on the hindwing underside. In four individuals
there is an additional ocellus in interspace 4 (M,) attached to
the inner side of the ocellus in interspace 5 (M,). When the
genitalia of these variable individuals were studied, it was
found conspecific with Y. sakra. Singh (loc. cit.) has not
studied the genitalia of the new species, which is
recommended by the abovementioned authors to confirm the
conspecificity of the species.
I studied the male genitalia of the holotype specimen
of Ypthima kedarnathensis Singh in the laboratory of
Entomology Department, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun,
where the holotype and paratypes of Y. kedarnathensis are
deposited. I found the structures such as uncus, tegumen,
vinculum, appendices angulares, saccus, juxta, aedeagus, and
valva of the male genitalia (Fig. 1) of Y. kedarnathensis to
resemble the male genitalia of Y. sakra. Hence, I suggest that
the newly described species, Y. kedarnathensis may be
synonymised under Y. sakra.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author is grateful to Dr. K. Venkataraman, Director,
Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, for encouragement, and
to Dr. P.C. Tak, Officer-in-Charge, Northern Regional Centre,
Zoological Survey of India, Dehradun, for facilities. The
author is also thankful to Dr. Mohd. Yousuf, Head of
Entomology Department, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun,
for granting permission to study types and Dr. Sudhir Singh,
Scientist-F, Forest Research Institute, Dehradun, for laboratory
facilities.
REFERENCES
D’ ApreraA, B. (1985): Butterflies of the Oriental Region. Part II.
Nymphalidae, Satyridae and Amathusiidae. Hill House, Victoria.
Pp. 295-534.
Exot, J.N. (1967): The sakra Moore, 1857, section of the Satyrid genus
Ypthima Hiibner. Entomologist 97: 49-61.
Exot, J.N. (1992): The Butterflies of the Malay Peninsula. A. Steven
Corbet & H.M. Pendlebury, 4th edn. Malaysian Nature Society.
Pp. viti + 595, pls 69.
Extwes, H.J. & J. Eowarps (1893): A revision of the genus Ypthima with
special reference to the characters afforded by the male genitalia.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Pp. 1-54, pls 1-3.
Evans, W.H. (1932): The Identification of Indian Butterflies. 2nd edn.
Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. Pp. x + 454, pls 32,
9 figs. |
Funoka, T. (1970): Butterflies collected by the Lepidopterological
Research Expedition to Nepal Himalaya, 1963. Part 1.
Papilionoidea. Spec. Bull. Soc. Japan 4: 1-125, 15 figs, 31 pls.
HiurA, I. (1969): Butterflies of the Japanese Islands in the Osaka Museum
of Natural History. Spec. pub. Osaka Mus. nat. Hist. 1: 120.
MarSHALL, G.EL. & L. DE NICEVILLE (1883): Butterflies of India, Burma
and Ceylon. Vol. I. Calcutta Central Press. Pp. 327.
Moorg, F. (1857): In Horsfield and Moore. Cat. Lep. Ins. E. India Co.
Toca,
Zo2
Mookrg, F. (1890): Lepidoptera Indica. L. Reeve, London. /: 1-144.
Moore, F. (1892): Lepidoptera Indica. L. Reeve, London. /: 233-317.
Rose, H.S. & N. SHARMA (1998): Two new species of the genus Ypthima
Hiibner from the West and N-West Himalaya, India
(Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea: Satyridae). Geobios new Reports
17: 105-112.
Rose, H.S. & N. SHARMA (1999): Butterflies of the genus Ypthima Hiibner
(Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) from North-Western India. Zoos’
Print Journal 14(9): 97-115.
SHARMA, N. (1998): Taxonomic studies on the family Satyridae
(Lepidoptera: Ditrysia: Papilionoidea) of north-west India with
emphasis on external genitalia. Ph. D. thesis, Punjabi University,
Patiala, 260 pp., 878 figs. & photos.
SHiRozU, T. (1960): Butterflies of Formosa in colour, Hoikusha, Osaka
(In Japanese with English description).
SHirozu, T. & H. Suma (1979): On the natural groups and their
phylogenetic relationships of the genus Ypthima Hiibner mainly
from Asia (Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Sieboldia 4: 231-295.
SINGH, A.P. (2007): A new butterfly species of the genus Ypthima Hiibner
(Nymphalidae: Satyrinae) from Garhwal Himalaya, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 104(2): 191-194.
TALBoT, G. (1947): The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and
Burma, Butterflies, Vol. 2. Taylor & Francis, London. 506 pp.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
10. CUCUMIS DIPSACEUS EHRENB. EX SPACH (CUCURBITACEAE):
A NEW RECORD FOR KARNATAKA, INDIA
SHRIKANT P. SutTar!**, TusHar M. Drxit!*, S.R. YAapav!* AND K.V. Buat?
‘Department of Botany, Shivaji University, Kolhapur 416 004, Maharashtra, India.
*National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources, Pusa campus, New Delhi 110 012, India. Email: kvbhat2001 Sas: com
3Email: shrikantsutar55 @ gmail.com
‘Email: dixit_85tushar@ yahoo.co.in
°Email: sryadavdu @rediffmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
Genus Cucumis L. is represented by 32 species
worldwide (Kirkbride 1993). Chakravarty (1982) reported six
species for India, after which Sarvalingam et al. (2010) added
one more species, i.e., C. dipsaceus from Maruthamalai
foothills, Tamil Nadu. Ghebretinsae et al. (2007) merged five
genera, namely Dicaelospermum C.B. Clarke, Cucumella
Chiov., Mukia Arn., Myrmecosicyos C. Jeffrey, and Oreosyce
Hook. f. under Cucumis on the basis of molecular phylogenetic
studies. With this enlarged circumscription of the genus,
Cucumis is now represented by 52 species worldwide
(Mabberley 2008). Of the five merged genera, Cucumella,
Mukia, and Dicaelospermum are found in India. In India,
Cucumella is represented by two species, namely C. ritchiei
(Chakrav.) C. Jeffrey and C. silentvalleyi Manuilal, T. Sabu &
P. Mathew (Kirkbride 1994). The genus Mukia is represented
by three species, namely M. javanica (Miq.) C. Jeffrey,
M. leiosperma (Wight & Arn.) Wight, and M. maderaspatana
(L.) M. Roem (De Wilde and Duyfjes 2006). The genus
Dicaelospermum with one species, D. ritchiei C.B. Clarke, is
endemic to the Western Ghats. The merging of the above species
in Cucumis increases the species count to thirteen (Sutar et al.
2013).
Cucumis dipsaceus is possibly native to Sudan and
southern Egypt, and occurs widely in different parts of Africa,
America, and West Indies (Kirkbride 1993). We collected it
from two sites in India, along the road around Mysore (12°
20' 875" N, 76° 40' 207" E; 716 m), Karnataka, and at the
foothills of Maruthamalai hill in Tamil Nadu (11° 02' 660" N
76° 51' 649" E; 573 m). The specimens were deposited in the
herbarium of the Botany Department, Shivaji University,
Kolhapur (SUK). The collection from Mysore forms the first
record for Karnataka, which extends the distribution of this
species northwards. We give a detailed description and
illustration of the species below for easy identification.
Cucumis dipsaceus Ehrenb. ex Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég.
(Spach) 6: 211. 1838.
Annual, climbing, monoecious, scabrous herb. Stem
weak, quadrangular, grooved, herbaceous, branched, hairy.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Leaves simple, alternate, exstipulate, cordate-orbicular,
petiolate; petiole 4-9 cm long; lamina 8-14 x 5-14 cm,
angular to shallowly-lobed, hairy on both surfaces, base
cordate, apex acute, margin serrate-denticulate. Tendril
simple, pubescent. Inflorescence: male flowers borne in
cluster of 3—5 per axil on main branch; female flowers borne
solitarily on secondary branch from Ist—3rd node. Male
flower: 1.2—1.3 x 2.42.5 cm, actinomorphic, yellow; pedicel
10-13 mm long. Hypanthium c. 7 mm long, turbinate to
Fig. 1: Cucumis dipsaceus Ehrenb. ex Spach
A. Twig; B. Female flower; C. L.S. of female flower; D. Stamen;
E. Male flower, F. L.S. of male flower, G. Fruit; H. Seed
233
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
campanulate, pubescent on both sides; calyx teeth c. 3 mm.
Corolla yellow, campanulate; lobes 12 x 7 mm, ovate, apex
obtuse, wavy margin, hairy on both sides. Stamens three:
one monothecous, two bithecous, attached to the calyx tube
0.5—1 mm above the base, coherent to each other; anther lobes
c. 3 mm long, straight, dorsifixed, ciliate, dehiscing
longitudinally, extrorse, appendaged; filament c. 1 mm long,
hairy; connective projection c. 1 mm long, bilobed. Pistillode
c. 1 x 1 mm, globular. Female flower: 2.3—2.5 x 2—2.2 cm,
actinomorphic; pedicel c. 5 mm long; hypanthium tube
c. 3 mm long, turbinate to campanulate, hairy on both sides;
calyx teeth c. 2 mm long. Corolla same as of male flower.
Ovary c. 1.2 x 1 cm, ovoid to oblong, densely aculeate,
3-locular with many horizontal ovules; style c. 1 mm long,
glabrous; stigma c. 2 x 2 mm, 3-lobed, papillate; disc c. I x
2 mm. Staminodes 3. Fruit: 5—7 x 3.5—4 cm, non-dehiscent,
oblong, apex blunt, initially green turns pale yellow after
maturity, many-seeded, densely aculeate, aculei 5—7 mm long.
Seed: 4—5 x 2 mm, oblong-obovate, compressed, non-beaked,
emarginate, grey-white, apex acute, funicle caduceus
(Fig. 1).
Chromosome number: 2n = 24 (Kirkbride 1993; Singh
and Yadava 1984).
Flowering & Fruiting: July to January.
Specimens examined: INDIA: Tamil Nadu, Coimbatore
dist, Maruthamalai hill, 12.x1.2009, Sutar 68 (SUK);
Karnataka, Mysore, 24.x1.2010, Sutar 95 (SUK).
Distribution: Africa, North and South America, Saudi
Arabia, West Indies, and India.
Note: It grows along roadsides in wastelands. It is
cultivated for ornamental purposes in West Indies, Africa, North
and South America, and Saudi Arabia. It was used in a
hybridization programme at Jodhpur (Singh and Yadava 1984).
It is probably a garden escape and has run wild in southern
India.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to the Head, Department of Botany,
Shivaji University, Kolhapur, for laboratory facilities.
We are grateful to Dr. R.V. Gurav for encouragement and
Mr. S.S. Kambale for valuable help. We also thank World
Bank for financial assistance to National Agricultural
Innovative Program (NAIP), Government of India,
New Delhi, under which this work was completed.
REFERENCES
CHAKRAVARTY, H.L. (1982): Fascicles of Flora of India. Fascicle 11.
Pp. 30-48. Botanical Survey of India, Howrah.
De WILDE, W.J.J.O. & B.E.E. DuyFies (2006): Mukia Arn.
(Cucurbitaceae) in Asia, in particular in Thailand. Thai For. Bull.
(Bot.) 34: 38-52.
GHEBRETINSAE; A.G., M. THULIN & J.C. BARBER (2007): Relationships of
cucumbers and melons unraveled: Molecular phylogenetics of
Cucumis and related genera (Benincaseae, Cucurbitaceae). Amer.
J. Bot. 94(7): 1256-1266.
KiRKBRIDE, J.H. (1993): Biosystematic monograph of the genus Cucumis
(Cucurbitaceae). Parkway Publishers, Boone, North Carolina, USA.
KIRKBRIDE, J.H. (1994): Revision of Cucumella (Cucurbitaceae,
Cucurbitoideae, Melothrieae, Cucumerinae). Brittonia 46: 161-186.
MABBERLEY, D.J. (2008): Mabberley’s Plant Book — A portable dictionary
of plants, their classification and uses. 3rd edn. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge. 235 pp.
SARVALINGAM, A., R. SIVALINGAM, A. RAJENDRAN & C. Ka ipass (2010):
Cucumis dipsaceus Ehrenb. ex Spach. (Cucurbitaceae) — A new
record for India. International Journal of Biological Technology
1 (Special issue): 37-39.
Sincu, A.K. & K.S. YapAva (1984): An analysis of interspecific hybrids
and phylogenetic implications in Cucumis (Cucurbitaceae).
PI. Syst. Evol. 147: 237-252.
SuTar, S.P., K.V. Boat & S.R. Yapav (2013): Palynological
investigations in the genus Cucumis L. [Cucurbitaceae] from
India. Plant Sciences Feed 3(5): 50-53.
11. SPIGELIA ANTHELMIA L. (SPIGELIACEAE): NEW RECORD TO THE FLORA OF
GUJARAT STATE, INDIA
Rinku J. Desa? AND Vinay M. RAoLe!**
‘Department of Botany, Faculty of Science, The Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, Vadodara 390 002, Gujarat, India.
*Email: desairnk_3 @yahoo.co.in
>Email: vinaysar @rediffmail.com
*Corresponding author
During a recent botanical excursion to South Gujarat,
the authors noticed a plant on the Karjan river bank at
Kolivada (21° 41.050’ N; 73° 29.025' E; 168.85 m). Perusal
of literature suggested that it belonged to the family
234
Loganiaceae sensu lato. After critical observations of the
flower and fruit, the species was identified as Spigelia
anthelmia L., family Spigeliaceae Mart., which has been
segregated from Loganiaceae sensu strict (Struwe et al. 1994;
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1. Spigelia anthelmia: A. Habit; B. Close-up of inflorescence; C. Close-up of floral buds; D. Close-up of fruits
Watson and Dallwitz 1992). Morphologically, Spigeliaceae
can be recognised by their opposite or whorled leaves, often
in false whorls towards the stem tips, one-sided cymose
inflorescences, often brightly coloured pentamerous flowers
with usually funnel-shaped or tubular corollas, articulated
styles, gynaecium eu-syncarpous, strongly bilobed capsules,
capsule compressed contrary to the septum, circumscissile
(the cupular base of the fruit remaining in the persistent calyx).
Spigelia L. is a neotropical genus of c. 60 species,
distributed from South to Central America, Mexico, and the
Caribbean, into the warm-temperate southern United States
and tropical Asia to North Australia (Zappi 2005). High
diversity of Spigelia has been reported from South America
(Zappi et al. 2010). In India, S. anthelmia L. was first reported
from Madhya Pradesh by Oomachan and Shrivastava (1987)
around the forests of Jabalpur. Later, it was recorded from Tamil
Nadu and Maharashtra (Kamble and Chaturvedi 2010; Pardeshi
and Srinivasu 2006; Uma Maheswari et al. 2000). After perusal
of literature (Cooke 1902—08; Shah 1978), the collected
specimen was found to be new to the flora of Gujarat state.
Pradeepkumar (1994) and Pradeepkumar and
Prathapasenan (2003) did not report the presence of Spigelia
anthelmia from the Rajpipla, Dediapada, and Shoolpaneshwar
Wildlife Sanctuary, but we recorded it during our recent visit
to these sites. The first report of S$. anthelmia was by Oomachan
and Shrivastava (1987) from Jabalpur forest along the Narmada
river in Madhya Pradesh. It was later reported from Nagpur by
Kamble and Chaturvedi (2010). It appears that the species may
have been introduced through rivers or road (via transport).
The details of the specimen collected are given below:
Spigelia anthelmia L., Sp. Pl. 149, 1753;
S. multispica Steudel, Flora 26: 764, 1843.
Distribution: Karjan river bank at Kolivada (21°
41.050' N; 73° 29.025' E; 168.85 m), Shoolpaneshwar
Wildlife Sanctuary, Dediapada Tehsil, Narmada District,
Gujarat, India; BARO/RJD 933, 954.
Flowering and Fruiting: July—October.
Habitat: Moist places in the forest, near streams and
river banks.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The first author is grateful to UGC, New Delhi, for
providing financial assistance.
REFERENCES
Cooke, T. (1902-08): The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. London.
Repr. 1958. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta. Vols 1-3.
KAMBLE, R.B. & A. CHATURVEDI! (2010): Spigelia anthelmia L.
(Spigeliaceae) — a new record from Eastern Maharashtra.
Bioinfolet 7(4): 306-308.
OoMAcHAN, M. & J.L. SHrivastava (1987): Spigelia anthelmia Linn. —
A new record for India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 84(3): 730.
PaRDESHI, S.N. &.T. Srinivasu (2006): Spigelia anthelmia L. — a new
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
record from Maharashtra. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 48(1-4):
201-204.
PRADEEPKUMAR, G. (1994): Vegetational and ecological studies of
Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary. Ph.D. Thesis. The M.S.
University of Baroda, Vadodara, Gujarat.
PRADEEPKUMAR, G. & G. PRATHAPASENAN (2003): Ethnobotany of
Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary of Gujarat: A preliminary
survey. Indian Forester 129(11): 1322-1328.
235
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
SHAH, G.L. (1978): Flora of Gujarat State. Vols 1 & 2. Sardar Patel
University, Vallabh Vidyanagar.
STRUWE, L., A.A. ALBERT & B. BREMER (1994): Cladistics and family
level classification of the Gentianales. Cladistics 10: 175-206.
Uma Maueswari, P., S.A. MuTHUKUMAR & P. DANrEL (2000): Spigelia
anthelmia L. (Spigeliaceae): new to the flora of Peninsular India.
Bull. Bot. Surv. India. 37(1-4): 133-137
Watson, L. & M.J. DALLwirz (1992): The families of flowering plants:
descriptions, illustrations, identification, and information
retrieval. Version: 19th December 2012. http://delta-intkey.com.
Zari, D. (2005): Loganiaceae. Pp. 261—271. In: (Eds: Wanderley, M.G.L.,
GJ. Shepherd, T.S. Mehlem & A.M. Giulietti): Flora Fanerogamica
do Estado de Sao Paulo 4. FAPESP/RiMa, S4o Paulo.
ZApPI, D., E.A. MANOEL & E.F. GuiMarAgs (2010): Loganiaceae.
Pp. 1168-1172. In: (Eds: Forzza, R.C., J.F.A. Baumgratz,
C.E.M. Bicudo, A.A. Carvalho Jr., A. Costa, D.P. Costa,
M. Hopkins, P.M. Leitman, L.G. Lohmann, L.C. Maia,
G. Martinelli, M. Menezes, M.P. Morim, M.A. Nadruz Coelho,
A.L. Peixoto, J.R. Pirani, J. Prado, L.P. Queiroz, V.C. Souza,
J.R. Stehmann, L.S. Sylvestre, B.M.T. Walter & D. Zappi):
Catalogo de Plantas e Fungos do Brasil 2. Jardim Botanico do
Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro: Andrea Jakobsson Estudio.
12. LUISIA TRICHORRHIZA (HOOK.) BLUME — AN ADDITION TO THE ORCHID FLORA OF
MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
G.D. MuratxKar', R.S. GOVEKAR? AND M.M. SarpeEsar**
'Department of Botany, Arts, Science & Commerce College, Upper Plateau, Chikhaldara 444 807, Maharashtra, India.
Email: gmuratkar@ gmail.com
*National Tiger Conservation Authority, Regional Office, Nagpur 440 001, Maharashtra, India. Email: govekiran@ yahoo.com
“Department of Botany, Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University, Aurangabad 431 004, Maharashtra, India.
Email: sardesaimm @rediffmail.com
“Corresponding author
Introduction
During our field visits to the Vidarbha region of
Maharashtra, an interesting epiphytic orchid was found, which
was identified as Luisia trichorrhiza (Hook.) Blume. This
Species is a new record for the state, from which five species
of the genus have been recorded earlier (Almeida 2009;
Lakshminarasimhan 1996). The voucher specimens were
deposited in the Herbarium of Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
Marathwada University, Aurangabad (BAMU), and below,
we provide an account of the species.
Luisia trichorrhiza (Hook.) Blume Mus. Bot. 1: 63.
1849; Saxena and Bramham in FI. Orissa 3: 1840. 1995. Vanda
trichorrhiza Hook. Exot. Fl. 1(5): t. 72. 18235.
Erect stout herb. Roots with minute hairs. Stems stout,
dark green in colour. Leaves 13-15 cm long, terete.
Inflorescence 3-4 flowered, extra-axillary. Flowers 3-4 mm
across, drooping. Bracts 1-nerved, scabrid. Sepals greenish-
yellow, tinged with purple, entire, glabrous, 3-nerved; dorsal
sepal slightly incurved at apex; lateral sepals keeled, acute at
apex. Petals 3-nerved, 2 short nerves from the sides of lateral
nerves, pale green. Lip panduriform in outline; hypochile
subquadrate, concave, yellowish-green; epichile rhomboid, _
rounded at apex. Capsule narrowly spindle-shaped, tapering
towards the base.
Flowering: July—August
Fruiting: Fruits mature up to the next season.
Notes: The species is an epiphyte on Cleistanthus
collinus (Roxb.) Benth., Madhuca longifolia (Koen.) Mac.
var. latifolia (Roxb.) Chevalier, Mangifera indica L., and
Terminalia elliptica Willd. Very rare in distribution and found
as single individuals in the habitat studied. It is often difficult
to locate the species amidst the green foliage of trees.
Distribution: Amravati and Gadchiroli districts of
Vidarbha, Maharashtra.
Specimens Examined: Amzari (21°23' 0.001" N; 077°
6' 1.6" E) 25.x1.2011, GD Muratkar 2433 (flowering)
(BAMU) and 29.x.2012 GD Muratkar 2433 (fruiting)
(BAMU) in Amravati District; Bhamaragad range 2.x.2007
RS Govekar 197 (fruiting) (BAMU), Murumgaon-Sawargaon
Road 18.11.2011 RS Govekar 764 (fruiting) (BAMU) and
Besewada hills of Gatta range, 26.v.2011 RS Govekar 967
(flowering) (BAMU) of Gadchiroli district.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Dr. Pankaj Kumar, Kadoorie
Farm and Botanic Garden (KFBG) Corporation, Hong Kong,
for confirmation of the identity and to the Principal, Arts,
Science, and Commerce College, Chikhaldara, for providing
facilities.
REFERENCES
ALMEIDA, M.R. (2009): Flora of Maharashtra State. Blatter Herbarium, Mumbai 5A: Pp. 18-93.
LAKSHMINARASIMHAN, P. (1996): Orchidaceae. Pp. 1-793. In: (Eds: Sharma, B.D., S. Karthikeyan & N.P. Singh): Flora of Maharashtra State:
Monocotyledons. Fl. India Ser. 2. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
236
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
13. DIPCADI MONTANUM (DALZELL) BAKER —- AN ADDITION TO THE FLORA OF KERALA, INDIA
SoJAN Jose!**, V. SuResH!*, R. PRAKASH KUMAR”? AND P.V. MADHUSOODANAN~®
'Department of Botany, Govt. Victoria College, Palakkad 678 001, Kerala, India.
*Malabar Botanical Garden, Kozhikode 673 014, Kerala, India.
*Email: sojanchakkalackal @ gmail.com
“Email: sureshmagnolia@ gmail.com
*Email: rprak62 @ gmail.com
°Email: pymadhu @ gmail.com
*Corresponding author
Introduction
The genus Dipcadi Medik. (Family: Hyacinthaceae)
with about 30 species is distributed in the Mediterranean
region, Africa, and south-west Asia (Mabberley 1997). The
greatest diversity is found in South Africa, where about 13
Species are present (Stedje and Nordal 1987). Medikus (1790)
described the genus Dipcadi using Hyacinthus serotinus L.
from Spain as the type species. Later, Ker-Gawler (1816)
described another genus Uropetalon and he moved several
species placed under Dipcadi to Uropetalon. Baker (1871)
resurrected Dipcadi and treated Uropetalon as its synonym.
In India, the genus was earlier represented by nine species,
including four varieties (Deb and Dasgupta 1981; Karthikeyan
et al. 1989). A new species was reported later by
Prabhugaonkar et al. (2009).
Dipcadi was not reported from Kerala till we recorded
the occurrence of Dipcadi montanum from a rocky area of
Kollengode, Palakkad district, Kerala. The voucher specimens
were deposited in the Calicut University Herbarium (CALI)
and the herbarium of Malabar Botanical Garden (MBGS). In
this manuscript, we provide a description of the species with
notes.
Dipcadi montanum (Dalzell) Baker. Baker in Journ.
Linn. Soc. 11: 398. 1871; Hook.f. Fl. Brit. Ind.6: 346. 1892;
Cook, Fl. Pres. Bomb., 2: 769. 1907; Bamber. Pl. Punj. 441.
1916; Deb and Das Gupta, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 57.
1976,
Scapigerous herb with small globose tunicate bulbs,
12-20 x 10-15 mm; Leaves 3-8, shorter than the scape,
15-20 x 0.2 cm, narrowly linear, glabrous, acuminate at the
apex; Scapes 15—30 cm x 2—3 mm, subterete, smooth, glabrous,
erect, stiff; Inflorescence 5—15 cm long, 7—15 flowered racemes;
Bracts small 5-8 mm; Flowers mildly fragrant, white with
various degrees of red tinge, 11-13 mm long, small; pedicels
3-8 mm long, filiform; Perianth tubular, cylindric with six
segments united up to 1/3rd of the length, the outer recurved
from the middle and inner bent at the tip. Stamens 6, inserted
in the throat of perianth, included; filaments adherent to the
perianth tube except at the tip. Anthers 2—3 mm, linear-oblong,
versatile, introrse. Ovary stipitate, 3-celled with many ovules;
Style short and straight; Stigma 3-lobed. Fruit broader than
long, narrowed at the base, 5—10 x 10-15 mm, deeply trilobed;
Seeds 3—5 in each locule, compressed, 3.5—5 x 3—4 mm
orbicular, wrinkled, brownish-black.
Flowering and Fruiting: July to September.
Distribution: INDIA: Karnataka, Tamil Nadu,
Maharashtra, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and
rarely in the western Himalaya.
Specimens Examined: INp1A: Kerala, Palakkad district,
Kollengode (10° 34' 31.18" N; 76° 42' 48.92" E; 108 m above
msl), 12.viii.2012 Sojan and Suresh 9200 (MBGS).
Notes: An erect, seasonal herb that grows on rocky
slopes. Usually found in groups of various sizes. The typical
associates were Rhamphicarpa longiflora, Centranthera
indica, Chamaecrista kleinii, Indigofera uniflora, and
Parasopubia delphiniifolia.
REFERENCES
Baker, J.G. (1871): Revision of the genera and species of herbaceous
capsular gamophyllous Liliaceae. J. Linn. Soc. 11: 395-400.
Des, D.B. & S. DasGupta (1981): Liliaceae: Tribe — Scilleae. Fascicles
of Flora of India. Fascicle 7. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
KARTHIKEYAN, S., S.K. JAin, M.P. NAyAR & M. SANJApPA (1989): Florae
Indicae Enumeratio: Monocotyledonae. Flora of India Series 4.
Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Ker-GAWwLeR, J.B. (1816): Uropetalon glaucum grey leaved Uropetalon.
Bot. Reg. 2: 12 156:
MABBERLEY, D.J. (1997): The Plant-Book. A Portable Dictionary of the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
Vascular Plants. 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Mepikus, F.K. (1790): Uber den gynanndrischensitus der staubfaden
und Pistilleeinigerpflanzen. Act. Acad. Theod. Palat. 6: 431.
PRABHUGAONKAR, A., U.S. YADAV & M.K. JANARTHANAM (2009): Dipcadi
goaense (Hyacinthaceae), a new species from the foothills of
the Western Ghats, India. Kew Bulletin 64: 743-746.
STEDJE, B. & I. NorDAL (1987): Cytogeographical studies of
Hyacinthaceae in Africa south of the Sahara. Nordic J. Bot. 7:
53-65.
237
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
14. ABSENCE OF ULVA RETICULATA FORSSKAL FROM THE COAST OF GOA, INDIA
N. PeRErRA!* AND M.R. ALMEIDA?
1203 Govinda, Holy Cross Road, IC Colony extn, Borivali West, Mumbai 400 103, Maharashtra, India.
Email: neelam.pereira@ gmail.com
Towers, Opp. Patel Petrol Pump, Goregaon West, Mumbai 400 062, Maharashtra, India. Email: thomaspaul5 @hotmail.com
*Corresponding author —
Ulva reticulata Forsskal was first reported by
Boergesen (1935) from Mumbai in Maharashtra, followed
by Krishnamurthy and Joshi (1969) from Diu in Gujarat.
Later, Dhargalkar (1978) reported it from the Chapora Bay
in Goa. The growth of U. reticulata was found to be optimum
during periods of high salinity from December to May and
would diminish during the monsoon. This particular species
of Ulva is known to favour polychaete tubes as its substratum,
and its growth was found to correspond with sewage discharge
(Dhargalkar 1978). Reticulate form of thallus and the presence
of air bladders make this species unique among the species
of genus Ulva.
In earlier studies, at Chapora Bay, this taxon was found
to occur with edible bivalves such as Meretrix casta. Though
the rocky substrate exhibited growth of oysters and green
mussels, surveys by us during October 2008—December 2010
did not reveal the presence of U. reticulata in the Bay. The
absence of this species points towards probable ecological
changes that could have occurred in more than last two
decades. The surveys revealed the presence of several algae,
barring this mesh-forming alga. Increased sedimentation
resulting from sand-mining activities in Chapora river may
have led to the depletion of polychaete tubes from the area,
resulting in the wiping out of this species.
REFERENCES
BOeRGESEN, F. (1935): A list of marine algae from Bombay. Del. Kgl.
Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Biologiske Meddelelser XII:
1-64.
DHARGALKAR, V.K. (1978): Ecological studies on marine algal species
Ulva reticulata Forsskal from Chapora Bay. M.Sc. Thesis.
Bombay University.
KRISHNAMURTHY, V. & H.V. Josut (1969): The species of Ulva L. from
Indian waters. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 62: 123-130.
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published on July 22, 2014
by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
238
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 110(3), Sept-Dec 2013
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
A hard copy of manuscript (including illustrations), typewritten
in double space on one side of the paper and a copy of the MS
on a CD using MS Word, should be submitted to the Editor,
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001. Submission
of a manuscript to the Journal implies that it has not been
submitted for publication elsewhere.
A copy of the manuscript may also be emailed to us at
publications @ bnhs.org.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible. Pages should be numbered
consecutively, and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in
the following order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s),
Department(s) and Institution(s); Footnote containing address
of Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List
of Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from
the original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2
should contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the
following order: Introduction; Material and Methods or
Methodology; Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements;
References. Abstract, Key Words, Tables and Captions for
Figures should be typed separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references.
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of materials and the procedures should be clearly stated.
New methods should be described in detail, but if the methods
are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any modifications
made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study and
main conclusions emerging from the study should be included.
The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent sequence
for clarity and readability. The same data should not be presented
in both tables and figures, and such data as can be easily and
briefly stated in the text should not be depicted diagrammatically.
Only such tables and figures as are necessary should be given.
Tests of statistical significance should be identified and
references used should be cited. Statements about the statistical
significance of the results must be borne out by the level of
significance, preferably provided in the tables and legends. The
use of the word “significant” should be restricted to “statistically
significant’.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to the
minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data.
Line drawings should be either laser prints of computer
generated illustrations or manually prepared in Indian ink on
tracing paper, drawn to approximately twice the printed size.
The drawings are usually reduced to the page width or column
size, and care should be taken that the size of letters,
numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction.
Photographs: Photographs for reproduction must be clear, with
good contrast. Prints should be at least 9x12 cm and on glossy,
glazed paper.
Please note that illustrations and photographs need to be
submitted as image files (.jpeg or .tiff format at 300 dpi with
legible text).
Image files incorporated in MS Office will not be considered as
submissions.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references rests
with the author(s). Abstracts of papers presented at scientific
meetings may be cited. References to literature should be
alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with the abridged
titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles of books or
papers in Roman type, thus:
Aturi, Rauu J.S. & C. SuBHA Repp! (1995): Ecology of the pollination
in two cat-mint species. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(1): 63-66.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai. pp. 35-48.
Species names should carry the Author’s name and subspecies
(trinomials) should only be used where identification has been
authentically established by comparison of specimens actually
collected.
For the standardised common and scientific names of the birds
of the Indian subcontinent refer to Buceros Vol. 6, No. 1 (2001).
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need not
follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is required,
but key words may be included and references must be cited as
in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to
publish a member’s contribution before that of a non-
member. The Editors also reserve the right to publish invited
papers on priority.
Registered with the ee of Newspapers under RN 5685/57 ISSN 0006-6982
CONTENTS
7 EDITORIAL .ssesesnse Pat it alt ire cn 2 ect oe Pee Pap ig eae TS gen M Roan RGAE oN 0 Sones oe Seat te
THE BIRDS OF SANGLI DISTRICT, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA | : | :
_V.B. Tuljapurkar, V.R. Bhagwat and SA ee cha oe ak See ah oe aes 172
NOTES ON THE NEWLY DISCOVERED POPULATION OF SIND JERDON’S BABBLER CHRYSOMMA _
ALTIROSTRE SCINDICUM IN HARIKE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, PUNJAB, INDIA ee :
Saurabh Sawant and M. Sudhagar (OUR ee et ae oe A ce eee et ee eae Me i: eee
A PRELIMINARY OVERVIEW OF THE SUBSPECIES OF RED FOX AND TIBETAN SAND FOX IN" : ee
THE HIMALAYA, INDIA »
Aishwarya Maheshwari, Neha Midha, Ambica Paliwal, Basant Kumar Sharma, eu ot | :
Partha Sarathi Ghose, Priyadarshinee Shreshtha and Srushti Paranijpe .......... Pee emcee eS a
DORYLAIMID AND TYLENCHID NEMATODES ASSOCIATED WITH BANANA PLANTATIONS IN |
PASCHIM MEDINIPUR DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL, INDIA
Viswa Venkat Gantait, Amalendu Chatterjee and Tanmay Bhattacharya...........ccccccccceceeeeeees oe peor ee
SIGNIFICANCE OF PHALLIC COMPLEX IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF INDIAN PYRGOMORPHIDAE |
(ORTHOPTERA: PYRGOMORPHOIDEA)
Hirdesh Kumar, Mohd. Kamil Usmani, Uzma Rafi and Reenu Kumari site aomemncetmntak ree eae — 204
THE TRADE, TRAPPING, AND UTILIZATION OF LORISES IN INDIA a
Mian ee eS as ee ye i PR 210
| OBITUARY 5 Me are CEA Sater a ee, eos ese ee | a ats hai) Rae me OHA
REVIEWS =. Se EME ee Nie care ly ek ers 9 ti, (eo Mn ge ee ts 216
"MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ec cccsees Rees AC eee el ie a ee TA eee 220
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd.. D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published by ©
Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road,
Mumbai 400 001. Website: www.bnhs.org; Email: publications @ bnhs.org/publications.bnhs @ gmail.com
. 111 (1)
VOL
A
S
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
014
RIL 2
IN
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
Executive Epitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Epbitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Phe
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PropucTION EpItor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M.Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D.
National Centre for Biological Sciences,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru,
Karnataka
C.R. Babu, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management
of Degraded Ecosystems,
University of Delhi,
New Delhi
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc.
The Rhino Foundation for Nature,
Guwahati, Assam
Indraneil Das, D. Phil.
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak,
Malaysia
Editorial Board
Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
G.S. Rawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
Chennai, Tamil Nadu
J.S. Singh, Ph. D.
Professor, Banaras Hindu University
Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
Y.V. Jhala, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
Consultant Editors
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2014
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
EDITORIAL
VOLUME 111(1): APRIL 2014
CONTENTS
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR TRACHYPITHECUS
PILEATUS
Awadhesh Kumar and G-< Solanki. vc sage oe Bae es ee ec eect hE Bie cecdhs sc ecnsdictchdbesile ealaravred
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF THE NEAR THREATENED GREY-HEADED BULBUL PYCNONOTUS PRIOCEPHALUS
IN RELATION TO SEASONS AND BREEDING STAGES
PAS IART ISHN yt, 1 cereale seattle ncaa eg a eR a a alra crag ya Rite es eae ce ok cc a oa ie or ps ae hak an gear
THYSANOPTERA (INSECTA) FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR, NORTHEAST INDIA
K. Nishikanta Singh and R. Varatharajan ................:cccceeeceeee ee ae ee ee ee ee ee ah. Tr ee
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE SPECIES OF INDIA
Rohan N. Shringarpure, Mandar D. Kulkarni, Chhaya Sawant, Ashok Bhagwat, Toby H. Galligan
an VIDNU PRARASHY ads iad aes ete eee ale Pe ee SR Boat cc nating RR Aw OE eee Eh sh aoe
OBITUARY
TG» NARENDRAN (1O44220 13); STUER, JR PORN S.A A CO PAD. ae rre. Totes CO ON Te ees ond oe, Le
REVIEWS PE\THSON AY
l, INDIAN MAMMALS — A FIELD GUIDE
Reviewed by Anwaruddite Choudhury. ae ae Ae ee! MAR 3.12015 egy mite ©
i BIRDS AND PEOPLE LIBRARIES
Reviewed byiGayatn Wiora 7 2 oe, Ua ee BUA A A errr cre MPEG EPS DY:
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS REPTILES
1. Dietary opportunism in Desert Fox or White-footed Fox 9. Capturing problem Saltwater Crocodiles Crocodylus
Vulpes vulpes pusilla porosus Schneider using indigenous techniques in the
Farkirat Singh Sangha sce sete. eo ee ee eee 40 Andaman Islands, India
2. Ferret-Badger records from Mizoram, Meghalaya, and Viswakannan, P., C. Sivaperuman, S. Senthil Kumar and
Nagaland, India Sheer mer
Nimesh Ved and Laltlanhlua Zathang ...................cc008 41 10. Record of the rare Bibron’s Coral Snake Calliophis bibroni
3. On the occurrence of dark-coloured Indian or Red
from Nelliyampathy hills, Kerala, India
Muntjac Muntiacus muntjak Zimmermann in Sikkim- os,
ae ot es Jospeh J. Erinjery, Sayantan Das, Ram Subramanian
Paneelng atede With a Teen nih townuree. Muthuvarmadam and Mewa SingN..............:::::sesceeeeeeees
Sikkim, India
Anwaruddin Chowdhutiew:.2 aco. cake al sole 43 FISH
11. Apogon hyalosoma Bleeker (Pisces: Percoidei:
AVES ,
ee ann Fina Racin naaRaniewid Baath rs Apogonidae) — a new report to Kerala, India
, iti < i pre es eat a a en M.H. Shyla and K.S. Jameela Beevi .............:.ccccscseereee
ssi de Sein panes e ‘: ict 12. First report of three Surgeon fishes (Family: Acanthuridae)
Avisek Chatterjee and Dipabali Paul...................0006. 44 ;
en aon cei at oy ete hea df from the north of east coast of India
: rey-faced Buzzard Butastur indicus: first record from
a Dipanjan Ray, Prasad C. Tudu and Anil Mohapatra ......
ia
130 0 b | cimen of Lutj fohnii (Bl
Shirish Manchi, Asad R. Rahmani and a Panta ae santion : shot tes eae aa
isces: Perci : Lutjanidae) fr
Dhritiman Mukherjee .....sssssssssssssesssssssssssssevsssssssssssseseeee 45 P ANIA Patan
, India
6. — First record of Pectoral Sandpiper Calidris melanotos and is oe :
. nae ; R.P. Barman, A. Das:and S:S Meter ievseacateoxsn ln eteeas
Caspian Plover Charadrius asiaticus from Kerala, India
P.C. Rajeevan, K.M. Khaleel and Jayan Thomas.......... 45 INSECTS
7. Firstrecord of Red-necked Phalarope Phalaropus lobatus 14. Newrecord of Lesser Blue Wing Rhyothemis triangularis
from Kerala, India Kirby, 1889 (Odonata: Libellulidae) from Odisha, India
Muhamed Jafer Palot, Dipu Karuthedathu, Praveen J., S.K. Sajan and Pratyush P. Mohapatra..........0.......0.
Mike Prince and E. Kunhikrishinan ................:00::e:seseee 46 15. Species diversity of butterflies (Insecta: Lepidoptera:
8. Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula nesting in Elephant dung Rhopalocera) on two trees of south Andaman,
in Corbett Tiger Reserve, India India
Fh TOTES PT ee Ten nea ES pen 47 Pes WAIERN ays csrcas eatin tes bae ean Nua cen Cem eee adore eee
10
19
29
36
38
39
48
a4
OV
54
oF
60
61
OTHER INVERTEBRATES
16. A note on the occurrence of Sternaspis scutata (Renier
1807) — a sternaspid polychaete from Sundarban
mangroves, West Bengal, India
H.M. Preetha Mini Jose, S. Muthuvelu, S. Sivaraj and
PPS Shas serene nant yeve di iaatmnersesa ea cqeoneetincaden merece rat et
BOTANY
17. Plagiochila duthiana Steph. — a poorly known species
discovered from Western Ghats, India
Praveen Kumar Verma and Krishna Kumar Rawat.......
62
64
18.
TS
20.
Begonia integrifolia Dalzell — an addition to the flora of
Goa, India
Makarand M. Aitawade and Shrirang R. Yadav............. 66
Artemisia santolinifolia Turcz. ex Besser (Asteraceae) —
an overlooked species in Indian flora
Bhaskar Datt, Meena Baleshwar and T.S. Rana........... 67
Physalis pruinosa L. (Solanaceae) — a new record
for the flora of Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand,
India
SCvsinghand-Bhaskab Dattani. st hvac leet eeteest 69
Cover Photograph: Sambar Rusa unicolor By Aditya Singh
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
GOVT. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
Editorial
Unique amphibians of the Western Ghats:
a plea for their protection
The Western Ghats is one of the 25 biodiversity hotspots of the world, due to which it was given
World Heritage status recently. Richness of species and endemicity at family, genus, or species level is
typical of the biodiversity of this region. For example, in India there are reports of about 335 species
of amphibians and 520 species of reptiles, of which about 200 amphibian and 120 reptile species are
endemic or confined to the Western Ghats. In the last decade, around 100 new species of amphibians
and reptiles have been described from the Western Ghats (Abraham ef al. 2013; Biju and Bossuyt 2003;
Byu et al. 2011; Nair et al. 2012; Vijayakumar et al. 2014). The formidably named Nasikabatrachus
sahyadrensis 18 one such example, described in 2003 by India’s well-known amphibian expert
Dr. S.D. Byu. Its English name 1s Pig-nosed Frog due to its protruding nose. Interestingly, the tadpole
was described nearly 100 years ago, but no one had seen the adult which generally lives under soft
mud and appears only during the monsoon for mating. As the tadpoles live in torrential streams, they
have developed suckers, much like hill-stream fishes. It is found on both sides of the Palghat Gap in
Kerala near forest streams and rivers.
The smallest known amphibian in the Western Ghats 1s Nyctibatrachus minimus at a mere 15 mm
length. The largest is the Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus, which is sometimes seen feeding
on small snakes. The other important groups of amphibians which are limbless and predominantly
burrowing are called caecilians. Of the 39 known species of caecilians in India, about 25 species are
endemic to the Western Ghats. The smallest among them is Gegeneophis krishni (200 mm) and longest
is Ichthyophis bombayensis (640 mm).
As of now, ten genera of Anurans are known to be endemic to the Western Ghats. The genus
Indirana is one of them, with 11 species, including the newly-described /ndirana chiravasi (Padhye
et al. 2014) from the northern Western Ghats, which the authors named Amboli Leaping Frog. According
to the IUCN (2014), two species of this genus are Critically Endangered, three are Endangered, one
is Vulnerable, two are Data Deficient, and two are Least Concern. The true status of Amboli Leaping
Frog needs to be studied through extensive surveys of its habitat.
Pollution, over-extraction of natural resources, invasive species, infrastructural developments
particularly dams, habitat fragmentation, agricultural expansion, and lack of appreciation of the
ecological role of amphibians (and other taxa) are some of the reasons for their decline. On top of this,
amphibians are dying of infections and diseases (Dahanukar et al. 2013; Stuart et al. 2004). Climate
change is another long-term threat that will alter their fragile habits and allow spread of diseases in
new places.
With a population of 400 million people, the Western Ghats is no doubt one of the most populated
biodiversity hotspots of the world. Biodiversity Hotspot is described as an area rich in biodiversity
but also under a high degree of threat. In view of the ecological significance of the Western Ghats and
increasing threats, as well as possible impacts of climate change, the Ministry of Environment, Forests
and Climate Change, Government of India, in March 2010, constituted a Western Ghats Ecology Expert
Panel (WGEEP), led by Prof. Madhav Gadgil. The expert panel submitted their report on August 31,
2011, which was debated and finally rejected by the Government of India. The WGEEP had suggested
that the entire Western Ghats be treated as Ecological Sensitive Area (ESA) which the government was
not willing to do. To water down the report, the government set up a High Level Working Group on
Western Ghats under the chairmanship of Mr. K. Kasturirangan. The Committee came up with its own
recommendations, diluting many recomendations of the WGEEP. It is beyond the scope of this editorial
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56556
to discuss the merits and demerits of these two reports. I would like to bring to the readers’ attention
that WGEEP used a new term Ecologically Sensitive Localities (ESL) that was mainly identified by
civil society. This was to distinguish it from the term Ecological Sensitive Area (ESA) that they have
used for the whole Western Ghats. While it will not be possible to give details of these ESLs, many of
them are important for conservation of amphibians and other taxa.
In order to identify sites for short and long term conservation of birds and their habitats, BirdLife
International, UK, came up with the concept of Important Bird Area. The IBA concept has been well-
tested and now accepted the world over, resulting in identification and protection of nearly 12,000
IBAs in the world. The concept has recently been expanded to include biodiversity other than birds,
therefore now the full form of IBA is Important Bird and Biodiversity Area. The BNHS, being BirdLife
Partner in India, has a major IBA Programme. Ten years ago, we brought out an IBA inventory called
Important Bird Areas in India: Priority Sites for Conservation (Islam and Rahmani 2004). This inventory
is being revised and by the end of this year (2014) we will bring out a revised and updated edition in
which non-bird taxa, particularly amphibians and reptiles, will be highlighted wherever necessary. The
Western Ghats also has many endemic and threatened fish species that need to be protected. Several
genera such as Travancoria, Dayella, Horabagrus, and Lepidopygopsis are restricted to the Western
Ghats. A few species are restricted to the west flowing rivers, and others to east flowing rivers. We need
to identify and protect rivers and streams where the endemic fish gene pool survives. Many of these
rivers are outside the present Protected Area Network of India. Dams, pollution, overharvesting, and
invasive species have already devastated the neglected fish fauna of the Western Ghats. _
The IUCN has come up with its own concept of Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs). Many botanists
have come up with the idea of identifying Important Plant Areas (IPAs), and WWF-India is working on
the landscape level. Perhaps all these concepts can be brought together for identification and protection
of areas that are really important for the survival of all types of taxa, and not only mega-vertebrates
which have hogged the limelight all these years in India. Although larger landscape level protection
is beneficial to keep meta-populations and allow gene flow, it is always not possible to have large
landscape level protected areas. Focusing conservation action on key areas is one of the most effective
means to reduce biodiversity loss.
Asad R. Rahmani
REFERENCES
ABRAHAM, R.K., R.A. Pyron, B.R. AnsiL, A. ZACHARIAH & A. ZACHARIAH (2013): Two novel genera and one new species of
treefrog (Anura: Rhacophoridae) highlight cryptic diversity in the Western Ghats of India. Zootaxa 3640(2): 177-189.
Buu, S.D. & F. Bossuyt (2003): New frog family from India reveals an ancient biogeographical link with the Seychelles.
Nature 425: 711-714; http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nature02019.
Buu, S.D., I. van Bocxtagr, S. MAHony, K.P. DinesH, C. RADHAKRISHNAN, A. ZACHARIAH, V. Girt & F. Bossuyt (2011):
A taxonomic review of the Night Frog genus Nyctibatrachus Boulenger, 1882 in the Western Ghats, India (Anura:
Nyctibatrachidae) with description of twelve new species. Zootaxa 3029: 1-96.
DAHANUKAR, N., K. Krutua, M.S. PAINGANKAR, A.D. PADHYE, N. Mopak & S. Mo tur (2013): Endemic Asian chytrid strain
infection in threatened and endemic anurans of the northern Western Ghats, India. PLoS One 8: e77528; http://dx.doi.
org/10.1371/journal.pone.0077528.
IsLaM, M.Z. & A.R. RAHMANI (2004): Important Bird Areas in India: Priority sites for conservation. Indian Bird Conservation
Network, Bombay Natural History Society, and BirdLife International (UK). Pp xvi + 1133.
IUCN (2014): The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded in October
2014.
Nair, A., S.V. GopALAN, S. GEorGE, K.S. Kumar, A.G.F. TEACHER & J. MERILA (2012): High cryptic diversity of endemic
Indirana frogs in the Western Ghats biodiversity hotspot. Anim. Conserv. 15: 489-498.
Papuye, A.D., N. Mopak & N. DAHANUKAR (2014): Jndirana chiravasi, a new species of Leaping Frog (Anura: Ranixalidae)
from Western Ghats of India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 6(10): 6293-6312; http://dx.doi.org/10.11609/JoTT.04068.6293-
S21
Stuart, S.N., J.S. CHANson, N.A. Cox, B.E. Youna, A.S.L. Ropricugs, D.L. FISCcHMAN & R.W. WALLER (2004): Status and
trends of amphibian declines and extinctions worldwide. Science 306: 1783-1786.
VIJAYAKUMAR, S.P., K.P. Dinesu, V.P. MRUGANK & S. Kartik (2014): Lineage delimitation and description of nine new species
of bush frogs (Anura: Raorchestes, Rhacophoridae) from the Western Ghats Escarpment. Zootaxa 3893(4): 451-488.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014 3-9
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE
IN CAPPED LANGUR TRACHYPITHECUS PILEATUS
AWADHESH KUMAR! AND G.S. SOLANKI?’*
'Department of Forestry, North Eastern Regional Institute of Science & Technology, (Deemed University) Nirjuli 791 109, Itanagar,
Arunachal Pradesh, India. Email: [email protected]
"Department of Zoology, Mizoram University, Aizwal 796 004, Mizoram, India. Email: [email protected],
[email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56506
We investigated the mother-infant relationship and allomothering in Capped Langur Jrachypithecus pileatus in
Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary, Arunachal Pradesh, India, from July 2001 to June 2003, based on observations of five
mother-infant pairs. Infants spent 75% of the time on ventro-ventral contact during the first three months, 71% of
which was on nipples in the first month, which decreased gradually thereafter. The time of contact with mother varied
significantly (p< 0.01) across the months. A significant negative correlation (Pearson: r = -0.963, p <0.01) was found
between the time infants spent with mother with increase in age (n=5 mother-infant pairs; 60 observations). Infants
started straying away from mothers at around 16 days of age, and moved away as far as 3 m at the age of 30 days.
The distance away from the mother increased up to 5 m at the age of 3 months, and they spent about 20% of their
time away from the mother at the age of a year. Neonates spent 9.2% of the day with allomothers, and this increased
to 25% for the next 15 days. It decreased gradually from the second month, and allomothering was not observed
from the eighth month. The process of infant’s independence started at the age of 6-8 months and was completed by
12 months, with infants spending 80% of their time away from the mother.
Key words: Allomothering, Capped Langur, mother-infant relationship, maternal rejections, ventro-ventral contact
INTRODUCTION
Primate infants are born dependent on their mothers
(Strier 2007) and mothers play a significant role throughout
the offsprings’ lives (Hrdy 1999). The mother-infant
relationship and parental care has special significance in
mammals because it ensures the survival of infants and sets
the stage for relations among the members of the troop.
A long period of postnatal development is a characteristic
feature of primates. Newborns depend on their mothers for
nutrition, transport, protection, and mothers also help them
to develop skills to become independent and integrate within
the society (Forster and Cords 2002; Harlow and Harlow
1965; Hinde and Spencer-Booth 1967; Jensen et al. 1967;
Xi et al. 2008).
The other important aspect of social behaviour in
colobines is an affiliation between allomothers and infants
(Horwich and Manski 1975; Jay 1963; Kumar et al. 2005;
McKenna 1979, 1981; Stanford 1992; Vogel 1984). The
relationship of mothers and allomothers with infants in the
group leads to the growth and development of an infant
in a socially coordinated manner (Kumar ef a/. 2005). It
has been argued that allomothers provide assistance to the
mother so that she can have time for foraging (Stanford 1992;
Vogel 1984; Xi et al. 2008); infants learn to manage in the
absence of their mothers, which ensures proper socialization
with others members of the troop (McKenna 1981); and
immature females of the troop also get an opportunity to
handle infants (Hrdy 1976; Lancaster 1971). The mother
may derive benefits from the allomothers’ cooperation in
territorial defence, in anti-predation, and save on time and
energy that can be devoted for infant care (Garber et a/. 1984;
Koenig and Rothe 1991). Allomothering thus increases the
chances of the infant’s survival. The development of mother-
infant relationship in nonhuman primates also influences the
ontogeny of social behaviour (Nicolson 1987).
Studies on mother-infant relations and infant
development in captive and free-ranging Old World
monkeys have concentrated mainly on Macaca mulatta
(Berman 1980a, b, 1990, 1992; Berman and Kapsalis 1999;
Maestripieri 1994a, b, 2001; Simpson 1985; Stevenson-
Hinde and Simpson 1981), M. silenus (Krishna et al. 2008),
M. radiata (Singh et al. 1980) and M. fuscata (Schino et al.
1993, 1995, 2003; Schino and Troisi 2001). Other primate
species studied are Papio spp. (Altmann 1980; Nash 1978),
Cercopithecus aethiops (Fairbanks and McGuire 1985;
Lee 1984; Struhsaker 1971), C. mitis stuhlmannii (Forster
and Cords 2002), Cercopithecus neglectus (Kirkevold and
Crockett 1987), Presbytis entellus (Dolhinow and Murphy
1982), Cebus capucinus (Manson 1999), and Callimico
goeldii (Schradin and Anzenberger 2001). Studies on mother-
infant relationships and behaviour development of infants are
scarce on colobine monkeys (Horwich 1974a, b; Horwich and
Manski 1975; Jay 1963; Medhi 2004; Sugiyama 1965). To
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
help fill in this lacuna, we undertook a study on the mother-
infant relationship and allomothering in the Capped Langur
in Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary, Arunachal Pradesh, India.
The Capped Langur Trachypithecus pileatus 1s
restricted to Northeast India, Bangladesh, north-western
Myanmar, Bhutan, and southern China (Ahsan 1994; Khan
and Ahsan 1986; Roonwal and Mohnot 1977; Srivastava
1999; Zhang et al. 1981). It is largely folivorous and a
canopy dweller (Choudhury 1989; Stanford 1991), lives
in a troop of 5—8 individuals, mainly with one-male multi-
females composition. The Capped Langur is designated
an endangered species in India (Walker and Molur 2007)
because the population and troop size are becoming smaller
due to fragmentation and loss of habitat, and use of its flesh
and body parts in traditional healthcare and socio-cultural
practices (Kumar and Solanki 2004). The Capped Langur
falls under the Vulnerable category (A2cd+3cd, ver 3.1) as
per IUCN (2013) Red List.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Study Site
Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary (26° 3.7’—27° 16.2’ N;
92° 7.5'-92° 22' E; 862 sq. km) is located in East Kameng
district of Arunachal Pradesh. The Sanctuary is surrounded
_ by rivers on three sides, namely Kameng in the north and
west, and Pakke in the east, and shares a common boundary
with Nameri National Park, Assam. It receives an average
annual rainfall of 2,545 mm. The annual mean maximum
temperature is 31° C, and the mean minimum temperature
is 18° C. Average relative humidity is 84%. The altitudinal
variation ranges from 100 m to 2,040 m above sea level
(Solanki et al. 2008). The Sanctuary harbours different
vegetation types, namely tropical evergreen forest, tropical
semi-evergreen forest, and subtropical forests (Champion
and Seth 1968). A total of 234 woody species of flowering
plants (angiosperms) have been recorded from the lowland
areas of the Sanctuary.
Several rare and endangered species of fauna inhabit
the Sanctuary. There are four species of primates: Macaca
mulatta, M. assamensis, Trachypithecus pileatus, and
Nycticebus bengalensis. The ungulates comprise Gaur Bos
frontalis, Barking Deer Muntiacus muntjak, Sambar Cervus
unicolor, Goral Naemorhedus goral, Wild Goat Capricornus
sumatraensis, and Wild Pig Sus scrofa. The Asian Elephant
Elephas maximus and Tiger Panthera tigris also occur. The
Sanctuary is also rich in avifauna with 257 bird species,
including four species of hornbills (Datta et al. 1998; Singh
1991, 1994).
Study Animals
Two well-habituated troops of Capped Langur (HP 1
and HP2) were observed for a period of two years (July
2001 to June 2003). Initially, group HP1 comprised eight
individuals (1 adult male, 5 adult females, 1 subadult
female and | infant) and HP2 comprised seven individuals
(2 adult males, 4 adult females and 1 juvenile). Five infants
(2 females and 3 males) were born between December 2001
and March 2002 in these troops. All the five infants were
selected and observed for 12 months to understand their
social interactions and activity patterns with their mothers
and allomothers in the troop. Each mother and her infant were
identified on the basis of facial, physical and other features
like the shape of the tail hairs. A summary of the age and sex
of the selected infants is provided in Table 1.
Table 1: Name of infant/mother, and sex and date of birth of infant
Infant’s name / Sex of infant Date of Birth
Mother’s name
HP1-1/ HP1A Female Bose 200 te
HP1-ll / HP1B Female 02.02.2002 (- 2days)**
HP1-Ill / HP1C Male 05.03.2002 (- 4days)**
HP2-| / HP2A Male 18.01.2002 (- 5days)**
HP2-I] / HP2B Male 11.02.2002*
*Birth observed; **Estimated birth date — based on sighting date of
newborn.
Table 2: Types of interaction recorded between mother and infant, and infant and allomothers
Interaction categories Description
1. Time in mother’s contact
| contact).
2. Time off <3 m away from mother
3. Time off >3 m away from mother
Maternal restriction
back after it strayed.
Maternal rejection
6. Allomothering
Time an infant spent in ventro-ventral or in any other type of body contact (including nipple
Time that infant remains within 3 m of the mother.
Time that infant remains more than 3 m away from the mother.
Number of times/hour the mother restrained the infant from moving away, or pulled the infant
Number of times/hour the mother pushed the infant away from her or denied nipple access.
Infants being taken care of by non-mother females
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
Data collection and analysis
The observations were recorded by the first author with
binoculars from a distance of 10—30 m. The data on mother-
infant relationships and allomothering were collected through
focal sampling with a 5-min sampling interval (Altmann
1974) for all the five mother-infant pairs for 12 months from
the birth of the infants. Total 660 scans were collected for the
selected pairs per month.
Instantaneous recording included noting the number of
times the mother prevented her infant from moving away, and
rejecting the infant when it tried to access her nipples (Martin
and Bateson 1993). At each sampling interval, we recorded
6 types of behavioural interactions between the mother
and infant, and infant and allomothers (Table 2). These
behavioural interactions are well-described by Horwich and
Manski (1975), Berman (1980a), Forster and Cords (2002),
and Schino et al. (2003).
RESULTS
Pattern of infant-mother contact
Infants (n=5) spent about 75% of their time in
contact with the mother during the first three months
(Fig. 1). Subsequently, contact time with the mother decreased
gradually with increase in age. When infants were 12 months
old, the average time spent with the mother was 18% (43.1).
A significant negative correlation (Pearson: r = -0.963,
p < 0.01) was found between the time infants spent with
mother with increase in age (n=5 mother-infant pair;
60 observations). On the 16th day, infants started straying
away from their mothers. When about 30 days old, infants
spent about 3% of their active time straying (< 3 m) away
from mothers. This distance increased with the age, with
the distance strayed away from the mother increasing to
5 mat the age of 3 months. The incidences of straying for the
100
80
60
40
20
% Time spent in contact with mother
ONT geet y
Dy, ht Bind himBe' 40
Age of infant (months)
10614 912
Fig. 1: Time infants spent (%) in contact with mother with age
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
50:
A5 <3 metre (> 3 metre
n=5
46 (n=5)
0
30
No. of occurrence
NO
O1
Tice oe Ge SOM Ft he ey ig
Age of infant (months)
Fig. 2: Distances infants strayed away from mothers with age
TO. it #2
<3 mand>3 m distance categories analysed showed an increase
with the months (Fig. 2), which were statistically significantly
(t test; t=2.3; p<0.05). Infants, by the age of 12 months, spent
about 32% of their active time away from mothers.
Maternal restrictions and rejections
Mothers restricted the movements of infants in their
early stages of life. Such restrictions were observed on
22 occasions, when infants were a month old. These restrictions
reduced gradually with age, and mothers hardly restricted the
infants when they were about six months old (Fig. 3).
Soe
5 30
ae a ~~ Maternal rejection ~~ «~~ Maternal restriction
,
a a n=5
eames | (n=)
~” 3
5 N
ho 20 4 a
® \
oO \
2 45 ig
m 10 \ )
6 N ‘i .——t —/—— * i
Few 4
- yy .
a ‘ K at
y at ft
Y :
Cee ¢ AS © Foo. Tosatti
Age of infants (months)
Fig. 3: Maternal restriction and rejections with age of infant
Mothers also discouraged infants’ access to their
nipples with age. The rejections started at the age of 2 months,
and gradually reached around 7.4 (+ 1.3) rejections/hour at
9 months of age. Thereafter, rejections were stable at between
8.8—9.2 rejections/hour until 12 months of age (Fig. 3).
Allomothering
We observed two live parturitions during the study, and
allomothering was observed three hours after these births.
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
% Time spent on allomthering
Ze Ske Se Ona oe,
Age of infant (days)
MO 12 oe IAS
Fig. 4: Mean time spent (%) /day by neonates with allomothers
30
(n=5)
25
20
15
10
ine tt
% Time spent with allomothers
eon
Oe PD BD A eG OPM SM WSR a eM aD
Age of infants (months)
Fig. 5: Mean time spent (%) /month by infants with allomothers
Neonates were tended by three allomothers (individually)
for an average of 9.2% (n=2) of the day during the first
15 days, and allomothering increased gradually till 15 days
(Fig. 4). Considering the data on all five infants, it was
found that the average time infants spent with allomothers
constituted one-fourth of the daylight hours (25.34 +2.84 %)
during the first month (Fig. 5). After this, the association with
allomothers decreased gradually, constituting about 5% in
the fourth month, and was observed only on rare occasions
in the seventh month; allomothering was not recorded in the
eighth month (Fig. 5).
DISCUSSION
The early relationship between infants and their
mothers is determined through the mothering style that
varies among the individuals within a group, and also with
different primate species. The difference is derived from the
mother’s prior experience in rearing infants and her rank in
the group (Forster and Cords 2002). In this study on Capped
Langur, maternal attachment and protection lasted about
three months, and during this period, infants spent 75% of
their time in ventro-ventral contact. During this period, the
mother kept her newborn in close physical contact and never
refused the infant’s demands for contact and access to her
nipples, and frequently restrained the attempted movements
of the infant away from her during the first two months. Wild
primate mothers carry their neonate wherever they move
individually or in a social troop (Simonds 1974), barring
members of Strepsirrhini. The neonate is generally too weak
and physically uncoordinated in holding the mother when
she walks. Therefore, the mother either holds it on her lap
while sitting, or clinches it to her belly when she moves.
In the Capped Langur, the mother holds the neonate in a
ventro-ventral position with one forelimb and walks on three
limbs during the 10 initial days after parturition (Kumar et al.
2005). To move between trees separated by some distance, the
mother comes down to the ground instead of jumping.
Hinde and Atkinson (1970), Hinde and Spencer-
Booth (1967), and Berman (1980b) related the degree of
independence of the infant with the duration an infant remains
away from the mother. We observed a similar trend with
the degree of independence being related to the time spent
away from the mother, and also by the distance kept away
from her with age. Zothansiama (2013) also reported on the
variations in distances kept away from the mother with age
in captive Stump-tailed Macaque Macaca arctoides in India.
The independence of an infant is controlled by the mother’s
behaviour to seek contact and proximity with the infant
(Berman 1980a). With increase in age of the infant, the mother
actively participates in developing independence in her infant
by rejecting its attempts to contact her. In our study, Capped
Langur mothers were recorded to reject the infants’ demand
for contact nine times in an hour at the age of 12 months,
and they took a progressively smaller role in maintaining
proximity and contact. The restrictions on moving away
were more stringent in the early stage of the infant. Forster
and Cords (2002) also recorded a similar pattern of maternal
restriction in Blue Monkey. Thus, the mother ensures safety
and also provides an opportunity to the infant to learn about
the natural environment.
Kumar et al. (2005) observed live parturition in Capped
Langur and recorded frequent allomothering of newborn that
was of a few minutes duration only. However, Fairbanks
(1989) and Berman (1990) indicated that mothers were
less possessive and protective, and allowed allomothers to
hold older infants longer than smaller ones. The mother’s
role in the infant’s independence is often measured by the
number of rejections an infant receives from the mother
at the time of suckling (Altmann 1980; Forster and Cords
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
2002; Maestripieri 1995). Maternal rejections in our study
were observed from the second month of the infant, and the
frequency of rejections increased with the age of the infant,
which is similar to Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatta (Berman
1980a, 1990) and Blue Monkey Cercopithecus mitis (Forster
and Cords 2002). In Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiata, the
frequency of nipple contact drops by 50% after the second
week of birth and the process for environment exploration
begins at this stage, which gets completed at 12—15 months
(Singh et al. 1980). However, in Lion-tailed Macaque Macaca
silenus, there is sudden increase in nipple contact till the age
of five and a half months; thereafter, there is a sharp decline
in infants making nipple contact (Krishna et al. 2008).
Allomothering or infant transfer among the females
of a troop is a prominent feature of several colobine species
(Agoramoorthy 1991; Bernstein 1968; Hill 1972; Hrdy
1976; Jay 1962, 1963; Kumar et al. 2005; Prakash 1961;
Poirier 1968; Quiatt 1979; Riedman 1982; Sugiyama 1965,
1967; Tanaka 1965; Wooldridge 1969), and allomothering is
more common in colobine species than in Cercopithecines
(Newton and Dunbar 1994). In the Capped Langur, maternal
ambivalence phenomenon was observed on the first day of
infant’s life, yust after three hours of postpartum (Kumar et
al. 2005). Studies on several colobine species, including
Presbytis entellus (Dolhinow 1982; Scollay and DeBold 1980;
Sugiyama 1965; McKenna 1981), P. johnii (Poirier 1968),
P. pileata (Stanford 1992), and Colobus guereza (Horwich and
Manski 1975) have shown maximum allomothering occurring
in the first month of the infant’s age. We found it to be frequent
(25%) in the Capped Langur in the first few months, gradually
declining, and allomothering was not observed after the sixth
month. Allomothering in the youngest stage does not occur
normally among Cercopithecines, and newborn infants are
only allowed to be touched or groomed by other members
of the troop in later stages of life (Lancaster 1971; Rowell
et al. 1964; Sugiyama 1965), but in Capped Langur, other
members of the troop are also allowed contact with infants
immediately after birth (Kumar et al. 2005). Capped Langur
allomothers frequently interact with infants when they are
with their mothers, the mothers passing on their infants
mostly to adult females and occasionally sub-adult females of
the troop. Infant handling by allomothers is primarily decided
by the mother of the infant. Capped Langur mothers rarely
attempted to retrieve infants from allomothers, which helps
socialization in the infant. It appears that in this way, mothers
try to cultivate a sense of independence in the infants. The
mother’s reinforcement behaviour is noticed in the form of
rejection of nipple contact and relaxing restrictions on the
infant’s movement away from her, making the infant
independent at the age of 6-8 months. At 12 months,
infants remain 80% of time away from mothers and move
away up to five metres, and spend 20% of the time with
mothers. Thus, infants build their confidence by being
independent in the natural environment, and can explore it
for better survival.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We sincerely thank the Ministry of Environment,
Forests & Climate Change, Government of India, for
providing financial support for the study. We are also thankful
to the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Dept. of Forest,
Arunachal Pradesh, for necessary permission and facilities
extended to work in the Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary and also
to the officials of the Sanctuary for logistic support during the
study. Sincere thanks are also recorded to the Director, North
Eastern Regional Institute of Science and Technology, and
Head, Department of Forestry, for providing all the facilities
required for the study. We thank the reviewers for suggestions
and comments on the manuscript for its improvement.
REFERENCES
AGorAmMoortHy, G. (1991): Reproductive biology of the Hanuman
Langur Presbytis entellus in Jodhpur, western India. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 89(1): 85-93.
AHSAN, M.F. (1994): Feeding ecology of the primates of Bangladesh.
Pp. 79-86. In: Thierry, B., J.R. Anderson, J.J. Roeder &
N. Herrenschmidt (Eds): Current Primatology Volume 1: Ecology
and Evolution. Universite Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg.
ALTMANN, J. (1974): Observational study of behaviour: Sampling
methods. Behaviour 49: 227-267.
ALTMANN, J. (1980): Baboon mothers and infants. Harvard University
Press. Cambridge.
BERMAN, C.M. (1980a): Mother-infant relationship among free-ranging
rhesus monkeys on Cayo Santiago: a comparison with captive
pairs. Anim. Behav. 28: 860-873.
BERMAN, C.M. (1980b): Early agonistic experience and rank acquisition
among free-ranging infant rhesus monkeys. Int. J. Primatol.
I: 153-170.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
BERMAN, C.M. (1990): Consistency in maternal behaviour within
families of free-ranging rhesus monkeys: An extension of the
concept of maternal style. Am. J. Primatol. 22: 159-169.
BERMAN, C.M. (1992): Immature siblings and mother-infant relationships
among free-ranging rhesus on Cayo Santiago. Anim. Behav.
44: 247-358.
BERMAN, C.M. & E. Kapsa.is (1999): Development of kin bias among
rhesus monkeys: maternal transmission or individual learning?
Anim. Behav. 58: 883-894.
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1968): The lutong of Kuala Selangor. Behaviour
32: 1-16.
Cuampion, H.G. & S.K. SETH (1968): Revised Survey of the Forest Types
of India. Govt. of India, New Delhi. 404 pp.
Cuoupuury, A. (1989): Ecology of the Capped Langur (Presbytis
pileatus) in Assam, India. Folia Primatol. 52: 88-92.
Datta, A., P. SINGH & S. KARTHIKEYAN (1998): Birds of Pakhui Wildlife
Sanctuary in western Arunachal Pradesh. Newsletters for
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
Birdwatchers 38(6): 91—96.
DoLutnow, P. (1982): Primate strategies of early attachment to caregivers:
A case study. Int. J. Primatol. 3: 277.
Do uinow, P. & G. Murpuy (1982): Langur monkey (Presbytis entellus)
development: the first 3 months of life. Folia Primatol. 39:
305-331.
FAIRBANKS, L.A. (1989): Early experience and cross-generational
continuity of mother-infant contact in vervet monkeys. Dev.
Psychobiol. 22: 669-681.
FAIRBANKS, L.A. & M.T. McGurre (1985): Relationship of vervet
mothers with sons and daughters from one through three years
of age. Anim. Behay. 33: 40—50.
Forster, S. & M. Corps (2002): Development of Mother-Infant
relationship in wild blue monkeys (Cercopithecus mitis
stuhlmanni). Pp. 245-272. In: Glenn, M.E. & M. Cords (Eds):
The Guenons: Diversity and Adaptation in African Monkeys.
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York.
GARBER, P.A., L. Moya & C. MALaGa (1984): A preliminary field study
‘of the Moustached Tamarin Monkey (Saguinus mystax) in
northeastern Peru: Questions concerned with the evolution of a
communal breeding system. Folia Primatol. 42: 17-32.
Hariow, H.F. & M.K. Hartow (1965): The affectional systems.
Pp. 287-334. In: Schrier, A.M., H.F. Harlow & F. Stollnitz
(Eds): Behavior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2. Academic Press,
New York.
Hix, C. (1972): Infant sharing in the family Colobidae emphasizing
Pygathrix. Primates 13 (2): 195-200.
Hinpe, R.A. & S. ATKINSON (1970): Assessing the roles of social partners
in maintaining mutual proximity, as exemplified by mother-infant
relations in monkeys. Anim. Behav. 18: 169-176.
Hinpe, R.A. & Y. SPENCER-Bootu (1967): The behaviour of socially
living rhesus monkeys in their first two and a half years. Anim.
Behav. 15: 169-196.
Horwicu, R.H. (1974a): Regressive periods in primate behavioral
development with reference to other mammals. Primates
15(2—3): 141-149.
Horwicu, R.H. (1974b): Development of behaviors in a male spectacled
langur (Presbytis obscurus). Primates 15: 151-178.
Horwicu, R.H. & D. Manski (1975): Maternal care and infant transfer
in two species of Colobus monkeys. Primates 16(1): 49-73.
Hrpy, S.B. (1976): Care and exploitation of nonhuman primate
infants by conspecifics other than the mother. Pp. 101-158.
In: Rosenblatt, J., R.A. Hinde, E. Shaw & C. Beer (Eds):
Advances in the study of behavior, Vol. 6. Academic Press,
New York.
Hrpy, S.B. (1999): Mother Nature: A History of Mothers, Infants, and
Natural Selection. Pantheon Books, New York.
IUCN (2013): IUCN Red List of Threatened species version 2013.2.
Downloaded on 4" December, 2013, www.iucnredlist.org
Jay, P.C. (1962): Aspects of maternal behavior among langurs. Ann.
New York Acad. Sci. 102: 468-477.
Jay, P.C. (1963): Mother-infant relations in langurs. Pp. 282—304.
In: Rheingold, H.L. (Ed.): Maternal behavior in mammals.
Wiley, New York.
JENSEN, G.D., R.A. Bospitt & B.N. Gorbon (1967): The development
of mutual independence in other-infant pigtailed monkeys
(Macaca nemestrina). Pp. 43-53. In: Altmann, S.A. (Ed.): Social
communication among primates. University of Chicago Press.
KHAN, M.A.R. & M.F. AHSAN (1986): The status of the primates in
Bangladesh and a description of their forest habitats. Primate
Conser. 7: 102—108.
KIRKEVOLD, B.C. & C.M. Crockett (1987): Behavioural development
and proximity patterns in captive De Brazza’s monkeys.
Pp. 39-65. In: Zucker (Ed.): Comparative behavior of African
Monkeys. Alan R. Liss, Inc. New York.
Koenic, A. & H. Rotue (1991): Social relationships and individual
contribution to cooperative behavior in captive common
marmosets. Primates 32: 183-195.
KRisHNA, B.A., MRIDULA SINGH, MEwa SINGH & WERNER KAUMANNS
(2008): Infant development and weaning in Macaca silenus
in natural habitats of the Western Ghats, India. Curr. Sci.
94: 347-355.
Kumar, A. & G.S. SoLanki (2004): Ethno-sociological Impact on
Capped Langur (7rachypithecus pileatus), and suggestions for
conservation: A Case Study of Reserve Forest in Assam, India.
J. Nat. Conser. 16(1): 107-113.
Kumar, A., G.S. SOLANKI & B.K. SHARMA (2005): Observation on
parturition behaviour of Capped Langur (T7rachypithecus
pileatus). Primates 46: 215-217.
LANCASTER, J. (1971): Play-mothering: The relations between juveniles
females and young infants among free-ranging Vervet Monkeys
(Cercopithecus aethiops). Folia Primatol. 15: 161-187.
Leg, P.C. (1984): Early infant development and maternal care in free-
ranging Vervet monkeys. Primates 25: 36—47.
MAESTRIPIERI, D. (1994a): Mother-infant relationships in three species
of macaques (Macaca mulatta, M. nemestrina, M. arctoides).
I. Development of the mother-infant relationship in the first three
months. Behaviour 131: 75-96.
MAesTRIPIERI, D. (1994b): Mother-infant relationships in three species
of macaques (Macaca mulatta, M. nemestrina, M. arctoides). II.
The social environment. Behaviour 131: 97-113.
MAESTRIPIERI, D. (1995): Assessment of danger to themselves and their
infants by Rhesus Macaque (Macaca mulatta) mothers. J. Comp.
Psy. 109: 416-420.
MAESTRIPIERI, D. (2001): Is there mother-infant bonding in primates?
Dev. Rey. 21: 93-120.
Manson, J.H. (1999): Infant handling in wild Cebus capucinus: Testing
bonds between females? Anim. Behav. 57: 911-921.
Martin, P. & P. BaTEson (1993): Measuring behaviour: An Introductory
Guide. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K.
Ppr222:
McKenna, J.J. (1979): The evolution of allomothering behavior among
colobine monkeys: function and opportunism in evolution. Am.
Anthro. 81: 818-840.
McKenna, J.J. (1981): Primate care-giving behavior: origins,
consequences and variability with emphasis upon the common
India langur. Pp. 389-416. Jn: Gubernick, D. & P. Klopfer (Eds):
Parental care in mammals. Plenum Press, New York.
Meput, R. (2004): Development of Parent-offspring relation in Golden
Langur (7rachypithecus geei). Ph. D. Thesis, Gauhati University,
Guwahati, Assam, India.
Nasu, L. (1978): The development of the mother-infant relationship in
wild baboons (Papio anubis). Anim. Behav. 26: 746-759.
Newton, P.N. & R.I.M. Dunbar (1994): Colobine monkey society.
Pp. 311-342. In: A.G. Davies & J.F. Oates (Eds): Colobine
Monkeys: Their ecology, behaviour and evolution. Cambridge
University, Cambridge.
Nicotson, N.A. (1987): Infants, mothers and other females. Pp. 330-342.
In: Smuts, B.B., D.L. Cheney, R.M. Seyfarth, R.W. Wrangham &
T.T. Struhsaker (Eds): Primate Societies. University of Chicago
Press, Chicago.
Porrter, F.E. (1968): The Nilgiri Langur (Presbytis johnii) Mother-infant
Dyad. Primates 9: 45-68.
Prakash, I. (1961): Mutual assistance between mother langurs (Presbytis
entellus Dufresne). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 58(3): 570.
QuiaTt, D. (1979): Aunts and mothers: Adaptive implications of
allomaternal behaviour of non-human primates. Am. Anthro.
81: 310-319.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
RiEDMAN, M.L. (1982): The evolution of alloparental care and adoption
in mammals and birds. Quart. Rev. Biol. 57: 405-435.
RoonwaL, M.L. & S.M. Mounor (1977): Primates of South Asia:
Ecology, Sociobiology, and Behavior. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, MA. Pp. 421.
RoweELL, T.S., R.A. HINDE & Y. SPENCER-Bootu (1964): ‘Aunt’-infant
interaction in captive rhesus monkeys. Anim. Behav. 12:
219-226.
SCHINO, G. & A. Troisi (2001): Relationship with the mother modulates
the response of yearling Japanese macaques (Macaca fuscata) to
the birth of a sibling. J. Comp. Psychol. 115: 392-396.
ScCHINO G., F.R. D’Amato & A. Trorsi (1995): Mother-infant
relationships in Japanese macaques: sources of inter-individual
variation. Anim. Behav. 49: 151-158.
ScHino G., L.R. SPERANZA, A. VENTURA & A. Trois! (2003): Infant
handling and maternal response in Japanese macaques. Jnt. J.
Primatol. 24: 627-638.
SCHINO, G., F.R. D’Amato, N. DE ANGELIS, N. Mari & A. TROISI
(1993): Development of mother-infant relationships in Japanese
macaques. Bollettino di zoologia 60: 301-306.
SCHRADIN, C. & G. ANZENBERGER (2001): Infant carrying in family groups
of Goeldi’s Monkeys (Callimico goeldii). Am. J. Primatol. 53:
57-67.
ScOLLAY, P.A. & P. DEBoLp (1980): Allomothering in captive colony
of Hanuman langurs (Presbytis entellus). Ethol. Sociobio.
1: 291-299.
Simonps, P.E. (1974): The Social Primates. Harper and Row Publishers,
New York. Pp. 258.
Simpson, M.J.A. (1985): Effects of early experience on the behaviour
of yearling rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) in the presence
of a strange object: classification and correlation approaches.
Primates 26: 37-172.
SinGH, P. (1991): Avian and mammalian evidences in Pakhui Wildlife
Sanctuary in East Kameng district, Arunachal Pradesh.
Arunachal Forest News 9(2): 1-10.
SINGH, P. (1994): Recent bird records from Arunachal Pradesh. Forktail
10: 65-104.
SINGH, M., P. PRAKASH & R.S. Pirta (1980): Changing patterns of
behavior during the early stages of Bonnet Monkey Macaca
radiata. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. (Anim. Sci). 89: 101-108.
SOLANKI, G.S., AWADHESH KuMAR & B.K. SHARMA (2008): Feeding
ecology of the Capped Langur (7rachypithecus pileatus) in India.
Int. J. Primatol. 29(1): 173-182.
Srivastava, A. (1999): Primates of Northeast India. Megadiversity
Press, Bikaner, Rajasthan, India. Pp. 207.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
STANFORD, C.B. (1991): The diet of the Capped Langur (Presbytis
pileata) in a moist deciduous forest in Bangladesh. Jnt. J.
Primatol. 12(3): 199-216.
STANFORD, C.B. (1992): Costs and benefits of allomothering in wild
Capped Langurs (Presbytis pileata). Beh. Ecol. and Sociobiol.
30: 29-34.
STRIER, K.B. (2007): Primate Behavioural Ecology. Allyn and Becon.
452 pp.
STEVENSON-HiInpDE, J. & M.J.A. Simpson (1981): Mothers’ characteristics,
interactions and infants’ characteristics. Child Develop. 52:
1246-1254.
STRUHSAKER, T.T. (1971): Social behavior of mother and infant
Vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). Anim. Behav. 19:
233-250.
SUGIYAMA, Y. (1965): Behavioral development and social structure in
two troops of Hanuman langurs (Presbytis entellus). Primates
6: 213-247.
SuGIYAMA, Y. (1967): Social organization of Hanuman langurs
(Presbytis entellus). Pp. 221-236. In: Altmann, S.A. (Ed.):
Social communication among primates. Chicago University
Press, Chicago.
TANAKA, J. (1965): Social structure of Nilgiri langurs. Primates 6:
107-122.
VoGEL, C. (1984): Patterns of infant transfer within two troops of
common langurs (Presbytis entellus) near Jodhpur: testing
hypotheses concerning the benefits and risks. Pp. 361-379.
In: Roonwal, M.L., S.M. Mohnot & N.S. Rathore (Eds):
Current Primate Research. Jodhpur University Press, Jodhpur.
627 pp.
WALKER, S. & S. MoLur (CompiLer & Epitor) (2007): Guide to South
Asian Primates for Teachers and students of all Ages. Zoo
Outreach Organization, PSG South Asia and WILD, Coimbatore,
India. Pp. 64.
WOOLDRIDGE, F.L. (1969): Behavior of the Abyssinian Colobus monkey.
Anim. Behav. 6: 107-122.
Xi, W., B. Li, D. ZHao, W. Jt & P. ZHANG (2008): Benefits to female
helpers in wild Rhinopithecus roxellana. Int. J. Primatol. 29:
593-600.
ZHANG, YONG-ZU, SUNG-WUNG & GUO-QIANG GUAN (1981): On the
geographical distribution of primates in China. J. Human. Evol.
10(3): 215-218. INI-IN2:219—226.
ZOTHANSIAMA (2013): Socio-ecology and breeding behavior of
Stump-tailed Macaque (Macaca arctoides) in Mizoram.
Ph.D. thesis submitted to Mizoram University, Aizawl, India.
Pp. 1-213.
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF THE NEAR THREATENED
GREY-HEADED BULBUL PYCNONOTUS PRIOCEPHALUS IN RELATION
TO SEASONS AND BREEDING STAGES
P. BALAKRISHNAN!”
"Wildlife Research and Conservation Trust, c/o Anupallavi, Chungathara P.O., Nilambur 679 334, Kerala, India.
“Address for Correspondence: Division of Conservation Biology, Jawaharlal Nehru Tropical Botanic Garden and Research
Institute, Palode, Thiruvananthapuram 695 562, Kerala, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56520
I studied the foraging behaviour and adaptive strategies of the Grey-headed Bulbul Pycnonotus priocephalus, an
endemic species of the Western Ghats, India, in relation to seasons and reproductive stages in two tropical rainforest
sites, Silent Valley National Park and Muthikkulam Reserve Forest, from 2002 to 2005 and 2012 to 2013. The species
was recorded to use various foraging manoeuvres and food handling techniques, and was found to frequently use
energy conserving manoeuvres and feeding techniques such as gleaning and gulping. There were significant differences
in its foraging height and foraging tree use due to differential habitat selection during the breeding and non-breeding
seasons. It showed plasticity in the foraging behaviour during the different reproductive stages. Its participation in
mixed-hunting flocks during the local migratory phase (non-breeding season) seems to be an adaptive strategy to cope
with resource competition and predation risks in a new and challenging habitat, which is in accordance with other
studies on the flocking behaviour of tropical birds.
Key words: behavioural plasticity, foraging behaviour, Grey-headed Bulbul, mixed-species flocks, Pycnonotus
10-18
priocephalus, Western Ghats
INTRODUCTION
Studies of foraging behaviour are central to explaining
patterns in nature because survival and reproduction depend,
ultimately, on an individual’s success 1n acquiring and using
energy from food resources (Hutto 1990). An understanding
of the foraging manoeuvres, foraging height, and foraging
site characteristics are also important in answering questions
concerning co-existence and ecological segregation of similar
species (Lack 1971). Moreover, information on the temporal
changes in foraging strategies could be of vital importance
for formulating strategies to conserve rare species. It has been
widely demonstrated that food abundance and distribution are
the primary determinants of foraging behaviour (reviewed in
Morrison et al. 1990). Optimal foraging behaviour, however,
may encompass other conflicting activities such as anti-
predator behaviour that lead animals to trade food intake rate
against other activities. Decision-making based on trade-offs
may be influenced by the internal state of the animal (Krebs
and Kacelnik 1991). Closely related birds nearly always show
differences in the frequency of use of foraging manoeuvres
(Root 1967). Theory and empirical evaluation of adaptations
dictate that morphological features designed to perform one
type of movement are unlikely to be well-designed for other
types of movements (Moermond 1990).
Variations in foraging behaviour between sexes or
during the seasons are well-known, and those associated with
the stages of breeding cycle are pronounced (Brennan and
Morrison 1990; Dobbs and Martin 1998; Sakai and Noon
1990). Moreover, behavioural and morphological traits that
affect foraging efficiency would be adapted in part to the
diet available during the periods when food limits survival
or reproduction (Martin and Karr 1990). Thus, knowledge of
partitioning of a species’ foraging niche by sex or season is
essential to increase our understanding of its life history.
Multi-species foraging flocks are a widespread
phenomenon in both tropical and temperate forests. Two
principal selective advantages thought to favour the evolution
of mixed-species flocking behaviour are decreased predation
and increased foraging efficiency (Chen and Hsieh 2002;
Jullien and Thiollay 1998; Sridhar et al. 2009). However,
it can also lead to increased intraspecific competition,
particularly when food is a limiting factor (Milinski and
Parker 1991). Numerous studies on mixed-species flocks
have been conducted in the tropics (see Chen and Hsieh 2002;
Jullien and Thiollay 1998; Sridhar et al. 2009 for reviews).
Many endemic species of the Western Ghats of India are
known to participate in mixed-species flocks (Goodale et al.
2009), but there is lack of detailed information on the flock
feeding strategies of these species.
I carried out a study on the foraging behaviour and
adaptive strategies of Grey-headed Bulbul Pycnonotus
priocephalus, one of the 16 range-restricted bird species of
the Western Ghats in relation to seasons and breeding stages.
This species is listed as a Near Threatened species (BirdLife
International 2014) owing to habitat loss and complex life
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
history characteristics (Balakrishnan 2007, 2011). It has a
very limited distribution in the heavy rainfall areas along
the south-western region of India, from Belgaum and Goa
south through Kerala, and east to the Nilgiris and Palnis,
western Mysore and Coorg; from the plains to c.1,000 m,
_ rarely to 1,800 m; optimum zone between 600 m and 900 m
(Ali and Ripley 1987). Recent studies show a distinct patchy
distribution of the species within the breeding sites and
regular seasonal migration at the end of the breeding season
(Balakrishnan 2007). The species is known to feed on fruits
of several plant species, which include many canopy and
sub-canopy trees, shrubs, lianas, and epiphytes, and insects
(Ali and Ripley 1987; Balakrishnan 2007).
STUDY AREA
The study was undertaken during 2002—2005 and
2012-2013 in Silent Valley National Park (89.52 sq. km;
11° 00'-11° 15’ N; 76° 15’—76° 35’ E; 658—2,383 m above
msl) and Muthikkulam Reserve Forest (63.83 sq. km; 10°
56'—10° 59’ N; 76° 41'—76° 45’ E; 610—2,065 m above msl) in
the Western Ghats, both the sites separated by an area about
30 sq. km of human-modified landscape. The vegetation
of both the study sites is dominated by west coast tropical
evergreen forest, followed by southern montane wet temperate
forest with grasslands restricted mainly to the higher slopes
and hill tops. Silent Valley receives comparatively higher
rainfall during the south-west monsoon (>6,000 mm/yr) than
Muthikkulam (4,500 mm/yr). All the breeding season data
were collected from Silent Valley, and data for non-breeding
season and mixed-hunting flocks were from Muthikkulam,
due to the complete absence of the study species in the former
site consequent to the altitudinal migration during June to
December. Further descriptions of the two study areas are
available elsewhere (Balakrishnan 2007; Basha 1999; Nair
and Balasubramanyan 1985).
METHODS
Foraging behaviour
The foraging behaviour of the Grey-headed Bulbul
was studied by the methods described by Remsen and
Robinson (1990), the observations recorded while walking
slowly through existing trek paths and animal trails. For each
foraging observation, the foraging manoeuvre, substrate used
(twig, leaf, flower, and air), height of the foraging location,
species and height of the foraging tree, the horizontal position
of the bird in the canopy (nine categories: three vertical and
and three horizontal), and foliage density at the foraging site
(calculated as percentage cover within a one metre radius
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
around the bird) were recorded. The relative foraging height
was calculated as the foraging height relative to the height
of the tree (foraging height of bird/tree height). The fruits
consumed were identified by direct observations. Attempts to
identify arthropod component of the diet were not successful
due to poor visibility in the rainforest canopies.
Foraging manoeuvres and food handling techniques
were again categorized based on Remsen and Robinson
(1990). The major near-perch manoeuvres were classified as:
(1) glean [pick food items from a nearby substrate (including
from the ground) that can be reached without full extension
of legs or neck, with no acrobatic movements involved];
(41) reach (extend completely the legs or neck upwards,
outwards, or downwards to reach food); (111) hang (use legs
and toes to suspend the body below the feet to reach food
that cannot be reached from any other perched position); and
(iv) Junge (manoeuvres in which the food item is beyond
reach, and rapid leg movements rather than flight are used
to reach and obtain the food item). Aerial manoeuvres were
grouped as: (1) sally (to fly from a perch to obtain a food
item and then return to a perch), and (11) /eap (launch into
the air to reach a food item too far for a reach but too close
for a sally. This differs from sa//y in that the upward thrust
seems to come mostly from leg movements rather than wing
movements).
The major food handling techniques recorded were
classified as: (1) gulp (to swallow upon capture/contact
without any noticeable manipulation other than being held
briefly in the bill), (41) engulf (to capture and swallow in
one continuous motion without being held by the bill), and
(111) bite (to bite and remove a section of the food item).
Breeding birds were observed to study the heterogeneity
in foraging behaviour within the breeding season (mid
January to mid May), the reproductive stages categorized as
pre-incubation, incubation, brooding, and post-brooding.
Participation in mixed-hunting flocks
Mixed-species flocks are defined after Stotz (1993)
as “associations between two or more species moving in
the same direction for at least 5 min”. The Grey-headed
Bulbul participated in mixed-hunting flocks only during the
non-breeding season. Once a mixed-hunting flock with the
Grey-headed Bulbul was located, it was followed for up to
an hour or till it disappeared from sight. For each flock, I
recorded the number of species and their individual numbers.
To minimize duplication of observations, I excluded multiple
flocks encountered in the same area. For each foraging
individual, data were collected on the foraging behaviour,
foraging positions, substrate, and food plants. To determine
the foraging diversity of the major participants of mixed-
11
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
hunting flocks, I recorded a single foraging event for each
bird in the flock. The foraging niche-breadth of mixed-flock
participants was calculated following Levins (1968): B = J
/ P?. The foraging niche-overlap (Pianka 1973) between
the Grey-headed Bulbul and other flock participants was
calculated by the formula g a Peay as NN a at P’., where
6 = Pianka’s measure of niche overlap between species j and
species k, P= proportion resource i is of the total resource
used by species j, and P., = proportion resource i is of the
total resource used by species k.
To understand the advantages of flock participation
on foraging behaviour, I compared the foraging intensity
(feeding rate/minute) of solitary non-breeders in the non-
breeding site (Muthikkulam) with those foraging in mixed-
species flocks from the same study site. The feeding rates
were assessed during focal sampling of two-minutes duration.
Foraging samples where interactions between the bird species
occurred (e.g., chases) were omitted. The influence of prey-
density on the feeding rate was not considered since both
the feeding samples were collected during same period and
from the same site.
RESULTS
Foraging manoeuvre
Based on the 1,827 foraging records of the Grey-
headed Bulbul, the species was recorded to mostly forage
in pairs (89%), and rarely in flocks. The diet comprises
fruits (65.57%), invertebrates (34.26%), and the remaining
nectar. Gleaning was the most preferred foraging manoeuvre
(70.17%), followed by reach (14.01%), hang (9.30%) and
sally (5.58%). Of the different techniques used to catch
insects, gleaning was the most used manoeuvre (Chi-square
test: y? = 482.23; df= 4; n = 626; P < 0.001). Gulping was
the most used food handling technique. The Grey-headed
Bulbul handled smaller fruits, arthropods, and lepidopteran
larvae by either gulping or engulfing, while larger fruits of
Persea macrantha, Leea indica, Litsea floribunda, Syzygium
spp., and Symplocose racemosa, and larger insects were
pecked and eaten.
Foraging locations
The mean foraging height was 4.49 +2.52 m (range:
1—20 m) and the mean height of trees used for foraging was
5.78 £3.30 m (range: 1-22 m). The birds foraged more in the
upper (36.20%) and middle edges (23.44%) of the canopy.
Foraging at the edges was significantly higher than in the
inner areas of the canopy (Chi-square test: y? = 1162.46;
df=5;n= 1826; P<0.01). The average foliage density at the
point of observations was 33.76 +18.37% (range: 2—80%).
t2
Seasonal variation in foraging during the breeding and
non-breeding seasons
Overall, there were no marked changes in the diet of
Grey-headed Bulbul during the breeding and non-breeding
seasons. Fruits were the most preferred food during breeding
(66.09%) and non-breeding seasons (63.95%), followed
by invertebrates (33.69% and 36.05% respectively), the
remaining nectar. However, the fruit species consumed varied
between the seasons. Symplocos cochinchinensis, Antidesma
menasu, Clerodendrum viscosum, Syzygium cumini, and
Litsea floribunda were the more preferred fruits during the
breeding season, and Maesa indica, Callicarpa tomentosa,
Leea indica, and Lantana camara during the non-breeding
season.
Foraging manoeuvres and food handling techniques
were consistent during the breeding and non-breeding
seasons (Fig. 1). There were significant differences in
the height of trees used for foraging (mean + S.E: 6.41
+3.39 m vs 3.81 £1.98 m; Mann-Whitney U-test: z = -16.36;
P<0.001) and the foraging height (mean + S.E: 5.01 £2.60 m vs
2.88 £1.29 m; Mann-Whitney U-test: z = -18.01; P <0.001)
between the breeding (n = 1,386) and non-breeding (n = 441)
seasons. During the breeding season, birds foraged more in
m Breeding
tC] Non-breeding
% observations
Bis
La
Soe
ae
ES
Glean Reach Hang Lunge Sally
Leap
Foraging manoeuvres
% observations
Gulp
Engulf Bite
Food handling methods
Fig. 1: (a) Foraging manoeuvres and (b) food handling methods
of Grey-headed Bulbul during the breeding (n = 1,386) and
non-breeding (n = 441) seasons
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
che Hi Upper
Ed Middle
40 Mi Lower
% observations
Inner Middle Outer
Horizontal positions during breeding season
10
60
fH Upper
E] Middle
90
40
30
% observations
20
10
Inner Middle Outer
Horizontal positions during non-breeding season
Fig. 2: Horizontal position use in canopy by the Grey-headed
Bulbul during the (a) breeding and (b) non-breeding seasons
the upper canopy, while it was more in the understorey shrubs
during the non-breeding season, but there was no significant
difference in the relative foraging heights (relative to the height
of the foraging tree) between the breeding and non-breeding
seasons (Mann-Whitney U-test: z = -0.777; P = 0.437).
Foraging at the edges was significantly higher than in the inner
canopy during both the breeding (Chi-square test: y* = 955.94;
df = 2; n = 1,384; P <0.01) and non-breeding seasons
(Chi-square test: y? = 203.08; df = 2; n = 440; P <0.01;
Fig).
Annual variation in foraging
There was no significant annual variation in the
foraging height use (ANOVA: F.,_,., = 2.783, P = 0.062),
2,1382
but the height of foraging trees (ANOVA: F, ,,,, = 21.004,
P <0.001) and the relative foraging heights (F,, ,,., = 86.900,
P=0.001) varied between the years (2003—2005) during the
breeding seasons (Table 1). In contrast, the yearly variations
in all these three parameters were prominent during the
non-breeding seasons (ANOVA: F,, ,,.= 17.525, 29.236, and
35.093 respectively, P <0.001; Table 1).
Heterogeneity of foraging behaviour within the breeding
cycle
The Grey-headed Bulbul showed significant plasticity
in foraging behaviour during the different reproductive
stages. Although the foraging behaviour varied between the
reproductive stages, gleaning was the dominant method in
all the stages (Fig. 3). There were significant differences in
the mean height of trees used for foraging, and also in the
mean foraging height (Table 2). During the incubation and
brooding stages, bulbuls foraged on taller trees, however,
the relative foraging height was less during these stages
(P <0.001, Table 2). Moreover, the birds foraged more in
areas with high foliage cover during the incubation and
Table 1: Foraging height, height of the foraging tree, and relative foraging height
during the breeding and non-breeding seasons of the Grey-headed Bulbul
Breeding Season
Variable 2003
Foraging height (m) 5.39'£2:36
Height of foraging tree (m) 7.96. £3:95
Relative foraging height 0.76 +0.18
Non-breeding Season
Variable 2002
Foraging height (m) 2.62 40.97
Height of foraging tree (m) 3,66 £1,61
Relative foraging height 0.76 +0.18
2004 2005 Fi P
4.90 +2.77 4.99 +2.20 2.183 0.062
6.63 +3.68 5.69 42.42 21.004 0.001
0.76 +0.18 0.89 40.17 86.900 0.001
2003 2004 F r
3.49 +1.62 2./7 1.24 17525 0.001
4.96 +2.63 3.18 +1.46 29.236 0.001
0.74 0.18 0,90 £1.70 35.093 0.001
Variable expressed as mean +SE and P values after Bonferroni correction
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
13
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
% observations
cn
(Ry
B
bY
Post-brooding
0 3555 inna! el sewis
Pre-incubation incubation Brooding
Reproductive stages
Fig. 3: Foraging methods of Grey-headed Bulbul during the
different stages of reproduction (n = 324)
brooding stages than the other breeding stages (ANOVA:
PY) ae Foals 1) S000);
Foraging in mixed-species flocks
The Grey-headed Bulbul was recorded foraging in
54 mixed-species flocks during the non-breeding season,
associating with a total of 27 species (Table 3). The mean
number of species per flock was 6.46 +2.03 species (range:
3-11 species), and the mean number of individuals per
flock was 21.94 +8.90 birds (range: 8—53 birds). Table 4
gives the foraging niche breadth of ten common species
involved in the mixed-hunting flocks, calculated from
data on foraging manoeuvre, foraging height, height of the
foraging tree, horizontal position in the canopy, and food
items. The White-bellied Blue Flycatcher Cyornis pallipes,
Asian Paradise-Flycatcher Terpsiphone paradisi, Common
lora Aegithinia tiphia, Grey-headed Canary-Flycatcher
Culicicapa ceylonensis, and Yellow-browed Bulbul Jole
indica had larger niche breadths than the Grey-headed Bulbul
(Table 4). Even though the Grey-headed Bulbul was recorded
to have generalized foraging manoeuvres, food, and use of
canopy in mixed-foraging flocks, it is a specialist in terms
of the selection of foraging trees and use of foraging heights
(Table 4).
Although the foraging niche overlap with the Grey-
headed Bulbul was high for some of the foraging attributes,
most species exhibited a relatively low, overall foraging niche
overlap with it (Table 5). Since most of the species (and the
Grey-headed Bulbul) devoured insects during mixed-species
foraging, a high overlap (@ >90) for food occurred. Although
the Yellow-browed Bulbul and Common Iora showed high
overlap in the foraging height with the Grey-headed Bulbul,
canopy use varied significantly among them. The foraging
intensity of Grey-headed Bulbul differed in the absence or
presence of mixed-flocking species, showing a significantly
higher feeding rate in mixed-flocks (8.29 +0.16 pecks/min;
n= 171) vs (4.70 £0.10 pecks/min in their absence; n = 240;
ANOVA: F. ,,,= 379.604; P <0.001).
1,409
DISCUSSION
Foraging behaviour and diet
The Grey-headed Bulbul uses a number of foraging
manoeuvres and food handling techniques, of which gleaning
was the most frequently used method to obtain both fruits
and invertebrates. Gleaning is an energy conserving foraging
technique as it involves only a simple pick of the food
items from a nearby substrate without the full extension of
legs, neck, or any acrobatic movements. Other manoeuvres
such as reach, hang, and sally were used only when a fruit
or an insect could not be obtained from a perch. The food
handling techniques of the Grey-headed Bulbul were found
to vary with the size of food items — handling small fruits
and arthropods by engulfing or gulping, and larger fruits
such as Persea macrantha, Litsea spp. and Syzygium spp.
by biting.
Bulbuls are reported to use a variety of foraging
behaviour based on food resources. Ali (1932) reported that
the Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer nipped open mature
buds of mistletoe (Loranthaceae) and probed into the exposed
corolla tubes for nectar. In Africa, species such as Criniger
barbatus and Andropadus tephrolaemus took all their fruits
from a perch, while another species Andropadus latirostris
frequently used its wings to pick a fruit while fluttering or
flying (Moermond 1990). Gleaning of fruits while airborne
has also been recorded in the Square-tailed Black Bulbul
Hypsipetes ganeesa in southern India (P. Balakrishnan,
unpubl.). The Grey-headed Bulbul used aerial manoeuvres
Table 2: Foraging height, height of the foraging tree, and relative foraging height
of Grey-headed Bulbul during the different stages of reproduction
Variable Pre-incubation Incubation
Foraging height (m) 4.79 +2.29 Bi SZ
Height of foraging tree (m) 6.55 +3.40 9:3 F E2199
Relative foraging height 0.76 +0.16 0.74 £0.17
Brooding Post-brooding i PP
6.08 +1.84 5.40 +2.14 14.811 0.001
9.31.3. 16 6.40 +2.54 22.404 0.001
0.68 +0.13 0.86 +0.17 11.447 0.001
Variables expressed as mean +SE and P values after Bonferroni correction
14
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
SI. Bird species
No.
1 Grey-headed Bulbul Pycnonotus priocephalus
2 Indian Scimitar-Babbler Pomatorhinus horsfieldii
5 Grey-headed Canary-Flycatcher
Culicicapa ceylonensis
4 Yellow-browed Bulbul /o/e indica
5 White-bellied Blue Flycatcher Cyornis pallipes
6 White-bellied Treepie Dendrocitta leucogastra
7 Asian Paradise-Flycatcher Terpsiphone paradisi
8 Common lora Aegithinia tiphia
SS) Dark-fronted Babbler Rhopocichla atriceps
10 Oriental White-eye Zosterops palpebrosa
11 Black-lored Yellow Tit Parus xanthogenys
12 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus
es Scarlet Minivet Pericrocotus flammeus
14 Greater Racket-tailed Drongo
Dicrurus paradiseus
45 Common Flameback Dinopium javanense
16 Red-whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus
17 Square-tailed Black Bulbul Hypsipetes ganeesa
18 Brown-cheeked Fulvetta A/cippe poioicephala
19 Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda
20 White-cheeked Barbet Megalaima viridis
za" Velvet-fronted Nuthatch Sitta frontalis
22 Heart-spotted Woodpecker Hemicircus canente
23 Black-headed Oriole Oriolus xanthornus
24 Asian Fairy-Bluebird Irena puelia
25 Small Minivet Pericrocotus cinnamomeus
26 Black-naped Blue Monarch Hypothymis azurea
eT. Malabar Barbet Megalaima malabarica
Species Foraging
manoeuvre
Grey-headed Bulbul 4.25
Indian Scimitar-Babbler 2.08
Grey-headed Canary-Flycatcher 4.38
Yellow-browed Bulbul 253
White-bellied Blue Flycatcher 3.76
White-bellied Treepie 2.87
Asian Paradise-Flycatcher 4.15
Common lora 4.03
Dark-fronted Babbler 2.34
Oriental White-eye 1.34
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
Table 3: Frequency of occurrence and flock characteristics of mixed-species flocks associated with
Grey-headed Bulbul in Muthikkulam Reserve Forest
Table 4: Foraging niche-breadths of the common bird species recorded in the mixed-species flocks (n=10)
No. of
flocks
54
Ais
24
Ss sy, ey SS
N N © ©
Ep Se on ae
eee ND, EINECS! GC =
oO fF oOo oO DN NN won co ao CO =
Frequency of
occurrence
100.00
50.00
44.44
Song
576 RO.)
31.48
31.48
29.99
24.07
24.07
Aaa2
22:22
20,37
20 on
20.37
16.67
14.81
14.81
(ees)
14.81
12°96
12.96
petal
9.26
9:26
741
3.70
with Grey-headed Bulbul
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Foraging
height
2.87
2.¥1
4.33
4.74
4.38
ZAT
5.0
3.74
3.06
4.26
Mea
size
ibiowé
4.81
10.1
2.21
1.78
woe
1.94
1.86
8.08
7.00
1.83
1.83
2.00
94
1.82
O22
5.88
213
sb
Pee
1.86
i ecoW
1.67
2.00
1.80
1.25
1.50
n flock
E
Niche breadth
Foraging tree
height
201
2.08
4.92
4.61
4.59
3.66
4.46
2.60
2:99
301
Horizontal
position in
canopy
2200
1.95
2.40
3.57
5.83
3.90
3.85
5.33
3.84
4.27
SE
O69
(mele,
5.80
0.92
0.43
1:55
0.43
0.36
2.56
2.83
0.58
ORS,
0.00
0.30
0.40
3.03
3.04
0.35
0.49
0.46
0.38
0.53
0:52
0.00
0.45
0.50
0.71
Food
1.56
1.42
1.42
1,69
1.10
1.41
1.06
12653
1.05
1.87
Min. & Max.
no./flock
1-3
2-7
4-24
1-4
1-2
2-9
1-3
1-2
9-12
3-13
Overall
3.05
T.30
3.43
3.43
3.93
2.80
3.78
3.45
2.66
3.01
15
Table 5: Foraging niche overlap of Grey-headed Bulbul with common species in mixed-species flocks (n=9)
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
Species Foraging
manoeuvre
Indian Scimitar-Babbler 0.60
Grey-headed Canary-Flycatcher 0.88
Yellow-browed Bulbul 0.88
White-bellied Blue Flycatcher 0.80
White-bellied Treepie 0.69
Asian Paradise-Flycatcher 0.79
Common lora 0.89
Dark-fronted Babbler 0.86
Oriental White-eye 0.74
Niche overlap
Foraging Foraging tree _ Horizontal Food Overall
height height position in
canopy
0.04 pal 2) 0.03 0.99 0.36
0.74 0.79 0.02 0.96 0.68
0.89 0.78 0.02 0.54 0.62
O37 0.49 0.06 0.96 0.54
0.02 Gris 0.03 0.97 0.37
0.49 0.73 0.20 0.96 0.63
0.86 0.91 0.03 0.99 0.74
0.52 0.99 0.28 0.96 O72
0.74 0.94 0.03 0.32 O:55
while hunting insects among the foliage. The differential
strategies used by the Grey-headed Bulbul for obtaining
fruits and insects indicate its flexibility in the use of foraging
techniques based on the type and size of resources.
Fruits were the most preferred food of Grey-headed
Bulbul, followed by insects and nectar. This is similar to
patterns reported for the majority of pycnonotids, which
are essentially frugivores that augment their diet with a
certain amount of arthropod food (Ali and Ripley 1987;
Bhatt and Kumar 2001; Fishpool and Tobias 2005; Vijayan
1975). However, a significant number of species, mostly
in Africa and Madagascar, are insectivorous, some with
quite specialized niches (Fishpool and Tobias 2005). Many
open country species are skilled opportunists and extreme
generalists. The Yellow-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus goiavier
of Southeast Asia, for example, has one of the broadest
foraging niches yet measured among non-forest passerines
studied globally (Fishpool and Tobias 2005). In this study, I
did not record any significant variation in the proportionate
use of fruits and arthropods by the Grey-headed Bulbul
between the breeding and non-breeding seasons.
Although the Grey-headed Bulbul uses similar general
foraging strategies for the breeding and non-breeding
seasons, there were differences in the foraging height and
foraging tree use. During the breeding season, birds foraged
at an average height of 5 m, while it was below 3 m during
the non-breeding season. Similarly, the height of the trees
selected for foraging was also considerably lower during the
non-breeding season (3.81 m) than in the breeding season
(6.41 m). These variations could be mainly due to the
differences in the vegetation structure of the breeding
and non-breeding habitats, as they were restricted to the
evergreen forests during the breeding season, and in the
lowland evergreen forests, moist deciduous forests, and
16
thorny scrub during the non-breeding season. However, the
relative foraging height (relative to the height of the foraging
tree) was the same during both the seasons, since the species
preferred the inner canopy zone, probably to avoid predators
and/or to avoid dominant competitors. Although fruits in the
majority of the plants were congregated at the periphery, the
Grey-headed Bulbul tended to forage inside the canopy, while
the other dominant and larger species such as Square-tailed
Black Bulbul, Yellow-browed Bulbul, and pigeons foraged
at the extreme periphery of the canopy. This indicates that
the Grey-headed Bulbul has a specialized foraging niche,
presumably due to competition with congeners, and species
with similar food resources. The intra-species variation in the
heights of the fruit bearing trees could be a plausible reason
for the annual variations in the foraging heights.
Behavioural plasticity within the breeding seasons
Birds have to resolve many constraints during incubation
and brooding compared to other stages of their life cycle.
Changes in foraging behaviour during the different nesting
stages have received limited attention, but energy expenditure
and acquisition during differing stages of breeding are critical
elements in understanding life history strategies (Martin
1987). The Grey-headed Bulbul showed significant variations
in foraging behaviour during the different breeding stages.
These variations could be considered as the responses of birds
to time or energy constraints, or changing prey availability
and distribution (Root 1967). During all the stages, breeding
bulbuls foraged away from the nest sites, probably to reduce
parental activity at the nest sites to help reduce nest predation
(Balakrishnan 2007). Similar observations were reported
by several authors (e.g., Martin et al. 2000; Fontaine and
Martin 2006). Foraging in areas with high foliage density
during the incubation and brooding stages could reduce
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
predation risks. Although gleaning was, overall, the most
frequently used foraging manoeuvre during the breeding
season, energetically expensive manoeuvres such as sallying
were higher towards the end of the nestling stage. Feeding
rates were significantly higher during the incubation and
brooding periods, as reported in many previous studies
(Lovette and Holmes 1995; Martin and Karr 1990). The
rapid foraging rates during the incubation and nestling stages
compared to the egg-laying stage suggests that incubation
may also place time constraints on females, requiring them
to forage speedily and return to the nest quickly (Dobbs
and Martin 1998; Sakai and Noon 1990). The tradeoff
between the thermal needs of the eggs and the energy needs
of the adult could be overcome by this increased feeding
rate. Therefore, it is clear that breeding birds use different
behavioural mechanisms to cope with energetic constraints
and predation risks.
Mixed-hunting, and its significance in the non-breeding
season
Many species of insectivorous birds in both the
temperate and tropical latitudes are known to gather in
mixed-hunting flocks during the non-breeding season (Chen
and Hsieh 2002; Jullien and Thiollay 1998). There could be
several advantages for a species to be associated with mixed-
hunting flocks. An individual may increase its rate of food
capture by associating with other individuals. For example,
among the insect-eating birds, flocking may be advantageous
because prey may be flushed by the activities of other
individuals. Another advantage of flocking behaviour is
the reduction in predation rates. Moreover, grouping may
have an anti-predator function by the mobbing responses
of several species (see Chen and Hsieh 2002; Jullien and
Thiollay 1998).
The Grey-headed Bulbul was recorded to participate in
mixed-hunting flocks led by different nucleus species during
the non-breeding season. The most numerous participants
in mixed-species flocks were resident species of the area,
most being insectivores. On an average, the flocks consisted
of around six species comprising totally c. 21 individuals.
Although identification of the nucleus species in many of
these mixed-species flocks was difficult, the White-bellied
Treepie Dendrocitta leucogastra and Common Flameback
Dinopium javanense appeared to be the ‘leaders’ in several
flocks. The alertness of the nucleus species and its propensity
to give alarm calls could be the greatest incentive for attendant
species to join the flock and exploit them further (Sullivan
1984). Several species appeared as sentinel species, and were
recorded giving alarm calls at the approach of predators. The
Common Flameback, Indian Scimitar-Babbler Pomatorhinus
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
horsfieldii, Dark-fronted Babbler Rhopocichla atriceps,
and Brown-cheeked Fulvetta Alcippe poioicephala gave
repeated alarm calls when predators approached. In Peru,
Munn (1986) reported that the flock members rely mainly
on the alarm calls of the sentinel species in the understorey
and canopy flocks. A similar alertness of both nucleus and
sentinel species on the approach of predators was common
in the flocks observed, which lends support to this foraging
efficiency and anti-predator hypothesis, and justifies the
participation of the Grey-headed Bulbul during non-breeding
season in mixed-hunting flocks.
Preference of arthropod food by the Grey-headed
Bulbul during mixed-species flocking resulted in a high
food niche overlap with most of the flock members. It
hunted for arthropods in the middle or outer canopy, using
several foraging manoeuvres, and avoided the upper canopy
where the highly niche-overlapping, generalist species such
as Yellow-browed Bulbul Jole indica and Common Iora
Aegithinia tiphia were abundant. Although it is restricted
to certain heights, apparently due to the presence of other
species with similar niches, it showed much generalized
foraging manoeuvres and use of horizontal positions in the
canopy during flock participation. The Grey-headed Bulbul
was seen to associate with flocks having the Square-tailed
Black and Red-whiskered Bulbuls at Muthikkulam, but the
number of observations was not sufficient to work on niche
overlaps. In the lower altitude, non-breeding habitats (scrub
forest), it also associated with other bulbuls, namely, Red-
vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer and White-browed Bulbul
Pycnonotus luteolus. The foraging rate was significantly
higher while foraging in mixed-species flocks than those of
singletons.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the Ministry of Environment and Forests,
and Science and Engineering Research Board (SERB),
Department of Science and Technology, Government of
India for funding. For helpful discussions, encouragement,
and support during the field work, I would like to thank
V.S. Viyayan, L. Vijayan, the late R. Sankaran, P.A. Azeez,
L.D.C. Fishpool, K.S.A. Das, S. Suresh, Divin Murukesh,
and M. Vimal. I am grateful to the Forest and Wildlife
Department of Kerala for permissions, generous support
and cooperation, and SACON, JNTBGRI, and WRCT
for infrastructure facilities. I thank Karuppusamy, Jose,
Mohandas, Mahesh, Sainudheen, Kaliappan, and Mari for
field assistance. V.S. Vijayan, K.S.A. Das, A.P. Zaibin,
T.N. Bindu and anonymous reviewers provided helpful
comments on earlier versions of the manuscript.
17
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF GREY-HEADED BULBUL
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. Riptey (1987): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. Compact edn. Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
Aut, S. (1932): Flower-birds and bird-flowers in India. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 35(3): 573-605.
BALAKRISHNAN, P. (2007): Status, distribution and ecology of the Grey-
headed Bulbul Pycnonotus priocephalus in the Western Ghats,
India. Ph.D. thesis, Bharathiar University, Coimbatore.
BALAKRISHNAN, P. (2011): Breeding biology of the Grey-headed
Bulbul Pycnonotus priocephalus (Aves: Pycnonotidae) in
the Western Ghats. India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 3:
1415-1424.
Basua, S.C. (1999): Forest types of Silent Valley. Pp. 109-116.
In: Manoharan, T.M., S.D. Biju, T.S. Nayar & P.S. Easa (Eds):
Silent Valley Whispers of Reason. Kerala Forest Department,
Thiruvananthapuram.
Buart, D. & A. Kumar (2001): Foraging ecology of Red-vented Bulbul
‘Pycnonotus cafer in Haridwar, India. Forktail 17: 109-110.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): Species factsheet: Pycnonotus
priocephalus. Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on
30/10/2014.
BRENNAN, L.A. & M.A. Morrison (1990): Influence of sample size
on interpretations of foraging patterns by Chestnut-backed
Chickadees. Studies in Avian Biology 13: 187-192.
Cuen, C. & F. Hsien (2002): Composition and foraging behaviour
of mixed-species flocks led by the Grey-cheeked Fulvetta
in Fushan Experimental Forest, Taiwan. /bis 144: 317-330.
Cotiar, N.J., M.J. Crosspy & A.J. STATTERSFIELD (1994): Birds to
watch 2. The world list of threatened birds. BirdLife International,
Cambridge.
Dosss, R.T. & T.E. Martin (1998): Variation in foraging behavior
among nesting stages of female red-faced warblers. Condor
100: 741-TAS.
Fisupoo., L.D.C. & J.A. Topas (2005): Family Pycnonotidae (Bulbuls).
Pp. 124-253. In: del Hoyo, J., A. Eliott & D.A. Christie (Eds):
Handbook of the Birds of the World. Vol. 10. Lynx Edicions,
Barcelona.
FontTAINE, J.J. & T.E. MartIN (2006): Parent birds assess nest predation
risk and adjust their reproductive strategies. Ecology Letters 9:
428434.
GoopDALE, E., B.Z. Nizam, V.V. Rosin, H. Sripuar, P. TRIVEDI,
S.W. KotacaMa, U.K.G.K. PADMALAL, R. PERERA, P. PRAMOD &
L. VuAyan (2009): Regional variation in the composition and
structure of mixed-species bird flocks in the Western Ghats and
Sri Lanka. Current Science 97: 648-663.
Hutto, R.L. (1990): Measuring the availability of food resources.
Studies in Avian Biology 13: 20-28.
JuLLIEN, M. & J.M. TuioLtLay (1998): Multi-species territoriality and
dynamic of neotropical forest understorey bird flocks. Journal
of Animal Ecology 67: 227-252.
Kress, J.R. & A. KACELNIK (1991): Decision making. Pp. 105-136.
In: Krebs, J.R. & N.B. Davies (Eds): Behavioural Ecology: An
Evolutionary Approach. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
Lack, D. (1971): Ecological isolation in birds. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, Oxford and Edinburgh.
18
Levins, R. (1968): Evolution in Changing Environments. Princeton
University Press, Princeton.
Lovette, I.J. & R.T. Hotmes (1995): Foraging behavior of American
Redstarts in breeding and wintering habitats: implications for
relative food availability. Condor 97: 782-791.
Martin, T.E. (1987): Food as a limit on breeding birds: a life-history
perspective. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 18:
453-487.
Martin, T.E. & J.R. Karr (1990): Behavioral plasticity of foraging
manoeuvres of migratory warblers: multiple selection periods
for niches? Studies in Avian Biology 13: 353-359.
Martin, T.E, J. Scorr & C. MENGE (2000): Nest predation increases
with parental activity: separating nest site and parental activity
effects. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London Series B,
Biological Sciences 267: 2287-2294.
Mixinski, M. & G.A. PARKER (1991): Competition for resources.
Pp. 137-168. Jn: Krebs, J.R. & N.B. Davies (Eds): Behavioural
Ecology. An Evolutionary Approach. Blackwell Scientific,
Oxford.
Moermonpb, T.C. (1990): A functional approach to foraging: morphology,
behaviour, and the capacity to exploit. Studies in Avian Biology
13: 427-430.
Morrison, M.L., C.J. RALPH, J. VERNER & J.R. JEHL JR. (Eds) (1990):
Avian foraging: theory, methodology, and applications. Studies
in Avian Biology No. 13. Cooper Ornithological Society,
California.
Munn, C.A. (1986): Birds that ‘cry wolf’. Nature 319: 143-145.
Nair, P.V. & K. BALASUBRAMANYAN (1985): Long-term environmental
and ecological impact of multipurpose river valley projects. KFRI
Research Report 26. Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi.
PIANKA, E.R. (1973): The structure of lizard communities. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 4: 53-74.
ReMSEN Jr., J.V. & S.K. Rosinson (1990): A classification scheme for
foraging behaviour of birds in terrestrial habitats. Studies in
Avian Biology 13: 144-160.
Root, R.B. (1967): The niche-exploitation pattern of the Blue-gray
Gnatcatcher. Ecological Monographs 37: 317-350.
SAKAI, H.F. & B.R. Noon (1990): Variation in the foraging behaviours
of two flycatchers: associations with the stage of the breeding
cycle. Studies in Avian Biology 13: 237-244.
SRIDHAR, H., G. BEAUCHAMP & K. SHANKER (2009): Why do birds
participate in mixed-species foraging flocks? A large-scale
synthesis. Animal Behaviour 78: 337-347.
Stotz, D.F. (1993): Geographic variation in species composition of
mixed species flocks in lowland humid forests in Brazil. Papéis
Avulsos Zoologia 38: 61-75.
SULLIVAN, K.A. (1984): Information exploitation by downy woodpeckers
in mixed-species flocks. Behaviour 91: 294-311.
VuUAYAN, V.S. (1975): Ecological isolation of Bulbuls with special
reference to Pycnonotus cafer cafer and P. luteolus luteolus
at Point Calimere, Tamil Nadu. Ph.D. thesis, University of
Bombay, Bombay.
ZAR, J.H. (1999): Biostatistical Analysis. 4th edn. Prentice-Hall,
New Jersey.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
19-28
THYSANOPTERA (INSECTA) FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK,
MANIPUR, NORTHEAST INDIA
K. NISHIKANTA SINGH!” AND R. VARATHARAJAN)?*
‘Centre of Advanced Study in Life Sciences, Department of Life Sciences, Manipur University, Imphal 795 003, Manipur, India.
“Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56522
Our study reports 119 thrips species of 74 genera from Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), Manipur. Out of 119 species
collected during the study, 48 are endemic to India, and 22 are recorded for the first time from Manipur. Mycterothrips
auratus Wang (1999), earlier known from China and Taiwan, has been collected for the first time from India.
Key words: Thysanoptera, Thrips fauna, Keibul Lamjao National Park, Thrips diversity, Manipur
INTRODUCTION
Order Thysanoptera includes an important group
of insects commonly known as thrips, with body size
ranging from 0.5—15 mm in length and possessing unique
features like the presence of fringes on wings, asymmetrical
mouth parts (only left mandible functional, right mandible
vestigial), protrusible bladder-like structure at the tip of
tarsus, and occurrence of pre-pupal stage between larval
and pupal stages. Thrips are mainly sporophagous as well
as phytophagous, while a few are predatory. A perusal of the
literature indicates that nearly 95% of suborder Terebrantia
depend on green plants, and about 60% of suborder Tubulifera
are mycophagous (Mound 2005). Their adaptive feeding has
enabled successful exploitation of diverse niches such as leaf,
flower, plant galls, litter, grass clumps, and dry twigs. Though
the majority of them are benign, some thrips are involved in
inducing plant galls, and a few act as pollinators, vectors, and
pests (Ananthakrishnan 1993). About 300 species of thrips
belonging to 57 genera are gall makers, and the nature of the
galls reflects insect phylogenetic relationships (Crespi et al.
1997). Thrips in general exhibit varied levels of sociality and
remarkable structural polymorphism (1zzo et al. 2002). The
world checklist records nearly 7,400 species groups (Mound
n.d.: www.ento.csiro.au/thysanoptera/worldthrips.php)
including about 700 species from the Indian subcontinent,
of which 200 species have been reported from NE India
(Varatharajan 2005). Although faunistic survey of thrips in
certain parts of Manipur has been made earlier (Chochong
2004; Muraleedharan 1982; Varatharajan 1999), the Keibul
Lamjao National Park (KLNP) has not been studied so far,
probably due to its exclusiveness and restricted entry imposed
to conserve the Sangai Deer Rucervus eldii eldii McClelland
which is known to occur only in this floating park. Therefore,
a maiden survey was undertaken during 2010—2012 to study
the faunal composition of thrips at KLNP.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Thrips survey was carried out at the Keibul Lamjao
National Park (KLNP) (24° 27’—24° 31' N, 93° 53’—93°
55’ E; 767—788 m above msl), that spreads over an area of
40 sq. km. KLNP is positioned at the south-eastern corner
of Loktak lake, which is present in the Bishnupur district of
Manipur State, and has been declared as a Ramsar site. Thrips
were collected at random from diverse plants growing in
different habitats and the collected specimens were preserved
in the conventional collection fluid (10% ethanol, glacial
acetic acid and glycerol in 9:1:1 ratio with a few drops of
Triton-X) (Bhatti 1997). The material was later processed
using standard protocol for preparing permanent slides for
identification (Ananthakrishnan and Sen 1980). The collected
host plants were also processed for herbarium preservation
and documentation. The thrips specimens are deposited in
the Department of Life Sciences, Manipur University, and
also at the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI),
New Delhi, along with the Pusa National Collections.
RESULTS
The survey carried out at KLNP revealed the
occurrence of 119 species of thrips belonging to 74 genera
in four subfamilies and three families of Order Thysanoptera.
Merothrips indicus was the only species under Merothripidae,
while Thripidae under suborder Terebrantia was represented
by 47 species, and Phlaeothripidae of suborder Tubulifera by
72 species. Among different genera, the following two genera
Haplothrips and Megalurothrips had 5 species each, Liothrips
had 6 species, and Thrips had 8 species, thus showing
an average representation of 6, while the rest had 1, 2 or
3 species. This study is significant as 40% of the specimens
collected are endemic, which reflects the importance of
KLNP. 22 species have been recorded for the first time
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
from Manipur during the present survey. The feeding — with the help of local people.
habit and the microhabitat of each species are provided in Thrips are unique insects known for their diversity
Table 1 along with the date of collection and numbers of | (Mound 2005). In terms of feeding habits and habitats, the
specimen collected. Although the present work isthe outcome ~— collection records of the survey showed a maximum of
of a three-year survey, a continuous search will yield much —_26 species of free living foliage thrips, 18 flower inhabiting
more data since KLNP is completely protected by government forms, 18 mycophagous leaf-litter dwellers, 15 mycophagous
Sl.
No.
10.
20
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP
Name of the species with Date of Habit, microhabitats & Distribution
registration number collection & No. Host plants
of specimens
studied
Sub order: Terebrantia
Family: Merothripidae
Merothrips indicus Bhatti & 14.ix.2011 Two Mycophagous & dry twigs India (Manipur, Kerala, Tamil Nadu), China.
Ananthakrishnan, 1975;
KLNP/MU/Lr 1
Family: Thripidae; Subfamily: Thripinae
Dendrothrips schimae Kudo, 1989; 8.v.2011 One Weed; Delonix regia (Boj. India (widespread), Nepal (Kathmandu).
KLNP/MU/Wd 1 ex Hook) (Fabaceae)
Dendrothrips strasseni*@ Bhatti, 8.v.2011 One Weed; Delonix regia (Boj. India (Manipur, Maharashtra).
1971; KLNP/MU/Wd 2 ex Hook) (Fabaceae)
Hydatothrips ananthakrishnani* 8.v.2012 Three Leaf; Quercus serrata India (Madhya Pradesh, Manipur,
Bhatti, 1973; KLNP/MU/L 1 Thunb. (Fagaceae) Tamil Nadu).
Hydatothrips ramaswamiahi* Karny, 22.v.2012 Two Leaf; Vicia faba Linn. India (Delhi, Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
1926; KLNP/MU/L 2 (Fabaceae)
Neohydatothrips samayunkur Kudo, 4.xii.2011 Five Flower; Tegetes erecta Linn. India, Australia, China (Taiwan), Japan, USA
1995; KLNP/MU/FI 1 (Asteraceae) (Hawaii, Florida).
Scirtothrips dorsalis Hood, 1919; 31.x.2011 Seven Pest; Capsicum annum L. India (Kerala, Karnataka, Manipur), Australia,
KLNP/MU/P 1 (Solanaceae) Indonesia (Sumatra).
Sciothrips cardamomi 14.xi.2011 Five Pest; Hedychium India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu), Costa Rica.
(Ramakrishna, 1935); coronarium J. Koenig
KLNP/MU/P 2 (Zingiberaceae)
Anaphothrips sudanensis Trybom, = 14.v.2011 Grass; /mperata cylindrica __|ndia (Kerala, Manipur), Australia (New
1911; KLNP/MU/Gr 1 (L) P. Beauv. (Poaceae) South Wales), USA (Bayamon, Puerto Rico),
Philippines (Bacolod), Egypt, Philippines,
Trinidad, Japan (Mount Shinten), China
(Taiwan), South Africa.
Rhamphothrips parviceps 21.ili.2011 Two Grass; Erianthus procerus _ I|ndia (Delhi, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,
(Hood, 1919); KLNP/MU/Gr 2 (Poaceae) Manipur, Tamil Nadu), China.
Ayyaria chaetophora Karny, 1927; 7.1x.2011 Four Flower; Phaseolus vulgaris — India (Andhra Pradesh, Delhi, Haryana,
KLNP/MU/FI 2 L. (Fabaceae) Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,
Manipur, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh), China,
Japan, Philippines.
Bolacothrips indicus* 28.ix.2011 Two Grass; Arundo donax L. India (Gujarat, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh,
(Ananthakrishnan, 1965); (Poaceae ) Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
KLNP/MU/Gr 3
Chaetanaphothrips orchidii 2.v.2011 Two Leaf; Dendrobium India (widespread), Indonesia, Japan, USA
(Moulton, 1907); KLNP/MU/L 3 chrysotoxum Lindl. (California).
(Orchidaceae)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Sl.
No.
14.
1:
16.
ay.
18.
19.
20.
Ze
LES
23.
24.
25,
26.
at
28.
au,
30.
On
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Name of the species with
registration number
Craspedothrips minor (Bagnall,
1921); KLNP/MU/FI 3
Dichromothrips nakahari Mound,
1976; KLNP/MU/FI 4
Euphysothrips minozzii@ Bagnall,
1926; KLNP/MU/L 4
Frankliniella intonsa (Trybom, 1895);
KLNP/MU/FI 5
Frankliniella schultzei (Trybom,
1910); KLNP/MU/FI 6
Fulmekiola serrata@ (Kobus, 1893);
KLNP/MU/Gr 4
Megalurothrips distalis
(Karny, 1913); KLNP/MU/FI 7
Megalurothrips mucunae (Priesner,
1938); KLNP/MU/FI 8
Megalurothrips peculiaris
(Bagnall, 1918); KLNP/MU/FI 9
Megalurothrips typicus Bagnall,
1915; KLNP/MU/FI 10
Megalurothrips usitatus (Bagnall,
1913); KLNP/MU/FI 11
Microcephalothrips abdominalis
(Crawford, 1910); KLNP/MU/FI 12
Mycterothrips auratus® Wang, 1999;
KLNP/MU/L 5
Mycterothrips ricini? Shumsher,
1946; KLNP/MU/L 6
Organothrips indicus® Bhatti, 1974;
KLNP/MU/Wd 3
Stenchaetothrips biformis
(Bagnall, 1913); KLNP/MU/L 7
Thrips coloratus Schmutz, 1913;
KLNP/MU/FI 13
Thrips flavus Schrank, 1776;
KLNP/MU/FI 14
Date of
collection & No.
of specimens
studied
6.vii.2011 One
2.V.2010 Six
9.vi.2011 Two
14.v.2011 Five
14.v.2011 Five
14.vi.2012 Four
14.x.2012 Five
14.x.2011 Two
22.X.2011 Two
14.x.2011 Three
14.x.2011 Seven
15.v.2011
Thirteen
14.vi.2011 One
3.vii.2012 One
22.V.2012 Five
14.x.2011 Five
14.vi.2011 Four
14.vi.2011 Two
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Habit, microhabitats &
Host plants
Leaf; Schima wallichii (DC.)
Korth. (Theaceae)
Flower; Dendrobium
chrysotoxum Lindl.
(Orchidaceae)
Leaf; Pennisetum
typhoideum Rich. (Poaceae)
Flower/Leaf; Hibiscus rosa-
sinensis L. (Malvaceae)
Pest/Vector; Dahlia sp.
(Asteraceae), Oxalis
corniculata L. (Oxalidaceae)
Grass; Saccharum Officinalis
(Poaceae)
Flower; Phaseolus vulgaris
L. (Fabaceae)
Flower; Phaseolus vulgaris
L. (Fabaceae)
Flower; Pongamia pinnata
(L.) Pierre (Fabaceae),
Phaseolus vulgaris L.
(Fabaceae)
Flower; Phaseolus vulgaris
L. (Fabaceae)
Flower; Pongamia pinnata
(L.) Pierre (Fabaceae)
Flower; Eclipta prostrata
Linn., Gynura sp., Tagetes
erecta L. (Asteraceae)
Leaf; Melia azedarach L.
(Meliaceae)
Leaf; Ricinus communis L.
(Euphorbiaceae)
Aquatic weed; Eichhornia
crassipes (Mart.) Solms
(Pontederiaceae)
Leaf; Bambusa sp.
(Poaceae), Oryza sativa L.
(Poaceae)
Flower; Eichhornia
crassipes (Mart.) Solms,
(Pontederiaceae)
Flower; Mikania cordata
(Burm.f.) B.L. Rob.
(Asteraceae)
Distribution
India (widespread), Indonesia, China
(Kaohsiung Hsien, Taiwan).
India (Kolkata, Manipur), USA.
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu), France, Austria,
Spain (Canary Islands), Egypt, Mozambique.
Widespread in Asia and Europe.
Cosmopolitan.
Southeast Asia.
India (Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya,
Manipur, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal),
Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Philippines, Korea, Fiji.
India, Indonesia, Fiji (Sigatoka, Viti Levu).
India (Bihar, Delhi, Karnataka, Manipur,
Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh), China.
India (Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Manipur, Tamil Nadu),
Malaysia (Sarawak), Indonesia (Sumatra),
China (Taiwan).
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu), Sri Lanka,
Australia, Thailand.
India (Widespread), Australia, Mexico
(Jalisco), Egypt (Maadi), Georgia, USA
(Colorado).
China (Taiwan) and first record for India
(Manipur).
India (Delhi, Manipur), China, Japan.
India (Darjeeling, Delhi, Manipur), Australia,
Bangladesh, Hong Kong, Thailand, USA
(Florida).
India (Manipur, Nagaland), Australia,
Bangladesh, England, Indonesia (Sumatra),
Romania.
India (Meghalaya, West Bengal, Punjab,
Himachal Pradesh), Australia, Japan,
Sri Lanka.
India (Himachal Pradesh, Manipur, Tamil Nadu,
Uttar Pradesh), Austria, England, Europe
(Croatia), Germany, Japan, Korea, Iran, USA,
China (Taiwan).
21
Sl.
No.
32.
33.
34.
oo
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44,
45.
A6.
22
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Name of the species with
registration number
Thrips flavidulus (Bagnall, 1923);
KLNP/MUI/L 8
Thrips orientalis@
(Bagnall, 1915); KLNP/MU/FI 15
Thrips hawaiiensis (Morgan, 1913);
KLNP/MU/FI 16
Thrips palmi Karny, |925;
KLNP/MU/P 3
Thrips simplex (Morison, 1930);
KLNP/MU/FI 17
Thrips tabaci Lindemann, 1889;
KLNP/MU/P 4
Date of
collection & No.
of specimens
studied
21.vi.2012 Two
12.iv.2012 Five
14.x.2011 Five
7.vii.2011 Seven
157.2071 Five
14.iv.2011 Five
Family: Thripidae; Subfamily: Panchaetothripinae
Astrothrips tumiceps Karny, 1921;
KLNP/MU/Wd 4
Helionothrips kadaliphilus
(Ramakrishna & Marg., 1931);
KLNP/MU/L 9
Helionothrips parvus Bhatti, 1968;
KLNP/MU/L 10
Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis
(Bouche, 1833); KLNP/MU/L 11
Panchaetothrips indicus Bagnall,
1912; KLNP/MU/P 5
Phibalothrips peringueyi (Faure,
1925); KLNP/MU/Gr 5
Retithrips syriacus Mayet, 1890;
KLNP/MU/P 6
Rhipiphorothrips pulchellus
Morgan, 1913; KLNP/MU/L 12
Selenothrips rubrocinctus
(Giard, 1901); KLNP/MU/L 13
7 x.2010 Three
14.iv.2011 Six
23.V.2012 Three
7.x.2011 Two
8.viil.2011 Five
22.Vvili.2012
Seven
22.x.2012 Two
4.x.2011 Two
27 .%.2010 Four
Habit, microhabitats &
Host plants
Leaf; Schima wallichii (DC.)
Korth. (Theaceae)
Flower; wild Jasmine
flowers
Flower; [oomea palmata
Forssk. (Convolvulaceae),
Lantana camara L.
(Verbenaceae), Melia
azedarach L. ( Meliaceae),
Mikania cordata (Burm.f.)
B.L. Rob (Asteraceae)
Pest; Hibiscus rosa-sinesis
Linn., Urena lobata L.
(Malvaceae)
Flower; Musa paradisiaca L.
(Musaceae)
Pest/Vector; Allium cepa L.
(Amaryllidaceae)
Weed; Melia azedarach L.
(Meliaceae)
Leaf; Colocasia esculenta
(L.) Schott, (Araceae), Musa
paradisiaca L. (Musaceae)
Leaf; Musa paradisiaca L.
(Musaceae)
Leaf; Ficus glomerata Roxb.
(Moraceae)
Pest; Curcuma longa L.
(Zingiberaceae)
Grass; Sporobolus indicus
(L.) R.Br., Paspalum
orbiculare G. Forst.
(Poaceae)
Pest; Ricinus communis
Linn. (Euphorbiaceae)
Leaf; Cynodon dactylon,
Sporobolus indicus
(Poaceae)
Leaf; Quercus sp.
(Fagaceae)
Distribution
India (Chandigarh, Himachal Pradesh,
Manipur, Nagaland, Uttar Pradesh), China,
Japan, Korea, Nepal, Sri Lanka.
India, China, Thailand, Japan, Philippines,
Java, Borneo, Tahiti, USA (Hawaii), Malaysia
(Sarawak), Tanzania.
India, Hawaii, USA, Indonesia, Japan, Fiji
Australia, Sri Lanka.
India, Sumatra, Indonesia, Sudan, China
(Taiwan), widespread in the tropics and the
Caribbean. :
India (Tamil Nadu, Manipur), South Australia,
Queensland, Canada, France, South Africa.
India (widespread), Moldova, Southern
Russia, USA, Austria, England, Hungary,
Canada, Japan, France.
India (widespread), Indonesia, Philippines,
northern Australia.
NE India, southern India, New Guinea.
India (Manipur, Uttar Pradesh), China.
India, Australia, Germany, England, Finland,
Sri Lanka, Surinam.
India (Bihar, Kerala, Manipur, Tamil Nadu),
China, Bangladesh, Thailand.
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal),
South Africa, Pretoria, China (Taiwan).
India (Kerala, Manipur, Tamil Nadu),
Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.
India (Madhya Pradesh, Manipur),
Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Java, Pakistan,
Philippines, Sri Lanka.
_ India (Andaman & Nicobar Is., Kerala,
West Bengal, Manipur, Assam), Philippines,
China (Taiwan), Myanmar, Thailand,
Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Honduras, Mexico.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Sl.
No.
47.
48.
49.
50.
Ole
52.
oo:
34.
DS.
56.
of.
58.
59.
60.
GA.
62.
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Name of the species with Date of Habit, microhabitats &
registration number collection & No. Host plants
of specimens
studied
Zaniothrips ricini Bhatti, 1967; 5.11.2012 One Leaf; Ricinus communis
KLNP/MU/L 14 Linn. (Euphorbiaceae)
Sub order: Tubulifera
Family: Phlaeothripidae; Subfamily: Phlaeothripinae
Adraneothrips disjunctus* 21.1.2012 One §Mycophagous & Dry twigs
Ananthakrishnan, 1972;
KLNP/MU/Lr 2
Aleurodothrips fasciapennis® 5.vi.2010 One Predator; Citrus sp.
(Franklin, 1909); (Rutaceae)
KLNP/MU/Pd 1
Androthrips flavitibia* Moulton, 12.11.2011 One Predator; Dry leaves
1933; KLNP/MU/Pd 2 of Lantana camara L.
(Verbenaceae)
Apelaunothrips consimilis 20.ix.2010 Three Mycophagous & litter
(Ananthakrishnan, 1969);
KLNP/MU/Lr 3
Athlibothrips inquilinus* (Ananth. & — 12.xii.2012 Two Gall inquilines; Bixa orellana
Varadarasan,1978); KLNP/MU/G 1 Linn. (Bixaceae)
Azaleothrips amabilis* 14.vi.2010 Two Mycophagous & Dry twigs
Ananthakrishnan, 1964;
KLNP/MU/Lr 4
Baenothrips asper (Bournier, 1963); 4.vi.2011 One |= Mycophagous & litter/Dry
KLNP/MU/Lr 5 grass
Bamboosiella nayari 24.ix.2011 Five Mycophagous & litter
(Ananthakrishnan, 1958);
KLNP/MU/Lr 6
Bamboosiella varia® 14.vi.2012 Two Mycophagous & litter
(Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish,
1969); KLNP/MU/Lr 7
Bradythrips hesperus Hood & 22.vi.2012 Two Mycophagous & Dry twigs
Williams, 1925; KLNP/MU/Lr 8
Coxothrips tarai* (Stannard, 1970); 14.xi.2012 Two Mycophagous & litter
KLNP/MU/Lr 9
Dexiothrips (=Apelaunothrips) 24.ix.2011 Five Mycophagous & litter
madrasensis (Ananthakrishnan,
1964); KLNP/MU/Lr 10
Dolichothrips indicus* (Hood, 1919); 12.ii.2012 Two Weed; Albizia myriophylla
KLNP/MU/Wd 5 Benth. (Fabaceae)
Dolichothrips malhavii* 7.xil.2011 Five Weed; Leaves of Albizia
Ananthakrishnan, 1961; myriophylla Benth
KLNP/MU/Wd 6 (Fabaceae)
Dolichothrips montanus* 4.viii.2011 Two Flower; Lantana camara
Ananthakrishnan, 1964; Linn. (Verbenaceae)
KLNP/MU/FI 18
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Distribution
India (Madhya Pradesh, Manipur,
West Bengal), China.
India (Andhra Pradesh, Manipur).
India (Kerala, Manipur, Tamil Nadu,
West Bengal), Australia, Belgium, Bermuda,
China, Cuba, Indonesia, Jamaica, Japan,
Nassau, Sri Lanka, Fiji, USA, Vietnam,
Puerto Rico.
India (Dehradun, Manipur, Assam).
India (Karnataka, Kerala, Manipur), China,
Japan, Malaysia, Indonesia.
India (Bihar, Manipur).
India (Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Goa, Uttar Pradesh,
West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra).
India (Andhra Pradesh, Manipur), Angola,
China.
India (Kerala, Manipur), China.
India (Kerala, Uttar Pradesh), China,
Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Japan.
India (Kerala, Manipur), Guyana
Borneo, South America.
India (Manipur, Uttar Pradesh).
India (Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Manipur),
Indonesia, Java, Malaysia.
India (Assam, Karnataka, Manipur,
Tamil Nadu).
India (Agra, Manipur).
India (Manipur, Nagaland, West Bengal).
23
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Sl. Name of the species with Date of Habit, microhabitats & Distribution
No. registration number collection & No. Host plants
| of specimens
studied
63. | Ecacanthothrips tibialis 12.11.2010 One Mycophagous & Dry twigs India (Kerala, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal,
(Ashmead, 1905); KLNP/MU/Lr 11 Meghalaya, Tripura, Manipur), Australia,
China, Japan, Philippines, Tanzania,
Vietnam, Indonesia, Malaysia, New Zealand.
64. Eothrips coimbatorensis*@ 15.ix.2012 Five Leaf gall; galls of an India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan).
Ramakrishna, 1928; KLNP/MU/G 2 unidentified plant
65. Gigantothrips elegans Zimmermann, 12.viii.2011 Two Leaf; Ficus glomerata Roxb. India (Widespread), Philippines, Japan,
1900; KLNP/MU/L 15 (Moraceae) Indonesia, Thailand.
66. . Gigantothrips ochroscelis*® 26.v.2012 One Leaf; Ficus glomerata Roxb. India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
Priesner, 1951; KLNP/MU/L 16 (Moraceae)
67. Gigantothrips seshadrii* 4.viii.2012 Two Leaf; Ficus glomerata Roxb. India (Manipur, Kerala).
(Ananthakrishnan, 1964); (Moraceae)
KLNP/MU/L 17
68. Gynaikothrips bengalensis* 21.i.2012 Five Gall; Ficus religiosa Linn. India (Assam, Manipur, West Bengal).
Ananthakrishnan, 1973; (Moraceae) :
KLNP/MU/G 3
69. Gynaikothrips cecedii* 22.viii.2012 Four Gall; Ficus sp. (Moraceae) India (Tamil Nadu, Madhya Pradesh).
Ananthakrishnan, 1968;
KLNP/MU/G 4
70. Haplothrips andres/® Priesner, 8.11.2012 Five Leaf; Scirpus lacustris L. India (Tamil Nadu, Manipur), Egypt, France,
1931; KLNP/MU/L 18 (Cyperaceae) Cyprus.
71. — Haplothrips ceylonicus Schmutz, 14.v.2011 Five Grass; Arundo donax L. India (Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Manipur,
1913; KLNP/MU/Gr 5 (Poaceae), [pomea palmata Nagaland), Sri Lanka, Java, Sumatra.
Forssk. (Convolvulaceae)
72. —Haplothrips gowdeyi 28.x.2012 Two Flower; Andropogon India (Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, West Bengal,
(Franklin, 1908); KLNP/MU/FI 19 zizanioides (Linn.) Urban, Manipur), China, Japan, Latin America.
Arundo donax L., Bambusa
sp. (Poaceae)
73. Haplothrips longisetosus*@ 7.iv.2012 Six Leaf; Schoenoplectus India (Manipur, Kerala, Tamil Nadu).
Ananthakrishnan, 1955; lacustris (L.) Paila
KLNP/MU/L 19 (Cyperaceae)
74. — Haplothrips tenuipennis Bagnall, 8.xii.2011 Three Flower/leaf; Scirpus India (Assam, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh,
1918; KLNP/MU/FI 20 lacustris L. (Cyperaceae) & Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal),
Ipomoea palmata Forssk. | Bangladesh, China, Indonesia.
(Convolvulaceae)
75. — Hoplandrothrips corticis* 21.iii.2013 One Mycophagous & Dry twigs India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
Ananthakrishnan, 1972;
KLNP/MU/Lr 12
76. | Hoplandrothrips flavipes Bagnall, 12.ix.2011 One Mycophagous & Dry twigs India (Western Ghats, NE India), Philippines,
1923; KLNP/MU/Lr 13 Brazil, Europe, Kenya, Nigeria, USA
(Hawaii), China, Colombia, Solomon Islands,
Trinidad, St. Lucia, Venezuela.
77. — Hoplothrips fungosus Moulton, 22.vi.2012 One Mycophagous & Dry twigs India (Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, West Bengal),
1928; KLNP/MU/Lr 14 Japan, China, widespread in east Asia.
78. | Karnyothrips melaleucus 8.ix.2011 Six Grass; Cymbopogon nardus_ India (Kerala, Manipur, Tamil Nadu), China,
(Bagnall, 1911); KLNP/MU/Gr 6 (L.) Rendle (Poaceae) Florida, Vietnam, Denmark, Indonesia.
24 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.,.111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Sl.
No.
(pes
80.
81.
82.
SS.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
Bg;
90.
91.
g2.
93.
94.
95.
96.
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Name of the species with
registration number
Karnyothrips mucidus*
(Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish,
1971); KLNP/MU/Lr 15
Leeuwenia ananthakrishnani**
Varatharajan & Sen, 2000;
KLNP/MU/L 20
Leeuwenia eugeniae*@ Bagnall,
1924: KLNP/MUI/L 21
Leeuwenia maculans* Priesner &
Seshadri, 1953; KLNP/MU/Lr 15
Liophloeothrips pavettae*
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish, 1969;
KLNP/MU/G 3
Liophloeothrips segnis*
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish, 1969;
KLNP/MU/G 4
Liothrips aberrans* Muraleedharan
& Sen, 1978; KLNP/MU/G 5
Liothrips aequilus®@*
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish, 1969;
KLNP/MU/G 6
Liothrips bournieri*™* Sen, 1984;
KLNP/MU/G 7
Liothrips himalayanus*
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish, 1970;
KLNP/MU/G 8
Liothrips (Liothrips) litseae Moulton,
1933; KLNP/MU/G 9
Liothrips mohanrami*™* Bhatti,
Varatharajan & Singh, 2006;
KLNP/MU/G 10
Margaritothrips sumatrensis@
Priesner, 1932; KLNP/MU/Lr 16
Mesothrips extensivus*
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish, 1969;
KLNP/MU/L 22
Mesothrips latus**
Muraleedharan & Sen, 1981;
KLNP/MU/L 23
Mystrothrips dammermani (Priesner,
1933); KLNP/MU/Lr 17
Ocnothrips indicus*
Ananthakrishnan, 1969;
KLNP/MU/G 11
Phlaeothrips nilgiricus*®
Ananthakrishnan, 1968;
KLNP/MU/G 12
Date of
collection & No.
of specimens
studied
3.vii.2012 One
24.11.2012 Seven
24.11.2011 Six
24.11.2012 One
16.viii.2012 Two
4.xi.2011 Two
21.iv.2012 Three
26.v.2012 Two
21.xii.2012
Three
4.viii.2012 Four
18.11.2011 Five
4.ix.2012 Two
4.ix.2011 Two
21.x.2012 Three
5.x.2012 Four
4.ix.2011 Two
5.x.2012 One
14.vi.2012 Four
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Habit, microhabitats &
Host plants
Mycophagous & Dry twigs
Leaf; Quercus serrata
Thunb. (Fagaceae)
Leaf; Eugenia jambolana
Lam. (Myrtaceae)
Leaf; Eugenia jambolana
Lam. (Myrtaceae)
Gall; Pavetta sp.
(Rubiaceae)
Gall; galls of an unidentified
plant
Gall; gall of Bixa orellana
Linn. (Bixaceae)
Gall; Eugenia jambolana
Lam. (Myrtaceae)
Gall; Quercus sp.
(Fagaceae)
Gall; Quercus serrata
Thunb. (Fagaceae)
Gall; Gall of unknown plant
Gall; Gall of unknown plant
Mycophagous & Dry twigs
Leaf; Quercus serrata
Thunb. (Fagaceae)
Leaf; Quercus serrata
Thunb. (Fagaceae)
Mycophagous & litter
Gall; Quercus sp.
(Fagaceae)
Gall; galls of an unidentified
plant
Distribution
India (Kerala, Manipur, West Bengal).
India (Manipur, Nagaland).
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu,
Arunachal Pradesh).
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
India (Andhra Pradesh, Manipur).
India (Karnataka, Manipur).
India (Manipur, West Bengal, Sikkim).
India (Andhra Pradesh, Nagaland).
India (Manipur, Tripura).
India (Darjeeling, Manipur, Nagaland).
India (Eastern Ghats, Manipur), Japan.
India (Manipur, Nagaland).
India (Kerala, Meghalaya, Tamil Nadu),
Sumatra, Indonesia.
India (Eastern & Western Ghats, Assam,
Meghalaya, Manipur).
India (Manipur, Tripura).
India (Karnataka, Manipur, Tamil Nadu),
Egypt, Indonesia.
India (Manipur, Western Ghats).
India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Sl. Name of the species with Date of Habit, microhabitats & Distribution
No. registration number collection & No. Host plants
of specimens
studied
97. Plicothrips apicalis*@ 14.ix.2011 One Grass; Cynodon dactylon India (Almora, Kumaon, Manipur).
(Bagnall, 1915); KLNP/MU/Gr 7 (L.) Pers. (Poaceae)
98. Podothrips scitulus*@ 14.vii.2011 Four Grass; Cymbopogon nardus |ndia (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
Ananthakrishnan, 1967; (L.) Rendle & Saccharum
KLNP/MU/Gr 8 munja Roxb. (Poaceae)
99. Praepodothrips indicus* Priesner 21.v.2012 Two Leaf; Pinus kesiya Royle ex. India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
& Seshadri, 1952; KLNP/MU/L 24 Gordon (Pinaceae)
100. Praepodothrips priesneri* 21.v.2012 Five Grass; Bambusa sp. India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu).
Ananthakrishnan, 1955; (Poaceae)
' KLNP/MU/Gr 9
101. Sophiothrips nigrus 6.iv.2012 One Mycophagous & litter India (Manipur, West Bengal), China, Japan,
(Ananthakrishnan, 1971); Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia.
KLNP/MU/Lr 18
102. Stigmothrips consimilis® 5.xi.2011 Four Mycophagous & litter India (Karnataka, Kerala, Manipur), Japan.
Ananthakrishnan, 1969;
KLNP/MU/Lr 19
103. Adraneothrips (=Stigmothrips) 12.iii.2012 Four Mycophagous & litter India (West Bengal, NE India), Japan.
infirmus (Ananthakrishnan, 1971);
KLNP/MU/Lr 20
104. Adraneothrips (=Stigmothrips) 4.x.2012 Two Mycophagous & Litter India (Meghalaya, Manipur, Tripura).
okajimai** (Muraleedharan & Sen,
1981); KLNP/MU/Lr 21
105. Thlibothrips manipurensis** 8.ix.2012 Two Gall; Quercus sp. India (Manipur).
Muraleedharan, 1982; (Fagaceae) ,
KLNP/MU/G 13
106. Tylothrips indicus** Sen & 21.vii.2012 One Leaf; an unidentified wild North East region of India.
Muraleedharan, 1976; plant
KLNP/MU/L 25
107. Xylaplothrips inquilinus® (Priesner, = 22. xii.2012 Gall; Pavetta sp. India (Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu),
1921); KLNP/MU/G 14 Three (Rubiaceae) Indonesia.
108. Xylaplothrips pusillus* Ananth. & 8.iv.2012 Two Mycophagous & litter India (Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Manipur,
Jagadish, 1969; KLNP/MU/Lr 22 West Bengal).
109. Xylaplothrips tener* Ananth. & 23.iii.2012 One Mycophagous & litter India (Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Manipur).
Jagadish, 1969; KLNP/MU/Lr 23
Family: Phlaeothripidae; Subfamily: Idolothripinae (Mycophagous)
110. Acallurothrips (=Pygothrips) amplus 5.ix.2011 Two Mycophagous & dry twigs India (Manipur, Tamil Nadu), South Africa.
(Faure, 1949); KLNP/MU/Lr 24
111. Elaphrothrips curvipes Priesner, 14.ix.2011 Mycophagous & dry twigs India (Manipur, Meghalaya, West Bengal),
1929: KLNP/MU/Lr 25 Seven Sumatra, Thailand.
112. Elaphrothrips denticollis 14.ix.2011 Three Mycophagous & dry leaves India (Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka,
(Bagnall, 1909); KLNP/MU/Lr 26 Tripura), Myanmar, Malaysia, Indonesia.
113. Elaphrothrips insignis* 21.viii.2012 Two Mycophagous & dry twigs India (Manipur, Uttar Pradesh).
Ananthakrishnan, 1973;
KLNP/MU/Lr 27
114. Holurothrips manipurensis** 7.x.2011 Five Mycophagous & litter India (Manipur).
Varatharajan & Chochong, 2004;
KLNP/MU/Lr 28
26 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
Table 1: Systematic collection record of Thrips of KLNP (contd.)
Date of
collection & No.
of specimens
Sl. Name of the species with
No. registration number
studied
115. Machatothrips indicus*® 12.ii1.2011 Two
Ananthakrishnan & Jagadish,
1970; KLNP/MU/Lr 29
116. Meiothrips menoni* 5.xii.2012 One
Ananthakrishnan, 1964;
KLNP/MU/Lr 30
117. Meiothrips nepalensis Kudo & 12.vi.2012 One
Ananthakrishnan, 1974;
KLNP/MU/Lr 31
118. Nesidiothrips alius* 5.111.2012 Nine
(Ananthakrishnan, 1970);
KLNP/MU/Lr 32
119. Nesothrips brevicollis (Bagnall, 2.11.2011 Nine
1914); KLNP/MU/Lr 33
Habit, microhabitats &
Host plants
Mycophagous & litter
Mycophagous & litter
Mycophagous & litter
Mycophagous & dry twigs
Mycophagous & dry twigs
Distribution
India (Kerala, Manipur).
India (Kerala, Manipur).
India (Manipur and Nagaland), Nepal,
Thailand. —
India (Kerala, Manipur).
India (Kerala, Madhya Pradesh), China
(Taiwan), Japan, Indonesia, Mauritius, USA
(Hawaii).
* indicates species endemic to India; ** endemic to NE India; @New record for Manipur.
thrips occurring on dry twigs, 17 gall thrips, 10 grass dwellers,
7 pests, 5 weed infesting forms, 2 predatory thrips and an
aquatic form. Among the total number of species, 25% are
mycophagous, 73.5% associate with flowering plants, and
only 1.5% are predatory.
DISCUSSION
The world fauna indicates that 60% of known tubuliferans
are mycophagous (Mound 2005), while in the present study
only 46% of phlaeothripids were mycophagous, of which
10 species belonging to subfamily Idolothripinae exclusively
fed on spores, while the rest fed on mycelia and fungal hyphae.
Individuals of the above two subfamilies — Phlaeothripinae
and Idolothripinae can be distinguished by their stylets: the
stylets of idolothripines are slightly thicker and band-like
(S—10 um diameter) to enable them to feed on spores, while
phlaeothripines have slender maxillary stylets with a diameter
of 1-3 um (Mound 1974). The survey revealed the dominance
of phytophagous species over mycophagous species. However,
this ratio may change with the collection of more individuals.
Thrips that are denoted as pest are based on the available
record with the author, especially under the climatic conditions
of NE India (Varatharajan 2005). It is also significant to note
that thrips have been collected from plant hosts of about
86 species belonging to 30 different families; families Poaceae,
Fagaceae, Fabaceae, Asteraceae, and Convolvulaceae are worth
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
mentioning as they harbour at least a dozen thrips species each.
Although many thrips species show association with plants
of diverse families, it is difficult to pinpoint their plant hosts,
with the exception of certain pests and gall thrips. Most of the
phytophagous species are either polyphagous or oligophagous,
feeding on a variety of plants. For instance, Stenchaetothrips
biformis, Sciothrips cardamomi, and Panchaetothrips
indicus have restricted hosts such as paddy, cardamom, and
turmeric plants respectively. Similarly, Leewwenia eugeniae,
Leeuwenia ananthakrishnani, and Gigantothrips elegans infest
Eugenia, Oak, and Ficus respectively. Likewise the gall thrips
Thlibothrips manipurensis makes a marginal roll on Ardisia sp.
and Athlibothrips inquilinus on Bixa orellana, exemplifying
a narrow host range. On the other hand, the cosmopolitan
pests like Anaphothrips sudanensis, Thrips tabaci, Thrips
palmi, and Scirtothrips dorsalis have a wide range of hosts.
This view is in tune with that of Mound (2011) who has noted
nearly 9,000 species of grasses supporting 300 species of
thrips. Therefore, based on the present study, it appears that
the common families namely Poaceae, Asteraceae, Fabaceae
mentioned above appear to accommodate an appreciably large
number of species.
Mycterothrips auratus Wang, 1999
Mycterothrips auratus Wang, 1999 has been reported
earlier from Taiwan (Masumoto and Okajima 2006) and
27
THYSANOPTERA FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR
China (Mirab-Balou et al. 2011). In Manipur, the species was
collected from the Keibul Lamjao National Park (24° 27'—-24°
31'N; 93° 53'-93° 55’ E; 767-788 m above msl).
1999. Mycterothrips auratus: Wang, Chinese Journal of
Entomology 19: 229-238
2006. Mycterothrips auratus: Masumoto & Okajima,
Loong AZOT: 190
Diagnostic characters: Body uniformly yellowish brown.
Head with cheeks straight. Rows of microtrichia on the
antennal segment IJ. Male with antennal segment VI much
longer than that of female. Pronotum with about 50 discal
setae. A pair of median setae placed near the posterior margin
on the mesonotum. Metascutum with a pair of median setae
near the anterior margin, close to the submedian setae.
Abdominal terga II to VII with numerous microtrichia along
the lines of sculpture. Abdominal terga with B4 setae minute
gradually. Total body length: 1721; Length of antennal
segments (width) I: 37-39(49-50), I : 53-55(31-32),
Il: 52-53(31-34), IV: 37—41(36—37), V:16—21(32), VI:
356-367(41—46), VII: 6-8(7) and VUI: 13(6—7); Head
length: 48.3, width across eyes: 64; width across cheeks:
67; Leneth of Ocellar.setac 28-29: Ile 26-27 sll: SOs)
and distance between ocellar setae: 39-41; Pronotum length
(width): 44(69). Inner post angular setae: 98—99; Outer post
angular setae: 82; Fore wing length (width across the middle):
Fig. 1: Whole mount of Mycterothrips auratus Wang, 1999
411-420(58-59). Length of abdominal segments (width) VII:
88(221), VIII: 90(183), IX: 58(131) and X: 49(98) (all the
measurements are in micrometres) (Fig. 1).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Department of Forest,
Government of Manipur, for granting permission and to the
Head, Department of Life Sciences, Co-ordinator, CAS in Life
Sciences, Manipur University, for encouragement. Thanks are
also due to the DST, New Delhi, for financial support.
REFERENCES
ANANTHAKRISHNAN, T.N. (1993): Bionomics of thrips. Annual Review
of Entomology 38: 71-92.
ANANTHAKRISHNAN, T.N. & S. SEN (1980): Taxonomy of Indian
Thysanoptera. Handbook series No. 1. Zoological Survey of
India. 234 pp.
Buarti, J.S. (1997): Thysanoptera. Zoological Survey of India. State
Fauna Series 6: Fauna of Delhi 291-324.
Crespt, B.J., Davip A. CARMEAN & THOMAS W. CHAPMAN (1997): Ecology
and evolution of galling thrips and their allies. Annual Review
of Entomology 42: 51-71.
Cuocuona, S.V. (2004): Biodiversity of Thysanopteran Fauna of
Manipur. Ph.D. Thesis, Manipur University. 162 pp.
Izzo, T.J., S.M.J. PINENT & L.A. Mounp (2002): Aulacothrips dictyotus
(Heterothripidae), the first ectoparasitic thrips (Thysanoptera).
(Source: Mound 2005).
Miras-Ba ou, M., X. Tone, J. FENG & X. CHEN (2011): Thrips (Insecta:
Thysanoptera) of China. Zootaxa 7(6): 720-744.
Masumoto, M. & S. OKAsMA (2006): A revision of and key to the world
species of Mycterothrips Trybom (Thysanoptera, Thripidae).
Zootaxa 1261: 1-90.
Moun, L.A. (1974): Spore-feeding Thrips (Phlaeothripidae) from leaf
litter and dead wood in Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology
(Supplementary Series No. 27): 106 pp.
Mounp, L.A. (2005): Thysanoptera: Diversity and Interactions. Annual
Review of Entomology 50: 247-269.
Mounp, L.A. (2011): Grass-dependant Thysanoptera of the family
Thripidae from Australia. Zootaxa 3064: 1-40.
Moun, L.A. (N.D.): Thysanoptera (Thrips) of the World — a checklist.
http://www.ento.csiro.au/thysanoptera/worldthrips.php.
MURALEEDHARAN, N. (1982): Studies on Thysanoptera of N.E. India - 4
Tubulifera from Manipur. Records of the Zoological Survey of
India 79: 373-384.
VARATHARAJAN, R. (1999): Biodiversity of insects with special
reference to thrips (Thysanoptera) of Manipur. Pp. 77—80.
In: Kharbuli, B. (Ed.): People’s Participation in Biodiversity
Conservation. North Eastern Hill University, Shillong,
Meghalaya.
VARATHARAJAN, R. (2005): Faunistic diversity of Thrips (Thysanoptera)
of North Eastern India. Silver Jubilee Publication of Manipur
University. 74 pp.
28
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN
RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE SPECIES OF INDIA
RouHAN N. SHRINGARPURE!**, MANDAR D. KULKARNI'>, CHHAYA SAWANT”’, ASHOK BHAGWAT?%,
Tosy H. GALLIGAN? AND VIBHU PRAKASH!*°
‘Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
*Shri Chhota Bhai Patel Research Centre, Vile Parle, Mumbai 400 056, Maharashtra, India.
3RSPB Centre of Conservation Science, Sandy, Bedfordshire, SG19 2DL, UK. Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56524
Microflora of three Critically Endangered, resident Gyps species of Indian vultures was studied at the Vulture
Conservation Breeding Centre, Pinjore, Panchkula district, Haryana. Cloacal and choanal swabs from 32 adult Gyps
vultures (10 White-rumped Gyps bengalensis, 11 Long-billed G. indicus and 11 Slender-billed G. tenuirostris) held
in captivity at the centre were collected in October 2011 and analyzed to determine the presence of aerobic culturable
bacteria. A total of 23 bacterial species were isolated from the 64 cloacal and choanal samples collected and analyzed.
The commonly encountered bacteria in the gastrointestinal tract were Escherichia coli, Enterococcus faecalis, and
Enterococcus avium, while Staphylococcus epidermidis, S. saprophyticus, and Streptococcus pneumoniae were prevalent
in the respiratory tract. The rest of the bacterial species were of low prevalence, and no specific pattern of colonization
was seen. In spite of their exposure to a variety of microorganisms due to the scavenging nature of the vultures, only
a few organisms were observed to colonize successfully and form the normal flora. The bacterial species richness and
diversity among the three vulture species was simular.
Key words: Gastrointestinal, respiratory, aerobic culturable bacteria, Gyps vultures, conservation, Critically
29-35
Endangered
INTRODUCTION
In animals, the microflora of an individual plays a vital
role in the normal physiological functions. The communities
of microorganisms established in the gut of an individual
have been shown to be essential for its metabolic activities
(Apajalahti 2005). The microflora of humans has been
extensively studied, and the individual’s gut microflora
composition has been linked to the diet (Benno et al. 1989;
Muegge et al. 2011). It has also been shown that the patterns
of gut microflora deviate considerably from normal in certain
disease conditions, such as ulcerative colitis (Hartley ef al.
1992).
As obligate scavengers, vultures provide important
ecosystem services by feeding on dead animals, thus
limiting the multiplication and spread of pathogens present
in carcasses, thereby limiting disease in livestock and
humans. The population of three resident Gyps species of
India — White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis, Long-billed
Vulture G. indicus, and Slender-billed Vulture G. tenuirostris
— has declined by over 99% in the past two decades due to
diclofenac contamination of domesticated animal carcasses
(Green et al. 2004; Oaks et al. 2004; Prakash et al. 2012).
To prevent the possible extinction of these species, a
conservation breeding programme was initiated in India
by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government
of India, in collaboration with the Bombay Natural History
Society and Haryana Forest Department. The first Vulture
Conservation Breeding Centre was established at Pinjore,
Haryana. Individuals of the three species were caught from
the wild to establish a founder population. These species
were rarely kept in captivity earlier, and hence information
on various aspects of their health and disease is lacking.
Nothing is known about the prevalence of microflora
in these three Critically Endangered species of Indian Gyps
vultures. The microflora of some vulture species has been
studied in other parts of the world: Turkey Vulture Cathartes
aura in North America (Winsor et al. 1981); American Black
Vulture Coragyps atratus in South America (Rodrigues ef
al. 2003); Eurasian Griffon Vulture Gyps fulvus (Kocijan
et al. 2009); and Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus
(Blanco et al. 2007) in Europe. The microflora of other raptor
species has also been studied (Bangert et a/. 1988; Blanco
et al. 2006). These studies reported that species richness
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
and diversity of gram positive bacteria was comparatively
less than gram negative bacteria in the gastrointestinal tract.
Some of these studies discussed the impact of variations in
the diet of birds on the microflora composition in captive or
wild birds (Bangert et al. 1988; Blanco et al. 2006). Another
study showed the effects of geographical variations on the
microflora and their antibiotic resistance properties (Blanco et
al. 2007). The general pattern that emerged from these studies
was that the diet of a raptor plays a major role in determining
the gastrointestinal tract microflora.
The majority of the studies mentioned above collected
faecal samples to study the gut microflora (Bangert et al.
1988; Kocijan et al. 2009; Rodrigues et al. 2003). However,
some other studies such as Blanco et al. (2007) on Egyptian
Vulture and Lombardo et al. (1996) on Tree Swallow
Tachycineta bicolor also worked with cloacal samples. The
bacterial microflora in the respiratory system has not been
studied before in vulture species, and has been studied to
a limited extent in other raptors, such as Peregrine Falcon
Falco peregrinus using choanal samples (Cooper et al. 1980).
Several studies have reported a significant difference between
the microflora of wild and captive animals of the same species
(Ley et al. 2008; Nelson et al. 2013; Scupham et al. 2008;
Uenishi et al. 2007; Villers et al. 2008; Wienemann et al. 2011;
Xenoulis et al. 2010). The authors of these studies concluded
that these differences in microflora existed between animals
born in the wild and those born in captivity.
In this paper, we report the aerobic culturable bacteria
recorded in three resident species of wild-caught, captive
vultures at the Vulture Conservation Breeding Centre,
Pinjore. The findings of this study, besides being the first to
document the microflora of Gyps vultures in India, could be
used as a benchmark to detect deviations from the normal,
which could reflect on health issues for these and similar
species.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Study Animals
The vultures from which the samples were collected
were housed at the Vulture Conservation Breeding Centre
(VCBC), Pinjore, Haryana. VCBC falls within the normal
distribution range of all the three species studied (Ali and
Ripley 1983). The vultures are kept in flocks in near natural
conditions in large aviaries (30.48 x 12.19 x 6.10 m). They
are fed on entire skinned goat carcasses. The diet of the wild
Gyps vultures consists almost exclusively of carrion, and
Gyps vultures are especially adapted to consume the soft
tissues such as muscle and internal organs of animal carcasses
(Ali and Ripley 1983).
30
All the birds sampled were caught from the wild
in different parts of India, including the northern states
of Haryana and Delhi, the western states of Maharashtra,
Gujarat, and Rajasthan, the north-eastern state of Assam,
and Madhya Pradesh in central India. The vultures had been
in captivity for two or three years at the time of sampling.
All the sampled birds were adults and chosen at random for
the sampling.
Processing of samples for isolation and identification of
bacteria
Cloacal swab samples were collected during October
2011 to investigate the gastrointestinal bacteria, and choanal
samples to study the upper respiratory tract bacteria. Such
samples were taken from 10 randomly selected White-
rumped, 11 Long-billed, and 11 Slender-billed vultures.
Two cloacal and choanal samples were taken from each bird
and analyzed simultaneously. The swabs were inoculated in
soybean casein digest broth to enrich the bacteria present
in the sample. 10 ul of the overnight culture from both the
sets was then used to streak onto nutrient agar plates, so as
to get isolated colonies of all the enriched bacteria. These
streaked plates were used to observe different colony types
on the basis of their colony characters. The different colony
types were isolated for further identification. The method for
the enrichment and isolation of different bacterial species
was standard microbiological procedure similar to that
followed for studying the faecal bacteria in raptors (Bangert
et al. 1988), Red Kite Milvus milvus (Blanco et al. 2006),
and Eurasian Griffon (Kociyan et al. 2009). Preliminary
tests for identification of bacterial genera and secondary
biochemical tests for identification of species were carried
out using traditional culture based methods and biochemical
tests following standard literature (Holt 1984, 1986; Quinn
et al. 1994). The secondary biochemical tests employed
for the genus and species identification of the isolates are
summarized in Table 1.
Results from these tests were fed into an online
bacterial identification system called ABIS (www.tgw1916.
net). The identification results using the above mentioned
software are comparable with the results obtained using the
Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, Vols 1 and 2,
and Clinical Veterinary Microbiology, Quinn and Carter.
Isolates requiring further confirmation for identification of
species were sent for 16s rRNA sequencing service provided
by SciGenom Labs, Pune, Maharashtra, India.
Analysis
Bacteria are known to occupy a certain niche, and
live commensally with the host. However, they could
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
Table 1: Summary of biochemical tests used for species level identification
Group of organisms Tests applied
Gram negative rods and coccobacilli
Fermentation of sugars glucose, sucrose, maltose, mannitol, xylose, trehalose, and lactose,
growth on MacConkey’s agar and EMB agar, Oxidase, Nitrate test, Indole test, MR test, VP test,
Citrate utilization test, Urease test, growth on TSI agar to check for H,S production.
Gram positive catalase positive cocci
Haemolysis on sheep blood agar, slide coagulase, tube coagulase, growth at 6.5% NaCl,
DNase, TNase, Phosphatase, Resistance to Novobiocin, fermentation of sugars mannitol and
trehalose.
Gram positive catalase negative cocci
Haemolysis on sheep blood agar, fermentation of esculin, bile tolerance, growth at 6.5% NaCl,
hydrolysis of hippurate, resistance to Bacitracin, fermentation of sugars lactose, mannitol,
trehalose, sorbitol, and raffinose.
Gram positive rods
Presence of endospores, presence of volutin granules, motility in semi-solid medium, nitrate
reduction test and colony morphology.
be pathogenic when in a different niche within the same
host. For example, Escherichia coli normally inhabits the
gastrointestinal system, but could turn into a pathogen when in
the respiratory system. Comparison of the prevalence patterns
of the bacterial groups in the gastrointestinal and respiratory
tracts could give an idea of any abnormal prevalence. Hence,
all the bacterial species isolated (13 from gastrointestinal
tract and 10 from respiratory tract) were grouped into five
families according to their biochemical characteristics:
Enterobacteriaceae, Enterococcaceae, Streptococcaceae,
Staphylococcaceae, and Bacillaceae, and the differences in
the microflora among the vulture species were analyzed by the
same Statistical tests. The prevalence patterns of the bacterial
groups were tested by the Mann-Whitney U test through the
lacostatistical software GraphPad Prism version 5. Prior to
the grouping into families, the differences in the bacterial
diversities among the three vulture species were assessed by
the Kruskal-Wallis test and its post-tests (Dunn’s Multiple
Comparison tests).
RESULTS
Bacterial species in gastrointestinal and respiratory
tracts
A total of 13 and 10 bacterial species were isolated
from the gastrointestinal (Table 2) and respiratory (Table 3)
tracts for all the three vulture species. The bacterial species
richness and diversity across the gastrointestinal tracts and
the respiratory tracts between the three vulture species were
similar (p> 0.05, Kruskal-Wallis test). While determining the
habitat specificity of the bacteria, it was found that bacteria
of the family Enterobacteriaceae was more prevalent in the
gastrointestinal tract (p=0.01, Mann-Whitney U test), whereas
Staphylococcaceae was more prevalent in the respiratory tract
(p=0.032, Mann-Whitney U test). No difference was observed
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
in the prevalence of Enterococcaceae, Streptococcaceae, and
Bacillaceae between the gastrointestinal and respiratory tract
samples (p> 0.05, Mann-Whitney U test).
DISCUSSION
Bacterial microflora in the gastrointestinal tract
Escherichia coli was the most prevalent bacterial species
in the gastrointestinal tract of all the three vulture species,
followed by the enterococcal species Enterococcus faecalis
and E. avium. This is similar to the findings on Eurasian
Griffon (Kociyan et al. 2009), American Black Vulture
(Rodrigues et al. 2003), Turkey Vulture (Winsor et al. 1981),
Red Kite (Blanco et al. 2006), and raptors of Falconiformes
and Strigiformes (Bangert et al. 1988). These bacterial species
are also of common occurrence in the gastrointestinal system
of humans and a variety of animals, and are responsible for
metabolism of carbohydrates to generate energy, production
of Vitamin K, immuno-stimulation, creation of anaerobic
conditions to facilitate succession by strict anaerobes and
outcompeting pathogens (Silva et a/. 2011). These bacteria
are most likely to be contributors to the normal gut microflora
of these vulture species.
Houston and Cooper (1975) had studied the digestive
tract of the White-backed Vulture Gyps africanus, and had
reported that the high acidity of the digestive environment
(a pH range as low as 1-2) effectively eliminates most of
the pathogenic bacteria found in rotting animal carcasses,
including Bacillus anthracis. This is also possibly the reason
for the low diversity of bacteria recorded by us in Indian Gyps
vultures. They had suggested that Escherichia coli colonize
the gut at a very early stage of growth, when the high acidic
condition has not developed.
The majority of bacteria isolated in the gastrointestinal
tract samples are indicative of the feeding habits of the birds,
31
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
Table 2: Prevalence of bacterial microflora in the gastrointestinal tract of three Gyps vultures
Vulture species
Bacterial species
White-rumped (n=10) Long-billed (n=11) Slender-billed (n=11)
Bacillaceae Bacillus cereus 30% 27% 9%
Bacillus subtilis 0% 0% 9%
Enterobacteriaceae Escherichia coli 90% 91% 91%
Edwardsiella tarda 10% 9% 0%
Enterobacter asburiae 0% 9% 0%
Salmonella enterica 10% 9% 9%
Enterococcaceae Enterococcus avium 30% 36% 36%
Enterococcus faecalis 50% 36% 36%
Streptococcaceae § Streptococcus adjacens 10% 0% 0%
Streptococcus pneumoniae 10% 9% 0%
Staphylococcaceae Staphylococcus epidermidis 20% 9% 18%
Staphylococcus haemolyticus 10% 0% 0%
Staphylococcus saprophyticus 10% 0% 9%
Note: The values represent the percentage of birds tested positive for the bacterial species with one sample per bird.
Table 3: Prevalence of bacterial microflora in the respiratory tract of three Gyps vultures
Bacterial species Vulture species
White-rumped Long-billed Slender-billed
(n=10) (n=11) (n= 11)
Bacillaceae Bacillus cereus 20% 36% 45%
Enterobacteriaceae Escherichia coli 60% 45% 36%
Escherichia fergusonii 20% 18% 27%
Salmonella enterica 10% 0% 0%
Streptococcaceae Streptococcus pneumoniae 0% 45% 27%
Enterococcaceae Enterococcus avium 40% 27% 18%
Enterococcus durans 10% 18% 27%
Staphylococcaceae Staphylococcus pseudintermedius 10% 0% 0%
Staphylococcus epidermidis 20% 45% 27%
Staphylococcus saprophyticus 40% 54% 27%
Note: The values represent the percentage of birds tested positive for the bacterial species with one sample per bird.
as these are found in a variety of animals, including goats
and sheep that form the food source of the vultures at our
Centre. Edwardsiella tarda recorded during this study could
also have been obtained through water. This bacteria is a
widely reported fish pathogen (Park et al. 2012), but is also
an opportunistic human pathogen and an agent of zoonosis
(Janda et al. 1991; John et al. 2012; Slaven et al. 2001).
One bird each of White-rumped and Long-billed Vultures
recorded carrying this bacterium did not exhibit symptoms of
disease, indicating that the organism was unable to colonize
and induce pathogenicity.
Bacillus cereus was found in 22% of the cloacal
samples, while Salmonella enterica, Edwardsiella tarda,
Bacillus subtilis, and Staphylococcus haemolyticus were
obtained at low frequencies from a small number of samples.
No clear trend in the prevalence patterns of these bacterial
species was observed, and they probably represent transient
flora obtained through food, water, or the environment.
32
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
Bacillus spp. cannot survive in the highly acidic conditions
which prevail in vulture gastrointestinal tract, and would
have mostly come as spores through goat and sheep
meat. They are opportunistic pathogens that can infect
immuno-compromised hosts. The lack of any clinical
symptoms in the host vultures carrying these organisms
confirms that they were unable to proliferate and express
any pathogenicity.
Bacterial microflora in the respiratory tract _
The high prevalence of Escherichia coli recorded in all
three species of vultures, not considered a normal component
of the microflora of the respiratory environment (Gingerich
2011), suggests the possibility of cross colonization of
bacteria through the various routes of bacterial transmission
including the faeco-oral route from one vulture to another.
As these organisms are eliminated from the respiratory tract
by the action of ciliated epithelial cells lining the respiratory
tract (Gingerich 2011), the absence of any symptoms in
the birds carrying these organisms indicates that these
could be transient flora. It would be interesting to check
the degree of colonization, if any, of the respiratory tract
by organisms of this group. Considerable overlap was also
observed in the prevalence patterns of the bacterial groups
Enterococcaceae, Streptococcaceae, and Bacillaceae in the
gastrointestinal and the respiratory tract. Organisms from
the group Staphylococcaceae, especially Staphylococcus
epidermidis and S. saprophyticus were found to be common
in the respiratory environment, and are likely members of
the normal flora of the respiratory tract. These organisms
are able to colonize the respiratory tract on account of its
almost neutral pH (range 7.2—7.4, compared to pH 1-2 in
the gastrointestinal tract). Also, these organisms colonize
the respiratory tract at an early stage on account of their
tissue specificity and out-compete the other bacterial
groups for binding sites (Todar 2008). Thus, their major
role in the respiratory tract is the prevention of pathogens
from the environment from colonizing the respiratory tract.
Apart from these common staphylococci, an opportunistic
pathogen Staphylococcus pseudintermedius, was obtained
from the choanal sample of a White-rumped Vulture. The
identity of this isolate was confirmed through sequencing
of the 16s rRNA gene. This organism was discovered from
clinical and necropsy isolates from a horse, dog, cat, and
parrot by Devriese et al. in 2005. However, the role of
this organism in causing pathogenicity was not clear. The
vulture from which this organism was isolated was healthy
and exhibited no apparent symptoms of infection. This is
the first reported incidence of the presence of this organism
in vultures.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Comparison of gastrointestinal and respiratory tract
bacteria
There were no differences in the bacterial prevalence
patterns in the cloacal and choanal samples among the three
Gyps species of vultures. Although the three vulture species
are congeneric, they exhibit certain differences in their
ecology and feeding patterns in captivity. Thus, it could be
concluded that these ecological and feeding differences do
not lead to a significant variation in their microflora.
CONCLUSIONS
The study has provided baseline information on the
bacterial microflora composition in the gastrointestinal and
respiratory tracts of three resident Gyps species of vultures
of India. The findings may be of help in detecting abnormal
occurrence of potential pathogens. Bacterial microflora reported
as normal flora in various taxa was also recorded in the vultures
during the study. The vulture species in this study are grouped
in flocks of 30—35 birds housed in aviaries, which represents
a high density of birds per unit area, considering that all their
routine activities, including feeding, take place in this limited
space. This could be the reason for the high prevalence of
enterobacteria in the respiratory tract of the vultures. Microflora
examined from four free-ranging Red-headed Vultures
Sarcogyps calvus has indicated lower prevalence of Escherichia
coli and Enterobacteriaceae in general, in the choanal samples
(R. Shringarpure, unpublished data). These findings may reflect
differences between free ranging and captive birds. Future
studies on vultures of the same species from both natural and
captive environments need to be carried out to substantiate
these findings.
Pathogens were rarely encountered and were not
observed to express pathogenicity in the host, as all the
studied vultures were healthy. Thus, it could be said that the
present captive management strategies have not significantly ©
altered the microflora of the captive vultures hatched in the
wild. The conservation status of these vultures makes it very
difficult to capture wild birds purely for research purposes.
However, questions arising from this study have provided a
rationale to expand research on these free-ranging vultures.
Such a study could identify the cause of deviations from
normal microflora in captive birds and develop strategies
to ensure that the birds remain healthy and are fit for
reintroduction in the wild.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study was funded by the Royal Society for
Protection of Birds (RSPB), UK, through a grant from
33
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
the Darwin’s Initiative for Survival of Species, UK, for
the Vulture Conservation Breeding Programme. We thank
Ms Nikita Prakash for her valuable inputs in the review of
the article and Dr. Richard Cuthbert for help in statistical
analysis and review of the article. We thank Dr. Amarinder
Kaur, Principal Chief Conservator of Forests (Wildlife) and
Chief Wildlife Warden, Haryana, for her continued support
towards the Conservation Breeding Programme. We are
thankful to the Director, Bombay Natural History Society,
for his constant encouragement and support.
REFERENCES
Aul, S. & S.D. RipLey (1983): Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan. Compact Edition. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
APAJALAHTI, J. (2005): Comparative gut microflora, metabolic challenges,
and potential opportunities. Journal of Applied Poultry Research
14: 444-453.
BANGERT, R.L., A.C.S. Warp, E.H. STAUBER, B.R. Coo & P.R. WIDDERS
(1988): A survey of the aerobic bacteria in the feces of captive
raptors. Avian Disease 32(1): 53-62.
BENNO, Y., K. ENpo, T. MizuTant, Y. NAMBA, T. Komori & T. MirsuoKA
(1989): Comparison of fecal microflora of elderly persons in
rural and urban areas of Japan. Applied and Environmental
Microbiology 55(5): 1100-1105.
BLANCO, G., J.A. Lemus & J. GRANDE (2006): Faecal bacteria associated
with different diets of wintering red kites: influence of livestock
carcass dumps in microflora alteration and pathogen acquisition.
Journal of Applied Ecology 43: 990-998.
BLANco, G., J.A. Lemus, J. GRANDE, L. GANGOoso, J.M. GRANDE,
J.A. DoNAzAR, B. Arroyo, O. Frias & F. HirRALpo (2007):
Geographical variation in cloacal microflora and bacterial
antibiotic resistance in a threatened avian scavenger in
relation to diet and livestock farming practices. Environmental
Microbiology 9(7): 1738-1749.
DEvrRIESE, L.A., M. VANCANNEYT, M. BAELE, M. VANEECHOUTTE, E. DE
GRAEF, C. SNAUWAERT, I. CLEENWERCK, P. DAWYNDT, J. SWINGS,
A. DECOSTERE & F. HAESEBROCK (2005): Staphylococcus
pseudintermedius sp. nov., a coagulase-positive species from
animals. International Journal of Systematic Evolutionary
Microbiology 55(4): 1569-1573.
GincERICH, E. (2011): E. coli infections in poultry. Diamond V: 1-4.
GREEN, R.E., I. Newton, S. SHuLTZ, A.A. CUNNINGHAM, M. GILBERT,
D.J. PAIN & V. PRAKASH (2004): Diclofenac poisoning as a cause
of vulture population declines across the Indian subcontinent.
Journal of Applied Ecology 41: 793-800.
HartTiey, M.G., M.J. Hupson, E.T. Swarprick, M.J. Hitt, A.E. GENT,
M.D. HELLER & R.H. Grace (1992): The rectal mucosa-
associated microflora in patients with ulcerative colitis. Journal
of Medical Microbiology 36: 96-103.
Ho tt, J.G., N.R. Krigc, PH.A. SNgatuH, J.T. Stacey & S.T. WILLIAMS
(1984): Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology.
9th edn. Williams and Williams, Baltimore, MD.
Houston, D.C. & J.E. Cooper (1975): The digestive tract of white-back
griffon vulture and its role in disease transmission among wild
ungulates. Journal of Wildlife Diseases 11: 306-313.
JANDA, J.M., S.L. ABpBpott, S. KroskE-BystTrom, W.K. CHEUNG,
C. Powers, R.P. KokKA & K. TAmMurRA (1991): Pathogenic
properties of Edwardsiella species. Journal of Clinical
Microbiology 29: 1997-2001.
JoHN, A.M., J.A.J. PRAKASH, E.G. Simon & N. THomAs (2012):
Edwardsiella tarda sepsis with multiple liver abscesses in a
patient with Cushing’s syndrome. Indian Journal of Medical
Microbiology 30(3): 352-354.
KocuAn, I., R.E. PRUKNER, R. Beck, A. GALov, A. MARINCULIC &
G. Susic (2009): Microflora and intestinal parasites of the
Eurasian Griffon vulture (Gyps fulvus) in Croatia. European
Journal of Wildlife Research 55: 71-74.
34
LAMBERSKI, N., A.C. HULL, K. BECKMEN & T.Y. Morisnita (2003): A
survey of the choanal and cloacal aerobic bacterial flora in free-
living and captive red-tailed hawks (Buteo jamaicensis) and
Cooper’s hawks (Accipiter cooperii). Journal of Avian Medicine
and Surgery 17: 131-135.
Ley, R.E., M. Hamapy, C. Lozupone, P.J. TuRNBAUGH, R.R. RAMEY,
J.S. Brrcuer, M.L. SCHLEGEL, T.A. Tucker, M.D. SCHRENZEL,
R. Knicut & J.I. Gorpon (2008): Evolution of mammals and
their gut microbes. Science 320(5883): 1647-1651.
LomBarbo, M.P., P.A. THorpE, R. CIcHEwiIcz, M. HENSHAW, C. MILLARD,
C. STEEN & T.K. ZELLER (1996): Communities of cloacal bacteria
in Tree Swallow families. Peer Reviewed Publications. Paper
13. http://scholarworks.gvsu.edu/biopeerpubs/13.
MueacE, B.D., J. KuczYNsk1, D. Knicuts, J.C. CLEMENTE, A. GONZALEZ,
L. FoNnTANA, B. HENRISSAT, R. KniGHT & J.I. Gorpon (2011):
Diet drives convergence in gut microbiome functions across
mammalian phylogeny and within humans. Science 332(6032):
970-974.
NEEDHAM, J.R. (1981): Bacterial flora of birds of prey. Pp. 3-9.
In: Cooper, J.E. & A.G. Greenwood (Eds): Recent Advances in
the Study of Raptor Diseases. Chiron Publishers Ltd., Keighley,
Yorks.
NE son, T.M., T.L. RoGers, A.R. CARLINI & M.V. Brown (2013): Diet
and phylogeny shape the gut microbiota of Antarctic seals:
a comparison of wild and captive animals. Environmental
Microbiology 15(4): 1132-1145.
Oaks J.L., M. GicBert, M.Z. Virani, R.T. Watson, C.U. METEYER,
B.A. Ripgout, H.L. Survaprasap, S. AHMED, M.J. CHAUDHRY,
M. Arsuap, S. MAHMoop, A. ALI & A.A. KHAN (2004): Diclofenac
residues as the cause of vulture population decline in Pakistan.
Nature 427(6975): 630-633.
Park S.B., T. Aoki & T.S. JuNG (2012): Pathogenesis of and strategies
for preventing Edwardsiella tarda infection in fish. Veterinary
Research 43(1): 43-67.
PRAKASH, V., N. PRAKASH, R. SHRINGARPURE & M. KULKARNI (2012):
Working Manual on the Vulture Conservation Breeding
Programme.
PRAKASH V, M.C. BISHWAKARMA, A. CHAUDHARY, R. CUTHBERT & R. DAVE
(2012): The population decline of Gyps vultures in India and
Nepal has slowed since veterinary use of Diclofenac was banned.
PLoS ONE 7(11): e49118. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0049118.
Qumnn, P.J., M.E. CARTER, B.K. MARKEY & G.R. CARTER (1994): Clinical
Veterinary Microbiology. Wolfe Publishing, London.
RopriGuEs, L., L. MAcEbo, J. RoBErT, M.C. FERNANDES, A.T. SANTOS
Meira, L.A. De Lima, R.A. FERNANDES, P.C. PEREGRINO &
M.E. BERNARDES (2003): Dominant culturable bacterial
microbiota in the digestive tract of the American Black Vulture
(Coragyps atratus Bechstein 1793) and search for antagonistic
substances. Brazilian Journal of Microbiology 34: 218-224.
ScuPHAM, A.J., T.G. Patton, E. Bent & D.O. BayLes (2008): Comparison
of the cecal microbiota of domestic and wild turkeys. Microbial
Ecology 56: 322-331.
SILVA N., G. IGREJAS, A. GONZALVES & P. Poeta (2011): Commensal
gut bacteria: distribution of Enterococcus species and
prevalence of Escherichia coli phylogenetic groups in animals
and humans in Portugal. Annals of Microbiology DOI 10.1007/
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORA IN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE
$13213-011-0308-4.
SLAVEN E.M., F.A. Lopez, S.M. Harr & C.V. SANDERS (2001):
Myonecrosis caused by Edwardsiella tarda: A case report
and case series of extraintestinal E. tarda infections. Clinical
Infectious Diseases 32(10): 1430-1433.
Topar, K. (2008): Todar’s Online Textbook of Bacteriology. Available
online at http://www.textbookofbacteriology.net/.
UENISHI, G., S. Funta, G. OHASHI, A. Kato, S. YAMAUCHI, T. MATSUZAWA
& K. Usnipa (2007): Molecular analyses of the intestinal
microbiota of chimpanzees in the wild and in captivity. American
Journal of Primatology 69: 367-376.
VILLERS, L.M., S.S. JANG, C.L. LENT, S.C. LEwin-Kouw &
J.A. Norosoarinalvo (2008): Survey and comparison of major
intestinal flora in captive and wild ring-tailed lemur (Lemur catta)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
populations. American Journal of Primatology 70: 175-184.
WIENEMANN, T., D. ScCHMITT-WAGNER, K. MEuSER, G. SEGELBACHER,
B. Scutnx, A. BRUNE & P. BERTHOLD (2011): The bacterial
microbiota in the ceca of Capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) differs
between wild and captive birds. Systematic Applied Microbiology
34: 542-551.
Winsor, D.K., A.P. BLOEBAUM & J.J. MATHEWSON (1981): Gram-negative,
aerobic, enteric pathogens among intestinal microflora of wild
turkey vultures (Cathartes aura) in west central Texas. Applied
and Environmental Microbiology 42(6): 1123-1124.
XENOULIS, P.G., P.L. Gray, D. BricutsmitH, B. PALcutict, S. Hoppss,
J.M. Steiner, I. Tizard & J.S. SUCHODOLSKI (2010): Molecular
characterization of the cloacal microbiota of wild and captive
parrots. Veterinary Microbiology 146(3—4): 320-325.
35
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
36-37
OBITUARY
T.C. Narendran
(1944-2013)
Prof. T.C. Narendran, a distinguished
entomologist, has left behind a remarkable
legacy in the field of insect taxonomy.
During his 44 years of teaching and
research at the Department of Zoology,
University of Calicut, Kerala, India, he
was completely dedicated to his work.
He has made outstanding contributions
to the development of taxonomy, a
largely neglected field in our country.
His systematic thinking, scientific
approach, and time management were an
inspiration to his colleagues and students.
A man of impeccable integrity, he inspired many to pursue
entomological research in India.
Thekke Curuppathe Narendran was born on February
24, 1944, in Trichur district in Kerala state, as the son of
an agricultural scientist, Ramanuja Menon. He obtained
his Bachelor’s degree in Zoology from Kerala University
in 1965, and Master’s degree from St. John’s College,
Agra University, Uttar Pradesh in 1967. After obtaining his
Master’s degree he started his career as a Zoology teacher
at St. Aloysius College, in his native town. He started his
research as a Research officer at Calicut University in a
project dealing with the study of the biology and systematics
of Oriental Brachymeria (1969-1972). He continued his
interest in insect systematics, and for his studies on biology,
morphology, and host-parasite relationships of Brachymeria
lasus (Walker), under the guidance of K.J. Joseph, Calicut
University awarded him a Doctorate degree in 1975. In
the same year, he joined as a lecturer in the University of
Calicut and pursued his passion by teaching insect diversity,
morphology, and insect systematics, and principles of
taxonomy to postgraduate students and research scholars.
Simultaneously, he continued his research on parasitic wasps
and made a long-lasting contribution to the field of Chalcid
systematics through a number of landmark publications.
He advanced his knowledge and experience in the field
by becoming a postdoctoral fellow at the British Natural
History Museum, London (1980). During his stay in London,
he was fortunate to have collaborated with many experts in the
field, especially Z. Boucek, who is considered to be the father
of Modern Chalcidology. Later, he visited the US National
Museum of Natural History and worked in collaboration
with the world-renowned Eurytomid expert
Eric E. Grissell. In addition, he collaborated
with many scientists in India and abroad
through discussions, exchanging type
specimens, and so on. Some significant
contacts were between him and Mohammad
Hayat (Aligarh Muslim University); John S.
Noyes (Natural History Museum, London);
Kees van Achterberg (National Museum
of Natural History, Leiden); Antonius van
Harten and Lotfalizadeh (Iran).
His research on insect systematics
was funded by a number of agencies
that facilitated him to study many agriculturally important
parasitic wasps of the families Eurytomidae, Torymidae,
and Eulophidae. He continued his research more intensively
after his retirement in 2004 in collaboration with M. Nasser,
Associate Professor, Department of Zoology, University of
Calicut, on the biology and taxonomy of Chalcidoids of the
rice ecosystem and biosystematics of Eupelmidae of the
Southern Western Ghats (2006—2009). In 2005, DST awarded
him an Emeritus Professorship for his research work on
Tetrastichinae, and an USERS grant in 2008 for systematic
studies on Eulophidae. In the same year, Harvard University
awarded him the Ernst Mayr Grant to continue his work at
the Natural History Museum, London.
His hard work and dedication to research in insect
systematics brought him many laurels and awards. He
was elected a Fellow of the Royal Entomological Society
of London (1980), and Fellow of the Indian Academy
of Sciences (2000). His commendable achievements in
taxonomic studies on parasitic Hymenoptera won him
an Appreciation Certificate from USDA, Washington in
1998. He was a founder Fellow of the Indian Academy of
Entomology, since 1999. He received the highest honour
of the MoEF, New Delhi, the E.K. Janaki Ammal National
Award in 2004, in recognition of his outstanding contribution
to systematic entomology. In 2008, Kerala Government
conferred on him the Swadeshi Sastra Puraskaram.
He was a member of many committees and boards
like National Biodiversity Authority, Research Monitoring
Committee (CES, IISc); National Accreditation Committee
(UGC); and Research Co-ordination Committee of the
Central Silk Board. He served as the Chairman of Programme
OBITUARY
Advisory Committee of the Zoological Survey of India,
and Vice President of the Ethological Society of India,
Bangalore.
Prof. Narendran published over 394 papers in Indian
and international journals and 10 books, including seven
monographs on Chalcids of Indo-Malayan and Middle East
regions in collaboration with other scientists. Through his
revision studies he proposed one new tribe, 1,091 species
names, and 55 generic names across many families of
hymenopteran wasps. More interestingly, he trained many
minds, 26 students in insect systematics, and thereby his
legacy will continue for many generations to come. His
swiftness in providing identification services to individuals
from various institutions in India was remarkable.
The trust which Prof. Narendran founded in 2004 in
his name for animal taxonomy, to help small-scale funding
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
for taxonomic research, organizing short-term entomology
courses, offers insect identification consultancy services
and promotes young taxonomists in India. He was the Chief
Editor of the Journal Biosystematica and a member of the
editorial board of Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society, Entomon, and Oriental Insects.
His service to the scientific field is not fully enumerated
here, but only very few are mentioned from among the
many. He left behind many incomplete manuscripts and
works when he passed away due to a heart attack on
December 31, 2013. He is survived by his wife, Mangalabai
and two sons, Rajeev Menon and Ranjith Menon. Only
by paying more attention to the field of taxonomy can we
honour his memory. |
@ Thresiamma Varghese
37
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
38-39
REVIEWS
INDIAN MAMMALS —A FIELD GUIDE by Vivek Menon (2014). Published by Hachette India, Gurgaon.
Size: 22 cm x 14 cm. 528 pp. Price ¥ 850, $24.99, £20. Paperback.
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56719
This is an enlarged version of Vivek Menon’s earlier
book with a similar title published in 2003. Like the
previous edition, this too is likely to be popular as it is the
only field guide on Indian mammals where brief species
accounts, particularly the larger and conspicuous species,
are accompanied by photographs. The new edition has more
photos, some of which are excellent, and larger maps. The
species accounts of several species have also been enlarged
significantly, providing more data on identification. There are
some illustrations of skulls too. Most contributors have been
acknowledged and photographers have been duly credited for
their photographs, which is a good addition to this revised
work. Many species are depicted with photographs from
different parts of their range, which helps to understand
variations across their range. There are hardly any editorial
or grammatical mistakes in this well-designed book.
This said, one cannot ignore the fact that an enlarged
edition has its own issues, unless thoroughly cross-checked.
In this work, inclusion of subspecies and enlargement of maps
has resulted in some mistakes, including disparity between
text and maps. In the case of maps, at least for some, revised
maps should be pasted upon the existing ones to prevent wrong
dissemination of information among the readers, especially as
this is a popular field guide. For example, in the case of Capped
Langur, the range of the forms durga and pileatus are separated
by elevation (rightly mentioned in the text, p. 90) but the map
(p. 91) indicates otherwise. The langurs of the Brahmaputra
plains are also durga. Almost the entire western Arunachal
Pradesh has been excluded as range of the Capped Langur!
The photos (p. 91) show both forms — pileatus and durga —
in Kaziranga, which is incorrect. These are photos taken in
different seasons when these primates have significant colour
variations. The subspecies assamensis of Assamese Macaque
occurs south of the Brahmaputra river but the map (p. 75)
indicates the entire Northeast as its range. The main range of
Macaca munzala has been mentioned as western Arunachal in
the text (p. 76) but the map (p. 77) indicates eastern Arunachal
as its major range. The range of Golden Langur (p. 93) has
been doubled towards east across the Manas river. For the
Muntjac, the text mentions subspecies vaginalis in north-east
India (p. 156) with a photograph from Kaziranga, but the map
excludes both Kaziranga and the bulk of the Northeast (p. 157).
The range map of Sambar excludes entire Mizoram, Manipur,
Tripura, and western Meghalaya where it still occurs and is
even common at some places (p. 159). The range of Gaur
also excludes all the main areas of the Northeast such as the
entire Manas belt and Karbi Anglong in Assam, the whole
of Meghalaya, south-east Manipur, and Mizoram (p. 169).
In Tripura, the only confirmed Gaur population is found in
Trishna Sanctuary, which is excluded from the map. Inclusion
of large areas of Bengal such as Malda and Dinajpur, where
there are no records for the last 150 years, is also confusing.
The Takin has a much larger range in Arunachal Pradesh and
in Sikkim, occurs only in a small corner of south-east (p. 199).
In the case of Red Goral (p. 201), the text mentioned only
eastern Arunachal Pradesh but the map not only excludes the
actual range but includes virtually the entire Northeast south
of the Brahmaputra! Regarding the distribution of Pygmy Hog,
the locations in Dinajpur (Bengal) and southern Meghalaya
(two spots highlighted with circles) are confusing, as the text
does not mention these sites where it actually never occurred
(p. 205). The map for Clouded Leopard (p. 245) excludes
entire Assam, including Karbi Anglong and North Cachar,
where this feline has the largest habitat with many records,
entire Meghalaya (it is the State Animal) and the bulk of
Mizoram. The map of Golden Cat and Marbled Cat also
excludes their main range in Assam and the entire Mizoram
and Meghalaya (p. 247). In the case of Fishing Cat too, its
main range (Brahmaputra valley) is completely excluded
(p. 257). Sikkim is omitted from the range for Wolf (p. 277),
while the range map of Dhole includes Brahmaputra valley
where it hardly occurs, but excludes its entire range in western
Assam (Manas belt: common), Meghalaya, Manipur, and
Mizoram (p. 281). Vulpes ferrilata occurs in a small area of
northern Sikkim, but the map shows the entire state and even
north Bengal (p. 283). The Red Panda does not occur in the
whole of north Bengal but in two tiny pockets (p. 293). Forrest’s
Pika does not occur in the plains of Assam as shown (p. 329).
The Particoloured Flying Squirrel occurs all over the Northeast
(p. 381). The subspecies of Hystrix brachyura are separated by
the Brahmaputra river but the map is a bit strange with many
colour shades confined to the south bank (p. 369). Gangetic
Dolphin also occurs in southern Assam and Odisha (p. 465).
Though major mistakes have been made in the maps,
the text and photographs are a useful feature of this field
guide for the Subcontinent.
mM ANWARUDDIN CHOUDHURY
REVIEWS
BIRDS AND PEOPLE by Mark Cocker and David Tipling (2013). Published by Jonathan Cape, London.
Size: 28 x 21.5 cm. 592 pp. Price: ¥ 3,960, £ 40.00. Hardback.
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56720
BIRDS AND PEOPLE is a Celebration of our relationship
with a group of about 10,500 unique avian species
whose flight inspires the human imagination. This
vast chronicle, dedicated to its 650 contributors from
81 countries, explores the world of birds in human cultures
and civilizations. By the authors’ own admission, had they
done a “comprehensive” study, the work would run to 20 such
volumes. This reviewer comes up against a similar obstacle:
what to write about and what to leave out of the review. This
review mentions but a fragment of the prodigious amount of
information that has been compiled by the authors.
Even a cursory attempt to browse through the book
leaves the reader amazed at the vast amount of information
gathered worldwide. For the purpose of this review, I touch
upon some interesting facts about the birds of the Indian
subcontinent.
The Indian Peacock Pavo cristatus was a forest dweller,
which “has become so entwined with the religion, folk culture
and destiny of India’s Hindu population that peacocks are
now birds of scrub, cultivation and even of the village.”
I may add that they are now birds of towns and cities as
well. “These birds have also acquired a secondary role in
shaping an outsider’s stereotypic impression of India.” This
introduction to our national bird is followed up with minute
details about the call of the peacock, its blue-green feathers
as associated with Krishna, its place in Indian mythology as
the mount of Kartikeya, the god of war, and a brief mention
of the hazard of pesticide poisoning that has decimated the
species. The author goes on to describe, with the help of
numerous references, the Indian Peacock in Pakistan and
China, and then devotes two more pages to illustrations and
text on the species in western art and literature, where the
bird is sometimes considered an ill omen. The paintings of
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
J.M. Whistler, including the story of his piece de resistance, the
painting titled Harmony in Blue and Gold, are described.
Similar treatment is given to the Common Pigeon
Columba livia, with lively images of these birds being fed
on a Jodhpur street. The Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea,
according to a contributor, is to us Indians what the Common
Nightingale is to the British. This bird and many other
cuckoos with onomatopoeic names linked to their melodious
calls find mention in the book. The same holds good for
the Hoopoe Upupa epops, commonly called hudhud. The
importance of this bird in Muslim art and its dark associations
with Greek legend are fascinating. Four pages describe
the House Sparrow Passer domesticus, which shot into
prominence following reports of its decline in urban India. As
for Family Bucerotidae and its numerous species of hornbills,
a photograph of the Great Hornbill Buceros bicornis on page
327 and the caption say it all: “It is not difficult to see why
the Great Hornbill has been held in such esteem by many
of its human neighbours.” No wonder it also inspired the
BNHS to incorporate this forest flagship species in its logo,
the name of its popular magazine Hornbill, and of the ENVIS
newsletter Buceros.
Not a page is wasted in this volume which is enhanced
by a brief glossary, followed by two pages devoted to
biographical details of the greatest names in ornithology,
including Salim Ali and Allan Octavian Hume.
A final word of appreciation for the second author:
David Tipling is one of the foremost wildlife photographers
of Europe, and each of his pictures, as they say, is worth a
thousand words. He has travelled in 39 countries across seven
continents to photograph birds for this volume.
M@ GAYATRI W. UGRA
39
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
40-70
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. DIETARY OPPORTUNISM IN DESERT FOX OR
WHITE-FOOTED FOX VULPES VULPES PUSILLA
HARKIRAT SINGH SANGHA!
'B-27, Gautam Marg, Hanuman Nagar, Jaipur 302 021, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56525
The Desert or White-footed Fox Vulpes vulpes pusilla,
due to its pelage colour, is treated as a subspecies of the Red
Fox Vulpes vulpes. It is characterized by its smaller size,
lighter build, shorter body fur, less bushy tail, and extensive
white areas on outer limbs and paws (Roberts 1997). In
western Rajasthan, it is still fairly common and locally known
as Lonki. Prater (1971) gives its range as from “Rajputana
[Rajasthan], Cutch [Kachchh], and Sind westwards into
Baluchistan, Persia, and Mesopotamia’.
Like other canids, the Desert Fox is the most versatile
among carnivores in respect of diet. It is opportunistic
and omnivorous, eating several food items ranging from
mammals to birds, reptiles, insects, fruits, and carrion.
The few fox species that have been studied were found to
be opportunistic, eating whatever food is available locally
(Johnsingh and Manjrekar 2013; Wilson and Mittermeier
2009). The fox will turn to anything for its diet, and some of
the ways it secures its food are amazing (Hemmington 2001).
A study by Home and Jhala (2009) on scat analysis suggests
that it primarily subsists on arthropods and fruits. According
to them, the Spiny-tailed Lizard Uromastyx hardwickii 1s a
major component of the fox’s diet in Kachchh, Gujarat. In
this note, I report a case of unusual feeding opportunism by
the Desert Fox.
While birding at Tal Chhapar Wildlife Sanctuary, Churu
district, Rajasthan, I observed a Desert Fox preying largely
on Spiny-tailed Lizard during the post monsoon period. This
lizard is common in the Thar Desert and it is a significant
source of food for raptors (Baindur 2009). On October 20,
2010, I noticed a tail-less and blood-splattered lizard sunning
itself above its burrow. Obviously, it had got injured while
escaping from the clutches of the fox, as I found enough tell-
tale signs of the mammal around the burrow. Later, during a
brief stay at Tal Chhapar, a fox was observed several times
digging up the burrows of the lizard. While no special effort
was made to look for burrows, ten damaged burrows were
found while walking in the Sanctuary, and these were usually
10 to 22 cm wide at the mouth. The fox’s effort varied from
a few scratches at a burrow to its total destruction, leaving
mounds of earth around it. I assume that after the monsoon
the soft ground facilitates digging by foxes. Evaporation is
fast in the open grassland and the earth soon hardens around
early November. Foxes do not waste energy in digging the
hard ground after that. This behaviour was observed again
after the monsoon in October 2012, when the ground was
soft after rains. Usually, foxes are successful in digging out
the reptiles at Tal Chhapar, but are unable to enjoy the hard
earned prey. Many-a-times they are deprived of the prey by
Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca and Tawny Eagle Aquila rapax,
which patiently wait for the fox to catch the reptile and then
forcibly snatch it away.
One night in August 2013, I saw a Desert Fox following
a tractor ploughing the field in my agricultural farm in
Chhayan village, c. 20 km north of Ramdeora, Jaisalmer
district, Rajasthan. There was no light that night for miles
around, except for the headlamps of the tractor. A large
number of dung beetles (Scarabaeidae) were attracted by
the bright light of the headlamps and were flying into them.
Those falling on the ground were quickly eaten by the fox. It
appeared to be not too perturbed by the farmer broadcasting
seeds while walking behind the moving tractor, and just
maintained a safe distance from the man. The fox did not
leave even when the man shooed it away two or three times.
The fox continued to feed for more than half an hour.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank Surat Singh Poonia, ACF, Tal Chhapar Wildlife
Sanctuary, for his assistance in the field and Divyabhanusinh
for commenting on an earlier draft.
REFERENCES
Bainpur, A. (2009): The raptors and the agamid. Indian Birds 5(1):
11-13.
HEMMINGTON, M. (2001): Foxwatching: In the Shadow of the Fox.
Whittet Books, Stowmarket, Suffolk. Pp. 16-18.
Home, C. & Y.V. JHALA (2009): Food habits of the Indian Fox (Vulpes
bengalensis) in Kutch, Gujarat, India. Mammalian Biol. 74:
403-411.
JOHNSINGH, A.J.T. & N. MANIJREKAR (EpDs) (2013): Mammals
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
of South Asia. Vol. 1. Universities Press, Hyderabad.
Pp. 355-365.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd edn (reprinted
with corrections, 1980). Bombay Natural History Society and
Oxford University Press. Pp. 127-128.
Roserts, T.J. (1997): The Mammals of Pakistan. Oxford University
Press, Karachi. Pp. 147-149.
Witson, D.E. & R.A. MITTERMEIER (Eps) (2009): Handbook of the
Mammals of the World. Vol. 1. Carnivores. Lynx Edicions,
Barcelona. Pp. 352-411.
2. FERRET-BADGER RECORDS FROM MIZORAM, MEGHALAYA, AND NAGALAND, INDIA
NIMESH VED! AND LALTLANHLUA ZATHANG?
'Srinivas Nagar, Padmarao Nagar, Secunderabad 500 061, Telangana, India. Email: [email protected]
*Tuikal South, Aizawl 796 001, Mizoram, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56526
Introduction
In India ferret-badgers are restricted to the tropical
and subtropical forests and grasslands of northeast India
(Datta 2008). This region, comprising the states of Assam,
Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya,
and Tripura, forms a part of the biodiversity “hotspots” of the
world (Myers et a/. 2000; Ved and Lalramnuna 2008).
Ferret-badgers are nocturnal, usually active at dusk.
Like most badgers they live in holes dug by themselves
or in burrows of other animals, and 1n rock crevices. They
are good climbers and often sleep on the branches of trees.
They are omnivorous and known to feed on small animals,
insects, earthworms, and fruits. They prey upon insect pests
such as cockroaches, and therefore, the locals like Lepchas
and Bhotias encourage them to enter into their huts (Prater
1980).Their young are born during May and June. Their litter
size ranges from 1 to 3, the usual number of individuals in
a litter being three. They are born blind, and show the same
pattern of coloration as of adults (O’ Donel 1916).
In the paper, we give an account of the morphology
and distribution of the Burmese and Chinese ferret-badgers
that occur in northeast India, and discuss the records of their
occurrences based on specimens in museums, our records,
and records by other workers.
Morphology and Distribution Range
The Burmese and Chinese ferret-badgers look extremely
similar. The main identification character is the size of molar
teeth, which is difficult to observe unless caught or examined
in a dead animal (Choudhury 1999). The Burmese Ferret-
badger is also known as Large-toothed Ferret-badger due to
its massive and wide-crowned molars. The Chinese Ferret-
badger, because of its small and narrow-crowned molars,
is also known as Small-toothed Ferret-badger (Datta 1999;
Prater 1980). Due to the difficulties in differentiating between
the two species based on external characters, there remains
confusion over the range boundaries of both these species in
mainland Asia (Schank et al. 2009).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Burmese Ferret-badger Melogale personata |. Geoffroy
Saint-Hilaire, 1831
In India, the Burmese Ferret-badger is distributed from
Nepal eastwards to West Bengal, Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur,
and Arunachal Pradesh (Chakraborty and Bhattacharya 1999;
Datta 1999; Hussain 1999; Pocock 1941; Ramakantha 1992).
It weighs around 1—3 kg, has a head—body length of 33-
45 cm while the tail length is 12—23 cm (Mudappa 2013). It is
listed as Data Deficient on the IUCN Red List of Threatened
Species (Duckworth et a/. 2008a).
Chinese Ferret-badger Melogale moschata (Gray, 1831)
In India, the Chinese Ferret-badger is distributed
throughout northeast India from West Bengal eastwards
to Assam, Manipur, Nagaland, and Arunachal Pradesh
(Choudhury 1997; Datta 1999; Hussain 1999; Pocock 1941;
Ramakantha 1992). It weighs around 1-3 kg, has a head—
body length of 33-43 cm while the tail length is 14-23 cm
(Mudappa 2013). It is listed as Least Concern on the IUCN
Red List of Threatened Species (Duckworth et al. 2008b).
It is reported to feed on earthworm, insects, and amphibians
(Chuang and Lee 1997).
Museum Records
Burmese Ferret-badger: The Field Museum of
Natural History (FMNH) has a specimen (FMNH Mammals
75851) from Mawphlang in Khasi Hills, Meghalaya collected
by W.N. Koelz on December 31, 1952 [Anon. (a) n.d.].
There is a specimen from Shillong, East Khasi Hills district
(Meghalaya) in ZSI (Choudhury 2013), a specimen from
Laitkynsao, Meghalaya (Choudhury 2013; Hinton and
Lindsday 1926), a specimen from ‘Tipperah Hills’ in the
Indian Museum, Kolkata (Sclater 1891), and one in ZSI
from Tripura district of Bengal (probably Comilla district
of Bangladesh) collected by F. Skipuith in 1845 (Choudhury
2013).
Chinese Ferret-badger: The FMNH, Chicago, USA,
has a specimen (FMNH Mammals 75850) from Cherrapunji in
41
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Khasi Hills, Meghalaya collected by W.N. Koelz on June 05,
1952. [Anon. (b) (n.d.)]. During the mammal survey of BNHS
(see Mills 1923), specimens were obtained from Mokokchung
(Nagaland), 1,500 m (5,000 ft) (Choudhury 2013).
Our Records
Mizoram
1. NV and LZ came across a specimen of a ferret-badger
at the Mizoram State Museum at Aizawl, referred to as
“Mizoram Ferret-badger” (specimen number 2008/7). It
was procured from Mr. Lalrinawma of Aizawl on April
24, 2008, but the exact site from where it was obtained is
unclear. A Forest Department publication (Anon. 2006)
gives the Mizo name of the species as Sahmaitha.
2. Inthe late evening on August 19, 2006, two ferret-badgers
were sighted among squash vines Cucurbita maxima by
locals of Tuikual South locality of Aizawl (23° 43' N;
92° 44' E). One was killed, and the other caught. On
August 20, 2006, LZ was called for help in identification
of the captured individual, and the animal was released
in the nearby forest after photographing it.
3. LZ, during his tenure as the Field Director of the Dampa
Tiger Reserve was able to obtain an image of ferret-badger
through camera traps in September 2011, in Dampa Tiger
Reserve.
Nagaland
On October 18, 2011, at around 10:30 hrs, NV saw a
ferret-badger being sold at Benbenzhu (25° 52' N; 94° 10' E;
1,360 m), Kohima district, while driving from Kohima to
Mokokchung. It is known there as Nkie (Ringma dialect),
and the locals said that it is nocturnal, feeds on earthworms,
occurs in rocky areas, and was a rare species. NV noticed
that the tail tip of the individual was white. The face was
darker than the ears with long whiskers almost reaching to
the ears. The dorsal side was darker than the belly. Nails were
present on all the toes. Despite these details, he was unable
to identify the species.
Meghalaya
Samrakshan Trust’s Wildlife Distribution Survey
taken up in the South Garo Hills showed that 3 and
34 (i.e. 1% and 10% respectively) of the 334 respondents
said that they had seen the Burmese Ferret-badger and
Chinese Ferret-badger in their areas during the last five years
(Ved and Sangma 2007). However, it is most likely that the
respondents may not have been able to distinguish between
the two Ferret-badger species.
Recent records by other workers
Ferret-badgers have been frequently recorded in
various localities of Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, and
Meghalaya (Choudhury 2003), but no further information is
provided on these reports (Datta 2008). A stuffed specimen of
the Burmese Ferret-badger was recovered from a local tribal
in Se1yusa, Pakhui WLS (Datta 1999). Two specimens of the
Chinese Ferret-badger were examined in Namdapha NP and
one specimen of Burmese Ferret-badger was recorded near
Roing, Dibang Valley district (Chakraborty and Sen 1991;
Choudhury 2003). Choudhury (2009) reported ferret-badgers
on a number of occasions at Karbi Anglong, Assam, during
1991-92, but did not identify the species. A killed specimen
that seemed to be the Burmese Ferret-badger was on sale at
Kohima in 1997 (Choudhury 2000). Besides this, two shot
animals that appeared to be Chinese Ferret-badger were
recorded for sale at the Kohima market in 1997 (Choudhury
2000). A ferret-badger pair was captured from sub-tropical
pine forests (1,200—1,500 m above msl) of Chandel district,
Manipur (Ramakantha 1992). Several live animals were
observed in the wild in Barak valley districts (mainly in Inner
Line RF) and Karbi Anglong (mainly in Dhansiri RF) district,
which could be either of the two species (Choudhury 2013).
Dutta (2008) obtained camera-trap records for the ferret-
badgers (species unknown) from Namdapha NP (Arunachal
Pradesh), which are the first photographic evidence of ferret-
badgers in the wild from India. They were taken during
October 2006 — January 2007, and it took on an average
384 camera-trap nights to get each of these images (total
effort of 1,537 camera trap-nights).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors express their heartfelt gratitude to Mizoram
Forest Department, Mizoram State Museum — Aizawl, Will
Duckworth, Chiden Yadein, Bensen Sangma, Samrakshan
Trust, Foundation for Ecological Security (FES), Nagaland
Empowerment of People through Economic Development
(NEPED), Kashmira Kakati, and two anonymous reviewers.
REFERENCES
Anonymous (2006): Department of Environment and Forests, Aizawl,
Mizoram.
ANONYMOUS (a) (N.D.): Burmese Ferret-Badger. Retrieved from http://
www.ebiodiversity.net/mammals/mammals/mammalia/carnivora/
mustelidae/melogale-personata. Accessed on November 20, 2011.
42
ANONYMOUS (b) (N.D.): Chinese Ferret-Badger. Retrieved from http://
www.ebiodiversity.net/mammals/mammals/mammalia/carnivora/
mustelidae/melogale-moschata. Accessed on November 20, 2011.
CHAKRABORTY, S. & U. BHATTACHARYA (1999): Burmese Ferret-Badger,
Melogale personata Geoffroy (Carnivora: Mustelidae) in Jalpaiguri
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
District, West Bengal, India. Tigerpaper 26(2): 17-18.
CHAKRABORTY, S. & A.K. SEN (1991): Mammals of the Mehao Wildlife
Sanctuary (Dibang Valley, Arunachal Pradesh) with remarks
on their status. Records of the Zoological Survey of India 88:
263-285.
Cuoupuury, A. (1997): The distribution and status of small carnivores
(Mustelids, Viverrids and Herpestids) in Assam, India. Small
Carnivore Conservation 16: 25—26.
Cuoupuury, A. (1999): Conservation of small carnivores (Mustelids,
Viverrids and Herpestids) in north Bengal, India. Small Carnivore
Conservation 20: 15-17.
CHouDHuRY, A. (2000): Some small carnivore records from Nagaland,
India. Small Carnivore Conservation 23: 7-9.
CHoubuury, A. (2003): Mammals of Arunachal Pradesh. Regency
Publications, New Delhi.
Cuoupbuury, A. (2009): A Naturalist in Karbi Anglong. 2nd edn. Gibbon
Books, Guwahati.
CHOUDHURY, A. (2013): The Mammals of Northeast India. Gibbon Books
and The Rhino Foundation for nature in NE India.
CHUANG, S. & L. Leg (1997): Food habits of three carnivore species
(Viverricula indica, Herpestes urva and Melogale moschata) in
Fushan Forest, northern Taiwan. J. Zool. 243: 71-79.
Datta, A. (1999): Small carnivores in two Protected Areas of Arunachal
Pradesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 96(3): 399-404.
Datta, A. (2008): Occurrence and conservation status of small
carnivores in two protected areas in Arunachal Pradesh, north-east
India. Small Carnivore Conservation 39: 1-10.
Duckworth, J.W., R.J. Timmins, B. Lona, P. YONZon, S. ROBERTON &
TRAN QUANG PHUONG (2008a): Melogale personata. In: IUCN 2012.
IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2. <www.
jucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on December 26, 2012.
DuckwortH, J.W., R.J. Timmins, S. ROBERTON, B. LONG, M.W.N. Lau
& A. CHoupuury (2008b): Melogale moschata. In: UCN 2012.
IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2. <www.
jucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on December 26, 2012.
Hinton, M.A.C. & H.M. Linpsay (1926): Bombay Natural History
Society’s mammal survey of India, Burma & Ceylon. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 31: 383-403.
Hussain, S.A. (1999): Mustelids, viverrids and herpestids of
India: species profile and conservation status. ENVIS Bulletin
2: 1-38.
Mutts, J.P. (1923): Bombay Natural History Society’s Mammal Survey
of India, Burma and Ceylon. Report Number 36. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 29(1): 221-229.
Mupappa, D. (2013): Herpestids, Viverrids and Mustelids Jn: Johnsingh,
A.J.T. and N. Manjrekar (Eds): Mammals of South Asia — Vol. 1.
Universities Press.
Myers, N., R.A. MITTERMEIER, C.G. MITTERMEIER, DA FONSECA,
A.B. Gustavo & J. Kent (2000): Biodiversity hotpots for
conservation priorities. Nature 403: 853-858.
O’ DoneL, H.V. (1916): Notes on the Burmese ferret-badger (Helictis
personata), H.V. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 24(4): 819.
Pocock, R.I. (1941): The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma.
Mammalia. Third edition. Vol. 2. Taylor and Francis, London.
Prater, S.H. (1980): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd edn. Bombay
Natural History Society. 324 pp.
RAMAKANTHA, V. (1992): Ferret Badger in Manipur, India. Small
Carnivore Conservation 7: 15.
SCHANK, C., E. PoLLARD, W. SECHREST, R. Timmins, J. HOLDENI &
J. WALSTON (2009): First confirmed records of Large-toothed Ferret
Badger Melogale personata in Cambodia, with notes on country
records of Melogale. Small Carnivore Conservation 40: 11-15.
SCLATER, W.L. (1891): Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta. Part II. Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Vep, N. & B. SANGMa (2007): Wildlife distribution, hunting and conflict:
A preliminary survey. Baghmara, Samrakshan Trust, Meghalaya
Field Office.
Vepb, N. & S. LALRAMNUNA (2008): Yellow-bellied Weasel Mustela
kathiah records from Mizoram, India. Small Carnivore
Conservation 39: 35-36.
3. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF DARK-COLOURED INDIAN OR RED MUNTJAC
MUNTIACUS MUNTJAK ZIMMERMANN IN SIKKIM-DARJEELING AREAS
WITH A RECENT SIGHTING FROM WEST SIKKIM, INDIA
ANWARUDDIN CHOUDHURY!
'The Rhino Foundation for nature in NE India.
Address for correspondence: House No. 7, Islampur Road, Guwahati 781 007, Assam, India Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56527
The muntjacs (Family Cervidae) are a complex group
of deer where new variants are still being discovered. The
only muntjac known from the Indian Subcontinent was the
Indian or Red Muntjac Muntiacus muntjak Zimmermann,
till the Leaf Muntjac M. putaoensis and Gongshan Muntjac
M. gongshanensis were recorded from Arunachal Pradesh.
The Leaf Muntjac has also been recorded in Nagaland
(Choudhury 2003, 2013). M. gongshanensis is a darker
animal. The extralimital Fea’s Muntjac M. feae, found in
Southeast Asia, is also a dark animal. Recently, a dark-
coloured muntjac was camera trapped in Senchal Wildlife
Sanctuary in Darjeeling district of northern West Bengal
(Sunar et al. 2012).
I report here an observation made while on a visit to
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Sikkim. We left Pemayangtse near Pelling, West Sikkim
district, in the morning hours, crossed Geyzing (Gyalshing)
and proceeded towards Legship enroute to Bagdogra on
June 15, 2014. At about 08:00 hrs before reaching Legship
(27° 16' N; 88° 16’ E), we came across two adult muntjacs
— one in the middle of the road and the other along it.
The first animal was a typical M. muntjak with a reddish
coat. The other was a dark animal, rather brownish-grey
overall (Fig. 1).
I had crossed this stretch on several occasions from
March to May 2014 while posted as Election Observer, but
except for a few Assamese Macaque Macaca assamensis,
on only one occasion, no other mammals were seen, and for
this reason did not have my camera ready to photograph it.
43
CHANGA LACHUNGPA
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: The dark coloured muntjac Muntiacus muntjak in
South Sikkim district
Hence, I used my mobile phone to take a photo of the darker
animal — the animals did not panic but tried to move away.
A car from the opposite direction disturbed the deer, one
crossed the road and vanished into the wooded slope while
the dark animal turned back and climbed up the old road
side-cutting, where I could notice a young with it. The fawn
was dull reddish-brown. The habitat was light forest with
young sal trees Shorea robusta and other shrubs with some
grass including Thysanolaena maxima. The elevation was
around 700 m above msl.
Had the dark animal been alone, its sighting could
have lead to the assumption that it was an undescribed form
of muntjac or the Gongshan Muntjac, but the presence of
a normal coloured muntjac along with it indicated that it
was a dark morph of M. muntjak During subsequent visits
to Sikkim in September 2014, again as Election Observer,
I got reports of muntjacs with dark coats from the South
District. The local Forest Department officials reported a
sighting in Kitam Bird Sanctuary, and once an injured juvenile
(attacked by a Yellow-throated Marten Martes flavigula)
was rescued from near Phungla in October 2013. It was
rescued, treated, and released back into the wild (Nischal
Gautam, Divisional Forest Officer; Hari Maya Thapa,
Range Officer and Changa Lachungpa, Beat Officer, all of
wildlife wing, Namchi, pers. comm.) — (Fig. 1). They also
informed of the rescue of a few more such animals from
Soreng area of West District in the past, although the exact
dates are not known. The districts of South and West
Sikkim are adjacent and contiguous with the Darjeeling
district of West Bengal, and all the recent records of
dark coloured muntjacs are from this belt. So far, there
has been no record of the Gongshan Muntjyac, also a dark-
coloured animal from the west of the Brahmaputra—Siang
divide in China.
REFERENCES
Cuoupuury, A.U. (2003): The Mammals of Arunachal Pradesh. Regency
Publications, New Delhi, India. 140 pp.
CuoupuHury, A.U. (2013): The Mammals of North East India. Gibbon
Books and The Rhino Foundation for nature in NE India, with
support from Forestry Bureau (COA), Taiwan. Guwahati, India.
430 pp.
SuNAR, D., R. CHAKRABORTY, B.K. SHARMA, P.S. GHOSE, P. BHUTIA
& S. PRADHAN (2012): Status and distribution of Asiatic
Black Bear and the status of human—bear conflict at
Senchal Wildlife Sanctuary. Technical Report (unpublished).
WWE-India and West Bengal Forest Department, Kolkata,
India.
4. SIGHTING OF THE RED-BILLED TROPICBIRD PHAETHON AETHEREUS
FROM GOPALPUR-ON-SEA, ODISHA, INDIA
AVISEK CHATTERJEE!”* AND DIPABALI PAUL!”
'Block-I, Plot-51, Baishnabghata Patuli Township, Kolkata 700 094, West Bengal, India.
*Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56528
The Red-billed (or Grey-Backed) Tropicbird Phaethon
aethereus 1s a pelagic species occurring in the northern part of
the Indian Ocean. It has also been recorded off Pakistan coast,
west coast (Mumbai, Kerala), Lakshadweep, Andamans, and
Sri Lanka (Ali and Ripley 1987; Manakadan et al. 2011).
During a trip to Gopalpur-on-Sea on June 27, 2013,
we were photographing Brahminy Kites Haliastur indus
that were flying in good numbers overhead while sitting
on the balcony of Hotel Kalinga. It was around two in the
afternoon, and suddenly, we saw a white bird with long
44
white tail-steamers and red bill, flying from the beach. It
was flying at a height of 8 m, and we were able to see the
bird at eye level from the balcony. It was a fast flier. The
bird crossed us and after a short while, came back and
disappeared in the direction from where it came from.
We managed to click a few photographs of the bird, and
identified it as an adult Red-billed Tropicbird Phaethon
aethereus after referring to field guides. Our sighting
makes this the first record of the species from the Odisha
coast.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
Ault, S. & S.D. Rietey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan and
Sri Lanka. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & NikHIL BHOPALE (2011): Birds of the
Indian Subcontinent — A Field Guide. Bombay Natural History
Society, Mumbai. Pp. 35.
5. GREY-FACED BUZZARD BUTASTUR INDICUS: FIRST RECORD FROM INDIA
SHIRISH MANcHI'*, ASAD R. RAHMAN? AND DHRITIMAN MUKHERJEE?
'Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and Natural History, Anaikatty P.O., Coimbatore 641 108, Tamil Nadu, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Opp. Lion Gate, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
Email: [email protected]
3Saevus Wildlife India LLP, 253, Powai Plaza, 2nd floor, Hiranandani Gardens, Powai, Mumbai 400 076, Maharashtra, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56530
The Grey-faced Buzzard Butastur indicus breeds
in Eastern Palearctic and winters in Myanmar, Thailand,
Malaysia, Indochina, Indonesia, and Hong Kong (Ferguson-
Lees and Christie 2001; King et al. 1983). There is no
record of the species from mainland India and the islands
(particularly from Andaman and Nicobar). On March 25,
2013, during a field trip in Narcondam Island, we sighted
around 12 raptors soaring, mostly Crested Serpent Eagle
Spilornis cheela, and probably a few Andaman Serpent
Eagle S. elgini. One among them was very different and
appeared to be a buzzard. We sent the photographs to
Dr. Vibhu Prakash and William Clarke who independently
identified it as Grey-faced Buzzard Butastur indicus. The
species is new addition to the birds of India (and the Indian
subcontinent), as none of the books (Ali and Ripley 1987;
Grimmett et al. 2011; Manakadan et al. 2011; Rasmussen
and Anderton 2012) have listed this species from India. It
should be mentioned here that although Narcondam Island
is politically in India, geographically it is closer to South-
east Asia than mainland India. It is around 80 miles from
Myanmar and around 252 miles from Thailand where this
species is regularly seen. Therefore, it is likely that the
Grey-faced Buzzard is regularly found during migration in
Narcondam Island.
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of
India and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal,
Bhutan and Sri Lanka. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press,
Delhi.
FERGUSON-LEES, J. & D.A. Curistie (2001): Raptors of the World.
Christopher Helm, London.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, UK.
Kina, B., M. Woopcock & E.C. DICKINSON (1983): A Field Guide to the
Birds of South-East Asia. Collins, London.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & Nikuit BHOPALE (2011): Birds of the
Indian Subcontinent — A Field Guide. Bombay Natural History
Society, Mumbai.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia:
The Ripley Guide. Vols 1 and 2. 2nd edn. National Museum
of Natural History — Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State
University, and Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan
and Barcelona.
6. FIRST RECORD OF PECTORAL SANDPIPER CALIDRIS MELANOTOS
AND CASPIAN PLOVER CHARADRIUS ASIATICUS FROM KERALA, INDIA
P.C. RAJEEVAN!, K.M. KHALEEL? AND JAYAN THOMAS? *
'Pandanchira House, Kizhuthally, Kannur 670 018, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected]
*Sir Sayed College, Taliparamba, Kannur 670 142, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected]
3Cannanore Eye Hospital, Kannur 670 001, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56531
Madayipara (12° 02’ N; 75° 16’ E; 40-47 m above msl),
c. 22 km north of Kannur in Kerala, is a large laterite hillock
with sparse grass and open rocky areas, wedged between
the Western Ghats and the Arabian Sea. It is a hotspot for
migratory passerines, and the site where the Buff-breasted
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Sandpiper 7ryngitis subruficollis was first photographed from
South Asia (Rajeevan and Thomas 2013). The first sightings
of the Isabelline Wheatear Oenanthe isabellina and Tawny
Pipit Anthus campestris in Kerala were also from Madayipara
(Rajeevan et al. 2012).
45
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
On a routine birding trip to Madayipara on September
19, 2013, PCR spotted a brownish bird among a flock
consisting of Lesser Sand Plover Charadrius mongolus,
Curlew Sandpiper Calidris ferruginea, Little Stint Calidris
minuta, and Broad-billed Sandpiper Limicola falcinellus.
This bird was about the size of a Curlew Sandpiper. The bill
was narrow and long with a reddish-brown base and black
tip. The breast was well-streaked. As it flew away, PCR saw
that there was white on both sides of the rump and black at
the centre of the tail. On the basis of these, he identified the
bird as the Pectoral Sandpiper. Later KMK and JT joined him
and took photographs, and the identification was confirmed
by experts. The bird was seen till September 22.
Birding further along on the same day, PCR noticed
another bird. This bird was of the size of a Greater Sand
Plover Charadrius leschenaultii with pale yellowish-brown
plumage and broad white supercilium. The legs were long
and greenish-yellow. The bill was black and somewhat similar
to the Greater Sand Plover, but finer and pointed. The breast
band was slightly visible and a white wing-bar was clearly
seen in flight. The photographs of the bird taken by JT were
sent to experts, who identified it as Caspian Plover. The bird
was recorded in the area till September 30.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to C. Sashikumar, Praveen J.,
Dipu K., and Muhamed Jafer Palot for help in identifying
the Pectoral Sandpiper, and Harkirat Singh Sangha
for confirming the identify of the Caspian Plover,
besides other birders. We extend our sincere thanks to
Mr. K.P. Chandragadhan, Secretary of Madayipara
Protection Council, and A. Mohan Kumar for their
wholehearted support and encouragement.
REFERENCES
RAJEEVAN, P.C. & JAYAN THomas (2013): Photographic record of the
Buff-breasted Sandpiper Tryngites subruficollis in Kerala — fifth
record from the Indian subcontinent. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
110(3): 225-226. |
RAJEEVAN, P.C., P.B. Buu & JAYAN THoMas (2012): First record of Tawny
Pipit Anthus campestris from Kerala. Indian Birds 7(6): 167.
7. FIRST RECORD OF RED-NECKED PHALAROPE PHALAROPUS LOBATUS FROM KERALA, INDIA
MuHAMED JAFER PALot)*, DipU KARUTHEDATHU?, PRAVEEN J.*, MIKE PRiINcE* AND E. KUNHIKRISHNAN?
‘Zoological Survey of India, Western Ghat Regional Centre, Kozhikode 673 006, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected]
"#301, Jaya Emerald, Maruthinagar, Bengaluru 560 075, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
3B303, Shriram Spurthi, ITPL Main Road, Brookefields, Bengaluru 560 037, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
“GA Regency Alandon, 2 Ware Road, Fraser Town, Bengaluru 560 005, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
°Department of Zoology, University College, Thiruvananthapuram 695 034, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56533
The Red-necked Phalarope Phalaropus lobatus
(Linnaeus) is considered a winter visitor to seas (usually
10-50 km offshore) from South Pakistan till Gujarat and
also wintering in SE India and Sri Lanka (Grimmett et al.
2011; Rasmussen and Anderton 2012). It is also a widespread
passage migrant throughout India with several inland records
(Ali and Ripley 1987), including recent photographic records
from Mysore (2009) and Coimbatore (2012). However, this
bird has never been recorded from the SW coastal waters
south of Goa.
During a pelagic expedition in South Kerala, a Red-
necked Phalarope Phalaropus lobatus was observed in the
Arabian Sea (8° 54’ 58” N; 76° 29’ 15” E; depth: 18.39 m),
about 9 km offshore from Neendakara estuary, Kollam
district on October 30, 2012, at 16:30 hrs. The sea was a bit
turbulent and a strong wind was blowing in a southwest to
northeast direction. The bird was first spotted flying over
the water, and it settled quickly, floating on the waves very
46
close to the boat, enabling several photographers in the boat
to photograph it. It kept around the boat for about 10 minutes
before flying away.
The bird was moulting to first-winter plumage: it
had a brownish crown and hind-neck, and showed several
freshly-grown adult scapulars. It had a clear white circular
spot on the breast-sides, level with and just in front of the
first upper scapular. The normally distinctive white “V” on
the mantle was not very obvious, presumably because of the
onset of moult into winter plumage. In flight, the bird was
dark above and pale below with a well-defined, relatively
narrow, white wingbar on the upperwing. The long, thin,
black bill (contra shorter, pale-based bill) was the key
feature to distinguish it from the Red Phalarope P. fulicarius
which is a vagrant to the Indian subcontinent. The presence
of a clear white wingbar and its structure eliminated the
unlikely possibility that it was the extralimital Wilson’s
Phalarope P. tricolor.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
This constitutes the first record of Red-necked
Phalarope in Kerala. However, this observation is not
surprising, as the species is predominantly pelagic in winter
and it is only in the last two years that much birding has
been done at sea. The species breeds in low-Arctic region in
May to August and is a winter visitor to the coasts of Peru,
equatorial West Africa and the Arabian and South China Sea
(Harrison 1995).
Since our submission, there has been a more recent
photographic record of this species from the Arabian sea off
Kerala coast on September 28, 2014, by several birdwatchers
on a similar pelagic survey (Jinesh 2014).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the authorities of Kerala State
Fisheries Department for permission to undertake the survey
in Kollam and Thiruvananthapuram districts. We would like
to acknowledge our fellow birdwatchers who accompanied
us during the pelagic survey. The first author is grateful to the
Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, and the Officer-
in-Charge, ZSI, Calicut, for facilities and encouragements.
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of
India and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal,
Bhutan and Sri Lanka. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press,
Delhi.
GrimMMetTT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Helm Field Guides, Oxford University Press, UK.
528 pp.
Harrison, P. (1995): Seabirds of the World. A photographic guide.
Christopher Helm, London, UK. 317 pp.
JINESH, P.S. (2014): http://ebird.org/ebird/view/
checklist?subID=S20058651. Accessed on October 23, 2014.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia: The
Ripley Guide: Attributes and Status. Smithsonian Institution,
Michigan State University, and Lynx Edicions.
8. ORIENTAL SKYLARK ALAUDA GULGULA NESTING IN ELEPHANT DUNG
IN CORBETT TIGER RESERVE, INDIA
Mano; SHARMA!
'Shankarpur, Ramnagar, Nainital 244 715, Uttarakhand, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56534
The Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula is resident in
India (Rasmussen and Anderton 2012), and found throughout
much of the subcontinent, except for parts of the northwest
and northeast (Grimmett et al. 1998). The species is known
to occur in open grasslands (Kazmierczak 2000) on the edge
of jheels (Ali and Ripley 1987). It breeds in the western
Himalaya from May to July (Ali and Ripley 1987) and builds
a cup-shaped nest of grass, usually under an earth clod or
grass tuft (Grimmett et al. 1998). “The nest is made in a
natural depression in the ground, such as cattle hoof-print
or maybe partly scraped out by the bird itself and comprises
a hollow cup woven of grasses and lined with animal hair or
finer roots” (Roberts 1992).
The Dhikala grassland is an area of roughly 10 sq. km
in the Patli Dun valley of Ramganga river, located in the
heart of Corbett Tiger Reserve. It is an undulating, riverine
grassland, located on the upper end of Ramganga reservoir.
The Oriental Skylark is a common resident bird, found
throughout the year in the grassland. The species has been
observed to breed in this area during the months of May and
June (pers. obs.). On June 15, 2008, J.P. Khulbe brought to
my attention an interesting nest site of the species at Leed
Khalia area (29° 35’ N; 78° 49’ E; c. 347 m) in Dhikala
grassland. The nest was placed in a hollow, excavated in a dry
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
elephant-dung ball. It was made of dry grass vegetation lined
with soft thin grass strands. The nest, located on high ground
and at a distance of 20—25 m from the edge of the reservoir,
was facing south-west. It is presumed that the orientation of
the nest provided safety from the heat of the sun during the
hot season. There were three chicks in the nest. The chicks
were young and had dirty white, downy feathers over some
parts of their body, with the rest of the body still unfeathered.
The nest was videographed, and the chicks responded by
opening their gapes, apparently seeking food, mistaking
the clicking sound of the video camera whenever it was
switched on or off for the calls of the parents. Two chicks,
apparently a little older than the third, were more aggressive
in demanding food. Later, the nest was observed for over ten
minutes from a distance and the parents brought feed twice
during this period. The adult was a medium-sized lark, with
pale coloration, streaked above, streaked on the breast, and
with a white unmarked belly and vent. It had a short streaked
crest, a fine bill, buffy white outer-tail feathers, and rufous
tinge to the flight feathers.
Some lark species are known to use animal dung for
nesting materials: Beesley’s Lark Chersomanes beesleyi
uses dung to line the nest; Black Lark Melanocorypha
yeltoniensis has its nest site often surrounded by animal
47
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
dung; Bimaculated Lark Melanocorypha bimaculata uses
dung to construct the outer walls of its nest; and Red-capped
Lark Calandrella cinerea is known to use dung to make the
ramparts of its nest (del Hoyo et al. 2004). The rim of the nest
of Large Crested Lark Galerida cristata has been recorded to
be lined with bits of baked cowdung (Ali and Ripley 1987).
The only species of lark that has been reported to place its
nest in animal dung is Botha’s Lark Spizocorys fringillaris,
with a record of a nest placed in a pile of sheep dung (del
Hoyo et al. 2004).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank J.P. Khulbe (nature guide, Corbett Tiger
Reserve) for showing me the nest and Harkirat Singh Sangha
for commenting on the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Aut, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan
and Ceylon. (Larks to the Grey Hypocolius). 2nd edition. Oxford
University Press, Delhi.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELLiotr & D.A. CuristiE (Eps) (2004): Handbook of
the Birds of the World. Vol. 9. Cotingas to Pipits and Wagtails.
Lynx Edicions, Barcelona.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1998): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Christopher Helm, A&C Black, London.
KAZMIERCZAK, K. (2000): A Field Guide to the Birds of India. Pica
Press, East Sussex.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia:
The Ripley Guide. Vols 1 and 2, 2nd edn. Smithsonian
Institution, Michigan State University and Lynx Edicions,
Washington, D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
~Roserts, T.J. (1992): The Birds of Pakistan. Passeriforms:
Pittas to Buntings. Vol. 2. Oxford University Press,
Karachi.
9. CAPTURING PROBLEM SALTWATER CROCODILES
CROCODYLUS POROSUS SCHNEIDER USING INDIGENOUS TECHNIQUES
IN THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS, INDIA
VISWAKANNAN, P.)4. C. SrVAPERUMAN2*, S, SENTHIL KUMAR? AND SHASHIKUMAR!”
9 y) 9)
'Department of Environment &Forests, Andaman & Nicobar Administration, Port Blair 744 102, A & N Islands.
*Zoological Survey of India, Andaman & Nicobar Regional Centre, Port Blair 744 102, A & N Islands. Email: [email protected]
*Forests and Wildlife Department, Government of Puducherry, Puducherry 605 004, India. Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56535
Introduction
The Andaman & Nicobar Islands are known for their
rich biodiversity resources (Mathur and Padalia 2010).
The archipelago comprises 572 islands, islets, and
rocky outcrops extending over 800 km and located between
6° 45'-13° 30’ N and 90° 20'—-93° 56’ E. The topography
is hilly and undulating, and Saddle Peak is the highest
elevation (732 m) in North Andaman Islands. The Saltwater
Crocodile is found in the northeastern coastal region
of mainland India and the Andaman & Nicobar Islands
(Singh and Kar 2006). In the Andaman Islands, it is
widely distributed, but population expansion appears to
be constrained by the lack of suitable breeding habitat.
Human occupation is displacing crocodiles and recent
studies have examined the human-crocodile conflicts in this
area (Andrews and Whitaker 1994; Kumar et al. 2012;
Whitaker 2008).
The human response and management action towards
crocodiles that attack and kill livestock or people is complex.
As crocodile conservation programmes succeed, and
48
human populations expand, interactions between the two
become more frequent and problematic. These problems are
especially intense when people (e.g., recent migrants) who
are inexperienced in sharing resources with crocodiles are
subjected to the conflict.
People’s perception of risk from natural events and
creatures has been well-studied (Ross 1998) and increases
as the consequences become serious (injury or death), and
the frequency of events increases but the predictability
is low. Most influential is the degree to which people feel
they can influence the probability of attack and the outcome.
When people feel helpless and powerless, their fear and
concern rises. When people feel they have some control, their
tolerance and willingness to manage and accept risk rises.
Fear, panic, revenge killing, and inappropriate management
actions such as crocodile nest destruction compromise
conservation and cohabitation of people and crocodiles.
Understanding and applying indigenous knowledge
and beliefs is one tool to improve effective management
of crocodiles, empower local people, and provide a
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
setting where crocodile conservation and people can
coexist.
This was the second incident of capture of a problem
Saltwater Crocodile in Andaman & Nicobar Islands. The
first individual was captured using locally available and
indigenous methods on June 6, 2010, when the crocodile
killed a 25-year old American tourist off Radha Nagar Beach,
Havelock (Kumar et al. 2012). In this paper, we describe
the capture of another problem saltwater crocodile using
indigenous techniques.
Capture and translocation of problem crocodile
A Saltwater Crocodile attacked Ajay Kulla, a
23-year old youth of Bakultala village, Middle Andaman on
August 01, 2012, at 09:00 hrs, when he was fishing in a
nearby nullah along with his friend. His friend witnessed
the incident and alerted the villagers nearby, but when they
reached the spot Ajay was missing. Despite their best efforts,
officials of the Department of Environment & Forests and
Police could not trace the victim’s body. This was the fifth
fatal attack by a crocodile within a period of 28 months in
Andaman & Nicobar Islands.
Immediately, the Department of Environment and
Forests advised locals to be vigilant of the presence of
crocodiles around Bakultala village, and a warning signboard
was placed at a nearby mangrove creek. Consequently, a
squad was constituted on August 01, 2012, under the direction
of the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests (Wildlife) to
capture the problem crocodile in order to mitigate crocodile
attacks following the unfortunate event. The squad members
included the staff of Department of Environment and Forests,
local people, and the Police Department. The animal was
monitored by direct and indirect observations (e.g., foot
prints, faecal matter) on the shore in shallow water, mudflats,
and mangrove creeks. After a month-long operation, the
problem crocodile was captured from Shyamkunj mangrove
creek by the team of the Department of Environment and
Forests and successfully shifted to Mini Zoo, Port Blair.
Capture of the problem crocodile
The captured adult male crocodile was 4.10 m long,
and weighed 450 kg (Fig. 1). The team members thoroughly
combed the entire area and singled out the problem animal
based on various characters and set traps to capture it. Three
methods were employed to capture the problem crocodile
in Bakultala mangrove creek. At first, a cage constructed of
bamboo (Bambusa bambos and B. vulgaris) was placed in the
mangrove creek; this attempt was unsuccessful as the cage
was too small (Fig. 2). Secondly, a snare trap — a technique
used nationally and internationally to capture crocodiles —
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Fig. 1: Captured crocodile
Fig. 2: Cage made with bamboo
was attempted. In this method, a wooden dowel was placed
inside a dead chicken, and a rope tied to it extended from
the chicken’s body to buoys that would help to trail the
crocodile. The team waited for the crocodile to swallow the
bait. Once the bait was taken, the team followed the crocodile
for more than two hours, but could not capture it because of
accessibility issues within the mangrove creek area, and also
because the crocodile regurgitated the bait.
Thereafter, a metal cage was devised by the team.
The cage was first placed on the shore with chicken as bait,
unsuccessfully. Then the cage was placed in the territory of
the crocodile in open water using floater logs, and baited with
dead chicken (Fig. 3). After 27 days, the target crocodile bit
the bait. This was the second largest crocodile captured so
far in Andaman & Nicobar Islands and was suspected to be
the man-eater. The captured individual was transported to
Shyamkunj Jetty on a dinghy. Thereafter, the cage was further
improved with planks to avoid any injury to the crocodile
during transportation. Finally, the animal was transported
to Port Blair by road and relocated to the Mini Zoo at
Port Blair.
49
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 3: Metal cage with floater logs
This immediate action by the Department of
Environment and Forests temporarily restored the safety
and well-being of the local population in Bakultala village. It
is very likely that another large male will dominate the area,
and again pose a threat to people and their livelihoods.
Possible reasons for attack
Destruction of crocodile habitat, and habitat sharing
by humans and crocodiles, are the major reasons for
human-crocodile conflict. Increasing human activities, such
as fishing in the mangrove areas and crossing the creeks
without adequate protection result in crocodile attacks on
humans. Another possible reason for attacks on people is
nest defence by females. The presence of livestock and other
domestic animals on the seashore may also attract crocodiles
to inhabited areas. The dumping of waste food materials on
the seashore provides an added attraction for crocodiles. It is
possible to manipulate the size distribution of the crocodiles by
removing some of the larger and more dangerous individuals
to other locations in the Islands (Ross 1998). Relocation of
problem crocodiles has been suggested as a management
strategy in Australia (Walsh and Whitehead 1993). However,
experiences in relocating large specimens of C. porosus in
Darwin, Australia, suggest that some of these animals return
to their capture area after relocation up to 100 km away. The
best solution is to change people’s behaviour so that they are
unlikely to encounter crocodiles. In Sri Lanka, communities
construct riverside barriers with local materials to provide
safe areas for bathing and water collection. Education about
the presence and danger of crocodiles, improved (larger)
fishing craft, and careful disposal of organic waste such as
fish and meat offal can reduce the risk of crocodile attack.
Presenting such information in local languages and in
forms familiar to local communities (dance, music, theatre,
religious discussion, folk belief, and folk tales) and by local
communicators, leaders, and opinion makers assists effective
transfer of these messages.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The second author (CS) is thankful to Dr. James
Perran Ross, Crocodile Specialist Group Red List Authority,
and Dr. Ruchira Somaweera, Senior Zoologist, Biologic
Environmental Survey, CSIRO, Ecosystem Sciences, North
Perth, Australia, for their valuable comments and support to
improve the manuscript.
REFERENCES
ANpbREWS, H.V. & R. WHITAKER (1994): Population dynamics and ecology
of the saltwater crocodile (Crocodylus porosus Schneider) in the
Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Interim survey report. Phase II.
Submitted to the Andaman and Nicobar Forest Department and
the Centre for Herpetology (AN/C-2-94). 18 pp.
Kumar, S.S., C. SIVAPERUMAN & B.P. Yapav (2012): Management of
problem saltwater crocodiles (Crocodylus porosus Schneider)
— A case study in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India.
Herpetological Bulletin 120: 9-15.
Matuvr, V.B. & H. Papatia (2010): Protected area network in Andaman
and Nicobar Islands: a gap analysis for biodiversity representation
and conservation status. Pp. 519-532. Jn: (Ramakrishna,
Raghunathan, C. & C. Sivaperuman (Eds): Recent Trends in
Biodiversity of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. ZSI, Kolkata.
Ross, J.P. (1998): Crocodiles. Status Survey and Conservation Action
Plan, 2nd edn. IUCN/SSC Crocodile Specialist Group. IUCN,
Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
SincH, L.A.K. & S.K. Kar (2006): Status of the Saltwater Crocodile
in Orissa: an overview. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 103(2—3):
274-285.
Wa tsi, B. & P.J. WHITEHEAD (1993): Problem crocodiles, Crocodylus
porosus, at Nhulunbuy, Northern Territory: An assessment
of relocation as a management strategy. Wildl. Res. 20(1):
127-135.
Wuitaker, N. (2008): Survey of Human/Crocodile Conflict in the
Union Territory of the Andaman Islands, Hut Bay, Little Andaman,
January 2008. http://1ucncsg.org/ph1/modules/Publications/
reports.html.
50
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
10. RECORD OF THE RARE BIBRON’S CORAL SNAKE CALLIOPHIS BIBRONI
FROM NELLIYAMPATHY HILLS, KERALA, INDIA
JOSPEH J. ERINJERY!*, SAYANTAN Das!°, RAM SUBRAMANIAN MUTHUVARMADAMZ AND Mewa Sincu!?*
9) y)
'Biopsychology Laboratory and Institution of Excellence, Department of Psychology, University of Mysore, Mysore 570 006,
Karnataka, India.
“Laboratory for the Conservation of Endangered Species, CSIR-Centre for Cellular and Molecular Biology, Uppal Road,
Hyderabad 500 007, Andhra Pradesh, India. Email: [email protected]
‘Evolutionary and Organismal Biology Unit, Jawaharlal Nehru Centre for Advanced Scientific Research, Bengaluru 560 064,
Karnataka, India.Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56536
We encountered Bibron’s Coral Snake Calliophis
bibroni (Beddome 1864; Boulenger 1896; Jan 1858) at
Nelliyampathy (10° 25’—10° 30' N; 76° 35’-76° 45’ E)
at an elevation of 1,050 m adjoining the buffer area of
Parambikulam Tiger Reserve (PTR) in Kerala (Fig. 1). The
snakes were identified by their dark dorsal coloration, orange-
red bands, and characteristic head scales, i.e. absence of
pre-ocular scales, prefrontal scale in contact with third upper
labial, and paired sub-caudals. Scale counting of one of the
specimens revealed mid-body scale rows of 13:13:13 and
38 sub-caudal scales, which were consistent with the
observations made by Deepak et al. (2010), whereas a count of
253 ventral scales differed by 2 scales (251 scales) from Deepak
et al. (2010). This species was spotted thrice in a period of
15 months during 2012-2013, of which two sightings were
made at 19:35 hrs and 20:00 hrs respectively at Pakuthipalam
(10° 27’ 39.88" N; 76° 40’ 50.95” E), and the third at 18:30 hrs
close to Victoria (10° 27’ 57.05" N; 76° 40’ 40.75" E). During
all these sightings, the snake was always spotted on the forest
floor. The relevance of the current records is considerable,
since the species is ‘rare’ (Wall 1919), ‘endangered’ (Molur
and Walker 1998), and information on the natural history,
distribution, ecology (Deepak et al. 2010), and behaviour of
the species is scarce. Moreover, the species has never been
reported from Nelliyampathy hills or PTR in Kerala and only
a single scientific publication reports its presence south of the
Fig. 1: Bibron’s Coral Snake photographed in Victoria,
Nelliyampathy, Kerala, illustrating its characteristic head
morphology and body coloration
Palghat Gap in the Western Ghats (Deepak ef al. 2010).
Bibron’s Coral Snake is endemic to the Western Ghats
and is listed as a species of Least Concern (IUCN 2014) since its
distribution is stated to be wide, and population status unlikely
to be low or declining. In sharp contrast to the justification
given for its current status, IUCN (2014) also states the species
to be ‘rare’ and insufficiently assessed. Earlier records from
south of the Palghat Gap exist from specimens collected from
Chathankode, Kerala (BNHS 3460, 2002) and Anamalai Tiger
Reserve, Tamil Nadu (ZS1, Calicut 2123; ZSI, Kolkata 25638;
ZSI, Kolkata 25639) along with an anecdotal newspaper report
from Kalamkulam, Kerala (Deepak et a/. 2010). Therefore,
this is only the second publication reporting the occurrence of
this species south of the Palghat Gap, broadening the current
knowledge of its distribution.
REFERENCES
Beppomg, R.H. (1864): Description of a new species of Elaps from
Malabar. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864: 179-180.
BOouLENGER, G.A. (1896): Catalogue of the snakes in the British Museum
(Natural History), III containing the Colubridae (Opisthoglyphae
and Proteroglyphae), Amblycephalidae and Viperidae. British
Museum (Natural History), London. 720 pp. pls. 1-25.
Deepak, V., S. HARIKRISHNAN, K. VASUDEVAN & E.N. SmitH (2010):
Redescription of Bibron’s coral snake, Calliophis bibroni Jan, 1858
with notes and new records from south of the Palghat and Shencottah
Gaps of the Western Ghats, India. Hamadryad 35: 1-10.
IUCN (2014): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2.
<www.iucnredlist.org>.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
JAN, G. (1858): Plan d’une iconographie descriptive des ophidiens et
description sommaire denouvelles espéces de serpents. Rev. Mag.
Zool. Paris 10: 514-527.
Movour, S. & S. WALKER (Eps) (1998): Reptiles of India: Report
on biodiversity conservation prioritisation project (BCPP),
India Endangered species project, Conservation Assessment
and Management Plan (C.A.M.P.) workshop. Zoo Outreach
Organisation/Conservation breeding specialist group, India,
Coimbatore, 175 pp.
WALL, F. (1919): Notes on a collection of snakes made in the Nilgiri
Hills and the adjacent Wayanaad. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 26(3):
552-584.
51
JOSEPH J. ERINJERY
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
11. APOGON HYALOSOMA BLEEKER (PISCES: PERCOIDEI: APOGONIDAE) —
A NEW REPORT TO KERALA, INDIA
M.H. Suyia!?:* AND K.S. JAMEELA BEEvi!?
‘Department of Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, Kochi 682 011, Kerala, India.
*Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56538
Introduction
Bleeker (1852) described Apogon hyalosoma (Family
Apogonidae, Suborder Percoidei, Order Perciformes)
based on the description of Apogon thermalis in 1832 from
Singapore, Ambon, Batavia, Sumatra, and Indonesia. Day
(1878) reported 14 species of the genus Apogon, including
A. hyalosoma from the Red Sea and east coast of Africa
through the seas of India and Malay Archipelago.
A. hyalosoma is abundant off the Sind and Mumbai coasts,
and Andaman Islands (Day 1878). Herre (1925) reported
A. hyalosoma from Philippines as Mionorus bombonensis
and as A. hyalosoma when collected from the Andamans, in
1939 and 1941 respectively. Munro (1955) also described
A. thermalis Cuvier as a synonym of A. hyalosoma. Thresher
(1984) collected A. hyalosoma from Philippine Is. and
reported it as M. bombonensis. Subsequently, A. hvalosoma
was reported by Letowmeur et al. (1988), Blaber et al. (1991),
Donaldson and Myers (2002), Kottelat (1993), and Thollot
(1996). Recently, Palavai and Davidar (2009) recorded the
presence of A. hyalosoma in the fresh waters of Andamans.
A. hyalosoma is widely distributed in the coastal waters of
most countries in Southeast Asia, except Myanmar, and in
the western Pacific Ocean, including the coast of Papua New
Guinea (Anon. 2013).
In this paper, we record its occurrence in an estuary
in Kerala, the first report of A. hyalosoma from the state.
The species was collected by cast nets from Vayalkara at
Puthenvelikkara, Ernakulam, which is an estuarine area of
the River Periyar (10° 7’ 50” N; 76° 17' 13” E), in October
2011. The samples were preserved in 10% formaldehyde
and deposited in Maharaja’s College Zoology Museum
with Accession No. MCZMF-305. Morphometrics, meristic
counts, and identification were done following Day (1878)
and Munro (1955). Measurements were taken to the nearest
0.1 mm by using dial calipers, and body proportions expressed
as percentages of standard length (SL) and head length (HL).
Below, we give the biometrics of the specimens examined
from the collection at Vayalkara.
Description
Morphometric data based on four specimens collected
a 2
Fig. 1: Apogon hyalosoma Bleeker, (MCZMF 305,121.3 mm SL)
collected from Periyar at Vayalkara, Ernakulam
are given in Table | and the general body shape in Fig.1.
Di VI,.D2L+9 AU +8; P14; V1.4 5; C1 7b). 26;
PDS 8; Ltr 2/7.
Body is robust and rhomboid, with standard length
(SL) 120.2—122.4 mm, depth 34.4-38.6%, pre dorsal length
44.0-45.8%, post dorsal length 73.3—75.0% and pre pelvic
length 41.5—-42.3% of SL. Head moderately large, head length
40.7-42.3%, depth 23.5—25.7% and width 15.9-17.9% of SL.
Snout short, elevated, snout length 24.1—28.6% of head length
(HL). Mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly longer, maxilla
reaches below the hind end of orbit. Eyes large, eye diameter
24.2-25.2% of HL. Nape concave, nape width 17.9-19.1%
of HL. Both rims of preopercle feebly serrated, other bones
of head and shoulders entire. Teeth on jaws, vomers, and
palatine. Branchiostegal rays 7. Two dorsal fins, first with
6 strong spines, the membrane between 2nd and 3rd black.
Pectoral fins slightly longer than ventrals, pectoral fin length
21.4-24.6% and length of ventral fins 18.3—21.2% of SL.
Anal fin with 2 strong spines, anal fin length 15.0-17.1% of
SL. Soft dorsal as high as anal. Caudal fin emarginate, a large
round black spot at the end of caudal peduncle, similar small
spots present at the end of base of soft dorsal and anal fins.
Body creamy white with dark pigmentation on dorsal side in
some specimens. Lateral line complete, with 26 scales.
Discussion
The specimens of Apogon hyalosoma collected by us
match the description of the species by Day (1878) in many
biometric characters, such as rhomboid body, large eyes,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Morphometric data of four specimens of Apogon hyalosoma collected from Periyar at Vayalkara, Ernakulam
Length (in mm) of fishes
Characters range mean +/- Std dev
| lI iT IV
Total length 145.3 145.1 145.7 144.1 144.1-145.7 145.0 0.8
Standard length 120.2 1 2ae3 122.4 A213 120.2-122.4 1213 0.9
Body depth 41.2 46.1 45.0 46.9 41.2-46.9 44.8 2.4
Head length 48.9 oO) y/ 51.8 50.9 48.9-51.8 50.5 he
Head depth 28.3 Bilee 31.4 30.3 28.3-31.4 30.3 1.4
Head width ZanZ 19.3 22.0 19.8 19.3-22.0 20.5 TZ
Snout length 11.9 PA 14.8 1223 11.9-14.8 12.8 13
Eye diameter A2e4 12.8 12.9 1223 12.1-12.9 1256 0.4
Inter orbital width 9.3 9.1 9.9 9.1 9.1-9.9 9.3 0.4
Pre dorsal length DOr SOF 53.9 5572 53.9-55.2 54.8 0.6
Post dorsal length 90.2 90.0 91.8 88.9 88.9-91.8 90.5 0.9
Pre pelvic length 49.9 Sint 51.8 50.9 49.9-51.8 50.9 0.8
Pectoral fin length 274 29.9 26.2 28.9 26.2-29.9 28.0 Vk
Pelvic fin length 25:2 25.70 22.4 23:4 22.4—25.7 24.1 1.6
Caudal fin length 2541 23.8 23.3 22.8 22.8-25.1 23 th 0.9
Caudal peduncle length 30.0 31.4 3Ax9 30.8 30.0-31.9 30.9 0.8
Caudal peduncle depth 20.8 20.2 Zs8 Zine 20.2—21.8 220) Oe
Anal fin length 20-41 20.8 19.0 18.2 18.2-20.8 19.5 ahs
Anal fin base length 12.9 12:0 12a 12:2 12.0-12.9 ORS: 0.4
Soft dorsal length 19.0 20.1 19.8 19.2 19.0—20.1 19.5 0.5
oblique mouth, elevated snout, longer lower jaw, maxilla
reaching below the orbit, serrated limbs of preopercle, other
bones of head and shoulders entire, large round black blotch
at the end of caudal peduncle, first dorsal fin with 6 spines,
membrane between 2nd and 3rd dorsal spines black, anal
spines 2, lateral line scales 26 (Fig. 1). Munro (1955) described
A. thermalis which agrees with the description of Day (1878).
Lateral transverse scales are 2/7 in the present specimen, but
2 1/2 / 7 1/2 in the specimen described by Day (1878) and
2—3/7-8 in the description of A. thermalis by Munro (1955).
Caudal fin emarginate in our specimens agrees with Munro
(1955), but Day (1878) described it as lobed. A. hyalosoma
resembles fishes of the Family Ambassidae, especially
Parambassis thomassi in its colour (creamy white), elevated
snout, oblique mouth, longer lower jaw, and serrations on
preopercle, and differs in large ctenoid scales vs cycloid scales;
maxilla reaching hind end of orbit vs maxilla reaching below
the middle of orbit; absence of spines on pre orbital vs presence
of 7—8 spines on pre orbit; dorsal spines 6 vs 7; anal fin with
2 spines vs 3; emarginate caudal fin vs forked; and the presence
of caudal spot vs its absence in Parambassis.
According to Allen et a/. (2002) and Donaldson and
Myers (2002), A. hyalosoma is an estuarine species whose
adults inhabit mangroves and lower reaches of freshwater
streams. It 1s nocturnal and carnivorous (Day 1878; Munro
1955). Specimens were also collected from mangrove areas
at Vayalkara. This fish is known to the locals, is edible and
eaten fresh, dried, or salted.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Head, Department of
Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, for providing the
necessary facilities to carry out the research. Special thanks
are due to Dr. J.D. Marcus Knight for help rendered in
confirmation of the identification. One of the authors, Shyla
M.H. extends her sincere gratitude to the UGC for granting
her a Teacher Fellowship.
REFERENCES
ALLEN, G.R., S.H. Mepiry & M. ALLEN (2002): Field guide to the
freshwater fishes of Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth,
Western Australia. 394 pp.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Anon. (2013): Hump-backed cardinal fish. Jn: www.ecologyasia.
com/Vverts/fishes/humpbacked cardinal fish.htm. Downloaded on
June 30, 2013.
53
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
BiaBeR, S., D.A. Mitton & N.J.F. RAWLINSON (1991): A checklist of
fishes recorded by the baitfish research project in Solomon islands.
South African Journal of Aquatic Sciences 17: 2-11.
BLeeker, P. (1852): Bijdraje tot de Kennis der icthyologische
fauna van Singapore. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Indie. v. 3: 51-58.
Day, F. (1878): The Fishes of India; being a Natural History of fishes
known to inhabit the seas and freshwaters of India, Burma, and
Ceylon. William Dawson & Sons Ltd. London, Text & Atlas in
2 parts. xx + 778, 196 pls.
DonaALpsoNn, T.J. & R.F. Myers (2002): Insular freshwater fish faunas of
Micronesia: patterns of species richness and similarity. Environ.
Biol. Fish. 65: 139-149.
Herre, A.W.C.T. (1925): A new species of cardinal fish from the
Philippines. Philipp. J. Sci. 26(3): 341-343. pl. 1.
Herre, A.W.C.T. (1939): On a collection of littoral & freshwater fishes
from Andaman Islands. Rec. Indian. Mus. 41: 327-372.
Herre, A.W.C.T. (1941): A list of the fishes known from the Andaman
Islands. Mem. Indian Mus. 13(3): 331-403.
Korteat, M. (1993): Technical report on the fishes from fresh and
brackish waters of Leyte, Philippines. Technical Report prepared
for the Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Technische Zusammenarbeit
(GTZ) GmbH and ViSCA-GTZ Ecology Program, Visayan State
College of Agriculture, Philippines. Route de Fregiécourt 96c,
Case postale 57, CH-2952 Cornol, Switzerland. 54 pp.
LetTowrneur, Y., M. Kuvpicxi & P. LaBrosse (1988): Length—Weight
relationships of fish from coral reefs and lagoons of New
Caledonia, Southwestern Pacific Ocean: an update. Naga ICLARM
Q. 21(4): 39-46.
Munro, I.S.R. (1955): The marine and freshwater fishes of Ceylon.
Dept. of External Affairs, Canberra. 349 pp.
Paraval, V. & P. Davipar (2009): A survey of freshwater fishes
of Andaman Islands. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 106(1): 61-65.
THOoLLor, P. (1996): Les poissons de mangrove du lagon sud-ouest de
Nouvelle-Calédonie. ORSTOM Editions, Paris.
THRESHER, R.E. (1984): Reproduction in reef fishes. T.F.H. Publications,
Inc. Ltd., Neptune City, New Jersey. 399 pp.
12. FIRST REPORT OF THREE SURGEON FISHES (FAMILY: ACANTHURIDAE) FROM THE NORTH OF
EAST COAST OF INDIA
DIPANJAN Ray!”, PRAsAD C. Tupu!? AND ANIL MOHAPATRA!**
9
'Marine Aquarium and Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of India, Digha 721 428, West Bengal, India.
*Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56539
Introduction
The surgeonfishes (Family: Acanthuridae) are
comprised of seven genera and about 81 species throughout
the world (Kamla Devi and Rao 2003), of which only
18 species occur on the east coast of the Indian mainland
(Barman et al. 2004, 2007, 2011; Chatterjee et al. 2000; Das
et al. 2007; Goswami 1992; Krishnan et al. 2007; Manna and
Goswami 1985; Mohapatra et al. 2007, 2013; Murty 2002;
Talwar and Kacker 1984; Talwar et al. 1994; Varghese et al.
2011). Recently, during a survey of ornamental fish fauna
from the east coast of India, we collected three species of
surgeonfish, namely Acanthurus auranticavus Randall, 1956;
Acanthurus bariene Lesson, 1831; and Ctenochaetus striatus
(Quoy and Gaimard 1825) that had not been reported from the
Indian mainland coast. From Indian waters, the three species
have been reported only from the waters of the Andaman and
Nicobar Islands (Rajan et al. 2011).
In this paper, we discuss the sites and methods through
which the species were obtained, and provide morphometric
measurements and details of the specimens of these three
Acanthuridae species.
Material and Methods
_ The specimens were obtained by trawl net from the
Digha Mohona coast of West Bengal and the Chandipur coast
of Odisha, from 29-32 km from the coast.
a4
After capture, the specimens were photographed,
preserved in 10% formaldehyde solution. The taxonomic
identification was carried out following Randall (1956).
The specimens were deposited in the Museum of Marine
Aquarium and Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of
India, Digha.
The characteristics, key features, and distribution of the
three species of surgeonfish collected are discussed below.
For morphometric measurements, see Table 1.
Acanthurus auranticavus Randall, 1956:
Orange-socket Surgeonfish (Fig. 1)
Material examined: | example; Standard Length (SL):
208 mm; Collection Site: Digha Mohana (21° 37.843’ N;
87° 32.827’ E), Date of Collection: 22.vi1i.2012; Registration
No. MARC/ZSI/F2599.
Meristic formula: D: IX, 26; A: III, 24; P: 16;
Nadie}
Characters: Body oblong, compressed, not very deep;
body depth (BD) 2.03 to SL; covered with thick minute scales.
Dorsal profile of head gradually sloping to snout; length of
head (HL) 3.92 times to SL; snout not very short, moderate
and its length 4.83 times in SL. Mouth terminal, not small,
its width 3.21 times in HL; single series of numerous comb
like close sets of teeth on both jaws with denticulated cutting
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Morphometric measurements and other details of the three Acanthuridae species
Characters Acanthurus auranticavus (n=1, A. bariene (n=3, 2 specimens Ctenochaetus striatus (n=1,
collected from Digha Mohana) collected from Digha Mohana & collected from Digha Mohana)
1 Specimen from Chandipur)
Standard Length (mm) 208 262-353 184
% of Standard Length
Head length 24.06 25.73—26.79 25.92
Body depth 49.03 46.03—47.70 45.92
Eye diameter 0.29 4.76-5.19 ord)
Interorbital space O13 9.88—10.79 10.54
Snout length 20.43 19.84—20.53 19.40
9th dorsal spine 15.86 13.65-15.26 —
3rd anal spine 14.42 15.26-17.46 17.39
Pectoral fin 26.46 22.93-23.17 26.35
Ventral spine 7.96 10.30—11.11 11.61
Ventral ray 23.179 21.60—21.98 23.47
Caudal peduncle depth 10.58 10.69-11.29 12.39
Caudal peduncle length 12.04 10.76—11.39 10.54
Caudal spine 9.15 7.29-8.26 9.45
% of Head length
Mouth width 35.96 37.01—38.46 44.12
Eye diameter 21.99 18.50-19.51 2a22
Interorbital space 37.98 36.89-—39.48 40.67
Caudal peduncle depth 43.99 41.57-42.16 47.79
Caudal spine 38.06 32.14—34.89 36.47
edge; number of teeth on both jaws 19. Eye high on head, its
diameter (ED) 4.52 times to HL; narrow, convex inter orbital
space 2.77 to HL. Gill opening restricted to sides; anterior gill
rakers 22 and posterior gill rakers 25; isthmus attached to gill
membrane. Scales from gill opening to posterior end of caudal
spine 225. Single continuous unnotched dorsal consisting
of 9 spines and 26 soft rays; length of 9th spine 6.30 times
to SL; anal fin with 3 spines and 24 soft rays; length of 3rd
spine 8.32 times to SL. Pectoral fin rays with 16 rays and
its length 3.74 times to the SL; ventral fin with 1 spine and
5 rays, length of ventral spine 8.48 times to SL and ventral
Fig.1: Acanthurus auranticavus Randall, 1956
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
fin length 4.16 to SL. Caudal fin lunate, caudal concavity
6.70 times in SL. Caudal peduncle depth 2.38 times to HL;
bearing sharp scalpel-like spines on both sides which are
2.71 times to HL.
Colour: Body dark brown with very narrow bluish
wavy lines; a dark brown horizontally elongate spot at
upper end of gill opening which is larger than eye diameter
and tilting slightly downward posteriorly with a blunt end.
Socket of caudal peduncular spine orange; dorsal fin brown
and darker at base; anal fin more brown than dorsal; Pectoral
fin light brown and ventral fin greyish-brown; caudal fin light
brown with bright white bar at its base.
Distribution: This species is widespread in Indo- West
Pacific, ranging from Seychelles (Randall and van Egmond
1994), Philippines, Indonesia and Great Barrier Reef,
Maldives, Malaysia (Mohsin et al. 1993) and Samoa (Wass
1984); also found in Western Indian Ocean in Mozambique
(Gell and Whittington 2002). In Indian waters, it has been
reported only from Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Rajan
et al. 2011).
Key features: Caudal spine socket is orange in fresh;
dark brown shoulder mark narrow above gill opening and
rounded below gill opening; caudal fin with bright white
55
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
bar at its base; dorsal fin without bluish or yellowish band;
dorsal fin IX, 25—26 anal fin HI, 23—24; Posterior gill rakers
25-28.
Acanthurus bariene Lesson, 1831:
Black-spot Surgeonfish (Fig. 2)
Material examined: 2 Specimens; SL: 262-
315 mm; Collection Site: Digha Mohana (21° 37.843’ N;
87° 32.827’ E), Date of Collection: 12.1.2011 & 17.viii.2012;
Registration No. MARC/ZSI/F2597 & MARC/ZSI/F2598;
and 1 specimen; SL: 353 mm, Collection Site: Chandipur
(21° 27.212' N; 87° 03.064’ E), Date of Collection: 21.x.12;
Registration No. MARC/ZSI/F2725.
Meristic Formula: D: [X, 28; A: III, 26; P: 17;
Wea Dy
Characters: Body oblong, compressed, its depth
1.98—2.04 to SL; covered with minute scales. Profile of head
convex; its length 3.70—3.88 times to SL. Mouth terminal, its
width 2.61—2.73 to HL; single series of fixed teeth on both
jaws denticulated on entire margin with expanded incurved
tips; 20 teeth on both jaws. Diameter of eye 4.90—5.69 to HL,
convex interorbital space 2.41—2.72 to HL; snout moderate
its length 4.71—5 times to SL. Gill membrane attached with
isthmus; gill opening restricted to corner; number of anterior
gill rakers 22—23 and posterior gill rakers 24. Scales from
gill opening to posterior end of caudal spine 211—217. Single
continuous dorsal fin with soft part having longer base than
spinous part; dorsal spine 28 and soft rays 26; 9th dorsal spine
6.55—7 times to SL. Anal fin with three spines and 26 soft
rays; posterior angle of anal fin pointed; 3rd anal spine 2.2—
2.21 times to HL. Pectoral fin rays 17, its length 4.31-
4.53 to SL; ventral fin with single spine its length 9—9.70 to SL
and five rays, ventral fin rays 4.54—4.59 times to SL. Caudal
fin lunate its concavity 5.72—6.55 to SL. Caudal peduncle
depth 2.38—2.43 to HL; caudal peduncle with 1 folding spine
2.34—2.61 to HL.
Colour: Body brown with numerous irregular
longitudinal pale blue lines. A black round spot about two-
Fig. 2: Acanthurus bariene Lesson, 1831
56
thirds of eye diameter present just above gill opening; margin
of gill opening black. Dorsal fin yellowish-brown with a blue
line at the base, and three bluish-violet margins at base. Anal
fin brown with blue basal and marginal line. Pectoral fin
blackish-blue with yellow bar near upper 2/3rd part; ventral
fin blackish. Caudal fin light brown with yellow lobes.
Distribution: Indo-West Pacific: range from East
Africa to the Riu Kiu Islands (Randall 1956). In Indian waters
itis only reported from Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Rajan
et al. 2011).
Key Features: Caudal spine socket black; dark
shoulder mark as large as eye present just below the eye;
dorsal fin with bluish border (white in preserved); dorsal fin
IX, 26-28; anal fin HI, 25—26; posterior gill rakers 22—24.
Ctenochaetus striatus (Quoy and Gaimard, 1825):
Line bristletooth Surgeon (Fig. 3)
Material examined: | specimen; SL: 184 mm;
Place of Collection: Digha Mohana (21° 37.843’ N; 87°
32.827' E); Date of collection: 01.vii1.12; Registration No.
MARC/ZSI/ F2596.
Meristic formula: D: VIII, 29; A: III, 26; P: 16; V:
| Pie
Characters: Body ovate, compressed and covered with
minute scales; body depth 2.17 in SL; head profile convex,
HL 3.85 to SL. Mouth small, teeth numerous, movable and
comb like with expanded incurved tips which are denticulate
on the lateral margin; upper jaw with 5 denticulations and
lower jaw with 4 denticulations. Snout straight and its length
5.15 to SL; interorbital space convex and 2.45 to HL; Eye
diameter 4.5 to HL. Gill rakers 35 in anterior row and 39 in
posterior row of first arch. Dorsal fin single, continuous and
unnotched; anal and dorsal fin with pointed end. Pectoral fin
3.79 to SL; ventral fin 4.25 to SL. Caudal fin lunate; caudal
concavity 5.2 in SL; depth of caudal peduncle 2.09 to HL
Fig. 3: Ctenochaetus striatus (Quoy and Gaimard, 1825)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
and length of caudal peduncle 2.45 to HL; a lancet-like,
sharp, forward directed spine present on each side of caudal
peduncular horizontal groove, its length 2.74 to HL.
Colour: Body dark brown with blue lengthwise lines;
small orange spots on nape and head; eyes surrounded by
yellow border. Dorsal and anal fin with five lengthwise
horizontal bluish bands; pectoral fins yellowish; ventral fin
brown; caudal fin also brown but anterior part pale.
Distribution: Indo-West Pacific: throughout the region
except Hawaiian, Marquesan and Easter islands; in western
Indian Ocean; from Red Sea to Natal (Randall and Clements
2001). In Indian coastal waters, it is reported only from
Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Rajan et al. 2011).
Key features: Caudal fin lunate; body, dorsal and anal
fin with longitudinal blue lines; dorsal fin VIII, 29-30; anal
fin III, 25—26.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to Dr. K. Venkataraman, Director,
Zoological Survey of India, for providing necessary facilities
to work.
REFERENCES
BARMAN, R.P., S. KAR & P. MUKHERJEE (2004): Marine and estuarine
fishes. State fauna Series No. & - Fauna of Andhra Pradesh,
Part-2 (Mammals and Marine and Estuarine fishes). Pp. 97-311.
Published by Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.
BarMAN, R.P., S.S. MISHRA, S. KAR, P. MUKHERJEE & S.C. SAREN (2007):
Marine and estuarine fish fauna of Orissa. Rec. Zool. Surv. India,
Occ. Paper No. 260: 1-186.
BARMAN, R.P., S.S. Misra, S. Kar, P. MUKHERJEE & S.C. SAREN (2011):
Marine and Estuarine Fish. Fauna of Tamil Nadu, State Fauna
Series, 17 (Part-2): 293-417.
CHATTERJEE, T.K., RAMAKRISHNA, S. TALUKDAR & A.K. MUKERJEE (2000):
Fish and Fisheries of Digha Coast of West Bengal. Rec. Zool Surv.
India, Occ. Paper No. 188: i-iv,1—87.
Das, P., S.P. DE, R.M. BHowmik, P.K. PANpiT, R. SENGupTA, A.C. NANDI,
S.C. THAKURTA & S. SAHA (2007): Piscine diversity of West Bengal.
Fishing Chimes 27(5): 15—28.
GELL, F.R. & M.W. WHITTINGTON (2002): Diversity of fishes in seagrass
beds in the Quirimba Archipelago, northern Mozambique. Mar.
Freshwater Res. 53: 115-121.
GoswaMI, B.C.B. (1992): Marine fauna of Digha coast of West Bengal,
India. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 34(1-2): 115—137.
Kama Devi & D.V. Rao (2003): A field guide to the fishes of
Acanthuridae (Surgeonfishes) and Siganidae (Rabbitfishes) of
Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Published by Director, Zoological
Survey of India, Kolkata. Pp. 1-42.
KRISHNAN, S., S.S. MisHra & D. PRABHAKAR (2007): Fishes. Jn: Fauna
of Chennai coasts, Marine Ecosystem series /: 119-287.
Manna, B. & B.C.B. Goswami (1985): A checklist of marine &
estuarine fishes of Digha, West Bengal, India. Mahasagar 18(4):
489-499.
Mouapatra, A., R.K. Monanty, S.K. Monanty, K.S. BHATTA &
N.R. Das (2007): Fisheries enhancement and biodiversity
assessment of fish, prawn and mud crab in Chilika lagoon through
hydrological intervention. Wetl. Ecol. Manag. 15: 229-251.
Monaratra, A., D. Ray & P. YENNAWAR (2013): First record of Naso
reticulatus (Perciformes: Acanthuridae) from Indian waters.
Marine Biodiversity Records 6: e56
Mousin, A.K.M., M.A. AMBAK & M.N.A. SALAM (1993): Malay, English,
and scientific names of the fishes of Malaysia. Occas. Publ. Fac.
Fish. Mar. Sci. Univ. Pertanian Malaysia 11: 226.
Murty, V.S. (2002): Marine ornamental fish resources of Lakshadweep.
CMFRI Special Publication CMFRI 72: 1-134.
Ragan, P.T., C.R. SREERAJ & T. IMMANUEL (2011): Fish fauna of coral
reef, mangrove, freshwater, offshore and seagrass beds of Andaman
and Nicobar Islands. Zoological Survey of India, Andaman and
Nicobar Regional Centre, Haddo, Port Blair.
RANDALL, J.E. (1956): A revision of the surgeonfish genus Acanthurus.
Pac. Sci. 10(2): 159-235.
RANDALL, J.E. & K.D. CLEMENTS (2001): Second revision of the
surgeonfish genus Ctenochaetus (Perciformes: Acanthuridae), with
descriptions of two new species. Indo-Pac. Fish. 32: 33.
RANDALL, J.E. & J. VAN EGmonp (1994): Marine fishes from the
Seychelles: 108 new records. Zool. Verh. Leiden 297: 43-83.
TALWaR, P.K. & R.K. KACKER (1984): Commercial Sea Fishes of India:
Published by Zoological Survey of India. Pp. 1-997.
TALWAR, P.K., P. MUKHERJEE, D. SAHA, S.N. PAUL & S. Kar (1994):
Marine and estuarine fishes. Pp. 243-342. Jn: State Fauna Series:
Fauna of West Bengal, Part-2.
VARGHESE, M., M.K. MAnissgriI, N. RAMAMURTHY, P.M. GEETHA,
V.J. THomas & A. GANDHI (2011): Coral reef fishes of Gulf of
Mannar, S.E. of India. Fishing Chimes 31(1): 38-40.
Wass, R.C. (1984): An annotated checklist of the fishes of Samoa. Natl.
Ocean. Atmos. Adminis. Tech. Rept., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Spec.
Sci. Rept. Fish. 781: 1-43.
13. ONAN ABNORMAL SPECIMEN OF LUTJANUS JOHNII (BLOCH, 1792)
(PISCES: PERCIFORMES: LUTJANIDAE) FROM WEST BENGAL COAST, INDIA
R.P. BARMAN!**, A. Das!? AND S.S. MisHra!4
'Zoological Survey of India, F.P.S. Building, Kolkata 700 016, West Bengal, India.
"Email: r_ p [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56543
Occurrences of abnormalities or deformities in
fish have been reported in Indian waters and in other
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
countries. As recorded by Gudger (1936), the case of
abnormality in fish was first depicted in a figure during 1553.
“Wi
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Dawson (1964, 1966, 1971) and Dawson and Heal (1976)
documented 1,499 references that described deformities
in fishes. The reasons for such abnormal conditions range
from genetic aberrations, pollution, environmental stress,
abnormal growth or development of vertebral column,
stunted growth, to accidental injury during the growing
period of the fish (Bengtsson 1979; Evans and Neff 2009;
Lemly 1997; Saha and Saha 2013; Sindermann 1976;
Sun et al. 2009; Villeneuve et a/. 2005). At one time,
Channa orientalis was considered “as a series of abnormal
specimens” (Myers and Shapovalov 1931) leading to the
merging of two distinct species, 1.e., C. orientalis and
C. gachua (Mishra et al. 2013). The occasional absence of
one or both of the paired fins is often reported (Hora 1921;
James and Badrudeen 1968). Dorsal and anal fin deformities
are also observed (Al-Mamry et al. 2010; Barman 1991),
while regeneration of caudal fin is well-known (Akimenko
et al. 2003; Patra and Dutta 2013; Shao et al. 2009). The
absence of the entire caudal peduncle including caudal fin
has not yet been reported.
During the course of the study on the fishes of the
Family Lutjanidae, under the Order Perciformes from India
by the first author, an abnormal specimen (Fig. 1b) was
collected off Digha coast, West Bengal. In this specimen, the
posterior part of the body behind the dorsal and anal fins was
entirely lacking. A short description of the specimen is given
hereunder, with a discussion on the probable reasons for the
abnormality. The radiograph of the specimen (Fig. 2) was
taken to study the osteological condition of the fish.
Lutjanus johnii (Bloch, 1792) (Fig.1a, b)
Anthias johnii Bloch, 1792, Naturges. ausland.
Fische, 6: 113, pl. 318 (type locality: rnpia: Gujarat: Surat,
Suratta).
Lutjanus johnii, Allen, 1985, FAO Fish. Synop., (125)
6: 94-95.
Material Examined: ZSI F10732/2, 1 ex., 87 mm up
to posterior end of dorsal fin; Off Digha coast, West Bengal;
A. Das; 08.x11.2012.
Description of deformed specimen: Body moderately
deep, with convex head profile. Head length slightly shorter
than body depth. Eye diameter 4.0 times in head length.
Suborbital width 1.64 times of eye diameter, and 6.57 times
of head length. Interorbital width 5.75 times of head length.
Preopercular notch and knob poorly developed. Vomerine
tooth patch crescentric without posterior extension; tongue
with a patch of granular teeth. Gill rakers 11 on lower limb
of first arch (including rudiments). Maxilla extending below
front border of the orbits. Dorsal fin continuous, not incised
58
Fig. 1: Lutjanus johnii (Bloch): a. Normal (preserved specimen);
b. Abnormal (preserved specimen)
in between spinous and soft portions, with 10 spines and
13 soft rays. Anal fin with 3 spines and 8 rays. Soft parts
of dorsal and anal fins rounded. Pectoral fins shorter than
head length (1.31 times in head length) with 16 rays. Pelvic
fin with one spine and 5 soft rays. Bases of both dorsal and
anal fins with scales. Caudal peduncle and caudal fin entirely
absent. Longitudinal scales rows on sides of body above
and below lateral line horizontal or parallel to lateral line.
Body bronze or reddish. All the fins yellowish in colour in
live specimen. Each scale with a distinct brownish/dark spot
forming the appearance of longitudinal scale rows on sides.
A large black spot present above the lateral line, below front
part of soft rays.
From the radiograph (Fig. 2) it is evident that only 18
(10 + 8) vertebrae are present in this abnormal specimen,
while all lutjanids normally have 24 (10 + 14) vertebrae
(Nelson 2006). All 18 vertebrae are well-developed as
compared with the radiograph of a normal specimen. Only
the pterygiophores connecting dorsal and anal fin rays turned
backward instead of remaining in slanting position as in
normal fish.
Discussion
The body of the specimen does not show any fresh
injury and it was sure to have died after being captured but
not of injury. As the vertebral column is normal up to 18th
vertebra and last 6 vertebrae are missing in the radiograph
taken, it is obvious that the missing caudal peduncle 1s due
to injury. Probably, the tail region would have been bitten off
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 2: Radiograph of abnormal specimen of L. johnii
by a predatory fish when this snapper was young, judging
from the regeneration that had taken place.
Following the amputation, the posterior part of the
body had not regenerated as usually happens if the caudal
fin is cut off. All organisms have biological responses to
damage, but these vary widely in the degree to which they can
recover from damage. Homeostatic renewals are thought to be
mediated by resident stem cells of specific lineages (Shao et
al. 2009). Lower vertebrates such as fish have a remarkable
capacity to regenerate complex structures damaged by injury
or disease. This process, termed epimorphic regeneration,
involves progenitor cells created through the reprogramming
of differentiated cells or through the activation of resident
stem cells (Stoick-Cooper et al. 2007).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Dr. K. Venkataraman,
Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, for
encouragement and facilities. The authors are also thankful
to Shri K.C. Gopi, Joint Director-in-charge of the Fish
Division, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, for valuable
suggestions on the manuscript.
REFERENCES
AKIMENKO, M.A., M. MAry -BeFFA, J. BECERRA & J. GE RAUDIE (2003):
Old questions, new tools, and some answers to the mystery of fin
regeneration. Developmental Dynamics 226: 190-201.
At-Manry, J.M., L.A. JAwAD, I.H. AL-RAsAby & S.H. At-Hassi (2010):
First record of dorsal and anal fin deformities in silver pomfrets,
Pampus argenteus (Stromateidae, Actinopterygii). Anales de
Biologia 32: 73-77.
Barman, R.P. (1991): An abnormal specimen of Channa orientalis
Schneider (Pisces: Channidae) from Tripura. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 88(1): 124.
BenctTsson, B.E. (1979): Biological variables, especially skeletal
deformities in fish, for monitoring marine pollution. Philos. Trans.
R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 286(1015): 457-464.
Dawson, C. (1964): A bibliography of anomalies of fishes. Gulf Research
Report 1: 308-399.
Dawson, C. (1966): A bibliography of anomalies of fishes. Supplement
1. Gulf Research Report 2: 169-176.
Dawson, C. (1971): A bibliography of anomalies of fishes. Supplement
2. Gulf Research Report 3: 215-239.
Dawson, C. & E. HEAL (1976): A bibliography of anomalies of fishes.
Supplement 3. Gulf Research Report 5: 35-41.
Evans, M.L. & B.D. Nerr (2009): Non-additive genetic effects contribute
to larval spinal deformity in two populations of Chinook salmon
(Oncorhynchus tshawytscha). Aquaculture 296: 169-173.
Gupcer, E.W. (1936): Beginnings of fish teratology, 1555-1642. Sci.
Monthly 43: 252-261.
Hora, S.L. (1921): Notes on the occasional absence of the paired
fins in freshwater fishes with some observations on two Apodal
genera Channa Gronov and Apua Blyth. Rec. Indian Mus. 22
(1): 27-32.
JAMES, P.S.R.B. & M. BADRUDEEN (1968): On certain anomalies in the
fishes of the family Leiognathidae. J. mar. biol. Ass. India 10(1):
107-113.
Lemiy, A.D. (1997): Ecosystem recovery following selenium
contamination in a freshwater reservoir. Ecotoxicol. Environ. Saf.
36(3): 275-281.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MIsHRA, S.S., A. DAS & R.P. BARMAN (2013): Notes on some snakehead
fishes of India with an aid to their identification. Rec. zool. Surv.
India 113(2): 145-152.
Myers, G. & L. SHapovaLov (1931): On the identity of Ophicephalus
and Channa, two genera of labyrinth fishes. Peking Natural History
Bulletin 6: 33-37.
NELson, J.S. (2006): The Fishes of the World. 4th edn. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. New York. 601 pp.
Patra, A.K. & T. Datta (2013): Occurrence of regenerated tail in Indian
freshwater spiny eel, Macrognathus pancalus Hamilton, 1822
(Teleoste1: Mastacembelidae), in northern West Bengal, India.
Turk. J. Zool. 37: 519-522.
SAHA, H. & R.K. Sana (2013): Occurrence of innate morphological
deformities in fishes of Tripura, North East India — A possible
case of inbreeding. World Journal of Fish and Marine Sciences
5(4): 405-408.
SHAO, J., X. QIAN, C. ZHANG & Z. Xu (2009): Fin regeneration from tail
segment with musculature, endoskeleton, and scales. J. Exp. Zool.
(Mol. Dey. Evol.) 312 B: 1-8.
SINDERMANN, C.J. (1976): Pollution-associated diseases and
abnormalities of fish and shellfish: a review. Fishery bulletin
76(4): 717-749.
STOICK-CoopErR, C.L., G. WEIDINGER, K.J. RIEHLE, C. HUBBERT,
M.B. Masor, N. Fausto & R.T. Moon (2007): Distinct Wnt
signaling pathways have opposing roles in appendage regeneration.
Development 134: 479-489.
Sun, P.L., W.E. Hawkins, R.M. OveRSTREET & N.J. BROWN-PETERSON
(2009): Morphological deformities as biomarkers in fish from
contaminated rivers in Taiwan. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health
6: 2307-2331. doi: 10.3390/ijerph6082307.
VILLENEUVE, D.L., L.R. Curtis, J.J. JENKINS, K.E. WARNER, F. TILTON,
M.L. Kent, V.G. WaTRAL, M.E. CUNNINGHAM, D.F. MARKLE,
D. SETHIAJINTANIN, O. KRISSANAKRISANGKRAI, E.R. JOHNSON,
R. Grove & K.A. ANDERSON (2005): Environmental stresses and
skeletal deformities in fish from the Willamette River, Oregon.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 39(10): 3495-3506.
59
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
14. NEW RECORD OF LESSER BLUE WING RHYOTHEMIS TRIANGULARIS KIRBY, 1889
(ODONATA: LIBELLULIDAE) FROM ODISHA, INDIA
S.K. SAJAN)* AND PRATYUSH P. MOHAPATRA?
'P.G. Dept of Wildlife and Biodiversity Conservation, North Orissa University, Sri Ram Chandra Vihar, Takatpur 757 003, Odisha, India.
Email: [email protected]
603/972, Metro Residency, Beherasahi, Nayapali, Bhubaneswar 751 012, Odisha, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56544
The order Odonata is an important ancient group
of insects and they are key indicators of water quality
and fluvial ecosystem disturbance (Castella 1987).
Fossil evidence suggests that the origin of this group
dates back to the Permian era. Eight superfamilies,
9 families and some 58 subfamilies of dragonflies
comprising 600 genera and 6,000 species of odonates are
recorded (Subramanian 2009a,b) and Odisha harbours
110 species of odonates under 60 genera and 9 families
(Nair 2011).
The study of the odonate fauna of Odisha was mainly
carried out by Laidlaw (1915), Fraser and Dover (19272),
Srivastava and Das (1987), Mitra (2002), Sethy and Siddiqui
(2007), Das et al. (2010, 2011, 2012), Nair (2011), and
Debata et al. (2013). Perusal of literature shows that
Rhyothemis triangularis has not been reported hitherto from
Odisha state.
The Lesser Blue Wing Rhyothemis triangularis was
sighted on April 07, 2012, from Odisha during an Odonata
survey in Kotagarh Wildlife Sanctuary. The species was found
in the core area of the Sanctuary in Balliguda forest division
near Dupi waterhole (19.89° N; 83.66° E). The terrain 1s flat
with mixed forest.
Description
Rhyothemis triangularis belongs to family Libellulidae
having medium-sized metallic blue-green wings with metallic
markings on the base of the wings. The thorax is metallic blue-
green and wings opaque metallic blue, while the remaining
area is transparent (ed.: photographic evidence provided).
Field Diagnostic Features: Head: labium, labrum,
and face black; frons and vesicle dark green or metallic
greenish blue; occiput black; eyes blackish brown above;
Prothorax blackish brown; Thorax dark metallic green.
Legs, abdomen, and anal appendages are entirely black.
Wings hyaline enfumed with pale brown, uniform in tint or
gradually depending towards apices, bases of all black with
dark metallic blue reflex, in forewing as far distal as second
or third antenodal nervure and thence in a ragged line to
posterior border of wing near the region of apex of anal loop;
Pterostigma dark reddish brown colour and very short.
Distribution: The species distribution earlier ranged
from India to south China and south to Java. In India, it 1s
found in Assam, Karnataka, Kerala, and Tamil Nadu (Dow
and Sharma 2010).
Conservation Status: This species is placed in Least
Concern category in the IUCN Red List.
REFERENCES
CASTELLA, E. (1987): Larval Odonata distribution as a describer of fluvial
ecosystems: the Rhone and Ain rivers, France. Adv. Odonatol. 3:
23-40.
Das, S.K., H.K. Sanu & S.D. Rout (2010): Odonates of Baripada
Division of Similipal Biosphere Reserve, including North Orissa
University Campus, Orissa, India. Tigerpaper 37(2): 13-15.
Das, S.K., B. Baruan, N. Dasu, S. SINGHNAIK & H.K. Sanu (2011):
Diversity of Odonates in Nandankanan Zoological Park with range
extension notes of white dartlet (Agriocnemis pieris) in Orissa,
India. Tigerpaper 39(2): 29-32.
Das, S.K., R.A. AnMeED, S.K. Sagan, N. Dasu, P. SAHoo, P. MOHANTA,
H.K. Sanu, S.D. Rout & S.K. Durta (2012): Diversity, distribution
and species composition of Odonates in buffer areas of Similipal
Tiger Reserve, Eastern Ghats, India. Academic Journal of
Entomology 5(1): 54-61.
Depart, S., H.K. Sanu, S. Rout & R. Kumar (2013): An observation on
Odonata diversity in Hadgarh Wildlife Sanctuary, Odisha, Eastern
India. Tigerpaper 40(2): 10-13.
Dow, R.A. & G. SHARMA (2010): Rhyothemis triangularis. In: IUCN
2013. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2013.2. www.
jucnredlist.org. Downloaded on December 29, 2013.
Fraser, F.C. & C. Dover (1922): The fauna of an island in the Chilka
Lake — Dragonflies. Records of the Indian Museum 24(3):
303-311.
LaiwLaw, E.F. (1915): Fauna of the Chilika lake. No. 2 Odonata. Memoirs
of Indian Museum 5: 177-188.
Mitra, T.R. (2002): Geographical distribution of Odonata (Insecta) of
Eastern India. Memoirs of the Zoological Survey of India 19(9):
1-208.
Nair, M.V. (2011): Dragonflies and Damselflies of Orissa and Eastern
India. Wildlife Organization, Forest and Environment Department,
Government of Orissa. 254 pp.
SETHY, P.G.S. & S.Z. Sippigul (2007): Observation on Odonates in
Similipal Biosphere Reserve, Orissa. Zoosprint Journal 22(11):
2893-2894.
SRIVASTAVA, V.K. & S. Das (1987): Insecta: Odonata. Pp. 135-159.
In: Fauna Series-I, Fauna of Orissa, Part I. Zoological Survey of
India, Calcutta.
SUBRAMANIAN, K.A. (2009a): India — A lifescape, dragonflies of India.
A Field Guide. Vigyan Prasar, India Offset Press, New Delhi.
80 pp.
SUBRAMANIAN, K.A. (2009b): A checklist of Odonata (Insecta) of India.
Zoological Survey of India, Western Regional Station, Pune,
Maharashtra, India. 36 pp.
60
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
15. SPECIES DIVERSITY OF BUTTERFLIES (INSECTA : LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA)
ON TWO TREES OF SOUTH ANDAMAN, INDIA
T.C. Kuatri!
'J.N.Government College, Port Blair 744 104, Andaman, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56545
I received news of butterflies on a tree Ligustrum amazed to see 300 to 350 butterflies comprising 19 species
glomeratum (Family Oleaceae) in the office premises of (Table 1) hovering over the tree in full bloom. Some of the
Central Agricultural Research Institute (CARI), Port Blair, butterflies were photographed. Two species of day flying
South Andaman in August, 2007. On visiting the site was moths were also recorded flying among the butterflies. This
Table 1: Butterflies recorded feeding on two tree species at Port Blair, South Andaman
S. Butterfly species Ligustrum glomeratum Premna integrifolia Status
No (Family: Oleacae) August, 2007 (Family : Verbenacae) July, 2010
Family: Papilionidae
1 Pachliopta aristolochae goniopeltis Male Male, Female R
2 Papilio mayo** - Male R
3; P. polytes stichioides Male Male, Female C
4 Graphium agamemnon andamana - Male, Female R
a G. eurypylus macronius** Male - R
Family: Pieridae
6) Leptosia nina nina Male, Female - C
7 Delias hyparete indica Male, Female - C
8 Cepora nerissa dapha - Male, Female C
9 Appias libythea olferna*** - Male, Female NR
10 A. albina darada - Male, Female NR
11 Ixias pyrene andamana - Male, Female NR
12 Hebomoia glaucippe roepstorfii - Male, Female NR
13 Catopsila pomona Male, Female Male, Female R
14 C. pyranthe Male, Female R
15 Eurema hecabe blairana Male, Female Male, Female C
Family: Lycaenidae
16 Nacaduba pactolus andamana** - Male, Female NR
Family: Nymphalidae
We Parthenos sylvia andamana** Male, Female Male, Female NR
18 Neptis hylas andamana - Male C
19 Hypolimnas bolina Male Male R
20 Doleschallia bisaltide andamanensis* Male, Female - NR
21 Junonia hierta magna Male, Female Male, female C
22 J. a. almana Male, Female Male, Female C
23 J. atlites Male, Female Male, Female Cc.
24 Atella alcippe andamana - Male, Female NR
20 Vindula erota pallida Male Male C
26 Algia fasciata Male, Female - VR
ef Cethosia cyanae ~ Male, Female C
28 Euploea a. andamana Male, Female Male, Female NC
29 Mycalesis visala andamana - Male, Female C
Family: Hesperiidae
30 Tagiades japetus ravina Male - NR
31 Notocrypta p. paralysos - Male R
32 Cupitha purreea Male - NR
C- common, R- rare, VR- very rare, NR- not rare.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Species protected under WildLife (Protection) Act, 1972: * in Schedule I, ** in Schedule II and *** in Schedule III;
61
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
phenomenon continued for about two weeks and gradually,
as the flowers dried, the butterfly numbers came down and
they finally left the spot.
A similar observation was made in the campus of
J.N. Government College, Port Blair in July 2010. This time,
the tree species was Premna integrifolia (Family Verbenaceae).
The number of butterflies observed flying varied from 100 to
150, comprising not less than 27 species (Table 1).
Ligustrum glomeratum is a small evergreen tree. The
inflorescence is a terminal panicle of cyme (Parkinson 1972).
Premna integrifolia is a small tree. The presence of large
congregations of butterflies species on these two tree species
suggests that secondary forests can provide important food
resource for butterflies. Such an observation was also made by
Sondhi (2009) in Dalhousie, Himachal Pradesh, on Butterfly
Bush Buddleia davidii.
REFERENCES
PARKINSON, C.E. (1972): A Forest Flora of the Andaman Islands. Reprint
Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun, Uttarakhand. 32 pp.
SONDHI, ANCHAL (2009): An hour at the butterfly bush. Sanctuary Asia
(December): 68-69.
16. A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF STERNASPIS SCUTATA (RENIER 1807)
—ASTERNASPID POLYCHAETE FROM SUNDARBAN MANGROVES, WEST BENGAL, INDIA
H.M. PreetHa Mini Jose!’, S. MuTHUVELU!”, S. Stvaras'* AND P. MuRUGESAN!”*
'Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Faculty of Marine Sciences, Annamalai University, Parangipettai 608 502, Tamil Nadu, India.
“Email: [email protected]
3Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56547
Sternaspis scutata belongs to Phylum Annelida, Order
Canalipalpata and Class Polychaeta. Members of Family
Sternaspidae were first recognised in the 16th century and
formally described in the late 1810s (Ranzani 1817). They
are commonly called Mud Owls because their large, stiff,
ventral shield resembles two large eyes and the plump,
peanut-shaped body completes the resemblance. Sternaspids
are mostly shallow water forms, and a few deepwater forms
also occur in the estuarine and mangrove environments. A
total of 640 no./sq. m of the polychaete Sternaspis scutata
were recorded by the authors in the core area of Sundarban
mangrove region during June 2012.
Sediment samples were collected using Petersen grab
(0.1 sq. marea) from Sundarban Mangroves, West Bengal
(21° 42’ 705' N; 88° 18' 145” E) during June 2012 (Fig. 1).
The area mostly comprised muddy sand.
Sternaspidae comprises a single genus Sternaspis, in
which about 10 species have been reported by Fauchald (1977)
and subsequently 12 valid species by Hutchings and Fauchald
(2000). According to Petersen (2000), Sternaspidae is a
monogeneric family of polychaetes with 13 nominal species
and two subspecies. Recently, Sendall and Salazar-Vallejo
(2013) recorded two new genera in this family. However, one
or two species are recorded from many different localities
and they are regarded as cosmopolitan (Hartman and Reish
62
Fig. 1: Map showing the study area
1950). All Sternaspis species are typically sublittoral, marine,
infaunal and non-selective, direct deposit feeders. Since the
first record in the literature in the mid-1700s (Plancus 1760),
members of this genus have been reported from all oceans of
the world. Although they have been collected from depths as
great as 4,418 m (Kirkegaard 1983), they are more likely to
be collected from depths less than 200 m (Fauchald 1977).
In Australia, one species of S. scutata has been recorded off
the south Australian coast (Benham 1916). Records from
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
<< Chaetal spines
~“* Mouth
~~-m-m Genital papillae
weet VVantral shield
sso Chaetae
Fig. 2: Sternaspis scutata, entire worm
the Australian Museum database indicate that a species of
Sternaspis occurs at Sandy Cape, Rottnest Island, Western
Australia. Sternaspids occur mostly in sandy and muddy
substrate in all depths, but are usually found at depths of 100-
200 m, rarely in large numbers (Fauchald 1977). They are
easily recognised in sediment samples by their characteristic
dark yellow to reddish chitinized shield. Although only the
type species, S. scutata (Renier 1807), has been reported
as cosmopolitan from the Arctic to the Antarctic in shallow
to great depths (Day 1967), in reality several other species
may be present.
Sternaspis scutata is described as follows: A stout
burrowing worm, with leathery texture; body up to 35 mm
long, 18 mm wide, divided into 30 segments, the first seven
segments forming the anterior region and the remaining
segments forming the posterior region; anterior region
much smaller and narrower than the posterior region into
which it can withdraw; head reduced, bearing a small,
translucent, rounded prostomium above the mouth (Figs
2 and 3). The first segment a peristomium that is covered
by short papillae. Prostomium hemispherical, without
eyespots, opalescent, translucent; peristomium rounded,
flattening at the position of the mouth, devoid of papillae.
Mouth circular, completely covered with minute papillae,
extends from behind the head forms prostomium to edge of
second segment. Genital papillae protrude ventrally from
body wall between segments 7 and 8. Pre-shield region with
7 segments, sometimes bearing a bundle of small, short,
fine capillary chaetae laterally. Shield plate divided into
two unequal parts by a slanting line and marked with ridges
and striae. Ventro-caudal shield flat, ribbed with concentric
lines; suture restricted to anterior region. Anterior margins
truncate, straight; anterior depression deep; anterior keels not
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Fig. 3: Sternaspis scutata (ventral view)
exposed. Lateral margins straight, not expanded medially.
Fan smooth, markedly projecting beyond posterior corners,
with margin smooth, barely crenulated. Marginal shield
chaetal fascicles include 10 lateral ones, chaetae in an oval
arrangement; six posterior fascicles, chaetae in a slightly
curved arrangement.
Sternaspids are deposit feeders. According to Dales
(1963) they lie head down, just under the surface of the
mud, with the branchiae on the sediment surface of the mud,
presumably to enhance oxygen exchange. The septa have
mostly broken down and the gut is greatly coiled, in order to
maximize the adsorption of nutrients. The simple, eversible
axial pharynx helps to scoop up the sediment.
S. scutata ingests mainly fine sediment particles and
thus increases the organic content of material in the gut over
the content of sediment on which it feeds. The fine fraction
has a high organic content because 1. fine inorganic particles
have a high surface area for adsorption of organic matter, and
11. most organic particles in the sediment are fine.
In a separate study, this species, which 1s non-native to
the given area, rapidly expanded its range in inshore muddy
sediments along the coast of the temperate region. Therefore,
to determine the impact that the arrival of this moderately
large infaunal deposit feeding polychaete could have on
benthic biodiversity and ecosystem function, a mesocosm
experiment was initiated elsewhere. It was concluded that
despite its size, the relative immobility of S. scutata dictates
that its presence has little impact on the species around it. The
addition of this species did significantly reduce the release
of nitrite (NO, >) and increase the release of ammonium
(NH,,") from the sediment (Rachel et al. 2008). Therefore, the
occurrence of this species is to be viewed with caution.
Presently we have collected 640 no./sq. m individuals of
63
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
S. scutata, which is uncommon in the mangrove environment.
Similarly, Joydas and Damodaran (2009), while studying the
benthic diversity in the continental shelf region of Arabian
Sea (200 m depth), reported Sternaspis scutata as one of the
dominant species, which is worthy of note.
Further, they have found that the species number,
total biomass, and total numerical abundance exhibited
progressive decrease with increasing depth. Likewise, Pillai
(2001), while studying the benthic polychaetes from Cochin
estuary reported as many as 30 species of polychaetes, of
which Sternaspis sp. constituted a major proportion in terms
of occurrence.
The present study provides only the qualitative list
of occurrence of S. scutata in Sundarbans, West Bengal,
which has high marine faunal diversity. An attempt is being
made to quantify the data as this species has been recorded
in exceedingly large numbers. An attempt is being made to
relate the water and sediment parameters to the abundance
of this species since sedimentary organic carbon might play
a key role in its distribution.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Prof. Dr. K. Kathiresan, Dean of the Centre
of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Faculty of Marine
Sciences, Annamalai University, for encouragement and
facilities provided. We also thank Prof. Dr. T. Balasubramanian,
Former Director and Dean of the Centre for support and
constant encouragement. We gratefully acknowledge the
Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, for
financial support as this work forms a part of an MoEF
funded project. |
REFERENCES
BenuaM, W.B. (1916): Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F.LS.
Endeavour on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania
and South Australia. Pp. 125-162, pls. 46-48. Jn: Dannevig, H.C.
(Ed.): Biological results of the fishing experiments carried on by
the F.I.S. Endeavour 1909-14, vol. IV, part II.
Dates, R.P. (1963): Annelids. Hutchinson University Library, London.
200 pp.
Day, J.H. (1967): A monograph on the polychaeta of southern Africa.
Part II Sedentaria. British Museum of Natural History, London.
Pp. 459-878.
FAUCHALD, K. (1977): The polychaete worms: definitions and keys to the
orders, families and genera. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County
Sci. Ser. 28: 1-190.
Hartman, O. & D.J. ReisH (1950): The marine annelids of Oregon.
Oregon State College Monographs, Studies in Zoology 6: \—64.
Hutcuines, P.A. & K. FAUCHALD (2000): Class Polychaeta: definition
and general description. Pp. 1-3. Jn: Beesley, P.L., G.J.B. Ross &
C.J. Glasby (Eds): Polychaetes and Allies: the Southern Synthesis.
CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.
Joypas, T.V. & R. DamMoparRAN (2009): Infaunal macrobenthos along
the shelf waters of the west coast of India, Arabian Sea. Indian J.
Mar. Sci. 38: 191-204.
KIRKEGAARD, J.B. (1983): Bathyal benthic polychaetes from the N.E.
Atlantic Ocean, S.W. of the British Isles. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. UK
63: 593-608. doi: 10.1017/S00253 15400070909.
Petersen, M.E. (2000): Family Sternaspidae Carus 1863. Taxonomic
Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and
Western Santa Barbara Channel. Jn: Blake, J.A., B. Hilbig &
P.V. Scott (Eds): Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. Santa
Barbara, California 4: 311—336.
Piancus, J. (1760): Ariminensis. De Conchis Minus Notis Liber.
Cui accessit specimen aestus reciproci maris superi ad Littus
Portumque Arimini. Editio Altera. Duplici Appendice Acuta,
Roma. 136 pp, 14 Pl.
Pittat, N.G.K. (2001): On some benthic polychaetes from Cochin
Estuary. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 43 (1&2): 120-135.
RACHEL, SHELLEY, STEPHEN WIDDICOMBE, MALCOLM Woopwarp, TIM
STEVENS, C. Lourse McneILL & MiIcHAEL A. KENDALL (2008):
An investigation of the impacts on biodiversity and ecosystem
functioning of soft sediments by the non-native polychaete
Sternaspis scutata (Polychaeta: Sternaspidae). J. Exp. Mar. Biol.
and Ecol. 366(1—2): 146-150.
RANZANI, C. (1817): Eumolpe maximan., neue Sippe der Roth-
Wiirmer (Anneliden), beschrieben von dems.und obda. 105.
Isis oder Encyclopaedische Zeitung von Oken 1(11/12) (182):
1452-1456.
Renigr, S.A. (1807): Tavole per servire alla classificazione e connoscenza
degli Animalai. Stabe and fils: Padova & tables.
SENDALL K. & SERGIO I. SALAZAR-VALLEJO (2013): Revision of Sternaspis
Otto, 1821 (Polychaeta, Sternaspidae). ZooKeys 286: 1—74.
17. PLAGIOCHILA DUTHIANA STEPH. — A POORLY KNOWN SPECIES DISCOVERED
FROM WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
PRAVEEN KUMAR VERMA!* AND KRISHNA KUMAR RAWAT?
'Rain Forest Research Institute, Sotai Ali, Deovan, Post Box # 136, Jorhat 785 001, Assam, India. Email: [email protected]
2CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Rana Pratap Marg, Lucknow 226 001, Uttar Pradesh, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56548
Introduction
Plagiochila (Plagiochilaceae) is one of the most
common liverwort genera in the Nilgiri hills of Tamil Nadu
64
as well as in India (Srivastava et al. 2002, 2007; Verma 2005;
Verma and Srivastava 2008). The genus is characterised by: a
simple to vigorous plant, sparsely branched with dichotomous
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
to dendroid branching habit; stem typically differentiated into
thick-walled cortical and thin-walled medullary cells; leaves
always alternate, succubus, and usually toothed, rarely entire
or with very small teeth as in Plagiochila duthiana, sub-
transversely to obliquely inserted; perianth inflated, dorso-
ventrally compressed, usually campanulate or with truncate
mouth. Owing to enormous plasticity in morphological
characters, Plagiochila is considered as one of the most
problematic genera among the liverworts, with about 1,800
names described so far from the world, out of which about
480 names were reported from Asia (So and Grolle 2000).
In India, the genus Plagiochila is represented by more than
100 species distributed in the Himalaya, southern India, and
Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Interestingly, Central India
4,9-11,14
3
5-8,12,13
Figs 1-14: Plagiochila duthiana Steph.: 1. A portion of the plant in
dorsal view with basal rhizoids, 2. A portion of the plant in ventral
view, 3. Cross section of stem, 4. Aportion of the same enlarged, 5-8.
Leaves, 9. Apical cells of leaf, 10. Median cells of leaf, 11. Basal cells
of leaf, 12. A female bract, 13. A female bract subtending a group of
archegonia, 14. Apical cells of female bract (All figures drawn from
R. Udar & Party 60 S/ 1972).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
lacks any representation of the genus. Examination of some
old herbarium samples from the Nilgiri hills has revealed
the presence of Plagiochila duthiana Steph., a species so
far known only from the Indian Himalayan region in Indian
bryoflora, belonging to section Poeltiae Inoue, which is
characterised by orbicular to oblong-ovate leaves with small
marginal teeth that may be often absent, and cyathiform
perianth. In India, this section is represented by two species,
namely P. duthiana Steph. and P. poeltii Inoue. Discovery of
P. duthiana from the Nilgiri hills, therefore, constitutes not
only its range extension, but also the first ever report of the
section Poeltiae from southern Indian territory.
Plagiochila duthiana Steph., Bull. Herb. Boissier.
Sem) 3277 1903: & Spi Hepat. 2: 331.1903; So, Syst. Bot.
Monogr. 60: 118.2001. P. himalayensis Steph., Bull. Herb.
Bossier, ser’ 2) 32527/1903 & Sp) Hepat 2331/1903:
P. seminuda Inoue, Hara, Fl. E. Himalaya 1: 520.1966.
(Figs 1-14)
Plants in loose patches, light brown in colour, 20—
35 mm long, |.8—2.9 mm wide, sparsely branched, branching
lateral intercalary. Stem 13—14 cells across the diameter,
differentiated, cortical cells 3-layered, thick-walled, small,
light brown, 8—17 < 8-17 um, medullary cells thin-walled,
large, 26-35 x 22—35 um. Rhizoids arising from rhizomatous
axis, restricted only at base. Leaves imbricate, appressed to
stem, obliquely inserted, broadly ovate, 1.0—1.5 mm long,
0.91—-1.4 mm wide, dorsal margin recurved, base short
decurrent, apex broadly rounded, ventral margin strongly
arched, margin entire or minutely toothed; teeth 1—2 cells
long, 1—2 cells wide; apical leaf cells 15—22 x 22-30 um,
median leaf cells 26-34 <x 34-38 um, basal leaf cells 45—
69 x 22-30 um, cells trigonous.
Dioecious. Gynaecia terminal on main axis; female
bracts much longer and more toothed than stem; leaves sub-
orbicular 1.0—-1.4 x 0.91—1.04 mm. Perianth cyathiform,
mouth dentate; teeth 1-4 cells long, 1—2 cells wide at base.
Mature sporophyte not seen.
Type locality: INDIA: Jammu & Kashmir (So 2001).
Range: Myanmar, China, India, Japan, Nepal, Pakistan,
and Taiwan (So 2001; Wang et al. 2011).
Distribution in India: Eastern Himalaya: Meghalaya
(Shillong); Western Himalaya: Jammu & Kashmir (Tragbal
pass), Himachal Pradesh (Kullu), Uttarakhand (Mussoorie).
southern India: Tamil Nadu [Nilgiri hills, Upper Bhavani
(Avalanche)] (see also Inoue 1965; Kashyap 1932; Rawat and
Srivastava 2007; Singh and Singh 2009; So 2001; Srivastava
1979; Stephani 1903).
Habitat: Plants growing in rough mats on base
of angiosperm tree, mainly in diffused patches and not
completely attached with substrate; occurrence very rare.
65
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Characteristics of the species: 1. Leaves orbicular-
ovate 2. Leaves entire to minutely dentate (teeth 1—2 cells
long) 3. Gynaecia always terminal and cyathiform, mouth
truncate.
Specimens examined: southern India: Tamil Nadu,
Nilgiri hills — Upper Bhavani (Avalanche), c. 2,250 m,
02.x.1972, R. Udar & party 60 S/1972 (LWU).
Other specimen examined: Plagiochila himalayensis
Steph. N.W. Himalaya: Kashmir, Bashar, 1200, May 1894,
J.S. Gamble 24923 (G 011003: Typus).
Plagiochila duthiana Steph. was first reported from
India (Jammu & Kashmir) on the basis of the collection
of F. Duthie. Stephani (1903) also reported another
species P. himalayensis Steph. Inoue (1965) synonymized
P. himalayensis under P. duthiana. An examination of plants
collected from Nilgiri hills — Avalanche by the late Prof. Ram
Udar and his associates revealed the presence of this species
in the Western Ghats. The presence of this species in Nilgiri
hills shows a southward extension of range of distribution, not
only of the species but also of the section Poeltiae. In its overall
appearance, P. duthiana appears like a species of Jungermannia
due to orbicular-ovate leaves, which are often entire.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to Prof. S.C. Srivastava, former
Head, Department of Botany, University of Lucknow and
UGC Emeritus Fellow, CSIR-National Botanical Research
Institute, Lucknow, for guidance and valuable suggestions
and to the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of
India, New Delhi, for financial support under AICOPTAX
project to one of us (PKV).
REFERENCES
INouE, H. (1965): Contribution to the knowledge of the Plagiochilaceae
of southeastern Asia. VI. Synopsis of Plagiochila (Dum.) in the
Himalayan region. Bull. Natl Sci. Mus. (Tokyo) 8: 375—403.
Kasuyap, S.R. (1932): Liverworts of the Western Himalayas and the
Panjab plains. Part II — Lahore.
Rawat, K.K. & S.C. Srivastava (2007): Genus Plagiochila in eastern
Himalaya. Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun.
SINGH, S.K. & D.K. Stncu (2009): Hepaticae and Anthocerotae of
Great Himalayan National Park and its environs (HP), India.
BSI, Dehradun.
So, M.L. (2001): Plagiochila (Hepaticae, Plagiochilaceae) in China.
Syst. Bot. Monogr. 60: 1-214.
So, M.L. & R. GROLLE (2000): Checklist of Plagiochila in Asia. Journ.
Hattori Bot. Lab. 88: 199-243.
SRIVASTAVA, S.C. (1979): Hepaticae of Kashmir valley. Nova Hedwiga
63: 333-338.
SRIVASTAVA, S.C., P.K. VERMA & A. ALAM (2007): Plagiochila gracilis
Lindenb. & Gott. and P. subtropica St. in Western Ghats (Nilgiri
Hills). Phytotaxonomy 6: 78-83.
SRIVASTAVA, S.C., P.K. VERMA & S.A.H. Rizvi (2002): Plagiochila
peradenyensis Schiffn. new to India. Geophytology 30: 75—79.
STEPHANI, F. (1903): Species Hepaticarum 2: 342-452. Geneve.
VERMA, P.K. (2005): Studies in Hepaticae of Nilgiri hills with special
reference to epiphytic taxa. Ph.D thesis in Department of Botany,
Lucknow University, Lucknow. xxv + 400 pp. with 105 pp.
illustrations.
VERMA, P.K. & S.C. Srivastava (2008): Plagiochila junghuhniana
Sande Lac. new to Indian mainland (Nilgiri Hills, Western Ghats)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 105(2): 236-238.
WANG, J., M.J. Lar & R.L. Zuu (2011): Liverworts and hornworts of
Taiwan: an updated checklist and floristic accounts. Ann. Bot.
Fenni. 48: 369-395.
18. BEGONIA INTEGRIFOLIA DALZELL — AN ADDITION TO THE FLORA OF GOA, INDIA
MAKARAND M. AITAWADE!”:* AND SHRIRANG R. YaApav!”?
'Department of Botany, Shivaji University, Kolhapur 416 004, Maharashtra, India.
“Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56549
Introduction
A species of Begonia L. was collected during our
visit to Goa state. It was found growing on walls and
rock crevices on both sides of the national highway near
Poinguinim, southern Goa. So far it was known from the
states of Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, and Kerala
(Gamble 1919; Nair and Henry 1983; Nayar et al. 2006;
Rao 2001; Sharma et al. 1984). However, in the present
record, Begonia integrifolia Dalzell is reported for the first
time from Goa. The identity of the species was confirmed by
comparing the specimens with images of types deposited in
66
the Herbarium of Trinity College, Dublin (No. TCD0017180
and TCD0017181).
Begonia integrifolia Dalzell in Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew
Gard. Misc. 3: 230. 1851; C.B. Clarke in Hook. f.,, Fl. Brit.
India. 2: 648. 1879; J.S. Gamble in Fl. Pres. Madras 1: 546.
1919; T. Cooke Fl. Pres. Bombay 1: 584. 1967 (Repr.);
N.C. Nair & A.N. Henry in Fl. Tamil Nadul: 175. 1983;
C.J. Saldanha in Fl. Karnataka 1: 289. 1984; B.D. Sharma et
al. in Fl. Karnataka: analysis 116. 1984; K.M. Rao in Singh
et al. Fl. Maharashtra State, Dicot 2: 77. 2001; T.S. Nayar et
al. in Fl. Pl. Kerala. p.142. 2006.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
A succulent herb, c. 20 cm high. Stem erect, branched,
densely to sparsely covered with small white hairs. Root
stock tuberous, tubers large, pea-like. Leaves simple,
asymmetrical, obliquely ovate to lanceolate, obliquely
cordate at base, acute at apex, minutely hairy on both
surfaces, dark red beneath, margin serrate and finely ciliate,
measuring 8—23 x 5—19 cm, petiolate; petiole pale to darker
pink; stipule 6-12 x 3—7 mm, pinkish white, glabrous
or glabrescent, persistent. Inflorescence axillary few-
flowered cymes, peduncle glabrous, 6—9 cm long. Flowers
white, unisexual, bracteate; bract broadly ovate, glabrous,
1.3 x 1.3 cm, pedicellate; pedicel 2—2.3 cm long, glabrous.
Male flowers: Tepals 4, petalloid, white, outer 2 tepals
larger than inner 2, 1-1.4 x 1.1—1.5 cm, broadly ovate,
obtuse at apex; inner 2, ovate to lanceolate, 0.9—1.2 x 0.6—
0.8 cm, glabrous. Stamens more than 100, basally connate,
c. 2mm long; filament 1 mm long; anther elliptic, 1 mm long.
Female flower: Tepals 5, outer two larger than inner, 0.9—1.3
x 1—1.4 cm, white; inner perianth elliptic oblong, 0.8—1.1 x
0.4—0.45 cm; styles 2, bifid, linear, each stylodium bifurcates
in the stigmatic region, stigmatic surfaces spirally twisted
linear coiled, 2.2 mm long; ovary winged. Fruit capsule,
2 x 2 cm, 3-winged, one of them larger than the other two
with slight protuberance at tip, glabrous with persistent
style; seeds numerous, elliptic ovate, 0.4 x 0.2 mm, truncate
and stalked at base, brown, very small with alveolate
surface.
Flowering and Fruiting: August to September.
Specimens examined: Mukkali forest (Palghat),
24.vili.1966, Vajravelu 27810 (MH); Panathur (Cannanore),
29.v1.1980, Ansari 67896 (CAL); Poinguinim, 6.vii.2011,
M.M. Aitawade 6 (SUK); and Ansighat, 6.vi1.2011,
M.M. Aitawade 7 (SUK).
Distribution: Southern India, Sri Lanka, Indo-China,
Laos, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia.
Note: Many individuals are found to be growing in
humid and shady places on walls and roadsides. This species
can be distinguished by its pea-like tubers, leaves dark red
beneath, flowers white, broadly ovate bracts, and 3-winged
capsule of which one wing is larger than others. This species
has potential as an ornamental and should be brought under
cultivation.
REFERENCES
GAMBLE, J.S. (1919): Flora of the Presidency of Madras. Adlard and
Sons, London.
Nair, N.C. & A.N. Henry (1983): Flora of Tamil Nadu. Botanical Survey
of India. Southern Circle, Coimbatore, India.
Nayar, T.S., A.R. BEEGAM, N. MOHANAN & G. RAJKUMAR (2006):
Flowering plants of Kerala: A handbook. Tropical Botanic Garden
and Research Institute, Palode, Kerala.
Rao, K.M. (2001): Begoniaceae. Jn: Singh, N.P., P. Laxminarasimhan,
S. Karthikeyan & P.V. Prasanna (Eds): Flora of Maharashtra State,
II, Dicotyledons. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
SHARMA, B.D., N.P. SINGH, R.S. RAGHAVAN & U.R. DESHPANDE (1984):
Flora of Karnataka. Botanical Survey of India, New Delhi.
19. ARTEMISIA SANTOLINIFOLIA TURCZ. EX BESSER (ASTERACEAE) —
AN OVERLOOKED SPECIES IN INDIAN FLORA
BHASKAR Datt!**, MEENA BALESHWAR!? AND T.S. RANA!
'CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow 226 001, Uttar Pradesh, India.
"Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56550
During the course of identification of some of the
collections of Artemisia species from Western Himalaya at
the herbarium of CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute,
Lucknow (LWG), the authors encountered eight quite old
specimens of Artemisia L., which were collected on the way
to Milam, presently in Uttarakhand state (four specimens
collected by D.D. Awasthi on October 07 and 08, 1950, and
the other four by J.G.S. Srivastava and party on November 08
and 09, 1959). These specimens were identified as Artemisia
sacrorum Ledeb., and have been reported as common in
their localities. Y.R. Ling, who was working on Chinese
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
Artemisia had critically examined the said specimens and
identified them as Artemisia santolinifolia Turcz. ex Besser.
These specimens might have escaped the notice of recent
Indian taxonomists, hence Artemisia santolinifolia remained
unreported even in recent publications (Hajra et al. 1995;
Untyal et al. 2007). Quaiser (/.c.) has reported its distribution
in Kashmir and Ladakh, that too without citing any precise
locality for the plants. Hence, the present report is virtually a
new distributional record of this species for the flora of India,
and even otherwise it extends its distribution from Kashmir
to the Kumaon region in eastern Uttarakhand. This species
67
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Artemisia santolinifolia Turcz. ex Besser:
a. Habit; b., c. & d. outer, median & inner involucral bracts
is not included in Hooker’s (1881) Flora. Pertinent on-line
plant taxonomic databases were also critically examined
for background information on the taxon in question. A
description along with nomenclature and illustration of this
species 1s given below to facilitate its identification.
Artemisia santolinifolia Turcz. ex Besser in Nouv.
Mém. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 3: 87. 1834; Podlech
in Rech. f., Fl. Iran. 158: 172. 1986; Quaiser, ‘Asteraceae’ in
Fl. Pakistan 207: 139. 2008. A. sacrorum Ledeb. var. minor
Ledeb., Fl. Alt. 4: 72. 1833. A. sacrorum var. santolinifolia
(Turcz. ex Besser) Pamp. in Nuov., Giorn. Bot. Ital. n. s. 34:
69321927 sight):
Perennial, erect, stiff herb, up to 1 m high. Stem basally
woody, much branched above, 1.0—1.5 cm thick, sparsely
pubescent to glabrous, grooved. Leaves 2.0—4.0 x 1.5—
2.5 cm, ovate-triangular, sparsely hairy; lower 3-pinnatisect;
uppermost leaves 1-2-pinnatisect or simple; ultimate
segments |.0—4.0 x 0.3—1.0 mm, narrowly lanceolate-linear;
petioles up to 2.5 cm long. Heads subsessile, 3.0—5.0 mm
across, in many-flowered, terminal, leafy, 20-40 cm long
panicles. Involucral bracts 3-seriate; outermost 2.0—2.2 x
0.3-0.4 mm, linear-oblong, green, sparsely hairy; median
c.2.0 x 1.2 mm, elliptic, with widely scarious margins, laxily
hairy along midrib; innermost obovate, equalling the median
ones, scarious hyaline. Florets yellow, all fertile; marginal
florets with c. 1 mm long, narrow, 2-toothed corolla tube;
disc-florets with c. 1.2 mm long, 5-toothed, corolla tube.
Achenes c. 1.0 mm long, brown.
Fl. & Fr.: August-November.
Ecology: Common on dry stony slopes with sandy-
clay soils between Mirtoli and Milam, and on the way
to Milam and Sanglikund in eastern Kumaon region, but
this species has not so far been collected from other places.
Distribution: INDIA: W. Himalaya (Kashmir and
Kumaon), 3,000-4,000 m; Pakistan, Afghanistan, Central
Asia, Russian Federation, China, and Mongolia.
Specimens examined: Pithoragarh dist.: Between
Mirtoli and Milam, Awasthi, 1872; on way from Milam
to Sanglikund, Awasthi, 1875; on way to Milam glacier,
Srivastava & Party, 52352, 52400.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors are thankful to the Director, CSIR-National
Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow, for facilities and
encouragements.
REFERENCES
Hagra, P.K., R.R. Rao, D.K. SincH & B.P. Unrya (1995): Flora of India ‘Asteraceae’. Vol. 12. BSI, Calcutta. 454 pp.
Hooker, J.D. (1881): The Flora of British India ‘Compositae’. Vol. 3. Lovell Reev & Co., London. 712 pp.
UnrvaL, B.P., J.R. SHarma, U. CHowpnery & D.K. Sincu (2007): Flowering Plants of Uttarakhand (a checklist). Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh,
Dehradun. 404 pp.
68
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
20. PHYSALIS PRUINOSA L. (SOLANACEAE) — A NEW RECORD FOR THE FLORA OF
UTTAR PRADESH AND UTTARAKHAND, INDIA
S.C. StncH!” AND BHASKAR DatT?
'CSIR-Central Institute of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, Lucknow 226 015, Uttar Pradesh, India. Email: [email protected]
*CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow 226 001, Uttar Pradesh, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/bnhs/2014/v111i1/56552
The genus Physalis L. comprises 75+ species of
cosmopolitan distribution (Mabberley 2008). According
to Deb (1980), six species of Physalis occur in India,
namely P. alkekengi L., P. angulata L., P. ixocarpa Brot.
ex DC., P. virginiana Mill. var. sonorae (Torr.) Waterf.,
P. peruviana L., and P. minima L., of which the former
three species are cultivated whereas rest are adventive.
Singh and Pandey (2002) added one more species,
P. maxima Mill. to the list, as a new introduction to India.
The hybridization among some of these species outside their
native range poses ambiguity in their correct identification.
Raju et al. (2007) discussed the status of P. minima and
P. maxima and their alleged presence in the Indian
subcontinent. According to them the name “P. minima”
is misapplied to two different species, P. angulata and
P. lagascae Roem. & Schult. The correct name of the widely
known P. minima 1s P. lagascae. The name of “P. maxima”
applied to the naturalized weed in the Indian subcontinent
and elsewhere is to be substituted by P. pruinosa L., a name
misapplied to P. grisea (Waterf.) M. Martinez. During
field surveys in different parts of Garhwal Himalaya in
Uttarakhand, some interesting specimens of Physalis were
collected by one of us (SCS). Similar specimens were
also collected from Lucknow. All the specimens were
identified as P. pruinosa. A perusal of relevant literature
(Khanna et al. 1999; Uniyal et al. 2007) revealed that
the species is not hitherto reported from Uttar Pradesh or
Uttarakhand states. So, it is reported here as a new record.
Voucher specimens are deposited in the Herbarium of
the Central Institute of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants,
Lucknow (CMAP). A description along with nomenclature
and a photograph of this species is given below to facilitate
its identification.
Physalis pruinosa L., Sp. P|. 1: 184. 1753; Martinez in
Taxon 42: 104. 1993; Raju et al. in Acta Phytotaxon. Sinica
45(2): 243. 2007. P. maxima Mill., Gard. Dict. ed. 8, Physalis
no. 15. 1768; Singh & Pandey in Ind. J. Forest. 25 (1-2): 187,
f. 1(a-k), Pt. 1-2. 2002.
Annual, erect, stout, sticky, dichotomously branched
herb with spreading branches. Stem 0.5—1.0 m high,
subangular-terete, fistular especially in lower part, densely
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
pubescent; hairs long and short mixed, 0.3—2.0 mm long,
partly gland-tipped. Leaves alternate, 4.0-18 x 2.5—
13.0 cm, broadly ovate, unevenly and prominently dentate
to sinuate, shortly acuminate at apex, obliquely rounded to
cordate at base, pubescent on both sides with both simple
and gland-tipped hairs, midribs and lateral veins prominent
with dense pubescence, light green; petiole 2—5.5 cm long,
densely pubescent with rather longer hairs. Flowers solitary,
axillary, 1.0-1.5 cm across, creamy white; pedicels 1.5—
4.0 cm long, erect, nodding and elongated up to 7.0 cm in
fruit, glandular-hairy. Calyx 5.0—9.0 mm long, campanulate,
divided half way down, glandular-hairy; lobes 5, subulate,
long acuminate, glandular-hairy on the margins. Corolla 1.0-
1.5 cm long, campanulate, glandular pubescent, with 5 pale
green glandular blotches on the throat; lobes 5, obscure.
Stamens 5, glabrous; filaments 3.0-4.0 mm long, inserted on
the tube; anthers 2.5—3.0 mm long, oblong, basifixed, yellow.
Ovary globose, seated on a short disciform gynophore,
glandular pubescent; style 3.0-4.0 mm long; stigma obscurely
2-lobed, green. Fruiting calyx 2.0—2.5 cm long, bladder-like,
5-angled with 5 short ridges between the expanded angles,
reticulately veined, thinly pubescent along the angles, apex
gradually narrowed to a beak-like tip. Berries enclosed
within inflated calyx, 1.0—1.5 cm in diameter, globose, viscid,
pale green; seeds many, c. 2.0 mm long, ovoid, granulate,
white.
FL. & Fr.: August—October
Ecology: Ruderal (growing on waste) along roads
and waysides, preferably in moist fertile soil; not common,
localized in small patches.
Distribution: Mexico and Central America; introduced
into tropical Asia (INDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan,
and Tamil Nadu). Present report extends its distribution
to Lucknow in Uttar Pradesh and to the Himalaya, up to
1,500 m (Byasi in Pauri Garhwal district and Pipalkoti in
Chamoli district of Uttarakhand state).
Specimens examined: Uttar Pradesh: Lucknow,
Janakipuram extension, 14.1x.2012, S.C. Singh 14556
(CIMAP); Uttarakhand: Pauri district, Byasi, 9.x.2012,
S.C. Singh 11278; Chamoli district, Pipalkoti, 9.x.2012,
S.C. Singh 12679 (CIMAP).
69
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Directors, CSIR-
CIMAP and CSIR-NBRI, Lucknow, for providing
necessary facilities and the respective Divisional Heads
for encouragement. We are thankful to Dr. C.S. Reddy,
Scientist, Forestry and Ecology Division, National
Remote Sensing Agency, Hyderabad, India, for
useful discussions and also for providing pertinent
literature.
REFERENCES
Des, D.B. (1980): Enumeration, synonymy and distribution of the
Solanaceae in India. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 1: 33-54.
KHANNA, K.K., V. MupGAt, B.P. Unrya, & J.R. SHARMA (1999):
Dicotyledonous plants of Uttar Pradesh: a checklist. Bishen Singh
Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun. Pp. 265.
MABBERLEY, D.J. (2008): Mabberley’s Plant Book: A portable dictionary
of plants, their classification and uses. 3rd edn. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
Ragu, V.S., C.S. Reppy & K.G. RAsArAo (2007): The myth of “minima”
and “maxima’’, the species of Physalis in the Indian subcontinent.
Acta Phytotaxon. Sinica 45(2): 239-245.
SINGH, V. & R.P. PANDEY (2002): Physalis maxima Miller - Anew record
from India. Ind. J. Forest. 25(1—2): 187-190.
UNIYAL, B.P., J.R. SHARMA, U. CHOWDHERY & D.K. SINGH (2007):
Flowering Plants of Uttarakhand (a checklist). Bishen Singh
Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun. Pp. 184.
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published on December 22,
2014 by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
70
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(1), Jan-Apr 2014
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
A hard copy of manuscript (including illustrations), typewritten
in double space on one side of the paper and a copy of the MS
on a CD using MS Word, should be submitted to the Editor,
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001. Submission
of a manuscript to the Journal implies that it has not been
submitted for publication elsewhere.
A copy of the manuscript may also be emailed to us at
publications @ bnhs.org.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible. Pages should be numbered
consecutively, and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in
the following order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s),
Department(s) and Institution(s); Footnote containing address
of Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List
of Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from
the original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2
should contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the
following order: Introduction; Material and Methods or
Methodology; Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements;
References. Abstract, Key Words, Tables and Captions for
Figures should be typed separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references.
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of materials and the procedures should be clearly stated.
New methods should be described in detail, but if the methods
are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any modifications
made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study and
main conclusions emerging from the study should be included.
The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent sequence
for clarity and readability. The same data should not be presented
in both tables and figures, and such data as can be easily and
briefly stated in the text should not be depicted diagrammatically.
Only such tables and figures as are necessary should be given.
Tests of statistical significance should be identified and
references used should be cited. Statements about the statistical
significance of the results must be borne out by the level of
significance, preferably provided in the tables and legends. The
use of the word “significant” should be restricted to “statistically
significant”.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to the
minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data.
Line drawings should be either laser prints of computer
generated illustrations or manually prepared in Indian ink on
tracing paper, drawn to approximately twice the printed size.
The drawings are usually reduced to the page width or column
size, and care should be taken that the size of letters,
numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction.
Photographs: Photographs for reproduction must be clear, with
good contrast. Prints should be at least 9x12 cm and on glossy,
glazed paper.
Please note that illustrations and photographs need to be
submitted as image files (.jpeg or .tiff format at 300 dpi with
legible text).
Image files incorporated in MS Office will not be considered as
submissions.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references rests
with the author(s). Abstracts of papers presented at scientific
meetings may be cited. References to literature should be
alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with the abridged
titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles of books or
papers in Roman type, thus:
Avuri, Rasu J.S. & C. SuBHA Repp! (1995): Ecology of the pollination
in two cat-mint species. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(1): 68-66.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai. pp. 35-48.
Species names should carry the Author’s name and subspecies
(trinomials) should only be used where identification has been
authentically established by comparison of specimens actually
collected.
For the standardised common and scientific names of the birds
of the Indian subcontinent refer to Buceros Vol. 6, No. 1 (2001).
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need not
follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is required,
but key words may be included and references must be cited as
in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to
publish a member’s contribution before that of a non-
member. The Editors also reserve the right to publish invited
papers on priority.
Registered with the Registrar of Newspapers under RN 5685/57 ISSN 0006-6982
NIAN LIBRA
wn I
) iat
FE) EC | | aN mela an 22 ieee sateen ka ea nari Re ackeh in aero ASE. un Raa Ape aa Ree MOM NERS caigMiaee, ONL NMOS Rin neta ma: 1
ROLE OF MOTHER AND ALLOMOTHERS IN INFANT. INDEPENDENCE IN CAPPED LANGUR
TRACHYPITHECUS PILEA TUS | |
Piprendinersta Kania ARIS SSA ice ahs seated coutntmaseb ans osinjuenct laahavadseonninranndendesadensverensrectals <i oe
FORAGING BEHAVIOUR OF THE NEAR THREATENED GREY-HEADED BULBUL PYCNONOTUS |
PRIOCEPHALUS IN RELATION TO SEASONS AND BREEDING STAGES
P. Balakrishnan............ neh ea TRAM CaN ee ARE RIOT it LMS RO avai. OT. Siete tabs olnecw fy Ore ine MACHEN wae noe ee 10
THYSANOPTERA (INSECTA) FAUNA OF THE KEIBUL LAMJAO NATIONAL PARK, MANIPUR,
NORTHEAST INDIA
K. Nishikanta Singh and RR. Varathar aja .........2ccccc..sscccccedsvinesecssssecetseeeasseseenseeeatens Rai Ne oueiees hel nc ehakeiaae 19
| AEROBIC CULTURABLE BACTERIAL MICROFLORAIN RESIDENT GYPS VULTURE SPECIES OF INDIA
RohanN. i le Mandar D. Kulkarni, Chhaya Sawant, Ashok Bhagwat, Toby H. Galligan and
CONTENTS
ViDHU PrakASH ..cocseeerere SMe esd St MOEN ths A oe ee 29
A ee Si nermeet Co ty ee We UPR I eter owe a 36
i a te ce mcr ce Base Nie
YAIRI NTE NTE ee gett hoe SG, See rte Ot “40
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published by
Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Sélim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road,
Mumbai 400 001. Website: www.bnhsjournal.org; Email: [email protected]/publications. bnhs@gmail. com
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTOR SOC!
CONSERVING : ; 7 tt,
NATURE SINCE 1883 . | |
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
ExEcuTIvE Epitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Ebitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PropucTION EpItor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M.Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Editorial Board
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D.
National Centre for Biological Sciences,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru,
Karnataka
C.R. Babu, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management
of Degraded Ecosystems,
University of Delhi,
~ New Delhi
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc.
The Rhino Foundation for Nature,
Guwahati, Assam
Indraneil Das, D. Phil.
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak,
Malaysia
Y.V. Jhala, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
Consultant Editors
Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
G.S. Rawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
Chennai, Tamil Nadu
J.S. Singh, Ph. D.
Professor, Banaras Hindu University
Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2014
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
VOLUME 111(2): AUGUST 2014
CONTENTS
ENE Re slat cattails SN a ie an a a le PR ee SN OE ceca gee SOR cl Ms ihn dar iM a as ahaha
MOLECULAR SEXING OF THE CRITICALLY ENDANGERED SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS
CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
Mandar Dilip Kulkarni, Rohan Shringarpure, Chandra Mohan S., Mohini Saini, Tapan K. Palai, Praveen K. Gupta,
~ Purvi Bhatt, Nikita Prakash, Ashok Bhagwat and Vibhu Prakash... [email protected] ee eee et eee tt meee «Li
THE GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, ANDHRA PRADESH, INDIA, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO THE IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES
FRAP apat AST aR CL NA ete seein ide eoarus ee a ee Rte oe Ac enc Cee Meg re TR A, tm Oe en og Oe ae Ue le a Nr nsia cued el
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL OCYCEROS BIROSTRIS IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION,
EASTERN GHATS, INDIA
E. Santheshkumear ane F:. Bala sere aes etd, pees eece ala tt cane oe es Ute eareg giee hg tele a am sense rare art oe Pail tre ts eg
NEW RECORD OF LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA, INDIA
Paresh Poriya, Bhavik Vakarmicand Falla suis. ft entra es oe sieeve ap ycuial serene eoeeenen<teaes ee ee ae Se ea
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST, INDIA
N.. Pereira ame TR Aes ai tse, ces ce rad R acre ca tice Ne er NO 2 eae ga tN laa el ea er oe
REVIEW
NATURE CHRONICLES OF INDIA: ESSAYS ON WILDLIFE .
Reviewed by Asad R. RahARhAn cous, datest naets of Ure sori some are ee c
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS 11. First report of Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewittifrom Tansa
“| A further record of Large Indian Civet Viverra zibetha Wildlife Sanctuary (Western Ghats), Maharashtra, India
Linnaeus 1758 from Odisha, India Sunil Laad and Rohidas. Dagale ...c.......s.c.csdtssvsenverses
Pratyush P. Mohapatra and Himanshu S. Palei ............ 125 12. Unusual congregation of Savanna Nightjar Caprimulgus
2. Mongoose rabies in Kannur, Kerala, India affinis in a wheat field
E.A. Jayson and Suresm-KAGovinGh nis ..tc. erste es 125 Girish Jathar, Sachin Anpat, Balu Bhangare and
3. _ Firstrecord of Indian Long-eared Hedgehog Hemiechinus DhaitnararPatbl: Sais Wen Bait) Os Fie ae i
collaris from Dhaulpur, eastern Rajasthan, India
Rajeev Tomar and Rakesh Vy@s ...........:::::ecceseeeeeeneeeeees 126 Ber cee
13. Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard Saara hardwickii in Sariska
Tiger Reserve, north-eastern Rajasthan, India
Manoj Parashar, Dibyendu Mandal, Pooja Chourasia
4. Observations of masturbation and consumption of
ejaculate by Five-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus
pennantii
Anu/-D. Raiia.euul ie lestiet lake thal te gest 127 ANE Bn BANG ACY tse pcoperenngt enna amas
14. Photographic record and field observations of a
BIRDS Brown-spotted Pit Viper
5. The Malayan Night-Heron Gorsachius melanolophus in BARE CLT CHINN, WO La fac casgsn mre ode ch eds sce ee eee
Mount Harriet National Park, Andaman Islands
Harkirat Singh.Sanghali nda. Uinat.ee ee e e 128 bach
15. Onareport of Red-bellied Pacu Piaractus brachypomus
(Cuvier, 1818), (Characiformes: Characidae) from
Muvattupuzha river, Kerala, India
K.V. Zeena and K.S. Jameela BeeVi .................ccccceeeeees
16. Ichthyofaunal diversity of Tundi wetland, Bajana,
Little Rann of Kachchh, Gujarat, India
6. First record of Greater White-fronted Goose Anser
albifrons (Scopoli, 1769) Amravati, Maharashtra, India
Ashahar Khan, Manoj Bind and Ahsan Sheikh ............. 129
7. First report of Long-billed Plover Charadrius placidus
from Maharashtra, central India
Kiran Morey, Ninad Abhang, J.S. Wadatkar, G.A. Wagh
and GS. Kaden tne. tutus i feed) the eowin 130 HS. Banyal Qe SABO BUMAM ts ween pier apy
8. Sighting of a flock of leucistic Black-tailed Godwit Limosa INSECTS
limosa in Chilika lake, Odisha, India 17. Yucca decipiens Trel., a new host of Florida Red Scale
Monalisa Bhujabal and Nanda Kishore Bhujabal .......... 131 Chrysomphalus aonidum L. in India
9. Records of Ibisbill /bidorhyncha struthersii in the BA ere ere Tinie: SF oo titi ivtae ucts
Bhagirathi river, Harsil, Uttarakhand, India 18. Mass occurence of Stink Bug Cyclopelta siccifolia
Ankita Sinha, Tanvi, B.S. Adhikari and K. Ramesh....... 132 (Westwood) (Heteroptera: Pentatomoidea: Dinidoridae)
10. Mountain Imperial-Pigeon Ducula badia (Raffles) feeding on Millettia pinnata (L.) Panigrahi, at Kannur, Kerala,
on Caesalpinia pulcherrima (Fabaceae) flower buds southern India
TIN IR te aa BR ENG csp salaita antaaincabaee 133 TAME TO Fv ciekt sks bua oases eT eaten
71
13
81
90
98
106
124
134
£35
136
137
138
140
144
BOTANY
a9:
20.
20.
Solanum sisymbriifolium Lam. — an addition to the flora
of Jharkhand, India
S.P. Panda, H.K. Sahoo, A.K. Sahu and
FAIA SSD RNIN. sca uctS hed cor esha Mc teela erecta eines adore tg Ak
Ficus variegata Blume (Moraceae) — anew record from
Arunachal Pradesh, India
Rubul Buragohain, P.R. Gajurel, P. Rethy and
Smilacaceae in Darjeeling and Sikkim Himalaya,
India
A.K. Samanta and Sauris Panda....................cccesesesesenes
ee:
147
Za
148
24.
149
Cover Photograph: Striped Hyena Hyaena hyaena By Meet Agrawal
Digitaria radicosa (J. Presl) Mig. and Pennisetum
purpureum Schumach. — additions to the grass
(Poaceae) flora of Manipur, India
Kangjam Tilotama Devi, Potsangbam Kumar Singh and
Sp Os ikea ileal VN a rrastcs ce eter’. s eketrnw diary, coabeeedcdnlenwh
Pteris biaurita L. (Pteridaceae) — an addition to the fern
flora of Uttar Pradesh, India
Shobhit Kumar Srivastava, S. Dominic Rajkumar and
Shashamk Auimat, Sin Gita A a-chcanadnd on tei tte ck. dea: of
New distributional record of two species of Ophioglossum
L. for the Deccan peninsula, India
Sachin Patil, Rajendra Lavate and Meena Dongare .....
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
GOVT. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
153
154
Editorial
Immediate Needs, Distant Concerns
The basic struggle between conservation and development can be encapsulated into immediate
needs of human beings, and future or distant concerns such as depletion of natural resources (water,
land, soil productivity, timber, fish stock) and climate change. Only for a few of us, wildlife and
biodiversity is an immediate and a future concern. For politicians and decision makers of all hues,
wildlife does not even register in their mind, except for the ritual lip service during some function or
seminar. The campaign Save Wildlife is a good photo-opportunity and pretence during Wildlife Week
and Biodiversity Day.
Whichever issues we look at, we find the same dichotomy — we take care of our immediate human
needs, but do not care for future concerns. Water is a good example. No one can dispute that without
clean water, life is not possible. Water is the basic life support system of our world. The grandiose
plans that we are making to expand cities and build smart cities, and expand/intensify agriculture to
feed the world, are not possible without freshwater. Interestingly, only 3% of water is freshwater, the
rest is saline. Even in this 3%, slightly more than 1% is in the form of permanent ice at the poles. What
we are left with is less than 2% of the world’s water for our drinking, agriculture, and industrial needs.
Such a precious natural resource, without which we cannot live, should be taken care of properly. But
wetland destruction continues in most parts of the world, sometimes at an increasing rate, because of
wetland-unfriendly land-use planning (Junk et al. 2013). Water is one of the most abused resources of
the world. Look at what we are doing with our water resources. We are polluting rivers, draining lakes
and ponds, over-using ground- and fossil- water as if there is no tomorrow. Our immediate needs make
us blind to the distant future when river water will become totally unpotable (even now we cannot
drink directly from most of our rivers), underground water will be exhausted, and fashionable malls
or bus stations will be standing on urban lakes.
Indian villages, towns and cities, and our agriculture system survived hundreds of years by
managing water resources properly. In arid areas, rainwater harvesting was a part of life. But now the
situation is different. Our daily water requirement is supplied through pipes (not for all Indians though)
that come from a distant reservoir that was built at great ecological and social costs. The social cost
was paid by a poor farmer or tribal whose land was taken over for the reservoir — whereas we pay our
water bill to the municipality. As long as I get my ‘clean’ water supply from a tap, why should I bother
about the nearby lake that is getting filled up with garbage or is being encroached upon? My immediate
need is met, so why should I bother that the nearby reservoir that may be 500 years old was recharging
ground water, supplying irrigation water, was a source of fish and a habitat of wildlife. Such destruction
of urban lakes and ponds is going on all over India. Bengaluru is a classic example, where nearly 50%
of the lakes that supplied drinking water and moderated the climate have been destroyed.
Wild fish stocks are another classical example. Out of the 32 to 35 major fisheries of the world,
30 have collapsed or are collapsing due to industrial-scale overfishing. Our immediate need to feed
the world with cheap fish has made us blind to our future needs. The irony is that sustainable fisheries
involving restrictions on certain types of fishing gear, implementation of complicated international
laws by nations, and restrictions on catch-size will provide us with sufficient fish for the present and
in the future to feed the growing human population. The catch word is ‘sustainability’ that we human
beings miss all the time. We have to develop systems that result in harvesting of wild fish stocks within
safe biological limits. At present, such international restrictions, if present, are rarely followed in the
high seas.
A slightly dated report of the Ecological Society of America (Palmer ef a/. 2005) puts it in a
nutshell: 1. Ecological science can and must play a greatly expanded role in ensuring a future in
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72534
which natural systems, and the human populations they include, exist on a more sustainable planet;
2. Implementation of a bold, proactive action plan for ecological science will generate the necessary
knowledge to conserve, restore, and design the world’s ecological systems; and 3. Ecologists must act
now to inform decisions with ecological knowledge, advance innovative and anticipatory ecological
research directed at sustainability, and stimulate cultural changes that facilitate a forward-looking and
international ecology.
Most world leaders, politicians and decision makers are concerned only with economic
development, Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and growth, without giving thought to the fundamental
pillars on which our economic development stands: water, land, soil, climate, biological, human, and
earth resources. These pillars are interconnected and depend on each other, as we depend on all of
them. Our future depends on whether we are able to recognize or not that human civilizations cannot
survive unless we make a quick transition towards sustainability at a personal level, at the local level,
at landscape level, and at the global level as a whole. The time has come for sustainability science
to leave the arcane pages of scientific journals and become mainstream, as the present and future of
humankind and this planet depends on sustainable use of natural resources.
Asad R. Rahmani
REFERENCES
Junk, W.J., S. AN, C.M. FINLAySOoN, B. GopaL, J. Kvit, S.A. MircHei, W.J. Mirscu & R.D. Roparts (2013): Current state of
knowledge regarding the world’s wetlands and their future under global climate change: a synthesis. Aquatic Sciences
75: 151-167. DOI 10.1007/s00027-012-0278-z.
Paumer, M.A., E.S. BERNHARDT, E.A. CHOoRNESKY, S.L. Cotuins, A.P. Dosson, C.S. Duke, B.D. GoLp, R.B. JAcoBson,
S.E. KINGSLAND, R.H. Kranz, M.J. Mappin, M.L. MARTINEZ, F. MICHELI, J.L. Morse, M.L. Pace, M. Pascua, S.S. PALUMBI,
O.J. REICHMAN, A.R. TOWNSEND & M.G. TurNER (2005): Ecological science and sustainability for the 21st century. Frontiers
in Ecology and the Environment 3(1): 4-11.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
MOLECULAR SEXING OF THE CRITICALLY ENDANGERED SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE
GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
MANDAR Ditip KULKARNI'?°, ROHAN SHRINGARPURE!**®, CHANDRA MOHAN S.”7, MOHINI SAINI?%,
TAPAN K. PAcar®®, PRAVEEN K. Gupta‘, Purvi Buatt>!°, Nikita PraKAsH!!!, AsHoK BuHacwat!!? AND
ViBHU PRaKAsH!!3-*
‘Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, S.B. Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
*Centre for Wildlife Conservation, Management and Disease Surveillance, Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Izatnagar 243 122,
Uttar Pradesh, India.
*School of Science, University of NMIMS (Deemed-to-be University), JVPD Scheme, Vile Parle (West), Mumbai 400 056,
Maharashtra, India.
“Division of Veterinary Biotechnology, Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Izatnagar 243 122, Uttar Pradesh, India.
Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
'OFmail: [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
"Email: [email protected]
Email: [email protected], [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71746
The Slender-billed Vulture is probably the most endangered of the three resident Gyps vulture species of the Indian
subcontinent, with a population of less than 1,000 individuals in the wild. A Conservation Breeding Programme was
initiated by the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS) to save this species from possible extinction. Sex identification
of individuals is important to maintain the right sex ratio to maximize breeding success in the Conservation Breeding
Programme. The Slender-billed Vulture is not sexually dimorphic, hence the applicability of polymerase chain reaction
based (molecular sexing) methods for sex identification was assessed, and the first ever successful application of
W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR for sex identification in Slender-billed Vulture (n=12) was established.
The PCR method was validated by comparing results with sex identification based on the study of breeding biology of
nesting pairs. The reported molecular sexing method could prove a useful tool in management of Conservation Breeding
73-80
Programmes, and also in determining the sex of dead birds collected from the wild during ecological studies.
Keywords: Molecular sexing, sex identification, Slender-billed Vulture, W-specific PCR, ZW-common PCR
INTRODUCTION
Over 97% population of the three resident Gyps
species, Oriental White-backed Vulture Gyps bengalensis,
Long-billed Vulture G. indicus, and Slender-billed Vulture
G. tenuirostris, has disappeared from the Indian subcontinent
since the early 1990s (Prakash et al. 2007). Due to the rapid
decline, all three species are listed as Critically Endangered
(IUCN 2013). The Slender-billed Vulture is probably the
worst affected in the genus, as less than 1,000 individuals
are estimated to survive in the wild (Prakash et al. 2007).
The veterinary use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
(NSAID) diclofenac was found to be the major cause for
decline in the vulture populations (Cuthbert et al. 2009;
Das et al. 2011; Green et al. 2006, 2007; Naidoo et al.
2009, 2010; Oaks et al. 2004; Swan et al. 2006). Vultures
get exposed to toxic levels of diclofenac when they feed
on carcasses of livestock that die within two to three days
of administration of diclofenac. Following the discovery
of diclofenac as the major cause of decline in the three
resident Gyps species, diclofenac was banned for veterinary
use in India and neighbouring countries (Kumar 2006;
Singh 2008). However, misuse of human formulations in
veterinary treatment was evident from various field surveys
that showed the prevalence of drug residues in cattle carcasses
at concentrations sufficient to cause decline in the vulture
populations (Cuthbert et a/. 201 1a, b; Saini et al. 2012).
A number of in situ and ex situ conservation initiatives
were undertaken in India and neighbouring countries to save
the three resident Gyps species from possible extinction — a
Conservation Breeding Programme by the Bombay Natural
History Society (BNHS) being a major initiative. The
objective of the Conservation Breeding Programme was
to capture a specified number of individuals (to gather a
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
genetically viable population) from the wild, breed them in
captivity, and release them back into the wild after the major
cause of decline was addressed. Currently in India, three
Vulture Conservation Breeding Centres house the Slender-
billed Vulture and the total population in captivity comprises
66 individuals. In view of the low number of birds available
for breeding, knowing the sex ratio in this monogamous
species is extremely important to facilitate maximum pair
formation and breeding. However, determining sex in the
Slender-billed Vulture (like the other two resident Gyps
species) is not possible on morphological characters, as the
species is not sexually dimorphic.
For sex identification of monomorphic birds, various
techniques are available, such as laparotomy (Risser 1971),
laparoscopy (Richner 1989), flow cytometry (Nakamura
et al. 1990), karyotyping (Hatzofe and Getreide 1990),
and Raman spectroscopy (Harz et al. 2008). However, the
advanced polymerase chain reaction (PCR) based methods
(molecular sexing methods) are preferred over these methods
because of ease, high sensitivity, and accuracy (Fridolfsson
and Ellegren 1999; Ghorpade et al. 2012). PCR-based
methods rely on the variation in length of intron in the
chromodomain-helicase-DNA-binding protein gene (CHD)
present on Z and W sex chromosomes of birds. The oldest
and most widely used method was P2/P8 Griffiths’ molecular
sexing method (Griffiths et al. 1998) that provided reliable
results with most species where intronic length variation
among the CHD genes present on W and Z chromosomes
was considerable. However, in species where intronic length
variation was negligible (Accipitridae), the method was less
accurate (Chang et al. 2008a,b,c; Ghorpade et al. 2012;
Ito et al. 2003). A number of modifications of the original
method were tried out over the years, in order to circumvent
this problem. These involved the use of ARMS-PCR
(Ito et al. 2003), PCR-RFLP (Sacchi et al. 2004), W-specific
PCR combined with ZW-common PCR (Chang et al. 2008b),
melting curve analysis (Chang et al. 2008a), TaqMan
probe based real time PCR (Chang et al. 2008c; Chou et
al. 2010) and single strand conformation polymorphism
(SSCP) (Ramos et al. 2009). Among these, the W-specific
PCR combined with ZW-common PCR had been successfully
used for sex identification in Oriental White-backed, Long-
billed, and Himalayan Vulture Gyps himalayensis (Ghorpade
et al. 2012). In addition, the method was reported to be a
simple, one-step method for unambiguous identification
of sex in the tested species. However, as the applicability
of this method had not been tried out for sex identification
in Slender-billed Vulture, we tested this method at the
Vulture Conservation Breeding Centre, Pinjore, during
2013-2014.
7A
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Sample Collection
Blood samples were collected from 12 Slender-billed
Vultures of the Pinjore Centre during routine health checks
in October 2013. The samples were collected in 4 ml EDTA
vacutainers and stored at 4 °C until isolation of genomic
DNA.
Characterization and in silico analysis of CHD-W and
CHD-Z sequences
Genomic DNA was isolated from the blood samples
of a known male (A63) and female (A60) using an in-house
developed genomic DNA isolation method (Kulkarni et al.
unpubl.). The quality of DNA was checked in 1% agarose
gel electrophoresis. The purity assessment and quantification
of DNA samples were carried out using the Nanodrop 1000
spectrophotometer and ND 1000 V3.7.1 software.
The partial CHD-W and CHD-Z sequences were
amplified using the P2/P8 primer pair (Griffiths et al. 1998).
PCR was carried out in 25 ul reaction volume, consisting
of 1X reaction buffer with 2 mM magnesium chloride,
0.2 mM of each dNTP, 100 ng genomic DNA, 0.4 uM of
P2 (Forward 5’-TCTGCATCGCTAAATCCTTT-3’) and P&
(Reverse 5’-CTCCCAAGGTGAGRAAYTG-3’) primers
and 1 U Pfu Ultra II fusion HS DNA polymerase. Negative
control with no genomic DNA was also run with every PCR.
Thermal cycling conditions were set as initial denaturation
at 94 °C for 4 min, followed by five cycles of 94 °C for
30 s, 49 °C for 30 s, 72 °C for 30 s, followed by 49 cycles
of 94 °C for 30 s, 48 °C for 20 s, 72 °C for 20 s, with a final
extension at 72 °C for 5 min. The obtained PCR products were
separated on 2% agarose gel and purified using QIA quick
gel extraction kit. Cloning of the extracted PCR products
was carried out using pJET1.2 blunt end PCR cloning kit into
Escherichia coli (DH5a) competent cells. From overnight
grown cultures of transformed E. coli, plasmids were isolated
using plasmid isolation kit. The plasmids were screened for
the insert by PCR, using 0.4 uM of each of 77 promoter primer
as forward and PS as reverse primer with thermal cycling
conditions as mentioned above. The positive plasmids were
further characterized using PCR with P2 as forward primer
and W-specific (5’- GGTTTTCACACATGGCACA-3’) or
ZW-common (5’-GATCAGCTTTAATGGAAGTGAAG-3’)
as reverse primer. The thermal cycling conditions were set
as initial denaturation at 95 °C for 7 min, 35 cycles of 95 °C
for 30s, 57 °C for 30 s, and 72 °C for 30 s, followed by final
extension at 72 °C for 8 min. The characterized plasmids were
sequenced at Xcelris Labs Ltd., Anand, Gujarat. Finally, the
partial nucleotide sequences from the CHD-W and CHD-Z
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
alleles of Slender-billed Vulture were aligned with the
available CHD-W and CHD-Z sequences of Oriental White-
backed, Long-billed, Himalayan, and Cinereous Vulture
Aegypius monachus using MegAlign Lasergene software.
From CHD-W and CHD-Z sequences of Slender-billed
Vulture, the primer binding regions and recognition sites
for the respective restriction endonucleases for ARMS-PCR,
PCR-RFLP, and W-specific PCR were mapped in silico.
Molecular sexing by using W-specific PCR combined with
ZW-common PCR
Genomic DNA isolated from the blood samples of
12 Slender-billed Vultures was qualitatively and quantitatively
assessed as described in the above section.
W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR
suggested for Crested Serpent-Eagle Spilornis cheela hoya
(Chang et al. 2008b) was employed for sex identification of
12 Slender-billed Vultures. The method employed two PCR:
Reaction ‘A’ was common for the CHD alleles present on
Z and W chromosomes, ZW-common primer and P2 primer
were used as reverse and forward primers respectively;
Reaction ‘B’ was specific for the CHD-W allele, W-specific
primer and P2 primer were used as reverse and forward
primers respectively. PCR was carried out in 25 ul reaction
volume, using 1X reaction buffer, 1.5 mM magnesium
chloride, 0.2 mM of each dNTP, 0.4 uM of either
ZW-common primer or W-specific primer as reverse primer
and P2 primer as forward primer, 0.5 U Taq DNA polymerase
and nuclease free water. 50 ng of the isolated genomic DNA
was used as template. Negative control with no genomic DNA
was also run with every PCR. Thermal cycling conditions were
set as described above. The amplified PCR products were
resolved on 2% agarose gel along with 100 bp DNA ladder
as reference and analysed for presence (indicating female) or
absence (indicating male) of 263 bp W-specific product.
Sex identification based on the study of breeding
biology
For sex identification based on the study of breeding
biology, nest observations of three established pairs of tagged
(numbered leg-bands) Slender-billed Vulture at the Pinjore
Centre were carried out through CCTV monitors over three
consecutive breeding seasons. Each of the three established
breeding pairs, viz. A50-A56, A64-A58, and A55-A53, was
observed once a week throughout the daylight hours. Data
collection was carried out at various stages of breeding, i.e.,
nest building, coition/copulation, egg laying, hatching, and
fledging. The coition and egg laying events provided clues to
sex identification. The nests were observed intensively until
hatching, and then less regularly till the nestlings fledged.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
RESULTS
Characterization and in silico analysis of CHD-W and
CHD-Z sequences
The CHD-Z and CHD-W sequences from Slender-billed
Vulture, amplified using Griffiths’ P2/P8 primers and the PCR
products, were successfully cloned, and the recombinant
plasmid sequence characterized. Alignment report for CHD-Z
sequence was prepared using the available data from other
vulture species, namely Oriental White-backed, Long-billed,
Himalayan, and Cinereous Vultures by Clustal W (Ghorpade
etal. 2012). Similarly, alignment report for CHD-W sequence
was prepared using the available data from Oriental White-
backed, Long-billed, and Himalayan Vultures by Clustal W
(Ghorpade et al. 2012; Fig. 1). Result of percent identity
demonstrated that the characterized CHD-Z sequence for
Slender-billed Vulture was identical to that of the Long-
billed Vulture, and 98.9%, 99.5%, 99.7% similar to that
of the Cinereous, Himalayan, and Oriental White-backed
Vulture respectively. The percent identity of Slender-billed
Vulture CHD-W sequence with that of Himalayan Vulture
was 99.5%, and 99.7% with Oriental White-backed and Long-
billed Vulture. The primer binding regions for primers P2,
P8&, NP, MP, ZW-common, and W-specific were located and
marked along with the recognition sequences for restriction
endonucleases BamHI and Rsal on the alignment reports
(Fig. 1). The primer binding regions for MP and W-specific
primers were recorded only on the CHD-W sequence. The
recognition sequence for restriction enzyme Rsal was found
at different locations on CHD-W and CHD-Z sequences,
but the BamHI specific recognition sequence was recorded
only on CHD-Z sequence. Based on identified recognition
sequences and primer binding regions, the applicability of
various PCR-based methods was predicted (Table 1). It was
evident from the predicted gel pattern that in Griffiths’ P2/
P8 method, the amplified CHD-Z and CHD-W sequences
would have negligible intronic length (3 bp) variation. In
PCR-RFLP, the digestion of the P2/PS PCR amplicon with
BamHI would yield two bands of 286 bp and 100 bp for
CHD-Z sequence, and CHD-W would not be digested. Thus,
females would produce three bands of 389 bp, 286 bp, and
100 bp, and males would produce two bands of 286 bp and
100 bp. Likewise, the RsaI digestion of P2/P8 amplicon
would generate two fragments of 278 bp and 111 bp for
CHD-W sequence, and two fragments of 330 bp and 56 bp
for CHD-Z sequence, 1.e. two fragments of 330 bp and 56 bp
in males and four fragments of 330 bp, 278 bp, 111 bp and
56 bp in females. In ARMS-PCR using P2/NP/MP primers,
a multiplex-PCR would produce two bands of 378 bp and
293 bp for CHD-W sequence and one band of 375 bp for
75
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
T J i a
SO 60 76 80
i i 4 BoM | xf
Slender-billed Vulture (4) (TCCCAAGGATIGAG GAACT GIT GCAAAACAGGTATCTCTGGGTTTTGACCAACTAAATTTGATTTITITIGTTGTTGEITGT 86
See ee AE ee gM ta eee oar oe, ae LE ee ee ee EE ee ee ee Se en ee ee ee ee Re a ge 80
cata wine packet (ihr ee Pee, peer yw Shee, Bt SNe Ln ee Fook eee eee es a a ee ei SAN ee ee ee eee Se SEs ee. te AS 80
feeiever valleys dio ws.=5 ef 23 Ase eee eee Pa eae ee ee fe ee Be A ee eee ee ere See eee ey ee ee eee es 80
W-specific primer
130
Slender-billed Vulture i) TTGTTTTTTICATTGCTGTTGTITTGTCTIGTAC 160
pone Dilcaveunm i MERE Shee” Boh PESTA! Lhe Lee we ee WE ee ee Dh Be Ee ok COPD Caer el eR SRL Ae Lette Cat) ow Lo, 160
OE STE eS US i Re Doe, teas Aye ek See pe, eee ee eee A a eS See Og ee ee, ee ae ee, oes cer eee) oar are 160
maaan, ee © PA ORE AA eee en ee ee tee OES ANE RO RR. oe ie, YE ee ee, RS re Me PR, on BERL, 0 160
Te T
j i i ]
170 180 190 200 210 220 230
4 i L L i }
Slender-billed Vulture (#7) ATTITIGACAGGCTAGATAACATATTA ATA AAAT GTITITAGT CACGCTAGCTIITGAAC TACTTIAATCI GAA ATTCCA : | 240 (a)
ene bilecwworme ir: SMI NSE aw EC Ae Cot Peewens See LENE Brenan nl ADD BOW. cD AME.E FRSA RITA BI pi Sted as pe St Gola & ene, Pe ee th A eae Soda Ge 2 ae i AA 240
Ri C bE ie CHIR (ap hes oh Gee, ote GR ert byes. ces ert en eae SRS ee ee RE he eG ee eS ee a ee ee eae ee eee Bee es ee 240
hrraieeyia ile Fc Red Fad och oy Fd Sette EP he Be YE ee od et eco dk ey go BAe ERPS RL ches BRA ls Shaw Bete a SMate eh eek he asad wile elas 240
2Z¥-commen primer MP primer
¥ I i i
258 270 288 296 316 320
i L i £ i
Slender-billed Vulture (i) AAACGCAGTAGGAGCAGAAGATAPITCIGGATCTGATAGTGACTICCATCTCAGAAAGAAA 320
Long-billed Vuiture (7) dy DEAR PS at 2 eck Aid Mieke Ree OAD ee PEP By? > eR PEAT ES Beh A oi ABM P. rhree ALAe Peek x Re ee ght cS 320
DRI are eT 27) 11 | EO cS Oe a See ee ee en) ce ee ee A re eS keer ee ee See ee Cee ee ns a ae 320
Tein ee OE hee the ee aa ld sek. Sas ae tee tthe I Eee + > be ee ee ae Cee ere ee eae 320
AC GACCAAAAAAACGTGGACGACCACGAACTATTCCTCGAGAAAATAT YAAAGGATTTAGCGATGCAGA
Slender-billed Vulture (#} 389
pone uuled yam ioe | 4 Me bee See Eee, oo ees ESS Se & wee tS) eRe BOS is Be eo = S Ee Bee eS a Ae Be ee eS Aes 389
Uiionta uh te acted Valance tte & Bate tee ce ge Sets cot ear ee Re pe ae Ge cee rae ae, Bare ses a: RRR ee oe aa 389
Hiswlsyen Vale me Ee ee a ee ee Re we ee Se ed we oe ee es ee ds we se 389
Decoration ‘Decoration #1': Hide (as'.) residues that match Slender-billed Vulture sequence exactly
a —————
49 30 60 70 $0
2 se ees oa | Aon aie etal coe ates ERP i) eee one es Os A ie Pc yi eel eee 9 ede LINO re 3 ME rere erred 0s Cee | Ser eee eo ae |e eet Re. ON Pee Sea ie
Stender-billed Vulture (Z) FGCAAAACAGIGTGTCTCTTGGTITCTGACTGACTIGTACTTTTATATTGCTATTGGTTTAG 80
Pon nei EE Ve wy Ae ae os O88 eS Late ety nie e.en Oar tate ties Ee tie, . 4 Where Opes, Be te 2 Re poem ae. “we cia deste: afe . ees 80
osetia ATER URS SS ere 8 i rn | ieee ee ae Se eer eae ee ee re a Oe eee ee ee eee eee) eee eee 80
Phindbivnn yulciwce sys PT) te Seer es os ees BAR Se A PS eee = See ee eee ee 6 WS Sen se Boe eS ee Pee + SR ee oe was ee oe pate ee er 80
CinereousVulte(Z i i(<isésdEC (ws we ed ee eee eae 3 Se er eae te re, eee tee! | Sri ee Set ine eee, a ae ee ae 80
"it cr “PL Le ane Dek. Li Le => ie Gein ai aan ook H a ee a aed me T T T
98 106 118 126 136 146 186 166
peste I ee ee hae Peds Aa lar race, Second, EM eed Pete tec chen tad a BO Meare te | eel J | i
Slender-billed Vulture (Z} PIE LG LI GeGGe LG) TGoGG PEE toaGi yl Ll TAA TT GG Tri r REEI Ts TE Trt eer hie PGAACACALTAT T 160
DEORE EAs ee Wee. gO Ae ee ee ie eee Re ROL een eer aR nor aS Me. ee oe ee aie Dat MO ge Boo ae en ele on eee PM cle eee es see Me att or 160
RAR Oe ete os) Ae i ee os A ee. eee ee me A a, ee ee an ane ee ee ee: ee +e oe | oe eS a eg 137
PM ik om Sag rhe elie Wei eit ee 4S AR oe Oo He PEA ws ae bd. ee de ae es 4 ug is, Wipe Ree: Sieh ae oa toe Ae ete Stiga t 2 160
ee.) es (a ee ee ee ee ee a ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee re ee ke ere ee ee ras Ed
176 180 190 200 216 20
Peet A Ie eh cele ee i J i eet we Ee H
Slender-billed Vulture (Z) TT TGACAGGCTAGGTAAAACTTTATTTACGGTTGTTAATCAC GTAGCT TTGAACTACCTATTCTGAAATTCCAGATCAGC] 24¢ (b)
DT eg a i a oe ee ae eee eS eee soe, ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Se eee ee ee ee eee eee ee reo ee eee ae ae 240
ieee See ee a Pe ee ee ee ee ee ee we ee oo MR ene gee ee EEE, a See og A! BAP Paes ae ee 237
Ficdalayen Vidnwet7), | A ee ee Be SR a ae ie ee Be ES ole ee i ee ee ot 240
gee Allele ee a Re a At ht aay er Se a oe i ee ee ee ee Rd oe oa we ten 234
Bamit
ZW-common primer
y H ‘ ] —S 7 I I lor ]
250 260 270 286 298 308 340 326
i i | j ad if | I
Slender-billed Vulture (Z) TTTAAT GGAAGT GAAGIGGAGACG CAGTAGGAGCAGAAGATACTCTIG GAT CCIGATAGTGACTCCATCTCAGAAAGAAAACG 320
inane Ne TEs ee aks Bae OS PID eA LB cde eee ole Pg cs te eB ts ee eS | 320
Grientdl White barked Wilts Z): 4- oo <> vac Aye ye @ Ome ne tothe ee a mes RIK Ae RR ee oy ae Re ge ae elf e oe 317
Viraeven Velie ee ee we ee He we ek Ee Re Eg ol ie eR ne ew tele a ote G : 320
Cinereous Vulture (Z) ee ee eo ek ee ee es eee ee ge Oe ee ae ee ee ee ee eee eee 314
338 340
Mei mel AR RTO PE L i
Siender-billed Vulture (2) GCCTAAAA AACGTGGAAGAC CACGAACTATTCCTCGAGAAAATATT 389
coe gig ce a . .- SR a eS ent een any ares, kee 389
Se pened Od. a ty: ZR ER Oh ‘Ga AS hb ae Wi «>. eRe 386
ORO OS es ee ee a ee ee ks ee. ame Lz 389
cmeroneatey ay: ell Leta os Oe SE Py ete ls et eee te Pees Se oeeee ess 7EA 8S te Sie. > eee 383
Decoration 'Decoration #1': Hide (as'.) residues that match Slender-billed Vulture sequence exactly
Fig. 1: Sequence alignment of CHD-Z and CHD-W sequences amplified by Griffith's universal primer P2/P8 from Slender-billed Vulture with
76
Oriental White-backed, Long-billed, Himalayan and Cinereous Vulture by Clustal W (MegAlign DNAstar).
(a) alignment of CHD-W sequences (b) alignment of CHD-Z sequences
Note: Sequences of primers P2, P8, NR MP, ZW-common, W-specific and recognition sites of Rsal, BamHI are boxed and
dotted (...) lines indicate sequence similarity
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
P2/P8
PCR-RFLP
BamHI digest
Slender-billed Vulture
ARMS PCR (Multiplex
with P2/NP/MP primers)
Rsal digest
Table 1: Predicted gel pattern for analysing applicability of available molecular sexing methods for
W-specific PCR
P2/ZW-common P2/W-specific
of P2/P8 amplicon of P2/P8 amplicon
Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Male
389(W)_ Nil 389 330 378(P2/NP-W) 153(W) 263(W) Nil
386(Z) 386(Z) 286 286 278 330 375(P2/NP-Z) 375(P2/NP-Z) 153(Z) 153(Z)
100 100 111 293(MP/NP-W)
56 56
Note: PCR amplicon size is in ‘bp’
CHD-Z sequence, i.e. two bands for females, one common
band for 378 bp and 375 bp and the other for 293 bp, and
one band of 375 bp for males. Another method employing
W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR would
produce one amplicon each for both the sexes of 153 bp
for CHD-Z and CHD-W sequences using P2/ZW-common
primer (Reaction ‘A’) and one amplicon of 263 bp, only for
the CHD-W sequence using P2/W-specific primer (Reaction
‘B’). Thus, in two separate PCRs, males would show a
single amplicon for P2/ZW-common, while females would
show single amplicon each for both P2/ZW-common and
W-specific.
Molecular sexing using W-specific PCR combined with
ZW-common PCR
The W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR
was successfully used for sex identification of all the 12
Slender-billed Vultures. Six were identified as males (A50,
A64, KA, UA, UT, A55) and six as females (A52, A56, A57,
A58, CV, A53) (Fig. 2). As predicted (Fig. 1), the results
M NIG. fl 2 3 4 5 6
300bp
200bp
100bp
showed presence of PCR product in reaction ‘A’ for both the
sexes, as a band of 153 bp on 2% agarose gel. PCR product
in reaction ‘B’ was recorded for only female as a band of
263 bp on 2% agarose gel. No PCR product for males was
recorded in reaction ‘B’ (Fig. 2) as the W-specific primer does
not have any binding site on CHD-Z allele.
Sex identification based on the study of breeding biology
All the individuals of the three established breeding pairs
did not show any external sexual morphological differences.
Based on the study of breeding biology of the three breeding
pairs, ASO, A64, and A55 were identified as males, and A56,
A58, and A53 were identified as females, which was in
concurrence with the results of molecular sexing.
DISCUSSION
W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR
was found to be a simple and reliable method for sex
identification of the critically endangered Slender-billed
7 8 ., 10 11 12 13 14
(a) PCR products from P2/ZW-common PCR
300bp
200bp
-100bp
(b) PCR products from P2/W-specific
Fig. 2: Gel electrophoresis of PCR amplicons obtained for sex identification of Slender-billed Vulture using the W-specific PCR combined
with ZW-common PCR in 2% agarose gel PCR. M: 100 bp DNA ladder, NTC: No template control, Lanes 1-14 individual samples listed as
1: Male positive control, 2: Female positive control, 3: A50 (vulture tag number), 4: A52, 5: A56, 6: A57, 7: A58, 8: CV, 9: A64, 10: KA,
11: UA, 12: UT, 13: A55, 14: A53
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
77
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
Vulture, after screening the available PCR methods. The
screening consisted of the following steps: characterization
of CHD-Z and CHD-W sequences; in silico analysis of
characterized sequences for predicting the applicability
of available molecular sexing methods; application of
W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR for sex
identification; and finally, validation. The CHD-W and
CHD-Z sequences for the species were successfully cloned,
characterized, and submitted to the NCBI GenBank. The
submitted CHD-W and CHD-Z sequences of Slender-billed
Vulture were assigned NCBI accession numbers KF977832
and KF977833 respectively.
For reliable sex identification, discriminating the
CHD-Z and CHD-W amplicons was very important and
any deviation would have resulted in false identification of
sexes. Hence, the obtained sequences were analysed in silico
for predicting applicability of available PCR-based methods
for sex identification. The similarity among the sequences of
various species proved significant during in silico analysis.
The in silico analysis predicted that molecular methods
previously used for identification of sex in Oriental White-
backed and Long-billed Vulture (Ghorpade et al. 2012) would
also be applicable in sex identification of Slender-billed
Vulture. Similarity in the sequences among vulture species
also meant that similar inherent problems can arise during
sex identification of this species, and hence, predicting a
simple and robust method was essential for unambiguous
sex identification and application at Conservation Breeding
Centres with basic laboratory facilities.
The small intronic length variation (only 3 bp)
between amplicons, obtained using the Griffiths' P2 and P&
primers for the CHD-Z and CHD-W alleles, would make sex
identification impossible as PCR products corresponding to
CHD-Z and CHD-W alleles for female individuals cannot be
differentiated on agarose gels. Similar problems have been
reported in other species, and in particular among raptors
in earlier studies (Chang et al. 2008a, b, c; Ghorpade et al.
2012; Ito et al. 2003).
The PCR-RFLP using Griffiths’ P2/PS PCR followed
by BamHI or Rsal restriction digestion could be a potential
method for sex identification as shown in the case of other
Gyps species (Ghorpade et al. 2012) and Short-toed Snake-
Eagle Circaetus gallicus (Sacchi et al. 2004); however, the
method requires an additional step of restriction digestion
after PCR. Usage and difficulty in prolonged storage of
restriction enzymes at field-based laboratories further restrict
the application. Likewise, another predicted approach,
ARMS-PCR using the WP, NP and Griffiths’ P2 primer used
for sex identification in a number of Falconiformes species
(Ito et al. 2003), and indicated earlier for sex identification
78
of Oriental White-backed and Long-billed Vulture with some
reservations (Reddy et al. 2007), would be unsuitable for the
Slender-billed Vulture. The presence of only one nucleotide
mismatch in primer MP for the CHD-Z and CHD-W alleles
could lead to some ambiguity in interpretation with this
method as described earlier (Ghorpade et al. 2012). The
multiple alignments at all the repititions also predicted
possible application of W-specific PCR combined with ZW-
common PCR for sex identification. This method employing
ZW-common and W-specific primers with Griffiths’ P2
primer had been derived from the method reported for sex
identification for Crested Serpent-Eagle (Chang et al. 2008b),
and was successfully applied for sex identification of Oriental
White-backed and Long-billed Vultures earlier (Ghorpade et
al. 2012). The method is also simple and does not require the
use of any restriction enzyme or additional step.
The results of the W-specific PCR combined with
ZW-common PCR method for sex determination matched
the results of the study carried out on the breeding biology
of three breeding pairs. Although observations on breeding
pairs could assist in determining sex in monomorphic
species, this requires observing the established breeding pairs
(with tagged individuals) for at least two or three breeding
seasons. In addition, sex identification of non-breeding
individuals would be impossible, unlike molecular sexing,
which provides quick and unambiguous results for any age
group. Sex identification at our Conservation Breeding
Centres is important as most of the wild-caught individuals
(c. 70%) were nestlings, juveniles, or subadults, and
managing sex ratio in captive populations before breeding
commences is important to achieve high breeding success.
Molecular sexing could also be used for sex identification
of Slender-billed Vultures found dead in the wild, as the
gonads in birds are reported to regress completely during the
non-breeding season (Hau 2001; Nazrul Islam ef al. 2012;
Sharah et al. 2007).
Conservation Implications
The findings of the study revealed that W-specific PCR
combined with ZW-common PCR is a simple and reliable
method for sex identification of Slender-billed Vulture. This
molecular sexing method needs to be adopted for all Slender-
billed Vultures in captivity to aid in management of sex ratio
to improve breeding success. The method could also be
important in field studies of the species for sex identification
of dead birds found in the wild. The method had been applied
for sex identification in Crested Serpent-Eagle, Oriental
White-backed, Long-billed, and Himalayan Vultures in the
past. W-specific PCR combined with ZW-common PCR may
also find applications in sex identification of monomorphic,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
rare, and endangered raptor species of Accipitridae recorded
across the globe.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to the Director and Joint Director
(Research), Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Izatnagar,
and the Director, Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai,
for providing the necessary facilities and funding to carry out
this work. We are also grateful to the Chief Wildlife Warden,
Haryana, for permissions.
REFERENCES
CHANG, H.W., C.A. CHENG, D.L. Gu, C.C. CHANG, S.H. Su, C.H. Wen,
C.Y.-Crou,. T.C. Caou, C.-T? Yao, C.-L. Tsai & C.C. ‘GaEenGc
(2008a): High-throughput avian molecular sexing by SYBR
green based real-time PCR combined with melting curve
analysis. BMC Biotechnology 8: 8-12.
CHANG, H.W., T.C. CHou, D.L. Gu, C.A. CHENG, C.C. CHANG, C.T. YAo,
L.Y. CHUANG, C.H. WEN, Y.C. CHou, K.Y. TAN & C.C. CHENG
(2008b): An improved PCR method for gender identification of
eagles. Molecular and Cellular Probes 22: 184-188.
CHANG, H.W., D.L. Gu, S.H. Su, C.C. CHANG, C.A. CHENG, H.W. HUANG,
C.T. YAo, T.C. Cuou, L.Y. CHUANG & C.C. CHENG (2008c): High-
throughput gender identification of Accipitridae eagles with real-
time PCR using TaqMan probes. Theriogenology 70: 83-90.
Cuou, T.C., C.T. Yao, S.H. Su, Y.C. Hunc, W.S. CHEN, C.C. CHENG,
C.N. TsEnc, H.M. Wana, Y.C. Cuou, S.S. Li, D.L. Gu &
H.W. CHANG (2010): Validation of Spilornis cheela hoya TaqMan
probes for potential gender identification of many Accipitridae
species. Theriogenology 73: 404-411.
CUTHBERT, R., V. PRAKASH, C. BOWDEN, D. Das, R.E. GREEN, Y. JHALA,
D.J. Pain, K.R. SenacHa, N. SHAH & M.A. TaGGart (2009): Role
of veterinary diclofenac in decline of vulture populations in South
Asia. Indian Journal of Veterinary Medicine 29: 80-85.
CUTHBERT, R., M.A. TaGGart, V. PRAKASH, M. SAINI, D. SwARuP,
S. Upreti, R. MATEO, S.S. CHAKRABORTY, P. DEoRI & R.E. GREEN
(2011a): Effectiveness of action in India to reduce exposure of
Gyps vultures to the toxic veterinary drug diclofenac. PLoS
One 6: €19069.
CUTHBERT, R., V. PRAKASH, M. Saini, S. Upreti, D. Swarup, A. DAs,
R.E. GREEN & M. TAGGart (2011b): Are conservation actions
reducing the threat to India’s vulture populations? Current
Science 101: 1480-1484.
Das, D., R.J. CUTHBERT, R.D. JAKATI & V. PRAKASH (2011): Diclofenac
is toxic to the Himalayan vulture Gyps himalayensis. Bird
Conservation International 21: 72-75.
FRIDOLFSSON, A. & H. ELLEGREN (1999): A simple and universal method
for molecular sexing of non-ratite birds. Journal of Avian Biology
30: 116-121.
GHORPADE, P.B., P.K. Gupta, V. PRAKASH, R.J. CUTHBERT, M. KULKARNI,
N. Prakasu, A. Das, A.K. SHARMA & M. Saint (2012): Molecular
sexing of threatened Gyps vultures: an important strategy for
conservation breeding and ecological studies. SpringerPlus
1: 62.
GREEN, R.E., M.A. TacGart, D. Das, D.J. Patn, S. KuMaR,
A.A. CUNNINGHAM & R. CUTHBERT (2006): Collapse of Asian
vulture populations: risk of mortality from residues of the
veterinary drug diclofenac in carcasses of treated cattle. Journal
of Applied Ecology 43: 949-956.
GREEN, R.E., M.A. TAGGART, K.R. SENACHA, B. RAGHAVAN, D.J. PAIN &
R. CUTHBERT (2007): Rate of decline of the Oriental White-backed
Vulture population in India estimated from a survey of diclofenac
residues in carcasses of ungulates. PLoS One 2(8): e686.
GRIFFITHS, R., M.C. DouBLg, K. ORR & R.G.J. DAwWson (1998): A DNA
test to sex most birds. Molecular Ecology 7: 1071-1075.
Harz, M., M. Krause, T. BARTELS, K. CRAMER, P. Rosco & J. Popp (2008):
Minimal invasive gender determination of birds by means of
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
UV-resonance Raman spectroscopy. Analytical Chemistry 80:
1080-1086.
Hatzore, O. & S. GETREIDE (1990): Sex determination in vultures and
other monomorphic raptors. Jorgos 8: 27-29.
Hau, M. (2001): Timing of breeding in variable environments: tropical
birds as model systems. Hormones and Behavior 40(2):
281-290.
Ivo, H., A. Supo-Yamaui, M. ABg, T. Murase & T. Tsusota (2003): Sex
identification by alternative polymerase chain reaction methods
in Falconiformes. Zoological Science 20(3): 339-344.
IUCN (2013): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2013.2
(www.iucnredlist.org).
KULKARNI, M., R. SHRINGARPURE, P. BHATT, N. PRAKASH & V. PRAKASH
(UNPUBL.): A simple and inexpensive method of DNA isolation
from avian blood samples.
Kumar, A. (2006): Subject: diclofenac for veterinary use. Letter to
‘All State Drug Controllers’ from the ‘Drug Controller General
(Iindia)’, 11th May 2006, F.No. 18-03/2006/DC.
Narpoo, V., K. WoLTER, R. CUTHBERT & N. DuNCAN (2009): Veterinary
diclofenac threatens Africa’s endangered vulture species.
Regulatory Toxicology and Pharmacology 53: 205-208.
Narpoo, V., K. WoLTErR, D. CRoMArtTy, M. DIEKMANN, N. DUNCAN,
A.A. MEHARG, M.A. TAaGGart, L. VENTER & R. CUTHBERT
(2010): Toxicity of NSAIDs to Gyps vultures: a new threat from
ketoprofen. Biology Letters 6: 339-341.
Nakamura, D., T.R. TrerscH, M. Doucias & R.W. CHANDLER (1990):
Rapid identification of sex in birds by flow cytometry.
Cytogenetics and Cell Genetics 53: 201—205.
Nazrut Istam, M., N. TSUKAHARA & S. SuGiTAA (2012): Apoptosis-
mediated seasonal testicular regression in the Japanese
Jungle Crow (Corvus macrorhynchos). Theriogenology 77:
1854-1865.
Oaks, J.L., M. GmtBert, M.Z. VirANI, R.T. Watson, C.U. METEYER,
B.A. Ripgout, H.L. SHivaprasab, S. AHMED, M.J. CHAUDHRY,
M. ArsHAD, S. MAHMoop, A. ALI & A.A. KHAN (2004): Diclofenac
residues as the cause of vulture population decline in Pakistan.
Nature 427(6975): 630-633.
PRAKASH, V., R.E. GREEN, D.J. PAIN, S.P. RANADE, S. SARAVANAN,
N. PRAKASH, R. VENKITACHALAM, R. CUTHBERT, A.R. RAHMANI
& A.A. CUNNINGHAM (2007): Recent changes in populations
of resident Gyps vultures in India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
104(2): 129-135.
Ramos, P.S., E. Bastos, R.W. MANNAN & H..GUEDES-PINTO (2009):
Polymerase chain reaction-single strand conformation
polymorphism applied to sex identification of Accipiter cooperii.
Molecular and Cellular Probes 23(2): 115-118.
Reppy, A., V. PRAKASH & S. SHrvas (2007): A rapid, non-invasive,
PCR-based method for identification of sex of the endangered
Old World vultures (white-backed and long-billed vultures) —
implications for captive breeding programmes. Current Science
92: 659-662.
RIcHNner, H. (1989): Avian laparoscopy as a field technique for sexing
birds and an assessment of its effects on wild birds. Journal of
Field Ornithology 60: 137-142.
Risser, A.C. JR (1971): A technique for performing laparotomy on small
79
MOLECULAR SEXING OF SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS TENUIROSTRIS AND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
birds. Condor 73: 376-379.
SaccHl, P., D. SoGiia, S. SANDRA MAIongE, G. MENEGUzZA, M. CAMPORA
& R. RAsero (2004): A non-invasive test for sex identification
in short-toed eagle (Circaetus gallicus). Molecular and Cellular
Probes 18: 193-196.
SAINI, M., M.A. TaGGart, D. Knopp, S. Upreti, D. Swarup, A. Das,
P.K. Gupta, R. NIESSNER, V. PRAKASH, R. MATEO & R.J. CUTHBERT
(2012): Detecting diclofenac in livestock carcasses in India
with an ELISA: a tool to prevent widespread vulture poisoning.
Environmental Pollution 160(1): 11-16.
SHARAH, H.A., G.K.A. BUAHIN & S.D. Yusuru (2007): Effect of photoperiod
80
changes on breeding activities and weight of sex organs in cattle
egrets (Bubulcus ibis L). The Zoologist 5: 16—23.
SINGH, S. (2008): Subject: Prohibition to manufacture, sale and
distribution of diclofenac and its formulations for animal use.
Letter to ‘Manufacturer’s Associations’ from the ‘Drug Controller
General (India)’, 6th August 2008, F. No. 18-01/2007-DC.
SwAaN, G.E., R. CUTHBERT, M. QuEVEDO, R.E. GREEN, D.J. PAIN,
P. BARTELS, A.A. CUNNINGHAM, N. DuNcAN, A.A. MEHARG,
J.L. Oaks, J. PARRy-Jones, S. SHuLTz, M.A. TAGGART,
G. VERDOORN & K. WOLTER (2006): Toxicity of diclofenac to
Gyps vultures. Biology Letters 2: 279-282.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
THE GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY,
ANDHRA PRADESH, INDIA, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO THE IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES
RanyitT MANAKADAN!
'Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, S.B. Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India. |
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71744
Grassland bird composition was studied in grazed (village grazing lands) and ungrazed grasslands (grassland enclosures
of the Forest Department) at Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary from August 1992 to July 1994, using belt transect sampling.
A total of 32 grassland dependent birds (21 resident, 4 winter migrant, and 7 seasonal migrant) were recorded in both
the habitat types. Of these, 25 species were recorded in each of the two habitat types with 20 of them common to
both. Although based on small sample size, our study showed that the species composition differed between grazed
and ungrazed grasslands. Five species common in grazed grassland (Indian Courser Cursorius coromandelicus, Red-
wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus, Red-winged Bush-Lark Mirafra erythroptera, Rufous-tailed Finch-Lark Ammomanes
Phoenicurus, and Plain Prinia Prinia inornata) were not recorded in ungrazed grassland, while two species common
in ungrazed grassland (Zitting Cisticola Cisticola juncidis and Black Drongo Edolius macrocercus) were not recorded
in grazed grassland. The abundance of certain bird species differed between the grazed and ungrazed grassland.
Ungrazed grassland had higher numbers of Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula, while the numbers of Sykes’s Crested Lark
Galerida deva, Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark Eremopterix grisea, and Yellow-wattled Lapwing Vanellus malabaricus
were greater in grazed grassland. These differences could be due to the impact of livestock grazing, protection, the
interaction of relative abundance of food resources and foraging strategy of birds, and/or other unknown factors. The
study suggests that mosaics of grazed and ungrazed grasslands may result in an increase in grassland bird diversity.
However, since the majority of Indian grasslands are grazed, we recommend the establishment of more grazing-free
refuges encompassing different grassland types, to conserve bird species intolerant to grazing. There necessarily has
also to be a landscape-level conservation strategy since the majority of India’s grasslands have high human dependence,
and thus, their conservation requires the support of local communities in the long run.
Keywords: grassland birds, Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary, Great Indian Bustard, Ardeotis nigriceps, Lesser Florican,
81-89
Sypheotides indicus, grazing
INTRODUCTION
Grasslands are neglected ecosystems in India, tend
to be either overgrazed or considered as wastelands in
need of afforestation, and have been largely overlooked in
most governmental and conservation plans (Rahmani 1988,
1997). However, their values, especially as ecosystems
supporting wildlife, started to be recognized in the mid
1980s (Anon. 1990; Maheswaran 2002; Narayan 1992;
Rahmani 1989, 1997, 2006, 2008; Sankaran 1991; Zarri et
al. 2005). One of the recommendations during and after an
intensive study undertaken on the now Critically Endangered
Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps (Rahmani 1989;
Rahmani and Manakadan 1988, 1990), hereafter GIB, was
the establishment of grazing-free grassland enclosures
for its conservation. Adopting this recommendation, the
Andhra Pradesh Forest Department established grazing-free
enclosures for the GIB at Rollapadu after its occurrence was
reported there in 1982.
The establishment of enclosures in Rollapadu
was found to benefit many other grassland fauna such
as Blackbuck Antilope cervicapra, Indian Fox Vulpes
bengalensis, Wolf Canis lupus, Black-naped Hare Lepus
nigricollis nigricollis, and Common Indian Monitor Varanus
bengalensis (Manakadan and Rahmani 1993). However,
their impact on most other grassland bird species was largely
unknown. Hence, as part of a project on grasslands of the
Indian plains, we conducted a study on the grassland birds of
Rollapadu during 1992-1995, with special reference to the
impact of grazing-free enclosures (Manakadan and Rahmani
1997). The findings of this study are significant in the context
of conservation of grassland birds in countries like India, and
additionally, pertain to a case of biodiversity conservation of
grasslands in a human-impacted landscape.
STUDY AREA
Location and Climate
Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary (6.14 sq. km, hereafter
RWS) lies 18 km southeast of Nandikotkur (15° 58' N; 78°
18'E), Kurnool district, Andhra Pradesh, in the plains between
the Nallamalai and Yerramalai hills, and at an altitude of
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
éCherkucherla
¥ % hee
% x
4 *
. YS
% me
78° 10°50.18" E
S942" 31.77" N
78° 27° 59.7F E
Fig. 1: Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary and surrounding areas
c. 200 m above msl. The terrain is gently undulating with
streams flowing in the depressions during the monsoon.
RWS primarily consists of three grassland plots (Fig. 1):
Enclosure I (320 ha), Enclosure II (40 ha), and Enclosure
IIT (120 ha). The enclosures are demarcated by trench-cum-
mound (TCM) walls, which primarily serve as a demarcation
boundary to deter humans and their livestock, and do not
hinder the movement of wildlife. The region is semi-arid
with an average annual rainfall of 668 mm, received from
both the southwest monsoon (June to August) and northeast
monsoon (September to December). Summer (March to
May) temperature peaks at 42 °C, and winter (November to
February) is mild (17 °C).
Vegetation
The area is a mosaic of short, open grasslands with
scattered small shrubs and trees like Prosopis cineraria,
Cassia fistula, Butea monosperma, Ziziphus mauritiana,
Morinda tinctoria, Carissa spinarum, and Cassia auriculata.
Scrub vegetation occurs along the lower reaches of streams,
but faces severe woodcutting pressure. Common tree/scrub
species along streams are Canthium parviflora, Diospyros
melanoxylon, Dolichandrone falcata, Mitragyna parvifolia,
Morinda tinctoria, Maytenus emarginata, and Phoenix
sylvestris. The grasslands of Rollapadu, which owe their
origin to deforestation, fire, and grazing (Dabadghao and
82
Shankarnarayan 1973), come under the Sehima-Dichanthium
type — Dichanthium occurring in alluvial soil areas (now
mostly under cultivation) and Sehima in non-alluvial soils.
Grazed Grassland: The grass is short (c. 15 cm),
patchy with much exposed bare ground. A total of
23 species were recorded. Species diversity (2.25) and evenness
(0.72) values were high due to lack of dominance by a few
species, unlike in ungrazed grassland. The grass community
was of Chrysopogon fulvus-Heteropogon contortus-
Melanocenchris jacquemontii type (Manakadan and Rahmani
ODA)
Ungrazed Grassland: The grass growth was dense
(except in areas of exposed rock or alkaline soil), averaging
50 cm in height. A total of 17 species were recorded.
Species diversity (0.58) and evenness (0.21) were low due
to dominance by a few species. The grass community was
of Heteropogon contortus-Chrysopogon fulvus-Eremopogon
foveolatus type. Sehima nervosum (the climax species of the
soil type) had regenerated in some areas forming pure stands.
In wet season, the month-wise mean (dry) biomass production
was about 125% higher than grazed grassland. In summer,
the standing (dead) grass biomass was fourfold higher than
in grazed grassland (Manakadan and Rahmani 1997).
Livestock and Agriculture
Livestock consists of cows, buffaloes, sheep, and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
some goats, with a density of 138 animals/sq. km. Grazing
begins with the onset of southwest monsoon in June and
ends by December with drying-up of grasslands. After this,
sheep, which are totally dependent on grasslands, migrate
to other areas, and cows and buffaloes are largely stall-fed.
Dry-land agricultural crops such as jowar Sorghum bicolor,
groundnut Arachis hypogaea, cotton Gossypium arboreum,
redgram Cajanus cajan, foxtail millet Setaria italica, and —
sesame Sesamum indicum are grown. The cropping season
starts in June and ends by February, except in a few places
where irrigation is available, where vegetables such as
tomato, brinjal (egg plant), chillies, and beans are cultivated.
Fauna
Besides the GIB, the other major fauna are Blackbuck
Antilope cervicapra (c. 450 animals — Manakadan and
Rahmani 1993, 1998), the Wolf Canis lupus, Golden Jackal
Canis aureus, Jungle Cat Felis chaus, Indian Grey Mongoose
Herpestes edwardsi, Indian Hare Lepus (Indolagus) nigricollis
nigricollis, Common Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis,
and Lesser Florican Sypheotides indicus. The sanctuary is a
major roosting ground of harriers, largely Montagu’s Harrier
Circus pygargus (Rahmani and Manakadan 1986).
METHODS
Two one-kilometre transects were laid in grazed and
ungrazed grasslands (enclosures of Forest Department), and
these were sampled in the morning every fortnight from
August 1992 to July 1994 (Fig. 1). Each transect was walked
31 times, covering all the seasons of the two years. Both
transects in ungrazed grassland were laid only in Enclosure |
(320 ha), since Enclosure II was too small (40 ha), and the ban
on grazing in Enclosure III (120 ha) was not enforced due to
protests of loss of grazing lands. Areas around streams were
skipped as these are scrub dominated, supporting scrubland
birds (Manakadan et al. 2002).
It was not possible to have more transects due to
scarcity of ungrazed grassland habitat. The transects in
grazed grassland were laid as far away from crop fields as
possible, and at least 1.5 km away from enclosures, to reduce
the impacts of edge effects. In case of transects within the
enclosure, one was sufficiently far from crop fields while
the other bordered crop fields. Although this site could be
potentially impacted by birds that frequented crop fields, it
was observed that these birds, such as parakeet, babblers,
chats, robins, warblers, starlings, and crows, did not generally
‘stray’ into grasslands or were transient.
For estimating species densities, distance bands were
selected based on the bird’s body size. For small species
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
(e.g., larks, pipits, cisticolas, quails, and munias), the width
was 50 m (on either side of transect), as these birds could be
easily missed or were difficult to identify if a larger width
was adopted. For larger birds (e.g., drongos, doves, harriers,
lapwings), the width was 150 m, and it was 300 m for the GIB.
The proportion of individuals missed within these distance
bands would not be much since sampling was carried out
in the mornings when birds are most active, and the overall
grass height differed only by c. 30 cm. Because of this, we
are confident that the results fairly reflect the profile of the
bird communities in the two habitat types, which was also
suggested during our other regular field trips to the study area
during the three study years.
Data Analysis
Only terrestrial, arboreal, or aerial species that
were predominantly grassland dependent, and were not
transient, were considered for analysis. Two pipit species
— Tawny Pipit Anthus campestris (a winter migrant to the
Indian region: Ali and Ripley 1987), and the Paddyfield
Pipit Anthus rufulus (a resident species in the Indian
region: Ali and Ripley 1987) were extremely difficult
to tell apart in field, and were pooled during analysis
(Table 1). Due to the small number of spatial replicates
(2 transects/habitat type), only exploratory analysis of
the data was carried out, wherein mean and standard
deviations of bird densities were estimated from 30 temporal
replications of each transect. The densities given in the
tables are either annual or seasonal, based on the status
of the species. Densities were calculated by dividing the
number of birds recorded in a transect by its area, which
was 0.1 sq. km for small birds, 0.3 sq. km for larger birds
and 0.6 sq. km for the GIB.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Grassland Birds of Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary
A total of 32 species of grassland birds were recorded
from grazed and ungrazed grasslands (Table 1). Of these,
19 species are obligate inhabitants of grasslands in India,
while 13 use grasslands as part of a wider array of habitats
(Ali and Ripley 1987). The former included largely typical
grassland birds such as quails, larks, pipits, harriers, lapwings,
and bustards, and the latter were species such as doves,
shrikes, drongos, swallows, and munias. Of the 32 species,
21 are residents, 4 are seasonal migrants, and 7 are winter
migrants (Table 1). The Rain Quail Coturnix coromandelica,
Common Quail Coturnix coturnix, Black Drongo Edolius
macrocercus, and Lesser Florican Sypheotides indicus were
treated as seasonal migrants to RWS. The Rain Quail is
83
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
m Migratory Season (Nov. - Mar.)
Non-Migratory Season (Apr. - Sept.)
2021.97
t
1992-93 1993-94
Ungrazed 2
1992-93 1993-94
Grazed 2
1992-93 1993-94
Grazed 2
1992-93 1993-94
Ungrazed 1
Fig. 2: Overall densities of grassland bird species in ungrazed and
grazed grasslands of Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary
Note: The extremely high value for Grazed 2 during 1992-93 was
due to a.,record of a huge flock of Greater Short-toed Lark Cal/andrella
brachydactyla in November 1993
generally detected based on calls, but since it shies away
from human observers, detections on transects are rare. There
were only a few records of Common Quail. Since records
of these two species were obtained mainly from September
to February, they are treated as seasonal migrants. The only
other quail in the area is the Jungle Bushquail Perdicula
asiatica, which is largely found in scrub dominated areas,
and is seen throughout the year, unlike the Rain and Common
Quails, which further suggests that they are seasonal
migrants. The Black Drongo, though seen frequently in the
countryside, frequents the Rollapadu grasslands only from
September to February, and hence is treated as a seasonal
migrant. The endangered Lesser Florican was observed every
year during this study, appearing in October and leaving by
June, after males attained breeding plumage (Manakadan
and Rahmani 1999). However, during an earlier study
(Sankaran and Manakadan 1990), Lesser Florican was not
recorded during the first two years, and was sighted during
the third year (1987), with three territorial cocks displaying
in partial breeding plumage from October and a nest located
in November. This was a drought year in Rajasthan, Gujarat,
and western Madhya Pradesh, which are their major breeding
grounds (Ali and Ripley 1987).
Grassland birds in grazed and ungrazed grassland
The study showed no difference in bird species richness
and overall abundance in grazed and ungrazed grassland,
unlike reported from other studies (Bock and Bock 1988;
Rohrbaugh et al. 1999; Temple et al. 1999). In the two
grassland types sampled, 25 species each were recorded,
19 of which were common to both habitat types (Table 1).
The overall densities of birds between the two habitat types
also did not show much variation, with both sites recording
84
higher numbers during winter due to the influx of migrants
(Fig. 2). However, there were differences in the abundance
of some species to the point of total/near absence in either
of the habitat types. Five species (Indian Courser Cursorius
coromandelicus, Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus,
Red-winged Bushlark Mirafra erythroptera, Rufous-tailed
Finch-Lark Ammomanes phoenicurus, and Plain Prinia Prinia
inornata) that were common in grazed grassland were not
recorded in ungrazed grassland, while two species common
in ungrazed grassland (Zitting Cisticola Cisticola juncidis and
Black Drongo Edolius macrocercus) were not recorded in
grazed grassland (Table 1). The ungrazed grassland recorded
higher numbers of Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula, while
the abundance of Sykes’s Crested Lark Galerida deva, Ashy-
crowned Sparrow-Lark Eremopterix grisea, and Yellow-
wattled Lapwing Vanellus malabaricus, were more in grazed
grassland (Table 1).
Impacts of grazing-free enclosures
The establishment of enclosures has primarily resulted
in an increase in cover of grassland vegetation, making it
unsuitable for species that prefer open conditions. This has
caused disappearance or decline of bird species dependant
on grazing, and increase of bird species intolerant to grazing
pressure, as has been reported in a number of studies (Bock
et al. 1993; Koford 1999; Nuttall 1993). For example, a few
sightings of Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark (a common species
in grazed grasslands) in enclosures were in rocky areas with
sparse grass growth. For some species, preference of grass
height differs between activities. For example, the GIB
has an overall preference for short to medium grass (up to
50 cm) for foraging, roosting, and nesting, but prefers tall
grass (c. 75 cm) for resting and chick-rearing (Manakadan
1986; Rahmani 1989; Rahmani and Manakadan 1988).
Grasshoppers are an important prey for insectivorous
birds in grasslands (McEwen 1987; Wiens and Rotenberry
1979). Sampling of grasshopper in RWS showed that the
species richness and overall abundance of grasshoppers
(identified up to genus level) did not vary between the two
habitat types, but there were differences in the abundance of
five of the seven commonly recorded grasshoppers. Acorypha
sp., Pyrrhicia sp., and Trilophidia sp. were more abundant in
ungrazed grassland, while Chrotogonus sp. and Dnopherula
sp. were abundant in grazed grassland (see Manakadan and
Rahmani 1997). These changes are expected to influence
bird species that preferably feed on these grasshoppers. The
observations at RWS suggest that the foraging strategy ofa
bird species and the nature/behaviour of its principle prey
are important factors that govern the bird’s foraging success
and habitat use. For example, the Oriental Skylark was
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
probably abundant in enclosures as its ‘fast and agile pursuit’
foraging strategy through grass was effective on Acorypha
(abundant in ungrazed grassland), which took flight on the
approach of predators. In contrast, Sykes’s Crested Skylark,
lapwings, and Indian Courser had an unhurried ‘walk and
pick-up prey’ foraging strategy, which would not be effective
in catching Acorypha and other agile prey species. Their
foraging behaviour suggests that they prefer slow-moving
prey that relies on camouflage to escape predators, such
as Chrotogonus (abundant in grazed grassland). The diet
of lapwings and coursers largely comprises slow-moving
prey such as ants, beetles, caterpillars, and molluscs (Ali
and Ripley 1987). Additionally, lapwings and coursers were
observed to have difficulty in moving in the uniform tall
grass of ungrazed grassland, which would further impact their
foraging success. As for species-specific food preference, a
captive chick GIB showed a clear preference for Acorypha
(c. 5.5 cm long) over Chrotogonus (c. 2.5 cm long), and it
stopped eating Chrotogonus after about four months of age
(Manakadan and Rahmani 1990).
The importance of short grass for short grass dependant
species has been established in some studies (Bock and
Bock 1988; Nuttall 1993). Short grass increases visibility
and improves mobility for catching prey, thus improving the
foraging success for such species and thereby determining
their habitat choice. This may explain why Montagu’s Harrier
was recorded foraging more in grazed grassland though
its diet consisted largely of Acorypha (judging by analysis
of regurgitated pellets). Montagu’s Harrier probably finds
detection and capture of Acorypha easier in the short grass
of grazed grassland, even though this prey is more abundant
in ungrazed grassland.
Another major factor determining the presence of bird
species, especially shy skulkers, is their level of tolerance to
human disturbance (see Burger 1981). In Rollapadu, the shy
and secretive Lesser Florican was only recorded in Enclosure
I (with males defending wintering/breeding territories each
year), probably due to a combination of lack of disturbance,
availability of grass cover, and food resources. GIB is partial
to ungrazed grasslands due to lack of disturbance, but as
discussed earlier, it requires a mosaic of grazed and ungrazed
zones for different activities, which explains its occurrence in
grazed grassland and high degree of variation in densities in
the ungrazed grassland (Table 1). However, it is important to
note that almost all of the 112 nests of GIB recorded between
1985 tol1995 in RWS were in Enclosure I (Manakadan and
Rahmani 1993, 1997).
Other factors influencing the occurrence of birds in the
enclosures are more complex, such as predation and inter-
specific competition. A significant increase in the population
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
of the Indian Fox (Manakadan and Rahmani 2001) and Indian
Monitor Lizard (Manakadan and Rahmani 1993, 1997) was
reported after the establishment of the enclosures, which could
cause an increase in predation on bird nests and chicks. The
blackbuck population also increased from around 20 animals
in 1985 to c. 500 in 1995 (Manakadan and Rahmani 1998),
and their direct/indirect impacts on the grassland habitat
and bird species is unknown. The increase in blackbuck
population has had negative conservation implications due
to crop-depredation and the resulting loss of support from
locals (Manakadan and Rahmani 1993, 1997).
Implications of the Study
Grassland birds are reported to be declining in many
countries, largely due to habitat loss and degradation (Goriup
et al. 1991; Knopf 1994; Sauer et al. 2008; Tucker 1991;
Vickery et al. 1999). The situation of Indian grasslands is
serious because India with just a fortieth of the total land
mass of the world supports more than 50% of its buffaloes,
15% of its cattle, 15% of its goats and 4% of its sheep, and
additionally, lacks a grazing policy (see Rahmani 1988).
Hence, urgent steps are required to be taken to protect India’s
grasslands.
One way of achieving this would be by setting up
grazing and disturbance free grassland enclosures, which
has proven to help in the conservation of two threatened
bird species, namely the GIB and Lesser Florican, besides
benefiting many other grassland fauna. In this study, some
relatively common bird species were observed to largely
confine themselves to the enclosures of RWS, suggesting
that these were till then surviving in suboptimal conditions
in the grazing lands.
Though the studies show that some grassland bird
species have been adversely affected by the establishment
of the enclosures, this should not be a cause for concern, as
grazed grasslands are much more common than ungrazed
grasslands in India. Additionally, there is an urgency to
conserve grassland bird species that are threatened and
intolerant to extreme grazing disturbances, and hence,
managers should focus on setting up of grazing-free
enclosures. However, care needs to be exercised on setting
up enclosures in climatic or edaphic regions/conditions
where the grass growth becomes too tall and dense,
resulting in almost total habitat loss for most bird species,
as was the case in Karera Bustard Sanctuary, Shivpuri
district, Madhya Pradesh (Rahmani 1989). Furthermore,
studies on the GIB (Rahmani 1988, 1989) have shown that
this species needs a mosaic of habitats within an enclosure
to cater to its different activities, life-cycles, and survival,
So a judicious mix is necessary, depending on the focal
85
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
SpJiq ‘S]JU9POJ
sisuajeybuaeg seioesog
c8 OF Lc 0 66 0F LEO 6S°0F O10 c8'0F 120 ‘sueiqiydue ‘sajijdai ‘sjoasu| E uy JO|JOY UEIPU] “9]
sije]uauo Sdoleyy
z c6 €F VOL r 5 S}O9SU| 4 uy J9}€9-99q U99IH) |JEWS “Gl
ojo0e2ep el/jadojdays
00' V+ COE 96'S+ 8V7'T GC EF 80'S VG CF OGL SPp989S | uy SAOQ-PSe|jOD uelsein>y “yl
| SNJSNXO SOajIOJA}]q
€9'6F 709 6L 6LF 80'L Le SLF COG Lo 9F 86 1 spees ssei6 pue poo), O uy esnoJBpues pal|jeq-jnujseyo “€}
snouegejew snjjaue/
- LL'€F GEL 06'Z¥ 80'Z 26 VF 90'7 sajjeeq ‘siaddoyssesp O P| Buimde 7] payem-Mo}|a, ‘Z|
Jeyew
9)qe1eB69A ‘sosnjjow ‘sjoasul SNDIPUI SN|JeueA
= FS G6'EF GL O€'l+ LEO ‘sJe||Id9}e9 ‘sajjaeq ‘s}uy | uy Buimde7] pajyjem-pay "|
s]eyol0 ‘suaddoyussesb SNIDIJ@PUCWIOJOD SNUOSIND
a a LG°CCF LES CO VCF EL EL ‘eeAIE| 1194} pue sajjeoq O uy JESINOD UEIPU] “OL
snoipul sepliloaydAsS
€L OF 910 - a — S]O8SU| O INS UeDIIO|4 JOSS] “6
S]USPOL |JeEWS
‘sBuljiseu pulg ‘saliydes ‘s}oesul sdaoubiu suoapiy
vO LF cv 0 66'0+ LEO Lv OF OL 0 6V OF 910 Jayjo ‘sajeeq ‘siaddoysseso O uy pjejsng UeBIPU] JesIE) 8
XIUINJOD XIUINJOD
OL'GFEE' | - _ — S]O8SUI ‘Spe8es SSEID O WS END UOWWOD “7
COIAPUPLWWOION XIUINJOD
89°F L9'0 “4 = S SJDOSUI ‘SP9ES SSeJO) O INS JIEND uley “9
snjnounuulj ooje{
96°1* 860 18° L¥ 820 GO'CF 96" LG°l¥ 860 S}O98SuU| O WM |91}SO UOWWIOD °G
uoIssnosiq snbiebAd snoug
Le LF 690 L9°C¥ OL OL'9F LEV G2 8F L9'9 Japun aas jng ‘eAoge sv O NM Jaluey s,nbeyuoy| “7
sieddoyusseib
‘Spuig Buyseu punos6 BunoA Jo SNINODIDEW SNIIID
L8°0+ 020 L804 020 62 CF 860 L8°0F 020 yoIs ‘soll play ‘spsezi| ‘sbo14 O NM JOJEH Pliled “€
ese] unjsejng
6S°0+ O10 = ‘ 66'0F LEO Spilq ‘sajjdei ‘sjoosu| 4 uy puezzng pahe-s}IyM\ “Z
snejnieed snue/z
f a cL LF 2S'0 re SPJIQ YOIS “OIL “SpJeZI] “S}OSsu| a qd OH PSssp|Noys-yoe|q “|
||-}OoSueI | |-JO9SuUeL | [|-}oesued | |-]JOOSUBI
aS Ur er Cn Be ay eit (90UdJaJa1d JO JOPJO U]) pue|ssels
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Ayisuaq |euosees
/jenuuy ues/\|
Aysuag jeuoseas Aysueqg jeuoseas
jjenuuy ues/\
Ayisuag jeuoseas
jjenuuy ues
uo soUspUusdeq snes saineds
(286) Aaidiy pue |i) J9I1d
jjenuuy ues|\|
puegjsseig pezesbun pue|SSels paezesg
Asenjoues dji|pyi\\ npedeyjoy jo spuejsses6 pezes6un pue pezeib ul saioeds psig puejssesb Jo saijisuep GSF ues/| :} a1qeL
86
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
v8'St VV9
8e VF COC
L9°Lo+ 906
67 8lLF OO'SL
SV VF 617
vO LL+ EIS
Vise’ s
06 ELF 8E'6S
00°019+ 90° ZS1
VI VEF C9 OV
G6SIFEL 8
GE E?F LEO?
[|-JoO9SsueI]
(wy “bs/#)
Ayisuaq jeuoseas
jjenuuy ues
“sjeqiqey Jo Aewe Japim e jo wed se spuejsseub sas — eaneynoe :4 ‘spuejsses6 UO JuspUEd~ap AjauljUS sOWe JO AjosUy — a1e6IGO :O ‘JUeUIjUODGNS
UeIPU| BY} JO SUOIHa1 JAU}JO LWOIJ JOJSIA [eUOSe~aS e ‘jUBIHIY\ JeUOSeaS = WIS ‘UOIHal ONOUeSeleY OY} WOdJ JOPSIA e :JUCIBIY| JO}UI\\ = WA ‘(Seeue Bulpunowns pue AJenjoues) juspisey = yY
GL'9+ 29'8
L0'L+ 09°2
VIECF VV EL
GS VF Ob'9
68 €+ VBC
CL e+ VE CL
68 LLZF 9G'96
08 0V+ 00 ST
O06 LL+ €9°S
Bo LF LOL
|-JoOSsueI]
(wy “*bs/#)
Ayisuaq jeuoseas
jjenuuy ues
pue|sseidg pezeibun
O€ b+ LEO
C6 VF GCL
L8°S+ L8-¢
L8'ct CEE
97 LF OLS
ce EF BLL
G6 66+ 76°02
LG LOVV+ C8 86LL
GL18+ 90°17
CL CC OSG CC
ec LF OGL
8S 1S+ 90°6S
Lo vt GCL
\|-Jo9SUeL]
(wu “bs/#)
Ayisuaq jeuosees
jjenuuy ues
SL Lt 1LoO0
CL L+ 90°70
OF CF: 90 =
81°S+ 96'1
Ce SF BLL
LL 9S+* 0S°2S
VV EL+ BOP
G£ect Sc Oe
06'S 76'0
c6 SEF €9 0S
OC V+ BL C
|-JOOSUEI
(uy “bs/#)
Ayisueq jeuosess
jyenuuy ues
PUBISSEID PezZelD
sjeuwew
‘Spulg ‘sajijdau ‘sjoasu|
sajijdes ‘s}oasu|
S}O9SUI ‘SP8E8S
sJOesu|
S}OeSu|
sjeuuwew
‘Spiiq ‘sajijdes ‘s}oesu|
S]O@SUI [ELOY
S]O9SUI |eLOY
s]oesu|
Sps8esS
$}09SU]
s]oesu|
S}JO9SUI ‘SPp8ES
S]O9SUI ‘SP8ES
S]D8SU|
(99uUsJaJdId JO JAPJO UJ)
(2861 Aaidiy pue tiv) 1910
a WS
pue|ssess
UO soUspusdeq snes
SnaJe00JIeW SNIjOPF
o6uoJg yoelg “ZF
SI]SL] SAJOYJOPLIOW
BUA UOWLUOXD “LE
eouegejew adiponz
[IQUSAIIS UBIPU] “OE
eBJEUJOU! CIUU
EIU UIEld ‘62
siprounf e/09/SID
BIONSID HuNIZ “8Z
SI/BUOIPUAW SNiuezy
ayYS ABD WayyNnoS “1Z
eouinep OpunJip
MOJJEMS peduunJ-pey “9Z
eCONSNs OPUNJIH
MO|JEMS UOWWOD ‘GZ
sningni snyjuy
did pjayApped “HZ
sujsedwes snyjuy
ydiq Aumel “€Z
ejAjoepAyoesg ejjaspueseg
le] P8O}-LOYS JE}B9lQ) CZ
einbjn6 epnejy
yIe|AYS JEJUSUO “LZ
eAap epluajey
yie] pelsaud s SsaeyAS ‘0Z
sninoiuaoyd sauewowwuy
yle7]-Youl4 pajle}-snojny “6L
easub xuajdowaly
yle7-mMoleds peumoo-Ausy ‘81
elaJdolyyAa Cel
ywelysng pebuim-pay “2
saioeds
(‘pjuo0a) Asenyoues ayiipllAA Npedeyjoy Jo spuejsses6 pezesHbun pue pezej6 ul saioads puiq puejsses6 Jo sanisuep GSF UBS :p BIqeL
87
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
species to be conserved. In areas like Karera, some form of
grazing/harvesting regime has to be implemented to check
the excessive grass growth. Even in RWS, where grass
growth is not much of a problem due to the shallow soil and
aridity, clearing the growth of scrub, trees, and tall stands of
Sehima nervosum grass has to be done once every few years
(Manakadan et al. 2002).
Lastly, it is important to assess conservation issues
of Indian grasslands at a landscape level, since these
largely fall under human-impacted landscapes and will
ultimately be influenced by the support and land-use
practices of local communities, especially in the light of the
problems arising from the growing human population and
its impacts.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This paper is an outcome of the Grassland Ecology
Project of the Bombay Natural History Society headed by
Dr. Asad R. Rahmani (now Director BNHS) funded by the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and sponsored by the Ministry
of Environment and Forests. We thank the officials of the
Andhra Pradesh Forest Department for permission to work
in the Sanctuary, and especially the help and cooperation
extended by the Department’s staff based in Rollapadu
Wildlife Sanctuary. We are indebted to Dr. Qamar Qureshi
of WII, Dehradun, for guidance on the methodology section
write-up, and to anonymous reviewers for comments and
edits, which have considerably improved the paper.
REFERENCES
Aut, S. & S.D. Riptey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan,
and Sri Lanka. 2nd edition. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
ANONYMOUS (1990): Status and ecology of the Lesser and Bengal
floricans. Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. 155 pp.
Bock, C.E. & J.H. Bock (1988): Grassland birds in southeast Arizona:
Impacts of fire, grazing and alien vegetation, Pp. 43-58. ICBP
Technical Publication No. 7 (Ed: Gortup, P.D.).
Bock, C.E., V.A. Saas, T.D. Rich & D.S. Doskin (1993): Effects of
livestock grazing on neotropical migratory landbirds in western
North America. Jn: Finch, D.M. & D.W. Stangel (Eds): Status
and Management of Neotropical Migratory Birds. Gen. Tech.
Rep. RM-299. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.
Burcer, J. (1981): The effects of human activity on birds at a coastal
bay. Biological Conservation 21: 231-241.
DABADGHAO, P.M. & K.A. SHANKARNARAYAN (1973): The Grass Cover of
India. Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
Goriup, P.D., L.A. BATTEN & J.A. Norton (1991): The conservation
of lowland dry grasslands birds in Europe. Joint Nature
Conservation Committee, Peterborough and The Nature
Conservation Bureau, Berkshire, UK. 136 pp.
Knopr, F.L. (1994): Avian assemblages on altered grasslands. Studies
in Avian Biology 15: 247-257.
Kororp, R.R. (1999): Density and fledging success of grassland birds
in conservation reserve program fields in North Dakota and West
Central Minnesota. Studies in Avian Biology 19: 187-195.
MAHESWARAN, G. (2002): Status and ecology of the endangered Hispid
Hare Caprolagus hispidus in Jaldapara Wildlife Sanctuary, West
Bengal, India. Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay and
Wildlife Conservation Society, New York. 45 pp.
MANAKADAN, R. (1986): Ecology of the Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis
nigriceps (Vigors) habitats. M.Sc. Thesis. University of Bombay,
Bombay.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (1990): Growth and development
of a captive Great Indian Bustard chick. Avicultural Magazine
96: 133-140.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (1993): A decade of conservation of
the Great Indian Bustard at Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary, 1-3.
In: Verghese, A., S. Sridhar & A.K. Chakravarthy (Eds): Proc.
Changing Scenario of Bird Ecology and Conservation, Bangalore,
Nov 1993. Ornithological Society of India, Bangalore.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (1997): Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary.
Pp: 117-180. Jn: Rahmani, A.R. (Ed.): A study of the ecology of
88
the grasslands of the Indian plains with particular reference to
their endangered fauna. Final Report. Bombay Natural History
Society, Mumbai.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (1998): Crop damage by blackbuck at
Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary, Andhra Pradesh. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 95(3): 408-417.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMAN! (1999): More on the Lesser Florican
Sypheotides indica at Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary, Kurnool
district, Andhra Pradesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 96(2):
314-316.
MANAKADAN, R. & A.R. RAHMANI (2001): Population and ecology of
the Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis at Rollapadu Wildlife
Sanctuary, Andhra Pradesh, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
97(1): 3-14.
MANAKADAN, R., A.R. RAHMANI & Y.N. RAo (2002): Spread of scrub in
grasslands of Rollapadu Wildlife Sanctuary, Andhra Pradesh,
India, and its impact on the avifauna. Pp. 186—195. Jn: Rahman,
A.R. & Gayatri Ugra (Eds): Birds of Wetlands and Grasslands:
Proc. Salim Ali Centenary Seminar on Conservation of Avifauna
of Wetlands and Grasslands. Bombay Natural History Society,
Mumbai.
McEwen, L.C. (1987): The function of insectivorous birds in shortgrass
IPM system. Pp. 324-333. Jn: Capinera, J.P. (Ed.): Integrated
Pest Management on Rangeland. West View Press, Colorado,
USA.
Narayan, G. (1992): Ecology, distribution, and conservation of the
Bengal Florican Houbaropsis bengalensis (Gmelin) in India.
Ph.D. Thesis, University of Bombay, Bombay.
NutTTALL, R.J. (1993): Seasonal changes in the birdlife of a peri-urban
grassland community. Ostrich 64: 1-7.
RAHMANI, A.R. (1988): Grassland birds of the Indian subcontinent:
A review. Pp. 187-202. Jn: Technical Publication No. 7.
International Council of Bird Preservation, UK.
RAHMANI, A.R. (1989): The Great Indian Bustard. Final Report. Pp. 234.
Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay.
RAHMANI, A.R. (1997): A study of the ecology of the grasslands of the
Indian plains with particular reference to their endangered fauna.
Final Report. Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai.
RAHMANI A.R. (2006): Need to start Project Bustards. Bombay Natural
History Society, Mumbai.
RAHMANI, A.R. (2008): Need for Project Bustard. Hornbill (Oct—Dec):
139-146.
RAHMANI, A.R. & R. MANAKADAN (1986): A large roost of harriers
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES ON GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY
in Andhra Pradesh, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 83(4)
Supplement: 203-204.
RAHMANI, A.R. & R. MANAKADAN (1988): Bustard Sanctuaries of India:
Strategies for their conservation and management. Technical
Report No. 13. Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai.
AO pp.
RAHMANI, A.R. & R. MANAKADAN (1990): The past and present
distribution of the Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 87(2): 175-194.
ROHRBAUGH, R.W., JR. D.L. RemnKING, D.H. Wo Fe, S.K. SHERROD
& M.A. Jenkins (1999): Effects of prescribed burning and
grazing on nesting and reproductive success of three grassland
passerine species in tall grass prairie. Studies in Avian Biology
19: 165-170.
SANKARAN, R. (1991): Some aspects of the breeding biology of the
Lesser Florican Sypheotides indica and the Bengal Florican
Houbaropsis bengalensis. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Bombay,
Bombay.
SANKARAN, R. & R. MANAKADAN (1990): Recent breeding records of
the Lesser Florican Sypheotides indica from Andhra Pradesh.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. §7(2): 294-296.
SAUER, J.R., J.E. Hines & J. FALLON (2008): The North American
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Breeding Bird Survey, Results and Analysis 1966—2007, version
5.15.2008. U.S. Geological Survey Patuxent Wildlife Research
Center, Laurel, Maryland.
TEMPLE, S.A., B.M. FEvoLp, L.K. PAINE, D.J. UNDERSANDER &
D.W. SaAmpLe (1999): Nesting birds and grazing cattle:
Accommodating both on Midwestern Pastures. Studies in Avian
Biology 19: 196-202.
Tucker, G.M. (1991): The status of lowland dry grassland birds in
Europe. Pp. 37-48. Jn: Goriup, P.D., L.A. Batten & J.A. Norton
(Eds): The conservation of lowland dry grasslands birds in
Europe. Joint Nature Conservation Committee, Peterborough
and Nature Conservation Bureau, Berkshire, UK.
VickgERY, P.D., P.L. Tuparo, J.M.C. Da Sitva, B.G. PETERJOHN,
J.R. HeERKERT & R.B. CAVALCANTI (1999): Conservation of
grassland birds in the Western Hemisphere. Studies in Avian
Biology 19: 2-26.
WeInS, J.A. & J.T. ROTENBERRY (1979): Diet niche relationships
among North American grassland birds and shrub steppe birds.
Oecologia 42: 253-292.
ZARRI, A.A., A.R. RAHMANI & S. MuruGAN (2005): Ecology of Shola
Grassland. Final Report. Bombay Natural History Society,
Mumbai. 112 pp.
89
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
90-97
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL OCYCEROS BIROSTRIS
IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION, EASTERN GHATS, INDIA
E. SANTHOSHKUMAR!?” AND P. BALASUBRAMANIAN!3>*
'Division of Landscape Ecology, Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and Natural History, Anaikatty P.O., Coimbatore 641 108,
Tamil Nadu, India.
"Email: [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71745
The foraging ecology of Indian Grey Hornbill Ocyceros birostris was studied in Sathyamangalam Forest Division,
Eastern Ghats, from 2006 to 2008. Its diet in the breeding season was assessed by 720 hours of direct observations
of food deliveries to 10 different nest inmates and by nest midden analysis. Observations at nest holes revealed that
males visited nests an average of 16 times per day, and the food items delivered to the nest inmates (female and
chicks) included both plant (63.7%) and animal matter (36.3%). Fleshy fruits of 14 species were delivered, and the
animal matter was mainly insects (99%). Seeds collected from the nest middens on analysis showed the presence of
26 fruit species of 16 plant families. Food habits of this hornbill during the non-breeding season were assessed by
walking along transects and observing foraging activities. Of the 3,086 feeding observations obtained, 83% were on
fruits and the rest were on leaves (8.8%), insects (7.7%), and flowers (0.5%). Of the 38 fruit species eaten, Ficus spp.
constituted 25.3% of the non-breeding season fruit diet. In all, fruits of 41 species of 21 families were recorded in the
diet. The study revealed that both fig and non-fig species are important for the survival of the Indian Grey Hornbill
in the Eastern Ghats.
Key words: Hornbill, Indian Grey Hornbill, figs, frugivory, fruit preferences, nest midden
INTRODUCTION
Food selection is an important aspect of understanding
the relationships between frugivorous animals and fruiting
plants, because their interactions are important in the
maintenance and regeneration of flora (Janzen 1970). Studies
on frugivore diets are extremely valuable as they help outline
the potential interactions between bird-dispersed plants
and fruit-eating birds. Hornbills are among the major avian
frugivores and seed dispersers in tropical forests (Kemp
1995). Asian hornbills are generally frugivorous, but turn
omnivorous in the breeding season (Poonswad et al. 1998).
Although many consume a diversity of animal prey, both
vertebrates and invertebrates, the bulk of the diet by weight
and nutrition rewards come from fruits (Kinnaird and O’ Brien
2007). The interactions between frugivorous hornbills and
fruiting plants have received considerable attention.
Although detailed studies on food and feeding
habits of various Asian hornbills have been conducted
(Balasubramanian and Maheswaran 2002; Balasubramanian
et al. 2004; Datta and Rawat 2003; Kannan and James
1997; Kinnaird et al. 1996; Leighton 1982; Mudappa 2000;
Poonswad and Tsuji 1994; Poonswad et al. 1998; Suryadi
et al. 1994), information on one of the most common species
in the Indian subcontinent, namely the Indian Grey Hornbill
Ocyceros birostris, has been inadequate. The species is
distributed in India, Pakistan, and Nepal (Ali and Ripley
1987), occurring in deciduous biotopes, open thorn forests,
and rural cultivated areas (Ali and Ripley 1987; Kemp
1995). In southern India, it occurs along the entire stretch
of Eastern Ghats and in the foothill forests of Western Ghats
(Balasubramanian et al. 2005). Anecdotal observations
on the species were made by Hall (1918) and Patil et al.
(1997), providing preliminary observations on their dietary
habits during the breeding season. Kasambe (2011) carried
out a detailed study on the food habits and breeding ecology
of this species in Central India, but this study was from an
urban landscape. Hence, we undertook a study on the Indian
Grey Hornbill to assess the species’ food and feeding habits
and fruit preferences during the breeding and non-breeding
seasons in a forest landscape in the Eastern Ghats from
2006 to 2008.
STUDY AREA
The Eastern Ghats is an important habitat for diverse
biota across the east coast of India, traversing the states of
Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, and a small part of
Karnataka. The Eastern Ghats is a “poor relation” of the
Western Ghats, being less heavily forested and disjointed
in many sections due to a number of large rivers flowing
across. These rivers divide the Eastern Ghats into a number
of distinct hill regions, endowing each section with its own
unique characteristics. Sathyamangalam Forest Division
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
(11243? AON; 7722722" Beols a SSesqitkin) lies*an the
southernmost stretch of the Eastern Ghats, in Erode district
of Tamil Nadu. This division, along with tracts of adjoining
forests, was declared as the Sathyamangalam Wildlife
Sanctuary and Tiger Reserve (1,408.41 sq. km) in 2011.
Hasanur Range of Sathyamangalam Forest Division
(164.86 sq. km), where the study was carried out, receives
rainfall from both the southwest and northeast monsoon,
varying from 600 to 850 mm per annum. The elevation is
c. 490 m above mean sea level. The temperature is high
(40 °C) during summer and low (20 °C) during winter
nights. The vegetation at the study site mainly comprised dry
deciduous forests in the plateau and semi-evergreen forests
along the streams and rivers. Sandalwood Santalum album
and bamboo Bambusa arundinacea are dominant species in
the dry forests. Riparian forests are dominated by Terminalia
spp., Mangifera indica, Syzygium cumini, Melia dubia, and
Ficus spp.
METHODS
Food habits
Data was gathered for two breeding and non-breeding
seasons from July 2006 to June 2008. In the breeding season
(March to May) at Sathyamangalam, 32 active nest trees
were located by following breeding pairs or on observing
breeding males carrying food to nests. From these, a few
focal males and nest middens were studied to document
the diet of the species during the breeding season. This
data was obtained from systematic observations of feeding
birds while walking along transects. Details of the sampling
during the breeding and non-breeding seasons are discussed
below.
Remains of food items consumed by nest inmates
(mother and young) are generally squirted out through
the nest slit, which get deposited beneath the nest tree as
middens, which include seeds, undigested parts of plant
and animal food, and nesting material. The middens of
10 nests (five nests per year) were examined and analyzed
once a week during the nesting period. Very small seeds
(e.g., fig seeds <2 mm) were not taken into account. The
seeds collected from middens were compared with other
seeds of fruits collected from the study area to confirm the
identity of the species. The midden area was cleaned after
each collection.
Extended observations were also carried out at 10
nests (five nests per year) to assess the food utilized during
the breeding season. A total of 720 hours (360 hours per year,
72 hours per nest) were spent in hides set up near nests to
record food delivery by males to nest inmates. Observations
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
were carried out from 06:00 hrs to 18:00 hrs. During nest
monitoring the number of visits made by the male, food
items delivered, and number of items delivered per visit were
recorded. To determine the percentage composition of plant
and animal food required for the nest inmates to complete
the breeding cycle, we distinguished the nesting period into
two main phases: the pre-hatching and the post-hatching
phase. The mean duration of nesting period was 87 +2 days,
the young hatched in an average of 30 +2 days (pre-hatching
phase) from the day of incarceration of the female. The
post-hatching phase was 57 +3 days (Santhoshkumar and
Balasubramanian 2010). The pre-hatching and post-hatching
phase could be distinguished based on calls of chicks heard
from nests, especially when the male approached the nest to
pass on the food to the female.
the non-breeding
were done along two transects, mostly from 06:00 hrs to
10:00 hrs and 15:00 hrs to 18:00 hrs when the feeding
activity of hornbills is high (Balasubramanian et al. 2004).
During the transect walk, birds sighted within 50 m on either
side of the transect were recorded. During each sighting, the
tree species in which hornbills were feeding and food item
During season, observations
consumed were recorded. Since fruits form the major diet
of hornbills (Ali and Ripley 1987; Balasubramanian et al.
2004), efforts were made to determine their preferred fruit
species in Sathyamangalam.
Food Availability
Vegetation sampling was done in the two main
vegetation types, namely dry deciduous forest and riparian
forest to enumerate the availability of woody species,
mainly trees, which would serve as an index on the
availability of fruiting trees to the hornbill. In dry deciduous
forest, a 1 ha plot (100 x 100 m) was laid, and subdivided
into 100 sub-plots of 10 x 10 m. In the riparian forest, a
1 ha belt transect (1000 x 10 m) was laid along the river
bank and subdivided into 100 sub-plots of 10 x 10 m. In
both the habitats, woody plants measuring >20 cm GBH
(girth at breast height) within the sub-plots were measured
and recorded. This vegetation data was analyzed to obtain
quantitative values of the density, abundance, and frequency,
using standard formulae.
Fruiting phenology was monitored by tagging
210 plants belonging to 21 fleshy-fruited species for two
years from July 2006 to June 2008. Tagged plants were
monitored once in a fortnight to record fruit availability.
Percentage of fruit in the canopy was visually estimated
and divided into percentages of ripe and unripe fruits, based
primarily on colour changes indicating ripeness (Anggraini
et al. 2000; Balasubramanian et al. 2004).
91
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
Table 1: Proportion of plant and animal matter consumed by Indian Grey Hornbill in Sathyamangalam Forest Division, Eastern Ghats
Breeding season
Non-breeding season
% utilized % utilized
Ist year IInd year Ist year IInd year
|. Plant matter
Fruits
Figs 30.44 23177 39.05 37.90
Non-figs 13.76 48.79 39.86 41.26
Leaves 41.56 0.86 10.39 10.87
Flowers - - 1.29 -
Il. Animal matter
Insects 53.91 26.38 9.42 9.96
Eggs 0.23 0.08 - -
Lizards 0.06 0.10 - -
Others 0.04 0.02 - -
(chicks, snakes, rodents)
Statistical Analysis
Preference Index (PI) was calculated using Ivlev’s
Index of Selectivity (Ivlev 1961), (PI= U-A/U+A, where U
denotes utilization of the species and A denotes availability
of corresponding species). Availability of the fruit tree
species was estimated from the vegetation sampling data.
Utilization of the species was obtained from the number of
feeding observations recorded. Values of PI range between
-1 and +1, where -1 indicates avoidance, while +1 indicates
highest preference.
The food items brought to the nest were classified into
figs, non-figs, and animal matter. The proportion of different
food items consumed was tested with Chi-square test. The
difference in food items consumed between the pre-hatching
and post-hatching phases of nesting period was tested for
statistical significance using t-test.
RESULTS
Breeding Season Diet
During nest monitoring, 13,680 food items were
observed being delivered to the 10 focal nests. Food items
delivered comprised both plant (63.7%) and animal matter
(36.3%). The animal diet was mainly insects (99%), the
rest comprised lizards, snakes, and rats. The plant diet was
mainly fruits (98.3%) with a small proportion of Melia
dubia leaves. Among the fruits delivered, figs formed the
majority (26%), followed by Premna tomentosa (25%).
While figs were available throughout the year, fruiting of
Premna tomentosa was restricted to three months (May to
July) towards the end of the breeding season.
Yearwise comparison showed that fig consumption did
not show much difference between the two years of study
92
(Table 1). Non-figs comprised 14% of the diet in the first
year, and 49% in the second year. Animal matter constituted
54% in the first year, and 26% in the second year (Table 1).
The increase in the consumption of non-figs in the second
year could be due to high fruiting of Premna tomentosa,
considering that it constituted 25% of the diet during the
breeding season. The major portion of the animal diet in the
first year was cicadas; in the second year only a few insects
were delivered to the nest inmates.
Fruits of 26 plant species were consumed by the
hornbills during the breeding season: 14 species recorded
while monitoring food deliveries to nests and 12 from nest
middens. The preferred fruit species included six species
of figs, and a few non-figs, namely Premna tomentosa,
Santalum album, and Solanum erianthum (Table 2).
The food items delivered to the nest inmates were
classified into figs, non-figs, and animal matter. A comparison
of diet composition of pre-hatching phase and post-hatching
phase in the breeding season indicated a predominance of
animal food in the post-hatching phase, and figs in the
pre-hatching phase. The proportion of non-fig and animal
matter delivered to the nest inmates was significantly higher
(t-test, t = -3.508, df = 57, p<0.01 and t = -4.133, df = 79,
p<0.01) in the post-hatching phase than the pre-hatching
phase.
Non-breeding Season Diet
Based on 3,086 feeding observations, the diet of the
Indian Grey Hornbill during the non-breeding season was
found to comprise fruits (83%), leaves (8.8%), flowers
(0.5%), and insects (7.7%). It fed on a total of 38 fruit
species (21 families), of which six species of Ficus (Ficus
benghalensis, F. drupacea, F- infectoria, F’ microcarpa,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
Table 2: Preference index of food plant species of Indian Grey Hornbill in Sathyamangalam Forest Division, Eastern Ghats
S.No Plant species
Bridelia crenulata
Canthium dicoccum
Capparis grandis
C. sepiaria
Celtis tetrandra
Clausena dentata
Diospyros montana
Drypetes roxburghii
- PoP Pas fe Mas
Erythroxylum monogynum
—_
©
Ficus benghalensis
—_
F. drupacea
12. —F infectoria
13. | F microcarpa
14. F racemosa
15. F. religiosa
16. /xora pavetta
17. Lantana camara
18. | Mimusops elengi
19. _Naringi crenulata
20. Premna tomentosa
21. Santalum album
22. | Schleichera oleosa
23. Solanum erianthum
24. Syzygium cumini
25. Vitex altissima
26. Ziziphus mauritiana
27. Z. oenoplia
FE. racemosa, and F: religiosa) constituted 25% of the
3,086 feeding observations. Non-figs such as Diospyros
montana (9%) and Vitex altissima (7%) were also major
food. The hornbills were also recorded feeding on the leaves
of Melia dubia and Ailanthus excelsa, and a few observations
showed feeding on Vitex altissima flowers. Cultivated fruit
species such as Pithecellobium dulce, Carica papaya,
Morus alba, Psidium guajava, and Muntingia calabura
were also eaten (4%). There was not much difference in the
non-breeding season diet between the two years (Table 1).
Ivlev’s preference index showed that Indian Grey Hornbill’s
preferred species in the non-breeding season were Bridelia
crenulata (0.97), Ficus religiosa (0.95), and Solanum
erianthum (0.95) (Table 2).
Overall, fruits constituted 79.03% of the diet in
non-breeding season and 58.38% in the breeding season,
these comprising 41 species of fleshy fruits belonging to
21 families (Appendix 1).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Breeding season
Preference Index (PI)
Non-breeding season
- 0.97
- -0.11
- 0.50
- -0.61
- 0.91
- 0.70
0.06 CAFS
- 0.94
- -0.83
0.97 ; 0.90
0.78 0.94
0.92 0.96
0.99 0.93
0.96 0.91
0.93 0.95
- -0.30
-0.97
- 0.83
. -0.50
0.99 0.71
0.98 0.93
- 0.67
0.96 0.95
- 0.71
- 0.45
- -0.05
- 0.81
DISCUSSION
Studies by Hall (1918), Patil et al. (1997), and
Kasambe (2011) reported that fruits are an important
component in the diet of Indian Grey Hornbill during the
breeding season. Whitney et al. (1998) reported that fruits
comprised over 90% of the diet of Ceratogymna hornbills
in Daj Reserve, Cameroon. Fruits constitute a major portion
of the dietary requirements of Asian hornbills (Kinnaird and
O’Brien 2007). In our study on the Indian Grey Hornbill in
Sathyamangalam Forest Division, the species was recorded
to feed on the fruits of 41 species from 21 families.
Many studies on the food habits of hornbills show
a high proportion of figs in their diet (Table 3), which
was also true in our study, where figs comprised 26% of
the diet during the breeding season and 25% during the
non-breeding season; six species of figs were found to be
highly preferred. Suryadi et al. (1994) observed that figs
93
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
Table 3: Proportion of figs in the diet of hornbill species in Asia
Species Study area % of figs
Brown Hornbill Thailand 21
Anorrhinus tickelli
Bushy-crested Hornbill Indonesia 66
Anorrhinus galeritus
Great Hornbill Thailand OL
Buceros bicornis
Great Hornbill Western Ghats, "3
Buceros bicornis India
Great Hornbill Thailand 57
Buceros bicornis
Helmeted Hornbill Indonesia 98
Buceros vigil
Malabar Grey Hornbill Western Ghats, 26
Ocyceros griseus India
Malabar Grey Hornbill Western Ghats, 62
Ocyceros griseus India
Malabar Pied Hornbill Western Ghats, i2
Anthracoceros coronatus India
North Sulawesi Tarictic Hornbill North Sulawesi, 34
Penelopides exarhatus exarhatus \|ndonesia
Oriental Pied Hornbill Arunachal 47
Anthracoceros albirostris Pradesh, India
Oriental Pied Hornbill Thailand 35
Anthracoceros albirostris
Rhinoceros Hornbill Indonesia T/
Buceros rhinoceros
Rufous-necked Hornbill Thailand 18
Aceros nipalensis
Sulawesi Red-knobbed Hornbill North Sulawesi, 83
Aceros cassidix Indonesia
Sulawesi Red-knobbed Hornbill North Sulawesi, 69
Aceros cassidix Indonesia
Sulawesi Red-knobbed Hornbill North Sulawesi, 81
Aceros cassidix Indonesia
Wreathed Hornbill Indonesia 64
Aceros undulatus
Writhed-billed (sic) Hornbill Philippines Over one-third
of food at nest
Methodology
Wet weight of fruits
Wet weight, fruit type and
endosperm character
Wet weight of fruits
Direct observations at nest
and nest midden analysis
Wet weight of fruits
Wet weight, fruit type and
endosperm character
Observations at focal nest
and middens
Direct observations and
midden analysis
Direct observations and
midden analysis
Focal observation at nests
Direct observations and
seed count
Wet weight of fruits
Wet weight, fruit type and
endosperm character
Observations at focal nest
and midden analysis
Fruit weight, size and colour
Observations at focal nest
Fruit biomass
Wet weight, fruit type and
endosperm character
Direct observations at nest
Reference
Poonswad et al. (1986)
Hadiprakarsa and Kinnaird
(2004)
Poonswad et al. (1986)
Kannan and James (1997)
Poonswad et al. (1986)
Hadiprakarsa and Kinnaird
(2004)
Mudappa (2000)
Balasubramanian and
Maheswaran (2002)
Balasubramanian et al. (2004)
O’Brien (1997)
Datta and Rawat (2003)
Poonswad ef al. (1986)
Hadiprakarsa and Kinnaird
(2004)
Chimchome et al. (1998)
Suryadi et al. (1994)
Kinnaird and O’Brien (1993)
Kinnaird and O’Brien (1999)
Hadiprakarsa and Kinnaird
(2004)
Kauth et al. (1998)
Aceros waldeni
were available throughout the year and were preferred by
Sulawesi Red-knobbed Hornbill Aceros cassidix in the
non-breeding season in the Tangkoko-Dua Sudara Reserve,
North Sulawesi, Indonesia. Kanwatanakid et al. (2009)
studied the food overlap between gibbons and four species
of hornbills (Great Hornbill Buceros bicornis, Wreathed
Hornbill Rhyticeros undulatus, Oriental Pied Hornbill
and White-throated Brown
Hornbill Anorrhinus austeni) in Thailand, and reported a
higher component of figs, as well as animal matter in the
Anthracoceros albirostris,
94
breeding season diet of hornbills. Reddy and Basalingappa
(1993) and Balasubramanian ef al. (2004) reported that
figs were one of the most preferred fruits of Malabar Pied
Hornbill Anthracoceros coronatus in the Western Ghats.
Non-fig fruit species also formed a substantial part of
the Indian Grey Hornbill’s diet in Sathyamangalam Forest
Division, with Santalum album and Premna tomentosa
being highly preferred. Poonswad et al. (1983) reported
that 45% of the fruits consumed by Oriental Pied Hornbill
Anthracoceros albirostris in Thailand during the breeding
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
season were non-figs. Kinnaird and O’Brien (1993)
reported that 20% of the breeding season diet of Red-
knobbed Hornbill comprised non-fig species. Kannan and
James (1997) found Vitex altissima and Strychnos nux-
vomica to be important food plants of the Great Hornbill
Buceros bicornis in the Western Ghats. Balasubramanian
et al. (2004) reported that 20% of the non-breeding season
diet and 21% of the breeding season diet of Malabar Pied
Hornbill in the Western Ghats comprised non-fig species.
In our study, we recorded that the Indian Grey —
Hornbill utilizes a higher proportion of animal food during
the breeding season, particularly during the post-hatching
phase. Poonswad et al. (1986) reported that 14% of the
non-breeding season food of the Great Hornbill comprised
animal matter. Animal food formed nearly 10% of the
diet of Ceratogymna hornbills in Daj Reserve, Cameroon
(Whitney et al. 1998). According to Mudappa (2000), the
utilization of animal food in the post-hatching phase could
be to provide the growing chicks with high quality food
having essential nutrients.
Leaves in the diet of Indian Grey Hornbill have
received some attention. Hall (1918) recorded Indian Grey
Hornbill delivering green leaves to the nest inmates in
Gurdaspur, Punjab. Patil et al. (1997) studied the excreta
contents of the Indian Grey Hornbill and listed various
food items including green leaves of unknown species
in Sanjay Gandhi National Park, Mumbai, Maharashtra.
Kasambe and Pimpalapure (2007) observed Indian Grey
Hornbill plucking and swallowing the leaves of Ailanthus
excelsa in Maharashtra. In our study, we observed Indian
Grey Hornbills feeding on the leaves of Melia dubia and
Ailanthus excelsa on a few occasions during the non-
breeding season. In the breeding season, leaves of Melia
dubia being fed to the nest inmates were recorded. The
probable reason for feeding the nest inmates with leaves
could be to supply low energy food to the female, who does
not require higher nutrition, as she is totally confined to the
nest during this period.
CONCLUSION
Overall, our findings showed that figs, non-figs, and
animal matter constitute the diet of Indian Grey Hornbill in
the Sathyamangalam forests, southern Eastern Ghats. Among
these, fruits constituted the major proportion of the diet, both
in the breeding and non-breeding season. Hence, conservation
of fleshy-fruited plant species (see species listed in
Appendix 1) is vital for the survival of the species.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This paper is an offshoot of a research project,
“Ecology of Indian Grey Hornbill in southern Eastern
Ghats” sanctioned (to P. Balasubramanian) by the Ministry
of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government
of India. We thank Dr. P.A. Azeez, Director, Salim Ali Centre
for Ornithology and Natural History, for encouragement.
We thank the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Tamil
Nadu Forest Department, for granting permission to work
in Sathyamangalam Forest Division, and thanks are due to
Mr. S. Ramasubramanian, IFS, former Divisional Forest
Officer of the Division, for support extended.
REFERENCES
Aut, S. & S.D. Rietey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of
India and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal,
Bhutan and Sri Lanka. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi. Pp. 737.
ANGGRAINI, K., M.F. KINNAIRD & T.G. O’BRIEN (2000): The effect of fruit
availability and habit disturbance on an assemblage of Sumatran
hornbills. Bird Conserv. Int. 10(3): 189-202.
BALASUBRAMANIAN, P. & B. MAHESWARAN (2002): Studies on hornbill
tree interactions with special reference to identification and
conservation of “Keystone Mutualists” in Nilgiri Biosphere
Reserve. Project Report. Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and
Natural History, Coimbatore, India. Pp. 122.
BALASUBRAMANIAN, P., R. SARAVANAN & B. MAHESWARAN (2004): Fruit
preferences of Malabar Pied Hornbill Anthracoceros coronatus
in Western Ghats, India. Bird Conserv. Int. 14: S69—S79.
BALASUBRAMANIAN, P., R. RAvi, R. VENKITACHALAM, B. MAHESWARAN,
N. KRISHNAKUMAR, V.S. VIJAYAN & S.N. PRASAD (2005): Status
and conservation of the hornbills in southern India. Pp. 143-153.
In: Kemp, A.C. and M.I. Kemp (Eds): The Active Management
of Hornbills and their Habitats for Conservation. CD-ROM
Proceedings of the 4th International Hornbill Conference,
Mabula Game Lodge, Bela-Bela, South Africa. Naturalists and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Nomads, Pretoria.
CHIMCHOME, V., A. VIDHIDHARM, S. SIMCHAREON, S. BUMRUNGSRI &
P. Poonswap (1998): Comparative study of the breeding
biology and ecology of two endangered hornbills species in
Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, Thailand. Pp. 111-136
In: Poonswad, P. (Ed.): The Asian Hornbills: Ecology and
Conservation. Biodiversity Research and Training Program,
National Center for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology,
Bangkok, Thailand.
Datta, A. & G.S. Rawat (2003): Foraging patterns of sympatric
hornbills during non-breeding season in Arunachal Pradesh,
Northeast India. Biotropica 35(2): 208-218.
HALL, E.F. (1918): Notes on the nidification of the Common Grey
Hornbill (Lophoceros birostris). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
25(3): 503-505.
HADIPRAKARSA, Y. & M.F. KINNAIRD (2004): Foraging characteristics of
an assemblage of four Sumatran hornbill species. Bird Conserv.
Int. 14: S53-S62.
Ivtev, V.S. (1961): Experimental ecology of the feeding fishes. Yale
University Press, New Haven, USA. Pp. 302.
JANZEN, D.H. (1970): Herbivores and the number of tree species in
tropical forests. Am. Nat. 104: 501-528.
95
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
KANNAN, R. & D.A. James (1997): Breeding biology of Great Pied
Hornbill (Buceros bicornis) in the Western Ghats of South
India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 94(3): 451-465.
KANWATANAKID, C.S., P. PooNswaD & T. Savini (2009): An assessment
of food overlap between gibbons and hornbills. Raffles Bulletin
of Zoology 57(1): 189-198. |
KasamBeE, R. (2011): Indian Grey Hornbill: Study of the ecology
and breeding behaviour in Central India. Lambert Academic
Publishing, Germany. Pp. 156.
KASAMBE, R. & A. PimpALAPURE (2007): Communal foraging of Indian
Grey Hombill Ocyceros birostris on the leaves of Ailanthus
excelsa tree. Zoos’ Print Journal 22(12): 2939.
Kautu, M., 8. ENGEL., L.L. Lastimoza & E. Curio (1998): Observations
on the breeding biology of the Writhed-billed Hornbill (Aceros
waldeni) in the Philippines. J. Ornithol. 139(4): 475-483.
Kemp, A.C. (1995): The Hornbills. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Pp. 318.
KinnairD, M.F. & T.G. O’Brien (1993): Preliminary observations
on the breeding biology of endemic Sulawesi Red-knobbed
Hornbill (Rhyticeros cassidix). Trop. Biodiversity 1: 107-112.
KINNAIRD, M.F. & T.G. O’ BRIEN (1999): Breeding ecology of Sulawesi
Red-knobbed Hornbills Aceros cassidix. Ibis 141: 60-69.
Kinnairp, M.F. & T.G. O’Brien (2007): The ecology and conservation
of Asian hornbills: farmers of the forest. University of Chicago
Press, ‘Chicago. Pp. 315.
Kinnairp, M.F., T.G. O’Brien & S. SuryApr (1996): Population
fluctuation in Sulawesi Red-knobbed Hornbills: tracking figs in
space and time. Auk 113(2): 431-440.
LeiGuTon, M. (1982): Fruit resources and patterns of feeding, spacing
and grouping among sympatric Bornean hornbills (Bucerotidae).
Ph.D. Thesis, University of California, Davis, USA.
Mupapra, D. (2000): Breeding biology of the Malabar Grey Hornbill
(Ocyceros griseus) in Southern Western Ghats, India. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 97(1): 15-24.
O’BRIEN, T.G. (1997): Behavioural ecology of the North Sulawesi
Tarictic Hornbill Penelopides exarhatus exarhatus during the
breeding season. Jbis 139: 97-101.
Patit, N., N. CaaTurveD! & V. HEGDE (1997): Food of Common Grey
Hornbill Jockus birostris (Scopoli). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
94(2): 408-411.
PoonswapD, P. & A. Tsun (1994): Ranges of males of the Great Hornbill
Buceros bicornis, Brown Hornbill Ptilolaemus tickelli and
Wreathed Hornbill Rhyticeros undulatus in Khao Yai National
Park, Thailand. /bis 136: 79-86.
PoonswaD, P., A. Tsun & C. NGARMponGsAI (1983): A study of the
breeding biology of sympatric hornbill species (Bucerotidae)
in Thailand . Pp. 239-265. In: Proceedings of the Jean
Delacour/IFCB symposium on breeding birds in captivity.
International Foundation for the Conservation of Birds,
North Hollywood, CA.
Poonswab, P., A. Tsun & C. NGARMPONGSAI (1988): A comparative
ecological study of four sympatric hornbills (Family
Bucerotidae) in Thailand. Pp. 2781—2791. Jn: Ouellet, H. (Ed.):
Acta XIX Congressus Internationalis Ornithologici (Ottawa,
Ontario, 1986. National Museum of Natural Science, Ottawa.
Poonswap, P., A. Tsun, N. JirawaTKAvi & V. CHIMCHOME (1998):
Some aspects of food and feeding ecology of sympatric
hornbill species in Khao Yai National Park, Thailand.
Pp. 137—157.Jn: Poonswad, P.(Ed.):TheAsian Hornbills; Ecology
and Conservation, Thai Studies in Biodiversity 2. BIOTECH,
NSTDA, Bangkok.
Reppy, M.S. & S. BASALINGApPA (1993): The food of the Malabar Pied
Hornbill. J. Ecol. Soc. 8: 23-28. |
SANTHOSHKUMAR, E. & P. BALASUBRAMANIAN (2010): Breeding
behaviour and nest tree use by Indian Grey Hornbill Ocyceros
birostris in the Eastern Ghats, India. Forktail 26: 82-85.
SuryApI, S., M.F. Kinnairp, T.G. O’srRIEN, J. SUPRIATNA &
S. SOMADIKARTA (1994): Food preferences of Sulawesi Red-
knobbed Hornbill during the non-breeding season. Trop.
Biodiversity 2: 377-384.
Wuitneéy, K.D., M.K. Fociet, A.M. Lamperti, K.M HOoLprook,
D.J. STAUFFER, B.D. Harpesty, V.T. PARKER & T.B. SMITH
(1998): Seed dispersal by Ceratogymna hornbills in the Daj
Reserve, Cameroon. J. Trop. Ecol. 14: 351-371.
Appendix 1: Fruit species recorded in the diet of Indian Grey Hornbill in Sathyamangalam Forest Division, Eastern Ghats, India
S.No Species
Boraginaceae
Cordia monoica Roxb.
Z. Cordia obliqua Willd.
Caesalpiniaceae
3. Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth.
Capparidaceae
4. Capparis grandis L.f.
5: Capparis sepiaria L.
Caricaceae
6. Carica papaya L.
Celastraceae
he Euonymus indicus Heyne ex Wallich
Ebenaceae
8. Diospyros montana Roxb.
Erythroxylaceae
9. Erythroxylum monogynum Roxb.
Fruiting season
Breeding season Non-breeding season
+ +
+ 4:
+ +
+ +
- +
+ +
- +
+ +
- +
96
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST DIVISION
Appendix 1: Fruit species recorded in the diet of Indian Grey Hornbill in Sathyamangalam Forest Division, Eastern Ghats, India (contd.)
S. No
10.
Ti.
Ws
13:
14.
15.
16.
iit
18.
bo
20.
20:
22.
Tas
24.
oe
26.
ere
28.
29)
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
30.
36.
345
38.
OY.
40.
41.
Species
Euphorbiaceae
Bridelia crenulata Roxb.
Drypetes roxburghii (Wallich) Hurusawa
Loganiaceae
Strychnos potatorum L..
Moraceae
Ficus benghalensis L.
Ficus drupacea Thunb.
Ficus infectoria Roxb.
Ficus microcarpa L..
Ficus racemosa L.
Ficus religiosa L.
Morus alba L.
Myrtaceae
Psidium guajava L.
Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels
Rhamnaceae
Scutia myrtina (Burm.f.) Kurz
Ziziphus mauritiana Lam.
Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Miller
Rubiaceae
Psydrax dicoccos (Gaertner) Teijsm. & Binnend
lxora pavetta Andrews
Rutaceae
Atalantia monophylla (L.) Corr. Serr.
Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson
Clausena dentata (Willd.) Roemer
Sapindaceae
Filicium decipiens (Wight & Arn.) Thwaites
Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Oken
Sapotaceae
Mimusops elengi L.
Santalaceae
Santalum album L.
Solanaceae
Solanum erianthum D. Don
Solanum violaceum Ortega
Tiliaceae
Grewia tiliifolia Vahl
Muntingia calabura L.
Ulmaceae
Celtis tetrandra Roxb.
Verbenaceae
Lantana camara L.
Premna tomentosa Willd.
Vitex altissima L.f.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Fruiting season
Breeding season
+ + + + + +
Non-breeding season
+ + + + + +
+
97
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
98-105
NEW RECORD OF LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES
ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA, INDIA
PaARESH Porrtya!”, BHAVIK VAKANI? AND RAHUL KuNDu!**
5)
'Department of Biosciences, Saurashtra University, Rajkot 360 005, Gujarat, India.
"Email: [email protected]
3Email: [email protected]
4Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71742
The intertidal zone of southern Saurashtra shows a great deal of marine biodiversity. However, the coral diversity was
negligible earlier as the coastline is muddy or sandy with occasional rocky outcrops. The diversity of other cnidarians
like zoantharians was also low along this coastline. However, this scenario has changed over the last few years. A number
of changes in the macrofaunal diversity were observed in the vertical zones of the intertidal area off this coastline,
including the invasion of zoantharians and different coral species into the intertidal zone. The present communication
reports the cropping up of new colonies of hard corals in the intertidal zone of the shores along the south Saurashtra
coastline, India. Eight species of scleractinian corals belonging to four families and six genera were recorded from
the intertidal zone of this coastline. Diversity, distribution, and taxonomic features based on morphology and corallite
structures are described. Most of the colonies were small to medium and appeared to be not more than a few years old.
These species are recorded for the first time from the south Saurashtra coastline off the Kathiawar Peninsula.
Key words: Intertidal zone, coral diversity, new record, south Saurashtra coastline, Gujarat, India
INTRODUCTION
Saurashtra region is located in southwest Gujarat, India,
and occupies a total coastal stretch of 865 km. The Dwarka
to Diu segment of south Saurashtra coastline is c. 300 km
long with sandy and rocky-muddy intertidal zone. Tides in
this area are mixed and semidiurnal type, with large diurnal
variation. Literature survey indicated that the published
reports on intertidal macrofauna along this long coastline
are not very significant. Most of the reports dealt with the
diversity and population ecology of molluscs and arthropods
(Prasad 1984). Published reports on corals and other lower
invertebrates are also few (Patel 1984). This is possibly due
to the nature of this coastline which is muddy or sandy, with
occasional rocky outcrops (Malli 1993). Corals and other
cnidarians were rare along this coastline (Misra and Kundu
2005). This scenario was, however, found to be changing
over the last few years. Small and newly established live
coral colonies were visible in all littoral zones (Bhadja 2010;
Poriya 2010; Vaghela 2010). It has also been observed that
large areas of the upper and middle littoral zones of rocky-
muddy coastlines are now significantly occupied by Zoanthus
sansibaricus, replacing the algal vegetation which was once
thriving in these zones (Desai 1987). Large numbers of small
coral colonies are common these days in almost all rocky
shores along the South Saurashtra coastline.
During the present study, intertidal zones of four
different coasts, namely Dwarka, Mangrol, Veraval, and Diu
were intensively surveyed for coral diversity from January to
November, 2012. There is plenty of literature on taxonomy,
distribution, and diversity of corals in the Gulf of Kachchh
(Deshmukhe et al. 2000; Hornell 1909; Patel 1978, 1985;
Pillai 1983, 2010; Pillai and Patel 1988; Rashid 1985).
However, very few reports are available for the coastline of
South Saurashtra. Raghunathan et al. (2004) conducted a
survey of coral diversity along the Saurashtra coastline and
recorded four species Polycyathus verrilli, Porites lutea,
Tubastrea aurea, and Turbinaria crater in the intertidal zone
from Dwarka, Veraval, Diu, and Mahuva. The present study
was undertaken to explore the diversity of live coral species
along the coastline of South Saurashtra.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
In the present survey, four different coasts, namely
Dwarka (22° 13' N; 68° 58’ E), Mangrol (21° 07’ N;
10°07 EB)? Veraval (21° SS 'N: 69° 36° FE), and Din
(20° 42' N; 71° O1’ E) were selected for the study. The
intertidal zone of Dwarka bears large rocks and boulders.
The rocky portion is sharp-edged, with abundant tiny pools
and puddles. The intertidal belt of Mangrol is uniform and
rocky with many small to medium tide pools, puddles,
and crevices. The upper zone of this intertidal belt is
covered with sandy silt and studded with pieces of broken
molluscan shells. The intertidal zone of Veraval coast
is mainly rocky with a few sandy patches. However, this coast
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
does not have a significantly long tidal exposure since the
lower littoral zone ends as a steep vertical decline towards
the subtidal zone. The intertidal belt at Diu has large rocks
and boulders together with many small channels, pools,
and puddles. At Veraval and Diu, the intertidal area that is
exposed during low tide has large rock pools with partially
exposed rock.
From January 2012 to November 2012, surveys
were conducted at all the locations during the lowest
tide. Photographs of the corals were taken in situ, and
small portions of the colonies were collected for further
identification. A portion of each collected sample was
bleached with Hypochlorite solution to expose the corallite
structure required for identification. All the observed coral
species were identified up to species level by comparing
differences in morphology, size, and colour with identification
keys and other literature (Coles 1996; Patterson et al. 2004;
Veron 2000; Veron and Pichon 1976, 1980, 1982; Veron and
Wallace 1984), manuals (Venkataraman and Satyanarayana
2012) and with extensive web search.
RESULTS
Eight species of hard corals belonging to four families
and six genera were recorded from the intertidal zone of South
Saurashtra (Figs 1-8). Three species of two genera from
family Poritidae, three species of two genera from family
Siderastreidae, one species of one genus from Acroporidae
and one species of one genus from Dendrophylliidae were
identified. Small to large patches of Porites species were
found to be abundant throughout the selected coastline, while
other species were found to be unevenly distributed. Small
colonies of Pseudosiderastrea tayami were also recorded
at all the locations, while Montipora venosa, Psammocora
vaughani and Turbinaria peltata were recorded only from
Diu (Table 1).
Taxonomic position of the corals of Order Scleractinia
(Bourne, 1900)
1. Goniopora columna (Dana, 1846)
Family: Poritidae (Gray, 1842)
Table 1: Site wise distribution and status of observed coral species
Sr. Coral species Reported in GoK/ Dwarka Mangrol Veraval Diu
No. Saurashtra
1. | Goniopora columna (Dana, 1846) + /- ++ ms A hast
S S S,Lg
M,L M,L U,M,L
2. Porites lutea (Milne Edwards and Haime, 1851) a {+ ++ + +++ ++
S, Lg S S, Lg S)
U,M,L M,L U,M,L U,M
3. Porites stephensoni (Crossland, 1952) Pic ++ + van re
S Ss S, lg S
M,L M U,M,L U,M
4. _Psammocora superficialis (Gardiner, 1898) +/- +: + te =
S S S, Lg
M,L M,L M,L
5. | Psammocora vaughani (Yabe and Sugiyama, -/- - s +
1936) Lg
L
6. Pseudosiderastrea tayami (Yabe and + /- ++ + ++ +++
Sugiyama, 1935) S S Ss Ss
M,L M,L M,L U,M,L
7. | Montipora venosa (Ehrenberg, 1834) + /- : : 3 +
Lg
M
8. Turbinaria peltata (Esper, 1794) + /- - - - +
M
L
*Abbreviations used: ‘+’ Rare; ‘++’ Common; ‘+++’ Abundant; ‘-’ Absent;
‘S’ Small colony; ‘Lg’ Large colony;
‘U’ Upper Littoral Zone; ‘M’ Middle Littoral Zone; ‘L’ Lower Littoral Zone; ‘Gok’ Gulf of Kachchh
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
99
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
Genus: Goniopora (Blainville, 1830)
Specimen: Goniopora columna (Dana, 1846)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1982),
Veron (2000), Venkatraman and Satyanarayana (2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Near Threatened.
Description: Colonies are encrusting with short
columns. Corallites are rounded or polygonal. Corallites near
the upper surface of columns have fine irregular septa and
diffused columellae. Tentacles are light brown with white
oral disc (Fig. 1).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Gulf of Aden, southwest, northwest and northern Indian
Ocean, Arabian/Iranian Gulf, central Indo-Pacific and west
Pacific Ocean, north, west and eastern Australia, Southeast
Asia, Japan and East China Sea (IUCN 2014). This is a new
record from the Saurashtra coastline.
2. Porites lutea (Milne Edwards and Haime, 1851)
Family: Poritidae (Gray, 1842)
Genus: Porites (Link, 1807)
Specimen: Porites lutea (Milne Edwards and Haime,
1851)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1982),
Veron (2000), Patterson et al. (2004), Venkatraman and
Satyanarayana (2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Least Concern.
Description: Colonies are hemispherical and helmet-
shaped and form micro atolls in intertidal habitats. Corallites
are filled with skeletal structures (Fig. 2).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Gulf of Aden, southwest and northern Indian Ocean, Persian
Gulf, the central, eastern and west Pacific Ocean, east, west
and north Australia, Southeast Asia, Japan and south China
Sea, Hawaiian Islands and Johnston Atoll (UCN 2014).
This species was previously reported from Gulf of Kachchh
(Patel 1978; Pillai 1983; Pillai and Patel 1988) and Saurashtra
(Raghunathan et al. 2004).
3. Porites stephensoni (Crossland, 1952)
Family: Poritidae (Gray, 1842)
Genus: Porites (Link, 1807)
Specimen: Porites stephensoni (Crossland, 1952)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1982),
Veron (2000).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Near Threatened.
Description: Colonies are encrusting, hemispherical,
or columnar and are usually less than 0.1 m. Corallites are
filled with skeletal structures (Fig. 3).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Sri Lanka, central Indo-Pacific and west Pacific Ocean, west,
100
north and east Australia, Southeast Asia, southern Japan and
South China Sea IUCN 2014). This is a new record from
the Gujarat coast.
4. Psammocora superficialis (Gardiner, 1898)
Family: Siderastreidae (Vaughan & Wells, 1943)
Genus: Psammocora (Dana, 1846)
Specimen: Psammocora superficialis (Gardiner,
1898)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1976),
Veron (2000), Venkatraman and Satyanarayana (2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Least Concern.
Description: Colonies are encrusting with low
irregular ridges, and bright green. Corallites are small and
irregularly distributed. Primary septo-costae have petaloid
shape (Fig. 4).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Gulf of Aden, southwest, northwest, and north Indian Ocean,
Arabian/Iranian Gulf, central Indo-Pacific and Pacific
Ocean, Australia, Southeast Asia, Japan and east China Sea,
Hawaiian Islands, and Johnston Atoll (IUCN 2014). This
species is a new record from the Saurashtra coastline.
5. Psammocora vaughani (Yabe and Sugiyama, 1936)
Family: Siderastreidae (Vaughan & Wells, 1943)
Genus: Psammocora (Dana, 1846)
Specimen: Psammocora vaughani (Yabe and Sugiyama,
1936)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1976),
Veron (2000).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Near Threatened.
Description: Colonies are sub-massive or encrusting.
Corallites are in groups in shallow depressions. Septo-costae
are thick, compressed, with granulated margins (Fig. 5).
Distribution: This species is found in Japan, east
China Sea and west Pacific Ocean (IUCN 2014). This is a
new record from the Gujarat coastline.
6. Pseudosiderastrea tayami (Yabe and Sugiyama, 1935)
Family: Siderastreidae (Vaughan & Wells, 1943)
Genus: Pseudosiderastrea (Yabe and Sugiyama, 1935)
Specimen: Pseudosiderastrea tayami (Yabe and
Sugiyama, 1935)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1980),
Coles (1996), Veron (2000), Venkatraman and Satyanarayana
(2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Near Threatened.
Description: Colonies are encrusting to slightly dome-
shaped. Corallites are cerioid, polygonal and 3—6 mm in
diameter. Septa are evenly spaced and usually fuse with each
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
Live colony Corallites structure
Fig. 1: Goniopora columna
Corallites structure
Fig. 2: Porites lutea
Live colony Corallites structure
Fig. 3: Porites stephensoni
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014 101
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
Live colony Corallites structure
Live colony Corallites structure
Fig. 6: Pseudosiderastrea tayami
102 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
Live colony
Corallites structure
Corallites structure
Fig. 8: Turbinaria peltata
other in fan-like groups. Walls have a fine edge along the top.
Uniform brown or light orange colour (Fig. 6).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red
Sea and Gulf of Aden, southwest, northwest and north
Indian Ocean, Arabian/Iranian Gulf, central Indo-Pacific,
Australia, Southeast Asia, Japan and east China Sea, and
west Pacific Ocean (IUCN 2014). This is a new record
from the south Saurashtra coastline. It was previously
reported from Gulf of Kachchh (Pillai 1983; Pillai and Patel
1988).
7; Montipora venosa (Ehrenberg, 1834)
Family: Acroporidae (Gray, 1847)
Genus: Montipora (de Blainville, 1830)
Specimen: Montipora venosa (Ehrenberg, 1834)
Taxonomic references: Veron and Wallace (1984),
Veron (2000), Venkatraman and Satyanarayana (2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Near Threatened.
Description: Colonies are massive or sub-massive
and pale brown. Corallites are integrated, papillae are absent
(Fig. 7):
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Gulf of Aden, southwest, northwest and northern Indian
Ocean, Arabian/Iranian Gulf, central Indo-Pacific and west
Pacific Ocean, north, west and eastern Australia, Southeast
Asia, Japan and east China Sea (IUCN 2014). This species
was previously reported from Gulf of Kachchh (Pillai 1983;
Pillai and Patel 1988). However, it is a new record from the
Saurashtra coastline.
8. Turbinaria peltata (Esper, 1794)
Family: Dendrophylliidae (Gray, 1847)
Genus: Turbinaria (Oken, 1815)
Specimen: Turbinaria peltata (Esper, 1794)
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
103
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
Synonym: Turbinaria dichotoma Verrill, 1871,
Turbinaria maxima Ortmann, 1888
Taxonomic references: Veron and Pichon (1980),
Veron (2000), Venkatraman and Satyanarayana (2012).
IUCN Red List Category (2014): Vulnerable.
Description: Colonies are encrusting or tubular,
thickened with budding margins. Corallites project outward
and average 6 mm diameter, calices circular. Polyps large,
tentacles usually extended during the day (Fig. 8).
Distribution: This species is found in the Red Sea,
Gulf of Aden, southwest, northwest and central Indian Ocean,
Arabian/Iranian Gulf, central Indo-Pacific and west Pacific
Ocean, Australia, southern Japan and South China Sea IUCN
2014). It was reported from Gulf of Kachchh (Pillai 1983;
Pillai and Patel 1988; Rashid 1985). However, this species
is a new record from the Saurashtra coast.
In the present study, seven coral species were recorded
from the intertidal zone of Diu, but the distributions of coral
colonies were uneven in upper, middle, and lower zones. A
single large colony of Montipora venosa from the middle
littoral zone and another large colony of Psammocora
vaughani from the lower littoral zone were recorded at Diu.
Numerous small (15—45 cm diameter) to large (0.6—1.2 m
diameter) colonies of Goniopora columna were distributed
unevenly in all three littoral zones. Most of the large colonies
of Turbinaria peltata were in the lower littoral zone; only one
colony (0.5—0.6 m diameter) was recorded from the middle
zone. Numerous small (S—20 cm diameter) colonies of Porites
lutea and P. stephensoni were recorded from the upper and
middle littoral zones. Small colonies (10—15 cm diameter)
of Pseudosiderastrea tayami were also found unevenly
distributed in the entire intertidal zone at Diu. On the other
hand, at Veraval, large colonies of Porites species were seen
even in the upper littoral zone, while small colonies were
found in the middle and lower littoral zones. Formation of
these coral species was found to be fairly widespread in this
area compared to others. This may be due to the presence
of small pools and puddles in the upper littoral zone even
during the lowest tide. Small (0.3—0.6 m diameter) to large
(0.9-1.5 m diameter) colonies of Psammocora superficialis,
and tiny, newly established colonies (10—15 cm diameter)
of Pseudosiderastrea tayami and Goniopora columna were
recorded in middle and lower intertidal zones. At Mangrol
coast, a few live colonies of Porites lutea, P. stephensoni, and
Pseudosiderastrea tayami were recorded from the middle
and lower littoral zones. The coastline exhibits abundant
growth of seaweed which might have created unfavourable
conditions for coral settlement. Widespread and small to large
colonies of Porites lutea and P. stephensoni were evenly
distributed in the entire littoral zone of Dwarka, and small
104
colonies (10-15 cm diameter) of Pseudosiderastrea tayami
and Goniopora columna were recorded in middle and lower
intertidal zones. Small (0.3—0.6 m diameter) colonies of
Psammocora superficialis were also recorded from middle
and lower littoral zones of Mangrol. Almost all the colonies
were of the encrusting type and the height of the colonies
rarely exceeded 5 cm, except for Montipora venosa and some
colonies of Goniopora columna.
DISCUSSION
In this report, eight scleractinian corals have been
identified as new records from the intertidal zones of south
Saurashtra, Gujarat. Out of the eight species recorded, seven
are from reef building (hermatypic) group. The occurrence
of the hermatypic corals along the western shores of India
indicates that these corals are adapted to wider fluctuations
in salinity and turbidity which they experience during the
monsoon (Vaghela et al. 2010). The growth of coral requires
uniform conditions of temperature, salinity, and turbidity.
Along the Saurashtra coastline, the seawater temperature
remains more or less uniform almost throughout the year.
However, small variations in salinity are observed during
monsoon (Bhadja and Kundu 2012). High level of turbidity
was also observed in the monsoon and postmonsoon, possibly
due to rainwater runoff during the south-west monsoon (Gohil
et al. 2011; Misra and Kundu 2005). The occurrence of
hermatypic corals in this intertidal zone is interesting because
of their adaptation to changes in salinity and turbidity.
From the size of the colonies observed in this area,
it is likely that the corals have been growing in these
areas for quite some time, and would have experienced
changes in environmental conditions. This indicates that
although corals typically require uniform conditions, they
can survive short spells of unfavourable changes in the
environment.
All the surveyed locations where corals were recorded
have luxurious growth of seaweeds. Strong wave action along
the coast possibly prevents the growth of branching types of
corals in this area. However, taking into account the slow
growth rate of reef building corals and the size and height
of the coral colonies, these colonies are probably not more
than 3-4 years old. An interesting study would be about the
possible origin of these coral colonies in this region. Since
some of the genera recorded are also found in the Gulf of
Kachchh, it is possible that planktonic plenula larvae might
have drifted and settled in the intertidal region of south
Saurashtra. However, the Gulf of Kachchh is too far to be
the possible source of these corals. The possibility of live
coral colonies in the subtidal regions as a source from where
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA
coral larvae might be migrating and colonizing the intertidal
zones needs examination.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to UGC, Govt. of India,
New Delhi, for supporting this study through its
DSA/Centre of Advanced Study Programme (CAS).
UGC is also thankfully acknowledged for a
Meritorious Research Fellowship awarded to the senior
author.
REFERENCES
BuapiA, P. (2010): Marine wealth of Saurashtra coast: spatial and
temporal variations in the seawater quality and its role in
intertidal assemblage and macrofaunal diversity around
anthropogenically influenced shores. Ph.D. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, Rajkot, India.
Buapsa, P. & R. Kunpbu (2012): Status of seawater quality at few
industrially important coasts of Gujarat (India) off Arabian Sea.
Indian Journal of Geo-Marine Science 41(1): 954-961.
Co gs, S.L. (1996): Corals of Oman. Keech, Samdani and Coles (publ),
Thorns, UK. 106 pp. http://www.bishopmuseum.org/research/
pbs/Oman-coral-book/.
Desal, A.Y. (1987): Ecological studies on the two intertidal hermit crabs,
Clibanarius zebra (Dana) and Clibanarius nathi (Chopra and
Das) from Veraval, West Coast of India. Ph.D. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, Rajkot, India.
DESHMUKHE, G., K. RAMAMOoRTHY & R. SEN GupTA (2000): On the coral
reefs of the Gulf of Kachchh. Curr. Sci. 79: 160-162.
Gout B., P. PortyA & R. Kunbu (2011): Status of intertidal macro faunal
and floral diversity of Dwarka Sea Coast in prospects of some
environmental factors. Bionano Frontier 4(2): 290-293.
Horne__, J. (1909): Marine Zoology of Okhamandal in Kattiawar.
Pp. 1-35. Jn: Hornell, J. (Ed.): Report to the Government of
Baroda on the marine zoology of Okhamandal, 1.
IUCN (2014): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.1.
<www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on June 25, 2014.
MALLI, P.C. (1993): Ecological studies on two turbinid gastropod[s]
Turbo coronatus (Gmelin) and Turbo intercostalis (Manke)
from Saurashtra, west coast of India. Ph.D. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, Rajkot, India.
Misra, S. & R. Kunpu (2005): Seasonal variations in population
dynamics of key intertidal molluscs at two contrasting locations.
Aquatic Ecology 39: 315-324.
PateL, A.N. (1984): Ecological studies on two cerithiid gastropods],
Cerithium caeruleum (Sowerby) and Clypeomorus monoliferus
(Miener) from Saurashtra Coasts, India, Ph. D. Thesis, Saurashtra
University, India.
PaTeL, M.I. (1978): Generic diversity of Scleractinians around Poshitra
Point, Gulf of Kutch. Indian J. Mar. Sci. 7: 30-32.
Pate, M.I. (1985): Patchy corals of the Gulf of Kutch. Proc. Symp.
Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks 1: 411-413.
PATTERSON, EDWARD J.K., JAMILA PATTERSON, M. VENKATESH, G. MATHEWS,
C. CHELLARAM & DAN WILHELMSSON (2004): A Field Guide to
Stony Corals (Scleractinia) of Tuticorin in Gulf of Mannar,
Southeast coast of India. SDMRI Special Research Publication
No. 4. Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of
India.
Pittal, C.S.G. (1983): Structure and generic diversity of recent
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Scleractinia of India. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 25(1 & 2):
78-90.
PILLAI, C.S.G. (2010): A review of the status of corals and coral reefs
of India. Indian Journal of Animal Sciences 80(4) (Suppl. 1):
53-56.
PILLal, C.S.G. & M.I. PAret (1988): Scleractinian corals from the Gulf
of Kutch. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India 30: 54-74.
PortyA, P.U. (2010): Diversity and ecological status of Phylum
Coelenterata in a rocky intertidal shore of South Saurashtra
Coastline. M. Phil Thesis, Saurashtra University, Rajkot, India.
PRASAD, M.N. (1984): Ecological studies on two limpets Cellana
radiata (Born) and Siphonaria siphonaria (Sowerby) from
Saurashtra coast, India. Ph.D. Thesis, Saurashtra University,
Rajkot, India.
RAGHUNATHAN, C., R. SEN Gupta, U. WANGIKAR & J. LAKHMAPURKAR
(2004): A record of live corals along the Saurashtra coast of
Gujarat, Arabian Sea. Current Science 87(8): 1131-1138.
Rasuip, M.A. (1985): Gujarat’s Gulf of Kutch — A marine paradise.
Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks 1:
467-474.
VAGHELA, A.G. (2010): Spatial and temporal variations in population
dynamics of few key rocky intertidal macrofauna at
anthropogenically influenced intertidal shoreline. Ph.D. Thesis,
Saurashtra University, Rajkot, India.
VAGHELA, A.G., P. BHADJA, J. RAMOoLIYA, N. PATEL & R. Kunbu (2010):
Seasonal variations in the water quality, diversity and population
ecology of intertidal macrofauna at an industrially influenced
coast. Water Science and Technology 61(6): 1505-1514.
VENKATARAMAN, K. & CH. SATYANARAYANAN (2012): Coral Identification
Manual. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. 136 pp.
VERON, J.E.N. (2000): Corals of the World. Volumes 1—3. Australian
Institute of Marine Science and CRR Qld. Pty. Ltd. Australia.
1382 pp.
VERON, J.E.N & M. PicHon (1976): Scleractinia of the Eastern Australia.
Part I. Families Thamnastriidae, Strococentidae, Pocilloporidae.
Australian Inst. Mar. Sci. Monogr. Ser. 1: 1-86. Townsville.
VERON, J.E.N. & M. PIcHOoN (1980): Scleractinia of Eastern Australia,
Part III. Families Agariciidae, Siderastreidae, Fungiidae,
Oculinidae, Merulinidae, Mussidae, Pectiniidae, Caryophylliidae,
Dendrophylliidae. Australian Inst. Mar. Sci. Monogr. Ser. 4:
1-422. Townsville.
VERON, J.E.N. & M. PicHon (1982): Scleractinia of Eastern Australia,
Part IV. Family Poritidae. Australian Inst. Mar. Sci. Monogr. Ser.
5: 1-159. Townsville.
VERON, J.E.N. & C. WALLACE (1984): Scleractinia of Eastern Australia,
Part V. Family Acroporidae. Australian Inst. Mar. Sci. Monogr.
Ser. 6: 1-485. Townsville.
105
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014 106-123
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST, INDIA
N. PEREIRA’* AND M.R. ALMEIDA?
'c/o Abhijit Mazumder, Scientist, BSIP, 53, University Road, Lucknow 226 007, Uttar Pradesh, India.
Email: [email protected]
°1401, Eco-Tower, Opp. Patel Petrol Pump, Goregaon (W), Mumbai 400 062, Maharashtra, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71736
A seasonal study on the occurrence of marine algae was conducted during 2008—2010 along 17 stations on the Goa
Coast. About 39 species have been reported for the first time, thereby forming new records for the Coast of Goa. This
paper gives a preliminary report of these species. An attempt to list the algae along with its taxonomic descriptions
and ecological notes has been made here.
Key words: Seaweeds, Goa Coast, new records, seasonal growth
INTRODUCTION
Goa is situated along the West Coast of India (14° 49' —
15° 52'N; 73° 38'— 74° 24' E), with a short coastline of about
120 km. It is segmented by estuaries, beaches, rocky shores,
cliffs, bays, and creeks. There are seven estuaries, three bays,
and 28 sandy as well as rocky beaches. The seaweeds along
the Goa coast have been studied extensively by Agadi and
Untawale (1978), Dhargalkar et al. (1981), Untawale and
Dhargalkar (1986), Agadi (1986), and Dhargalkar (1981,
2008). One of the early records of seaweeds along the Goa
coast enumerated about 50 species (Agadi and Untawale
1978), followed by 81 species recorded by Dhargalkar
(1981). Later, Agadi (1986) documented 77 species along
the Goa coast. The present study reports a larger number
of algae than previous studies, and agrees with Dhargalkar
(1981) and Agadi’s (1986) findings in ranking Rhodophyta
as the group with the highest number of species. In all,
154 species of seaweeds belonging to Cyanophyta, Rhodophyta,
Xanthophyta, Phaeophyta, and Chlorophyta were obtained in
this study (Table 1). Of these, 39 species have not been reported
earlier from the Goa coast, though their presence has been
documented along different parts of the Indian coast. Hence,
they are new records for the Goa region.
The growth of seaweeds is governed by environmental
factors, which are in turn influenced by different seasons
(Dhargalkar 1981). It was observed that algae show maximum
growth during winter. The nature of the substratum is an
important factor for seaweed growth. Stations having lateritic
rocks exhibited maximum growth of algae. Earlier studies
of seaweeds conducted along the Goa coast by Dhargalkar
(1981) and Agadi (1986) were restricted to 12 and 5 stations
respectively. In order to obtain a comprehensive idea about
the seaweed distribution along the Goa coast, more stations
Scale (km)
Fig. 1: Stations surveyed along the Goa coast
were added to the study area. In the present investigation,
17 stations were chosen to study seaweed distribution. Thus,
more seaweed species were found.
METHODOLOGY
The study area comprised 17 stations spanning the
entire coast of Goa. Terekhol, Chapora, Vagator, Anjuna,
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Baga, Reis Magos, Dona Paula, and Siridao in northern Goa,
and Mormugao, Bogmalo, Holant, Betul, Cabo-de-Rama,
Palolem, Talpona, and Polem in southern Goa were chosen
for seaweed collection and seasonal studies (Fig. 1). In view
of its ecological importance, Chicalim Bay, was surveyed
once. Beaches with rocky shores were chosen for surveys,
as rocks form a suitable substratum for seaweeds (Srinivasan
1969). Seaweed collection done in different seasons helps
in determining variation in algal growth (Chennubothla
et al. 1987). Seaweeds were therefore collected during
three seasons: Pre-monsoon (March—June), Monsoon
(July-September), and Post-monsoon (October—February),
between October 2008 and September 2010, from the study
area. A stratified random sampling method was followed to
collect the seaweeds (Coppejans et al. 2009). Specimens
collected were preserved in the form of herbarium and also
in 4% seawater-formalin solution. The specimens were then
identified following Taylor (1960), Lawson and John (1982),
and Tseng (1983), followed by more recent literature (Barbara
2009; Coppejans et al. 2009; Jha et al. 2009).
Table 1: Seaweeds of the Goa coast
Sr. No. Species
Herbarium Voucher/ Sample No.
1 Chroococcus turgidus (Kutzing) Nageli MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 1
2 Lyngbya majuscula Harvey ex Gomont MAEC/Goa/Cya/001
3 Oscillatoria nigroviridis Thwaites ex Gomont MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 2
4 Leptolyngbya fragilis (Gom.) Anagnostidis & Komarek MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 3
5 Microcoleus chthonoplastes Thuret ex Gomont MAEC/Goa/Cya/002
6 Sirocoleum kurzii Gomont MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 4
Fi Trichormus variabilis (KUtzing ex Bornet & Flahault) Komarek & Anagnostidis MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 1
8 Scytonema rivulare Borzi ex Bornet & Flahault MAEC/Goa/Cya/Sp.Jar 5
9 Erythrocladia irregularis Rosenvinge MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 6
10 Porphyra crispata Kjellman MAEC/Goa/Rho/003
11 Pyropia suborbiculata (Kjellman) Sutherland, Choi, Hwang & Nelson MAEC/Goa/Rho/004
12 Porphyra vietnamensis T. Tanaka & Pham-Hoang Ho MAEC/Goa/Rho/005
13 Acrochaetium robustum Bgergesen MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 7
14 Ahnfeltia plicata (Hudson) Fries MAEC/Goa/Rho/006
15 Gelidium micropterum Kutzing MAEC/Goa/Rho/007
16 Gelidium pusillum (Stack.) Jolis MAEC/Goa/Rho/008
17 Pterocladia capillacea (Gmelin) Bornet MAEC/Goa/Rho/009
18 Gracilaria corticata (J. Ag.) J. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Rho/010
19 Gracilaria foliifera (Forsskal) Berges. MAEC/Goa/Rho/011
20 Gracilaria verrucosa (Huds.) Papenf. MAEC/Goa/Rho/012
Z| Grateloupia filicina (Lamour.) C. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Rho013
22 Grateloupia filicina (Lamour.) C. Ag. f. horrida (Kutz.) Borges. MAEC/Goa/Rho/014
23 Grateloupia lithophila Berges. MAEC/Goa/Rho/015
24 Peyssonnelia obscura Bosse var. bombayensis Berges. MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sample 1
25 Hildenbrandia rubra (Sommerfelt) Menegh. MAEC/Goa/Rho
26 Amphiroa anceps (Lamarck) Decaisne MAEC/Goa/Rho/016
27 Amphiroa fragilissima (L.) Lamour. MAEC/Goa/Rho/017
28 Amphiroa rigida Lamour. MAEC/Goa/Rho/018
29 Cheilosporum spectabile Harvey ex Grunow MAEC/Goa/Rho/019
30 Corallina officinalis L. MAEC/Goa/Rho/020
31 Hydrolithon farinosum (Lamour) Penrose & Chamber. MAEC/Goa/Rho/021
He Pi Hydrolithon reinboldii (Bosse & Foslie) Foslie
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sample 2
107
Sr. No.
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
At
42
43
44
45
46
AT
48
49
50
51
52
53
5A
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
108
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Table 1: Seaweeds of the Goa coast (contd.)
Species
Jania rubens (L.) Lamour.
Lithophyllum orbiculatum (Foslie) Foslie
Mesophyllum erubescens (Foslie) Lemoine
Catenella caespitosa (Withering) L.Irvine
Chondracanthus acicularis (Roth) Fredericq
Hypnea flagelliformis Greville ex J. Ag.
Hypnea musciformis (Wulfen) Lamour.
Hypnea Spinella (C.Ag.) Kutz.
Hypnea valentiae (Turner) Mont.
Ahnfeltiopsis pygmaea (J. Ag.) P. Silva & DeCew
Champia compressa Harvey
Champia parvula (C. Ag.) Harvey
Gastroclonium compressum (Hollen.) Chang & B.Xia
Gelidiopsis variabilis (Greville ex J. Agardh) Schmitz
Antithamnion cruciatum (C. Ag.) Nageli
Centroceras clavulatum (C. Ag.) Montagne
Ceramium cimbricum H. Petersen
Ceramium cruciatum Collins & Hervey
Gayliella flaccida (Harv. ex Kutz.) Cho & Mclvor
Aglaothamnion tenuissimum (Bonnemaison) Feldmann-Mazoyer
Crouania attenuata (C. Ag.) J. Ag.
Ptilothamnion speluncarum (Coll. & Herv.) Ballan. & Wynne
Wrangelia argus (Montagne) Montagne
Dasya ocellata (Grateloup) Harvey
Caloglossa leprieurii (Montagne) G. Martens
Caloglossa ogasawaraensis Okamura
Erythroglossum lusitanicum Ardré
Hypoglossum hypoglossoides (Stack.) Collins & Hervey
Martensia fragilis Harvey
Acanthophora muscoides (L.) Bory
Acanthophora spicifera (Vahl) Berges.
Bostrychia radicans (Montagne) Montagne
Bostrychia tenella (Lamour.) J. Ag.
Chondria armata (Kutz.) Okamura
Chondria capillaris (Hudson) Wynne
Herposiphonia secunda (C. Ag.) Am. f. tenella (C. Ag.) Wynne
Laurencia obtusa (Hudson) Lamour.
Neosiphonia ferulacea (Suhr ex. J. Ag.) Guim. & Fujii
Polysiphonia atlantica Kapraun & Norris
Polysiphonia denudata (Dillwyn) Greville ex Harvey
Vaucheria longicaulis Hoppaugh
Herbarium Voucher/ Sample No.
MAEC/Goa/Rho/022
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sample 3
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sample 4
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 1
MAEC/Goa/Rho/023
MAEC/Goa/Rho/024
MAEC/Goa/Rho/025
MAEC/Goa/Rho/026
MAEC/Goa/Rho/027
MAEC/Goa/Rho/028
MAEC/Goa/Rho/029 7
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 6
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 7
MAEC/Goa/Rho/030
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 7
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 8
MAEC/Goa/Rho/031
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 9
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 10
MAEC/Goa/Rho/032
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 11
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 12
MAEC/Goa/Rho/033
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 13
MAEC/Goa/Rho/034
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 14
MAEC/Goa/Rho/035
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 15
MAEC/Goa/Rho/036
MAEC/Goa/Rho/037
MAEC/Goa/Rho/038
MAEC/Goa/Rho/039
MAEC/Goa/Rho/040
MAEC/Goa/Rho/041
MAEC/Goa/Rho/042
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 16
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 17
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 18
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 19
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 20
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 21
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Sr. No.
74
iD
76
rg
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
ag
111
192
113
114
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Table 1: Seaweeds of the Goa coast (contd. )
Species
Feldmannia indica (Sonder) Womersley & Bailey
Feldmannia irregularis (Kutz.) Hamel
Hincksia mitchellae (Harvey) Silva
Ralfsia verrucosa (Aresch.) Aresch.
Sphacelaria furcigera Kutz.
Canistrocarpus cervicornis (Kutz.) Paula et Clerck
Canistrocarpus crispatus (Lamour.) Paula et Clerck
Canistrocarpus magneanus (Clerck et Coppejans) Paula et Clerck
Dictyopteris australis (Sonders) Askenasy
Dictyota bartayresiana Lamour.
Dictyota ceylanica Kutz.
Dictyota ciliolata Sonder ex Kutzing
Dictyota dichotoma (Huds.) Lamour.
Dictyota divaricata Lamour.
Dictyota dumosa Berges.
Padina antillarum (Kutz.) Piccone
Padina australis Hauck
Padina boryana Thivy
Padina gymnospora (Kutz.) Sond.
Padina pavonica (L.) Thivy
Spatoglossum asperum J. Ag.
Spatoglossum variabile Figari & De Notaris
Stoechospermum polypodioides (Lamour.) J. Ag.
Chnoospora minima (Hering) Papentf.
Colpomenia sinuosa (Mert. ex Roth) Derbes et Solier
lyengaria stellata (Borges.) Berges.
Rosenvingea orientalis (J. Ag.) Borges.
Sargassum cinctum J. Ag.
Sargassum cinereum J. Ag.
Sargassum cinereum J. Ag. var. berberifolium Berges.
Sargassum crassifolium J. Ag.
Sargassum glaucescens J. Ag.
Sargassum ilicifolium (Turner) C. Ag.
Sargassum plagiophyllum C. Ag.
Sargassum polycystum C. Ag.
Sargassum prismaticum Chauhan
Sargassum swartzii C. Ag.
Sargassum tenerrimum J. Ag.
Sargassum vulgare C. Ag.
Gayralia oxysperma (KUutz.) Vinogradova ex Scagel
Ulva clathrata (Roth) C. Ag.
Herbarium Voucher/ Sample No.
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 22
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 23
MAEC/Goa/Rho/Sp.Jar 24
MAEC/Goa/Pha
MAEC/Goa/Pha/043
MAEC/Goa/Pha/044
MAEC/Goa/Pha/045
MAEC/Goa/Pha/046
MAEC/Goa/Pha/047
MAEC/Goa/Pha/048
MAEC/Goa/Pha/049
MAEC/Goa/Pha/050
MAEC/Goa/Pha/051
MAEC/Goa/Pha/052
MAEC/Goa/Pha/053
MAEC/Goa/Pha/054
MAEC/Goa/Pha/055
MAEC/Goa/Pha/056
MAEC/Goa/Pha/057
MAEC/Goa/Pha/058
MAEC/Goa/Pha/059
MAEC/Goa/Pha/060
MAEC/Goa/Pha/061
MAEC/Goa/Pha/062
MAEC/Goa/Pha/063
MAEC/Goa/Pha/064
MAEC/Goa/Pha/065
MAEC/Goa/Pha/066
MAEC/Goa/Pha/067
MAEC/Goa/Pha/068
MAEC/Goa/Pha/069
MAEC/Goa/Pha/070
MAEC/Goa/Pha/071
MAEC/Goa/Pha/072
MAEC/Goa/Pha/073
MAEC/Goa/Pha/074
MAEC/Goa/Pha/075
MAEC/Goa/Pha/076
MAEC/Goa/Pha/077
MAEC/Goa/Chi/078
MAEC/Goa/Chi/079
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
109
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Table 1: Seaweeds of the Goa coast (contd. )
Sr. No. Species Herbarium Voucher/ Sample No.
115 Ulva compressa L. MAEC/Goa/ChI/080
116 Ulva conglobata Kjellman MAEC/Goa/Chl/081
117 Ulva flexuosa Wulfen MAEC/Goa/Chl/082
118 Ulva intestinalis L. MAEC/Goa/ChI/083
119 Ulva lactuca L. MAEC/Goa/Chl/084
120 Ulvarigida C. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Chl/085
121 Ulva taeniata (Setch.) Setch. et Gardn. MAEC/Goa/Chl/086
122 | Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/ChI/087
123 | Chaetomorpha linum (Muller) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chl/088
124 | Chaetomorpha spiralis Okam. MAEC/Goa/ChlI/Sp.Jar 25
125 | Cladophora bombayensis Borges. MAEC/Goa/Chl/Sp.Jar 26
126 Cladophora coelothrix Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chl/Sp.Jar 27
127 Cladophora glomerata (L.) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chl/Sp.Jar 28
128 Cladophora herpestica (Mont.) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chil/089
129 Cladophora lehmanniana (Lindenberg) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chl/Sp.Jar 29
130 Cladophora prehendens Kraft & Millar MAEC/Goa/Chl/Sp.Jar 30
131 Cladophora prolifera (Roth) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chi/090
132 Cladophora rhizocloniodea Hoek & Womersley MAEC/Goa/Chl/091
133 Cladophora saracenica Borges. MAEC/Goa/Chi/Sp.Jar 31
134 Cladophora socialis Kutz. MAEC/Goa/Chil/092
135 Cladophora vagabunda (L.) Hoek MAEC/Goa/Chi/093
136 Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harv. MAEC/Goa/Chi/094
137 Rhizoclonium tortuosum (Dill.) Kutz. MAEC/Goa/ChI/095
138 | Boodlea composita (Harvey) Brand MAEC/Goa/Chi/Sp.Jar 32
139 | Cladophoropsis sundanensis Reinbold MAEC/Goa/Chil/096
140 Phyllodictyon anastomosans (Harvey) Kraft & Wynne MAEC/Goa/Chi/097
141 + Valoniopsis pachynema (Martens) Berges. MAEC/Goa/Chi/098
142 Bryopsis hypnoides Lamour. MAEC/Goa/Chi/099
143 Bryopsis pennata Lamour. MAEC/Goa/Chi/100
144 Bryopsis plumosa (Hudson) C. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Chl/101
145 Caulerpa peltata Lamour. MAEC/Goa/Chil/102
146 Caulerpa racemosa (Forsskal) J. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Chi/103
147 Caulerpa scalpelliformis (Brown ex Turner) C. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Chl/104
148 Caulerpa sertularioides (Gmelin) Howe MAEC/Goa/ChI/105
149 Caulerpa sertularioides f. brevipes (J. Ag.) Svedelius MAEC/Goa/Chl/106
150 Caulerpa sertularioides f. longiseta (Bory) Sved. MAEC/Goa/Chl/107
151. Caulerpa verticillata J. Ag. MAEC/Goa/Chil/108
152 Avrainvillea erecta (Berkeley) A. Gepp & E. Gepp MAEC/Goa/Chl/109
153 Boodleopsis pusilla (Coll.)Taylor, Joly & Bernatowicz MAEC/Goa/ChlI/Sp.Jar 33
154 Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii A. Gepp & E. Gepp MAEC/Goa/ChlI/Sp.Jar 34
110 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
RESULTS
In all, 154 species were identified, of which
39 species were found to be new to the Goa coast, including
19 rhodophytes, 1 xanthophyte, 6 phaeophytes, and
13 chlorophytes. Several species mentioned here have been
reported from different parts of India along the east and
west coasts (Sahoo ef al. 2001). Though some species such
as Cladophora herpestica, Cladophoropsis sundanensis,
and others were found to occur in the neighbouring Konkan
region, they were not reported from Goa and hence form
new records. This study resulted in the preparation of
24 herbarium specimens, 12 samples preserved in formalin
and 3 specimens as dry forms (Table 2). All the specimens
are deposited at the Magdelin Almeida Environmental Centre
(MAEC) at Sawantwadi.
Species account
1. Porphyra crispata Kjellman, Bih. Kongl. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 23 (Afd. III, 4: 15, t. 1, f. 4, 5; t. 3,
f. 5—7; t. 5, f. 15, 1897; Anil Kumar et al. Seaweed Res. Util.
17(1&2): 37-50, 1995.
Phyllona crispata (Kjellman) Kuntze, Rev. Gen.
t. 3(3): 420, 1898.
Type locality: Goto-retto, Nagasaki Prefecture, Japan
(fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Thalli membranous, light purple to greenish
hued, monostromatic, ovate or reniform, caespitose, often
laciniated, 2—5 cm tall, 2-4 cm broad with dentate edge,
basal part cordate or umbilicate. Vegetative cells with stellate
chromatophore. Monoecious plant with both spermatangial
and carposporangial regions on the same margin.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Monsoon.
Habitat: Intertidal rock surface.
Distribution: Bogmalo.
Remark: According to algaebase.org, this species
could be referred as a taxonomic synonym of Monostroma
nitidum Wittrock.
2. Pyropia suborbiculata (Kjellman) J.E. Sutherland,
H.G. Choi, M.S. Hwang & W.A. Nelson, J. Phycol. 47(5):
1131-1151, 2011.
Porphyra suborbiculata Kjellman 1897 Bih. Kongl.
Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 23 (Afd. III, 4): 10, pl. 1:
figs. 1-3; pl. 2: figs. 5—9; pl. V: figs. 4-7, 1897. Anil Kumar
et al., Seaweed Res. Util. 17(1&2): 37-50, 1995; Sahoo
et al., Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Type locality: Goto-retto, Nagasaki, Japan (fide Silva
2012).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Diagnosis: Plants membranous, gregarious, greenish
purple; attached by small rhizoids; blade monostromatic,
ovate to reniform, 3—4 cm in diameter; margin undulate,
with small, spinulose processes which are not in the same
plane as the blade; presence of a minute basal stipe. Cells
in surface view angular with rounded corners, isodiametric
in transverse section, 28—35 um in diameter, slightly higher
than broad, containing a stellate plast with central pyrenoid.
Plants monoecious, sori of deep red carpogonia and yellowish
spermatangia in irregular patches (sori) arranged along the
margin of the frond.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Monsoon.
Habitat: Epilithic in the supralittoral fringe of rock
outcrops exposed to extreme surf; only present in the wet
season.
Distribution: Palolem.
3. Gelidium micropterum Kitzing, Tab. Phycol. 21,
t. 59: f. c-g, 1868; Borgesen, J. Indian Bot. Soc. 17: 205-242,
t. 7. f. 3, 1938; Untawale et al. Indian J. Mar. Sci. 18: 73-81,
t. 2, f. 3, 1989; Jha et al. Diversity Distr. Seaweeds Guj.
Coast 215, 2009.
Type locality: South Africa: Cape of Good Hope (fide
Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plants dark red in colour, 5 cm tall, growing
as tufts or patches, cartilaginous, flattened, 0.2—0.5 mm broad
with blunt apices, branching bi- to tri-pinnate or sometimes
irregular, tetrasporangia confined to short swollen fertile tips,
cystocarps swollen and sub-spherical, giving the branches a
roundish appearance.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found horizontally on rocks at low water
level of the coast.
Distribution: Chapora, Baga, Reis Magos, Talpona.
4. Peyssonnelia obscura Weber-van Bosse var.
bombayensis Borgesen, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske
Vidensk. Selsk. 12(2): 44-47, f. 18, 19, 1935; Umamaheshwara
Rao & Sreeramulu, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 63: 23—45, f. 65, 1970;
Jha et al. Diversity Distr. Seaweeds Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Type locality: Malabar Hill, Bombay (now Mumbai),
India (fide Bergesen 1935).
Diagnosis: Thalli deep rose red on the upper surface
and smooth, crustose, orbicular, growing on old subtidal coral
fragments. The crust 1-3 cm broad adheres by numerous
short, unicellular rhizoids given out from hypothallium. In
transverse section, the central part is about 4 cells thick,
hypothallium composed of one layer of rectangular cells.
111
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs in the lower eulittoral zone.
Distribution: Talpona.
Remark: According to algaebase.org, this species 1s
currently considered as a taxonomic synonym of Peyssonnelia
obscura Weber-van Bosse.
5. Amphiroa rigida Lamouroux, Histoire des polypiers
coralligenes flexibles, vulgairement nommeés zoophytes:
297, t. 11, f. 1, 1816; Untawale & Jagtap, Aquatic Botany
19: 97-103, t. 1, f. 3, 1984; Jagtap, Jn: Marine Plants
(Eds: Krishnamurty, V. & A.G. Untawale), 43—50. t. 1, f. 4,
1985.
Type locality: Mediterranean Sea (fide Silva et al.
1996)...
Diagnosis: Plants about 2—10 cm tall, bushy, chalky-
pink to purplish-pink, composed of erect axes that are
complanate, di- to trichotomously branched; attached
by a crustose holdfast; branch apices rounded to blunt;
intergenicula cylindrical to compressed, fairly uniform in
width, sometimes tapering slightly basally, rectangular in
shape, 2-8 mm long, 0.5—2 mm in diameter, with surfaces
covered in wart-like reproductive capsules. Reproductive
structures borne in hemispherical conceptacles on the surface
of intergenicula.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Epilithic, rarely epiphytic, mostly in the
subtidal, occurring to 34 m depth but also found in intertidal
rock pools.
Distribution: Cabo-de-Rama, Palolem.
6. Hydrolithon farinosum (Lamouroux) Penrose &
Chamberlain, Phycologia 32: 295, 302, 1993; Sahoo et al.
Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Melobesia farinosa Lamouroux, Hist. Polyp.: 315,
t. 12, f.3, 1816; Balakrishnan, J. Ind. Bot. Soc., 47: 305-319,
1946; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist of Marine Algae,
36, 1970. |
Fosliella farinosa (Lamouroux) Howe, The Bahama
flora: 587, 1920; Umamaheshwara Rao & Sreeramulu, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 63: 23-45, f. 65, 1970; Untawale et al., List of
marine algae from India 42, f. 36, 1983.
Type locality: Mediterranean Sea (fide Chamberlain
1983).
Diagnosis: Plants generally forming small, circular
disks about 5 mm to 10 mm in width, 1 cell thick in sterile
plants and 3 cells thick in fruiting portions, showing radiating
rows of cells and frequently colourless, slightly elongated
112
heterocyst cells; sporangial and cystocarpic conceptacles
140 to 250 um in diameter.
Material examined: Five specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs as pink spots on the surface of larger
brown algae in the eulittoral zone up to a depth of 15 m.
Distribution: Talpona.
7. Hydrolithon reinboldii (Weber-van Bosse &
Foslie) Foslie, K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skr. 1909(2): 55, 1909;
Desikachary & Ganesan, Phykos, 5: 83-90, f.13, 1967;
Krishnamurthy & Jayagopal, Seaweed Res. Util., 10: 81-96,
f. 30, 1987; Sahoo et al. Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283,
2001.
Lithophyllum reinboldii Weber-van Bosse & Foslie in
Foslie, K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skr. 1901(1): 5, 1901.
Goniolithon reinboldii (Weber-van Bosse & Foslie)
Weber-van Bosse & Foslie in Foslie, Siboga-Exped. Monogr.
61: 49-51, t. 10, f. 21, 3-5, 1904.
Porolithon reinboldii (Weber-van Bosse & Foslie)
Lemoine, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. [Monaco] 2(2): 166-169,
1911.
Spongites reinboldii (Weber-van Bosse & Foslie)
D. Penrose & W.J. Woelkerling, Phycologia 27: 173, t. 2,
1988.
Type locality: Muaras Reef, Borneo Bank, Indonesia.
(fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: The thallus is characterized by a pale
egreyish-blue-violet to pale bluish-violet rough-textured large
knobbed surface, having 5—10 cm in diam., occurs either as a
calcareous crust on dead limestone reef or ranges from small
fragments up to fist-sized nodules. Hypothalltum comprised
of vertically elongated cells about 10-15 um in diam.,
perithallium composed of irregularly rounded cells of 16—
25 um in diam. Nodules are formed (as are the nodules of other
crustose coralline seaweeds) when the spores of the seaweed
settle on and grow over loose reef rubble fragments that are
rolled about by waves or surge as the seaweed grows.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs over the entire reef flat, extending
into waters 20 m deep.
Distribution: Baga.
8. Mesophyllum erubescens (Foslic) Lemoine, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 75: 252, 1928; Tseng, Common seaweeds
of China 316, 1983.
Lithothamnion erubescens Foshe, K. Norske Vid.
Selsk. Skr. 1899 (5): 9, 1900; Untawale et al., List of marine
algae from India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Type locality: Chaloup Bay, Fernando de Noronha
(fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thin, dark pink somewhat leafy crust
measuring about 5—7 cm, surface usually non-lustrous,
undulate, sometimes developing random low knobs.
Epithallium single layer of rounded cells, 3—4 um long
and 4-7 um in diam. Intercalary meristem elongate; cells
4—5 um long and 5—6 um in diam. Perithalltum multilayered,
irregular; cells somewhat square, 2—10 wm long and 3—9 um in
diam. Hypothallium weakly coaxial 20—60 um thick; cells 7—
27 um long and 5-12 um in diam. Tetrasporangial
conceptacles multipored, low and rounded domes, epithallium
persistent.
Material examined: Five specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on huge rocks in low tide zones.
Distribution: Cabo-de-Rama.
Remark: According to Athanasiadis and Ballantine
(2014), this species is a taxonomic synonym of Melyvonnea
erubescens (Foslie).
9. Chondracanthus acicularis (Roth) Fredericq in
Hommersand et al., Hydrobiologia 260/261: 117, 1993;
Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283, 2001; Jha
et al., Diversity Distr. Seaweeds Guy. Coast 215, 2009.
Fucus acicularis Wulfen, Crypt. Aquat.: 63, 1803.
nom.illeg.
Ceramium aciculare Roth, Cat. Bot. 3: 114, 1806.
Gigartina acicularis (Roth) Lamouroux, Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat. [Paris] 20: 136, 1813; Sreenivasa Rao & Kale,
Phykos, 8: 71—82, f. 35, 1970; Bergesen, Dan. Vidensk. Selsk.
Biol. Med. 12: 64, 1935; Untawale et al., List of marine algae
from India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
Sphaerococcus acicularis (Roth) C. Agardh, Syn.
Hi1l6, 417.
Mamillaria acicularis (Roth) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. t. 2:
902, 1981.
Type locality: Adriatic Sea (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Plants forming clumps or mats, dark
purple or reddish brown, 3—5 cm tall, branching irregularly
dichotomous or pinnate, secund; branches terete or subterete
towards apices, 2 mm in diameter, partly procumbent with
ultimate branches often recurved and forming attachment
discs on contacting the substratum.
Material examined: 25 specimens.
Season: Monsoon and Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs as cushion-like clumps on wave
exposed rocks in lower parts of upper eulittoral subzone.
Distribution: Chapora, Vagator, Anjuna, Baga,
Reis Magos, Dona Paula, Siridao, Mormugao, Bogmalo,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Holant, Betul, Cabo-de-Rama, Palolem, Polem, Chicalim
Bay.
10. Hypnea flagelliformis Greville ex J. Ag., Sp. Alg.
446, 1851; Borgesen, J. Indian Bot. Soc. 17: 205—242, t. 7,
f. 3, 1938; Untawale et al., List of marine algae from India,
42, f. 36, 1983; Kaliaperumal et al., Seaweed Res. Util., 14:
103-107, t. 1, 1992; Jha et al., Diveristy Distr. Seaweeds
Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Hypnophycus flagelliformis (Greville ex J. Agardh)
Kuntze, Revisio generum plantarum, 900, 1891.
Type locality: “ad littus Hindostaniae” [India] (fide
Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Plants often solitary or in loose clumps,
8—16 cm long, branches | mm diameter, irregularly divided
few times near base, gradually attenuate towards tips;
branchlets absent in uppermost parts of branches, long and
sometimes divided near the base of branches, becoming
shorter and spine-like towards branch tips.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs on moderately wave exposed rocks
in the lower subzone and becomes abundant in case of wave
surge.
Distribution: Anjuna, Baga.
11. Ahnfeltiopsis pygmaea (J. Agardh) P.C. Silva &
DeCew, Phycologia 31: 578, 1992; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds
of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Gymnogongrus pygmaeus J. Agardh, Sp. Alg. 2: 317,
1851; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist of Marine Algae,
36, 1970; Kalimuthu et al., Seaweed Res. Util. 15: 119-126,
ts af) 2992:
Type locality: India (fide Coppejans et al. 2009).
Diagnosis: Plant gregarious, growing in isolated
bushy clusters; well-developed specimens are densely
intricated; attachment by means of discoid holdfasts;
thalli erect, 2—2.5 cm high, of rubbery texture, cylindrical
at the base, slightly compressed higher up, 0.5 mm in
diameter, repeatedly dichotomously branched in a single
plane; marginal proliferations absent; dark red. Medulla
pseudoparenchymatous with all cells approximately of the
same size and shape, cortex thick and composed of radially
arranged filaments of small cells. Cystocarps intercalary on
slightly widened parts of branches often situated proximal
to a dichotomy, deeply embedded in branches, with multiple
carpostomes.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Sloping rock surfaces along surf-exposed
143
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
coasts, at about mid-intertidal; continuously waveswept.
Distribution: Chapora, Polem.
12. Antithamnion cruciatum (C. Agardh) Nageli, Neue
Denkschr. Allg. Schweiz. Ges. Gesammten Naturwiss. 9[2]:
202, 1847; Borgesen, F. Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes
Selskab. Biologiske Meddelelser. Kobenhaven, 159, 1930;
Subramanian, Marine Plants (Eds: Krishnamurthy, V. &
A.G. Untawale) 191-204, f. 51, 1985; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds
of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Calithamnion cruciatum C. Agardh, Flora 10: 637,
1827.
Type locality: Trieste, Italy (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Plants tufted, height up to 3 cm, colour dull
rose red, alternately and sparingly divided, branches long,
at the tips branchlets densely tufted or appearing ocellate-
congested; main axis below 50—90 um in diam., cells 90—
300 um long; lateral branches short, spreading, of even
length, opposite in alternately placed pairs; branchlets
alternate, in 2 rows; tetrasporangia sessile or briefly stalked,
75—85 um long, 50-55 um in diam, mostly on the upper side
of the short branches.
Material examined: Five specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on stones and coarse algae.
Distribution: Dona Paula, Chicalim Bay Island.
13. Gayliella flaccida (Harvey ex Kiutzing) Cho
& Mclvor in T.O. Cho, S.M. Boo, M.H. Hommersand,
C.A. Maggs, L. Mclvor & S. Fredericq, J. Phycol. 44: 723,
2008; Fernandez-Garcia et al., Bot. Mar. 54: 53—73, 2011.
Ceramium flaccidum (Kitzing) Ardissone, Nuovo
Giorn. Bot. Ital. 3: 40, 1871; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the
Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Hormoceras flaccidum Kiutzing, Tab. Phycol. 12: 21,
t. 69: f. a-d, 1862.
Ceramium gracillimum Griffiths & Harvey ex Harvey,
1848, Gomez Garreta et al., Bot. Mar. 44: 425-460, 2001;
Beorgesen, Bull. Misc. Info., Royal Bot. Garden 30, 1934.
Ceramium masonii E.Y. Dawson, Farlowia 4: 126—127,
t: (Zit; 11, 1251958:
Type locality: Kilkee, County Clare, Ireland (fide
Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plants forming small tufts, about 5 cm
tall; branches alternately or dichotomously divided, apices
forcipate; nodal bands 130 um in diameter, 70 wm in length,
consisting of lowermost row of quadrate or angular cells,
separated by a clear space from a row of large, elongated
cells, gland cells present, axial cells 3-4 times longer than
broad; tetrasporangia often prominent and whorled.
114
Material examined: Ten specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs with other species of Ceramium found
growing on crustose coralline algae on the lower eulittoral
subzone.
Distribution: Dona Paula, Mormugao, Holant, Cabo-
de-Rama, Palolem, Talpona, Polem.
14. Crouania attenuata (C. Agardh) J. Agardh, Alg.
Mar. Medit.: 83, 1842; Untawale et al., List of marine algae
from India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
Mesogloia attenuata C. Agardh, Syst. Alg.: 51, 1824.
Type locality: France: Brittany (fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plants 1—1.5 cm high, either tufted or
entangled with other algae, filaments 0.2—0.3 mm diam.,
much branched, tetraspores single, on the basal cell of the
fascicle of the ramul1.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Common on stone or brickwork or on larger
algae in shallow water.
Distribution: Dona Paula, Chicalim Bay.
15. Wrangelia argus (Montagne) Montagne, Sylloge
Generum Specierumque Cryptogamarum: 444, 1856;
Bergesen, J. Indian Bot. Soc., 16: 311-357, f. 20, 1937;
Umamaheshwara Rao & Sreeramulu, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 63:
23-45, f. 65, 1970; Chauhan & Mairh, Salt Res. Ind. 14(2):
21-41, t. 11, f. 5, 1978.
Griffithsia argus Montagne, Histoire Naturelle des Iles
Canaries: 176, t. 8, f. 4, 1841.
Type locality: Roque del Gando, Islas Canarias (fide
Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thalli purplish red-green often iridescent,
turf-like colonies, soft texture, 1—-1.5 cm tall; Main axis
percurrent, alternately and pinnately branched, 0.45 to
6 mm in diam., with internodes 2—3 diameters in length, lower
portions of axis and main branches covered with cortical
layer formed by rhizoidal filaments. Younger portions not
corticated, branches verticillate. Tetrasporangia sessile, borne
on verticillate branches, tetrahedrally divided, spherical to
ovoid.
Material examined: Single specimen.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on corals and coral debris subtidally
between 4 and 30 m depth.
Distribution: Dona Paula.
16. Dasya ocellata (Grateloup) Harvey, Brit. Fl. 335,
1833; Untawale et a/., List of marine algae from India, 42,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
f. 36, 1983; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the Indian Coast. 283,
2001.
Ceramium ocellatum Grateloup, Descriptiones
aliquorum Ceramiorum novorum, cum iconum
explicationibus.1806: f. 2, 1806.
Hutchinsia ocellata (Grateloup) C. Agardh, Syst. 157,
1824.
Type locality: Sete, Herault, France (fide Silva
2012).
Diagnosis: Plants bushy, reddish purple, 2 cm tall,
lightly to densely branched, sparingly alternate branching;
axes heavily corticated; ramelli irregularly disposed over
the cortex, dichotomously branched, attenuate towards
tips; stichidia on 1-2 celled stalks on the lower divisions
of ramelli.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Shallow water plant, growing on mangrove
roots or Sargassum plants.
Distribution: Dona Paula.
17. Caloglossa ogasawaraensis Okamura, Bot. Mag.
[Tokyo] 11: 12, text-figs. A-D, 1897; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds
of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Delesseria zanzibariensis K.1.Goebel, Flora, 85: 67,
f. 1-6, 1898.
Caloglossa zanzibariensis (Goebel) De Toni, Syll.
Alg. 4: 731, 1900.
Caloglossa bombayensis Bergesen, Bull. Misc. Inform.
[Kew] 1933: 127-129, f. 10-12, 1933; Lewis, Checklist and
bibliography of benthic marine macroalgae recorded from
northern Australia I. Rhodophyta. 1-98, 1984; Krishnamurthy
& Joshi, A Checklist of Marine Algae, 36, 1970; Chaugule &
Gunale, M.V.M. Patrika, 16 (1&2): 5-14, 1981.
Type locality: Bonin Islands, Japan (fide Silva
2012).
Diagnosis: Thallus brown-red, forming loose entangled
mats 5—10 mm thick, composed of slightly arching, flat, linear
branches 100—200 um broad, internodes 1-4 mm long between
slightly constricted nodes; attached by uniseriate rhizoids.
Growth apical, with a dome-shaped apical cell cutting off
axial cells and lateral and transverse pericentral cells;
secondary pit-connections frequent. Blades monostromatic
apart from the midrib, margins entire. Branching of blades
exogenous near apices with adventitious proliferous blades
arising from nodal pericentral cells. Gametophytes dioecious;
Cystocarps sessile, ovoid. Spermatangial sori produced on
both sides of the blades.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Habitat: Epiphytic on Avicennia pneumatophores or
on mud below mangroves.
Distribution: Chicalim Bay.
18. Erythroglossum lusitanicum Ardré, Portugaliae
Acta Biologica sér. B, 10: 137-555, 1970; Barbara et al.,
Anales del Jardin Botanico de Madrid 62: 69-100, 2005;
Araujo et al., Botanica Marina 52: 2446, 2009; Barbara,
Algas Bentonicas Marinas Y Salobres De Galicia: Indice
429, 2009.
Type locality: Buarcos, Portugal (fide Guiry & Guiry
2012).
Diagnosis: Thallus membranous, flattened, with
pinkish red fronds, measuring c. 3—4 cm, arising from a
discoid base bearing a stipe, from which arise irregular
lateral elongate proliferations and erect ovate to oblanceolate
blades with a midrib. The lobes are deeply cleft into wedge-
shaped segments about 0.4 cm in breadth at the base.
Blades simple and ovate-oblanceolate. Presence of a faint
midrib, veins anastomosing, microscopic veins present in
young parts. Some proliferations have discrete patches of
rhizoids, and thalli form elaborate creeping rhizomatous
bases. As a mode of regeneration, old blades bear young
blades irregularly located along margins of basal parts and
on broken tips. Thallus usually alternately branched and
produces proliferations from margin.
Material examined: Three specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows on sand-covered rocks in exposed
sites.
Distribution: Mormugao, Polem.
Remark: This species was confirmed with the help
of Barbara’s (2009) description. The plant differs from
Hypoglossum, a similar plant, due to the presence of
proliferations from the margins and not the midrib. This is
the first record of this species for the Indian Coast.
19. Herposiphonia secunda (C. Agardh) Ambronn
forma tenella (C. Agardh) Wynne, Cryptogamie: Algologie
32473; 1985.
Hutchinsia tenella C. Agardh, Sp. Alg. 2: 105, 1828.
Polysiphonia tenella (C. Agardh) Moris & De Notaris,
Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, ser.
2,25 26041839,
Herposiphonia tenella (C. Agardh) Ambronn, Bot.
Zeit. 38: 197, 1880; Taylor, Mar. Algae East. Trop. Subtrop.
Coasts Amer. 870, t. 80, 1960; Papenfuss, Israel Journal of
Botany 17: 1-118, t. 1, map 1, 1968; Abbott & Hollenberg,
Marine Algae of California, 827, 1976; Untawale et al., List
of marine algae from India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
115
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Type locality: Sicily (fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plant small, about 1—2 cm tall, closely
attached to the substratum, usually forming close mats; colour
purplish; branching of main axis irregularly alternate, apices
slightly upcurved; axes 100—150 um in diameter, either an
erect ramulus or an indefinite branch, 1 to 3 ramuli alternating
with an indefinite branch; ramuli 35 to 45 segments, 5—7 mm
long, 65—90 um diameter, with 12 to 14 pericentral siphons;
tetrasporangia in a long series on the ramulus.
Material Examined: 10 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon. _
Habitat: Found as tufts in crevices of rocks in midtidal
zone.
Distribution: Vagator, Anjuna, Baga, Polem.
20. Vaucheria longicaulis Hoppaugh, American
Journal of Botany 17: 329-347, t.24—-27, f. 2, 1930; Silva
et al., Cat. Benthic Marine Algae Indian Ocean. 79: 1,259,
1996.
Type locality: Eckhorn Slough, Monterey County,
California (fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Thalli made up of green mats consisting
of microscopic siphons. Oogonia form club-like terminal
swellings on vegetative filaments. Asexual sporangia
(aplanosporangia) resemble oogonia but have a smaller
diameter and increase gradually from the width of the
vegetative filaments. The asexual sporangia are wider than
the oogonia, ranging between 80 and 170 um. Antheridia
are cylindrical.
Material examined: Single specimen.
Season: Monsoon.
Habitat: Found on intertidal mud flats or below low
tide level. A rare alga; has been reported from Siridao during
monsoon.
Distribution: Siridao.
21. Dictyota ceylanica Kitzing, Tab. Phycol. 9: 11,
t. 25, f. I, 1859; Misra, In: Proc. Sem. Sea, Salt & Plants
(Ed.: Krishnamurthy, V.), 227—233, 1967; De Clerck, Opera
Bot. Belg. 13: 205, 2003; Coppejans et al., Sri Lankan
Seaweeds. 6: 1-8, 1-265, 2009.
Type locality: Sri Lanka (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thalli iridescent or non-iridescent and tan
to muddy brown, 1.5—6.5 cm tall. Erect. Axes dichotomous
in regular fashion or anisotomous, but never resulting in
an alternate branching pattern, 0.5 to 2 mm wide below,
gradually or abruptly extending distally or as marginal
filiform proliferations; surface proliferations absent.
Material examined: Single specimen.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Mostly found in rock pools of the midlittoral
region. Exposed rocky areas harbour smaller forms, whereas
larger, less entangled forms are found in sheltered areas.
Distribution: Anjuna.
22. Dictyota ciliolata Sonder ex Kiitzing, Tab. Phycol.
12, t. 27, f. I, 1859; Misra, In: Proc. Sem. Sea, Salt & Plants
(Ed.: V. Krishnamurthy), 227-233, 1967; Chaugule & Gunale,
M.V.M. Patrika, 16 (1&2): 5-14, 1981; Untawale et al., List of
marine algae from India, 42, f. 36, 1983; Jha et al., Diveristy
Distr. Seaweeds Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Type locality: La Guaira, Venezuela (fide Silva et al.
1996).
Diagnosis: Plants yellowish brown, 15—20 cm in
length, membranous, ribbon-like, upper parts regularly
dichotomously branched with a cuneate disc at base. Branches
uniformly broad, apices acute to sub-acute, forking angles
between branches are round. Margins of branches possess
small ascending projections.
Material examined: 12 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on rocks and coralline stones in the
intertidal zone.
Distribution: Anjuna, Baga, Reis Magos, Dona Paula,
Mormugao, Palolem, Polem.
23. Dictyota divaricata Lamour. J. Bot. [Desvaux] 2:
43. 1809; Taylor, Mar. Algae East. Trop. Subtrop. Coasts
Amer. 870, t. 80, 1960; Silva et al., Cat. Ben. Mar. Alg. Ind.
Ocean. 79: 14+ 1,259, 1996; Untawale et al., List of Marine
algae from India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
Zonaria dichotoma (Hudson) C. Ag. var. intricata
C. Ag., Sp. Alg. 134, 1820.
Dictyota dichotoma (Hudson) Lamour var. intricata
(C. Ag.) Greville, Alg. Brit.: 58, 1830; Borgesen,
J. Indian Bot. Soc., 16: 1-56, f. 33, 1937; Misra, Phaeophyceae
in India, 203, t. 5, f. 100, 1966; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A
Checklist of Marine Algae, 36, 1970; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds
of the Indian Coast, 283, 2001.
Dictyota vulgaris (Kutz.) Kiitz. var. intricata (C. Ag.)
Kutz., Phycol. Germ.: 270-271, 1845.
Type locality: Cadiz, Spain (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Plants light brown hued, forming entangled
clumps, up to 10 cm tall, branching at a divergence of
100°—130° in upper parts, somewhat less below, with many
adventitious branches often arising along the margins;
branches commonly about 3 mm in width below, abruptly
narrowing above to less than 0.5 mm with the tips blunt or
rounded; tetrasporangia occurring on both surfaces of thallus.
Sporangia are spherical in shape.
116
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Material examined: Three specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows on rocks in shallow puddles of the
midlittoral region; also in the sublittoral fringe in sheltered
conditions. The plants found at shallow depths have a marked
bluish iridescence.
Distribution: Baga, Cabo-de-Rama.
Remark: According to Tronhom et al. (2010), this
species is a taxonomic synonym of Dictyota implexa
(Desfontaines) J.V. Lamouroux.
24. Padina australis Hauck, Hedwigia 26: 44, 1887;
Silva et al., Cat. Ben. Mar. Alg. Ind. Ocean 79: 1,259,
1996.
Type locality: Cape York, Queensland, Australia (fide
Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Thalli erect or dissected into basally
constricted flabellate lobes from a fibrous holdfast and a
short stupose stalk or almost horizontally spreading, sessile,
frequently overlapping and broad at base. Plants pale to
dark brown, up to 11 cm in length, c. 10.5 cm wide, broadly
lobed, lightly calcified ventrally. Apical margins circinnately
coiled. Fronds c. 90-100 um thick. Cells of dorsal and ventral
layers almost uniform in size. Reproductive bodies in sori
alternating on dorsal and ventral side of blade between hair
bands, leaving a sterile intercalary band.
Material examined: Seven specimens.
Season: Pre-monsoon and Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows in sheltered places between rocks.
Distribution: Baga, Reis Magos, Holant, Betul.
25. Chnoospora minima (Hering) Papenfuss, Journal
of South African Botany 22: 69-70, 1956; Sahoo et al.,
Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Fucus minimus Hering, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8: 92,
1841.
Chnoospora pacifica J. Ag., Ofvers. K. [Svenska]
Vet.-Akad. Forh. 4: 7. 1847; Dawson, Allan Hancock Pacific
Expeditions 3: 1—5, 189-432, t. 31-77, 1944.
Chnoospora fastigiata J. Ag., Sp. Alg. 171-172, 1848.
nom. illeg; Bergesen, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 17: 205—242. t. 7-8,
f. 13, 1938; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist of Marine
Algae, 36, 1970.
C. fastigiata J. Ag. var. pacifica (J. Ag.) J. Ag., Sp. Alg.
172, 1848; Borgesen, In: Natural History of Juan Fernandez
and Easter Island. (Ed: Skottsberg, C.) 2: 247-309, 1924;
Umamaheshwara Rao & Sreeramulu, J. Ecol. 52: 595-616,
t' 2-8 F, 1964:
Type locality: Port Natal, South Africa (fide Silva
et al. 1996).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Diagnosis: Thalli yellow brown, erect, about 5 cm
tall, almost dichotomously branched, not entangled, attached
by small holdfasts. Branches subcylindrical, compressed in
the joints, c. 1 mm broad with numerous colourless hairs
arising from superficial depressions, ultimate branchlets with
acute apices. Rectangular cells with chromatophores present
around layers of irregularly shaped larger cells. Plurilocular
sporangia scattered on surface of thalli.
Material examined: Three specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows on exposed lower intertidal rocks.
Distribution: Chapora.
26. Colpomenia sinuosa (Mertens ex Roth) Derbes
& Solier in Castagne, Supplément au catalogue des plantes
qui croissent naturellement aux environs de Marseille:
95, 1851; Borgesen, Bull. Misc. Info., Royal Bot. Garden
30, 1934; Misra, In: Proc. Sem. Sea, Salt & Plants
(Ed.: V. Krishnamurthy), 227—233, 1967; Krishnamurthy &
Joshi, A Checklist of Marine Algae, 36, 1970; Chauhan, Salt
Res. Ind. 14(1): 1-10, map, t. 2, 1978; Solimabi & Naqvi,
Mahasagar - Bull. Natl Inst. Ocean. 8: 97-99, t. 1, 1975;
Agadi & Untawale, Seaweed Res. Util. 3: 56-70, f. 3, t. 2,
1978; Kalimuthu et al., Seaweed Res. Util. 15: 119-126,
t. 2, f. 1, 1992; Jha et al., Diversity Distr. Seaweeds Gu}.
Coast 215, 2009.
Ulva sinuosa Mertens ex Roth, Cat. Bot. 327, t. 12,
1806.
Encoelium sinuosum (Mertens ex Roth) C. Agardh,
Sp. Alg. 146, 1820.
Asperococcus sinuosus (Mertens ex Roth) Bory,
Botanique: 326, 1832.
Hydroclathrus sinuosus (Mertens ex Roth) Zanardini,
Saggio di classificazione naturale delle Fice...: 39, 1843;
Piccone, Elenco delle alghe della Crociera del Corsaro alle
Baleari. pp. [1]—22, 1889.
Type locality: Near Cadiz, Spain (fide Silva et al.
1996).
Diagnosis: Plants light yellowish brown, solitary or
clustered, sessile, spherical, becoming lobed, or irregularly
expanded, individually reaching a diameter of 1—12 cm,
more or less compressed, surface of thalli smooth when
young, somewhat corrugated when old, sessile, the wall
0.3—-0.4 mm thick, cortical cells cuboidal or polygonal,
small with chromatophores, medullary cells large, rounded,
colourless. Gametangia growing around hairy filaments
during intital stage, later spreading over the thallus, usually
biseriate.
Material examined: 10 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
117
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Habitat: Grows on intertidal rocks in exposed
conditions.
Distribution: Reis Magos, Siridao.
Uses: Traditionally consumed wholly as food, now
used as a fertilizer and source of alginates.
27. Ulva conglobata Kjellman, Bih. Kongl. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 23 (Afd. 3, 11): 10-11, t. 2: f. 1-7;
t. 3: f. 9-14, 1897; Ohno & Mairh, Reports Usa Mar. Biol.
Inst. 4: 1-8, t. 5, f. 4, 1982; Jha et al., Diversity Distr.
Seaweeds Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Type locality: Various in Japan (fide Silva et al.
1996).
Diagnosis: Thalli bright green, subcartilaginous below,
membranous above, caespitose and expanding in almost
globular mass, 2—4 cm tall. Membrane 30-50 um thick at
upper side and about 100—125 um thick at the base. Cells
rectangular and vertically elongated.
Material examined: 32 specimens.
Season: Monsoon, Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows in upper and middle intertidal rocks
covered with sand.
Distribution: Terekhol, Chapora, Vagator, Anjuna,
Baga, Reis Magos, Dona Paula, Siridao, Mormugao,
Bogmalo, Holant, Betul, Cabo-de-Rama, Palolem, Talpona,
Chicalim Bay.
28. Ulva rigida C. Ag., Sp. Alg. 410-411, 1823. Jagtap,
Indian J. Mar. Sci. 21: 56-58, 1992; Silva et al., Cat. Benthic
Mar. Algae Indian Ocean 79: 1,259, 1996.
Ulva lactuca Linnaeus var. rigida (C. Ag.) Le Jolis,
Mém. Soc. Imp. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 10: 38, 1863; Borgesen,
F, (1926 £1925’). Konge. Dan. Vidensk. Selsk. Biol. Med.,
5(3): 1-123, f. 49; Lewis & Gonsalves, New Phytologist,
61: 288-290, t.2, 1962; Kale & Krishnamurthy, Salt Res.
Ind., 3:14, 1966.
Phycoseris ulva Sonder, Bot. Zeit. 3: 49, 1845.
Phycoseris gigantea Kutzing var. perforata Kutzing,
Sp. Alg: 476, 1849.
Ulva australis Areschoug, Nova Acta R. Soc. Sci.
Upsal., Ser. 3, 1: 370. 1854.
Letterstedtia petiolata J. Agardh, Alg. Syst. 19(2):
176-177, t. 4, f. 123, 124. 1883; Chapman, J. Linnean Soc.
of London, Botany 55: 333-501, t. 24—50, f. 153, 1956.
Ulva spathulata Papenfuss, J. Linn. Soc. London,
Bot. 56: 309, 1960; Womersley, H.B.S. Mar. Benthic Flora
Southern Australia. I: 329, t. 16, f. 102, 1984.
Type locality: Cadiz, Spain (fide Papenfuss 1960).
Diagnosis: Blades pale to dark olivaceous, drying to
black, firm and comparatively rigid, ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
118
at times circular, highly dissected single or multiple fronds
from a basal holdfast, 3-10 cm tall, 10-30 cm broad, 40—
60 um thick, commonly with short, distinct stipe; margins
smooth to variously incised but lacking minute teeth; cells
irregularly arranged, 10—15 um in diameter, 2 layers of blade
separated by pronounced accumulation of mucilaginous
material; chloroplast with 1-2 pyrenoids; gametes may be
of anisogamous nature.
Material examined: 15 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs in eulittoral zone on rocks and
stranded logs. Grows extensively in exposed zones;
occasionally extending into the littoral zone.
Distribution: Chapora, Vagator, Anjuna, Reis Magos,
Cabo-de-Rama.
29. Ulva taeniata (Setchell) Setchell et Gardner, Univ.
Calif. Publ. Bot. 7: 286, 1920; Mantri et a/., Curr. Sci. 93.6:
773-774, 2007.
Ulva fasciata f. taeniata Setchell in Collins, Holden,
& Setchell, Phycoth. Bor. Amer.: no. 862, 1901.
Type locality: Monterey, California, USA (fide Silva
2012).
Diagnosis: Thallus rigid, pale green in colour, up to
12 cm tall, irregularly lobed; lobes 0.5—3.5 cm broad with
crisply ruffled appearance. Basal portion of the frond long,
slender and divided, with distinctly dentate or wavy margin.
Fronds are attached with round to oval greenish-brown discs,
which are about 3-4 mm in diameter. In surface view, the
polygonal vegetative cells are compactly arranged without
any intercellular space, 14-32 mm in diameter.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Grows on rocks located in the mid-tide zone.
Distribution: Mormugao.
30. Chaetomorpha spiralis Okamura, Algae Japonicae
Exsiccatae: No. 94 (Bot. Mag. [Tokyo], 17: 131, 1903; Jha
et al., Diversity Distr. Seaweeds Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Chaetomorpha clavata Kitzing var. torta Farlow ex
Collins, Tufts Coll. Stud. (Sci.) 2: 323, 1909.
Chaetomorpha torta (Farlow ex Collins) Yendo, Bot.
Mag. [Tokyo] 28: 264-265, 1914; Untawale et al., List of
marine algae from India, 42, f. 36, 1983; Lewis, Revue
Algologique, Ser. 2, 7:15—25, t. 3, 1963; Umamaheshwara
Rao & Sreeramulu, J. Ecol. 52: 595-616, t. 2, f. 7, 1964;
Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist of Marine Algae, 36,
1970.
Type locality: Japan (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Some plants gregarious, others solitary, 4—
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
5 cm long, growing in open populations between other algae;
basal parts of the stiff, unbranched filaments coiled or at least
markedly sinuous, dark green; upper parts straight or slightly
sinuous, light green; diameter in the basal parts 450—600 um,
where the cells are cylindrical and isodiametric, gradually
becoming bead-like and reaching a diameter of 1 mm at the
filament apices.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: In shallow, low intertidal rock pools with
sandy bottom; continuously wave-swept.
Distribution: Terekhol, Anjuna, Baga, Dona Paula.
31. Cladophora glomerata (L.) Kiutzing, Phycol.
General.: 266, 1843; Patnaik, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Sec.
B., 43: 53-65, t. 1, f. 3, 1973; Murthy et al., Bot. Mar. 21:
381-386, f. 6, 1 map, 1978; Skinner & Entwisle, Telopea
10(3): 731-748, 2004.
Conferva glomerata Linnaeus, Sp. Pl.: 1167, 1753.
Polysperma glomerata (Linnaeus) Vaucher, Hist.
Conferv.: 99, 1803.
Chantransia glomerata (Linnaeus) A.P. de Candolle in
Lamarck & A.P. de Candolle, Fl. Frang., ed. 3, 2: 51, 1805.
Annulina glomerata (Linnaeus) Nees, Horae Phys.
Berol. [Index p. 1], 1820.
Type locality: Europe (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thallus attached to rocks, stones, boulders
or other solid substrate by means of rhizoids; hardly free
floating; frequently branched; yellowish green; branches
feather-like, curved inwards towards upper part, branchlets
many and are further divided, older branches falsely
dichotomous, primary branch varying from 60-125 um
in diameter, intermediate branches 20—75 um in diameter,
apical branches 20—35 um in diameter; cell membrane thick,
fibrillose, apical cells obtusely rounded.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Epilithic, on sand or mud covered shallow
pools in intertidal zone. Cosmopolitan, reported from both
freshwater and saline habitats.
Distribution: Baga, Siridao, Chicalim Bay.
32. Cladophora herpestica (Montagne) Kutzing, Sp.
Alg. 15, 1849; Fernandez-Garcia et al., Bot. Mar. 54: 53-73,
2011.
Conferva herpestica Montagne, Prodromus generum
specierumque phycearum novarum, in itinere ad polum
antarcticum... collectarum...: 15, 1842; Leliaert & Coppejans,
Phycologia, 45: 657-679, 2006.
Cladophoropsis herpestica (Montagne) Howe, Mem.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Torrey Bot. Club 15: 31, 1914; Silva et al., Cat. Benthic
Mar. Alg. Ind. Ocean, 79: 1-1259, 1996; Coppejans et al.,
Sri Lankan Seaweeds Methodologies and field guide to the
dominant species. 6: 265, 2009.
Aegagropila javanica Kitzing, Flora, 30: 773, 1847;
Leliaert & Coppejans, Phycologia 45: 657-679, 2006.
Cladophora zollingeri Kutzing, Sp. Alg.: 415, 1849;
Papenfuss, Israel Journal of Botany 17: 1-118, table 1, 1968.
Aegagrophila zollingeri (Kutzing) Kutzing, Tabulae
phycologicae 4: 14, t. 64: f. 2, 1854.
Siphonocladus zollingeri (Kutzing) Bornet ex De Toni,
Sylloge algarum...I. Chlorophyceae: 359, 1889.
Cladophoropsis zollingerii (Kutzing) Reinbold Nuova
Notarisia, 16: 147, 1905; Borgesen, 1933; Sreenivasa Rao
& Kale, Phykos, 8: 71-82, f. 35, 1970; Chaugule & Gunale,
M.V.M. Patrika, 16 (1&2): 5-14, 1981; Chaugule et al.,
Seaweed Res. Util. 11: 107—115, t. 3, f. 58, 1989; Untawale
et al., List of marine algae from India 42, f. 36, 1983.
Cladophoropsis javanica (Kitzing) Silva, Basson &
Moe, 1996 (1. c); Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the Indian Coast
283, 2001.
Type locality: Java, Indonesia (fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plants yellowish to dark green in colour,
occurring as cushions or tufts, entangled uniseriate, without
a distinct main axis; measuring 2—20 cm across and 1—2 cm
high; attached by a multicellular hapetra, erect filaments
abundantly branched; apical cells and cells of the terminal
branch systems subcylindrical, generally curved or sinuous,
120-450 um in diameter, up to 10 mm long; branches
without basal wall near the base of branches, cells large with
numerous nuclei and scattered chloroplast.
Material examined: 10 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Epilithic, just above low water mark, exposed
to air at low tide but continuously wave-swept; surf exposed
coasts.
Distribution: Anjuna, Dona Paula, Holant, Talpona,
Polem.
33. Cladophora lehmanniana (Lindenberg) Kiutzing,
Phycol. General: 268, 1843; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the
Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Conferva lehmanniana Lindenberg, Linnaea 14:
179-180, t. 2, 1840.
Cladophora utriculosa Kiutzing, Phycol. General.:
269, 1843; Taylor, Mar. Algae East. Trop. Subtrop. Coasts
Amer. 870, t. 80, 1960; Borgesen, Kongelige Danske
Videnskabernes Selskab, Biologiske Meddelelser 5(3):
1-123, f. 49, 1935; Untawale er al., List of marine algae from
India, 42, f. 36, 1983.
119
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Cladophora ramulosa Meneghini, Giornale Botanico
Italiano Anno 1 Tomo 1(1): 306, 1844; Papenfuss, Israel
Journal of Botany 17: 1-118, 1968.
Type locality: Helgoland, Germany (fide Silva et al.
1996).
Diagnosis: Thallus light to medium green, c. 3 cm
high, singly or as clustered tufts of several plants, attached by
rhizoids from the basal and adjacent cells; epilithic; filaments
tapering only slightly, much branched above from almost
every cell, forming fastigiate to spreading tufts, filaments
almost straight. Growth acropetal and mainly apical, with
intercalary divisions in lower cells; laterals first arising
1-3 cells from apex, ultimately with each parent cell bearing
1-3 laterals of varying length. Cross walls arising and
remaining oblique to parent cell. Reproduction by apical or
sub-apical cells developing into slightly swollen or clavate
zooidangia. Apical cells about 70—90 um in diameter.
Material examined: Six specimens.
Season: Monsoon and Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Occurs on rough water rock platforms and
extending to 25 m deep.
Distribution: Bogmalo, Cabo-de-Rama, Talpona.
34. Cladophora prehendens Kraft & A. Millar, Austral.
Syst. Bot. 13: 545, f. 1SA—D, 2000; Kraft, Marine Algae of
Lord Howe Island and the Southern Great Barrier Reef, 1.
Green Algae - Algae of Australia 358, 2007.
Type locality: Lord Howe Island (fide Silva 2012).
Diagnosis: Plants pale green, soft, about 5 mm long.
Thalli solitary or aggregated, anchored by digitate, non-
septate rhizoidal outgrowths from the basal cell which spread
over the host surface. Hapteral digitations ending in fine
processes that extend into a stolon, developing a digitate
pad on further solid contact. Branching generally acropetal.
Branches broadly incurved. Ultimate branches 1—7 celled
and young plants with 8 cells, apical cells about 13—15 wm in
diameter. Segments cylindrical, slightly clavate, articulations
slightly constricted, without annulations. Apical cells linear
or sharply tapering.
Material examined: Two specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Epiphytic on various green (also Cladophora
sp.), brown, and red algae.
Distribution: Cabo-de-Rama.
35. Cladophora socialis Kiutzing, Sp. Alg.: 416, 1849;
Rao & Umamaheshwara Rao, Ind. J. Mar. Sci. 15: 102-106, f. 4,
1986; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Aegagropila socialis (Kutzing) Kitzing, Tab. Phyc.,
4:15, 1854.
120
Cladophoropsis infestans Setchell, Carnegie Inst.
Wash., Dept. Mar. Biol. 341: 177, text-fig. 41. 1924; Leliaert
& Coppeyjans, Phycologia 45: 657-679, 2006.
Type locality: Tahiti (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thallus medium to dark green, forming
0.5—1 cm thick prostrate mats, composed of interwoven,
densely branched filaments. Thallus loosely attached to the
substratum by branched or unbranched, uni- or multicellular
rhizoids arising from the basal poles of the short cells of the
stolon-like filaments. Apical cells cylindrical with rounded
tip, 25-50 um in diameter; basal cells cylindrical, 60-120 um
in diameter. Basal filaments give rise to the upright, terminal
branch-systems. Growth by division of apical cells, and by
intercalary cell division lower down. Terminal branches are
irregular, wide-angled (45°—90°), with occasional rhizoids
from the basal poles of the cells. Filaments of basal and
terminal branch-systems sometimes attached to one another by
terminal hapteroidal holdfasts at the tips of the apical cells.
Material examined: Four specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on intertidal sand covered rock, loosely
attached to the substratum.
Distribution: Dona Paula, Cabo-de-Rama.
36. Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey Phycol.
Brit. t. 238, 1849.
Conferva riparia Roth, Cat. Bot. 216-217, 1806.
Tiresias riparia (Roth) Areschoug, Phyceae
Capenses.... 7, 1851.
Rhizoclonium implexum (Dillwyn) _ Kiitzing,
Phycologia Germanica: 206, 1845.
Rhizoclonium —_kochianum Kitzing, Phycologia
Germanica: 206, 1845; Borgesen, Dan. Vidensk. Selsk. Biol.
Med. 12: 64, 1935; Chaugule & Gunale, M.V.M. Patrika,
16 (1&2): 5-14, 1981; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist
of Marine Algae, 36, 1970.
Rhizoclonium kerneri Stockmayer, Verh. K.-K. Zool.-
Bot. Ges. Wien 40(Abh.): 582, 1890; Taylor, Marine algae of
the eastern tropical and subtropical coasts of the Americas.
870, t. 80, 1960; Krishnamurthy, J. Madras Uni., Sec. B, 24:
161-178, t. 1, f. 16, 1954; Nair et al., Seaweed Res. Util. 12:
125-135, t. 2, f. 9, 1990.
Type locality: Norderney, East Frisian Islands,
Germany (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Thalli in entangled masses, dark green
to pale yellowish green. Uniseriate filaments occasionally
twisted, usually with few or none rhizoidal branches,
composed of 2—5 cells; filaments 35—50 um in diameter,
1—3 times longer; reticulate chloroplast with numerous
pyrenoids.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Material examined: 15 specimens.
Season: Monsoon.
Habitat: Found on clay banks, upper as well as
midtidal zone on rocks and woodwork.
Distribution: Terekhol, Chapora, Anjuna, Reis Magos,
Siridao, Palolem, Polem.
37. Rhizoclonium tortuosum (Dillwyn) Kutzing,
Phycol. Germ. 205, 1845; Sahoo et al., Seaweeds of the
Indian Coast 283, 2001.
Conferva tortuosa Dillwyn, Brit. Conferv.: t. 46, 1805.
Lola tortuosa (Dillwyn) V. Chapman, Proceedings
of the Seventh Pacific Science Congress [New Zealand] 5:
65; 11953:
Lola capillaris (Kutzing) G. Hamel, Revue Algologique
6: 25-27, f. 37: 1, 1931. Borgesen, Dan. Vidensk.Selsk. Biol.
Med. 12: 64, 1935; Chaugule & Gunale, M.V.M. Patrika, 16
(1&2): 5-14, 1981.
Type locality: Swansea, Wales (fide Blair 1983).
Diagnosis: Plants forming dull, dark green masses;
filaments curled, stiff, 40-70 um diameter, height of cells is
twice its breadth; branches absent. Filaments unbranched,
in some cases without but in other material with 1—5 celled
lateral rhizoids. Cells 25—40 um in diameter; cell wall 3—
5 um thick; chloroplast moderately to densely reticulate with
numerous pyrenoids.
Material examined: Seven specimens.
Season: Monsoon and Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found in lower tide pools of exposed shores
as dark crisp masses.
Distribution: Terekhol, Vagator, Baga, Siridao, Cabo-
de-Rama, Palolem, Polem.
38. Cladophoroposis sundanensis Reinbold,
Nuova Notarisia 16: 147, 1905; Bergesen, Dan. Vidensk.
Selsk. Biol. Med. 12: 64, 1935; Krishnamurthy & Joshi,
A Checklist of Marine Algae, 36, 1970; Chauhan & Mairh,
Salt Res. Ind. 14(2): 21-41, t. 11, f. 5, 1978; Chaugule
& Gunale, M.V.M. Patrika, 16 (1&2): 5-14, 1981;
Untawale et al., List of marine algae from India, 42, f. 36,
1983; Leliaert & Coppejans, Phycologia, 45 (6): 657-679,
2006.
Siphonocladus sundanensis (Reinbold) Reinbold in
Weber van Bosse, Siboga Exped. Monogr. 59a: 83, 84, expl.
t..1%, 1913.
Type locality: Various in Indonesia (fide Silva et al.
1996).
Diagnosis: Plants light green, turf forming single axes
measuring 15—16 mm in length. Branching widely or closely
spaced. Laterals connected to parent cells, arising at wide
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
angles adjacent to the cross walls. Anchoring is done by a
series of interwoven prostrate filaments on which numerous
1-3 celled laterals are borne. Basal filaments usually straight,
180—250 um in diameter. Apical cells (sub) cylindrical, with
rounded tip, straight, slightly curved or sinuous. Cells of
the terminal branch systems straight or slightly curved, 80—
140 um in diameter.
Material examined: 10 specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found on sand-covered rock substratum in the
intertidal zone, exposed to air at low tide, but continuously
wave-swept.
Distribution: Terekhol, Dona Paula, Betul, Cabo-de-
Rama, Talpona, Polem. _
Remark: According to Wynne (2011), this species
is a taxonomic synonym of Cladophoropsis fasciculata
(Kjellman) Wille.
39. Boodlea composita (Harvey) Brand, Beth. Bot.
Centralbl. 18 (Abt. 1): 187-190, 1904; Jha et al., Diversity
Distr. Seaweeds Guj. Coast 215, 2009.
Conferva composita Harvey, J. Bot. [Hooker] 1: 157,
1834.
Cladophora composita (Harvey) Kutzing, Species
algarum: 415, 1849.
Aegagropila composita (Harvey) Brand, Tab. Phycol.
14, t. 67, f. b-d, 1854.
Boodlea siamensis Reinbold, Bot. Tidsskr. 24:
191-192, 1901; Bergesen, J. Indian Bot. Soc. 9: 151-174,
f. 10, 1930; Chauhan & Mairh, Salt Res. Ind. 14(2): 21-41,
t. 11, f. 5, 1978; Bergesen, J. Indian Bot. Soc. 9: 151-174,
f. 10, 1930; Krishnamurthy & Joshi, A Checklist of
Marine Algae, 36, 1970; Chaugule et al., Seaweed Res. Util.
11: 107-115. f. 58, 1989; Untawale et al., List of marine algae
from India, 42, f. 36, 1983; Jagtap, Ind. J. Mar. Sci. 16: 256—
260, t. 1, f. 3, 1987; Jagtap, Indian J. Mar. Sci. 21: 56—58,
1992.
Type locality: Mauritius (fide Silva et al. 1996).
Diagnosis: Plants rather soft and loose, sponge-like
clumps, up to 2 cm tall, consisting of filaments twisted
together, branches irregularly divided and becoming
somewhat whorled towards the apices, branches irregular in
all directions, cells of the main axes 200—350 um in diameter
and 0.8—2 mm long.
Material examined: Seven specimens.
Season: Post-monsoon.
Habitat: Found as spongy mats or as cushion-like tufts,
or mixed with other algae on moderately sheltered, horizontal
platforms in lower eulittoral subzone.
Distribution: Anjuna, Siridao, Holant, Talpona.
121
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
DISCUSSION
Agadi (1986) had reported less diversity of seaweeds
along the Goa coast compared to Gujarat and Maharashtra.
This was attributed to the strong wave action and smaller
intertidal expanse in Goa. Recent studies have reported
209 species of seaweeds along the Gujarat Coast (Jha
et al. 2009), followed by 159 species from the Maharashtra ~
coast and 75 species from Goa coast (Oza and Zaidi 2000).
However, the present study conducted along the Goa coast has
revealed a greater algal diversity comprising of 154 species.
Maximum diversity of seaweeds was found post-monsoon.
Among the newly reported 39 species, 35 were collected
post-monsoon. Two species belonging to Porphyra were
found to be exclusively confined to the monsoon season.
Two species of Rhizoclonium were found during the monsoon
and sporadically during post-monsoon. Pre-monsoon was
observed to be the least suitable season for algal growth;
only one species — Padina australis — was collected during
this period. Our work corroborates earlier studies on seasonal
distribution of marine algae along Indian shores that reveal
maximum seaweed growth during December to February
(Untawale et al. 1989).
All these species have been found to occur along
the Indian coast with some of them being reported from
neighbouring regions like the Konkan belt, as well as Mumbai
coast. The algal species found along the west coast of India
are known to harbour several cosmopolitan taxa such as Ulva
lactuca, Rosenvingea intricata and Caulerpa sp., among
others, which are found to occur in both tropical and temperate
regions (Srinivasan 1960). The species composition of algae
along the west coast of India reflects similarities with the
tropical flora (Agadi 1986). Some species that were earlier
recorded from the east coast or Andaman and Nicobar Islands,
have been found to occur along the Goa coast in this study. The
occurrence of these species in Goa can possibly be explained
through the phenomenon of migration.
The seaweeds found along the Goa coast have been
mentioned in marine algal checklists of India (Oza and
Zaidi 2000; Sahoo et al. 2001). Of the 39 species reported
here, two species namely, Erythroglossum lusitanicum and
Cladophora prehendens have not been reported from India
before (Sahoo et al. 2001). It has been observed earlier that
the benthic marine algal flora of Indian shore is cosmopolitan,
with several of its species occurring in both tropical and
temperate areas (Srinivasan 1960).
Cladophora prehendens has been reported from
Australia (Kraft 2007; Womersley 1984) while E. lusitanicum
has been reported from the Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean
Sea. Phytogeographically, Asia, Europe, and Australia may
have similar flora, but recent additions in the algal flora along
the Indian coastline could be explained by the phenomenon
of floral migration aided by shipping activities, with the help
of wave action wherein spores get carried from one coast to
another. Dispersal of algae can be aided by transportation
activities in the sea wherein the ballast water becomes a
carrier for several algal and dinoflagellate spores.
This study has revealed presence of species that were
earlier not reported from the Goa coast and the absence of
certain species that were earlier found in Goa. A detailed
survey of the Indian coast will help to gain insights into the
nation’s marine biodiversity.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors thank Dr A.R. Rahmani, Director, BNHS,
for support and encouragement.
REFERENCES
Acapt, V.V. (1986): Marine algal studies of the Central West Coast of
India. Ph.D. thesis. 176 pp. |
AcapI, V.V. & A.G. UNTAWALE (1978): Marine algal flora of Goa coast.
Seaweed Research and Utilisation 3: 56—70..
ATHANASIADIS, A. & D.L. BALLANTINE (2014): The genera Melyvonnea gen.
nov. and Mesophyllum s.s. (Melobesioideae, Corallinales,
Rhodophyta) particularly from the central Atlantic Ocean. Nordic
Journal of Botany 35: 385-436.
BArBara, I. (2009): Algas Bentonicas Marinas Y Salobres De Galicia:
Indice. Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de A Corufia.
429 pp.
CHENNUBOTHLA, V.S.K., N. KALIAPERUMALL, S. KALIMUTHU & P.V.R. NAIR
(1987): Biology of the economically important Indian Seaweeds
—a review. Seaweed Res. Utiln. 10(1): 21-32.
CopPEJANS, E., F. LELIAERT, O. DARGENT, R. GUNASEKARA & O. DE CLERCK
(2009): Sri Lankan Seaweeds: Methodologies and field guide to
the dominant species. 6: 265 pp.
De Cuerck, O. (2003): Dictyota in the Indian Ocean. Opera Bot. Belg.
f 32201,
DHARGALKAR, V.K. (1981): Studies on marine algae of the Goa coast.
Ph.D. thesis, Bombay University. Pp. 168.
DHARGALKAR, V.K. (2008): Marine biodiversity: A comprehensive
catalogue of seaweeds of the Central West Coast of India.
152 pp.
DHARGALKAR, V.K., V.V. AGApDI & A.G. UNTAWALE (1981): Occurrence
of Porphyra vietnamensis (Bangiales, Rhodophyta) along
the Goa coast. Mahasagar-Bulletin of the National Institute
of Oceanography (India| 14: 75—77, including 1 pl., 3 figs.
Jactap, T.G., S. Natk & V.L. NAGLE (2001): Assessment of Coastal
Wetland Resources of Central West Coast, India, using
LANDSAT Data. Photonirvachak— Journal of the Indian Society
of Remote Sensing 29(3): 140-150.
JHA, B., C.R.K. Reppy, M.C. THAKurR & M.U. RAo (2009): The diversity
and distribution of Seaweeds of the Gujarat Coast. Springer,
Dordrecht, Netherlands. 215 pp.
Krart, G.T. (2007): Marine Benthic Algae of Lord Howe Island and the
eee
122
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOA COAST
Southern Great Barrier Reef, 1. Green Algae - Algae of Australia.
Australian Biological Resources Study/ CSIRO Publishing.
vi + 347 pages.
KRISHNAMURTHY, V. & H.V. Josui (1970): A check-list of Indian marine
algae. 36 [37 = Errata] pp. Central Salt and Marine Chemicals
Research Institute, Bhavnagar.
Lawson, G.W. & D.M. Joun (1982): The marine algae and coastal
environment of tropical West Africa. Beihefte Zur Nova
Hedwigia, J. Cramer, 455 pp with 65 plates and 14 figures.
Mantrl, V.A., M.C. THakur, C.R.K. Reppy & B. JHA (2007): Ulva
taeniata (Setchell) Setchell et Gardner: A taxon new to Indian
seaweed flora. Current Science 93(6): 773-774.
Oza, R.M. & S.H. Zarpi (2000): A revised checklist of Indian Marine
Algae. Central Salt and Marine Chemicals Research Institute,
Bhavanagar, India. 296 pp.
SILVA, P.C. (2012): Index Nominum Algarum, University Herbarium,
University of California, Berkeley. Available at: http:// ucjeps.
berkeley.edu/INA.html.
SRINIVASAN, K.S. (1960): Distribution patterns of marine algae
in Indian seas. Jn: Kachroo, P. (Ed.): Proc. Symposium
Algology. Indian Council of Agricultural Research. New Delhi.
242 pp.
SRINIVASAN, K.S. (1969): Phycologia indica (Icones of Indian marine
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
algae). LI pls., 7 photos, [24] groups of figs. Calcutta, Botanical
Survey of India. Vol. 1, pp. xix + 52.
SUBRAMANIAN, B. (1985): An annotated list of ceramiaceous algae
(Rhodophyta) of Tiruchendur coast, South India. Seaweed
Research and Utilisation 7: 71-83.
TayLor, W.R. (1960): Marine algae of the East tropical and Subtropical
Coast of the Americas. University of Michigan Press, pls. 80,
pp. 825.
TSENG, C.K. (1983): Common seaweeds of China. Science press, Beijing,
China, pp. 316.
UNTAWALE, A.G. & V.K. DHARGALKAR (1986): Ecological studies of Ulva
reticulata Forsskal in Chapora Bay, Goa. Mahasagar-Bulletin of
the National Institute of Oceanography [India]. Vol. 19, 175-184,
3 figs., I table.
UNTAWALE, A.G., V.K. DHARGALKAR & V.V. AGapi (1983): List of marine
algae from India.[Mimeographed.] Goa. National Institute of
Oceanography. pp. 42 + 36 figs.
UNTAWALE, A.G., C.R.K. Reppy & V.D. AMBIYE (1989): Marine algal
flora of submerged Angria Bank (Arabian Sea). Indian Journal
of Marine Sciences 18: 207-209.
Wynne, M.J. (2011): A checklist of benthic marine algae of the tropical
and subtropical western Atlantic: third revision. Nova Hedwigia
Beihefte 140 [1]: 7-166.
—_—— 0 Dee
123
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
124
REVIEWS
NATURE CHRONICLES OF INDIA: ESSAYS ON WILDLIFE edited by Ananda Banerjee.
Published by Rupa Publications India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. Size: 21.5 cm x 13 cm. 159 pp.
Price: € 195/-. Paperback.
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/71747
Despite the presence of spectacular wildlife and
increasing number of wildlife researchers, there are very
few good wildlife writers in India who can chronicle natural
history. Nature magazines like Hornbill, Sanctuary, and
Saevus publish short pictorial articles, not essays.
Ananda Banerjee has done us a remarkable favour by
bringing out an eminently readable book containing wildlife
essays written by some of the most prominent young and
not-so-young wildlife scientists of India. The book is divided
into two parts: contemporary articles and archival material,
which complement each other. The tone of the book is set
by Jay Mazoomdaar’s essay on community conservation
work for the protection of Olive Ridley turtles, followed
by Krupakar-Senani’s wonderful piece on Wild Dogs. My
First Days in the Field by Rauf Ali and Lunch with the Snow
Leopard by Yash Veer Bhatnagar are delights to read, mainly
due to the fact that the articles are firsthand experiences
written with passion and wonderment that nature bestows
on all of us if we go to her. My favourite is by Madhusudan
Katti Are Warblers Less Important than Tigers? | think this is
the essay that should be read by every Indian conservationist
and decision maker. It is a very fine piece of research showing
how warblers — perhaps the most difficult group of birds to
identify — despite their small size and unobtrusive living, eat
a huge amount of insects and keep our forests healthy.
The second section of the book consists of diverse
stories by seven British wildlife writers of the past. As
Banerjee has written “These writings ... will transport you
to the forests and landscape of yore. These are interesting
records of the forest and lives of people in British India. The
stories tell us about a flourishing wildlife, jungle packed with
wild animals, and backyards and kitchen gardens teeming
with common species.” Sadly, those days are gone but
perhaps with more books like this, greater interest will be
created amongst the general public to enjoy, write, preserve,
and protect India’s wildlife and wild places.
At Rs. 195/- (less than the price of a pizza ina mall!), it
is anice buy and a good gift for friends interested in nature.
The front cover is adorned with an intense looking Snow
Leopard by Dhritiman Mukherjee and the back cover has
the image of a warbler by the author, precariously balanced
on a thin branch — the juxtaposition of these two contrasting
taxa brings home the point that both these species are
equally important. I recommend this book to all who care
for wildlife.
@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(2), May-August 2014
125-157
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. AFURTHER RECORD OF LARGE INDIAN CIVET VIVERRA ZIBETHA LINNAEUS 1758
FROM ODISHA, INDIA
PRATYUSH P. MOHAPATRA! AND HIMANSHU S. PALEI”*
‘Department of Zoology, Government Science College, Chatrapur, Ganjam 761 020, Odisha, India. Email: [email protected]
"Department of Zoology, North Orissa University, Baripada, Mayurbhanja 757 003, Odisha, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72231
Acharjyo and Patnaik (1987) reported occurrence
of the Large Indian Civet Viverra zibetha from Odisha in
Phulnakhara, Cuttack district, and thereafter another specimen
was collected from Satpada (Saha 1995). On June 23, 2010,
during a field trip to Hindol area of Dhenkanal district (20°
30' N; 85° 15.10' E), a male was spotted by us at 19:30 hrs,
crossing a forest road. The animal was observed from a
distance of about 5 m for about 2 or 3 seconds, after which it
disappeared into a thicket. It was of the size of a medium-sized
dog in height, had a curved back with a mid-dorsal crest of
long fur, short legs, and a long bushy tail. From these features,
and from the prominent black bands on the whitish tail, it
was identified as the Large Indian Civet. The animal was too
large to be the Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica, which
is commonly seen crossing roads at night.
The Large Indian Civet is known to occur in northeast
India and Upper Bengal, and elsewhere in Southeast Asia
(Prater 1965), and now Odisha appears to be the southernmost
distribution limit of the species. It is protected under Schedule
I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, and is listed as Near
Threatened in IUCN Red List (assessed during June, 2012).
Since there are now a few records of the species from Odisha,
a systematic survey in the protected and non-protected areas
of the state is urgently needed to know the exact status,
which may help in preventing the species from becoming
locally extinct.
REFERENCES
ACHARJYO, L.N. & S.K. PATNAIK (1987): Occurrence of Large
Indian Civet Viverra zibetha in Orissa. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 84(1): 201-202.
Prater, S.H. (1965): The Book of Indian Animals. 2nd (Revised)
Edition. Bombay Natural History Society and Prince of Wales
Museum of Western India, Bombay. 324 pp.
SAHA, S.S. (1995): Mammalia, Wetland Ecosystem Series — I. Fauna of
Chilika Lake. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. Pp. 601-610.
2. MONGOOSE RABIES IN KANNUR, KERALA, INDIA
E.A. JAYSon!”:* AND SURESH K. Govinpb!?
'Wildlife Department, Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi 680 653, Kerala, India.
?Email: [email protected]
3Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72227
The Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi is
distributed almost throughout India (Prater 1965). It feeds on
small mammals, birds, reptiles, fruits, eggs, and invertebrates;
lives in burrows and breeds throughout the year (Prater
1965). Mongoose species are known to be vectors of the
rabies virus (Rhabdoviridae) (Rabies Survey Report 2003).
Though the occurrence of mongoose transmitted rabies has
been reported from various countries, the occurrence of dog
rabies has masked its importance (Everard and Everard 1988).
The outbreak of rabies through Asian Mongoose Herpestes
javanicus in Puerto Rico led to secondary transmission to
dogs and other animals (Tierkel et a/. 1952). Other species
of Herpestidae like Yellow Mongoose Cynictis penicillata,
Suricate Suricata suricatta, Small Grey Mongoose Myonax
pulverulentus, and Genet Cat Geneta felina are reported to be
important vectors of rabies virus in South Africa (Neitz and
Marais 1932; Snyman 1940; Snyman and Thomas 1938).
Although the Indian Grey Mongoose is listed as a
rabies virus vector in India, the Golden Jackal Canis aureus
is known to be the principal wild species which transmits
the virus (Fagan 1950). In Bangladesh, eight cases of human
rabies due to mongoose-bite were reported (Rahman et al.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
2007). Human rabies in northern India was studied by Ratho
et al. (2001), reporting one case of death by the bite of a
rabid mongoose. In a survey of incidence of rabies among
wild animals, 92 cases of mongoose rabies were confirmed
from wildlife parks and zoos in India (Rabies Survey Report
2003).
In this communication, we report cases of rabid
mongoose in Edakkad, Kannur District, Kerala, based on data
collected during our visits on June 18, 2010. This is the first
report from India on a massive attack of rabid mongooses
on humans in a village, and for which compensation was
given by the Kerala Forest and Wildlife Department. There
have been 21 cases of attacks on humans by rabid mongoose
at Edakkad from March 2010 to June 2010. We visited the
houses of two victims, Imtiyas (10, boy) and Shahana Sherin
(9, girl). The boy had been bitten on the cheek, and the girl
on the thigh. The locals said that mongooses were sighted
frequently during that period in large numbers, approaching
and attacking people without any provocation. Most of the
bites were on legs. The increase in the numbers of mongoose
and subsequent death of the animals were noticed by them
and brought to the attention of the Forest Department. On
post-mortem examination of the animals, rabies symptoms
were detected. Some incidents of rabid mongoose attacking
people were also reported in May 2009.
The Department took initiatives to make the locals
aware of the rabies threat and provided assistance for anti-
rabies vaccination. The compensation details available
with the Thaliparamba Forest Range Office, Kannur
Forest Division, revealed that 21 victims (43% female and
57% male) applied for compensation. A total amount of
Rs. 77,000/- (rupees seventy seven thousand only) was
claimed by the victims, and an amount of Rs. 30,375/- (rupees
thirty thousand three hundred and seventy-five only) towards
compensation was disbursed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to Dr. K.V. Sankaran (Former Director),
Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi, Kerala, India, and
the forest officials of Kannur Forest Division, Kerala, India,
for supporting the study. |
REFERENCES
EVERARD, C.O.R. & J.D. EvERARD (1988): Mongoose rabies. Rev. Inf.
Dis. 10: 5610-5614.
FaGANn, R. (1950): Rabies in animals other than dogs. CDC Bull 9:
10-11.
Neitz, W.D. & I.P. Marais (1932): Rabies as it occurs in the union of
South Africa. 18th Report of the Director of Veterinary Service
and Animal Industry. Union of South Africa.
Prater, S.H. (1965): The Book of Indian Animals. 2nd (rev.) Edn.
Bombay Natural History Society and Prince of Wales Museum
of Western India, Bombay. 324 pp.
RaBies SurvEY Report (2003): Assessing burden of rabies in India.
Association for Prevention and Control of Rabies in India (APCRI)
and World Health Organisation (WHO). 104 pp.
RAHMAN, M.M., M. SALIMUZZAMAN, M.D.B. ALAM, M.A. Rour,
M.J. Hossain & M.R. RAHMAN (2007): Human rabies in Bangladesh
— A study of 684 cases. J. Medicine 8: 3-6.
RaTHO, R.K., R. GRover & R.C. MAHAJAN (2001): Experience of
human rabies in North India. Indian J. Pathol. Microbiol. 44(1):
41-44.
SNyMAN, P.S. (1940): The study and control of the vectors of rabies
in South Africa. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc. & Animal Indust.
15: 9-140.
SNYMAN, P.S. & A.D. THomas (1938): The carriers of rabies in South
Africa. In: Congres International de medicine tropicale et
d’Hygiene, 3d, Amsterdam. Acta Conventus Tertii de Tropicis
Atgue Malariae Morbis, pars. I. Pp. 616-638.
TIERKEL, E.S., G. ARBONA, A. RIVERA & A. DE JUAN (1952): Mongoose
rabies in Puerto Rico. Public Health Reports 67(3): 274-278.
3. FIRST RECORD OF INDIAN LONG-EARED HEDGEHOG
HEMIECHINUS COLLARIS FROM DHAULPUR, EASTERN RAJASTHAN, INDIA
RAJEEV TOMAR! AND RAKESH VyYAS”*
'Kayasthpada, Dhaulpur 328 001, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
204, Washleigh Manor, Rustam Bagh, Bengaluru 560 017, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72228
Dhaulpur (=Dholpur) (26° 41' 59" N; 77° 54' 00" E;
177 m above msl) lies in the eastern corner of Rajasthan. It is
known for its ravines extending all over the catchment of the
Chambal river. The river and its banks are part of National
Chambal Sanctuary and harbour some of the most endangered
mammalian, avian, and reptilian fauna like the Ganges
Dolphin Platanista gangetica, Indian Skimmer Rynchops
126
albicollis, Black-bellied Tern Sterna acuticauda, River Tern
Sterna aurantia, River Lapwing Vanellus duvaucelii, Gharial
Gavialis gangeticus, Marsh Crocodile Crocodylus palustris,
and many species of endangered turtles.
The first author had sightings of the Indian Long-eared
Hedgehog Hemiechinus collaris in agricultural fields on
the outskirts of Dhaulpur city for three years, and in 2013,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
brought it to the notice of the second author during his visit
to Dhaulpur, after which we realized that this species is not
reported to be as common as the Pale Hedgehog Paraechinus
micropus in eastern Rajasthan (Prater 1988). The Indian
Long-eared Hedgehog can be easily differentiated from the
Pale Hedgehog by the long ears and absence of parting spines
running from forehead to crown.
Two species of hedgehogs occur within Indian limits,
namely Long-eared Hedgehog Hemiechinus auritus with
subspecies collaris (Gray) and Pale Hedgehog Paraechinus
micropus with subspecies micropus (Blyth) and nudiventris
(Horsfield) (Prater 1988). Prater (1988) states that hedgehogs
are mainly confined to the dry desert zone of Kachchh, Sindh,
Punjab, and the former NWFP and neighbouring tracts;
P. m. nudiventris is confined to the plains of southern India.
The C.A.M.P. report (Molur et al. 2005), with collated
data from various sources on the distribution and status of
small mammals in India, states the distribution of Long-
eared Hedgehog in the arid western parts of Rajasthan and
Gujarat. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (Molur
2008) states that it is distributed in the western part of India
in Desert National Park in Rajasthan and Narayan Sarovar
Sanctuary in Gujarat.
In the distributional map of the species in The IUCN
Red List of Threatened Species, Version 2014.2. <www.
iucnredlist.org>, a very limited area of central Uttar Pradesh
in Doab area of Ganges (= Ganga) and Yamuna river is shown
as the area of its occurrence. In a recent publication, Singh et
al. (2013) report its presence in Thar, Aravalli, and southeast
Rajasthan (south-east Rajasthan here referring to the area east
of the Aravalli range in the districts of Bhilwara, Rajsamand,
and southern part of Ajmer district).
Himmat Singh (pers. comm.), who worked on the
non-volant small mammals of Rajasthan after Singh et
al. (2013), recorded it at the foothills of Alwar in east
Rajasthan, which is c. 200 km to the west of Dhaulpur,
but this report has not been published. Our sightings at
Dhaulpur reconfirm the presence of Indian Long-eared
Hedgehog from north-eastern Rajasthan, and this is also
the first report of its occurrence in Dhaulpur. It was found
to be a common species there, living in burrows amidst
crop fields. It was more frequently sighted after the harvest,
during which road-kills involving it were also recorded. Its
vocalization is not reported in literature, but we heard it
making wailing noises resembling those of a human baby.
It seems possible that this species that frequents various
habitats is more common in the northern part of central
India than previously assumed.
REFERENCES
Movwvr, S. (2008): Hemiechinus collaris. The IUCN Red List of
Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.org>.
Downloaded on July 24, 2014.
Mo vr, S., C. SRINIVASULU, BHARGAVI SRINIVASULU, SALLY WALKER,
P.O. NAMEER & LATHA RAVIKUMAR (2005): Status of South Asian
Non-Volant Small Mammals: Conservation Assessment and
Management Plan Workshop Report. Zoo Outreach Organisation
/ CBSG-South Asia, Coimbatore, India. Pp. 133-134.
PRATER, S.H. (1988): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd Edn. Bombay
Natural History Society and Oxford University Press, Bombay.
Pp. 166-167.
SINGH, P., R.S. TripatH! & B.K. SHARMA (2013): Non-Volant Small
Mammals of Rajasthan. Pp. 549-561. Jn: Sharma, B.K., Seema
Kulshreshtha & A.R. Rahmani (Eds): Faunal heritage of Rajasthan,
India: General background and ecology of vertebrates. Springer,
New York.
4. OBSERVATIONS OF MASTURBATION AND CONSUMPTION OF EJACULATE
BY FIVE-STRIPED PALM SQUIRREL FUNAMBULUS PENNANTII
ANus D. Ratna!
'C-18, Manali Apartment, Opp. AMA, Behind Apang Manav Mandal, Ambawadi 380 015, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72229
Introduction
The Five-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus pennantii
is a small rodent, distributed in the Indian peninsula from the
base of Himalaya till the northern parts of southern India,
and its flexibility to habitat requirement makes it one of
the most common mammals adapting to urban landscapes
in India (Prater 1988). In this communication, I report on
40 observations of masturbation and consumption of ejaculate
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
by an individual squirrel recorded during a five month period
in Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
The site of observation was on a Neem Azadirachta
indica tree, which was frequented by three adult squirrels,
a female and two males; the masturbations observed were
by the smaller male. The first observation was at 7:00 hrs in
late October 2013, after which the individual was monitored
7-10 times a month. During these observation bouts
127
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
(07:00—07:40 hrs), the individual was seen lying motionless
and basking in the sun till the weather warmed up. Then,
the process of grooming commenced with pandiculation
(stretching and yawning), licking and cleaning of body parts,
cleaning the paws and nails, then tail, which was followed by
masturbation with simultaneous consumption of the ejaculate.
The squirrel used the same place for grooming during my
observations till March 2014.
Each time this activity was observed, the squirrel was
seen to be alone, and the presence of any other squirrel was
not seen during the act. It was occasionally seen engaged in
grooming with the female. The skittering call of the species
was commonly heard during the observations, but not being
made by the masturbating individual. The observed squirrel
was seen being chased by the other male on three occasions.
No act of copulation between the other squirrels was seen
during the observations, which was also the case of squirrels
on other trees in the vicinity. Around 150 photographs of
grooming and social grooming were taken during the study.
Masturbation with consumption of ejaculate has been
reported in the promiscuous Cape Ground Squirrel Xerus
inauris by Waterman (2010), and extracts of the findings
are quoted here “... masturbation to be far more frequent on
days of female oestrus and mostly occurred after copulation.
Masturbation rates were higher in dominant males, which
copulate more, than in subordinates and increased with
number of mates a female accepts. These results suggest
that masturbation in this species was not a response to sperm
competition nor a sexual outlet by subordinates that did not
copulate. Instead masturbation could function as a form of
genital grooming. Female Cape ground squirrels mate with
up to 10 males in a 3-hr oestrus, and by masturbating after
copulation males could reduce the chance of infection.”
In my observations, masturbation was done by a
smaller, subordinate male and appeared to be a sexual outlet
or a form of genital grooming, as it was never recorded
copulating with the female in the area. Since squirrels are
territorial and this was the younger male, I wonder whether
consuming the ejaculate could be a process for removing
scent mark from the location to prevent territorial fights —
semen is also rich in protein.
On reporting my observations to Jane Waterman,
she commented “I am not surprised to hear about another
squirrel masturbating but it is really cool to know of
another species. I suspect it occurs in a number of species
that breed throughout the year. There is a tree squirrel in
southern Africa that has been described as ‘grooming’ in
a way that is obviously masturbation.” In another personal
communication, she comments: “I see that in this species
females mate with multiple males and that breeding can occur
year round. Indeed, I suspect that males may have to contend
with sexually transmitted infections. In other words, the
behaviour could be a thorough way to groom. Masturbation
has not been described for this species. You only have a
single individual, so it is hard to say whether the behaviour
is common or not. ”
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to Jane M. Waterman at the University
of Minnesota, for guidance and her suggestion for writing
a note in a journal. This note would not have been possible
without the support of BNHS in improving the write-up of
the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Prater, S.H. (1988): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd edn. Bombay
Natural History Society and Oxford University Press, Bombay.
Pp. 166-167.
WATERMAN, J.M. (2010): The adaptive function of masturbation in a
promiscuous African Ground Squirrel. http://journals.plos.org/
plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0013060
5. THE MALAYAN NIGHT-HERON GORSACHIUS MELANOLOPHUS
IN MOUNT HARRIET NATIONAL PARK, ANDAMAN ISLANDS
HARKIRAT SINGH SANGHA!
'B-27, Gautam Marg, Hanuman Nagar, Jaipur 302 021, Rajasthan, India. Email [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72230
The Malayan Night-Heron Gorsachius melanolophus
is one of the peculiar, discontinuously distributed Indo-
Malayan species of evergreen biotope found in the Indian
subcontinent. It occurs as a summer visitor to Assam and
128
Manipur, migrating through Meghalaya and Mizoram. It
is partly resident in the Western Ghats, some migrating to
Sri Lanka and resident to central and south Nicobar Islands
(Ali and Ripley 1978; Rasmussen and Anderton 2012). It is
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
represented by two subspecies within Indian limits of which
G. m. minor Hachisuka is endemic in the Nicobar group of
islands, which differs from the nominate subspecies G. m.
melanolophus Raffles in being smaller (Ali and Ripley 1978;
Tikader 1984).
On February 24, 2011, in the morning while walking
from the forest rest house in Mount Harriet National Park,
Andaman Islands, I saw a Malayan Night-Heron close to the
road near the abandoned Chief Commissioner’s Bungalow.
Moving slowly, I was able to get quite close to the bird
and observe it. On noticing my presence, it slipped into the
dense forest.
Ali and Ripley (1978) and Tikader (1984) describe its
habitat as streams and swampy patches in thick forest, but
the place I sighted it had no swamp or stream; although the
forest was dense. The species is “scarce (or overlooked)” in
Andamans (Rasmussen and Anderton 2012). The sighting of
the species in Mount Harriet National Park, where there are
no previous records, indicates that it could be resident in the
Andamans, as it is in the Nicobar Islands.
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. Riptey (1978): Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan. 2nd edition. Vol. 1. Oxford University Press,
Delhi.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vol. 2. Smithsonian Institution and Lynx Edicions,
Washington D.C. and Barcelona.
TIKADER, B.K. (1984): Birds of Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Zoological
Survey of India, Calcutta.
6. FIRST RECORD OF GREATER WHITE-FRONTED GOOSE ANSER ALBIFRONS
(SCOPOLI, 1769) AMRAVATI, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
ASHAHAR KHAN!*, MANOJ BIND? AND AHSAN SHEIKH?
'59, Rahul Nagar, Camp Amravati, Amravati 444 602, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*Public Work Circle, P-W.D. Campus, Camp road, Amravati 444 602, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*C/o Studio 99, Ravi Nagar, Amravati 444 605, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72232
The Greater White-fronted Goose Anser albifrons is a
winter visitor to Nepal, NW India, and Bangladesh in vagrant
category and has not been recorded in Maharashtra (Grimmett
et al. 2009; Kazmierczak and Van Perlo 2012; Sinclair
1886). On January 20, 2014, we visited Kekatpur (21° 5’
36.7" N; 77° 57' 7.4" E), district Amravati, Maharashtra, often
referred to as a “birder’s paradise”. As the first author (AK)
clicked photographs of birds 1n the wetland, he noticed a bird
(Ed.: photographic evidence provided) that was slightly
larger than the Ruddy Shelduck Yadorna ferruginea it was
foraging with. After hearing alarm calls of a Black-naped
Ibis Pseudibis papillosa, both the shelducks and goose were
alerted and flew off; the goose uttering high nasal calls of
gaanng-gaanng-gaang. Mano} initially wrongly identified it
as the Greylag Goose Anser anser, which was last sighted by
Raju Kasambe at Warud in 1993 (Kasambe et al. 2007).
On a closer look at the photographs, we observed that
the bird had long bright orange legs, a brownish-grey body,
belly with slightly black splotches, and black tail with a white
band at the tip, matching the Greater White-fronted Goose
(Grimmett et al. 2009). The identification was confirmed by
Ragoo Rao (India Nature Watch), Mysore and Raju Kasambe
(BNHS India). After a week, the bird was sighted again by
Jayant Wadatkar and team (Jayant Wadatkar pers. comm.),
in the same place. This is the first record for the species
from Amravati, Maharashtra, in central India (Kasambe et
al. 2007; Khan 2014; Mahajan et a/. 2012; Pachlore and
Chandrakar 2011).
In recent years, there have been a number of
records of the Greater White-fronted Goose by birdwatchers
at some new sites in India, which are summarized in
Table 1.
Table 1: Recent sighting records of Anser albifrons in |India
Sr. Name of birder Location
1 Avijan Saha
2. Tejus Naik and Rakesh
3. Kannan Achi Sundararajan
4. Mansur Ahmad
Dighal, Jnaggar, Haryana
Little Rann of Kachchh, Gujarat
Tamil Nadu
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Fulbari barrage, Siliguri, West Bengal
Koonthankulam Bird Sanctuary, Tirunelveli,
Date Source No. of birds
Jan. 27, 2013 www.indianaturewatch.net 1
Nov. 13, 2013 pers. comm. 1
Dec. 24, 2013 Oriental Bird Club 4
Dec. 28, 2013 pers. comm. 2
129
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to Ms Tejashree Nakashe, ENVIS,
BNHS, for providing some relevant literature. Sincere thanks
to Ragoo Rao and Raju Kasambe for feedback and to Forest
Department, Amravati, and Ganesh Deshmukh for media
coverage. Thanks are also due to Mansur Ahmad, Tejus Naik, and
Avijan Saha for providing recent sighting records across India
and to our team members for their valuable inputs and
cooperation.
REFERENCES
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2009): Pocket Guide to
the Birds of Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi. Pp. 7.
KASAMBE, R., A. PIMPLAPURE, R. THOSAR & M. Kuope (2007): Sighting
records of Greylag Goose (Anser anser) from Maharashtra.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 47(6): 94.
Kuan, K. (2014): First record of Greater White-fronted Goose in
Central India from Amravati. http://www.indianaturewatch.net/
displayimage.php?id=458872.
KAZMIERCZAK, K. & B. VAN PERLO (2012): Birds of India. Om Field
Guides. Pp. 54-55.
MauaJAn A., P. Lap, V. INGoLE, M. KHOpDE, R. KASAMBE & J. WADATKAR
(2012): Checklist of birds of Mahendri Reserve Forest. Newsletter
for Birdwatchers 52(2): 17-23.
PacHLore, G. & M. CHANDRAKAR (2011): Avifauna of wetlands of
Amravati region, Maharashtra, India. Journal of Threatened Taxa
3(1): 1478-1484.
SINCLAIR, W.T. (1886): Notes on the waters of western India. Part I —
British Deccan and Khandesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1(3):
97-123.
7. FIRST REPORT OF LONG-BILLED PLOVER CHARADRIUS PLACIDUS
FROM MAHARASHTRA, CENTRAL INDIA
Kiran Morey!?”, NINAD ABHANG!®, J.S. WADATKAR!**, G.A. WaGuH!° AND G.S. Kapu!®
'Wildlife & Environment Conservation Society (WECS), 42, Green Park Colony, Shegaon Road, Amravati 444 604, Maharashtra, India.
*Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
‘Email: gauravkadul @gmail.com
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72233
Long-billed Plover Charadrius placidus is a winter
visitor to NE India from Nepal and north Uttar Pradesh to
Assam valley and Manipur; there are a few sight reports from
Bangladesh, Delhi, Andaman Is., and Sri Lanka. It breeds in
NE Asia to SW China (Rasmussen and Anderton 2012). It
is also reported in Arunachal Pradesh (Greeshma 2011) and
breeds in Sangti Valley of western Arunachal Pradesh (Eaton
and Rheindt 2009).
During our study on summer breeding birds and
passage migrants, on April 06, 2014, we visited Kekatpur
reservoir (21° 05’ 28” N; 77° 57' 15" E), Amravati district,
Maharashtra, and sighted the Black-tailed Godwit Limosa
limosa, Wood Sandpiper Tringa glareola, Common
Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos, and Little Ringed Plover
Charadrius dubius feeding in the shallows. A bird in the
flock of Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius attracted
our attention, as it was being mobbed by them. The bird,
however, tried to stay with the flock. On checking through
binoculars, we noted that the bird was bigger than the Little
Ringed Plovers, and photographed it. Later, with the help
of field guides we identified it as the Long-billed Plover
Charadrius placidus. The bird stayed in the area for the
next three days.
On literature survey, we found that this is the first
sighting of the species from Maharashtra (Abdulali 1981;
Ali and Ripley 1983; Rahmani et a/. 2013).
REFERENCES
ABDULALI, H. (1981): Checklist of the Birds of Maharashtra. 2nd Edition.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai.
Aul, S. & S.D. Rietey (1983): A Pictorial Guide to the Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Oxford University Press, Bombay. Pp.1—183.
Eaton, J.A. & FE. Ruemnpt (2009): Long-billed Plover Charadrius
placidus nesting in its Himalayan wintering range: first breeding
record for the Indian Subcontinent. Forktail 25: 152-153.
GREESHMA, M. (2011): On the presence of Long-billed Plovers
Charadrius placidus in Rupa, Arunachal Pradesh in the summer
months. Journal of Threatened Taxa 3(6): 1862-1863.
130
RAHMANI, A.R., Z. ISLAM, R. KASAMBE & J. WADATKAR (2013): Important
Bird Areas of Maharashtra: Priority Sites for Conservation. Indian
Bird Conservation Network, Bombay Natural History Society,
Wildlife and Environment Conservation Society, Royal Society for
the Protection of Birds, BirdLife International. Oxford University
Press. Pp. viii + 174.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The Ripley
Guide. Vols. 1 and 2, 2nd edition. National Museum of Natural
History — Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State University and
Lynx Edicions, Washington, D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
8. SIGHTING OF A FLOCK OF LEUCISTIC BLACK-TAILED GODWIT LIMOSA LIMOSA
IN CHILIKA LAKE, ODISHA, INDIA
MOoNALISA BHUJABAL!?** AND NANDA KISHORE BHUJABAL2
'Wild Orissa, BJ-29, BJB Nagar, Bhubaneswar 751 014, Odisha, India.
*Wild Orissa, At / P.O. Tangi, District Khurda 752 023, Odisha, India.
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72234
Chilika (19° 43’ N; 85° 19’ E; 1,165 sq. km), Odisha
is one of the major wintering grounds for waterbirds along
the east coast of India (Balachandran et al. 2005; Dev 1988;
Kar and Sahu 1993). Chilika is an estuarine lagoon, shallow
throughout its spread, and connected to the Bay of Bengal.
It receives water from Rivers Daya and Bhargavi, and
several small streams. Several islands are located in the
lagoon covering an area of 22,300 ha (http://www.chilika.
com/ Accessed February 8, 2012). Mangalajodi, a village on
the banks of the lagoon, witnessed a successful initiative by
Wild Orissa (http://wildorissa.org/ Accessed February 8,
2012) to prevent poaching of waterfowl by involving former
poachers/hunters as their protectors (Nayak 2012; Pathak
2009).
During a monitoring trip for waterbirds on January
22, 2012, in the Mangalajodi area, we sighted a flock of six
whitish birds on the shore that resembled the Black-tailed
Godwit Limosa limosa except for the coloration; some
birds had pale buff markings. The birds were foraging in
a grassy patch a few metres from a flock of 4,000+ Black-
tailed Godwit. The godwits were seen occasionally chasing
the whitish birds. The birds were again observed during
subsequent visits to the area, during which six or less birds
were observed. The birds were photographed by Mr. Nanda
Kishore Bhujabal (Fig. 1).
~ Fig. 1: Leucistic Black-tailed Godwit sighted at Chilika Lake
In the field, the birds did show the presence/signs of the
black tail-band that is distinctive in the Black-tailed Godwit,
but one of the photographs examined later on showed that one
had a band on the underside of the tail. This feature and the
black (vs. pink) eyes seen in the photograph suggest that the
birds were leucistic individuals, rather than albinos. Instance
of leucism/abinism has been reported for many species in
the wild, but our sighting is interesting as besides probably
being the first report for the Black-tailed Godwit, six birds
were seen together in a flock.
REFERENCES
BALACHANDRAN, S., A.R. RAHMANI & P. SATHIYASELVAM (2005): Habitat
evaluation of Chilika Lake with special reference to birds as
Bioindicators. Final Report 2001—2005. Mumbai. Bombay Natural
History Society.
Dev, U.N. (1988): The winter grandiose of Chilika lake. Journal of
Nature and Wildlife Conservation Society of Orissa 1(1): 10-15.
Wildlife Today.
Kar, S.K. & H.K. Sanu (1993): Preliminary study on ecology of aquatic
birds in Chilika lake, Orissa. Pp. 62-64. Jn: Bird Conservation:
- Strategies for the nineties and beyond. Ornithological Society of
India, Bangalore.
Nayak, S. (2012): Innovative Approach in Wildlife Conservation —
Case of Waterfowl Conservation in Mangalajodi (Chilika) with
Participation of Poachers and Hunters Jn: Proceedings of Odisha
Environment Congress 2011. Orissa Forestry Sector Development
Project, Centre for Environment and Development, Human
Development Foundation & Regional Museum of Natural History,
Bhubaneswar.
PaTHAK, N. (2009): Community Conserved Areas in India—A Directory.
Kalpavriksh, Pune.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
13!
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
9. RECORDS OF IBISBILL JBIDORHYNCHA STRUTHERSITI IN
THE BHAGIRATHI RIVER, HARSIL, UTTARAKHAND, INDIA
ANKITA SINHA!**, Tanvi'?, B.S. ADHIKARI* AND K. RAmMeEsH!”
'Wildlife Institute of India, Chandrabani, Post Box No. 18, Dehradun, 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
"Email: [email protected], [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72236
Ibisbill [bidorhyncha struthersii has long been an
enigma on account of its rarity, elusive behaviour, and
specialized niche requirement. It is a good swimmer and
feeds on aquatic invertebrates by probing underneath rocks
and gravel in shingle beds of fast-flowing streams (Pierce
1986). Its evolutionary status is not well-established though
it appears to be most closely related to oystercatchers,
avocets, stilts, and Pluvialis plovers (Baker et al. 2007).
However, because of its unique and distinctive features, and
absence of subspecies (Sibley and Monroe 1990), it has been
placed in a family of its own, Ibidorhynchidae.
The global population of this species is largely
unknown. The population estimate for China mentions about
100 breeding pairs (Brazil 2009). Even though the IUCN
conservation status of the species is Least Concern (BirdLife
International 2012), its distribution in India is restricted to
a few places in the Himalaya and records of sightings have
been invariably very rare (Grimmett et al. 2011).
BirdLife International describes the breeding range
of this bird between south-eastern Kazakhstan and northern
China, touching the north-western tip of the Himalayan range
in India. The range spans across Ladakh, Jammu and Kashmir,
some places in Uttarakhand and a few sites in north-east India
(Grimmett et al. 2011). Early records of sightings in India
date back to 1906 (Whymper 1906) and 1910 (Whymper
1910) in the upper Bhagirathi in Uttarakhand and in 1935
(Stanford 1935) in upper Burma (now Myanmar). Recent
records are from Kosi river, Ramnagar, Jim Corbett National
Park in Nainital district, Uttarakhand, and Jia Bhorali river in
Nameri National Park in Assam. Ideal habitats of the species
comprise shingle-bed river valleys between 1,700 m and
4,400 m above msl with intermittent stretches of sand and
silt, boulders, cobbles, and pebbles (Ye et al. 2013).
As part of an on-going study of riverine forests and birds
along the River Ganga in the Bhagirathi catchment area, field
surveys are being carried along the banks of the Bhagirathi
river at regular intervals by us. During this survey, Ibisbills
were spotted thrice at an elevation of about 2,500 m above msl.
In October 2013, two adults and two subadults were spotted
132
feeding from shingle beds near Bagori village in the Harsil valley
(31° 02' 19.93" N; 78° 44' 14.17” E). In March 2014, two
adults were seen feeding in the same locality. An adult with two
chicks were spotted towards the end of May 2014, on a pebble
and sand island in the middle of several streams around the
same site. Harsil is a broad valley on the banks of Bhagirathi,
with moderately flowing braided streams and pebbled sandy
banks, at an altitude of 2,500 m above msl in Uttarkashi
district, Uttarakhand, which appears to be ideal habitat for
the species. During all the observations the birds were well-
camouflaged because of their greyish plumage. However, their
long, curved, red bill and prominent black band at the neck
made them visible amongst the grey pebbles and sand. They
were feeding voraciously by probing under the rocks, gravel,
and water collected in between small boulders.
Ibisbills were reported breeding in this area almost
a century ago (Whymper 1910). The sightings of birds in
different seasons of the year during our study confirm that
Harsil is still a potential breeding ground for these birds.
The general information obtained so far indicates that the
species breeds in the trans-Himalayan region and migrates
to lower elevations during the non-breeding season. Further
monitoring of birds in Harsil could reveal interesting facts
about this bird’s breeding behaviour.
Factors such as climate change, geographical and
altitudinal shifts in habitat suitability, and pressures on
riverine habitat from tourism, infrastructure development
and waste disposal, could affect this riverine specialist
(Buckton and Ormerod 2002). Given that little is known
about the ecology and other aspects of the species, and that
the river systems are undergoing adverse climatic change and
anthropogenic impacts in India, these sightings are significant
and call for concerted monitoring strategies to understand the
conservation status of the bird.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Department of Science
and Technology, Government of India, for financial
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
assistance to carry out the study on the effects of climate
change on riverine forests and indicator species along
River Ganga in Uttarakhand. Thanks are also due to
V.B. Mathur, Director, and P.K. Mathur, Dean, Wildlife
Institute of India, for their continued guidance and
support.
REFERENCES
Baker, A.J., L.P. SERGIO & A.P. TARA (2007): Phylogenetic relationships
and divergence times of Charadriiformes genera: multigene
evidence for the Cretaceous origin of at least 14 clades of
shorebirds. Biology Letters 3(2): 205-210.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2012): [bidorhyncha struthersii. T'UCN Red
List of Threatened Species, Version 2013.2. International Union
for Conservation of Nature. Retrieved in May 2014.
BraziL, M. (2009): Birds of East Asia: eastern China, Taiwan, Korea,
Japan, eastern Russia. Christopher Helm, London.
Bucxton, S.T. & S.J. ORMEROD (2002): Global patterns of diversity
among the specialist birds of riverine landscapes. Freshwater
Biol. 47: 695-709.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Pocket Guide to the Birds
of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press, UK.
Pierce, R.J. (1986): Observations on behaviour and foraging of the
Ibisbill Jbidorhyncha struthersii in Nepal. [bis 128: 37-47.
SiBLEY, C.G. & B.L. Monroe (1990): Distribution and taxonomy of birds
of the world. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA.
STANFORD, J.K. (1935): On the occurrence of the Ibisbill bidorhyncha
struthersii (Gould) in Upper Burma. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
38(2): 403-404.
Wuymeer, 8.L. (1906): Nesting of the Ibis-bill (bidorhynchus struthersi)
and the Common Sandpiper (7otanus hypoleucus). J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 17(2): 546-547.
Wuymper, S.L. (1910): A breeding ground of the Ibisbill Ubidorhynchus
struthersi). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 20(2): 519-520.
Ye, Y., G.W.H. Davison, P. ZHu, L. Duan, W.N. Nan, S. XING &
C. Dine (2013): Habitat Utilization, Time budget and Daily
Rhythm of Ibisbill (/bidoryncha struthersii). Waterbirds 36(2):
135-143.
10. MOUNTAIN IMPERIAL-PIGEON DUCULA BADIA (RAFFLES) FEEDING ON
CAESALPINIA PULCHERRIMA (FABACEAE) FLOWER BUDS
ANILKUMAR, S.!
‘Jawaharlal Nehru Tropical Botanic Garden & Research Institute, Palode P.O., Thiruvananthapuram 695 562, Kerala, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72237
Jawaharlal Nehru Tropical Botanic Garden and
Research Institute (8° 45’—-8° 47' N; 77° 1'-77° 4' E; 120 ha)
is situated at the foothills of the southern Western Ghats,
Thiruvananthapuram district, Kerala. A study on bird diversity
of the garden initiated in 2011 revealed the presence of 135
species till April 2014. During the studies, a flock of eight
Mountain Imperial-Pigeon Ducula badia (Raffles) was sighted
in the campus from June 2013 onwards. On July 26, 2013,
afternoon, a bird was sighted flying and perching on a small
flowering shrub of Caesalpinia pulcherrima (Fabaceae).
C. pulcherrima is an exotic that has been introduced
throughout the world as an ornamental plant (Dassanayake
and Fosberg 1991). The bird first sat near an inflorescence in
the lower branch and started feeding on the flower buds. The
feeding process was slow and about six buds were consumed
within 15 minutes. It took only the buds, even though the stalk
had six open flowers and two pods. Then the bird moved to
the upper part of the plant with an inflorescence consisting of
three opened flowers and 13 buds. Here too, it took only the
buds and not the open flowers.
The Mountain Imperial-Pigeon occurs in the rainforests
of the Western Ghats and E. Himalaya from Arunachal to
Nepal up to c. 2,300 m and NE hill states (Ali and Ripley
1987; Manakadan et al. 2011). They are highly arboreal and
frugivorous, consuming especially fruits of banyan and other
wild figs and nutmeg (Ali and Ripley 1987). My observation
on the species feeding on the flower buds is interesting, as
the only other such record from India is on the flower buds
of Avicennia officinalis L. in mangroves of Kannur district,
Kerala (Jerdon 1846). However, this species has been
reported to feed occasionally on buds and young leaves in
other countries of its range (del Hoyo et al. 1997).
REFERENCES
Aul, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds
of India and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal,
Bhutan and Sri Lanka. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press,
Delhi.
DassANAYAKE, M. & F.R. FosBerG (1991): A Revised Handbook to the
Flora of Ceylon. Vol. 7. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi. Pp. 46-48.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELLiott & J. SARGATAL (1997): Handbook of the Birds
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
of the World. Vol. 4. (Sandgrouse to Cuckoos). Lynx Edicions,
Barcelona. Pp. 239-240.
JERDON, T.C. (1846): Second supplement to the catalogue of the birds
of south India. Madras Journal of literature and science XIII(3 1):
116-144.
MANAKADAN, R., J.C. DANIEL & N. BHOPALE (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent — A Field Guide. Bombay Natural Hisory Society
and Oxford University Press, Mumbai.
133
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
11. FIRST REPORT OF FOREST OWLET HETEROGLAUX BLEWITTI FROM
TANSA WILDLIFE SANCTUARY (WESTERN GHATS), MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
SUNIL LAAD!* AND ROHIDAS DAGALE?
'C-36/37 Park View, Kulupwadi Road, Borivali (East), Mumbai 400 066, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*115 Shaswat Apartment, Sambhaji Nagar, Asangaon (West), Thane 421 601, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72238
The Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti was considered
extinct for 113 years, until its rediscovery in November
1997 in the Toranmal Reserve Forest of Shahada, Nandurbar
district, Maharashtra (King and Rasmussen 1998). Subsequent
surveys reported its occurrence from Taloda Reserve Forest
(Ishtiaq and Rahmani 2000), Nandurbar district; Yawal
(Chavan and Rithe 2009), Jalgaon district; Melghat (Ishtiaq
and Rahmani 2000; Jathar and Rahmani 2004; Mehta ef
al. 2008), Amaravati district; Narnala (Chavan et al. 2013)
Akola district; Khaknar (Ishtiaq and Rahmani 2000; Mehta
et al. 2008) Burhanpur district; and Piplod, East Kalibhit and
West Kalibhit forest ranges (Mehta et al. 2008) in Khandwa
district, Madhya Pradesh. Historically, the species was known
from Phuljhar in Chhattisgarh, Sambalpur in Odisha (earlier
Orissa), and Taloda and Shahada in Maharashtra (Rasmussen
and Collar 1999). All these past and present records are
from Satpuda mountain ranges, and the species has not been
recorded south of Tapti river. In this communication, we
report its occurrence in Tansa Wildlife Sanctuary (19° 45’ N;
73° 20’ E), which partly lies in the northern Western Ghats
region in Maharashtra.
On October 24, 2014, during a field survey of birds in
and around the periphery of Tansa Wildlife Sanctuary (Tansa),
we observed an owlet perched in a dry tree at 10:56 hrs. It
was unusual to see an owlet perched in the open during the
day. We observed that it differed from the Spotted Owlet
Athene brama in having an unspotted crown, complete collar
on the breast, dark primaries, and a broadly banded tail. We
managed to take one clear photograph before the bird flew
off. Later, we confirmed the identification with Dr. Girish
Jathar, who had worked on the species. The habitat adjoining
the area was dry deciduous forest with open patches, which
is the typical habitat of the species (Ishtiaq and Rahmani
2000; Jathar and Rahmani 2004, 2011). The area is slightly
degraded due to encroachments and human disturbances.
Subsequent to this sighting in Palghar district, we also
recorded the species in November 2014, in the adjoining
areas of Tansa Wildlife Sanctuary in Thane district, c. 20 km
from our first location. |
Our observation reveals the occurrence of the Forest
Owlet in the Western Ghats for the first time, and this site
is c. 250 km southwest of Taloda in Nandurbar, its nearest
known distribution site. The discovery of the species in Tansa
and adjoining forests of Thane and Palghar districts calls for
reassessment of the distribution of the species, especially
in areas with similar habitat other than those historically
known. |
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We appreciate the cooperation provided by the Forest
Department and thank Mr. Saipun Imam Shaikh, Assistant
Conservator of Forest, Tansa Wildlife Sanctuary, for
permission to list the birds of Tansa.
REFERENCES
CHavaN, R.A. & K.D. RiTHE (2009): Occurrence and breeding record
of the Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti from Yawal Wildlife
Sanctuary, Maharashtra, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 106(2):
207-208.
CHAVAN, R., M. PARIWAKAM & V. BANsop (2013): Occurrence of the
Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti in Narnala Wildlife Sanctuary,
Maharashtra. Journal Care4Nature I(1): 33-35.
IsHTIAQ, F. & A.R. RAHMANI (2000): Further information on status
and distribution of Forest Owlet (Athene blewitti). Forktail 16:
125-130.
JATHAR, G.A. & A.R. RAHMANI (2004): Ecological studies of the Forest
Spotted Owlet Athene (Heteroglaux) blewitti. Final Report.
134
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai, India. Pp. 77.
JATHAR, G.A. & A.R. RAHMANI (2011): Ecology of the Forest Owlet: A
comprehensive study of the Critically Endangered Forest Owlet in
Central India. Lambert Academic Publishing, Germany.
Kina, B.F. & P.C. Rasmussen (1998): The rediscovery of the Forest
Owlet Athene (Heteroglaux) blewitti. Forktail 14: 51-53.
Menta, P., J. KULKARNI & D. Patit (2008): A survey of the Critically
Endangered Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti in Central India.
BirdingASIA 10: 77-87.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & N.J. CoLLar (1999): Major specimen fraud in the
Forest Owlet Heteroglaux (Athene auct.) blewitti. [bis 141 (1):
11-21.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
12. UNUSUAL CONGREGATION OF SAVANNA NIGHTJAR CAPRIMULGUS AFFINIS
IN A WHEAT FIELD
GiRISH JATHAR!”*, SACHIN Anpat!?, BALU BHANGARE!* AND DHARMARAJ PATIL!”
'Watershed Organization Trust, 2™ Floor, The Forum Building, Padmavati Corner, Pune-Satara Road, Pune 411 009, Maharashtra, India.
"Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72239
On February 15, 2012, we were at Partala (22° 49’
4.56” N; 80° 18’ 33.83” E), initiating People’s Biodiversity
Register. Partala is situated in Narayanganj tehsil of Mandla
district in Madhya Pradesh. The village is surrounded by
forested hills on three sides, and a small river flows amidst
them. The river banks are surrounded by agricultural fields
with scattered trees. The main crops are paddy, wheat, maize,
and various pulses. The dominant vegetation in this region
is Zectona grandis, Terminalia arjuna, Aegle marmelos,
Soymida febrifuga, Madhuca indica, Ficus religiosa, and
Butea monosperma.
At 18:15 hrs we reached a huge Peepal tree Ficus
religiosa, which is one of the roosting sites of the Yellow-
footed Green-pigeon Treron phoenicoptera. On reaching, we
heard a cacophony of nightjar calls from an adjacent field.
It was getting dark and we could only see silhouettes of the
nightjars flying erratically, crisscrossing each other above the
wheat field. There were around 30-35 birds, continuously
calling and sallying on swarms of insects (moths). We
identified them as Savanna Nightjar Caprimulgus affinis
based on their distinct cweetzz, cweetzz, cweetzz calls. Along
with nightjars, small insectivorous bats were also observed
feasting on the moths. Two more species of nightjars, namely
Indian Jungle Nightjar Caprimulgus indicus and Indian Little
Nightjar Caprimulgus asiaticus, are found in this region.
However, we could not hear the calls of these species to
ascertain their presence in the congregation. The nightjars
were scattered across the wheat field, and since visibility was
extremely poor, we could not take photographs. We observed
this congregation for almost half an hour, after which we
could not follow their movements due to nightfall.
Ali and Ripley (1983) indicate that the Savanna
Nightjar forms loose flocks of 7 or 8 while undertaking local
movements. Similarly, Rasmussen and Anderton (2005) also
state that Savanna Nightjars ‘often fly in groups’. These
anecdotes suggest the gregarious tendency of Savanna
Nightjars. However, large congregations of Savanna
Nightjars, as recorded by us, have not been published. A
similar observation was made by P. Jeganathan (pers. comm.)
in Sri Lankamalleshwara Sanctuary, Andhra Pradesh, on
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
June 16, 2001. He observed 15 individuals, probably of Indian
Little Nightjar Caprimulgus asiaticus, near an agricultural
field foraging on insects. The European Nightjar Caprimulgus
europaeus is known to form loose parties or flocks of 6 to
20 individuals on their passage to autumn migration (Ali
and Ripley 1983).
The only known gregarious species of nightjar is the
Sand-colored Nighthawk Chordeiles rupestris of South
America, with flocks of up to 50 individuals observed (del
Hoyo et al. 1999). Del Hoyo et al. (1999) also mention that
during migration and in the non-breeding season, more
than one species of nightjar join to form groups of more
than 20 birds, gathering at good food resources, such as
grazing animals, animal corrals, lights or fires, or at insect
swarms or termite emergence. Some species of nighthawk,
such as Common Nighthawk Chordeiles minor and Lesser
Nighthawk Chordeiles acutipennis, often forage in large
flocks of several hundred birds.
On February 16, 2012, we collected some moths which
were identified as Helicoverpa sp., a common pest on wheat.
King (1994) mentions that “Adult moths emerge from just
after dark to midnight and crawl onto a plant or vertical
substrate where their wings dry”. Williams et al. (2011)
mentions that “Night birds such as the Tawny Frogmouth and
nightjars feed on Helicoverpa moths as they are also active
at night.” These probably explain the reason for the large
congregation of Savanna Nightjars sighted by us at Partala.
It is very likely that such assemblages are common in this
region. However, this needs further investigation.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Divya Varier and Sujit Narwade
of BNHS India for their help in sharing information and
references with us. We are also grateful to Prithviraj Gaikwad
and Nitin Pachundkar of Watershed Organization Trust
for help in identification of the moth. We also thank Swiss
Development and Cooperation, Embassy of Switzerland, and
National Bank for Agricultural and Rural Development for
funding this project.
£35
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
Au, S. & S.D. RipLtey (1983): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. Compact edn. Oxford University Press, Bombay.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELuiott & J. SARGATAL (1999): Handbook of the Birds
of the World. Vol. 5. Barn-Owls to Hummingbirds. Lynx Edicions,
Barcelona.
Kina, A.B.S. (1994): Heliothis/Helicoverpa (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Pp. 39-106. Jn: Mathews, G.A. & J.P. Turnstall (Eds): Insect Pests
of Cotton. CAB International. Wallingford, U.K.
Rasmussen, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2005): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vols 1 and 2. Smithsonian Institution and Lynx
Edicions, Washington, D.C. and Barcelona.
WILLIAMS, S., L. WILSON & S. VOGEL (Eps) (2011): Pests and Beneficials
in Australian Cotton Landscapes. A production of The Australian
Cotton Industry Development & Delivery Team. Pp. 98.
13. INDIAN SPINY-TAILED LIZARD SAARA HARDWICKII
IN SARISKA TIGER RESERVE, NORTH-EASTERN RAJASTHAN, INDIA
MANo] PARASHAR!, DIBYENDU MANDAL??, PooJA CHOURASIA2* AND K. SANKAR2>**
2 by)
'Sariska Tiger Reserve, P.O. Sariska, Alwar 301 022, Rajasthan, India.
*Wildlife Institute of India, P.O. Box 18, Chandrabani, Dehradun 248 001, Uttarakhand, India.
7Email: [email protected]
. “Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72240
The Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard Saara hardwickii
is endemic to the dry areas of north-western Indian
subcontinent (Daniel 2002; Das 2002), and has a patchy
distribution throughout its range. While largely herbivorous,
it occasionally feeds on insects during the summer (Dutta
and Jhala 2007). It is solitary; adult lizards excavate burrows
generally 6—8 cm wide and 2 m long. Therefore, active
burrows surrogate the number of individuals, and can be
used to estimate population density (Dutta and Jhala 2007).
In India, it is known to occur in small isolated patches in the
Thar Desert and surrounding semi-arid regions of Rajasthan,
Gujarat, and western Uttar Pradesh. In Rajasthan, it is known
to occur in the Thar Desert, which extends through the
westernmost districts of Jaisalmer, Barmer, Jodhpur, Bikaner,
and Sri Ganganagar. Apart from Thar Desert, it was only
known to occur in the Tal Chhapar Wildlife Sanctuary, which
is situated in Churu district, adjacent to Bikaner district (Das
et al. 2012), classified under biogeographic zone 3A-Thar
Desert (Rodgers et al. 2002).
Perhaps the most serious threat to the Indian Spiny-
tailed Lizard population is habitat loss, brought about by
developmental activities, such as agriculture (expansion of
farmlands and irrigated areas), industries, and urbanization
(housing) in western Rajasthan (Ramesh and Ishwar 2008)
and Kachchh, Gujarat (Patel 2011). These lizards are hunted
for their flesh as a protein substitute and oil extracted from
their skin and tail is considered aphrodisiac. Due to limited
data on its distribution, status, and ecology, Spiny-tailed
Lizard is considered as Data Deficient in India (Molur and
Walker 1998).
The presence of the species was recorded by the first
author in May 2013, in Kalakhedi beat (27° 22' 11.8" N; 76°
136
31’ 57.5” E) of Akbarpur Range in Sariska Tiger Reserve
(STR).(25° 527° 33! N; 74°. 17'—16° 34” E), which is the
first record for this species in north-eastern Rajasthan.
Five belt transects of 500 x 6 m were laid at Kalakhedi
where lizard distribution was recorded and active burrows
were counted by two observers during June 2013. Since, the
population is confined to a small patch, more belt transects
could not be laid.
In all, 146 active burrows were recorded in the study
area. The estimated density of active burrows in the study
area was 98 +42.92 SE/ha (13.86—182.13 burrows /ha,
95% CI). The reported density of active burrows in dry
districts of Rajasthan is as follows: 1 burrow/ha in Barmer,
28.85 burrows/ha in Jaisalmer, 51.59 burrows/ha in Thalar
substrate or gravel plains (Ramesh and Ishwar 2008) and
324 burrows/ha in Tal Chhapar Wildlife Sanctuary (Das et al.
2012). In Abdasa tehsil of Kachchh, Gujarat, the estimated
burrow density was 90.83 +58.14 SE/hain 2007, buthad declined
to 30.95 +19.99 SE burrows/ha in 2010 (Jhala et al. 2012).
The recorded population of Spiny-tailed Lizard in STR is
isolated and confined to peripheral rocky hillocks interspersed
in a matrix of human-dominated landscape subjected
to livestock grazing. It is recommended that prevention
of livestock grazing and not allowing any watershed
management activities in this area is vital for the survival
of this species.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Shri P.R. Sinha, Director, and Dr. V.B. Mathur,
Dean, Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun, for their
encouragement and support extended for the study, and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Rajasthan Forest Department for providing necessary
support and for permission to carry out field work.
We would also like to thank Sutirtha Dutta for his useful
comments on the draft manuscript, and Rajesh, Ratan,
Mamraj, and Jairam for their assistance in field data
collection.
REFERENCES
DanigEL, J.C. (2002): The Book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians.
Bombay Natural History Society & Oxford University Press,
Mumbai. Pp. 238.
Das, I. (2002): A Photographic Guide to Snakes and Other Reptiles of
India. New Holland (UK) Publishers Ltd., London, 144 pp.
Das, S.K., S. Dooxia, K. Das & S.K. Dutta (2012): Ecological
observations on the Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard Saara hardwickii
(Gray, 1827) (Reptilia: Squamata: Agamidae) in Tal Chhapar
Wildlife Sanctuary, Rajasthan, India. J. Threat. Taxa 5(1):
3516-3526.
Dutta, S. & Y.V. JHALA (2007): Ecological aspects of Indian Spiny-tailed
Lizard Uromastyx hardwickii in Kutch. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
104(3): 255-265.
JHALA, Y.V., A.R. RAHMANI, R. SANKARAN, I.P. BOPANNA, K.K. Mourya
& S. Dutta (2012): Research and Conservation of Endangered
and Threatened Fauna of Kachchh: An Integrated Approach.
Final Report. 2004—2011. Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun.
Pp. 591.
Mo tur, S. & S. WALKER (Eds) (1998): Report of the Workshop
‘Conservation Assessment and Management Plan for Reptiles of
India’ (BCCP-Endangered Species Project). Conservation Breeding
Specialist Group, Zoo Outreach Organisation, Coimbatore, India.
156 pp.
PaTEL, P. (2011): Will development spare the spiny-tailed lizards in
Kachchh? Curr. Sci. 101(12): 1519-1520.
RAMESH, M. & N.M. IsHwar (2008): Status and distribution of Indian
Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx hardwickii) in the Thar Desert,
Western Rajasthan. GNAPE Technical Report No. T 02. Group for
Nature Preservation and Education, Chennai, India. 48 pp.
Ropcers, W.A., H.S. PANWAR & V.B. MATHUR (2002): Wildlife protected
area network in India: a review (executive summary). Wildlife
Institute of India, Dehradun. Pp. 14—17.
14. PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD AND FIELD OBSERVATIONS OF
A BROWN-SPOTTED PIT VIPER
BHATTACHARJEE, K.!
'40/1 Tangra Road, Block-D, Flat 4, Kolkata 700 015, West Bengal, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72242
On November 05, 2013, during a field survey of
vertebrates of Namdapha National Park (27° 29’ 27.8” N;
96° 22’ 32.2" E; 516 m above msl), Changlang district,
Arunachal Pradesh, India, a team of biologists came across
what appeared to be a Brown-spotted Pit Viper approaching
a small rodent on the forest floor. They observed the snake
for nearly 60 minutes. During this time, the snake initially
hid itself beneath foliage and left the prey for a while. It
approached the prey, which was already dead presumably
due to an initial bite, finally after 7-10 minutes and began
swallowing the prey.
Observations were made and photographic records
obtained (Figs 1—3). An imaginary line of the body from
head to tail (depending on the position of the snake) was
measured using a string, which was later measured using a
scale to obtain the average length of the snake (Fitch 1987;
Jesus et al. 2008).
The taxonomic identification of the pit viper is
unconfirmed as no scalation data was recorded. Visually, the
species appeared similar to Protobothrops mucrosquamatus.
The type locality of P mucrosquamatus 1s Naga Hills, which
has similar topography to the present recorded location of
this viper (Boulenger 1890, 1896; Giinther 1864; Levinton
et al. 2003).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Fig. 1: The viper approaching its prey
i
Fig. 2: Full view of the viper
137
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 3: Feeding on its prey
Description: Slender, elongated yellowish-brown
body with series of black-edged large brown blotches
along the dorsum. Sixty four separate blotches, and light
coloured small lateral blotches along the body. Markings
on tail-end are close and form a band-like pattern. Tail tip
black. Ventral surface pale. Body scales with pointed tips.
Small yellowish-brown scales, devoid of any markings, on
dorsal surface of head. Faint lateral stripes extending from
eyes to angle of mouth. Prominent rostral scale between the
internasals. Eyes with vertical pupil. Fangs approximately
2 cm. Bifid tongue dark with red tinge. Total body length
c. 120ena.
Further investigation of this species is needed to
ascertain its taxonomic identity.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author is grateful to Dr. Jihosuo Biswas, Dr. Nabajit
Das, Primate Research Centre, Guwahati, and Mr. J. Abedin
for their kind cooperation in the field. Special thanks are due
to the Forest Department, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh, for
allowing the team to conduct night surveys.
REFERENCES
BouLeNGER, G.A. (1890): The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon
and Burma. Reptilia and Batrachia. Taylor & Francis, London.
xvill, 541 pp.
BouLENGER, G.A. (1896): Catalogue of the Snakes in the British
Museum, Vol. 3. Taylor & Francis, London. xiv + 727 pp.
Fitcu, H.S. (1987): Collecting and life-history techniques. Pp. 143—164.
In: Seigel, R.A., J.T. Collins and S.S. Novak (Eds): Snakes: Ecology
and Evolutionary Biology. MacMillan Publishing, New York.
GuntTuer, A. (1864): The Reptiles of British India. Taylor & Francis,
London. xxvii + 452 pp.
Jesus, R.A., E.A. RAFAEL & D.C.M. Maria (2008): What is the length
of a snake? Contemporary Herpetology 2008(2): 1-3.
Leviton, A.E., O.U.W. GUINEVERE, MICHELLE S. Koo, GEorRGE R. ZUG,
Ruonpa S. Lucas & V. JENs (2003): The dangerously venomous
snakes of Myanmar Illustrated checklist with keys. Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci. 54(24): 407-462.
15. ON A REPORT OF RED-BELLIED PACU PIARACTUS BRACHYPOMUS (CUVIER, 1818),
(CHARACIFORMES: CHARACIDAE) FROM MUVATTUPUZHA RIVER, KERALA, INDIA
K.V. ZEENA!2* AND K.S. JAMEELA BEEv1!?
'P.G. and Research Centre, Department of Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulum, Kochi 682 011, Kerala, India.
"Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72243
Piaractus brachypomus, an introduced fish species
from South America of Family Characidae, commonly
known as Red-bellied Pacu, was collected from Mukkam
in Muvattupuzha river, Kerala. It closely resembles the Red
Piranha Pygocentrus nattereri, but differs from it in terms
of feeding habits, dentition, and behaviour. Pacu species
are omnivores, while piranhas are highly carnivorous. The
lower jaw in pacu is thin and equal to the upper jaw, whereas
in piranha, the lower jaw is thicker and juts out beyond the
upper jaw. Pacus have two rows of molar-like teeth, while
piranhas have one row of pointed razor sharp teeth (Anon.
2010-2011; Datta and Nandeesha 2006).
Invasive alien fish species are one of the emerging
potential threats to indigenous species (Ajithkumar et al.
1998; Gopalakrishnan and Ponnaiah 1999; Katwate et al.
2012; Kottelat and Whitten 1996; Krishnakumar ef al. 2009;
Menon 1979; Molur and Walker 1998; Raghavan et al. 2008;
Shetty et al. 1989). Like some other exotic species, Piaractus
brachypomus was introduced to India from Bangladesh
between 2003 and 2004 for the aquaculture and aquarium
trade (Chatterjee and Mazumdar 2009; Singh and Lakra
2011). It has been reported from the rivers of Tripura (Datta
and Nandeesha 2006), Periyar river, Kerala (Dahanukar
et al. 2011; Singh and Lakra 2011), Dimbhe reservoir,
Maharashtra (Singh and Lakra 2011), and Chalakudy river,
Kerala (Katwate et al. 2012).
This communication highlights the occurrence of
Piaractus brachypomus in Muvattupuzha river, Kerala, which
138
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Biometric characters of Piaractus brachypomus (n = 2)
Characters (in mm) Range (mm)
Standard Length (mm) 327-347
% SL
Head Length 26.23—27.95
Body Depth 51.38—-55.62
Pre Dorsal Length 56.2/7-56.77
Post Dorsal Length 55.66—57.64
Pre Pectoral Length 24.46—24.50
Pre Ventral Length 50.46—51.00
Pre Anal Length 74.62-77.81
Dorsal Fin Length 23.05—23.24
Dorsal Fin Base 23.24—23.63
Pectoral Fin Length 19.27-21.61
Anal Fin Length 18.04—-18.73
Anal Fin Base 25.38—27.67
Caudal Length 8.07-8.87
% HL
Snout Length 27 .84—30.23
Eye Diameter 15.46—23.26
Inter Orbital Distance 52.33—-53.61
Meristic counts
Dorsal fin rays 18
Pectoral fin rays i/15
Ventral fin rays i/7
Anal fin rays ii/23
Caudal fin rays 19
Scales in lateral series 102
Note: SL = Standard Length; HL = Head Length
could have arrived here due to inter-basin water transfer from
the Periyar river through the Idukki Project, or as escapees
from aquarium or aquaculture farms. The two specimens were
collected using hook and line from Mukkam (9° 47’ 00” N;
76° 21’ 00" E) in Kottayam district during an ichthyofaunal
survey conducted in March 2012. Biometrics was made to
the nearest 0.1 mm using digital calipers (Table 1). The fish
was identified based on Jegu (2003). The specimens were
deposited in the museum of Zoology Department, Maharaja’s
College, Ernakulam (F.456 and F.457).
Considering the negative impacts of exotic species on
biodiversity, there is an urgent need for standard quarantine
procedure on the introduction of exotic species. Other
exotic species like Osphronemus goramy, Pangasianodon
hypophthalmus, and Clarias gariepinus have been collected
from the Muvattupuzha river during our earlier survey (Zeena
Mean (mm) Standard Deviation
2E13 shal 6
53/50 | 3.00
5G 52 me ree
56.65 1.40
24.48 0.02
50.73 0.39
76.21 2.26
23515 0.13
23.44 0.28
20.44 1.66
18.39 | 0.49
26.52 1.61
8.47 0.57
29.03 1.70
19.36 5.51
52.97 0.91
and Jameela Beevi 2013). The impacts of P brachypomus on
natural waters are well-documented (Arsenia 2007; Singh et
al. 2013; Witkowski and Grabowska 2012), but there is still an
urgent need for a detailed investigation of its biology and impacts
on indigenous fish fauna in different Indian wetlands.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Head, Department of
Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, for providing
necessary facilities to carry out the research. The authors also
express their heartfelt gratitude to Dr. V.S. Basheer, Senior
Scientist, National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources, Kochi
Unit, for confirmation of the fish’s identification. One of the
authors, Zeena, K.V. extends her sincere gratitude to the UGC
for granting her Teacher Fellowship.
REFERENCES
AJITHKUMAR, C.R., C.R. Bru & R. THomas (1998): Plecostomus
multiradiatus an armoured catfish from freshwater ponds near
Kunnamkulam, Kerala and its possible impact on indigenous
fishes. LAK News, Limnological Association of Kerala. Pp. 1-2.
Anonymous (2010-2011): Annual Report. National Bureau of Fish
Genetic Resources, Lucknow. Pp. 23-24.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
ARSENIA, G. CAGAUAN (2007): Red-bellied Pacu in the Philippines.
Journal of Environmental Science and Management 10(1):
42-47.
CHATTERJEE, N.R. & B. Mazumpar (2009): Induced breeding of pacu
(Piaractus brachypomus) in captivity with pituitary extract.
Aquaculture Asia 14(2): 23.
139
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
DAHANUKAR, N., R. RAGHAVAN, A. ALI, R. ABRAHAM & C.P. SHAN (2011):
The status and distribution of freshwater fishes of the Western
Ghats. Pp. 21-48. Jn: Molur, S., K.G. Smith, B.A. Daniel and
W.R.T. Darwall (Compilers): The status of freshwater biodiversity
in the Western Ghats. International Union for Conservation of
Nature (IUCN) Gland, Switzerland & Zoo Outreach Organization
(ZOO), Coimbatore, India. 116 pp.
Datta, M.K. & M.C. NANDEESHA (2006): Pacu (Piaractus brachypomus),
water loving exotic finfish enter Indian aquaculture scene. Fishing
Chimes 26(6): 10-12.
GOPALAKRISHNAN, A. & A.G. PONNAIAH (1999): Introduction of Red
Piranhas for aquarium purposes in Kerala. Fishing Chimes 1&(12):
53-55.
Jecu, M. (2003): Serrasalminae (Pacus and Piranhas). Pp. 182-196.
In: Reis, RE., S.O. Kullander and C.J. Ferraris Jr (Eds): Checklist
of the freshwater fishes of South and Central America. EDIPUCRS,
Porto Alegra, Brazil.
KatwaTeE, UNMESH, DEEPAK APTE & RuUPESH RAuT (2012): Invasion in our
rivers. Hornbill April—June: 42-45.
KotrTeLat, M. & T. WHITTEN (1996): Freshwater biodiversity in Asia
with special reference to fish. World Bank Technical Paper
No. 343. The World Bank, Washington DC. 59 pp.
KRISHNAKUMAR, K., R. RAGHAVAN, G. PRASAD, A. BIJUKUMAR,
M. SEKHARAN, B. PEREIRA & ANVAR ALI (2009): When pets become
pests! Exotic aquarium fishes and biological invasions in Kerala,
India. Current Science 97(4): 474-476.
Menon, A.G.K. (1979): Conservation of ichthyofauna of India.
Pp. 25-33. In: Jhingran, A.G. and V.V. Sugunan (Eds): Conservation
and management of inland capture fisheries resources of India.
Mo ur, S. & S. WALKER (EDs) (1998): Report of the Workshop
“Conservation Assessment and Management Plan for Freshwater
Fishes of India”. Zoo Outreach Organization, Conservation
Breeding Specialist Group India, Coimbatore, India. 156 pp.
RAGHAVAN, R., G. PRASAD, P.H. ANVAR-ALI & B. PEREIRA (2008): Exotic
fish species in a global biodiversity hotspot: observations from
River Chalakudy, part of Western Ghats, Kerala, India. Biological
Invasions 10(1): 37-40.
SHETTY, H.P., M.C. NANDEESHA & A.G. JHINGRAN (1989): Impact
of exotic aquatic species in inland waters. Pp. 45-55.
In: De Silva, S.S. (Ed.): Exotic aquatic organisms in Asia.
Proceedings of the Workshop on Introduction of exotic organisms
in Asia. Asian Fisheries Society, Spec. Publ. No.3, Asian Fisheries
Society, Manila, Philippines.
SINGH, A.K. & W.S. LAKRA (2011): Risk and benefit assessment of alien
fish species of the aquaculture and aquarium trade into India.
Reviews in Aquaculture 3(1): 3-18.
SINGH, A.K., SHARAD C. SRIVASTAVA, DINESH KUMAR, ABUBAKAR ANSARI,
Rita VERMA & PANKAJ VERMA (2013): Exotic fish diversity,
invasion and its impacts on aquatic biodiversity and ecosystems
in Uttar Pradesh. Uttar Pradesh State Biodiversity Board Souvenir.
Pp. 129-140.
Witkowski, A. & J. GRABowSKA (2012): The non-indigenous
freshwater fishes of Poland: Threats to the native ichthyofauna
and consequences for the fishery: A review. Acta Ichthyol. Piscat.
42(2): 77-87.
ZEENA, K.V. & K.S. JAMEEA BEEVI (2013): Pangasianodon hypophthalmus
(Sauvage, 1878) —an alien catfish in Muvattupuzha River, Kerala,
India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 110(3): 228-229.
16. ICHTHYOFAUNAL DIVERSITY OF TUNDI WETLAND, BAJANA,
LITTLE RANN OF KACHCHH, GUJARAT, INDIA
H.S. BANYAL!” AND SANJEEV KUMAR!?*
‘Desert Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of India, Jodhpur 342 005, Rajasthan, India.
*Email: [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72246
Kachchh Biosphere Reserve (KBR), Gujarat, India,
is known for its unique geomorphology and ecology. KBR
(12,524 sq. km) comprises the Great Rann of Kachchh (7,500
sq. km) and the Little Rann of Kachchh (4,954 sq. km) —
rann 1s a salt impregnated area, often referred to as saline
wasteland. The silts of Little Rann of Kachchh (LRK) show
strong affinity to the local soil resources of Gujarat, unlike
the silts of Great Rann of Kachchh (GRK), which are the
deposits of the Indus river (Meena et al. 2005).
The Rann is a seasonally flooded wetland ecosystem,
most of which dries up by the end of November/December
and remains dry till the arrival of the monsoon in July. The
Little Rann of Kachchh (LRK) supports marine, estuarine,
and freshwater fish species, as it has a mix of fresh water
from the Banas, Brahmni, Rupen, and Machchhu rivers
and the salt-brackish water from Surajbari Creek. Singh et
140
al. (1999) reported 22 fish species from the Little Rann of
Kachchh (LRK), while Baqri and Bohra (2002) recorded
20 species. :
In recent times, the fringe areas of the Little Rann at
Bajana, Surendernagar district, have been receiving water
from the Narmada Canal. This canal ends at Bajana forming
the Tundi wetland, which has a spread of up to 2.5 km in
diameter (Fig.1). Tundi has water for most parts of the year.
This region is an important part of LRK because it is located
near the Wild Ass Sanctuary. There is no information on the
fish fauna of this area of the Narmada Canal, and hence, we
carried out a survey of the Tundi wetland during 2012—2013
to explore its fish diversity. Collections were made by hand
and cast net, and were preserved in 10% formalin for further
studies. The species were identified following Talwar and
Jhingran (1991) and Jayaram (1999).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
70° 7°.
| 68° 69°
-
| =
i
4 ? See. iS
lad %% : | ees: o J ? ,
| “a LITTLE RANN OF KRACHCHH
: |
CUP neem) ~”MACHCHHU RIVER -4f BRAHMNI RIVER thal
IO 3 ‘ leat i at steal r a AW aa a. “i , Ar 930.
} ee .. on gay Ls AN > ROA ™. 4 Me
\ ef~ MALTY * HALWAD NARMADA
“ ~ | CANAL
re DHRANGADHRA
68° 69° 70° 71° ee
Fig.1: Little Rann of Kachchh, showing Tundi wetland
RESULTS
Twelve species of fish were collected from the Tundi
wetland (Table 1). Cypriniformes, represented by eight
species belonging to one family, was the dominant order
with maximum fish catch and diversity. This was followed
by Perciformes, represented by three species belonging to
two families, then Beloniformes, represented by one species
belonging to one family. The systematic account of the fishes
recorded from the wetland is as follows:
Class: Actinopterygii
Order: Cypriniformes
Family: Cyprinidae
Genus: Salmophasia Swainson
1. Salmophasia bacaila (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: | ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 29.xi1.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2999.
_ Diagnostic Characters:
aa 7: Ani ee Pei yan,
Body elongated and strongly compressed; mouth
oblique; dorsal fin inserted well in advance of anal fin;
scales very small; lateral line slightly decurved, with 105
scales; fins hyaline, silvery in colour.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Genus: Rasbora Bleeker
2. Rasbora daniconius (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: 3 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xi1.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2997.
Diagnostic Characters:
Diu7;An 5; P1 14; Vis
Body oblong and compressed; mouth small, a fairly
distinct blue black mid-lateral stripe from eye to base of
caudal fin, fins hyaline, origin of dorsal fin nearer to caudal
fin base, pectoral fins shorter than head, lateral line complete
with 32 scales; barbels absent.
Genus: Osteobrama Heckel
3. Osteobrama cotio (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: | ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 29.x11.2012, Coll. S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/3000.
Diagnostic Characters:
D it 8; A ii 36; P1 13; Vi8
Body considerably compressed, abdominal edge trenchant
from behind pelvic-fin base to anal fin, but rounded in front of
pelvic fins; mouth small; barbels absent. Dorsal spine weak
and serrated, lateral line with c. 65 scales; colour in life silvery
with scattered pigment spots on dorsal side; a dark blotch on
nape. Scales somewhat deciduous and irregularly arranged.
141
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Fish species recorded by earlier workers in the Little Rann of Kachchh and during this study in Tundi wetland at Bajana
Family
Cyprinidae
Belonidae
Channidae
Cichlidae
Bagridae
Ariidae
Synodontidae
Trichiuridae
Cynoglossidae
Clupeidae
Engraulidae
Chirocentridae
Mugilidae
Polynemidae
Gobiidae
Binomial
Pethia ticto
Labeo bata
Labeo calbasu
Cirrhinus mrigala
Salmophasia bacaila
Rasbora daniconius
Osteobrama cotio
Systomus sarana
Puntius sophore
Dawkinsia arulius
Labeo rohita
Labeo boggut
Labeo potail
Labeo fimbricatus
Xenentodon cancila
Channa punctata
Channa marulius
Oreochromis mossambicus
Sperata seenghala
Mystus cavasius
Arius sona
Harpodon nehereus
Saurida tumbil
Trichiurus lepturus
Cynoglossus macrolepidotus
Tenualosa ilisha
Tenualosa toll
Coilia dussumieri
Coilia reynaldi
Chirocentrus dorab
Mugil cephalus
Chelon subviridis
Liza parsia
Leptomelanosoma indicum
Filimanus heptadactyla
Trypauchen vagina
Boleophthalmus dussumieri
Periophthalmus barbarus
Singh et al. (1999)
(Collections mainly from
Hadakiya Creek near
Surajbari)
+
+ + t+ +t t+ + + +t + + + +t FF + + + +
Bagri and Bohra* (2002)
(Names of collection sites
not given)
Present study (Collection
from Tundi wetland,
Bajana)
+ + + + + +
Note: + = recorded; - = not recorded
Genus: Systomus McClelland
4. Systomus sarana (Hamilton, 1822)
long as orbit, maxillary pair much longer. Dorsal fin inserted
slightly nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal fin;
Material examined: | ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 29.x11.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/3003.
Diagnostic Characters:
D iv 8; Ai 5; P1 14; Vi8
Mouth moderate; barbels two pairs, rostral ones as
lateral line complete with 33 scales; a dull blotch on lateral
line before base of caudal fin.
Genus: Pethia Pethiyagoda et al.
5. Pethia ticto (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
142 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Surendernagar, 27.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2897.
Diagnostic Characters:
Div 8A 4; Pat 2-V 18
Body elongate, short; mouth terminal; barbels absent,
dorsal fin inserted posterior to base of pelvic fin; last
unbranched ray osseous, strong and serrated at posterior
edge, black spot present on pectoral fin; lateral line complete
with 25 scales.
Genus: Puntius Hamilton
6. Puntius sophore (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2896 (b).
Diagnostic Characters:
D iv 9; Ait 55; P1 15; V1i8
Body short; mouth terminal, dorsal fin inserted
equidistant between tip of snout and base of caudal fin,
black spot present on dorsal fin; barbels absent; lateral line
complete with 26 scales.
Genus: Cirrhinus Cuvier
7. Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: | ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 29.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/3002.
Diagnostic Characters:
Day 13;A 105: Pili V rs
Body streamlined; snout blunt, often with pores;
barbels a single short pair of rostrals only. Dorsal fin as high
as body. Pectoral fins shorter than head. Caudal fin deeply
forked. Lateral line with 42 scales. Pectoral, pelvic and
anal fins orange-tipped (especially during beeding season);
dorsal and caudal fins dusky.
Genus: Labeo Cuvier
8. Labeo bata (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: | ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xi1.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2902.
Diagnostic Characters:
Div 10; Ai 5; P117;Vi8
Mouth inferior; lips thin, lower lip slightly fringed;
dorsal fin inserted closer to snout-tip than base of caudal
fin; pectoral fins as long as head, extending to pelvic fins;
lateral line with 38 scales, an irregular black blotch present
on anterior (fourth to sixth) scales of lateral line.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Order: Beloniformes
Family: Belonidae
Genus: Xenentodon Regan
9. Xenentodon cancila (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2903.
Diagnostic Characters:
D 17;A 16; P11; V 6
Body elongated and slightly compressed; head
pointed, beak-like; dorsal fin inserted usually anterior to
vertical through origin of anal fin; scales very small; caudal
fin truncate, a series of five blotches on sides of body
between pectoral and anal fins.
Order: Perciformes
Family: Channidae
Genus: Channa Scopoli
10. Channa punctata (Bloch, 1793)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2898 and V/2904.
Diagnostic Characters:
325A 2leP 16: V6
Body elongate and rounded in cross-section; pectoral
fins extend to anal fin; ventral fin almost 75% of pectoral fin
length; caudal fin rounded. Scales on summit of head large,
predorsal scales 12, scales 40 in lateral series.
11. Channa marulius (Hamilton, 1822)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
Surendernagar, 27.xii.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/2998.
Diagnostic Characters:
D4$2;4:39228 TOs 6
Dorsal fin long; pectoral fins about half head length;
ventral fin about 75% of pectoral fin length, rosette of head-
scales lies between orbits, frontal head-scale occupying central
portion of rosette; two scales between rosette and basal head-
scale; 10 scale-rows between preopercular angle and hind
border of orbit; predorsal scales 16; scales 68 in lateral series,
five dark oval blotches present along the lateral line.
Family: Cichlidae
Genus: Oreochromis Gunther
12. Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters, 1852)
Material examined: 2 ex., Tundi wetland at Bajana,
143
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Surendernagar, 29.x1i1.2012, Coll.: S. Kumar & H.S. Banyal,
Reg. No. V/3001.
Diagnostic Characters:
D xv 10; Ai 11; P 14; V15
Snout long; forehead with relatively large scales,
starting with 2 scales between the eyes followed by 9 scales
up to the dorsal fin; 14 lower gill-rakers; pharyngeal teeth very
fine, a duckbill-like snout due to enlarged jaws, often causing
the upper profile to become concave in male specimen.
Discussion
Singh et al. (1999) reported 22 fish species from LRK,
mainly from collections made in Surajbari Creek area, where
estuarine conditions prevail. Hence, mostofthefishesreported
by them are estuarine or marine species. Bagri and Bohra
(2002) stated that 20 species of fish occur in LRK, but listed
only 8 species, namely Cirrhinus mrigala, Labeo boggut,
L. fimbricatus, L. potail, Dawkinsia arulius, Systomus
sarana, Mystus cavasius, and Channa punctata. Our study
recorded the presence of 12 fish species from Tundi wetland,
of which 4 were recorded by earlier workers in other areas
of Kachchh.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Dr. K. Venkataraman,
Director, ZSI, Kolkata, for providing necessary facilities to
undertake the work.
REFERENCES
Baagart, Q.H. & P. Boura (2002): Deserts: Rann of Kachchh. Pp. 111-122.
In: Alfred, J.R.B., A.K. Das and A.K. Sanyal (Eds): Ecosystems of
India. ENVIS, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.
JAYARAM, K.C. (1999): The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region.
Narendra Publishing House, Delhi, India. 551 pp.
MEENA, R.L., Y.L. VERMA, V.T. Korvapiya, B.J. PATHAK &
A.R. KsuatriyA (2005): Kachchh Biosphere Reserve Management
(A Plan for Protection, Conservation, Research and Development).
Gujarat State Forest Department, Gujarat.
SinGcH, H.S., B.H. PATEL, R. PARveEz, V.C. Soni, NIBA SHAH,
Ketan Tatu & D. Patet (1999): Ecological Study of Wild
Ass Sanctuary. Technical Report. GEER Foundation, GFD,
Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
TALWAR, P.K. & A.G. JHINGRAN (1991): Inland fishes of India and adjacent
countries. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Vols I & H. 1158 pp.
17. YUCCA DECIPIENS TREL., ANEW HOST OF FLORIDA RED SCALE
CHRYSOMPHALUS AONIDUM L. IN INDIA
B.A. Kore!** anp Tuite, S.V.!°
'Department of Botany, Yashvantrao Chavan Institute of Science, Satara 415 001, Maharashtra, India.
“Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72248
Yucca decipiens Trel. (Fig. 1a) is widely grown as an
ornamental plant in landscape design. This plant is native to
central Mexico, naturally found at elevations between 1,800
and 2,500 m. In nature, this plant forms branches and grows
up to 10 m height. The specimen used for this study is not
branched and is 30 cm in height. Leaves are stiff, sharp, and
edged with a white border. The plant tolerates a wide range of
environmental conditions, but is best grown in bright sunlight
in subtropical or mild temperate areas. The inflorescence,
flowers, fruits, and seeds of some species of Yucca are edible
(Couplan 1998).
During a routine visit to the botanical garden of our
institute, Yucca decipiens was found to be attacked by Florida
Red Scale from August 2012 to 2014 (Fig. 1b). Scale insects
are sap sucking hemipterous insects that include all members
of the superfamily Coccoidea. These are closely related
to aphids (Aphidoidea), whiteflies (Aleyrodoidea), and
jumping plant lice (Psylloidea), which make up the suborder
144
Sternorrhyncha (Gullan and Martin 2003). Scale insects are
some of the most serious pests of ornamental plants.
These insects are usually less than 5 mm in length.
Florida Red Scale has circular armour made up of three
concentric rings. The colour is dark reddish brown with a
conspicuous light brown centre (Fig.1c). The adult female is
c. 2.0 to 2.2 mm in diameter and produces bright yellow eggs,
which are deposited under the scale armour in groups of c. 10
eggs. The crawlers are bright lemon-yellow, oval (Fig. 1d), and
very active; they move quite a distance before settling down.
During summer, the life cycle of this pest is completed in less
than six weeks, while in winter it undergoes longer life cycle.
Heavy infestation was observed from August to September,
which decreased up to January. Summer months showed poor
infestation. Generally there are six generations in a year, but in
the present study the largest scale population increase occurred
in monsoon. Heavy and continuous rains during 2013 did not
affect the population under observation.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1a: Host plant
Fig. 1c: Seldome of insect
Usually scales feed on the underside of leaves, but
here they are observed on both the surfaces (Hill 1983, 2008;
Miller and Davidson 2005; Soto et al. 2008). The opposite
side of the leaf carries a yellow spot where the scale is
feeding. The spots become progressively larger as the scales
continue to feed. If the scales are not controlled, the leaves
dry up and drop prematurely. Generally scales infest tender
shoots, branches, and main stem (Hill 1983, 2008; Miller
and Davidson 2005; Schweig and Grunberg 1936; Watson
2005), but in this study they have been reported on leaves
only. Scale infestation on plants and its nature of damage
reduces the ornamental value of garden plants. Interestingly
no other garden plant nearby was infested by the scale insect.
Fig. 1b: Enlarged photograph of infected leaf
Fig. 1d: Crawler
This indicates that Yucca decipiens is a new host of Florida
Red Scale.
Scales are preyed upon by numerous beneficial insects
that keep them under control (Steinberg et a/. 1986). But
no such biocontrol agent was observed during the study
period.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to thank Principal and Head
Department of Botany Yashvantrao Chavan Institute of
Science, Satara. Thanks are also due to Dhanaji Ghadage for
providing the technical assistance.
REFERENCES
CoupLan, F. (1998): The Encyclopedia of Edible Plants of North
America. McGraw Hill Professional.
GULLAN, P.J. & J.-H. MARTIN (2003): Sternorrhyncha (jumping plant-lice,
whiteflies, aphids and scale insects). Pp. 1079-1089. In: Resh, V.
and R. Cardé (Eds): Encyclopedia of Insects. Academic Press,
Amsterdam.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
£45
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Hitt, D.S. (1983): Agricultural Insect Pests of the Tropics and their
Control. 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press, New York.
746 pp.
Hitt, D.S. (2008): Pests of crops in warmer climates and their control.
Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands. 704 pp.
Miter, D.R. & J.A. DAvipson (2005): Armored Scale Insect Pests of
Trees and Shrubs (Hemiptera: Diaspididae). Cornell University
Press, Ithaca, New York. 442 pp.
ScHWEIG, C. & A. GRUNBERG (1936): The problem of black scale
(Chrysomphalus ficus Ashm.) in Palestine. Bulletin of Entomological
Research 27: 677-713.
Soto, A., M. Borras, R. VERCHER & F. GARCIA-MARI (2008):
Chrysomphalus aonidum (L.) (Hemiptera: Diaspididae) in Spain.
Studies on its biology and population dynamics. Pp. 77—81. In:
Proceedings of the meeting at Catania (Italy), November 5-7,
2007. IOBC/wprs Bulletin 38: 345 pp.
STEINBERG, S., H. PopoLER & D. RosEN (1986): Biological control of
the Florida red scale, Chrysomphalus aonidum, in Israel by two
parasite species: current status in the coastal plain. Phytoparasitica
14: 199-204.
Watson, G.W. (2005): Arthropods of Economic Importance: Diaspididae
of the World. World Biodiversity Database 2005.
18. MASS OCCURENCE OF STINK BUG CYCLOPELTA SICCIFOLIA (WESTWOOD)
(HETEROPTERA: PENTATOMOIDEA: DINIDORIDAE) ON MILZETTIA PINNATA (L.)
PANIGRAHI, AT KANNUR, KERALA, SOUTHERN INDIA
_ VINAYAN Nair!
‘Division of Agriculture, Tagore Vidyaniketan GVHSS, Rabeendrapuram, Taliparamba P.O., Kannur 670 141, Kerala, India.
Email: vinayanpnair@ gmail.com
Address for correspondence: XV/446, Al, Nethaji Housing Colony, Trichambaram, P.O. Taliparamba, Kannur 670 141, Kerala, India.
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72249
Cyclopelta siccifolia (Westwood) is a dirty brown,
oval-shaped pentatomid bug, with a pungent odour, belonging
to Family Dinidoridae. It was recorded as a pest of Coral
tree Erythrina (L.) (Distant 1902) and several other species
of Leguminosae. Beeson (1993) reported C. siccifolia
congregrating on twigs in crowded colonies. Beeson (1993)
reported the host plants of Cyclopelta as Coral tree Erythrina
(L.), Red Gram Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. and Indian
Beech tree Pongamia Vent., while McCann (1942) recorded
Cyclopelta siccifolia on Pongamia glabra Vent., at Khandala,
Western Ghats. Further, David and Venugopal (1961)
recorded it on Tree Wisteria Sesbania speciosa Taub. ex Engl.,
from Coimbatore; Varshney (1967) observed Cyclopelta
siccifolia (Westwood) on Bastard Teak Butea monosperma
(Lam.) Taub., while Ranjith et al. (1992) recorded it on
Erythrina indica (Lam.) at Kannur; Hill (1993) on Betel
vine Piper betle (L.); Nair (1995) on Moringa (Adans.) in
Maharashtra; Naveed ef al. (2000) on Pongamia glabra
Vent. in Karnataka; Joshi et al. (2011) on Millettia pinnata
(L.) Panigrahi (~Pongamia glabra = Pongamia pinnata)
(Fabaceae) in Maharashtra; and Kulkarni et a/. (2012) on
Holigarna grahamii (Wt.) Kurz, also in Maharashtra. The
present note reports a heavy infestation of C. siccifolia
on Millettia pinnata in Tagore Vidyaniketan Government
Vocational Higher Secondary School Campus, Taliparamba,
Kannur, Kerala.
During the first week of October 2013, I came across
a heavy infestation of C. siccifolia on a 6 m tall M. pinnata
in Tagore Vidyaniketan Government Vocational Higher
Secondary School Campus. There were roughly 1,000 bugs
within | m from the base of the tree. Numerous bugs were
also found on the base of the tree, the trunk, and upper
branches. A pungent smell was emitted by the bugs and a
very fine white thread-like structure was found connecting
the bugs in the groups. The majority of them were adults,
with a few nymphs. Around 2,000—3,000 bugs were on the
tree. The bugs were not flying when disturbed; instead they
were found crawling. Upon dislodging and falling to the
ground, they crawled back onto the plant. I could not see
the infestation on another tree. Though I could not observe
these bugs sucking the sap of M. pinnata, wrinkling and
drying of young leaves and tender branches was observed.
Application of neem extract (Azadirachta indica) reduced
the infestation.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to Smt. Rama V., Principal, Division of
Agriculture, Tagore Vidyaniketan GVHSS, Taliparamba, for
facilities and encouragement, and Rajith P., LTA, Division of
Agriculture, for his help. I am also grateful to the anonymous
reviewer for suggestions for improving this note.
REFERENCES
BEESON, C.F.C. (1993): The ecology and control of forest insects of
India and neighbouring countries. Indian Reprint. Bishen Singh,
Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun.
146
Davin, S.K. & S. VENUGOPAL (1961): Mass incidence of Cyclopelta
siccifolia Westwood (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) on Sesbania
speciosa in Coimbatore. Madras Agric. Jour. 48: 183-184.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Distant, W.L. (1902): The Fauna of British India including Ceylon
and Burma. Rhynchota, Vol. I (Heteroptera). Taylor and Francis,
London, U.K. 438 pp.
Hit, Dennis S. (1993): Agricultural Insect Pests of the Tropics and their
Control. 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press. 746 pp.
Josu1, R., G. PATHAK & H.V. GHATE (2011): Photographic evidence of
heavy infestation on Millettia pinnata (Fabaceae) by Cyclopelta
siccifolia (Westwood) (Pentatomoidea: Dinidoridae). Bugs R All
18: 2-3.
KULKARNI, D.K., R.B. BHAGatT, S.M. PUNALEKAR & D.S. NIPUNAGE (2012):
Occurrence of Cyclopelta siccifolia (Westwood) on Holigarna
grahamii (Wt.) Kurz. from (M.S.) India. <http://www.jssr.in>
Downloaded on November 01, 2013.
McCann, C. (1942): The plant bug Cyclopelta siccifolia on Pongamia
glabra. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 43(1): 109-110.
Narr, M.R.G.K. (1995): Insects and Mites of Crops in India. Reprint
Edition. Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
408 pp.
NaveeD, A., K.L. Naik & B.B. Hoserti (2000): Infestation of Pentatomid
bugs on Pongamia glabra W in the B.R. Project area of Western
Ghats of Karnataka. Entomon 25(4): 341-345.
RanuitH, A.M., K.P. MAmmootty, S. SASIKUMARAN & V.S. PILLAY
(1992): Biology of Cyclopelta siccifolia Westwood (Dinidoridae:
Hemiptera) on Erythrina standards in pepper gardens. Spice India
5(2): 9-10.
VARSHNEY, R.K. (1967): Some observation on stink bug Cyclopelta
siccifolia Westwood (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) a pest of Butea
monosperma Lam. Indian Forester 93(11): 765-771.
19. SOLANUM SISYMBRHIFOLIUM LAM. — AN ADDITION TO THE FLORA OF JHARKHAND, INDIA
S.P. Panpa!*, H.K. Sanoo’, A.K. SAnu* AND H.N. SuBupHI*
‘Acharya Jagdish Chandra Bose Indian Botanic Garden, Botanical Survey of India, Shibpur, Howrah 711 103, West Bengal, India.
Email: [email protected]
“Ashoka Trust for Research in Ecology and the Environment, Royal Enclave Sriramapura, Jakkur Post, Bengaluru 560 064,
Karnataka, India.
*State Project Management Unit, Integrated Coastal Zone Management Project, 108 Surya Nagar, Bhubaneswar 751 003,
Odisha, India. Email: [email protected]
“Central Rice Research Institute, Bidyadharpur, Cuttack 753 006, Odisha, India. Email: dr_hatanath [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72250
Introduction
During a floristic survey to Ranchi, Jharkhand, an
interesting plant was collected, identified, and deposited in
the herbarium of Post Graduate Department of Botany, Utkal
University, Bhubaneswar. After consultation of available
literature, the plant was found to be a new record for the state
of Jharkhand (earlier part of state of Bihar). Haines (1921-25)
and Mooney (1950), earlier workers in the state of Bihar
and Orissa (now Odisha), did not report this species. Recent
workers, viz. Paria and Chattopadhyay (2000) and Singh
(2001) too have not reported this species from Jharkhand.
The updated taxonomy, diagnostic characters, phenology,
ecology and distribution are provided in brief.
Solanum sisymbriifolium Lam. Illus. 2: 25. 1792;
Matthew, Exot. Fl. Kodaikanal 162. 1969; Naik, FI.
Osmanabad 226. 1979; Gamble, Fl. Madras II: 938. 1986
(Rev. ed.); Singh et a/., Fl. Maharashtra state (Dicotyledons)
I: 505. 2001. Solanum balbisii Dunal — Sims, Bot. Mag.
52: t. 2568. 1825; Dassanayake & Fosberg, Rev. Handb. F1.
Ceylon VI: 387. 1987 (Solanaceae).
Annual erect herb, height up to 1 m; stem and branches
viscid, hairy, and armed with straight, sharp, flat, orange-
yellow prickles up to 15 mm in length, thinly covered with
grey tomentum. Leaves 10—15 x 4-6 cm, pinnately lobed
into 4—6 coarse lobes, oblong-lanceolate, pubescent on both
sides with stellate glandular hairs. Inflorescence inter-nodal,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
arising from the foliage, unbranched racemes composed of
1-10 perfect or staminate flowers. Flowers white, often 1—
1.5 cm diameter, in lateral racemes. Berries globose, yellow,
smooth. Seeds large, pitted.
Flowering & Fruiting: June—September.
Ecology: Commonly found in wastelands.
Distribution: South America, North America, Europe,
Asia, Africa, and Australia. InpIA: Western Ghats, Nilgiris,
Pulney hills, Coimbatore.
Specimen Examined: Ranchi, Jharkhand; F.N. 26001
Note: A viscid, hairy herb of South American origin,
it is now widely distributed throughout the world. It has
naturalized in North America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and
Australia. In many cases it acts as an invasive. The plant
is used as a trap crop for potato cyst nematodes; the fruit is
a source of solasodine (used to synthesize hormones) and
consumed by birds and humans.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Professor and Head,
Post Graduate Department of Botany, Utkal University,
Bhubaneswar, Odisha, for rendering necessary help to carry
out this work. The first author is thankful to the Director,
Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata, for providing necessary
facilities.
147
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
Haines, H.H. (1921-1925): The Botany of Bihar and Orissa. Adlard &
Sons and West Newman, London.
Mooney, H.F. (1950): Supplement to the Botany of Bihar and Orissa.
Catholic Press, Ranchi.
Paria, N.D. & S.P. CHattopapHyay (2000): Flora of Hazaribagh District,
Bihar. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
SincuH, N.P. (2001): Flora of Bihar — Analysis. Botanical Survey of
India, Calcutta.
20. FICUS VARIEGATA BLUME (MORACEAE) —
A NEW RECORD FROM ARUNACHAL PRADESH, INDIA
RuBUL BURAGOHAIN!*, P.R. GAJUREL!”, P. RETHY!* AND B. SINGH!”
'Department of Forestry, North Eastern Regional Institute of Science and Technology (Deemed University), Nirjuli 791 109, Itanagar,
Arunachal Pradesh, India.
7Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72251
Introduction
The genus Ficus is represented by c. 750 species
distributed worldwide, mainly in tropical and subtropical
forest (Berg 2011). A total of 115 species have been listed
from India (Chaudhary et al. 2012), of which 51 taxa have
been reported from Arunachal Pradesh (Giri et al. 2008).
During field survey in the eastern part of Arunachal Pradesh,
a few specimens of Ficus were collected from three districts,
namely Papumpare, West Siang, and Lohit. After survey
of literature, examining type and other specimens in CAL,
ARUN, ASSAM herbaria, and discussion with Dr. Venkata
Jana, we confirmed the identity as Ficus variegata Blume.
This species is a new distributional record to the state of
Arunachal Pradesh. Earlier, F’ variegata was reported from
Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Assam, Bihar, Meghalaya,
and Sikkim in India. It is also known to occur in Australia,
Bangladesh, China, Japan, Malaysia, Myanmar, Solomon
Islands, and Thailand.
The specimens were deposited in the herbarium of
Forestry Department, NERIST and Botanical Survey of India,
Itanagar (ARUN).
Ficus variegata Blume, Biydr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 9: 459.
1825; King, Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. (Calcutta) 1: 169, t. 212,
213. 1888 & in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 5: 535. 1888; Prain,
Bengal Pl. 2: 737. 1903; Brandis, Indian Trees 609. 1906;
Corner, J. Mal. Br. R. As. Soc. 11: 48, f. 25, 26. 1933 &
Gard. Bull. Singapore 21(1): 83. 1965; Berg & Corner in
Nooteboom, Fl. Malesiana 17(2): 347. 2005; Berg et al., in
Santisuk et al., Fl. of Thailand 10(4): 576. 2011; Chaudhary
et al., Taiwania 57(2): 204. 2012.
F. cordifolia Blume, Bijdr. 438. 1825; Wight, Icon.
Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: t. 640. 1843; King, Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard.
(Calcutta) 1: 180, t. 225. 1888.
148
F. subracemosa Blume, Biydr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 9: 469.
1825.
F.. racemifera Roxb., FI. Ind. 3: 560. 1832; Wight, Icon.
Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: t. 639. 1843.
Covellia racemifera (Roxb.) Migq., Hook. London J.
Bot. 7: 465. 1848.
Vernacular name: Ramn (Wan.); Saep-lee (D. Mish.);
Aapombo (I. Mish.).
Type locality: Indonesia.
Trees, up to 30 m tall, deciduous; bark whitish with
longitudinal ridges, trunk buttressed, straight; branches
numerous on top, spreading in all directions; aerial roots
absent. Leaves spirally arranged; lamina simple, broadly
ovate to ovate-elliptic, sometimes cordate, 10-28 x 7—
12.5 cm, symmetrical, apex with c. 1 cm long acumen, base
rounded or cordate to subcordate, margins entire, subrepand
or coarsely denticulate; adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial
surface minutely appressed, puberulous on the main veins;
lateral vein 4—S pairs, basal pair 2, distinct, ’/ to '4 the length
of the lamina, often unequal in length; tertiary venation
reticulate; waxy glands in slit-shaped extension of the axils
of the main lateral veins; petiole 2-7 cm long, glabrous
or appressed-puberulous; stipules 0.8—1 cm, glabrous,
ovate-lanceolate, caducous. Figs in fascicles from woody
tubercles, ramiflorous to cauliflorous, dioecious, drooping,
pedunculate; peduncle 1—3 cm long; basal bracts 3, 0.5—
0.8 cm long, verticillate and persistent; receptacle globose
or subglobose to pyriform, c. 5 cm long, 3—5 cm in diam.,
smooth, glabrous, yellowish-green, pink to red with white
streaks and spots when ripe, sometimes with a short stipe (up
to 8 mm); ostiole slightly depressed, 4-5 mm across, 1|.5—
2 mm depth; Staminate flowers: sessile, found near ostiole,
2—2.5 mm long; perianth more or less polyphyllous; tepals 3
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
or 4, linear-lanceolate or spatulate, 1.5—2 mm long; stamens
2, anthers broadly ovoid, filaments short; Pistillate flowers:
long-style flowers sessile or shortly pedicellate, 2.5—3 mm
long; tepal 3 or 4, gamophyllous or basally connate, style
lateral, cylindric, stigma infundibuliform; short-style flowers
with the pedicel 2—3 mm long; tepals gamophyllous, tubular, 4
or 5 lobed, 1—1.5 mm long, inflated at apex; ovary ovoid, red-
brown to pale; style lateral, white; stigma infundibuliform.
Achenes ovoid or obovoid.
Flowering: January—March;
Fruiting: June—July.
Habitat: Distributed in tropical evergreen forest in
small numbers. During field survey, it was recorded only
from three districts of the state.
Distribution: NDIA: Andaman & Nicobar Islands,
Assam, Bihar, Meghalaya; Australia; Bangladesh; China;
Japan; Malaysia; Myanmar; Solomon Islands; Thailand.
Specimen Examined: Arunachal Pradesh: Lohit, Tezu,
on the way to Dwaraka Nagar, 22.vi.2011, R. Buragohain 232;
Papumpare, Karsingsa, 200 m, 16.vi1.2011, R. Buragohain
293; West Siang, on the way from Likabali to Gensii 290 m,
??.x11.2010, R. Buragohain 557; West Siang, Likabali, 380 m,
25.1x.2012, R. Buragohain 916 (NERIST).
Additional specimen examined: Meghalaya, Khasia
hills, Feb. 1886, G. Mann 36 (CAL); Andaman, 20.111.1916,
C.E. Parkinson 1113 (CAL); Sikkim, 21.11.1887, Dr. King (7?)
(CAL); Tebba Valley, 21.11.1887, G.A. Gammie (?) (CAL);
Assam, Dhonsiri river, June 1886, G. Mann (?) (CAL).
Note: The species can be distinguished by its buttressed
trunk and branches on the top. Leaves spirally arranged, ovate
or sub-ovate. Figs in fascicles from woody tubercles in older
trunk, smooth, 3—5 cm in diameter.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thanks are due to Dr. Venkata Sudhakar Jana for
confirming the identity of the species. We are also grateful
to the Director, NERIST (Deemed University), Nirjuli, for
providing necessary facilities.
REFERENCES
Bera, C.C., P. NANNAPAT & B. CHANTARASUWAN (2011): Moraceae.
In: Santisuk, T., K. Larsen, C.C. Berg, N. Pattharahirantriein &
B. Chantara Suwan (Eds): Flora of Thailand. 10(4): 475-675. The
Forest Herbarium, Bangkok, Thailand.
CHAUDHARY, L.B., J.V. SUDHAKAR, A. Kumar, O. Baspal, R. Trwari &
G.V.S. Murtuy (2012): Synopsis of the Genus Ficus L. (Moraceae)
in India. Taiwania 57(2): 193-216.
Girt, G.S., A. PRAMANICK & H.J. Giri (EDs) (2008): Materials for the
Flora of Arunachal Pradesh. 2: 388-407. Botanical Survey of
India, Kolkata.
21. SMILACACEAE IN DARJEELING AND SIKKIM HIMALAYA, INDIA
A.K. SAMANTA! AND SAuRIS PANDA?*
'Department of Botany, Ramnagar College (Vidyasagar University), Depal 721 453, East Midnapore, West Bengal, India.
Email: [email protected]
"Department of Botany, Charuchandra College (University of Calcutta), 22, Lake Road, Kolkata 700 029, West Bengal, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72253
Introduction
The Darjeeling and Sikkim parts of Eastern Himalaya
are contiguous and situated between 26° 31'—28° 7'N and
87° 59'-89° E. These hills cover about 9,020 sq. km out of
the total 1,22,802 sq. km area of Eastern Himalaya (Negi
1990). Great altitudinal as well as climatic variations favour
luxuriant growth of vegetation in these mountainous regions.
The floristic diversity in these regions is well-known for its
innumerable rare, endangered, endemic, and medicinally
useful plants (Hara 1966, 1971; Hara et al. 1978; Hooker
1849, 1892; Matthew 1981; Ohashi 1975; Panda 2009;
Samanta 2006).
The members of the family Smilacaceae are distributed
over tropical to temperate zones. The present note records
the species of Smilacaceae collected from Darjeeling and
Sikkim Himalaya, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Material and Methods
Field and herbarium methods were followed according
to Jain and Rao (1977). The specimens were identified with
the help of literature and confirmed in Central National
Herbarium (CAL), Howrah, West Bengal. The voucher
specimens were deposited in CAL.
Enumeration
Eight species in two genera of the monocotyledonous
family Smilacaceae have been recorded from Darjeeling
and Sikkim Himalaya. The genera and species are arranged
alphabetically. Each species is provided with a protologue
and relevant references, vernacular name(s) when available,
description, flowering and fruiting time, local and general
distribution, exsiccatae i.e. voucher specimens citing locality,
habitat and altitude where collected, and use(s) when available.
149
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
KEY TO THE GENERA
1. Male peduncle 2.5—6 cm long, tepals united ...... Heterosmilax
— Male peduncle up to 1.5 cm long, tepals free........... Smilax
Abbreviations Used
BP= Bengal Plants (Prain, D.); EFPN =An Enumeration
of the Flowering Plants of Nepal (Eds: Hara, H. et al.);
FB = Flora of Bhutan (Eds: Grierson, A.J.C. & D.G. Long);
FBI = The Flora of British India (Ed.: Hooker, J.D.);
FEH = The Flora of Eastern Himalaya (Ed.: Hara, H. /
Ohashi, H.); FPK = The Flowering Plants of Kurseong
(Matthew, K.M.).
Heterosmilax japonica Kunth., Enum. Pl. 5: 270.1850.
H. indica A. DC., Monog. Phan. 1: 43. 1878; FBI 6: 314.
1892; FB 3(1): 36. 1994.
Shrubby tendril climber. Stem terete, greenish-yellow,
internodes 9-12 cm long, glabrous. Stipules modified into
tendrils. Petioles 1.2—2.3 cm long, terete, glabrous; lamina
12-16 x 8.5—12.5 cm, oblong-lanceolate, margin entire, apex
acuminate to caudate, cuspidate, base cuneate to cordate,
membranous, both surfaces shiny, glabrous, 5-nerved,
parallel, convergent, middle 3 more prominent than others,
yellowish-green. Umbel compound, axillary; peduncle 2.5—
6 cm long, slender, flattened, smooth. Bracts minute, ovate,
acuminate; pedicels 5—6 mm long, flat, glabrous. Male umbels
obovoid, deep brown, flowers 3.5—4.5 x 1.7—2 mm; tepals
united; stamens 3, anthers 2 x 1 mm, white, base attenuate,
apical lobes 3, oblong, filaments 4-6 mm long, connate
(female flowers not seen). Berries 0.8-10 mm in diam.,
globose, blackish; seeds 5.5—5.7 mm in diam., hemispheric,
pale orange-brown.
Fl. & Fr.: April to June.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — less common; found
at Jalapahar-Rung-Dung areas, 1,500—2,650 m.
General distribution: INDIA: tropical and subtropical
Himalaya, Assam, and Meghalaya.
Exsiccatus: Darjeeling: Jalapahar, in a moist rocky
place, 2,150 m, 12.x1.2013, Samanta 48.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SMILAX L.
1. Inflorescence panicled spike, [email protected]+ S. aspera
— Inflorescence elongated umbellate raceme or whorled or
2. Inflorescence elongated umbellate raceme or whorled.............
a il ce i Ma ol a tc S. perfoliata
= WARIS e eco CN oko os on kiro ce aire orauhe eet cil Malu. 3
3. Lamina 15-18 x 10.2—12.6 cm; costae 7............... S. ovalifolia
— Lamina 1.9-13.5 x 1.2—8.5 cm; costae 35 00... eeeeeeeeeeees 4
150
Ae) Pettoles monesiinah 122 [cmtlongseen te. treme «eegee.-.d002 5
= Petidles aiptorll.2 emilongisnadi sy. Breton eer) enaetiise.. 6
5. Male umbels 30—40 flowered; pedicels almost absent .............
hm. Sidich eal hee) Sie clientes. pid S. aspericaulis
— Male umbels up to 25 flowered; pedicels 6-8 mm long...........
hysclies. xgesl aveloeyedeans eleva) wate toasts £8. 1a S. lanceifolia
6. Tendrils twisting to right; stem strongly prickled......... S. ferox
— Tendrils twisting to left; stem glabrous, without prickles.........
Be eRe MME OL OR Wa in ate Se ee S. glaucophylla
Smilax aspera L., Sp. Pl. 1028. 1753; FBI 6: 306. 1892;
FEH 414. 1966; EFPN 1:78. 1978. S. maculata Roxb. ex
D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal 49. 1825.
Shrubby tendril climber. Tendrils simple, terete,
stipular. Stem and branches with prickles. Lamina ovate,
deltoid to lanceolate, margin entire, apex acute to acuminate,
base hastate or cordate, blotched with white. Inflorescence
panicled spike, drooping. Flowers dioecious, fragrant; tepals
6, subequal, free, white; anthers oblong, 2-celled; carpels 3,
ovary 3-celled, stigmas 3, recurved. Berries globose, blue —
black, 3-seeded. |
Fl. & Fr.: September to July.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — common; Kurseong,
Neora Valley National Park, 1,500—3,200 m; Sikkim —
common; Yaksum, Rishi, Tingling, up to 2,600 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Eastern Himalaya,
Darjeeling, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Assam.
Mediterranean and east Africa to India, Nepal, Myanmar,
and Sri Lanka.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: Chitray, Neora Valley National
Park, in a moist rocky area, 2,500 m, 12.x1.2013, Samanta
25; Sikkim: Soreng, in rock crevices, 1,560 m, 15.x1.2013,
Samanta 211.
Uses: The roots of this plant are prescribed in urinary
and skin diseases.
Smilax aspericaulis Wall. ex DC., Monog. Phan. 1: 195.
1878; FBI 6: 306. 1892; FB 3 (1): 29. 1994.
Vernacular names: Dathun, Kukurdaini (Nepali).
Shrubby tendril climber. Tendrils simple, terete,
glabrous, stipular. Branches terete, scabrid, with 5—6 mm
long bristles, often with recurved prickles. Petioles 1.2—
2.5 cm long, sheathing below the mid-internodes; lamina
10—13.5 x 4-8.5 cm, ovate to oblong or linear-oblong, margin
entire, apex acute, base rounded to cuneate, costae 3 from
base. Umbels solitary or 2—3 on peduncles, peduncles 9—
15 mm long, bracteate. Male umbels 30—40 flowered; pedicels
almost absent; tepals 6, free, creamy white, reflexed in older
flowers; stamens as long as tepals (female flowers not seen).
Berries 8—10 mm across, globose.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fl. & Fr.: September to April.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — common; Mangpoo,
Birch Hill, 300—2,100 m; Sikkim — common; Singling Basty,
Yaksum, up to 2,200 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Eastern Himalaya,
Darjeeling, Sikkim, Khasia Hills, Andaman Islands;
Myanmar.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: St. Mary’s, Kurseong, in a
moist rocky place, 1,548 m, 4.v.1994, Samanta 169; Sikkim:
Soreng, in rock crevices, 1,560 m, 30.x.1995, Samanta 898.
Use: The ripe fruits are edible.
Smilax ferox Wall. [Cat. No. 5119. 1830, nom. nud. |
ex Kunth, En. Pl. 5: 251. 1850; Monog. Phan. 1: 130. 1878;
FBI 6: 307. 1892; FEH 415. 1966; EFPN 1: 89. 1978; FPK
116. 1981; FB 3(1): 33. 1994.
Shrubby tendril climber. Tendrils simple, coil dextrorsely,
i.e. twisting to right, glabrous, stipular. Stem solid, much
branched, armed with strong prickles, glabrous. Petioles 3—
4 mm long, coriaceous, sheathing half of its length; lamina
1.9-8 x 1.5—2.8 cm, elliptic-ovate-oblong, margin entire, apex
acute, base cuneate or rounded, yellowish green, membranous,
glabrous, costae 3—5 from base, convergent. Umbels solitary or
18—20 flowered in fascicles, dioecious. Peduncles 1.2—1.4 cm
long; bracteoles conspicuous, ovate, acuminate; pedicels 2—
3 mm long. Male umbels globose, 1.2—1.3 cm diam.; tepals 6,
free, 3 x 2 mm, lanceolate, light brown; filaments 1.4—2.1 mm
long, anthers 0.5—10 x 0.3—0.4 mm, oblong. Female umbels
conical, 1 mm diam., green; ovary swollen at base, stigma
papillose. Berries 8-10 mm across, green-purple, 1—2 seeded.
Seeds 5.5—5.7 mm diam., reddish-brown.
Fl. & Fr.: April to December.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — abundant;
Manebhanjan, Tonglu, 1,850—3,200 m; Sikkim — abundant;
Gangtok, Rengli, 1,500—2,700 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Eastern Himalaya,
Darjeeling, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur;
Nepal.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: Meghyma, in a rocky area,
3,000 m, 16.1v.1994, Samanta 114; Sikkim: Rengli, in rock
crevices, 1,600 m, 16.x1.2013, Samanta 37).
Smilax glaucophylla Koltz. in Reise Prinz. Wald. Bot.
45, t, 91. 1862; FEH 415. 1966; EFPN 1: 89. 1978; FB 3(1):
35. 1994. S. elegans Wall. (Cat. No. 5117 B. 1830, nom. nud.)
ex A. DC., Monog. Phan. 107. 1878. S. parviflora Wall. ex
Hook. f., FBI 6: 304. 1892. S. longibracteolata Hook. f.,
FBI 6: 305. 1892.
Vernacular names: Harina-shuk-china (Bengali);
Kukardara (Nepali).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Shrubby tendril climber. Stem terete, glabrous, without
prickles, shiny, internodes 9.5—22 cm long. Tendrils simple,
coil sinistrorsely, i.e. twisting to left, terete, solid, glabrous,
stipular. Petioles up to 1.2 cm long, with a sheath; lamina
2.5—-11 x 1.2—7 cm, ovate-cordate, margin entire, apex acute,
base cordate, membranous, costae 3—5 from base. Umbels
many-flowered, bracteoles minute; peduncle 1.3—1.5 cm long;
pedicels 1—2 mm long, glabrous; tepals 6, linear-oblong, free,
2 x 1 mm, ovate-oblong, apex acute, glabrous; stamens 4,
didynamous, filaments connate, anthers 1 mm long, white,
staminodes 1—3; ovary ovoid. Berries globose.
Fl. & Fr.: April to September.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — less common; Neora
Valley National Park, Tonglu, up to 3,050 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Eastern Himalaya; Tibet,
West China.
Exsiccatus: Darjeeling: way to Jorepukri, growing
along roadside among rocks, 2,550 m, Neora Valley National
Park, 23.1v.1995, Samanta 305.
Smilax lanceifolia Roxb., Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 3: 792. 1832;
Monog. Phan. 1: 57. 1878; FBI 6: 308. 1892; FEH 415. 1966;
FPK 116. 1981; FB 3(1): 32. 1994.
Shrubby tendril climber. Branches slender, terete,
glabrous. Tendrils simple, stipular, sheathing up to middle
of petiole. Petioles 2—2.7 cm long; lamina 11—13 x 4.9-
8 cm, oblong-lanceolate, margin entire, apex acuminate,
base rounded, membranous, coriaceous, costae 5 from base,
prominent. Male umbels up to 25 flowered, subsessile,
peduncles up to 1.5 cm long; bracteoles ovate, acute; pedicels
6—8 mm long; tepals 6, linear, subequal, free; filaments
filiform, anthers 1.1 x 0.5 mm, oblong; female umbels
subsimilar, peduncle up to 1.2 cm long, stout, flattened;
bracteoles subulate; staminodes 3, ovary trigonous, stigmas
recurved. Berries 6—6.5 mm across.
Fl. & Fr.: May to December.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — less common;
Kurseong, Neora Valley National Park, 1,500—3,200 m;
Sikkim — less common; Yaksum, Rishi, up to 2,200 m.
General distribution: INDIA: subtropical to temperate
Himalaya, Assam, Khasia Hills, Manipur; Nepal; Myanmar;
Thailand; Indo-China.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: St. Mary’s, Kurseong, in
a rocky area, 1,548 m, 4.v.1994, Samanta 159; Sikkim:
Pangthang, among rocks, 1,900 m, 20.x1.1995, Samanta
1016.
Smilax ovalifolia Roxb., Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 3: 794. 1832;
FEH 417. 1966; FB 3(1): 30. 1994. S. macrophylla Roxb.,
Fl. Ind. 3: 793. 1832; FBI 6: 310. 1892, non Willd. 1805.
151
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Suzeylanicacdky, Spr Plph029sdi7 93 [AB onBOo? 1892;
FiH32 el8S5497SnBRPN Ts -799 1978;
Vernacular names: Kumarika Mitri, Rajdan-tini,
Muter (Bengali); Kukurdaini (Nepali).
Shrubby tendril climber. Stem terete, stout, hollow,
glabrous, with light striations, often sparsely prickled, mternodes
8-9 cm long. Tendrils simple, coiled dextro sinistrorsely, flat,
glabrous, stipular. Petioles 2.1—2.5 cm long; lamina 15—18
x 10.2—12.6 cm, broadly ovate, margin entire, apex acute,
base cuneate, glabrous, greyish, costae 7. Umbel paniculate;
peduncles up to 1.5 cm long, branched, many flowered;
bracteoles 1.2—1.4 mm; pedicels 8—13 mm long; tepals 6, free;
filaments 5.2—5.4 mm long, anthers 1.2—-1.5 x 0.40.6 mm,
linear. Berries 0.6—0.8 mm in diam., red, 1—2 seeded.
FI. & Fr.: April to November.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — common; Gorubathan,
Pesok, 110—800 m; Sikkim — common; Jorethang-Nayabazar,
Melli, Ravongla, up to 1,000 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Foothills to subtropical
Himalaya, central and southern provinces; Bangladesh;
Myanmar; Indo-China.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: Bamanpokri, in a moist loamy
soil, 200 m, 14.1.1995, Samanta 486; Sikkim: Ravongla,
growing along roadside among rocks, 900 m, 17.x1.2013,
Samanta 375.
Uses: The seeds are used in the treatment of dysentery,
abnormal discharge of semen, infection in kidney and urine,
venereal diseases, and rheumatism.
Smilax perfoliata Lour., Fl. Cochin. 622. 1790; FEH
417. 1966; EFPN 1: 79. 1978. S. prolifera Roxb., FI. Ind. 3:
795. 1832, p.p.; FBI 6: 312. 1892. 8. ocreata A. DC., Monogr.
Phan. 1: 193. 1878. S. roxburghiana Wall. ex Hook.f., FBI 6:
ZddiAB92n BR 21 OGL Al 903:
Shrubby tendril climber. Tendrils simple, stipular,
up to 10 cm long. Stem and branches stout, terete, with
recurved prickles. Lamina broadly ovate-oblong or orbicular,
margin entire, apex acuminate or cuspidate, base rounded,
3-7 costate, petiole up to 3 cm long, auricled. Inflorescence
elongated umbellate raceme or whorled. Flowers dioecious;
tepals 6, free, pale greenish or yellowish; stamens 6, filaments
unequal, anthers oblong, 2-celled; carpels 3, ovary 3-loculed,
ovules 1—2 per locule, stigmas 3, recurved. Berries globose,
red when ripe.
Fl. & Fr.: April to December.
Local distribution: Darjeeling — rare; Kurseong,
1,550 m; Sikkim — rare; Yaksum, Gangtok, Rishi, 2,200 m.
General distribution: INDIA: Eastern Himalaya,
Darjeeling, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya,
Assam, central and southern provinces; Nepal; Bangladesh;
152
Myanmar; Indo-China; Southeast Asia.
Exsiccatae: Darjeeling: St. Mary’s, Kurseong, in a
rocky place, 1,548 m, 13.x1.2013, Samanta 59; Sikkim:
Yaksum, growing close to a narrow waterfall among rocks,
2,200 m, 16.x1.2013, Samanta 310.
Discussion
The members of Smilacaceae are widespread in the
tropical and subtropical parts of the world, and several
species grow in temperate regions and at higher altitudes.
They beautify the forest particularly with their attractive
foliage showing prominent parallel venation. Like the
family Cucurbitaceae among the dicotyledons, species of
the monocotyledonous family Smilacaceae bear tendrils for
climbing in search of better light at the crown of the trees
in the forest (Samanta and Panda 2011). In Smilacaceae, the
tendril is a modified stipule.
The present survey in Darjeeling and Sikkim Himalaya
revealed eight species of the family Smilacaceae distributed
between 110—3,200 m. Smilax ovalifolia occurs at low to
medium-high altitude, 1.e. 110—1,000 m; Smilax aspericaulis
and Smilax perfoliata are distributed between 300—2,200 m;
and Heterosmilax japonica, Smilax aspera, Smilax ferox,
Smilax glaucophylla and Smilax lanceifolia grow between
1,500—3,200 m. Regarding frequency of each species in
these hills, Smilax ferox is abundant; Smilax aspera, Smilax
aspericaulis, and Smilax ovalifolia are quite common;
Heterosmilax japonica, Smilax glaucophylla and Smilax
lanceifolia are less common; and Smilax perfoliata is rare.
Appropriate conservation measures are necessary to save
particularly the less common / rare species from further loss
of population.
In the family Smilacaceae, only Smilax species were
so far reported from the state of West Bengal (Chakraverty
et al. 1999); the present collection is the first report of the
genus Heterosmilax from West Bengal.
Some Smilax species are useful to the locals in these
regions, for example, the ripe fruits of S. aspericaulis are
edible; the seeds of S. ovalifolia are used in the treatment of
dysentery, abnormal discharge of semen, urinary infection,
venereal diseases and rheumatism; the roots of S. aspera are
prescribed in urinary and skin diseases. The data presented
in this paper will be useful in updating the plant resources of
the country.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We are thankful to the Director, Botanical Survey of
India, for allowing us to consult CAL herbarium and its
library.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
CHAKRAVERTY, R.K., R.C. Srivastava, S. Mitra, S. BANDYOPADHYAY &
S. BANDYOPADHYAY (1999): West Bengal. Pp. 1575-1621. Jn:
Floristic Diversity and Conservation Strategies in India. Vol. III.
Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Hara, H. (compitepD 1966, 1971): The Flora of Eastern Himalaya. Ist
& 2nd Report. University of Tokyo, Japan.
Hara, H., W.T. STEARN & L.H.J. WILLIAMS (EDs) (1978): An Enumeration
of the Flowering Plants of Nepal. Vol. I. British Museum (Natural
History), London.
Hooker, J.D. (1849): Notes chiefly botanical, made during an excursion
from Darjeeling to Tonglo, a lofty mountain on the confines of
Sikkim and Nepal. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 15: 419-446.
Hooker, J.D. (ED.) (1892): The Flora of British India. Vol. 6. L. Reeve
& Co., London.
JAIN, S.K. & R.R. RAo (1977): A Handbook of Field and Herbarium
Methods. Today & Tomorrow’s Printers and Publishers,
New Delhi. Pp. 159.
MatTHEw, K.M. (1981): The Flowering Plants of Kurseong. Dehradun.
Neal, S.S. (1990): A Handbook of Himalaya. Indus Publishing Co.,
New Delhi.
OuAsHI, H. (COMPILED 1975): Flora of Eastern Himalaya. 3rd Report.
University of Tokyo, Tokyo.
PanpA, S. (2009): Uses of some medicinal plants in the Kalimpong
Himalaya (India): conservation, potential and prospects. J. Econ.
Taxon. Bot. 33 (Suppl.): 205-212.
-SAMANTA, A.K. (2006): The genus Dioscorea L. in Darjeeling and Sikkim
Himalayas — a census. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 30(3): 555-563.
SAMANTA, A.K. & S. PANDA (2011): Diversity in angiospermic climbers
in Midnapore districts, West Bengal. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 35(4):
715-726.
22. DIGITARIA RADICOSA (J. PRESL) MIQ. AND PENNISETUM PURPUREUM SCHUMACH. —
ADDITIONS TO THE GRASS (POACEAE) FLORA OF MANIPUR, INDIA
KANGJAM TILOTAMA Devi!?, POTSANGBAM KUMAR SINGH? AND DEBJYOTI BHATTACHARYYA!**
‘Department of Life Science & Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar 788 011, Assam, India.
"Department of Life Sciences, Manipur University, Canchipur, Imphal 795 003, Manipur, India. Email: [email protected]
7Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72254
While working on the grass (Poaceae) flora of valley
districts of Manipur, India, the first author collected two
interesting specimens from Nambul river bank area. After
critical morpho-taxonomic analyses and herbarium (CAL)
consultation, they were identified as Digitaria radicosa
(J. Presl) Mig. and Pennisetum purpureum Schumach. Perusal
of literature (Deb 1961; Kabeer and Nair 2009, Khan et al.
2007; Shukla 1996; Singh 1987; Singh 1990; Sreekumar
and Nair 1991) revealed that both the species were hitherto
unrecorded from Manipur. These two species are reported
here as new records for the flora of Manipur.
1. Digitaria radicosa (J. Presl) Migq., Fl. Ned. Ind.
3: 437. 1857; Veldkamp in Blumea 21: 35. t. 5b. 1973;
S. Moulik, Grasses Bamboos India 1: 94. 1997; Sreek. &
V.J. Nair, Fl. Kerala Grasses: 240. 1991; U. Shukla, Grasses
N.E. India: 320. 1996; Kabeer & V.J. Nair, Fl. Tamil Nadu
Grasses: 245. t.47. 2009; Panicum radicosum J. Presl, Reliq.
Haenk. 1: 297. 1830; Digitaria timorensis (Kunth) Balansa
in J. Bot. (Morot) 4: 138. 1890; Bor, Grasses Burma, Ceylon,
India & Pakistan: 306. 1960; Panicum timorense Kunth,
Enum. Pl. 1: 83. 1833. Paspalum sanguinale Lam. var.
debile Hook. f. in J.D. Hooker, Fl. Brit. India 7: 16. 1896.
(Figs la—f).
Fl. & Fr.: September—December
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
Habitat: Commonly grows in moist open places of
grasslands, river/pond banks, and cultivated fields.
Distribution: iNp1A: Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Kerala,
Maharashtra, Manipur (present report), Meghalaya, Nagaland,
Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal; Africa; Australia;
China; Indonesia; Japan; Madagascar; Malaysia; Mauritius;
Myanmar; Nepal; Pakistan; Philippines; Seychelles; Sri
Lanka; Tanzania; Thailand.
Specimen Examined: Manipur, Imphal West district,
Nambul river bank, Naoremthong, 24° 48' N, 93° 55' E,
769 m, 15.x1.2011, Coll.: K. Tilotama Devi 11115,
Fl. & Fr. Deposited at Herbarium of Department of Life
Science & Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar.
2. Pennisetum purpureum Schumach., Beskr. Guin.
PI.: 44. 1827; Stapf in Kew Bull. 309. 1912; Bor, Fl. Assam
5: 298.1940; Bor, Grasses Burma, Ceylon, India & Pakistan:
348. t. 40. 1960; Blatt. & McCann, Bombay Grasses: 184.
1984; Sreek. & V.J. Nair, Fl. Kerala Grasses: 292. 1991; U.
Shukla, Grasses N.E. India: 351. 1996; S. Moulik, Grasses
Bamboos India 1: 140. t. 23. 1997; Kabeer & V.J. Nair, FI.
Tamil Nadu Grasses: 295. t. 55. 2009. (Figs 1g—k).
FI.: November.
Habitat: Commonly found near river banks and
streams.
153
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Digitaria radicosa (Presl) Mig (a—f): a. Habit; b. & c. Rachis showing
spikelet position; d. Paired spikelets; e. Spikelet showing lower glume;
f. Spikelet showing upper glume Pennisetum purpureum Schumach.
(g—k): g. Habit; h. Spikelet with bristles; i. Primary bristle; j. Spikelet
< showing lower glume; k. Spikelet showing upper glume
Distribution: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Delhi, Gujarat, Karnataka, Kerala,
Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Manipur (present study),
Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal; Native
of tropical Africa; introduced in many tropical countries;
Bhutan; China; Taiwan.
Specimen Examined: Manipur, Imphal West District,
Nambul river bank, Khagempali, 04.1.2012, Coll.: K. Tilotama
Devi 11122, Fl. Deposited at Herbarium of Department of
Life Science & Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Head, Department of
Life Science and Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar,
for providing necessary facilities. They are also thankful
to the Additional Director, Central National Herbarium
(CAL), Botanical Survey of India, Howrah, for permission
to consult the herbarium and library. First author (KTD)
thanks University Grants Commission, New Delhi, for
financial support.
REFERENCES
Des, D.B. (1961): Monocotyledonous plants of Manipur Territory. Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 3(2): 115-138.
KaBEER, K.A.A. & V.J. Nair (2009): Flora of Tamil Nadu — Grasses.
Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata.
Kuan, M.R., P.S., YADAVA & A. Kikim (2007): Additions to the flora of
Manipur State. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 49: 215-218.
SHUKLA, U. (1996): The Grasses of North-Eastern India. Scientific
Publishers, Jodhpur.
SINGH, H.B. (1987): Floristic study of Tengnoupal District. Ph.D. Thesis,
Manipur. University. (Unpubl).
SINGH, O.K. (1990): Floristic study of Tamenglong District, Manipur with
Ethnobotanical notes. Ph.D. Thesis, Manipur University. (Unpubl).
SREEKUMAR, P.V. & V.J. Narr (1991): Flora of Kerala — Grasses. Botanical
Survey of India, Calcutta.
23. PTERIS BIAURITA L. (PTERIDACEAE) — AN ADDITION TO THE FERN FLORA
OF UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
SHOBHIT KUMAR SrIvASTAVA!*, S. DOMINIC RAJKUMAR!** AND SHASHANK KUMAR SINGH!*
'Department of Botany, St. Andrew’s College, Gorakhpur 273 001, Uttar Pradesh, India.
"Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72255
Introduction
Pteris L. is a pantropical genus with about 280 species
worldwide (Copeland 1947), 48 species (Dixit 1984), and 46
species (Chandra 2000) in India. 15 species are reported from
154
Western Ghats, southern India (Manickam and Irudayaraj
1992), 14 species from Assam (Borthakur et al. 2001), and
14 species from Malabar region (Nayar and Geevarghese
1993). Pteris biaurita is a common species in Western
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Ghats, southern India (Irudayaraj and Manickam 1995).
During a recent exploration of Dudhwa National Park, Uttar
Pradesh, the species was collected and found to be common
throughout the Park. This note reports P. biaurita for the first
time from Uttar Pradesh. Uttar Pradesh is bound by Nepal on
the north, Uttarakhand on the north-east, Himachal Pradesh
on the north-west, Haryana on the west, Rajasthan on the
south-west, Madhya Pradesh on the south and south-west,
and Bihar on the east.
Pteris biaurita L. Sp. P1. 2: 1076. 1753; Clark in Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond., II Bot. 1: 469. 1880; Walker in Br. Fern
Gaz. 10: 149. 1970; Nayar & Kaur, Comp. Beddome Handb.
31. 1974; Dhir, Ferns N.W. Himal. 49. 1980; Baishya & Rao,
Ferns and Fern Allies Meghalaya, 110. 1982; Dixit, Cens. Ind.
Pterid. 69. 1984; Manickam, Fern F1. Palni Hills, 21. 1986;
Jamir & Rao, Ferns Nagaland, 146. 1988.
Campteria biaurita (L.) Hook, Gen. Fil. t. 65 A. 1841;
Beddome. Handb. Ferns Brit. India, 116. 1883; Holttum, Rev.
Fl. Mal. 2: 407. 1954.
Description (Fig. 1)
Rhizome erect up to 3 cm diameter, densely covered
by scales at the apex, scales lanceolate, 3 x 0.75 mm,
brown, translucent at the periphery, dark brown and opaque
at the centre, apex acuminate, hairy margin. Stipe tufted,
numerous, 36—71 cm long, 3—7 mm thick, pale brown at
the base, abaxially rounded, adaxially grooved, scaly at the
base, glabrous above. Lamina lanceolate, up to 71 x 40 cm,
bipinnatifid; pinnae up to 12 pairs with one or two accessory
branches on the basal basiscopic side of the basal-most pairs,
subopposite, lanceolate, shortly stalked, apex acuminate,
base broadly cuneate, margin lobed within 3 mm from the
costa, lobes oblong slightly falcate, up to 3.3 x 0.8 cm, apex
rounded, margin entire; veins distinct both above and below,
basal veins of adjacent costule forming an arc along costa
with five to seven excurrent veins passing to the sinus base,
other veins forked once and reaching the margin; pinnae pale
green; texture subcoriaceous; small spinule borne at the base
of each costule. Sori borne all along the margin except at the
base of the sinus and at the apex of the lobes; spores 47 x
47 um, dark brown, exine with dense reticulate thickenings
and winged perispore.
Fig. 1: Pteris biaurita L. a) Rhizome, b) Rhizome scale,
c) Habit, d) Enlarged pinna showing venation & sori,
e) Sporangium, f) Spore
Specimen Examined
Pteris biaurita: Dudhwa National Park — Lakhimpur
Kheri, 16.x.2012, 160 m, SAC-415, SAC-450. All the
specimens are deposited in Centre for Plant Species
Biology, Department of Botany, St. Andrew’s College (PG),
Gorakhpur, Uttar Pradesh.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to the Principal, St. Andrew’s
(PG) College, Gorakhpur, for facilities and encouragement
given to us. One of the authors (SDR) is thankful to UGC
(UGC Sanction No. 40-308/2011) for financial assistance.
REFERENCES
BorTHAKuR, S.K., P. DEKA & K.K. Natu (2001): Illustrated Manual of
Ferns of Assam. Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun.
Pp. 170-198.
CHANDRA, S. (2000): The Ferns of India (Enumeration, Synonyms
& Distribution). International Book Distributors, Dehradun.
Pp. 28-47.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
CopELAND, E.B. (1947): Genera filicum. The genera of ferns. Chronica
Botanica, Waltham, Mass, USA.
Dixit, R.D. (1984): A Census of the Indian Pteridophytes. Botanical
Survey of India, Dept. of Environment, Howrah. Pp. 69.
TRUDAYARAJ, V. & V.S. MANICKAM (1995): Biodiversity and conservation
of ferns and fern allies of the Nilgiris. S.B. Academic Review
155
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
4(1): 61-63.
ManickaM, V.S. & V. IRUDAYARAJ (1992): Pteridophyte Flora of the
Western Ghats, South India. BI Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Pp. 65-81.
Nayar, B.K. & K.K. GEEVARGHESE (1993): Fern Flora of Malabar. Indus
Publishing Co., New Delhi. Pp. 101-118.
24. NEW DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORD OF TWO SPECIES OF OPHIOGLOSSUM L.
FOR THE DECCAN PENINSULA, INDIA
SACHIN Patit!**, RAJENDRA LAVATE!? AND MEENA DoNGARE!
'Department of Botany, Shivaji University, Kolhapur 416 004, Maharashtra, India.
"Email: [email protected]
3Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i2/72256
Introduction
The genus Ophioglossum L. has 40 species and a
few varieties known so far worldwide (Pichi-Sermolli
1958; Yadav and Goswami 2010). In India, the genus is
represented by 12 species (Goswami et al. 2008). Manickam
and Irudayaraj (1992) reported five Ophioglossum species
from southern Western Ghats, and Bhuskute (1999) reported
six species from Maharashtra. Since then, there has been
no authenticated study on the genus Ophioglossum. While
investigating the pteridophytes from Maharashtra, the
authors collected eight species of Ophioglossum, of which
O. parvifolium Grev. and O. polyphyllum A. Braun ex Seubert
are reported as new records to the Deccan peninsula, India.
The present note deals with taxonomic account, distribution,
and phenology. A modified key to the Ophioglossum species,
based on Panigrahi and Dixit (1969), is also given.
KEY TO SPECIES OF OPHIOGLOSSUM L. FROM
DECCAN PENINSULA
LorPiaitis lessthamclt) emis .2. Ab ol ae. ee. LR AS ji
#2 / Plants above [On fa S. Asa at A 5
2. Sterile lamina linear, grass-like ..............eee O. gramineum
— Sterile lamina ovate-elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate.................. 3
3. Rhizome subglobose, trophophyll ovate-elliptic ..........0.0..0.. A
— Rhizome tuberous, trophophylls elliptic-lanceolate, apex
BOS). 1G NL) A ON AE ae ee O. lusitanicum
4. Trophophylls ovate or elliptic, apex obtuse, base cuneate .......
2b ee ABA aed tSe dk. RAIN POA, ASS, O. nudicaule
— Trophophylls ovate, apex acute-apiculate, base cuneate ..........
aod ith quran AMR IO oe Men ee | ARAN ROE As Cae tiaee Jag bench ag O. parvifolium
5. (Rilizomig @loeose in ules ys, Be PUI e oie occ. csiee so vadeanrcecarnss 6
=r RiizomedOt globose. csc eran ded) en so 7
6. Sterile trophophylls small, lanceolate, obtuse-ovate ................
nee inn en MR Fe sani. first Ae HR Sy 9 Re ly, O. costatum
— Sterile trophophylls large, elliptical-oblong, glabrous..............
RLa. I oe Mh STOR he AMALIE MET A O. polyphyllum
156
Tia Te AILS OE lel Me. A. holed. Ah AM. eet O. reticulatum
7 lLatinadanceolates.t...0t. Wear. AT.... O. petiolatum
Ophioglossum parvifolium Grev. & Hook. Bot. Misc.
3221801833:
Terrestrial herb, height 4-5 cm; rhizome 3—4 mm
diam., erect, soft, tuberous, bearing 1—2 trophophylls at the
apex; trophophylls 0.4—1 cm long, 0.4—0.6 mm broad, ovate-
lanceolate, apex acute to apiculate, margin entire, base cordate;
veins obscure, four or five veins passing up through the stalk of
the blade; fertile segment 24 cm long, linear oblong; strobili
0.5—1 cm long, 0.3 mm broad, 3—6 sporangia, alternate on
either side; spores 25-45 um diam., trilete, exine reticulate.
Distribution
World: India, China, South America, Sumatra,
Malaysia, Thailand.
India: Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra.
Maharashtra: Tableland plateau (Panchgan1),
Ghanbi, Radhanagari, Dajipur, Ajara, Tilhari Nagar, Achirne,
Fonda.
Phenology: June—August.
Ecology: Common species, growing in patches on fully
exposed plateaus at an altitude 200—1,200 m. The species
is associated with Ophioglossum gramineum, O. costatum,
and O. nudicaule.
Ophioglossum polyphyllum A. Braun ex Seubert,
Fl. Azor. 17. 1844; Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 9: 632. 1954;
Panigrahi and Dixit, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 35 B(3): 255.
1969; Dixit, Indian Fern J.6: 146. 1989.
Ophioglossum cuspidatum Milde, Bot. Zeit. 22: 107.
1864;
Ophioglossum aitchisonii (Clarke) d’ Almeida, J.
Indian Bot. Soc. 3: 63 f. 12-13. 1922; Mahabale, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 4: 71. 1962.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Plant up to 15 cm long, terrestrial or semiaquatic;
rhizome linear elongate, unbranched fusiform, bearing
numerous fibrous rhizoids; trophophylls 4-12 cm long,
1—2 cm broad, tuft, elliptical-oblong, glabrous, narrowed
at base and apex, wider medially, apex acute-mucronate,
margin entire; texture herbaceous; veins without free
endings, anastomosing with simple included veinlets;
fertile segments 4—6 cm long without strobili, arising from
the base of each sterile leaf under the soil; strobili 1—-2.5 cm
long, green when young, yellow at maturity; spores c. 30—-
40 um diam., trilate with circular amb. and fine reticulated
exinic.
Distribution
World: India, Ethopia, Kenya, south-west Africa,
North America.
India: Uttar Pradesh, north-east Himalaya,
Maharashtra.
Maharashtra: Jat (Sangli district).
Phenology: July—October.
Ecology: Constrained to the ground and its adjoining
grassland area at Raje Ramrao College, Jat, Sangli district,
Maharashtra, India. Grows where the annual rainfall is below
1,000 mm at 700 m altitude.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors are thankful to the Head, Department
of Botany, Shivaji University, Kolhapur, for providing
laboratory facilities.
REFERENCES
BuuskuTE, S.M. (1999): Ophioglossums of Bhandara district,
Maharashtra state, India. Indian Fern Journal 16: 51—S4.
GoswaMI, H.K., S.C. VERNA & B.D. SHARMA (EDs) (2008): Biology of
Pteridophytes — I. Ophioglossum, Linnaeus. Bionature Monograph.
Catholic Press, Ranchi. Pp. 1-135.
MANIcKAM, V.S. & V. IRUDAYARAJ (1992): Pteridophyte Flora of
South India. Today & Tomorrow’s Publications, New Delhi. Pp. 653.
PANIGRAHI, G. & R.D. Drxir (1969): Studies in Indian Pteridophytes
IV. The family Ophioglossaceae in India. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India
35 B (3): 230-266.
PIcHI-SERMOLLI, R.E.G. (1958): The higher taxa of the Pteridophyta and
their classification. In: Hedberg, O. (Ed.): Systematics of Today.
Uppsala UnivArsskrift 1958(6): 70-90.
Yapav, B.L. & H.K. Goswami (2010): A new, pink-brown Ophioglossum
(Ophioglossaceae) from India. Bull. Natl. Mus. Nat. Sci., Ser. B
36(4): 155-159,
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published on July 07, 2015
by Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(2), May-August 2014
157
ba Pore
TA
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
Manuscripts should be submitted as Word documents (.doc) or
RTF (.rtf) files. Figures may be uploaded separately or embedded
into the text of your initial submission. On acceptance, you will
be required to upload your manuscript as one text file and
additional high resolution graphics files in TIFF (tiff). Please
ensure that the track changes feature has been turned off and
any reviewing notes removed before submission or they will be
visible throughout the review process.
If a new taxon is described, the institution in which the type
material is deposited must be given, together with details of the
registration assigned to it; the specimen should be deposited in
a National Depository. Full binomial names should be given on
the first occasion an organism is mentioned (and abbreviated
thereafter), except at the beginning of a sentence. Avoid
footnotes except to add information below the body of a table.
Do not use initial capitals for the common names of animals
unless derived from a proper noun.
Revised manuscripts must be submitted in their final form within
two months of receipt of a revision letter from the Editor.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible and must be typed in double
spacing. The text should run in one, single column and have
generous margins. Pages should be numbered consecutively,
and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in the following
order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s), Department(s)
and Institution(s) [in case of multiple affiliations, author(s) should
specify current affiliation]; Footnote containing address of
Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List of
Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from the
Original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2 should
contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the following
order: Introduction; Material and Methods or Methodology;
Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements; References. Abstract,
Key Words, Tables and Captions for Figures should be typed
separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of material and the procedures should be clearly
stated. New methods should be described in detail, but if the
methods are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any
modifications made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study
and main conclusions emerging from the study should be
included. The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent
sequence for clarity and readability. The same data should not
be presented in both tables and figures, and such data as can
be easily and briefly stated in the text should not be depicted
diagrammatically. Only such tables and figures as are necessary
should be given. Tests of statistical significance should be
identified and references used should be cited. Statements about
the statistical significance of the results must be borne out by
the level of significance, preferably provided in the tables and
legends. The use of the word “significant” should be restricted
to “statistically significant”.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to
the minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data. The drawings are usually reduced to the
page width or column size, and care should be taken that the size
of letters, numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction. Photographs should be
the same size as they will appear in the journal and should be
selected to fit neatly into one column (80 mm) or two columns
(168 mm). Photographs should be labelled and numbered as for
line drawings. For microscopical preparations, scale bars with
appropriate units must be provided; statements of magnification
are not acceptable.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references rests
with the author(s). References must be checked against the text
to ensure (a) that the spelling of authors’ names and the dates
given are consistent and (b) that all authors quoted in the text
(in date order if more than one) are given in the reference list
and vice versa. The full title of the paper must be given together
with the first and last pages. Abstracts of papers presented
at scientific meetings may be cited. References to literature
should be alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with
the abridged titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles
of books or papers in Roman type.
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need
not follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is
required, but key words may be included and references must
be cited as in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to publish
a member’s contribution before that of a nonmember and also
to publish invited papers on priority. Authors may suggest up to
four referees for their paper; however, the Editor reserves the
right to choose referees other than those suggested.
Visit www.bnhsjournal.org for details
Registered with the Registrar of Newspapers under RN 5685/57
Print ISSN 0006-6982 ¢ Online ISSN 2454-1095
emens (UTIL
SPE (2. eReaepe ane dle WORN alah gts tee one eA E en Fae tid Tec AE RD OT STS; 4 AAR Main ely OC ee ee ery
MOLECULAR SEXING OF THE CRITICALLY ENDANGERED SLENDER-BILLED VULTURE GYPS
' TENUIROSTRISAND ITS CONSERVATION IMPLICATIONS
Mandar Dilip Kulkarni, Rohan Shringarpure, Chandra Mohan S., Mohini Saini, Tapan K. Palai,
Praveen K. Gupta, Purvi Bhatt, Nikita Prakash, Ashok Bhagwat and Vibhu Prakash................:ccseees ae 13
THE GRASSLAND BIRDS OF ROLLAPADU WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, ANDHRA PRADESH, INDIA, WITH ;
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE IMPACT OF GRAZING-FREE ENCLOSURES
FR TMU Nt Rr te oe rea ean es ry crn carts pe ate et edna ane cd ayineaainneritde Ma bidanarnieianatinwadlaniia sara 81
FOOD HABITS OF INDIAN GREY HORNBILL OCYCEROS BIROSTRIS IN SATHYAMANGALAM FOREST
DIVISION, EASTERN GHATS, INDIA |
E. Santhoshkummiar and, BalasutirarAmial...;....:c.c-ce-c-seacccerecessacsseunsiverssveneevsseevsenvesasctendpdivatuawesesssnseceuedees G0
NEW RECORD OF LIVE CORAL SPECIES COLONIZING INTERTIDAL ZONES ALONG SOUTHERN
SAURASHTRA, INDIA
Paresh Poriya, Bhavik Vakariiand Rahul KUNGU.......-i..ccecsescessssnssnsceesesssesssaccnstesvenesnatiesdesseeseneestseesays gee ae 98
NEW RECORDS OF SEAWEEDS FROM THE GOACOAST, INDIA
N. Pereira and M.R. Almeida...............:. Od ie tases MNEs a ak AC en ie ull see tte cs Mita yay pots Ue Senne cn ere 106
Fe NR Ae ees egy ae te ee Me ee, STN En ree A a ie i at Pa oa ail tO Seka Lait culate acerca a 124
fe peg Ge he FE Ss CES SO | Se ca ge Rogers ana eet Re Rr Oe es aoe pee otek 125
__ Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published by
Ms. Sumaira Abdulali for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road,
Mumbai 400 001. Website: www.bnhsjournal.org; Email: [email protected]/[email protected]
~ JOURN
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
a
CONSERVING :
NATURE SINCE 1883
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
Hornbill House, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Marg, Mumbai 400 001.
Executive Epitor
Asad R. Rahmani, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai
Copy Ebitor
Ranjit Manakadan, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Copy AND PRobucTION EpITtor
Vibhuti Dedhia, M. Sc.
Bombay Natural History Society
Editorial Board
Ajith Kumar, Ph. D. Aasheesh Pittie, B. Com.
National Centre for Biological Sciences, ) Bird Watchers Society of Andhra Pradesh,
GKVK Campus, Hebbal, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
SSULEUELG | G.S. Rawat, Ph. D.
C.R. Babu, Ph. D. Wildlife Institute of India,
Professor, Centre for Environmental Management Dehradun, Uttarakhand
of Degraded Ecosystems, J.D. Marcus Knight, Ph. D.
University of Delhi, Chennai, Tamil Nadu
New Delhi J.S. Singh, Ph. D.
Anwaruddin Choudhury, Ph. D., D. Sc. Professor, Sutera Hindu University
The Rhino Foundation for Nature, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Guwahati, Assam S. Subramanya, Ph. D.
Bud a mt Pe University of Agricultural Sciences, GKVK,
Indraneil Das; D. Phil Hebbal, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation,
Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak, R. Sukumar, Ph. D.
Malaysia Professor, Centre for Ecological Sciences,
Indian Institute of Science, Bengaluru, Karnataka
Romulus Whitaker, B. Sc.
Madras Reptile Park and Crocodile Bank Trust,
Tamil Nadu
S.R. Yadav, Ph. D.
Shivaji University, Kolhapur,
Maharashtra
Y.V. Jhala, Ph. D.
Wildlife Institute of India,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand
K. Ullas Karanth, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society — India Program,
Bengaluru, Karnataka
Consultant Editors
Gayatri W. Ugra, Ph. D.
Bombay Natural History Society
Raghunandan Chundawat, Ph. D.
Wildlife Conservation Society, Bengaluru
Nigel Collar, Ph. D.
BirdLife International, UK
Rhys Green, Ph. D.
Royal Society for Protection of Birds, UK
Qamar Qureshi, M. Phil.
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun
Editorial Assistant: Sonali V. Vadhavkar, M. Sc.
Layout and Typesetting: V. Gopi Naidu
© Bombay Natural History Society 2014
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS). Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside the scope of the above should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, BNHS at the address given above.
VOLUME 111(3): DECEMBER 2014
CONTENTS
2) 2% led ite gn ei Fe, Pein Pra vo) Une Reith MEME nth ete cots eee a CG Orin ante. eeieeatie, Stee oh et
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION PANTHERA LEO PERSICA, MEYER, 1826, INSOUTHERN
SAURASHTRA, GUJARAT, INDIA: A VISION FOR FUTURE MANAGEMENT
MAK. RRANPRSIIA egies ses ccneee cancccecctgeal RO a eas MOE, 5 2 ceo, BNA alee Mi ste ttn rate cent caste cat handed ene SRR Aa Ne Pa ce
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET ATHENE BRAMA (TEMMINCK, 1821)
Ashish N. Nerlekar, Gaurang G. Gowande and Pratik S. Joshi
TOC PPP CeCe eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) RECORDED FROM PADDY FIELDS IN
UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
Md HumayoonAkhtarand MelieaK amit Stine) M8: 57 te es Oe Oe RR FOREN Bae Ain cha dacie cpt tin ta nega ea ge Ra as
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUOIDEA) FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
K. Sivasankaran arma’ S: Tomaqcainitrviie ecceMte tr ecoets scecec corte tater ate erate eee a eats carte ie Rote eee one agree eee eeaneees
REVIEWS
1. SHIFTING GROUND: PEOPLE, ANIMALS, AND MOBILITY OF INDIAS ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY
Reviewed Dy ASAC: IS. Fal ®. ctascsaadt es enact tee teste anne ee oad vaneer irene seeaaneaecn
2. THE SONG OF THE MAGPIE ROBIN
REVICWEG DY AGAC tae FREPIMEN sera nn ten easmasebancaaianhanaaiantonhaatanntizes fine alanec hereon Mos aaa mae FEB O4 2075 bat Stine: San etae
10
3. GREEN WARS: DISPATCHES FROM A VANISHING WORLD
Reviewed by Asad R. RANMan......-c... edhe Metts Ry ak teste Mat vette Sel cae
See eins | nn
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
MAMMALS 8. Jungle Babbler Turdoides striata at Tanot in Thar desert,
1. Hanuman Langur Semnopithecus dussumieri feeding on western Rajasthan: a range extension
the apical stem of Euphorbia nivulia at Mount Abu and Pramod Patil, Siddhesh S. Surve, Noor Khan and
Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuaries in Rajasthan, India SIN Ai OS a! os an aatdsicaln serra tin a enartald Sea naga Beene erels
Satish Kumar Sharma and Vijay Kumar Koli................. 212 9. Sightings of Buffy Fish-owl Ketupa ketupu and Mangrove
2. Firstrecord of Hodgson’s Bat Myotis formosus Hodgson, Pitta Pitta megarhyncha in Sundarbans Tiger Reserve,
1835 (Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae, Myotinae) from the West Bengal, India
Western Ghats, India Harkirat Singh Sangha and Sandeep S. Dhumal .........
Rohit Chakravarty, Shashank Dalvi, 10. Observations on bill deformities in three bird species
Vishnupriya Sankararaman and D.V. Girish................. ais from Maharashtra, India
3. Endangered Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica R.V. Hippargi, P.M. Bolde, M.K.Rao, A.M. Bolde and
gangetica sighted in Rapti river, Balrampur district, SrA AR ao Se cs Pee Ei Pca abil ch,
Uttar Pradesh, India 11. The Buff-bellied Pipit Anthus rubescens japonicus at
Kamlesh K. Maurya, Dabeer Hasan and Ranthambhore, Rajasthan, India
Cees (ct: a eee ees ee Meer wr cree re 214 Harkirat Singh Sangha ......-scscssesseecseecsesssessseeseeesteeseeeeees
4. A scientometric analysis of the trends of information
dissemination on ‘true albino’ and ‘white’ mammals REPTILES
He IR RON aie sac cens rex eee igs alseats oaGaa vy toate gauadaeeae Shea eras 216 12. Albino Common Trinket Snake Coelognathus helena
(Daudin, 1803) from Udaipur, Rajasthan, Northwest
BIRDS India
5. Sighting of Indian Spotted Eagle Clanga hastata trom Satish Kumar Sharma and Padam Singh Rathore........
Tal Chhapar Sanctuary, Rajasthan, India
Siddhesh S. Surve, Pramod Patil, Noor Khan FISH
and: @ujit Nanwadecw: mo. maeiwilidtie ies ae 220 13. Onacollection of fish from Manjaly — an estuarine area
6. Sighting of Rose-ringed Parakeet (blue) at Kachoriya nala of the river Periyar in Ernakulam district, Kerala,
from Rawatbhata, Chittorgarh district, Rajasthan, India India
Charchit Jain, AkKshun Gupta and Rimal Sudhindran .... 221 M.H. Shyla and K.S. Jameela B@evi «0... cccccecenerneeees
7. Slender-billed Babbler Turdoides longirostris in Rajiv 14. Sexual dimorphism in a benthic fish Oxyurichthys
Gandhi Orang National Park, Assam, India tentacularis (Valenciennes, 1837), Gobiidae, inhabiting
Biswajit Chakdar, Manabendra Ray Choudhury, Ashtamudi estuary, Kerala, India
Panna Deb and Hilloljyoti Singha...............::::cceeeeeeeeeees 222 Remya Mohan and Sherly Williams, E. ......... cee
ise
161
172
180
193
210
210
211
224
225
226
229
230
231
235
INSECTS
1:
16.
cre
Anote on the occurrence of Bindahara phocides (Fabricius)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) as a fruit borer of Salacia
fruticosa Heyne ex Lawson at Peechi, Kerala, India
Revathy, V.S., George Mathew, N. Sasidharan and
K. Muhammad AnazZ 25 ae ctr ceca indent oe
Papilio xuthus Linnaeus (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) — a
new record for India
Nosang MUNinglas iImbOGs. S15 ac cdobalassaeselaakt ata
Geographical convergence patterns in the distribution of
Drosophila species in Nagaland, a sub-Himalayan hilly
state of North-east India
Bovito Achumi, Shridhar N. Hegde, Pardeshi Lal,
Zevelou and Sarat Chandra Yenisetti.............0000.....
236
238
239
BOTANY
18.
To
20.
Zit.
Present status of Aldrovanda vesiculosa L. in India
S210 LIESt re | 0 Fe Paaee oobi) & PAA Eben na A ee
On the ecology and occurrence of Aeginetia indica L. and
Wrightia dolichocarpa Bahadur et Bennet in southern
Gujarat, India
WS el ater] SSSI RSE (0 [Ea alter call eta ill in a ea
Croton hirtus L’Herit. (Euphorbiaceae) — a new record
for Karnataka, India
SEO Z EN AIS Tes S10 eee ee ee
Eleocharis spiralis (Rottb.) Roem. & Schult. (Cyperaceae)
— a new record for Andaman and Nicobar Islands,
India
A.N. Chandore, M.Y. Kamble and K.V.C. Gosavi ..........
Cover Photograph: Shaggy Lady Slipper Orchid Paphiopedilum hirsutissimum By Isaac Kehimkar
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
WE ARE GRATEFUL TO THE MINISTRY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY,
GOVT. OF INDIA,
FOR FINANCIAL SUPPORT FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL.
Editorial
Symbolism par excellence
Besides the national animal (Tiger) and national bird (Peafowl), each state in India has a state
animal, state bird, state tree, and state flower. The species thus selected is either very rare or widespread
or has sociocultural values. Another reason for picking up a species for this honour is to connect people
with the species and its habitat so they will become interested in its protection. The state is expected to
take measures for species survival — why would a government select a species to represent the state when
it is not interested in its protection? Let us take some examples and see what the states are doing.
First let’s consider globally threatened species. Great One-horned Indian Rhinoceros is the state
animal of Assam and Great Indian Bustard is the state bird of Rajasthan. What a contrast in the action
of the two states! While the rhino has risen literally from mud in the last 100 years, the bustard is
going to dust in another ten years or less. In the early 1900s, it is said that there were less than two
dozen rhinos left in the swamps and muddy grasslands of Kaziranga in Assam, thanks to poaching
and hunting. Poaching is still a problem, but the rhino numbers have increased to more than 2,000 in
Kaziranga. To accommodate this increasing number, the Assam government has increased the area of
Kaziranga six times; as a result this famous Park now spreads to 849 sq. km. The Assam government
has developed Rhino Vision 20:20 under which the state aims to increase the Great One-horned Indian
Rhinoceros numbers to 3,000 by the year 2020. Besides Kaziranga, rhinos are found in Orang, Pobitora
and Manas, and will be reintroduced in Laokhowa Burha-chapori Wildlife Sanctuary from where they
became extinct in 1983. Every poaching case of rhino results in public outrage, and is discussed in
the state assembly. Perhaps for no other species have public rallies been taken out for its protection.
Children write poetry, make paintings, youngsters join cycle rallies, elders express concern in seminars,
and media thrashes the government after every rhino death, sometimes even when the death is due
to natural causes. Every Assamese is proud of the state animal. Posters of rhinos are present in many
Street corners.
Contrast this with the status of Great Indian Bustard, now the rarest bustard of the world. From
many thousands, hundred years ago, the Bustard number has gone down to less than 150 individuals
in 2014. Along with Macqueen’s Bustard, Chinkara (state animal), and Sandgrouse, the Great Indian
Bustard is extensively hunted by poachers and criminals, but no one has been prosecuted till now.
The Desert National Park where the GIB, as it is commonly known, was found will be reduced by
half to accommodate the mining and industrial lobby. Project Bustard, announced with fanfare by the
previous Rajasthan government three years ago, has been thrown to dust by the present government.
Diyatra Closed Area in Bikaner district has been dismantled, and I know some wildlife officers who
have never visited it in their entire tenure of posting in Bikaner, although it is only 40 km from the
state headquarters. The bustard is practically extinct in Diyatra region, once its stronghold in Rajasthan.
No bird has been seen for the last five years. Similar is the fate of Sonkhaliya Closed Area in Ajmer
district, where nearly 80 bustards used to be present in the 1980s — this year (2014) none were seen.
In the Sorsan Bustard Area in Baran district, the last bustard died in the mid-1990s.
The Bustard story is repeated in some other states too. Kashmir Stag or Hangul is the state animal
of Jammu & Kashmir. This subspecies of Red Deer was widespread in Himachal and Jammu & Kashmir
—now no more. Between 160 and 170 deer cling to their last stronghold in Dachigam National Park in
Kashmir. You will think that the state government must be doing everything to protect its state symbol.
Far from it! A request to remove the intrusive Sheep Breeding Farm from the National Park has been
under discussion for the last 30—35 years. The request to start a state-of-the-art Conservation Breeding
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82593
160
Programme is pending for lack of funds and interest. We hear a lot of homilies from politicians, but
ground action is lacking. While in Europe the Red Deer has made a comeback, and there are millions
of them, our own majestic subspecies trots towards extinction.
Another species that will become extinct is the central Indian Wild Buffalo, the state animal of
Chhattisgarh. While for other wild animals we may not be able to immediately point out their importance
to the general public, the Wild Buffalo is perhaps one of our most important genetic resources. On one
side we have enacted a strong National Biodiversity Act to prevent ‘stealing’ of our genetic resource
and the government encourages scientists to map the gene pool of wild plants and animals. On the
other side, there is a gene pool in the form of Wild Buffalo that is dying out due to sheer neglect and
apathy. One would assume that the Agriculture Ministry and the Animal Husbandry Department would
be interested to take up this issue as they benefit from genetic diversity — one cannot be more wrong. It
is only the understaffed and demoralized Chhattisgarh Forest Department that is taking some measures
to protect the last few herds of Wild Buffalo. Their Conservation Breeding Programme perpetually
suffers from a resource crunch.
Fortunately, there are some success stories also. Barasingha, for example, the state animal of
Madhya Pradesh has made a comeback. Like the Wild Buffalo of Chhattisgarh, it was widespread in
central India, but poaching, so-called sport hunting and conversion of its grassland habitat, brought
it to the verge of extinction. Less than 70 animals were left in the grasslands of Kanha National Park
in the 1970s. Thanks to good research-based conservation actions, now the number is more than 600,
and increasing. Similar is the well-known case of Asiatic Lions of Gir. It is too famous to be repeated
here.
Asiatic Elephant, an iconic animal, is the state animal of three states: Jharkhand, Karnataka and
Kerala, while Blackbuck is the state animal of Punjab, Haryana and Andhra Pradesh. All state animals or
birds are not necessarily rare. For example, White-breasted Kingfisher is the state bird of West Bengal,
while Indian Roller is the state bird of Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Odisha. Indian Roller was
selected as it eats insects, and thus is considered ‘a friend of the farmer’. But why the White-breasted
Kingfisher, which is such a widespread bird in South and South-east Asia. Why not Masked Finfoot
or Mangrove Pitta that is found in Sundarbans — the largest mangroves in the world?
Similarly, selection of state flower does not follow any pattern. While Uttarakhand has opted for
the famous Brahma Kamal that grows above the tree-line from 3,000 m to 4,500 m, the Uttar Pradesh
government has opted for Palash or Flame-of-the-Forest. Manipur is proud of its endemic Siroi Lily,
confined to a small area. Gujarat has opted for Marigold, a religious symbol being the thought. Bihar
also has Marigold as its state flower.
Declaring state species 1s fine, but it should not remain symbolic. If the species is rare, and many
species are, the state should do everything to improve its status. Just declaring a state animal or a state
flower and not doing anything is “Symbolism par excellence’. Species cannot survive on symbolism
— they need concrete actions on the ground!
Asad R. Rahmani
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION
PANTHERA LEO PERSICA, MEYER, 1826, IN SOUTHERN SAURASHTRA,
GUJARAT, INDIA: A VISION FOR FUTURE MANAGEMENT
M.K. RANIITSINH!
‘Former Director, Wildlife Preservation, Govt. of India, 5 Tiger Lane (W6-C lane), Sainik Farms, New Delhi 110 062, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82338
While the total lion population has increased by 27% from 2010 to 2015, the increase during the same period in
protected areas is only 6%, but the increase outside of them is 126%. The total area of the Gir National Park and
Sanctuary and the Girnar, Mitiyala, and Paniya sanctuaries and their environs, is approximately 1,900 sq. km, while
the current landscape occupied by the Lion in Southern Saurashtra is about 22,000 sq. km. No large wild cat has
affected reoccupation of its former habitat on such a scale, neither in Asia nor in Africa, in the last more than 50 years.
An encouraging factor which will assist the lion reoccupation of former territories is the sense of tolerance and pride
with which the local people view the arrival of lions in their neighbourhood. The fact that lions prey substantially
upon nilgai which cause damage to agriculture, has helped in their acceptance by the local communities. However,
public opinion can change if lions come in serious conflict with human interests. The authorities, therefore, must
prepare a comprehensive prospective management plan, which would assist the lion to reoccupy suitable former
habitats including the Barda landscape, allow movement of specimens to prevent in-breeding, as well as to safeguard
the lions, their prey and their habitats.
Keywords: Gir, Girnar, Barda, Shetrunja Hill, Nes, Nilgai
161-171
On the kind invitation of the Chief Wildlife Warden of
Gujarat, I participated in the quinquennial enumeration of
the Asiatic Lion in Saurashtra, from May 1-6, 2015. Having
participated as a schoolboy in the first enumeration of the
lion in independent India, carried out by the Principal of my
school Mr. M.A. Wynter-Blyth in 1950 (Ranjitsinh 1997),
and having been involved with the conservation of the lion
and its habitats over the decades, it was a most rewarding
experience. The total count of the lion went up from 411 in
2010 to 523 in 2015, an increase of 27%. However, more
significant than the gross increase in population is the spread
in distribution, consequent to the reoccupation of part of its
former range by the lion.
Following the merger of the princely states in 1948, the
entire extant world habitat of the Asiatic Lion, in southern
Saurashtra, came under one authority for the first time — the
Government of the State of Saurashtra at the outset, followed
by the Government of the State of Bombay and then of
Gujarat.
Lions have always exhibited their propensity to travel
distances and to occupy contiguous habitats, even if it involves
traversing open terrain. After their numbers grew following
the disastrous decline after the famine of 1899-1900, they
started appearing in Mitiyala, then a part of the princely state
of Bhavnagar, from 1917 onwards. The most assiduous duty
assigned to the field staff of the princely state of Junagarh,
which had the major population of the lion, was to prevent
lions from straying out of the territories of Junagarh State
into the neighbouring Kathi estates and thereby getting shot.
In independent India too, the policy was that of containment
of the lion within the precincts of the Gir Forest. With the
establishment of the Gir Sanctuary in 1965, followed by the
initiation of the Gir Lion Sanctuary Project in 1972 upon
the promulgation of the Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972,
and finally the establishment of Gir National Park (NP) over
a major part of the Sanctuary in 1975 and the relocation of
over a hundred “maldhari nesses”’, the conservation status of
both the Gir and of the lion improved significantly. The lion
population within the precincts of the Gir NP and Sanctuary
attained its optimum levels and started straying out. Some
animals moved eastwards into what was called Baroda Gir,
east of Jasadhar, and Mitiyala became a permanent abode of
the lion. However, the major diaspora occurred southwards
along the coast, where the Forest Department had carried
out plantation of casuarina trees, augmented and invaded
by Prosopis juliflora. The lions that occupied these new
territories, especially along the southern coast, mostly
survived on livestock supplemented with Wild Pig and Nilgai
and were, of course, a major source of man-animal conflict,
and were themselves in danger of being eliminated because
of their cattle-killing propensity. The standard practice then
was to capture these “truant” lions and to bring them back for
release into the Gir, resulting in intra-specific conflict, and,
frequently, the death of the “salvaged” lions. Very frequently,
'Encampments of livestock owners
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
these very same lions themselves dispersed out of Gir again.
The authorities in charge were reluctant to address the reasons
of and the remedies for the lion dispersal — that the Gir had
reached the limits of its carrying capacity of lions and that
the lions needed more /ebensraum (living space).
Like most democratic governments, the Government
of Gujarat was reluctant to establish more protected areas
or to enlarge existing ones. The Gir Lion Sanctuary Project
entailing the shifting of the maldhari nesses and establishment
of the Gir NP, had been initiated during the period Gujarat
was under the rule of the Central Government. The then
Administrator, Shri K.T. Satarawala, I.A.S, had a personal
interest in the conservation of the Gir and constantly sought
the advice of the Bombay Natural History Society and of
the Director of Wildlife Preservation, Government of India,
which I then was. The Girnar massif had the only outlying
discrete lion population during the 1950 enumeration and it
had gene-flow connectivity with the main Gir population, for
the major part of the 20th century, which now unfortunately
is curtailed due to the intensive land use in the intervening
landscape. Yet Girnar became a sanctuary only as late as
2008 and Mitiyala in 2004 (Singh 2004), despite constant
reminders from the Government of India and the conservation
lobby.
During my first tenure as Director of Wildlife of
India (1972-75), the Indian Wildlife Board, whose member
secretary I then was, had debated the idea of a second home
for the lion; the first attempt in the Chandraprabha Sanctuary
of Uttar Pradesh having failed in the 1950s. A subcommittee
had been formed to identify a second home, with the late
R.K. Dharmakumarsinhyji as the chairperson and I as the
member secretary. I visited the potential sites identified —
Jaisamand and Todgarh sanctuaries in Rajasthan and the Barda
forest in Gujarat. I had recommended that the Government
of Gujarat should consider Barda as a potential second home
for the lion and that Barda should become a sanctuary. This
was not accepted and indeed, Barda was not even established
as a sanctuary till 1979. A coalition of two young male lions,
locally called “belad”, had marched on their own into the
marshland and scrub of Mokar near Porbandar and indeed,
were on the outskirts of Ranavav, just below the Barda Hills.
They would surely have reached Barda and reoccupied the
former domain of the lion after a lapse of 120 years. But they
killed two valuable horses and in February 2003, were caught,
brought back to the Gir and released near Kankai in the centre
of the Gir, where they were promptly killed by the resident
dominant male. It is ironical that the Government of Gujarat
has now established, at considerable expense, a rehabilitation
centre for the lion in the Barda Sanctuary and has already
placed captive lions there, for release.
162
During the past decades, the Government of Gujarat
has been receiving suggestions for the enhancement of
the protected area adjacent to the Gir, to provide for the
increase and the “spillover” of the lion population. I had been
suggesting that the landscape being occupied by the march of
the lions should be called the “brihad” (enlarged) Gir, jokingly
suggesting that just as emperors in ancient India practised
‘“ashwamedha” whereby the emperor’s armies followed a
wandering stallion of the emperor, claiming for the emperor
all the territories that the horse traversed, the State Wildlife
Department should practice “a sinhamedha” and claim all
the territories that this animal emperor occupied! The State
wildlife authorities were not unaware of the needs of the
growing population of Gir lions. However, in any developing
nation, and particularly so in India, significant progress in
nature conservation, especially involving a change in land
use, can only be achieved through political will and support.
The requisite change in perception, priority, and practice came
about in the past decade, especially when Gujarat came to
realize that it may lose its “monopoly” over the lion, for which
a second home was being readied in Kuno-Palpur sanctuary
in Madhya Pradesh, at the suggestion of scientists from the
Wildlife Institute of India. The urgency and importance of
in situ lion conservation became even more evident after the
Supreme Court order of 2013 directing the translocation of
lion to Kuno-Palpur in Madhya Pradesh. The demand for a
second home outside of Gujarat needed to be countermanded
by the claim that the lion had itself occupied a number of
“satellite” secondary homes around the Gir; that it was safe
even from the threat of an epidemic in its current expanded
range and that it was loved by the local people and was a
part of their local culture and milieu, which they would be
very loath to part with.
Both the lion and its habitat have greatly benefited by
this change. The policy of lion containment within the Gir
NP and Sanctuary (1,412 sq. km) morphed into Asiatic Lion
Landscape (ALL) conservation, encompassing 22,000 sq.
km, all in South Saurashtra. Girnar became a sanctuary at
long last and Barda is being readied to receive lions (Gujarat
Forest Department 2015), its control having been transferred
to the wildlife wing of the State in 2013. Poaching of lion for
commercial purposes in 2007 led to large scale recruitment of
forest guards and other field staff, a novelty in India today. But
perhaps the most significant volte face has been the change in
the attitude of the local people. Retaliatory poisoning of lions
to avenge the killing of livestock was not uncommon in the
past. Not anymore. The proximity of lions, their presence on
private land and indeed their predation of livestock are often
viewed not just with indulgence, but with a sense of pride
and of ownership. Compensation for livestock killed by lions
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
is sometimes not claimed. Vanyaprani Mitra or volunteers
from 300 villages and 14 other settlements help the Forest
Department and provide information on the presence and
movement of lions in peripheral areas of the Gir (Gujarat
Forest Department 2015). Over 6,000 volunteers from across
Gujarat wanted to participate in the lion enumeration of
2015. In an opinion poll survey carried out by a prominent
newspaper some years ago, 97% of the people of Gujarat did
not want the lions to be moved out of Saurashtra. Gujarat
has achieved with the lion what the rest of India has not
succeeded in doing vis-a-vis the tiger, in endearing the lion
and instilling pride and a sense of possession of the lion,
amongst the common man. Whether the lion goes to the
Kuno-Palpur Sanctuary or not, despite the categorical order
of the Supreme Court, is a moot point, but the purpose of
securing the safety of the lion has been ensured. Gujarat till
just a few years ago had the unique distinction of being the
only political entity in the world which had both the lion and
the tiger. It is unfortunate that since the last tiger disappeared
from the Dang forest of south Gujarat, the State has spurned
the suggestions of many, including mine, to bring back the
tiger to Gujarat.
During my periodic visits since the 1970s, I have
witnessed an improvement in the biota, especially of the
ungulate population, in the Gir NP and Sanctuary. With the
reduction and stoppage of grazing, the habitat has significantly
improved. Nowhere in India can one find such a profusion
of the banyan tree Ficus benghalensis. More aerial roots are
reaching the ground now than before, because there is less
nibbling by livestock. The population of wild pig Sus scrofa
is less than it was in the 1950s, but the nilgai Boselaphus
tragocamelus have increased and now appear to have
stabilized their numbers along the periphery of the protected
areas and have multiplied outside of them. Chital Axis axis
have truly proliferated, especially in the last decade and it
is heartening to see the increase of sambar Cervus unicolor.
I was fortunate to see the rare and elusive rusty-spotted cat
Felis rubiginosa for the first time in Saurashtra. What has
apparently not increased is the cryptic four-horned antelope
Tetracerus quadricornis, an animal in retreat throughout the
country and which is ignored almost universally. The lion
has become bold and diurnal for the past number of decades.
However, there is a dramatic change in the behaviour of the
leopard Panthera pardus. Renowned for its shyness and
circumspection, the leopard in the Gir has not only become
diurnal and can be seen even at midday, but uncommonly bold
as well, which is proof of the safety of its past generations.
However, what were most revealing and interesting
were the changes outside of the Park and sanctuaries. I was
2Vidi : Grassland - scrub area
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
able to utilize my five day stay at Sasan Gir to traverse areas |
had not visited for decades and some parts which I had never
been to before — from Mangrol in the west to Bhavnagar
in the east; from Visavadar and Krankach in the north to
Jasadhar and Jamwala in the south. Over the years one had
been receiving reports of the progressive colonization of
past habitats by the lion. I was not aware of the extent and
dimension of it till I saw it for myself.
The Paniya Sanctuary established in 1989 (Sandeep
Kumar and Pathan 2015) and containing Charakio Dungar,
the second highest peak in the Gir after Nandivelo and
adjacent to the Kankai-Sap Nes forest tract, used to be overrun
with livestock. It is a spectacular area now, greatly improved
in habitat quality, with its resident lion population which we
saw. The May 2015 enumeration showed 11 lions in Paniya
Sanctuary and adjoining areas (Table 1).
We continued eastwards past Dalkhania to Krankach
and Liliya into the Prosopis thickets lining the banks of the
Shetrunji river, where we saw nilgai and a pride of lions
near its kill of a bullock. The area is removed from lands
under the control of the Forest Department and we asked
the local people what they felt about the presence of lions
in their vicinity. They replied that they had no objection to
sharing the space with the large carnivore and indeed, some
even stated that they were glad to have them. Lions did kill
cattle they said, but they also controlled the nilgai population
which raided their crops. The people only wanted quick
compensation to be paid if there were cattle kills. This area
showed 28 lions in the 2015 lion count (Table 4).
We saw lions in the Nani Vadal vidi’, which is under
the control of the Forest Department and with control over
demographic impact, is now a fine lion habitat. We also saw
chital and nilgai here. The 2015 enumeration showed nine
lions in Nani Vadal.
Further eastwards, we saw chital and nilgai in
Dhaulikui / Hippa Vadli and of course, the lions, which
Table 1: Distribution of Asiatic Lion in Gir National Park, Sanctuary
and other areas in 14th Asiatic Lion Population Estimate 2015
a Areas Total
1 Gir National Park & Sanctuary and adjoining areas 304
2 Girnar Sanctuary mF
3. Mitiyala Sanctuary 8
4 Paniya Sanctuary 11
5 South Western Coast (Sutrapada-Kodinar-Una-Veraval) 32
6 South Eastern Coast (Rajula-Jafrabad-Nageshree) 18
7 Savarkundla, Liliya and adjoining areas of Amreli 80
8 Bhavnagar district 37
Total 523
163
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
Hingoigadh
ey Sanctuary
. JAMNAGAR
a =e tS : G6... ¢ Velavadar
: < re es National Park
nfeeop Kansicliya °
=
Chattar Vilage
Barda
anctuary Raydi
Legend
| 1990-2015 (Movement of Lion)
WEE since Jan-2014 ™
‘ae Outer Boundary of The Asiatic Lion Landscape Nes
Wengen
_ Girnar Sanctuary
ae Barda Sanctuary
[-_] Velavadar NP
[_] District Boundary Image Courtesy: Abhinav Mehta
[~) Other Villages Source: Wildlife Division, Sasan Gir
ne
ere
| Paniya Sanctuary
MM vovacerne
"Junagadh
ee
Gir Somnath
: Image Courtesy: Abhinav Mehta
Note”: Movement is based on Kill Data observed during 1990-2015 : Source: Wildlife Division, Sasan Gir
Fig. 2: Frequency of Lion visitation =
164 J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
Table 2: Comparison of population estimates in 2010 and 2015
(Inside and Outside PA)
Year Inside PAs & Outside PAs Total
adjoining areas
2010 337 74 411
2015 356 167 523
Difference 19 93 iz
Percent growth 6% 126% 27%
have been resident here for the past some years. The habitat
is also in a reasonably good state and there are shady
nullahs with water to provide coolness and cover. The 2015
enumeration counted one lion in Nal. The narrow scrub
forests of Sonsariyo provides safe link with habitats beyond.
In Ranigala, we saw three more lions at the waterhole. There
were 10 lions reported in this area in the enumeration.
From this area, the lions have marched eastwards
through the vidis and pastures of Jesar, Hathsani, Bodana,
Vadal, Rajasthali, Kotiya, and Gebar to reach areas adjacent
to the townships of Ghogha, Mahuva, and Talaja in southern
Bhavnagar district. They had arrived in the Khokhra hills
within sight of Bhavnagar city and had even reached the
Chamardi hills within sight of Velavadar NP, before turning
back (Fig. 1).
Southwards, the lion has taken up permanent residence
in the coastal forests of Kodinar, Sutrapada, and opposite
Table 3: Villages in three districts having lion movement
in Asiatic Lion Landscape
District Total Villages Villages having
in the districts lion movement
Junagadh district 898 760
Amreli district 652 457
Bhavnagar district 832 258
Diu Island. Westwards, lions now live close to Madhapur
and Mangrol, where we saw footprints of a lioness in the
impenetrable Prosopis thickets along the coast. Inland, in the
Babra vidi we saw chital and close by in an orchard of the
famous kesar mango, a lioness with cubs near its nilgai kill.
The current enumeration showed a population of five lions
for Babra vidi and its surrounds.
Northwards, lions have gone past Bagasara and Jasdan
to reach the Hingolgadh Sanctuary, where a pregnant lioness
took up residence for a period of time, their northernmost
outpost after the 19th century, in Saurashtra. From Hingolgadh,
the landmark hill of Chotila is visible and next to it lie the
xerophytic forests of the Mandav hills, which are in sight of
hills of the Rampara Wildlife Sanctuary in Wankaner, where a
lion breeding and rehabilitation effort 1s already underway.
The enumeration of May 2015 revealed a remarkable
fact, which perhaps has not received the attention that is due.
Table 4: Lion count in talukas outside PAs
Sr. Cubs
a Place Male
1 Bhesan 0 0
2 Mendarda 0 2
3. Mangrol 0 0
4 Malia 7 1
5 Visavadar i 0
6 Una 2 1
7 ~~ Gir Gadhda > )
8 Kodinar . 0
9 Savarkundla 0 0
10 _Liliya 10 3
11. Rajula 3 0
12 Jafrabad 0 2
13 Bhavnagar 2 0
14 Gariadhar 0 0
15 Mahuva 2 1
16 Palitana 0 0
17 Talaja 0 1
Total 41 11
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Subadult Adult
Female Unidentified Male Female ssa
0 0 1 1 2
0 0 3 5 10
0 0 0 1 1
1 0 ie 10 26
0 0 3 9 19
1 0 1 6 11
0 0 2 2 9
0) 0 1 4
0 0 1 0 1
Hi 2 2 4 28
0 2 1 3 9
2 0 0 2 6
0 0 1 2 5
0 0) 3 3 6
1 1 6 7 18
0 3 0 3 6
0 0 1 0 2
12 8 33 62 167
165
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
oo
es
Fig. 3: Location of talukas in which lions occur outside of Protected Areas
The increase of the total lion population of 411 mm 2010 to 523
in 2015 marked an overall increase of 27%. However, while
the increase in the protected areas and their adjacent habitats
Gir NP and Sanctuary, and Girnar, Mitiyala and Paniya
sanctuaries) was only 6%, proving that these protected areas
and their adjuncts have reached the limits of their carrying
capacities, the population in the areas outside of the protected
area has increased by a startling 126% (Tables 1 and 2).
The range occupied by the lion has increased from
approximately 1,900 sq. km (Gir NP and Sanctuary, Paniya,
Girnar and Mitiyala sanctuaries and their environs and
outlying outposts occupied earlier by lions along the southern
coast of Saurashtra), to the current ALL admeasuring some
22,000 sq. km, as noted earlier (Figs 1 and 2). Though this
entire area of 22,000 sq. km is not occupied, lions have taken
up residence in a substantial number of contiguous habitats
and even isolated outposts far removed, within this ALL. A
substantial number of villages in the adjoining districts of
Junagadh, Amreli, and Bhavnagar have had lion visitation or
continuous occupation, some far removed from the protected
areas (Figs 1—3; Table 3). No large wild cat has reoccupied its
former habitat on such a scale, neither in Asia nor in Africa,
in the past 50 years and more. It is a pronounced ghar wapsi
(return to homeland) of the Asiatic Lion! In comparison, the
tiger occupancy in the country shrank by almost 12,000 sq.
km between 2006 and 2010, from 93,647 sq. km when their
number was estimated at 1,411, to 81,906 sq. km when their
population was believed to be 1,706. In the 2014 enumeration,
the tiger population was estimated at 2,226, but the total range
was reckoned as 92,154 sq. km, still over 1,500 sq. km less
than the range in 2006 (Jhala et al. 2015). |
Success demands a price. The protected areas, as noted
earlier, have already reached the limits of their carrying
capacity for lions. It is the exponential increase outside of
the protected areas that has to be provided for, and plans
prepared and implemented for the further increase in numbers
and the consequent occupation of additional lands, in the
decades to come.
Three important factors that will greatly facilitate
this task of preparation for further occupation of former
territories by the lion need to be noted. Firstly, the natural
prey base of the lion has also appeared in most of the lands
reoccupied by the lion. Apart from the wild pig, nilgai has
helped in the dispersal of the lion (Fig. 4). It is pertinent to
note that in the Gir NP and Sanctuary, which comprises the
Forest Divisions of West Gir and East Gir, nilgai was found
166
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
Gir
Sanctuary
Fig. 5: Movement along eastern corridors
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
to comprise only 13% and 29.7% respectively, of the lion
kills located. The antelope does not prefer dense forest and
the presence of other prey in these protected areas accounts
for this low percentage. It is pertinent that within the Gir NP
and Sanctuary, the eastern Gir, which is drier and has more
open forest and supports a larger nilgai population and less
chital and sambar, recorded more than double the percentage
of nilgai kills than in the more forested western Gir. Outside
of the PAs, where wild pig was the only other wild prey in
most places, nilgai formed 58.4% of the kills located in the
Bhavnagar forest area and, 58.6% in the Amreli, and 46.3%
in the Junagarh Revenue areas, respectively. Considering
the quantum of domestic livestock available and the ease
with which it could be killed in these areas outside of the
PAs, the preponderance of nilgai kills is remarkable and has
greatly facilitated the dispersal of lion, while at the same
time reducing the antipathy of local population, which would
obviously have been enhanced had there been more kills of
livestock. Chital have occupied a number of the lion outposts,
travelling over agricultural areas and human habitations in the
process. This simultaneous colonization by the chital is very
significant and important from the viewpoint of reduction in
man-animal conflict. For, while both wild pig and nilgai can
take up residence in human habitats and agricultural fields, to
pursue which the lion has to move in these tracts and thereby
come in contact with livestock upon which it preys, the chital
is confined to forested tracts. The chital, therefore, will help
keep the lions in forested terrains and away from demographic
contact. chital are also prolific and can provide a significant
quantum of food to the lions in their new colonies, as they
already do in the protected areas.
The second factor is the distinct improvement in the
foliage, grass and biota in general in the habitats recently
occupied by the lion, an obvious outcome of the greater
protection that they have received since the lions arrived,
together with the greater reluctance of the local populace to
graze their livestock in these areas after the arrival of the lions.
This improved cover will give shelter to both lions and their
prey, thus preventing them from straying into human-occupied
territories. It will also provide more natural resources to the
local populations and help the water regimes.
Thirdly, the people around the areas recently colonized
by the lions are not averse to the new arrivals. Some have
welcomed them. The majority look upon the lions with
equanimity and tolerance, indeed, with some degree of
pride, as mentioned before. This is a very positive factor
which bodes well not only for the survival of the present
lion colonies, but for their further expansion in the future.
The state authorities have their task greatly facilitated by this
liberal outlook of the local people. However, they need to
generously and expeditiously compensate for any livestock
killed by lions.
The state authorities need to develop a master plan for
the conservation of the current colonies of the lion outside
of the protected areas. In this regard, the upgradation of the
status of the habitat has to be considered. Ideally, some of
the major outposts like Hippa Vadli / Malia which has a
population of 26 lions, Babra and Mendarda to the west of
the Gir Sanctuary having 10 lions, and parts of Visavadar
which has 19 lions and Una in the south-east having 11 lions,
should be declared as sanctuaries or conservation reserves.
Other areas having lion populations in double figures,
namely Liliya (28 lions) and Mahuva (18 lions) are mostly
not under the direct control of the wildlife authorities and
are surrounded by human habitations. These should become
conservation reserves or community reserves under the aegis
of the Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972. The particulars of
the 167 lions found in talukas outside of the protected areas
in the enumeration of 2015, are given in Table 4.
The extended habitats actually occupied by the lion
as currently confirmed in the 2015 enumeration is estimated
as 285 sq. km (Table 5). Of this, 37 sq. km is forest land
which can readily be declared as sanctuaries or conservation
reserves. Non-forest government wasteland, which would
be under the control of the Revenue Department of the
state, extends to 93 sq. km, which could be designated
as conservation reserves. For the remainder, comprising
privately owned “maliki” land and “gauchar” or grazing
lands, efforts can be made to establish community reserves
for the lion. In any case, these entire tracts covering 285 sq.
km should be declared as eco-sensitive zones forthwith.
A prospective management plan would not only
require to give details of future management of the lion, its
prey species and habitats recently occupied, but would also
have to project the areas that are adjacent to the territories
now occupied and where the lion is expected to move in
the forthcoming decade. The plan would, therefore, have
to envisage the present and future requirements of current
Table 5: Details of extended habitat for Lion
Status Area in Ha.
Government Wasteland 9364.48
Gauchar Land 1767.8
Forest area 3734.68
Maliki Land 13665.42
Total Area 28532.38
Say... 285.32 sq. km
* Note: The potential area of 285 sq. km. comprises
31 Villages of 4 Talukas
168
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
habitats outside of the PAs as well as of areas which the lion
is expected to colonize in the coming decade. The protective
staff and the basic infrastructure required would have to be
put in place in the immediate future, so that the future habitats
could be effectively protected and made ready to receive the
lions in the coming years. The prospective plan, therefore,
should combine a vision and a practical roadmap for the future
conservation of the lion, its prey and of the ALL.
These conservation plans will have to be site specific
and would need to be revised every two years. It will obviously
have to emphasize on the conservation of specific corridors,
perhaps the most important being the linkage connecting in
the east Liltya, Krankach, Nanivadli, Hippavadli, Ranigala,
Savarkundla, Shetrunja, and Sihor and connecting this axis with
another further south — Una, Kodinar, Rayula, Mahuva, and Talaja
(Fig. 5). The other most important corridor to be maintained
and augmented is the link between the Gir and the Barda,
via Babra, Malia, Mangrol, Madhapur, Mokar, and Ranavav
(Fig. 6). Connecting Barda with Alech is another possibility.
The management of the Barda landscape, which
includes the Barda Sanctuary and the Alech and Dalasa
hills as a composite entity, would be of great significance
(Fig. 7). Barda is not only an ecological entity by itself, but
can also provide a separate viable population of the lion, which
would be distinct from the Gir and Girnar and form a second
home for the lion in Gujarat itself. In this regard, therefore, it
is ecologically a more important alternative habitat for the lion
than the Girnar and is of course, much larger. While efforts
must be made to allow movement of the lion between Girnar
and Barda, the linkage with the Gir via Mangrol — where they
already are — is a more viable route at present (Fig. 6), as was
attempted by a pair of males mentioned earlier. A small pride
of wild lions can be translocated and rehabilitated in Barda.
Needless to say, Barda needs urgent and active management
to make it ready to receive the lions, as its prey base is as yet
inadequate. Efforts should be made in the entire lion landscape
to eliminate free-ranging dogs, as they are the carriers of
deadly diseases such as canine distemper and rabies, and
they are today major predators of wild ungulates which are
the prey of lions. The ongoing chital reintroduction needs to
be accelerated. The Maldharis from Barda also need to be
relocated and they appear to be ready to go, as they themselves
approached the author in this regard three years ago.
From where they are today, the lions are within easy
Fig. 6: Future lion movement locations in Western Saurashtra landscapes
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
169
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
Barca
Sanctuary
image Courtesy: Abhinav Mehta
Source: Wildlife Division, Sasan Gir
Fig. 7: Barda-Alech landscape
reach of two former habitats, which are landmarks and which
can be regarded as the eastern limits of their habitat in southern
Saurashtra — the iconic Shetrunja massif (Fig. 5) sacred to
the Jain community and the Sihor Hills eastwards, which
was their abode a century and a half ago. For the movement
to Shetrunja, the outlying hills of Kadam Giri and Hasta Giri
need to be safeguarded and a sanctuary established to protect
them adequately. Within the Shetrunja massif, the valley of
Garmara on the western side of it would need special attention.
Further north and east of Shetrunja and Sihor lies heavily
inhabited level land intensively cultivated and a further march
of the lion beyond these outposts is not advocated, though it
may be tempting to envisage their reaching the Velavadar NP
in the Bhal and the Prosopis thickets of Nari near Bhavnagar.
Conflict with man, however, will be intense in the Bhal, from
Nari to Velavadar. Sihor Hills and its forests can, however,
sustain a small, stable lion population if the prey base can be
built up. As the area is owned by the government, it should
be declared as a sanctuary.
It is crucial to prepare for and facilitate the future
colonization of the lion as mentioned above. If it is not
implemented, the present colonies will become isolated and
insular, resulting in an increasing conflict with man, especially
170
as lion numbers grow in these current colonies. They cannot be.
translocated back to the Gir, as that would only be consigning
them to death or disability. A long genetic isolation of these
outlying populations could result in an inbreeding depression.
Though at present the males in these outlying areas travel huge
distances, for once they have mated with the few females in
these scattered populations, they are compelled to move afield
to look for lionesses in estrus elsewhere and are, therefore,
themselves the agents of lion colonization. The Asiatic Lion
has undergone genetic “bottlenecks” in the past (O’Brien
2003), with the last notable population depression occurring
around the turn of the 20th century. If further isolation results
and the animals occupying the scattered outposts of today
become relict populations losing intra-specific contact, it is
possible that inbreeding will lead to genetic deficiencies. The
author saw a young male lion in Ranigala which appeared
to have a defective backbone. Its movements were laboured
and it needed to rest repeatedly. It was surviving because the
other members of the pride were able to kill. The forest staff
informed the author that this particular animal was born with
the defect, which could be a manifestation of inbreeding,
though the author had no means of ascertaining the real cause
for the deformity. As compared with the sex ratio in Gir,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION IN GUJARAT
Sex Ratio in Meta Population Clusters \
JAMNAGAR
Barda
wee Sanctuary RAJKOT
GONDAL
Girnar
big gen d South Western —
Coast
[~] District Boundary
[9 All PAs 1:2.6
MRE No. of Animals in Each Cluster 0 25
Sanctuary
Velavadar
National Park
F Bhavnagar North
AMREL] NORTH
Savarkundla-Liliya &J
Adjoining Areas ~
bs Badabs
BHAVNAGAR
ae BHAVNAGAR
South Eastern
Coast
100 Image Courtesy: Abhinav Mehta
————— ee Km Source: Wildlife Division, Sasan Gir
Blue Colour digits shows Male:Female Ratio
Fig. 8: Sex ratio in meta-population clusters
Paniya and Mitiyala Park/Sanctuaries all contiguous with each
other, that of the lions in the more isolated outlying areas of
Girnar, south-western and south-eastern coasts show a skewed
sex ratio with far fewer males (Fig. 8).
It is imperative, therefore, that contiguity of habitats
and the quality of the corridors are assiduously protected
and maintained and the lions encouraged to move along
them to ensure gene-flow connectivity. This could also
encourage the surplus population of males from the periphery
of the Gir NP and Sanctuary and from Pantya and Mitiyala
adjacent to them, to move to the outlying colonies, thereby
reducing conflicts and casualties amongst the males in these
protected areas, as well as reducing lion infanticide. It may
also lessen to some extent the mismatch in the sex ratios in
the protected areas and outside of them, as conveyed in
Fig. 8.
Mitigation of man-animal conflict, research and
monitoring, and the inculcation of nature education and
awareness amongst the people surrounding the current and
prospective lion habitats, will have to be other important,
integral components of the future management plan of the
lion meta-population in the ALL.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My deep appreciation and thanks for assistance are
due to Dr. Sandeep Kumar, IFS, DFO West Gir and to
Shri Abhinav Mehta, GIS Specialist, who have unstintedly
provided me with data, maps, and graphs used in this article.
I also wish to express my gratitude to Dr. S.C. Pant, PCCF,
Wildlife, Gujarat, Dr. A.P. Singh, CCF, Junagarh Wildlife
Circle and to Shri Yogendra Shah and tracker Muhammadbhai
who accompanied me and constantly assisted me throughout
my travels in southern Saurashtra.
REFERENCES
GUJARAT ForEST DEPARTMENT (2015): “Forester’s Diary, Asian Lion
Landscape”. Wildlife Division, Sasan Gir.
JHALA, Y.V., Q. QURESHI & R. GOPAL (EDS) (2015): The Status of Tigers
in India 2014. National Tiger Conservation Authority, New Delhi
& The Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun.
O’BRIEN, STEPHEN J. (2003): Tears of the Cheetah. Thomas Dunne Books,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
St. Martin’s Press, New York.
RANJITSINH, M.K. (1997): Beyond the Tiger. Brijbasi Publishers, Delhi
SANDEEP KUMAR & MoIn PATHAN (2015): The Majestic Lions of Gir.
R.R. Seth and Co., Ahmedabad.
SINGH, H.S. (2004): Protected Areas and National Heritage Sites of
Gujarat. Gujarat Biodiversity Board, Gandhinagar.
171
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
172-179
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
ATHENE BRAMA (TEMMINCK, 1821)
ASHISH N. NERLEKAR!*, GAURANG G. GOWANDE? AND PRATIK S. JosHP
‘Department of Botany, Fergusson College, Pune 411 004, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
"Department of Zoology, Fergusson College, Pune 411 004, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*Department of Environmental Sciences, Fergusson College, Pune 411 004, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82356
The Spotted Owlet Athene brama is a common nocturnal raptor widely distributed in the Indian Subcontinent and
neighbouring regions. Though subject to some studies, there is only fragmentary data available on its behaviour.
Hence, we undertook a study in an urban habitat to construct a comprehensive behavioural ethogram of the species.
A pair of Spotted Owlets with two juveniles was observed near their nesting site in the Fergusson College campus,
Pune. Following the focal animal sampling method, the owlets were observed for 303 hrs (89 nights during pre-mating
and mating, and 214 nights during post-mating periods). A total of 34 behaviours were compiled and classified into
10 functional groups, and a maximum number of behaviours (11) were recorded for the functional group Comfort
and Maintenance. Out of the 50 mating/mounting events observed, 12% (n=6) involved ritual feeding before mating/
mounting, and 88% (n=44) were direct mounting/mating instances. The availability of baseline information that defines
each behaviour would be important for further quantitative studies.
Key words: Spotted Owlet, Athene brama, ethogram, Fergusson College, urban landscape
INTRODUCTION
The Spotted Owlet Athene brama is a nocturnal
owl, widely distributed in the Indian Subcontinent and
neighbouring regions (Ali 2002; BirdLife International
2014). It has been the subject of several ecological studies.
General descriptions of the species are available in Ali
and Ripley (1983) and Rasmussen and Anderton (2005).
Kumar (1985) provides a comprehensive monographic
work on its life history. The diet has been well-studied
by Beg et al. (1990), Jain and Advani (1983), Jadhav and
Parasharya (2003), Nerlekar et al. (2014), Pande et al. (2004),
Santhanakrishnan et al. (2011a), Shah et al. (2004), and Zade
et al. (2011). Studies regarding the breeding biology were
carried out by Mahmood ul Hassan (2008), Peppe (1962),
and Santhanakrishnan et a/. (2011b). Roosting/nesting were
studied by Currie (1916), Jadhav and Parasharya (2003),
Kler (2005), Kler and Kumar (2012), Pande et al. (2006),
and Santhanakrishnan et al. (2010a). The demography and
perches were examined by Santhanakrishnan et al. (2010b)
and Ali and Santhanakrishnan (2013) respectively. Some
studies on physiology were made by Kumar and Ramana
Rao (1984), Sudhakumari and Haldar (2001), and Pande et
al. (2005).
Multiple ethological studies have been carried out on
various species of: Flammulated Screech Owl Otus flammeolus
(Marshall Jr. 1939), Saw-whet Owl Cryptoglaux acadia
(Santee and Grenfield 1939), and Florida Burrowing Owl
Athene cunicularia floridana (Mrykalo 2005). As for Indian
species, Indian Eagle-Owl Bubo bengalensis (Ramanujam
2003, 2007, 2010) and Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti
(Ishtiagq and Rahmani 2005; Jathar and Rahmani 2004, 2011)
have been studied for their behavioural ethogram. However,
despite being a common species, only fragmentary data is.
available on the behavioural aspects of the Spotted Owlet
(Allen 1920; Brahmachary et al. 1972; Gupta 1966; Jadhav
and Parasharya 2003; Jose 1964; Kumar 1985; Mahmood
ul Hassan 2008; Nilakanta 1972); the present study was
undertaken to address this lacuna.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Fergusson College is located in Pune, Maharashtra. The
campus houses century old Gothic style buildings, and an
array of exotic and indigenous plants. The B.J. Wadia Library
is located in the central part of the campus, north of the main
building (18° 31’ 17.75” N; 73° 50’ 20.17” E). The Spotted
Owlets that were monitored had a known roosting site on a
wooden ledge on the eastern side of the library, 10 m from
the ground, just below the tiled roof of the building.
A pair of adult Spotted Owlets and two juveniles
(c. 20 days of hatching) were monitored from April 01, 2012
to October 31, 2012 (214 days) during the post-mating period.
The same pair (presumably, as it frequented the same roost
site) was again monitored from February 01, 2013 to April
30, 2013 (89 days) for observations during courtship (pre-
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Types of courtship behaviours
No. of events
f+p
f+m m f p
Fig. 1: Types of courtship behaviours observed
(n = 57 events, events of mounting = 50)
“Abbreviations: ftm= feeding+mounting; m= only mounting;
f= only feeding; p= only preening; f+p= feeding+preening
mating and mating) period. The owlets were monitored using
‘focal animal/subgroups sampling’ method (Altmann 1974)
and the observed behaviours were noted, photo-documented
and classified based on functions. The birds were observed
for an hour daily between 18:30—21:30 hrs with the help
of torches and binoculars. A total of 303 hrs were spent
observing the two adult and two juvenile owlets (of unknown
sex). For quantification of courtship behaviours, the number
of mountings, and behaviours by either owlet before and
after mounting were noted. A literature survey was done to
assimilate the recorded behaviour patterns, to construct an
ethogram for the species.
RESULTS
A total of 34 individual behaviours were identified for
the adults, which were classified into 10 functional groups
(Table 1). The juvenile owlet behaviours were of four types
classified in four functional groups (Table 2). Some of the
behaviours are explained using images (Figs 3-6). The
maximum number of individual behaviours was recorded for
the functional group Comfort and Maintenance (11), followed
by Vocalization (4).
Of the 50 mounting events recorded, the male
(presumed male from position during copulation) brought
food [insects (n=2), centipedes (n=1) and geckos (n= 3)| to the
Table 1: Ethogram for adult Spotted Owlet
Staring and bobbing or Up and down movements of head and/or with staring
References
Kumar (1985), Ali (2002), Mahmood
with eyes wide open. Performed when threatened or
curious. Four stages of bowing are described by previous
Head turns around almost by 180 degrees to face the
Two or more owlets sitting very close together with eyes
partially closed on a branch during the day or just before
Eyes completely/partially closed while perching.
The head/neck regions are rubbed with the toe.
Feathers are groomed using the beak. It might be self-
preening or allopreening. Generally observed in the
Performed just after emerging from roost/nest.
Wings extended and flapped while remaining perched.
Sr. Functional Individual behaviour Description
No group (34)
1 Alert
bowing
studies.
Back turning
intruder.
2 Resting Huddling
dark.
Sleeping
3. Comfortand Scratching
maintenance
Preening
evening.
Wing and leg
stretching
Wing fluttering/wing
fan
Bill gaping
Toe/leg cleaning
Body fluffing
Mouth is kept open for a short while and head held
high.
One toe is cleaned with the help of the beak generally
after feeding.
Feathers on the body are erected for a short time and
then followed by a ‘body shake’. Also includes ‘sleeked
plumage’ described by previous studies.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
ul Hassan (2008), Jose (1964),
Nilakanta (1972), Present study
Kumar (1985), Nilakanta (1972),
Present study
Ali (2002), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985), Mahmood ul Hassan
(2008), Present study
Mahmood ul Hassan (2008),
Present study
Kumar (1985), Mahmood ul Hassan
(2008), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
173
Sr. Functional
No group
4 Locomotion
5 Ingestion and
Excretion
6 __Inter-specific
response
7 Researcher
induced
behaviour
8 Sexual
behaviour
174
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Table 1: Ethogram for adult Spotted Owlet (contd.)
Individual behaviour Description
(34)
Gular fluttering
Tail and wing flick
Bill wiping
Peck down
Walking
Flying
Hovering
Foraging and feeding
Defecation
Pellet regurgitation
Looking skyward
Response to aggressive
behaviour
Male territorial
behaviour
Attacking
Distraction display
Male courtship
behaviour
Female courtship
behaviour
Copulation behaviour
Observed during the hot days. Bill opened, head raised
and followed by fluttering
Downward motion of the tail followed by lateral motion
and later by upward motion. Wing flick consisted of rapid
extension of both the wings forward
After feeding, the owlet rubs its beak sideways on a branch
with eyes closed for removing any food attached.
Single/multiple pecking movements resembling normal
feeding
The bird walks with an awkward gait on the ground during
feeding of terrestrial prey.
The flight from one perch to another is short, swift and
with fast wing beats.
One of the methods used to catch prey.
Having perched on a branch, the owlet scans the ground
for prey. On spotting, it grasps the prey swiftly using its
talons or beak. After catching, the prey is held in one toe
and eaten part by part (lizards, frogs) or ingested whole
(smaller insects). Eyes are closed sometimes while
ingestion. Wings could also be extended slightly. During
the breeding season, the female hunts small sized prey
and feeds it to the young while holding it in her beak.
Performed randomly during the study period while
perched. Faecal matter is excreted.
Undigested prey parts are ejected out from the mouth in
the form of an elongated mass.
Tilted head pointing upwards, generally when another
raptor is around.
As a result of attacking by the Common Myna, owlets
reported to vacate nests.
During the breeding season, two males interacted/
threatened each other through vocalizations
Aggressive response of the owlets by swooping down
from the roost and attacking humans
Flying over intruders, fast movements, zig-zag wing
beats, loud screeches with widely opened bill
Before copulation, the male offers prey to the female —
ritual feeding. This is followed by preening. Reported in
the Forest Owlet (Ishtiaq and Rahmani 2005; Jathar and
Rahmani 2004; Jathar and Rahmani 2011)
Female perches on a branch and utters begging calls
(churr...churr). Reported in Forest Owlet (Jathar and
Rahmani 2011)
a) Mounting: The male mounts the female from the top.
The female leans forward, partially extends the wings
laterally and deflects tail. Reported in the Forest Owlet
(Jathar and Rahmani 2011)
References
Kumar (1985)
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985), Present study
Kumar (1985)
Present study
Present study
Allen (1920), Nilakanta (1972)
Mahmood ul Hassan (2008),
Present study
Present study
Kumar (1985), Jadhav and .
Parasharya (2003), Present study
Present study
Prakash (1963)
Present study
Gupta (1966)
Kumar (1985)
Present study
Mahmood ul Hassan (2008),
Present study
Mahmood ul Hassan (2008),
Present study
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Sr.
No
10
Functional
group
Maternal
behaviour
Vocalizations
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Table 1: Ethogram for adult Spotted Owlet (contd. )
Individual behaviour Description
(34)
Incubation
Chuckling call
Begging calls
Sharp note call uttered
by male
Calling during
mounting
b) Post mounting preening: After mounting, the male
preens the female. Reported in the Forest Owlet (Jathar
and Rahmani 2011).
c) Post copulation feather shake: After copulation, both
the partners shake feathers briefly.
Adult of unknown sex seen incubating the eggs.
Harsh, chattering, squabbling and chuckling notes with
irregular bursts of jarring, raucous, scolding crackles. This
call as reported as chirurrr- chirurrr...cheevak- cheevak
and termed as ‘screeching’ by previous studies.
These calls were uttered multiple times before and after
mating by the female.
A short, monosyllabic peeew/ keeew was uttered by
the male. After the male’s call, on all the five occasions,
the female immediately replied with begging calls.
The male usually uttered this call just before the ritual
feeding.
This vocalization was heard during each mounting event
of more than 4 seconds. When the male starts to mount
the female utters short, multiple successive kho- kho- kho
calls, followed by a squeaky note just before the male
leaves the female. This call was heard on 24 occasions.
References
Kumar (1985), Present study
Present study
Jadhav and Parasharya (2003)
Ali (2002), Rasmussen and
Anderton (2005), Kumar (1985),
Brahmachary et al. (1972)
Nilakanta (1972), Present study
Mahmood ul Hassan (2008),
Present study
Probably the ‘contact call’ as
described by Rasmussen and
Anderton (2005), Present study
Present study
(See Fig. 2)
female during 6 (12%) mating/mounting events. The number
of events of ritual feeding by the male that was not followed
by mounting, events of allopreening followed by feeding, and
events of only preening are represented in Fig. |. The ratio
of mountings to ritual feeding followed by mounting events
was 44:06, indicating a comparatively low frequency of ritual
feeding after mounting in the Spotted Owlet.
DISCUSSION
Walter (1983) highlighted homogeneity in the
behaviour of Strigidae members. Our observations pertaining
to the sequence of behaviours during mounting/mating is
partially in line with those of Mahmood ul Hassan (2008), but
with a few exceptions. Ritual feeding behaviour by the male
during courtship was not reported earlier, but was observed in
the diurnal Forest Owlet (Jathar and Rahmani 2004). During
mounting, a characteristic call was heard (Fig. 2) that was
not reported earlier (Mahmood ul Hassan 2008).
In order to study behaviour, it is necessary to list
all the discrete responses to stimuli shown by the animal
(Sakamoto et al. 2009). Thus, description and classification of
behaviour or formulating an ethogram of the species is a
prerequisite for further quantitative studies (MacNulty et al.
2007). Ethogram data for several related species (say owls)
can be further collated and an ‘Actigram’ (Walter 1983)
should be drafted for the taxa to ensure uniformity, objectivity
which would render behavioural data comparable. Such
Fig. 2: Analysis of the call during mounting
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
175
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Fig. 3: (a) Walking on ground; (b) Staring; (c) Feeding by the adult (on right) to the juvenile (on left); (d-f) Flying practice by juveniles
Fig. 4: (g) Prey in beak of the juvenile (on right) delivered by adult; (h) Resting behaviour of juveniles; (i) Toe cleaning behaviour;
(j) Scanning for prey; (k) Feeding behaviour - prey item in one leg; (I) Scratching
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Fig. 5: (m) Bill wiping after feeding; (n) Self preening; (0) Juvenile waiting for prey delivery by the adult; (p) Bill gaping;
(q) Eyes closed while feeding; (r) Eyes open and wings extended during feeding
Fig. 6: (s) Allopreening just before mounting; (t) Mounting. Male on the top and female below; (u) Self preening by the female near cloacal
region just after mating; (v) Back turning; (w) Adult preening a juvenile; (x) Resting during daylight with eyes closed
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
Table 2: Ethogram for Juvenile Spotted Owlet
Sr. Functional group Individual behaviours Description
No
1 Alert Threat display
and bill snapping
Z Comfort and Preening One of the adults preens the juvenile
Maintenance .
Locomotion Flying practice
Vocalization Begging calls
baseline studies on the ethology of this species will be useful
in calculating the time-activity budgets for this species.
The current work on the construction of an ethogram
for the Spotted Owlet provides standard definitions of the
multiple behaviours. Due to logistical limitations, we could
not document the behaviours exhibited during nesting like
incubation, egg turning etc. Also, daytime behaviours were not
observed in detail. Further, age, sex and habitat specific studies
along with correlation with other environmental parameters
could provide better insights into the ethology of the species.
The attempts of juvenile to fly
References
Wing extension, ruffling, bill opening, hissing/screeching Kumar (1985)
Kumar (1985), Present study
Present study
Uttered by juveniles between two feeding sessions. These Kumar (1985), Present study
calls are described as low, hissing, shrill vshhh-vshhh
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Prof. S.B. Nalavade for his guidance
and the CPE (Colleges with Potential for Excellence)
grants awarded by UGC (University Grants Commission)
to Fergusson College for funding this work. We would
also like to thank the Principal, Fergusson College for
encouraging this work. Thanks are also due to Dr. Girish
Jathar for providing valuable inputs during the manuscript
preparation.
REFERENCES
Aul, S. (2002): The Book of Indian Birds. Bombay Natural History
Society and Oxford University Press, Mumbai. 326 pp.
Aut, S. & S.D. Riptey (1988): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan: Together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan,
and Sri Lanka. Oxford University Press, Bombay. 890 pp.
ALLEN, G.O. (1920): Hovering habit of the Spotted Owlet (Athene
brama). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 26(4): 1045.
ALTMANN, J. (1974): Observational study of behaviour: Sampling
methods. Behaviour 49: 227-267.
Bec, M.A., M. Maqpoot & M. Musutag-uL-HAssan (1990): Food
habits of the Spotted Owlet Athene brama. Pakistan Journal of
Agriculture and Science 27(2): 127-131.
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): Species factsheet: Athene brama.
Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 03/10/2014.
BRAHMACHARY, R.L., T.K. BAsu & A. SENGUPTA (1972): On the daily
screeching time of a colony of Spotted Owls Athene brama
(Temminck). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 69(3): 649-651.
Currig, A.J. (1916): Unusual nesting sites. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
24(3): 600-601.
Gupta, K.K. (1966): Aggressive behaviour of a Spotted Owlet
[Athene brama (Temminck)]. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 63(2):
441-442. |
Husert, C., A. GALLO & G.L. Pape (1995): Modification of parental
behaviour during the nesting period in the Common Buzzard
(Buteo buteo). J. Raptor Res. 29(2):103—109.
IsHTIAQ, F. & A.R. RAHMANI (2005): The Forest Owlet Heteroglaux
blewitti: vocalization, breeding biology and conservation. [bis
147: 197-205.
JADHAV, A. & B.M. ParAsHaryA (2003): Some observations on the
nesting behaviour and food of the Spotted Owlet Athene brama.
Zoos’ Print Journal 18(8): 1163-1165.
JAIN, P. & R. ADVANI (1983): Winter food of Spotted Owlet Athene brama
indica. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 80(2): 415-416.
JATHAR, G.A. & A.R. RAHMANI (2004): Ecological studies of the Forest
Spotted Owlet Athene (Heteroglaux) blewitti Final Report.
Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai. 77 pp.
JATHAR, G.A. & A.R. RAHMANI (2011): Ecology of the Forest Owlet: A
comprehensive study of the critically endangered Forest Owlet
in Central India. LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing GmbH,
Germany. 204 pp.
Jose, T.V. (1964): A southern Spotted Owlet (Athene brama) attacked
by crows. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 4(8): 8. |
Kter, T.K. (2005): Analysis of nesting material in bird nest-boxes. Zoos’
Print Journal 20(5): 1882.
Kier, T.K. & M. Kumar (2012): Breeding of Spotted Owlet Athene
brama in nest boxes and conservation aspects. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 109 (1&2): 135-139.
Kumar, T.S. (1985): The Life History of the Spotted Owlet (Athene
brama brama Temminck) in Andhra Pradesh. Raptor Research
Centre, Hyderabad, India.
Kumar, T.S. & J.V. RAMANA RAo (1984): Diurnal changes in the body
temperature of nestling Spotted Owlet Athene brama brama (T.).
Geobios 1]: 229-231.
MacNutty, D.R., L.D. Mecu & D.W. SmitH (2007): A proposed
ethogram of large-carnivore predatory behaviour, exemplified
by the wolf. J. Mammal. 88(3): 595-605.
MaAuHmoop uL Hassan, M. (2008): Some observations on behaviour of
spotted owlet (Athene brama) during its breeding season. Journal
of Animal and Plant Sciences 18(1): 47-49.
MarsuaL_L, J.T. Jr. (1939): Territorial behaviour of the Flammulated
Screech Owl. Condor 41: 71-78.
MrRyYKALO, R. (2005): The florida burrowing owl in a rural environment:
breeding habitat, dispersal, post-breeding habitat, behaviour,
and diet. Graduate School Theses and Dissertations. http://
scholarcommons.usf.edu/etd/779.
NERLEKAR, A.N., G.G. GOWANDE & P.S. Jost (2014): Diet of the Spotted
Owlet Athene brama in an urban landscape. Indian Birds 9(2):
45-48.
178
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET
NILAKANTA, S.V. (1972): The Spotted Owlet, Athene brama (Temminck).
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 12(2): 4-6.
PALMER, A.G., D.L. NoRDMEYER & D.D. Rosy (2001): Factors influencing
nest attendance and time-activity budgets of peregrine falcons in
interior Alaska. Arctic 54(2): 105-114.
PANDE, S., A. PAWASHE & A. MAHABAL (2005): Melanism in Spotted
Owlet Athene brama. Indian Birds 1(4): 86-87.
PANDE, S., A. PAWASHE, D.B. BAsSTAWADE & P.P. KULKARNI (2004):
Scorpions and molluscs: Some new dietary records for Spotted
Owlet Athene brama in India. Newsletter for Ornithologists
1(5): 68-70.
PANDE, S., A. PAWASHE, M.N. MAHAJAN & A. MAHABAL (2006): Changing
nest site preference for holes in earth cuttings in Spotted Owlet
Athene brama. Indian Birds 2(1): 7-8.
Pepper, J.H.H. (1962): The Spotted Owlet, Athene brama. Newsletter for
Birdwatchers 2(4): 10.
Prakasu, L.I. (1963): Competition between the Spotted Owlet and the
Common Myna. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 3(2): 12.
RAMANUJAM, M.E (2003): Inter-specific intimidatory behaviour of adult
Indian Eagle owls Bubo bengalensis (Franklin) in defence of their
nestlings. Zoos’ Print Journal 19(2): 1343-1345.
RAMANUJAM, M.E. (2007): A catalogue of auditory and visual
communicatory traits in the Indian Eagle Owl Bubo bengalensis
(Franklin, 1831). Zoos’ Print Journal 22(8): 2771—2776.
RAMANUJAM, M.E. (2010): Some observations on the spread-winged
agonistic displays of the Indian Eagle Owl Bubo bengalensis
(Franklin, 1831). Journal of Threatened Taxa 2(9): 1147-1152.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2005): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vols. 1 & 2. Smithsonian Institution and Lynx
Editions, Washington D.C. and Barcelona. 683 pp.
SAKAMOTO, K.Q., K. Sato, M. IsHizuKa, Y. WATANUKI, A. TAKAHASHI, F.
Daunt & S. WANLEss (2009): Can ethograms be automatically
generated using body acceleration data from free-ranging birds?
PLoS ONE 4(4): €5379. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0005379
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
SAMSOoOR ALI, A.M. & R. SANTHANAKRISHNAN (2013): On usage of perches
by the Spotted Owlet. Zaprobanica 5(2): 154-155.
SANTEE, R. & W. GRENFIELD (1939): Behaviour of the Saw-whet Owl
on its nesting grounds. Condor 41: 3-9.
SANTHANAKRISHNAN, R., A.M. SamMsoor ALI & U. ANBARASAN (2010a):
Roost-site preference of Spotted Owlet Athene brama (Aves:
Strigiformes) in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, India. Global
Journal of Environmental Research 4(3): 161—167.
SANTHANAKRISHNAN, R., A.M. SAmMsoor ALI & U. ANBARASAN (2010b):
Population densities of Spotted Owlet Athene brama (Aves:
Strigiformes) in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, India. Middle-East
Journal of Scientific Research 6(6): 617-621.
SANTHANAKRISHNAN, R., A.M. SAMsoor ALI & U. ANBARASAN (201 1a):
Food habits and prey spectrum of Spotted Owlet Athene brama
in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, Southern India. Chinese Birds
2(4): 193-199.
SANTHANAKRISHNAN, R., A.M. SAMSooR ALI & U. ANBARASAN (2011b):
Breeding biology of the Spotted Owlet (Athene brama Temminck,
1821) in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, India. /nternational
Journal of Environmental Sciences 1(7): 1682-1691.
SHAH, Z.A., M.A. BEG & A.A. KHAN (2004): Prey preferences of the
Spotted Little Owl (Athene brama) in the croplands near
Faisalabad-Pakistan. International Journal of Agriculture and
Biology 6(2): 278-280.
SUDHAKUMARI, C.C. & C. HALpaR (2001): Effects of photoperiod
alterations on adrenocortical, pineal and gonadal activity in
nocturnal bird, Athene brama and diurnal bird, Perdicula
asiatica. Zool. Sci. 18(1): 71-79.
Watter, H. (1983): The raptor actigram: a general alphanumeric notation
for raptor field data. Raptor Research 17(1): 1-8.
ZADE, V., V. THAKARE & P. Cuirpde (2011): Prey preferences of
Spotted Owlet Athene brama in G.V.I.S.H. Campus, Amravati,
Maharashtra, India. Middle-East Journal of Scientific Research
10(3): 410-413.
179
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
180-192
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE)
RECORDED FROM PADDY FIELDS IN UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
Mp HuMAYOON AKHTAR!”* AND MoubD Kamit UsMAntr?
‘Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh 202 002, Uttar Pradesh, India.
"Email: [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82371
India has the world’s largest area under rice cultivation and Uttar Pradesh is one of the chief rice producing states.
During surveys of paddy fields in Uttar Pradesh, 21 species of grasshoppers representing 14 genera of Family
Acrididae, belonging to 7 subfamilies, were recorded in 2010, 2011, and 2012. A maximum number of seven species
represented the subfamily Oedipodinae, followed by Oxyinae with five species and one subspecies, Acridinae with
three species, Hemiacridinae and Catantopinae with two species each, and Spathosterninae and Eyprepocnemidinae
with one species each.
Key words: Taxonomy, Grasshopper, Acrididae, paddy fields, Uttar Pradesh
INTRODUCTION
Orthoptera is one of the largest orders of insects and
constitutes 22,500 species (Ghosh and Sengupta 1982)
worldwide, out of which 1,750 species, 400 genera and
21 families are known from India (Tandon and Hazra 1998).
It currently comprises 26,730 valid species worldwide
(Eades et al. 2015). The Order Orthoptera is divided into
two suborders, 1.e., Caelifera or short-horned grasshoppers
and Ensifera or long-horned grasshoppers (Ander 1939),
Acridoidea, the largest superfamily with 11,000 species
worldwide, has 290 species representing 138 genera reported
from India (Shishodia et al. 2010). Family Acrididae shows
the maximum diversity, comprising 8,000 species, of which
136 species under 28 genera are endemic (Chandra and
Gupta 2013).
Acridids cause considerable damage to agricultural
crops, pastures and forests, and are well-reputed for their
destructiveness all over the world (Joshi et al. 1999). They
are primarily graminivorous, feeding on several common
grasses and sedges (Mulkern 1967).
The major work on Indian Orthoptera was published
by Kirby (1914) in FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, wherein
329 species belonging to 124 genera and 8 subfamilies, under
family Acrididae were reported. Grasshoppers of India were
published by Tandon (1976) and Shishodia et al. (2010),
and of different states of India such as Kerala by Priya and
Narendran (2003), Madhya Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh by
Shishodia and Gupta (2009), northeast India by Usmani and
Khan (2010), Jharkhand by Nayeem and Usmani (2012),
Punjab by Kumar and Usmani (2012) and Bihar by Nayeem
et al. (2013) respectively.
There are sporadic reports on the grasshopper fauna
of Uttar Pradesh, but no consolidated report on taxonomic
studies on grasshoppers of paddy, and the present study is the
first effort. From western Uttar Pradesh, 33 species of locusts
and grasshoppers were reported by Usmani et al. (2010);
14 species from pulses of Uttar Pradesh by Usmani et al.
(2012a). 32 species of grasshoppers were reported from
Aligarh by Usmani et al. (2012b). Biology of Acrida
gigantea and Spathosternum prasiniferum has been studied
by Usmani et al. (2012c) and Usmani and Rafi (2013), while
grasshoppers of Purvanchal region of Uttar Pradesh have been
studied by Rafi and Usmani (2013).
Uvarov (1922) first studied the grasshoppers of
paddy in the Old World. Akhtar et al. (2012) explored the
grasshopper pests of paddy from Uttar Pradesh; Usmani
et al. (2012d) reported grasshoppers of pulses and paddy
from Bihar and Jharkhand. Chitra et al. (2000) reported
28 species of grasshoppers from paddy of Coimbatore, while
Chitra et al. (2001) described the grasshopper pests of rice in
southern India. Kandibane et al. (2004) studied grasshoppers
from irrigated rice ecosystems in Madurai, Tamil Nadu
respectively.
Hieroglyphus banian has been reported as a pest of
paddy from Maharashtra by Jadhao and Khurad (2011),
and also from north-eastern Uttar Pradesh by Singh and
Singh (2014). This species was also reported by Das
et al. (2002) from paddy fields in West Bengal. Bhatia et al.
(1965) recorded Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus from the desert
part of Rajasthan, and Singh (1972) from Kutch district of
Gujarat. Acrida exaltata was confirmed as pest of paddy
in India by Haldar et al. (1995), and confirmed by Khan
et al. (1963) from Rajasthan. Riffat and Wagan (2007, 2008)
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
confirmed Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus as a pest of paddy in
Pakistan.
Asian rice Oryza sativa (family Poaceae) is one of
the most important staple foods of the world, especially in
Asia. It is a plant of wet and humid climate and is cultivated
twice a year in most parts of India, the crops are known as
Rabi and Kharif.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
I. Study area: Uttar Pradesh (northern India) is the
top-ranking state in the country in terms of population —
more than 199.5 million people as per the census 2011. The
state is bordered by Rajasthan to the west, Haryana and
Delhi to the northwest, Uttarakhand to the north, Bihar to
the east, Jharkhand to the southeast and Madhya Pradesh
to the southwest. It is located at 26.85° N, 80.91° E and
spread across a land area of 2,43,286 sq. km. The State is
demarcated into three distinct regions, the Himalayan region
in the north, the Gangetic plains in the centre and the Vindhya
hills and plateau to the south. It is characterized by highly
fertile alluvial soil and the River Ganga. Being in the fertile
Gangetic plains, it is an agricultural haven and the largest
food producer of India. The crops cultivated are rice, wheat,
barley, and sugarcane. The Vindhya hills and the plateau in
the south comprise hard rock strata with a varied topography
of hills, valleys, plateaux, and plains.
It has a humid temperate climate and experiences four
seasons. The winter in January and February is followed by
summer between March and June and the monsoon season
between June and September. Summers are extreme with
temperatures fluctuating anywhere between 0 °C and 50 °C
in parts of the state. The Gangetic plain varies from semiarid
to sub-humid. The mean annual rainfall ranges from 650
mm in the southwest corner of the state to 1,000 mm in the
eastern and southeastern parts of the state. The climate of the
Vindhya Range and plateau is subtropical with a mean annual
rainfall between 1,000 and 1,200 mm, most of which comes
during the monsoon. Typical summer months are from March
to June, with maximum temperatures ranging from 30
to. 38.9.
II. Collection and preservation: Grasshoppers were
collected by hand and by sweeping using a aerial insect
net; the net was used for catching insects individually or by
sweeping over crops. The insects caught were transferred to
a bottle that containing cotton soaked in ethyl acetate, to kill
the specimen. Once killed, the specimen was removed from
the bottle to prevent morphological changes, specifically
colour change.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
III. Identification: Specimens were first relaxed (right
wings were stretched putting a piece of paper on it, and
pinned by inserting a pin on the posterior right on thorax) on
a stretching board and left to dry for 72 hours. The specimens
were later identified up to species level on the basis of external
morphological characters with the help of stereoscopic
microscope and keys in available literature.
IV. Morphometry: This was done (in mm) with the
help of Vernier callipers. Mean and Standard Deviation were
calculated to show the possible mean deviation of body size
and to determine the stability of the data.
V. Storage: Pinned specimens were kept in storage
boxes and cabinets, with naphthalene balls to prevent
decomposition. Wet specimens were stored in 70% ethyl
alcohol in plastic vials.
RESULTS
A total of 21 species of grasshoppers representing 14
genera of Family Acrididae belonging to seven subfamilies
have been recorded during survey from paddy fields of Uttar
Pradesh during three years 2010, 2011, and 2012. Maximum
seven species from subfamily Oedipodinae (Oedaleus
abruptus, O. senegalensis, Aiolopus simulatrix simulatrix,
A. thalassinus thalassinus, Heteropternis respondens,
Trilophidia annulata, and Acrotylus humbertianus),
followed by Oxyinae with five species (Gesonula
punctifrons, Oxya fuscovittata, Oxya hyla, Oxya japonica
japonica and Oxya velox), Acridinae with three species
(Truxalis nasuta, Acrida exaltata and Acrida gigantea),
Hemiacridinae with two species (Hieroglyphus banian
and Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus), Catantopinae with two
species (Yenocatantops karnyi and Diabolocatantops
pinguis), Spathosterninae (Spathosternum prasiniferum
prasiniferum) and Eyprepocnemidinae (Eyprepocnemis
alacris) with one species each.
This conforms with the result of Akhtar et a/. (2012)
who recorded 26 species of Acridoidea from rice ecosystem
of Uttar Pradesh; Chitra et al. (2000) who reported
28 species of grasshoppers from rice field of Coimbatore.
Jadhao and Khurad (2011) described only one species of
grasshopper Hieroglyphus banian out of 23 species of
insect pest of rice ecosystem from Maharashtra. Singh
and Singh (2014) reported Hieroglyphus banian as a pest
of rice from north-eastern Uttar Pradesh, whereas Akhtar
et al. (2014b) described Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus as
a major pest of paddy and reported taxonomic studies of
H. banian and H. nigrorepletus in Uttar Pradesh (Akhtar
181
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
et al. (2014a). This result is on par with the findings
of Kandibane et al. (2004) with only fifteen species
of grasshoppers described from irrigated fields of rice
ecosystem and Paulraj et al. (2009) reported only four
species of grasshoppers.
KEY TO SUBFAMILIES OF INDIAN ACRIDIDAE MACLEAY, 1821
1. | Prosternal process usually absent, if present, body
strongly elongate and antennae ensiform; hind tibia
without extertial apicalispine xy.20. WOES. SOs, 2
— Prosternal process present; hind tibia with or without
SRECEIAL APACS PIS a OOM toast a apes xe hale S
2. Body usually slender; frons oblique; medial area of
tegmen usually without intercalary vein, if present,
never seratedkim bothwexes wane .154¢... MAUD
paises aan oR aOR aul Altar a te stile Acridinae Macleay, 1802
— Body rather sturdy; frons usually vertical; medial area
of tegmen with intercalary vein usually serrated ........
sa eS Noho OR on Oedipodinae Walker, 1871
3. Lower knee lobe of hind femur never spined; valves
of ovipositor never serrate or spined; hind tibia never
At enSdiys Wee, ieee. VRC iee, wee sebelah ye snteedt, caes 4
— Lower knee lobe of hind femur spined; valves of
Ovipositor serrate or spined; hind tibia flattened........
osetia RNa hea hae. aay Oxyinae Brunner, 1893
4. Radial area of tegmen with transverse stridulatory
Mer eieursliaaiomnde . lta damon ae heer 5
— Radial area of tegmen without transverse stridulatory
meine ida. 23st wens hr nal seas ew ch meen hahha 6
5. Radial area of tegmina with some parallel, thickened,
transverse stridulatory veinlets; prosternal process not
spainilateesria Th. keane Hemiacridinae Dirsh, 1956
— Radial area of tegmina with a series of regular, parallel,
condensed transverse stridulatory veinlets; prosternal
process spatulate............ Spathosterninae Rehn, 1957
6. Pronotum with lateral carinae linear; male cercus
strongly compressed, apex downcurved.................00.
). dan dseig aie, Eyprepocnemidinae Brunner, 1893
— Pronotum without lateral carinae, if present, never
linear; male cercus variable, never strongly compressed,
apex normialy.))01k. Yes Catantopinae Brunner, 1893
KEY TO INDIAN GENERA OF SUBFAMILY ACRIDINAE
Mac ray, 1821
1. Stridulatory file present on inner side of hind femur ..
Sowiin deed ga, Truxalis (Fabricius, 1775)
ar» Biadolatowiile aloseuteos. Nel. Vue eon 2am.
e 7ruxalis is represented by single species, 1.e. 7ruxalis
nasuta
Key to Indian species of Acrida Linnaeus, 1758
Lateral carinae not edged within a black line..............
sighs Bel dei clNGetin Uglies std Acrida exaltata (Walker, 1859)
Lateral carinae edged within a black line....................
visens iv QEEOEEL BRA AAS A. gigantea (Herbst, 1786)
KEY TO INDIAN GENERA OF
SUBFAMILY OEDIPODINAE WALKER, 1871
Dorsum of pronotum with X-shaped pattern...............
6h: etrseste, sycty oot. byrenel deremrtl.).. Oedaleus Fieber, 1853
Dorsum of pronotum without X-shaped pattern ...... 2
Pronotum with median carina crossed by one transverse
sulots ormiotersssediatvall,. ser. hctel.cavoran bese 3
Pronotum with median carina intersected by two or
inNGheikansvense; SUlChi slate nitommmes hocks. domonen =
math Aree eusk hams Sarde. Aiolopus Fieber, 1853
Pronotum with median carina well-developed............
ALANIS ones taseae Mum odeeeet Heteropternis Stal, 1873
Pronotum with median carina strongly raised in
prozona forming two tooth-like projections, sharp in
MC 1TAZO MN Ave. chs. ceomonmerben Amen ess anes Trilophidia Stal, 1873
Pronotum with median carina equally raised in prozona
and metazona, not forming tooth-like projection........
i treyeshratence ald. Losses Ades: Acrotylus Fieber, 1853
Key to Indian species of Oedaleus Fieber, 1853
Hind wings fascia complete; posterior transverse sulcus
placediat thesngddle:|:. sce scecsy-aocserlt Mie ebpeheteeth
nimanys eee eG Oedaleus senegalensis (Krauss, 1877)
Hind wings fascia broadly interrupted; posterior
transverse sulcus placed much before the middle......
westemeh ce. ppbteoumacnietehs O. abruptus (Thunberg, 1815)
Key to Indian species of Aiolopus Fieber, 1853
Hind femora short and stout, as wide as width of
tegmina; pronotum weakly narrowed and moderately
GMMAstn Old PIR OZONAieldes Sy tue’ fone sired wre aild-stak
releaesees: Aiolopus simulatrix simulatrix (Walker, 1870)
Hind femora long and slender, narrower than width of
tegmina; pronotum saddle-shaped, distinctly narrowed
and-constiieted 1a ProZone rscanmtisussvere uss | déeeseveesoerts
hie 3) froma Balaction A. thalassinus (Fabricius, 1781)
182
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
e Heteropternis 1s represented by single species i.e.,
Heteropternis respondens respondens
e Trilophidia is represented by single species L.e.,
Trilophidia annulata
e Acrotylus is represented by single species 1.e.,
Acrotylus humbertianus
KEY TO INDIAN GENERA OF
SUBFAMILY OXYINAE BRUNNER, 1893
Antennae longer than head and pronotum together;
radial area of tegmina with a series of transverse
stridulatory veinlets; female ovipositor valves short
with acute dents, apical tips pointed; male supra-anal
plate with spatulate apex; cercus long and conical .....
eg nda tn or anh a toa el heen RR Gosonula Uvarov, 1940
Antennae longer than, as long as, or shorter than head
and pronotum together; radial area of tegmina lacking
stridulatory veinlets; female ovipositor valves long and
slender, serrated, toothed or spined; male supra-anal
plate with rounded or angular apex; cercus simple or
COMMDLCSSEU dec ccs tisoeeetenssnce eee Oxya Serville, 1831
@ Gosonula is represented by single species 1.e.,
Gosonula punctifrons
Key to Indian species of Oxya Fieber, 1853
Posterior ventral basivalvular sclerites of ovipositor
without any well-defined spines on its ventral inner
AMATI ol bet. See. ahuntee- Geer Masses. Mees Aa eS 2
Posterior ventral basivalvular sclerites of ovipositor
with one or two tooth-like spines on its ventral inner
CEES EL acelin ea gc eee a ST So RE ne EUR 3
Male-cercus with bitid apex’... Maule ak... Mheteata:
5 ae Lr Bo Oxya fuscovittata (Marschall, 1836)
Male cercus conical with subacute apex ....................
ee et ee O. velox (Fabricius), 1787
Ovipositor valves with long hook-like dents; posterior
ventral basivalvular sclerites with small spinelets on
its inner ventral margin; male cercus with subacute or
puncate APOE «1. 5) Ak O. hyla Serville, 1831
Ovipositor valves with short dents; posterior ventral
basivalvular sclerites with a large spine on its inner
ventral margin; male cercus with bifid apex ..............
ible SE cd cre O. japonica japonica (Thunberg), 1815
Key to subspecies of Oxya hyla Serville, 1831
Ventral surface of subgenital plate with two longitudinal
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
ridges extending forwards from posterior margin, these
ridges often spined; epiphallus with inner lophi usual
spel ie Era SNe cared Sica 3 Oxya hyla hyla Serville, 1831
Ventral surface of subgenital plate without longitudinal
ridges or with only slight traces of them apically
and they are not at all spined; epiphallus with inner
POPU TORO COOL GUSCU Toi v cc Tate iclas Schuathucichascanailsadaitse
KEY TO INDIAN GENERA OF SUBFAMILY HEMIACRIDINAE
DirsH, 1956 AND SPATHOSTERNINAE REHN, 1957
Prosternal process conical, never compressed, elytra
or wings fully developed or shortened, dorsum of
pronotum rounded or flattened, lateral carinae present
GOS CIN st anette tion teerercch Hieroglyphus Krauss, 1877
Prosternal process anteroposteriorly compressed; elytra
or wings fully developed, much longer than pronotum;
dorsum of pronotum flattened, lateral carina present.
Lae Ae WS oth lckn Ter dee tote cee nh Spathosternum Krauss, 1877
Key to Indian species Hieroglyphus Krauss, 1877
Dorsum of pronotum with two broad black parallel
Sands commeeuns al suler eh ee Ae
Rt Seek te Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus Bolivar, 1912
Dorsum of pronotum without bands connecting all
Sule: ey, 2 hoe ees H. banian (Fabricius, 1798)
e@ Spathosternum is represented by single species 1.e.,
Spathosternum prasiniferum prasiniferum
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILY CATANTOPINAE
BRUNNER, 1893
Pronotum slightly constricted in prozona; prosternal
process.acutely comieal nina iid Ca eee
Pe ee alisnd Xenocatantops Dirsh & Uvarov, 1953
Pronotum not constricted in prozona; prosternal process
cylindrical, anteroposteriorly compressed..................
phbaea | ate aide tees te, Diabolocatantops Jago, 1984
e Xenocatantops is represented by single species i.e.,
Xenocatantops karnyi
e Diabolocatantops is represented by single species
1.e., Diabolocatantops pinguis
* SUBFAMILY EYPREPOCNEMIDINAE
This subfamily is represented by a single genus and
species 1.e., Eyprepocnemis alacris
183
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
TAXONOMIC ACCOUNT
Truxalis nasuta (Linnaeus, 1758)
Gryllus (Acrida) nasutus Linnaeus, 1758. Systema
Naturae per Regna tria naturae, (10th ed.) 1: 427.
Truxalis nasuta (Linnaeus); Massa, 2009. Jour. Orth.
Res. 18(1): 87.
Diagnostic characters: Head elongate, acutely conical;
fastigium of vertex elongate; fastigial foveolae absent; frons
oblique; frontal ridge shallowly sulcate; pronotum elongate,
slightly tectiform and saddle-shaped with well-developed
median carina and dorsum crossed by posterior sulcus only,
lateral carinae straight or slightly excurved; metazona as
long as or slightly shorter or slightly longer than prozona,
posterior margin angular.
Distribution: INpIA: Chattisgarh, Jammu & Kashmir,
Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, and Rajasthan. ELSEWHERE: Myanmar
and Sri Lanka.
Material Examined: Azamgarh, 4, 69, 08.x.2010;
Fatehpur, 53, 49, 10.ix.2011; Etawah, 34, 49, 08.viii.2012;
Aligarh, 5¢, 49, 01.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 36, 59,
23.vii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Mean + SD
Male Female
(mm) Male Female
Body length 37.89-42.58 38.94-43.37 39.65+1.60 41.38 + 1.49
Pronotum 7.21-8.32 7.72-8.82 7.76+0.42 8.28+0.40
Tegmina 28.48-—30.24 28.67-30.25 29.12+0.60 29.32 +0.56
Hind Femur 17.66-19.36 18.67-19.78 18.33+0.58 19.08 + 0.37
Acrida exaltata (Walker, 1859)
Truxalis exaltata Walker, 1859. Ann. Nat. Hist. (3)4:
222!
Acrida exaltata (Walker); Nayeem and Usmani, 2012.
Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 404.
Diagnostic characters: Head conically ascending,
fastigium of vertex wide; pronotum with lateral carinae
prominent, not lined internally with black, prozona shorter
than metazoan.
Distribution: INDIA: Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Andhra
Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh,
Delhi, Goa, Gujarat, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu &
Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,
Manipur, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Odisha (earlier Orissa),
Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttarakhand,
Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan,
Bangladesh, Iran, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, South East Tibet,
Sri Lanka, Yemen, and West Aden.
Material Examined: Varanasi, 2¢, 29, 04.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 43, 59, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 44, 39, 09.x.2010;
184
Mau, 43, 59, 10.x.2010; Ballia, 54, 49, 11.x.2010;
Deoria, 54, 69, 12.x.2010; Hamirpur, 5¢, 69, 04.ix.2011;
Jalaun, 44, 39, 05.ix.2011; Kanpur Dehat, 44, 59,
06.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 53’, 49, 11.ix.2011; Banda, 54, 89,
12.ix.2011; Shahjahanpur, 4¢, 39, 14.viii.2012; Rampur,
44, 39, 15.viii.2012; Moradabad, 44, 59, 16.viii.2012;
Muzaffarnagar, 43, 49, 22.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 5<, 49,
23.viii.2012; Baghpat, 44, 59, 24.viii.2012; Bijnor, 4¢,
59, 25.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 42.46-48.78 62.65-66.72 45.6943.16 64.63 +2.03
Pronotum 6.12-7.38 9.35-10.78 6.78+0.63 10.2340.77
Tegmina 32.64-37.45 44.65-48.34 34884242 46.49 + 1.84
Hind Femur 24.84-30.43 34.68-37.32 27.554+2.79 36.15+1.34
Acrida gigantea (Herbst, 1786)
Truxalis giganteus Herbst, 1786. Lasts R BSP? von
Johan Caspar Fuessly. 7-8: 191.
Acrida gigantea (Herbst); Nayeem and Usmani, 2012.
Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 404.
Diagnostic characters: Pronotum finely granulated,
median carina sharp crossed by posterior transverse sulcus
only, lateral carinae prominent and edged with a black line.
Distribution: iNnpIA: Assam, Bihar, Himachal Pradesh,
Haryana, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab, Rajasthan,
Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and West Bengal.
ELSEWHERE: Africa and Nepal.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 4<', 59, 06.x.2010;
Jaunpur, 53, 49, 07.x.2010; Azamgarh, 34, 49, 08.x.2010;
Ghazipur, 2¢, 39, 09.x.2010; Unnao, 2, 39, 08.ix.2011;
Kannauj, 54, 39, 09.ix.2011; Auraiya, 3, 49, 10.ix.2011:
Fatehpur, 5d, 39, 11.ix.2011; Aligarh, 34, 49, 01.viii.2012;
Bulandshahr, 3¢, 29, 18.viii.2012; Meerut, 34, 49,
21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 4d', 39, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 45.25-52.52 63.28-67.46 48.85+3.63 64.64 + 1.09
Pronotum 7.46-8.84 9.48-10.83 8.18+0.09 10.18 + 0.67
Tegmina 35.53-38.34 40.52-44.48 36.23+2.46 42.564 1.95
Hind Femur 24.53-28.46 32.43-34.57 26.49+1.96 33.61+1.18
Oedaleus senegalensis (Krauss, 1877)
Pachytylus senegalensis Krauss. 1877. Anz. Akad.
Wiss. Wien 14: 144.
Oedaleus senegalensis Krauss, Hemp. 2009. Jour.
Orth. Res. 18(2): 208.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Diagnostic characters: A characteristic X-mark on the
pronotum, which is shorter and broadly rounded posteriorly,
principal sulcus placed at the middle.
Distribution: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,
Delhi, Jammu & Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab,
Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, and
West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan, North Africa, and
Pakistan.
Material Examined: Azamgarh, 20, 29, 08.x.2010;
Ghazipur, 34, 29, 09.x.2010; Mau, 20, 29, 10.x.2010;
Faizabad, 44, 29, 24.x.2010; Fatehpur, 34, 19, 10.ix.2011;
Hamirpur, 44, 49, 04.ix.2011; Aligarh, 14,19, 01.viii.2012;
Saharanpur, 3, 29, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 20.48-24.34 21.36-25.82 22.124+1.99 23.92 +2.30
Pronotum 3.88—4.32 4.36-4.86 4.10+0.22 456+0.26
Tegmina 18.26-19.46 19.15-20.68 18.80+0.60 20.05 +0.79
Hind Femur 10.57-11.78 11.70-12.41 11.2640.62 12.14+40.38
Oedaleus abruptus (Thunberg, 1815)
Gryllus abruptus Thunberg, 1815. Mem. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. Peterburg. 5: 233.
Oedaleus abruptus (Thunberg); Nayeem & Usmani,
2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 408.
Diagnostic characters: Body small to medium
sized, green to dull brick red with brown and white
markings; fastigium of vertex angular, flat or slightly
concave, with obtuse lateral carinulae; hind wings fascia
broadly interrupted, anterior termination of hind wing
fascia flattened, reaching or just surpassing second anal
vein.
Distribution: 1NpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Goa, Haryana,
Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala,
Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Manipur, Meghalaya,
Odisha, Pondicherry, Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil
Nadu, Tripura, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal.
ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, China, Indo-China,
Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand,
and Vietnam.
Material Examined: Mirzapur, 24, 29, 02.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 36, 39, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 20, 39,
09.x.2010; Hamirpur, 23', 39, 04.ix.2011; Jalaun, 34, 49,
05.ix.2011; Kanpur Dehat, 2¢, 29, 06.ix.2011;
Fatehpur, 34, 29, 11.ix.2011; Aligarh, 34, 49, 01.viii.2012;
Firozabad, 44, 19, 05.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 44, 49,
23.vili.2012.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 20.45-22.32 25.28-26.45 21.44+0.94 26.01+0.63
Pronotum 3.14—3.76 4.254.86 3.484+0.31 448+0.32
Tegmina 15.27-16.14 19.36-20.82 15.73+0.43 20.20+0.75
Hind Femur 10.32-11.65 13.52-14.58 11.06+0.67 14.15+0.55
Aiolopus simulatrix simulatrix (Walker, 1870)
Epacromia simulatrix Walker, 1870. Catalogue of the
Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria in the Collection of the
British Museum. 4: 773.
Aiolopus simulatrix simulatrix (Walker); Hollis, 1968.
Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. 22(7): 320.
Diagnostic characters: Head obtusely rounded in
profile; fastigtum of vertex elongate angular, slightly longer
than wide; fastigial foveolae visible from above, slightly
depressed, longer than wide; frons slightly oblique; pronotum
finely tectiform, constricted in prozona, posterior transverse
sulcus crossing median carina, prozona shorter than metazona,
median carina sharp, lateral carinae lacking.
Distribution: INDIA: Andaman & Nicobar Islands,
Bihar, Delhi, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir,
Jharkhand, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Punjab,
Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and
West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Africa, Arabian Peninsula, Islands
of Indian Ocean, Pakistan, Myanmar, and Seychelles.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 2, 29, 06.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 43), 3°, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 34, 32, 09.x.2010;
Mau, 34, 2°, 10.x.2010; Deoria, 24, 39, 12.x.2010;
Gorakhpur, 2¢', 39, 14.x.2010; Gonda, 24, 39, 20.x.2010;
Faizabad, 34, 29, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 34), 49, 25.x.2010;
Kanpur Nagar, 36, 49, 07.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 34, 39,
11.ix.2011; Aligarh, 24, 39, 01.viii.2012; Shahjahanpur, 4,
39, 14.viii.2012; Rampur, 34, 39, 15.viii.2012; Moradabad,
34, 39, 16.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 4, 3°, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 16.86—20.98 19.41-23.58 18.804+2.07 21.8442.16
Pronotum 3.24—3.96 3.69-4.48 3.594036 416+0.41
Tegmina 17.46—20.34 17.61-21.10 19.17+1.51 19.03 + 1.28
Hind Femur 9.15-10.32 10.38-11.66 9.76+0.58 11.13+0.66
Aiolopus thalassinus thalassinus (Fabricius, 1781)
Gryllus thalassinus Fabricius, 1781. Species Insectorum
hi B67;
Aiolopus thalassinus thalassinus (Fabricius); Nayeem
& Usmani, 2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 407.
185
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Diagnostic characters: Median carina sharp, lateral
carinae apparent in metazona while obsolete in prozona;
fastigium of vertex elongate, slightly longer than wide;
frons slightly oblique; fastigial foveolae visible from above,
shorter, slightly depressed; frontal ridge flat, wide, weakly
depressed at median ocellus, converging anteriorly with
lateral carinulae weak.
Distribution: INDIA: Arunachal Pradesh, Bihar,
Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab,
Rajasthan, Uttarakhand, and Uttar Pradesh. ELSEWHERE:
Ethiopia.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 24, 2°, 06.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 2, 39, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 24, 29, 09.x.2010;
Deoria, 24, 49, 12.x.2010; Gorakhpur, 2¢, 29, 14.x.2010;
Faizabad, 24, 29, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 24, 29, 25.x.2010;
Kanpur Nagar, 34, 39, 07.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 50, 49,
11.ix.2011; Aligarh, 34, 49, 01.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 3<,
3Q, 23502012,
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 16.46-17.85 20.76-21.64 17.24+0.71 21.24+0.44
Pronotum 2.86—3.43 4.10-4.76 3.13+0.28 4.47+40.32
Tegmina 14.58-15.64 18.58-19.74 15.15+0.53 19.22 +0.58
Hind Femur 10.62-11.74 12.58-13.72 11.2340.56 13.24+40.59
Heteropternis respondens respondens (Walker, 1859)
Acridium respondens Walker, 1859. Ann. Mag. nat.
Hist. 3-4: 223.
Heteropternis respondens (Walker); Ingrisch & Garai,
2001. Esperiana. 8: 763.
Diagnostic characters: Fastigium of vertex nearly as
long as wide, frons straight, slightly excurved; frontal ridge
flat, granulose, depressed at median ocellus, interocular
space twice than frontal ridge and slightly shorter than
longest diameter of eye; pronotum weakly tectiform, strongly
granulose; mesosternal interspace wide, lobes rounded, much
wider than long.
Distribution: iNpDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Karnataka,
Meghalaya, Nagaland, Odisha, Sikkim, Uttar Pradesh, and
West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Asia-Tropical, Java, Malaysia, and
Sri Lanka.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 3, 39, 06.x.2010;
Azamegarh, 3,49, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 24, 39, 09.x.2010;
Deoria, 34, 39, 12.x.2010; Basti, 44, 49, 18.x.2010;
Faizabad, 43, 59, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 26', 39, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 5¢, 39, 04.ix.2011; Kanpur Dehat, 34, 49,
06.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 34, 29, 11.ix.2011; Raebareli, 20,
186
39, 16.ix.2011; Sitapur, 34’, 39, 17.ix.2011; Farrukhabad,
34, 49, 06.viii.2012; Mainpuri, 3¢, 49, 07.viii.2012;
Shahjahanpur, 34, 49, 14.viii.2012; Meerut, 20, 39,
21.vii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 16.24-24.32 20.95-26.75 20.0342.72 23.90+2.13
Pronotum 3.92-5.24 4.24-5.96 4.734044 5.1440.57
Tegmina 18.41-24.71 22.4-25.37 20.7142.24 23.93+41.13
Hind Femur 10.73-13.68 11.28-14.02 11.97+1.01 12.72 + 1.00
Trilophidia annulata (Thunberg, 1815)
Gryllus annulatus Thunberg, 1815. Mem. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. Peterburg. 5: 234.
Trilophidia annulata (Thunberg); Nayeem & Usmani.
2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 406.
Diagnostic characters: Small sized insect; pronotum
rugose with a high median carina forming teeth-like
projections in prozona; dorsum crossed by two transverse
sulci, prozona considerably shorter than metazona, hind
wings yellow at base and brown-black beyond.
Distribution: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Himachal
Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, and West Bengal.
ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Borneo, China, and
Vietnam.
Material Examined: Sultanpur, 2¢', 29, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 43, 49, 04.ix.2011; Jalaun, 43, 49, 05.ix.2011;
Kanpur Dehat, 3, 39, 06.ix.2011; Kanpur Nagar, 34, 39,
07.ix.2011; Unnao, 34), 49, 08.ix.2011; Ghaziabad, 43', 49,
17.viii.2012; Bulandshahr, 44', 59, 18.viii.2012; Meerut, 46,
4Q, 21.viii.2012; Muzaffarnagar, 34), 3°, 22.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 13.71-17.06 16.78-19.68 15.41+1.67 18.3141.45
Pronotum 3.38-3.82 4.32-4.88 3.58+0.22 4.5840.28
Tegmina 16.76-17.88 18.42-19.26 17.32+0.56 18.84 +0.42
Hind Femur 8.25-8.86 9.33-9.88 8.55+0.30 9.59+0.27
Acrotylus humbertianus Saussure, 1884
Acrotylus humbertianus Saussure, 1884. Mem. Soc.
Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve. 28(9): 189.
Acrotylus humbertianus Saussure; Ingrisch, 1990.
Spixiana (Munich). 13: 177.
Diagnostic characters: Wings with broad lunate
fascia, area anterior to fascia with blackened venation while
the area posterior to fascia faint yellow, wingspan big; one
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
prominent fascia present on interno-medial disc of hind
femora while fascia near hind knee not circular.
Distribution: iNpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,
Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Goa, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,
Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab, Rajasthan,
Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, and
West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Nepal,
Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 3, 49, 06.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 43, 39, 08.x.2010; Kushinagar, 34, 29,
13.x.2010; Faizabad, 43’, 59, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 4,
49, 25.x.2010; Hamirpur, 53’, 49, 04.ix.2011; Jalaun, 3¢,
4°, 05.ix.2011; Kanpur Dehat, 36’, 29, 06.ix.2011; Kanpur
Nagar, 34, 49, 07.ix.2011; Sitapur, 44, 49, 17.ix.2011;
Aligarh, 34, 49, 01.viii.2012; Hathras, 54, 49, 02.viii.2012;
Rampur, 34, 49, 15.viii.2012; Moradabad, 43, 39,
16.vi1.2012; Bulandshahr, 34,49, 18.viii.2012; Meerut, 5d,
49, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 54, 49, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 18.24-23.56 22.67-25.82 20.9342.05 4.654 1.20
Pronotum 4.61-5.36 4.84-5.76 49540.29 5.3340.38
Tegmina 19.03-22.34 23.30-25.20 20.994+1.60 24.40 +0.87
Hind Femur 11.38-13.34 12.02-13.92 12.3040.75 13.12 40.73
Gesonula punctifrons (Stal, 1861)
Acridium (Oxya) punctifrons Stal, 1861 [1860]. Kongiga
Svenska fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befall
af C.A. Virgin aren, 1851-1853 (Zoologi) 2(1): 336.
Gesonula punctifrons (Stal); Hongchang et al. 2006.
Fauna Sinica, Insecta 43: 50.
Diagnostic characters: Pronotum subcylindrical,
expanded posteriorly, acutely tectiform, prozona longer
than metazona, dorso-lateral band extending behind the eyes
continuing through pronotum; fastigium of vertex slightly
longer than wide, weakly convex with acutely parabolic apex,
median carinula absent; frons considerably oblique.
Distribution: inpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Andaman
and Nicobar Islands, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar,
Chattisgarh, Delhi, Goa, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Manipur, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Odisha,
Punjab, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal.
ELSEWHERE: Bangladesh, Borneo (Kalimantan), China
(Hainan), Japan, Java, Malacca, Myanmar, North Vietnam,
Philippines, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, and Thailand.
Material Examined: Ballia, 24, 39, 11.x.2010;
Deoria, 24, 39, 12.x.2010; Kushinagar, 2’, 29, 13.x.2010;
Gorakhpur, 44, 39, 14.x.2010; Faizabad, 34,49, 24.x.2010;
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Sultanpur, 24, 29, 25.x.2010; Hamirpur, 53, 49, 04.ix.2011;
Kanpur Dehat, 30, 39, 06.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 34, 49,
11.ix.2011; Sitapur, 34, 39, 17.ix.2011; Meerut, 2, 29,
21.ix.2012; Saharanpur, 23’, 19, 23.ix.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 21.48-23.29 22.14-24.06 22.56+0.91 23.18+0.64
Pronotum 4.20-4.81 4.51-5.32 4.53+40.26 5.07+0.40
Tegmina 19.43-21.51 21.74—-23.11 20.21+0.84 22.50+0.61
Hind Femur 17.87-19.46 20.89-21.41 18.67+0.60 21.34+0.37
Oxya fuscovittata (Marschall, 1836)
Gryllus fuscovittatus Marschall, 1836. Ann. Naturhist.
Mus. Wien. 1(2): 211.
Oxya fuscovittata (Marschall); Mishchenko, 1965.
Fauna of Russia Orthopt. 148 (125).
Diagnostic characters: Body medium sized;
integument almost smooth and shiny; fastigium of vertex
short, wide, concave with obtusely parabolic apex, transverse
furrow absent; hind tibiae with two rows of dorsal black-
tipped spines, nine dorso-external while ten dorso-internal.
Distribution: tNpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Goa, Himachal
Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Kerala,
Madhya Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, and West
Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Nepal,
Pakistan, and South West Russia.
Material Examined: Azamgarh, 3<, 39, 08.x.2010;
Ghazipur, 43, 39, 09.x.2010; Mau, 44, 39, 10.x.2010;
Gorakhpur, 34, 49, 14.x.2010; Deoria, 3’, 49, 12.x.2010;
Basti, 46, 49, 18.x.2010; Balrampur, 43°, 59, 19.x.2010;
Faizabad, 34,49, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 2¢, 39, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 3,49, 04.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 4, 49, 11.ix.2011;
Sitapur, 54, 49, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh, 5, 49, 01.viii.2012;
Meerut, 24, 39, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 4¢, 39,
23.vill.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 21.34-22.86 25.14-26.68 22.26+0.81 26.06+0.81
Pronotum 6.31-6.74 6.34682 6.534021 656+0.24
Tegmina 20.24—21.46 22-22.68 20.85+0.61 22.42 +0.27
Hind Femur 13.42-14.46 16.26-17.17 14.004+0.53 16.76 + 0.46
Oxya velox (Fabricius, 1787)
Gryllus velox Fabricius, 1787. Mantissa insectorum
exhibens species nuper in Etruria collectas a Ptro Rossio.
hb: 239.
187
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Oxya velox (Fabricius); Nayeem & Usmani, 2012.
Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 397.
Diagnostic characters: Head subconical; fastigium
of vertex short, less widened, weakly concave, with apex
obtusely parabolic, transverse furrow absent; frontal ridge
uniformly sulcate, widened above median ocellus and
uniformly narrowed below; prosternal process conical, basal
half anteroposteriorly compressed, apex subacute rather than
pointed, surface considerably hairy; hind tibiae with two rows
of dorsal black-tipped spines.
Distribution: tNpDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu &
Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Nagaland,
Odisha, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttar
Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE:
Bangladesh, China, Myanmar, Pakistan, Singapore, Sri
Lanka, and Thailand.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 3, 39, 06.x.2010;
Azamgath, 34), 39, 08.x.2010; Deoria, 34, 39, 12.x.2010;
Basti, 34, 29, 18.x.2010; Balrampur, 2¢', 29, 19.x.2010;
Faizabad, 24’, 39, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 44, 39, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 33, 32, 04.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 54, 49, 11.ix.2011;
Sitapur, 40, 39, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh, 34, 49, 01.viii.2012;
Meer 3 653s. 21 a1, 20 Salananpiit.~. 2, 2 O-
23, vilie2012,
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 21.46—22.38 24.34—-26.23 22.004+0.69 25.41 +0.97
Pronotum 5.38-6.12 6.32-6.84 5.76+0.37 6.57+0.26
Tegmina 17.44-18.83 21.42-22.64 18.17+0.48 22.13 +0.63
Hind Femur 13.76-14.82 15.47-16.94 14.31+40.53 16.21 40.73
Oxya hyla hyla Serville, 1831
Oxya hyla Serville, 1831. Ann. Sci. nat. 22 (86): 28-65,
134-167, 262-292.
Oxya hyla hyla (Serville); Nayeem & Usmani, 2012.
Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 397.
Diagnostic characters: Prosternal process subconical,
anteroposteriorly compressed, apex obtuse; pronotum
subcylindrical, median carina virtually obliterated in prozona,
obtusely present in metazona; hind tibiae with eight dorso-
external spines and ten dorso-internal spines.
Distribution: iNpDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Goa, Gujarat,
Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura,
Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE:
Afghanistan, Angola, Bangladesh, Benin, Cameroon, Chad,
Iran, and Zambia.
188
Material Examined: Allahabad, 3’, 29, 06.x.2010;
Azamgath, 23, 29, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 4', 52, 09.x.2010;
Mau, 4, 62, 10.x.2010; Deoria, 53’, 72, 12.x.2010; Basti,
54, 42, 18.x.2010; Hamirpur, 54, 69, 04.ix.2011; Jalaun,
53, 49, 05.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 54, 39, 11.ix.2011; Sitapur,
64, 692, 17.ix.2011; Shahjahanpur, 44', 59, 14.1x.2012;
Rampur, 43, 72, 15.viii.2012; Bulandshahr, 5, 69,
18.viii.2012; Meerut, 54, 49, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 6,
79, 23.viii.2012. |
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 21.45-23.25 22.87-24.75 22.10+0.79 24.93 + 1.65
Pronotum 3.92—4.84 4.68-5.25 4.53+40.33 5.03+40.20
Tegmina 21.02-22.34 21.09-23.16 21624047 22.14+0.64
Hind Femur 20.41-21.37 20.45-21.43 20.7240.36 20.87+0.42
Oxya hyla intricata (Stal, 1861)
Acridium (Oxya) intricatum Stal. 1861[1860]. Kongliga
Svenska fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal
af C.A. Virgin aren 1851-1853 (Zoologi) 2(1): 335
Oxya hyla intricata (Stal); Tan, Ngiam & Ismail, 2012.
Nature in Singapore 5: 66
Diagnostic characters: Head conical; fastigium of
vertex short, wide, broadly rounded with weak concavity,
transverse semicircular furrow present; frontal ridge sulcate,
slightly narrowing upwards with distinct parallel carinulae;
prosternal process subconical, anteroposteriorly compressed,
apex obtuse; pronotum subcylindrical, median carina virtually
obliterated in prozona, obtusely present in metazoan.
Distribution: iNpDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Manipur, Tripura, and Uttar
Pradesh. ELSEWHERE: China, Java, Krakatau Island, Myanmar,
Philippines Palaui Island, Ryukyu Island, Singapore, Sumatra,
Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam, and West Malaysia.
Material Examined: Azamgarh, 24, 19, 08.x.2010;
PSO CaO tes oa UO: Dash, dey 4, lS 2ehOe
Faizabad, 33, 39, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 24, 39, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 53, 49, 04.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 44, 11.ix.2011;
Sitapur, 43, 39, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh, 64, 59, 01.viii.2012;
Shahjahanpur, 3¢, 59, 14.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 4<', 49,
23.vili.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 24.53-26.12 26.24-27.47 25.504+0.85 26.83 +0.81
Pronotum 5.32-5.92 6.41-6.87 562+0.30 6.62+40.23
Tegmina 21.25-22.43 23.12-24.75 21.84+0.59 23.90 +0.61
Hind Femur 15.38-16.56 17.62—-18.78 16.05+0.60 18.25+0.58
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Oxya japonica japonica (Thunberg, 1815)
Gryllus japonicas Thunberg, 1815. Mem. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. Peterburg. 5: 253.
Oxya japonica japonica (Thunberg); Nayeem &
Usmani, 2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 397.
Diagnostic characters: Prosternal process
anteroposteriorly flattened, apex conical; antennae filiform,
as long as head and pronotum together; fastigium of vertex
short, considerably wide, less concave, with apex rounded
and slightly protruding, transverse furrow less prominent;
hind tibiae nearly straight, flattened distally, distal half hairy,
nine dorso-external spines and eleven dorso-internal spines;
arolium of moderate size.
Distribution: INDIA: Assam, Bihar, Gujarat, Karnataka,
Kerala, Manipur, Punjab, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Tripura,
Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Bangladesh,
Bali, Borneo, Celebes, China, Halmahera Island, Hawaii,
Japan, Java, Lombok, Myanmar, Pakistan Philippines, Palaui
Island, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Sula, Sumba, Sumatra, Taiwan,
Thailand, Timor, Vietnam, and West Malaysia.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 43’, 3°, 06.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 2<4', 62, 08.x.2010; Deoria, 53, 69, 12.x.2010;
Basti, 53, 52, 18.x.2010; Balrampur, 4¢', 59, 19.x.2010;
Faizabad, 63,49, 24.x.2010; Sultanpur, 54, 49, 25.x.2010;
Hamirpur, 53, 89, 04.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 54, 59, 11.ix.2011;
Sitapur, 4, 59, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh, 40, 29, 01.viii.2012;
Shahjahanpur, 4¢, 59, 14.viii.2012; Rampur, 50, 49,
15.viii.2012; Meerut, 24, 49, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 5<,
72, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 21.27-23.12 23.29-24.98 22.39+0.98 24.20+0.85
Pronotum 5.23-5.88 5.34-5.96 5.574032 564+0.31
Tegmina 17.32-18.46 17.44-18.82 17.82+0.58 18.20+0.70
Hind Femur 13.4-14.84 13.93-14.78 14.20+0.72 14.39+40.43
Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus Bolivar, 1912
Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus Bolivar, 1912. Trab. Mus.
Cienc. nat., Madrid (Ser. zool.), 6: 56.
Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus Bolivar; Nayeem &
Usmani, 2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 398.
Diagnostic characters: Medium to large sized; body
robust and cylindrical; pronotum with sides markedly
expanded in metazona; dorsum with characteristic black
pattern connecting all sulci by two irregular stripes; first and
third sulci joined by a black band.
Distribution: inpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Bihar,
Delhi, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Odisha, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttarakhand,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Bangladesh
and Pakistan.
Material examined: Allahabad, 4<', 59, 06.x.2010;
Azamgarh, 54, 59, 08.x.2010; Ghazipur, 8d, 79,
09.x.2010; Deoria, 54, 69, 12.x.2010; Kannauj, 53, 79,
09.ix.2011; Fatehpur, 15¢, 149, 11.ix.2011; Barabanki,
54, 62, 15.ix.2011; Sitapur, 103, 62, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh,
53, 49, O1.viii.2012; Shahjahanpur, 84, 59, 14.viii.2012;
Moradabad, 54’, 69, 16.viii.2012; Bulandshahr, 63, 79,
18.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 86', 89, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 32.46-38.51 36.01-41.52 35.77+2.01 39.22+1.84
Pronotum 7.49-8.03 7.86-9.32 8.18+048 8.79+0.63
Tegmina 12.35-16.67 16.53-19.16 14.6941.52 18.1540.91
Hind Femur 16.30-18.19 17.62-19.78 17.41+40.73 18.72+0.77
Hieroglyphus banian (Fabricius, 1798)
Gryllus banian Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum
Entomologiae Systematicae Suppl. 194.
Hieroglyphus banian (Fabricius); Nayeem & Usmani,
2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 398.
Diagnostic characters: Body medium to large sized; head
globular in profile; fastigium of vertex short, as long as wide
in males, wider than long in females; pronotum shiny, overall
smooth with fine punctations in metazona and as band beneath
anterior pronotal margin in prozona, lateral carinae absent;
prosternal process small in size, conical with subacute apex.
Distribution: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Himachal
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil
Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE:
Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, China, Myanmar, Nepal,
Thailand, and Vietnam.
Material examined: Azamgarh, 6¢', 79, 08.x.2010;
Ghazipur, 33’, 49, 09.x.2010; Deoria, 44’, 49, 12.x.2010;
Faizabad, 3, 39, 24.x.2010; Kannauj, 44, 49, 09.ix.2011;
Auraiya, 24, 39, 10.ix.2011: Fatehpur, 4, 49, 11.ix.2011;
Sitapur, 44’, 39, 17.ix.2011; Aligarh, 54, 69, 01.viii.2012;
Rampur, 3d, 49, 15.viii.2012; Moradabad, 40, 39,
16.viii.2012; Meerut, 53, 69, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 4<,
52, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 38.57-42.54 47.68-53.72 40.634+1.98 50.96 + 3.05
Pronotum 7.24-8.85 8.74-10.22 8.144082 9.51+0.74
Tegmina 27.69-30.57 34.53-37.48 29.19+1.44 36.16 + 1.50
Hind Femur 18.45-19.84 22.38-25.22 19.2140.70 23.994 1.45
189
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Spathosternum prasiniferum prasiniferum (Walker, 1871)
Heteracris prasinifera Walker, 1871. Catalogue of the
Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria in the Collection of the
British Museum. 5: 65.
Spathosternum prasiniferum (Walker); Nayeem &
Usmani, 2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 398.
Diagnostic characters: Body small sized; fastigium of
vertex wide, slightly depressed, apex parabolic; frons strongly
oblique; pronotum coarsely tectiform, dorsum flattened with
three transverse sulci.
Distribution: tnpiA: Andaman & Nicobar Islands,
Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar,
Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE:
Bangladesh, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan, South and East China,
Hainan, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam, and West Malaysia.
Material Examined: Faizabad, 5, 59, 24.x.2010;
Sultanpur, 50,'0, 25-%.2010; Pratapear, 56, 4°,
26.x.2010; Mahoba, 53, 72, 03.ix.2011; Hamirpur, 5<,
4°, 04.1x.2011; Jalaun, 54, 49, 05.ix.2011; Kanpur Dehat,
53, 62, 06.ix.2011; Bulandshahr, 44, 49, 18.viii.2012;
Gautam Buddh Nagar, 4¢, 49, 19.viii.2012; Jyotiba Phule
Nagar, 44, 49, 20.viii.2012; Meerut, 5, 62, 21.viii.2012;
Muzaffarnagar, 64, 39, 22.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 54, 49,
23.vili.2012; Baghpat, 34’, 39, 24.viii.2012; Bijnor, 43,
69, 25.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 14.13-15.46 18.46-19.68 14.94+0.71 19.164+0.82
Pronotum 3.16-3.79 4.25489 3.464031 456+0.32
Tegmina 11.35-12.62 13.25-14.32 12.094+0.66 14.16+0.74
Hind Femur 8.37-9.54 9.38-10.45 8.95+0.58 10.20+0.61
Eyprepocnemis alacris alacris (Serville, 1838)
Acridium alacre Serville, 1838[1839]. Histoire
naturelle des insectes. Orthopteres. 682.
Eyprepocnemis alacris alacris (Serville); Nayeem &
Usmani, 2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 402.
Diagnostic characters: Body medium sized; fastigium of
vertex longer than wide, frons oblique; frontal ridge moderately
wide, weakly convex; pronotum apparently smooth with
metazona strongly tectiform and slightly expanded; prosternal
process moderate in size, anteroposteriorly flattened, slightly
bent towards mesosternum; hind tibiae straight with two rows
of ten black-tipped spines each; spurs not specialized.
Distribution: tnpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Goa, Haryana,
Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala,
Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Manipur, Meghalaya,
Odisha, Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura,
Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal. ELSEWHERE: Afghanistan,
Bangladesh, Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
Material Examined: Gorakhpur, 24, 39, 14.x.2010;
Jhansi, 44), 39, 01.ix.2011; Lalitpur, 44, 49, 02.ix.2011;
Mahoba, 40, 49, 03.ix.2011; Hamirpur, 5@, 89, 04.ix.2011;
Jalaun, 63, 49, 05.ix.2011; Kannauj, 5d’, 62, 09.ix.2011;
Aligarh, 3¢, 49, 01.viii.2012; Ghaziabad, 53, 49,
17.viii.2012; Bulandshahr, 5, 49, 18.viii.2012; Meerut, 23,
39, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 40, 39, 23.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 30.38-33.22 34.46-38.24 31.7641.42 36.51+1.91
Pronotum 5.66-6.48 6.74-7.53 6.09+0.47 7.04+0.42
Tegmina 25.22-26.86 28.24—-29.88 26.1440.83 29.15+0.83
Hind Femur 16.65-18.77 21.56-22.58 17.654+1.06 22.16+0.53
Xenocatantops karnyi (Kirby, 1910)
Catantops karnyi Kirby, 1910. A Synonymic Catalogue
of Orthoptera (Orthoptera Saltatoria, Locustidae vel
Acridiidae). 3(2): 483.
Xenocatantops karnyi (Kirby); Nayeem & Usmani,
2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 403.
Diagnostic characters: Body small sized; integument
finely rugose; pronotum finely rugose and tectiform; hind
femora slightly robust, not exceeding abdomen, upper carina
with black-tipped serrations, upper external carinula with
intermittent black-tipped tubercles, externo-medial disc with
two broad prominent fuscous spots continued to upper region
of interno-medial disc, faded dorsally, lower external carinula
with contiguous black stripe beneath extending over it in a
regular fashion; hind tibiae slightly hairy with two rows of
dorsal black-tipped spines; arolium small.
Distribution: tnpIA: Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal
Pradesh, Assam, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Himachal Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttarakhand, and
Uttar Pradesh. ELSEWHERE: Nepal.
Material Examined: Azamgarh, 3, 49, 08.x.2010;
Deoria, 40), 49, 12.x.2010; Kushinagar, 43', 59, 13.x.2010;
Fatehpur, 23,49, 11.ix.2011; Aligarh, 23', 49, 01.viii.2012;
Meerut, 4d, 29, 21.viii.2012; Saharanpur, 53, 49,
23.vili.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 26.32-27.76 28.63-30.42 27.16+0.75 29.50+0.89
Pronotum 4.92-5.43 512-597 51540.25 552+0.42
Tegmina 19.54—20.32 20.27-21.96 19.91+0.39 21.24+0.87
Hind Femur 12.32-12.95 13.56-14.73 12.64+0.31 14.27+40.62
190
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
Diabolocatantops pinguis (Stal, 1861)
Acridium pingue Stal, 1861 [1860]. Kongliga Svenska
fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal af C.A.
Virgin aren 1851-1853 (Zoologi) 2(1): 330.
Diabolocantops pinguis (Stal); Nayeem & Usmani,
2012. Munis Entomology & Zoology 7(1): 403.
Diagnostic characters: Head obtusely conical;
fastigium of vertex wide, trapezoidal; fastigial foveolae
lacking; frontal ridge flat, depressed at median ocellus with
obtuse virtually parallel lateral carinulae; pronotum finely
tectiform, median carina obtusely present, crossed with equal
intensity by three transverse sulci, lateral carinae absent;
prosternal process cylindrical with flat apex; mesosternal
interspace open, moderately wide, lobes rounded, slightly
wider than long.
Distribution: INDIA: Jammu & Kashmir, Kerala,
Manipur, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, and Uttar Pradesh.
ELSEWHERE: Cambodia, China (Hainan), Japan, Myanmar,
Sri Lanka, and Taiwan.
Material Examined: Allahabad, 24’, 3°, 06.x.2010;
Deoria, 43, 39, 12.x.2010; Jhansi, 24, 49, 01.ix.2011;
Hamirpur, 34, 39, 04.ix.2011; Aligarh, 44), 49, 01-viii.2012;
Hathras, 54, 39, 02.viii.2012.
Morphometry:
Measurement Male Female Mean + SD
(mm) Male Female
Body length 28.74—-30.17 31.69-33.12 29.6040.75 32.51 +0.73
Pronotum 5.04-5.98 6.13-6.97 5.564047 6.5140.42
Tegmina 21.04-21.89 23.35-24.48 21.50+0.42 23.92 + 0.56
Hind Femur 12.31-12.97 14.34-14. 86 12.6140.33 14.56 + 0.26
DISCUSSION
Grasshoppers have chewing mouthparts and are
commonly thought of as foliage feeders, but they also feed
on flowers, fruits, seed heads, stems, and essentially all aerial
plant parts, causing considerable damage to agricultural
crops, pastures, and forests (Joshi et al. 1999). Though
generalist, eating plants from a broad range of families
depending upon the availability in their habitat (Gangwere
1961), they are primarily graminivorous (Joern 1979). Host
preferences, feeding behaviour and even habitat of different
species of grasshoppers among the subfamilies vary and are
indicators of different ecosystems.
Grasshoppers are widely distributed in paddy fields
in Uttar Pradesh. Both nymphs and adults feed vigorously
on rice foliage, leaving the bare stems, resulting in drying
of leaves and plants. The adults cause seven to eight times
more damage than the nymphs. Some species cause severe
defoliation that restricts the growth, leaving lean stems with
few leaves, resulting low or no rice yield, thus they may be
considered as major pests of rice.
Grasses have poor nutrition as compared to other crops
(Tscharntke and Greiler 1995) hence grasshoppers tend to
move on crops or other mixture of plants for their nutritional
requirements for better growth and reproduction (Behmer and
Joern 1993). Vegetation pattern is more important regarding
the species composition, disturbed area having less species
number and abundance as compared to the undisturbed area
(Kemp et al. 1990). Grasshopper damages all stages of paddy
crop. Both nymphs and adults can feed on leaves by cutting
the edges of leaves. When found in huge numbers, they
can feed even on the midribs and entire leaves, and cause
extensive defoliations.
The impressive growth of Indian agriculture has helped
the county achieve food security at national level. To sustain
this growth and achieve nutritional security, it is necessary to
further study the Acridid pests of rice crops and their control
measures, to increase rice yield.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are highly grateful to UGC for financial
assistance under Maulana Azad National Fellowship scheme
(MANF2011-12-BIH-MUS-1999) and to the Chairman,
Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh,
for providing necessary facilities.
REFERENCES
AKHTAR, M.H., M.K. USMANI, M.R. NAYEEM & H. Kumar (2012): Species
diversity and abundance of Grasshopper fauna (Orthoptera)
in rice ecosystem. Annals of Biological Research 3(5): 2190—
2193;
AKHTAR, M.H., M.R. NAYEEM & M.K. Usmani (2014a): Abundance,
distribution and taxonomic studies on Hemiacridinae (Acrididae:
Acridoidea: Orthoptera) in Uttar Pradesh, India. Journal of Global °
Biosciences 3(6): 910-918.
AKHTAR M.H., M.K. UsMAnr & M.R. NAyeEEM (2014b): Taxonomic
studies and ecological observations of Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus
(Hemiacridinae: Acrididae: Orthoptera) as a Pest of Paddy in
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Uttar Pradesh, India. Scholars Academic Journal of Biosciences
2(10): 681-686.
ANDER (1939): Division of Orthoptera into two suborders, Ensifera and
Caelifera. Opuscula Entomologica 2 (Suppl.): 306.
BeHMerR, S.T. & A. JOERN (1993): Diet choice by a grass-feeding
grasshopper based on the need for a limiting nutrient. Functional
ecology 7: 522-527.
BuatiA, D.R., C. SINGH & P.J.S. AHLUWALIA (1965): Incidence of
Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus Bol. (Orthoptera, Acrididae) in the
desert parts of Rajasthan and Kutch district of Gujarat. Indian
Journal of Entomology 26: 464-475.
191
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA RECORDED FROM UTTAR PRADESH
CHANDRA, K. & S.K. Gupta (2013): Endemic Orthoptera eee) of
India. Prommali 1: 17-44.
Cuitra, N., R.P. SOUNDARARAJAN & K. GUNATHILAGARAS (2000):
Orthoptera in rice fields of Coimbatore. Zoos’ Print Journal
15(8): 308-311.
Cuitra, N., K. GUNATHILAGARAJ & R.P. SOUNDARARAJAN (2001):
Orthoptera in rice ecosystem of South India. Bionotes 3(4): 88.
Das, A., S. Das & P. HALDAR (2002): Effect of food plants on the
growth rate and survivability of Hieroglyphus banian (Fabricius)
(Orthoptera: Acridoidea), a major paddy pest in India. Applied
Entomology and Zoology 37: 207-212.
Eaves, D.C.D. Otte, M.M. CIcLIANo & H. BRAuN (2015): Orthoptera
Species File. Version 5.0/5.0. <http://Orthoptera.SpeciesFile.org>.
Accessed on March 27, 2015.
GANGWERE, S.K. (1961): A monograph on food selection in Orthoptera.
Transactions of the American Entomological Society 87: 67—230.
GuosH, A.K. & S. SENGUPTA (1982): Insect Collection, Preservation
and Study (Handbook). Zoological Survey of India Publication.
65 pp.
Hapa, P., K.P. BHANDARI & S. NATH (1995): Observations on the food
preference of an Indian grasshopper Acrida exaltata (Walker)
(Orthoptera: Acrididae). Journal of Orthopteran Research 4:
57-59.
JADHAO, M.F. & A.M. Kuurap (2011): Insect Pests Complex of Rice
Ecosystem in Eastern Vidarbha of Maharashtra, India. Research
Analysis and Evaluation 2(24): 19-21.
JoERN, A. (1979): Feeding pattern in grasshoppers (Orthoptera:
Acrididae): factors influencing diet specialization. Oecologia
38: 325-347.
Josui, P.C., J.A. Lockwoop, N. VASHISHTH & A. SINGH (1999):
Grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) community dynamics in a
moist deciduous forest in India. Journal of Orthopteran Research
8: 17-23.
KANDIBANE, M., S. RAGURAMAN, D.N. GANAPATHY & K. GUNATHILAGARAJ
(2004): Orthopteran diversity and in irrigated rice ecosystem
in Madurai, Tamil Nadu. Zoos’ Print Journal 19(10): 1663—
1664.
Kemp, W.P., S.J. HARVEY & K.M. O’NEILL (1990): Patterns of vegetation
and grasshopper community composition. Oecologia 83:
299-308.
Kuan, R.M., H.K. Vyas & O.P. VaisH (1963): Paddy pests in Rajasthan.
Rice News Teller 11(1): 15-17.
Kirpy, W.F. (1914): The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and
Burma. Orthoptera (Acrididae), 1: IX + 276 pp. London.
Kumar, H. & M.K. Usmani (2012): A Checklist of Acridoidea
(Orthoptera) of Punjab, India. Journal of Entomological Research
36(2): 173-175.
MULKERN, G.B. (1967): Food selection by grasshoppers. Annual Review
of Entomology 12: 59-78.
NaAyYEEM, M.R. & M.K. Usmani (2012): Preliminary checklist of
Acridoidea (Orthoptera) of Jharkhand, India. Journal of
Entomological Research 36(2): 161-163.
NayeEEM, M.R., M.K. Usmanr & M.H. Akutar (2013): Preliminary
checklist of grasshoppers and locust fauna (Orthoptera: Acrididae)
of Bihar, India. World Journal of Applied Sciences and Research
3(1): 35-38.
PAuLRAJ, M.G., V. ANBALAGAN & S. IGNAcIMUTHU (2009): Distribution
of Grasshoppers (Insecta: Orthoptera) among different host plants
and habitats in two districts of Tamil Nadu, India. Journal of
Threatened Taxa 1(4): 230-233.
Priya, A.V. & T.C. NARENDRAN (2003): A key and a checklist of the
genera of short-horned grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) of
Kerala. Entomon 28(3): 223-230.
Rar, U. & M.K. Usmani (2013): Diversity and distribution of Acridid
pests (Orthoptera: Acrididae) of Purvanchal region, Uttar Pradesh.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 110(1): 50-56.
RiFFat, S. & M.S. WaAGAN (2007): The effect of food plants on
growth, fecundity and survivability of grasshopper Hieroglyphus
nigrorepletus I. Bolivar (Orthoperta: Acrididae) a major paddy pest
in Pakistan. Journal of Biological Sciences 7: 1282-1286.
RiFFat, S. & M.S. Wacan (2008): Notes on taxonomy, distribution
and ecology of Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus I. Bolivar, 1912
(Hemiacridinae: Acrididae: Orthoptera), a major paddy pest in
Pakistan. Pakistan Journal of Zoology 40(3): 171-178.
SHISHODIA, M.S. & S.K. Gupta (2009): Checklist of Orthoptera (Insecta)
of Himachal Pradesh, India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 1(11):
569-572.
SHISHODIA, M.S., K. CHANDRA & S.K. Gupta (2010): An annotated
checklist at Orthoptera (Insecta) from gies Rec. Zool. Surv.
India 314: 1-366.
SINGH, C. (1972): Further incidence of Hieroglyphus nigrorepletus
Bol. (Orthoperta: Acrididae) in the desert parts of Gujarat. Plant
Protection Bulletin, India 22: 38.
SINGH, B.B. & R. SINGH (2014): Major rice insect pests in Northeastern
U.P. International Journal of Life Sciences Biotechnology and
Pharma Research 1(3): 124-143.
TANDON, S.K. (1976): A Checklist of the Acridoidea (Orthoptera) of India
Part I Acrididae. Rec. Zool. Surv. India. Occ. paper no. 3: 1-48.
TANDON, S.K. & A.K. Hazra (1998): Faunal diversity in India:
Orthoptera. ENVIS Center, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.
Pp. 183-188.
TSCHARNTKE, T. & H.J. GREILER (1995): Insect communities, grasses and
grasslands. Annual Review of Entomology 40: 535-558.
Usmanl, M.K. & M.I. KHAN (2010): A preliminary checklist of Locusts
and Grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acridoidea) of North East India.
Trends in Biosciences 3(1): 40-55.
Usman, M.K. & U. Rar (2013): Effects of some abiotic factors on
the post embryonic development of Spathosternum prasiniferum
Walker (Orthoptera: Acridoidea: Hemiacridinae). Perspectives in
Animal Ecology and Reproduction 9: 186-199. Daya Publishing
House, New Delhi.
Usmanl, M.K, M.I. Kuan & H. Kumar (2010): Studies on Acridoidea
(Orthoptera) of Western Uttar Pradesh. Biosystematica 4(1):
39-58.
Usmanl, M.K., M.H. AkHTar & M.R. NAYEEM (2012a): Diversity and
taxonomic studies of Acridoid pests (Acridoidea: Orthoptera) of
pulses from Uttar Pradesh, India. Munis Entomology & Zoology
7(2): 837-846.
Usmanl, M.K., M.H. Akutar, M.R. NAveEM & U. Rari (2012b):
Diversity, distribution and taxonomic studies of grasshopper fauna
(Acrididae: Acridoidea: Orthoptera) of Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh,
India. Annals of Entomology 30(1): 31-40.
Usmanl, M.K., U. RarFi & Z. SHAMAEL (2012c): Effects of temperature
and humidity on growth and development of Acrida gigantea
(Orthoptera: Acridoidea: Acrididae). Folia Heyrovskyana, series
A 20(1-2): 67-73.
Usmanl, M.K., M.R. Naveem & M.H. Akutar (2012d): Field
observations on the incidence of grasshopper fauna (Orthoptera)
as a pest of Paddy and pulses. European Journal of Experimental
Biology 2(5): 1912-1917.
Uvarov, B.P. (1922): Rice grasshopper of the genus Hieroglyphus and
their nearest allies. Bull. Ent. Res. London. 13(2): 225-241.
192
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
193-209
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUOIDEA) FROM
THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
K. SIVASANKARAN! AND S. IGNACIMUTHU”’*
'Division of Taxonomy and Diversity, Entomology Research Institute, Loyola College, Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 034,
Tamil Nadu, India. Email: ganesh [email protected]
*Entomology Research Institute, Loyola College, Chennai 600 034, Tamil Nadu, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82380
In a study on the Erebidae of the Tamil Nadu part of the Western Ghats, 67 species were collected of which two
species are new records for the state and one species is new to India. The material collected, habits and habitats of
these species, and geographical details are presented.
Key words: Taxonomy, Erebidae, Western Ghats, Tamil Nadu
INTRODUCTION
The family Erebidae was separated from family
Noctuidae in the 1990s, based on the results from
molecular research which provided increasingly robust
support for a close relationship between the Arctiidae
and the quadrifid subfamilies of the Noctuidae (Mitchell
et al. 1997, 2000; Weller et al. 1994), indicating that the
Noctuidae are paraphyletic with respect to the Arctiidae and
Lymantriidae (~Lymantriinae). The family name Erebidae
was coined for the “quadrifid noctuids” which includes
the subfamilies Catocalinae and Erebinae. Fibiger and
Lafontaine (2004) have treated the quadrifid subfamilies
(Herminiinae, Hypenodinae, Hypeninae, Catocalinae,
Calpinae, Hypeninae, Stictopterinae, and Euteliinae) as
subfamilies of the re-established family Erebidae. The
recent classification places Calpinae in the family Erebidae
(Fibiger and Lafontaine 2004). Calpinae now consists of
three tribes: Calpini Boisduval, Phyllodini Hampson, and
Ophiderini Guenée.
The family Erebidae is characterized by: 1) the vein
M, in the hindwing being strongly developed in the
lower part of the cell, so that the cubital vein appears to be
four-branched; ii) having no basal abdominal brushes
which are derived characters found in most of the subfamilies
in Noctuidae; 111) Scales on the ventral half of the frons
deciduous, quickly fall off to leave the area bare in most
Erebids.
Most Erebidae are phytophagous as larvae and nectar
sucking as adults, and function as herbivores, pollinators,
and prey, as well as one of the most damaging groups of
agricultural pests (Reiger et al. 2009). The adults of some
genera damage fruit crops by piercing the skin to suck juice
(Banziger 1982).
The Western Ghats (8° 20’—20° 40’ N; 73°-77° E)
is one of the mega biodiversity hotspots in the subtropical
region. The habitat types in this region include scrub, dry
deciduous, moist deciduous, semi-evergreen, evergreen,
montane temperate, and grasslands. The Tamil Nadu part of
the Western Ghats consists of the Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve,
Kodaikanal, and Palani Hills. The Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve
(10° 45'-12° N; 76°—77° 15’ E; area: 5,520 sq. km), which
is one among the 18 hotspots in the world, is situated in
the Western Ghats. Altitude within the Nilgiri Biosphere
Reserve varies from 250 m to 2,670 m. Kodaikanal hills
(10° 14’ 6” N; 77° 29' 6” E; area: 21.45 sq. km) situated in
Dindigul district, Tamil Nadu, form the eastern region of
the Western Ghats. This paper presents a tentative list of
the Erebidae from the Tamil Nadu part of Western Ghats,
with illustrations. This is the first study documenting the
Erebidae from the Tamil Nadu part of the Western Ghats
Nilgiri Biosphere (Table 1) and the proposed Kodaikanal
Wildlife Sanctuary (Table 2).
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Collections were made using mercury vapour light
source during five-day periods at 26 sites every month from
2008 to 2012. This study is based primarily on the collections
carried out by the Entomology Research Institute (ERI),
Loyola College, Chennai, Tamil Nadu. Voucher specimens
were deposited at Entomology Research Institute, Loyola
College, Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India. Photographs of the adult
moths were taken with digital cameras, and the plates were
compiled using Adobe Photoshop software. The specimens
were identified using the keys provided by Hampson (1894)
and Moore (1881). We have made taxonomic changes in the
Noctuoidea by referring to Lafontaine and Schmidt (2010).
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Table 1: Collection sites of Family Erebidae from the Kodaikanal hills
No Locality Latitude Longitude Elev. ft/m
1 Kodaikanal Bus Terminus 10° 23" 53677(N 77° 49' 2933” E 6983/2130
2 Perumalmalai (site 1) 10° 26’ 4066" N Neve S0so ge 5127/1563
3 Perumalmalai (site 2) 10° 27' 045" N Tl Oo oOo T= 4934/1504
4 Observatory 10° 22' 9166" N 717° 45' 95° E 7529/2295
5 Poomparai 10° 24’ 705" N 77° 40'4°E 6320/1926
6 Pallangi 10°-27°3233"N 77° 45' 2316" E 5461/1665
u Mattupatti 10° 27°375 N 77° 45' 54" E 5511/1680
8 Moonjikal 10° 23° 9152N 77° 49'7716° E 6700/2030
9 Bear Shola 10° 24” N 77° 48' 0283" E 6908/2106
10 Bryant Park 10° 23' 0983" N 17° 49' 4483" E 6987/2130
11. Kodaikanal Lake 10° 23’ 8383" N 77° 48' 7683" E 6894/2101
12 Coaker’s Walk 10° 23' 0983" N 77° 49' 4483" E 6987/2130
13 Senbaganur 10° 23' 1733" (N 17° 50"3 E 5899/1798
14 Vattakanal 10° 21'5166" N © 17° 48' 5266" E 6825/2080
15 Vellagavi 10° 19’ 7033” N 77° 49' 9183" E 4408/1343
Table 2: Collection sites of Family Erebidae from the Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve
No Locality Latitude Longitude Elev.ft/m
1 Ooty Botanical Garden 11° 41' 758" N 76° 71' 048" E 7306/2228
2 Benchmark Tea Estate 11° 41'181" N (G2 42> 07) se 7840/2389
3 Doddabetta 11° 40’ 116" N (0° (3 58" E 8607/2624
4 Ooty Lake 11° 40' 45" N 76°69' 0933” E 7286/2221
5 Coonoor Municipal building 11° 33’ 916N fa cw ee Cima gown = 5539/1686
6 Sim’s Park 11° 35’ 485" N 76° 80’ 03" E 6082/1855
7 Ketti 11°38 Zid IN 76° 73' 745" E 7014/2137
8 Ithalar 11° 34’ 275" N 76° 65, 566" E 6932/2112
9 Emerald Dam 11° 32' 636" N 76° 61' 995" E 6596/2009
10 Avalanche 11° 30'015" N 76° 59’ 083" E 6579/2005
11. Kothagiri Pandian Park 11° 42' 155" N 76° 85' 006" E 6218/1897
RESULTS
An account of moths collected in this study is given
below under their respective taxonomic categories. Altogether,
67 species of Erebidae were collected by K. Sivasankaran of
Entomology Research Institute, during this study in Tamil Nadu
part of the Western Ghats. Among the specimens collected,
three species namely Phyllodes consobrina Westwood
(Phyllodini), Lygniodes hypoleuca Guenée (Erebini), and
Hyperlopha crucifera Walker (Hypopyrin1) were reported for
the first time from the state. For the nomenclature, we have
followed Kononenko and Pinratana (2005).
Subfamily: Scoliopteryginae
Tribe: Anomini
Gonitis mesogona Walker, [1858] 1857
Gonitis mesogona Walker, [1858] 1857, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1002.
Anomis mesogona Walker; Holloway, 1976: 37.
Material in the collection: 03.1x.2009, 7 ex.;
OF ax 2010) Stexs 11 x 2000, P57ex 12 4x. 2001, Avex:
OF SoZ OM AS HExe
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kethi. Kodaikanal: Bus
Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Korea, Japan
(Honshu, Shikoku, Kyushu, Tsushima Islands), China, South
of Russian Far East (migrant), Nepal, Pakistan, Philippines,
Indonesia, Sri Lanka.
Gonitis involuta Walker, [1858] 1857
Gonitis involuta Walker, [1858] 1857, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1003.
Gonitis basalis Walker, [1858] 1857, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1004.
Tiridata colligata Walker, 1857, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 870.
194
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Gonitis vitiensis Butler, 1886, Trans. ent. Soc. London
1886: 408.
Gonitis basalis Butler, 1886, Trans. ent. Soc. London
1886: 408.
Cosmophila dona Swinhoe, 1919, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist, (9)32313.
Anomis brima Swinhoe, 1920, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(W5025S.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2008, 23 ex.;
26.iv.2009, 7 ex.; 07.v1.2009, 12 ex.; 29.iv.2010, 21 ex.;
15.x11.2010, 14 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kethi. Kodaikanal: Bus
Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Nepal,
Pakistan, Afganistan, China, Taiwan, Australia, Vanuatu,
Korea, South of Russian Far East (migrant), Indonesia
(New Guinea, New Caledonia, Fiji [Rotuma], Bismarck Is.,
Solomon Is.), Oceania.
Rusicada privata (Walker, 1865)
Rusicada privata (Walker, 1865), List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 863.
Gonitis commode Butler, 1878, A.M.N. 4(5) 1: 203.
Gonitis metaxantha Walker, 1857, Cat. xiii: 1005.
Gonitis guttanivis Walker, 1857, Cat. xiii: 1003.
Gonitis combinans Walker, 1857, Cat. xiii: 1001.
Gonitis privata Walker, 1862, Cat. xxxiii: 863.
Gonitis revocan, Walker, 1858, Cat. xv: 1794.
Gonitis vulpine Butler, 1886, 7r Ent. Soc. 408.
Gonitis xanthochroa Butler, 1886, Tr, Ent. Soc. 409.
Gonitis inducens Walker, 1862, Cat. xxxili: 864.
Diremma simulatrix Walker, 1862, Cat. xxxiil: 864,
Gonitis albitibia Walker, 1857, Cat. xii: 1001.
Rusicada nigritarsis Walker, 1857, Cat. xiii: 1006;
Moore, 1887, Lep. Ceyl. 111: pl. 155.
Rusicada subfulvida Warren, 1913, in Seitz, Macrolepid.
World 3: 360, pl. 66.
Rusicada griseolineata Warren, 1913, in Seitz,
Macrolepid. World 3: 360, pl. 66.
Cosmophila fulvida Guenee, 1852, Noct. 11: 397;
Moore, 1882, Lep. Ceyl. 11: pl. 155; Hampson, 1894, Faun.
Brit. Ind. 11: 409. |
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2008, 13 ex.;
26.1v.2009, 7 ex.; 07.vi.2009, 12 ex.; 29.1v.2010, 21 ex.;
15.x11.2010, 4 ex. |
Collection Localities: Nilgiri1 Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kethi. Kodaikanal: Bus
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Korea,
Japan, China, South Russian Far East (migrant), Australia,
Sri Lanka, North America (introduced).
Anomis flava (Fabricius, 1775)
Anomis flava (Fabricius, 1775), Syst. Ent.: 601.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2008, 4 ex.;
26A1v. 2010) Vex 07x 201 EB tex s: PS a2 Os Avex!
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kethi. Kodaikanal: Bus
Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Nepal,
Pakistan, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, South Russian Far
East, Philippines, Micronesia, Indonesia (Samoa, Tonga,
New Caledonia Solomon Is.), Vanuatu, Tasmania, New
Zealand, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Morocco, Africa, South of
Sahara, Madagascar, Mauritius, Hawaii, North America
(introduced).
Subfamily: Calpinae Boisduval, 1840
Tribe: Calpini
Plusiodonta coelonota (Kollar, [1844])
Plusiodonta coelonota (Kollar, [1844]), in Hugel,
Kaschmir und das Reich der Siek 4: 482
Material in the collection: 09.v.2010, 3 ex.; 27.v.2011,
2 OR-224 VU 2Biex
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus,
Bryant Park, and Moonyikal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Nepal, Sri Lanka, Indonesia (Java, Sumatra, Timor, Flores),
China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea.
Calyptra minuticornis (Guenée, 1852)
Calpe minuticornis Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 6: 374.
Calpe novaepommeraniae Strand, 1919, Arch.
Naturgesch., 83A (10): 143.
Calpe minuticornis Guenée; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 38.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2008, 5 ex.;
26.iv.2009, 9 ex.; 27.v.2010, 7 ex.; 5.v.2012, 8 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, and Coonoor
Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park, Moonjikal,
and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Taiwan,
Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia (Java, Timor, Flores,
Sumbawa, Borneo, New Guinea, Bismarck Is., Sulawesi),
195
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
China, Japan, New Britian, Rook Island, Papua Guinea
(Oomsis), Australia (Queensland).
Oraesia emarginata (Fabricius, 1794)
Noctua emarginata Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. III, 2: 82.
Oraesia metallescens Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat.
Insectes, Spec. gén. Lépid. 6: 364.
Oraesia alliciens Walker, [1858] 1857, List Spec. lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 12: 945.
Oraesia tentans Walker, [1858] 1857, List Spec. lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 12: 954.
Oraesia camaguina Swinhoe, 1918, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9), 2:90.
Calpe emarginata Fabricius; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 38.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2008, 5 ex.;
26.1v.2009,, 9eX.; 27:vi22010,,. 7. exe 52020129 Lbex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Doddabetta,
Sim’s Park, and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal:
Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Korea, Japan (Honshu, Shikoku,
Kyushu, Tsushima Is.), China, Tibet, East Africa, Taiwan,
Philippines, Indonesia (Sulawesi, Borneo).
Tribe: Ophiderini Guenée, 1852
Eudocima materna Linnaeus, 1767
Material in the collection: 03.i1x.2009, 13 ex.;
07.1x.2010 4 ex.; 05.ix.2011, 5 ex.; 04.1x.2012, 9 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Ooty Lake,
Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, and Coonoor Municipal building.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Indonesia
(Java, New Guinea), Australia.
Eudocima salaminia (Cramer, 1777)
Noctua salaminia Cramer, [1777] 1779, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 2: 117.
Eudocima salaminia Cramer; Holloway, 1976:
Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 36.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 12 ex.;
28.v1.2010, 8 ex.; 15.x11.2012, 11 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Doddabetta,
Sim’s Park, and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal:
Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Nepal,
China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea (tropical migrant), Philippines,
Indonesia (Java, Sumatra, New Guinea), Micronesia, Central
Africa, Australia.
Eudocima [Adris| sikhimensis (Butler, 1895)
Adris sikhimensis Butler, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6), 15: 1260.
Othreis abathyglypta Prout, 1928, Bull. Hill Mus.
Witley 2: 264.
Othreis abathyglypta Prout; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 36.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2008, 2 ex.;
DAWU OOS Ext SIX O02 sAtex:
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Myanmar, Malaysia,
Nepal, Bhutan, Indonesia (Borneo, Sumatra, Bali).
Eudocima [Othreis| phalonia Linnaeus [fullonia Clerck, 1764]
Phalaena (Noctua) phalonia Linnaeus, 1763, Centuria
Insectorum rariorum: 28.
Phalaena fullonia Clerck, [1764] 1759, Icones Insect.
rariorum pl. 48, ff. 1-4.
Phalaena (Attacus) fullonica Linnaeus, 1767, Syst.
Nat.(éd.12): 812.
Noctua dioscoreae Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 593.
Phalaena (Noctua) pomona Cramer, [1775] 1779, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 1: 122.
Ophideres princeps Boisduval, 1832, in d’Urville
Voyage de Découvertes de |’ Astrolabe P| 1: 245.
Ophideres obliterans Walker, 1857, List Spec. lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1229. |
Othreis fullonia Clerck; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 36.
Material in the collection: 26.iv.2008, 2 ex.;
06.1v.2009, 4 ex.; 09.v.2009, 6 ex.; 15.iv.2010, 3 ex.;
2 RNOZOMOLNS Bee; OSMKEZOROF SitexvihBux/ 20 k0i54 tex
VS HaPZO lO Bex 8 ADO M2 exe OS 20M 2 exe;
OFZ 5 ex. ; OF K. 2014 i 4iexs 09x 200003 ex:
26,.1V- 202, Ate ay D012 ex, A 20 POD ex:
Foik DOD) Siex.; OF ii. 20124 ex,
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Ooty
Lake, Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building,
Nonsuch, and Kothagiri. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant
Park, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Myanmar, Vietnam,
Nepal, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, South of Russian
Far East (migrant), Philippines, Indonesia (New Guinea),
Micronesia, Australia, New Zealand, Central Africa (Gabon,
Zaire, Congo).
Eudocima [Othreis| homaena (Hiibner, [1823] 1816)
Othreis homaena Hubner, [1827] 1816, Verz. Bekannter
Schmett.: 264.
196
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Phalaena (Noctua) ancilla Cramer, 1777, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 2: 84.
Phalaena strigata Donovan, [1804] 1800, Epitome Nat.
Hist. Insects Ind. pl. 54: fig. 2.
Ophideres bilineosa Walker, [1858] 1857, List Spec.
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1227.
Othreis ancilla formosana Okano, 1964, Tohoku
Konchu Kenkyu 1(2): 43-4.
Othreis homaena Hubner; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 36.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2008, 3 ex.; 09.1v.2009,
DiC OTN. 200G IT Exe ORLive 2010, 1 2icenrt i) kota 200}
2nexts 2UM20T0 86x .3008tx QO TON B ext; OFaxt 2 ONOs 2iexe
15\x11201032'ex:; 0S. i201 ex. 229012012, 4rex:
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Ooty
Lake, Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, and Coonoor Municipal
building; Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola,
and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Nepal, Taiwan, Vietnam,
Malaysia, Sri Lanka, Philippines, Australia (Christmas
Island), Indonesia (Borneo, Timor, Flores), China, Japan.
Eudocima cajeta (Cramer, 1779)
Eudocima cajeta (Cramer, 1779), Papilio exot. 1: 48,
Pres!
Eudocima multiscripta Walker, 1857, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln. Br. Mus.13: 1226.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2008, 1 ex.;
O91iv. 2009) 2 Ox. OF 9220095 1S OR a9 20s Dre.
16av.20.10, 1 exs 27:v.2010; 2 ex4052v.2011, | exe
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant
Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Sri Lanka,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Batavia,
Moluccas, Seram), Philippines.
Eudocima |Khadira\ aurantia (Moore, 1877)
Ophideres aurantia Moore, 1877, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond. 1877: 607.
Adris rutilus Moore, 1881, 7rans. zool. Soc. Lond. 11:70.
Khadira aurantia Moore; Holloway, 1976: Malayan Nature
Soc. & Sabah Foundation 36.
Material in the collection: 31.111.2010, 2 ex.;
26.111.2011, 1 ex.; 05.111.2012, 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Benchmark Tea Museum.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka, China, Andaman
Islands, Indonesia (Sulawesi, Seram, New Guinea, Solomon
Is.), Australia (Queensland).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Tribe: Phyllodini Guenée, 1852
Phyllodes consobrina Westwood, 1848*
Phyllodes consobrina Westwood, 1848, Cab.Or. Ent.
ply 28yanpe a2 pash,
Phyllodes perspicillator Guenee, 1852, Guen. Noct.
ii, p. 120.
Phyllodes maligera Butl. Ent. Mon. Mag. xx, p. 138.
Phyllodes roseigera Butl. P.Z.S. 1883, p. 164.
Material in the collection: 20.v11.2010, 2 ex.;
18.vu1.2011, 1 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia
(Java, Borneo, Sumatra), China, Tibet, Japan, Bangladesh,
Vietnam, Philippines.
Note: This species is recorded for the first time in
Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve, Western Ghats.
Subfamily: Hypocalinae
Tribe: Hypocalini
Hypocala deflorata (Fabricius, 1794)
Hypocala deflorata Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. 3 (2): 127.
Hypocala moorei Butler, 1892, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 10:21.
Hypocala australiae Butler, 1892, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),
Lona,
Material in the collection: 31.111.2008, 19 ex.;
06.111.2009, 23 ex.; 13.i1v.2009, 29 ex.; 26.11.2010, 21 ex.;
ES.iv.2010, 16i\exsy 03.1%, 2000s 230ex1; 726.11 QO 62 3.ex,;
26riv.2011, 26cex;; O07 4x 2011, 2--ex.: hangs, thext
29.1v.2012, 32 ex.; 29.1x.2012, 4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, Kethi, Emerald Dam, and
Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park,
Bear Shola, and Observatory.
Distribution: India, Korea, Japan (Honshu, Shikoku,
Kyushi, Tsushima Is., Okinawa Is.), South Russian Far
East (migrant), Indonesia (Borneo, Fiji (Rotuma), New
Caledonia), Sri Lanka, Nepal, Africa, China, Vanuatu, France,
Samoa vagrant to Norfolk Islands, New Zealand, Australia
(Queensland), Hawaii.
Hypocala subsatura Guenée, 1852
Hypocala subsatura Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lepid. 7: 75.
Hypocala aspersa Butler, 1883, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.,
1883: 164.
Hypocala subsatura var. limbata Butler, 1889, //lust.
Typical Specimens lepid. Heterocera Colln Br. Mus., 7: 76.
Hypocala subsatura Guenée 1852 Holloway, 1976:
Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 35.
197
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Material in the collection: 13.iv.2009, 9 ex.;
15.1v.2010, 6-ex.* 03Hx.2010 ns Cmga2Ooiw20 LG iexs
OFax.20Nly. 7 eS 294v2012)3 exs29.x2012.7 ex
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, and Sim’s Park. Kodaikanal: Bus
Terminus and Moonjikal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Myanmar,
Vietnam, Nepal, Pakistan, Indonesia (Borneo, Java), China,
Taiwan, Japan, Korea, South of Russian Far East.
Hypocala guttiventris (Walker, [1858] 1857)
Hypocala guttiventris Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1176.
Hypocalta lattivitta Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 929.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 32 ex.;
13.v.2010, 2. ex. 27 V2Ok lee exepdoiye20i2. 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor Municipal building, and
Sim’s Park. Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Vietnam, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra,
Borneo, Java, Sulawesi, Timor, Flores), Australia.
Hypocala rostrata (Fabricius, 1794)
Hypocala rostrata Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. 3(2):
123.
Hypocala plumicornis Guenée, 1852, Noct. iii.
Hypocala efflorescens Guenée, 1852, Noct. 111.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 3 ex.; 09.v.2009,
2 exXijwl0.1v32010;. Jrex; 27 v7. 2010, -Teexn007 91.2010;
4neX co D3 IKI2Z0L0j 07 /exeti2 sim: 20 V1 643s een 23mQ01 1s
lhwexs 28:.477:2011..3 expo07ian20 Mods exw 29mte 7012,
SeKHI29 wi 2012) Onex.;. 234 2012) 2émei2 rig 201 2,
8 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum,
Coonoor Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kethi.
Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and
Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Korea Japan
(Shikoku, Kyushu), China, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia,
Nepal, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Africa.
Hypocala violacea Butler, 1879
Hypocala violacea Butler, 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London 1879: 6.
Hypocala clarissima Butler, 1892, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. £6), WO:21,
198
Hypocala kebeae Bethune-Baker, 1906, Novit. zool.
13: 249.
Hypocala violacea Butler Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 35.
Material in the collection: 31.111.2008, 13 ex.;
06.111.2009, 32 ex.; 15.1v.2009, 29 ex.; 26.11.2010, 29 ex.;
10.iv.2010, 22 ex.; 26.11.2011, 13 ex.; 26.iv.2011, 31 ex.;
18.111.2012, 9 ex.; 29.1v.2012, 33 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum,
Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building, Kethi,
Doddabetta, Ithalar, Emerald Dam and Kothagiri. Kodaikanal:
Kodaikanal Lake, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, Coaker’s Walk,
Moonyikal, Perumalmalai, Poomparai, and Observatory.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Nepal,
Indonesia (Timor, Flores, New Guinea), Philippines, Taiwan,
Japan (Kyushu), Korea.
Hypocala biarcuata Walker, 1858
Hypocala biarcuata Walker, 1858, Cat. xv: 1816;
Hampson, 1894, Faun. Brit. Ind. 11: 454.
Material in the collection: 31.111.2008, 9 ex.;
OG 07.2009, 113 ex.; 13.1v.2009, 19 ex.: 26.17.2010, 19 ex.;
15.12.2010 5 14-exx; 03 1x20 10 lGtexs} 26318.20 hess text
AGA 20ARaliivexs OF1k 20 Ui tsrexvals. 01-2012, 17 ex.;
29 1. 2002 22eks; 291%. 2012 961exe
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum,
Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building, Kethi,
Doddabetta, and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal:
Kodaikanal Lake, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, Coaker’s
Walk, Moonjikal, Perumalmalai, Poomparai, and
Observatory. |
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Taiwan, South
Japan, Indonesia (Sulawesi, Sumbawa, New Guinea).
Subfamily: Tinoliinae
Tribe: Tinoliini
Calesia stillifera Felder & Rogenhofer, 1874 © satellita)
Calesia stillifera Felder & Rogenhofer 1874, Reise ost.
Fregatte Novara 2(2): Pl: 117:18.
Calesia satellita Moore, [1885], Lepid. Ceylon,
3: 184, P1171: 6.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009,
2 CkirdOAvi20 Oy exe 2682041 Pil nem. 31/2918. 2012,
2k
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Benchmark Tea Museum. Kodaikanal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Sri Lanka, China, Philippines.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Subfamily: Erebinae
Tribe: Toxocampini
Subtribe: Toxocampina
Lygephila dorsigera (Walker, 1865)
Lygephila dorsigera (Walker, 1865), List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 873.
Material in the collection: 23.1x.2009, 1 ex.;
031.1%. 201.05 2:ex1 7k 201 Mexeo ix 200i alt ex
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Moonjikal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Nepal, Sri Lanka,
Pakistan, Afghanistan, Korea, Japan, China, South Russian
Far East, Russia (Khabarovsk).
Tribe: Acantholipini
Hypospila bolinoides Guenée, 1852
Hypospila bolinoides Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 358.
Thermesia signipalpis Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 15: 1572.
Hypospila thermesina Guenée, 1863, in Maillard,
Notes sur l’Ile de la Réunion Lep: 53.
Moepa concisa Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 982.
Thermesia orientalis Leech, 1900, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London 1900: 570.
Hypospila andamana Swinhoe, 1919, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9) 4: 124.
Hypospila bolinoides Guenée Holloway, 1976:
Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 38.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 2 ex.; 09.v.2009,
Syexs} 0am 2020 plexczlS me 20 10) Qrere26 iv Z2OPk ed ex;
24%; 27.V2011, 3 ex.; 29.106 Z201 2922010), 2iex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus,
Bryant Park, Moonjikal, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia,
Nepal, Indonesia (New Guinea, Moluccas), Taiwan, China,
Japan, Korea, Australia, Caroline Is.
Tribe: Erebini
Erebus hieroglyphica (Drury, 1773)
Noctua hieroglyphica Drury, 1773, Ill. Exot. Ins. 2: 3.
Noctua harmonia Cramer, [1777] 1779, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 2: 119.
Noctua mygdonia Cramer, [1777] 1779, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 2: 119. |
Noctua ulula Fabricius, 1781, Species Insectorum 2:
Aad:
Bocana lunaris Walker, 1864, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 29: 57.
Argiva hieroglyphica celebensis Hopffer, 1874, Stettin.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
ent. Ztg. 35: 46.
Nyctipao hieroglyphica tenebrata Prout, 1919, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (9)3: 170.
Erebus hieroglyphica Drury Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 29; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 26.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 3 ex.; 15.v.2010,
Deon. 7 sy. 201 T38ex P27 2012, 2rex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bryant Park,
Moonjikal, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Cambodia,
Vietnam, Myanmar, China, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo,
Java, Sulawesi, New Guinea), Philippines.
Erebus macrops (Linnaeus, 1768)
Noctua macrops Linnaeus, 1768, Syst. Nat. 12(3)
App.: 225.
Noctua bubo Fabricius, 1781, Species Insectorum 2:
209.
Patula boopis Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec.
gen. Lépid. 7: 178.
Eupatula macrops Linnaeus, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 29; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 27.
Material in the collection: 09.iv.2009, 12 ex.;
0912009) Sexes 1S. 1V 20 BONG iexe 2 Tw ZOO: PS ex.
OS ZOTOy. f2exs 13.%.201 097 ems 26nm20blyoO]exs
OF 1x ZOT IG ext O72 O11 sem 29 a 209 ex:
25 M2012) 6 x 15282012," 1 2:ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, and Kethi. Kodaikanal: Bus
Terminus, Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Myanmar, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, China, Indonesia
(Sumatra, Java, Borneo), Philippines, Japan, Korea, South
of Russian Far East (migrant), Central Africa.
Lygniodes reducens Fabricius, 1794
Material in the collection: 10.1v.2010, 2 ex.;
2hiwr2091¢ dex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bryant Park.
Distribution: India.
Lygniodes hypoleuca Guenée, 1852*
Lygniodes hypoleuca In Boisduval & Guenée, 1852,
Hist. Nat. Insects (Lepid.) 7: 125, pl. 16.
Material in the collection: 10.iv.2010, 2 ex.;
2 levi 201d, hex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bryant Park.
199
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Distribution: India, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Nepal, Bangladesh, China, Taiwan.
Note: This species is recorded for the first time in
Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve, Western Ghats.
Sympis rufibasis Guenée, 1852
Sympis rufibasis Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lepid. 7: 344.
Sympis rufibasis Guenée; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 34.
Remarks: Hampson has described the female as not
having the scarlet lunule, but we have seen the marking in
the present described species.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 4 ex.;
10.1v.2010, 3 ex.; 26.1v.2011, 4 ex.; 29.1v.2012, 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus,
Bryant Park, Moonyjikal, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia,
Vietnam, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan,
Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Bali, Flores,
Sumbawa, Sulawesi, Moluccas, Amboina, Solomon Is.),
Seram, Australian tropics east to New Guinea, Queensland.
Tribe: Catocalini
Catocala macula (Hampson, 1891)
Audea macula Hampson, 1891, I/lust. typical
Specimens lepid. Heterocera Colln Br. Mus. 8: 84.
Ulothrichopus macula reducta Prout, 1922, Bull. Hill
Mus. Witley 1: 223.
Ulotrichopus macula Hampson; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 28; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 24.
Material in the collection: 27.11.2008, 3 ex.; 06.11.2009,
5 ex.; 09.v.2009, 9 ex.; 26.111.2010, 4 ex.; 15.1v.2010, 7 ex.;
260i BOM eBitex 26.120 We Bebe hi Ti 207 Io theses
1$4102012, 3 exu29_ 1v-20126 eX. '23::V;:2012.6.2x:
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, and Kothagiri Pandian Park.
Kodaikanal: Bryant Park, Moonjikal, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Tatwan, Thailand, Vietnam, Nepal,
Sri Lanka, China, Japan, Indonesia (Java, Borneo, Sumatra,
Timur, Flores, Sulawesi), Philippines.
Tribe: Cocytiini
Serrodes campana Guenée, 1852
Serrodes campana Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 252.
Serrodes nigha Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec.
gen. Lépid. 7: 253.
200
Serrodes callipepla Prout, 1929, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(10)3: 598.
Serrodes campana Guenée, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 34.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009,
M1 cextseh0.1V.2010, 7h ExSe00 va2O10) Sex! wi fed.2010)
Sex J LEV OMS. Osemie2 Sivar20lds GiekeidSeat.2011,
Bex. 229072 One, mS exe 3.90!2012.. 12 ex: 29.511. 20
4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, Coonoor Municipal building, Nonsuch, Kethi, and
Bandisolai; Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola,
Senbaganur, and Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Nepal,
China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, Russian Far East (migrant),
Vanuatu, Indonesia (New Guinea, Samoa, New Caledonia
Fiji), Philippines, Australia.
Avatha discolor (Fabricius, 1794)
Noctua discolor Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. II,
2: 50.
Avatha includens Walker, 1857, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 13: 1107.
Hypaetra trigonifera Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1411.
Hypaetra curvifera Walker, 1858, List Specimens ae
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1412.
Hypaetra complacens Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1414.
Ophiusa frontalis Walker, 1858, List acini lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1434.
Achaea expectans Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 15: 1827.
Avatha discolor Fabricius; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 50.
Remarks: This species is often mistaken for a form
of Avatha noctuoides.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 2 ex.;
10.14, 20:10. 30x20 TAA2010m 3Hexe9 O8uie 20,00 dAexs
IB.ee2ZOLOoshexin TTR 20tO ww iivexe261v.20bb2 ex:
28 Vids, 2656.1 07. 20deln v6 ex scOF xe. 200.3: ex:
1 Sea POrl)..6, ex.: 29.17.2012, 3 ext 2381201 2o\2vexk
29:-132042, 57 ER 15. E20 Qe Srex.: 29x11 201 2.3 ex!
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, Coonoor Municipal building, and Kethi. Kodaikanal:
Moonjikal and Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Laos, Sri Lanka,
Taiwan, South Japan, Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, New
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Caledonia, Tenimber Isl., New Guinea, Vanuatu, Cook Is.,
Marquesas, Society Isl., Fiji), Australia.
Tribe: Euclidiini
Trigonodes hyppasia (Cramer, 1779)
Noctua hyppasia Cramer, [1779] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 99.
Phalaena deliana Stoll, 1790, Uitlandsche Kapellen
5: 160.
Ophiusa anfractuosa Boisduval, 1833, Fauna
entomologique de Madagascar, Bourbon et Maurice Lep: 104.
Trigonodes acutata Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 283.
Trigonodes exportata Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat.
Insectes, Spec. gén. Lépid. 7: 284.
Trigonodes inacuta Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 284.
Trigonodes compar Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1451.
Trigonodes hyppasia Cramer; Holloway, 1976:
Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 31; Kobes, 1985:
Heteroc. Sumatr. 47.
Material in the collection: 11.vi.2008, 2 ex.;
DSA 2009, Miers OF iv 20M Wilwexes 21.57.2011, 1ex.:
i 2012. 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Sri Lanka, Nepal, Pakistan, Iran, China, Taiwan, Japan,
Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Sumbawa, New
Guinea, Tongo, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Norfolk Is., Tenimber
Is.), Australia, Africa, Mauritius, Madagascar, Seychelles.
Subtribe: Mocisiini
Mocis frugalis (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua frugalis Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 601.
Chalciope lycopodia Geyer, 1837, Hubner '’s Zutrage
Sammi. exot. Schmett. 5: 25.
Remigia translata Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 1015.
Remigia nigripunctata Warren, 1913, Gross-Schmett.
Erde 3: 333.
Mocis frugalis Fabricius; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 31; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 49. |
Material in the collection: 07.v.2009, 4 ex.; 27.v.2010,
606x403 9x 201025 cows 1S 00120): 3-ex 0514201,
Siexy O71 20144)7 ex xi 204 bem. 229:15,2012¢ 5 ex.;
29.xii.2012, 4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Doddabetta,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Kethi, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building, Nonsuch,
and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Lake, Bryant Park,
Moonjikal, Senbaganur, and Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Cambodia,
Laos, Vietnam, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan,
Japan, Philippines, Vanuatu, Indonesia (Sumatra, Java,
Sulawesi, New Guinea, Solomon Is., New Caledonia, Samoa,
Kermadec Is.), Micronesia, Australia.
Mocis undata (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua undata Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 600.
Phalaena archesia Cramer, [1780] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 145.
Phalaena virbia Cramer, [1780] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 146.
Remigia gregalis Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 320.
Ophisma velata Walker, [1863] 1864, J. Linn. Soc.
(Zool) 7: 180.
Remigia bifasciata Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 1014.
Cauninda bifasciata Warren, 1913, Gross-Schmett.
Erde 3: 333.
Mocis uberia Wileman, 1923, Entomologist 56: 190.
Mocis undata Fabricius, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 31; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 48.
Material in the collection: 07.v.2009, 12 ex.;
27.V.2010,. 8rex3-03-4x: 2010.09 rex sy. Picetig 20 O16 ex
0597-208 ock3 exc2n07.1Kj 2011. G:em5 1Zontk 207 ex.:
29, 1x 2012, Ad ex, 29exis.2012., Guvex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, Coonoor Municipal building, Nonsuch, Bandisolai,
Kethi, and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal,
Kodaikanal Lake, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, South of
Russian Far East (migrant), Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra,
Timor, Flores, Sumbawa, Borneo).
Tribe: Ercheiini
Ercheia cyllaria (Cramer, 1782)
Noctua cyllaria Cramer, [1779] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 100.
Achaea cyllota Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec.
gen. Leépid. 7: 248.
Achaea fusifera Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1398.
Achaea signivitta Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
201
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1398.
Achaea polychroma Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14:1400.
Achaea atrivitta Walker, 1864, J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.)
TEESE,
Achaea purpureilinea Walker, 1864, J. Linn. Soc.
(ZOOL) TAB:
Achaea semipallida Walker, 1864, J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.)
Tish
Ercheia tenebrosa Moore, 1867, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1867: 66.
Melipotis gundiana Felder, 1874, Reise 6st. Fregatte
Novara Lep: pl. 116, f. 10.
Melipotis costipannosa Moore, 1882, Descr. new
Indian lepid. Insects Colln W.S. Atkinson: 166.
Ercheia pannosa Moore, 1883, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1883: 24.
Ercheia uniformis Moore, 1883, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1883: 24.
Ercheia anvira Swinhoe, 1918, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
OMad th
Ercheia cyllaria Cramer Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 30; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 36.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2008, 3 ex.;
09.4v.2009; 2-ex!2 07.v.2009) Bi ex.s 123x1.2009, Sexe
03.iv.2010, 4 ex.; 16.iv.2010, 5 ex.; 27.v.2010, 6 ex.;
O3ix-2OIOS Svex::SOTARIZO1OR7 Sxt; QO R200 3 exc:
O37. 201-1), 3x2 07 120K; Sex
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum,
Ooty Lake, Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal
building, Nonsuch, and Kothagiri Pandian Park; Kodaikanal:
Moonyikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur
Distribution: India, Taiwan, Japan, Indochina,
Thailand, Peninsular Malaysia, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo,
Ceram, Kei Islands).
Tribe: Pandesmini
Pandesma quenavadi Guenée, 1852
Pandesma quenavadi Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat.
Insectes, Spec. gén. Lépid. 6: 438.
Pandesma jubra Swinhoe, 1889, Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond., 1889: 413.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 7 ex.;
10.iv.2010, 3 ex.; 07.vi.2010, 6 ex.; 03.1x.2010, 11 ex.;
13.x.20bOy d3cexm26uv. 200, 6 exh 28,2002 exes
OF ax. 2007) WBirextt OF 5020114 Sexy 2OMyi2OID)2 ex.;
23.Vi.2042;9:ext} 29x DOV, 8 ex:; ISOTONIC:
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, and Bandisolai; Kodaikanal:
Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, Pallangi, Poomparai,
and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Taiwan, Burma, Thailand, Japan,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo, Java), Philippines, Australia.
Polydesma boarmoides Guenée, 1852
Polydesma boarmoides Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat.
Insectes, Spec. gén. Lépid. 6: 441.
Polydesma mastrucata Felder & Rogenhofer, 1874,
Reise ost. Fregatte Novara Lep. 4: pl. 111, f. 31.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 2 ex.;
10.iv.2010, 3 ex.; 07.vi.2010, 3 ex.; 03.1x.2010, 4 ex.;
13.X.2010) 30exe 26HvV 201 486s 261201 | Dee
OF RD ONY S8Sxep OF Ax 20019 St SK HS 290Av 2012) 12 exis
ZIV OA DNGERIZ 9 AX 201 2X. PS KOTO 6 Se.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Sim’s Park. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Myanmar,
Nepal, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea (migrant), Philippines,
Indonesia (Java, Borneo, New Caledonia, Samoa, Fiji Is.),
Vanuatu, Society Is., Nicobar Is., Hawaii, Tahiti, Australia.
Ortopla lindsayi (Hampson, 1891)
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 2 ex.; 15.v.2010,
SISREALTS. AZO OMS Cx 07 120 LE eRO7X 20TH 3 ex
122012) 6tex:- 15%.20127 8 Ex .
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park,
Coaker’s Walk, and Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India (Nilgiris).
Tribe: Hulodini
Lacera noctilio (Fabricius, 1794)
Noctua noctilio Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. IIT, 2: 12.
Lacera capella Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec. gén.
Lepid. TS37,
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 12 ex.;
OPV 2008) 13 x; MWav-20T0Y 16 €x.; 27.v. 2010, see
07.vi.2010, 12 ex.; 03.1x.2010, 7 ex.; 13.x.2010, 31 ex.;
15.x1.2010, 26 ex.; 26.iv.2011, 24 ex.; 05.v.2011, 13 ex.;
28.91.2011, 13'ex.5-07 Ax. 20 115-9 ex: 07x. 2011- 36'eRG
LZ xa DOE 22%ex.*-/ 294v. 201222 SO 23. vn 2012) 14-exe
Doi 2002, dPtex.7 19.2090 27 Gx 29112012, 26-ex!
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Kethi, Doddabetta, Ithalar,
Emerald Dam, and Kothagiri. Kodaikanal: Kodaikanal
202
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Lake, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, Coaker’s Walk, Moonjikal,
Perumalmalai, Poomparai, and Observatory.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Vietnam, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Japan, Indonesia (Timor, Flores,
Sumbawa, Sulawesi, New Guinea, New Caledonia Fiji,
Tongo, Samoa, Solomon Is.), Vanuata, Micronesia (Guam).
Hulodes caranea (Cramer, 1780)
Phalaena caranea Cramer, [1780] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 140.
Hulodes angulata Prout, 1928, Bull. Hill Mus., Witley
B58,
Hulodes caranea Cramer; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 33.
Material in the collection: 07.v.2009, 3 ex.; 27.v.2010,
57exit'13:%.2010,-12-ex5 05.47.2011, 4 ex; 0F x20: ores
Wx ZOD. 7 ex
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park, and
Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Lake, Bryant Park,
Bear Shola, Coaker’s Walk, Moonjikal, and Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Myanmar,
Nepal, China, Taiwan, Japan, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo,
Java, Timor, Flores, Kei Is.), Philippines.
Ericeta inangulata (Guenée, 1852)
Hulodes inangulata Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 210.
Remigia optativa Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1510.
Remigia optatura Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 15: 1848.
Remigia comitata Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 1018.
Hulodes umbrosa Walker, 1869, Characters undescribed
Lepid. Heterocera: 91.
Ericeia intextilia Schultze, 1908, Philippine J. Sci.
3(A): 32.
Ericeia levuensis Prout, 1929, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(10)3: 597.
Ericeia certilinea Prout, 1929, Bull. Hill Mus., Witley,
EAs Be
Ericeia intextilia Schultze Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 33. |
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 3 ex.; 07.v.2009,
3 @x.; 1O0.1v.2010, 6° eR.xe2 Fe 2O 10s Sinexis OF vi 20IO,
26en 5? 0329 2010-9) exes bSiK010, 3 ex2Ody.2011,
2 0x.; OSai20141,-3 ex 282011 YS ex.s OF ime20bt,
TRK FS OPRR 2011, Oee sg 2OIV201252 exes 23191-2092. 4 ex:.;
29:1%,2012, 6 ex.2:15.%,2012)7 ex.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park, and Coonoor
Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Kodaikanal Lake,
Bryant Park, Bear Shola, Coaker’s Walk, Moonjikal, and
Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Cambodia, Vietnam, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Pakistan,
Japan, China, Taiwan, Indonesia, Philippines, Africa south
of Sahara, Madagascar, Reunion Is.
Ericeia eriophora (Guenée, 1852)
Hulodes eriophora Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 210.
Ophisma deficiens Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1383.
Remigia perfidiosa Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1511.
Hypopyra apicalis Walker, [1863] 1864, J. Linn. Soc.
(AOGL) de V8:
Ericeia eriophora Guenée, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 33.
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 3 ex.;
1L0.1V. 2010; Qe 29 392010, 3) ees 264200, 2 ‘ex.:
O7 x. 2011, Sex. 29-1v. 2012.2 ex.s 16.2012 Arex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Bus Terminus.
Distribution: India, Philippines, Indonesia
(Sulawesi).
Tribe: Ophiusini Guenée, 1837
Ophiusa olista (Swinhoe, 1893)
Ophiusa olista Swinhoe, 1893, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(G) 12: 26k.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2008, 3 ex.; 09.iv.2009,
2 ex.) 07,2009, 1 6x. 03:1, 2010, 2 Gx 6 2080.
DOK. 276.20 1.0,,3-ex.3:03.4%.201023,ex, 3 OF 4, 2010, 2 ex.
05.1. 2011eT ex 15a0i1,2011, 22x: 291i QO 4 iex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Bandisolai, Kethi, Kothagiri,
and Doddabetta. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear Shola, Bryant
Park, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Korea, Japan (Honshu, Shikoku,
Kyushu, Tsushima Is.), China, Taiwan, Philippines, Thailand,
Vietnam, Nepal.
Ophiusa discriminans (Walker, 1858)
Ophiodes discriminans Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1358.
Pseudophia pygospila Snellen, 1880, Tijdschr. Ent.
23% 9B.
203
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Anua intacta Hampson, 1913, Cat. Lepid. Phal. Colln
Br. Mus. 12: 437.
Anua discriminans Walker, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 29.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 2 ex.;
1O0.iv:2010,'2 Exe 2650-2017, 1ex!*29.4912012; 3 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal,
Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Sri Lanka,
Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, Sulawesi, Kei Isl.,
Moluccas, New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New
Caledonia), Vanuata, Australia.
Ophiusa trapezium (Guenée, 1852)
Ophiodes trapezium Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gén. Lépid. 7: 231.
Ophisma circumferens Walker, 1865, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 956.
Ophisma cognata Walker, 1865, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 33: 958.
Ophiodes adusta Moore, 1882, Descr. new Indian lepid.
Insects Colln W.S. Atkinson: 2: 169.
Minucia prunicolor Moore, [1885] 1884—1887: 160.
Ophiusa kebea Bethune-Baker, 1906, Novit. Zool.
13-253:
Anua trapezium Guenée, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 29.
Ophiusa trapezium Guenée, Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 35.
Material in the collection: 15.1v.2009, 2 ex.;
2647-2010 FP “ext OSE 204093 "ex 22 Oy. 2OPE 2 ex.;
OF X22010 2 eR? OSH DOL29 De.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal,
Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Laos, Vietnam, Nepal,
Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan, Japan, Philippines,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Timor, Flores, New Guinea, Bismark
Is., New Caledonia), Australia.
Ophiusa triphaenoides Walker, 1858
Ophiodes triphaenoides Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1358.
Ophiodes cuprea Moore, 1867, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.
1867: 74.
Ophiusa triphaenoides Walker; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 36.
204
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 2 ex.;
17741012010; DiexpQOw20nes Mexi27w2001, Tex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park, and
Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, China, Taiwan, Thailand,
Burma, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo), Nepal, Japan, Korea,
Philippines.
Ophiusa tirhaca (Cramer, 1777)
Ophiusa tirhaca (Cramer, 1777), Uitlandsche Kapellen
POPGPlr 1723
Ophiusa tirrhaea (Cramer, 1777) Fabricius, 1781
Spec. Ins. 2.
Ophiusa vesta Esper, 1789, Die Schmett. 4(2): 445,
Pl. 141: 1.
Ophiusa olivacea de Villers, 1789, Caroli Linnaei Ent.,
Fauna Suecica 2: 65.
Ophiusa auricularis Hubner [1803], Samml. Eur.
Schmett. 3: pl. 6: 321.
Ophiusa tirrhaca: Treitschke, 1826, Die Schmett. Eur.
5 (3): 300, misspelling.
Ophiusa hottentota Guenee, 1852, in Boisduval &
Guenée, Hist. Nat. Insectes (Lepid.) 7: 229.
Ophiusa tirhaca Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln. Br. Mus. 14: 1357.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 3 ex.; 15.v.2010,
2 OR 2ZI NO JS ex VON 2. Dex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden and Benchmark Tea Museum. Kodaikanal:
Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Vietnam, Nepal,
Indonesia, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, Russian Far East
(migrant), South Russia, South and Central Europe Turkey,
Near East, Africa, Madagascar, Seychelles, Australia.
Thyas coronata (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua coronata Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 596.
Noctua leonine Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 596.
Noctua ancilla Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. I, 2: 17.
Corycia magica Hubner, 1827, Zutradge Sammi. exot.
Schmett. 3: 32.
Ophiodes ponderosa Mabille, 1879, Annls Soc. ent.
Fr, (5) 9: 346.
Anua coronata Fabricius, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation. 2.
Ophiusa coronata Fabricius, Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 36.
Material in the collection: 26.iv.2008, 7 ex.;
06.iv.2009, 11 ex.; 09.v.2009, 4 ex.; 15.1v.2010, 13 ex.;
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
27.2010; 9.ex:;, L&.iv OO, 2Otexe] 23) wale dent
26.2012 NVexs 29.v2012: Vier
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Bandisolai, Kethi, Kothagiri,
and Doddabetta. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear Shola, Bryant
Park, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Myanmar, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Japan,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Sulawesi, Irian Java, New
Guinea, New Caledonia, Samoa, Fiji), Micronesia (Guam),
Gilbert Is., Vanuata, Philippines.
Artena dotata (Fabricius, 1794)
Noctua dotata Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. UI, 2: 55.
Artena dotata Fabricius, Holloway, 1976: Malayan Nature
Soc. & Sabah Foundation 29.
Material in the collection: 26.iv.2008, 3 ex.; 06.1v.2009,
250%; 09.2009."4 ex; 15.1v.2010) Frexy 27.01 2010) 7 ex.;
03.1x.2010, 4 ex.; 13.x.2010, 3 ex.; 8.iv.2011, 2 ex.; 23.v.2011,
230%4, 07 ax 20b1.2 emn0 P20 kl? ex 2hriw 200, 2 ex.;
2.V.20 125 Sek 0 Ox 20192 3 ex 5xP70 1 Dolfexe
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, Coonoor Municipal building, and Kothagiri Pandian
Park. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park and Moonjikal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Cambodia, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan,
Japan, Korea, South of Russian Far East (migrant), Indonesia
(Sumatra, Borneo), Philippines.
Tribe: Poaphilini
Achaea janata (Linnaeus, 1758)
Geometra janata Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. (Edn 10)
1525
Noctua melicerta Drury, [1773] 1770, I/lust. Nat. Hist.
exot. Insects 1: 46.
Noctua tigrina Fabricius, 1781, Species Insectorum 2: 218.
Noctua cyathina Macleay, 1826, Cat. Insects Coll. King
pp. 138-469.
Catocala traversii Fereday, 1877, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 9:
457. Ophiusa ekeikei Bethune-Baker, 1906, Novit. Zool. 13: 256.
Achaea janata Linnaeus, Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.Sumatr. 39.
Material in the collection: 26.iv.2008, 27 ex.;
06.iv.2009, 19 ex.; 09.v.2009, 24 ex.; 15.iv.2010, 23 ex.;
21 Nal, 19se% 5) 1 Savi 2016029) ex 123502081523 ex.;
26.1v.2012, 27 ex.; 29.v.2012, 39 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Bandisolai, Kethi, Doddabetta,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
and Kothagiri Pandian Park; Kodaikanal: Moonjikal,
Bear Shola, Bryant Park, Mattupatti, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Nepal, China, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, Indonesia, Micronesia,
Philippines.
Achaea mezentia Cramer, 1783
Material in the collection: 23.111.2008, 7 ex.;
06.111.2009, 3 ex.; 09.v.2009, 6 ex.; 23.1x.2009, 3 ex.;
Aor DOLON Sex. 03 .pa2O) On drexes 2601720 bh Deny
27 N.20AderThexind 8.1201 2ealsend| 255720172. Scene?
07 4x2012., Ziex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
and Coonoor Municipal building. Kodaikanal: Bryant Park,
Moonyjikal, Bear Shola, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Achaea serva (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua serva Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 593.
Achaea fasciculipes Walker, 1858, List Specimens
lepid. Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1400.
Achaea serva fuscosuffusa Gaede (ex Strand, 1914)
1938, Gross-Schmett. Erde 11: 480.
Achaea serva Fabricius, Holloway. 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 30, 1982: Malayan
Nature Soc. & E.W. Classey 235; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 40.
Material in the collection: 31.11.2008, 18 ex.;
06.111.2009, 21 ex.; 09.v.2009, 14 ex.; 26.11.2010, 19 ex.;
b5.iv.Z000, 7ex.; OFwat2010.18 ten 3 OTe Vives
26.111.201%,..13,ex8 26.1201 by 8-ex. 3274201 Si exe
28:¥1,2011, 21 .ex.; OTER20 ied Boxer HO 2012s Onext)
2202s FS eRe 23 POL? Fron D3. wi 202. 9 exu
29.4K%.2012,, Hex
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Bandisolai, Kethi, Doddabetta,
and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear
Shola, Bryant Park, Pallangi, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India (Andaman Islands), Thailand,
Malaysia, Vietnam, Nepal, Yemen, China, Taiwan, Japan,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Timor, Flores, Sumbawa, Sulawesi,
Samoa, Tongo, New Caledonia, Guam), Vanuata, Philippines,
Micronesia, Melanesia, Australia.
Bastilla crameri (Moore, [1885])
Dysgonia crameri Moore, 1885, Lep. Ceylon 3: 177.
Phalaena (Noctua) achatina Cramer, [1780] 1782,
Uitlandsche Kapellen 3: 171.
205
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Dysgonia discalis Moore, 1885, Lep. Ceylon 3: 177.
Parallelia crameri Moore; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc. Sumatr. 45.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 1 ex.; 27.v.2010,
Zuexcs03 1x.204:09) 2lexarOF e201 ha Duex, sw238 Vv 202%
2 Ox
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, and Sim’s Park.
Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan, China, Sri Lanka, Andaman
Islands, Indonesia (Sumatra).
Bastilla joviana (Stoll, 1782)
Noctua joviana Stoll, 1782, Uitlandsche Kapellen 4:
2a:
Noctua sinuata Fabricius, 1781, Species Insectorum
2: S07,
Dysgonia jovis Hubner, [1823] 1816, Verz. bekannter
Schmett. p. 269.
Parallelia curvisecta Prout, 1919, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Histo (9)93-: 185,
Parallelia joviana Stoll, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 30.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 2 ex.; 15.v.2010,
Der OUV2001; Siem liv 201255 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear
Shola, Bryant Park, Senbaganur, and Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Laos, Vietnam, Nepal,
Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan, Japan, Philippines, Indonesia
(Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Timor, Flores, Sumbawa, Sulawesi,
Moluccas, New Guinea, Fiji), Australia.
Parallelia rigidistria (Guenée, 1852)
Parallelia rigidistria (Guenée, 1852), In Boisduval &
Guenee, Hist. Nat. Insects (Lepid.) Noct. 7: 240.
Naxia calefaciens Walker, 1858, List Specimens lepid.
Insects Colln Br. Mus. 14: 1405.
Parallelia mediifascia Wileman & South, 1920:
Entomologist 53: 273.
Material in the collection: 17.1x.2008, 4 ex.;
23.:3%12009, Avexa! OFswis2040, duext : OGrimDO10672 ex.
28 20d dw2iex.123 5.201202 eke O07 1xi2012) 2 exe
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal
and Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Cambodia,
Vietnam, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Philippines,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, Sunda Is.,
New Guinea, Solomon Is.).
206
Bastilla stuposa (Fabricius, 1794)
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 2 ex.;
TOA 2ORk09 Preexocn a2 OhON Bwekm yi 2:61iv 20.11),
ext: 28.1. 20dasviexs| 29120125 3nexan 23ivi2 Os
4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Coonoor
Municipal building, Sim’s Park, and Kothagiri Pandian Park;
Kodaikanal: Kodaikanal Lake, Bear Shola, Bryant Park,
Moonyikal, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Korea, Cambodia, China,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Timor), Japan (Honshu, Shikoku,
Kyushu, Ryukyu Is.), Nepal, Philippines, Russian Far East,
Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Vietnam.
Bastilla absentimacula (Guenée, 1852)
Naxia absentimacula Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gén. Lépid. 7: 255.
Dysgonia absentimacula Guenée, Kobes, 1992:
Heteroc. Sumatr. 92.
Material in the collection: 17.1x.2008, 2 ex.;
23.1x.2009, 3 ex.; 03.1x.2010, 4 ex.; 07.1x.2012, 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear
Shola, Bryant Park, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Sri Lanka, Taiwan,
Indonesia (New Guinea, Java, Sumatra), Korea.
Bastilla amygdalis Moore, [1885] |
Dysgonia amygdalis Moore, [1885] 1884-1887, Lepid.
Ceylon 3: 551.
Parallelia amygdalis Moore, Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 93.
Material in the collection: 11.vi.2008, 2 ex.;
28.vil2009;. 3..exs. O07. Vis2010slicexighT xi.20:10; 7 exe;
Ace Ol «Bex. nA ony Z0L1 6 2 excl wi2012. 4eexe
29.x11.2012, 4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgir1 Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, Coonoor Municipal building, and Kothagiri Pandian
Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola, and
Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Taiwan, Thailand, Indonesia
(Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi), Sri Lanka, Nepal.
Pindara illibata (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua illibata Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 592.
Hemeroblemma peropaca Hubner, 1825, Zutrage
Sammil. exot. Schmett. 3: 33.
Ophisma laetabilis Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 241.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Pindara colorata Warren, 1913, Gross-Schmett. Erde
3328.
Pindara illibata Fabricius; Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 30; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 41.
Material in the collection: 09.iv.2009, 12 ex.;
09.V,2009, 1.ex.; AS 4v.2010>.6 2x3 27 v 2010. 4 ek:
03.1x,2010, 7 ex:; 2649 200153065 OF Ire:
ZV OID. 96x. 523 ai 2 6] 2MSiexe
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s Park,
Coonoor Municipal building, Bandisolai, Kethi, Doddabetta,
and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bear
Shola, Bryant Park, and Senbaganur.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Cambodia, Vietnam, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, China,
Taiwan, Japan, Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo,
Timor, Flores, Sulawesi, Moluccas, Seram, New Guinea,
Biak), Australia.
Grammodes geometrica (Fabricius, 1775)
Noctua geometrica Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent. p. 599.
Phalaena ammonia Cramer, [1779] 1782, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 3: 98.
Grammodes bifulvata Warren, 1913, Gross-Schmett.
Erde 3°33.
Grammodes orientalis Warren, 1913, Gross-Schmett.
Erde 3: 331.
Grammodes geometrica Fabricius, Holloway, 1976:
Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 31; Kobes, 1985:
Heteroc. Sumatr. 46.
Material in the collection: 09.iv.2008, 1 ex.; 15.iv.2009,
QE. USav.2010; 2exiplsan2010, 3 exe 261 20NIN 2 ex:
Oie2011, 2Zexw 2Ouv 2012) Dew TSix 2010 12 om
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Sim’s
Park, and Kothagiri Pandian Park. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal
and Bryant Park.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia,
Vietnam, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan, China, Taiwan,
Japan, Philippines, Indonesia (Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi),
Australia, Africa south of Sahara, Ghana, Madagascar.
Chalciope mygdon (Cramer, 1777)
Noctua mygdon Cramer, [1777] 1779, Uitlandsche
Kapellen 2: 94.
Noctua triangulum Fabricius, 1787, Mantissa
Insectorum 2: 145.
Chalciope mygdonias Hubner, 1823 [1816], Verz.
bekannter Schmett. p. 268.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Chalciope mygdon Cramer, Holloway, 1976: Malayan
Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation 31; Kobes, 1985: Heteroc.
Sumatr. 48.
Material in the collection: 11.vi.2008, 2 ex.;
AO WIZO09S: ex $207 Wi 2086, dvexsp2ih.ve20ih.3. ex,;
19.v1.2012, 4 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, and
Sim’s Park; Kodaikanal: Bryant Park, Kodaikanal Lake,
and Moonjikal.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Cambodia, Vietnam, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Taiwan, Japan,
Philippines, Indonesia (Java, Sumatra, Borneo).
Oxyodes scrobiculata (Fabricius, 1775)
Oxyodes scrobiculata Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent. 592
(Noctua); Sp. Ins. 11: 212; Moore, 1882,
Lep. Cey. 111: 164; Hampson, 1894, Faun. Brit. Ind.
11: 546.
Phalaena clytia Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot. IV, pl.
399.
Material in the collection: 26.111.2008, 43 ex.;
26.1v.2008, 45 ex.; 14.11.2009, 18 ex.; 17.11.2009, 32 ex.;
06.1v.2009, 41 ex.; 09.v.2009, 34 ex.; 22.11.2010, 19 ex.;
05..111.201 0) 22x.) BS 1V2010>39 ex. 27 2080, 28.1e%:?
07.vi.20T0, 23 ex: OS 2010; S2tex.; 13.x.2010, 64 ex.:
20.x1.2010, 27, ex.; 15:x1.2010) [8 ex. DAm2Ohe 2 tex:
Siv. 20145291 ex5123:.0.201 bse 23227 ex.
07 .1x.2011,22-ex3. OF x/20M1, SdiexnO7 RE 201 oarexs:
9 xi 2O0LT 28x 26AV.2012 537 exam 2082. 25 ex.:
25, Vi.2012) 2Oex, £29:-1x:201 2) Sihrem 45 2012) 3 7.ex,
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum,
Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building,
Nonsuch, Kethi, Bandsolai, Kothagiri, Ithalar, and
Avalanche. Kodaikanal: Moonyjikal, Bryant Park, Bear Shola,
Observatory, Villpatti, Poomparai, Pallangi, Mattupatti, and
Perumalmalai.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam,
Sri Lanka, Nepal, China, Myanmar, Taiwan, Japan, Korea,
Indonesia (Sumatra, Sumbawa, Timor, Flores, New Guinea,
New Caledonia, Fiji Is., Samoa), Vanuata, Melanesia,
Philippines.
Tribe: Catephiini
Catephia linteola Guenée, 1852
Catephia linteola Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 44.
Catephia pilipes Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes,
Spec. gen. Lépid. 7: 44.
207
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
Catephia syba Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec.
gen. Lépid. 7: 44.
Catephia ecclesiastica Butler, 1874, Cistula ent. 1:
292.
Serrodes leucocelis Mabille, 1879, Ann. Soc. ent.
France (5), 9: 330.
Nagia accolytis Hampson, 1926, Descr. Gen. Spec.
Noctuinae Br. Mus. p. 65.
Nagia hieratica Hampson, 1926, Descr. Gen. Spec.
Noctuinae Br. Mus. p. 66.
Nagia monastica Hampson, 1926, Descr. Gen. Spec.
Noctuinae Br. Mus. p. 69.
Nagia magaruna de Joannis, 1932, Livre Centenaire,
Soc. ent. Fr. p. 432.
Nagia homotima Tams, 1935, Ins. Samoa 3 (4): 220.
Nagia pilipes griveaudi Viette, 1968, Lambillionea
67: 41.
Material in the collection: 09.v.2009, 3 ex.; 15.v.2010,
heen 27 w 2014, 2-ex.; 12.47.2012, 3ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Ooty
Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, and Ooty Lake.
Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant Park, and Bear Shola.
Distribution: India, East Africa, Madagascar, Australia,
Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Borneo, Marshall Islands.
Tribe: Hypopyrini
Spirama retorta (Clerck, 1759)
Spirama retorta Cramer, 1779, Pap. Exot. ii: pl. 116;
Hampson, 1894, Faun. Brit. Ind. I: 553.
Noctua spiralis Fabricius, 1781, Sp. Ins. ii: 211.
Speiredonia helicina Hiibner, 1818, Zutr. iii: 14.
Spirama suffumosa Guenee, 1852, Noct. iti : 195.
Spirama triloba Guenee, 1852, Noct. iii: 197.
Hypopyra mollis Guenee, 1852, Noct. iii: 198.
Spirama remota Felder, 1864, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien.
M.N.CTI. xl, 111: 43.
Spirama cohaerens Walker, 1858, Cat. xiv: 1321.
Spirama simplicior Butler, 1881, Trans. Ent. Soc.
198.
Spirama modesta Moore, 1879, Lep. Atk. 168.
Spirama rosacea Butler, 1889, J/l. Het. vii: 78.
Spirama confusa Butler, 1889, J//. Het. vii: 78.
Spirama indenta Hampson, 1893, J/l. Het. viii: 89.
Material in the collection: 27.111.2008, 8 ex.;
06.111.2009, 4 ex.; 15.iv.2009, 7 ex.; 26.ii1.2010, 7 ex.;
10.iv.2010, 6 ex.; 03.1x.2010, 9 ex.; 26.i11.2011, 6 ex.;
261202 vox OFA 20 excehhS 118 DOLD 95 ex);
29.1v.2012, 2 ex.; 29.1x.2012, 6 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Ooty
Lake, Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building,
Nonsuch, and Kothagiri. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant
Park, Bear Shola, Senbaganur, Vattakanal, and Vellagavi.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Korea, Myanmar,
Vietnam, Cambodia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Indonesia, China, Taiwan, Japan.
Spirama helicina (Hiibner, 1831)
Material in the collection: 15.iv.2009, 9 ex.; 07.v.2009,
Lexie hOuw20 10S tere 71 v22 0110.4 emg 03% 2010;
4 ex.; 26.1v.2011, 4 ex.; 05.v.2011, 7 ex.; 07.ix.2011, 6 ex.;
29.1v.2012, 5 ex.; 29.1x.2012, 7 ex.
Collection Localities: Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve:
Ooty Botanical Garden, Benchmark Tea Museum, Ooty
Lake, Doddabetta, Sim’s Park, Coonoor Municipal building,
Nonsuch, and Kothagiri. Kodaikanal: Moonjikal, Bryant
Park, Bear Shola, Senbaganur, Vattakanal, Mattupatti, and
Vellagavi.
Distribution: India, Thailand, Indochina, Nepal,
Indonesia (Java, Sumatra), China, Taiwan, Korea, Japan,
South of Russian Far East (migrant). :
Hyperlopha crucifera Walker, 1865*
Material in the collection: 28.vi.2011, 2 ex.
Collection Localities: Kodaikanal: Moonjikal.
Distribution: Borneo.
Note: The species is reported from India for the first
time.
DISCUSSION
The Erebidae are widely distributed throughout
the Tamil Nadu part of the Western Ghats, recorded from
250—2,670 m msl. All the species included in this study
were captured at elevations between 1,000—2,670 m msl.
Maximum numbers of Erebidae moths were recorded
during spring (March to May) and monsoon (October to
December) seasons. The family Erebidae is represented
by subfamilies Erebinae, Hypocalinae, Calpinae, and
Scoliopteryginae. Based on our results, the dominant
subfamily of Erebidae is Erebinae, which comprises
45 species from 13 tribes. Tribe Poaphilini was represented
by 13 species. Calpinae is the second largest subfamily of
Erebidae, representing fruit-sucking and vampire moths of
11 species from 3 tribes. The genus Eudocima was represented
by seven species.
Among the specimens collected, three species,
namely Phyllodes consobrina Westwood (Phyllodini),
Lygniodes hypoleuca Guenée (Erebini), and Hyperlopha
crucifera Walker (Hypopyrini) were reported for the first
208
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE WESTERN GHATS
time from the state. The most widely distributed species in
the study area were Oxyodes scrobiculata, Lacera noctilio,
and Achaea janata which were recorded from 18 out of 26
localities. The former was most abundant with 830 specimens
which accounted for over 50% of the total specimens
captured and was collected throughout the year. Four more
species, namely Hypocala deflorata, Lacera noctilio,
Achaea janata, and Hypocala violacea were also recorded
as abundant, with 260, 355, 230, and 211 specimens,
respectively.
This paper gives some information about the family
Erebidae in the Tamil Nadu part of the Western Ghats.
However, through upcoming investigations we expect the
list of Indian Erebidae to be expanded by several species,
both known and undescribed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to Entomology Research
Institute, Loyola College, Chennai, India for financial
assistance. We thank Dr. V.V. Ramamurthy, Principal
Scientist, Indian Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, Delhi,
and Director, Zoological Survey of India for providing
facilities to confirm the specimens. We also thank Dr. Vernon
Antoine Brou Jr. Louisiana USA, for critically reviewing a
draft of this paper.
REFERENCES
BANzicrR, H. (1968): Preliminary observations on a skin-piercing blood-
sucking moth [Calyptra eustrigata (Hmps.) (Lep. Noctuidae)]
in Malaya. Bull. Ent. Res. 58: 159-163.
BAnziGER, H. (1971): Blood sucking moths of Malaya. Fauna 1:
3-16.
BAnzicer, H. (1979): Skin-piercing blood-sucking moths II: studies on
a further 3 adult Calyptra [Calpe] sp. (Lepid. Noctuidae). Acta
Tropica 36: 23-37.
BANzIGER, H. (1982): Fruit-piercing moths (Lep. Noctuidae) in Thailand:
a general survey and some new perspectives. Mitteilungen der
Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft. 55: 213-240.
Berio, E. (1959): Studi sulla sistematica delle cosidette “Catocalinae”
e “Othreinae” Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di
Genova. 7/: 276-327.
Fipicer, M. & J.D. LAFontaine (2004): A review of the higher
classification of the Noctuoidea (Lepidoptera) with special
reference to the Holarctic fauna. Buchreihe zur Entomologie.
1]: 7-609.
GoaTer, B., L. RonKAY & M. Fipicer (2003): Noctuidae Europaeae.
Catocalinae, Plusiinae. SorQ: Entomological Press. 453 pp.,
Pl.1—16.
Hampson, G.F. (1894 & 1895): Fauna of British India. Moths Vols II
& III: 161-582; 1-104.
Hampson, G.F. (1902): Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the
collection of the British Museum. Vol. V: 1-746.
Hottoway, J.D. (1976): The moths of Borneo with special reference
to Mont Kinabalu. Malayan Nature Soc. & Sabah Foundation.
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. 264 pp.
Hottoway, J.D. (2005): The Moths of Borneo: family Noctuidae,
subfamily Catocalinae). Malay Nat. J. [published as Moths of
Borneo 15& 16]: 1-529 +28 b/w pls.
Kitcuina, I.J. (1984): An historical review of the higher classification of
the Noctuidae (Lepidoptera). Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (ENT).
49; 153-234.
Kitcuine, I.J. & J.E. RAwuINs (1998): The Noctuoidea. /n: Kristensen,
N.P. (Ed.): Lepidoptera: Moths and Butterflies. Evolution,
Systematics and Biogeography. Handbook of Zoology/Handbuch
de Zoologie. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin & New York Vol. 1: pp.
355-491.
KONONENKO, V.S. & A. PINRATANA (2005): Moths of Thailand
3: Noctuidae. An Illustrated Catalogue of the Noctuidae
(Lepidoptera) in Thailand: Part 1: Herminiinae, Rivulinae,
Hypeninae, Catocalinae, Aganainae, Euteliinae, Stictopterinae,
Plusiinae, Pantheinae, Acronictinae and A garistinae. St. Gabriel,
Bangkok. 261 pp, 45 pls.
LAFONTAINE, J.D. & B.C. Scumipt (2010): Annotated checklist of the
Noctuoidea (Insecta, Lepidoptera) of North America north of
Mexico. ZooKeys 40: 1-239.
Mirtcue.i, A., C. Mitrer & J.C. ReGiER (2000): More taxa or more
characters revisited: combining data from nuclear protein-
encoding genes for phylogenetic analyses of Noctuoidea (Insecta:
Lepidoptera). Syst. Biol. 49: 202-224.
MITcHELL, A., S. CHo, J.C. ReGirER, C. MITTER, R.W. PooLe &
M. Matuews (1997): Phylogenetic utility of elongation factor-1”
in Noctuoidea (Insecta: Lepidoptera): the limits of synonymous
substitution. Mol. Bio. Evolution. 14: 381-390.
Moore, F. (1881): On the genera and species of the lepidopterous
subfamily Ophiderinae inhabiting the Indian Region. Trans. R.
ent. Soc. Lond. 11: 63-76.
Park, K.T., L. Ronkay., L. PRzyByLowicz., A. KuN & L. PEREGOVITS
(2001): Moths of North Korea (Lepidoptera, Heterocera,
Macrolepidoptera). Jn: Park, K.T. (Ed.): Insect Koreana 7:
1-443.
SPEIDEL, W., H. FANGER & C.M. NAUMANN (1996): The phylogeny of
the Noctuidae. Syst. Ento. 2]: 219-251.
SPEIDEL, W. & C.M. NAUMANN (1995): Phylogenetic aspects in the
higher classification of the subfamily Catocalinae (Lepidoptera,
Noctuidae). Beitrdge Entomology 45: 109-118.
Warren, W. (1911-1913): Eulenartige Nachtfalter. Die Gross-
Schmetterlinge des Indo-Austalischen Faunen-gebietes.
In: Seitz, (Ed.): Die Gross-Schmetterlinge de Erde 11. pp. 496.
52 pls. Alfred Kemen Verlag, Stuttgart.
WELLER, S.J., D.P. PAsHLEy, J.A. MARTIN & J.L. CONSTABLE (1994):
Phylogeny of Noctuoid moths and the utility of combining
independent nuclear and mitochondrial genes. Syst. Bio. 43:
194-211.
ZASPEL, J.M. (2008): Systematics, biology, and behavior of fruit-
piercing and blood-feeding moths in the subfamily Calpinae
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Ph.D. Dissertation, University of
Florida, Gainesville.
ZASPEL, J.M., V.S. KONONENKO & P.Z. GOLDSTEIN (2007): Another blood
feeder? Experimental feeding by a fruit-piercing moth on human
blood in the Primorye Region of Far Eastern Russia. J. Insect
Behavior 20: 437-451.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
209
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
210-211
REVIEWS
1. SHIFTING GROUND: PEOPLE, ANIMALS, AND MOBILITY OF INDIA’S ENVIRONMENTAL
HISTORY edited by Mahesh Rangarajan and K. Sivaramakrishnan. 2014. Published by Oxford University
Press, New Delhi. Size: 21.5 cm x 13.5 cm. 310 pp. Price: ¥ 875/-. Hardbound.
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82382
The enigmatic title is a precursor to what one
should expect in the book. A long introduction by the
editors, consisting of 38 pages and 73 references/notes,
prepares the reader for the following ten chapters written
by eminent social scientists and thinkers. The language 1s
heavy, with complicated sentences and equally complicated
views on subjects directly or remotely connected with the
environmental history of India. Although the language is
not technical, there are many complicated sentences with
abstruse thoughts. I could not comprehend the meaning and
context of many statements. For example, on page 6, “To
understand the ways in which nature was redefined it was
essential to step beyond political ecology to look at cultural
categories and effective communities as areas of contest.”
Or another sentence “Well-grounded cultural histories of
mega fauna showed a series of complex relationships and
representations at work, with changing aesthetics and forms
of leisure being crucial in shaping the worldview of dominant
groups.” (page 7).
Fortunately, the remaining chapters are not as
complicated as the Introduction. They range from Kathleen
D. Morrison’s essay “Conceiving Ecology and Stopping
the Clock” which talks about watersheds, reservoir systems,
climax vegetation theory, palaeoecology, etc., to a highly
interesting essay by Julie E. Hughes “Environmental Status
and Wild Boars in Princely India”. She deals with the
environmental history of wild boar, the areas where they
existed in the princely states of Rajasthan, and how wild boar
helped to define regional cultures. Puzzling linkage, isn’t 1t?
Some other chapters worth mentioning are Divyabhanusinh’s
“Lions, Cheetahs, and Others in the Mughal Landscape’, and
Ghazala Shahabuddin’s “The ‘Tiger Crisis’ and the Response”.
These are more straightforward and easy to understand.
Each chapter has its own references and notes, but a
select Bibliography covering 20 pages adds value to the book.
If you are interested in serious reading on environmental and
quasi-environmental issues, this is the book for you. I have
certainly added this book to my personal library.
M@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
2. THE SONG OF THE MAGPIE ROBIN by Zafar Futehally, with Shanthi Chandola and Ashish
Chandola. 2014. Published by Rupa Publications India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. Size: 21.5 cm x 14cm. 197 pp.
Price: % 500/. Hardbound.
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82384
Zafar Futehally, who died in 2013 at the ripe old age
of 93, was an iconic figure among amateur birdwatchers
and professional ornithologists of India. He was one of the
pioneer conservationists of Independent India, in league with
the legendary Salim Ali, M. Krishnan, Dharmakumarsinhji,
and E.P. Gee. Despite his genteel disposition, the soft-spoken
Zafar, as he preferred to be called, was a resolute fighter
when it was the question of nature protection. Recipient
of numerous awards and recognitions, he remained a
quintessential birdwatcher, enjoying his daily birding even if
he had to see the same bird day after day in his large garden.
Anyone who had met him, and | had the privilege of knowing
him personally, came back impressed by his knowledge, wit,
perseverance, and clear ideas on the question of development
and conservation.
Shanthi Chandola and Ashish Chandola have to
be congratulated for giving to us the biography of this
remarkable man. The cover painting by Carl D’ Silva, India’s
finest wildlife artist, of a Magpie Robin pensively looking at
Zafar Futehally straddled on his favourite horse outside his
sea-side Kihim house, with the splash of sea waves breaking
in the background, is superb. The design and get-up of the
book is wonderful, for which the publisher Rupa needs to
be congratulated.
Zafar Futehally belonged to an illustrious family, with
many achievers in various fields, starting with Badruddin
Tyabji who was not only a fine barrister, he later became
Chief Justice of the Bombay High Court, and for a short
time was President of the Indian National Congress. This
large family of Bohra Muslims was basically in business and
entrepreneurship. Zafar also followed the family tradition
and joined Dynacraft Machine Company as a junior partner,
REVIEWS
and later became its Joint Managing Director, till he was
cheated by a relative and thrown out from the company.
Being a thorough gentleman, Zafar has not named his cousin
in the book. Much later, he was again cheated when he gave
the printing of his much-loved Newsletter for Birdwatchers
(NLBW) to a young upstart, who soon took it over completely
and even stopped communicating with Zafar Futehally.
In the history of Indian ornithology, the name
Newsletter for Birdwatchers will be written in golden words.
No other publication has popularized birdwatching and its
documentation as this Newsletter has done. From its first
cyclostyled issue published in December 1959 from Zafar’s
Andheri (a suburb of Mumbai) house, the News/etter became
essential reading for anyone interested in Indian birds. I have
quoted articles from the News/etter in all my books — it has
such a mine of information.
The book THE SONG OF THE MAGPIE ROBIN is full of
interesting anecdotes of the pulls and pressures of the
Executive Committee of BNHS. Zafar Futehally was
Honorary Secretary of BNHS for many terms, so he had a
ring-side view. I recommend this book to readers of JBNHS.
Rest assured, you will not be disappointed. Zafar lived such a
remarkable and successful life, an envy for many of us, and
a delight to read about.
@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
3. GREEN WARS: DISPATCHES FROM A VANISHING WORLD by Bahar Dutt. 2014. Published
by HarperCollins Publishers India Ltd. New Delhi. Size: 21.5 cm x 13.5 cm 163 pp. Price: € 299/-.
Paperback.
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82385
This is the book that should be read by decision makers
as it shows in simple eminently readable language the trials
and tribulations of conservation battles that have been
fought, and are being fought to keep India green and healthy.
The cover of the book shows the skull of a Wild Buffalo,
with long majestic horns, floating in a jhee/, most likely in
Kaziranga National Park of Assam, poignantly depicting its
lost battle of survival. But other pictures of Hoolock Gibbon
and Sarus Crane on the cover symbolize that all is still not
lost.
Bahar Dutt, an indomitable fighter, is clearly proved
from the first chapter ‘Of Charmers and Hunters’. She
inherited this spirit from her journalist mother who was the
first woman to report on the Indo-Pak war from the border.
One of the two daughters of successful parents (her father
was in Air India), like any young girl Bahar has a passion to
do something different. Her love for animals, and the cruelty
that she saw in the animal trade, made her want to become
‘the Mother Teresa of the animal world’.
All 12 chapters tell a different story of her personal
struggles: to protect the Chambal river from the sand mining
mafia, to save Sarus habitat from an airport that a Chief
Minister wants in his village — Safai — knowing full well
that it will destroy Sarus breeding areas, or her adventurous
trip to Nayamgiri Hills in Odisha where the corporate giant
Vedanta wants to mine the hill that is sacred to the Dongriya
tribals. Every chapter is a delight to read, thanks to simple
eloquent language and also contemporariness. Many of
these conservation struggles are still going on. For example,
Vedanta is still eyeing the richness buried under the sacred
mountains. As far as the Dongriyas are concerned, they can
be fixed by throwing a few crumbs to them in the form of
Corporate Social Responsibility.
Bahar has gone deep into the murky world of
environmental permissions that are given (or fixed?) based
on dubious Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) reports,
submitted to the Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoEF) (now carrying the additional appellation of Climate
Change, so it is now MoEF & CC). Some say that the real
meaning of CC is ‘corporate clearances’!
Do not get fooled by the sylvan pictures of Goa, sandy
beaches, smiling tourists, palm-covered holiday resorts,
and gaudily-lit ships offering gambling offshore, therefore
technically outside the purview of prevailing laws against
gambling that are applicable on land. The twisting of the
law is not only for gambling — the real underbelly of crime
in Goa is mining. In the chapter “An Encounter with the
Mining Mafia of Goa’, Bahar describes how she and her party
escaped goons set up by the miners when she went there to
film the ravages brought about by unrestricted mining of coal
in the middle of farmlands.
At the price of only Rs. 299/- it is worth a purchase
by anyone interested in conservation. The cover design,
get up and overall feel of the book is good, for which the
credit should go to the publisher, HarperCollins. I highly
recommend this book to everyone.
@ ASAD R. RAHMANI
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
211
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
212-250
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
1. HANUMAN LANGUR SEMNOPITHECUS DUSSUMIERI FEEDING ON
THE APICAL STEM OF EUPHORBIA NIVULIA AT MOUNT ABU AND
KUMBHALGARH WILDLIFE SANCTUARIES IN RAJASTHAN, INDIA
SATISH KUMAR SHARMA!:* AND VUJAY KUMAR Kor
Wildlife Sanctuary Jaisamand, Jaisamand P.O., Udaipur 313 905, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
*Wildlife Research Laboratory, Department of Zoology, Mohanlal Sukhadia University, Udaipur 313 001, Rajasthan, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82391
Hanuman Langur Semnopithecus dussumieri is one
of the most widely distributed primates of India (Chhangani
2002; Mathur and Manohar 1994; Nag et al. 2011; Roonwal
et al. 1984; Sharma 2010). On September 04, 2005, while
surveying the biodiversity of Mount Abu Wildlife Sanctuary
in Sirohi district of Rajasthan, we came across a group of
Hanuman Langur near Trevor’s Tank, feeding on bushes of
Euphorbia nivulia at about 14:00 hrs. Some in the troop were
sitting on a rock holding tender apical tips of the branches of
the plant in their hands, while others were climbing up the
bushes to pluck the tender stems. The leaves and spines were
removed before the stem was eaten, beginning with the lower
end. At times, the foraging was so severe that a substantial
number of branches on a bush lacked tips. Once the apical
tip was lost, the affected branch produced lateral branches
during the next monsoon, which too were devoured by the
langurs as they had more soft tissue.
Bushes of EF. nivulia with broken tips can be seen in
many parts of Mt Abu and Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuaries
in Rajasthan. E. nivulia (Family Euphorbiaceae) is a dendroid,
bushy, succulent. It is a xerophytic shrub growing in rocky and
dry conditions in many parts of Rajasthan. Every year, during
monsoon (pers. obs.), the old bare branches of E. nivulia add
2 to 9 inches of new stem. Only the new stem bears leaves,
while the old stem remains leafless. After the monsoon, the
leaves drop off, leaving behind scars and axillary flower buds,
which develop into flowers and fruits during summer. The
new stem remains soft till the end of the monsoon. After the
departure of the monsoon, the stem hardens and no further
feeding by the langurs was observed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are very grateful to the forest officials of
Mt Abu and Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuaries for providing
necessary support during the study.
REFERENCES
CHHANGANI, A.K. (2002): Group composition and sex ratio in Hanuman
Langur (Semnopithecus entellus) in the Aravali Hills of Rajasthan,
India. Zoos’ Print Journal 17(8): 848-852.
Matuour, R. & B.R. MANOHAR (1994): Group composition,
percentage survivorship, birth rate and population of Presbytis
entellus in Jaipur, Rajasthan. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 91(3):
391-397.
Naa, K.S.C., P. PRAMop & K.P. KARANTH (2011): Taxonomic
implications of a field study of morphotypes of Hanuman Langurs
(Semnopithecus entellus) in Peninsular India. Int. J. Primatol.
32(4): 830-848.
RoonwaL, M.L., S.M. Mounor & N.S. RATHORE (Eps) (1984): Current
Primate Researches. Dept. of Zoology, University of Jodhpur,
Jodhpur (India). 627 pp.
SHARMA, S.K. (2010): A note on distribution range of Hanuman Langur
Semnopithecus entellus (Dufresne) and Rhesus Macaque Macaca
mulatta (Zimmermann) in Rajasthan. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
107(1): 49-51.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
2. FIRST RECORD OF HODGSON’S BAT MYOTIS FORMOSUS HODGSON, 1835
(CHIROPTERA: VESPERTILIONIDAE, MYOTINAE)
FROM THE WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
RouiT CHAKRAVARTY!*, SHASHANK DALvi**, VISHNUPRIYA SANKARARAMAN2” AND D.V. GIRISH?
‘Post-graduate Program in Wildlife Biology & Conservation, Wildlife Conservation Society India Program,
National Centre for Biological Sciences, Bengaluru 560 065, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
Centre for Wildlife Studies, Banashankari, Bengaluru 560 050, Karnataka, India.
*Kaimara Post, Chikkamagaluru 577 101, Karnataka, India. Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
-Email: vishnupriyal [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82400
Hodgson’s Bat Myotis formosus Hodgson, 1835 (Order:
Chiroptera, Family: Vespertilionidae, Subfamily: Myotinae)
is a widespread species with its distribution ranging from
Afghanistan to North India, Nepal, Tibet, East and Southeast
China, Taiwan, Korea, Japan (Tsushima Island) and parts
of Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Philippines, Indonesia, Laos)
(Smith and Xie 2008; Wilson and Reeder 2005). In the
Indian subcontinent, it is known from 19 localities (Molur
et al. 2002) including the type locality, Kathmandu Valley,
Nepal. Of the 19 localities, 15 lie in 10 states in north, east
and central India (Bates and Harrison 1997; Fig. 1). Based
on the recorded localities, this species mainly appears to be
a temperate species with only a few published records from
the tropics (Bates and Harrison 1997; Francis 2008; Molur et
al. 2002). Despite its widespread distribution, it is a poorly
known species (Bates and Harrison 1997). The striking pelage
and wing colour of Myotis formosus are similar to those of
the Painted Woolly Bat Kerivoula picta Pallas, 1767, which
could be a reason for overlooking it, and resulting in its poor
documentation. The pelage colour is known to serve the same
function in both the species, that of concealment in their
diurnal roosts in dry foliage (Menon 2003; Prater 1971). In
Taiwan, its roosting site includes the Longan tree Dimocarpus
longan and in China it was found in an unidentified bush
(Bates and Harrison 1997). M. formosus is categorized as a
Least Concern species by the IUCN, however, it is classified
as Near Threatened in Nepal (Molur et a/. 2002).
On January 12, 2013, at 11:13 hrs, we visited
Mullayanagiri peak (13° 23’ 26.47" N, 75° 43’ 17.56" E;
elevation 1,875 m) in Chikkamagaluru district, Karnataka.
Two bats roosting in torpid condition were observed in one of
the caves. The cave is at the edge of the Mullayanagiri peak,
which has high altitude grasslands interspersed with shola
forests. The bats were roosting c. 10 m from the mouth of
Fig. 1: Published sight records of Myotis formosus;
new sight records are marked in red
Fig. 2: Ventral view of hibernating Myotis formosus from
Chikkamagaluru. The shape of the ears and
particoloured wings can be seen
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
213
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
the cave and the ceiling was 1.6 m high. Since the bats were
torpid, we abstained from catching them. A thorough visual
examination was made and the individuals photographed
(Fig. 2). Pelage colour was pale buff and the wings and ears
were orange. Bold, black markings extending till the femur
were visible on the contrasting orange of the wing membranes.
The ears were ovate and rounded anteriorly, unlike the
funnel-shaped ears of Kerivoula picta, and the tragus was
long, narrow and pointed. Rough measurements of forearm
(FA) and head-body length (HBL) were taken by placing
a ruler next to one of the bats, which are FA=47 mm and
HBL=70 mm. The morphological characters, combined with
our rough measurements, helped confirm our identification.
In India, the southernmost locality of MZ. formosus
recorded hitherto was Nagpur in Central India by D’ Abreu in
1925 (Bates and Harrison 1997; Molur et al. 2002). Menon
(2003) has called it a “rare bat” in India, and Bates and
Harrison (1997) have suggested that it is a little known bat
throughout its geographical range. Our observation is not only
significant in that it is the first record of the species from the
Western Ghats (at a location c. 1,178 km from Nagpur), but
is also possibly the first observation of this bat undergoing
torpidity in a cave in tropical India. Interestingly, Smith and
Xie (2008) have mentioned that in China this bat hibernates
in caves, which is also true for many other foliage-roosting
bats in the temperate regions of the New World, as cave
temperatures are more constant compared to foliage or tree
hollows (Altringham 2011).
Specimens of this bat have been collected from
altitudes of 1,200—3,000 m in Western Himalaya and
Nepal (Bates and Harrison 1997), suggesting that it is not
uncommon at high elevations. It is probable that, owing to
lack of sampling effort, the species’ behaviour of roosting
amidst foliage, and misidentification with Kerivoula picta,
its distribution has remained relatively unknown. We were
able to spot this bat perhaps because it was easier to detect,
being torpid in a cave. We therefore suggest that the species
may well be present in suitable regions of the Western Ghats
and in southern India. Night sampling with mist-nets, harp
traps, and acoustic sampling may yield more information on
its actual status and distribution.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank our institution, National Centre for Biological
Sciences. We are also grateful to Zeeshan Mirza, Kadambari
Deshpande, and Nachiket Kelkar for their invaluable inputs
and suggestions on the manuscript.
REFERENCES
ALTRINGHAM, J.D. (2011): Bats: From Evolution to Conservation. 2nd
edn. Oxford University Press. Pp. 107.
Bates, P.J.J. & D. Harrison (1997): Bats of the Indian Subcontinent:
Harrison Zoological Museum publication. Pp. 122-123.
FRANCIS, C.M. (2008): A Guide to the Mammals of Southeast
Asia. Princeton University Press, New Jersey, USA. Pp. 58, 230.
Menon, V. (2003): Field Guide to Indian Mammals. Dorling-
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. in association with Penguin Books, India,
Pp. 164.
Mo wr, S., G. MARIMUTHU, S. SRINIVASALU, S. Mistry, A.M. Hutson,
P.J.J. Bates, S. WALKER, K. PADMA PriyA & A.R. BINU PRIYA
(2002): Status of South Asian Chiroptera. Conservation Action
Management Plan (CAMP) Workshop Report. Zoo Outreach
Organisation. Pp. 36, 136, 268.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural History
Society and Oxford University Press, India. Pp. 183. 187H
SmITH, A.T. & Y. Xie (2008): A Guide to the Mammals of China.
Princeton University Press, New Jersey, USA. Pp. 108, 376.
WILson, D.E. & D.M. REEDER (2005): Mammal Species of the World:
A Taxonomic and Geographic Reference (3rd edn). Electronic
database accessible at http://www.bucknell.edu/msw3/. Accessed
on January 15, 2013.
3. ENDANGERED GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN PLATANISTA GANGETICA GANGETICA
SIGHTED IN RAPTI RIVER, BALRAMPUR DISTRICT, UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
KAMLESH K. Maurya!”*, DABEER HASAN2 AND Mupit GuptA2*
9
‘World Wide Fund for Nature-India, 172-B, Lodi Estate, New Delhi 110 003, India. Email: [email protected]
“WWE India (TAL) Field Office, A-35, Avas Vikas Colony, Pilibhit 262 001, Uttar Pradesh, India.
7Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82408
The Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica
gangetica, also known as Susu, was formerly distributed
throughout the Ganges-Brahmaputra river system of
214
Bangladesh, India, and Nepal, and possibly Bhutan, below
an elevation of c. 250 m (Smith et a/. 2012). Although it still
has a fairly extensive range, its distribution has contracted,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
and its abundance has declined dramatically in some areas.
Currently, it is found in the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna
and Karnaphuli-Sangu river systems of Bangladesh and India
(Smith et al. 2012). A few individuals survive in Nepal in the
Karnali river, and possibly, the Saptakoshi river (Sinha and
Sharma 2003; Smith et al. 2012).
Once present in tens of thousands, the Ganges River
Dolphin has dwindled abysmally to less than 2,000 during
the last century, owing to direct killing, habitat fragmentation
by dams and barrages, indiscriminate fishing and pollution of
the rivers, mining for sand and stones, and incidental catches
in gillnets (Smith et al. 2000). Due to decline in population
in most of its distribution ranges, it has been given high level
of legal protection by declaring it Endangered, and placing
it under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972. The species was declared as the National Aquatic
Animal of India in 2010 (MoEF 2010).
In Uttar Pradesh, the Ganges River Dolphin is
patchily distributed in some rivers with an estimated total
population of 671 individuals (Behera et al. 2013; WWF-
India 2012). Bashir et al. (2010) reported a density of 4.974
0.60 individuals/sq. km in a 28 km stretch of Upper Ganges
river between Narora Barrage and Anupshahr. In the Terai Arc
landscape, the species is found in and around Dudhwa Tiger
Reserve with a population of c. 50 individuals in Gerwa river
of Katerniaghat WLS, Bahraich district (WWF-India 2012).
Little is known about its status from the eastern terai districts
of Shravasti, Balrampur, Siddharthnagar, Gorakhpur, and
Maharajganj. In December 2009, an individual was sighted
in a tertiary canal near Bhinga town in Shravasti district by
the second author.
Balrampur district is situated on the banks of the
Rapti river. The district shares its north and northeast border
with Nepal and is rich in biodiveristy due to its geographic
location. Suhelwa Wildlife Sanctuary is situated on the
northern boundary of the district. It is a narrow strip (3-
7 km wide) of bhabar-terai forest spread in Shravasti and
Balrampur districts. The area primarily comprises rugged
mountains and boulder strewn river beds, especially along the
northern boundary. The Rapti river is part of the Ganges (now
Ganga) river system and passes by the city of Balrampur.
A biological assessment and human wildlife conflict survey
was carried out in Suhelwa WLS by WWE in 2014, during
which we obtained sightings of the Ganges River Dolphin in
the river near Abar village (27° 24’ 43.1" N; 82°21' 10.1” E) and
around Suhelwa WLS in December 2014. The first sightings
were for a few minutes at a site in the Rapti river at 02:57 hrs
on December 31, 2014. Within 30 minutes of the observation,
we also recorded about 3 or 4 surface jumps by them.
According to boatmen, there are four Ganges River
Dolphins in the 20 km stretch of the river since the last two
to three years. Interviews with locals, Forest Department
officials and naturalists revealed that the species did not occur
there earlier. The probable reason for the sudden presence of
these dolphins in the area could have been the result of heavy
flooding during the monsoon, which permitted the animals to
move in from the bordering areas of Nepal. The incidents of
such movements have been reported in several other rivers
(Behera et al. 2013). As for the conservation issues related
to the river, in addition to the Tulsipur and Balrampur sugar
mills, a number of drainage outlets from adjoining villages
discharge sewage directly into the river. The natural flow
of the river has been altered on several occasions and a few
villages got submerged after the construction of a dyke. The
habitat around the sighting area included agriculture, mainly
sugarcane and seasonal crops.
The record of the Ganges River Dolphin, hitherto
unknown in the Rapti river, is interesting, and there could
possibly be more individuals occurring in the district. There
is aneed to carry out an intensive survey to assess the status
and distribution of the species in Rapti river, and urgent
conservation initiatives for the species should be taken up
by the Forest Deparment and local NGOs.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Mr. Ravi Singh, SG & CEO,
Dr. Sejal Worah, Dr. Dipankar Ghose and Dr. A.K. Singh
from WWF-India, for permitting us to use the organization's
facilities and coordinating project logistics. We thank Jimmy
Borah and I.P. Bopanna for reviewing an earlier draft of the
manuscript.
REFERENCES
Basuir, T., A. KHAN, P. GAUTAM & S.K. BEHERA (2010): Abundance and
prey availability assessment of Ganges River Dolphin (Platanista
gangetica gangetica) in a stretch of Upper Ganges River, India.
Aquatic Mammals 36(1): 19-26. |
BEHERA, S.K., H. SincH & V. SAGAR (2013): Status of Ganges River
Dolphin (Platanista gangetica gangetica) in the Ganga River
Basin, India: A review. Aquatic Ecosystem Health & Management
16(4): 425-432.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MoEF (2010): Notification. F.No.6-74/2009 WL, New Delhi, dated
May 10, 2010.
SINHA, R.K. & G. SHARMA (2003): Current status of the Ganges River
Dolphin in the river Kosi and Son, Bihar, India. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 100(1): 27-37.
SmiTH, B.D., R.K. Smnna, K. ZHou, A.A. CHAUDHARY, L. RENJUN,
D. Wana, A.K.M. AMINULHAQUE, K. SAPKOTA & R.S.L. MOHAN
(2000): Register of water development projects affecting Asian
215
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
river cetaceans. Pp. 22—39. In: Reeves, R.R., B.D. Smith &
T. Kasuya (Eds): Biology and conservation of fresh water cetaceans
in Asia (IUCN Species Survival Commission Occasional Paper
No. 23) IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.
SMITH, B.D., G.T. BRAULIK & R. SINHA (2012): Platanista gangetica ssp.
gangetica. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version
2014.3.
WWFE-INp1A (2012): Dolphin census in Uttar Pradesh (http://www.
wwitindia.org/?7920/up-chief-minister-shri-akhilesh-yadav-
announces-the-final-dolphin-count).
4. A SCIENTOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF THE TRENDS OF INFORMATION DISSEMINATION
ON “TRUE ALBINO’ AND ‘WHITE’? MAMMALS
L.A.K. Sincu!
'Puspaswini, 1830-Mahatab Road, Old Town, Bhubaneswar 751 002, Odisha, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82414
Introduction
Four distinct trends were noticed in the mechanism
of information dissemination during the last 128 years
between 1886 and 2014: (1) Disagreement, confusion or
supplementary discussions over the observation or the issue
of ‘true albino’ and ‘white variants’ have remained alive.
(2) The first source of information from the wilderness is
no longer confined to professional ‘foresters’ or the range
of biological and nature researchers. It also encompasses a
wide spectrum of well-equipped photographers and nature
observers. (3) Newspapers and journals with more frequent
publication over the internet seem to be preferred because
of quick information dissemination. Other parallel outlets
used for data dissemination are websites about locations
and personal blogs. (4) Information from captive facilities
and zoos continues to bear interest for reporting. For an
impactful contribution in the field of wildlife data storage and
mining, the future is expected from entities having frequently
published journals that disseminate searchable soft versions
on the internet and reach remote points through hardcopy
versions as well.
Background and Results
The present article is an incidental by-product of a
search I made for published information on ‘albino’ Chital
Axis axis. The search was in connection with the sighting and
video-recording of an albino Chital fawn on June 5, 2014, in
Satkosia Tiger Reserve (Pradhan et al. 2014).
Three primary sources were searched for the required
information. The first choice was the Journal of the Bombay
Natural History Society, covering 128 years from the first
issue published in January 1886 to a recent issue of August
2013. It includes 110 volumes with three to four issues per
volume. The second choice was publications from Zoo
Outreach Organisation (ZOO), Coimbatore. The publications
of ZOO that were searched are Zoos’ Print Magazine, Zoos’
Print Journal and Journal of Threatened Taxa. The third
216
option, other sources of information, were from the web
through Google searches. The journals which were expected
to have some information were /ndian Forester, Cheetal
magazine of the Wildlife Preservation Society of India,
and Jiger Paper. A chronological record of information on
‘albino’ and ‘white’ mammals that emerged from the exercise
is presented in Table 1.
Discussion
The sighting of albino, white or differently coloured
animals in nature is rare. Therefore, any new observation, or
notes and photographs that are already published on the topic
are of considerable interest. When an albino or white animal
is born or acquired in captivity, it attracts much attention.
Albino Mammal data frequency
Spread across the 19th to 21st centuries, the Journal of
the Bombay Natural History Society (JBNHS) is the oldest
and most appropriate destination for publishing and searching
information on natural history from the South Asian region.
It provided me with 34 records on the subject of ‘white’
and ‘albino’ mammals during 109 years between 1886 and
1994, which is a report frequency of 0.312 instances per
year. During the next 15 years from 2000 to 2014, with a
frequency of 1.3 instances per year, there are twenty reports
in all. These reports include three from JBNHS, seven from
the Zoo Outreach Organisation, Coimbatore (ZOO), one from
the Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), and nine reports in other
more recent outlets for information dissemination which are
newspapers, websites and personal blogs (Table 1).
Information Dissemination: The Time Factor
It appears that a journal like Zoos’ Print with monthly
publication in hard copy along with soft copy available
on the internet is getting preference for quick information
dissemination. Two reports from Mahabal et al. (2005, 2012)
constitute a case on the transitional phase of this aspect.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Year of
report
1886
1886
1906
1906
1907
1910
1916
1916
1918
1927
1928
1928
1932
1933
1933
1934
1935
1936
1939
1946
1946
1946
1949
1950
1991
1953
1956
1959
1959
1986
1987
1988
1988
1994
2000
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Records of ‘true albino’ and ‘white’ mammals accessed
Species
white squirrel, albino birds
common mongoose and desert
fox with white tail tips
albino blackbuck with photo
white muntjac
white muntjac
white tiger
albino hog deer
white tiger
white elephant
albino elephant
goral
white tiger (not albino)
albino chital
white bison
white bison
white bison
white bison
white bison
albino sambar
albino mammals
albino elephant
albino boar
albino and melanic rat
albino and melanic rat
albino feral rat
albino sambar
albino elephant
albino muntjac
tiger
albino/white form
nilgai
albino bat
albino sloth bear
albino mongoose
albino ‘deer’ (chital?)
Notes on location
Cutch region
Cutch region
from Raja of Faridkote for Lahore Zoological Garden
caught from north Nepal
sighted in south India
Mulin Subdivision, Dnenkanal district, Orissa
Cooch Bihar district, West Bengal
Bilaspur, Central Provinces
calf in Burma, grew darker
birth in north Siam; identification confirmed by official
from Royal White Elephant Department, Bangkok
Chamba state
shot in Orissa; notes from Editors
perhaps shot in Dehra Dun
south Coimbatore jungles
more discussion on how the colour should be
described
account on white bison
discussion regarding white bison
‘white bison in Mandla-Balaghat and Chanda district in
Central Province
Kohtri Valley, Nainital region
albinism reports: not uncommon among deer and
antelopes; rare in larger mammals; albino tigers,
bison and elephants occasional
Travancore, Kerala 1945
45 miles from Udaipur
Rangoon
Rangoon
Singapore
white sambar stag and hind from two separate reports
in Talamalai, north Coimbatore
Burma
gives list of mammals with partial or complete
albinism
an account of albinism and partial albinism with
reference to Rewa
birds and mammals in Ahmedabad Zoo
Sariska; off-white with marking on head
Rhinopoma microphyllum kinnear in Jodhpur
female + 3 albino cubs; vill. Madakote, Marwahi,
Bilaspur. 1980: a white male seen
15 km from Udaipur
seizure contained two albino deer (chital?) among
others
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Journal /
Source
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
Zoos’ Print
Journal
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
JBNHS
Newspaper
Author and Year
Newnham (1886)
Aitken (1886)
Robertson Milne (1906)
Smith (1906)
Charrington (1907)
Editors (1910)
Adamson (1916)
D’Abreu (1916)
MacNaghten (1918)
Macfie (1927)
Singh (1928)
Robinson (1928)
Atkinson (1932)
Morris (1933)
Dunbar Brander et al.
(1933)
Morris (1934)
Dunbar Brander (1935)
Dunbar Brander (1936)
Champion (1939)
Editors (1946)
Simon (1946)
Sinha (1946)
Romer (1949)
Harrison (1950)
Gibson-Hill (1950)
Pillay (1953)
Yin (1956)
Editors (1959)
Gee (1959)
Anonymous (1986)
Ranjitsinh (1987)
Bhati (1988)
Bharos (1988)
Tehsin and Chawra (1994)
Dey (2000)
Indian Express
217
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: Records of ‘true albino’ and ‘white’ mammals accessed (contd.)
Year of Species Notes on location Journal/ Author and Year
report Source
2004 albino palm civet Phulwari WLSanctuary, Udaipur district Zoos’ Print Sharma (2004)
Journal
2004 albino northern palm squirrel Udaipur Zoos’ Print Sharma (2004)
Journal
2004 albino hoary-bellied Himalayan Albino female at Samsing in Darjeeling district, West Records of Bhattacharyya and
squirrel Bengal ZS/ Murmu (2004).
(Cited in Kalita, 2009)
2005 albino five-striped palm squirrel Sindhudurg, Maharshtra JBNHS Mahabal et al. (2012)
2006 albino sambar Udaipur JBNHS Tehsin (2006)
2008 white chital Nagarhole Newspaper Staff Reporter,
Hindu (2008)
2009 albino hoary-bellied squirrel Sibsagar District, Assam JoTT Kalita (2009)
2010 albino sambar Corbett JBNHS Pande et al. (2010)
2010 white sambar birth at Manipur Zoological Garden Newspaper Sangai Express (2010)
2010 albino chital Ahmedabad Zoo Newspaper Anonymous (2010)
2012 albino bonnet macaque Goa Zoos’ Print Mahabal et al. (2012)
2012 albino sambar Udaipur Newspaper Tehsin (2012)
2013 albino chital albino mother and fawn photograph, Zoos’ Print Prabu et al. (2013)
Ranthambhore TR
2013 white (albino) porcupine Nandankanan Biological Park, Odisha Website Anonymous (2013)
2014 albino blackbuck Jamshedpur Zoo Zoos’ Print Mohan (2014)
2014 albino chital with photo, Satkosia Tiger Reserve Zoos’ Print Pradhan et al. (2014)
2014 albino chital Katerniyaghat Blog Dasgupta (2014)
2014 albino chital Katerniyaghat Blog Mishra (2014)
2014 albino chital Sonanadi WL Sanctuary Website Anonymous (undated
web)
Key: JBNHS- Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, JoTT- Journal of Threatened Taxa
Note: Scientific name of species, even if cited in original publication, is excluded as the names may have changed.
The common name of species is according to Prater (1971), and name of mammal-group (eg., mongoose, fox, etc.) and locations are as
cited in the publication.
Agoramoorthy (2008) rightly pointed out that some of the
journals in India take more than two years for publishing
a paper after submission, and as a result, the information
becomes outdated. The category of science dealt and
disseminated under wildlife is aimed at a targeted audience
(Singh 2011), and therefore specialist wildlife journals
providing such coverage do not have any or appreciable
impact factor (Gunasekaran and Arunachalam 2012).
Changing sources of wildlife data
The higher frequency of publications during 2004—
2014 appears to be the result of an increase in the number
of people who are writing or reporting back from nature.
The first source of information from the wilderness is
no longer confined to wildlife professionals comprising
‘foresters’ or the range of biological and nature researchers.
218
A wide spectrum of well-equipped photographers and nature
observers are also making valuable contributions in providing
initial and incidental records of an event or feature related to
wildlife. Information on blogs and other websites, where a
specific description of the animal or a photograph is required,
is still significant enough to stimulate further investigation
and confirmation.
Information on Captive Animals
Information from captive facilities and zoos continues
to interest reporters (Table 1). In 1981, I had the opportunity
to meet Dr Reuben David, the founder of Ahmedabad Zoo,
when I took trainees from Central Crocodile Breeding and
Management Training Institute to observe his collection of
‘white’ and ‘albino’ animals. Perhaps, Ahmedabad Zoo holds
a record for the maximum number of species in ‘white’ or
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
‘albino’ form held in captivity. The species included in the
list are spotted deer, squirrel, rhesus macaque, mongoose,
porcupine, crow, sparrow and partridge (Anonymous 1986,
2010). Almost all Zoological Parks have such collections
of white and albino animals (Anonymous 2013; Sangai
Express 2010), and information appears to hit the newspapers
first and then the pages of a scientific journal, if that ever
happens.
Lesson for the future
It is felt that in future for permanent and verifiable
nature-related information, a researcher would prefer the
domains of frequently published journals disseminating
searchable soft versions on the internet and making their
contents available in remote areas through hard copy versions
as well. Such publications, therefore, have a greater role to
play in future towards quick publication and dissemination
of education and research materials.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Iam grateful to the Forest and Environment Department,
Government of Odisha for providing scope to study and
analyse records from the Wildlife Organisation, particularly
the Similipal Tiger Reserve and Satkosia Tiger Reserve.
Dr. Siba Prasad Parida and Dr. G.N. Indresha, Officer-in-
Charge, Regional Museum of Natural History, Bhubaneswar
helped with information. Dr. P.G.S. Sethy and several other
serving and retired Scientists of ZSI helped in accessing
records of ZSI.
REFERENCES
ApamMson, G. PERCEVAL (1916): Albino Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 24(3): 589-590.
AGORAMOORTHY, G. (2008): India’s science journals need vigorous
marketing. Current Science 94(6): 700.
AITKEN, E.H. (1886): On the frequency of albinism in Cutch, &c. notes
by Mr Aitken. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1(1): 71-72.
ANONYMOUS (1986): Ahmedabad Zoo Albinos. Zoos’ Print, Journal of
Zoo Outreach Organisation 1(5): 31.
Anonymous (2010): A spotted deer gave birth to an albino fawn at
Ahmedabad Zoo (Photo caption). The Times of India, Mumbai
Section: Times Nation, April 21: 19.
ANONYMOUS (2013): Animal Inventory 1st Quarter (from Ist April, 2013
to 30th June, 2013), Nandankanan. http://www.nandankanan.org/
animal-inventory.php. Downloaded on June 18, 2014.
ANONYMOUS (UNDATED WEB): http://www.united2 lresortcorbett.com/
sonanadi-wildlifesanctuary.aspx. Downloaded on 15 June 2014;
& www.e-pao.net/GP.asp?src=27..310310.mar10. Downloaded
on 29 Oct 2015.
ATKINSON, G. (1932): An albino Chital (Axis axis). J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 35(4): 888.
Buaros, A.M.K. (1988): Albino Sloth Bear. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 85(1): 187.
Buatl, U.S. (1988): Occurrence of an albino Rat-tailed Bat Rhinopoma
microphyllum kinneari Wroughton in the Indian desert. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. &5(3): 608.
BHATTACHARYYA, T.P. & A. MurMu (2004): First record of occurrence of
albino Hoary-bellied Himalayan Squirrel Callosciurus pygerythrus
lokroides (Hodgson) [Rodentia: Sciuridae]. Records of Zoological
Survey of India 103(Part 3-4): 181 + pl-1.
Cuampion, H.G. (1939): An albino Sambar. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
40(2): 322-323.
CHARRINGTON, S.H. (1907): A white muntjac. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
17(3): 836.
D’apreu, E.A. (1916): An albino tiger from the Central Provinces.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 24(4): 819.
DascupTA, SHAILAZA Soop (2014): A dreamy night at Katernia Ghat
Wildlife Sanctuary. http://mytravelingexp.blogspot.in/2014/02/a-
night-at-katarnia-ghat-wildlife.html.
Dey, J. (2000): 60 birds, animals seized from Panvel ‘zoo’. Indian
Express, Bombay, 7 Nov 2000. http://expressindia.indianexpress.
com/ie/daily/20001107/ina07057. html.
DUNBAR BRANDeR, A.A. (1935): White Bison. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
37(4): 951-952.
DUNBAR BRANDER, A.A. (1936): White Bison. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
38(3): 619-620.
DUNBAR BRANDER, A.A., R.C. Morris & Epirors (1933): The colour of
‘White Bison’ (Bibos gaurus). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 36(4):
985—986.
Epitors, JBNHS (1910): A white tigress in Orissa. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 19(3): 744.
Epitors, JBNHS (1946): Albinism. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 46(3):
543.
Epitors, JBNHS (1959): An albino barking deer. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 56(1): 131-132.
Gee, E.P. (1959): Albinism and partial albinism in Tigers. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 56(3): 581-587, 1 plate.
Gipson-Hitt, C.A. (1950): Feral albino and piebald rats. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 49(2): 298-300.
GUNASEKARAN, S. & S. ARUNACHALAM (2012): Impact factors of Indian
open access journals rising. Current Science 103(7): 757-760.
Harrison, J.L. (1950): The occurrence of albino and melanic rats.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 49(3): 548-549.
Katita, G. (2009): Note on breeding and parental care behaviours of
albino Hoary-bellied Squirrel Callosciurus pygerythrus (Rodentia:
Sciuridae) in Sibsagar District of Assam, India. Journal of
Threatened Taxa 1(6): 358-360.
Macrig, D.F. (1927): A white elephant calf. Reprinted from the ‘Field’
of December 16, 1926. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 32(1&2): 214.
MacNacuten, H. (1918): On white elephants. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 26(1): 285-286.
Manasat, A., R.M. SHARMA & M.S. PRADHAN (2005): A case of total
albinism in the Five-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus pennanti
Wroughton in Sindhudurg district, Maharashtra state. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 102(1): 98-99.
MaAuwaBAL, ANIL, P.D. RANE & S.K. Pati (2012): A case of total albinism
in the Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiata (Geoffroy) from Goa.
Zoos’ Print, Magazine of Zoo Outreach Organisation 27(12):
22-23.
Misura, Amit (2014): Wildlife Notes. Chital or Spotted Deer.
Katerniyaghat. http://wildlifernotes.blogspot.in/2008/06/chital-
or-spotted-deer.html. Downloaded on 15 June, 2014.
Mouan, JAYASHREE RAM (2014): My Volunteering experience at
Jamshedpur Zoological Park. Zoos’ Print, Magazine of Zoo
Outreach Organisation 29(5): 34-35.
219
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Morris, R.C. (1933): ‘White’ Bison. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 36(2):
492-493. |
Morris, R.C. (1934): White Bison. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 37(2):
483-484.
NewnuaM, A.T.H. (1886): On the frequency of albinism in Cutch, &c.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1(1): 71.
PanbA, ADITYA (2009): http://www.indiawilds.com/forums/archive/
index.php/t-323.html posted on 03-02-2009. Downloaded on
June 15, 2014.
PANDE, ANANT, DEBMALYA ROYCHOWDHURY, DEVLIN LEISHANGTHEM,
SUDEEP BANERJEE, PUSHKAL BAGCHIE, NEHA AWASTHI, RUBI KUMARI
SHARMA, PRIYANKA RUNWAL & SHIKHA BisHT (2010): First record of
albino Sambar Rusa unicolor (Kerr) from Corbett National Park,
India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 107(3): 246.
PARASHAR, MANos (2012a): http://www.indianaturewatch.net/
displayimage.php?id=3 11321. Downloaded on June 15, 2014.
PARASHAR, MANoJ (2012b): http://www.indianaturewatch.net/
displayimage.php?id=347276. Downloaded on June 15, 2014.
PrtLay, B. Suspian (1953): Albino Sambar. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
S14): 935.
Prasu, C.L., AYAN SADHU & DEVLIN LEISHANGTHEM (2013): First
photographic record of albino chital with albino fawn (Axis axis
Erxleben, 1777) in Ranthambhore Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan, India.
Zoos’ Print 28(9): 8.
PRADHAN, R.N., P. BEHERA & L.A.K. SinGH (2014): The first record of
albino Chital (Axis axis) in Satkosia Tiger Reserve, Odisha. Zoos’
Print, Magazine of Zoo Outreach Organisation 29(6): 15-17.
Prater, S.H. (1971): The Book of Indian Animals. 3rd edn. Bombay
Natural History Society, Mumbai, xx1ii+324 pp.
Ranuitsino, M.K. (1987): Unusual coloration of Nilgai (Boselaphus
tragocamelus). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 84(1): 203.
ROBERTSON Mixne, C.J. (1906): Albinism in the Black Buck. J. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 16(4): 742.
Rosinson, P.R. (1928): White Tigers. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 32(3):
584-586.
Romer, J.D. (1949): Naturally occurring albinism in a specimen of Rattus
norvegicus Berkenhout. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 48(3): 579.
SANGAI Express (2010): White Sajal. http://thesangaiexpress.manipur.
us/2010/03/31/.
SHARMA, S.K. (2004): Occurrence of albino Common Palm Civet and
Northern Palm Squirrel in Southern Rajasthan. Zoos ’Print Journal
19(5): 1483.
Siwon, E.S. (1946): An albino elephant from the Travancore forests.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 46(2): 396-397, with 1 plate.
SincH, L.A.K. (2011): Language and Technique for Popular Wildlife
Science: Extracts from a First Person Account of Life and
Experience. Zoos ’Print, Magazine of Zoo Outreach Organisation
27(12): \-3.
SINGH, RAM (1928): Albino goral (Nemorrhaedus goral) in Chamba.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 32(2): 373.
SINHA, R.D. (1946): An albino boar. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 46(3):
542-543.
SmiTH, J. MANNERS (1906): A white Kakar or Muntjac (Cervulus
muntjac). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 16(4): 742-743.
STAFF REPORTER, THE Hinpbu (2008): A deer with a difference. The Hindu.
Dated 20 May 2008.
TEHSIN, A. (2012): India’s First Albino (White) Sambar in Udaipur.
http://www.udaipurtimes.com/indias-first-albino-white-sambar-
in-udaipur. 4 July 2012.
Teusin, R. (2006): Albino Sambar Cervus unicolor Kerr. J. Bombay
Nat: Hist: Soe. TOS)? 97.
TEHSIN, RAZA & SATYENDRA SINGH CHAWRA (1994): Albino Common
Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi Geoffroy). J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 91(2): 304-305.
Yin, Tun (1956): Albino elephants. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 54(1):
179-181.
5. SIGHTING OF INDIAN SPOTTED EAGLE CLANGA HASTATA
FROM TAL CHHAPAR SANCTUARY, RAJASTHAN, INDIA
SIDDHESH S. SURVE!”*, PRAMOD PatTiL!*, Noor KHAN!* AND SusiIT NARWADE!”
‘Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001,
Maharashtra, India.
*Email: siddhesh.surve1 [email protected]
-Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82423
On January 26, 2014, we were conducting a bird
survey in the Tal Chhapar Wildlife Sanctuary, Rajasthan, an
Important Bird Area (now Important Bird and Biodiversity
Area), as the site regularly holds a significant number of
globally threatened species (Islam and Rahmani 2004).
During the visit, we sighted the White-browed Bushchat
Saxicola macrorhynchus, Water Pipit Anthus spinoletta,
Common Starling Sturnus vulgaris, Isabelline Shrike
Lanius isabellinus, Green Sandpiper Tringa ochropus and
Pied Avocet Recurvirostra avosetta, among others. But one
raptor flying above us caught our eye. It was a medium sized
220
Clanga eagle, smaller than the Greater Spotted Eagle Clanga
clanga, which is a common winter visitor to Rajasthan. The
bird had six-fingered primaries, while the Greater Spotted
Eagle has seven. PP suggested that this could be the Indian
Spotted Eagle Clanga hastata. A photograph was taken
and later compared with field guides to confirm its identity.
Dr. Vibhu Prakash, a well-known raptor expert, confirmed
that it was the Indian Spotted Eagle.
The photographed bird matched the description by
Naoroji (2007) — a medium sized, well-proportioned eagle,
less bulky, clearly smaller and narrower-winged than the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Greater Spotted Eagle. It was found that the bird was an
immature, as it had a mottled appearance.
This 1s the first sight record of the Indian Spotted Eagle
from this site. Rasmussen and Anderton (2012) did not record
it from most of Rajasthan. Grimmett et al. (2011) provided one
uncertain record from Rajasthan; Sharma and Singh (1989)
did not record this bird from Tal Chhapar. Prakash (1988)
recorded nesting of the Indian Spotted Eagle from Keoladeo
National Park, Rajasthan and Kalra et al. (2006) recorded
it in Desert National Park, Rajasthan. The distribution map
of Indian Spotted Eagle given by Naoroji (2007) shows
just two records from Rajasthan: Ranthambhore Tiger
Reserve, and a nesting record from Keoladeo National Park.
He, however, suspected the presence of the bird in various
parts of the state. This suggests that the species has a larger
range and perhaps a larger population in the state, and
further surveys are required to assess its distribution in
Rajasthan.
BirdLife International (2014) describes Indian Spotted
Eagle as Vulnerable, as it is widespread but remains a poorly
known species, and is thought to have a small and declining
population.
REFERENCES
BIRDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): Species factsheet. Downloaded from
http://www.birdlife.org. Accessed on August 06, 2014.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, London. 528 pp.
Kara, M., A.R. RAHMANI, B.C. CHoupHURY & Q. QuREsHI (2006):
Development of Desert National Park as Biosphere Reserve.
Final Report. Bombay Natural History Society, Mumbai, India.
Pp. 73.
Naorou, R. (2007): Birds of Prey of the Indian Subcontinent. Om Books
International, New Delhi. Pp. 443-451.
Prakasu, V. (1988): Lesser Spotted Eagle (Aquila pomarina hastata)
nesting in Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 85(3):614.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia:
The Ripley Guide. Vols 1 & 2, 2nd edn. National Museum
of Natural History - Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State
University and Lynx Edicions, Washington D.C., Michigan and
Barcelona.
SHARMA, A.K. & K.R. SINGH (1989): Tal Chhapar Blackbuck Sanctuary.
Sanctuary Asia 9(2): 36-45.
6. SIGHTING OF ROSE-RINGED PARAKEET (BLUE) AT KACHORTYA NALA
FROM RAWATBHATA, CHITTORGARH DISTRICT, RAJASTHAN, INDIA
CHARCHIT JAIN', AKSHUN GUPTA” AND RIMAL SUDHINDRAN**
'C/37-39, Heavy Water Colony, PO: Bhabhanagar, Rawatbhata 323 307, via Kota, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
"Block No.51, 301-302, Heavy Water Colony, P.O. Bhabhanagar, Rawatbhata 323 307, via Kota, Rajasthan, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Type-2-49X K, Anukiran Colony, P.O. Bhabhanagar, Rawatbhata 323 307, via Kota, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82434
Rose-ringed Parakeets Psittacula krameri, also known
as Ring-necked Parakeets, are found in India and introduced
or feral populations are found in many parts of the world, to
northern and west Africa in Guinea, Senegal and southern
Mauritania, east to western Uganda and southern Sudan as
well as South Asia (depending on the subspecies) (Forshaw
1978). These gregarious tropical parakeets are popular in
the pet industry and their numbers are decreasing in some
areas due to trapping for domestic pet trade (S. Kumar, ZSI,
Jodhpur pers. obs.). The global population of the species
has not been quantified, but it is reported to be common
to abundant throughout its natural range with increasing
population trend (BirdLife International 2012). Rose-ringed
parakeets are popular as pets and they have a long history
in Indian aviculture. The ancient Greeks kept the Indian
subspecies P. krameri manillensis and the ancient Romans
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
kept the African subspecies P. krameri krameri (Alderton
2003). P. krameri borealis and P. krameri manillensis are
major agricultural pest in India (Ali and Ripley 1987). In its
Asiatic distributional range, P. krameri is considered the worst
avian agricultural pest (Dhindsa and Saina 1994).
Rose-ringed parakeets in the wild mostly have bright
green plumage. The face, abdomen, and under wing-coverts
are yellowish-green. The nape and the back of the head are
variably washed with blue. There is a broad chin/cheek-stripe
and a black narrow line from cere to eye. There is a narrow
pink band to nape. The upper sides of the middle tail-feathers
are blue with greenish-yellow tips. The outer feathers are
green. The underside of outer tail-feathers is olive-yellowish.
The middle feathers are blackish. The bill is blackish-red
with black tips. The irises are yellowish-white and the feet
greenish-grey. The females look like males, except that they
221
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
lack the black stripe to the cheek and pink band to the nape.
The nape is variably washed with blue and the middle tail-
feathers are on an average shorter.
A number of colour mutations of Rose-ringed parakeets
have occurred in captivity, including white (albinos), blue,
grey, and yellow (lutino) (Butler 2003; Low 1992; Sullivan
2013; Williams 2015). Colour mutations of Rose-ringed
parakeet have become widely available in India in recent
years.
We have been living in Kachoriya nala near Tamlav
village, c. 9 km from Rawatbhata (24.93° N; 75.58° E), in
Chittorgarh district of Rajasthan for the last 20 years, but have
not spotted a Rose-ringed Parakeet (blue) until December
2013. Kachoriya nala has deep gorges on both sides, rocky
terrain, with many trees and shrubs like the Indian Maple
and Lantana, up to Rana Pratap Sagar (RPS) Lake. Streams
remain dry with small waterholes throughout the year except
in the monsoon. A blue Rose-ringed Parakeet was observed
with a flock of Rose-ringed parakeets with normal coloration;
it had complete plumage of an adult. The bird was observed
with binoculars (10 x 50x) and photographed. The adult
blue parakeet had a white nape band and long tail. Tail of
male was longer than the female. Lower beak black with
slight red at base and upper beak dark red. The blue colour
seems to be from selective breeding in aviculture. The blue
parakeet could be a natural mutation or captive-bred, escaped
or released from captivity, living as feral. So far, there is no
report of blue, lutino, or albino parakeet from this region.
We saw no resistance to the blue bird from the other normal
birds in the group.
REFERENCES
ALDERTON, Davip (2003): The Ultimate Encyclopedia of Caged and
Aviary Birds. Hermes House, London, England. Pp. 189-190.
Aut, S. & S.D. Riptey (1987): Handbook of the Birds of India and Pakistan.
Oxford University Press, Oxford. Handbook Vol. 3. Pp. 169-172.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2012): Psittacula krameri. The IUCN Red
List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.
org>. Downloaded on August 14, 2014.
BUTLER, CHRISTOPHER JOHN (2003): Population biology of the introduced
Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri in the UK. Thesis.
312 pp. (Online version).
DutnpsA, M.S. & H.K. Satna (1994): Agricultural ornithology: an Indian
perspective. Journal of Biosciences 19(4): 391-402.
ForsHaw, J.M. (1978): Parrots of the World. 2nd edn. David and Charles,
UK. 616 pp.
Low, R. (1992): Parrots. Their breeding and care. Blandford, London,
UK. 432 pp.
SULLIVAN, Rose (2013): Ringneck Parakeets, The Complete Owner’s
Guide to Ringneck Parrots, Including Indian Ringneck Parakeets,
their Care, Breeding, Training, Food, Lifespan, Mutations, Talking,
Cages and Diet. ELK Publishers. 150 pp.
WILLIAMS, AMANDA (2015): Indian Ringneck color varieties. Indian
Ringneck Parrot. Avian Web: Beauty of Birds.com.animals.
mom.me/indian-ringneck-colour-varieties-7647.html. Accessed
on August 13, 2015.
7. SEENDER-BILLED BABBLER TURDOIDES LONGIROSTRIS IN
RAJIV GANDHI ORANG NATIONAL PARK, ASSAM, INDIA
BISWAJIT CHAKDAR!”, MANABENDRA RAY CHOUDHURY!*, PANNA DEB2> AND HILLOLIvoTiI SINGHA2©*
o) b)
'Department of Ecology & Environmental Science, Assam University, Silchar 788 011, Assam, India.
*Centre for Biodiversity & Natural Resources Conservation, Assam University, Silchar 788 011, Assam, India.
*Email: [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82439
On April 23,2013, at 06:15 hrs, the first two authors (BC
and MRC) observed two babblers foraging in the grasslands
near Magurmari Watch Tower of Rajiv Gandhi Orang National
Park (RGONP), Assam (26° 29'—26° 40’ N; 92° 16’—92°
27’ E). Later, we sighted a flock of four individuals, c. 50
m from the earlier site. The birds were sitting on a shrub
Leea asiatica. The grassland was dominated by Saccharum
narenga. We identified the birds as the Slender-billed Babbler
Turdoides longirostris. They had a black, slender, and curved
bill; reddish brown above with whitish lores and cheeks (Ali
2012; Grimmett et al. 1999),
The Slender-billed Babbler is distributed in the
terai of Nepal, Assam, Manipur, and historically Uttar
Pradesh in India (BirdLife International 2001, 2011). The
species is thought to have a small fragmented population,
which is declining as a result of extensive destruction and
degradation of its tall grassland habitats. It therefore qualifies
as Vulnerable (BirdLife International 2001, 2011). It is a
222
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
sedentary resident of tall grasslands in lowlands, where it
is usually found near water (Rahmani 2012). It is described
as a shy grassland bird, rarely seen, and conspicuous only
during the breeding season (May—June) because of its loud
song (Ali and Ripley 1983).
Subsequently, we recorded this species in RGONP from
April 26 to June 08, 2014, on eight occasions in Magurmari
and Bhutia ali grassland. Every year during February—March,
controlled burning of grasslands is carried out by the Forest
Department, and it becomes easier to sight the bird in the
short grass during April. Most of the grassland birds of the
floodplains breed from March onwards, avoiding the heavy
monsoon rain, and this species is no exception (Ali and Ripley
1987). It forages on the ground and also higher up, among
grasses and reed stems (del Hoyo e¢ al. 2007).
We recorded flock sizes of one to five individuals
(average 2.8 +1.4 SD, n = 10). Hume (1888) reported it in
flocks of six to ten birds, but also solitary and in pairs. In
Chitwan National Park, Baral and Chaudhary (2006) found
that the flock size varied from 1 to 12 with larger flock sizes
in April and May, compared to January to March.
Besides RGONP, there are only a few records of
Slender-billed Babbler in the grasslands of Assam. In
November 1993, a pair was reported near Dunga beel
(wetland) at Bagori Range in Kaziranga National Park by
Barua and Sharma (1999). Barua (2005) also reported it
from Kohora, Bagori, and Agoratoli ranges in Kaziranga
NP. Choudhury (2007) reported it from the grasslands of
Bhuyanpara in Manas Tiger Reserve. There is no published
information of its occurrence in Dibru-Saikhowa National
Park (Rahmani and Choudhury 2012). Based on Abidur
Rahman (pers. comm. 2012), Rahmani and Choudhury
(2012) included it in the bird checklist of Orang NP. In a
recent survey of 19 grasslands in Assam from February 5
to March 1, 2012, it was recorded only from Kaziranga and
Manas National Parks (Phukan et al. 2012).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the then Head,
Prof. D.C. Ray and present Head Prof. J. Rout, Department
of Ecology & Environmental Science, Assam University,
Silchar, for encouragement and support. The authors also
thank Mr. Suresh Chand IFS, PCCF (Wildlife) & Chief
Wildlife Warden, Assam, for permission to do research in
Orang National Park, and Mr. S.K. Daila IFS, Divisonal
Forest Officer, and Mr. Chakrapani Ray, Range Forest Officer,
Orang National Park, for their kind support and cooperation.
Our sincere thanks to Ecosystemd-India for their logistic
support.
REFERENCES
Aut, 8. (2012): The Book of Indian Birds. 13th edn. Bombay Natural History
Society, Oxford University Press. vii + 326 pp.
Au, S. & S.D. RieLey (1983): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India
and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan and
Sri Lanka. Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
Aut, S. & S.D. RieLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, Mumbai. 737 pp.
BarAL, H.S. & D.B. CHAUDHARY (2006): Status and distribution of Slender-
billed Babbler Turdoides longirostris in Chitwan National Park, Central
Nepal. Danphe 15(4): 1-6.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2001): Threatened Birds of Asia: the BirdLife
International Red Data Book. BirdLife International, Cambridge, UK.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2011): IUCN Red List for birds. Downloaded from
http://www. birdlife.org on 25/07/2011.
Barua, M. (2005): Kaziranga. Birding Hotspots. BirdingASIA: Bulletin of
the Oriental Bird Club 3: 28-34.
Barua, M. & P. SHARMA (1999): Birds of Kaziranga National Park, India.
Forktail 15: 47-60.
Cuoupuury, A. (2007): The day of the grassland birds: A firsthand report
from Manas National Park. Mistnet 8(3): 4—S.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELtiotr & D.A. Curistiz (2007): Handbook of the Birds of
the World. Vol. 12: Picathartes to Tits and Chickadees. Lynx Edicions,
Barcelona.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1999): Pocket Guide to the Birds of the
Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 384 pp.
Hume, A.O. (1888): Detailed list of species observed in Manipur, together
with notes of all species observed in Assam, Sylhet and Cachar. Stray
Feathers 11: 1-353.
PHUKAN, M.P., A. Puitip & P. O’CONNELL (2012): A survey of grassland birds
in Assam, specifically concentrating on the Brahmaputra Valley 2012.
Final Report submitted to Indian Bird Conservation Network/Bombay
Natural History Society, Mumbai. Mimeographed Report. 20 pp.
RAHMANI, A.R. (2012): Threatened Birds of India: Their Conservation
Requirements. Indian Bird Conservation Network, Bombay Natural
History Society, Royal Society for the Protection of Birds and BirdLife
International. Oxford University Press. 864 pp.
RAHMANI, A.R. & A.U. CHoupuury (2012): Threatened Birds of Assam.
Indian Bird Conservation Network, Bombay Natural History Society,
Royal Society for the Protection of Birds and BirdLife International.
Oxford University Press. viii + 167 pp.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
223
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
8. JUNGLE BABBLER TURDOIDES STRIATA AT TANOT IN THAR DESERT,
WESTERN RAJASTHAN: A RANGE EXTENSION
PRAMOD PatiL!**, SIDDHESH S. SuRVE!?, Noor KHAN!* AND Susit NARWADE!”
'Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
"Email: [email protected]
7Email: siddhesh.surve1 [email protected]
“Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82445
The Jungle Babbler Turdoides striata is usually found
in flocks near human habitations. It feeds on insects such as
Large Ant Monomorium indicum, Desert Locust Schistocerca
gregaria, and beetles and food grains like Bajra, Wheat,
Jowar, and Rice. At times it is also found feeding on grass
seeds (Rana 1970).
On February 07, 2014, we were conducting a bird
survey in Thar desert, Rajasthan. We did a road transect for
the Ramgarh—Tanot route. The entire landscape is desert,
dominated by smooth sand dunes, with small patches of
Calligonum polygonoides and Cenchrus biflorus, along with
a few trees of Prosopis cineraria and Salvadora oleoides.
We reached Ghantiyali Mata Temple (27.76° N;
70.40° E) at 12:04 hrs and got down from our car to visit
the temple. In a small garden, outside the temple, we could
see some House Sparrow Passer domesticus and House
Crow Corvus splendens. We were seated in the garden when
we heard a familiar bird call which went ke-ke-ke. To our
surprise, we saw a flock of Jungle Babbler on the ground
close to trees and in bushes around the temple. One bird was
perched at the top of a tree, observing, while the others were
feeding in the leaf litter. They were medium sized babblers,
much bigger than the Common Babbler Turdoides caudata
and smaller than the Large Grey Babbler 7. malcolmi. The
tail lacked the white sides prominent in Large Grey Babbler;
throat and breast were moderately mottled, lores pale,
bill prominent yellow without a black tip, and the overall
appearance was drab grey.
The birds matched the description of Rasmussen and
Anderton (2012), and Grimmett et al. (2011). Jungle Babblers
are commonly and frequently observed elsewhere in suitable
habitat so there was no ambiguity in its identification. A
photograph could not be taken, for we had to keep our
equipment (camera, binoculars and GPS device) in the car,
as the area is under the control of the Border Security Force
(BSF).
This is the first record of Jungle Babbler from this site.
Ali and Ripley (1987) reported absence of Jungle Babbler
from Thar desert. Rasmussen and Anderton (2012) did not
record it from westernmost Rajasthan, while the distribution
map in Grimmett et al. (2011) shows no record of Jungle
Babbler from the same area. The distribution map of Jungle
Babbler on BirdLife website (2014) also lacks the presence
of this bird in the reported area.
_ This suggests that a small population of Jungle
Babbler Turdoides striata is present in the area in which it
was previously marked as absent. Presumably, this is due to
the development of plantations on both sides of the Indira
Gandhi Nahar canal. Waterbodies have formed as a result of
seepage from the canal that now attract many species of birds
not reported earlier in the Thar desert. It is worth mentioning
that the vegetation in Thar has changed from xerophytic
and psammophytic to hydrophytic and mesophytic plants
(Rahmani 1997).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank Dr. Asad R. Rahmani, Director,
BNHS India, for giving them the opportunity to be a part of
the Thar desert survey.
REFERENCES
Aul, S. & S.D. RipLey (1987): Compact Handbook of the Birds of
India and Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal,
Bhutan and Sri Lanka. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
Pp. 448-449.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): Species factsheets. Downloaded from
http://www.birdlife.org. Accessed on August 06 and August 22,
2014.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
224
Subcontinent. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, London.
528 pp.
RAHMANI, A.R. (1997): The effect of Indira Gandhi Nahar Project on
the avifauna of the Thar Desert. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 94(2):
233-266.
Rana, B.D. (1970): Some observations on food of the Jungle Babbler
Turdoides striata and the Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus,
in the Rajasthan desert, India. Pavo 8: 35-44.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia: The
Ripley Guide. Vols 1 & 2, 2nd edn. National Museum of Natural
History - Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State University and
Lynx Edicions, Washington D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
9. SIGHTINGS OF BUFFY FISH-OWL KETUPA KETUPU AND MANGROVE PITTA
PITTA MEGARHYNCHA IN SUNDARBANS TIGER RESERVE, WEST BENGAL, INDIA
HARKIRAT SINGH SANGHA!* AND SANDEEP S. DHUMAL?
'B-27, Gautam Marg, Hanuman Nagar, Jaipur 302 021, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
*Sandeep Engineering Shop No.1/44, Mihir Apt, Udyamnagar, Pimpri, Pune 411 018, Maharashtra, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82451
In August and September 2014, two interesting records
of uncommon bird species were obtained from Sundarbans
Tiger Reserve, South 24 Parganas, West Bengal (21° 56’
42" N; 88° 53’ 45” EB).
Buffy Fish-owl Ketupa ketupu
A Buffy Fish-owl Ketupa ketupu was observed
incubating from August 02—04, 2014. The nest was in the fork
of a bare Avicennia tree on the edge of the water on Donbanki
Island. The exterior of the old-looking nest was made entirely
of sticks. The nest occupied by the owl probably belonged to
an Oriental Honey-Buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus, commonly
occurring in the reserve and known for building stick platform
nests. Later, from August 31 to September 02, 2014, a chick
was noticed in the nest and photographed.
The Buffy Fish-owl Ketupa ketupu is the smallest
fish-owl with prominent, outward-facing, tousled ear-tufts
(Mikkola 2012). It is found in South Burma (now Myanmar),
south and east to Trung Phan, peninsular Thailand and Malay
Peninsula, Riau Archipelago, Sumatra with neighbouring
islands on the western side, Mangka, Belitung, Java, Bali
and Borneo (Konig ef al. 1999). In the Indian subcontinent,
there was no record of this species since the early 20th century
from central and eastern Assam (Coltart 1904; Stevens 1915)
until a record from Sundarbans East Wildlife Sanctuary,
Bangladesh (Khan 2005; Neumann-Denzau and Denzau
2003). Other than these two references, there are no recent
records from Assam, where presumably it was rare or extinct
(del Hoyo et al. 1999). Its status, according to Grimmett er
al. (1998) was not known, and there was no recent published
record from this area. According to Rasmussen and Anderton
(2012), Buffy Fish-owl is either very scarce or overlooked
in the Indian subcontinent.
The eggs of the species are found mainly during
February to April, but less commonly during May to July in
West Java, or in April and September to January in Malay
Peninsula (Konig and Weick 2008; Konig et al. 1999).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
However, nothing is known about its breeding habits in
the Indian subcontinent and this is probably the first
breeding record of the species from the Indian subcontinent.
Due to inclement monsoon weather and logistical difficulties
in the Sundarbans, prolonged observations were not
feasible.
Mangrove Pitta Pitta megarhyncha
While birding from the open deck of a boat, Mangrove
Pitta Pitta megarhyncha was heard calling almost throughout
the day in the Sundarbans. One bird was sighted on August 04,
2014. This scarce species is restricted to a highly specialized
and restricted habitat, and is therefore likely to have a
moderately small global population. It is also suspected
to be in moderately rapid decline as a result of habitat loss
and degradation. It is therefore listed as Near Threatened by
BirdLife International (2014).
Mangrove Pitta is sometimes considered conspecific
with Blue-winged Pitta P. moluccensis (Lambert and
Woodcock 1996; Rasmussen and Anderton 2012), and is
found on the west coast of Myanmar and Malaysia, from
Tenasserim in the north to Singapore in the south, Bangladesh,
and Java and Borneo (Erritzoe and Erritzoe 1998).
Ali and Ripley (1983) described its status in the
Indian subcontinent as 'migratory, chiefly extralimital’. A
bird collected on March 19, 1925, by F. Field from Barisal,
Bangladesh (Whistler 1934) is mentioned by Ali and Ripley
(1983) and Rasmussen and Anderton (2012).
The disjunct range and locally variable status of the
Mangrove Pitta reflect its strong preference for mangrove
and coastal forests (Erritzoe and Erritzoe 1998). While
Rashid (1967) felt that it was likely to occur as a summer
or rainy season migrant in Bangladesh, Paynter (1970)
described it as being a ‘conspicuous element of the avifauna’
in the Sundarbans of Bangladesh. It has been recorded in
Bangladesh Sundarbans (Grimmett et a/. 1998, 2011; Halder
2010; Khan 2005). Therefore, finding the bird in Sundarbans
225
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Tiger Reserve was not unexpected. The species has been
probably overlooked, as very few people venture out for
birding during the monsoon season when it is most noisy
and easier to sight.
REFERENCES
Aul, S. & S.D. Riptey (1983): Handbook of the Birds of India and
Pakistan together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan
and Sri Lanka. Vol. 4, 2nd edn. Frogmouth to Pittas. Oxford
University Press, Delhi. Pp. 253-254.
BirDLIFE INTERNATIONAL (2014): IUCN Red List for birds. Downloaded
from http://www.birdlife.org. Accessed on October 08, 2014.
Cortart, H.N. (1904): The occurrence of the Malay Fish-owl (Ketupa
Javanensis) in Assam. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 15(4): 719.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELLiotT & J. SARGATAL (EDS) (1999): Handbook of the
Birds of the World. Vol. 5. Barn-owls to Hummingbirds. Lynx
Edicions, Barcelona. Pp. 194.
ERRITZOE, J. & H.B. Erritzoz (1998): Pittas of the World. A Monograph
of the Pitta Family. The Lutterworth Press, Cambridge.
Pp. 146-148.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1998): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Christopher Helm, London. Pp. 434 & 583.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. 2nd edn. Christopher Helm, London. Pp. 264.
HALpDeER, R.R. (2010): A photographic guide to birds of Bangladesh.
Baikal Teal Production, Dhaka. Pp. 159.
KuAN, M.M.H. (2005): Species diversity, relative abundance and habitat
use of the birds in the Sunderbans East Wildlife Sanctuary of
Bangladesh. Forktail 21: 79-86.
Konia, C. & F. WEIcK (2008): Owls of the world. 2nd edn. Christopher
Helm, London. Pp. 344-345.
Konia, C., C. WEICK, F. WEIcK & J.-H. BECKING (1999): Owls. A Guide
to the Owls of the World. Pica Press, Robertsbridge, UK, Yale
University Press, New Haven. Pp. 309-310.
LAMBERT, F. & M. Woopcock (1996): Pittas, Broadbills and Asities.
Pica Press, Mountfield, UK. Pp. 170-174.
Mikko La, H. (2012): Owls of the World: A Photographic Guide. Firefly
Books, New York. Pp. 294-295.
NEUMANN-DENZAU, G. & H. DENzAu (2003): Buffy Fish-owl Ketupa
ketupu in Sunderbans, Bangladesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
100(1): 138-141.
PAYNTER, R.A. (1970): Species with Malaysian affinities in the
Sundarbans, East Pakistan. Bull. Brit. Orn. Club 90: 118.
Rasuip, H. (1967): Systematic list of the birds of East Pakistan. The
Asiatic Society of Pakistan. Publ. no. 20.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The
Ripley Guide. Vol. 2. Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State
University and Lynx Edicions, Washington D.C., Michigan and
Barcelona.
WHISTLER, H. (1934): Occurrence of the Larger Blue-winged Pitta (Pitta
megarhyncha Schlegel) in eastern Bengal. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Sac. 3/ (1) 222.
10. OBSERVATIONS ON BILL DEFORMITIES IN THREE BIRD SPECIES
FROM MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
R.V. Hipparai'**, P.M. BoLpe*, M.K.Rao*, A.M. Botpe!® AnD S.A. GaIkKWAD*
‘Department of Zoology, Walchand College of Arts & Science, Solapur 413 006, Maharashtra, India.
*Dept of Electronics and Telecommunication, A.G. Patil Institute of Technology, Solapur 413 008, Maharashtra, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Conservator of Forests, Pune Division, Pune 411 022, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
“Dept. of Anatomy, Bombay Veterinary College, Parel, Mumbai 400 012, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82461
Introduction
Reports on bill deformities in birds have been well-
documented around the world (Craves 1994; Pomeroy 1962)
and mainly involve grossly deformed crossed or elongated
beaks. Published reports of naturally occurring bill deformities
from India include long bill deformity in House Crow Corvus
splendens, Large-billed Crow C. macrorhynchos and Yellow-
billed Blue Magpie Urocissa flavirostris (Kasambe et al.
2009). Bill deformity has also been reported in Blue Rock
Pigeon Columba livia (Kasambe 2010). Many reasons, like
trauma or injury, poor nutrition, diseases caused by bacteria,
virus, fungi, or parasitic infections, genetic mutations,
chemical pollutants, and radiation, have been cited to cause
226
bill deformities (Brown 1976; Craves 1994; Fox 1952;
Marshall and Stoleson 2000; Pomeroy 1962; Sharp and
Neill 1979). In this note, we discuss our observations on bill
deformities in three bird species, recorded during bird trails
in and around Solapur city, and possible causes behind such
instances. Bill deformity in Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis
nigriceps and Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius is
probably recorded for the first time from India.
1. Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps
Bill deformity was recorded in a rescued injured adult
female Great Indian Bustard (GIB) on March 04, 2012,
being taken care of at Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 1: Great Indian Bustard with deformed upper mandible (a) compared with normal specimens (b & c)
Nannaj, Solapur. The bird had no other visible anatomical
deformity. The cause of injury could not be ascertained.
The bill was abnormally long, down-curved, with a pointed
upper mandible that was visibly longer than the lower, a
condition referred to as long-bill deformity (Fig.la—c). The
total length of the upper mandible (maxilla) was 78.2 mm
and that of the lower mandible was 68.5 mm. Measurements
of the deformed GIB were compared with normal specimens
from the Ornithology collection of Bombay Natural History
Society, Mumbai (Table 1). Except for the abnormally
long, decurved bill, all other morphological features of
the deformed GIB appeared normal. This injured bustard,
although well cared for, died after three months and has
been preserved at Sanjay Gandhi National Park, Borivali,
Mumbai.
2. House Crow Corvus splendens
Six instances of bill deformity were recorded in
House Crow from Solapur city. The deformity involved an
abnormally long, down-curved and pointed upper mandible
that was visibly longer compared to the lower mandible. The
bill deformity was so pronounced that it could be diagnosed
even with the naked eye (Fig. 2). All the six observations
were recorded independently (dated 13.x11.2009; 18.1x.2010,
24.%,2010: 61.2011; 26:vi.2012; 12.vin 2OT2) duce
separate field surveys between January 2009 and December
2012, mostly in flocks of more than 15 crows. The crows
with deformity showed normal feeding and group behaviour
with other crows.
3. Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius
Only one case of bill deformity was recorded in a
juvenile Common Tailorbird on October 08, 2010, from
Solapur city. The upper and lower mandibles crossed
each another. The upper mandible was straight. The lower
mandible was longer than the upper mandible (Fig. 3).
Despite having a deformed beak, the bird appeared normal
and it fledged.
Table 1: Measurements of maxilla and mandible of deformed bustard specimen and normal female bustard specimens
Specimen with
deformed bill (cm)
Upper Mandible 7.82
Lower Mandible 6.85
Difference in length 0.97
Observed difference beyond crossing point 0.78
of Maxilla and Mandible
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Female Specimen with normal bill
(R.No. BNHS. 14026) (cm)
Female Specimen with normal bill
(R.No. BNHS. 14025) (cm)
Fas 7.06
(fan: 7.01
0.04 0.05
Nil Nil
227
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Fig. 2: Bill deformity in House Crow (Long-bill deformity)
Fig. 3: Bill deformity in Common Tailorbird (Cross-bill deformity)
Conclusion
Bill deformity, although rare and statistically
insignificant, raises a serious question. Is this representative
of a widespread problem in the natural population, which
we are not aware of or fail to assess in the wild? There is
no direct observational evidence to support the impact of
low population and teratogenic chemicals on the fitness of
Great Indian Bustard in the wild. Being an omnivore and
vagrant, GIB frequents agricultural habitats. Solapur region
has experienced an overall shift in agricultural pattern from
traditional sorghum based agriculture to intensive cash crops,
which require high doses of pesticide round the year (Dutta et
al. 2010). With declining population, bustards have reduced
genetic diversity (Ishtiaq et al. 2011), which may be one of
the reasons for the observed deformity.
We failed to find any published reports of Common
Tailorbird with deformed beak, while there are 25 sightings
of House Crow with deformed beak at 12 places in various
cities from six states in India (Kasambe et al. 2009). The
factors responsible for beak deformities in these birds are
not well understood. We may speculate that these birds may
be getting higher exposure to teratogenic chemicals in cities
where they mainly feed on dead carcasses, of which many
are killed with the use of chemicals.
The Solapur region is presently one of the most rapidly
developing areas in western Maharashtra. Once known for its
vast grasslands and traditional agricultural practices, Solapur
region in the last decade has experienced intense urbanization,
industrialization, conversion of grassland to arable land
and introduction of exotic species like Gliricidia sepium.
Grasslands from this region are currently under high peril as
evidenced by the continued decline in the population of the
Critically Endangered Great Indian Bustard (Hippargi et al.
2012). As birds are indicators of environmental health, the
recent increased incidence of beak deformity poses a serious
challenge. Therefore our findings are important, especially
with respect to the conservation and management of Great
Indian Bustard. Although our reports are incidental, more
data needs to be gathered to diagnose the underlying cause
and rate of prevalence of such anomalies.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors acknowledge University Grants Commission,
New Delhi, for financial assistance; Dr. Asad R. Rahmani,
Director, BNHS, Mr. Rahul Khot, Curator, and Mr. Sujit
Narwade, Project Scientist, BNHS, Mumbai, for providing
required permission and assistance to take measurements of
Great Indian Bustard specimens; Principal Chief Conservator
of Forest (Nagpur); Forest Department (Solapur); and Sanjay
Gandhi National Park (Mumbai) for necessary permissions, and
Rahul Bharadwaj for logistic support during field studies.
REFERENCES
Brown, L.N. (1976): Prevalence of bill abnormalities in Florida Brown
Thrashers. Florida Field Natur. 4: 11-13.
Craves, J. (1994): Passerines with deformed beaks. North American
Bird Bander 19(1): 14-18.
Dutta, S., A. RAHMANI & Y.V. JHALA (2010): Running out of time?
The Great Indian Bustard Ardeotis nigriceps — status, viability,
and conservation strategies. Eur. J. Wild Res. 57: 615-625. DOI
10.1007/s10344-010-0472-z.
Fox, W. (1952): Behavioral and evolutionary significance of the
abnormal growth of beaks of birds. Condor 54: 160-162.
=
228
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
HrpparGl, R., P. BOLDE, S. MANTHEN & S. ALAND (2012): Population and
breeding ecology of avifauna in a highly fragmented grassland
patch near Solapur, Maharashtra. Avishkar. Solapur University
Research Journal 2: 22-30.
IsHT1aQ, F., S. Dutta, B. YUMNAM & V. JHALA (2011): Low genetic
diversity in the endangered Great Indian Bustard (Ardeotis
nigriceps) across India and implications for conservation. Conserv.
Genet. 12: 857-863.
KASAMBE, R. (2010): Bill deformity in Blue Rock Pigeon (Columba livia),
in Thane, Maharashtra. Newsletter for Birdwatchers 50(5): 73.
KASAMBE, R., A. JosHt & S. Meprayur (2009): Bill deformities in House
Crows Corvus splendens, Large-billed Crow C. macrorhynchos
and Yellow-billed Blue Magpie Urocissa flavirostris in India.
Newsletter for Birdwatchers 49(5): 73-77.
MarsHALL, R.M. & S.H. STOLESON (2000): Threats. Jn: Finch, D.M.
and S.H. Stoleson (Eds): Status, Ecology, and Conservation of
the Southwestern Willow Flycatcher. U.S. Forest Service General
Technical Report RMRS-GTR-60. 13 1pp.
Pomeroy, D.E. (1962): Birds with abnormal bills. Brit. Birds 55:
49-72.
SHARP, M.S. & R.L. NEILL (1979): Physical deformities in a population
of wintering black birds. Condor 81: 427-430.
11. THE BUFF-BELLIED PIPIT ANTHUS RUBESCENS JAPONICUS AT RANTHAMBHORE,
RAJASTHAN, INDIA
HARKIRAT SINGH SANGHA!
'B-27, Gautam Marg, Hanuman Nagar, Jaipur 302 021, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82467
The Buff-bellied Pipit Anthus rubescens breeds in
central and western Siberia from Tunguska to Kamchatka
and south to northern Sakhalin and the Kurile Islands. Of
the four recognized subspecies, 4.r. japonicus winters in
South Asia (Ali and Ripley 1998; del Hoyo et al. 2004).
On migration and in winter it is found in a variety of open,
often wet habitats such as damp grasslands, stubble and
ploughed fields, meadows, sea and lakeshores, mudflats,
river courses, etc. (Alstr6m and Mild 2003). Its status in the
Indian subcontinent is variously described as uncommon
winter visitor to Pakistan (Kohat, Bannu, and the plains
of the Indus south to Karachi), Nepal, Darjeeling, and
Manipur (Ali and Ripley 1998), “generally rare” but more
frequent in north-central Pakistan (Rasmussen and Anderton
2012) rare in north-western India (Alstr6m and Mild 2003;
Grimmett et al. 1998), vagrant for Bhutan and recorded twice
(Spierenburg 2005) and “probably a rare winter visitor and
migrant in Nepal (Grimmett et a/. 2000). Very few sightings
are shown in the distribution map for the species in the
Indian subcontinent (Grimmett et al. 2011; Kazmierczak
2000). |
While birding near Jogi Mahal in Ranthambhore
National Park, Sawai Madhopur district, Rajasthan on
December 30, 2013, a Buff-bellied Pipit was sighted
feeding in wet, grassy edges of the lake. The species was
sighted again on December 31, 2013, in the same area and
well observed. Many of the pipit species are confusingly
similar, differing in only small morphological details which
make them difficult to separate in the field (Simms 1992).
However, the identification of the species at Ranthambhore
was possible using a combination of field marks pertaining
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
to wing-bar colour, overall colour, degree of streaking,
thickness of malar stripe, boldness of the eye-ring, and
leg colour. Moreover, having seen the species a number of
times at Tal Chhapar, Churu district (Poonia et al. 2014)
in rather open surroundings helped us in easily identifying
this rare bird.
Overall it appeared small, slender and drab. Its
upperparts were brown with faint streaks. Wing-bars
were prominently white but not really dazzling white.
Large streaks were conspicuous not only on the breast and
underparts but also on the flanks. The dark coloration of the
streaks contrasted strongly with the white underparts, and
they were also considerably darker than the grey-brown
upperparts. Some streaks coalesced longitudinally, giving
a “striped” appearance (this feature was noticed in the
birds at-Tal Chhapar also). The face of the pipit was
distinctive with complete but faint white eye-ring standing
out and buffish supercilium extending behind the eye. The
cheeks were grey-brown. The bill was fine and appeared
dark. The legs were pink or pale brown coloured. It was
separated from the similar looking Water Pipit Anthus
spinoletta by its darker upperparts, prominent malar-stripe
and paler legs.
The species is known from Bharatpur in eastern
Rajasthan, as both Kazmierczak (2000) and Grimmett ef
al. (2011) show isolated record(s) from the area. However,
the only confirmed record of the species in Rajasthan
supported by photographic evidence is from Tal Chhapar,
Churu district where it was first sighted in December 2011
and subsequently in winter months in 2012, 2013 and 2014
(Poonia et al. 2014).
229
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
ALI, S. & S.D. Riptey (1998): Handbook of the Birds of India and Pakistan
together with those of Bangladesh, Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan and
Sri Lanka. Vol. 9. 2nd edn. Oxford University Press, Delhi.
ALSTROM, P. & K. Mitp (2003): Pipits and Wagtails of Europe, Asia
and North America. Identification and Systematics. Christopher
Helm, London.
DEL Hoyo, J., A. ELtiotr & D. CuristiE (EDs) (2004): Handbook of the
Birds of the World. Vol. 9. Cotingas to Pipits and Wagtails. Lynx
Edicions, Barcelona.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (1998): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. Christopher Helm, London.
GRIMMETT, R., C. INskipp & T. INskipp (2000): Birds of Nepal. Prakash
Books, New Delhi.
GRIMMETT, R., C. Inskipp & T. INskipp (2011): Birds of the Indian
Subcontinent. 2nd edn. Christopher Helm, London.
KAZMIERCZAK, K. (2000): A Field Guide to the Birds of India. Om Book
Service, Delhi.
PoontA, S.S., H.S. SANGHA, S. SRIDHAR & M. SHARMA (2014): The Buff-
bellied Pipit Anthus rubescens japonicus at Tal Chhapar, Churu
district: a new species for the Thar Desert, Rajasthan. Indian
BIRDS 9(5 & 6): 164-165.
RASMUSSEN, P.C. & J.C. ANDERTON (2012): Birds of South Asia. The Ripley
Guide. Vol. 2. Smithsonian Institution, Michigan State University
and Lynx Edicions, Washington D.C., Michigan and Barcelona.
SIMMS, E. (1992): British Larks, Pipits & Wagtails. Harper Collins,
London.
SPIERENBURG, P. (2005): Birds in Bhutan. Status and Distribution.
Oriental Bird Club, Bedford, U.K.
12. ALBINO COMMON TRINKET SNAKE COELOGNATHUS HELENA (DAUDIN, 1803)
FROM UDAIPUR, RAJASTHAN, NORTHWEST INDIA
SATISH KUMAR SHARMA!’* AND PADAM SINGH RATHORE2
Wildlife Sanctuary Jaisamand, Jaisamand Post, Udaipur 313 905, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
*Wildlife Street Animal Rescue Society, 136, Dewali, Udaipur 313 001, Rajasthan, India. Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82472
On July 12, 2012, at around 24:00 hrs, we rescued an
albino Trinket Snake Coelognathus helena (Daudin) from a
house in Udaipur city. It was pale pinkish to whitish in colour
with a pair of faint lines on the nape. Its characteristic oblique
streak from eye to lip was not traceable. The streak on top of the
head was quite faint. The ocellated crossbars of the anterior part
of the body were missing. The broad dark stripes of posterior
part were also faint. Its head was pale yellowish and its eyes
were reddish. The tongue was reddish white, contrary to bluish
grey in a normal conspecific (Sharma and Koli 2014). It was
a juvenile, measuring about 350 mm in total body length. Its
body scalation was: scale rows at mid body 27; supralabials 9
(Sth and 6th were touching the eye); preocular 1, postoculars
2; temporals 2+2; ventrals 221; anal plate 1; subcaudals 85,
paired. Sex of the snake could not be determined, since it was
a juvenile. The snake was photographed for record (Fig. 1) and
released in Neemach Mata Reserve Forest Block of Udaipur
(North) Forest Division.
There are a few records of albinism in snakes from
India (D’Abreau 1918; Jadhav and Mahabal 2012; Kumar
1988; Lahiri 1955; Nivalkar et al. 2012; Vyas 2009, 2012;
Whitaker 1971). Various abnormal colour morphs have also
been reported in Indian snakes (Vyas 2013; Vyas et al. 2012).
A detailed account of aberrant colours and patterns in Indian
serpents has been given by Mahabal and Thakur (2014). There
are five published reports of total albinism in Trinket Snake
Fig. 1: Albino (rescued) and normal Trinket Snake seen in Udaipur
C. helena (Mahabal and Thakur 2014) in India. So far, all
cases of total albinism have been reported from Gujarat and
Maharashtra, and no case has been reported from Rajasthan.
The present case is the first record of total albinism in Trinket
Snake Coelognathus helena from the state of Rajasthan, and
hence worth placing on record.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Dr. T. Mohanraj, Deputy
Conservator of Forests, Wildlife Division, Udaipur, Rajasthan,
for providing facilities during the course of the study.
230
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
REFERENCES
D’ AsreAu, E.A. (1918): On an undescribed colour variety of the snake
Zaocys mucosus from the Central Provinces. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 25(4): 753.
JADHAV, M. & A. MAHABAL (2012): Sighting of albino Common Sand Boa
Gongylophis conicus from Northern Western Ghats, Maharashtra,
India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc 109(3): 205-206.
Kumar, R. (1988): The albino Cobra. Environ. Today 3(1 & 2): 6-8.
Lauri, R.K. (1955): A ‘White’ Python. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
53(1): 135-136.
ManasaL, A. & S. THAKUR (2014): Instances of aberrant colors and
patterns among the Indian herpetofauna: A review. Russ. J.
Herpetol. 21(2): 80-88.
Nrvackar, A., V. PatiL, M. Patt & V. SHINDE (2012): Report of an albino
Beaked Worm-Snake Grypotyphlops acutus (Dumeril and Bibron
1844). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 109(3): 206-207.
SHARMA, S.K. & V.K. Kori (2014): A preliminary study on tongue
coloration of some Indian snakes and Monitor Lizard. Cobra
VIIT(1): 26-28.
Vyas, R. (2009): Albinism in the Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus
(Schneider, 1801). Sauria 31(4): 57-58.
Vyas, R. (2012): Albinism in two Indian Colubrine snakes Oligodon
arnensis and Coelognathus helena. Sauria 34(3): 57-61.
Vyas, R. (2013): Notes on unusual color morphism in Oriental Rat Snake
Ptyas mucosa (Linnaeus, 1758). Reptile Rap 15: 43-44.
Vyas, R., V. PRAJAPATI & D. PARMAR (2012): The case of incomplete
albinism in Indian Red Sand Boa Eryx johnii johnii (Russell,
1801) (Reptilia, Serpents, Boidae). Russ. J. Herpetol. 19(4):
299-302.
Wuitaker, R. (1971): Notes on Indian Snakes - 1. J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 68(2): 461-463.
13. ON A COLLECTION OF FISH FROM MANJALY — AN ESTUARINE AREA OF
THE RIVER PERTYAR IN ERNAKULAM DISTRICT, KERALA, INDIA
M.H. Suyta!** AND K.S. JAMEELA BEEvi'”
'P.G. and Research Centre, Department of Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, Kochi 682 011, Kerala, India.
*KKTM Government College, Pullut (P.O.), Kodungallur, Thrissur 680 663, Kerala, India. Email: [email protected].
*Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82480
Introduction
Many studies have been conducted in the upper reaches
of the Periyar river, but those in the lower reaches are very
few. Earlier studies on the ichthyodiversity of the Periyar
river date back to Chacko (1948), who listed 35 species
from Periyar lake. Indra and Rema Devi (1990) collected
19 species from Thekkady Wildlife Reserve (Periyar Tiger
Reserve). Arun et al. (1996) reported the presence of
Oreochromis mossambica (Peters) for the first time, along
with five other species from Periyar Tiger Reserve (PTR).
Zacharias et al. (1996) collected 35 species from PTR, which
included all the fishes in the list of Chacko (1948), except
Mystus cavasius (Ham.), M. vittatus (Bloch), and Notopterus
notopterus (Pallas). Raju et al. (2000) collected 46 species
from Idukki-Neyyar Wildlife Sanctuaries. Jameela Beevi
and Ramachandran (2003) reported Danio fraseri (Hora
and Mukerji) from Periyar river. Recently, Radhakrishnan
and Kurup (2010) provided an updated checklist of the fish
fauna of PTR with 54 species, including 17 species additional
to earlier lists. Many new species have also been reported:
Menon and Rema Devi (1995) described Hypselobarbus
kurali from Periyar lake; Menon and Jacob (1996) described
Crossocheilus periyarensis and rediscovered Puntius
ophiocephalus (Raj) from Periyar river; Zacharias and
Minimol (1999) described Nemacheilus menoni, and Gopi
(2001) described Garra periyarensis from PTR. Kurup
and Radhakrishnan described Nemacheilus periyarensis
from Periyar lake in 2005, and Garra emarginata and
G. mlapparaensis from Periyar river in 2010. The present
study lists 33 species of fishes collected from the estuarine
area in the lower reaches of Periyar river at Manyaly.
It provides a comparison with fishes collected in earlier
studies from the freshwater areas of Periyar and adds
17 more species to the checklist of Radhakrishnan and Kurup
(2010), raising the number to 71.
Material and Methods
A survey was conducted on the fish diversity of the
estuarine area of River Periyar at Manjaly (10° 8’ 24” N;
76° 13’ 48” E) near North Paravur in Ernakulam district,
for a period of three months from August to October
2011. Weekly samples were collected with the help of
local fishermen using cast net. The samples were
preserved in 10% formaldehyde and deposited in
the Zoology Museum, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, with
accession numbers MCZMF 303-335. Morphometric and
meristic studies were done following Jayaram (1999, 2010).
Fishes were identified and classified following Day (1878),
Nelson (1984), Talwar and Jhingran (1991), and Jayaram
(1999, 2010).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
231
13.
14.
1;
16.
17.
232
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Table 1: List of fishes collected from an estuarine area of River Periyar and comparison with earlier studies
Fishes collected in the
present study
Order : Perciformes
Family : Ambassidae
Genus ___: Ambassis Cuvier
Ambassis ambassis (Lacepéde)* (MCZMF 303)
Genus _: Parambassis Bleeker
Parambassis thomassi (Day) (MCZMF 304)
Family : Apogonidae
Genus _: Apogon (Lacepéde)
Apogon hyalosoma (Bleeker)* (MCZMF 305)
Family : Terapontidae
Genus’: Jerapon Cuvier
Terapon jarbua (Forsskal)* (MCZMF 306)
Family : Lutjanidae
Genus — : Lutjanus Bloch
Lutjanus argentimaculatus (Forsskal)*
(MCZMF 307)
Family : Gerreidae
Genus ___: Gerres Cuvier
Gerres filamentosus (Cuvier)* (MCZMF 308)
Gerres poieti (Cuvier)* (MCZMF 309)
Family : Scatophagidae
Genus : Scatophagus Cuvier
Scatophagus argus (Linnaeus)* (MCZMF 310)
Family : Anabantidae
Genus: Anabas Cuvier
Anabas testudineus (Bloch) (MCZMF 311)
Family : Cichlidae
Genus : Etroplus Cuvier
Etroplus suratensis (Bloch) (MCZMF 312)
Etroplus maculatus (Bloch) (MCZMF 313)
Genus _: Oreochromis Gunther
Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters) (MCZMF 314)
Family : Gobidae
Genus __: Glossogobius Gill
Glossogobius giuris (Hamilton) (MCZMF 315)
Family : Channidae
Genus: Channa Scopoli
Channa marulius (Hamilton) (MCZMF 316)
Channa Striata (Bloch) (MCZMF 317)
Order : Siluriformes
Family : Siluridae
Genus : Ompok Lacepéde
Ompok malabaricus (Valen)* (MCZMF 318)
Genus’: Wallago Bleeker
Wallago attu (Bloch & Schneider) (MCZMF 319)
Chacko Indra &
(1948) Rema
Devi (1990)
= +
os a
+ +
Zacharias
et al. (1996)
Arun Raju Radha Krishnan
et al. et al. & Kurup (2010)
(1996) (2000)
+ +
4 +
a1 vs
+ +
J. Bombay Nat.
- +
- +
+ -
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
2 +
+ =
Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
18.
jpol
20.
21.
22.
23!
24.
20.
26.
at
28.
29.
30.
31).
32:
30.
Table 1: List of fishes collected from an estuarine area of River Periyar and comparison with earlier studies (contd. )
Fishes collected in the
present study
Family : Bagridae
Genus___: Horabagrus Jayaram
Horabagrus brachysoma (Gunther) (MCZMF 320)
Genus : Mystus Scopoli
Mystus oculatus (Valen.) (MCZMF 321)
Mystus gulio (Hamilton)* (MCZMF 322)
Family : Heteropneustidae
Genus —: Heterpneustes Muller
Heteropneustes fossilis (Bloch) (MCZMF 323)
Family _: Ariidae
Genus _~ : Arius Valen.
Arius arius (Hamilton)* (MCZMF 324)
Order : Cypriniformes
Family : Cyprinidae
Genus _: Hypselobarbus Bleeker
Hypselobarbus thomassi (Day)* (MCZMF 325)
Genus’: Labeo Cuvier
Labeo dussumieri (Valen.)* (MCZMF 326)
Genus’: Puntius (Hamilton)
Puntius mahecola (Valen.) (MCZMF 327)
Genus — : Dawkinsia (Pethiyagoda,
Meegaskumbura & Maduwage)
Dawkinsia filamentosa (Valen.) (MCZMF 328)
Genus: Amblypharyngodon Bleeker
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Chacko
(1948)
Amblypharyngodon melettinus Valen.*(MCZMF 329) -
Genus’: Rasbora Bleeker
Rasbora daniconius (Hamilton) (MCZMF 330)
Order : Beloniformes
Family : Belonidae
Genus: Xenentodon Regan
Xenentodon cancila (Hamilton) (MCZMF 331)
Family : Hemiramphidae
Genus — : Hyporhamphus Gill
Hyporhamphus limbatus (Valen.)* (MCZMF 332)
Order : Mugiliformes
Family : Mugilidae
Genus : Mugil/ Linnaeus
Mugil cephalus (Linnaeus)* (MCZMF 333)
Order : Clupeiformes
Family : Clupeidae
Genus’ : Dayella Talwar & Whitehead
Dayella malabarica (Day)* (MCZMF 334)
Order : Elopiformes
Family : Megalopidae
Genus’ : Megalops Lacepéde
Megalops cyprinoides (Broussonet)* (MCZMF 335) -
+ indicates presence of species; - indicates absence of species; * indicates species collected in the study and not recorded in the
compared lists
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Indra &
Rema
Devi (1990)
Zacharias
et al. (1996)
Arun
et al.
(1996)
Raju
et al.
(2000)
Radha Krishnan
& Kurup (2010)
233
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Results and Discussion
A total of 33 species of fishes belonging to 28 genera,
20 families, and 6 orders were collected. Order Perciformes
dominated the study with 10 families, 12 genera and
15 species, followed by Order Siluriformes with 4 families,
6 genera and 7 species. Order Cypriniformes was
represented by a single family, Cyprinidae with 6 genera and
6 species. Order Beloniformes was present with 2 families,
2 genera and 2 species. Orders Mugiliformes, Clupeiformes,
and Elopiformes were represented by one species each.
A comparative list of the collected fishes with their
systematic positions and accession numbers is given in
Table 1.
Of the collected fishes, the only exotic species —
Oreochromis mossambica (Peters) — was present in all
previous checklists except in Chacko (1948). It was reported
for the first time by Arun et al. in 1996 from Pertyar lake.
Apogon hyalosoma (Bleeker) collected during the study
was the first report of the species from Kerala (Shyla and
Jameela Beevi 2014). The only species of genus Puntius
collected during the study was identified as Puntius mahecola
Valenciennes (MCZMEF 327), based on the presence of a
caudal spot, a single pair of maxillary barbels, and lateral
line scales being 22(1)—23(2) (Pethiyagoda and Kottelat
2005). The Hypselobarbus sp. collected during the study
(lateral line scales 32, Ltr 5 1/2 / 1/2 1/2, predorsal scales
11) was identified as H. thomassi Day (MCZMEF 325) as
per Knight et al. (2013a, b). Other than the four species,
namely Heteropneustes fossilis (Bloch), Rasbora daniconius
(Hamilton), Glossogobius giuris (Hamilton), and Channa
striata (Bloch) mentioned in Chacko (1948), Wallago attu
(Schneider), a near threatened species (IUCN Red List
2012.2), was collected and recorded in the study. Sixteen
species collected in the present study were previously
reported from Periyar. Most of the species collected during
the study, like Ambassis ambassis (Lacepéde), Terapon
jarbua (Forsskal), Lutjanus argentimaculatus (Forsskal),
Scatophagus argus (Linnaeus), Amblypharyngodon melettinus
(Valenciennes), Ompok malabaricus (Valenciennes), Dayella
malabarica (Day), Megalops cyprinoides (Broussonet),
Mugil cephalus (Linnaeus), Mystus gulio (Hamilton),
Arius arius (Hamilton), Gerres filamentosus (Cuvier),
G. poieti (Cuvier), Hyporhamphus limbatus (Valenciennes),
Labeo dussumieri (Valenciennes), Hypselobarbus thomassi
(Day), are estuarine forms or species visiting lower reaches,
and hence not reported earlier. Many freshwater species
of Garra, Anguilla, Tor, Salmophasia, Barilius, Devario,
Danio, Macrognathus, Crossocheilus, Nemacheilus,
Bhavania, Travancoria, Schistura, Batasio, Lepidocephalus,
Glyptothorax, Clarias, Poecilia, Mastacembelus, and
Pristolepis were not collected from Manjaly as it is an
estuarine habitat. Most of the collected fishes, despite their
food value, have great demand in the ornamental fish market,
either in the young or adult stage (Beevi and Ramachandran
2009).
This study highlights the richness of estuarine
ichthyofauna of Periyar river with the report of 17 additional
species. If 33 species could be collected within three
months, a year-long collection may add more species to the
list.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are grateful to the Head of the Department
of Zoology, Maharaja’s College, Ernakulam, for providing
necessary facilities to carry out the research. One of the
authors, M.H. Shyla, extends her sincere gratitude to the
UGC for granting her a Teacher Fellowship.
REFERENCES
Arun, L.K., C.P. SHan & P.S. Easa (1996): Record of new fishes
from Periyar Tiger Reserve. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 93(1):
103-104.
Cuacko, P.I. (1948): Development of fisheries of the Pertyar Lake.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 48(1): 191-192.
Day, F. (1878): The Fishes of India; being a natural history of fishes
known to inhabit the seas & freshwaters of India, Burma and
Ceylon. William Dawson & Sons, London. Text & Atlas in
2 parts. xx + 778, 196 pls.
Gop!, K.C. (2001): Garra periyarensis — a new Cyprinid fish from
Periyar Tiger Reserve, Kerala, India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
98(1): 82-83.
InpRA, T.J. & K. Rema Devi (1990): On a small collection of fish from
Thekkady Wildlife Sanctuary, Western Ghats. Rec. Zool. Surv.
India 87(3): 249-257.
IUCN (2012): IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2.
www.iucnredlist.org.
JAMEELA BEEVI, K.S. & A. RAMACHANDRAN (2003): Danio fraseri Hora
234
and Mukerji (Pisces: Cyprinidae): A new report to Kerala and
Southern Western Ghats. Zoo s Print Journal 18(6): 1111-1112.
JAMEELA BEEVI, K.S. & A. RAMACHANDRAN (2009): Checklist of
freshwater fishes collected from Ernakulam District, Kerala, India.
Journal of Threatened Taxa 1(9): 493-494.
JAYARAM, K.C. (1999): The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region.
Narendra Publishing House, Delhi. 551 pp.
JAYARAM, K.C. (2010): The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region. 2nd
edn. Narendra Publishing House, Delhi. 616 pp.
KnicuT, J.D.M., A. Rar & R.K.P. D’souza (2013a): Re-description
of Hypselobarbus lithopidos (Teleostei: Cyprinidae), based on
its re-discovery from the Western Ghats, India, with notes on
H. thomassi. Journal of Threatened Taxa 5(13): 4734-4742.
KniGcutT, J.D.M., A. RAt & R.K.P. D’souza (2013b): On the identities
of Barbus mussallah Sykes and Cyprinus curmuca Hamilton
with notes on the status of Gobio canarensis Jerdon (Teleostei:
Cyprinidae). Zootaxa 3750(3): 201-215.
Kurup, B.M. & K.V. RADHAKRISHNAN (2005): Fishes of the genus
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Nemacheilus (Bleeker, 1863) in Kerala with description of a new
species, Nemacheilus periyarensis. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
102(1): 75-78.
Kurup, B.M. & K.V. RADHAKRISHNAN (2010): Two new Cyprinid fishes
under the Genus Garra (Hamilton) from Kerala, Southern India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 107(3): 220-223.
Menon, A.G.K. & K. Rema Devi (1995): Hypselobarbus kurali (Pisces:
Cyprinidae) — a new large barb from the south western rivers of
peninsular India. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 92(3): 389-393.
Menon, A.G.K. & P.C. Jacos (1996): Crossocheilus periyarensis, a
new cyprinid fish from Thannikudy (Thekkady), Kerala, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 93(1): 62-64.
NELson, J.S. (1984): Fishes of the World. John Wiley and Sons,
New York. 523 pp.
PETHIYAGODA, R. & M. Korrterat (2005): The identity of the South
Indian Barb Puntius mahecola (Valenciennes, 1844) (Teleostei:
Cyprinidae). Jn: Yeo, D.C.J., P.K.L. Ng & R. Pethiyagoda (Eds):
Contributions to biodiversity exploration and research in Sri Lanka.
The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology Supplement No. 12: 145-152.
RADHAKRISHNAN, K.V. & B.M. Kurup (2010): Ichthyodiversity of Periyar
Tiger Reserve, Kerala, India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 2(10):
1192-1198.
Raju THOMAS, K., C.R. Buu & C.R. AsiTHKUMAR (2000): Fish fauna of
Idukki and Neyyar Wildlife Sanctuaries, southern Kerala, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 97(3): 443-445.
SHYLA, M.H. & K.S. JAMEELA BEEvI (2014): Apogon hyalosoma Bleeker
(Pisces: Percoidei: Apogonidae) — a new report to Kerala, India.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 111 (1): 52-54.
TALWAR, P.K. & A.G. JHINGRAN (1991): Inland fishes of India and adjacent
countries. Vols 1 & 2. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi.1158 pp.
ZACHARIAS, V.J., A.K. BHARADWAJ & P.C. Jacos (1996): Fish fauna of
Periyar Tiger Reserve. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 93(1): 39-43.
ZACHARIAS, V.J. & K.C. Minimot (1999): Nemacheilus menoni — a new
species of fish from Mlappara, Periyar Tiger Reserve, Kerala.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 96(2): 28.
14. SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN A BENTHIC FISH
OXYURICHTHYS TENTACULARIS (VALENCIENNES, 1837), GOBIIDAE,
INHABITING ASHTAMUDI ESTUARY, KERALA, INDIA
REemMYA Mouan!* AND SHERLY WILLIAMS, E.!?
‘Environmental Science, Aquaculture and Fish Biotechnology Laboratory, Department of Zoology, Fatima Mata National College
(autonomous), Kollam 691 001, Kerala, India.
“Email: [email protected]
>Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82485
Introduction
Members of the Gobiidae family are small benthic
fishes inhabiting a wide range of habitats in temperate and
Fig. 1: Oxyurichthys tentacularis male (lower) and female (upper)
tropical regions (Nelson 1994). Oxyurichthys tentacularis
(local name Koozhali) is one of the important Gobiid food fish
of Ashtamudi estuary. Though its abundance and distribution
Fig. 2: Urogenital papilla of male (upper) and female
(lower) Oxyurichthys tentacularis
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
235
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
is noted in other estuaries and backwaters of India, Ashtamudi
estuary is the only estuary in India where a gobiid is fished
commercially (Kurup and Thomas 2001). Sexual dimorphism
study is the preliminary step to distinguish sexes of a species.
Such studies have been carried out only on a few fish species
in India. Given the lack of biological or ecological data on
Oxyurichthys tentacularis, the objective of this work was to
document its sexual dimorphism.
A total of 725 specimens were analyzed for the study.
The specimens were collected from Ashtamudi estuary
(8° 52'—9° 2' N; 76° 32’-76° 41’ E), in Kollam, for a period
of one year from August 2013 to September 2014. Specimens
of Oxyurichthys tentacularis were collected using modified
gill nets, locally known as koozhalivala. Freshly collected
specimens were brought to the laboratory and studied. The
colour pattern in the sexes was noted in the fresh catch.
Total length and weight were measured. Sex was determined
by observing the appearance of the gonads through the
naked eye.
Macroscopic features of the male and female fish
were noted to document sexual dimorphism. The sexes of
O. tentacularis can be distinguished by differences in the
urogenital papilla, which is in the ventral region between the
anal orifice and the anal fin origin. The urogenital papilla is
short, blunt, and pinkish in females, while in males it is thin,
pointed, pale, and smooth (Figs | and 2). In both sexes, the
urogenital papillae are covered only by epithelium and not
by scales. In most cases, male fishes are larger, head rather
long, compressed, a darker olive green body, and longer fin
rays than female fishes of similar length.
Minos et al. (1995), while studying Red Porgy Pargus
pargus stated that the dimorphic characters may reflect the
adaptation of males and females to different social or/and
reproductive roles rather than different niche utilization.
This is the first report of sexual dimorphism in Oxyurichthys
tentacularis.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We extend our gratitude to Rajiv Gandhi National
Fellowship for research fellowship to carry out the work.
We thank Sr. Dr. Soosamma Kavumpurath (Principal) and
Rev. Fr. Anil Jose (Manager), Fatima Mata National College,
Kollam, Kerala, for facilities.
REFERENCES
Kurup, B.M. & K.V. THomas (2001): Fishery resources of the Ashtamudi
estuary. Technical Report No. 14. ASR Ltd., Marine and Freshwater
Consultants, Hamilton, New Zealand and Centre for Earth Sciences
Studies, Thiruvananthapuram, India.
Minos, G., G. KATsELis, P. Kaspiris & I. ONpRIAS (1995): Comparison of
the change in morphological pattern during the growth in length
of the grey mullets Liza ramada and Liza saliens from western
Greece. Fish. Res. 23: 143-155.
NELSsoNn, J.S. (1994): Fishes of the World. 3rd edn. John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York, USA. 600 pp.
15. ANOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BINDAHARA PHOCIDES (FABRICIUS)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) AS A FRUIT BORER OF
SALACIA FRUTICOSA HEYNE EX LAWSON AT PEECHI, KERALA, INDIA
Revatuy, V.S.!*:*, GeEoRGE MaTHEw!*, N. SASIDHARAN?” AND K. MUHAMMAD ANAZ”°
'Forest Health Division, Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi 680 653, Kerala, India.
*Non Timber Forest Production Department, Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi 680 653, Kerala, India.
-Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82493
Introduction
Bindahara phocides (Fabricius) is a rare butterfly, listed
under Schedule II of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act
(1972). Mostly found in evergreen forests, it is a swift flier
and typically active in the late afternoon or early evening.
It spends much of its time in shady and thickly vegetated
areas among the canopy. It is able to fly quickly and the flight
236
is reminiscent of tailed Lycaenids like Common Imperial
Cheritra freja Fabricius. According to D’Abrera (1986), it
occurs in two forms, namely phocides and moorei. Bindahara
phocides moorei is reported from southern India and
Sri Lanka and B. phocides phocides from Sikkim eastwards
(Kehimkar 2008).
Salacia is a genus of the plant family Hippocrateaceae,
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
consisting of about 200 species distributed in tropical
America, Africa, and Asia. In India, it is represented by
21 species, of which 15 are known from Peninsular India.
Of the 9 species of Salacia known from Kerala (Udayan
et al. 2012), S. macrosperma and S. reticulata are listed
as larval food plants of Bindahara phocides (Kunte 2000).
Ilse and Nafus (1997) reported Salacia prinoides (= Salacia
chinensis), a climbing shrub, as a host of Bindahara phocides
in Asia.
Salacia fruticosa is a medicinal shrub, occurring in
southern India. Its root is used in traditional Indian medicine
for treating diseases, particularly diabetes (Premila 2009).
The species is locally called Ekanayakam or Ponkarandi in
Kerala. Fruits of S. fruticosa are 2—3 cm across, globose and
bright orange or orange-red in colour, containing 1 seeds.
The seeds are covered with fleshy sweet aril. Ripe fruits are
available during February to July. Recently, caterpillars of
Bindahara phocides were found to bore into the fruit of Salacia
fruticosa at Peechi, Kerala, and information on the biology and
pest status of the insect is presented in this note.
Methodology
Premature falling of fruits of S. fruticosa was noticed
in the Medicinal Plants Garden of Kerala Forest Research
Institute, Peechi, Kerala, during May 2013. Ten infested fruits
were collected from the field and on examination were found
to be eaten up by an unidentified caterpillar. The infested
fruits were placed in small glass jars of 16 x 10 cm, covered
with a clean, dry cloth securely fastened with a rubber band.
The jars were kept moist by placing a small piece of wet
cotton within. All frass and excreta were removed daily. Ten
larvae were reared in the laboratory and all of them completed
their life cycle successfully.
Results and Discussion
Infestation was evident from the small pin-hole like
mark present on the pericarp. The larva inside the fruit grew
by feeding on the fleshy aril and seed. As the larva grew,
the contents of the fruit including the seed were completely
eaten up and the frass and excreta were ejected through the
hole on the pericarp. During the initial stage of infestation,
the width of the hole is around 0.5—1 mm and gradually as
the larva grew inside, the hole increased in size. When the
larva attained full maturity, the opening measured 6-10 mm
in width.
The fully-grown larva is black with the head and tip of
abdomen yellow, measures 15—20 mm in length with the head
region having a width of about 0.04 mm. It is dorso-ventrally
compressed and possesses lateral bulgings. The first as well
as parts of the second and third thoracic segments and some
dorsal sclerites of the abdomen have a brownish tinge. It has a
broad white band in the middle and the head capsule is more
flattened and differentiated from the body. The larva, which
is sluggish in habit, is slimy. Prior to the pupation, the larva
becomes inactive and pupation occurs within the fruit. The
total duration of larval period lasts for 15—18 days.
The pupa, which measures 10—15 mm in length, is
smooth, tubular and brown in colour. Prior to eclosion, the
pupa turns dark brown in colour. The pupal stage lasts for 7—
12 days, after which the adult hatches out. The total life cycle
is completed in about 30 days.
Conclusion
Salacia fruticosa is used for the treatment of diabetes,
rheumatism, gonorrhea, and skin diseases. The natural
propagation of S. fruticosa is through seeds. Even though
a mature plant produces several seeds per season, this plant
is rather rare and this could be due to fruit damage caused
“by Bindahara phocides. As it supports one of the rarest and
protected butterfly species, and considering the demand for
this medicinal plant, systematic cultivation of S. fruticosa
may be undertaken.
REFERENCES
D’Aprera, B. (1986): Butterflies of the Oriental Region part III.
Lycaenidae and Riodinidae. Hill House Publishers, Australia.
672 pp.
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA (1972): The Wildlife (Protection) Act,
(Amendment, 1982). Controller of Publication, Govt of India,
New Delhi.
Itsz, S. & D.M. Narus (1997): Butterflies of Micronesia. Agricultural
Experiment Station, College of Agriculture and Life Science,
University of Guam, Mangilao. 40 pp.
KEHIMKAR, I. (2008): The Book of Indian Butterflies. Bombay Natural
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
History Society, Bombay. 497 pp.
KuntTeE, K. (2000): Butterflies of Peninsular India. Universities Press
(Hyderabad) and Indian Academy of Sciences (Bangalore).
XV1lI+254 pp.
PREMILA, M.S. (2009): Ayurvedic Herbs — a Clinical Guide to the Healing
Plants of Traditional Indian Medicine. The Haworth Press Inc.
New York. 404 pp.
Upbayan, P.S., R. YOHANNAN, M.S. DevipriyA, V. DEVIPRIYA &
A.K. PRADEEP (2012): Anew species of Salacia (Hippocrateaceae)
from south India. Edinburgh Jour. Botany 69(2): 255-258.
237
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
16. PAPILIO XUTHUS LINNAEUS (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
— A NEW RECORD FOR INDIA
NosANG MurRINGLA LimsBoo!
'Darap West Sikkim 737 113, Sikkim, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82498
Introduction
Papilio xuthus Linnaeus is a common Asian butterfly,
known to occur from Japan (Yokoyama 1955) through China
to northern Vietnam (Yutaka 2015) and northern Myanmar
(Evans 1932). It is common throughout the range except in
northern Myanmar, where Evans (1932) noted it to be very
rare.
Although Papilio xuthus is similar to P. machaon
Linnaeus, Remington (1959) noted that P. xuthus in its early
stages, is a Rutaceae feeder and much closer to P. demoleus
Linnaeus, P. polytes Cramer, and P. liomedon Moore, rather
than the Umbelliferae-feeding P. machaon group.
Although several subspecies and forms have been
proposed, Yutaka (2015) lists these as synonyms, including
Papilio xanthus neoxuthus Fruhstorfer recorded from
Ta-Tsien-Lu village, not very distant from the present
record. Therefore, it is proposed to follow the treatment of
Yutaka (2015) and regard the taxon P. xuthus as having no
discernible, consistent geographical variation.
It is known to migrate up to 200 km (NatureServe
2013). It has been reported to be on the wing from May to
September (http://lepidoptera.pro/taxonomy/15093).
Material and Methods
On March 13, 2014, Papilio xuthus was photographed
in Walong town (28° 8’ N; 97° 1’ E), Anjaw district, in the
extreme east of Arunachal Pradesh. A group of around 10
individuals were observed feeding on flowers of a rosaceous
tree, perhaps a wild cherry for 10 minutes. During this
encounter, both the upperside and underside were clearly
photographed, to confirm the identity of the butterfly.
Papilio xuthus differs from P. machaon and other Asian
members of the machaon-group, by the forewing cell having
dark streaks on a yellow ground, rather than yellow sprinkled
with some dark scales.
No other butterflies were observed on the wing during
that period. The presence of so many individuals together
on the same tree suggests that they might be members of the
same brood. They might also breed in the area.
Remarks
The present report extends the known distribution of
this butterfly to India. It was recorded in June in Vietnam
(Yutaka 2015). The current record confirms that it is on the
wing even earlier, in March. Since Papilio xuthus is known to
migrate, one cannot be certain if the individuals photographed
in Walong were members of a breeding population or part of
a dispersal from its known habitat further east. The presence
of so many individuals feeding on the same tree also suggests
that they might have gathered on the only nectar resource
available at that time of year. We did not see any other
flowering trees during our visit to the area.
It needs to be confirmed whether this butterfly actually
breeds in the area, and if so, its seasonality in India. The
report by Evans (1932) that it is “Very Rare” was in all
likelihood a reflection of its status in collections at that time
rather than an assessment of its actual status in nature. Since
it is common over most of its known distribution, there is
no need to consider it ‘threatened’ or ‘endangered’ since the
main reason for its recent discovery is that no one had really
looked for butterflies in that area earlier.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank Chewang R. Bonpo and Jainy Maria for
permitting me to accompany them to Walong. Peter
Smetacek, Butterfly Research Centre, identified the butterfly
and he and Isaac Kehimkar, Bombay Natural History Society,
helped with the technical part. I am grateful to my friends
Silash Tamang, Sonam Palzor Bhutia and Phurba Tsh. Bhutia
for their valuable support and Sonam P. Sherpa for always
encouraging me in this field.
REFERENCES
Evans, W.H. (1932): The Identification of Indian Butterflies.
2nd edn. Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay. x + 454 pp.
32 pl.
NATURESERVE (2013): “NatureServe Explorer: An online encyclopedia of
life [web application]: Papilio xuthus - Linnaeus, 1767’. Virginia:
NatureServe. Retrieved on January 17, 2015.
REMINGTON, C.L. (1959): Wide experimental crosses between Papilio
xuthus and other species. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society
13(3): 151-164.
YoxoyAMA, M. (1955): Coloured Illustrations of the Butterflies of Japan.
238
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Hoikusha, Osaka. 136 pp. 63 pl.
YuTAKA, I. (2015): A Checklist of Butterflies in Indo-China. Chiefly from
Thailand, Laos and Vietnam. http://yutaka.it-n.jp/pap/10270001.
html. Accessed on January 17, 2015.
17. GEOGRAPHICAL CONVERGENCE PATTERNS IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF
DROSOPHILA SPECIES IN NAGALAND, A SUB-HIMALAYAN HILLY STATE OF
NORTH-EAST INDIA
Bovito AcHUMI’?, SHRIDHAR N. HEGDE?”, PARDESHI LAL!*, ZEVELOU!” AND SARAT CHANDRA YENISETTI!°*
‘Drosophila Laboratory, Department of Zoology, Nagaland University (Central), Lumami 798 627, Nagaland, India.
*Department of Studies in Zoology, Manasagangotri, University of Mysore, Mysore 570 006, Karnataka, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Email: [email protected]
‘Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
°Email: [email protected]
*Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82502
Introduction
The fruit fly Drosophila is one of the most intensively
studied organisms in biology that serves as a model system
for investigations of many developmental and cellular
processes, disease, adaptation, diversity, and evolution, whose
underlying fundamental principles are comparable to higher
eukaryotes, including man (Devineni and Ulrike 2013).
Significant progress has been made in the field of
taxonomy and systematics of the family Drosophilidae
(Order: Diptera) in India. However, a vast area of great
ecological interest is poorly explored. Particularly, very little
is known regarding Drosophila fauna of the north-eastern
region of the Indian subcontinent. This region, with its
diverse climatic conditions, variable altitudes, deep valleys,
luxuriant flora, streams and moist habitats, is one of the
richest repositories of biodiversity in the world (Chatterjee
et al. 2006). It provides an ideal location for colonization
of several Drosophila species (Achumi et al. 2011, 2013;
Dwivedi 1979; Dwivedi et al. 1979; Gupta and Singh 1979;
Singh 1987; Singh and Gupta 1977; Yenisetti et al. 2002).
Some Drosophila species have been reported from the
Northeast. Dwivedi (1979) reported two new species of genus
Drosophila (Drosophila guptai and D. ramamensis) from
Darjeeling, West Bengal. Gupta and Singh (1979) reported
7 species including 2 new species Drosophila novaspinofera
and D. penispina from Shillong, Meghalaya. Gupta and
Singh (1981b) reported two new species D. paralongifera
and D. neomakinoi from Rimbick, West Bengal. Kumar
and Gupta (1983) reported 18 species from Meghalaya
and Arunachal Pradesh. Singh (1987) reported 11 species
of Drosophila from Dimapur, Medziphema, and Kohima
of Nagaland. Yenisetti et al. (2002) reported 8 species of
Drosophila from Mokokchung, Nagaland. Achumi et al.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
(2011) reported one new species Drosophila hegdii from
Lumami, Nagaland. Achumi ef a/. (2013) also reported
19 species from Mount Japfu of Nagaland.
No systematic comprehensive study has been done
on the Drosophila diversity of Nagaland. Singh (1987)
conducted a pioneering preliminary survey on Drosophilids
of Dimapur, Medziphema, and Kohima of Nagaland. Yenisetti
et al. (2002) published a preliminary report on Drosophilids
of Mokokchung. Achumi ef al. (2011) recently described
Drosophila hegdii from Lumami in Zunheboto district.
As most parts of Nagaland are unexplored areas, in order
to understand distribution patterns of Drosophila species,
collections were made from wild localities of all 11 districts
of Nagaland.
Material and methods
Collections were made from wild localities of
11 district headquarters of Nagaland state post-monsoon in
2012 (post-monsoon period October to December is ideal for
proliferative growth of Drosophilids in the wild, due to the
availability of food and rotting substrates).
Drosophila collections were made following two
methods (Fig. 1):
1) Bottle trapping method: For this method, milk
bottles of 200 ml capacity containing a mashed ripe banana
sprayed with yeast were tied to twigs underneath small bushes
at 0.9 m to 1.5 m above the ground. Ten traps were kept in
an area of 1 km radius. After 2 days, the mouth of the bottle
was plugged with cotton and removed from the bushes. The
flies attracted to the bait were thus trapped and collected
in the bottles soon after sunrise or just before sunset. The
collected Drosophila were later transferred to fresh bottles
containing wheat cream agar medium, prepared as follows:
239
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
(d)
Fig. 1: Drosophila collection from wild localities: (a) Drosophila collection net (b) Spreading of bait for net sweeping method
(c) Arrangement for bottle trapping method (d) Ice cream cup covered over the bottle during rainy season (e) Culturing Drosophila
collected from the wild in bottles containing soji, jaggery and agar medium in the laboratory
100 gm sugar (jaggery) was added to 500 ml water, boiling
it with gentle stirring till the jaggery dissolved. Then, 500
ml water, 100 gm semolina (soji), and 8 gm agar-agar were
added to the boiling sugar-water mixture. When the medium
turned sticky, 7.5 ml propionic acid (antifungal agent) was
added while continuously stirring the medium, which became
a thick fluid. The medium was then distributed to sterilized
glass bottles (200 ml milk bottles) or vials of 1” x 3” size.
The mouth of the bottles/vials was kept closed with cotton.
Next day, moisture was removed from the bottles/vials and
two drops of yeast solution were added to the medium. This
medium was used after 24 hours.
2) Net sweeping method: For this method, a handmade
Drosophila net containing a fine cloth cone tied to the rim of the
net was used. Sweeping was done on fermenting fruit (crushed
bananas were spread in shady areas of bushes in the wild, and
flies were collected after 2 days) that were spread out in four
shady regions in an area of 1 km radius. After each sweep (three
240
(2)
sweeps were performed), flies were collected at the bottom of
the cone of the net and were transferred to the bottles containing
freshly prepared wheat cream agar medium.
The flies were then brought to the laboratory, isolated,
and the sex identified. The males were directly used for
identification of species on the basis of morphological
characters such as presence or absence of the sex comb; if
present, the number of sex comb rows and teeth in each row
were recorded and the characteristics of the genital plate
were studied. Individual females were kept in separate food
vials and allowed to produce isofemale lines. The males of
the Fl progeny of these gravid females were used for species
identification.
Genital plate of male Drosophila was dissected
by keeping the fly on a glass slide under a dissecting
microscope with one or two drops of 0.7% NaCl (invertebrate
physiological saline). The tip of the abdomen was immersed
in a solution of 4% KOH for 15—20 minutes to clear the
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
soft tissue. The genital plate was mounted in glycerol on a
cavity slide. The slides were observed under low (10x) and
high (40x) magnification with a microscope. Similarly, the
sex comb, which is present on the foreleg of the male fly,
was dissected out by keeping the fly on a glass slide with
one or two drops of 0.7% NaCl. The sex comb was mounted
in glycerol on a clean glass slide. After placing the cover
glass, slides were observed under low (10x) and high (40x)
magnification under a microscope.
The collected Drosophila flies were taxonomically
identified by employing the parameters suggested by Bock
(1971), Patterson and Stone (1952), Sturtevant (1921), and
Throckmorton (1962). The most important specific characters
are the morphological features, like colour and size of
imago, number and nature of aristal branches, nature and
arrangement of genital arch, nature and number of acrostichal
hairs, wing length and indices, the internal characters of the
adults, shape and number of egg filaments, pupal characters,
pupal spiracles, and behaviour.
Diagnostic features of the species collected:
1. Abdomen of male entirely pale brown; sex comb on first
tarsomere in two rows (six basal, eight distal teeth) single setae
present on second tarsomere....... D. bipectinata (Duda, 1923).
2. Yellowish overall, with longitudinally striped pleurae; preapical
setae absent-on‘second.anddhirdaibiegnhitn. i.) ).scemontecnlade
bic, cine | Ob dee ay ee area as ere bret D. buskii (Coquillet, 1901).
2.9 Sex combiwithionly two stremgsctee <a teerek.f dae ete,
Meare Re is. We rye cere mde D. eugracilis (Bock and Wheeler, 1972).
4. Secondary clasper partially connected, three large setae present
on secondary clasper, and these setae are larger dorsally
whe ones See bi Lxxere Since, cael SD cil ald D. hegdii (Achumi et al. 2011).
5. Secondary clasper nearly oval in shape; larger medial seta on
secondary-clasper inserted dorsal lyst... cis.1.d seen tarel Las bee.
LT eee ae. See D. jambulina (Parshad and Paika, 1964).
6. Abdominal tergites yellow to rufous, with dark posterior bands
in both sexes). sparerows:of large setae a). io.. donecke en
Petpet, iA ears be tes de catacs.. taf essence D. kikkawai (Burla, 1954).
7. Tips of longitudinal veins black, male foreleg Ist tarsomere
witita dénse cluster of tme-hai i052. cee st bata Ee
AP Red et ds Be DON ty ee os D. immigrans (Sturtevent, 1921).
8. Sex comb with single row on basitarsus (three teeth) and two
rows on second tarsomere (one basal and two distal teeth)......
Re SOT. er ae D. malerkotliana (Prashad and Paika, 1964).
9. Sex comb present on the fore tarsus of male, primary clasper
onli resentznl.. andosws. D. melanogaster (Meigen, 1830).
10. Abdominal pattern reduced in both sexes. Male frons strongly
whitish, pruinose when viewed from certain angles. First
basitarsus of male normal................. D. nasuta (Lamb, 1914).
11. Two prominent setae present on anal plate; secondary clasper
oval with simeledanve blackisetais: snc na..dd..ccsmerrvschieeethe
Ps ope SE, Sele thot D. parvula (Bock and Wheeler, 1971).
12. Inner margin of femur with a row of stout, peg-like setae, this
LOM IG NOC! GEV ClOPed cn. .J eure craled soc. d hdecdee,phlvewtyes QE
eet... 8 D. paraimmigrans (Gai and Krishnamurthy, 1986).
13. Metatarsus of fore leg in male with sex comb in two rows,
proximal row with 6 to 7 teeth and distal row with 3 teeth.
Genital arch carries 25 to 30 bristles. Primary clasper
independent of genital arch, roughly triangular, bent interiorly
and accommodates a primary row of 6 to 7 teeth; secondary
row with 3 to 4 teeth present at posterior outer angle of primary
GHSPelts 035 D. rajasekari (Reddy and Krishanamurthy, 1968).
14. Apical band on tergites not widened to form a triangle in
the lateral area; scutum grey, with many dark brown spots
ereiaetbten 12.4 cownlen ol faren: <8, D. repleta (Wollaston, 1858).
15. Primary surstylus with a ventrolateral comb of long, rounded,
black:setae, only a-few teeth dorsolaterally...........c2c.cs2}) cccseoeul
water eR. dt J. ot semutgecd prea ones ie. D. takahashii (Sturtevent, 1927).
16. Three subequal katepisternal setae present; prescutellar
acrostichal setulae present ............... D. nigra (Meiere, 1908).
Results
The list of Drosophila species collected in 11 districts
of Nagaland and their taxonomic position is shown in
Table 1. Total of 16 species were collected, belonging
to four subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila,
Dorsilopha, and Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from
11 districts yielded a total of 2,326 individuals. Out of these,
1,463 individuals (62.89%) belonged to 10 species of
subgenus Sophophora; 569 individuals (24.46%) belonged
to 4 species of subgenus Drosophila; 121 individuals (5.20%)
belonged to 1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha; the remaining
173 individuals (7.43%) belonged to | species of subgenus
Scaptodrosophila.
Drosophila fauna at Dimapur
Analysis of Drosophila collection of 279 flies from this
locality revealed the occurrence of 14 species representing
four subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila, Dorsilopha,
and Scaptodrosophila, of the genus Drosophila. Out of
these, 187 individuals (67.02%) belonged to 8 species of
subgenus Sophophora, namely D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis,
D. jambulina, D. kikkawai, D. malerkotliana, D. parvula,
D. melanogaster, and D. takahashii. 59 individuals
(21.14%) belonged to 4 species of the subgenus Drosophila
(D. immigrans, D. nasuta, D. repleta, and D. paraimmigrans).
22 individuals (7.88%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus
Dorsilopha (D. buskii). The remaining 11 individuals
(3.94% )belonged to | species of subgenus Scaptodrosophila
(D. nigra).
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
241
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
92EC 961 6Z1 Z81 esl ECC Lec Z81 cLl Cue O91 6Lé JE}O} PUEIS)
EL VI ec CC a 0c eS OL . 9 CC A! LL JE}OL
eLl VL A GC - 0c cc OL 91 CC cl LL e/BIU “Gq "|
ejilydosoipojdeos snueigqns
LoL eb 7 GC 144 LL 61 =a Z € CC [B}0]
LoL 73 Cl = CG 144 LL 61 7 Zz c Os Ibgsng "qd "|
eydojisiog snuebgns
69S 9S GC vv 67 GL LS ec 9S G6 Ie 6S [E}OL
68 Sl a 9 fe el Ol mn LL vl 8 Cl ejajdas “q “y
cl = LL VC oC 8e LL is LI Lo - Z suesbjwiwlesed *q “€
ZA! CC = es 8 vc GIL 6 or CG Ol Cl EYNSEU “ *~
902 61 VL VI SL a Gl vl 8c 8e 81 8c sueJBIWUI “Gq *|
ejlydosoig snueBqns
E9rl 971 SLL A CLL vOL Ava’ Gel 001 602 601 18 |E}O)
40) v0 = ~ a = = = = “ = = LIpbay °q, OL
661 v2 €Z LZ 6 = vl 81 = eV 61 8Z Nyseyeye} q 6
€Z = ‘ € = =~ = = Li € rm 5 Leyaselel ‘q'g
ZOL rAS p = 02 = Ol LL 90 60 GI Zl JajseBouejew ‘gq *)
OSL Al Ol = SI 672 6Z = GZ rap GI envied ‘q “9
€€Z = €€ 92 62 QI LI A O€ SI CC CUBIJOYIB/EU * °G
GLI 1Z = €Z Le O€ > Lt 61 82 lEMeY4Y “GQ “7
racy 61 LZ l ZL Ol GZ 1Z 3 SI - €Z euyjnquiel ‘q *¢
G6l ef LL Nr 0z 8I 61 Ge vz = ve syjoesbna “q °Z
022 8Z LL oe 61 Tks fe vl 3 Ov 92 GZ eyeuyoediq ‘q'|
esoydoydos :snuebqns
ejilydosoiq :snues
je}O] oJOqeyuuNZ eyyo\\ BHuesueny youd Udlad uo] HBunyoyoyoyy 6Husj6u07 ewiyuoy aud undewiq soioeds
BIpu| ‘a}e]s puejeben Jo sjoujsip || ul saloads ejlydososq jo usayed UONNGISIP pue BOUSIINDIO :} BIqQeL
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
242
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Drosophila fauna of Kiphire
Total of 11 species were collected comprising of
four subgenera viz. Sophophora, Drosophila, Dorsilopha,
and Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from
Kiphire district has yielded a total of 160 individuals.
Out of these 109 individuals (68.12%) belonged to
6 species of subgenus Sophophora (D. bipectinata,
D. kikkawai, D. malerkotliana, D. parvula, D. melanogaster,
and D. takahashii). 36 individuals (22.5%) belonged to
3 species of the subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans,
D. nasuta, and D. repleta). 3 individuals (1.87%) belonged to
1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha (D. buskii). The remaining
12 individuals (7.5%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus
Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna at Kohima
Samples analyzed revealed a total of 15 species
representing four subgenera, namely Sophophora,
Drosophila, Dorsilopha, and Scaptodrosophila. Pooled
data collected from Kohima yielded a total of
333 individuals. Out of these, 209 individuals (62.76%)
belonged to 9 species of subgenus Sophophora
(D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis, D. jambulina, D. kikkawai,
D. malerkotliana, D. parvula, D. melanogaster, D. rajasekari,
and D. takahashii). 95 individuals (28.52%) belonged
to 4 species of the subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans,
D. nasuta, D. paraimmigrans, and D. repleta). 7 individuals
(2.10%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha
(D. buskii).The remaining 22 individuals (6.60%) belonged
to 1 species of subgenus Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Longleng
A total of 8 species were collected, belonging to
three subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila, and
Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from Longleng
district yielded a total of 172 individuals. Out of these,
100 individuals (58.13%) belonged to 4 species of
subgenus Sophophora (D. eugracilis, D. malerkotliana,
D. melanogaster, and D. rajasekari). 56 individuals
(32.55%) belonged to 3 species of the subgenus Drosophila
(D. immigrans, D. paraimmigrans, and D. repleta).
16 individuals (9.30%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus
Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Mokokchung
Total of 11 species were collected belonging to four
subgenera namely, Sophophora, Drosophila, Dorsilopha, and
Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from Mokokchung
district has yielded a total of 187 individuals. Out of
these, 135 individuals (72.19%) belonged to 7 species of
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
subgenus Sophophora (D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis, D.
jambulina, D. malerkotliana, D. parvula, D. melanogaster,
and D. takahashii). 23 individuals (12.29%) belonged to
2 species of the subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans and
D. nasuta). 19 individuals belonged to 1 species of subgenus
Dorsilopha (D. buskii). 10 individuals (5.34%) belonged to
1 species of subgenus Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna at Mon
A survey of Drosophila fauna here yielded a total
of 227 flies comprising 13 species representing four
subgenera namely, Sophophora, Drosophila, Dorsilopha,
and Scaptodrosophila. Out of these, 142 individuals
(62.55%) belonged to 7 species of subgenus Sophophora
(D. eugracilis, D. jambulina, D. kikkawai, D. malerkotliana,
D. parvula, D. melanogaster, and D. takahashii).
51 individuals (22.46%) belonged to 4 species of the subgenus
Drosophila (D. immigrans, D. nasuta, D. paraimmigrans,
and D. repleta). 11 individuals (4.84%) belonged to
1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha (D. buskii). The remaining
23 individuals (10.13%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus
Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Peren
Analysis of the sample revealed the presence of
10 species comprising four subgenera, namely Sophophora,
Drosophila, Dorsilopha, and Scaptodrosophila. Pooled
data collected from Peren district yielded a total
of 223 individuals. Out of these, 104 individuals
(46.63%) belonged to 5 species of subgenus Sophophora
(D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis, D. jambulina, D. malerkotliana,
and D. parvula). 75 individuals (33.63%) belonged to
3 species of the subgenus Drosophila (D. nasuta,
D. paraimmigrans, and D. repleta). 24 individuals (10.76%)
belonged to 1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha (D. buskii).
The remaining 20 individuals (8.96%) belonged to 1 species
of subgenus Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Phek
A total of 10 species were collected, comprising
three subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila,
and Dorsilopha. Pooled data collected from Phek
yielded a total of 183 individuals. Out of these,
112 individuals (61.20%) belonged to 6 species of subgenus
Sophophora (D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis, D. jambulina,
D. kikkawai, D. melanogaster, and D. takahashii).
49 individuals (26.77%) belonged to 3 species of the
subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans, D. nasuta, and
D. paraimmigrans). 22 individuals (12.02%) belonged to
1 species of subgenus Dorsilopha (D. buskii).
243
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Drosophila fauna of Tuensang
A total of 11 species were collected, belonging to
three subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila, and
Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from Tuensang
district yielded a total of 187 individuals. Out of these,
121 individuals (32.35%) belonged to 7 species of
subgenus Sophophora (D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis,
D. jambulina, D. kikkawai, D. malerkotliana, D. rajasekari,
and D. takahashii). 44 individuals (11.76%) belonged
to 3 species of the subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans,
D. paraimmigrans, and D. repleta). 22 individuals
(5.88%) belonged to 1 species of subgenus Scaptodrosophila
(D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Wokha
Total of 11 species were collected, comprising four
subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila, Dorsilopha, and
Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from Wokha district
yielded a total of 179 individuals. Out of these, 118 individuals
(65.92%) belonged to 7 species of subgenus Sophophora
(D. bipectinata, D. eugracilis, D. jambulina, D. malerkotliana,
D. parvula, D. melanogaster, and D. takahashii).
25 individuals (13.96%) belonged to 2 species of the
subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans and D. paraimmigrans).
13 individuals (7.26%) belonged to | species of subgenus
Dorsilopha (D. buskii). 23 individuals (12.84%) belonged to
1 species of subgenus Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Drosophila fauna of Zunheboto
A total of 11 species were collected, belonging
to three subgenera, namely Sophophora, Drosophila,
and Scaptodrosophila. Pooled data collected from
Zunheboto district yielded a total of 196 individuals. Out
of these, 126 individuals (64.28%) belonged to 7 species
of subgenus Sophophora (D. bipectinata, D. hegdii,
D. jambulina, D. kikkawai, D. parvula, D. melanogaster, and
D. takahashii). 56 individuals (28.57%) belonged to 3 species
of the subgenus Drosophila (D. immigrans, D. nasuta, and
D. repleta). 14 individuals (7.14%) belonged to 1 species of
subgenus Scaptodrosophila (D. nigra).
Discussion
The abundance and taxonomy of Drosophila species
collected in 11 district headquarters of Nagaland (including
a recently described species Drosophila hegdii) was
studied. Pooled data collected from 11 districts yielded
a total of 2,326 individuals of subgenera Sophophora,
Drosophila, Dorsilopha, and Scaptodrosophila. The
subgenus Sophophora was represented by 10 species;
subgenus Drosophila was represented by 4 species; subgenera
244
Dorsilopha and Scaptodrosophila were represented by one
species each. The study indicates that the Drosophila fauna
of Nagaland is diverse.
The, present: study réveals the presence: of
D. malerkotliana in abundance. D. malerkotliana is
considered to be sub-cosmopolitan and widespread in
Southeast Asia, Borneo, West Malaysia, Australia, and several
island groups in the Oriental region (Markow and O’Grady
2006). This species was reported in all previous collections
made by multiple workers from north-eastern India (Achumi
et al. 2013; Dwivedi and Gupta 1979; Gupta and Singh 1979,
1981a; Singh 1987; Yenisetti et al. 2002). This suggests that
Nagaland’s Drosophila diversity represents the confluence
of South Asia and East Asia. Dominance of D. malerkotliana
can be due to its ability to exploit diverse habitats.
D. bipectinata was found to be the second most
dominant species in Nagaland. Literature review reveals
that D. bipectinata 1s widespread in Kuala Lumpur, west
Malaysia. This species is also widely distributed in Borneo,
Philippines, Thailand, West Malaysia, Nepal, Japan, Taiwan,
and India (Markow and O’Grady 2006).
In the present collection, the third most abundant
species was D. immigrans, a cosmopolitan species found
from Taiwan to Southeast Asia, Indonesia, India (Markow and
O’Grady 2006). From their studies on Drosophila diversity
of the Western Ghats, Ranganath and Krishnamurthy (1972)
observed that D. immigrans is abundant at higher altitudes.
The presence of D. immigrans in sub-Himalayan hilly regions
supports this observation.
The present collection reports Drosophila takahashii,
D. parvula, D. nasuta, D. repleta, D. eugracilis, D. jambulina,
D. kikkawai, D. rajasekari, D. nigra, and D. paraimmigrans
in Nagaland. D. takahashii is most widespread being found
from India to Japan and into Micronesia; D. parvula is found
from Southeast Asia, west Malaysia and Thailand; D. nasuta
is thought to be from eastern Africa although this species has
become widespread from South east Asia into Micronesia;
D. repleta species is cosmopolitan in distribution;
D. eugracilis is widespread in Indian subcontinent, found
throughout Southeast Asia and into Australia; D. jambulina
is widespread from India to southern China to Southeast Asia;
D. kikkawai is circumtropical in distribution; D. rajasekari is
found in India, Combodia, and Thailand; D. nigra is found
in Australia, New Guinea, Borneo, Philippines, Malaysia,
Thailand, and India; and D. paraimmigrans is found in India,
Taiwan to Southeast Asia (Markow and O’Grady 2006).
Carson (1965) based on the pattern of distribution
of various members of Drosophila, has recognized three
distinct groups, namely 1) Virtually cosmopolitan species,
2) Species that are widespread but not cosmopolitan, and
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
3) Species having restricted distribution (endemic species). He
included five species, namely, D. melanogaster, D. simulans,
D. ananassae, D. buskii, and D. repleta as truly cosmopolitan.
In the present study, D. melanogaster, D. repleta, and D. buskii
were present. Though Drosophila simulans is cosmopolitan
(Markow and O’Grady 2006), it was not found in any of the
11 sites in Nagaland. Contrarily, David et al. (2007) observed
that D. simulans was absent from most of West Africa, very
rare in the Cote d’ Ivoire, and was absent in most parts of
East Asia (David et al. 2007). Collections in Nagaland were
made from wild localities. This can be the reason behind the
absence of D. ananassae and D. simulans.
The striking observation in this study was that in all
11 study locations Drosophila species belonging to two
subgenera, namely Sophophora and Drosophila, dominated
in relative proportions of different species and their densities.
This finding agrees with the observation of Bock and Wheeler
(1972), who stated that in Drosophila collections made in
any part of Southeast Asia or New Guinea, only two species
groups comprise all or practically of all the catch, that is the
melanogaster group of subgenus Sophophora and immigrans
group of subgenus Drosophila. They further hypothesized that
the melanogaster and immigrans species group might have
originated in Southeast Asia and then colonized other regions.
As Nagaland is a sub-Himalayan hilly state, which is a part
of South Asia, the prevalence of subgenus Sophophora and
immigrans species groups in the present collection reaffirms
the observation made by Bock and Wheeler (1972).
The present study reveals that Drosophila fauna of
Nagaland exhibits geographical convergence not only with
South Asia but also with East Asia, which can be explained by
the geographical location of this north-eastern state of India.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work is supported by a major research project
awarded to Sarat C. Yenisetti (No. 34-445/2008 (SR)) from
University Grants Commission (UGC), New Delhi. We
thank the reviewers for their suggestions that were helpful
in improving the quality of the manuscript.
REFERENCES
ACHUMI B., P. LAL & S.C. YENISETTI (2011): Drosophila hegdii, a new
species of Drosophila (Diptera: Drosophilidae) from Lumami
(Nagaland: India). Entomon 36(1—4): 1-6.
AcHUMI B., S.N. HecpE, P. LAL & S.C. YENiseTTI (2013): Altitudinal
and seasonal variation in Drosophila species on mount Japfu of
Nagaland, a sub-Himalayan hilly state of India. Journal of Insect
Science 13: 117.
Bock, I.R. (1971): Taxonomy of the Drosophila bipectinata complex.
Studies in genetics VI. University of Texas publication 72/3:
1-102.
Bock, I.R. & M.R. WHEELER (1972): The Drosophila melanogaster
species group. University of Texas publication 72/3: 1-102.
Carson, H.L. (1965): Chromosomal polymorphism in geographically
widespread species of Drosophila. Pp. 503-531. Jn: Baker, H.G.
& G.L. Stebbins (Eds): The Genetics of Colonizing Species.
Academic Press, New York.
CHATTERJEE, S., A. SAIKIA, P. Dutta, D. GHOsH, G. PANGGING & K.G. ANIL
(2006): Biodiversity significance of North East India. WWF-India,
New Delhi. Pp. 1-71.
Davin, J.R., F. LEMEUNIER, L. Tsacas & A. YASSIN (2007): The historical
discovery of the nine species in the Drosophila melanogaster
species subgroup. Genetics 177: 1969-1973.
Devinen!, A.V. & H. ULRIKE (2013): The evolution of Drosophila
melanogaster as a model of Alcohol Research. Annual Review of
Neuroscience 36: 121-138.
Dwivepl, Y.N. (1979): Description of two new species of subgenus
Drosophila (Drosophilidiae: Diptera) from Darjeeling, India.
Proceedings of the Indian Academy of Sciences 88 (ser. B, 4):
299-304.
Dwivepi, Y.N., B.K. SincH & J.P. Gupta (1979): Further addition to the
Indian fauna of Drosophilidae. Oriental Insects 13(1—2): 61-74.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Gupta, J.P. & B.K. SINGH (1979): Two new species of Drosophila
(Diptera: Drosophilidae) from Shillong, Meghalaya. Entomon
4(2): 167-172.
Gupta, J.P. & B.K. SINGH (1981a): Two new and two unrecorded Indian
species of Drosophila (Diptera) from Kurseong, Darjeeling.
Entomologist's Monthly Magazine (Oxford) 113: 71-78.
GupTA, J.P. & O.P. SINGH (1981b): Two new and two known species
of Drosophila from Rimbick, West Bengal, India. Entomon 6(1):
33-39,
Kumar, A. & J.P. Gupta (1983): Further record of Drosophila species
from North-East India. Drosophila information Service 104: 61.
Markow, T.A. & Patrick M.O’ Grapy (2006): Drosophila a guide to
species identification and use. Academic Press, UK.
PATTERSON, J.T. & W.S. STONE (1952): Evolution in the genus Drosophila.
Macmillan Company, New York.
RANGANATH, H.A. & N.B. KRISHNAMURTHY (1972): Seasonal studies on
Drosophila fauna of Biligirirangana Hills, Mysore. Drosophila
Information Service 49: 83.
Sincu, B.K. & J.P. Gupta (1977): Two new and two unrecorded species
of the genus Drosophila (Diptera: Drosophilidae) from Shillong,
Meghalaya. Proceedings of Zoological Society of Calcutta 30:
31-38.
SINGH, O.P. (1987): Drosophilidae in North Eastern India: A preliminary
survey in Nagaland. Drosophila Information Service 66: 67.
STURTEVANT, A.H. (1921): The North American Species of Drosophila.
Carnegie Institute of Washington Publication 30/: 1-141.
THROCKMorTON, L.H. (1962): The problem of phylogeny in the genus
Drosophila. University of Texas publication 6205: 207-345.
YENISETTI, S.C., S.N. HepGE & M.S. KrisHNa (2002): A preliminary
report on Drosophilids of Mokokchung (Nagaland State, India).
Drosophila Information Service 85: 16-17.
245
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
18. PRESENT STATUS OF ALDROVANDA VESICULOSA L. IN INDIA
SAURIS PANDA!
'Department of Botany, Charuchandra College (University of Calcutta), 22, Lake Road, Kolkata 700 029, West Bengal, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82507
Introduction
Aldrovanda vesiculosa L. is an insectivorous aquatic
perennial herb, and an interesting flowering plant, due to
its carnivorous habit. Aldrovanda L. is a monotypic genus
(Aston 1982) belonging to family Droseraceae. The species
was reported to be widely, but sparsely, distributed in Europe,
tropical Africa, eastern and north-eastern India, Bangladesh,
Japan, Timor, and Australia (Aston 1982; Tutin et al. 1964).
Its Indian distribution was mostly localized in central Bengal
and Salt Lake 1.e., Bidhan Nagar areas in Kolkata (Clarke
1878; Prain 1903) and Manipur (Singh ef al. 2000). The
species was earlier recorded as ‘vulnerable’ in the context of
the Indian region (Giri and Nayar 1983). According to the
latest IUCN Red List, the status of the species is ‘Endangered’
(cf. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version
2015.2... www.iucnredlist.org. Downloaded on August 16,
2015). The present status of the species in India has been
assessed in this article with remarks on its conservation.
Material and Methods
The specimens of Aldrovanda vesiculosa housed at CAL
(Central National Herbarium, Howrah, India) were studied,
and literature thoroughly consulted. The field observations
of the author regarding occurrence of the species is based on
survey in wetlands / waterbodies of eastern and north-eastern
India, spanning three decades (Panda et al. 2009).
Aldrovanda can be distinguished from its closely
related genus Drosera L., which also comprises carnivorous
species, with the following key characteristics:
1. Leaves with sensitive hairs on trap-like lamina; lamina
articulate; cauline leaves in whorls, vesicular; aquatic,
planktonic, rootless herbs.........0...000cc00 Aldrovanda
— Leaves bearing glandular hairs / tentacles; lamina
not articulate; cauline leaves in basal rosette or
alternate along the stem or absent; terrestrial, rooted
Eile eaaitinmeraatench eae iene: somertan AE elie seri, 1 Drosera
Aldrovanda vesiculosa L., Sp. Pl. 1: 281. 1753; DC.,
Prodr. 1: 319. 1825; C.B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India
2: 425. 1878; Deb in Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 327. 1961;
Chauhan in Singh et al., Fl. Manipur 1: 373. 2000. Syn.: A.
verticillata Roxb., Fl. Ind. 2: 112. 1832.
Common names: English— Waterbug Trap, Waterwheel
Plant; Bengali — Malacca Jhangi.
Small aquatic herb, free-floating to submerged,
rootless, succulent, perennial; insectivorous / carnivorous.
Stem articulate with whorls of spatulate-orbicular leaves at
nodes, irregularly branched. Leaves in crowded whorls of
5—9, 6-18 mm long, each leaf with a cuneate basal part and
terminating in 4—7 bristles and an orbicular lobe, hinged along
midrib, which can close rapidly to entrap and digest small
insects. Flowers axillary, solitary, emergent, shortly stalked /
peduncled, peduncles decurved in fruit; bracts absent. Calyx
5-partite, lobes ovate, 3-4 mm long, imbricate. Petals 5,
greenish white or tinged pink, narrowly obovate, 4—5 mm
long, hypogynous, connivent in a cap. Stamens 5, almost
as long as sepals, hypogynous; filaments filiform-subulate;
anthers bilobed, dehisce laterally. Carpels 5, connate in
unilocular subglobose ovary, placentation parietal, ovules
numerous; styles 5, filiform, free, spreading, each with
terminally branched and fringed stigmas. Fruit subglobose
capsule, 5-valved, membranous, c. 4 mm long, c. 3 mm wide,
ripening underwater; seeds many, rarely few (6-8), oblong to
broadly ellipsoidal, c. 1.5 mm long, with a short thick basal
foot, testa blackish, shiny. |
Flowering & Fruiting: August to September.
Pollination: Flowers emergent or submerged,
entomophilous or autogamous, usually cleistogamous.
Perennation: The disseminules are seeds or turions
(specialized apical buds).
Earlier distribution in India: Salt-pans in south of
Calcutta (now Kolkata) in West Bengal (Clarke 1878), and
Imphal in Manipur (Singh ef al. 2000).
World distribution: Central and southern Europe and
southwest former U.S.S.R., Japan and adjacent portions of
Manchuria and U.S.S.R., tropical Africa, Bangladesh, Timor,
and northern Australia (Aston 1982; Tutin et al. 1964).
Ecology: The plant usually occurs in shallow, still
fresh water, floating or often caught on submerged vegetation
below the water surface, usually found among reeds, sparse
or in tangled masses. It was recorded as a ‘water-weed’ in
erstwhile Bengal (Prain 1903).
Specimens examined: Specimens in the CAL
herbarium: 1. Lower Bengal, Salt Pans near nullah, November
1869, S. Kurz, s.n. Acc. No. 161085; 2. Salt Lakes — margins
near the southern side of Calcutta — floating in small clumps,
246
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
July 12, 1914, M.S. Ramaswami, 187; 3. Jhils (fresh water
lakes), south of Calcutta, November 10, 1955, Collector not
known, Acc. No. 161084. 4. Bangladesh: collected between
Tarpassa and Boloi, Vikrampur, Dacca, on August 07, 1936,
by J.C. Sen Gupta, Acc. No. 161086, and annotated as “found
growing near the surface of water on submerged rice fields,
associated with Utricularias, Myriophyllums, Hygrorhiza
aristata and other aquatic plants”.
Among the newer floras, the species was reported only
from Imphal in Manipur — a north-eastern state (Singh et al.
2000). There is no mention of the species in the RED DATA BOOK
OF INDIAN PLANTS (Nayar and Sastry 1987, 1988, 1990).
The availability of only three herbarium specimens of
A. vesiculosa from India at CAL indicates that this species has
not been collected after 1955. Cook (1996), while working
on the aquatic and wetland plants of India, commented that
A. vesiculosa has been reported as extinct in Salt Lake near
Calcutta. The present author, while exploring macrophytic
vegetation in the wetlands of West Bengal, did not sight a
single plant (Panda et al. 2009). The herbarium, literature, and
field study reveal that the species has probably disappeared
from the Indian region.
Considering its wide general distribution vis-a-vis a
localized distribution in India, it is likely that it was introduced
in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, the capital of India during the
colonial period. A. vesiculosa has probably disappeared from
India due to change in its natural habitat and imposed threats,
which mainly include practice of aquaculture / pisciculture and
reclamation / conversion for cultivation apart from infestation
of Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms. and siltation from run-
offs, besides regular retting of jute in some waterbodies.
It is assumed that the rarity of a species in herbaria
indicates under-exploration and not extinction or otherwise.
But in case of A. vesiculosa, the inference has been drawn
from the author’s findings in the field, and study of literature
and herbaria specimens spanning over three decades. The
question of under-exploration or an oversight to record the
species can therefore be ruled out in this case.
The author, therefore, strongly recommends the
propagation of this species in its natural habitat (shallow
freshwater) in the country, possibly through germplasm
and in vitro tissue culture / micro-propagation techniques.
Conservation of wetlands, the natural habitat of the species,
becomes all the more imperative.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The author is thankful to the Director, Botanical Survey
of India, for allowing him to consult CAL herbarium and
its library.
REFERENCES
Aston, H.I. (1982): Aldrovanda. Pp. 64-66. Jn: Briggs, B.G.,
B.A. Barlow, H. Eichler, L. Pedley, J.H. Ross, D.E. Symon,
P.G. Wilson, A. McCusker & A.S. George (Eds): Flora of Australia.
Vol. 8. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
CLARKE, C.B. (1878): Droseraceae. /n: Hooker, J.D. (Ed.): The Flora of
British India. Vol. I. Pp. 423-425. L. Reeve & Co., London.
Cook, C.D.K. (1996): Aquatic and Wetland Plants of India: A reference
book and identification manual for the vascular plants found in
permanent or seasonal fresh water in the subcontinent of India
south of the Himalayas. Oxford University Press. 394 pp.
Girt, G.S. & M.P. Nayar (1983): Some threatened plants of Bengal plains.
In: Jain, S.K. & R.R. Rao (Eds): An assessment of threatened plants
of India. Botanical Survey of India, Botanic Garden, Howrah.
Nayar, M.P. & A.R.K. Sastry (Eps) (1987): Red Data Book of Indian
Plants. Vol. 1. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Nayar, M.P. & A.R.K. Sastry (Eps) (1988): Red Data Book of Indian
Plants. Vol. 2. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
Nayar, M.P. & A.R.K. Sastry (Eps) (1990): Red Data Book of Indian
Plants. Vol. 3. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
PANDA, S., D. BHATTACHARYYA & P.K. MUKHERJEE (2009): Macrophytic
vegetation of wetlands of West Bengal — some case studies:
perspectives of conservation. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 33(3): 643-6056.
Prawn, D. (1903): Bengal Plants. Vol. I. Calcutta.
SINGH, N.P., A.S. CHAUHAN & M.S. Monpat (Eps) (2000): Flora of
Manipur. Vol. 1. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.
TuTin, T.G., V.H. HEywoop, N.A. BurGces, D.H. VALENTINE,
S.M. Watters & D.A. Wess (Eps) (1964): Flora Europaea.
Vol. 1. Cambridge University Press.
19. ON THE ECOLOGY AND OCCURRENCE OF AEGINETIA INDICA L. AND
WRIGHTIA DOLICHOCARPA BAHADUR ET BENNET IN SOUTHERN GUJARAT, INDIA
S.R. KsHirSAGAR!
'Post Graduate Department of Botany, Shri Shivaji Vidya Prasarak Sanstha’s Late Karmveer Dr. P.R. Ghogrey Science College,
Dhule 424 005, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82511
Southern Gujarat includes four districts, namely Surat,
Valsad, Navsari, and Dangs. Of these, the Dangs forest
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
receives heavy rainfall and is rich in plant diversity. The
Saputara Hills are considered as an offshoot of the Western
247
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Ghats. During a plant diversity survey of southern Gujarat,
we recorded two plant taxa, Aeginetia indica L., and Wrightia
dolichocarpa Bahadur et Bennet.
Systematic Enumeration
Aeginetia indica L. (Orobanchaceae)
Taxonomic Identity: A small, ephemeral, leafless,
parasitic herb. Stem weak and tinged purple. Flowers pinkish-
purple, solitary on top of naked scape. Capsules ovoid,
beaked, enclosed in the persistent calyx and corolla. Seeds
pale-yellow, testa loose and hyaline.
Flowering and Fruiting: August—October.
Location of specimen: Pindval in Dharampur forest
of the district Dangs in southern Gujarat.
Ecology: This species was found in association with
litter of bamboo thicket on well-mulched ground and under
dense shade.
Threats: Loss of habitat and removal of mulch.
Remarks: Rare. There are only three species of the
genus Aeginetia in tropical and subtropical Asia, two of which
are found in India. A. indica 1s habitat specific; its possible
habitats are mulched and rotten litter, in dense shady areas.
This species may occur in other areas of southern Gujarat.
Wrightia dolichocarpa Bahadur et Bennet
(Apocynaceae)
Taxonomic Identity: A tall tree. Leaves opposite
with milky latex. Flowers white. Follicles c. 65-95 cm long,
dark green. Wrightia dolichocarpa is closely associated
with Wrightia tinctoria, but differs from the latter in having
leaves dark green and follicles more than 65 cm long while
in W. tinctoria leaves are light green and follicles are
c. 65 cm long.
Flowering and Fruiting: February—June.
Location of specimen: Nibarpada near Saputara in
southern Gujarat.
Ecology: Found only once along river bank in association
with Wrightia tinctoria in dense forest on low hilly areas.
Present Status: Very rare.
Remarks: There are three species of Genus Wrightia in
India, namely W. tinctoria, W. tomentosa (Syn. W. arborea),
and W. dolichocarpa. Wrightia dolichocarpa was earlier
reported only from Goa, where its status was endemic and
rare. It has also been recently recorded from Daman and Diu.
This species is included in the IUCN Red List of Threatened
Plants 1997 (Walter and Gillett 1997). The present report is
a range extension of the species.
REFERENCE
Wa tter, K.S. & H.J. Gittett (1997): IUCN Red List of Threatened Plants. WCMC, Cambridge, England. Pp. 57.
20. CROTON HIRTUS L’HERIT. (EUPHORBIACEAE) —
A NEW RECORD FOR KARNATAKA, INDIA
K. GOPALAKRISHNA BHAT!
'Taxonomy Research Centre, Department of Botany, Poornaprajna College, Udupi 576 101, Karnataka, India.
Email: [email protected]
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82512
The genus Croton L., consisting of about 800-—
1,200 species (Mabberley 2009), is distributed in the
tropics and subtropics of the Old and New World. Of these,
16 species have been reported from India (Chakrabarty
and Balakrishnan 2012). This includes two exotic species,
namely Croton bonplandianus Baill. and C. hirtus L’
Herit., introduced from tropical America. C. bonplandianus
is widespread and common throughout India, while
C. hirtus has been reported only from Tamil Nadu and Kerala
(Chakrabarty and Balakrishnan 2012) till now. In Karnataka,
genus Croton is represented by 10 species (Saldanha 1996).
During a field trip in Kundapur taluka of Udupi district
(Karnataka), the author noticed C. hirtus growing by the
roadside along National Highway 66 in Kumbhashi. The
248
present collection of C. hirtus, therefore, forms a new record
for Karnataka. It is presumed that this species may occur
in many more places in coastal Karnataka and is likely to
become widespread in southern India. This species is closely
allied to C. bonplandianus, but differs in having broadly
ovate-lanceolate leaves and stalked capitate-glandular hairs
in the rachis of the inflorescence.
A brief description of the taxon is provided below for
identification.
Croton hirtus UL’ Herit., Stirp. Nov. 17, t. 9. 1785; V.S.
Ramach. et al. in Indian J. Forest. 15(2): 183, f. 1. 1992.
C. glandulosus L. var. hirtus (L’Herit.) Muell.Arg. in DC.,
Prodr. 15, 2: 684. 1866; Chakrab. & Balakr. in Fl. India 23:
234. 2012.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
Annual erect herb, up to 60 cm high; stem branched,
retrorsely stellate-hispid. Leaves alternate, opposite or
whorled in the region of branching; lamina 2.5—6 x 2—
5.5 cm, broadly ovate-lanceolate or triangular-ovate, with a
pair of stalked glands at base, membranous, rounded, obtuse
to subtruncate at base, margins doubly crenate-serrate, acute
at apex, sparsely strigose above, densely stellate-hairy
beneath, 3—5-veined from base; petiole up to 4 cm long;
stipules filiform, stellate-hispid. Inflorescence terminal, 1.5—
5 cm long, racemose, male flowers at the top and female at
base; rachis hirsute with branched capitate glands towards
base; bracts linear-lanceolate, capitate-glandular with c. 4
slender, stalked, ellipsoid glands with stalks up to 5 mm
long. Male flowers: pedicels c. 1 mm long; sepals 5, 1.0—
1.5 mm long, hispid; petals 5, white, spatulate, equaling
sepals; stamens usually 11, filaments and anthers white.
Female flowers: pedicels c. 0.5 mm long; sepals 4-5, 4—
5 mm long, unequal, green, narrowly oblanceolate; petals
usually absent; ovary globose, densely hirsute, 3-celled,
with one ovule in each cell; styles 3, c. 2 mm long, bifid into
linear branches. Fruit capsular, c. 4 mm in diam., subglobose,
stellate-hispid, 3-seeded. Seeds 2.5—3 x 2 mm, ovoid, greyish-
brown, carunculate.
Flowering & Fruiting: August-September.
Distribution: Native to West Indies, C. & S. America,
but becoming naturalized in tropical Africa and Asia.
Specimen examined: INDIA: Karnataka, Udupi district,
Kumbhashi, c. 9 km south of Kundapur, 24.vi11.2014,
K.G. Bhat 11448 (MH).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author is thankful to Dr. Lakshminarasimhan,
Central National Herbarium, Botanical Survey of India,
Howrah, for providing information about the distribution
of the plant. Prof. Sudhakara Rao deserves a word of
gratitude for his suggestions during the preparation of this
note.
REFERENCES
CHAKRABARTY, T. & N.P. BALAKRISHNAN (2012): Euphorbiaceae —
Subfamily II. Crotonoideae. Pp. 203—269. Jn: Balakrishnan N.P.,
T. Chakrabarty, M. Sanjappa, P. Lakshminarsimhan & P. Singh
(Eds): Flora of India. Vol. 23. Botanical Survey of India,
Kolkata.
MABBERLEY, D.J. (2009): Mabberley’s Plant-Book: A_ portable
dictionary of plants, their classification and uses. 3rd edn, repr.
with corrections. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
SALDANHA, C.J. (1996): Flora of Karnataka. Vol. II. Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
21. ELEOCHARIS SPIRALIS (ROTTB.) ROEM. & SCHULT. (CYPERACEAE)
— ANEW RECORD FOR ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS, INDIA
A.N. CHANDORE!’*, M.Y. KAMBLE? AND K.V.C. Gosavr
'Department of Botany, Abasaheb Marathe Arts and New Commerce, Science College, Rajapur 416 702, Ratnagiri, Maharashtra,
India. Email: [email protected]
*Botanical Survey of India, Andaman and Nicobar Regional Centre, Port Blair, Andaman & Nicobar Islands, India.
Email: [email protected]
*Department of Botany, Shahada College, Shahada 425 409, Maharashtra, India. Email: [email protected]
* Corresponding author
doi: 10.17087/jbnhs/2014/v111i3/82515
Introduction
During a floristic survey of Andaman and Nicobar
Islands in 2014, we collected some specimens of Eleocharis
R. Br. On examination of relevant literature and critical
analysis of nut morphology (Cook 1996; Hooker 1893;
Koyama 1985; Prasad and Singh 2002), the identity of the
species was determined as Eleocharis spiralis (Rottb.) Roem.
& Schult. A thorough literature survey (Pandey and Diwakar
2008; Vasudeva Rao 1986) revealed that this species has,
so far, not been recorded from Andaman and Nicobar Is.
Hence, it is reported here as a new record for Andaman and
Nicobar Is.
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
Eleocharis spiralis (Rottb.) Roem. & Schult., Syst.
Veg. 2: 155. 1817; Clarke, Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 6: 627.
1893; Koyama, Dassanayake & Fosberg, Rev. Handb.
Fl. Ceylon 5: 257. 1985. C.D.K. Cook, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. India
130, f. 126 a-d. 1996. Scirpus spiralis Rottb., Descr. & Ic.
4h ste vGed 1, 1773:
Perennial herb with short rhizome; scaly stolons 4—
13 cm long and c. 3 mm thick. Culms densely tufted, erect,
triquetrous, gradually narrowing to an acute apex, 25-—
65 cm tall, 2-4 mm in diameter, deep green, smooth, shiny,
not septate. Sheath 2—3, membranous, pale green, becoming
purple-red above, oblique at mouth. Spikelet cylindrical,
249
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
slightly broader than apex of the stem, 1.5—3.5 cm long and
3—6 mm in diameter. Glumes tightly and spirally arranged,
imbricate, suborbicular to broadly ovate, truncate at apex and
cuneate at base c. 3 x 3 mm distinctly brown spotted towards
the centre and scarious towards margins. Stamens 3. Perianth
bristles 4—6, unequal, smooth, from much shorter than to as
long as the nut. Style c. 1.8 mm long, 2-3 cleft; style base
pyramidal. Nut biconvex, obovoid to oval c. 1.7 mm long
and c. 1.3 mm in diameter, glossy, straw-coloured becoming
deep brown to black later, longitudinally striate with
c. 18 rows of cells, without neck and apical annulus.
Flowering & Fruiting: September—January.
Habitat: Grows in ponds with shallow brackish water
along the margin of estuaries and sea shore, in association
with Ceratopteris sp. and Eleocharis dulcis (Burm. f.) Trin.
ex Hensch.
Distribution in India: Kerala, Karnataka, Maharashtra,
Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, and Andaman and Nicobar
Islands.
Specimens Examined: INDIA: Andaman and Nicobar
Islands: Burmanala on way to Chidia Tapu (South
Andaman), 11.1.2014, A.N. Chandore 1851 (SUK); Sippighat,
South Andaman, 12.1.2014, M.Y. Kamble 30973 (PBL);
Maharashtra: Ratnagiri district, Rajapur tehsil, Burambe
lake near estuary of Sagave-Shirse village, 08.xii.2013,
A.N. Chandore 1838 (SUK). |
Note: Eleocharis spiralis (Rottb.) Roem. & Schult.
can be easily identified by its triquetrous stem that gradually
narrows towards the apex, and glumes tightly and spirally
arranged, imbricate, suborbicular to broadly ovate, truncate
at apex and cuneate at base.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are thankful to Dr. S.R. Yadav, Professor and Head,
Department of Botany, Shivaji University, Kolhapur, for
encouragement. Dr. A.N. Chandore thanks SERB, Department
of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, for financial
assistance under DST Fast Track Young Scientist Scheme,
also thanks to the Principal, Abasaheb Marathe Arts & New
Commerce Science College, Rajapur, for laboratory facilities.
Dr. M.Y. Kamble is grateful to Dr. P. Singh, Director, Botanical
Survey of India, Kolkata, and Dr. C. Murugan, Head of
Office, BSI, ANRC, Port Blair, for facilities and support, and
Dr. K.V.C. Gosavi is thankful to the Principal, PSGVPM ASC
College, Shahada, Maharashtra, India.
REFERENCES
Cook, C.D.K. (1996): Aquatic and Wetland Plants of India. Oxford
University Press, London. Pp. 130-131.
Hooker, J.D. (1893): Flora of British India. Vol. 6. Bishen Singh
Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehradun, U.P. (India). (Repr. 1992).
Koyama, T. (1985): Cyperaceae. Jn: M.D. Dassanayake and F.R. Fosberg
(Eds): A Revised Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon. Vol. 5. Oxford
& IBH, New Delhi. Pp. 257-258.
PANDEY, R.P. & P.G. Diwakar (2008): An integrated checklist flora of
Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 32(2):
403-500.
PRASAD, V.P. & N.P. SincH (2002): Sedges of Karnataka (India).
(Reprinted from J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. Addl. Ser. No. 21). Scientific
Publishers, Jodhpur. Pp. 148-150.
VASUDEVA Rao, M.K. (1986): A preliminary report on the angiosperms
of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 8(1):
107-184.
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published on November 18,
2015 by Dr. Ashok Bhagwat for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk,
Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road, Mumbai 400 001, Maharashtra, India.
250
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 111(3), Sept-Dec 2014
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS |
The Journal welcomes concise reports of original research in natural history,
taxonomy and other aspects of zoology and botany of general interest.
SUBMISSION OF MANUSCRIPT
Manuscripts should be submitted as Word documents (.doc) or
RTF (.rtf) files. Figures may be uploaded separately or embedded
into the text of your initial submission. On acceptance, you will
be required to upload your manuscript as one text file and
additional high resolution graphics files in TIFF (tiff). Please
ensure that the track changes feature has been turned off and
any reviewing notes removed before submission or they will be
visible throughout the review process.
If a new taxon is described, the institution in which the type
material is deposited must be given, together with details of the
registration assigned to it; the specimen should be deposited in
a National Depository. Full binomial names should be given on
the first occasion an organism is mentioned (and abbreviated
thereafter), except at the beginning of a sentence. Avoid
footnotes except to add information below the body of a table.
Do not use initial capitals for the common names of animals
unless derived from a proper noun.
Revised manuscripts must be submitted in their final form within
two months of receipt of a revision letter from the Editor.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPT
Main Papers and New Descriptions
Manuscripts of papers for the Main section and New Descriptions
should be as concise as possible and must be typed in double
spacing. The text should run in one, single column and have
generous margins. Pages should be numbered consecutively,
and the matter on Page 1 should be arranged in the following
order: Title of the paper; Name(s) of Author(s), Department(s)
and Institution(s) [in case of multiple affiliations, author(s) should
specify current affiliation]; Footnote containing address of
Author for correspondence with e-mail id, followed by the List of
Abbreviations used in text. A short running title derived from the
original title may also be given for main papers. Page 2 should
contain the Abstract. The text may be arranged in the following
order: Introduction; Material and Methods or Methodology;
Results; Discussion; Acknowledgements; References. Abstract,
Key Words, Tables and Captions for Figures should be typed
separately.
Title: The title should be such as to be useful for indexing and
information retrieval.
Abstract: The abstract, not exceeding 200 words, should
indicate the scope and significant content of the paper,
highlighting the principal findings and conclusions.
Introduction: The introductory part should bear no heading,
should be brief and state precisely the objective of the study in
relation to the present status of knowledge in the field. Review
of literature should be restricted to the essential references
Material and Methods or Methodology: The nomenclature,
sources of material and the procedures should be clearly
stated. New methods should be described in detail, but if the
methods are well known, a mere reference to them will do; any
modifications made in the methods should be stated.
Results: Only data relevant to the objectives of the study
and main conclusions emerging from the study should be
included. The data should be arranged in a unified and coherent
sequence for clarity and readability. The same data should not
be presented in both tables and figures, and such data as can
be easily and briefly stated in the text should not be depicted
diagrammatically. Only such tables and figures as are necessary
should be given. Tests of statistical significance should be
identified and references used should be cited. Statements about
the statistical significance of the results must be borne out by
the level of significance, preferably provided in the tables and
legends. The use of the word “significant” should be restricted
to “statistically significant”.
Discussion: The discussion should provide an interpretation of
the results of the study, without repeating information already
presented under Results. It should relate the new findings to
the known and include logical deductions. Where necessary,
the Results and Discussion can be combined.
Illustrations: The number of illustrations should be kept to
the minimum and numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals.
Simple linear plots or linear double reciprocal plots that can be
easily described in the text should be avoided. Extension of
graphs beyond the last experimental point is permissible only
while extrapolating data. The drawings are usually reduced to the
page width or column size, and care should be taken that the size
of letters, numerals, dots and symbols is relatively uniform and
sufficiently large to permit this reduction. Photographs should be
the same size as they will appear in the journal and should be
selected to fit neatly into one column (80 mm) or two columns
(168 mm). Photographs should be labelled and numbered as for
line drawings. For microscopical preparations, scale bars with
appropriate units must be provided; statements of magnification
are not acceptable.
Tables: Each table should have an explanatory title and should
be numbered in Arabic numerals. Units (metric) of measurement
should be abbreviated and placed below the headings. Negative
results should be indicated as Nil (0) and absence of a datum
by a dash.
Acknowledgements: Acknowledgements should be brief and
relevant.
References: Responsibility for the accuracy of references rests
with the author(s). References must be checked against the text
to ensure (a) that the spelling of authors’ names and the dates
given are consistent and (b) that all authors quoted in the text
(in date order if more than one) are given in the reference list
and vice versa. The full title of the paper must be given together
with the first and last pages. Abstracts of papers presented
at scientific meetings may be cited. References to literature
should be alphabetically arranged under author’s name, with
the abridged titles of journals or periodicals in italics and titles
of books or papers in Roman type.
Miscellaneous Notes: The section accommodates incidental
observations on flora and fauna of the Asian region, and need
not follow strictly the above section headings. No abstract is
required, but key words may be included and references must
be cited as in the rest of the Journal.
The Editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to publish
a member's contribution before that of a nonmember and also
to publish invited papers on priority. Authors may suggest up to
four referees for their paper; however, the Editor reserves the
right to choose referees other than those suggested.
Visit www.bnhsjournal.org for details
MITHSONIAN LIBRARIES
3 9088 01876 7251
S
Registered with the Registrar of Newspapers under RN 5685/57
Print ISSN 0006-6982 Online ISSN 2454-1095
CONTENTS
ETC): | ERM ate ieee ao ate greene lene eats ene ety for mc a eet min AE or Bok near Ty eer Mar kG Seen os,
_ REOCCUPATION OF FORMER TERRITORIES BY THE ASIATIC LION PANTHERA LEO PERSICA,
MEYER, 1826, INSOUTHERN SAURASHTRA, GUJARAT, INDIA: A VISION FOR FUTURE
MANAGEMENT
M.K. Ranjjtsinh.......... ee ee Reed: ee . 161
BEHAVIOURAL ETHOGRAM OF SPOTTED OWLET ATHENE BRAMA (TEMMINCK, 1821)
Ashish N. Nerlekar, Gaurang G. Gowande and Pratik S. JOSNi..........ccccccccccsccssesesscseeessecseeeeeeeeeaeeees 172.
TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GRASSHOPPER FAUNA (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) RECORDED
FROM PADDY FIELDS IN UTTAR PRADESH, INDIA
Md Humayoon Akhtar and Mohd Kamil eo ee neu ak we chauiasioal eubeons 180
A REPORT OF EREBIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUOIDEA) FROM THE TAMIL NADU PART OF THE
WESTERN GHATS, INDIA
KK, SIVASANKOIAIT ANG SG. IGMACIIWNAU: 5.2.00556. ol osehivace cos dennnmasesiasaxecctesadinghieh ocanascbdesaacceuernencctdecbeve iguanas 193
cof eae ae aes ae SRE Sane sae ooPE1 esearch nc aniuavecionls eneearnaw etiianas ra viteceis 210
FUE NPN NN cial g saa goign ciao eeioes aisles desde gedaan Me sl ndetosnunaedun utncnl tednaoneb ones aaa Sa a iemblbitint 212
S13 V4 M7?
Printed by Printania Offset Pvt. Ltd., D-20/21, Shalimar Industrial Estate, Matunga, Mumbai 400 019 and published by
Dr. Ashok Bhagwat for Bombay Natural History Society, Hornbill House, Dr. Salim Ali Chowk, Shaheed Bhagat Singh Road,
Mumbai 400 001. Website: www.bnhsjournal.org; Email: [email protected] |
i
Ny if
)
i ifs
uy i ea,
1
i
‘hs
a Vailas elie i }
ee
KY
ithe
iP be
er ae iy
ae am
a*
Pat
il
INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
3 9088 01740 4013
SMITHSONIAN
Ml
2
is epee ti Sah HES EAs
Std PSR BE TIE HRS
ae
pa Peete Br Rene ay
Laine et enim a
ieee
Pe tEtt
4 iS Sip hie te Bt a eepete Op tow,
cot pnd RBA
pablig Vette Pig
: sess eb ma apie med ETE TOE
Few hat OL poll A a * i : Pieereat
ADS,
Rig sieelpe Pps ®
PREM AT TP
eas fo esis j aire Se
LOE!
he
ey eieey Cele iy Ses 2
ete St i noe
tee ip age? PE STE Bt
Eos a eae ae
IRERI ETRE SINT SHE
eRe pate tas Byki hee iste OR
Eth Py ett bene
SR Sen SEM? Me Seo ANd MPN RE ET
Siete untneet tS Piatyaites 9%
edad wrasse papas ex * eLyt pep ie
nex cy Sagncn tire
o — Ponts es
sir! etier sie Pha iste Bt
Sei psetytatane = Bie Be
‘pate e ayst Pin hp vee AS Tap Sie tence et erate eaerabie
2 yslerit taste Fs evetred Rae psx nniauae perrrcets,
i aE ty tat ee hie Spee fp Rip Riiese tin Sue Ripa Re RDA ad ge totem EEE ae eva ge ptt Aisimeod SP
seal hehe tanatiy fet FA GEV 5 Fi in hins PR oti SMV Tit reser?)
Cpe tore Meth, std esting ety Srencees 4 Sane eos
cae Selous Wiaee ¥ ak et dee saber at
res Sie ane tis
hig ttn Us ta SW
pee
eee,
es
SOLS
aye
‘ve
ts ‘ i it, erie: sh si
DE Gane anus een a ie i sb Sia®.
t bigs wey si eiciainensealarn n ag te: rar A att suze f i
£ : : : i ; yori . ; ut ie :
ea
: " ; Be aes a2 5
cyt nls ate j : 2 : : | F ia Py Biba Sukie ith Behe ht paz ti ceding abet
Deb tinAite
staan? she